From 5bb4d4359a52e9caf331f6001b953dc553df64df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michele Calgaro Date: Sun, 10 Jul 2022 00:23:24 +0900 Subject: Initial import of UniversalIndentGUI 1.2.0 from Debian snapshot (https://snapshot.debian.org/package/universalindentgui/1.2.0-1.1). The code is available under GPL2 licence. Signed-off-by: Michele Calgaro --- .pc/.quilt_patches | 1 + .pc/.quilt_series | 1 + .pc/.version | 1 + .pc/applied-patches | 2 + .../src/UiGuiSettings.cpp | 688 + .pc/qsci_rename.patch/UniversalIndentGUI.pro | 201 + .../UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj | 741 + CHANGELOG.txt | 298 + INSTALL.txt | 12 + LICENSE.GPL | 347 + UniversalIndentGUI.pro | 201 + UniversalIndentGUI.sln | 31 + UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj | 741 + UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_makeqmake.mak | 73 + UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_preprocess.mak | 116 + UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/thomas.pbxuser | 433 + UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/thomas.perspectivev3 | 1487 + VS8QtRules.rules | 41 + config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini | 3407 +++ debian/changelog | 88 + debian/compat | 1 + debian/control | 50 + debian/copyright | 59 + debian/docs | 2 + debian/menu | 5 + debian/patches/disable_check_for_update.patch | 15 + debian/patches/qsci_rename.patch | 40 + debian/patches/series | 2 + debian/rules | 19 + debian/source/format | 1 + debian/universalindentgui.lintian-overrides | 4 + doc/iniFileFormat.html | 157 + doc/universalindentgui.man | 21 + indenters/JsDecoder.js | 1179 + indenters/example.cbl | 59 + indenters/example.cpp | 349 + indenters/example.css | 272 + indenters/example.f90 | 33 + indenters/example.html | 2298 ++ indenters/example.js | 12 + indenters/example.php | 4 + indenters/example.pl | 55 + indenters/example.py | 23 + indenters/example.rb | 224 + indenters/example.sh | 27 + indenters/example.sql | 37 + indenters/example.vb | 50 + indenters/example.xml | 12 + indenters/hindent | 294 + indenters/hindent.html | 156 + indenters/perltidy | 28420 +++++++++++++++++++ indenters/phpStylist.php | 1401 + indenters/phpStylist.txt | 161 + indenters/pindent.py | 543 + indenters/pindent.txt | 75 + indenters/rbeautify.rb | 222 + indenters/ruby_formatter.rb | 283 + indenters/shellindent.awk | 46 + indenters/uigui_CblBeau.ini | 543 + indenters/uigui_astyle.ini | 321 + indenters/uigui_bcpp.ini | 144 + indenters/uigui_csstidy.ini | 119 + indenters/uigui_f90ppr.ini | 17 + indenters/uigui_gnuindent.ini | 527 + indenters/uigui_greatcode.ini | 1363 + indenters/uigui_hindent.ini | 66 + indenters/uigui_htb.ini | 147 + indenters/uigui_jsdecoder.ini | 17 + indenters/uigui_jsppp.ini | 81 + indenters/uigui_perltidy.ini | 1040 + indenters/uigui_phpCB.ini | 151 + indenters/uigui_phpStylist.ini | 258 + indenters/uigui_php_Beautifier.ini | 108 + indenters/uigui_pindent.ini | 54 + indenters/uigui_psti.ini | 196 + indenters/uigui_rbeautify.ini | 17 + indenters/uigui_rubyformatter.ini | 27 + indenters/uigui_shellindent.ini | 17 + indenters/uigui_tidy.ini | 612 + indenters/uigui_uncrustify.ini | 3691 +++ indenters/uigui_vbsbeaut.ini | 45 + indenters/uigui_xmlindent.ini | 61 + readme.html | 247 + resources/Icon1.png | Bin 0 -> 237 bytes resources/Icons.qrc | 48 + resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns | Bin 0 -> 73214 bytes resources/accessories-text-editor.png | Bin 0 -> 995 bytes resources/applications-system.png | Bin 0 -> 1488 bytes resources/banner.png | Bin 0 -> 142927 bytes resources/document-open.png | Bin 0 -> 1437 bytes resources/document-properties.png | Bin 0 -> 1115 bytes resources/document-save-as.png | Bin 0 -> 1837 bytes resources/document-save.png | Bin 0 -> 1971 bytes resources/edit-clear.png | Bin 0 -> 1682 bytes resources/edit-select-all.png | Bin 0 -> 631 bytes resources/exporthtml.png | Bin 0 -> 1561 bytes resources/exportpdf.png | Bin 0 -> 1594 bytes resources/format-justify-left.png | Bin 0 -> 515 bytes resources/help.png | Bin 0 -> 2231 bytes resources/icon2.ico | Bin 0 -> 1214 bytes resources/icon2.png | Bin 0 -> 237 bytes resources/icon3.png | Bin 0 -> 257 bytes resources/info.png | Bin 0 -> 825 bytes resources/language-de.png | Bin 0 -> 545 bytes resources/language-en.png | Bin 0 -> 496 bytes resources/language-fr.png | Bin 0 -> 545 bytes resources/language-ja.png | Bin 0 -> 420 bytes resources/language-ru.png | Bin 0 -> 420 bytes resources/language-uk.png | Bin 0 -> 446 bytes resources/language-zh_CN.png | Bin 0 -> 472 bytes resources/language-zh_TW.png | Bin 0 -> 465 bytes resources/live-preview.png | Bin 0 -> 2566 bytes resources/load_indent_cfg.png | Bin 0 -> 1673 bytes resources/preferences-system.png | Bin 0 -> 1151 bytes resources/programicon.rc | 108 + resources/qt_logo.png | Bin 0 -> 984 bytes resources/save_indent_cfg.png | Bin 0 -> 1666 bytes resources/shell.png | Bin 0 -> 474 bytes resources/syntax-highlight.png | Bin 0 -> 821 bytes resources/system-log-out.png | Bin 0 -> 1269 bytes resources/system-software-update.png | Bin 0 -> 2216 bytes resources/tooltip.png | Bin 0 -> 852 bytes resources/universalIndentGUI.ico | Bin 0 -> 1278 bytes resources/universalIndentGUI.svg | 110 + resources/universalIndentGUI_32x32.xpm | 120 + resources/universalIndentGUI_512x512.png | Bin 0 -> 14312 bytes resources/universalIndentGUI_64x64.png | Bin 0 -> 1269 bytes resources/view-refresh.png | Bin 0 -> 2024 bytes src/AboutDialog.cpp | 162 + src/AboutDialog.h | 53 + src/AboutDialog.ui | 218 + src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp | 206 + src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h | 56 + src/FindDialog.ui | 121 + src/IndentHandler.cpp | 1752 ++ src/IndentHandler.h | 183 + src/MainWindow.cpp | 1428 + src/MainWindow.h | 143 + src/MainWindow.ui | 488 + src/SettingsPaths.cpp | 275 + src/SettingsPaths.h | 50 + src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp | 171 + src/TemplateBatchScript.h | 31 + src/ToolBarWidget.ui | 124 + src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp | 87 + src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h | 43 + src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp | 528 + src/UiGuiHighlighter.h | 74 + src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp | 156 + src/UiGuiIndentServer.h | 55 + src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp | 151 + src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h | 52 + src/UiGuiSettings.cpp | 688 + src/UiGuiSettings.h | 83 + src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp | 169 + src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h | 54 + src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui | 625 + src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp | 227 + src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h | 35 + src/UiGuiVersion.cpp | 61 + src/UiGuiVersion.h | 39 + src/UniversalIndentGUI.vcproj | 549 + src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp | 322 + src/UpdateCheckDialog.h | 73 + src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui | 51 + src/debugging/.svn/all-wcprops | 7 + src/debugging/.svn/entries | 130 + src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.cpp.svn-base | 251 + src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.h.svn-base | 63 + .../.svn/text-base/TSLoggerDialog.ui.svn-base | 142 + src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp | 251 + src/debugging/TSLogger.h | 63 + src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui | 142 + src/main.cpp | 279 + src/tclap/.svn/all-wcprops | 161 + src/tclap/.svn/entries | 912 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Arg.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgException.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base | 5 + .../.svn/prop-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Constraint.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base | 5 + .../.svn/prop-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.am.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.in.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base | 5 + .../prop-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base | 5 + .../.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base | 5 + .../.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base | 5 + .../.svn/prop-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Visitor.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base | 5 + .../.svn/prop-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base | 5 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Arg.h.svn-base | 672 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgException.h.svn-base | 200 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base | 81 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base | 621 + .../.svn/text-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base | 150 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base | 74 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Constraint.h.svn-base | 68 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base | 299 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base | 69 + .../.svn/text-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base | 52 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.am.svn-base | 28 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.in.svn-base | 387 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base | 422 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base | 216 + .../text-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base | 62 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base | 186 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base | 298 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base | 228 + .../.svn/text-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base | 301 + .../.svn/text-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base | 340 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base | 411 + .../.svn/text-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base | 147 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base | 74 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Visitor.h.svn-base | 53 + src/tclap/.svn/text-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base | 156 + .../.svn/text-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base | 321 + src/tclap/Arg.h | 672 + src/tclap/ArgException.h | 200 + src/tclap/ArgTraits.h | 81 + src/tclap/CmdLine.h | 621 + src/tclap/CmdLineInterface.h | 150 + src/tclap/CmdLineOutput.h | 74 + src/tclap/Constraint.h | 68 + src/tclap/DocBookOutput.h | 299 + src/tclap/HelpVisitor.h | 69 + src/tclap/IgnoreRestVisitor.h | 52 + src/tclap/Makefile.am | 28 + src/tclap/Makefile.in | 387 + src/tclap/MultiArg.h | 422 + src/tclap/MultiSwitchArg.h | 216 + src/tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h | 62 + src/tclap/StandardTraits.h | 186 + src/tclap/StdOutput.h | 298 + src/tclap/SwitchArg.h | 228 + src/tclap/UnlabeledMultiArg.h | 301 + src/tclap/UnlabeledValueArg.h | 340 + src/tclap/ValueArg.h | 411 + src/tclap/ValuesConstraint.h | 147 + src/tclap/VersionVisitor.h | 74 + src/tclap/Visitor.h | 53 + src/tclap/XorHandler.h | 156 + src/tclap/ZshCompletionOutput.h | 321 + translations/universalindent.ts | 1095 + translations/universalindent_de.ts | 1131 + translations/universalindent_fr.ts | 1119 + translations/universalindent_ja.ts | 1095 + translations/universalindent_ru.ts | 1132 + translations/universalindent_uk.ts | 1132 + translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts | 1132 + 261 files changed, 87558 insertions(+) create mode 100644 .pc/.quilt_patches create mode 100644 .pc/.quilt_series create mode 100644 .pc/.version create mode 100644 .pc/applied-patches create mode 100755 .pc/disable_check_for_update.patch/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp create mode 100755 .pc/qsci_rename.patch/UniversalIndentGUI.pro create mode 100755 .pc/qsci_rename.patch/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj create mode 100755 CHANGELOG.txt create mode 100755 INSTALL.txt create mode 100755 LICENSE.GPL create mode 100755 UniversalIndentGUI.pro create mode 100755 UniversalIndentGUI.sln create mode 100755 UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj create mode 100755 UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_makeqmake.mak create mode 100755 UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_preprocess.mak create mode 100755 UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/thomas.pbxuser create mode 100755 UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/thomas.perspectivev3 create mode 100755 VS8QtRules.rules create mode 100755 config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini create mode 100644 debian/changelog create mode 100644 debian/compat create mode 100644 debian/control create mode 100644 debian/copyright create mode 100644 debian/docs create mode 100644 debian/menu create mode 100644 debian/patches/disable_check_for_update.patch create mode 100644 debian/patches/qsci_rename.patch create mode 100644 debian/patches/series create mode 100755 debian/rules create mode 100644 debian/source/format create mode 100644 debian/universalindentgui.lintian-overrides create mode 100755 doc/iniFileFormat.html create mode 100755 doc/universalindentgui.man create mode 100755 indenters/JsDecoder.js create mode 100755 indenters/example.cbl create mode 100755 indenters/example.cpp create mode 100755 indenters/example.css create mode 100755 indenters/example.f90 create mode 100755 indenters/example.html create mode 100755 indenters/example.js create mode 100755 indenters/example.php create mode 100755 indenters/example.pl create mode 100755 indenters/example.py create mode 100755 indenters/example.rb create mode 100755 indenters/example.sh create mode 100755 indenters/example.sql create mode 100755 indenters/example.vb create mode 100755 indenters/example.xml create mode 100755 indenters/hindent create mode 100755 indenters/hindent.html create mode 100755 indenters/perltidy create mode 100755 indenters/phpStylist.php create mode 100755 indenters/phpStylist.txt create mode 100755 indenters/pindent.py create mode 100755 indenters/pindent.txt create mode 100755 indenters/rbeautify.rb create mode 100755 indenters/ruby_formatter.rb create mode 100755 indenters/shellindent.awk create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_CblBeau.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_astyle.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_bcpp.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_csstidy.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_f90ppr.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_gnuindent.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_greatcode.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_hindent.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_htb.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_jsdecoder.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_jsppp.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_perltidy.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_phpCB.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_phpStylist.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_php_Beautifier.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_pindent.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_psti.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_rbeautify.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_rubyformatter.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_shellindent.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_tidy.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_uncrustify.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_vbsbeaut.ini create mode 100755 indenters/uigui_xmlindent.ini create mode 100755 readme.html create mode 100755 resources/Icon1.png create mode 100755 resources/Icons.qrc create mode 100755 resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns create mode 100755 resources/accessories-text-editor.png create mode 100755 resources/applications-system.png create mode 100755 resources/banner.png create mode 100755 resources/document-open.png create mode 100755 resources/document-properties.png create mode 100755 resources/document-save-as.png create mode 100755 resources/document-save.png create mode 100755 resources/edit-clear.png create mode 100755 resources/edit-select-all.png create mode 100755 resources/exporthtml.png create mode 100755 resources/exportpdf.png create mode 100755 resources/format-justify-left.png create mode 100755 resources/help.png create mode 100755 resources/icon2.ico create mode 100755 resources/icon2.png create mode 100755 resources/icon3.png create mode 100755 resources/info.png create mode 100755 resources/language-de.png create mode 100755 resources/language-en.png create mode 100755 resources/language-fr.png create mode 100755 resources/language-ja.png create mode 100755 resources/language-ru.png create mode 100755 resources/language-uk.png create mode 100755 resources/language-zh_CN.png create mode 100755 resources/language-zh_TW.png create mode 100755 resources/live-preview.png create mode 100755 resources/load_indent_cfg.png create mode 100755 resources/preferences-system.png create mode 100755 resources/programicon.rc create mode 100755 resources/qt_logo.png create mode 100755 resources/save_indent_cfg.png create mode 100755 resources/shell.png create mode 100755 resources/syntax-highlight.png create mode 100755 resources/system-log-out.png create mode 100755 resources/system-software-update.png create mode 100755 resources/tooltip.png create mode 100755 resources/universalIndentGUI.ico create mode 100755 resources/universalIndentGUI.svg create mode 100755 resources/universalIndentGUI_32x32.xpm create mode 100755 resources/universalIndentGUI_512x512.png create mode 100755 resources/universalIndentGUI_64x64.png create mode 100755 resources/view-refresh.png create mode 100755 src/AboutDialog.cpp create mode 100755 src/AboutDialog.h create mode 100755 src/AboutDialog.ui create mode 100755 src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp create mode 100755 src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h create mode 100755 src/FindDialog.ui create mode 100755 src/IndentHandler.cpp create mode 100755 src/IndentHandler.h create mode 100755 src/MainWindow.cpp create mode 100755 src/MainWindow.h create mode 100755 src/MainWindow.ui create mode 100755 src/SettingsPaths.cpp create mode 100755 src/SettingsPaths.h create mode 100755 src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp create mode 100755 src/TemplateBatchScript.h create mode 100755 src/ToolBarWidget.ui create mode 100755 src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp create mode 100755 src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h create mode 100755 src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp create mode 100755 src/UiGuiHighlighter.h create mode 100755 src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp create mode 100755 src/UiGuiIndentServer.h create mode 100755 src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp create mode 100755 src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h create mode 100755 src/UiGuiSettings.cpp create mode 100755 src/UiGuiSettings.h create mode 100755 src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp create mode 100755 src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h create mode 100755 src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui create mode 100755 src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp create mode 100755 src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h create mode 100755 src/UiGuiVersion.cpp create mode 100755 src/UiGuiVersion.h create mode 100755 src/UniversalIndentGUI.vcproj create mode 100755 src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp create mode 100755 src/UpdateCheckDialog.h create mode 100755 src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui create mode 100755 src/debugging/.svn/all-wcprops create mode 100755 src/debugging/.svn/entries create mode 100755 src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.cpp.svn-base create mode 100755 src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLoggerDialog.ui.svn-base create mode 100755 src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp create mode 100755 src/debugging/TSLogger.h create mode 100755 src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui create mode 100755 src/main.cpp create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/all-wcprops create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/entries create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Arg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgException.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Constraint.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.am.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.in.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Visitor.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Arg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgException.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Constraint.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.am.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.in.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Visitor.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base create mode 100755 src/tclap/Arg.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/ArgException.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/ArgTraits.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/CmdLine.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/CmdLineInterface.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/CmdLineOutput.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/Constraint.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/DocBookOutput.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/HelpVisitor.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/IgnoreRestVisitor.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/Makefile.am create mode 100755 src/tclap/Makefile.in create mode 100755 src/tclap/MultiArg.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/MultiSwitchArg.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/StandardTraits.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/StdOutput.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/SwitchArg.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/UnlabeledMultiArg.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/UnlabeledValueArg.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/ValueArg.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/ValuesConstraint.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/VersionVisitor.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/Visitor.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/XorHandler.h create mode 100755 src/tclap/ZshCompletionOutput.h create mode 100755 translations/universalindent.ts create mode 100755 translations/universalindent_de.ts create mode 100755 translations/universalindent_fr.ts create mode 100755 translations/universalindent_ja.ts create mode 100755 translations/universalindent_ru.ts create mode 100755 translations/universalindent_uk.ts create mode 100755 translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts diff --git a/.pc/.quilt_patches b/.pc/.quilt_patches new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6857a8d --- /dev/null +++ b/.pc/.quilt_patches @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +debian/patches diff --git a/.pc/.quilt_series b/.pc/.quilt_series new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c206706 --- /dev/null +++ b/.pc/.quilt_series @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +series diff --git a/.pc/.version b/.pc/.version new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cfbf08 --- /dev/null +++ b/.pc/.version @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +2 diff --git a/.pc/applied-patches b/.pc/applied-patches new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b81d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/.pc/applied-patches @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +disable_check_for_update.patch +qsci_rename.patch diff --git a/.pc/disable_check_for_update.patch/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp b/.pc/disable_check_for_update.patch/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp new file mode 100755 index 0000000..3aacf1f --- /dev/null +++ b/.pc/disable_check_for_update.patch/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,688 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +* Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * +* thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * +* * +* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * +* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * +* published by the Free Software Foundation. * +* * +* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * +* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * +* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * +* GNU General Public License for more details. * +* * +* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * +* along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * +* Free Software Foundation, Inc., * +* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "UiGuiSettings.h" + +#include "SettingsPaths.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +//! \defgroup grp_Settings All concerning the settings. + +/*! + \class UiGuiSettings + \ingroup grp_Settings + \brief Handles the settings of the program. Reads them on startup and saves them on exit. + Is a singleton class and can only be accessed via getInstance(). +*/ + +// Inits the single class instance pointer. +QWeakPointer UiGuiSettings::_instance; + + +/*! + \brief The constructor for the settings. +*/ +UiGuiSettings::UiGuiSettings() : QObject() { + // Create the main application settings object from the UniversalIndentGUI.ini file. + _qsettings = new QSettings(SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath() + "/UniversalIndentGUI.ini", QSettings::IniFormat, this); + + _indenterDirctoryStr = SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/indenters"; + readAvailableTranslations(); + initSettings(); +} + + +/*! + \brief Returns the instance of the settings class. If no instance exists, ONE will be created. + */ +QSharedPointer UiGuiSettings::getInstance() { + QSharedPointer sharedInstance = _instance.toStrongRef(); + if ( sharedInstance.isNull() ) { + // Create the settings object, which loads all UiGui settings from a file. + sharedInstance = QSharedPointer(new UiGuiSettings()); + _instance = sharedInstance.toWeakRef(); + } + + return sharedInstance; +} + + +/*! + \brief The destructor saves the settings to a file. + */ +UiGuiSettings::~UiGuiSettings() { + // Convert the language setting from an integer index to a string. + int index = _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", 0).toInt(); + if ( index < 0 || index >= _availableTranslations.size() ) + index = 0; + + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.at(index) ); +} + + +/*! + \brief Scans the translations directory for available translation files and + stores them in the QList \a _availableTranslations. + */ +void UiGuiSettings::readAvailableTranslations() { + QString languageShort; + QStringList languageFileList; + + // English is the default language. A translation file does not exist but to have a menu entry, added here. + languageFileList << "universalindent_en.qm"; + + // Find all translation files in the "translations" directory. + QDir translationDirectory = QDir( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations" ); + languageFileList << translationDirectory.entryList( QStringList("universalindent_*.qm") ); + + // Loop for each found translation file + foreach ( languageShort, languageFileList ) { + // Remove the leading string "universalindent_" from the filename. + languageShort.remove(0,16); + // Remove trailing file extension ".qm". + languageShort.chop(3); + + _availableTranslations.append(languageShort); + } +} + + +/*! + \brief Returns a list of the mnemonics of the available translations. + */ +QStringList UiGuiSettings::getAvailableTranslations() { + return _availableTranslations; +} + + +/*! + \brief Returns the value of the by \a settingsName defined setting as QVariant. + + If the named setting does not exist, 0 is being returned. +*/ +QVariant UiGuiSettings::getValueByName(QString settingName) { + return _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName); +} + + +/*! + \brief Loads the settings for the main application. + + Settings are for example last selected indenter, last loaded source code file and so on. +*/ +bool UiGuiSettings::initSettings() +{ + // Read the version string saved in the settings file. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/version", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/version", "") ); + + // Read windows last size and position from the settings file. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/maximized", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/maximized", false) ); + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/position", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/position", QPoint(50, 50)) ); + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/size", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/size", QSize(800, 600)) ); + + // Read last selected encoding for the opened source code file. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/encoding", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/encoding", "UTF-8") ); + + // Read maximum length of list for recently opened files. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/recentlyOpenedListSize", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/recentlyOpenedListSize", 5) ); + + // Read if last opened source code file should be loaded on startup. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup", true) ); + + // Read last opened source code file from the settings file. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/lastSourceCodeFile", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/lastSourceCodeFile", _indenterDirctoryStr+"/example.cpp") ); + + // Read last selected indenter from the settings file. + int selectedIndenter = _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/selectedIndenter", 0).toInt(); + if ( selectedIndenter < 0 ) { + selectedIndenter = 0; + } + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/selectedIndenter", selectedIndenter ); + + // Read if syntax highlighting is enabled. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/SyntaxHighlightingEnabled", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/SyntaxHighlightingEnabled", true) ); + + // Read if white space characters should be displayed. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/whiteSpaceIsVisible", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/whiteSpaceIsVisible", false) ); + + // Read if indenter parameter tool tips are enabled. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled", true) ); + + // Read the tab width from the settings file. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/tabWidth", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/tabWidth", 4) ); + + // Read the last selected language and stores the index it has in the list of available translations. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.indexOf( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", "").toString() ) ); + + // Read the update check settings from the settings file. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", true) ); + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", QDate(1900,1,1)) ); + + // Read the main window state. + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/MainWindowState", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/MainWindowState", QByteArray()) ); + + return true; +} + + +/*! + \brief Register the by \a propertyName defined property of \a obj to be connected to the setting defined by \a settingName. + + The \a propertyName must be one of those that are listed in the Qt "Properties" documentation section of a Qt Object. + All further needed info is retrieved via the \a obj's MetaObject, like the to the property bound signal. + */ +bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectProperty( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName ) +{ + const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); + bool connectSuccess = false; + + // Connect to the objects destroyed signal, so that it will be correctly unregistered. + connectSuccess = connect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*))); + + int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); + if ( connectSuccess && indexOfProp > -1 ) { + QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); + + // Connect to the property's value changed signal. + if ( mProp.hasNotifySignal() ) { + QMetaMethod signal = mProp.notifySignal(); + //QString teststr = qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())); + // The command "SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())" assembles the signal methods signature to a valid Qt SIGNAL. + connectSuccess = connect(obj, qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())), this, SLOT(handleObjectPropertyChange())); + } + + if ( connectSuccess ) { + _registeredObjectProperties[obj] = QStringList() << propertyName << settingName; + } + else { + //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. + disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*))); + return false; + } + + // If setting already exists, set the objects property to the setting value. + if ( _qsettings->contains("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) ) { + mProp.write(obj, _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName)); + } + // Otherwise add the setting and set it to the value of the objects property. + else { + _qsettings->setValue("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName, mProp.read(obj)); + } + } + else { + //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. + disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*))); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + + +/*! + \brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within + their custom properties and registers this property name to that setting name if both were found. + + The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName", + where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and + "connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. If the mentioned setting + name doesn't exist, it will be created. + + Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered. + Returns false, if any of those registrations fails. + */ +bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectPropertyRecursive(QObject *obj) { + return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::registerObjectProperty); +} + + +/*! + \brief Assigns the by \a settingName defined setting value to the by \a propertyName defined property of \a obj. + + Returns true, if the value could be assigned, otherwise returns false, which is the case if settingName doesn't exist + within the settings or if the mentioned propertyName wasn't found for the \a obj. + */ +bool UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValue( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName ) +{ + const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); + + int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); + if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) { + QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); + + // If setting already exists, set the objects property to the setting value. + if ( _qsettings->contains("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) ) { + mProp.write(obj, _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName)); + } + // The setting didn't exist so return that setting the objects property failed. + else { + //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. + return false; + } + } + else { + //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. + return false; + } + + return true; +} + + +/*! + \brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within + their custom properties and sets each property to settings value. + + The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName", + where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and + "connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. + + Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered. + Returns false, if any of those registrations fails. + */ +bool UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValueRecursive(QObject *obj) { + return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValue); +} + + +/*! + \brief Assigns the by \a propertyName defined property's value of \a obj to the by \a settingName defined setting. + + If the \a settingName didn't exist yet, it will be created. + + Returns true, if the value could be assigned, otherwise returns false, which is the case if the mentioned + propertyName wasn't found for the \a obj. + */ +bool UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValue( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName ) +{ + const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); + + int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); + if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) { + QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); + + setValueByName(settingName, mProp.read(obj)); + } + else { + //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. + return false; + } + + return true; +} + + +/*! + \brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within + their custom properties and sets each setting to the property value. + + The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName", + where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and + "connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. If the settingName + didn't exist yet, it will be created. + + Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered. + Returns false, if any of those registrations fails. + */ +bool UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValueRecursive(QObject *obj) { + return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValue); +} + + +/*! + \brief Iterates over all \a objs child QObjects and checks whether they have the custom properties + "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName" set. If both are set, it invokes the \a callBackFunc + with both. + */ +bool UiGuiSettings::checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(QObject *obj, bool (UiGuiSettings::*callBackFunc)(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName)) { + bool success = true; + + // Find all widgets that have PropertyName and SettingName defined in their style sheet. + QList allObjects = obj->findChildren(); + foreach (QObject *object, allObjects) { + QString propertyName = object->property("connectedPropertyName").toString(); + QString settingName = object->property("connectedSettingName").toString(); + + // If property and setting name were found, register that widget with the settings. + if ( !propertyName.isEmpty() && !settingName.isEmpty() ) { + success &= (this->*callBackFunc)( object, propertyName, settingName ); + } + } + + return success; +} + + +/*! + \brief The with a certain property registered \a obj gets unregistered. + */ +void UiGuiSettings::unregisterObjectProperty(QObject *obj) { + if ( _registeredObjectProperties.contains(obj) ) { + const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); + QString propertyName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].first(); + QString settingName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].last(); + + bool connectSuccess = false; + int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); + if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) { + QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); + + // Disconnect to the property's value changed signal. + if ( mProp.hasNotifySignal() ) { + QMetaMethod signal = mProp.notifySignal(); + // The command "SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())" assembles the signal methods signature to a valid Qt SIGNAL. + connectSuccess = disconnect(obj, qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())), this, SLOT(handleObjectPropertyChange())); + } + } + _registeredObjectProperties.remove(obj); + } +} + + +/*! + \brief Registers a slot form the \a obj by its \a slotName to be invoked, if the by \a settingName defined + setting changes. + + The registered slot may have no parameters or exactly one. If it accepts one parameter, whenever the setting + \a settingName changes the slot gets tried to be invoked with the settings value as parameter. This only works, + if the slot parameter is of the same type as the setting. + */ +bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName) { + + const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); + + bool connectSuccess = false; + // Connect to the objects destroyed signal, so that it will be correctly unregistered. + connectSuccess = connect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*))); + + QString normalizedSlotName = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature( qPrintable(slotName) ); + int indexOfMethod = metaObject->indexOfMethod( qPrintable(normalizedSlotName) ); + if ( connectSuccess && indexOfMethod > -1 ) { + QMetaMethod mMethod = metaObject->method(indexOfMethod); + //QMetaMethod::Access access = mMethod.access(); + //QMetaMethod::MethodType methType = mMethod.methodType(); + + // Since the method can at maximum be invoked with the setting value as argument, + // only methods taking max one argument are allowed. + if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().size() <= 1 ) { + _registeredObjectSlots.insert(obj, QStringList() << normalizedSlotName << settingName); + } + else { + //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. + disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*))); + return false; + } + } + else { + //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. + disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*))); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + + +/*! + \brief If \a obj, \a slotName and \a settingName are given, that certain connection is unregistered. + If only \a obj is given, all to this object registered slot-setting connections are unregistered. + */ +void UiGuiSettings::unregisterObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName) { + //const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); + QString normalizedSlotName = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature( qPrintable(slotName) ); + QMutableMapIterator it(_registeredObjectSlots); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + if (it.key() == obj && slotName.isEmpty() && settingName.isEmpty()) + it.remove(); + else if (it.key() == obj && it.value().first() == slotName && it.value().last() == settingName) + it.remove(); + } +} + + +/*! + \brief This private slot gets invoked whenever a registered objects property changes + and distributes the new value to all other to the same settingName registered objects. + */ +void UiGuiSettings::handleObjectPropertyChange() { + QObject *obj = QObject::sender(); + QString className = obj->metaObject()->className(); + const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); + QString propertyName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].first(); + QString settingName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].last(); + + int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); + if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) { + QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); + setValueByName(settingName, mProp.read(obj)); + } +} + + +/*! + \brief Sets the setting defined by \a settingName to \a value. + + When setting a changed value, all to this settingName registered objects get + the changed value set too. + If the \a settingName didn't exist yet, it will be created. + */ +void UiGuiSettings::setValueByName(const QString &settingName, const QVariant &value) { + // Do the updating only, if the setting was really changed. + if ( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) != value ) { + _qsettings->setValue("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName, value); + + // Set the new value for all registered object properties for settingName. + for ( QMap::ConstIterator it = _registeredObjectProperties.begin(); it != _registeredObjectProperties.end(); ++it ) { + if ( it.value().last() == settingName ) { + QObject *obj = it.key(); + const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); + QString propertyName = it.value().first(); + + int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); + if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) { + QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); + mProp.write(obj, value); + } + } + } + + // Invoke all registered object methods for settingName. + for ( QMap::ConstIterator it = _registeredObjectSlots.begin(); it != _registeredObjectSlots.end(); ++it ) { + if ( it.value().last() == settingName ) { + QObject *obj = it.key(); + const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); + QString slotName = it.value().first(); + + int indexOfMethod = metaObject->indexOfMethod( qPrintable(slotName) ); + if ( indexOfMethod > -1 ) { + QMetaMethod mMethod = metaObject->method(indexOfMethod); + //QMetaMethod::Access access = mMethod.access(); + //QMetaMethod::MethodType methType = mMethod.methodType(); + + bool success = false; + + // Handle registered slots taking one parameter. + if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().size() == 1 ) { + if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().first() == value.typeName() ) { + success = invokeMethodWithValue(obj, mMethod, value); + } + } + // Handle registered slots taking zero parameters. + else { + success = mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection ); + } + + if ( success == false ) { + // TODO: Write a warning to the log if no success. + } + } + } + } + } +} + + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600 +#include +#include +#endif + +bool UiGuiSettings::invokeMethodWithValue( QObject *obj, QMetaMethod mMethod, QVariant value ) +{ + switch (value.type()) { + case QVariant::BitArray : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBitArray, value.toBitArray()) ); + case QVariant::Bitmap : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBitmap, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Bool : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(bool, value.toBool()) ); + case QVariant::Brush : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBrush, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::ByteArray : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QByteArray, value.toByteArray()) ); + case QVariant::Char : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QChar, value.toChar()) ); + case QVariant::Color : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QColor, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Cursor : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QCursor, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Date : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QDate, value.toDate()) ); + case QVariant::DateTime : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QDateTime, value.toDateTime()) ); + case QVariant::Double : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(double, value.toDouble()) ); + case QVariant::Font : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QFont, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Hash : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantHash, value.toHash()) ); + case QVariant::Icon : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QIcon, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Image : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QImage, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Int : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(int, value.toInt()) ); + case QVariant::KeySequence : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QKeySequence, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Line : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLine, value.toLine()) ); + case QVariant::LineF : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLineF, value.toLineF()) ); + case QVariant::List : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantList, value.toList()) ); + case QVariant::Locale : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLocale, value.toLocale()) ); + case QVariant::LongLong : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(qlonglong, value.toLongLong()) ); + case QVariant::Map : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantMap, value.toMap()) ); + case QVariant::Matrix : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QMatrix, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Transform : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTransform, value.value()) ); +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600 + case QVariant::Matrix4x4 : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QMatrix4x4, value.value()) ); +#endif + case QVariant::Palette : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPalette, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Pen : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPen, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Pixmap : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPixmap, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Point : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPoint, value.toPoint()) ); + // case QVariant::PointArray : + // return Q_ARG(QPointArray, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::PointF : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPointF, value.toPointF()) ); + case QVariant::Polygon : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPolygon, value.value()) ); +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600 + case QVariant::Quaternion : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QQuaternion, value.value()) ); +#endif + case QVariant::Rect : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRect, value.toRect()) ); + case QVariant::RectF : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRectF, value.toRectF()) ); + case QVariant::RegExp : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRegExp, value.toRegExp()) ); + case QVariant::Region : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRegion, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Size : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSize, value.toSize()) ); + case QVariant::SizeF : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSizeF, value.toSizeF()) ); + case QVariant::SizePolicy : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSizePolicy, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::String : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QString, value.toString()) ); + case QVariant::StringList : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QStringList, value.toStringList()) ); + case QVariant::TextFormat : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTextFormat, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::TextLength : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTextLength, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Time : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTime, value.toTime()) ); + case QVariant::UInt : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(uint, value.toUInt()) ); + case QVariant::ULongLong : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(qulonglong, value.toULongLong()) ); + case QVariant::Url : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QUrl, value.toUrl()) ); +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600 + case QVariant::Vector2D : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector2D, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Vector3D : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector3D, value.value()) ); + case QVariant::Vector4D : + return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector4D, value.value()) ); +#endif + default: + return false; + } +} diff --git a/.pc/qsci_rename.patch/UniversalIndentGUI.pro b/.pc/qsci_rename.patch/UniversalIndentGUI.pro new file mode 100755 index 0000000..67f4f95 --- /dev/null +++ b/.pc/qsci_rename.patch/UniversalIndentGUI.pro @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +TEMPLATE = app +QT += network +QT += script + +unix:TARGET = universalindentgui +win32:TARGET = UniversalIndentGUI +macx:TARGET = UniversalIndentGUI + +DEPENDPATH += resources \ + src \ + debug \ + release + +INCLUDEPATH += src + +CONFIG += debug_and_release + +macx { + # If using as framework qscintilla needs to be build with: + # qmake -spec macx-g++ CONFIG+=sdk CONFIG+=x86_64 CONFIG+=x86 CONFIG+=lib_bundle qscintilla.pro && make && sudo make install + #LIBS += -framework qscintilla2 + LIBS += -lqscintilla2 + ICON = resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns +} +else { + LIBS += -lqscintilla2 +} + +CONFIG(release, debug|release) { + +win32:pipe2nul = ">NUL" +unix:pipe2nul = "&> /dev/null" +macx:pipe2nul = "&> /dev/null" + + +# Language file processing +########################## +message(Updating language files) +lupdate = lupdate +unix:lupdate = lupdate-qt4 +macx:lupdate = lupdate +lrelease = lrelease +unix:lrelease = lrelease-qt4 +macx:lrelease = lrelease +# Update translation files +message ( Updating universalindent.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_de.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_de.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_fr.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_fr.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_ja.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_ja.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_ru.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_ru.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_uk.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_uk.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_zh_TW.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts -silent) + + +# Create translation binaries +message ( Creating translation binaries ) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_de.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_de.qm -silent) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_fr.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_fr.qm -silent) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_ja.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_ja.qm -silent) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_ru.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_ru.qm -silent) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_uk.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_uk.qm -silent) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.qm -silent) + +# Copy Qts own translation files to the local translation directory +message ( Copy Qts own translation files to the local translation directory ) +qtTranslationInstallDir = $$[QT_INSTALL_TRANSLATIONS] +win32:qtTranslationInstallDir = $$replace(qtTranslationInstallDir, /, \\) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_de.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_fr.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_ja.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_ru.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_uk.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_zh_TW.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_de.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_fr.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_ja.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_ru.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_uk.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_zh_TW.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) + +# Defining files that shall be installed when calling "make install" +#################################################################### +# Create and install man page +exists( ./doc/universalindentgui.1* ) { + unix:system(rm ./doc/universalindentgui.1*) +} +unix:system(cp ./doc/universalindentgui.man ./doc/universalindentgui.1) +unix:system(gzip -9 ./doc/universalindentgui.1) +unix:documentation.path = /usr/share/man/man1 +unix:documentation.files = doc/universalindentgui.1.gz + +# Install indenter ini files, examples and some indenters +unix:indenters.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters +unix:indenters.files = indenters/uigui_*.ini +unix:indenters.files += indenters/example.* +unix:indenters.files += indenters/JsDecoder.js +unix:indenters.files += indenters/phpStylist.php +unix:indenters.files += indenters/phpStylist.txt +unix:indenters.files += indenters/pindent.py +unix:indenters.files += indenters/pindent.txt +unix:indenters.files += indenters/rbeautify.rb +unix:indenters.files += indenters/ruby_formatter.rb +unix:indenters.files += indenters/shellindent.awk + +# Install translation files +unix:translation.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/translations +unix:translation.files = translations/*.qm + +# Install highlighter default config +unix:highlighterconfig.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/config +unix:highlighterconfig.files = config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini + +# Install binary +unix:target.path = /usr/bin + +# Set everything that shall be installed +unix:INSTALLS += target \ + highlighterconfig \ + indenters \ + translation \ + documentation + +} + +CONFIG(debug, debug|release) { + DESTDIR = ./debug + DEFINES += _DEBUG DEBUG +} else { + DESTDIR = ./release +} + +MOC_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/moc +UI_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/uic +OBJECTS_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/obj +RCC_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/qrc + +#message ( destdir is $${DESTDIR}. uic is $${UI_DIR}. moc is $${MOC_DIR}) + +# Input +HEADERS += src/AboutDialog.h \ + src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h \ + src/IndentHandler.h \ + src/MainWindow.h \ + src/SettingsPaths.h \ + src/TemplateBatchScript.h \ + src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h \ + src/UiGuiHighlighter.h \ + src/UiGuiIndentServer.h \ + src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h \ + src/UiGuiSettings.h \ + src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h \ + src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h \ + src/UiGuiVersion.h \ + src/UpdateCheckDialog.h \ + src/debugging/TSLogger.h + + +FORMS += src/MainWindow.ui \ + src/ToolBarWidget.ui \ + src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui \ + src/AboutDialog.ui \ + src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui \ + src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui + +SOURCES += src/AboutDialog.cpp \ + src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp \ + src/IndentHandler.cpp \ + src/main.cpp \ + src/MainWindow.cpp \ + src/SettingsPaths.cpp \ + src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp \ + src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp \ + src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp \ + src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp \ + src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp \ + src/UiGuiSettings.cpp \ + src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp \ + src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp \ + src/UiGuiVersion.cpp \ + src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp \ + src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp + +RESOURCES += resources/Icons.qrc +RC_FILE = resources/programicon.rc + + + +#message(Creating symbolic links within target dir for debugging) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/config ./debug/config) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/indenters ./debug/indenters) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/translations ./debug/translations) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/config ./release/config) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/indenters ./release/indenters) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/translations ./release/translations) diff --git a/.pc/qsci_rename.patch/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj b/.pc/qsci_rename.patch/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj new file mode 100755 index 0000000..80c1ae0 --- /dev/null +++ b/.pc/qsci_rename.patch/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj @@ -0,0 +1,741 @@ +// !$*UTF8*$! +{ + archiveVersion = 1; + classes = { + }; + objectVersion = 42; + objects = { + +/* Begin PBXBuildFile section */ + 033FA4A2951F6995E4B52E75 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 07182A1FDE8301C8D9EAF7F5 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 0794A9D3A24B32A06CD8CA37 /* TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 10D0CC7BD2D2E5A3A90EEF25 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 1446C37D55222BE8281C2D84 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 157D8322CB15EB4B4B698465 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 204EDFAF3269B294371D7373 /* QtCore in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */; }; + 2B7F90DE44210DB9F5D23F0C /* AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 2CE072BF0886F682F0FE8266 /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 2E0B7B483AE3DAFB774883DC /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 32D9B1CB3877EF0A567B997D /* QtScript in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */; }; + 358CDAA858B633E7AD0B6646 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns in Bundle Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 3B7E26C095F17917F557F0BB /* QtGui in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */; }; + 4393711A82B0A27E8301FEB8 /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 447799AD66EF47D36B5A72E3 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 45FD613422A15DDFF65F07EB /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 4DAB46634D6A37252BC2E3D4 /* qrc_Icons.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 54824FDC5DD27B6216E263F5 /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 64CDA74634FD0C1F9265CF5F /* SettingsPaths.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 83EFC8071DE20B90AE46E0A1 /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 86D03C28F9A095696FA4C465 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 8DCA76267BA4834F731C5BAB /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 8DFAEC14C5621835B85BDBBB /* UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 9892D98357F2D175D03F6488 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + A56B320001BC86C5B01B08D0 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + A87876F3A24FCE545FEAFB05 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + AAC1168526D0C37A3F415917 /* MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + B3D97A9EF6FD086AC8AA1400 /* QtNetwork in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */; }; + C61FC1CBE0E603A32A3D1D8E /* moc_TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + CE0306F2BD402BE1CC71BA98 /* IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + D05E9C8E00DF8978FAD6C45F /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + E938E42F14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app in Project Copy */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */; }; + ED461CD43406DFA44318404B /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + F42AF6C1FF5FF9F82C3E049D /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + FD1638E377D97C82BDB438FB /* main.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; +/* End PBXBuildFile section */ + +/* Begin PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */ + F6069D5A5DA8AA28EDB8B3C6 /* Project Copy */ = { + isa = PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + dstPath = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release; + dstSubfolderSpec = 0; + files = ( + E938E42F14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app in Project Copy */, + ); + name = "Project Copy"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXFileReference section */ + 01A925071F5E8C4DEAA029A7 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiIniFileParser.h; path = src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 0405CDFCAFF3A176EB7C5B2B /* SettingsPaths.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = SettingsPaths.h; path = src/SettingsPaths.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 04EC27988BE80C166C06D386 /* ui_AboutDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_AboutDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 0501473B7E166B9D10974B09 /* AboutDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = AboutDialog.h; path = src/AboutDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 0D2093D6D7971F9434E27A2D /* UiGuiHighlighter.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiHighlighter.h; path = src/UiGuiHighlighter.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 19D832A234461F61E597073E /* UiGuiErrorMessage.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiErrorMessage.h; path = src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = qrc_Icons.cpp; path = release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = MainWindow.cpp; path = src/MainWindow.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 234F1B047D06A4E84A3BA652 /* UiGuiIndentServer.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiIndentServer.h; path = src/UiGuiIndentServer.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 2365565B0E8281A9A554DE48 /* IndentHandler.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = IndentHandler.h; path = src/IndentHandler.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 240575E52D89C74CAFF8C83F /* UpdateCheckDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UpdateCheckDialog.h; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 290E702759265E2A11910569 /* UpdateCheckDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = UpdateCheckDialog.ui; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + 3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 3E78CB522F65C3B2CD054660 /* AboutDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = AboutDialog.ui; path = src/AboutDialog.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_TSLogger.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_MainWindow.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = TSLogger.cpp; path = src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 5FDBC0A18FE03C4893ABD97E /* UiGuiSystemInfo.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSystemInfo.h; path = src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtGui; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtGui.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = ""; }; + 705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_AboutDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = IndentHandler.cpp; path = src/IndentHandler.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 7DBF76AABA74FE9F8ACD5DB5 /* Icons.qrc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text; name = Icons.qrc; path = resources/Icons.qrc; sourceTree = ""; }; + 7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = main.cpp; path = src/main.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = AboutDialog.cpp; path = src/AboutDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSettings.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSettings.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 957A01A17EA639CF3AC8D438 /* ui_TSLoggerDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_TSLoggerDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; path = src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 97D35E3EB9A27948A62C0C38 /* ui_MainWindow.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_MainWindow.h; path = release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; path = src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 9B1A8589DE3DB63FE9FEADAD /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = AboutDialogGraphicsView.h; path = src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtScript; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtScript.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = ""; }; + 9FAD1502AC6B577554578224 /* TSLoggerDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = TSLoggerDialog.ui; path = src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + A1FD7528F1BA6EC4A87E142A /* ui_ToolBarWidget.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_ToolBarWidget.h; path = release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.icns; name = UniversalIndentGUI.icns; path = resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns; sourceTree = ""; }; + A77AB8EA63A1F08C970A0DB1 /* TemplateBatchScript.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = TemplateBatchScript.h; path = src/TemplateBatchScript.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + A7CBECAE098937E7541F811C /* MainWindow.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = MainWindow.ui; path = src/MainWindow.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = SettingsPaths.cpp; path = src/SettingsPaths.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSettings.h; path = src/UiGuiSettings.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtNetwork; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtNetwork.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = ""; }; + B3201EB1AA113D49631A1BC2 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + B3E50F5A6CE91D794A9AE2AA /* ToolBarWidget.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = ToolBarWidget.ui; path = src/ToolBarWidget.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp; path = src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + C2D745F51D062CD6409FA16C /* ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiVersion.cpp; path = src/UiGuiVersion.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; path = src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = MainWindow.h; path = src/MainWindow.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + DCEF1F98F703B62597F530A9 /* ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_IndentHandler.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + E457C7C0F6FE92258C9ABDE6 /* UniversalIndentGUI.pro */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text; path = UniversalIndentGUI.pro; sourceTree = ""; }; + E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = wrapper.application; includeInIndex = 0; path = UniversalIndentGUI.app; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; }; + E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = TemplateBatchScript.cpp; path = src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; path = src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiVersion.h; path = src/UiGuiVersion.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + F5BD042A2B240A02A39C20AC /* TSLogger.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = TSLogger.h; path = src/debugging/TSLogger.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtCore; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtCore.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = ""; }; +/* End PBXFileReference section */ + +/* Begin PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */ + 2A1043669E6E5A7426EA502A /* Frameworks & Libraries */ = { + isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + 32D9B1CB3877EF0A567B997D /* QtScript in Frameworks & Libraries */, + 3B7E26C095F17917F557F0BB /* QtGui in Frameworks & Libraries */, + B3D97A9EF6FD086AC8AA1400 /* QtNetwork in Frameworks & Libraries */, + 204EDFAF3269B294371D7373 /* QtCore in Frameworks & Libraries */, + ); + name = "Frameworks & Libraries"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXGroup section */ + 05596AB53D8D521C69802C27 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + FB61758D0F0FDA4BA867C3D5 /* Sources */, + 46E892BBB6BB6952967E0561 /* Temporary Sources */, + 883D7615C4D2DE3FA1218F12 /* Headers */, + 7CABE3C80E79AD2B307756D2 /* Sources [qmake] */, + 52C235EBF1C9B07808119459 /* Sources [RCC] */, + EEC299C65D5017EB9DD513B0 /* Sources [UIC] */, + ED1E82605DD74B483AF3C982 /* External Frameworks and Libraries */, + E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */, + ); + name = UniversalIndentGUI; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 06674E1DE8D3EB6E763DFFDA /* src */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */, + D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */, + 7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */, + 7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */, + 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */, + AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */, + E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */, + EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */, + 95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */, + 9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */, + BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */, + 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */, + 26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */, + 8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */, + D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */, + 4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */, + 682C39EDA1B6CDF80B0D9214 /* debugging */, + ); + name = src; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 16A82DA2701971900CCC9274 /* resources */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 7DBF76AABA74FE9F8ACD5DB5 /* Icons.qrc */, + ); + name = resources; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 17088D39164D72415814D3CE /* moc */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */, + F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */, + DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */, + 59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */, + 998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */, + 705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */, + 836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */, + F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */, + A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */, + D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */, + 4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */, + ); + name = moc; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 46E892BBB6BB6952967E0561 /* Temporary Sources */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + BC7AF8B1E3D64E5DB82A180B /* release */, + ); + name = "Temporary Sources"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 52C235EBF1C9B07808119459 /* Sources [RCC] */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 16A82DA2701971900CCC9274 /* resources */, + ); + name = "Sources [RCC]"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 682C39EDA1B6CDF80B0D9214 /* debugging */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */, + ); + name = debugging; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 7CABE3C80E79AD2B307756D2 /* Sources [qmake] */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + E457C7C0F6FE92258C9ABDE6 /* UniversalIndentGUI.pro */, + ); + name = "Sources [qmake]"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 8161BBD1CA4ABAD2BDCD1290 /* debugging */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 9FAD1502AC6B577554578224 /* TSLoggerDialog.ui */, + ); + name = debugging; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 883D7615C4D2DE3FA1218F12 /* Headers */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + F4AF6147B42623F6B3284738 /* src */, + ); + name = Headers; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + A1B6D1488110DA0868414A40 /* src */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + A7CBECAE098937E7541F811C /* MainWindow.ui */, + B3E50F5A6CE91D794A9AE2AA /* ToolBarWidget.ui */, + B3201EB1AA113D49631A1BC2 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui */, + 3E78CB522F65C3B2CD054660 /* AboutDialog.ui */, + 290E702759265E2A11910569 /* UpdateCheckDialog.ui */, + 8161BBD1CA4ABAD2BDCD1290 /* debugging */, + ); + name = src; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + A742563A513C5350203403C2 /* uic */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 97D35E3EB9A27948A62C0C38 /* ui_MainWindow.h */, + A1FD7528F1BA6EC4A87E142A /* ui_ToolBarWidget.h */, + DCEF1F98F703B62597F530A9 /* ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */, + 04EC27988BE80C166C06D386 /* ui_AboutDialog.h */, + C2D745F51D062CD6409FA16C /* ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h */, + 957A01A17EA639CF3AC8D438 /* ui_TSLoggerDialog.h */, + ); + name = uic; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + B06B937E4E5DB1B571475081 /* resources */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */, + ); + name = resources; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + BC7AF8B1E3D64E5DB82A180B /* release */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 17088D39164D72415814D3CE /* moc */, + E60B3FBF3190558138C79865 /* qrc */, + A742563A513C5350203403C2 /* uic */, + ); + name = release; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + CAC892C702EF9F77734C8010 /* debugging */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + F5BD042A2B240A02A39C20AC /* TSLogger.h */, + ); + name = debugging; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + E60B3FBF3190558138C79865 /* qrc */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */, + ); + name = qrc; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */, + ); + name = Products; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + ED1E82605DD74B483AF3C982 /* External Frameworks and Libraries */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */, + 6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */, + B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */, + FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */, + ); + name = "External Frameworks and Libraries"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + EEC299C65D5017EB9DD513B0 /* Sources [UIC] */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + A1B6D1488110DA0868414A40 /* src */, + ); + name = "Sources [UIC]"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + F4AF6147B42623F6B3284738 /* src */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 0501473B7E166B9D10974B09 /* AboutDialog.h */, + 9B1A8589DE3DB63FE9FEADAD /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.h */, + 2365565B0E8281A9A554DE48 /* IndentHandler.h */, + D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */, + 0405CDFCAFF3A176EB7C5B2B /* SettingsPaths.h */, + A77AB8EA63A1F08C970A0DB1 /* TemplateBatchScript.h */, + 19D832A234461F61E597073E /* UiGuiErrorMessage.h */, + 0D2093D6D7971F9434E27A2D /* UiGuiHighlighter.h */, + 234F1B047D06A4E84A3BA652 /* UiGuiIndentServer.h */, + 01A925071F5E8C4DEAA029A7 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.h */, + AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */, + 3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */, + 5FDBC0A18FE03C4893ABD97E /* UiGuiSystemInfo.h */, + F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */, + 240575E52D89C74CAFF8C83F /* UpdateCheckDialog.h */, + CAC892C702EF9F77734C8010 /* debugging */, + ); + name = src; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + FB61758D0F0FDA4BA867C3D5 /* Sources */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 06674E1DE8D3EB6E763DFFDA /* src */, + B06B937E4E5DB1B571475081 /* resources */, + ); + name = Sources; + sourceTree = ""; + }; +/* End PBXGroup section */ + +/* Begin PBXNativeTarget section */ + A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = { + isa = PBXNativeTarget; + buildConfigurationList = E938E43C14AC74310066EAA2 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "UniversalIndentGUI" */; + buildPhases = ( + D7BA7D76DAB5DD13389D6332 /* Qt Qmake */, + A0A52A2ADF7A1E2A99738674 /* Qt Preprocessors */, + F6069D5A5DA8AA28EDB8B3C6 /* Project Copy */, + C29B8785722055ED95EF7B57 /* Build Sources */, + 2A1043669E6E5A7426EA502A /* Frameworks & Libraries */, + 3787F99312C85FF0073FD7BA /* Bundle Resources */, + ); + buildRules = ( + ); + dependencies = ( + ); + name = UniversalIndentGUI; + productInstallPath = release/; + productName = UniversalIndentGUI; + productReference = E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */; + productType = "com.apple.product-type.application"; + }; +/* End PBXNativeTarget section */ + +/* Begin PBXProject section */ + 91B15E841AA80083484172DE /* Project object */ = { + isa = PBXProject; + buildConfigurationList = 2A951308CDB28F104D0A4BD2 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "UniversalIndentGUI" */; + compatibilityVersion = "Xcode 2.4"; + developmentRegion = English; + hasScannedForEncodings = 1; + knownRegions = ( + English, + Japanese, + French, + German, + ); + mainGroup = 05596AB53D8D521C69802C27 /* UniversalIndentGUI */; + productRefGroup = E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */; + projectDirPath = ""; + projectRoot = ""; + targets = ( + A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */, + ); + }; +/* End PBXProject section */ + +/* Begin PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */ + 3787F99312C85FF0073FD7BA /* Bundle Resources */ = { + isa = PBXResourcesBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + 358CDAA858B633E7AD0B6646 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns in Bundle Resources */, + ); + name = "Bundle Resources"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */ + A0A52A2ADF7A1E2A99738674 /* Qt Preprocessors */ = { + isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + ); + name = "Qt Preprocessors"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + shellPath = /bin/sh; + shellScript = "make -C /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk -f 'UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_preprocess.mak'"; + }; + D7BA7D76DAB5DD13389D6332 /* Qt Qmake */ = { + isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + ); + name = "Qt Qmake"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + shellPath = /bin/sh; + shellScript = "make -C /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk -f 'UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_makeqmake.mak'"; + }; +/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */ + C29B8785722055ED95EF7B57 /* Build Sources */ = { + isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + 2B7F90DE44210DB9F5D23F0C /* AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + 157D8322CB15EB4B4B698465 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */, + CE0306F2BD402BE1CC71BA98 /* IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */, + FD1638E377D97C82BDB438FB /* main.cpp in Build Sources */, + AAC1168526D0C37A3F415917 /* MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */, + 64CDA74634FD0C1F9265CF5F /* SettingsPaths.cpp in Build Sources */, + 45FD613422A15DDFF65F07EB /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp in Build Sources */, + 2E0B7B483AE3DAFB774883DC /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */, + ED461CD43406DFA44318404B /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */, + 83EFC8071DE20B90AE46E0A1 /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */, + D05E9C8E00DF8978FAD6C45F /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp in Build Sources */, + 8DFAEC14C5621835B85BDBBB /* UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */, + 07182A1FDE8301C8D9EAF7F5 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + A56B320001BC86C5B01B08D0 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp in Build Sources */, + A87876F3A24FCE545FEAFB05 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp in Build Sources */, + F42AF6C1FF5FF9F82C3E049D /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + 0794A9D3A24B32A06CD8CA37 /* TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */, + 033FA4A2951F6995E4B52E75 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + 86D03C28F9A095696FA4C465 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */, + 447799AD66EF47D36B5A72E3 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */, + 1446C37D55222BE8281C2D84 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */, + 4393711A82B0A27E8301FEB8 /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */, + 10D0CC7BD2D2E5A3A90EEF25 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */, + 8DCA76267BA4834F731C5BAB /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */, + 9892D98357F2D175D03F6488 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */, + 2CE072BF0886F682F0FE8266 /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + 54824FDC5DD27B6216E263F5 /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + C61FC1CBE0E603A32A3D1D8E /* moc_TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */, + 4DAB46634D6A37252BC2E3D4 /* qrc_Icons.cpp in Build Sources */, + ); + name = "Build Sources"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin XCBuildConfiguration section */ + 8DB1DD96F65B1BF1FFC506E0 /* Debug */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO; + GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = YES; + GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0; + }; + name = Debug; + }; + 95E1EB2E5DDD587BE5B3E548 /* Release */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + COPY_PHASE_STRIP = YES; + GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = NO; + }; + name = Release; + }; + E938E43414AC74230066EAA2 /* Debug */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + ARCHS = x86_64; + BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk; + COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO; + DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0; + DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0; + GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = YES; + GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0; + HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = ( + release/moc, + src, + /opt/local/include/QtScript, + /opt/local/include/QtGui, + /opt/local/include/QtNetwork, + /opt/local/include/QtCore, + /opt/local/include, + release/uic, + /usr/local/include, + /System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers, + "/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode", + ); + INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist; + INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/; + LEXFLAGS = ""; + LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib; + MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6; + OBJROOT = release/obj/; + OTHER_CFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_LDFLAGS = ( + "-headerpad_max_install_names", + "-lqscintilla2", + "-L/opt/local/lib", + ); + OTHER_REZFLAGS = ""; + PREBINDING = NO; + PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI; + SECTORDER_FLAGS = ""; + WARNING_CFLAGS = ""; + YACCFLAGS = "-d"; + }; + name = Debug; + }; + E938E43514AC74230066EAA2 /* Release */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + ARCHS = x86_64; + BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk; + COPY_PHASE_STRIP = YES; + DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0; + DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0; + GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = NO; + HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = ( + release/moc, + src, + /opt/local/include/QtScript, + /opt/local/include/QtGui, + /opt/local/include/QtNetwork, + /opt/local/include/QtCore, + /opt/local/include, + release/uic, + /usr/local/include, + /System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers, + "/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode", + ); + INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist; + INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/; + LEXFLAGS = ""; + LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib; + MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6; + OBJROOT = release/obj/; + OTHER_CFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_LDFLAGS = ( + "-headerpad_max_install_names", + "-lqscintilla2", + "-L/opt/local/lib", + ); + OTHER_REZFLAGS = ""; + PREBINDING = NO; + PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI; + SECTORDER_FLAGS = ""; + WARNING_CFLAGS = ""; + YACCFLAGS = "-d"; + }; + name = Release; + }; + E938E43614AC74230066EAA2 /* Default */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + ARCHS = x86_64; + BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk; + DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0; + DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0; + HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = ( + release/moc, + src, + /opt/local/include/QtScript, + /opt/local/include/QtGui, + /opt/local/include/QtNetwork, + /opt/local/include/QtCore, + /opt/local/include, + release/uic, + /usr/local/include, + /System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers, + "/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode", + ); + INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist; + INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/; + LEXFLAGS = ""; + LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib; + MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6; + OBJROOT = release/obj/; + OTHER_CFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_LDFLAGS = ( + "-headerpad_max_install_names", + "-lqscintilla2", + "-L/opt/local/lib", + ); + OTHER_REZFLAGS = ""; + PREBINDING = NO; + PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI; + SECTORDER_FLAGS = ""; + WARNING_CFLAGS = ""; + YACCFLAGS = "-d"; + }; + name = Default; + }; +/* End XCBuildConfiguration section */ + +/* Begin XCConfigurationList section */ + 2A951308CDB28F104D0A4BD2 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "UniversalIndentGUI" */ = { + isa = XCConfigurationList; + buildConfigurations = ( + 8DB1DD96F65B1BF1FFC506E0 /* Debug */, + 95E1EB2E5DDD587BE5B3E548 /* Release */, + ); + defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0; + defaultConfigurationName = Release; + }; + E938E43C14AC74310066EAA2 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "UniversalIndentGUI" */ = { + isa = XCConfigurationList; + buildConfigurations = ( + E938E43414AC74230066EAA2 /* Debug */, + E938E43514AC74230066EAA2 /* Release */, + E938E43614AC74230066EAA2 /* Default */, + ); + defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0; + defaultConfigurationName = Default; + }; +/* End XCConfigurationList section */ + }; + rootObject = 91B15E841AA80083484172DE /* Project object */; +} diff --git a/CHANGELOG.txt b/CHANGELOG.txt new file mode 100755 index 0000000..64512a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/CHANGELOG.txt @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +2012-01-01 Version 1.2.0 +[add] The Linux version has a menu entry in the application development menu now. +[add] The Linux version has a mime type association to some code files now, so that UiGUI is available as "open with". +[add] Added support for the Visual Basic beautifier VBSBeautifier. +[add] Added support for the SQL beautifier Pl/Sql tidy. +[add] Updated the Artistic Style configuration to support Artistic Style version 2.02.1. +[add] Updated the Uncrustify configuration to support Uncrustify version 0.59. +[add] Updated the PerlTidy configuration to support PerlTidy version 1.74. +[add] Updated the Ruby Script Beautifier to version 2.9. +[fix] Bug ID 3021933: Updated the Artistic Style configuration to support Artistic Style version 2.01. +[fix] Bug ID 3021931: Fixed calling of Artistic Style version 1.22 and later. +[fix] Bug ID 3006513: Fixed compiling UiGUI using GCC 4.5 and later. +[fix] Bug ID 2942381: When loading an indenter configuration file, the settings displayed in the docking widget were correctly updated, but the code wasn't. +[fix] Bug ID 2135872: A zombie process kept on running if UiGUI was quit during the update check in background if no internet connection is available. +[fix] Bug ID 3175027: Uncrustify had wrong pop-up comments for two check-boxes. +[fix] Bug ID 2916163: The proxy settings are properly used and applied now. +[fix] Made the JsDecoder integration be compatible with recent Qt versions. +[change] Changed the created shell scripts indenter config file reference. Now each created shell script has a corresponding config file being created in the same dir as the shell script, with the same name but different suffix. But since the config file is referenced by "./", when calling the script the working directory must be the same as the directory containing the config file. +[change] Using TCLAP as command line parser instead of own command line parsing. +[change] Setting a file name as parameter on the command line without any prefix will load this file instead of the last opened one. +[change] Rewritten and improved the internal way how settings are connected to the UI. +[change] Refactored and cleaned up the code. +[change] Will no longer deliver binary bundles linked against Qt statically. Instead delivering all dependent DLLs and libs. + +2009-07-16 Version 1.1.0 +[add] Added a logging class, that can catch debug output and make trace backs if any problems occur possible. +[add] Added an application icon for Mac OS X. +[change] Feature Request ID 2596302 : Updated the greatcode.ini. Thanks to adxadx who has done this work! +[change] Feature Request ID 2793216: Updated to Uncrustify 0.53. +[change] Updated to JsDecoder version 1.1.0 +[fix] Bug ID 2791229: If UiGUI was located in a path containing Unicode characters or such a path needed to be handed over to a called indenter, the indenter could get confused on Windows. So using the Windows 8.3 short path notation. +[fix] On Mac OS X the used default font wasn't monospaced. Switched back to use Courier on Mac. + +2009-02-12 Version 1.0.2 +[add] Feature Request ID 2498654 : Added support for the Fortran indenter F90ppr. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/feature/2498654 +[add] Made it possible to define "stdin" to be used for an indenter calling. +[change] Made the source code be compilable with the slightly older QScintilla version 2.2. +[change] When starting the very first time without any existing application settings, do not show the mainwindow at position 0,0. On Mac the window couldn't be moved because the window title bar was hidden under the Mac menu bar. +[change] When using a non Windows system the default editor font type is now Monospace instead of Courier. The latter was not found properly. +[change] For security reason using a randomly generated temporary directory name on Unix based systems. +[change] Improved the GUI updates for the Notepad++ plugin a bit. Not what I would call "good" yet. +[fix] Bug ID 2284777 : The Notepad++ plugin was falsely linked against Qt debug dlls, which were not included. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/bug/2284777 +[fix] Bug ID 2594251 : The new version available check didn't work anymore since version 1.0.1. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/bug/2594251 +[fix] Avoid a crash if an uigui ini file with faulty header info is read, where the indenter executable was empty. +[fix] Some application settings were tried to be read from a wrong directory when running in multi user mode. + +2008-10-14 Version 1.0.1 +[add] Feature Request ID 2161471 : Added support for the Python indenter pindent. +[add] Feature Request ID 1883444 : Added support for the JSP indenter JSPPP. +[add] Feature Request ID 1867563 : Added support for the XML indenter XML Indent. +[add] Support for French language. Thanks to Erwan "leg". +[change] Some small translation corrections. +[change] Improved the "new version available" check. +[change] On Mac and Linux a one pixel frame was shown around the whole screen when about dialog is visible. Removed that. +[change] Updated to Uncrustify version 0.49 from SVN repository. +[change] Using a new logo icon for UniversalIndentGUI. The logo was created by Erwan "leg". Thanks! +[fix] Bug ID 2173527 : Could not load Artistic Style config file properly if both parameters "--brackets=linux" and "--brackets=break-closing" were set. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/2173527 +[fix] The distributed version of GNU Indent was using a misspelled configuration file, thus lieve preview didn't correctly work. Using original GNU Win32 version now. +[fix] In version 1.0.0 the creation of batch files for indenters undet Windows always created a bash/shell script instead of batch. +[fix] Keyboard shortcuts for enabling/disabling "Live Preview" and syntax highlighting didn't work. + +2008-09-30 Version 1.0.0 non public release. Only presented for Qt Centre programming contest. +[add] Made it possible to start UiGUI in different modes via parameters: Normal (full UI), plugin (only indenter menu, server active), server only. +[add] Added a server functionality. Future plan is to let UiGUI run also as server so plugins from other editors can send indent requests over TCP/IP to it. Very early state right now. +[add] Created a plugin for Notepad++. This plugin shows the indenter parameter menu and lets the user indent the selected or whole text. Live preview works also. Still has some eventloop graphic update problems. +[add] Added support for two (rather simple) Ruby beautifiers, ruby_formatter and rbeautify. +[add] Feature Request ID 1985475 : Added the possibility to reset all indenter parameters to default values. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/1985475 +[add] Feature Request ID 1989585 : Added a context menu in indenter parameters widget and moved all functions handling these actions from the main window to the indent handler. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/1989585 +[add] Feature Request ID 1977033 : Now supporting the Cobol intender Cobol Beautifier. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/1977033 +[add] Feature Request ID 2080832 : Now showing the cursors current line and column number in the statusbars down right corner. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/2080832 +[change] Using Qt >= 4.4.x now and thereby implemented an animated 3D about dialog. +[change] Using QScintilla >= 2.3 now and thereby added support for Cmake, Fortran[77], Pascal, PostScript, TCL, VHDL, XML and YAML. +[change] Reformatted the about dialog to only contain one QTextEdit. Also added some more links to that text. +[change] Limited the size of the combobox showing the indenters because with the supported programming languages in the name, the comobox was to large in width. +[change] Prevent php file from being tried to be executed directly. That could happen if the file has the execution flag set. However that should never be the case, so this is a workaround. +[change] Added a new class UiguiIniFileParser which will replace the currently used QSettings for reading the indenter parameters. Thus parameters appear in the menu in the same order as in the ini file and are no longer alphabetically sorted. +[change] Redesigned the user interface and code a bit. The indenter selection combo box along with the manual button are now placed in docking widget where all indenter parameters are placed. This is done in preparation to pull out the complete indent handler, so it can be used as plugin for Notepad++ or Eclipse etc.] +[change] Made reading the indenter config files more tolerant. If the user disobeys case sensitivity when editing the config file by hand, the values are correctly parsed anyway. +[change] Feature Request ID 1989587 : There is no longer any need to have a current value setting in the ini files. A default value is enough. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/1989587 +[change] Completely removed QT3Support functions. +[change] Removed all compiler warnings. +[change] Changed the way internal settings are handled. Using QObject propertys for connected setting name now. +[fix] The by each indenter supported programming languages, written in braces, are removed from the created shell scripts name. +[fix] Corrected the move/mv commands parameter in the created shell and batch script when calling recursive. +[fix] Bug ID 1986471 : The file modification flag did not work properly. Reason was that QScintilla can not set its textedit component modified flag to true by a function call. http://universalindent.sf.net/issue/1986471 + +2008-05-26 Version 0.8.2 +[add] Feature Request ID 1971206 : Now showing by the indenter supported programming languages next to indenter name. +[add] Feature Request ID 1971181 : Added support for the HTML indenter HTB. +[add] Feature Request ID 1867562 : Added support for the HTML indenter hindent. +[add] Added support for the php indenter phpStylist version 1.0. +[add] Added the possibility to directly setting php files as indenter. The suffix .php is recognized and php used as default interpreter. +[add] Extended the created batch/shell script so it is able to indent only one file given as parameter or a whole directory recursively with a defined file suffix. +[add] Feature Request ID 1885911 : Added the possibility to open a file on applications start, that is handed over as parameter on the command line. +[add] Feature Request ID 1729429 : Added the possibility to drag'n drop in any source code file for opening it. +[change] Created indenter shell scripts now automatically have the executable flag set to true. +[change] Completed the support for all perl tidy parameters. +[change] Updated to uncrustify version 0.46. +[fix] Bug ID 1933074 : On Unix systems the user config files were stored in his home dir in the subfolder ".config". Now they are directly stored in ".universalindentgui". +[fix] Fixed a bug where the string "" was prepended to the output code. Occurred for example when using the shell indenter. + +2008-03-27 Version 0.8.1 +[add] Feature Request ID 1909450 : Added support for the PEAR PHP beautifier. Thus PHP beautifying is also possible on Linux and Mac OS X. (Needs the PEAR package "PHP_Beautifier" to be installed and a path entry pointing to the PHP dir.) +[add] Added support and translations for Russian and Ukrainian language. Thanks to Oleksandr (http://korytskyy.lviv.ua). +[add] Feature Request ID 1901935 : From now on files are saved with the same encoding as they were opened and no longer always UTF-8. Also it is possible to save the file with any other encoding. +[change] The detection whether to run in portable mode now depends on where the "config" folder resides and no longer the "indenters" folder. This is needed to be able to correctly run on Windows multiuser systems. +[change] Removed the word "beta" whereever it occurred, since UiGUI isn't that beta anymore. +[fix] Bug ID 1910773 : On Unix systems the globally available files, like indenters, translations etc are not longer installed to /etc/universalindentgui but to /usr/share/universalindentgui. + +2008-01-17 Version 0.8.0 Beta +[add] Feature Request ID 1849297 : Added support for indenters written in JavaScript using an internal interpreter. Have a look into the README.txt to get to know, what steps are needed for that. +[add] Added support for a simple JavaScript indenter written in JavaScript itself. +[add] Added support for a simple shell code indenter written in awk. +[add] Feature Request ID 1736946 : It is now possible to run any indenter that is available in the global environment via a path entry. +[add] Feature Request ID 1852483 : Indenters written in script languages, like perl, are now also supported, if they have a correct shebang. +[add] Added support for the well known perltidy. The uigui ini file is completed up to the category and including "Line Break Control". Rest needs to be done. +[add] Feature Request ID 1866599 : Adapted the used paths for settings, temporary files and the one containing indenter ini files to be conform with systems that use strict user rights management. Most this concerns Linux, where the binary resides inside a bin dir and user specific settings are stored in his home dir. Short: now supporting multiuser systems and also have a portable mode, where modifications are only on local media. +[add] Feature Request ID 1730360 : Along with real support for multiuser systems, each user can have his own indenter settings. These won't be overwritten by an update, what was the case before. +[add] Feature Request ID 1867628 : Added a button to the toolbar near the indenter selection that opens the indenters online manual. +[add] Feature Request ID 1867660 : Created a simple man page for unix based systems. +[add] The by the qmake projekt file resulting makefile has a directive for install on unix based systems now. +[add] Added example files for most supported programming languages, so each indenter can be tested. +[change] The source code archive is now in a Unix conform format and naming convention. +[change] The used paths have changed. The "data" directory has been renamed to indenters and includes only the uigui ini files and maybe some indenter binaries. Futher a config and a temp directory are used. +[change] In case of an error during calling the indenter, its standard output is appended to the error dialog. +[change] Corrected some misspelling. +[change] Renamed htmltidy to tidy because that is its official name and also the name of the binary in all Linux packages. +[fix] Bug ID 1855460 : The parameter settings of the indenter were only saved, if preview is turned on. Now the settings are always remembered. +[fix] Bug ID 1854156 : The syntax highlighter did not switch to perl if a file with suffix .pl or .pm was loaded. + +2007-11-22 Version 0.7.1 Beta +[add] Feature Request ID 1833814 : Added support for building on MacOSX. +[change] Feature Request ID 1836486 : Update to latest version of Uncrustify. +[change] Update to latest version of Artistic Styler. + +2007-11-11 Version 0.7.0 Beta +[add] Feature Request ID 1826733 : If the called indenter returns an error message, you can chose to not show the same error again. Helpful for HTMLtidy since it often shows a long, repeating error list. +[add] Feature Request ID 1805974 : Added an option to clear the list of recently opened files. +[add] Feature Request ID 1760997 : Added some code lines to example.cpp to test whether an indenter correctly handles preprocessor defines. +[add] Feature Request ID 1752551 : If the user manually checks for updates a progress/busy dialog will be shown. +[add] Feature Request ID 1736932 : The user gets shown a dialog if he has manually checked for an update and no new one is available. +[change] The update check is now enabled by default. +[change] Slighty changes made to the settings dialog; put texts in front of the changed value. +[fix] Bug ID 1807179 : GNU Indent didn't work properly on Windows system, after the dlls libiconv-2.dll and libintl-2.dll were removed. Readded them. +[fix] Bug ID 1805976 : The HTML export didn't produce any output. Fixed that, but still has not syntax formatting. +[fix] Bug ID 1815023 : Mixed traditional with simplified chinese translation. Now preferring to use english text instead of mixing if no traditional translation is available. +[fix] Bug ID 1815120 : The font of the editor component was wrong (not monospaced), if syntax highlighting was turned off. + +2007-06-13 Version 0.6.1 Beta +[add] Feature Request ID 1729433 : Added a recently opened file menu. +[add] Feature Request ID 1704290 : Added possibiltiy to integrate into an IDE, editor or other as external tool. This is donw by creating a batch/shell script which accepts a file as parameter and calls the indenter with the in UniversalIndentGUI made settings. +[add] Feature Request ID 1673659 : The string parameter in the uigui ini files for each indenter can now also be a list of strings divided by "|" sign. As result the parameter name with value will be written to the indenter config file for each of the values. +[add] Feature Request ID 1730180 : UniversalIndentGUI can automatically check on start, whether a new version is available. This setting is disabled by default and can be enabled in the settings. +[add] Added support for HTML Tidy. The executable is contained in the release package. +[add] Feature Request ID 1736432 : The width of the dock widget containing the indenter parameters is now restored on program start. +[change] The about dialog shows now a credits scroller to say thanks to all people, who have helped me somehow. +[fix] Bug ID 1733499 : UniversalIndentGui crashed if inside of an indenter ini file the category number of one parameter was higher than the available categories. +[fix] Bug ID 1735586 : Some dialogs had untranslated buttons. For example yes, no, cancel were not translated. + +2007-06-03 Version 0.6.0 Beta +[add] Feature Request ID 1700557 : Added a settings dialog for handling more possible settings with better usabiltiy. +[add] Feature Request ID 1700556 : Added option to load last file or not on startup. +[add] Feature Request ID 1684011 : Added option to set the width used to display tabs (default is four spaces). +[add] Feature Request ID 1651718 : Added multiple choices, for the indenter configuration, with for the user readable text. Before the text inside of the combo boxes for the indenter parameters was exactly the same text as the command line parameter of the indenter. Now with "ChoicesReadable" a list with the same length as "Choices" can be used to insert readable text into the combo box. If this list is not set, the content of "Choices" will be used. +[add] Partly Japanese translation. Thanks to Nirvash. +[add] The language selection show the countries flag in front of its name to identify the language faster. +[add] Feature Request ID 1657253 : If now configuration ini file for any indenter can be found, a warning will be displayed. +[change] Feature Request ID 1723228 : The default font for all syntax highlighters is now mono spaced, Courier. +[change] Along with the settings dialog cleaned up the user interface. Moved some not that often needed settings away to the settings dialog. +[change] The full text of the GPL in the about dialog did slow down the program startup and translation. Now only a hint and link to the GPL is given in the about dialog. +[fix] Bug ID 1692511 : UniversalIndentGui crashed, if a by the syntax highlighter unsupported file extension was opened. +[fix] Bug ID 1727538 : The setting for syntax highlighting was allways enabled on startup, even if disabled on closing. +[fix] Bug ID 1729026 : The highlighting style was not correct when changed to another highlighter than the current. Only after toggling preview for example the style was correct. +[fix] The editors column showing the line numbers did not adapt its width to the maximum line number. + +2007-03-19 Version 0.5.1 Beta +[add] Supporting syntax highlightning for the programming language D. +[change] The live typing and indenting feature was not adapted to QScintilla. Now works again (depending on the used indenter). +[fix] Bug ID 1678783 : Files other encoded than ascii were not displayed correctly. Now allways displaying files using UTF-8 encoding. +[fix] Bug ID 1678783 : The new syntax highlighter selection menu was not translated. +[fix] When file was reloaded with other encoding the file was allways set to be modified even if it wasn't. + +2007-03-14 Version 0.5.0 Beta +[add/change] Using QScintilla as editing component, which is by far more mighty than the before uses QTextEdit. Have a look inside the development area for details. +[add] Because of QScintilla, added syntax highlightning for bash, batch, cpp, csharp, css, diff, html, idl, java, javascript, lua, makefile, perl, pov, ini, python, ruby, sql and tex. +[add] Also added code folding for previously mentioned languages. +[add] Added support for the indenter "phpCB" phpCodeBeatufier. (Thanks to Nelson Tai) The executable is not included in the UiGui release, because I am not sure about the license of phpCB right now. +[add] The output of an indenter can now be read from stdout, by setting "stdout" for "outputFileParameter". +[add] Feature Request ID 1673549 : The order of the indenter call parameters for input file, output file and options[file] is now selectable in three states: pio, ipo, iop. +[add] Feature Request ID 1675503 : The last set encoding is being remembered and used on loading last file. +[add] Feature Request ID 1669822 : The last window position, size and maximized state is stored in the settings and restored. +[add] Feature Request ID 1673670 : Made it possible to switch between visible and invisible white space characters, like spaces and tabs. +[change] The "personal" configuration files of each indenter (like gc.cfg) are no longer included in a release, so these settings can be loaded into UiGui after updating. +[fix] Bug ID 1678783: If the current opened file had no save name yet, only the path was written to the settings file, causing an error on next start. + +2007-02-25 Version 0.4.2 Beta +[add] Support for the indenter CSSTidy has been added. +[add] Support for new language: Taiwan (Chinese). +[change] For easier translation the about dialog has been redesigned a bit. +2007-02-11 Version 0.4.1 Beta +[add] Support for the indenter Uncrustify has been added. +[add] Feature Request ID 1651719: A binary release for Linux AMD64 is now available. +[add] Feature Request ID 1657251: If only a win32 executable exists under Linux, wine will be used to call it. Now a test will be mad if wine is installed and an error message will show up if not installed. +[change] Some changes mad to the Artistic Styler ini file as suggested by its author Jim Pattee. +[change] Put the file open button at first position in the toolbar, because normally this is the first step one would do, if he tries to find the optimal indenter and settings for himself. +[change] The background in the about dialog has been changed to look equal on all systems. +[change] The error message dialogs had small optical enhancements to be more readable. +[fix] Bug ID 1657255: If an error occurred during the try to call the indenter, a message box is being shown, but the mouse cursor still indicated that the application is being busy. +[fix] Bug ID 1651071: Changing the file encoding did not affect the code sent to the indenter, so the code while preview turned on, had wrong encoding (still seems to have some encoding problems under Linux). +[fix] Bug ID 1650222: On Windows systems there were two DLLs missing to run GNU Indent ("libiconv-2.dll" and "libintl-2.dll") +[fix] Bug ID 1649918: The indenter was not called after first program start, so preview updated first after changing a setting or the code. + +2007-02-01 Version 0.4 Beta +[add] All parameters of GNU Indent have been added. +[add] From now on the indenter BCPP is included. +[add] The loaded source file encoding is now convertable by the menu entry "Reopen File with other Encoding". This way chinese encoding etc. is possible to load. (Suggest for this submitted by Nelson, Bug ID 1643541) +[add] A subdirectory "doc" has been added, containing the file "iniFileFormat.html" with info how to write ini files for new indenters. +[change] Updated the astyle executable and the ini file to version 1.20.1 +[change] Restructured the gui design a little bit. Using a moveable dock widget for the indenter settings now. Using a toolbar that can also be placed at the bottom. +[change] Made it possible to change the language without the need to restart the application. +[change] Line numbers are now geyed out, because this is more decent and selecting the numbers is no longer possible. +[change] The link to the homepage in the about dialog now really opens the website. +[change] The linux version is now statically linked against Qt so there should be no problems with wrong Qt versions installed or even no Qt libraries installed. +[fix] Bug ID 1553601: If no uigui ini file was found the application stopped with an exception. + +2006-09-04 Version 0.3.1 Beta +[add] Language selector and german translation added. + +2006-08-25 Version 0.3 Beta +[add] A message box will show up at opening a source file or program exit, if the source code has been changed, and ask whether to save the file or not. +[add] The symbol "*" will be shown in the window title in front of the source file name if the source code has been changed. +[add] By a settings menu entry the tool tips for the indenter parameter settings can be en/disabled because they can be annoying. +[add] A settings file is from now on used to remember the last selected indenter and last opened source code file. +[add] The source code can now be exported as a PDF or HTML document. +[add] Some commands are now faster available by keyboard shortcuts. +[fix] The calling name in the indenter ini file for GreatCode was written lower case while the real file name was upper case, which resulted in a program calling error. +[fix] Corrected the tab order for the gui elements. +[change] Optimized speed when switching between the available indenters. If the indenters ini file is large, this still takes some time. + +2006-08-11 Version 0.2.5 Alpha +[add] when loading or saving either a source code or config file the load/save dialog will open in the files directory and not allways in the UniversalIndentGUI dir +[add] currently made settings for the indenter can be saved to any file +[add] the menue entries for loading and saving the indenter config file have now icons +[add] the currently opened source code file name and path will be shown in the window title bar +[add] a error dialog that will be shown once if the indenter executable for the selected indenter does not exist +[fix] turning syntax highlight on/off did first take effect after toggle of preview +[fix] the image in the about dialog box was not allways visible + +2006-08-03 Version 0.2.4 Alpha +[change] the windows version does no longer need any dlls due to static linking and removing bind to mingwm10.dll +[change] the windows version of the GNU Indent is replaced by a DJGPP compiled GNU Indent version, that needs no further DLLs +[add] possibility to save the shown/indented source code +[fix] the file extension used to call the selected indenter. It is now equal to the loaded source file extension so the indenter recognizes the source code language +[fix] unnecessary calls of the indenter removed +[fix] indenter was not called if preview was activated and indenter changed +[fix] under linux the file mask for the open source file dialog did not work correctly + +2006-07-16 Version 0.2.3 Alpha +[add] possibility to edit the source code while preview is active and see how it is formatted. So that is real live ;-) + +2006-07-14 Version 0.2.2 Alpha +[add] ini file for GNU Indent with some first settings (if any one wants to write more in it let me know) +[add] a menu bar for more pleasent and common use of the program (some not yet used menu items are disabled) +[add] an about dialog +[add] some icons for better look and feel (can you feel it ;-) ) +[fix] a bug under linux which caused an endless loop if text was edited + +2006-07-07 Version 0.2.1.1 Alpha (win32 only) +- previously compiled using Visual Studio 2005 Express, whereby an additional installation of a redistributable package was needed to run UniversalIndentGUI. To avoid this and not force the user to install anything, now using mingw to compile. + +2006-07-04 Version 0.2.1 Alpha +[add] function to load config file (not the uigui ini file) of every indenter (and reenabled load config file button) +[add] use of a default value when loading a indenter config file and not all parameters are set. +[add] all documented default parameters of GreatCode and Astyle to their ini files. +[fix] loading of file mask for source code file after changing indenter +[fix] call of indenter failed under win32 if a linux binary exists. + +2006-06-30 Version 0.2.0 Alpha +[add] missing parameters for flexible indenter ini file format +[add] complete Astyle ini file +[add] multiple choice combobox for parameters +[add] checkbox in front of numeric and string parameters to enable/disable them. If disabled indenters default value is used + +2006-06-28 +[add] working ini file for Astyle (right now only few boolean parameters) +[change] ini file format for booleans to reach the planned flexibility + +2006-06-23 +[add] combobox in the upper left showing available indenters (found by searching for uigui_*.ini file). at the moment only GreatCode and testwise Astyle +[add] more detailed info if the indenter call results in an error +[add] icon for executable +[change] style/format of the ini file. Still not all planned features implemented +- some bugfixes, as you can say this in a preAlpha + +2006-06-07 +[change] unnecessary gui menu removed +[fix] corrected ini file for great code (only in executable release) +[add] made call of windows version of GreatCode under Linux possible by using wine diff --git a/INSTALL.txt b/INSTALL.txt new file mode 100755 index 0000000..fa264cd --- /dev/null +++ b/INSTALL.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +How to install UniversalIndentGUI +--------------------------------- + +Well, there is no need to install this application at all. While you are reading this file, +you obviously already have unpacked the archive and thats all you need to do. You can start +the program by calling its executable. On Windows thats "UniversalIndentGUI.exe" and on any +other system it is "UniversalIndentGUI". + +No additional libraries are needed. + +For information about how to build UniversalIndentGUI from source, have a look into the +file readme.html. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/LICENSE.GPL b/LICENSE.GPL new file mode 100755 index 0000000..0e5b27d --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.GPL @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ + You may use, distribute and copy the UniversalIndentGUI under the terms of + GNU General Public License version 2, which is displayed below. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + , 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/UniversalIndentGUI.pro b/UniversalIndentGUI.pro new file mode 100755 index 0000000..339835c --- /dev/null +++ b/UniversalIndentGUI.pro @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +TEMPLATE = app +QT += network +QT += script + +unix:TARGET = universalindentgui +win32:TARGET = UniversalIndentGUI +macx:TARGET = UniversalIndentGUI + +DEPENDPATH += resources \ + src \ + debug \ + release + +INCLUDEPATH += src + +CONFIG += debug_and_release + +macx { + # If using as framework qscintilla needs to be build with: + # qmake -spec macx-g++ CONFIG+=sdk CONFIG+=x86_64 CONFIG+=x86 CONFIG+=lib_bundle qscintilla.pro && make && sudo make install + #LIBS += -framework qscintilla2 + LIBS += -lqscintilla2 + ICON = resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns +} +else { + LIBS += -lqscintilla2_qt4 +} + +CONFIG(release, debug|release) { + +win32:pipe2nul = ">NUL" +unix:pipe2nul = "&> /dev/null" +macx:pipe2nul = "&> /dev/null" + + +# Language file processing +########################## +message(Updating language files) +lupdate = lupdate +unix:lupdate = lupdate-qt4 +macx:lupdate = lupdate +lrelease = lrelease +unix:lrelease = lrelease-qt4 +macx:lrelease = lrelease +# Update translation files +message ( Updating universalindent.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_de.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_de.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_fr.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_fr.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_ja.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_ja.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_ru.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_ru.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_uk.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_uk.ts -silent) +message ( Updating universalindent_zh_TW.ts ) +system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts -silent) + + +# Create translation binaries +message ( Creating translation binaries ) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_de.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_de.qm -silent) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_fr.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_fr.qm -silent) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_ja.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_ja.qm -silent) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_ru.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_ru.qm -silent) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_uk.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_uk.qm -silent) +system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.qm -silent) + +# Copy Qts own translation files to the local translation directory +message ( Copy Qts own translation files to the local translation directory ) +qtTranslationInstallDir = $$[QT_INSTALL_TRANSLATIONS] +win32:qtTranslationInstallDir = $$replace(qtTranslationInstallDir, /, \\) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_de.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_fr.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_ja.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_ru.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_uk.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_zh_TW.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_de.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_fr.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_ja.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_ru.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_uk.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) +win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_zh_TW.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul) + +# Defining files that shall be installed when calling "make install" +#################################################################### +# Create and install man page +exists( ./doc/universalindentgui.1* ) { + unix:system(rm ./doc/universalindentgui.1*) +} +unix:system(cp ./doc/universalindentgui.man ./doc/universalindentgui.1) +unix:system(gzip -9 ./doc/universalindentgui.1) +unix:documentation.path = /usr/share/man/man1 +unix:documentation.files = doc/universalindentgui.1.gz + +# Install indenter ini files, examples and some indenters +unix:indenters.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters +unix:indenters.files = indenters/uigui_*.ini +unix:indenters.files += indenters/example.* +unix:indenters.files += indenters/JsDecoder.js +unix:indenters.files += indenters/phpStylist.php +unix:indenters.files += indenters/phpStylist.txt +unix:indenters.files += indenters/pindent.py +unix:indenters.files += indenters/pindent.txt +unix:indenters.files += indenters/rbeautify.rb +unix:indenters.files += indenters/ruby_formatter.rb +unix:indenters.files += indenters/shellindent.awk + +# Install translation files +unix:translation.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/translations +unix:translation.files = translations/*.qm + +# Install highlighter default config +unix:highlighterconfig.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/config +unix:highlighterconfig.files = config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini + +# Install binary +unix:target.path = /usr/bin + +# Set everything that shall be installed +unix:INSTALLS += target \ + highlighterconfig \ + indenters \ + translation \ + documentation + +} + +CONFIG(debug, debug|release) { + DESTDIR = ./debug + DEFINES += _DEBUG DEBUG +} else { + DESTDIR = ./release +} + +MOC_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/moc +UI_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/uic +OBJECTS_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/obj +RCC_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/qrc + +#message ( destdir is $${DESTDIR}. uic is $${UI_DIR}. moc is $${MOC_DIR}) + +# Input +HEADERS += src/AboutDialog.h \ + src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h \ + src/IndentHandler.h \ + src/MainWindow.h \ + src/SettingsPaths.h \ + src/TemplateBatchScript.h \ + src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h \ + src/UiGuiHighlighter.h \ + src/UiGuiIndentServer.h \ + src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h \ + src/UiGuiSettings.h \ + src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h \ + src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h \ + src/UiGuiVersion.h \ + src/UpdateCheckDialog.h \ + src/debugging/TSLogger.h + + +FORMS += src/MainWindow.ui \ + src/ToolBarWidget.ui \ + src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui \ + src/AboutDialog.ui \ + src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui \ + src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui + +SOURCES += src/AboutDialog.cpp \ + src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp \ + src/IndentHandler.cpp \ + src/main.cpp \ + src/MainWindow.cpp \ + src/SettingsPaths.cpp \ + src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp \ + src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp \ + src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp \ + src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp \ + src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp \ + src/UiGuiSettings.cpp \ + src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp \ + src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp \ + src/UiGuiVersion.cpp \ + src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp \ + src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp + +RESOURCES += resources/Icons.qrc +RC_FILE = resources/programicon.rc + + + +#message(Creating symbolic links within target dir for debugging) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/config ./debug/config) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/indenters ./debug/indenters) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/translations ./debug/translations) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/config ./release/config) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/indenters ./release/indenters) +#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/translations ./release/translations) diff --git a/UniversalIndentGUI.sln b/UniversalIndentGUI.sln new file mode 100755 index 0000000..63a2fd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/UniversalIndentGUI.sln @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 10.00 +# Visual C++ Express 2008 +Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "UniversalIndentGUI", "src\UniversalIndentGUI.vcproj", "{CF521500-824E-4DB7-A7FA-F4A8B6BB008A}" +EndProject +Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "UniversalIndentGUI_NPP", "src\UniversalIndentGUI_NPP\UniversalIndentGUI_NPP.vcproj", "{0A9F9D63-C282-4AE8-9F80-A6D5F541AD12}" +EndProject +Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "UiGUI_Server_Test_Client", "src\UiGUI_Server_Test_Client\UiGUI_Server_Test_Client.vcproj", "{DE19ED58-2330-4B86-AFD1-18A4A037E488}" +EndProject +Global + GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution + Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32 + Release|Win32 = Release|Win32 + EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution + {CF521500-824E-4DB7-A7FA-F4A8B6BB008A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32 + {CF521500-824E-4DB7-A7FA-F4A8B6BB008A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32 + {CF521500-824E-4DB7-A7FA-F4A8B6BB008A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32 + {CF521500-824E-4DB7-A7FA-F4A8B6BB008A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32 + {0A9F9D63-C282-4AE8-9F80-A6D5F541AD12}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32 + {0A9F9D63-C282-4AE8-9F80-A6D5F541AD12}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32 + {0A9F9D63-C282-4AE8-9F80-A6D5F541AD12}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32 + {0A9F9D63-C282-4AE8-9F80-A6D5F541AD12}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32 + {DE19ED58-2330-4B86-AFD1-18A4A037E488}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32 + {DE19ED58-2330-4B86-AFD1-18A4A037E488}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32 + {DE19ED58-2330-4B86-AFD1-18A4A037E488}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32 + {DE19ED58-2330-4B86-AFD1-18A4A037E488}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32 + EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution + HideSolutionNode = FALSE + EndGlobalSection +EndGlobal diff --git a/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj b/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj new file mode 100755 index 0000000..64d6391 --- /dev/null +++ b/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj @@ -0,0 +1,741 @@ +// !$*UTF8*$! +{ + archiveVersion = 1; + classes = { + }; + objectVersion = 42; + objects = { + +/* Begin PBXBuildFile section */ + 033FA4A2951F6995E4B52E75 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 07182A1FDE8301C8D9EAF7F5 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 0794A9D3A24B32A06CD8CA37 /* TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 10D0CC7BD2D2E5A3A90EEF25 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 1446C37D55222BE8281C2D84 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 157D8322CB15EB4B4B698465 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 204EDFAF3269B294371D7373 /* QtCore in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */; }; + 2B7F90DE44210DB9F5D23F0C /* AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 2CE072BF0886F682F0FE8266 /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 2E0B7B483AE3DAFB774883DC /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 32D9B1CB3877EF0A567B997D /* QtScript in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */; }; + 358CDAA858B633E7AD0B6646 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns in Bundle Resources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 3B7E26C095F17917F557F0BB /* QtGui in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */; }; + 4393711A82B0A27E8301FEB8 /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 447799AD66EF47D36B5A72E3 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 45FD613422A15DDFF65F07EB /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 4DAB46634D6A37252BC2E3D4 /* qrc_Icons.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 54824FDC5DD27B6216E263F5 /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 64CDA74634FD0C1F9265CF5F /* SettingsPaths.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 83EFC8071DE20B90AE46E0A1 /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 86D03C28F9A095696FA4C465 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 8DCA76267BA4834F731C5BAB /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 8DFAEC14C5621835B85BDBBB /* UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + 9892D98357F2D175D03F6488 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + A56B320001BC86C5B01B08D0 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + A87876F3A24FCE545FEAFB05 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + AAC1168526D0C37A3F415917 /* MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + B3D97A9EF6FD086AC8AA1400 /* QtNetwork in Frameworks & Libraries */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */; }; + C61FC1CBE0E603A32A3D1D8E /* moc_TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + CE0306F2BD402BE1CC71BA98 /* IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + D05E9C8E00DF8978FAD6C45F /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + E938E42F14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app in Project Copy */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */; }; + ED461CD43406DFA44318404B /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + F42AF6C1FF5FF9F82C3E049D /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; + FD1638E377D97C82BDB438FB /* main.cpp in Build Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */; settings = {ATTRIBUTES = (); }; }; +/* End PBXBuildFile section */ + +/* Begin PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */ + F6069D5A5DA8AA28EDB8B3C6 /* Project Copy */ = { + isa = PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + dstPath = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release; + dstSubfolderSpec = 0; + files = ( + E938E42F14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app in Project Copy */, + ); + name = "Project Copy"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXFileReference section */ + 01A925071F5E8C4DEAA029A7 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiIniFileParser.h; path = src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 0405CDFCAFF3A176EB7C5B2B /* SettingsPaths.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = SettingsPaths.h; path = src/SettingsPaths.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 04EC27988BE80C166C06D386 /* ui_AboutDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_AboutDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 0501473B7E166B9D10974B09 /* AboutDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = AboutDialog.h; path = src/AboutDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 0D2093D6D7971F9434E27A2D /* UiGuiHighlighter.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiHighlighter.h; path = src/UiGuiHighlighter.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 19D832A234461F61E597073E /* UiGuiErrorMessage.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiErrorMessage.h; path = src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = qrc_Icons.cpp; path = release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = MainWindow.cpp; path = src/MainWindow.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 234F1B047D06A4E84A3BA652 /* UiGuiIndentServer.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiIndentServer.h; path = src/UiGuiIndentServer.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 2365565B0E8281A9A554DE48 /* IndentHandler.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = IndentHandler.h; path = src/IndentHandler.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 240575E52D89C74CAFF8C83F /* UpdateCheckDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UpdateCheckDialog.h; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 290E702759265E2A11910569 /* UpdateCheckDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = UpdateCheckDialog.ui; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + 3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 3E78CB522F65C3B2CD054660 /* AboutDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = AboutDialog.ui; path = src/AboutDialog.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_TSLogger.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; path = src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_MainWindow.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = TSLogger.cpp; path = src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 5FDBC0A18FE03C4893ABD97E /* UiGuiSystemInfo.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSystemInfo.h; path = src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtGui; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtGui.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = ""; }; + 705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_AboutDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = IndentHandler.cpp; path = src/IndentHandler.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 7DBF76AABA74FE9F8ACD5DB5 /* Icons.qrc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text; name = Icons.qrc; path = resources/Icons.qrc; sourceTree = ""; }; + 7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = main.cpp; path = src/main.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = AboutDialog.cpp; path = src/AboutDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiSettings.cpp; path = src/UiGuiSettings.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 957A01A17EA639CF3AC8D438 /* ui_TSLoggerDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_TSLoggerDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; path = src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 97D35E3EB9A27948A62C0C38 /* ui_MainWindow.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_MainWindow.h; path = release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; path = src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + 9B1A8589DE3DB63FE9FEADAD /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = AboutDialogGraphicsView.h; path = src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + 9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtScript; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtScript.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = ""; }; + 9FAD1502AC6B577554578224 /* TSLoggerDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = TSLoggerDialog.ui; path = src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + A1FD7528F1BA6EC4A87E142A /* ui_ToolBarWidget.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_ToolBarWidget.h; path = release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.icns; name = UniversalIndentGUI.icns; path = resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns; sourceTree = ""; }; + A77AB8EA63A1F08C970A0DB1 /* TemplateBatchScript.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = TemplateBatchScript.h; path = src/TemplateBatchScript.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + A7CBECAE098937E7541F811C /* MainWindow.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = MainWindow.ui; path = src/MainWindow.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = SettingsPaths.cpp; path = src/SettingsPaths.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiSettings.h; path = src/UiGuiSettings.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtNetwork; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtNetwork.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = ""; }; + B3201EB1AA113D49631A1BC2 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui; path = src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + B3E50F5A6CE91D794A9AE2AA /* ToolBarWidget.ui */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; name = ToolBarWidget.ui; path = src/ToolBarWidget.ui; sourceTree = ""; }; + BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp; path = src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + C2D745F51D062CD6409FA16C /* ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiVersion.cpp; path = src/UiGuiVersion.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; path = src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = MainWindow.h; path = src/MainWindow.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + DCEF1F98F703B62597F530A9 /* ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; path = release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_IndentHandler.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + E457C7C0F6FE92258C9ABDE6 /* UniversalIndentGUI.pro */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = text; path = UniversalIndentGUI.pro; sourceTree = ""; }; + E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = wrapper.application; includeInIndex = 0; path = UniversalIndentGUI.app; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; }; + E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = TemplateBatchScript.cpp; path = src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; path = src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = UiGuiVersion.h; path = src/UiGuiVersion.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + F5BD042A2B240A02A39C20AC /* TSLogger.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; name = TSLogger.h; path = src/debugging/TSLogger.h; sourceTree = ""; }; + F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.cpp.cpp; name = moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; path = release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp; sourceTree = ""; }; + FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = QtCore; path = /opt/local/lib/libQtCore.4.7.4.dylib; sourceTree = ""; }; +/* End PBXFileReference section */ + +/* Begin PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */ + 2A1043669E6E5A7426EA502A /* Frameworks & Libraries */ = { + isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + 32D9B1CB3877EF0A567B997D /* QtScript in Frameworks & Libraries */, + 3B7E26C095F17917F557F0BB /* QtGui in Frameworks & Libraries */, + B3D97A9EF6FD086AC8AA1400 /* QtNetwork in Frameworks & Libraries */, + 204EDFAF3269B294371D7373 /* QtCore in Frameworks & Libraries */, + ); + name = "Frameworks & Libraries"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXGroup section */ + 05596AB53D8D521C69802C27 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + FB61758D0F0FDA4BA867C3D5 /* Sources */, + 46E892BBB6BB6952967E0561 /* Temporary Sources */, + 883D7615C4D2DE3FA1218F12 /* Headers */, + 7CABE3C80E79AD2B307756D2 /* Sources [qmake] */, + 52C235EBF1C9B07808119459 /* Sources [RCC] */, + EEC299C65D5017EB9DD513B0 /* Sources [UIC] */, + ED1E82605DD74B483AF3C982 /* External Frameworks and Libraries */, + E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */, + ); + name = UniversalIndentGUI; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 06674E1DE8D3EB6E763DFFDA /* src */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 8B5B29CE11F2EFCD1C93EB6C /* AboutDialog.cpp */, + D3A96D6E7DF8830490467C04 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */, + 7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */, + 7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */, + 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */, + AAFD01B4A071D73CD002C7FD /* SettingsPaths.cpp */, + E9B6F1DAFB4C5CD5E9C4C02C /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp */, + EB9AF2B1C20FF4B1225EA3FB /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */, + 95C394A7DB7625A6018F145F /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */, + 9840C47AE913CA84966C04AE /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */, + BAC68B56402ED1C21C4A4561 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp */, + 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */, + 26383A497B0CC65909DA431D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */, + 8CE031E032D58BFFADB163E3 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp */, + D038693E47A07F84995184E5 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp */, + 4B2D11C739E037330FF187DB /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */, + 682C39EDA1B6CDF80B0D9214 /* debugging */, + ); + name = src; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 16A82DA2701971900CCC9274 /* resources */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 7DBF76AABA74FE9F8ACD5DB5 /* Icons.qrc */, + ); + name = resources; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 17088D39164D72415814D3CE /* moc */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 71D24B3D256D9E9FC90EEDF7 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp */, + F84894CE7D4FF11845C5DEC1 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp */, + DEDA4624B80C4136C3D118C2 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp */, + 59F78802D4802B940EA308A0 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp */, + 998C921BBFDF579B258C28EA /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp */, + 705CF7C739E81ED3345C9F41 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp */, + 836D42CF391C82A0B70687F3 /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp */, + F4DF9DB04F138672E3CB95D5 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp */, + A7DD7C62D24BBDB386C3840D /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp */, + D4515A4B9864E652FE65CBDE /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp */, + 4082D6E68F89F86822C28CAE /* moc_TSLogger.cpp */, + ); + name = moc; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 46E892BBB6BB6952967E0561 /* Temporary Sources */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + BC7AF8B1E3D64E5DB82A180B /* release */, + ); + name = "Temporary Sources"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 52C235EBF1C9B07808119459 /* Sources [RCC] */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 16A82DA2701971900CCC9274 /* resources */, + ); + name = "Sources [RCC]"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 682C39EDA1B6CDF80B0D9214 /* debugging */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */, + ); + name = debugging; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 7CABE3C80E79AD2B307756D2 /* Sources [qmake] */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + E457C7C0F6FE92258C9ABDE6 /* UniversalIndentGUI.pro */, + ); + name = "Sources [qmake]"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 8161BBD1CA4ABAD2BDCD1290 /* debugging */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 9FAD1502AC6B577554578224 /* TSLoggerDialog.ui */, + ); + name = debugging; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + 883D7615C4D2DE3FA1218F12 /* Headers */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + F4AF6147B42623F6B3284738 /* src */, + ); + name = Headers; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + A1B6D1488110DA0868414A40 /* src */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + A7CBECAE098937E7541F811C /* MainWindow.ui */, + B3E50F5A6CE91D794A9AE2AA /* ToolBarWidget.ui */, + B3201EB1AA113D49631A1BC2 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui */, + 3E78CB522F65C3B2CD054660 /* AboutDialog.ui */, + 290E702759265E2A11910569 /* UpdateCheckDialog.ui */, + 8161BBD1CA4ABAD2BDCD1290 /* debugging */, + ); + name = src; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + A742563A513C5350203403C2 /* uic */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 97D35E3EB9A27948A62C0C38 /* ui_MainWindow.h */, + A1FD7528F1BA6EC4A87E142A /* ui_ToolBarWidget.h */, + DCEF1F98F703B62597F530A9 /* ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */, + 04EC27988BE80C166C06D386 /* ui_AboutDialog.h */, + C2D745F51D062CD6409FA16C /* ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h */, + 957A01A17EA639CF3AC8D438 /* ui_TSLoggerDialog.h */, + ); + name = uic; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + B06B937E4E5DB1B571475081 /* resources */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + A6C4B7ADC28FF6F9840A9319 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns */, + ); + name = resources; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + BC7AF8B1E3D64E5DB82A180B /* release */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 17088D39164D72415814D3CE /* moc */, + E60B3FBF3190558138C79865 /* qrc */, + A742563A513C5350203403C2 /* uic */, + ); + name = release; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + CAC892C702EF9F77734C8010 /* debugging */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + F5BD042A2B240A02A39C20AC /* TSLogger.h */, + ); + name = debugging; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + E60B3FBF3190558138C79865 /* qrc */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 1BB748495103B59368976F44 /* qrc_Icons.cpp */, + ); + name = qrc; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */, + ); + name = Products; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + ED1E82605DD74B483AF3C982 /* External Frameworks and Libraries */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 9EF9FEB32A7980D519425A9E /* QtScript */, + 6988CE9D964BC66484DA49D5 /* QtGui */, + B235A8A774654CA992F5A861 /* QtNetwork */, + FC65490F7BEA4427C242848C /* QtCore */, + ); + name = "External Frameworks and Libraries"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + EEC299C65D5017EB9DD513B0 /* Sources [UIC] */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + A1B6D1488110DA0868414A40 /* src */, + ); + name = "Sources [UIC]"; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + F4AF6147B42623F6B3284738 /* src */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 0501473B7E166B9D10974B09 /* AboutDialog.h */, + 9B1A8589DE3DB63FE9FEADAD /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.h */, + 2365565B0E8281A9A554DE48 /* IndentHandler.h */, + D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */, + 0405CDFCAFF3A176EB7C5B2B /* SettingsPaths.h */, + A77AB8EA63A1F08C970A0DB1 /* TemplateBatchScript.h */, + 19D832A234461F61E597073E /* UiGuiErrorMessage.h */, + 0D2093D6D7971F9434E27A2D /* UiGuiHighlighter.h */, + 234F1B047D06A4E84A3BA652 /* UiGuiIndentServer.h */, + 01A925071F5E8C4DEAA029A7 /* UiGuiIniFileParser.h */, + AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */, + 3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */, + 5FDBC0A18FE03C4893ABD97E /* UiGuiSystemInfo.h */, + F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */, + 240575E52D89C74CAFF8C83F /* UpdateCheckDialog.h */, + CAC892C702EF9F77734C8010 /* debugging */, + ); + name = src; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + FB61758D0F0FDA4BA867C3D5 /* Sources */ = { + isa = PBXGroup; + children = ( + 06674E1DE8D3EB6E763DFFDA /* src */, + B06B937E4E5DB1B571475081 /* resources */, + ); + name = Sources; + sourceTree = ""; + }; +/* End PBXGroup section */ + +/* Begin PBXNativeTarget section */ + A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = { + isa = PBXNativeTarget; + buildConfigurationList = E938E43C14AC74310066EAA2 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "UniversalIndentGUI" */; + buildPhases = ( + D7BA7D76DAB5DD13389D6332 /* Qt Qmake */, + A0A52A2ADF7A1E2A99738674 /* Qt Preprocessors */, + F6069D5A5DA8AA28EDB8B3C6 /* Project Copy */, + C29B8785722055ED95EF7B57 /* Build Sources */, + 2A1043669E6E5A7426EA502A /* Frameworks & Libraries */, + 3787F99312C85FF0073FD7BA /* Bundle Resources */, + ); + buildRules = ( + ); + dependencies = ( + ); + name = UniversalIndentGUI; + productInstallPath = release/; + productName = UniversalIndentGUI; + productReference = E938E42C14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI.app */; + productType = "com.apple.product-type.application"; + }; +/* End PBXNativeTarget section */ + +/* Begin PBXProject section */ + 91B15E841AA80083484172DE /* Project object */ = { + isa = PBXProject; + buildConfigurationList = 2A951308CDB28F104D0A4BD2 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "UniversalIndentGUI" */; + compatibilityVersion = "Xcode 2.4"; + developmentRegion = English; + hasScannedForEncodings = 1; + knownRegions = ( + English, + Japanese, + French, + German, + ); + mainGroup = 05596AB53D8D521C69802C27 /* UniversalIndentGUI */; + productRefGroup = E938E42D14AC74220066EAA2 /* Products */; + projectDirPath = ""; + projectRoot = ""; + targets = ( + A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */, + ); + }; +/* End PBXProject section */ + +/* Begin PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */ + 3787F99312C85FF0073FD7BA /* Bundle Resources */ = { + isa = PBXResourcesBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + 358CDAA858B633E7AD0B6646 /* UniversalIndentGUI.icns in Bundle Resources */, + ); + name = "Bundle Resources"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXResourcesBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */ + A0A52A2ADF7A1E2A99738674 /* Qt Preprocessors */ = { + isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + ); + name = "Qt Preprocessors"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + shellPath = /bin/sh; + shellScript = "make -C /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk -f 'UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_preprocess.mak'"; + }; + D7BA7D76DAB5DD13389D6332 /* Qt Qmake */ = { + isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + ); + name = "Qt Qmake"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + shellPath = /bin/sh; + shellScript = "make -C /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk -f 'UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_makeqmake.mak'"; + }; +/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */ + C29B8785722055ED95EF7B57 /* Build Sources */ = { + isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase; + buildActionMask = 2147483647; + files = ( + 2B7F90DE44210DB9F5D23F0C /* AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + 157D8322CB15EB4B4B698465 /* AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */, + CE0306F2BD402BE1CC71BA98 /* IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */, + FD1638E377D97C82BDB438FB /* main.cpp in Build Sources */, + AAC1168526D0C37A3F415917 /* MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */, + 64CDA74634FD0C1F9265CF5F /* SettingsPaths.cpp in Build Sources */, + 45FD613422A15DDFF65F07EB /* TemplateBatchScript.cpp in Build Sources */, + 2E0B7B483AE3DAFB774883DC /* UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */, + ED461CD43406DFA44318404B /* UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */, + 83EFC8071DE20B90AE46E0A1 /* UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */, + D05E9C8E00DF8978FAD6C45F /* UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp in Build Sources */, + 8DFAEC14C5621835B85BDBBB /* UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */, + 07182A1FDE8301C8D9EAF7F5 /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + A56B320001BC86C5B01B08D0 /* UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp in Build Sources */, + A87876F3A24FCE545FEAFB05 /* UiGuiVersion.cpp in Build Sources */, + F42AF6C1FF5FF9F82C3E049D /* UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + 0794A9D3A24B32A06CD8CA37 /* TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */, + 033FA4A2951F6995E4B52E75 /* moc_AboutDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + 86D03C28F9A095696FA4C465 /* moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp in Build Sources */, + 447799AD66EF47D36B5A72E3 /* moc_IndentHandler.cpp in Build Sources */, + 1446C37D55222BE8281C2D84 /* moc_MainWindow.cpp in Build Sources */, + 4393711A82B0A27E8301FEB8 /* moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp in Build Sources */, + 10D0CC7BD2D2E5A3A90EEF25 /* moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp in Build Sources */, + 8DCA76267BA4834F731C5BAB /* moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp in Build Sources */, + 9892D98357F2D175D03F6488 /* moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp in Build Sources */, + 2CE072BF0886F682F0FE8266 /* moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + 54824FDC5DD27B6216E263F5 /* moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp in Build Sources */, + C61FC1CBE0E603A32A3D1D8E /* moc_TSLogger.cpp in Build Sources */, + 4DAB46634D6A37252BC2E3D4 /* qrc_Icons.cpp in Build Sources */, + ); + name = "Build Sources"; + runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; + }; +/* End PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */ + +/* Begin XCBuildConfiguration section */ + 8DB1DD96F65B1BF1FFC506E0 /* Debug */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO; + GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = YES; + GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0; + }; + name = Debug; + }; + 95E1EB2E5DDD587BE5B3E548 /* Release */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + COPY_PHASE_STRIP = YES; + GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = NO; + }; + name = Release; + }; + E938E43414AC74230066EAA2 /* Debug */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + ARCHS = x86_64; + BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk; + COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO; + DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0; + DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0; + GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = YES; + GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0; + HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = ( + release/moc, + src, + /opt/local/include/QtScript, + /opt/local/include/QtGui, + /opt/local/include/QtNetwork, + /opt/local/include/QtCore, + /opt/local/include, + release/uic, + /usr/local/include, + /System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers, + "/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode", + ); + INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist; + INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/; + LEXFLAGS = ""; + LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib; + MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6; + OBJROOT = release/obj/; + OTHER_CFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_LDFLAGS = ( + "-headerpad_max_install_names", + "-lqscintilla2_qt4", + "-L/opt/local/lib", + ); + OTHER_REZFLAGS = ""; + PREBINDING = NO; + PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI; + SECTORDER_FLAGS = ""; + WARNING_CFLAGS = ""; + YACCFLAGS = "-d"; + }; + name = Debug; + }; + E938E43514AC74230066EAA2 /* Release */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + ARCHS = x86_64; + BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk; + COPY_PHASE_STRIP = YES; + DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0; + DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0; + GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = NO; + HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = ( + release/moc, + src, + /opt/local/include/QtScript, + /opt/local/include/QtGui, + /opt/local/include/QtNetwork, + /opt/local/include/QtCore, + /opt/local/include, + release/uic, + /usr/local/include, + /System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers, + "/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode", + ); + INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist; + INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/; + LEXFLAGS = ""; + LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib; + MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6; + OBJROOT = release/obj/; + OTHER_CFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_LDFLAGS = ( + "-headerpad_max_install_names", + "-lqscintilla2_qt4", + "-L/opt/local/lib", + ); + OTHER_REZFLAGS = ""; + PREBINDING = NO; + PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI; + SECTORDER_FLAGS = ""; + WARNING_CFLAGS = ""; + YACCFLAGS = "-d"; + }; + name = Release; + }; + E938E43614AC74230066EAA2 /* Default */ = { + isa = XCBuildConfiguration; + buildSettings = { + ARCHS = x86_64; + BUILD_ROOT = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk; + DYLIB_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION = 1.0; + DYLIB_CURRENT_VERSION = 1.0.0; + HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = ( + release/moc, + src, + /opt/local/include/QtScript, + /opt/local/include/QtGui, + /opt/local/include/QtNetwork, + /opt/local/include/QtCore, + /opt/local/include, + release/uic, + /usr/local/include, + /System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers, + "/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode", + ); + INFOPLIST_FILE = Info.plist; + INSTALL_DIR = /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/release/; + LEXFLAGS = ""; + LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = /opt/local/lib; + MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6; + OBJROOT = release/obj/; + OTHER_CFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_CPLUSPLUSFLAGS = ( + "-pipe", + "-O2", + "-Wall", + "-W", + "-DQT_NO_DEBUG", + "-DQT_SCRIPT_LIB", + "-DQT_GUI_LIB", + "-DQT_NETWORK_LIB", + "-DQT_CORE_LIB", + "-DQT_SHARED", + ); + OTHER_LDFLAGS = ( + "-headerpad_max_install_names", + "-lqscintilla2_qt4", + "-L/opt/local/lib", + ); + OTHER_REZFLAGS = ""; + PREBINDING = NO; + PRODUCT_NAME = UniversalIndentGUI; + SECTORDER_FLAGS = ""; + WARNING_CFLAGS = ""; + YACCFLAGS = "-d"; + }; + name = Default; + }; +/* End XCBuildConfiguration section */ + +/* Begin XCConfigurationList section */ + 2A951308CDB28F104D0A4BD2 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "UniversalIndentGUI" */ = { + isa = XCConfigurationList; + buildConfigurations = ( + 8DB1DD96F65B1BF1FFC506E0 /* Debug */, + 95E1EB2E5DDD587BE5B3E548 /* Release */, + ); + defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0; + defaultConfigurationName = Release; + }; + E938E43C14AC74310066EAA2 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "UniversalIndentGUI" */ = { + isa = XCConfigurationList; + buildConfigurations = ( + E938E43414AC74230066EAA2 /* Debug */, + E938E43514AC74230066EAA2 /* Release */, + E938E43614AC74230066EAA2 /* Default */, + ); + defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0; + defaultConfigurationName = Default; + }; +/* End XCConfigurationList section */ + }; + rootObject = 91B15E841AA80083484172DE /* Project object */; +} diff --git a/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_makeqmake.mak b/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_makeqmake.mak new file mode 100755 index 0000000..99849c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_makeqmake.mak @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +############################################################################# +# Makefile for building: release/UniversalIndentGUI.app/Contents/MacOS/UniversalIndentGUI +# Generated by qmake (2.01a) (Qt 4.7.4) on: Do. Dez 29 11:10:32 2011 +# Project: UniversalIndentGUI.pro +# Template: app +# Command: /opt/local/bin/qmake -spec /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode -o UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj UniversalIndentGUI.pro +############################################################################# + +QMAKE = /opt/local/bin/qmake +UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj: UniversalIndentGUI.pro /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode/qmake.conf /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/unix.conf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/mac.conf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/mac-g++.conf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/qconfig.pri \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/modules/qt_webkit_version.pri \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt_functions.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt_config.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/exclusive_builds.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/default_pre.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/default_pre.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/release.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/debug_and_release.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/default_post.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/x86_64.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/objective_c.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/warn_on.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/unix/thread.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/moc.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/rez.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/sdk.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/resources.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/uic.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/yacc.prf \ + /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/lex.prf \ + /opt/local/lib/libQtScript.prl \ + /opt/local/lib/libQtCore.prl \ + /opt/local/lib/libQtGui.prl \ + /opt/local/lib/libQtNetwork.prl + $(QMAKE) -spec /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode -o UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj UniversalIndentGUI.pro +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/unix.conf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/mac.conf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/common/mac-g++.conf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/qconfig.pri: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/modules/qt_webkit_version.pri: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt_functions.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt_config.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/exclusive_builds.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/default_pre.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/default_pre.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/release.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/debug_and_release.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/default_post.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/x86_64.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/objective_c.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/warn_on.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/qt.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/unix/thread.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/moc.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/rez.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/mac/sdk.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/resources.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/uic.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/yacc.prf: +/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/features/lex.prf: +/opt/local/lib/libQtScript.prl: +/opt/local/lib/libQtCore.prl: +/opt/local/lib/libQtGui.prl: +/opt/local/lib/libQtNetwork.prl: +qmake: FORCE + @$(QMAKE) -spec /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode -o UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj UniversalIndentGUI.pro + diff --git a/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_preprocess.mak b/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_preprocess.mak new file mode 100755 index 0000000..763659b --- /dev/null +++ b/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/qt_preprocess.mak @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +############################################################################# +# Makefile for building: release/UniversalIndentGUI.app/Contents/MacOS/UniversalIndentGUI +# Generated by qmake (2.01a) (Qt 4.7.4) on: Do. Dez 29 11:10:32 2011 +# Project: UniversalIndentGUI.pro +# Template: app +# Command: /opt/local/bin/qmake -spec /opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode -o UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj UniversalIndentGUI.pro +############################################################################# + +MOC = /opt/local/bin/moc +UIC = /opt/local/bin/uic +LEX = flex +LEXFLAGS = +YACC = yacc +YACCFLAGS = -d +DEFINES = -DQT_NO_DEBUG -DQT_SCRIPT_LIB -DQT_GUI_LIB -DQT_NETWORK_LIB -DQT_CORE_LIB -DQT_SHARED +INCPATH = -I/opt/local/share/qt4/mkspecs/macx-xcode -I. -Irelease/moc -Isrc -I/opt/local/include/QtScript -I/opt/local/include/QtGui -I/opt/local/include/QtNetwork -I/opt/local/include/QtCore -I/opt/local/include -Irelease/uic -I/usr/local/include -I/System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers +DEL_FILE = rm -f +MOVE = mv -f + +IMAGES = +PARSERS = +preprocess: $(PARSERS) compilers +clean preprocess_clean: parser_clean compiler_clean + +parser_clean: +check: first + +mocclean: compiler_moc_header_clean compiler_moc_source_clean + +mocables: compiler_moc_header_make_all compiler_moc_source_make_all + +compilers: ./release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp ./release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp ./release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp\ + ./release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp ./release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp ./release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp\ + ./release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp ./release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp ./release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp\ + ./release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp ./release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp ./release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp ./release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h ./release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h ./release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h\ + ./release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h ./release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h ./release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h +compiler_objective_c_make_all: +compiler_objective_c_clean: +compiler_moc_header_make_all: release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp +compiler_moc_header_clean: + -$(DEL_FILE) release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp +release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp: src/AboutDialog.h + /opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/AboutDialog.h -o release/moc/moc_AboutDialog.cpp + +release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp: src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h + /opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h -o release/moc/moc_AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp + +release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp: src/IndentHandler.h + /opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/IndentHandler.h -o release/moc/moc_IndentHandler.cpp + +release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp: src/MainWindow.h + /opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/MainWindow.h -o release/moc/moc_MainWindow.cpp + +release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp: src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h + /opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h -o release/moc/moc_UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp + +release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp: src/UiGuiHighlighter.h + /opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UiGuiHighlighter.h -o release/moc/moc_UiGuiHighlighter.cpp + +release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp: src/UiGuiIndentServer.h + /opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UiGuiIndentServer.h -o release/moc/moc_UiGuiIndentServer.cpp + +release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp: src/UiGuiSettings.h + /opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UiGuiSettings.h -o release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettings.cpp + +release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp: src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h + /opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h -o release/moc/moc_UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp + +release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp: src/UpdateCheckDialog.h + /opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/UpdateCheckDialog.h -o release/moc/moc_UpdateCheckDialog.cpp + +release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp: src/debugging/TSLogger.h + /opt/local/bin/moc $(DEFINES) $(INCPATH) -D__APPLE__ -D__GNUC__ src/debugging/TSLogger.h -o release/moc/moc_TSLogger.cpp + +compiler_rcc_make_all: release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp +compiler_rcc_clean: + -$(DEL_FILE) release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp +release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp: resources/Icons.qrc + /opt/local/bin/rcc -name Icons resources/Icons.qrc -o release/qrc/qrc_Icons.cpp + +compiler_image_collection_make_all: release/uic/qmake_image_collection.cpp +compiler_image_collection_clean: + -$(DEL_FILE) release/uic/qmake_image_collection.cpp +compiler_moc_source_make_all: +compiler_moc_source_clean: +compiler_rez_source_make_all: +compiler_rez_source_clean: +compiler_uic_make_all: release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h +compiler_uic_clean: + -$(DEL_FILE) release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h +release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h: src/MainWindow.ui + /opt/local/bin/uic src/MainWindow.ui -o release/uic/ui_MainWindow.h + +release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h: src/ToolBarWidget.ui + /opt/local/bin/uic src/ToolBarWidget.ui -o release/uic/ui_ToolBarWidget.h + +release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h: src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui + /opt/local/bin/uic src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui -o release/uic/ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h + +release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h: src/AboutDialog.ui + /opt/local/bin/uic src/AboutDialog.ui -o release/uic/ui_AboutDialog.h + +release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h: src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui + /opt/local/bin/uic src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui -o release/uic/ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h + +release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h: src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui + /opt/local/bin/uic src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui -o release/uic/ui_TSLoggerDialog.h + +compiler_yacc_decl_make_all: +compiler_yacc_decl_clean: +compiler_yacc_impl_make_all: +compiler_yacc_impl_clean: +compiler_lex_make_all: +compiler_lex_clean: +compiler_clean: compiler_moc_header_clean compiler_rcc_clean compiler_uic_clean + diff --git a/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/thomas.pbxuser b/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/thomas.pbxuser new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a12338e --- /dev/null +++ b/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/thomas.pbxuser @@ -0,0 +1,433 @@ +// !$*UTF8*$! +{ + 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */ = { + uiCtxt = { + sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 18980}}"; + sepNavSelRange = "{3643, 0}"; + sepNavVisRange = "{3137, 827}"; + }; + }; + 3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */ = { + uiCtxt = { + sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 702}}"; + sepNavSelRange = "{1518, 0}"; + sepNavVisRange = "{1431, 541}"; + }; + }; + 5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */ = { + uiCtxt = { + sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 3419}}"; + sepNavSelRange = "{3754, 9}"; + sepNavVisRange = "{3868, 1309}"; + }; + }; + 7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */ = { + uiCtxt = { + sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1475, 23205}}"; + sepNavSelRange = "{79164, 0}"; + sepNavVisRange = "{78562, 741}"; + }; + }; + 7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */ = { + uiCtxt = { + sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1055, 3458}}"; + sepNavSelRange = "{9296, 0}"; + sepNavVisRange = "{8787, 1089}"; + }; + }; + 91B15E841AA80083484172DE /* Project object */ = { + activeBuildConfigurationName = Release; + activeExecutable = E938E42E14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI */; + activeTarget = A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */; + breakpoints = ( + E938E45B14AC75750066EAA2 /* MainWindow.cpp:101 */, + E938E46114AC75930066EAA2 /* MainWindow.cpp:104 */, + E938E46914AC760C0066EAA2 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp:65 */, + E938E46B14AC76120066EAA2 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp:81 */, + ); + codeSenseManager = E938E40714AC700F0066EAA2 /* Code sense */; + executables = ( + E938E42E14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI */, + ); + perUserDictionary = { + PBXConfiguration.PBXFileTableDataSource3.PBXExecutablesDataSource = { + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingDirectionKey = "-1"; + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingKey = PBXExecutablesDataSource_NameID; + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnWidthsKey = ( + 22, + 300, + 750, + ); + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnsKey = ( + PBXExecutablesDataSource_ActiveFlagID, + PBXExecutablesDataSource_NameID, + PBXExecutablesDataSource_CommentsID, + ); + }; + PBXConfiguration.PBXFileTableDataSource3.PBXFileTableDataSource = { + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingDirectionKey = "-1"; + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingKey = PBXFileDataSource_Filename_ColumnID; + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnWidthsKey = ( + 20, + 862, + 20, + 48, + 43, + 43, + 20, + ); + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnsKey = ( + PBXFileDataSource_FiletypeID, + PBXFileDataSource_Filename_ColumnID, + PBXFileDataSource_Built_ColumnID, + PBXFileDataSource_ObjectSize_ColumnID, + PBXFileDataSource_Errors_ColumnID, + PBXFileDataSource_Warnings_ColumnID, + PBXFileDataSource_Target_ColumnID, + ); + }; + PBXConfiguration.PBXTargetDataSource.PBXTargetDataSource = { + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingDirectionKey = "-1"; + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnSortingKey = PBXFileDataSource_Filename_ColumnID; + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnWidthsKey = ( + 20, + 822, + 60, + 20, + 48, + 43, + 43, + ); + PBXFileTableDataSourceColumnsKey = ( + PBXFileDataSource_FiletypeID, + PBXFileDataSource_Filename_ColumnID, + PBXTargetDataSource_PrimaryAttribute, + PBXFileDataSource_Built_ColumnID, + PBXFileDataSource_ObjectSize_ColumnID, + PBXFileDataSource_Errors_ColumnID, + PBXFileDataSource_Warnings_ColumnID, + ); + }; + PBXPerProjectTemplateStateSaveDate = 346855027; + PBXWorkspaceStateSaveDate = 346855027; + }; + perUserProjectItems = { + E938E46314AC75960066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E46314AC75960066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E48114AC77A80066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E48114AC77A80066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E4B314AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4B314AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E4B714AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4B714AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E4C714AC7B520066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4C714AC7B520066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E4CD14AC7B650066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4CD14AC7B650066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E4D314AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4D314AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E4D414AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4D414AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E4D514AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4D514AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E4D614AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4D614AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E4E714ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4E714ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E4E814ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4E814ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + E938E4E914ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = E938E4E914ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */; + }; + sourceControlManager = E938E40614AC700F0066EAA2 /* Source Control */; + userBuildSettings = { + }; + }; + 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */ = { + uiCtxt = { + sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 9126}}"; + sepNavSelRange = "{2691, 0}"; + sepNavVisRange = "{2803, 1071}"; + }; + }; + A630BEF242261A8F9F0C2E16 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = { + activeExec = 0; + executables = ( + E938E42E14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI */, + ); + }; + AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */ = { + uiCtxt = { + sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 1118}}"; + sepNavSelRange = "{1440, 0}"; + sepNavVisRange = "{463, 1236}"; + }; + }; + D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */ = { + uiCtxt = { + sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1247, 1924}}"; + sepNavSelRange = "{4885, 0}"; + sepNavVisRange = "{1496, 850}"; + }; + }; + E938E40614AC700F0066EAA2 /* Source Control */ = { + isa = PBXSourceControlManager; + fallbackIsa = XCSourceControlManager; + isSCMEnabled = 0; + scmConfiguration = { + repositoryNamesForRoots = { + "" = ""; + }; + }; + }; + E938E40714AC700F0066EAA2 /* Code sense */ = { + isa = PBXCodeSenseManager; + indexTemplatePath = ""; + }; + E938E42E14AC74220066EAA2 /* UniversalIndentGUI */ = { + isa = PBXExecutable; + activeArgIndices = ( + ); + argumentStrings = ( + ); + autoAttachOnCrash = 1; + breakpointsEnabled = 1; + configStateDict = { + }; + customDataFormattersEnabled = 1; + dataTipCustomDataFormattersEnabled = 1; + dataTipShowTypeColumn = 1; + dataTipSortType = 0; + debuggerPlugin = GDBDebugging; + disassemblyDisplayState = 0; + dylibVariantSuffix = ""; + enableDebugStr = 1; + environmentEntries = ( + ); + executableSystemSymbolLevel = 0; + executableUserSymbolLevel = 0; + libgmallocEnabled = 0; + name = UniversalIndentGUI; + savedGlobals = { + }; + showTypeColumn = 0; + sourceDirectories = ( + ); + variableFormatDictionary = { + }; + }; + E938E45B14AC75750066EAA2 /* MainWindow.cpp:101 */ = { + isa = PBXFileBreakpoint; + actions = ( + ); + breakpointStyle = 0; + continueAfterActions = 0; + countType = 0; + delayBeforeContinue = 0; + fileReference = 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */; + functionName = "MainWindow::MainWindow(QString file2OpenOnStart, QWidget *parent)"; + hitCount = 1; + ignoreCount = 0; + lineNumber = 101; + location = UniversalIndentGUI; + modificationTime = 346848101.622124; + originalNumberOfMultipleMatches = 1; + state = 0; + }; + E938E46114AC75930066EAA2 /* MainWindow.cpp:104 */ = { + isa = PBXFileBreakpoint; + actions = ( + ); + breakpointStyle = 0; + continueAfterActions = 0; + countType = 0; + delayBeforeContinue = 0; + fileReference = 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */; + functionName = "MainWindow::MainWindow(QString file2OpenOnStart, QWidget *parent)"; + hitCount = 1; + ignoreCount = 0; + lineNumber = 104; + location = UniversalIndentGUI; + modificationTime = 346848114.812431; + originalNumberOfMultipleMatches = 1; + state = 1; + }; + E938E46314AC75960066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = 7EC3C68A81EFFF79B6CA22AC /* main.cpp */; + name = "main.cpp: 248"; + rLen = 0; + rLoc = 9296; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 1089; + vrLoc = 8787; + }; + E938E46514AC75960066EAA2 /* qsharedpointer_impl.h */ = { + isa = PBXFileReference; + lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; + name = qsharedpointer_impl.h; + path = /opt/local/include/QtCore/qsharedpointer_impl.h; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + E938E46914AC760C0066EAA2 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp:65 */ = { + isa = PBXFileBreakpoint; + actions = ( + ); + breakpointStyle = 0; + continueAfterActions = 0; + countType = 0; + delayBeforeContinue = 0; + fileReference = 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */; + functionName = "UiGuiSettings::getInstance()"; + hitCount = 2; + ignoreCount = 0; + lineNumber = 65; + location = UniversalIndentGUI; + modificationTime = 346848115.5478889; + originalNumberOfMultipleMatches = 1; + state = 1; + }; + E938E46B14AC76120066EAA2 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp:81 */ = { + isa = PBXFileBreakpoint; + actions = ( + ); + breakpointStyle = 0; + continueAfterActions = 0; + countType = 0; + delayBeforeContinue = 0; + fileReference = 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */; + functionName = "UiGuiSettings::~UiGuiSettings()"; + hitCount = 1; + ignoreCount = 0; + lineNumber = 81; + location = UniversalIndentGUI; + modificationTime = 346848140.41869; + originalNumberOfMultipleMatches = 1; + state = 1; + }; + E938E48114AC77A80066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = E938E48214AC77A80066EAA2 /* qstringlist.h */; + name = "qstringlist.h: 68"; + rLen = 0; + rLoc = 2245; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 636; + vrLoc = 1852; + }; + E938E48214AC77A80066EAA2 /* qstringlist.h */ = { + isa = PBXFileReference; + lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; + name = qstringlist.h; + path = /opt/local/include/QtCore/qstringlist.h; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + E938E4B314AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = E938E46514AC75960066EAA2 /* qsharedpointer_impl.h */; + name = "qsharedpointer_impl.h: 339"; + rLen = 0; + rLoc = 11920; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 867; + vrLoc = 11651; + }; + E938E4B714AC7A360066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = AC4AC748C3685570D9D8B977 /* UiGuiSettings.h */; + name = "UiGuiSettings.h: 22"; + rLen = 0; + rLoc = 1440; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 1236; + vrLoc = 463; + }; + E938E4C714AC7B520066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = 3194C2F269DA07FBC8FB120D /* UiGuiSettingsDialog.h */; + name = "UiGuiSettingsDialog.h: 28"; + rLen = 0; + rLoc = 1518; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 541; + vrLoc = 1431; + }; + E938E4CD14AC7B650066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = 7B749332F0EE106BAF891CBB /* IndentHandler.cpp */; + name = "IndentHandler.cpp: 1728"; + rLen = 0; + rLoc = 79164; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 741; + vrLoc = 78562; + }; + E938E4D314AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = D807F0DE3110F0AD45593FA7 /* MainWindow.h */; + name = "MainWindow.h: 53"; + rLen = 0; + rLoc = 1961; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 722; + vrLoc = 1743; + }; + E938E4D414AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = 1C0B64226A129D35F02DC004 /* MainWindow.cpp */; + name = "MainWindow.cpp: 104"; + rLen = 0; + rLoc = 3643; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 827; + vrLoc = 3137; + }; + E938E4D514AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = 944A1A0B82857EC61410FC06 /* UiGuiSettings.cpp */; + name = "UiGuiSettings.cpp: 65"; + rLen = 0; + rLoc = 2691; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 1071; + vrLoc = 2803; + }; + E938E4D614AC7D730066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = E938E4D714AC7D730066EAA2 /* qglobal.h */; + name = "qglobal.h: 1749"; + rLen = 0; + rLoc = 53149; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 1090; + vrLoc = 52596; + }; + E938E4D714AC7D730066EAA2 /* qglobal.h */ = { + isa = PBXFileReference; + lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; + name = qglobal.h; + path = /opt/local/include/QtCore/qglobal.h; + sourceTree = ""; + }; + E938E4E714ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = 5EEB118D3C499097B07CA6DC /* TSLogger.cpp */; + name = "TSLogger.cpp: 102"; + rLen = 9; + rLoc = 3754; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 1309; + vrLoc = 3868; + }; + E938E4E814ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */; + rLen = 5; + rLoc = 1582; + rType = 0; + }; + E938E4E914ACB49E0066EAA2 /* PBXTextBookmark */ = { + isa = PBXTextBookmark; + fRef = F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */; + name = "UiGuiVersion.h: 29"; + rLen = 0; + rLoc = 1699; + rType = 0; + vrLen = 1100; + vrLoc = 780; + }; + F45A82FFD3FBFC99A2A0B897 /* UiGuiVersion.h */ = { + uiCtxt = { + sepNavIntBoundsRect = "{{0, 0}, {1040, 520}}"; + sepNavSelRange = "{1699, 0}"; + sepNavVisRange = "{780, 1100}"; + }; + }; +} diff --git a/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/thomas.perspectivev3 b/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/thomas.perspectivev3 new file mode 100755 index 0000000..36a8ca5 --- /dev/null +++ b/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/thomas.perspectivev3 @@ -0,0 +1,1487 @@ + + + + + ActivePerspectiveName + Project + AllowedModules + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + PBXSmartGroupTreeModule + Name + Groups and Files Outline View + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + PBXNavigatorGroup + Name + Editor + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + XCTaskListModule + Name + Task List + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + XCDetailModule + Name + File and Smart Group Detail Viewer + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + 1 + Module + PBXBuildResultsModule + Name + Detailed Build Results Viewer + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + 1 + Module + PBXProjectFindModule + Name + Project Batch Find Tool + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + XCProjectFormatConflictsModule + Name + Project Format Conflicts List + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + PBXBookmarksModule + Name + Bookmarks Tool + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + PBXClassBrowserModule + Name + Class Browser + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + PBXCVSModule + Name + Source Code Control Tool + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + PBXDebugBreakpointsModule + Name + Debug Breakpoints Tool + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + XCDockableInspector + Name + Inspector + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + PBXOpenQuicklyModule + Name + Open Quickly Tool + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + 1 + Module + PBXDebugSessionModule + Name + Debugger + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + 1 + Module + PBXDebugCLIModule + Name + Debug Console + + + BundleLoadPath + + MaxInstances + n + Module + XCSnapshotModule + Name + Snapshots Tool + + + BundlePath + /Developer/Library/PrivateFrameworks/DevToolsInterface.framework/Resources + Description + AIODescriptionKey + DockingSystemVisible + + Extension + perspectivev3 + FavBarConfig + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + E938E41514AC70190066EAA2 + XCBarModuleItemNames + + XCBarModuleItems + + + FirstTimeWindowDisplayed + + Identifier + com.apple.perspectives.project.defaultV3 + MajorVersion + 34 + MinorVersion + 0 + Name + All-In-One + Notifications + + OpenEditors + + PerspectiveWidths + + 1308 + 1308 + + Perspectives + + + ChosenToolbarItems + + XCToolbarPerspectiveControl + NSToolbarSeparatorItem + active-combo-popup + action + NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItem + debugger-enable-breakpoints + buildOrClean + build-and-go + com.apple.ide.PBXToolbarStopButton + get-info + NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItem + com.apple.pbx.toolbar.searchfield + + ControllerClassBaseName + + IconName + WindowOfProject + Identifier + perspective.project + IsVertical + + Layout + + + ContentConfiguration + + PBXBottomSmartGroupGIDs + + 1C37FBAC04509CD000000102 + 1C37FAAC04509CD000000102 + 1C37FABC05509CD000000102 + 1C37FABC05539CD112110102 + E2644B35053B69B200211256 + 1C37FABC04509CD000100104 + 1CC0EA4004350EF90044410B + 1CC0EA4004350EF90041110B + 1C77FABC04509CD000000102 + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CA23ED40692098700951B8B + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Files + PBXProjectStructureProvided + yes + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleColumnData + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleColumnWidthsKey + + 185 + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleColumnsKey_v4 + + MainColumn + + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleOutlineStateKey_v7 + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleOutlineStateExpansionKey + + 1C37FBAC04509CD000000102 + 1C37FAAC04509CD000000102 + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleOutlineStateSelectionKey + + + 2 + 1 + + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleOutlineStateVisibleRectKey + {{0, 0}, {185, 751}} + + PBXTopSmartGroupGIDs + + XCIncludePerspectivesSwitch + + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{0, 0}, {202, 769}} + GroupTreeTableConfiguration + + MainColumn + 185 + + RubberWindowFrame + 132 68 1308 810 0 0 1440 878 + + Module + PBXSmartGroupTreeModule + Proportion + 202pt + + + Dock + + + BecomeActive + + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + E938E40A14AC70190066EAA2 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + UiGuiVersion.h + PBXSplitModuleInNavigatorKey + + Split0 + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + E938E40B14AC70190066EAA2 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + UiGuiVersion.h + _historyCapacity + 0 + bookmark + E938E4E914ACB49E0066EAA2 + history + + E938E46314AC75960066EAA2 + E938E48114AC77A80066EAA2 + E938E4B314AC7A360066EAA2 + E938E4B714AC7A360066EAA2 + E938E4C714AC7B520066EAA2 + E938E4CD14AC7B650066EAA2 + E938E4D314AC7D730066EAA2 + E938E4D414AC7D730066EAA2 + E938E4D514AC7D730066EAA2 + E938E4D614AC7D730066EAA2 + E938E4E714ACB49E0066EAA2 + E938E4E814ACB49E0066EAA2 + + + SplitCount + 1 + + StatusBarVisibility + + XCSharingToken + com.apple.Xcode.CommonNavigatorGroupSharingToken + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{0, 0}, {1101, 421}} + RubberWindowFrame + 132 68 1308 810 0 0 1440 878 + + Module + PBXNavigatorGroup + Proportion + 421pt + + + Proportion + 343pt + Tabs + + + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CA23EDF0692099D00951B8B + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Detail + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{10, 27}, {1101, 316}} + + Module + XCDetailModule + + + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CA23EE00692099D00951B8B + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Project Find + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{10, 27}, {1101, 316}} + RubberWindowFrame + 132 68 1308 810 0 0 1440 878 + + Module + PBXProjectFindModule + + + ContentConfiguration + + PBXCVSModuleFilterTypeKey + 1032 + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CA23EE10692099D00951B8B + PBXProjectModuleLabel + SCM Results + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{10, 31}, {603, 297}} + + Module + PBXCVSModule + + + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + XCMainBuildResultsModuleGUID + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Build Results + XCBuildResultsTrigger_Collapse + 1021 + XCBuildResultsTrigger_Open + 1011 + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{10, 27}, {1101, 307}} + + Module + PBXBuildResultsModule + + + + + Proportion + 1101pt + + + Name + Project + ServiceClasses + + XCModuleDock + PBXSmartGroupTreeModule + XCModuleDock + PBXNavigatorGroup + XCDockableTabModule + XCDetailModule + PBXProjectFindModule + PBXCVSModule + PBXBuildResultsModule + + TableOfContents + + E938E4EA14ACB49E0066EAA2 + 1CA23ED40692098700951B8B + E938E4EB14ACB49E0066EAA2 + E938E40A14AC70190066EAA2 + E938E4EC14ACB49E0066EAA2 + 1CA23EDF0692099D00951B8B + 1CA23EE00692099D00951B8B + 1CA23EE10692099D00951B8B + XCMainBuildResultsModuleGUID + + ToolbarConfigUserDefaultsMinorVersion + 2 + ToolbarConfiguration + xcode.toolbar.config.defaultV3 + + + ChosenToolbarItems + + XCToolbarPerspectiveControl + NSToolbarSeparatorItem + active-combo-popup + NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItem + debugger-enable-breakpoints + build-and-go + com.apple.ide.PBXToolbarStopButton + debugger-restart-executable + debugger-pause + debugger-step-over + debugger-step-into + debugger-step-out + NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItem + servicesModulebreakpoints + debugger-show-console-window + + ControllerClassBaseName + PBXDebugSessionModule + IconName + DebugTabIcon + Identifier + perspective.debug + IsVertical + + Layout + + + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CCC7628064C1048000F2A68 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Debugger Console + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{0, 0}, {1308, 86}} + + Module + PBXDebugCLIModule + Proportion + 86pt + + + ContentConfiguration + + Debugger + + HorizontalSplitView + + _collapsingFrameDimension + 0.0 + _indexOfCollapsedView + 0 + _percentageOfCollapsedView + 0.0 + isCollapsed + yes + sizes + + {{0, 0}, {638, 330}} + {{638, 0}, {670, 330}} + + + VerticalSplitView + + _collapsingFrameDimension + 0.0 + _indexOfCollapsedView + 0 + _percentageOfCollapsedView + 0.0 + isCollapsed + yes + sizes + + {{0, 0}, {1308, 330}} + {{0, 330}, {1308, 348}} + + + + LauncherConfigVersion + 8 + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CCC7629064C1048000F2A68 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Debug + + GeometryConfiguration + + DebugConsoleVisible + None + DebugConsoleWindowFrame + {{200, 200}, {500, 300}} + DebugSTDIOWindowFrame + {{200, 200}, {500, 300}} + Frame + {{0, 91}, {1308, 678}} + PBXDebugSessionStackFrameViewKey + + DebugVariablesTableConfiguration + + Name + 120 + Value + 85 + Summary + 440 + + Frame + {{638, 0}, {670, 330}} + + + Module + PBXDebugSessionModule + Proportion + 678pt + + + Name + Debug + ServiceClasses + + XCModuleDock + PBXDebugCLIModule + PBXDebugSessionModule + PBXDebugProcessAndThreadModule + PBXDebugProcessViewModule + PBXDebugThreadViewModule + PBXDebugStackFrameViewModule + PBXNavigatorGroup + + TableOfContents + + E938E44814AC75170066EAA2 + 1CCC7628064C1048000F2A68 + 1CCC7629064C1048000F2A68 + E938E44914AC75170066EAA2 + E938E44A14AC75170066EAA2 + E938E44B14AC75170066EAA2 + E938E44C14AC75170066EAA2 + E938E40A14AC70190066EAA2 + + ToolbarConfigUserDefaultsMinorVersion + 2 + ToolbarConfiguration + xcode.toolbar.config.debugV3 + + + PerspectivesBarVisible + + ShelfIsVisible + + SourceDescription + file at '/Developer/Library/PrivateFrameworks/DevToolsInterface.framework/Resources/XCPerspectivesSpecification.xcperspec' + StatusbarIsVisible + + TimeStamp + 0.0 + ToolbarConfigUserDefaultsMinorVersion + 2 + ToolbarDisplayMode + 2 + ToolbarIsVisible + + ToolbarSizeMode + 2 + Type + Perspectives + UpdateMessage + + WindowJustification + 5 + WindowOrderList + + /Volumes/SHARED/Programming/uigui/universalindent/trunk/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj + + WindowString + 132 68 1308 810 0 0 1440 878 + WindowToolsV3 + + + Identifier + windowTool.debugger + Layout + + + Dock + + + ContentConfiguration + + Debugger + + HorizontalSplitView + + _collapsingFrameDimension + 0.0 + _indexOfCollapsedView + 0 + _percentageOfCollapsedView + 0.0 + isCollapsed + yes + sizes + + {{0, 0}, {317, 164}} + {{317, 0}, {377, 164}} + + + VerticalSplitView + + _collapsingFrameDimension + 0.0 + _indexOfCollapsedView + 0 + _percentageOfCollapsedView + 0.0 + isCollapsed + yes + sizes + + {{0, 0}, {694, 164}} + {{0, 164}, {694, 216}} + + + + LauncherConfigVersion + 8 + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1C162984064C10D400B95A72 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Debug - GLUTExamples (Underwater) + + GeometryConfiguration + + DebugConsoleDrawerSize + {100, 120} + DebugConsoleVisible + None + DebugConsoleWindowFrame + {{200, 200}, {500, 300}} + DebugSTDIOWindowFrame + {{200, 200}, {500, 300}} + Frame + {{0, 0}, {694, 380}} + RubberWindowFrame + 321 238 694 422 0 0 1440 878 + + Module + PBXDebugSessionModule + Proportion + 100% + + + Proportion + 100% + + + Name + Debugger + ServiceClasses + + PBXDebugSessionModule + + StatusbarIsVisible + 1 + TableOfContents + + 1CD10A99069EF8BA00B06720 + 1C0AD2AB069F1E9B00FABCE6 + 1C162984064C10D400B95A72 + 1C0AD2AC069F1E9B00FABCE6 + + ToolbarConfiguration + xcode.toolbar.config.debugV3 + WindowString + 321 238 694 422 0 0 1440 878 + WindowToolGUID + 1CD10A99069EF8BA00B06720 + WindowToolIsVisible + 0 + + + Identifier + windowTool.build + Layout + + + Dock + + + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CD0528F0623707200166675 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + <No Editor> + PBXSplitModuleInNavigatorKey + + Split0 + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CD052900623707200166675 + + SplitCount + 1 + + StatusBarVisibility + 1 + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{0, 0}, {500, 215}} + RubberWindowFrame + 192 257 500 500 0 0 1280 1002 + + Module + PBXNavigatorGroup + Proportion + 218pt + + + BecomeActive + 1 + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + XCMainBuildResultsModuleGUID + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Build Results + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{0, 222}, {500, 236}} + RubberWindowFrame + 192 257 500 500 0 0 1280 1002 + + Module + PBXBuildResultsModule + Proportion + 236pt + + + Proportion + 458pt + + + Name + Build Results + ServiceClasses + + PBXBuildResultsModule + + StatusbarIsVisible + 1 + TableOfContents + + 1C78EAA5065D492600B07095 + 1C78EAA6065D492600B07095 + 1CD0528F0623707200166675 + XCMainBuildResultsModuleGUID + + ToolbarConfiguration + xcode.toolbar.config.buildV3 + WindowString + 192 257 500 500 0 0 1280 1002 + + + Identifier + windowTool.find + Layout + + + Dock + + + Dock + + + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CDD528C0622207200134675 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + <No Editor> + PBXSplitModuleInNavigatorKey + + Split0 + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CD0528D0623707200166675 + + SplitCount + 1 + + StatusBarVisibility + 1 + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{0, 0}, {781, 167}} + RubberWindowFrame + 62 385 781 470 0 0 1440 878 + + Module + PBXNavigatorGroup + Proportion + 781pt + + + Proportion + 50% + + + BecomeActive + 1 + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CD0528E0623707200166675 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Project Find + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{8, 0}, {773, 254}} + RubberWindowFrame + 62 385 781 470 0 0 1440 878 + + Module + PBXProjectFindModule + Proportion + 50% + + + Proportion + 428pt + + + Name + Project Find + ServiceClasses + + PBXProjectFindModule + + StatusbarIsVisible + 1 + TableOfContents + + 1C530D57069F1CE1000CFCEE + 1C530D58069F1CE1000CFCEE + 1C530D59069F1CE1000CFCEE + 1CDD528C0622207200134675 + 1C530D5A069F1CE1000CFCEE + 1CE0B1FE06471DED0097A5F4 + 1CD0528E0623707200166675 + + WindowString + 62 385 781 470 0 0 1440 878 + WindowToolGUID + 1C530D57069F1CE1000CFCEE + WindowToolIsVisible + 0 + + + Identifier + windowTool.snapshots + Layout + + + Dock + + + Module + XCSnapshotModule + Proportion + 100% + + + Proportion + 100% + + + Name + Snapshots + ServiceClasses + + XCSnapshotModule + + StatusbarIsVisible + Yes + ToolbarConfiguration + xcode.toolbar.config.snapshots + WindowString + 315 824 300 550 0 0 1440 878 + WindowToolIsVisible + Yes + + + Identifier + windowTool.debuggerConsole + Layout + + + Dock + + + BecomeActive + 1 + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1C78EAAC065D492600B07095 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Debugger Console + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{0, 0}, {700, 358}} + RubberWindowFrame + 149 87 700 400 0 0 1440 878 + + Module + PBXDebugCLIModule + Proportion + 358pt + + + Proportion + 358pt + + + Name + Debugger Console + ServiceClasses + + PBXDebugCLIModule + + StatusbarIsVisible + 1 + TableOfContents + + 1C530D5B069F1CE1000CFCEE + 1C530D5C069F1CE1000CFCEE + 1C78EAAC065D492600B07095 + + ToolbarConfiguration + xcode.toolbar.config.consoleV3 + WindowString + 149 87 440 400 0 0 1440 878 + WindowToolGUID + 1C530D5B069F1CE1000CFCEE + WindowToolIsVisible + 0 + + + Identifier + windowTool.scm + Layout + + + Dock + + + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1C78EAB2065D492600B07095 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + <No Editor> + PBXSplitModuleInNavigatorKey + + Split0 + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1C78EAB3065D492600B07095 + + SplitCount + 1 + + StatusBarVisibility + 1 + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{0, 0}, {452, 0}} + RubberWindowFrame + 743 379 452 308 0 0 1280 1002 + + Module + PBXNavigatorGroup + Proportion + 0pt + + + BecomeActive + 1 + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CD052920623707200166675 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + SCM + + GeometryConfiguration + + ConsoleFrame + {{0, 259}, {452, 0}} + Frame + {{0, 7}, {452, 259}} + RubberWindowFrame + 743 379 452 308 0 0 1280 1002 + TableConfiguration + + Status + 30 + FileName + 199 + Path + 197.09500122070312 + + TableFrame + {{0, 0}, {452, 250}} + + Module + PBXCVSModule + Proportion + 262pt + + + Proportion + 266pt + + + Name + SCM + ServiceClasses + + PBXCVSModule + + StatusbarIsVisible + 1 + TableOfContents + + 1C78EAB4065D492600B07095 + 1C78EAB5065D492600B07095 + 1C78EAB2065D492600B07095 + 1CD052920623707200166675 + + ToolbarConfiguration + xcode.toolbar.config.scmV3 + WindowString + 743 379 452 308 0 0 1280 1002 + + + Identifier + windowTool.breakpoints + IsVertical + 0 + Layout + + + Dock + + + BecomeActive + 1 + ContentConfiguration + + PBXBottomSmartGroupGIDs + + 1C77FABC04509CD000000102 + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CE0B1FE06471DED0097A5F4 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Files + PBXProjectStructureProvided + no + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleColumnData + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleColumnWidthsKey + + 168 + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleColumnsKey_v4 + + MainColumn + + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleOutlineStateKey_v7 + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleOutlineStateExpansionKey + + 1C77FABC04509CD000000102 + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleOutlineStateSelectionKey + + + 0 + + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModuleOutlineStateVisibleRectKey + {{0, 0}, {168, 350}} + + PBXTopSmartGroupGIDs + + XCIncludePerspectivesSwitch + 0 + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{0, 0}, {185, 368}} + GroupTreeTableConfiguration + + MainColumn + 168 + + RubberWindowFrame + 315 424 744 409 0 0 1440 878 + + Module + PBXSmartGroupTreeModule + Proportion + 185pt + + + ContentConfiguration + + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CA1AED706398EBD00589147 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Detail + + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {{190, 0}, {554, 368}} + RubberWindowFrame + 315 424 744 409 0 0 1440 878 + + Module + XCDetailModule + Proportion + 554pt + + + Proportion + 368pt + + + MajorVersion + 3 + MinorVersion + 0 + Name + Breakpoints + ServiceClasses + + PBXSmartGroupTreeModule + XCDetailModule + + StatusbarIsVisible + 1 + TableOfContents + + 1CDDB66807F98D9800BB5817 + 1CDDB66907F98D9800BB5817 + 1CE0B1FE06471DED0097A5F4 + 1CA1AED706398EBD00589147 + + ToolbarConfiguration + xcode.toolbar.config.breakpointsV3 + WindowString + 315 424 744 409 0 0 1440 878 + WindowToolGUID + 1CDDB66807F98D9800BB5817 + WindowToolIsVisible + 1 + + + Identifier + windowTool.debugAnimator + Layout + + + Dock + + + Module + PBXNavigatorGroup + Proportion + 100% + + + Proportion + 100% + + + Name + Debug Visualizer + ServiceClasses + + PBXNavigatorGroup + + StatusbarIsVisible + 1 + ToolbarConfiguration + xcode.toolbar.config.debugAnimatorV3 + WindowString + 100 100 700 500 0 0 1280 1002 + + + Identifier + windowTool.bookmarks + Layout + + + Dock + + + Module + PBXBookmarksModule + Proportion + 166pt + + + Proportion + 166pt + + + Name + Bookmarks + ServiceClasses + + PBXBookmarksModule + + StatusbarIsVisible + 0 + WindowString + 538 42 401 187 0 0 1280 1002 + + + Identifier + windowTool.projectFormatConflicts + Layout + + + Dock + + + Module + XCProjectFormatConflictsModule + Proportion + 100% + + + Proportion + 100% + + + Name + Project Format Conflicts + ServiceClasses + + XCProjectFormatConflictsModule + + StatusbarIsVisible + 0 + WindowContentMinSize + 450 300 + WindowString + 50 850 472 307 0 0 1440 877 + + + Identifier + windowTool.classBrowser + Layout + + + Dock + + + BecomeActive + 1 + ContentConfiguration + + OptionsSetName + Hierarchy, all classes + PBXProjectModuleGUID + 1CA6456E063B45B4001379D8 + PBXProjectModuleLabel + Class Browser - NSObject + + GeometryConfiguration + + ClassesFrame + {{0, 0}, {369, 96}} + ClassesTreeTableConfiguration + + PBXClassNameColumnIdentifier + 208 + PBXClassBookColumnIdentifier + 22 + + Frame + {{0, 0}, {616, 353}} + MembersFrame + {{0, 105}, {369, 395}} + MembersTreeTableConfiguration + + PBXMemberTypeIconColumnIdentifier + 22 + PBXMemberNameColumnIdentifier + 216 + PBXMemberTypeColumnIdentifier + 94 + PBXMemberBookColumnIdentifier + 22 + + PBXModuleWindowStatusBarHidden2 + 1 + RubberWindowFrame + 597 125 616 374 0 0 1280 1002 + + Module + PBXClassBrowserModule + Proportion + 354pt + + + Proportion + 354pt + + + Name + Class Browser + ServiceClasses + + PBXClassBrowserModule + + StatusbarIsVisible + 0 + TableOfContents + + 1C78EABA065D492600B07095 + 1C78EABB065D492600B07095 + 1CA6456E063B45B4001379D8 + + ToolbarConfiguration + xcode.toolbar.config.classbrowser + WindowString + 597 125 616 374 0 0 1280 1002 + + + Identifier + windowTool.refactoring + IncludeInToolsMenu + 0 + Layout + + + Dock + + + BecomeActive + 1 + GeometryConfiguration + + Frame + {0, 0}, {500, 335} + RubberWindowFrame + {0, 0}, {500, 335} + + Module + XCRefactoringModule + Proportion + 100% + + + Proportion + 100% + + + Name + Refactoring + ServiceClasses + + XCRefactoringModule + + WindowString + 200 200 500 356 0 0 1920 1200 + + + + diff --git a/VS8QtRules.rules b/VS8QtRules.rules new file mode 100755 index 0000000..cdb6162 --- /dev/null +++ b/VS8QtRules.rules @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini b/config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c7e346f --- /dev/null +++ b/config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini @@ -0,0 +1,3407 @@ +[Bash] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Error +style1\color=16776960 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16711680 +style10=Parameter expansion +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777184 +style11=Backticks +style11\color=16776960 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=10518656 +style12=Here document delimiter +style12\color=0 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=14536925 +style13=Single-quoted here document +style13\color=8323199 +style13\eolfill=true +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=14536925 +style2=Comment +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Number +style3\color=32639 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Keyword +style4\color=127 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Double-quoted string +style5\color=8323199 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Single-quoted string +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Operator +style7\color=0 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Identifier +style8\color=0 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=Scalar +style9\color=0 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16769248 + +[Batch] +style0=Default +style0\color=0 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=Keyword +style2\color=127 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Label +style3\color=8323199 +style3\eolfill=true +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=6316128 +style4=Hide command character +style4\color=8355584 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=External command +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Variable +style6\color=8388736 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Operator +style7\color=0 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 + +[C%23] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=C comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style10=Operator +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Identifier +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Unclosed string +style12\color=0 +style12\eolfill=true +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Verbatim string +style13\color=32512 +style13\eolfill=true +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=14745568 +style15=JavaDoc style C++ comment +style15\color=4157503 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16777215 +style16=Secondary keywords and identifiers +style16\color=0 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=16777215 +style17=JavaDoc keyword +style17\color=3170464 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16777215 +style18=JavaDoc keyword error +style18\color=8405024 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=16777215 +style19=Global classes and typedefs +style19\color=0 +style19\eolfill=false +style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style19\paper=16777215 +style2=C++ comment +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=JavaDoc style C comment +style3\color=4157503 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Number +style4\color=32639 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Keyword +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Double-quoted string +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Single-quoted string +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style9=Pre-processor block +style9\color=8355584 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style8=IDL UUID +style8\color=0 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 + +[CSS] +style0=Default +style0\color=16711808 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Tag +style1\color=127 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style10=ID selector +style10\color=32639 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Important +style11\color=16744448 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=@@-rule +style12\color=8355584 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Double-quoted string +style13\color=8323199 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777215 +style14=Single-quoted string +style14\color=8323199 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16777215 +style15=CSS2 property +style15\color=41184 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16777215 +style16=Attribute +style16\color=8388608 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=16777215 +style2=Class selector +style2\color=0 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Pseudo-class +style3\color=8388608 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Unknown pseudo-class +style4\color=16711680 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Operator +style5\color=0 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=CSS1 property +style6\color=16608 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Unknown property +style7\color=16711680 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Value +style8\color=8323199 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style17=CSS3 property +style17\color=0 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16777215 +style18=Pseudo-element +style18\color=0 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=16777215 +style19=Extended CSS property +style19\color=0 +style19\eolfill=false +style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style19\paper=16777215 +style20=Extended pseudo-class +style20\color=0 +style20\eolfill=false +style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style20\paper=16777215 +style21=Extended pseudo-element +style21\color=0 +style21\eolfill=false +style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style21\paper=16777215 + +[Cpp] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=C comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style10=Operator +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Identifier +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Unclosed string +style12\color=0 +style12\eolfill=true +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=14729440 +style15=JavaDoc style C++ comment +style15\color=4157503 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16777215 +style16=Secondary keywords and identifiers +style16\color=0 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=16777215 +style17=JavaDoc keyword +style17\color=3170464 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16777215 +style18=JavaDoc keyword error +style18\color=8405024 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=16777215 +style19=Global classes and typedefs +style19\color=0 +style19\eolfill=false +style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style19\paper=16777215 +style2=C++ comment +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=JavaDoc style C comment +style3\color=4157503 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Number +style4\color=32639 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Keyword +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Double-quoted string +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Single-quoted string +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style9=Pre-processor block +style9\color=8355584 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style8=IDL UUID +style8\color=0 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style20=C++ raw string +style20\color=8323199 +style20\eolfill=false +style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style20\paper=16774143 +style40=Inactive C++ raw string +style40\color=11571376 +style40\eolfill=false +style40\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style40\paper=16774143 +style64=Inactive default +style64\color=12632256 +style64\eolfill=false +style64\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style64\paper=16777215 +style65=Inactive C comment +style65\color=9482384 +style65\eolfill=false +style65\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style65\paper=16777215 +style66=Inactive C++ comment +style66\color=9482384 +style66\eolfill=false +style66\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style66\paper=16777215 +style67=Inactive JavaDoc style C comment +style67\color=13684944 +style67\eolfill=false +style67\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style67\paper=16777215 +style68=Inactive number +style68\color=9482384 +style68\eolfill=false +style68\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style68\paper=16777215 +style69=Inactive keyword +style69\color=9474224 +style69\eolfill=false +style69\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style69\paper=16777215 +style70=Inactive double-quoted string +style70\color=11571376 +style70\eolfill=false +style70\font=Courier New, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style70\paper=16777215 +style71=Inactive single-quoted string +style71\color=11571376 +style71\eolfill=false +style71\font=Courier New, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style71\paper=16777215 +style72=Inactive IDL UUID +style72\color=12632256 +style72\eolfill=false +style72\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style72\paper=16777215 +style73=Inactive pre-processor block +style73\color=11579536 +style73\eolfill=false +style73\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style73\paper=16777215 +style74=Inactive operator +style74\color=11579568 +style74\eolfill=false +style74\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style74\paper=16777215 +style75=Inactive identifier +style75\color=11579568 +style75\eolfill=false +style75\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style75\paper=16777215 +style76=Inactive unclosed string +style76\color=0 +style76\eolfill=true +style76\font=Courier New, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style76\paper=14729440 +style79=Inactive JavaDoc style C++ comment +style79\color=12632256 +style79\eolfill=false +style79\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style79\paper=16777215 +style80=Inactive secondary keywords and identifiers +style80\color=12632256 +style80\eolfill=false +style80\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style80\paper=16777215 +style81=Inactive JavaDoc keyword +style81\color=12632256 +style81\eolfill=false +style81\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style81\paper=16777215 +style82=Inactive JavaDoc keyword error +style82\color=12632256 +style82\eolfill=false +style82\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style82\paper=16777215 +style83=Inactive global classes and typedefs +style83\color=11579568 +style83\eolfill=false +style83\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style83\paper=16777215 + +[D] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Block comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style10=String +style10\color=8323199 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Unclosed string +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=true +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=14729440 +style12=Character +style12\color=8323199 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Operator +style13\color=0 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777215 +style14=Identifier +style14\color=0 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16777215 +style15=DDoc style line comment +style15\color=4157503 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16777215 +style16=DDoc keyword +style16\color=3170464 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=16777215 +style17=DDoc keyword error +style17\color=8405024 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16777215 +style2=Line comment +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=DDoc style block comment +style3\color=4157503 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Nesting comment +style4\color=10535072 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Number +style5\color=32639 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Keyword +style6\color=127 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Secondary keyword +style7\color=127 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Documentation keyword +style8\color=127 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=Type definition +style9\color=127 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 + +[Diff] +style0=Default +style0\color=0 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=Command +style2\color=8355584 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Header +style3\color=8323072 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Position +style4\color=8323199 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Removed line +style5\color=32639 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Added line +style6\color=127 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Changed line +style7\color=8355711 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 + +[HTML] +style0=HTML default +style0\color=0 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Tag +style1\color=128 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style10=Entity +style10\color=8388736 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style100=Python function or method name +style100\color=32639 +style100\eolfill=true +style100\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style100\paper=15728623 +style101=Python operator +style101\color=0 +style101\eolfill=true +style101\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style101\paper=15728623 +style102=Python identifier +style102\color=0 +style102\eolfill=true +style102\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style102\paper=15728623 +style105=Start of an ASP Python fragment +style105\color=8421504 +style105\eolfill=false +style105\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style105\paper=16777215 +style106=ASP Python default +style106\color=8421504 +style106\eolfill=true +style106\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style106\paper=13627343 +style107=ASP Python comment +style107\color=32512 +style107\eolfill=true +style107\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style107\paper=13627343 +style108=ASP Python number +style108\color=32639 +style108\eolfill=true +style108\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style108\paper=13627343 +style109=ASP Python double-quoted string +style109\color=8323199 +style109\eolfill=true +style109\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style109\paper=13627343 +style11=End of a tag +style11\color=128 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style110=ASP Python single-quoted string +style110\color=8323199 +style110\eolfill=true +style110\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style110\paper=13627343 +style111=ASP Python keyword +style111\color=127 +style111\eolfill=true +style111\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style111\paper=13627343 +style112=ASP Python triple single-quoted string +style112\color=8323072 +style112\eolfill=true +style112\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style112\paper=13627343 +style113=ASP Python triple double-quoted string +style113\color=8323072 +style113\eolfill=true +style113\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style113\paper=13627343 +style114=ASP Python class name +style114\color=255 +style114\eolfill=true +style114\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style114\paper=13627343 +style115=ASP Python function or method name +style115\color=32639 +style115\eolfill=true +style115\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style115\paper=13627343 +style116=ASP Python operator +style116\color=0 +style116\eolfill=true +style116\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style116\paper=13627343 +style117=ASP Python identifier +style117\color=0 +style117\eolfill=true +style117\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style117\paper=13627343 +style118=PHP default +style118\color=51 +style118\eolfill=true +style118\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style118\paper=16775416 +style119=PHP double-quoted string +style119\color=32512 +style119\eolfill=false +style119\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style119\paper=16775416 +style12=Start of an XML fragment +style12\color=255 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style120=PHP single-quoted string +style120\color=40704 +style120\eolfill=false +style120\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style120\paper=16775416 +style121=PHP keyword +style121\color=8323199 +style121\eolfill=false +style121\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 +style121\paper=16775416 +style122=PHP number +style122\color=13408512 +style122\eolfill=false +style122\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style122\paper=16775416 +style123=PHP variable +style123\color=127 +style123\eolfill=false +style123\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 +style123\paper=16775416 +style124=PHP comment +style124\color=10066329 +style124\eolfill=false +style124\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style124\paper=16775416 +style125=PHP line comment +style125\color=6710886 +style125\eolfill=false +style125\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 +style125\paper=16775416 +style126=PHP double-quoted variable +style126\color=127 +style126\eolfill=false +style126\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 +style126\paper=16775416 +style127=PHP operator +style127\color=0 +style127\eolfill=false +style127\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style127\paper=16775416 +style13=End of an XML fragment +style13\color=255 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777215 +style14=Script tag +style14\color=128 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16777215 +style15=Start of an ASP fragment with @ +style15\color=0 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16776960 +style16=Start of an ASP fragment +style16\color=0 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=16768768 +style17=CDATA +style17\color=0 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16768768 +style18=Start of a PHP fragment +style18\color=255 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=16773055 +style19=Unquoted HTML value +style19\color=16711935 +style19\eolfill=false +style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style19\paper=16773119 +style2=Unknown tag +style2\color=16711680 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style20=ASP X-Code comment +style20\color=0 +style20\eolfill=false +style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style20\paper=16777215 +style21=SGML default +style21\color=128 +style21\eolfill=false +style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style21\paper=15724543 +style22=SGML command +style22\color=128 +style22\eolfill=false +style22\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style22\paper=15724543 +style23=First parameter of an SGML command +style23\color=26112 +style23\eolfill=false +style23\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style23\paper=15724543 +style24=SGML double-quoted string +style24\color=8388608 +style24\eolfill=false +style24\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style24\paper=15724543 +style25=SGML single-quoted string +style25\color=10040064 +style25\eolfill=false +style25\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style25\paper=15724543 +style26=SGML error +style26\color=8388608 +style26\eolfill=false +style26\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style26\paper=16737894 +style27=SGML special entity +style27\color=3368703 +style27\eolfill=false +style27\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style27\paper=15724543 +style29=SGML comment +style29\color=8421376 +style29\eolfill=false +style29\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style29\paper=15724543 +style3=Attribute +style3\color=32896 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style30=First parameter comment of an SGML command +style30\color=0 +style30\eolfill=false +style30\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style30\paper=16777215 +style31=SGML block default +style31\color=102 +style31\eolfill=false +style31\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style31\paper=13421792 +style4=Unknown attribute +style4\color=16711680 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style40=Start of a JavaScript fragment +style40\color=8355584 +style40\eolfill=false +style40\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style40\paper=16777215 +style41=JavaScript default +style41\color=0 +style41\eolfill=true +style41\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style41\paper=15790335 +style42=JavaScript comment +style42\color=32512 +style42\eolfill=true +style42\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style42\paper=15790335 +style43=JavaScript line comment +style43\color=32512 +style43\eolfill=false +style43\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style43\paper=15790335 +style44=JavaDoc style JavaScript comment +style44\color=4157503 +style44\eolfill=true +style44\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style44\paper=15790335 +style45=JavaScript number +style45\color=32639 +style45\eolfill=false +style45\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style45\paper=15790335 +style46=JavaScript word +style46\color=0 +style46\eolfill=false +style46\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style46\paper=15790335 +style47=JavaScript keyword +style47\color=127 +style47\eolfill=false +style47\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style47\paper=15790335 +style48=JavaScript double-quoted string +style48\color=8323199 +style48\eolfill=false +style48\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style48\paper=15790335 +style49=JavaScript single-quoted string +style49\color=8323199 +style49\eolfill=false +style49\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style49\paper=15790335 +style5=HTML number +style5\color=32639 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style50=JavaScript symbol +style50\color=0 +style50\eolfill=false +style50\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style50\paper=15790335 +style51=JavaScript unclosed string +style51\color=0 +style51\eolfill=true +style51\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style51\paper=12565424 +style52=JavaScript regular expression +style52\color=0 +style52\eolfill=false +style52\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style52\paper=16759728 +style55=Start of an ASP JavaScript fragment +style55\color=8355584 +style55\eolfill=false +style55\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style55\paper=16777215 +style56=ASP JavaScript default +style56\color=0 +style56\eolfill=true +style56\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style56\paper=14671743 +style57=ASP JavaScript comment +style57\color=32512 +style57\eolfill=true +style57\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style57\paper=14671743 +style58=ASP JavaScript line comment +style58\color=32512 +style58\eolfill=false +style58\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style58\paper=14671743 +style59=JavaDoc style ASP JavaScript comment +style59\color=8355711 +style59\eolfill=true +style59\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style59\paper=14671743 +style6=HTML double-quoted string +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style60=ASP JavaScript number +style60\color=32639 +style60\eolfill=false +style60\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style60\paper=14671743 +style61=ASP JavaScript word +style61\color=0 +style61\eolfill=false +style61\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style61\paper=14671743 +style62=ASP JavaScript keyword +style62\color=127 +style62\eolfill=false +style62\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style62\paper=14671743 +style63=ASP JavaScript double-quoted string +style63\color=8323199 +style63\eolfill=false +style63\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style63\paper=14671743 +style64=ASP JavaScript single-quoted string +style64\color=8323199 +style64\eolfill=false +style64\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style64\paper=14671743 +style65=ASP JavaScript symbol +style65\color=0 +style65\eolfill=false +style65\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style65\paper=14671743 +style66=ASP JavaScript unclosed string +style66\color=0 +style66\eolfill=true +style66\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style66\paper=12565424 +style67=ASP JavaScript regular expression +style67\color=0 +style67\eolfill=false +style67\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style67\paper=16759728 +style7=HTML single-quoted string +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style70=Start of a VBScript fragment +style70\color=0 +style70\eolfill=false +style70\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style70\paper=16777215 +style71=VBScript default +style71\color=0 +style71\eolfill=true +style71\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style71\paper=15724543 +style72=VBScript comment +style72\color=32768 +style72\eolfill=true +style72\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style72\paper=15724543 +style73=VBScript number +style73\color=32896 +style73\eolfill=true +style73\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style73\paper=15724543 +style74=VBScript keyword +style74\color=128 +style74\eolfill=true +style74\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style74\paper=15724543 +style75=VBScript string +style75\color=8388736 +style75\eolfill=true +style75\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style75\paper=15724543 +style76=VBScript identifier +style76\color=128 +style76\eolfill=true +style76\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style76\paper=15724543 +style77=VBScript unclosed string +style77\color=128 +style77\eolfill=true +style77\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style77\paper=8355839 +style8=Other text in a tag +style8\color=8388736 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style80=Start of an ASP VBScript fragment +style80\color=0 +style80\eolfill=false +style80\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style80\paper=16777215 +style81=ASP VBScript default +style81\color=0 +style81\eolfill=true +style81\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style81\paper=13619183 +style82=ASP VBScript comment +style82\color=32768 +style82\eolfill=true +style82\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style82\paper=13619183 +style83=ASP VBScript number +style83\color=32896 +style83\eolfill=true +style83\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style83\paper=13619183 +style84=ASP VBScript keyword +style84\color=128 +style84\eolfill=true +style84\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style84\paper=13619183 +style85=ASP VBScript string +style85\color=8388736 +style85\eolfill=true +style85\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style85\paper=13619183 +style86=ASP VBScript identifier +style86\color=128 +style86\eolfill=true +style86\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style86\paper=13619183 +style87=ASP VBScript unclosed string +style87\color=128 +style87\eolfill=true +style87\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style87\paper=8355839 +style9=HTML comment +style9\color=8421376 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style90=Start of a Python fragment +style90\color=8421504 +style90\eolfill=false +style90\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style90\paper=16777215 +style91=Python default +style91\color=8421504 +style91\eolfill=true +style91\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style91\paper=15728623 +style92=Python comment +style92\color=32512 +style92\eolfill=true +style92\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style92\paper=15728623 +style93=Python number +style93\color=32639 +style93\eolfill=true +style93\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style93\paper=15728623 +style94=Python double-quoted string +style94\color=8323199 +style94\eolfill=true +style94\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style94\paper=15728623 +style95=Python single-quoted string +style95\color=8323199 +style95\eolfill=true +style95\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style95\paper=15728623 +style96=Python keyword +style96\color=127 +style96\eolfill=true +style96\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style96\paper=15728623 +style97=Python triple single-quoted string +style97\color=8323072 +style97\eolfill=true +style97\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style97\paper=15728623 +style98=Python triple double-quoted string +style98\color=8323072 +style98\eolfill=true +style98\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style98\paper=15728623 +style99=Python class name +style99\color=255 +style99\eolfill=true +style99\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style99\paper=15728623 + +[IDL] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=C comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style10=Operator +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Identifier +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Unclosed string +style12\color=0 +style12\eolfill=true +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=14729440 +style15=JavaDoc style C++ comment +style15\color=4157503 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16777215 +style16=Secondary keywords and identifiers +style16\color=0 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=16777215 +style17=JavaDoc keyword +style17\color=3170464 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16777215 +style18=JavaDoc keyword error +style18\color=8405024 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=16777215 +style19=Global classes and typedefs +style19\color=0 +style19\eolfill=false +style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style19\paper=16777215 +style2=C++ comment +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=JavaDoc style C comment +style3\color=4157503 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Number +style4\color=32639 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Keyword +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Double-quoted string +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Single-quoted string +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=UUID +style8\color=8405120 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=Pre-processor block +style9\color=8355584 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 + +[Java] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=C comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style10=Operator +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Identifier +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Unclosed string +style12\color=0 +style12\eolfill=true +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=14729440 +style15=JavaDoc style C++ comment +style15\color=4157503 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16777215 +style16=Secondary keywords and identifiers +style16\color=0 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=16777215 +style17=JavaDoc keyword +style17\color=3170464 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16777215 +style18=JavaDoc keyword error +style18\color=8405024 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=16777215 +style19=Global classes and typedefs +style19\color=0 +style19\eolfill=false +style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style19\paper=16777215 +style2=C++ comment +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=JavaDoc style C comment +style3\color=4157503 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Number +style4\color=32639 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Keyword +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Double-quoted string +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Single-quoted string +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style9=Pre-processor block +style9\color=8355584 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style8=IDL UUID +style8\color=0 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 + +[JavaScript] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=C comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style10=Operator +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Identifier +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Unclosed string +style12\color=0 +style12\eolfill=true +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style14=Regular expression +style14\color=4161343 +style14\eolfill=true +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=14741759 +style15=JavaDoc style C++ comment +style15\color=4157503 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16777215 +style16=Secondary keywords and identifiers +style16\color=0 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=16777215 +style17=JavaDoc keyword +style17\color=3170464 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16777215 +style18=JavaDoc keyword error +style18\color=8405024 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=16777215 +style19=Global classes and typedefs +style19\color=0 +style19\eolfill=false +style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style19\paper=16777215 +style2=C++ comment +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=JavaDoc style C comment +style3\color=4157503 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Number +style4\color=32639 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Keyword +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Double-quoted string +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Single-quoted string +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style9=Pre-processor block +style9\color=8355584 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style8=IDL UUID +style8\color=0 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 + +[Lua] +style0=Default +style0\color=0 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=true +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=13693168 +style10=Operator +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Identifier +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Unclosed string +style12\color=0 +style12\eolfill=true +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=14729440 +style13=Basic functions +style13\color=127 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=13696976 +style14="String, table and maths functions" +style14\color=127 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=13684991 +style15="Coroutines, i/o and system facilities" +style15\color=127 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16765136 +style2=Line comment +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style4=Number +style4\color=32639 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Keyword +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=String +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Character +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Literal string +style8\color=8323199 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=14745599 +style9=Preprocessor +style9\color=8355584 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 + +[Makefile] +style0=Default +style0\color=0 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=Preprocessor +style2\color=8355584 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Variable +style3\color=128 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Operator +style4\color=0 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Target +style5\color=10485760 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style9=Error +style9\color=16776960 +style9\eolfill=true +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16711680 + +[POV] +style0=Default +style0\color=16711808 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style10="Objects, CSG and appearance" +style10\color=127 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16765136 +style11="Types, modifiers and items" +style11\color=127 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777168 +style12=Predefined identifiers +style12\color=127 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Predefined functions +style13\color=127 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=13684991 +style14=User defined 1 +style14\color=127 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=13696976 +style15=User defined 2 +style15\color=127 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=13684944 +style16=User defined 3 +style16\color=127 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=14737632 +style2=Comment line +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Number +style3\color=32639 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Operator +style4\color=0 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Identifier +style5\color=0 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=String +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Unclosed string +style7\color=0 +style7\eolfill=true +style7\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style7\paper=14729440 +style8=Directive +style8\color=8355584 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=Bad directive +style9\color=8405024 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 + +[Perl] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Error +style1\color=16776960 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16711680 +style10=Operator +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Identifier +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Scalar +style12\color=0 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16769248 +style13=Array +style13\color=0 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777184 +style14=Hash +style14\color=0 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16769279 +style15=Symbol table +style15\color=0 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=14737632 +style17=Regular expression +style17\color=0 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=10551200 +style18=Substitution +style18\color=0 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=15786112 +style2=Comment +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style20=Backticks +style20\color=16776960 +style20\eolfill=false +style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style20\paper=10518656 +style21=Data section +style21\color=6291456 +style21\eolfill=true +style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style21\paper=16773336 +style22=Here document delimiter +style22\color=0 +style22\eolfill=false +style22\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style22\paper=14536925 +style23=Single-quoted here document +style23\color=8323199 +style23\eolfill=true +style23\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style23\paper=14536925 +style24=Double-quoted here document +style24\color=8323199 +style24\eolfill=true +style24\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style24\paper=14536925 +style25=Backtick here document +style25\color=8323199 +style25\eolfill=true +style25\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 +style25\paper=14536925 +style26=Quoted string (q) +style26\color=8323199 +style26\eolfill=false +style26\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style26\paper=16777215 +style27=Quoted string (qq) +style27\color=8323199 +style27\eolfill=false +style27\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style27\paper=16777215 +style28=Quoted string (qx) +style28\color=16776960 +style28\eolfill=false +style28\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style28\paper=16777215 +style29=Quoted string (qr) +style29\color=0 +style29\eolfill=false +style29\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style29\paper=16777215 +style3=POD +style3\color=16384 +style3\eolfill=true +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=14745568 +style30=Quoted string (qw) +style30\color=0 +style30\eolfill=false +style30\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style30\paper=16777215 +style31=POD verbatim +style31\color=16384 +style31\eolfill=true +style31\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style31\paper=12648384 +style4=Number +style4\color=32639 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style40=Subroutine prototype +style40\color=0 +style40\eolfill=false +style40\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 +style40\paper=16777215 +style41=Format identifier +style41\color=12583104 +style41\eolfill=false +style41\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style41\paper=16777215 +style42=Format body +style42\color=12583104 +style42\eolfill=true +style42\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style42\paper=16773375 +style5=Keyword +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Double-quoted string +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Single-quoted string +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 + +[Properties] +style0=Default +style0\color=0 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32639 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=Section +style2\color=8323199 +style2\eolfill=true +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=14741744 +style3=Assignment +style3\color=11558912 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Default value +style4\color=8355584 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 + +[Python] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style10=Operator +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Identifier +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Comment block +style12\color=8355711 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Unclosed string +style13\color=0 +style13\eolfill=true +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=14729440 +style14=Highlighted identifier +style14\color=4223120 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16777215 +style15=Decorator +style15\color=8409088 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16777215 +style2=Number +style2\color=32639 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Double-quoted string +style3\color=8323199 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Single-quoted string +style4\color=8323199 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Keyword +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Triple single-quoted string +style6\color=8323072 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Triple double-quoted string +style7\color=8323072 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Class name +style8\color=255 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=Function or method name +style9\color=32639 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 + +[Ruby] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Error +style1\color=0 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16711680 +style10=Operator +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Identifier +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Regular expression +style12\color=0 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=10551200 +style13=Global +style13\color=8388736 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777215 +style14=Symbol +style14\color=12623920 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16777215 +style15=Module name +style15\color=10485920 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16777215 +style16=Instance variable +style16\color=11534464 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=16777215 +style17=Class variable +style17\color=8388784 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16777215 +style18=Backticks +style18\color=16776960 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=10518656 +style19=Data section +style19\color=6291456 +style19\eolfill=true +style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style19\paper=16773336 +style2=Comment +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style20=Here document delimiter +style20\color=0 +style20\eolfill=false +style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style20\paper=14536925 +style21=Here document +style21\color=8323199 +style21\eolfill=true +style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style21\paper=14536925 +style24=%q string +style24\color=8323199 +style24\eolfill=false +style24\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style24\paper=16777215 +style25=%Q string +style25\color=8323199 +style25\eolfill=false +style25\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style25\paper=16777215 +style26=%x string +style26\color=16776960 +style26\eolfill=false +style26\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style26\paper=10518656 +style27=%r string +style27\color=0 +style27\eolfill=false +style27\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style27\paper=10551200 +style28=%w string +style28\color=0 +style28\eolfill=false +style28\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style28\paper=16777184 +style29=Demoted keyword +style29\color=127 +style29\eolfill=false +style29\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style29\paper=16777215 +style3=POD +style3\color=16384 +style3\eolfill=true +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=12648384 +style30=stdin +style30\color=0 +style30\eolfill=false +style30\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style30\paper=16744576 +style31=stdout +style31\color=0 +style31\eolfill=false +style31\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style31\paper=16744576 +style4=Number +style4\color=32639 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style40=stderr +style40\color=0 +style40\eolfill=false +style40\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style40\paper=16744576 +style5=Keyword +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Double-quoted string +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Single-quoted string +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Class name +style8\color=255 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=Function or method name +style9\color=32639 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 + +[SQL] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style10=Operator +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Identifier +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style13=SQL*Plus comment +style13\color=32512 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777215 +style15=# comment line +style15\color=32512 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16777215 +style17=JavaDoc keyword +style17\color=3170464 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16777215 +style18=JavaDoc keyword error +style18\color=8405024 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=16777215 +style19=User defined 1 +style19\color=4915330 +style19\eolfill=false +style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style19\paper=16777215 +style2=Comment line +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style20=User defined 2 +style20\color=11534400 +style20\eolfill=false +style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style20\paper=16777215 +style21=User defined 3 +style21\color=9109504 +style21\eolfill=false +style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style21\paper=16777215 +style22=User defined 4 +style22\color=8388736 +style22\eolfill=false +style22\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style22\paper=16777215 +style3=JavaDoc style comment +style3\color=8355711 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Number +style4\color=32639 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Keyword +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Double-quoted string +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Single-quoted string +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=SQL*Plus keyword +style8\color=8355584 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=SQL*Plus prompt +style9\color=32512 +style9\eolfill=true +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=14745568 + +[TeX] +style0=Default +style0\color=4144959 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Special +style1\color=32639 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=Group +style2\color=8323072 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Symbol +style3\color=8355584 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Command +style4\color=32512 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Text +style5\color=0 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 + +[XML] +style0=HTML default +style0\color=0 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Tag +style1\color=128 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=Unknown tag +style2\color=128 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Attribute +style3\color=32896 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Unknown attribute +style4\color=32896 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=HTML number +style5\color=32639 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=HTML double-quoted string +style6\color=8323199 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=HTML single-quoted string +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Other text in a tag +style8\color=8388736 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=HTML comment +style9\color=8421376 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style10=Entity +style10\color=8388736 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=End of a tag +style11\color=128 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Start of an XML fragment +style12\color=8388736 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=End of an XML fragment +style13\color=8388736 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777215 +style14=Script tag +style14\color=0 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16777215 +style15=Start of an ASP fragment with @ +style15\color=0 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16777215 +style16=Start of an ASP fragment +style16\color=0 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=16777215 +style17=CDATA +style17\color=8388608 +style17\eolfill=true +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16773360 +style18=Start of a PHP fragment +style18\color=8388608 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=16777215 +style19=Unquoted HTML value +style19\color=6324320 +style19\eolfill=false +style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style19\paper=16777215 +style20=ASP X-Code comment +style20\color=0 +style20\eolfill=false +style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style20\paper=16777215 +style21=SGML default +style21\color=128 +style21\eolfill=false +style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style21\paper=15724543 +style22=SGML command +style22\color=128 +style22\eolfill=false +style22\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style22\paper=15724543 +style23=First parameter of an SGML command +style23\color=26112 +style23\eolfill=false +style23\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style23\paper=15724543 +style24=SGML double-quoted string +style24\color=8388608 +style24\eolfill=false +style24\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style24\paper=15724543 +style25=SGML single-quoted string +style25\color=10040064 +style25\eolfill=false +style25\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style25\paper=15724543 +style26=SGML error +style26\color=8388608 +style26\eolfill=false +style26\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style26\paper=16737894 +style27=SGML special entity +style27\color=3368703 +style27\eolfill=false +style27\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style27\paper=15724543 +style29=SGML comment +style29\color=8421376 +style29\eolfill=false +style29\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style29\paper=15724543 +style30=First parameter comment of an SGML command +style30\color=0 +style30\eolfill=false +style30\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style30\paper=16777215 +style31=SGML block default +style31\color=102 +style31\eolfill=false +style31\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style31\paper=13421792 +style40=Start of a JavaScript fragment +style40\color=0 +style40\eolfill=false +style40\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style40\paper=16777215 +style41=JavaScript default +style41\color=0 +style41\eolfill=false +style41\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style41\paper=16777215 +style42=JavaScript comment +style42\color=0 +style42\eolfill=false +style42\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style42\paper=16777215 +style43=JavaScript line comment +style43\color=0 +style43\eolfill=false +style43\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style43\paper=16777215 +style44=JavaDoc style JavaScript comment +style44\color=0 +style44\eolfill=false +style44\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style44\paper=16777215 +style45=JavaScript number +style45\color=0 +style45\eolfill=false +style45\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style45\paper=16777215 +style46=JavaScript word +style46\color=0 +style46\eolfill=false +style46\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style46\paper=16777215 +style47=JavaScript keyword +style47\color=0 +style47\eolfill=false +style47\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style47\paper=16777215 +style48=JavaScript double-quoted string +style48\color=0 +style48\eolfill=false +style48\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style48\paper=16777215 +style49=JavaScript single-quoted string +style49\color=0 +style49\eolfill=false +style49\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style49\paper=16777215 +style50=JavaScript symbol +style50\color=0 +style50\eolfill=false +style50\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style50\paper=16777215 +style51=JavaScript unclosed string +style51\color=0 +style51\eolfill=false +style51\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style51\paper=16777215 +style52=JavaScript regular expression +style52\color=0 +style52\eolfill=false +style52\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style52\paper=16777215 +style55=Start of an ASP JavaScript fragment +style55\color=0 +style55\eolfill=false +style55\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style55\paper=16777215 +style56=ASP JavaScript default +style56\color=0 +style56\eolfill=false +style56\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style56\paper=16777215 +style57=ASP JavaScript comment +style57\color=0 +style57\eolfill=false +style57\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style57\paper=16777215 +style58=ASP JavaScript line comment +style58\color=0 +style58\eolfill=false +style58\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style58\paper=16777215 +style59=JavaDoc style ASP JavaScript comment +style59\color=0 +style59\eolfill=false +style59\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style59\paper=16777215 +style60=ASP JavaScript number +style60\color=0 +style60\eolfill=false +style60\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style60\paper=16777215 +style61=ASP JavaScript word +style61\color=0 +style61\eolfill=false +style61\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style61\paper=16777215 +style62=ASP JavaScript keyword +style62\color=0 +style62\eolfill=false +style62\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style62\paper=16777215 +style63=ASP JavaScript double-quoted string +style63\color=0 +style63\eolfill=false +style63\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style63\paper=16777215 +style64=ASP JavaScript single-quoted string +style64\color=0 +style64\eolfill=false +style64\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style64\paper=16777215 +style65=ASP JavaScript symbol +style65\color=0 +style65\eolfill=false +style65\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style65\paper=16777215 +style66=ASP JavaScript unclosed string +style66\color=0 +style66\eolfill=false +style66\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style66\paper=16777215 +style67=ASP JavaScript regular expression +style67\color=0 +style67\eolfill=false +style67\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style67\paper=16777215 +style70=Start of a VBScript fragment +style70\color=0 +style70\eolfill=false +style70\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style70\paper=16777215 +style71=VBScript default +style71\color=0 +style71\eolfill=false +style71\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style71\paper=16777215 +style72=VBScript comment +style72\color=0 +style72\eolfill=false +style72\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style72\paper=16777215 +style73=VBScript number +style73\color=0 +style73\eolfill=false +style73\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style73\paper=16777215 +style74=VBScript keyword +style74\color=0 +style74\eolfill=false +style74\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style74\paper=16777215 +style75=VBScript string +style75\color=0 +style75\eolfill=false +style75\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style75\paper=16777215 +style76=VBScript identifier +style76\color=0 +style76\eolfill=false +style76\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style76\paper=16777215 +style77=VBScript unclosed string +style77\color=0 +style77\eolfill=false +style77\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style77\paper=16777215 +style80=Start of an ASP VBScript fragment +style80\color=0 +style80\eolfill=false +style80\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style80\paper=16777215 +style81=ASP VBScript default +style81\color=0 +style81\eolfill=false +style81\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style81\paper=16777215 +style82=ASP VBScript comment +style82\color=0 +style82\eolfill=false +style82\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style82\paper=16777215 +style83=ASP VBScript number +style83\color=0 +style83\eolfill=false +style83\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style83\paper=16777215 +style84=ASP VBScript keyword +style84\color=0 +style84\eolfill=false +style84\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style84\paper=16777215 +style85=ASP VBScript string +style85\color=0 +style85\eolfill=false +style85\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style85\paper=16777215 +style86=ASP VBScript identifier +style86\color=0 +style86\eolfill=false +style86\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style86\paper=16777215 +style87=ASP VBScript unclosed string +style87\color=0 +style87\eolfill=false +style87\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style87\paper=16777215 +style90=Start of a Python fragment +style90\color=0 +style90\eolfill=false +style90\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style90\paper=16777215 +style91=Python default +style91\color=0 +style91\eolfill=false +style91\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style91\paper=16777215 +style92=Python comment +style92\color=0 +style92\eolfill=false +style92\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style92\paper=16777215 +style93=Python number +style93\color=0 +style93\eolfill=false +style93\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style93\paper=16777215 +style94=Python double-quoted string +style94\color=0 +style94\eolfill=false +style94\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style94\paper=16777215 +style95=Python single-quoted string +style95\color=0 +style95\eolfill=false +style95\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style95\paper=16777215 +style96=Python keyword +style96\color=0 +style96\eolfill=false +style96\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style96\paper=16777215 +style97=Python triple single-quoted string +style97\color=0 +style97\eolfill=false +style97\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style97\paper=16777215 +style98=Python triple double-quoted string +style98\color=0 +style98\eolfill=false +style98\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style98\paper=16777215 +style99=Python class name +style99\color=0 +style99\eolfill=false +style99\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style99\paper=16777215 +style100=Python function or method name +style100\color=0 +style100\eolfill=false +style100\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style100\paper=16777215 +style101=Python operator +style101\color=0 +style101\eolfill=false +style101\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style101\paper=16777215 +style102=Python identifier +style102\color=0 +style102\eolfill=false +style102\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style102\paper=16777215 +style105=Start of an ASP Python fragment +style105\color=0 +style105\eolfill=false +style105\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style105\paper=16777215 +style106=ASP Python default +style106\color=0 +style106\eolfill=false +style106\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style106\paper=16777215 +style107=ASP Python comment +style107\color=0 +style107\eolfill=false +style107\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style107\paper=16777215 +style108=ASP Python number +style108\color=0 +style108\eolfill=false +style108\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style108\paper=16777215 +style109=ASP Python double-quoted string +style109\color=0 +style109\eolfill=false +style109\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style109\paper=16777215 +style110=ASP Python single-quoted string +style110\color=0 +style110\eolfill=false +style110\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style110\paper=16777215 +style111=ASP Python keyword +style111\color=0 +style111\eolfill=false +style111\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style111\paper=16777215 +style112=ASP Python triple single-quoted string +style112\color=0 +style112\eolfill=false +style112\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style112\paper=16777215 +style113=ASP Python triple double-quoted string +style113\color=0 +style113\eolfill=false +style113\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style113\paper=16777215 +style114=ASP Python class name +style114\color=0 +style114\eolfill=false +style114\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style114\paper=16777215 +style115=ASP Python function or method name +style115\color=0 +style115\eolfill=false +style115\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style115\paper=16777215 +style116=ASP Python operator +style116\color=0 +style116\eolfill=false +style116\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style116\paper=16777215 +style117=ASP Python identifier +style117\color=0 +style117\eolfill=false +style117\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style117\paper=16777215 +style118=PHP default +style118\color=0 +style118\eolfill=false +style118\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style118\paper=16777215 +style119=PHP double-quoted string +style119\color=0 +style119\eolfill=false +style119\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style119\paper=16777215 +style120=PHP single-quoted string +style120\color=0 +style120\eolfill=false +style120\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style120\paper=16777215 +style121=PHP keyword +style121\color=0 +style121\eolfill=false +style121\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style121\paper=16777215 +style122=PHP number +style122\color=0 +style122\eolfill=false +style122\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style122\paper=16777215 +style123=PHP variable +style123\color=0 +style123\eolfill=false +style123\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style123\paper=16777215 +style124=PHP comment +style124\color=0 +style124\eolfill=false +style124\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style124\paper=16777215 +style125=PHP line comment +style125\color=0 +style125\eolfill=false +style125\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style125\paper=16777215 +style126=PHP double-quoted variable +style126\color=0 +style126\eolfill=false +style126\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style126\paper=16777215 +style127=PHP operator +style127\color=0 +style127\eolfill=false +style127\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style127\paper=16777215 + +[CMake] +style0=Default +style0\color=0 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=String +style2\color=8323199 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=15658734 +style3=Left quoted string +style3\color=8323199 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=15658734 +style4=Right quoted string +style4\color=8323199 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=15658734 +style5=Function +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Variable +style6\color=8388608 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Label +style7\color=13382400 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=User defined +style8\color=0 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=WHILE block +style9\color=127 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style10=FOREACH block +style10\color=127 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=IF block +style11\color=127 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=MACRO block +style12\color=127 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Variable within a string +style13\color=13382400 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=15658734 +style14=Number +style14\color=32639 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16777215 + +[Fortran] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=Number +style2\color=32639 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Single-quoted string +style3\color=8323199 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Double-quoted string +style4\color=8323199 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Unclosed string +style5\color=0 +style5\eolfill=true +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=14729440 +style6=Operator +style6\color=0 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Identifier +style7\color=0 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Keyword +style8\color=127 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=Intrinsic function +style9\color=11534400 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style10=Extended function +style10\color=11550848 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Pre-processor block +style11\color=8355584 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Dotted operator +style12\color=0 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Label +style13\color=14729440 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777215 +style14=Continuation +style14\color=0 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=15786112 + +[Fortran77] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=Number +style2\color=32639 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Single-quoted string +style3\color=8323199 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Double-quoted string +style4\color=8323199 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Unclosed string +style5\color=0 +style5\eolfill=true +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=14729440 +style6=Operator +style6\color=0 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Identifier +style7\color=0 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Keyword +style8\color=127 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=Intrinsic function +style9\color=11534400 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style10=Extended function +style10\color=11550848 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Pre-processor block +style11\color=8355584 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Dotted operator +style12\color=0 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Label +style13\color=14729440 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777215 +style14=Continuation +style14\color=0 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=15786112 + +[Pascal] +style0=Default +style0\color=0 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Identifier +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2='{ ... }' style comment +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3='(* ... *)' style comment +style3\color=8355711 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Line comment +style4\color=32639 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5='{$ ... }' style pre-processor block +style5\color=127 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style7=Number +style7\color=8323199 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style9=Keyword +style9\color=8355584 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style10=Single-quoted string +style10\color=0 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Unclosed string +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style14=Inline asm +style14\color=32896 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16777215 +style6='(*$ ... *)' style pre-processor block +style6\color=8355584 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style8=Hexadecimal number +style8\color=32639 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style12=Character +style12\color=8323199 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Operator +style13\color=0 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777215 + +[PostScript] +style0=Default +style0\color=0 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=DSC comment +style2\color=4157503 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=DSC comment value +style3\color=3170464 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Number +style4\color=32639 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Name +style5\color=0 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Keyword +style6\color=127 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Literal +style7\color=8355584 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Immediately evaluated literal +style8\color=8355584 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=Array parenthesis +style9\color=127 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style10=Dictionary parenthesis +style10\color=3170464 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Procedure parenthesis +style11\color=0 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Text +style12\color=8323199 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Hexadecimal string +style13\color=4161343 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777215 +style14=Base85 string +style14\color=8323199 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16777215 +style15=Bad string character +style15\color=16776960 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16711680 + +[VHDL] +style0=Default +style0\color=8388736 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=Comment line +style2\color=4161343 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Number +style3\color=32639 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=String +style4\color=8323199 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Operator +style5\color=0 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Identifier +style6\color=0 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Unclosed string +style7\color=0 +style7\eolfill=true +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=14729440 +style8=Keyword +style8\color=127 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=16777215 +style9=Standard operator +style9\color=32639 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style10=Attribute +style10\color=8405024 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Standard function +style11\color=8421408 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777215 +style12=Standard package +style12\color=2129952 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Standard type +style13\color=2130048 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style13\paper=16777215 +style14=User defined +style14\color=8405024 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16777215 + +[YAML] +style0=Default +style0\color=0 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=34816 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=16777215 +style2=Identifier +style2\color=136 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Keyword +style3\color=8913032 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Number +style4\color=8912896 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16777215 +style5=Reference +style5\color=34952 +style5\eolfill=false +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16777215 +style6=Document delimiter +style6\color=16777215 +style6\eolfill=true +style6\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style6\paper=136 +style7=Text block marker +style7\color=3355494 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Syntax error marker +style8\color=16777215 +style8\eolfill=true +style8\font=Courier, 10, 1, 1, 0 +style8\paper=16711680 +style9=Operator +style9\color=0 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 + +[TCL] +style0=Default +style0\color=8421504 +style0\eolfill=false +style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style0\paper=16777215 +style1=Comment +style1\color=32512 +style1\eolfill=false +style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style1\paper=15794144 +style2=Comment line +style2\color=32512 +style2\eolfill=false +style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style2\paper=16777215 +style3=Number +style3\color=32639 +style3\eolfill=false +style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style3\paper=16777215 +style4=Quoted keyword +style4\color=8323199 +style4\eolfill=false +style4\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style4\paper=16773360 +style5=Quoted string +style5\color=8323199 +style5\eolfill=true +style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style5\paper=16773360 +style6=Operator +style6\color=0 +style6\eolfill=false +style6\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style6\paper=16777215 +style7=Identifier +style7\color=127 +style7\eolfill=false +style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style7\paper=16777215 +style8=Substitution +style8\color=8355584 +style8\eolfill=false +style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style8\paper=15728624 +style9=Brace substitution +style9\color=8355584 +style9\eolfill=false +style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style9\paper=16777215 +style10=Modifier +style10\color=8323199 +style10\eolfill=false +style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style10\paper=16777215 +style11=Expand keyword +style11\color=127 +style11\eolfill=false +style11\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style11\paper=16777088 +style12=TCL keyword +style12\color=127 +style12\eolfill=false +style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style12\paper=16777215 +style13=Tk keyword +style13\color=127 +style13\eolfill=false +style13\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style13\paper=14745584 +style14=iTCL keyword +style14\color=127 +style14\eolfill=false +style14\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style14\paper=16773360 +style15=Tk command +style15\color=127 +style15\eolfill=false +style15\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 +style15\paper=16765136 +style16=User defined 1 +style16\color=127 +style16\eolfill=false +style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style16\paper=16777215 +style17=User defined 2 +style17\color=127 +style17\eolfill=false +style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style17\paper=16777215 +style18=User defined 3 +style18\color=127 +style18\eolfill=false +style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style18\paper=16777215 +style19=User defined 4 +style19\color=127 +style19\eolfill=false +style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style19\paper=16777215 +style20=Comment box +style20\color=32512 +style20\eolfill=true +style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style20\paper=15794160 +style21=Comment block +style21\color=0 +style21\eolfill=false +style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 +style21\paper=15794160 diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3be2799 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/changelog @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +universalindentgui (1.2.0-1.1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Non-maintainer upload. + * Update for new qscintilla2 library names (Closes: #885647) + + -- Scott Kitterman Thu, 04 Jan 2018 07:06:09 -0500 + +universalindentgui (1.2.0-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * Drop 02_fix_gcc_4.5_build.patch - merged upstream. + * Update debian/contol: + - bump debhelper to 9. + - bump Standards-Version to 3.9.3 (no changes needed). + + -- Fathi Boudra Tue, 22 May 2012 08:49:27 +0300 + +universalindentgui (1.1.0-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Add 02_fix_gcc_4.5_build.patch (Closes: #565043) + + -- Fathi Boudra Mon, 21 Feb 2011 12:21:21 +0200 + +universalindentgui (1.1.0-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * Update debian/control: + - Bump quilt and debhelper build-dependency versions. + - Bump Standards-Version to 3.8.3 (no changes needed). + * Convert debian/rules to dh usage. + * Rename debian/universalindentgui.lintian to + debian/universalindentgui.lintian-overrides for dh_lintian usage. + * Add debian/README.source file. + + -- Fathi Boudra Thu, 20 Aug 2009 13:41:45 +0200 + +universalindentgui (1.0.2-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release: + - The default editor font type is now Monospace instead of Courier. + (Closes: #483873) + * Add 01_disable_check_for_update.diff patch: + Automatic check for update is disabled by default. (Closes: #514999) + * Bump debian/compat to 7. + * Update debian/control: + - Set Thomas Schweitzer as maintainer and myself as uploader. + (Closes: #483068) + - Bump debhelper build-dependency to 7. + - Bump Standards-Version to 3.8.1. No changes needed. + - Update recommended beautifier list. + - Update description to list all supported beautifiers. + * Update debian/copyright: + - Add PerlTidy.pm and JsDecoder.js missing copyrights. + * Cleanup debian/rules. + + -- Fathi Boudra Wed, 29 Apr 2009 10:50:58 +0200 + +universalindentgui (0.8.1-1.2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Non-maintainer upload. + * Avoid symlink attacks by using mkdtemp (Closes: 504726) + + -- Eddy Petrișor Wed, 12 Nov 2008 01:34:23 +0200 + +universalindentgui (0.8.1-1.1) unstable; urgency=high + + * Non-maintainer upload. + * urgency high since universalindentgui is actually useless by default + (can be hacked to work by setting TMPDIR='/tmp/a') + * fixed temporary path asamblation so indents can work + (Closes: 486577) + + -- Eddy Petrișor Wed, 05 Nov 2008 03:51:48 +0200 + +universalindentgui (0.8.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release + * debian/rules: Do not delete perltidy as it's no longer shipped + * debian/rules: Cleanup extended + + -- Sebastian Pipping Wed, 02 April 2008 04:45:00 +0100 + +universalindentgui (0.8.0-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial release (Closes: #459671) + * Add man page missing in release archive (svn revision 603 plus fixes) + + -- Sebastian Pipping Tue, 08 Jan 2008 15:13:53 +0100 diff --git a/debian/compat b/debian/compat new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec63514 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/compat @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +9 diff --git a/debian/control b/debian/control new file mode 100644 index 0000000..95f6a35 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/control @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +Source: universalindentgui +Section: devel +Priority: optional +Maintainer: Thomas Schweitzer +Uploaders: Fathi Boudra +Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 9), libqscintilla2-qt4-dev, libqt4-dev +Standards-Version: 3.9.3 +Homepage: http://universalindent.sourceforge.net + +Package: universalindentgui +Architecture: any +Depends: ${misc:Depends}, ${shlibs:Depends} +Recommends: astyle, + bcpp, + csstidy, + hindent, + indent, + perltidy, + tidy, + uncrustify, + xmlindent +Description: GUI frontend for several code beautifiers + UniversalIndentGui is a GUI fontend for several code beautifiers, currently + supporting: + * Artistic Styler + * BCPP + * Cobol Beautify + * CSSTidy + * Fortran 90 PPR + * GNU Indent + * GreatCode + * hindent + * HTB + * Javascript Decoder + * JSPPP + * Perl Tidy + * PHP_Beautifier + * PHP Code Beautifier + * PHP Stylist + * pindent + * Ruby Beautify + * Ruby Formatter + * Shell Indent + * (HTML) Tidy + * Uncrustify + * XML Indent + . + UniversalIndentGui allows you to tune a beautifier's configuration and see + how the changes affects a source example live. It is especially useful to + compare different C/C++ beautifiers when you have to choose one of them. diff --git a/debian/copyright b/debian/copyright new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eaf269d --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/copyright @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +This package was debianized by: + + Fathi Boudra on Wed, 29 Apr 2009 10:50:58 +0200 + +It was downloaded from: + + http://universalindent.sourceforge.net + +Upstream Author: + + Thomas Schweitzer + +Copyright: + + Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Thomas Schweitzer + +Copyright for indenters/PerlTidyLib.pm file: + + Copyright (C) 2000-2007 Steve Hancock + + This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + +Copyright for indenters/JsDecoder.js file: + + Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Cezary Tomczak + + This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + +UniversalIndentGUI license: + + This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + published by the Free Software Foundation. + + This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this package; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + +On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General +Public License version 2 can be found in `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-2' +and the GPL version 3 can be found in `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-3'. + +The Debian packaging is: + + Copyright (C) 2009 Fathi Boudra + +and is licensed under the GPL version 2, +see `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-2'. diff --git a/debian/docs b/debian/docs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..233eccf --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/docs @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +CHANGELOG.txt +readme.html diff --git a/debian/menu b/debian/menu new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d787c08 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/menu @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +?package(universalindentgui): \ + needs="X11" \ + section="Applications/Programming" \ + title="UniversalIndentgui" \ + command="/usr/bin/universalindentgui" diff --git a/debian/patches/disable_check_for_update.patch b/debian/patches/disable_check_for_update.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26fe12e --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/patches/disable_check_for_update.patch @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +--- + src/UiGuiSettings.cpp | 2 +- + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) + +--- a/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp ++++ b/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp +@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ bool UiGuiSettings::initSettings() + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.indexOf( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", "").toString() ) ); + + // Read the update check settings from the settings file. +- _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", true) ); ++ _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", false) ); + _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", QDate(1900,1,1)) ); + + // Read the main window state. diff --git a/debian/patches/qsci_rename.patch b/debian/patches/qsci_rename.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54489c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/patches/qsci_rename.patch @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +--- universalindentgui-1.2.0.orig/UniversalIndentGUI.pro ++++ universalindentgui-1.2.0/UniversalIndentGUI.pro +@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ macx { + ICON = resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns + } + else { +- LIBS += -lqscintilla2 ++ LIBS += -lqscintilla2_qt4 + } + + CONFIG(release, debug|release) { +--- universalindentgui-1.2.0.orig/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj ++++ universalindentgui-1.2.0/UniversalIndentGUI.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj +@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ + ); + OTHER_LDFLAGS = ( + "-headerpad_max_install_names", +- "-lqscintilla2", ++ "-lqscintilla2_qt4", + "-L/opt/local/lib", + ); + OTHER_REZFLAGS = ""; +@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ + ); + OTHER_LDFLAGS = ( + "-headerpad_max_install_names", +- "-lqscintilla2", ++ "-lqscintilla2_qt4", + "-L/opt/local/lib", + ); + OTHER_REZFLAGS = ""; +@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ + ); + OTHER_LDFLAGS = ( + "-headerpad_max_install_names", +- "-lqscintilla2", ++ "-lqscintilla2_qt4", + "-L/opt/local/lib", + ); + OTHER_REZFLAGS = ""; diff --git a/debian/patches/series b/debian/patches/series new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b81d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/patches/series @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +disable_check_for_update.patch +qsci_rename.patch diff --git a/debian/rules b/debian/rules new file mode 100755 index 0000000..9c45c12 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/rules @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#!/usr/bin/make -f + +# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. +#export DH_VERBOSE=1 + +%: + dh $@ --parallel --buildsystem=qmake_qt4 + +override_dh_auto_install: + dh_auto_install + + # Remove shellindent + rm -f debian/universalindentgui/usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/example.sh + rm -f debian/universalindentgui/usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/shellindent.awk + rm -f debian/universalindentgui/usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/uigui_shellindent.ini + + # Fix lintian warnings/errors + find debian/universalindentgui/usr/share/universalindentgui -type f -exec chmod a-x '{}' \; + find debian/universalindentgui/usr/share/universalindentgui -type f -name '*.rb' | xargs chmod a+x diff --git a/debian/source/format b/debian/source/format new file mode 100644 index 0000000..163aaf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/source/format @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +3.0 (quilt) diff --git a/debian/universalindentgui.lintian-overrides b/debian/universalindentgui.lintian-overrides new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c9e325d --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/universalindentgui.lintian-overrides @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +# intended behavior. We don't want to depends on ruby. +ruby-script-but-no-ruby-dep usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/example.rb +ruby-script-but-no-ruby-dep usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/rbeautify.rb +ruby-script-but-no-ruby-dep usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters/ruby_formatter.rb diff --git a/doc/iniFileFormat.html b/doc/iniFileFormat.html new file mode 100755 index 0000000..0101833 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/iniFileFormat.html @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ + + + + + iniFileFormat + + +

+Fileformat of the UniversalIndentGUI indent description ini files
+=================================================================
+
+1. General
+----------
+The ini file has equal base format as common used ini files. It contains groups, which are written in brackets []. These groups can contain keys, to which a value can be assigned by the equal sign =.
+
+2. Ini file header
+------------------
+At the beginning of the ini file the header is located. It is named [header]. In the following a ini file header is shown:
+

+
+[header]
+categories=Predefined Style|Tab and Bracket|Indentation|Formatting
+cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
+configFilename=.astylerc
+fileTypes=*.cpp|*.c|*.h|*.hpp|*.cs|*.java
+indenterFileName=astyle
+indenterName=Artistic Style
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual="http://website.of.onlinemanual"
+outputFileName=indentinput
+outputFileParameter=none
+parameterOrder=ipo
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter="--options="
+version=1.21
+
+

+"categories" defines the categories, where each parameter can be assigned to. It is a list of strings, with each category name divied by a "|" from the other.
+
+"cfgFileParameterEnding" defines how each parameter setting in the indenters config file is seperated from the other. Possible values are "cr" for CarriageReturn or any other string (also space signs, which are normally used if parameters are only set via commandline).
+
+"configFilename" is the filename of the indenters default config file. It is used when the indenter is being called and might be explicit handed over as argument by setting the parameter "useCfgFileParameter". If "configFilename" is left empty, all parameters are set with the commandline call of the indenter. (As needed for csstidy and phpCB for example.)
+
+"fileTypes" is a list of fileendings used for the selection in the "open source file" file dialog.
+
+"indenterFileName" is the name of the indenters executable without any extension. Under linux it is tested, whether only a file with the extension ".exe" exists. If so, wine will be used to call the indenter.
+
+"indenterName" is the name of the indenter as it will be shown in UniversalIndentGUIs indenters selection. Theoretic it can be any string.
+
+"inputFileName" defines the file used as input file for the called indenter. It is a copy of the previous opened source code file.
+
+"inputFileParameter" sets the eventually needed parameter in front of "inputFileName" to tell the indenter and the command line call that the following string is the input file. If set to "none" no special output file will be set. +If set to "<" or "stdin" the to be formatted source code will be sent to the indenter using the standard input stdin.
+
+"manual" is a string that points to a website that hosts the indenters online manual.
+
+"outputFileName" the file name where the indenter writes its formatted source code to. Also the file UniversalIndentGUI reads after the indenter call to show it in the preview. Some times an indenter overwrites the content of the inputfile by default and creates a backup (as AStyle does). In this case "outputFileName" is equal to "inputFileName" but the parameter "outputFileParameter" has to be set to "none". No output file name will be selected for the indenter but UniversalIndentGUI knows where the output was written to.
+
+"outputFileParameter" same as for "inputFileParameter" with respect to the special case mentioned for "inputFileParameter" if the input file will be overwritten. If the indenter only writes to standard output (stdout) this value has to be set to "stdout" (see uigui_phpCB.ini). In that case "outputFileName" can be left empty. It will be ignored anyway.
+
+"parameterOrder" Some indenters need a strict order of the command line parameters for input file, output file and eventually indent settings. "parameterOrder" can be set to "iop", "ipo" and "pio" to define the order of input, ouput and paramters at the commandline call.
+
+"stringparaminquotes" tells UniversalIndentGUI that all string values should be written to the indenter config file in quotes.
+
+"useCfgFileParameter" is the parameter for the indenter used to tell the indenter where to find the config file, set in "configFilename", that it should use. If this parameter is left empty you should read the indenters manual where it searches by default for the config file.
+
+"version" is not evaluated by UiGUI, but by this it is easier to see for which version of the indenter the configuration file has been written for.
+
+3. The indenters parameters
+---------------------------
+After the header definition the paramters used by the indenter are defined. Each paramter name is written in brackets [] again, but the name is only descriptive and not functional. Each parameter consists of keys with values (same as in header). There are four types of parameters: boolean, numeric, string and multiple. All have the following keys in common:
+"Category" defines to which category they belong and are corresponding only shown there in the GUI.
+
+"Description" holds a text describing the parameter and it options. It is formatted as html, so source code examples can be embedded via <pre></pre> for example. This text is shown as tool tip for each parameter.
+
+"EditorType" defines whether the parameter is boolean, numeric, string or multiple.
+
+"ValueDefault" is the default value that is normally used by the indenter if this parameter is not defined. It is needed if the config file of an indenter is loaded but this parameter value is not defined there. For boolean 0 is equal to false and 1 is equal to true. In case of multiple the number defines which of the multiple choice parameters is selected, starting with 0.
+
+"Enabled" is not used for boolean but for all other parameters. Defines whether the value should be written to the indenters config file or not. If it is disabled it will not be written and the indenter uses its default value.
+
+
+3.1. Boolean parameters
+
+Example:
+

+
+[ANSI style formatting]
+Category=0
+Description="<html>ANSI style formatting/indenting.</html>"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--style=ansi|"
+Value=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+

+The only special here is the key "TrueFalse". The string is a parameter list always consists of two parameters devided by a "|" sign, where the first one defines the true case and the second the false case. Some indenters like GreatCode have a parameter for true and false, some other like AStyle in this example only have a parameter for the false case, so the second parameter is empty.
+
+
+3.2. Numeric parameters
+

+
+[Indent spaces]
+CallName="--indent=spaces="
+Category=1
+Description="<html>Indent using # spaces per indent</html>"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=20
+MinVal=2
+Value=4
+ValueDefault=4
+
+

+Numeric parameters have defined a maximum value "MaxVal" and a minimum value "MinVal" which can/should not be exceeded. The "CallName" is the parameter as string as it will be written to the indenters config file. At its ending "Value" will be appended.
+
+
+3.3. String parameters
+

+
+[Comment separation char]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_char_4-
+Category=5
+Description="<html>Set the special character to fill automatic comments.</html>"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=true
+Value=*
+ValueDefault=*
+
+

+The "CallName" is the parameter as string as it will be written to the indenters config file. At its ending "Value" will be appended. Value can also be a list of strings separated by the "|" sign. By this the parameter is written to the config file with each value in the list.
+In the upper example value could be "C|c|K". The result in the ouput file would be:
+-cmt_sep_char_4-C +-cmt_sep_char_4-c +-cmt_sep_char_4-K +
+
+
+3.4. Multiple parameters
+

+
+[Bracket style]
+Category=1
+Choices="--brackets=break|--brackets=attach|--brackets=linux|--brackets=break-closing-headers"
+ChoicesReadable="Break brackets|Attach brackets|Break brackets Linux like|Break closing headers"
+Description="<html>Sets the bracket style.</html>"
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+Value=1
+ValueDefault=-1
+
+

+Multiple parameters can have exactly one parameter out of a list selected. "Choices" is a parameter list consisting of parameters devided by a "|" sign. Each parameter in the list will be exactly written to the indenters config file as defined here. The list "ChoicesReadable" can be used to show more readable text in the combo box, instead of the "Choices" text. "ChoicesReadable" must have as many entries as "Choices".
+

+ + diff --git a/doc/universalindentgui.man b/doc/universalindentgui.man new file mode 100755 index 0000000..edeb086 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/universalindentgui.man @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +.TH universalindentgui 1 "2012-01-01" "1.2.0" "UniversalIndentGUI" + +.SH NAME +universalindentgui \- GUI frontend for several code beautifiers + +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B universalindentgui +.RI [ FILE ] +.br +Optional the as parameter given +.IR FILE +can be opened at start. + +.SH DESCRIPTION +\fBUniversalIndentGUI\fP is a GUI frontend for nearly any code beautifier. It allows you to comfortably change each parameter of a beautifier and directly see how the source code is affected done by a live preview. Many free available code beautifier, formatter and indenter are currently supported, like GNU Indent, Uncrustify, Artistic Styler, PHP Stylist, Ruby Beautify, HTML Tidy and many other (look at features for complete list). Currently not supported indenters can be easily added by creating a configuration file for them. + +.SH BUGS +Currently known bugs can be browsed on http://sf.net/tracker2/?func=browse&group_id=167482&atid=843127 + +.SH AUTHOR +Thomas\ Schweitzer diff --git a/indenters/JsDecoder.js b/indenters/JsDecoder.js new file mode 100755 index 0000000..ec9f3ca --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/JsDecoder.js @@ -0,0 +1,1179 @@ +/* + * DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE + * + * PROJECT: JsDecoder + * VERSION: 1.1.0 + * COPYRIGHT: (c) 2004-2008 Cezary Tomczak + * LINK: http://code.gosu.pl + * LICENSE: GPL + */ + +function JsDecoder() +{ + this.s = ''; + this.len = 0; + + this.i = 0; + this.lvl = 0; /* indent level */ + this.code = ['']; + this.row = 0; + this.switches = []; + + this.lastWord = ''; + this.nextChar = ''; + this.prevChar = ''; + this.isAssign = false; + + this.decode = function () + { + this.s = this.s.replace(/[\r\n\f]+/g, "\n"); + this.len = this.s.length; + while (this.i < this.len) + { + var c = this.s.charAt(this.i); + this.charInit(); + this.switch_c(c); + this.i++; + } + return this.code.join("\n"); + }; + this.switch_c = function(c) + { + switch (c) + { + case "\n": + this.linefeed(); + break; + + case ' ': + case "\t": + this.space(); + break; + + case '{': this.blockBracketOn(); break; + case '}': this.blockBracketOff(); break; + + case ':': this.colon(); break; + case ';': this.semicolon(); break; + + case '(': this.bracketOn(); break; + case ')': this.bracketOff(); break; + case '[': this.squareBracketOn(); break; + case ']': this.squareBracketOff(); break; + + case '"': + case "'": + this.quotation(c); + break; + + case '/': + if ('/' == this.nextChar) { + this.lineComment(); + } else if ('*' == this.nextChar) { + this.comment(); + } else { + this.slash(); + } + break; + + case ',': this.comma(); break; + case '.': this.dot(); break; + + case '~': + case '^': + this.symbol1(c); + break; + + case '-': case '+': case '*': case '%': + case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?': + case ':': case '&': case '|': case '/': + this.symbol2(c); + break; + + case '!': + if ('=' == this.nextChar) { + this.symbol2(c); + } else { + this.symbol1(c); + } + break; + + default: + if (/\w/.test(c)) { this.alphanumeric(c); } + else { this.unknown(c); } + break; + } + c = this.s.charAt(this.i); + if (!/\w/.test(c)) { + this.lastWord = ''; + } + }; + this.blockBracketOn = function () + { + this.isAssign = false; + var nextNW = this.nextNonWhite(this.i); + if ('}' == nextNW) { + var ss = (this.prevChar == ')' ? ' ' : ''); + this.write(ss+'{'); + this.lvl++; + return; + + } + if (/^\s*switch\s/.test(this.getCurrentLine())) { + this.switches.push(this.lvl); + } + var line = this.getCurrentLine(); + var line_row = this.row; + var re = /(,)\s*(\w+\s*:\s*function\s*\([^\)]*\)\s*)$/; + if (re.test(line)) { + this.replaceLine(this.code[line_row].replace(re, '$1')); + this.writeLine(); + var match = re.exec(line); + this.write(match[2]); + } + + /* example: return { + title: 'Jack Slocum', + iconCls: 'user'} + After return bracket cannot be on another line + */ + if (/^\s*return\s*/.test(this.code[this.row])) { + if (/^\s*return\s+\w+/.test(this.code[this.row])) { + this.writeLine(); + } else if (this.prevChar != ' ') { + this.write(' '); + } + this.write('{'); + this.writeLine(); + this.lvl++; + return; + } + + if (/function\s*/.test(this.code[this.row]) || this.isBlockBig()) { + this.writeLine(); + } else { + if (this.prevChar != ' ' && this.prevChar != "\n" && this.prevChar != '(') { + /* && this.prevChar != '(' && this.prevChar != '[' */ + this.write(' '); + } + } + this.write('{'); + this.lvl++; + if ('{' != nextNW) { + this.writeLine(); + } + }; + this.isBlockBig = function() + { + var i = this.i + 1; + var count = 0; + var opened = 0; + var closed = 0; + while (i < this.len - 1) + { + i++; + var c = this.s.charAt(i); + if (/\s/.test(c)) { + continue; + } + if ('}' == c && opened == closed) { + break; + } + if ('{' == c) { opened++; } + if ('}' == c) { closed++; } + count++; + if (count > 80) { + return true; + } + } + return (count > 80); + }; + this.blockBracketOff = function () + { + var nextNW = this.nextNonWhite(this.i); + var prevNW = this.prevNonWhite(this.i); + var line = this.getCurrentLine(); + + if (prevNW != '{') + { + if (line.length && nextNW != ';' && nextNW != '}' && nextNW != ')' && nextNW != ',') { + //this.semicolon(); + this.writeLine(); + } else if (line.length && prevNW != ';' && nextNW == '}' && this.isAssign) { + this.semicolon(); + } else if (line.length && this.isAssign && prevNW != ';') { + this.semicolon(); + } else if (line.length && prevNW != ';') { + if (/^\s*(else)?\s*return[\s(]+/i.test(line)) { + this.semicolon(); + } else { + this.writeLine(); + } + } + } + this.write('}'); + + if (',' == nextNW) { + this.write(','); + this.goNextNonWhite(); + } + var next3 = this.nextManyNW(3); + if (next3 == '(),') { + this.write('(),'); + this.goNextManyNW('(),'); + this.writeLine(); + } + else if (next3 == '();') { + this.write('();'); + this.goNextManyNW('();'); + this.writeLine(); + } + else if (next3 == '():') { + this.write('()'); + this.goNextManyNW('()'); + this.write(' : '); + this.goNextNonWhite(); + } + else + { + if ('{' == prevNW) { + if (',' == nextNW && this.getCurrentLine().length < 80) { + this.write(' '); + } else { + if (this.nextWord() || '}' == nextNW) { + this.writeLine(); + } + } + } else { + if (')' != nextNW && ']' != nextNW) { + if (',' == nextNW && /^[\s\w,]+\)/.test(this.s.substr(this.i, 20))) { + this.write(' '); + } else { + this.writeLine(); + } + } + } + } + this.lvl--; + + if (this.switches.length && this.switches[this.switches.length - 1] == this.lvl) + { + var row = this.row - 1; + var spaces1 = str_repeat(' ', this.lvl * 4); + var spaces2 = str_repeat(' ', (this.lvl + 1) * 4); + var sw1 = new RegExp('^'+spaces1+'(switch\\s|{)'); + var sw2 = new RegExp('^'+spaces2+'(case|default)[\\s:]'); + var sw3 = new RegExp('^'+spaces2+'[^\\s]'); + while (row > 0) { + row--; + if (sw1.test(this.code[row])) { + break; + } + if (sw2.test(this.code[row])) { + continue; + } + this.replaceLine(' ' + this.code[row], row); + /* + if (sw3.test(this.code[row])) { + this.replaceLine(' ' + this.code[row], row); + } + */ + } + this.switches.pop(); + } + + // fix missing brackets for sub blocks + + if (this.sub) { + return; + } + + var re1 = /^(\s*else\s*if)\s*\(/; + var re2 = /^(\s*else)\s+[^{]+/; + + var part = this.s.substr(this.i+1, 100); + + if (re1.test(part)) { + this.i += re1.exec(part)[1].length; + this.write('else if'); + this.lastWord = 'if'; + //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 're1'); + this.fixSub('else if'); + //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 're1 after'); + } else if (re2.test(part)) { + this.i += re2.exec(part)[1].length; + this.write('else'); + this.lastWord = 'else'; + //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 're2'); + this.fixSub('else'); + //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 're2 after'); + } + }; + this.bracketOn = function () + { + if (this.isKeyword() && this.prevChar != ' ' && this.prevChar != "\n") { + this.write(' ('); + } else { + this.write('('); + } + }; + this.bracketOff = function () + { + this.write(')'); + /* + if (/\w/.test(this.nextNonWhite(this.i))) { + this.semicolon(); + } + */ + if (this.sub) { + return; + } + var re = new RegExp('^\\s*(if|for|while|do)\\s*\\([^{}]+\\)$', 'i'); + var line = this.getCurrentLine(); + if (re.test(line)) { + var c = this.nextNonWhite(this.i); + if ('{' != c && ';' != c && ')' != c) { + var opened = 0; + var closed = 0; + var foundFirst = false; + var semicolon = false; + var fix = false; + for (var k = 0; k < line.length; k++) { + if (line.charAt(k) == '(') { + foundFirst = true; + opened++; + } + if (line.charAt(k) == ')') { + closed++; + if (foundFirst && opened == closed) { + if (k == line.length - 1) { + fix = true; + } else { + break; + } + } + } + } + if (fix) { + //alert(this.s.substr(this.i)); + //throw 'asdas'; + //alert(line); + this.fixSub(re.exec(line)[1]); + /* + this.writeLine(); + this.lvl2++; + var indent = ''; + for (var j = 0; j < this.lvl2; j++) { + indent += ' '; + } + this.write(indent); + */ + } + } + } + }; + this.sub = false; + + this.orig_i = null; + this.orig_lvl = null; + this.orig_code = null; + this.orig_row = null; + this.orig_switches = null; + + this.restoreOrig = function (omit_i) + { + this.sub = false; + + if (!omit_i) { this.i = this.orig_i; } + this.lvl = this.orig_lvl; + this.code = this.orig_code; + this.row = this.orig_row; + this.switches = this.orig_switches; + + this.prevCharInit(); + + this.lastWord = ''; + this.charInit(); + this.isAssign = false; + }; + this.combineSub = function () + { + //debug(this.orig_code, 'orig_code'); + for (i = 0; i < this.code.length; i++) { + var line = this.orig_code[this.orig_row]; + if (0 == i && line.length) { + if (line.substr(line.length-1, 1) != ' ') { + this.orig_code[this.orig_row] += ' '; + } + this.orig_code[this.orig_row] += this.code[i].trim(); + } else { + this.orig_code[this.orig_row+i] = this.code[i]; + } + } + //debug(this.code, 'sub_code'); + //debug(this.orig_code, 'code'); + }; + this.fixSub = function (keyword) + { + // repair missing {}: for, if, while, do, else, else if + + if (this.sub) { + return; + } + + if ('{' == this.nextNonWhite(this.i)) { + return; + } + + var firstWord = this.nextWord(); + + //debug(this.code, 'fixSub('+keyword+') start'); + + this.orig_i = this.i; + this.orig_lvl = this.lvl; + this.orig_code = this.code; + this.orig_row = this.row; + this.orig_switches = this.switches; + + this.sub = true; + this.code = ['']; + this.prevChar = ''; + this.row = 0; + this.switches = []; + this.isAssign = false; + + this.i++; + + var b1 = 0; + var b2 = 0; + var b3 = 0; + + if ('else if' == keyword) { + var first_b2_closed = false; + } + + var found = false; + + /* + try catch + switch + while do + if else else else... + + todo: nestings + if () + if () + if () + for () + if () asd(); + else + asd(); + else + if () + try { + } catch {} + else + if () + */ + var b1_lastWord = false; + var b2_lastWord = false; + + while (!found && this.i < this.len) + { + var c = this.s.charAt(this.i); + this.charInit(); + switch (c) + { + case '{': b1++; break; + case '}': + b1--; + // case: for(){if (!c.m(g))c.g(f, n[t] + g + ';')} + if (0 == b1 && 0 == b2 && 0 == b3 && this.lvl-1 == this.orig_lvl) + { + var nextWord = this.nextWord(); + if ('switch' == firstWord) { + found = true; + break; + } + if ('try' == firstWord && 'catch' == b1_lastWord) { + found = true; + break; + } + if ('while' == firstWord && 'do' == b1_lastWord) { + found = true; + break; + } + if ('if' == firstWord) { + // todo + } + if ('if' == keyword && 'else' == nextWord && 'if' != firstWord) { + found = true; + break; + } + b1_lastWord = nextWord; + } + break; + case '(': b2++; break; + case ')': + b2--; + if ('else if' == keyword && 0 == b2 && !first_b2_closed) { + if (this.nextNonWhite(this.i) == '{') { + this.write(c); + this.combineSub(); + this.restoreOrig(true); + //debug(this.code, 'fixSub('+keyword+') b2 return'); + //debug(this.s.charAt(this.i), ' b2 current char'); + return; + } + // do not restore orig i + this.write(c); + this.combineSub(); + this.restoreOrig(true); + this.fixSub('if'); + //debug(this.code, 'fixSub('+keyword+') b2 return'); + return; + } + break; + case '[': b3++; break; + case ']': b3--; break; + case ';': + //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 'semicolon'); + //debug([b1, b2, b3]); + if (0 == b1 && 0 == b2 && 0 == b3 && this.lvl == this.orig_lvl && 'if' != firstWord) { + found = true; + } + break; + } + if (-1 == b1 && b2 == 0 && b3 == 0 && this.prevNonWhite(this.i) != '}') { + this.write(';'); + this.i--; + found = true; + } else if (b1 < 0 || b2 < 0 || b3 < 0) { + found = false; + break; + } else { + this.switch_c(c); + } + this.i++; + } + this.i--; + + if (found) + { + /* + var re = /^\s*(else\s+[\s\S]*)$/; + if ('if' == keyword && re.test(this.getCurrentLine())) { + this.i = this.i - re.exec(this.getCurrentLine())[1].length; + this.code[this.row] = ''; + } + */ + this.s = this.s.substr(0, this.orig_i+1) + '{' + this.code.join("\n") + '}' + this.s.substr(this.i+1); + this.len = this.s.length; + } + + //debug("{\n" + this.code.join("\n") + '}', 'fixSub('+keyword+') result'); + //debug(found, 'found'); + + this.restoreOrig(false); + }; + this.squareBracketOn = function () + { + this.checkKeyword(); + this.write('['); + }; + this.squareBracketOff = function () + { + this.write(']'); + }; + this.isKeyword = function () + { + // Check if this.lastWord is a keyword + return this.lastWord.length && this.keywords.indexOf(this.lastWord) != -1; + }; + this.linefeed = function () {}; + this.space = function () + { + if (!this.prevChar.length) { + return; + } + if (' ' == this.prevChar || "\n" == this.prevChar) { + return; + } + if ('}' == this.prevChar && ']' == this.nextChar) { + //return; + } + this.write(' '); + return; + + /* + if (this.isKeyword()) { + this.write(' '); + this.lastWord = ''; + } else { + var multi = ['in', 'new']; + for (var i = 0; i < multi.length; i++) { + var isKeywordNext = true; + for (var j = 0; j < multi[i].length; j++) { + if (multi[i][j] != this.s.charAt(this.i + 1 + j)) { + isKeywordNext = false; + break; + } + } + if (isKeywordNext) { + this.write(' '); + this.lastWord = ''; + break; + } + } + } + */ + }; + this.checkKeyword = function () + { + if (this.isKeyword() && this.prevChar != ' ' && this.prevChar != "\n") { + this.write(' '); + } + }; + this.nextWord = function () + { + var i = this.i; + var word = ''; + while (i < this.len - 1) + { + i++; + var c = this.s.charAt(i); + if (word.length) { + if (/\s/.test(c)) { + break; + } else if (/\w/.test(c)) { + word += c; + } else { + break; + } + } else { + if (/\s/.test(c)) { + continue; + } else if (/\w/.test(c)) { + word += c; + } else { + break; + } + } + } + if (word.length) { + return word; + } + return false; + }; + this.nextManyNW = function(many) + { + var ret = ''; + var i = this.i; + while (i < this.len - 1) + { + i++; + var c = this.s.charAt(i); + if (!/^\s+$/.test(c)) { + ret += c; + if (ret.length == many) { + return ret; + } + } + } + return false; + } + this.goNextManyNW = function (cc) + { + var ret = ''; + var i = this.i; + while (i < this.len - 1) + { + i++; + var c = this.s.charAt(i); + if (!/^\s+$/.test(c)) { + ret += c; + if (ret == cc) { + this.i = i; + this.charInit(); + return true; + } + if (ret.length >= cc.length) { + return false; + } + } + } + return false; + }; + this.nextNonWhite = function (i) + { + while (i < this.len - 1) + { + i++; + var c = this.s.charAt(i); + if (!/^\s+$/.test(c)) { + return c; + } + } + return false; + }; + this.prevNonWhite = function (i) + { + while (i > 0) + { + i--; + var c = this.s.charAt(i); + if (!/^\s+$/.test(c)) { + return c; + } + } + return false; + }; + this.goNextNonWhite = function () + { + // you need to write() this nonWhite char when calling this func + var i = this.i; + while (i < this.len - 1) + { + i++; + var c = this.s.charAt(i); + if (!/^\s+$/.test(c)) { + this.i = i; + this.charInit(); + return true; + } + } + return false; + }; + this.colon = function () + { + //alert(this.getCurrentLine()); + /* case 6: expr ? stat : stat */ + var line = this.getCurrentLine(); + if (/^\s*case\s/.test(line) || /^\s*default$/.test(line)) { + this.write(':'); + this.writeLine(); + } else { + this.symbol2(':'); + } + }; + this.isStart = function () + { + return this.getCurrentLine().length === 0; + }; + this.backLine = function () + { + if (!this.isStart) { + throw 'backLine() may be called only at the start of the line'; + } + this.code.length = this.code.length-1; + this.row--; + }; + this.semicolon = function () + { + /* for statement: for (i = 1; i < len; i++) */ + this.isAssign = false; + if (this.isStart()) { + this.backLine(); + } + this.write(';'); + if (/^\s*for\s/.test(this.getCurrentLine())) { + this.write(' '); + } else { + this.writeLine(); + } + }; + this.quotation = function (quotation) + { + this.checkKeyword(); + var escaped = false; + this.write(quotation); + while (this.i < this.len - 1) { + this.i++; + var c = this.s.charAt(this.i); + if ('\\' == c) { + escaped = (escaped ? false : true); + } + this.write(c); + if (c == quotation) { + if (!escaped) { + break; + } + } + if ('\\' != c) { + escaped = false; + } + } + //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 'quotation'); + //debug(this.s.charAt(this.i), 'char'); + }; + this.lineComment = function () + { + this.write('//'); + this.i++; + while (this.i < this.len - 1) { + this.i++; + var c = this.s.charAt(this.i); + if ("\n" == c) { + this.writeLine(); + break; + } + this.write(c); + } + }; + this.comment = function () + { + this.write('/*'); + this.i++; + var c = ''; + var prevC = ''; + while (this.i < this.len - 1) + { + this.i++; + prevC = c; + c = this.s.charAt(this.i); + if (' ' == c || "\t" == c || "\n" == c) { + if (' ' == c) { + if (this.getCurrentLine().length > 100) { + this.writeLine(); + } else { + this.write(' ', true); + } + } else if ("\t" == c) { + this.write(' ', true); + } else if ("\n" == c) { + this.writeLine(); + } + } else { + this.write(c, true); + } + if ('/' == c && '*' == prevC) { + break; + } + } + this.writeLine(); + }; + this.slash = function () + { + /* + divisor /= or *\/ (4/5 , a/5) + regexp /\w/ (//.test() , var asd = /some/;) + asd /= 5; + bbb = * / (4/5) + asd =( a/5); + regexp = /\w/; + /a/.test(); + var asd = /some/; + obj = { sasd : /pattern/ig } + */ + var a_i = this.i - 1; + var a_c = this.s.charAt(a_i); + for (a_i = this.i - 1; a_i >= 0; a_i--) { + var c2 = this.s.charAt(a_i); + if (' ' == c2 || '\t' == c2) { + continue; + } + a_c = this.s.charAt(a_i); + break; + } + var a = /^\w+$/.test(a_c) || ']' == a_c || ')' == a_c; + var b = ('*' == this.prevChar); + if (a || b) { + if (a) { + if ('=' == this.nextChar) { + var ss = this.prevChar == ' ' ? '' : ' '; + this.write(ss+'/'); + } else { + this.write(' / '); + } + } else if (b) { + this.write('/ '); + } + } else if (')' == this.prevChar) { + this.write(' / '); + } else { + var ret = ''; + if ('=' == this.prevChar || ':' == this.prevChar) { + ret += ' /'; + } else { + ret += '/'; + } + var escaped = false; + while (this.i < this.len - 1) { + this.i++; + var c = this.s.charAt(this.i); + if ('\\' == c) { + escaped = (escaped ? false : true); + } + ret += c; + if ('/' == c) { + if (!escaped) { + break; + } + } + if ('\\' != c) { + escaped = false; + } + } + this.write(ret); + } + }; + this.comma = function () + { + /* + * function arguments seperator + * array values seperator + * object values seperator + */ + this.write(', '); + var line = this.getCurrentLine(); + if (line.replace(' ', '').length > 100) { + this.writeLine(); + } + }; + this.dot = function () + { + this.write('.'); + }; + this.symbol1 = function (c) + { + if ('=' == this.prevChar && '!' == c) { + this.write(' '+c); + } else { + this.write(c); + } + }; + this.symbol2 = function (c) + { + // && !p + // === + if ('+' == c || '-' == c) { + if (c == this.nextChar || c == this.prevChar) { + this.write(c); + return; + } + } + var ss = (this.prevChar == ' ' ? '' : ' '); + var ss2 = ' '; + if ('(' == this.prevChar) { + ss = ''; + ss2 = ''; + } + if ('-' == c && ('>' == this.prevChar || '>' == this.prevChar)) { + this.write(' '+c); + return; + } + if (this.symbols2.indexOf(this.prevChar) != -1) { + if (this.symbols2.indexOf(this.nextChar) != -1) { + this.write(c + (this.nextChar == '!' ? ' ' : '')); + } else { + this.write(c + ss2); + } + } else { + if (this.symbols2.indexOf(this.nextChar) != -1) { + this.write(ss + c); + } else { + this.write(ss + c + ss2); + } + } + if ('=' == c && /^[\w\]]$/.test(this.prevNonWhite(this.i)) && /^[\w\'\"\[]$/.test(this.nextNonWhite(this.i))) { + this.isAssign = true; + } + }; + this.alphanumeric = function (c) + { + /* /[a-zA-Z0-9_]/ == /\w/ */ + if (this.lastWord) { + this.lastWord += c; + } else { + this.lastWord = c; + } + if (')' == this.prevChar) { + c = ' '+c; + } + this.write(c); + }; + this.unknown = function (c) + { + //throw 'Unknown char: "'+c+'" , this.i = ' + this.i; + this.write(c); + }; + + this.charInit = function () + { + /* + if (this.i > 0) { + //this.prevChar = this.s.charAt(this.i - 1); + var line = this.code[this.row]; + if (line.length) { + this.prevChar = line.substr(line.length-1, 1); + } else { + this.prevChar = ''; + } + } else { + this.prevChar = ''; + } + */ + if (this.len - 1 === this.i) { + this.nextChar = ''; + } else { + this.nextChar = this.s.charAt(this.i + 1); + } + }; + this.write = function (s, isComment) + { + if (isComment) { + if (!/\s/.test(s)) { + if (this.code[this.row].length < this.lvl * 4) { + this.code[this.row] += str_repeat(' ', this.lvl * 4 - this.code[this.row].length); + } + } + this.code[this.row] += s; + } else { + if (0 === this.code[this.row].length) { + var lvl = ('}' == s ? this.lvl - 1 : this.lvl); + for (var i = 0; i < lvl; i++) { + this.code[this.row] += ' '; + } + this.code[this.row] += s; + } else { + this.code[this.row] += s; + } + } + this.prevCharInit(); + }; + this.writeLine = function () + { + this.code.push(''); + this.row++; + this.prevChar = "\n"; + }; + this.replaceLine = function (line, row) + { + if ('undefined' == typeof row) { + row = false; + } + if (row !== false) { + if (!/^\d+$/.test(row) || row < 0 || row > this.row) { + throw 'replaceLine() failed: invalid row='+row; + } + } + if (row !== false) { + this.code[row] = line; + } else { + this.code[this.row] = line; + } + if (row === false || row == this.row) { + this.prevCharInit(); + } + }; + this.prevCharInit = function () + { + this.prevChar = this.code[this.row].charAt(this.code[this.row].length - 1); + }; + this.writeTab = function () + { + this.write(' '); + this.prevChar = ' '; + }; + this.getCurrentLine = function () + { + return this.code[this.row]; + }; + + this.symbols1 = '~!^'; + this.symbols2 = '-+*%<=>?:&|/!'; + this.keywords = ['abstract', 'boolean', 'break', 'byte', 'case', 'catch', 'char', 'class', + 'const', 'continue', 'default', 'delete', 'do', 'double', 'else', 'extends', 'false', + 'final', 'finally', 'float', 'for', 'function', 'goto', 'if', 'implements', 'import', + 'in', 'instanceof', 'int', 'interface', 'long', 'native', 'new', 'null', 'package', + 'private', 'protected', 'public', 'return', 'short', 'static', 'super', 'switch', + 'synchronized', 'this', 'throw', 'throws', 'transient', 'true', 'try', 'typeof', 'var', + 'void', 'while', 'with']; +} + +if (typeof Array.prototype.indexOf == 'undefined') { + /* Finds the index of the first occurence of item in the array, or -1 if not found */ + Array.prototype.indexOf = function(item) { + for (var i = 0; i < this.length; i++) { + if ((typeof this[i] == typeof item) && (this[i] == item)) { + return i; + } + } + return -1; + }; +} +if (!String.prototype.trim) { + String.prototype.trim = function() { + return this.replace(/^\s*|\s*$/g, ''); + }; +} + +function str_repeat(str, repeat) +{ + ret = ''; + for (var i = 0; i < repeat; i++) { + ret += str; + } + return ret; +} + +var debug_w; +function debug (arr, name) +{ + if (!debug_w) + { + var width = 600; + var height = 600; + var x = (screen.width/2-width/2); + var y = (screen.height/2-height/2); + debug_w = window.open('', '', 'scrollbars=yes,resizable=yes,width='+width+',height='+height+',screenX='+(x)+',screenY='+y+',left='+x+',top='+y); + debug_w.document.open(); + debug_w.document.write('

Debug

'); + debug_w.document.close(); + } + var ret = ''; + if ('undefined' !== typeof name && name.length) { + ret = '

'+name+'

'+"\n"; + } + if ('object' === typeof arr) { + for (var i = 0; i < arr.length; i++) { + ret += '['+i+'] => '+arr[i]+"\n"; + } + } else if ('string' == typeof arr) { + ret += arr; + } else { + try { ret += arr.toString(); } catch (e) {} + ret += ' ('+typeof arr+')'; + } + debug_w.document.body.innerHTML += '
'+ret+'
'; +} + + + +/* ******************************************************* + The following code lines are added to be able + to use JsDecoder with UniversalIndentGUI. + + For each new JsDecoder version they need to be added! + ******************************************************* */ +if (typeof String.prototype.substr == 'undefined') { + /* The substr() method extracts a specified number of characters in a string, from a start index. */ + String.prototype.substr = function(start,length) { + if (typeof length == 'undefined') + length = this.length - start; + + if ( start < 0 ) + return this.substring(this.length+start, this.length); + else + return this.substring(start, start + length); + }; +} + +var jsdecoder = new JsDecoder(); +var formattedCode; + +jsdecoder.s = unformattedCode; +formattedCode = jsdecoder.decode(); + +// Newer Qt versions doesn't seem to need the return statement. +//return formattedCode; diff --git a/indenters/example.cbl b/indenters/example.cbl new file mode 100755 index 0000000..eb5b1aa --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.cbl @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +000000* An example illustrating the use of a programmer defined paragraphs + * and perform-thru + identification division. + program-id. level88. + author. kik. + environment division. + configuration section. + special-names. + console is crt + decimal-point is comma. + data division. + working-storage section. + 77 transaction-kode pic 99. + 88 valid-kode value 4, 8 thru 15. + 88 create value 10. + 88 destroy value 15. + + procedure division. + main section. + * + * Some code leading to "transacion-kode" getting a value + * + + move 10 to transaction-kode. + + + * + * Testing the conditions + * + + if valid-kode then + if create then + perform p-create thru p-create-end + else + if destroy then + perform p-destroy thru p-destroy-end + else + perform ordinary-transaction + thru ordinary-transaction-end. + + * + p-create. + * some creation code + p-create-end. + exit. + + p-destroy. + * some destruction code + p-destroy-end. + exit. + + ordinary-transaction. + * some ordinary data processing code + ord-trns-1. + + ord-trns-2. + + ordinary-transaction-end. + exit. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/indenters/example.cpp b/indenters/example.cpp new file mode 100755 index 0000000..f9b099c --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +#include +#include +#include + +using namespace a.b.c a; + +PREPROCESSOR() + +BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP() + ON_COMMAND() +END_MESSAGE_MAP() + +extern struct x y; + +static const class Example : + Int1, Int2, Int3 +{ +public: + Example::~Example() : + S1(), + S2(), + S3() { + // if statements with empty braces + if( x ) { } + else if( x ) { } + else { } + + // if statements with exactly one braced statement + if( x ) { + statement; + } + else if( x ) { + statement; + } + else { + statement; + } + + // special 'if' cases + if( x ) { + statement; + } + else { + statement; + } + + if( x ) { + statement; + + statement; + } + else { + statement; + + statement; + } + + // if statements with a single implicit substatement + if( x ) + statement; + + else if( x ) + statement; + + else + statement; + + // if statements with multiple statements + if( x ) { + statement; + + statement; + } + else if( x ) { + statement; + + statement; + } + else { + statement; + + statement; + } + + // while statements with a single implicit substatement + while( x ) + statement; + + // while statements with a single implicit 'if' substatement + while( x ) + if( x ) + statement; + + // while with multiple statements + while( x ) { + statement; + + statement; + } + + // labeled statement + label: + statement; + + // for statements with a single braced statement + for ( x; x; x ) { + statement; + } + + // do statements with a single braced substatement + do { + statement; + } while ( false ); + + // do statement with an empty block + do { } while ( x ); + + // local blocks + { + statement; + } + + /* Switch blocks: + * + * You can have case substatements be aligned by giving an example like: + * + * case 1: statement; + * + * statement; + * + * statement; + * + * etc... + */ + switch( c ) { + case 1: + case 2: + case 3: + statement; + + statement; + + statement; + + case 4: + break; // case with exactly one substatement + + default: + break; + } + } + + void method( const myClass &x, int [][][] c, ... ) { + // try-catch-finally with empty bodies + try { } + catch(Throwable e) { } + finally { } + + // try-catch-finally with exactly one statement + try { + statement; + } + catch( Throwable t ) { + statement; + } + finally { + statement; + } + + // try-catch-finally with multiple statements + try { + statement; + + statement; + } + catch( Throwable e ) { + statement; + + statement; + } + finally { + statement; + + statement; + + statement; + } + } +}; + +// enum statement +static typedef enum x +{ +x, +y, +z, +}; + +// simple typedef +typedef interface static short int x; + +namespace x +{ +// template header +template +x y z v() const; + +// pure virtual function, using c-style formal parameters with double parens +void v(()) = 0; + +// function with one single line statement and c-style formal parameters +void v(( int i )) { + statement; +}; + +// function with no statements +myClass::method() { } +}; + +template class x +{ +public: + + // operator declarations + int operator +(); + + int operator [](); + + // template method + static void A::method() [][][] { + asm + { + - Assembler statements - + + The outside braces are formatted but the asm code is passed through + unchanged. + } + + asm Single line assembler statements are also just passed through + } + + extern void oldStyleFunction() + int a; + int b; + int c; { + // various simple statements + long int a, b, c; + + long double [] i; + + goto x; + + delete [] x; + + delete [][][] x; + + return x; + + continue label; + + throw e; + + // c-style function calls with double parens + b((a, b, c)); + + a(()); + + // expressions + new Object()->field.method(); + + s = "string" + "split across lines"; + + method(a, B::C, 'd'); + + z = j[0][0][0] || k * 3 >> ++i + "0" > i++ & (i) == !j; + + int *v; + + int &v; + + x = x * *x; + + (int *)x; + + int (*functionPointer)( x, y, z ); + + h[0] += a ? b : ((int)c).d; + + new Handler(); + } +} a, b, c; // struct instances + +class Class2 +{ +/* Array creation with multiple non-array elements. + * + * If you give this example with the elements on the same line, then + * Polystyle will automatically vertically align them into a grid when it + * fits your code to the page. An alternate style is to have each + * element on its own line, like this: + * { + * x, + * y + * z + * } + */ +boolean *bools1 = + { + x, y, z + }; + +// array creation with a single element +boolean bools2 = { x }; + +// array creation with no elements +boolean bools3 = { }; + +// multidimensional array creation +const int *** array = + { + { 1, 2, 3 }, + { 1, 2, 3 }, + { 1, 2, 3 }, + }; +}; + +#if x + +#define x + +#elif a + +#define x + +#else + +#define x + +#define x + +#define x + +#endif + +// see if multi line macros are safely handled: +#define multilinemacro do { x= x+5; } while (0); \ +printf("a multilinemacro"); \ +printf("a multilinemacro2"); diff --git a/indenters/example.css b/indenters/example.css new file mode 100755 index 0000000..09b5ecf --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.css @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +/* General +/*******************************/ +body +{ + font-size: Small; + margin: 30px 0 20px 0; + background: url(images/background.jpg); +} + +span +{ + font-family: Tahoma,serif; +} + +/* Page +/*******************************/ +#page +{ + width: 808px; + margin: 0 auto; + position: relative; + +} + +/* Links general +/*******************************/ +a +{ + color: #36b; +} + +a:link { text-decoration:none; } +a:visited { text-decoration:none; } +a:active { text-decoration:none; } +a:focus { text-decoration:none; } +a:hover { text-decoration:underline; } + +/* Links external +/*******************************/ +a.external +{ + background: url("images/externallinks.png") center right no-repeat; + padding-right: 13px; +} + +/* Header +/*******************************/ +#header +{ + float: left; + width: 800px; + height: 171px; + background-image: url(images/banner.jpg); + background-repeat: no-repeat; + background-position: left bottom; + padding-left: 20px; +} + +/* Tabs +/*******************************/ +#tabs +{ +} + +#tabs ul +{ + list-style: none; + display: inline; +} + +#tabs li +{ + width: 125px; + float: left; + background-image: url(images/tab3.jpg); + background-repeat: no-repeat; + background-position: center top; + text-align: center; +} + +#tabs li a +{ + font-family: sans-serif; + font-size: 100%; + font-weight: normal; + color: black; + height: 28px; + padding: 21px 0 0 0; + display: block; +} + +#tabs li a:link { text-decoration:none; } +#tabs li a:visited { text-decoration:none; } +#tabs li a:active { text-decoration:none; } +#tabs li a:focus { text-decoration:none; } +#tabs li a:hover +{ + width: 125px; + float: left; + background-image: url(images/tab3hover.jpg); + background-repeat: no-repeat; + background-position: center top; + text-align: center; +} + +#tabs #current +{ + background-image: url(images/tab3_selected.jpg); + background-repeat: no-repeat; + background-position: center top; + margin-top: -5px; +} + +#tabs #current a +{ + background-image: url(images/tab3_selected.jpg); + background-repeat: no-repeat; + background-position: center top; + padding: 27px 0; + height: 17px; + font-weight: bold; +} + +/* Main +*******************************/ +#main +{ + background-image: url(images/page_middle.png); + background-repeat: repeat-y; + float: left; +} + +/* Content +/*******************************/ +#content +{ + padding: 22px; + margin: 0; + width: 541px; + float: left; +} + +#content h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, h7, #content h2 a +{ + font-family: Tahoma,serif; + margin-bottom: 10px; + margin-top: 10px; +} + +#content h1 +{ + font-size: x-large; +} + +#content h2 +{ + font-size: large; +} + +#content p, #content ul, #content a, #content ol +{ + margin-top: 10px; + font-family: verdana, sans-serif; +} + +/* Progress +/*******************************/ +.progressframe +{ + border: 1px black solid; + width: 100%; +} + +.progress +{ + font-family: Tahoma,serif; + font-weight: bold; + /*padding-left: 10px;*/ + background-color: red; + color: white; +} + +.p0 { width: 0%; color: black; background-color: white; } +.p5 { width: 5%; background-color: rgb(240,16,0); } +.p10 { width: 10%; background-color: rgb(240,32,0); } +.p15 { width: 15%; background-color: rgb(240,48,0); } +.p20 { width: 20%; background-color: rgb(240,64,0); } +.p25 { width: 25%; background-color: rgb(240,80,0); } +.p30 { width: 30%; background-color: rgb(240,80,0); } +.p35 { width: 35%; background-color: rgb(240,96,0); } +.p40 { width: 40%; background-color: rgb(240,96,0); } +.p45 { width: 45%; background-color: rgb(240,112,0); } +.p50 { width: 50%; background-color: rgb(240,112,0); } +.p55 { width: 55%; background-color: rgb(224,128,0); } +.p60 { width: 60%; background-color: rgb(208,144,0); } +.p65 { width: 65%; background-color: rgb(192,160,0); } +.p70 { width: 70%; background-color: rgb(176,176,0); } +.p75 { width: 75%; background-color: rgb(176,176,0); } +.p80 { width: 80%; background-color: rgb(160,192,0); } +.p85 { width: 85%; background-color: rgb(160,192,0); } +.p90 { width: 90%; background-color: rgb(144,208,0); } +.p95 { width: 95%; background-color: rgb(144,208,0); } +.p100 { width: 100%; background-color: green; } + +/* Sidebar +/*******************************/ +#sidebar +{ + margin: 0; + padding: 10px; + width: 195px; + font-family: verdana, sans-serif; + float: right; +} + +#sidebar a +{ + border : none; +} + +#sidebar a:link { text-decoration:none; } +#sidebar a:visited { text-decoration:none; } +#sidebar a:active { text-decoration:none; } +#sidebar a:focus { text-decoration:none; } +#sidebar a:hover { text-decoration:underline; } + +#sidebar a img +{ + border : none; +} + +#sidebar h1 +{ + font-size: 10pt; + font-weight: bold; + margin-bottom: 0; +} + +#sidebar ul +{ + vertical-align: middle; +} + +#sidebar li +{ + list-style-image: url(images/icon_page.gif); +} + + +/* Footer +/*******************************/ +#footer +{ + font-family: verdana, sans-serif; + background: url(images/page_bottom.png); + font-size: x-small; + font-weight: bold; + color: #CCCCCC; + height: 44px; + width: 800px; + clear: both; +} + +#footer p +{ + padding: 0px 0 0 20px; +} + +#footer a +{ + color: #CCE0F5; +} diff --git a/indenters/example.f90 b/indenters/example.f90 new file mode 100755 index 0000000..f2aae7d --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.f90 @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +module module1 +! Identity of a utility +! ____________________________________________________________________ + character (len=*), parameter :: xyz = & +"I am just a more or less long string." + character (len=*), parameter :: zhlp = '( & +&"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify"/& +&"____________________________________________________________________")' +integer:: n +contains + +recursive subroutine sub1(x) +integer,intent(inout):: x +integer:: y +y=0 +if (x + + + + HTML Tidy Configuration Options Quick Reference + + + +

Quick Reference

+

HTML Tidy Configuration Options

+

+ Generated automatically with HTML Tidy released + on 19 September 2007. +

+

+ HTML, XHTML, XML +
+ Diagnostics +
+ Pretty Print +
+ Character Encoding +
+ Miscellaneous +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
HTML, XHTML, XML Options + Top +
OptionTypeDefault
+ add-xml-decl + Booleanno
+ add-xml-space + Booleanno
+ alt-text + String + - +
+ assume-xml-procins + Booleanno
+ bare + Booleanno
+ clean + Booleanno
+ css-prefix + String + - +
+ decorate-inferred-ul + Booleanno
+ doctype + DocTypeauto
+ drop-empty-paras + Booleanyes
+ drop-font-tags + Booleanno
+ drop-proprietary-attributes + Booleanno
+ enclose-block-text + Booleanno
+ enclose-text + Booleanno
+ escape-cdata + Booleanno
+ fix-backslash + Booleanyes
+ fix-bad-comments + Booleanyes
+ fix-uri + Booleanyes
+ hide-comments + Booleanno
+ hide-endtags + Booleanno
+ indent-cdata + Booleanno
+ input-xml + Booleanno
+ join-classes + Booleanno
+ join-styles + Booleanyes
+ literal-attributes + Booleanno
+ logical-emphasis + Booleanno
+ lower-literals + Booleanyes
+ merge-divs + AutoBoolauto
+ merge-spans + AutoBoolauto
+ ncr + Booleanyes
+ new-blocklevel-tags + Tag names + - +
+ new-empty-tags + Tag names + - +
+ new-inline-tags + Tag names + - +
+ new-pre-tags + Tag names + - +
+ numeric-entities + Booleanno
+ output-html + Booleanno
+ output-xhtml + Booleanno
+ output-xml + Booleanno
+ preserve-entities + Booleanno
+ quote-ampersand + Booleanyes
+ quote-marks + Booleanno
+ quote-nbsp + Booleanyes
+ repeated-attributes + enumkeep-last
+ replace-color + Booleanno
+ show-body-only + AutoBoolno
+ uppercase-attributes + Booleanno
+ uppercase-tags + Booleanno
+ word-2000 + Booleanno
 
Diagnostics Options + Top +
OptionTypeDefault
+ accessibility-check + enum0 (Tidy Classic)
+ show-errors + Integer6
+ show-warnings + Booleanyes
 
Pretty Print Options + Top +
OptionTypeDefault
+ break-before-br + Booleanno
+ indent + AutoBoolno
+ indent-attributes + Booleanno
+ indent-spaces + Integer2
+ markup + Booleanyes
+ punctuation-wrap + Booleanno
+ sort-attributes + enumnone
+ split + Booleanno
+ tab-size + Integer8
+ vertical-space + Booleanno
+ wrap + Integer68
+ wrap-asp + Booleanyes
+ wrap-attributes + Booleanno
+ wrap-jste + Booleanyes
+ wrap-php + Booleanyes
+ wrap-script-literals + Booleanno
+ wrap-sections + Booleanyes
 
Character Encoding Options + Top +
OptionTypeDefault
+ ascii-chars + Booleanno
+ char-encoding + Encodingascii
+ input-encoding + Encodinglatin1
+ language + String + - +
+ newline + enum + Platform dependent +
+ output-bom + AutoBoolauto
+ output-encoding + Encodingascii
 
Miscellaneous Options + Top +
OptionTypeDefault
+ error-file + String + - +
+ force-output + Booleanno
+ gnu-emacs + Booleanno
+ gnu-emacs-file + String + - +
+ keep-time + Booleanno
+ output-file + String + - +
+ quiet + Booleanno
+ slide-style + String + - +
+ tidy-mark + Booleanyes
+ write-back + Booleanno
 
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
 
HTML, XHTML, XML Options Reference +
 
add-xml-decl + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + char-encoding +
+ output-encoding +
This option specifies if Tidy should add the XML declaration when outputting XML or XHTML. Note that if the input already includes an <?xml ... ?> declaration then this option will be ignored. If the encoding for the output is different from "ascii", one of the utf encodings or "raw", the declaration is always added as required by the XML standard.
 
add-xml-space + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should add xml:space="preserve" to elements such as <PRE>, <STYLE> and <SCRIPT> when generating XML. This is needed if the whitespace in such elements is to be parsed appropriately without having access to the DTD.
 
alt-text + Top +
Type: String
+ Default: -
Example: -
This option specifies the default "alt=" text Tidy uses for <IMG> attributes. This feature is dangerous as it suppresses further accessibility warnings. You are responsible for making your documents accessible to people who can not see the images!
 
assume-xml-procins + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should change the parsing of processing instructions to require ?> as the terminator rather than >. This option is automatically set if the input is in XML.
 
bare + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should strip Microsoft specific HTML from Word 2000 documents, and output spaces rather than non-breaking spaces where they exist in the input.
 
clean + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + drop-font-tags +
This option specifies if Tidy should strip out surplus presentational tags and attributes replacing them by style rules and structural markup as appropriate. It works well on the HTML saved by Microsoft Office products.
 
css-prefix + Top +
Type: String
+ Default: -
Example: -
This option specifies the prefix that Tidy uses for styles rules. By default, "c" will be used.
 
decorate-inferred-ul + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should decorate inferred UL elements with some CSS markup to avoid indentation to the right.
 
doctype + Top +
Type: DocType
+ Default: auto
Example: omit, auto, strict, transitional, user
This option specifies the DOCTYPE declaration generated by Tidy. If set to "omit" the output won't contain a DOCTYPE declaration. If set to "auto" (the default) Tidy will use an educated guess based upon the contents of the document. If set to "strict", Tidy will set the DOCTYPE to the strict DTD. If set to "loose", the DOCTYPE is set to the loose (transitional) DTD. Alternatively, you can supply a string for the formal public identifier (FPI).

For example:
doctype: "-//ACME//DTD HTML 3.14159//EN"

If you specify the FPI for an XHTML document, Tidy will set the system identifier to an empty string. For an HTML document, Tidy adds a system identifier only if one was already present in order to preserve the processing mode of some browsers. Tidy leaves the DOCTYPE for generic XML documents unchanged. --doctype omit implies --numeric-entities yes. This option does not offer a validation of the document conformance.
 
drop-empty-paras + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should discard empty paragraphs.
 
drop-font-tags + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + clean +
This option specifies if Tidy should discard <FONT> and <CENTER> tags without creating the corresponding style rules. This option can be set independently of the clean option.
 
drop-proprietary-attributes + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should strip out proprietary attributes, such as MS data binding attributes.
 
enclose-block-text + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should insert a <P> element to enclose any text it finds in any element that allows mixed content for HTML transitional but not HTML strict.
 
enclose-text + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should enclose any text it finds in the body element within a <P> element. This is useful when you want to take existing HTML and use it with a style sheet.
 
escape-cdata + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should convert <![CDATA[]]> sections to normal text.
 
fix-backslash + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should replace backslash characters "\" in URLs by forward slashes "/".
 
fix-bad-comments + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should replace unexpected hyphens with "=" characters when it comes across adjacent hyphens. The default is yes. This option is provided for users of Cold Fusion which uses the comment syntax: <!--- --->
 
fix-uri + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should check attribute values that carry URIs for illegal characters and if such are found, escape them as HTML 4 recommends.
 
hide-comments + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should print out comments.
 
hide-endtags + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should omit optional end-tags when generating the pretty printed markup. This option is ignored if you are outputting to XML.
 
indent-cdata + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should indent <![CDATA[]]> sections.
 
input-xml + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should use the XML parser rather than the error correcting HTML parser.
 
join-classes + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + join-styles +
+ repeated-attributes +
This option specifies if Tidy should combine class names to generate a single new class name, if multiple class assignments are detected on an element.
 
join-styles + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + join-classes +
+ repeated-attributes +
This option specifies if Tidy should combine styles to generate a single new style, if multiple style values are detected on an element.
 
literal-attributes + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should ensure that whitespace characters within attribute values are passed through unchanged.
 
logical-emphasis + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should replace any occurrence of <I> by <EM> and any occurrence of <B> by <STRONG>. In both cases, the attributes are preserved unchanged. This option can be set independently of the clean and drop-font-tags options.
 
lower-literals + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should convert the value of an attribute that takes a list of predefined values to lower case. This is required for XHTML documents.
 
merge-divs + Top +
Type: AutoBool
+ Default: auto
Example: auto, y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + clean +
+ merge-spans +
Can be used to modify behavior of -c (--clean yes) option. This option specifies if Tidy should merge nested <div> such as "<div><div>...</div></div>". If set to "auto", the attributes of the inner <div> are moved to the outer one. As well, nested <div> with ID attributes are not merged. If set to "yes", the attributes of the inner <div> are discarded with the exception of "class" and "style".
 
merge-spans + Top +
Type: AutoBool
+ Default: auto
Example: auto, y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + clean +
+ merge-divs +
Can be used to modify behavior of -c (--clean yes) option. This option specifies if Tidy should merge nested <span> such as "<span><span>...</span></span>". The algorithm is identical to the one used by --merge-divs.
 
ncr + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should allow numeric character references.
 
new-blocklevel-tags + Top +
Type: Tag names
+ Default: -
Example: tagX, tagY, ...		 + new-empty-tags +
+ new-inline-tags +
+ new-pre-tags +
This option specifies new block-level tags. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. Note you can't change the content model for elements such as <TABLE>, <UL>, <OL> and <DL>. This option is ignored in XML mode.
 
new-empty-tags + Top +
Type: Tag names
+ Default: -
Example: tagX, tagY, ...		 + new-blocklevel-tags +
+ new-inline-tags +
+ new-pre-tags +
This option specifies new empty inline tags. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. Remember to also declare empty tags as either inline or blocklevel. This option is ignored in XML mode.
 
new-inline-tags + Top +
Type: Tag names
+ Default: -
Example: tagX, tagY, ...		 + new-blocklevel-tags +
+ new-empty-tags +
+ new-pre-tags +
This option specifies new non-empty inline tags. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. This option is ignored in XML mode.
 
new-pre-tags + Top +
Type: Tag names
+ Default: -
Example: tagX, tagY, ...		 + new-blocklevel-tags +
+ new-empty-tags +
+ new-inline-tags +
This option specifies new tags that are to be processed in exactly the same way as HTML's <PRE> element. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. Note you can not as yet add new CDATA elements (similar to <SCRIPT>). This option is ignored in XML mode.
 
numeric-entities + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + doctype +
+ preserve-entities +
This option specifies if Tidy should output entities other than the built-in HTML entities (&amp;, &lt;, &gt; and &quot;) in the numeric rather than the named entity form. Only entities compatible with the DOCTYPE declaration generated are used. Entities that can be represented in the output encoding are translated correspondingly.
 
output-html + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should generate pretty printed output, writing it as HTML.
 
output-xhtml + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should generate pretty printed output, writing it as extensible HTML. This option causes Tidy to set the DOCTYPE and default namespace as appropriate to XHTML. If a DOCTYPE or namespace is given they will checked for consistency with the content of the document. In the case of an inconsistency, the corrected values will appear in the output. For XHTML, entities can be written as named or numeric entities according to the setting of the "numeric-entities" option. The original case of tags and attributes will be preserved, regardless of other options.
 
output-xml + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should pretty print output, writing it as well-formed XML. Any entities not defined in XML 1.0 will be written as numeric entities to allow them to be parsed by a XML parser. The original case of tags and attributes will be preserved, regardless of other options.
 
preserve-entities + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should preserve the well-formed entitites as found in the input.
 
quote-ampersand + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should output unadorned & characters as &amp;.
 
quote-marks + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should output " characters as &quot; as is preferred by some editing environments. The apostrophe character ' is written out as &#39; since many web browsers don't yet support &apos;.
 
quote-nbsp + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should output non-breaking space characters as entities, rather than as the Unicode character value 160 (decimal).
 
repeated-attributes + Top +
Type: enum
+ Default: keep-last
Example: keep-first, keep-last		 + join-classes +
+ join-styles +
This option specifies if Tidy should keep the first or last attribute, if an attribute is repeated, e.g. has two align attributes.
 
replace-color + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should replace numeric values in color attributes by HTML/XHTML color names where defined, e.g. replace "#ffffff" with "white".
 
show-body-only + Top +
Type: AutoBool
+ Default: no
Example: auto, y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should print only the contents of the body tag as an HTML fragment. If set to "auto", this is performed only if the body tag has been inferred. Useful for incorporating existing whole pages as a portion of another page. This option has no effect if XML output is requested.
 
uppercase-attributes + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should output attribute names in upper case. The default is no, which results in lower case attribute names, except for XML input, where the original case is preserved.
 
uppercase-tags + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should output tag names in upper case. The default is no, which results in lower case tag names, except for XML input, where the original case is preserved.
 
word-2000 + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should go to great pains to strip out all the surplus stuff Microsoft Word 2000 inserts when you save Word documents as "Web pages". Doesn't handle embedded images or VML. You should consider using Word's "Save As: Web Page, Filtered".
 
 
Diagnostics Options Reference +
 
accessibility-check + Top +
Type: enum
+ Default: 0 (Tidy Classic)
Example: 0 (Tidy Classic), 1 (Priority 1 Checks), 2 (Priority 2 Checks), 3 (Priority 3 Checks)
This option specifies what level of accessibility checking, if any, that Tidy should do. Level 0 is equivalent to Tidy Classic's accessibility checking. For more information on Tidy's accessibility checking, visit the Adaptive Technology Resource Centre at the University of Toronto.
 
show-errors + Top +
Type: Integer
+ Default: 6
Example: 0, 1, 2, ...
This option specifies the number Tidy uses to determine if further errors should be shown. If set to 0, then no errors are shown.
 
show-warnings + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should suppress warnings. This can be useful when a few errors are hidden in a flurry of warnings.
 
 
Pretty Print Options Reference +
 
break-before-br + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should output a line break before each <BR> element.
 
indent + Top +
Type: AutoBool
+ Default: no
Example: auto, y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + indent-spaces +
This option specifies if Tidy should indent block-level tags. If set to "auto", this option causes Tidy to decide whether or not to indent the content of tags such as TITLE, H1-H6, LI, TD, TD, or P depending on whether or not the content includes a block-level element. You are advised to avoid setting indent to yes as this can expose layout bugs in some browsers.
 
indent-attributes + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should begin each attribute on a new line.
 
indent-spaces + Top +
Type: Integer
+ Default: 2
Example: 0, 1, 2, ...		 + indent +
This option specifies the number of spaces Tidy uses to indent content, when indentation is enabled.
 
markup + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should generate a pretty printed version of the markup. Note that Tidy won't generate a pretty printed version if it finds significant errors (see force-output).
 
punctuation-wrap + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap after some Unicode or Chinese punctuation characters.
 
sort-attributes + Top +
Type: enum
+ Default: none
Example: none, alpha
This option specifies that tidy should sort attributes within an element using the specified sort algorithm. If set to "alpha", the algorithm is an ascending alphabetic sort.
 
split + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
Currently not used. Tidy Classic only.
 
tab-size + Top +
Type: Integer
+ Default: 8
Example: 0, 1, 2, ...
This option specifies the number of columns that Tidy uses between successive tab stops. It is used to map tabs to spaces when reading the input. Tidy never outputs tabs.
 
vertical-space + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should add some empty lines for readability.
 
wrap + Top +
Type: Integer
+ Default: 68
Example: 0 (no wrapping), 1, 2, ...
This option specifies the right margin Tidy uses for line wrapping. Tidy tries to wrap lines so that they do not exceed this length. Set wrap to zero if you want to disable line wrapping.
 
wrap-asp + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within ASP pseudo elements, which look like: <% ... %>.
 
wrap-attributes + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + wrap-script-literals +
This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap attribute values, for easier editing. This option can be set independently of wrap-script-literals.
 
wrap-jste + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within JSTE pseudo elements, which look like: <# ... #>.
 
wrap-php + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within PHP pseudo elements, which look like: <?php ... ?>.
 
wrap-script-literals + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + wrap-attributes +
This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap string literals that appear in script attributes. Tidy wraps long script string literals by inserting a backslash character before the line break.
 
wrap-sections + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within <![ ... ]> section tags.
 
 
Character Encoding Options Reference +
 
ascii-chars + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		 + clean +
Can be used to modify behavior of -c (--clean yes) option. If set to "yes" when using -c, &emdash;, &rdquo;, and other named character entities are downgraded to their closest ascii equivalents.
 
char-encoding + Top +
Type: Encoding
+ Default: ascii
Example: raw, ascii, latin0, latin1, utf8, iso2022, mac, win1252, ibm858, utf16le, utf16be, utf16, big5, shiftjis		 + input-encoding +
+ output-encoding +
This option specifies the character encoding Tidy uses for both the input and output. For ascii, Tidy will accept Latin-1 (ISO-8859-1) character values, but will use entities for all characters whose value > 127. For raw, Tidy will output values above 127 without translating them into entities. For latin1, characters above 255 will be written as entities. For utf8, Tidy assumes that both input and output is encoded as UTF-8. You can use iso2022 for files encoded using the ISO-2022 family of encodings e.g. ISO-2022-JP. For mac and win1252, Tidy will accept vendor specific character values, but will use entities for all characters whose value > 127.
 
input-encoding + Top +
Type: Encoding
+ Default: latin1
Example: raw, ascii, latin0, latin1, utf8, iso2022, mac, win1252, ibm858, utf16le, utf16be, utf16, big5, shiftjis		 + char-encoding +
This option specifies the character encoding Tidy uses for the input. See char-encoding for more info.
 
language + Top +
Type: String
+ Default: -
Example: -
Currently not used, but this option specifies the language Tidy uses (for instance "en").
 
newline + Top +
Type: enum
+ Default: Platform dependent
Example: LF, CRLF, CR
The default is appropriate to the current platform: CRLF on PC-DOS, MS-Windows and OS/2, CR on Classic Mac OS, and LF everywhere else (Unix and Linux).
 
output-bom + Top +
Type: AutoBool
+ Default: auto
Example: auto, y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should write a Unicode Byte Order Mark character (BOM; also known as Zero Width No-Break Space; has value of U+FEFF) to the beginning of the output; only for UTF-8 and UTF-16 output encodings. If set to "auto", this option causes Tidy to write a BOM to the output only if a BOM was present at the beginning of the input. A BOM is always written for XML/XHTML output using UTF-16 output encodings.
 
output-encoding + Top +
Type: Encoding
+ Default: ascii
Example: raw, ascii, latin0, latin1, utf8, iso2022, mac, win1252, ibm858, utf16le, utf16be, utf16, big5, shiftjis		 + char-encoding +
This option specifies the character encoding Tidy uses for the output. See char-encoding for more info. May only be different from input-encoding for Latin encodings (ascii, latin0, latin1, mac, win1252, ibm858).
 
 
Miscellaneous Options Reference +
 
error-file + Top +
Type: String
+ Default: -
Example: -		 + output-file +
This option specifies the error file Tidy uses for errors and warnings. Normally errors and warnings are output to "stderr".
 
force-output + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should produce output even if errors are encountered. Use this option with care - if Tidy reports an error, this means Tidy was not able to, or is not sure how to, fix the error, so the resulting output may not reflect your intention.
 
gnu-emacs + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should change the format for reporting errors and warnings to a format that is more easily parsed by GNU Emacs.
 
gnu-emacs-file + Top +
Type: String
+ Default: -
Example: -
Used internally.
 
keep-time + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should keep the original modification time of files that Tidy modifies in place. The default is no. Setting the option to yes allows you to tidy files without causing these files to be uploaded to a web server when using a tool such as SiteCopy. Note this feature is not supported on some platforms.
 
output-file + Top +
Type: String
+ Default: -
Example: -		 + error-file +
This option specifies the output file Tidy uses for markup. Normally markup is written to "stdout".
 
quiet + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should output the summary of the numbers of errors and warnings, or the welcome or informational messages.
 
slide-style + Top +
Type: String
+ Default: -
Example: -
Currently not used. Tidy Classic only.
 
tidy-mark + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should add a meta element to the document head to indicate that the document has been tidied. Tidy won't add a meta element if one is already present.
 
write-back + Top +
Type: Boolean
+ Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0
This option specifies if Tidy should write back the tidied markup to the same file it read from. You are advised to keep copies of important files before tidying them, as on rare occasions the result may not be what you expect.
 
+ + diff --git a/indenters/example.js b/indenters/example.js new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a807cae --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.js @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +function decode() { +var jsdecoder = new JsDecoder();var jscolorizer = new JsColorizer();var code; +jsdecoder.s = document.getElementById("a1").value; +code = jsdecoder.decode(); + +if (document.all) { document.getElementById("a2").innerText = code; } +else { + code = code.replace(/&/g, "&"); code = code.replace(//g, ">"); jscolorizer.s = code; + code = jscolorizer.colorize(); document.getElementById("a2").innerHTML = code; +} +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/indenters/example.php b/indenters/example.php new file mode 100755 index 0000000..0aa1676 --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.php @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +0){$j++;doCall($i+$j);if($k){$k/=10;}}} +?> \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/indenters/example.pl b/indenters/example.pl new file mode 100755 index 0000000..5266ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.pl @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +print "Help Desk -- What Editor do you use?"; +chomp($editor = ); +if ($editor =~ /emacs/i) { + print "Why aren't you using vi?\n"; +} elsif ($editor =~ /vi/i) { + print "Why aren't you using emacs?\n"; +} else { + print "I think that's the problem\n"; +} + +{ + L9140: + if ($msccom::obj==$msccom::food) { + goto L8142; + } + if ($msccom::obj==$msccom::bird||$msccom::obj==$msccom::snake||$msccom::obj==$msccom::clam||$msccom::obj==$msccom::oyster||$msccom::obj==$msccom::dwarf||$msccom::obj==$msccom::dragon||$msccom::obj==$msccom::troll||$msccom::obj==$msccom::bear) { + $msccom::spk=71; + } + goto L2011; + # + # DRINK. IF NO OBJECT, ASSUME WATER AND LOOK FOR IT HERE. IF WATER IS + # THE BOTTLE, DRINK THAT, ELSE MUST BE AT A WATER LOC, SO DRINK STREAM. + # + L9150: + if ($msccom::obj==0&&$liqloc->($placom::loc)!=$msccom::water&&($liq->(0)!=$msccom::water||!$here->($msccom::bottle))) { + goto L8000; + } + if ($msccom::obj!=0&&$msccom::obj!=$msccom::water) { + $msccom::spk=110; + } + if ($msccom::spk==110||$liq->(0)!=$msccom::water||!$here->($msccom::bottle)) { + goto L2011; + } + $placom::prop->($msccom::bottle)=1; + $placom::place->($msccom::water)=0; + $msccom::spk=74; + goto L2011; + # + # RUB. YIELDS VARIOUS SNIDE REMARKS. + # + L9160: + if ($msccom::obj!=$placom::lamp) { + $msccom::spk=76; + } + goto L2011; + # + # THROW. SAME AS DISCARD UNLESS AXE. THEN SAME AS ATTACK EXCEPT IGNOR + # AND IF DWARF IS PRESENT THEN ONE MIGHT BE KILLED. (ONLY WAY TO DO SO + # AXE ALSO SPECIAL FOR DRAGON, BEAR, AND TROLL. TREASURES SPECIAL FOR + # + L9170: + if ($toting->($msccom::rod2)&&$msccom::obj==$msccom::rod&&!$toting->($msccom::rod)) { + $msccom::obj=$msccom::rod2; + } + } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/indenters/example.py b/indenters/example.py new file mode 100755 index 0000000..d6525aa --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.py @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#! /usr/bin/env python +"Replace CRLF with LF in argument files. Print names of changed files." + +import sys, os + +def main(): + for filename in sys.argv[1:]: + if os.path.isdir(filename): + print filename, "Directory!" + continue + data = open(filename, "rb").read() + if '\0' in data: + print filename, "Binary!" + continue + newdata = data.replace("\r\n", "\n") + if newdata != data: + print filename + f = open(filename, "wb") + f.write(newdata) + f.close() + +if __name__ == '__main__': + main() diff --git a/indenters/example.rb b/indenters/example.rb new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6117e5a --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.rb @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +#!/usr/bin/env ruby +#odd assignments +BEGIN { + puts "a block i have never seen used" +} +entry = Post.update(params["id"],{:title => params["title"],:post => params['post'],:context => params["context"],:creator => session[:creator]}) +definition = "moo" +puts moo +moo = case 3 +when 2 + "unless proceeding to 3" +when 3 + "right" +when 4 + "one to many" +when 5 + "three sir" +end + +puts moo +def pointless_call + if false + "Sdf" + elsif true + "df" + end +end +puts pointless_call + +if true + puts "moo" +end +i = 5 +def title + doc = load_page + title = doc.search("h1").first.inner_html + clean_html_tags(title) + clean_9_0(title) + title +end +if i + if true + puts "moo" + elsif i < 3 * 23 + "sdf" + else + "df" + end +end +class Tested + def sadf + "asdf" + end +end + +module Moo + def t434t + "352" + end#comments at the end +end #comments again debug_if + +=begin +block comments + should have no formatting done +ever +=end + +#java formatter test parts + +ping(argument) {|block| + +} + +if (moo) + cow; +else + dog; +end + +x = 5 +x = 5 +x = 5 +x = 5 +IN_OUTS_RX = /^(def|class|module|begin|case|if|unless|loop|while|until|for)/ + +#end java formatter test parts + +here_doc = <<-EOX +This should not +loose its formatting +EOX +dsfffffffff=[2, 3, 4, 5] +print <<-STRING1, <<-STRING2 +Concat +STRING1 +enate +STRING2 + +unless false + "4" +else + "5" +end +x = 2 +while x > 0 + x -= 1 + if x == 1 + "p" + else + "3" + end +end +x = 2 +until x < 0 + x -= 1 +end +a = 3 +a *= 2 while a < 100 +a -= 10 until a < 100 +print "Hello\n" while false +print "Goodbye\n" while false +3.times do + print "Ho! " +end +0.upto(9) do | x| + print x, " " +end +0.step(12, 3) {|x | print x, " " } +x = 0 +loop { + if x == 5 + break + end + x += 1 +} +(1..4).each {|x| + puts x +} +(1..4).each do | x| + puts x +end +for i in (1..4) + puts i +end +i = 0 +loop do + i += 1 + next if i < 3 + print i + break if i > 4 +end +string = "x+1" +begin + eval string +rescue SyntaxError, NameError => boom + print "String doesn't compile: " + boom +rescue StandardError => bang + print "Error running script: " + bang +ensure + print "thank you pick axe" +end +a = "Fats ' ' \\\" do Waller" +a =~ /\/a/ +if true then print "a" end +x = 3 +unless true then print "a" end +x = 3 +begin raise "cow" +rescue Exception => e +end +x = 3 +puts i += 1 while i < 3 # ruby +x = 3 +klass = Fixnum +#its like a do while loop +begin + print klass + klass = klass.superclass + print " < " if klass +end while klass +puts +p Fixnum.ancestors +boom = %q / this is a spinal tap/ +boom = %q - string- +boom =%q(a (nested) string) +x = "done with string" + +puts "In parent,term = #{ENV['TERM']}" +cow = if true + "moot" +else + "woot" +end + +fork do + puts "Start of child 1,term=#{ENV['TERM']}" + ENV['TERM'] = "ansi" + fork do + puts "Start of child 2, term=#{ENV['TERM']}" + begin + if moo < 3 + p "asdf4" + elsif 9 * 0 + p "asde" + else + puts cow + end + end while x > 3 + end + Process.wait + puts "End of child 1, term=#{ENV['TERM']}" +end +Process.wait +puts "Back in parent, term=#{ENV['TERM']}" + +OPENOFFICE = true # do Openoffice - Spreadsheet Tests? +EXCEL = true # do Excel Tests? +GOOGLE = true # do Google - Spreadsheet Tests? + +OPENOFFICEWRITE = false # experimental: + +END{ + puts "another block i have never seen" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/indenters/example.sh b/indenters/example.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c2ac3f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.sh @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#!/bin/sh + +string="Hallo Welt" +# if else test +if [ -n "$string" ]; then +echo "The string is \"$string\"!" +else +echo "The string is empty!" +fi + +# for test +array="Text1 Text2 Text3 Text4" +for i in $array +do +echo "The string \"$i\" is in the array!" +done + +count=0 +while [ $count -le 10 ] +do +echo "We've counted up to $count." +count=$[$count+1] #increment counter by one. +done + +echo "Passed everything!" +#read -p "press any key to continue" + diff --git a/indenters/example.sql b/indenters/example.sql new file mode 100755 index 0000000..b7736b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.sql @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +CREATE PACKAGE BODY b IS + +PROCEDURE proc1 IS +BEGIN +IF 7 <> 5 THEN +FOR rec IN (SELECT * FROM dual + WHERE g = 5) LOOP +NULL; +END LOOP; + END IF; +END; + +PROCEDURE recurse IS + b number:=5; + d456 number:=456; +BEGIN + recurse; + proc1; + a := (a + 1 + +4 + + 5 + + 8); + c := f + 4 + 34; + total := earth +sky; + + --this is comment + + uk:=h; + g:=l; + exception + when no_data then + hello; + END; + + BEGIN + NULL; +END; diff --git a/indenters/example.vb b/indenters/example.vb new file mode 100755 index 0000000..2ecbdc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.vb @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +Dim docRoot As New ChilkatXml + +Dim success As Long + +docRoot.Tag = "myDoc" + +' To zip compress the content, set this flag to 1 +Dim zipContent As Long +zipContent = 0 +' To 128-bit AES encrypt the content, set this flag to 1 +Dim encryptContent As Long +encryptContent = 0 +Dim encryptPassword As String +encryptPassword = "" + +Dim pdfNode As ChilkatXml + +Set pdfNode = docRoot.NewChild("pdf","") + +' Embed a PDF into XML +success = pdfNode.SetBinaryContentFromFile("sample.pdf",zipContent,encryptContent,encryptPassword) +If (success <> 1) Then + MsgBox pdfNode.LastErrorText + + Exit Sub +End If + +MsgBox pdfNode.LastErrorText + +' Display the entire XML document: +Text1.Text = Text1.Text & docRoot.GetXml() & vbCrLf + +' Get the Base64-encoded content and display it: +Text1.Text = Text1.Text & pdfNode.Content & vbCrLf + +' Extract the binary content from XML: +Dim unzipContent As Long +unzipContent = 0 +Dim decryptContent As Long +decryptContent = 0 +Dim decryptPassword As String +decryptPassword = "" +success = pdfNode.SaveBinaryContent("out.pdf",unzipContent,decryptContent,decryptPassword) +If (success <> 1) Then + MsgBox pdfNode.LastErrorText + + Exit Sub +End If + +MsgBox "Success!" \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/indenters/example.xml b/indenters/example.xml new file mode 100755 index 0000000..1be9bed --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/example.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + Wikipedia Stdteverzeichnis + + Genf + Genf ist der Sitz von ... + + + Kln + Kln ist eine Stadt, die ... + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/indenters/hindent b/indenters/hindent new file mode 100755 index 0000000..dc71264 --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/hindent @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +#!/usr/bin/perl +# +# hindent 1.1.2 +# +# Properly indent HTML code and convert tags to uppercase like the Gods intended. +# Understands all nesting tags defined under the HTML 3.2 standard. +# +# by Paul Balyoz +# +# Usage: +# hindent [-fslcv] [-i num] [file ...] > newfile +# +# Options: +# -f Flow - just prints tags _without_args_, for visual checking. +# NOTE: This option DAMAGES the HTML code. The output is for +# human debugging use ONLY. Keep your original file!! +# -s Strict - prints 1 tag per line with proper indenting. +# Helpful for deciphering HTML code that's all on one line. +# NOTE: This slightly DAMAGES the HTML code because it introduces +# whitespace around tags that had none before, which will mess up +# formatting somewhat on the page (links will have extra spaces, etc). +# -i num Set indentation to this many characters. +# -l List all the tags we recognize and exit. +# -c Lowercase HTML tags. (Uppercase is default) +# -v Print version of hindent and exit. +# +# Copyright (C) 1993-1999 Paul A. Balyoz +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# + + +# How many spaces to indent per level? +# (sets of 8-spaces will be automatically converted to tabs intelligently). +# You can use any value here, some recommendations: 8, 4, 3, or 2 +$spacesperlevel = 2; + +# How many spaces does a "tab" occupy on your screen? +# Unix generally uses 8-space-tabs, but it's user-configurable in most editors. +# If tabs are not turned off (-t0) then we output 1 tab character for every +# $tabstop spaces we need to output. +$tabstop = 8; + +# Tags that require their own end tag ... we will nest them +# properly: (WARNING, you must use lower-case here) +# All other tags (not on this list) will be ignored for indenting purposes. +%nesttag = ( + 'html' => 1, + 'head' => 1, + 'body' => 1, + 'title' => 1, + + 'a' => 1, + + 'table' => 1, + 'tr' => 1, + 'th' => 1, + 'td' => 1, + + 'form' => 1, + 'select' => 1, + 'textarea' => 1, + +# 'p' => 1, Don't do this one because many people use

but not

+ 'ul' => 1, + 'ol' => 1, + 'dl' => 1, + 'blockquote' => 1, + 'center' => 1, + 'div' => 1, + + 'font' => 1, + 'pre' => 1, + 'tt' => 1, + 'i' => 1, + 'b' => 1, + 'u' => 1, + 'strike' => 1, + 'big' => 1, + 'small' => 1, + 'sub' => 1, + 'sup' => 1, + 'em' => 1, + 'strong' => 1, + 'dfn' => 1, + 'code' => 1, + 'samp' => 1, + 'kbd' => 1, + 'var' => 1, + 'cite' => 1, + + 'h1' => 1, + 'h2' => 1, + 'h3' => 1, + 'h4' => 1, + 'h5' => 1, + 'h6' => 1, + + 'applet' => 1, + + 'map' => 1, + + 'frameset' => 1, + 'noframes' => 1, +); + + +#-------------------\ +# END CONFIGURATIONS =================================================================== +#-------------------/ + +use Getopt::Std; + + +# +# Parse args +# + +sub usageexit { + print STDERR "usage: hindent [-fslcv] [-i num] [-t num] [file ...] > newfile\n"; + exit 1; +} + +getopts('fsi:lvt:c') || &usageexit; +if (defined $opt_i) { + if ($opt_i < 0 || $opt_i > 10) { + print STDERR "$0: error: indentation factor '$opt_i' not in range 0..10.\n"; + &usageexit; + } else { + $spacesperlevel = $opt_i; + } +} +if (defined $opt_t) { + if ($opt_t < 0 || $opt_t > 12) { + print STDERR "$0: error: indentation factor '$opt_i' not in range 0..12.\n"; + &usageexit; + } else { + $tabstop = $opt_t; + } +} + + +# +# If -l option, just list tags and exit. +# + +if ($opt_l) { + print "hindent recognizes these HTML tags:\n"; + for $tag (sort(keys(%nesttag))) { + $tag =~ tr/a-z/A-Z/; + print "$tag\n"; + } + exit 0; +} + + +# +# If -v option, just print version and exit. +# + +if ($opt_v) { + print "hindent version 1.1.2\n"; + exit 0; +} + + +# +# Main HTML parsing code +# + +$level = 0; # indentation level +$changelevel = 0; # change in indentation level (delta) +$out = ""; # accumulated output string +while (<>) { + chomp; # some HTML has no newline on last line, chop mangles it. + s/^\s+//; # remove ALL preceding whitespace, we rebuild it ourselves + $line++; + + $end = -1; + $start = $len = 0; + while (/<(.*?)>/g) { + $end = $start+$len-1; # of previous values + $start = length($`); + $len = 1 + length($1) + 1; + ($tag,$arg) = split(/\s+/,$1,2); + if (!$opt_f) { + $out .= substr($_, $end+1, $start-($end+1)); # print stuff from last tag to here + } + if ($opt_c) { + $tag =~ tr/A-Z/a-z/; + } else { + $tag =~ tr/a-z/A-Z/; + } + if ($arg && !$opt_f) { + $out .= "<$tag $arg>"; + } else { + $out .= "<$tag>"; + } + + # if regular tag, push it on stack; if end-tag, pop it off stack. + # but don't do any of this if it's not a special "nesting" tag! + if ($tag !~ m,^/,) { + if ($nesttag{lc($tag)}) { + push @tagstack,$tag; + $changelevel++; # remember how much for later + } + } else { + $tag =~ s,^/,,; # convert this end-tag to a begin-tag + $tag = lc($tag); + if ($nesttag{lc($tag)}) { + # throw away tags until we find a match + if ($#tagstack > -1) { + while ($tag ne lc(pop @tagstack)) { + $changelevel--; # we threw away extra tags + last if $#tagstack <= 0; + } + $changelevel--; # we threw away extra tags + if ($level+$changelevel < 0) { + print STDERR "line $line: saw more end tags than begin ones!\n"; + $changelevel = -$level; + } + } + } + } + &printout if $opt_s; # -s -> print every tag on new line + } + + # + # Print rest of line after the last match, and newline. + # (not part of Flow) + # + if (!$opt_f) { + $end = $start+$len-1; + $out .= substr($_,$end+1,length($_)-($end+1)); + } + + &printout; +} + +# Any tags left on the stack? +if ($level > 0) { + print STDERR "WARNING: level=$level, ", $#tagstack+1," tags left on stack after done parsing! Specifically:\n"; + while ($tag = pop @tagstack) { + print STDERR "\t$tag"; + } +} + +exit 0; + + +# +# Print this line of data indented properly. +# +sub printout { + my($numtabs) = 0; + + # + # To OUTdent, do that BEFORE printing. + # + if ($changelevel < 0) { + $level += $changelevel; + $changelevel = 0; + } + + # + # Print indents and this line of output + # + $spaces = " " x ($level * $spacesperlevel); + $numtabs = int(length($spaces)/$tabstop) if $tabstop; + print "\t" x $numtabs; # print the tabs + print " " x (length($spaces)-$numtabs*$tabstop); # print the spaces + print "$out\n"; + $out = ""; + + # + # To INdent, do that AFTER printing. + # + if ($changelevel > 0) { + $level += $changelevel; + $changelevel = 0; + } +} diff --git a/indenters/hindent.html b/indenters/hindent.html new file mode 100755 index 0000000..e1a8012 --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/hindent.html @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ + + + + + +HINDENT(1) manual page + + +Table of Contents

+ +

Name

+hindent - HTML reformatting/nesting utility +

Synopsis

+hindent [-fslcv] +[-i num] [-t num] [file ...] +

Description

+This utility takes one or more HTML +files and reformats them by properly indenting them for greater human readability. +The new HTML code is written to standard output, any errors go to standard +error. If no file is specified, hindent reads from standard input. If more +than one file is specified, each is taken in turn and all output is concatenated +(with no way to distinguish when one output ends and the next begins).

+Without +any options, hindent simply varies the amount of whitespace at the beginning +of each line of input - no lines are added or subtracted from the HTML code. +This means that it generates output that should draw the same on all browsers +as the input HTML. If the -s or -f options are used, the resulting HTML may +not draw exactly the same any more. It is important that you keep your +original HTML data around, just in case!

+This version of hindent understands +all container tags defined in the HTML 3.2 standard. +

Options

+ +
+ +
-c
+
Case. Forces +all tags to lowercase. By default, hindent forces all tags to uppercase. +
+ +
-f
+
Flow. Prints just tags without any data between the tags. Damages the +HTML in a big way, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps +you follow the HTML code flow visually.
+ +
-i num
+
Indent level. Set indentation +to this many character spaces per code nesting level. If set to 0, no indentation +is done (all output is left-justified).
+ +
-l
+
List tags. Causes hindent to print +a complete list of tags that it recognizes to stdout, and exits.
+ +
-s
+
Strict. + Multiple tags per line are broken out onto separate lines. Can damage the +HTML in minor ways by drawing an extra space character in certain parts +of the web page, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps +you follow the HTML code flow visually, especially with computer-generated +HTML that comes out all on one line.
+ +
-t num
+
Tab stop. Set the number of spaces +that a tab character occupies on your system. Defaults to 8, but some people +prefer expanding tabs to 4 spaces instead. If set to 0, no tabs are output +(spaces used to indent lines).
+ +
-v
+
Version. Prints hindent’s version number +to stdout and exits immediately.
+
+

+The -s option is the most useful, it would +be the default if it didn’t damage the HTML code.

+Any combination of these +options may be used. +

+

Examples

+

+Example 1. Download a web page, reformat it, +view it:
+

+

+ +

+ +
CRlynx -source http://www.domtools.com/~pab + + + + + + + + + + | hindent | moreExample 2. View +only the structure, one tag per line:
+

+
+
+
+

+ +

+ +
CRlynx -source http://www.domtools.com/~pab + + + + + + + + + + | hindent -s -f | moreExample 3. Reformat +my home page non-damagingly with 4-space tabs, keeping a backup copy:
+

+
+
+
+
+
+ +

CRcd $HOME/public_htmlmv index.html index.html.oldhindent -i4 index.html.old +> index.htmlSite

+The master web page for this tool is: +
+ +
http://www.domtools.com/unix/hindent.shtml + +
+
+
+ +

Version

+Hindent version 1.1.2 +

Author

+Paul Balyoz <pab@domtools.com>

+ +

+Table of Contents

+

+ + diff --git a/indenters/perltidy b/indenters/perltidy new file mode 100755 index 0000000..49ebe37 --- /dev/null +++ b/indenters/perltidy @@ -0,0 +1,28420 @@ +#!/usr/bin/perl +# +############################################################ +# +# perltidy - a perl script indenter and formatter +# +# Copyright (c) 2000-2009 by Steve Hancock +# Distributed under the GPL license agreement; see file COPYING +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA +# +# For brief instructions instructions, try 'perltidy -h'. +# For more complete documentation, try 'man perltidy' +# or visit http://perltidy.sourceforge.net +# +# This script is an example of the default style. It was formatted with: +# +# perltidy Tidy.pm +# +# Code Contributions: See ChangeLog.html for a complete history. +# Michael Cartmell supplied code for adaptation to VMS and helped with +# v-strings. +# Hugh S. Myers supplied sub streamhandle and the supporting code to +# create a Perl::Tidy module which can operate on strings, arrays, etc. +# Yves Orton supplied coding to help detect Windows versions. +# Axel Rose supplied a patch for MacPerl. +# Sebastien Aperghis-Tramoni supplied a patch for the defined or operator. +# Dan Tyrell contributed a patch for binary I/O. +# Ueli Hugenschmidt contributed a patch for -fpsc +# Sam Kington supplied a patch to identify the initial indentation of +# entabbed code. +# jonathan swartz supplied patches for: +# * .../ pattern, which looks upwards from directory +# * --notidy, to be used in directories where we want to avoid +# accidentally tidying +# * prefilter and postfilter +# * iterations option +# +# Many others have supplied key ideas, suggestions, and bug reports; +# see the CHANGES file. +# +############################################################ + +package Perl::Tidy; +use 5.004; # need IO::File from 5.004 or later +BEGIN { $^W = 1; } # turn on warnings + +use strict; +use Exporter; +use Carp; +$|++; + +use vars qw{ + $VERSION + @ISA + @EXPORT + $missing_file_spec +}; + +@ISA = qw( Exporter ); +@EXPORT = qw( &perltidy ); + +use Cwd; +use IO::File; +use File::Basename; + +BEGIN { + ( $VERSION = q($Id: Tidy.pm,v 1.74 2010/12/17 13:56:49 perltidy Exp $) ) =~ s/^.*\s+(\d+)\/(\d+)\/(\d+).*$/$1$2$3/; # all one line for MakeMaker +} + +sub streamhandle { + + # given filename and mode (r or w), create an object which: + # has a 'getline' method if mode='r', and + # has a 'print' method if mode='w'. + # The objects also need a 'close' method. + # + # How the object is made: + # + # if $filename is: Make object using: + # ---------------- ----------------- + # '-' (STDIN if mode = 'r', STDOUT if mode='w') + # string IO::File + # ARRAY ref Perl::Tidy::IOScalarArray (formerly IO::ScalarArray) + # STRING ref Perl::Tidy::IOScalar (formerly IO::Scalar) + # object object + # (check for 'print' method for 'w' mode) + # (check for 'getline' method for 'r' mode) + my $ref = ref( my $filename = shift ); + my $mode = shift; + my $New; + my $fh; + + # handle a reference + if ($ref) { + if ( $ref eq 'ARRAY' ) { + $New = sub { Perl::Tidy::IOScalarArray->new(@_) }; + } + elsif ( $ref eq 'SCALAR' ) { + $New = sub { Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new(@_) }; + } + else { + + # Accept an object with a getline method for reading. Note: + # IO::File is built-in and does not respond to the defined + # operator. If this causes trouble, the check can be + # skipped and we can just let it crash if there is no + # getline. + if ( $mode =~ /[rR]/ ) { + if ( $ref eq 'IO::File' || defined &{ $ref . "::getline" } ) { + $New = sub { $filename }; + } + else { + $New = sub { undef }; + confess <new(@_) }; + } + } + $fh = $New->( $filename, $mode ) + or warn "Couldn't open file:$filename in mode:$mode : $!\n"; + return $fh, ( $ref or $filename ); +} + +sub find_input_line_ending { + + # Peek at a file and return first line ending character. + # Quietly return undef in case of any trouble. + my ($input_file) = @_; + my $ending; + + # silently ignore input from object or stdin + if ( ref($input_file) || $input_file eq '-' ) { + return $ending; + } + open( INFILE, $input_file ) || return $ending; + + binmode INFILE; + my $buf; + read( INFILE, $buf, 1024 ); + close INFILE; + if ( $buf && $buf =~ /([\012\015]+)/ ) { + my $test = $1; + + # dos + if ( $test =~ /^(\015\012)+$/ ) { $ending = "\015\012" } + + # mac + elsif ( $test =~ /^\015+$/ ) { $ending = "\015" } + + # unix + elsif ( $test =~ /^\012+$/ ) { $ending = "\012" } + + # unknown + else { } + } + + # no ending seen + else { } + + return $ending; +} + +sub catfile { + + # concatenate a path and file basename + # returns undef in case of error + + BEGIN { eval "require File::Spec"; $missing_file_spec = $@; } + + # use File::Spec if we can + unless ($missing_file_spec) { + return File::Spec->catfile(@_); + } + + # Perl 5.004 systems may not have File::Spec so we'll make + # a simple try. We assume File::Basename is available. + # return undef if not successful. + my $name = pop @_; + my $path = join '/', @_; + my $test_file = $path . $name; + my ( $test_name, $test_path ) = fileparse($test_file); + return $test_file if ( $test_name eq $name ); + return undef if ( $^O eq 'VMS' ); + + # this should work at least for Windows and Unix: + $test_file = $path . '/' . $name; + ( $test_name, $test_path ) = fileparse($test_file); + return $test_file if ( $test_name eq $name ); + return undef; +} + +sub make_temporary_filename { + + # Make a temporary filename. + # + # The POSIX tmpnam() function tends to be unreliable for non-unix + # systems (at least for the win32 systems that I've tested), so use + # a pre-defined name. A slight disadvantage of this is that two + # perltidy runs in the same working directory may conflict. + # However, the chance of that is small and managable by the user. + # An alternative would be to check for the file's existance and use, + # say .TMP0, .TMP1, etc, but that scheme has its own problems. So, + # keep it simple. + my $name = "perltidy.TMP"; + if ( $^O =~ /win32|dos/i || $^O eq 'VMS' || $^O eq 'MacOs' ) { + return $name; + } + eval "use POSIX qw(tmpnam)"; + if ($@) { return $name } + use IO::File; + + # just make a couple of tries before giving up and using the default + for ( 0 .. 1 ) { + my $tmpname = tmpnam(); + my $fh = IO::File->new( $tmpname, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL ); + if ($fh) { + $fh->close(); + return ($tmpname); + last; + } + } + return ($name); +} + +# Here is a map of the flow of data from the input source to the output +# line sink: +# +# LineSource-->Tokenizer-->Formatter-->VerticalAligner-->FileWriter--> +# input groups output +# lines tokens lines of lines lines +# lines +# +# The names correspond to the package names responsible for the unit processes. +# +# The overall process is controlled by the "main" package. +# +# LineSource is the stream of input lines +# +# Tokenizer analyzes a line and breaks it into tokens, peeking ahead +# if necessary. A token is any section of the input line which should be +# manipulated as a single entity during formatting. For example, a single +# ',' character is a token, and so is an entire side comment. It handles +# the complexities of Perl syntax, such as distinguishing between '<<' as +# a shift operator and as a here-document, or distinguishing between '/' +# as a divide symbol and as a pattern delimiter. +# +# Formatter inserts and deletes whitespace between tokens, and breaks +# sequences of tokens at appropriate points as output lines. It bases its +# decisions on the default rules as modified by any command-line options. +# +# VerticalAligner collects groups of lines together and tries to line up +# certain tokens, such as '=>', '#', and '=' by adding whitespace. +# +# FileWriter simply writes lines to the output stream. +# +# The Logger package, not shown, records significant events and warning +# messages. It writes a .LOG file, which may be saved with a +# '-log' or a '-g' flag. + +{ + + # variables needed by interrupt handler: + my $tokenizer; + my $input_file; + + # this routine may be called to give a status report if interrupted. If a + # parameter is given, it will call exit with that parameter. This is no + # longer used because it works under Unix but not under Windows. + sub interrupt_handler { + + my $exit_flag = shift; + print STDERR "perltidy interrupted"; + if ($tokenizer) { + my $input_line_number = + Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::get_input_line_number(); + print STDERR " at line $input_line_number"; + } + if ($input_file) { + + if ( ref $input_file ) { print STDERR " of reference to:" } + else { print STDERR " of file:" } + print STDERR " $input_file"; + } + print STDERR "\n"; + exit $exit_flag if defined($exit_flag); + } + + sub perltidy { + + my %defaults = ( + argv => undef, + destination => undef, + formatter => undef, + logfile => undef, + errorfile => undef, + perltidyrc => undef, + source => undef, + stderr => undef, + dump_options => undef, + dump_options_type => undef, + dump_getopt_flags => undef, + dump_options_category => undef, + dump_options_range => undef, + dump_abbreviations => undef, + prefilter => undef, + postfilter => undef, + ); + + # don't overwrite callers ARGV + local @ARGV = @ARGV; + + my %input_hash = @_; + + if ( my @bad_keys = grep { !exists $defaults{$_} } keys %input_hash ) { + local $" = ')('; + my @good_keys = sort keys %defaults; + @bad_keys = sort @bad_keys; + confess <('dump_options'); + my $dump_getopt_flags = $get_hash_ref->('dump_getopt_flags'); + my $dump_options_category = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options_category'); + my $dump_abbreviations = $get_hash_ref->('dump_abbreviations'); + my $dump_options_range = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options_range'); + + # validate dump_options_type + if ( defined($dump_options) ) { + unless ( defined($dump_options_type) ) { + $dump_options_type = 'perltidyrc'; + } + unless ( $dump_options_type =~ /^(perltidyrc|full)$/ ) { + croak <new(); + } + + # see if ARGV is overridden + if ( defined($argv) ) { + + my $rargv = ref $argv; + if ( $rargv eq 'SCALAR' ) { $argv = $$argv; $rargv = undef } + + # ref to ARRAY + if ($rargv) { + if ( $rargv eq 'ARRAY' ) { + @ARGV = @$argv; + } + else { + croak <{$opt} = $flag; + } + } + + if ( defined($dump_options_category) ) { + $quit_now = 1; + %{$dump_options_category} = %{$roption_category}; + } + + if ( defined($dump_options_range) ) { + $quit_now = 1; + %{$dump_options_range} = %{$roption_range}; + } + + if ( defined($dump_abbreviations) ) { + $quit_now = 1; + %{$dump_abbreviations} = %{$rexpansion}; + } + + if ( defined($dump_options) ) { + $quit_now = 1; + %{$dump_options} = %{$rOpts}; + } + + return if ($quit_now); + + # make printable string of options for this run as possible diagnostic + my $readable_options = readable_options( $rOpts, $roption_string ); + + # dump from command line + if ( $rOpts->{'dump-options'} ) { + print STDOUT $readable_options; + exit 1; + } + + check_options( $rOpts, $is_Windows, $Windows_type, + $rpending_complaint ); + + if ($user_formatter) { + $rOpts->{'format'} = 'user'; + } + + # there must be one entry here for every possible format + my %default_file_extension = ( + tidy => 'tdy', + html => 'html', + user => '', + ); + + # be sure we have a valid output format + unless ( exists $default_file_extension{ $rOpts->{'format'} } ) { + my $formats = join ' ', + sort map { "'" . $_ . "'" } keys %default_file_extension; + my $fmt = $rOpts->{'format'}; + die "-format='$fmt' but must be one of: $formats\n"; + } + + my $output_extension = + make_extension( $rOpts->{'output-file-extension'}, + $default_file_extension{ $rOpts->{'format'} }, $dot ); + + my $backup_extension = + make_extension( $rOpts->{'backup-file-extension'}, 'bak', $dot ); + + my $html_toc_extension = + make_extension( $rOpts->{'html-toc-extension'}, 'toc', $dot ); + + my $html_src_extension = + make_extension( $rOpts->{'html-src-extension'}, 'src', $dot ); + + # check for -b option; + my $in_place_modify = $rOpts->{'backup-and-modify-in-place'} + && $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' # silently ignore unless beautify mode + && @ARGV > 0; # silently ignore if standard input; + # this allows -b to be in a .perltidyrc file + # without error messages when running from an editor + + # turn off -b with warnings in case of conflicts with other options + if ($in_place_modify) { + if ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) { + warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -st together\n"; + $in_place_modify = 0; + } + if ($destination_stream) { + warn +"Ignoring -b; you may not specify a destination array and -b together\n"; + $in_place_modify = 0; + } + if ($source_stream) { + warn +"Ignoring -b; you may not specify a source array and -b together\n"; + $in_place_modify = 0; + } + if ( $rOpts->{'outfile'} ) { + warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -o together\n"; + $in_place_modify = 0; + } + if ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) { + warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -opath together\n"; + $in_place_modify = 0; + } + } + + Perl::Tidy::Formatter::check_options($rOpts); + if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'html' ) { + Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->check_options($rOpts); + } + + # make the pattern of file extensions that we shouldn't touch + my $forbidden_file_extensions = "(($dot_pattern)(LOG|DEBUG|ERR|TEE)"; + if ($output_extension) { + my $ext = quotemeta($output_extension); + $forbidden_file_extensions .= "|$ext"; + } + if ( $in_place_modify && $backup_extension ) { + my $ext = quotemeta($backup_extension); + $forbidden_file_extensions .= "|$ext"; + } + $forbidden_file_extensions .= ')$'; + + # Create a diagnostics object if requested; + # This is only useful for code development + my $diagnostics_object = undef; + if ( $rOpts->{'DIAGNOSTICS'} ) { + $diagnostics_object = Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics->new(); + } + + # no filenames should be given if input is from an array + if ($source_stream) { + if ( @ARGV > 0 ) { + die +"You may not specify any filenames when a source array is given\n"; + } + + # we'll stuff the source array into ARGV + unshift( @ARGV, $source_stream ); + + # No special treatment for source stream which is a filename. + # This will enable checks for binary files and other bad stuff. + $source_stream = undef unless ref($source_stream); + } + + # use stdin by default if no source array and no args + else { + unshift( @ARGV, '-' ) unless @ARGV; + } + + # loop to process all files in argument list + my $number_of_files = @ARGV; + my $formatter = undef; + $tokenizer = undef; + while ( $input_file = shift @ARGV ) { + my $fileroot; + my $input_file_permissions; + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # determine the input file name + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + if ($source_stream) { + $fileroot = "perltidy"; + } + elsif ( $input_file eq '-' ) { # '-' indicates input from STDIN + $fileroot = "perltidy"; # root name to use for .ERR, .LOG, etc + $in_place_modify = 0; + } + else { + $fileroot = $input_file; + unless ( -e $input_file ) { + + # file doesn't exist - check for a file glob + if ( $input_file =~ /([\?\*\[\{])/ ) { + + # Windows shell may not remove quotes, so do it + my $input_file = $input_file; + if ( $input_file =~ /^\'(.+)\'$/ ) { $input_file = $1 } + if ( $input_file =~ /^\"(.+)\"$/ ) { $input_file = $1 } + my $pattern = fileglob_to_re($input_file); + ##eval "/$pattern/"; + if ( !$@ && opendir( DIR, './' ) ) { + my @files = + grep { /$pattern/ && !-d $_ } readdir(DIR); + closedir(DIR); + if (@files) { + unshift @ARGV, @files; + next; + } + } + } + print "skipping file: '$input_file': no matches found\n"; + next; + } + + unless ( -f $input_file ) { + print "skipping file: $input_file: not a regular file\n"; + next; + } + + unless ( ( -T $input_file ) || $rOpts->{'force-read-binary'} ) { + print +"skipping file: $input_file: Non-text (override with -f)\n"; + next; + } + + # we should have a valid filename now + $fileroot = $input_file; + $input_file_permissions = ( stat $input_file )[2] & 07777; + + if ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) { + ( $fileroot, $dot ) = check_vms_filename($fileroot); + } + + # add option to change path here + if ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) { + + my ( $base, $old_path ) = fileparse($fileroot); + my $new_path = $rOpts->{'output-path'}; + unless ( -d $new_path ) { + unless ( mkdir $new_path, 0777 ) { + die "unable to create directory $new_path: $!\n"; + } + } + my $path = $new_path; + $fileroot = catfile( $path, $base ); + unless ($fileroot) { + die <new( $input_file, $rOpts, + $rpending_logfile_message ); + next unless ($source_object); + + # Prefilters and postfilters: The prefilter is a code reference + # that will be applied to the source before tidying, and the + # postfilter is a code reference to the result before outputting. + if ($prefilter) { + my $buf = ''; + while ( my $line = $source_object->get_line() ) { + $buf .= $line; + } + $buf = $prefilter->($buf); + + $source_object = Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$buf, $rOpts, + $rpending_logfile_message ); + } + + # register this file name with the Diagnostics package + $diagnostics_object->set_input_file($input_file) + if $diagnostics_object; + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # determine the output file name + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + my $output_file = undef; + my $actual_output_extension; + + if ( $rOpts->{'outfile'} ) { + + if ( $number_of_files <= 1 ) { + + if ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) { + die "You may not use -o and -st together\n"; + } + elsif ($destination_stream) { + die +"You may not specify a destination array and -o together\n"; + } + elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) { + die "You may not specify -o and -opath together\n"; + } + elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-file-extension'} ) ) { + die "You may not specify -o and -oext together\n"; + } + $output_file = $rOpts->{outfile}; + + # make sure user gives a file name after -o + if ( $output_file =~ /^-/ ) { + die "You must specify a valid filename after -o\n"; + } + + # do not overwrite input file with -o + if ( defined($input_file_permissions) + && ( $output_file eq $input_file ) ) + { + die + "Use 'perltidy -b $input_file' to modify in-place\n"; + } + } + else { + die "You may not use -o with more than one input file\n"; + } + } + elsif ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) { + if ($destination_stream) { + die +"You may not specify a destination array and -st together\n"; + } + $output_file = '-'; + + if ( $number_of_files <= 1 ) { + } + else { + die "You may not use -st with more than one input file\n"; + } + } + elsif ($destination_stream) { + $output_file = $destination_stream; + } + elsif ($source_stream) { # source but no destination goes to stdout + $output_file = '-'; + } + elsif ( $input_file eq '-' ) { + $output_file = '-'; + } + else { + if ($in_place_modify) { + $output_file = IO::File->new_tmpfile() + or die "cannot open temp file for -b option: $!\n"; + } + else { + $actual_output_extension = $output_extension; + $output_file = $fileroot . $output_extension; + } + } + + # the 'sink_object' knows how to write the output file + my $tee_file = $fileroot . $dot . "TEE"; + + my $line_separator = $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'}; + if ( $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} ) { + $line_separator = find_input_line_ending($input_file); + } + + # Eventually all I/O may be done with binmode, but for now it is + # only done when a user requests a particular line separator + # through the -ple or -ole flags + my $binmode = 0; + if ( defined($line_separator) ) { $binmode = 1 } + else { $line_separator = "\n" } + + my ( $sink_object, $postfilter_buffer ); + if ($postfilter) { + $sink_object = + Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( \$postfilter_buffer, $tee_file, + $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, + $binmode ); + } + else { + $sink_object = + Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( $output_file, $tee_file, + $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, + $binmode ); + } + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # initialize the error logger + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + my $warning_file = $fileroot . $dot . "ERR"; + if ($errorfile_stream) { $warning_file = $errorfile_stream } + my $log_file = $fileroot . $dot . "LOG"; + if ($logfile_stream) { $log_file = $logfile_stream } + + my $logger_object = + Perl::Tidy::Logger->new( $rOpts, $log_file, $warning_file, + $saw_extrude ); + write_logfile_header( + $rOpts, $logger_object, $config_file, + $rraw_options, $Windows_type, $readable_options, + ); + if ($$rpending_logfile_message) { + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($$rpending_logfile_message); + } + if ($$rpending_complaint) { + $logger_object->complain($$rpending_complaint); + } + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # initialize the debug object, if any + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + my $debugger_object = undef; + if ( $rOpts->{DEBUG} ) { + $debugger_object = + Perl::Tidy::Debugger->new( $fileroot . $dot . "DEBUG" ); + } + + # loop over iterations + my $max_iterations = $rOpts->{'iterations'}; + my $sink_object_final = $sink_object; + for ( my $iter = 1 ; $iter <= $max_iterations ; $iter++ ) { + my $temp_buffer; + + # local copies of some debugging objects which get deleted + # after first iteration, but will reappear after this loop + my $debugger_object = $debugger_object; + my $logger_object = $logger_object; + my $diagnostics_object = $diagnostics_object; + + # output to temp buffer until last iteration + if ( $iter < $max_iterations ) { + $sink_object = + Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( \$temp_buffer, $tee_file, + $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, + $binmode ); + } + else { + $sink_object = $sink_object_final; + + # terminate some debugging output after first pass + # to avoid needless output. + $debugger_object = undef; + $logger_object = undef; + $diagnostics_object = undef; + } + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # create a formatter for this file : html writer or pretty printer + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + + # we have to delete any old formatter because, for safety, + # the formatter will check to see that there is only one. + $formatter = undef; + + if ($user_formatter) { + $formatter = $user_formatter; + } + elsif ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'html' ) { + $formatter = + Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->new( $fileroot, $output_file, + $actual_output_extension, $html_toc_extension, + $html_src_extension ); + } + elsif ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) { + $formatter = Perl::Tidy::Formatter->new( + logger_object => $logger_object, + diagnostics_object => $diagnostics_object, + sink_object => $sink_object, + ); + } + else { + die "I don't know how to do -format=$rOpts->{'format'}\n"; + } + + unless ($formatter) { + die + "Unable to continue with $rOpts->{'format'} formatting\n"; + } + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # create the tokenizer for this file + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + $tokenizer = undef; # must destroy old tokenizer + $tokenizer = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->new( + source_object => $source_object, + logger_object => $logger_object, + debugger_object => $debugger_object, + diagnostics_object => $diagnostics_object, + starting_level => $rOpts->{'starting-indentation-level'}, + tabs => $rOpts->{'tabs'}, + entab_leading_space => $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'}, + indent_columns => $rOpts->{'indent-columns'}, + look_for_hash_bang => $rOpts->{'look-for-hash-bang'}, + look_for_autoloader => $rOpts->{'look-for-autoloader'}, + look_for_selfloader => $rOpts->{'look-for-selfloader'}, + trim_qw => $rOpts->{'trim-qw'}, + ); + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # now we can do it + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + process_this_file( $tokenizer, $formatter ); + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # close the input source and report errors + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + $source_object->close_input_file(); + + # line source for next iteration (if any) comes from the current + # temporary buffer + if ( $iter < $max_iterations ) { + $source_object = + Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$temp_buffer, $rOpts, + $rpending_logfile_message ); + } + + } # end loop over iterations + + # get file names to use for syntax check + my $ifname = $source_object->get_input_file_copy_name(); + my $ofname = $sink_object->get_output_file_copy(); + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # handle the -b option (backup and modify in-place) + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + if ($in_place_modify) { + unless ( -f $input_file ) { + + # oh, oh, no real file to backup .. + # shouldn't happen because of numerous preliminary checks + die print +"problem with -b backing up input file '$input_file': not a file\n"; + } + my $backup_name = $input_file . $backup_extension; + if ( -f $backup_name ) { + unlink($backup_name) + or die +"unable to remove previous '$backup_name' for -b option; check permissions: $!\n"; + } + rename( $input_file, $backup_name ) + or die +"problem renaming $input_file to $backup_name for -b option: $!\n"; + $ifname = $backup_name; + + seek( $output_file, 0, 0 ) + or die "unable to rewind tmp file for -b option: $!\n"; + + my $fout = IO::File->new("> $input_file") + or die +"problem opening $input_file for write for -b option; check directory permissions: $!\n"; + binmode $fout; + my $line; + while ( $line = $output_file->getline() ) { + $fout->print($line); + } + $fout->close(); + $output_file = $input_file; + $ofname = $input_file; + } + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # clean up and report errors + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + $sink_object->close_output_file() if $sink_object; + $debugger_object->close_debug_file() if $debugger_object; + + if ($postfilter) { + my $new_sink = + Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( $output_file, $tee_file, + $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, + $binmode ); + my $buf = $postfilter->($postfilter_buffer); + foreach my $line ( split( "\n", $buf ) ) { + $new_sink->write_line($line); + } + } + + my $infile_syntax_ok = 0; # -1 no 0=don't know 1 yes + if ($output_file) { + + if ($input_file_permissions) { + + # give output script same permissions as input script, but + # make it user-writable or else we can't run perltidy again. + # Thus we retain whatever executable flags were set. + if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) { + chmod( $input_file_permissions | 0600, $output_file ); + } + + # else use default permissions for html and any other format + + } + if ( $logger_object && $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} ) { + $infile_syntax_ok = + check_syntax( $ifname, $ofname, $logger_object, $rOpts ); + } + } + + $logger_object->finish( $infile_syntax_ok, $formatter ) + if $logger_object; + } # end of loop to process all files + } # end of main program +} + +sub fileglob_to_re { + + # modified (corrected) from version in find2perl + my $x = shift; + $x =~ s#([./^\$()])#\\$1#g; # escape special characters + $x =~ s#\*#.*#g; # '*' -> '.*' + $x =~ s#\?#.#g; # '?' -> '.' + "^$x\\z"; # match whole word +} + +sub make_extension { + + # Make a file extension, including any leading '.' if necessary + # The '.' may actually be an '_' under VMS + my ( $extension, $default, $dot ) = @_; + + # Use the default if none specified + $extension = $default unless ($extension); + + # Only extensions with these leading characters get a '.' + # This rule gives the user some freedom + if ( $extension =~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9]/ ) { + $extension = $dot . $extension; + } + return $extension; +} + +sub write_logfile_header { + my ( + $rOpts, $logger_object, $config_file, + $rraw_options, $Windows_type, $readable_options + ) = @_; + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( +"perltidy version $VERSION log file on a $^O system, OLD_PERL_VERSION=$]\n" + ); + if ($Windows_type) { + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("Windows type is $Windows_type\n"); + } + my $options_string = join( ' ', @$rraw_options ); + + if ($config_file) { + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( + "Found Configuration File >>> $config_file \n"); + } + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( + "Configuration and command line parameters for this run:\n"); + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("$options_string\n"); + + if ( $rOpts->{'DEBUG'} || $rOpts->{'show-options'} ) { + $rOpts->{'logfile'} = 1; # force logfile to be saved + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( + "Final parameter set for this run\n"); + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( + "------------------------------------\n"); + + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($readable_options); + + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( + "------------------------------------\n"); + } + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( + "To find error messages search for 'WARNING' with your editor\n"); +} + +sub generate_options { + + ###################################################################### + # Generate and return references to: + # @option_string - the list of options to be passed to Getopt::Long + # @defaults - the list of default options + # %expansion - a hash showing how all abbreviations are expanded + # %category - a hash giving the general category of each option + # %option_range - a hash giving the valid ranges of certain options + + # Note: a few options are not documented in the man page and usage + # message. This is because these are experimental or debug options and + # may or may not be retained in future versions. + # + # Here are the undocumented flags as far as I know. Any of them + # may disappear at any time. They are mainly for fine-tuning + # and debugging. + # + # fll --> fuzzy-line-length # a trivial parameter which gets + # turned off for the extrude option + # which is mainly for debugging + # chk --> check-multiline-quotes # check for old bug; to be deleted + # scl --> short-concatenation-item-length # helps break at '.' + # recombine # for debugging line breaks + # valign # for debugging vertical alignment + # I --> DIAGNOSTICS # for debugging + ###################################################################### + + # here is a summary of the Getopt codes: + # does not take an argument + # =s takes a mandatory string + # :s takes an optional string (DO NOT USE - filenames will get eaten up) + # =i takes a mandatory integer + # :i takes an optional integer (NOT RECOMMENDED - can cause trouble) + # ! does not take an argument and may be negated + # i.e., -foo and -nofoo are allowed + # a double dash signals the end of the options list + # + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # Define the option string passed to GetOptions. + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + + my @option_string = (); + my %expansion = (); + my %option_category = (); + my %option_range = (); + my $rexpansion = \%expansion; + + # names of categories in manual + # leading integers will allow sorting + my @category_name = ( + '0. I/O control', + '1. Basic formatting options', + '2. Code indentation control', + '3. Whitespace control', + '4. Comment controls', + '5. Linebreak controls', + '6. Controlling list formatting', + '7. Retaining or ignoring existing line breaks', + '8. Blank line control', + '9. Other controls', + '10. HTML options', + '11. pod2html options', + '12. Controlling HTML properties', + '13. Debugging', + ); + + # These options are parsed directly by perltidy: + # help h + # version v + # However, they are included in the option set so that they will + # be seen in the options dump. + + # These long option names have no abbreviations or are treated specially + @option_string = qw( + html! + noprofile + no-profile + npro + recombine! + valign! + notidy + ); + + my $category = 13; # Debugging + foreach (@option_string) { + my $opt = $_; # must avoid changing the actual flag + $opt =~ s/!$//; + $option_category{$opt} = $category_name[$category]; + } + + $category = 11; # HTML + $option_category{html} = $category_name[$category]; + + # routine to install and check options + my $add_option = sub { + my ( $long_name, $short_name, $flag ) = @_; + push @option_string, $long_name . $flag; + $option_category{$long_name} = $category_name[$category]; + if ($short_name) { + if ( $expansion{$short_name} ) { + my $existing_name = $expansion{$short_name}[0]; + die +"redefining abbreviation $short_name for $long_name; already used for $existing_name\n"; + } + $expansion{$short_name} = [$long_name]; + if ( $flag eq '!' ) { + my $nshort_name = 'n' . $short_name; + my $nolong_name = 'no' . $long_name; + if ( $expansion{$nshort_name} ) { + my $existing_name = $expansion{$nshort_name}[0]; + die +"attempting to redefine abbreviation $nshort_name for $nolong_name; already used for $existing_name\n"; + } + $expansion{$nshort_name} = [$nolong_name]; + } + } + }; + + # Install long option names which have a simple abbreviation. + # Options with code '!' get standard negation ('no' for long names, + # 'n' for abbreviations). Categories follow the manual. + + ########################### + $category = 0; # I/O_Control + ########################### + $add_option->( 'backup-and-modify-in-place', 'b', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'backup-file-extension', 'bext', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'force-read-binary', 'f', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'format', 'fmt', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'iterations', 'it', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'logfile', 'log', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'logfile-gap', 'g', ':i' ); + $add_option->( 'outfile', 'o', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'output-file-extension', 'oext', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'output-path', 'opath', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'profile', 'pro', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'quiet', 'q', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'standard-error-output', 'se', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'standard-output', 'st', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'warning-output', 'w', '!' ); + + # options which are both toggle switches and values moved here + # to hide from tidyview (which does not show category 0 flags): + # -ole moved here from category 1 + # -sil moved here from category 2 + $add_option->( 'output-line-ending', 'ole', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'starting-indentation-level', 'sil', '=i' ); + + ######################################## + $category = 1; # Basic formatting options + ######################################## + $add_option->( 'check-syntax', 'syn', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'entab-leading-whitespace', 'et', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'indent-columns', 'i', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'maximum-line-length', 'l', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'perl-syntax-check-flags', 'pscf', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'preserve-line-endings', 'ple', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'tabs', 't', '!' ); + + ######################################## + $category = 2; # Code indentation control + ######################################## + $add_option->( 'continuation-indentation', 'ci', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'line-up-parentheses', 'lp', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'outdent-keyword-list', 'okwl', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'outdent-keywords', 'okw', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'outdent-labels', 'ola', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'outdent-long-quotes', 'olq', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'indent-closing-brace', 'icb', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'closing-token-indentation', 'cti', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'closing-paren-indentation', 'cpi', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'closing-brace-indentation', 'cbi', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'closing-square-bracket-indentation', 'csbi', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'brace-left-and-indent', 'bli', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'brace-left-and-indent-list', 'blil', '=s' ); + + ######################################## + $category = 3; # Whitespace control + ######################################## + $add_option->( 'add-semicolons', 'asc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'add-whitespace', 'aws', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'block-brace-tightness', 'bbt', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'brace-tightness', 'bt', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'delete-old-whitespace', 'dws', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'delete-semicolons', 'dsm', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'nospace-after-keyword', 'nsak', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'nowant-left-space', 'nwls', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'nowant-right-space', 'nwrs', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'paren-tightness', 'pt', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'space-after-keyword', 'sak', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'space-for-semicolon', 'sfs', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'space-function-paren', 'sfp', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'space-keyword-paren', 'skp', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'space-terminal-semicolon', 'sts', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'square-bracket-tightness', 'sbt', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness', 'sbvt', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing', 'sbvtc', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'trim-qw', 'tqw', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'want-left-space', 'wls', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'want-right-space', 'wrs', '=s' ); + + ######################################## + $category = 4; # Comment controls + ######################################## + $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-else-flag', 'csce', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-interval', 'csci', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-list', 'cscl', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-maximum-text', 'csct', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-prefix', 'cscp', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-warnings', 'cscw', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'closing-side-comments', 'csc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'closing-side-comments-balanced', 'cscb', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'format-skipping', 'fs', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'format-skipping-begin', 'fsb', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'format-skipping-end', 'fse', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'hanging-side-comments', 'hsc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'indent-block-comments', 'ibc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'indent-spaced-block-comments', 'isbc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'fixed-position-side-comment', 'fpsc', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'minimum-space-to-comment', 'msc', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'outdent-long-comments', 'olc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'outdent-static-block-comments', 'osbc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'static-block-comment-prefix', 'sbcp', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'static-block-comments', 'sbc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'static-side-comment-prefix', 'sscp', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'static-side-comments', 'ssc', '!' ); + + ######################################## + $category = 5; # Linebreak controls + ######################################## + $add_option->( 'add-newlines', 'anl', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'block-brace-vertical-tightness', 'bbvt', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list', 'bbvtl', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'brace-vertical-tightness', 'bvt', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'brace-vertical-tightness-closing', 'bvtc', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'cuddled-else', 'ce', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'delete-old-newlines', 'dnl', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'opening-brace-always-on-right', 'bar', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'opening-brace-on-new-line', 'bl', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'opening-hash-brace-right', 'ohbr', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'opening-paren-right', 'opr', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'opening-square-bracket-right', 'osbr', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'opening-anonymous-sub-brace-on-new-line', 'asbl', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line', 'sbl', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'paren-vertical-tightness', 'pvt', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'paren-vertical-tightness-closing', 'pvtc', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'stack-closing-hash-brace', 'schb', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'stack-closing-paren', 'scp', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'stack-closing-square-bracket', 'scsb', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'stack-opening-hash-brace', 'sohb', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'stack-opening-paren', 'sop', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'stack-opening-square-bracket', 'sosb', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'vertical-tightness', 'vt', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'vertical-tightness-closing', 'vtc', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'want-break-after', 'wba', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'want-break-before', 'wbb', '=s' ); + $add_option->( 'break-after-all-operators', 'baao', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'break-before-all-operators', 'bbao', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'keep-interior-semicolons', 'kis', '!' ); + + ######################################## + $category = 6; # Controlling list formatting + ######################################## + $add_option->( 'break-at-old-comma-breakpoints', 'boc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'comma-arrow-breakpoints', 'cab', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'maximum-fields-per-table', 'mft', '=i' ); + + ######################################## + $category = 7; # Retaining or ignoring existing line breaks + ######################################## + $add_option->( 'break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints', 'bok', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'break-at-old-logical-breakpoints', 'bol', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints', 'bot', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'ignore-old-breakpoints', 'iob', '!' ); + + ######################################## + $category = 8; # Blank line control + ######################################## + $add_option->( 'blanks-before-blocks', 'bbb', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'blanks-before-comments', 'bbc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'blanks-before-subs', 'bbs', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'long-block-line-count', 'lbl', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'maximum-consecutive-blank-lines', 'mbl', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'keep-old-blank-lines', 'kbl', '=i' ); + + ######################################## + $category = 9; # Other controls + ######################################## + $add_option->( 'delete-block-comments', 'dbc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'delete-closing-side-comments', 'dcsc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'delete-pod', 'dp', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'delete-side-comments', 'dsc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'tee-block-comments', 'tbc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'tee-pod', 'tp', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'tee-side-comments', 'tsc', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'look-for-autoloader', 'lal', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'look-for-hash-bang', 'x', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'look-for-selfloader', 'lsl', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'pass-version-line', 'pvl', '!' ); + + ######################################## + $category = 13; # Debugging + ######################################## + $add_option->( 'DEBUG', 'D', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'DIAGNOSTICS', 'I', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'check-multiline-quotes', 'chk', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'dump-defaults', 'ddf', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'dump-long-names', 'dln', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'dump-options', 'dop', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'dump-profile', 'dpro', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'dump-short-names', 'dsn', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'dump-token-types', 'dtt', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'dump-want-left-space', 'dwls', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'dump-want-right-space', 'dwrs', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'fuzzy-line-length', 'fll', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'help', 'h', '' ); + $add_option->( 'short-concatenation-item-length', 'scl', '=i' ); + $add_option->( 'show-options', 'opt', '!' ); + $add_option->( 'version', 'v', '' ); + + #--------------------------------------------------------------------- + + # The Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter will add its own options to the string + Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->make_getopt_long_names( \@option_string ); + + ######################################## + # Set categories 10, 11, 12 + ######################################## + # Based on their known order + $category = 12; # HTML properties + foreach my $opt (@option_string) { + my $long_name = $opt; + $long_name =~ s/(!|=.*|:.*)$//; + unless ( defined( $option_category{$long_name} ) ) { + if ( $long_name =~ /^html-linked/ ) { + $category = 10; # HTML options + } + elsif ( $long_name =~ /^pod2html/ ) { + $category = 11; # Pod2html + } + $option_category{$long_name} = $category_name[$category]; + } + } + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # Assign valid ranges to certain options + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # In the future, these may be used to make preliminary checks + # hash keys are long names + # If key or value is undefined: + # strings may have any value + # integer ranges are >=0 + # If value is defined: + # value is [qw(any valid words)] for strings + # value is [min, max] for integers + # if min is undefined, there is no lower limit + # if max is undefined, there is no upper limit + # Parameters not listed here have defaults + %option_range = ( + 'format' => [ 'tidy', 'html', 'user' ], + 'output-line-ending' => [ 'dos', 'win', 'mac', 'unix' ], + + 'block-brace-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'brace-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'paren-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'square-bracket-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], + + 'block-brace-vertical-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'brace-vertical-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'brace-vertical-tightness-closing' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'paren-vertical-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'paren-vertical-tightness-closing' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'vertical-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'vertical-tightness-closing' => [ 0, 2 ], + + 'closing-brace-indentation' => [ 0, 3 ], + 'closing-paren-indentation' => [ 0, 3 ], + 'closing-square-bracket-indentation' => [ 0, 3 ], + 'closing-token-indentation' => [ 0, 3 ], + + 'closing-side-comment-else-flag' => [ 0, 2 ], + 'comma-arrow-breakpoints' => [ 0, 3 ], + ); + + # Note: we could actually allow negative ci if someone really wants it: + # $option_range{'continuation-indentation'} = [ undef, undef ]; + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # Assign default values to the above options here, except + # for 'outfile' and 'help'. + # These settings should approximate the perlstyle(1) suggestions. + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + my @defaults = qw( + add-newlines + add-semicolons + add-whitespace + blanks-before-blocks + blanks-before-comments + blanks-before-subs + block-brace-tightness=0 + block-brace-vertical-tightness=0 + brace-tightness=1 + brace-vertical-tightness-closing=0 + brace-vertical-tightness=0 + break-at-old-logical-breakpoints + break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints + break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints + comma-arrow-breakpoints=1 + nocheck-syntax + closing-side-comment-interval=6 + closing-side-comment-maximum-text=20 + closing-side-comment-else-flag=0 + closing-side-comments-balanced + closing-paren-indentation=0 + closing-brace-indentation=0 + closing-square-bracket-indentation=0 + continuation-indentation=2 + delete-old-newlines + delete-semicolons + fuzzy-line-length + hanging-side-comments + indent-block-comments + indent-columns=4 + iterations=1 + keep-old-blank-lines=1 + long-block-line-count=8 + look-for-autoloader + look-for-selfloader + maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=1 + maximum-fields-per-table=0 + maximum-line-length=80 + minimum-space-to-comment=4 + nobrace-left-and-indent + nocuddled-else + nodelete-old-whitespace + nohtml + nologfile + noquiet + noshow-options + nostatic-side-comments + notabs + nowarning-output + outdent-labels + outdent-long-quotes + outdent-long-comments + paren-tightness=1 + paren-vertical-tightness-closing=0 + paren-vertical-tightness=0 + pass-version-line + recombine + valign + short-concatenation-item-length=8 + space-for-semicolon + square-bracket-tightness=1 + square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing=0 + square-bracket-vertical-tightness=0 + static-block-comments + trim-qw + format=tidy + backup-file-extension=bak + format-skipping + + pod2html + html-table-of-contents + html-entities + ); + + push @defaults, "perl-syntax-check-flags=-c -T"; + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # Define abbreviations which will be expanded into the above primitives. + # These may be defined recursively. + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + %expansion = ( + %expansion, + 'freeze-newlines' => [qw(noadd-newlines nodelete-old-newlines)], + 'fnl' => [qw(freeze-newlines)], + 'freeze-whitespace' => [qw(noadd-whitespace nodelete-old-whitespace)], + 'fws' => [qw(freeze-whitespace)], + 'freeze-blank-lines' => + [qw(maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=0 keep-old-blank-lines=2)], + 'fbl' => [qw(freeze-blank-lines)], + 'indent-only' => [qw(freeze-newlines freeze-whitespace)], + 'outdent-long-lines' => [qw(outdent-long-quotes outdent-long-comments)], + 'nooutdent-long-lines' => + [qw(nooutdent-long-quotes nooutdent-long-comments)], + 'noll' => [qw(nooutdent-long-lines)], + 'io' => [qw(indent-only)], + 'delete-all-comments' => + [qw(delete-block-comments delete-side-comments delete-pod)], + 'nodelete-all-comments' => + [qw(nodelete-block-comments nodelete-side-comments nodelete-pod)], + 'dac' => [qw(delete-all-comments)], + 'ndac' => [qw(nodelete-all-comments)], + 'gnu' => [qw(gnu-style)], + 'pbp' => [qw(perl-best-practices)], + 'tee-all-comments' => + [qw(tee-block-comments tee-side-comments tee-pod)], + 'notee-all-comments' => + [qw(notee-block-comments notee-side-comments notee-pod)], + 'tac' => [qw(tee-all-comments)], + 'ntac' => [qw(notee-all-comments)], + 'html' => [qw(format=html)], + 'nhtml' => [qw(format=tidy)], + 'tidy' => [qw(format=tidy)], + + 'swallow-optional-blank-lines' => [qw(kbl=0)], + 'noswallow-optional-blank-lines' => [qw(kbl=1)], + 'sob' => [qw(kbl=0)], + 'nsob' => [qw(kbl=1)], + + 'break-after-comma-arrows' => [qw(cab=0)], + 'nobreak-after-comma-arrows' => [qw(cab=1)], + 'baa' => [qw(cab=0)], + 'nbaa' => [qw(cab=1)], + + 'break-at-old-trinary-breakpoints' => [qw(bot)], + + 'cti=0' => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)], + 'cti=1' => [qw(cpi=1 cbi=1 csbi=1)], + 'cti=2' => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)], + 'icp' => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)], + 'nicp' => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)], + + 'closing-token-indentation=0' => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)], + 'closing-token-indentation=1' => [qw(cpi=1 cbi=1 csbi=1)], + 'closing-token-indentation=2' => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)], + 'indent-closing-paren' => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)], + 'noindent-closing-paren' => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)], + + 'vt=0' => [qw(pvt=0 bvt=0 sbvt=0)], + 'vt=1' => [qw(pvt=1 bvt=1 sbvt=1)], + 'vt=2' => [qw(pvt=2 bvt=2 sbvt=2)], + + 'vertical-tightness=0' => [qw(pvt=0 bvt=0 sbvt=0)], + 'vertical-tightness=1' => [qw(pvt=1 bvt=1 sbvt=1)], + 'vertical-tightness=2' => [qw(pvt=2 bvt=2 sbvt=2)], + + 'vtc=0' => [qw(pvtc=0 bvtc=0 sbvtc=0)], + 'vtc=1' => [qw(pvtc=1 bvtc=1 sbvtc=1)], + 'vtc=2' => [qw(pvtc=2 bvtc=2 sbvtc=2)], + + 'vertical-tightness-closing=0' => [qw(pvtc=0 bvtc=0 sbvtc=0)], + 'vertical-tightness-closing=1' => [qw(pvtc=1 bvtc=1 sbvtc=1)], + 'vertical-tightness-closing=2' => [qw(pvtc=2 bvtc=2 sbvtc=2)], + + 'otr' => [qw(opr ohbr osbr)], + 'opening-token-right' => [qw(opr ohbr osbr)], + 'notr' => [qw(nopr nohbr nosbr)], + 'noopening-token-right' => [qw(nopr nohbr nosbr)], + + 'sot' => [qw(sop sohb sosb)], + 'nsot' => [qw(nsop nsohb nsosb)], + 'stack-opening-tokens' => [qw(sop sohb sosb)], + 'nostack-opening-tokens' => [qw(nsop nsohb nsosb)], + + 'sct' => [qw(scp schb scsb)], + 'stack-closing-tokens' => => [qw(scp schb scsb)], + 'nsct' => [qw(nscp nschb nscsb)], + 'nostack-opening-tokens' => [qw(nscp nschb nscsb)], + + # 'mangle' originally deleted pod and comments, but to keep it + # reversible, it no longer does. But if you really want to + # delete them, just use: + # -mangle -dac + + # An interesting use for 'mangle' is to do this: + # perltidy -mangle myfile.pl -st | perltidy -o myfile.pl.new + # which will form as many one-line blocks as possible + + 'mangle' => [ + qw( + check-syntax + keep-old-blank-lines=0 + delete-old-newlines + delete-old-whitespace + delete-semicolons + indent-columns=0 + maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=0 + maximum-line-length=100000 + noadd-newlines + noadd-semicolons + noadd-whitespace + noblanks-before-blocks + noblanks-before-subs + notabs + ) + ], + + # 'extrude' originally deleted pod and comments, but to keep it + # reversible, it no longer does. But if you really want to + # delete them, just use + # extrude -dac + # + # An interesting use for 'extrude' is to do this: + # perltidy -extrude myfile.pl -st | perltidy -o myfile.pl.new + # which will break up all one-line blocks. + + 'extrude' => [ + qw( + check-syntax + ci=0 + delete-old-newlines + delete-old-whitespace + delete-semicolons + indent-columns=0 + maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=0 + maximum-line-length=1 + noadd-semicolons + noadd-whitespace + noblanks-before-blocks + noblanks-before-subs + nofuzzy-line-length + notabs + norecombine + ) + ], + + # this style tries to follow the GNU Coding Standards (which do + # not really apply to perl but which are followed by some perl + # programmers). + 'gnu-style' => [ + qw( + lp bl noll pt=2 bt=2 sbt=2 cpi=1 csbi=1 cbi=1 + ) + ], + + # Style suggested in Damian Conway's Perl Best Practices + 'perl-best-practices' => [ + qw(l=78 i=4 ci=4 st se vt=2 cti=0 pt=1 bt=1 sbt=1 bbt=1 nsfs nolq), +q(wbb=% + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=) + ], + + # Additional styles can be added here + ); + + Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->make_abbreviated_names( \%expansion ); + + # Uncomment next line to dump all expansions for debugging: + # dump_short_names(\%expansion); + return ( + \@option_string, \@defaults, \%expansion, + \%option_category, \%option_range + ); + +} # end of generate_options + +sub process_command_line { + + my ( + $perltidyrc_stream, $is_Windows, $Windows_type, + $rpending_complaint, $dump_options_type + ) = @_; + + use Getopt::Long; + + my ( + $roption_string, $rdefaults, $rexpansion, + $roption_category, $roption_range + ) = generate_options(); + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # set the defaults by passing the above list through GetOptions + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + my %Opts = (); + { + local @ARGV; + my $i; + + # do not load the defaults if we are just dumping perltidyrc + unless ( $dump_options_type eq 'perltidyrc' ) { + for $i (@$rdefaults) { push @ARGV, "--" . $i } + } + + # Patch to save users Getopt::Long configuration + # and set to Getopt::Long defaults. Use eval to avoid + # breaking old versions of Perl without these routines. + my $glc; + eval { $glc = Getopt::Long::Configure() }; + unless ($@) { + eval { Getopt::Long::ConfigDefaults() }; + } + else { $glc = undef } + + if ( !GetOptions( \%Opts, @$roption_string ) ) { + die "Programming Bug: error in setting default options"; + } + + # Patch to put the previous Getopt::Long configuration back + eval { Getopt::Long::Configure($glc) } if defined $glc; + } + + my $word; + my @raw_options = (); + my $config_file = ""; + my $saw_ignore_profile = 0; + my $saw_extrude = 0; + my $saw_dump_profile = 0; + my $i; + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # Take a first look at the command-line parameters. Do as many + # immediate dumps as possible, which can avoid confusion if the + # perltidyrc file has an error. + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + foreach $i (@ARGV) { + + $i =~ s/^--/-/; + if ( $i =~ /^-(npro|noprofile|no-profile)$/ ) { + $saw_ignore_profile = 1; + } + + # note: this must come before -pro and -profile, below: + elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-profile|dpro)$/ ) { + $saw_dump_profile = 1; + } + elsif ( $i =~ /^-(pro|profile)=(.+)/ ) { + if ($config_file) { + warn +"Only one -pro=filename allowed, using '$2' instead of '$config_file'\n"; + } + $config_file = $2; + + # resolve /.../, meaning look upwards from directory + if ( defined($config_file) ) { + if ( my ( $start_dir, $search_file ) = + ( $config_file =~ m{^(.*)\.\.\./(.*)$} ) ) + { + $start_dir = '.' if !$start_dir; + $start_dir = Cwd::realpath($start_dir); + if ( my $found_file = + find_file_upwards( $start_dir, $search_file ) ) + { + $config_file = $found_file; + } + } + } + unless ( -e $config_file ) { + warn "cannot find file given with -pro=$config_file: $!\n"; + $config_file = ""; + } + } + elsif ( $i =~ /^-(pro|profile)=?$/ ) { + die "usage: -pro=filename or --profile=filename, no spaces\n"; + } + elsif ( $i =~ /^-extrude$/ ) { + $saw_extrude = 1; + } + elsif ( $i =~ /^-(help|h|HELP|H)$/ ) { + usage(); + exit 1; + } + elsif ( $i =~ /^-(version|v)$/ ) { + show_version(); + exit 1; + } + elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-defaults|ddf)$/ ) { + dump_defaults(@$rdefaults); + exit 1; + } + elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-long-names|dln)$/ ) { + dump_long_names(@$roption_string); + exit 1; + } + elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-short-names|dsn)$/ ) { + dump_short_names($rexpansion); + exit 1; + } + elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-token-types|dtt)$/ ) { + Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->dump_token_types(*STDOUT); + exit 1; + } + } + + if ( $saw_dump_profile && $saw_ignore_profile ) { + warn "No profile to dump because of -npro\n"; + exit 1; + } + + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + # read any .perltidyrc configuration file + #--------------------------------------------------------------- + unless ($saw_ignore_profile) { + + # resolve possible conflict between $perltidyrc_stream passed + # as call parameter to perltidy and -pro=filename on command + # line. + if ($perltidyrc_stream) { + if ($config_file) { + warn <{'vertical-tightness'} ) { + my $vt = $rOpts->{'vertical-tightness'}; + $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness'} = $vt; + $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness'} = $vt; + $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness'} = $vt; + } + + if ( defined $rOpts->{'vertical-tightness-closing'} ) { + my $vtc = $rOpts->{'vertical-tightness-closing'}; + $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness-closing'} = $vtc; + $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing'} = $vtc; + $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness-closing'} = $vtc; + } + + if ( defined $rOpts->{'closing-token-indentation'} ) { + my $cti = $rOpts->{'closing-token-indentation'}; + $rOpts->{'closing-square-bracket-indentation'} = $cti; + $rOpts->{'closing-brace-indentation'} = $cti; + $rOpts->{'closing-paren-indentation'} = $cti; + } + + # In quiet mode, there is no log file and hence no way to report + # results of syntax check, so don't do it. + if ( $rOpts->{'quiet'} ) { + $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; + } + + # can't check syntax if no output + if ( $rOpts->{'format'} ne 'tidy' ) { + $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; + } + + # Never let Windows 9x/Me systems run syntax check -- this will prevent a + # wide variety of nasty problems on these systems, because they cannot + # reliably run backticks. Don't even think about changing this! + if ( $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} + && $is_Windows + && ( !$Windows_type || $Windows_type =~ /^(9|Me)/ ) ) + { + $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; + } + + # It's really a bad idea to check syntax as root unless you wrote + # the script yourself. FIXME: not sure if this works with VMS + unless ($is_Windows) { + + if ( $< == 0 && $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} ) { + $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; + $$rpending_complaint .= +"Syntax check deactivated for safety; you shouldn't run this as root\n"; + } + } + + # check iteration count and quietly fix if necessary: + # - iterations option only applies to code beautification mode + # - it shouldn't be nessary to use more than about 2 iterations + if ( $rOpts->{'format'} ne 'tidy' ) { + $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 1; + } + elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'iterations'} ) ) { + if ( $rOpts->{'iterations'} <= 0 ) { $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 1 } + elsif ( $rOpts->{'iterations'} > 5 ) { $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 5 } + } + else { + $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 1; + } + + # see if user set a non-negative logfile-gap + if ( defined( $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} ) && $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} >= 0 ) { + + # a zero gap will be taken as a 1 + if ( $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} == 0 ) { + $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} = 1; + } + + # setting a non-negative logfile gap causes logfile to be saved + $rOpts->{'logfile'} = 1; + } + + # not setting logfile gap, or setting it negative, causes default of 50 + else { + $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} = 50; + } + + # set short-cut flag when only indentation is to be done. + # Note that the user may or may not have already set the + # indent-only flag. + if ( !$rOpts->{'add-whitespace'} + && !$rOpts->{'delete-old-whitespace'} + && !$rOpts->{'add-newlines'} + && !$rOpts->{'delete-old-newlines'} ) + { + $rOpts->{'indent-only'} = 1; + } + + # -isbc implies -ibc + if ( $rOpts->{'indent-spaced-block-comments'} ) { + $rOpts->{'indent-block-comments'} = 1; + } + + # -bli flag implies -bl + if ( $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent'} ) { + $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} = 1; + } + + if ( $rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} + && $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} ) + { + warn <{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} = 0; + } + + # it simplifies things if -bl is 0 rather than undefined + if ( !defined( $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} ) ) { + $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} = 0; + } + + # -sbl defaults to -bl if not defined + if ( !defined( $rOpts->{'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line'} ) ) { + $rOpts->{'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line'} = + $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'}; + } + + if ( $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} ) { + if ( $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} < 0 ) { + warn "-et=n must use a positive integer; ignoring -et\n"; + $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} = undef; + } + + # entab leading whitespace has priority over the older 'tabs' option + if ( $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) { $rOpts->{'tabs'} = 0; } + } +} + +sub find_file_upwards { + my ( $search_dir, $search_file ) = @_; + + $search_dir =~ s{/+$}{}; + $search_file =~ s{^/+}{}; + + while (1) { + my $try_path = "$search_dir/$search_file"; + if ( -f $try_path ) { + return $try_path; + } + elsif ( $search_dir eq '/' ) { + return undef; + } + else { + $search_dir = dirname($search_dir); + } + } +} + +sub expand_command_abbreviations { + + # go through @ARGV and expand any abbreviations + + my ( $rexpansion, $rraw_options, $config_file ) = @_; + my ($word); + + # set a pass limit to prevent an infinite loop; + # 10 should be plenty, but it may be increased to allow deeply + # nested expansions. + my $max_passes = 10; + my @new_argv = (); + + # keep looping until all expansions have been converted into actual + # dash parameters.. + for ( my $pass_count = 0 ; $pass_count <= $max_passes ; $pass_count++ ) { + my @new_argv = (); + my $abbrev_count = 0; + + # loop over each item in @ARGV.. + foreach $word (@ARGV) { + + # convert any leading 'no-' to just 'no' + if ( $word =~ /^(-[-]?no)-(.*)/ ) { $word = $1 . $2 } + + # if it is a dash flag (instead of a file name).. + if ( $word =~ /^-[-]?([\w\-]+)(.*)/ ) { + + my $abr = $1; + my $flags = $2; + + # save the raw input for debug output in case of circular refs + if ( $pass_count == 0 ) { + push( @$rraw_options, $word ); + } + + # recombine abbreviation and flag, if necessary, + # to allow abbreviations with arguments such as '-vt=1' + if ( $rexpansion->{ $abr . $flags } ) { + $abr = $abr . $flags; + $flags = ""; + } + + # if we see this dash item in the expansion hash.. + if ( $rexpansion->{$abr} ) { + $abbrev_count++; + + # stuff all of the words that it expands to into the + # new arg list for the next pass + foreach my $abbrev ( @{ $rexpansion->{$abr} } ) { + next unless $abbrev; # for safety; shouldn't happen + push( @new_argv, '--' . $abbrev . $flags ); + } + } + + # not in expansion hash, must be actual long name + else { + push( @new_argv, $word ); + } + } + + # not a dash item, so just save it for the next pass + else { + push( @new_argv, $word ); + } + } # end of this pass + + # update parameter list @ARGV to the new one + @ARGV = @new_argv; + last unless ( $abbrev_count > 0 ); + + # make sure we are not in an infinite loop + if ( $pass_count == $max_passes ) { + print STDERR +"I'm tired. We seem to be in an infinite loop trying to expand aliases.\n"; + print STDERR "Here are the raw options\n"; + local $" = ')('; + print STDERR "(@$rraw_options)\n"; + my $num = @new_argv; + + if ( $num < 50 ) { + print STDERR "After $max_passes passes here is ARGV\n"; + print STDERR "(@new_argv)\n"; + } + else { + print STDERR "After $max_passes passes ARGV has $num entries\n"; + } + + if ($config_file) { + die <<"DIE"; +Please check your configuration file $config_file for circular-references. +To deactivate it, use -npro. +DIE + } + else { + die <<'DIE'; +Program bug - circular-references in the %expansion hash, probably due to +a recent program change. +DIE + } + } # end of check for circular references + } # end of loop over all passes +} + +# Debug routine -- this will dump the expansion hash +sub dump_short_names { + my $rexpansion = shift; + print STDOUT < @list\n"; + } +} + +sub check_vms_filename { + + # given a valid filename (the perltidy input file) + # create a modified filename and separator character + # suitable for VMS. + # + # Contributed by Michael Cartmell + # + my ( $base, $path ) = fileparse( $_[0] ); + + # remove explicit ; version + $base =~ s/;-?\d*$// + + # remove explicit . version ie two dots in filename NB ^ escapes a dot + or $base =~ s/( # begin capture $1 + (?:^|[^^])\. # match a dot not preceded by a caret + (?: # followed by nothing + | # or + .*[^^] # anything ending in a non caret + ) + ) # end capture $1 + \.-?\d*$ # match . version number + /$1/x; + + # normalise filename, if there are no unescaped dots then append one + $base .= '.' unless $base =~ /(?:^|[^^])\./; + + # if we don't already have an extension then we just append the extention + my $separator = ( $base =~ /\.$/ ) ? "" : "_"; + return ( $path . $base, $separator ); +} + +sub Win_OS_Type { + + # TODO: are these more standard names? + # Win32s Win95 Win98 WinMe WinNT3.51 WinNT4 Win2000 WinXP/.Net Win2003 + + # Returns a string that determines what MS OS we are on. + # Returns win32s,95,98,Me,NT3.51,NT4,2000,XP/.Net,Win2003 + # Returns blank string if not an MS system. + # Original code contributed by: Yves Orton + # We need to know this to decide where to look for config files + + my $rpending_complaint = shift; + my $os = ""; + return $os unless $^O =~ /win32|dos/i; # is it a MS box? + + # Systems built from Perl source may not have Win32.pm + # But probably have Win32::GetOSVersion() anyway so the + # following line is not 'required': + # return $os unless eval('require Win32'); + + # Use the standard API call to determine the version + my ( $undef, $major, $minor, $build, $id ); + eval { ( $undef, $major, $minor, $build, $id ) = Win32::GetOSVersion() }; + + # + # NAME ID MAJOR MINOR + # Windows NT 4 2 4 0 + # Windows 2000 2 5 0 + # Windows XP 2 5 1 + # Windows Server 2003 2 5 2 + + return "win32s" unless $id; # If id==0 then its a win32s box. + $os = { # Magic numbers from MSDN + # documentation of GetOSVersion + 1 => { + 0 => "95", + 10 => "98", + 90 => "Me" + }, + 2 => { + 0 => "2000", # or NT 4, see below + 1 => "XP/.Net", + 2 => "Win2003", + 51 => "NT3.51" + } + }->{$id}->{$minor}; + + # If $os is undefined, the above code is out of date. Suggested updates + # are welcome. + unless ( defined $os ) { + $os = ""; + $$rpending_complaint .= <($config_file); + if ($is_Windows) { + $config_file = "perltidy.ini"; + return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); + } + + # Default environment vars. + my @envs = qw(PERLTIDY HOME); + + # Check the NT/2k/XP locations, first a local machine def, then a + # network def + push @envs, qw(USERPROFILE HOMESHARE) if $^O =~ /win32/i; + + # Now go through the enviornment ... + foreach my $var (@envs) { + $$rconfig_file_chatter .= "# Examining: \$ENV{$var}"; + if ( defined( $ENV{$var} ) ) { + $$rconfig_file_chatter .= " = $ENV{$var}\n"; + + # test ENV{ PERLTIDY } as file: + if ( $var eq 'PERLTIDY' ) { + $config_file = "$ENV{$var}"; + return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); + } + + # test ENV as directory: + $config_file = catfile( $ENV{$var}, ".perltidyrc" ); + return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); + + if ($is_Windows) { + $config_file = catfile( $ENV{$var}, "perltidy.ini" ); + return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); + } + } + else { + $$rconfig_file_chatter .= "\n"; + } + } + + # then look for a system-wide definition + # where to look varies with OS + if ($is_Windows) { + + if ($Windows_type) { + my ( $os, $system, $allusers ) = + Win_Config_Locs( $rpending_complaint, $Windows_type ); + + # Check All Users directory, if there is one. + # i.e. C:\Documents and Settings\User\perltidy.ini + if ($allusers) { + + $config_file = catfile( $allusers, ".perltidyrc" ); + return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); + + $config_file = catfile( $allusers, "perltidy.ini" ); + return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); + } + + # Check system directory. + # retain old code in case someone has been able to create + # a file with a leading period. + $config_file = catfile( $system, ".perltidyrc" ); + return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); + + $config_file = catfile( $system, "perltidy.ini" ); + return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); + } + } + + # Place to add customization code for other systems + elsif ( $^O eq 'OS2' ) { + } + elsif ( $^O eq 'MacOS' ) { + } + elsif ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) { + } + + # Assume some kind of Unix + else { + + $config_file = "/usr/local/etc/perltidyrc"; + return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); + + $config_file = "/etc/perltidyrc"; + return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); + } + + # Couldn't find a config file + return; +} + +sub Win_Config_Locs { + + # In scalar context returns the OS name (95 98 ME NT3.51 NT4 2000 XP), + # or undef if its not a win32 OS. In list context returns OS, System + # Directory, and All Users Directory. All Users will be empty on a + # 9x/Me box. Contributed by: Yves Orton. + + my $rpending_complaint = shift; + my $os = (@_) ? shift : Win_OS_Type(); + return unless $os; + + my $system = ""; + my $allusers = ""; + + if ( $os =~ /9[58]|Me/ ) { + $system = "C:/Windows"; + } + elsif ( $os =~ /NT|XP|200?/ ) { + $system = ( $os =~ /XP/ ) ? "C:/Windows/" : "C:/WinNT/"; + $allusers = + ( $os =~ /NT/ ) + ? "C:/WinNT/profiles/All Users/" + : "C:/Documents and Settings/All Users/"; + } + else { + + # This currently would only happen on a win32s computer. I dont have + # one to test, so I am unsure how to proceed. Suggestions welcome! + $$rpending_complaint .= +"I dont know a sensible place to look for config files on an $os system.\n"; + return; + } + return wantarray ? ( $os, $system, $allusers ) : $os; +} + +sub dump_config_file { + my $fh = shift; + my $config_file = shift; + my $rconfig_file_chatter = shift; + print STDOUT "$$rconfig_file_chatter"; + if ($fh) { + print STDOUT "# Dump of file: '$config_file'\n"; + while ( my $line = $fh->getline() ) { print STDOUT $line } + eval { $fh->close() }; + } + else { + print STDOUT "# ...no config file found\n"; + } +} + +sub read_config_file { + + my ( $fh, $config_file, $rexpansion ) = @_; + my @config_list = (); + + # file is bad if non-empty $death_message is returned + my $death_message = ""; + + my $name = undef; + my $line_no; + while ( my $line = $fh->getline() ) { + $line_no++; + chomp $line; + next if $line =~ /^\s*#/; # skip full-line comment + ( $line, $death_message ) = + strip_comment( $line, $config_file, $line_no ); + last if ($death_message); + $line =~ s/^\s*(.*?)\s*$/$1/; # trim both ends + next unless $line; + + # look for something of the general form + # newname { body } + # or just + # body + + if ( $line =~ /^((\w+)\s*\{)?([^}]*)(\})?$/ ) { + my ( $newname, $body, $curly ) = ( $2, $3, $4 ); + + # handle a new alias definition + if ($newname) { + if ($name) { + $death_message = +"No '}' seen after $name and before $newname in config file $config_file line $.\n"; + last; + } + $name = $newname; + + if ( ${$rexpansion}{$name} ) { + local $" = ')('; + my @names = sort keys %$rexpansion; + $death_message = + "Here is a list of all installed aliases\n(@names)\n" + . "Attempting to redefine alias ($name) in config file $config_file line $.\n"; + last; + } + ${$rexpansion}{$name} = []; + } + + # now do the body + if ($body) { + + my ( $rbody_parts, $msg ) = parse_args($body); + if ($msg) { + $death_message = <close() }; + return ( \@config_list, $death_message ); +} + +sub strip_comment { + + my ( $instr, $config_file, $line_no ) = @_; + my $msg = ""; + + # nothing to do if no comments + if ( $instr !~ /#/ ) { + return ( $instr, $msg ); + } + + # use simple method of no quotes + elsif ( $instr !~ /['"]/ ) { + $instr =~ s/\s*\#.*$//; # simple trim + return ( $instr, $msg ); + } + + # handle comments and quotes + my $outstr = ""; + my $quote_char = ""; + while (1) { + + # looking for ending quote character + if ($quote_char) { + if ( $instr =~ /\G($quote_char)/gc ) { + $quote_char = ""; + $outstr .= $1; + } + elsif ( $instr =~ /\G(.)/gc ) { + $outstr .= $1; + } + + # error..we reached the end without seeing the ending quote char + else { + $msg = < in this text: +$instr +Please fix this line or use -npro to avoid reading this file +EOM + last; + } + } + + # accumulating characters and looking for start of a quoted string + else { + if ( $instr =~ /\G([\"\'])/gc ) { + $outstr .= $1; + $quote_char = $1; + } + elsif ( $instr =~ /\G#/gc ) { + last; + } + elsif ( $instr =~ /\G(.)/gc ) { + $outstr .= $1; + } + else { + last; + } + } + } + return ( $outstr, $msg ); +} + +sub parse_args { + + # Parse a command string containing multiple string with possible + # quotes, into individual commands. It might look like this, for example: + # + # -wba=" + - " -some-thing -wbb='. && ||' + # + # There is no need, at present, to handle escaped quote characters. + # (They are not perltidy tokens, so needn't be in strings). + + my ($body) = @_; + my @body_parts = (); + my $quote_char = ""; + my $part = ""; + my $msg = ""; + while (1) { + + # looking for ending quote character + if ($quote_char) { + if ( $body =~ /\G($quote_char)/gc ) { + $quote_char = ""; + } + elsif ( $body =~ /\G(.)/gc ) { + $part .= $1; + } + + # error..we reached the end without seeing the ending quote char + else { + if ( length($part) ) { push @body_parts, $part; } + $msg = < in this text: +$body +EOM + last; + } + } + + # accumulating characters and looking for start of a quoted string + else { + if ( $body =~ /\G([\"\'])/gc ) { + $quote_char = $1; + } + elsif ( $body =~ /\G(\s+)/gc ) { + if ( length($part) ) { push @body_parts, $part; } + $part = ""; + } + elsif ( $body =~ /\G(.)/gc ) { + $part .= $1; + } + else { + if ( length($part) ) { push @body_parts, $part; } + last; + } + } + } + return ( \@body_parts, $msg ); +} + +sub dump_long_names { + + my @names = sort @_; + print STDOUT < does not take an argument +# =s takes a mandatory string +# :s takes an optional string +# =i takes a mandatory integer +# :i takes an optional integer +# ! does not take an argument and may be negated +# i.e., -foo and -nofoo are allowed +# a double dash signals the end of the options list +# +#--------------------------------------------------------------- +EOM + + foreach (@names) { print STDOUT "$_\n" } +} + +sub dump_defaults { + my @defaults = sort @_; + print STDOUT "Default command line options:\n"; + foreach (@_) { print STDOUT "$_\n" } +} + +sub readable_options { + + # return options for this run as a string which could be + # put in a perltidyrc file + my ( $rOpts, $roption_string ) = @_; + my %Getopt_flags; + my $rGetopt_flags = \%Getopt_flags; + my $readable_options = "# Final parameter set for this run.\n"; + $readable_options .= + "# See utility 'perltidyrc_dump.pl' for nicer formatting.\n"; + foreach my $opt ( @{$roption_string} ) { + my $flag = ""; + if ( $opt =~ /(.*)(!|=.*)$/ ) { + $opt = $1; + $flag = $2; + } + if ( defined( $rOpts->{$opt} ) ) { + $rGetopt_flags->{$opt} = $flag; + } + } + foreach my $key ( sort keys %{$rOpts} ) { + my $flag = $rGetopt_flags->{$key}; + my $value = $rOpts->{$key}; + my $prefix = '--'; + my $suffix = ""; + if ($flag) { + if ( $flag =~ /^=/ ) { + if ( $value !~ /^\d+$/ ) { $value = '"' . $value . '"' } + $suffix = "=" . $value; + } + elsif ( $flag =~ /^!/ ) { + $prefix .= "no" unless ($value); + } + else { + + # shouldn't happen + $readable_options .= + "# ERROR in dump_options: unrecognized flag $flag for $key\n"; + } + } + $readable_options .= $prefix . $key . $suffix . "\n"; + } + return $readable_options; +} + +sub show_version { + print <<"EOM"; +This is perltidy, v$VERSION + +Copyright 2000-2010, Steve Hancock + +Perltidy is free software and may be copied under the terms of the GNU +General Public License, which is included in the distribution files. + +Complete documentation for perltidy can be found using 'man perltidy' +or on the internet at http://perltidy.sourceforge.net. +EOM +} + +sub usage { + + print STDOUT <outfile + perltidy [ options ] outfile + +Options have short and long forms. Short forms are shown; see +man pages for long forms. Note: '=s' indicates a required string, +and '=n' indicates a required integer. + +I/O control + -h show this help + -o=file name of the output file (only if single input file) + -oext=s change output extension from 'tdy' to s + -opath=path change path to be 'path' for output files + -b backup original to .bak and modify file in-place + -bext=s change default backup extension from 'bak' to s + -q deactivate error messages (for running under editor) + -w include non-critical warning messages in the .ERR error output + -syn run perl -c to check syntax (default under unix systems) + -log save .LOG file, which has useful diagnostics + -f force perltidy to read a binary file + -g like -log but writes more detailed .LOG file, for debugging scripts + -opt write the set of options actually used to a .LOG file + -npro ignore .perltidyrc configuration command file + -pro=file read configuration commands from file instead of .perltidyrc + -st send output to standard output, STDOUT + -se send error output to standard error output, STDERR + -v display version number to standard output and quit + +Basic Options: + -i=n use n columns per indentation level (default n=4) + -t tabs: use one tab character per indentation level, not recommeded + -nt no tabs: use n spaces per indentation level (default) + -et=n entab leading whitespace n spaces per tab; not recommended + -io "indent only": just do indentation, no other formatting. + -sil=n set starting indentation level to n; use if auto detection fails + -ole=s specify output line ending (s=dos or win, mac, unix) + -ple keep output line endings same as input (input must be filename) + +Whitespace Control + -fws freeze whitespace; this disables all whitespace changes + and disables the following switches: + -bt=n sets brace tightness, n= (0 = loose, 1=default, 2 = tight) + -bbt same as -bt but for code block braces; same as -bt if not given + -bbvt block braces vertically tight; use with -bl or -bli + -bbvtl=s make -bbvt to apply to selected list of block types + -pt=n paren tightness (n=0, 1 or 2) + -sbt=n square bracket tightness (n=0, 1, or 2) + -bvt=n brace vertical tightness, + n=(0=open, 1=close unless multiple steps on a line, 2=always close) + -pvt=n paren vertical tightness (see -bvt for n) + -sbvt=n square bracket vertical tightness (see -bvt for n) + -bvtc=n closing brace vertical tightness: + n=(0=open, 1=sometimes close, 2=always close) + -pvtc=n closing paren vertical tightness, see -bvtc for n. + -sbvtc=n closing square bracket vertical tightness, see -bvtc for n. + -ci=n sets continuation indentation=n, default is n=2 spaces + -lp line up parentheses, brackets, and non-BLOCK braces + -sfs add space before semicolon in for( ; ; ) + -aws allow perltidy to add whitespace (default) + -dws delete all old non-essential whitespace + -icb indent closing brace of a code block + -cti=n closing indentation of paren, square bracket, or non-block brace: + n=0 none, =1 align with opening, =2 one full indentation level + -icp equivalent to -cti=2 + -wls=s want space left of tokens in string; i.e. -nwls='+ - * /' + -wrs=s want space right of tokens in string; + -sts put space before terminal semicolon of a statement + -sak=s put space between keywords given in s and '('; + -nsak=s no space between keywords in s and '('; i.e. -nsak='my our local' + +Line Break Control + -fnl freeze newlines; this disables all line break changes + and disables the following switches: + -anl add newlines; ok to introduce new line breaks + -bbs add blank line before subs and packages + -bbc add blank line before block comments + -bbb add blank line between major blocks + -kbl=n keep old blank lines? 0=no, 1=some, 2=all + -mbl=n maximum consecutive blank lines to output (default=1) + -ce cuddled else; use this style: '} else {' + -dnl delete old newlines (default) + -l=n maximum line length; default n=80 + -bl opening brace on new line + -sbl opening sub brace on new line. value of -bl is used if not given. + -bli opening brace on new line and indented + -bar opening brace always on right, even for long clauses + -vt=n vertical tightness (requires -lp); n controls break after opening + token: 0=never 1=no break if next line balanced 2=no break + -vtc=n vertical tightness of closing container; n controls if closing + token starts new line: 0=always 1=not unless list 1=never + -wba=s want break after tokens in string; i.e. wba=': .' + -wbb=s want break before tokens in string + +Following Old Breakpoints + -kis keep interior semicolons. Allows multiple statements per line. + -boc break at old comma breaks: turns off all automatic list formatting + -bol break at old logical breakpoints: or, and, ||, && (default) + -bok break at old list keyword breakpoints such as map, sort (default) + -bot break at old conditional (ternary ?:) operator breakpoints (default) + -cab=n break at commas after a comma-arrow (=>): + n=0 break at all commas after => + n=1 stable: break unless this breaks an existing one-line container + n=2 break only if a one-line container cannot be formed + n=3 do not treat commas after => specially at all + +Comment controls + -ibc indent block comments (default) + -isbc indent spaced block comments; may indent unless no leading space + -msc=n minimum desired spaces to side comment, default 4 + -fpsc=n fix position for side comments; default 0; + -csc add or update closing side comments after closing BLOCK brace + -dcsc delete closing side comments created by a -csc command + -cscp=s change closing side comment prefix to be other than '## end' + -cscl=s change closing side comment to apply to selected list of blocks + -csci=n minimum number of lines needed to apply a -csc tag, default n=6 + -csct=n maximum number of columns of appended text, default n=20 + -cscw causes warning if old side comment is overwritten with -csc + + -sbc use 'static block comments' identified by leading '##' (default) + -sbcp=s change static block comment identifier to be other than '##' + -osbc outdent static block comments + + -ssc use 'static side comments' identified by leading '##' (default) + -sscp=s change static side comment identifier to be other than '##' + +Delete selected text + -dac delete all comments AND pod + -dbc delete block comments + -dsc delete side comments + -dp delete pod + +Send selected text to a '.TEE' file + -tac tee all comments AND pod + -tbc tee block comments + -tsc tee side comments + -tp tee pod + +Outdenting + -olq outdent long quoted strings (default) + -olc outdent a long block comment line + -ola outdent statement labels + -okw outdent control keywords (redo, next, last, goto, return) + -okwl=s specify alternative keywords for -okw command + +Other controls + -mft=n maximum fields per table; default n=40 + -x do not format lines before hash-bang line (i.e., for VMS) + -asc allows perltidy to add a ';' when missing (default) + -dsm allows perltidy to delete an unnecessary ';' (default) + +Combinations of other parameters + -gnu attempt to follow GNU Coding Standards as applied to perl + -mangle remove as many newlines as possible (but keep comments and pods) + -extrude insert as many newlines as possible + +Dump and die, debugging + -dop dump options used in this run to standard output and quit + -ddf dump default options to standard output and quit + -dsn dump all option short names to standard output and quit + -dln dump option long names to standard output and quit + -dpro dump whatever configuration file is in effect to standard output + -dtt dump all token types to standard output and quit + +HTML + -html write an html file (see 'man perl2web' for many options) + Note: when -html is used, no indentation or formatting are done. + Hint: try perltidy -html -css=mystyle.css filename.pl + and edit mystyle.css to change the appearance of filename.html. + -nnn gives line numbers + -pre only writes out 
..
code section + -toc places a table of contents to subs at the top (default) + -pod passes pod text through pod2html (default) + -frm write html as a frame (3 files) + -text=s extra extension for table of contents if -frm, default='toc' + -sext=s extra extension for file content if -frm, default='src' + +A prefix of "n" negates short form toggle switches, and a prefix of "no" +negates the long forms. For example, -nasc means don't add missing +semicolons. + +If you are unable to see this entire text, try "perltidy -h | more" +For more detailed information, and additional options, try "man perltidy", +or go to the perltidy home page at http://perltidy.sourceforge.net +EOF + +} + +sub process_this_file { + + my ( $truth, $beauty ) = @_; + + # loop to process each line of this file + while ( my $line_of_tokens = $truth->get_line() ) { + $beauty->write_line($line_of_tokens); + } + + # finish up + eval { $beauty->finish_formatting() }; + $truth->report_tokenization_errors(); +} + +sub check_syntax { + + # Use 'perl -c' to make sure that we did not create bad syntax + # This is a very good independent check for programming errors + # + # Given names of the input and output files, ($ifname, $ofname), + # we do the following: + # - check syntax of the input file + # - if bad, all done (could be an incomplete code snippet) + # - if infile syntax ok, then check syntax of the output file; + # - if outfile syntax bad, issue warning; this implies a code bug! + # - set and return flag "infile_syntax_ok" : =-1 bad 0 unknown 1 good + + my ( $ifname, $ofname, $logger_object, $rOpts ) = @_; + my $infile_syntax_ok = 0; + my $line_of_dashes = '-' x 42 . "\n"; + + my $flags = $rOpts->{'perl-syntax-check-flags'}; + + # be sure we invoke perl with -c + # note: perl will accept repeated flags like '-c -c'. It is safest + # to append another -c than try to find an interior bundled c, as + # in -Tc, because such a 'c' might be in a quoted string, for example. + if ( $flags !~ /(^-c|\s+-c)/ ) { $flags .= " -c" } + + # be sure we invoke perl with -x if requested + # same comments about repeated parameters applies + if ( $rOpts->{'look-for-hash-bang'} ) { + if ( $flags !~ /(^-x|\s+-x)/ ) { $flags .= " -x" } + } + + # this shouldn't happen unless a termporary file couldn't be made + if ( $ifname eq '-' ) { + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( + "Cannot run perl -c on STDIN and STDOUT\n"); + return $infile_syntax_ok; + } + + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( + "checking input file syntax with perl $flags\n"); + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes); + + # Not all operating systems/shells support redirection of the standard + # error output. + my $error_redirection = ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) ? "" : '2>&1'; + + my $perl_output = do_syntax_check( $ifname, $flags, $error_redirection ); + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("$perl_output\n"); + + if ( $perl_output =~ /syntax\s*OK/ ) { + $infile_syntax_ok = 1; + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes); + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( + "checking output file syntax with perl $flags ...\n"); + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes); + + my $perl_output = + do_syntax_check( $ofname, $flags, $error_redirection ); + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("$perl_output\n"); + + unless ( $perl_output =~ /syntax\s*OK/ ) { + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes); + $logger_object->warning( +"The output file has a syntax error when tested with perl $flags $ofname !\n" + ); + $logger_object->warning( + "This implies an error in perltidy; the file $ofname is bad\n"); + $logger_object->report_definite_bug(); + + # the perl version number will be helpful for diagnosing the problem + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( + qx/perl -v $error_redirection/ . "\n" ); + } + } + else { + + # Only warn of perl -c syntax errors. Other messages, + # such as missing modules, are too common. They can be + # seen by running with perltidy -w + $logger_object->complain("A syntax check using perl $flags gives: \n"); + $logger_object->complain($line_of_dashes); + $logger_object->complain("$perl_output\n"); + $logger_object->complain($line_of_dashes); + $infile_syntax_ok = -1; + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes); + $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( +"The output file will not be checked because of input file problems\n" + ); + } + return $infile_syntax_ok; +} + +sub do_syntax_check { + my ( $fname, $flags, $error_redirection ) = @_; + + # We have to quote the filename in case it has unusual characters + # or spaces. Example: this filename #CM11.pm# gives trouble. + $fname = '"' . $fname . '"'; + + # Under VMS something like -T will become -t (and an error) so we + # will put quotes around the flags. Double quotes seem to work on + # Unix/Windows/VMS, but this may not work on all systems. (Single + # quotes do not work under Windows). It could become necessary to + # put double quotes around each flag, such as: -"c" -"T" + # We may eventually need some system-dependent coding here. + $flags = '"' . $flags . '"'; + + # now wish for luck... + return qx/perl $flags $fname $error_redirection/; +} + +##################################################################### +# +# This is a stripped down version of IO::Scalar +# Given a reference to a scalar, it supplies either: +# a getline method which reads lines (mode='r'), or +# a print method which reads lines (mode='w') +# +##################################################################### +package Perl::Tidy::IOScalar; +use Carp; + +sub new { + my ( $package, $rscalar, $mode ) = @_; + my $ref = ref $rscalar; + if ( $ref ne 'SCALAR' ) { + confess <[1]; + if ( $mode ne 'r' ) { + confess <[2]++; + ##my $line = $self->[0]->[$i]; + return $self->[0]->[$i]; +} + +sub print { + my $self = shift; + my $mode = $self->[1]; + if ( $mode ne 'w' ) { + confess <[0] } .= $_[0]; +} +sub close { return } + +##################################################################### +# +# This is a stripped down version of IO::ScalarArray +# Given a reference to an array, it supplies either: +# a getline method which reads lines (mode='r'), or +# a print method which reads lines (mode='w') +# +# NOTE: this routine assumes that that there aren't any embedded +# newlines within any of the array elements. There are no checks +# for that. +# +##################################################################### +package Perl::Tidy::IOScalarArray; +use Carp; + +sub new { + my ( $package, $rarray, $mode ) = @_; + my $ref = ref $rarray; + if ( $ref ne 'ARRAY' ) { + confess <[1]; + if ( $mode ne 'r' ) { + confess <[2]++; + return $self->[0]->[$i]; +} + +sub print { + my $self = shift; + my $mode = $self->[1]; + if ( $mode ne 'w' ) { + confess <[0] }, $_[0]; +} +sub close { return } + +##################################################################### +# +# the Perl::Tidy::LineSource class supplies an object with a 'get_line()' method +# which returns the next line to be parsed +# +##################################################################### + +package Perl::Tidy::LineSource; + +sub new { + + my ( $class, $input_file, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message ) = @_; + my $input_file_copy = undef; + my $fh_copy; + + my $input_line_ending; + if ( $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} ) { + $input_line_ending = Perl::Tidy::find_input_line_ending($input_file); + } + + ( my $fh, $input_file ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $input_file, 'r' ); + return undef unless $fh; + + # in order to check output syntax when standard output is used, + # or when it is an object, we have to make a copy of the file + if ( ( $input_file eq '-' || ref $input_file ) && $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} ) + { + + # Turning off syntax check when input output is used. + # The reason is that temporary files cause problems on + # on many systems. + $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; + $input_file_copy = '-'; + + $$rpending_logfile_message .= < $fh, + _fh_copy => $fh_copy, + _filename => $input_file, + _input_file_copy => $input_file_copy, + _input_line_ending => $input_line_ending, + _rinput_buffer => [], + _started => 0, + }, $class; +} + +sub get_input_file_copy_name { + my $self = shift; + my $ifname = $self->{_input_file_copy}; + unless ($ifname) { + $ifname = $self->{_filename}; + } + return $ifname; +} + +sub close_input_file { + my $self = shift; + eval { $self->{_fh}->close() }; + eval { $self->{_fh_copy}->close() } if $self->{_fh_copy}; +} + +sub get_line { + my $self = shift; + my $line = undef; + my $fh = $self->{_fh}; + my $fh_copy = $self->{_fh_copy}; + my $rinput_buffer = $self->{_rinput_buffer}; + + if ( scalar(@$rinput_buffer) ) { + $line = shift @$rinput_buffer; + } + else { + $line = $fh->getline(); + + # patch to read raw mac files under unix, dos + # see if the first line has embedded \r's + if ( $line && !$self->{_started} ) { + if ( $line =~ /[\015][^\015\012]/ ) { + + # found one -- break the line up and store in a buffer + @$rinput_buffer = map { $_ . "\n" } split /\015/, $line; + my $count = @$rinput_buffer; + $line = shift @$rinput_buffer; + } + $self->{_started}++; + } + } + if ( $line && $fh_copy ) { $fh_copy->print($line); } + return $line; +} + +##################################################################### +# +# the Perl::Tidy::LineSink class supplies a write_line method for +# actual file writing +# +##################################################################### + +package Perl::Tidy::LineSink; + +sub new { + + my ( $class, $output_file, $tee_file, $line_separator, $rOpts, + $rpending_logfile_message, $binmode ) + = @_; + my $fh = undef; + my $fh_copy = undef; + my $fh_tee = undef; + my $output_file_copy = ""; + my $output_file_open = 0; + + if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) { + ( $fh, $output_file ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $output_file, 'w' ); + unless ($fh) { die "Cannot write to output stream\n"; } + $output_file_open = 1; + if ($binmode) { + if ( ref($fh) eq 'IO::File' ) { + binmode $fh; + } + if ( $output_file eq '-' ) { binmode STDOUT } + } + } + + # in order to check output syntax when standard output is used, + # or when it is an object, we have to make a copy of the file + if ( $output_file eq '-' || ref $output_file ) { + if ( $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} ) { + + # Turning off syntax check when standard output is used. + # The reason is that temporary files cause problems on + # on many systems. + $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; + $output_file_copy = '-'; + $$rpending_logfile_message .= < $fh, + _fh_copy => $fh_copy, + _fh_tee => $fh_tee, + _output_file => $output_file, + _output_file_open => $output_file_open, + _output_file_copy => $output_file_copy, + _tee_flag => 0, + _tee_file => $tee_file, + _tee_file_opened => 0, + _line_separator => $line_separator, + _binmode => $binmode, + }, $class; +} + +sub write_line { + + my $self = shift; + my $fh = $self->{_fh}; + my $fh_copy = $self->{_fh_copy}; + + my $output_file_open = $self->{_output_file_open}; + chomp $_[0]; + $_[0] .= $self->{_line_separator}; + + $fh->print( $_[0] ) if ( $self->{_output_file_open} ); + print $fh_copy $_[0] if ( $fh_copy && $self->{_output_file_copy} ); + + if ( $self->{_tee_flag} ) { + unless ( $self->{_tee_file_opened} ) { $self->really_open_tee_file() } + my $fh_tee = $self->{_fh_tee}; + print $fh_tee $_[0]; + } +} + +sub get_output_file_copy { + my $self = shift; + my $ofname = $self->{_output_file_copy}; + unless ($ofname) { + $ofname = $self->{_output_file}; + } + return $ofname; +} + +sub tee_on { + my $self = shift; + $self->{_tee_flag} = 1; +} + +sub tee_off { + my $self = shift; + $self->{_tee_flag} = 0; +} + +sub really_open_tee_file { + my $self = shift; + my $tee_file = $self->{_tee_file}; + my $fh_tee; + $fh_tee = IO::File->new(">$tee_file") + or die("couldn't open TEE file $tee_file: $!\n"); + binmode $fh_tee if $self->{_binmode}; + $self->{_tee_file_opened} = 1; + $self->{_fh_tee} = $fh_tee; +} + +sub close_output_file { + my $self = shift; + eval { $self->{_fh}->close() } if $self->{_output_file_open}; + eval { $self->{_fh_copy}->close() } if ( $self->{_output_file_copy} ); + $self->close_tee_file(); +} + +sub close_tee_file { + my $self = shift; + + if ( $self->{_tee_file_opened} ) { + eval { $self->{_fh_tee}->close() }; + $self->{_tee_file_opened} = 0; + } +} + +##################################################################### +# +# The Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics class writes the DIAGNOSTICS file, which is +# useful for program development. +# +# Only one such file is created regardless of the number of input +# files processed. This allows the results of processing many files +# to be summarized in a single file. +# +##################################################################### + +package Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics; + +sub new { + + my $class = shift; + bless { + _write_diagnostics_count => 0, + _last_diagnostic_file => "", + _input_file => "", + _fh => undef, + }, $class; +} + +sub set_input_file { + my $self = shift; + $self->{_input_file} = $_[0]; +} + +# This is a diagnostic routine which is useful for program development. +# Output from debug messages go to a file named DIAGNOSTICS, where +# they are labeled by file and line. This allows many files to be +# scanned at once for some particular condition of interest. +sub write_diagnostics { + my $self = shift; + + unless ( $self->{_write_diagnostics_count} ) { + open DIAGNOSTICS, ">DIAGNOSTICS" + or death("couldn't open DIAGNOSTICS: $!\n"); + } + + my $last_diagnostic_file = $self->{_last_diagnostic_file}; + my $input_file = $self->{_input_file}; + if ( $last_diagnostic_file ne $input_file ) { + print DIAGNOSTICS "\nFILE:$input_file\n"; + } + $self->{_last_diagnostic_file} = $input_file; + my $input_line_number = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::get_input_line_number(); + print DIAGNOSTICS "$input_line_number:\t@_"; + $self->{_write_diagnostics_count}++; +} + +##################################################################### +# +# The Perl::Tidy::Logger class writes the .LOG and .ERR files +# +##################################################################### + +package Perl::Tidy::Logger; + +sub new { + my $class = shift; + my $fh; + my ( $rOpts, $log_file, $warning_file, $saw_extrude ) = @_; + + # remove any old error output file + unless ( ref($warning_file) ) { + if ( -e $warning_file ) { unlink($warning_file) } + } + + bless { + _log_file => $log_file, + _fh_warnings => undef, + _rOpts => $rOpts, + _fh_warnings => undef, + _last_input_line_written => 0, + _at_end_of_file => 0, + _use_prefix => 1, + _block_log_output => 0, + _line_of_tokens => undef, + _output_line_number => undef, + _wrote_line_information_string => 0, + _wrote_column_headings => 0, + _warning_file => $warning_file, + _warning_count => 0, + _complaint_count => 0, + _saw_code_bug => -1, # -1=no 0=maybe 1=for sure + _saw_brace_error => 0, + _saw_extrude => $saw_extrude, + _output_array => [], + }, $class; +} + +sub close_log_file { + + my $self = shift; + if ( $self->{_fh_warnings} ) { + eval { $self->{_fh_warnings}->close() }; + $self->{_fh_warnings} = undef; + } +} + +sub get_warning_count { + my $self = shift; + return $self->{_warning_count}; +} + +sub get_use_prefix { + my $self = shift; + return $self->{_use_prefix}; +} + +sub block_log_output { + my $self = shift; + $self->{_block_log_output} = 1; +} + +sub unblock_log_output { + my $self = shift; + $self->{_block_log_output} = 0; +} + +sub interrupt_logfile { + my $self = shift; + $self->{_use_prefix} = 0; + $self->warning("\n"); + $self->write_logfile_entry( '#' x 24 . " WARNING " . '#' x 25 . "\n" ); +} + +sub resume_logfile { + my $self = shift; + $self->write_logfile_entry( '#' x 60 . "\n" ); + $self->{_use_prefix} = 1; +} + +sub we_are_at_the_last_line { + my $self = shift; + unless ( $self->{_wrote_line_information_string} ) { + $self->write_logfile_entry("Last line\n\n"); + } + $self->{_at_end_of_file} = 1; +} + +# record some stuff in case we go down in flames +sub black_box { + my $self = shift; + my ( $line_of_tokens, $output_line_number ) = @_; + my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text}; + my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number}; + + # save line information in case we have to write a logfile message + $self->{_line_of_tokens} = $line_of_tokens; + $self->{_output_line_number} = $output_line_number; + $self->{_wrote_line_information_string} = 0; + + my $last_input_line_written = $self->{_last_input_line_written}; + my $rOpts = $self->{_rOpts}; + if ( + ( + ( $input_line_number - $last_input_line_written ) >= + $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} + ) + || ( $input_line =~ /^\s*(sub|package)\s+(\w+)/ ) + ) + { + my $rlevels = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels}; + my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0]; + $self->{_last_input_line_written} = $input_line_number; + ( my $out_str = $input_line ) =~ s/^\s*//; + chomp $out_str; + + $out_str = ( '.' x $structural_indentation_level ) . $out_str; + + if ( length($out_str) > 35 ) { + $out_str = substr( $out_str, 0, 35 ) . " ...."; + } + $self->logfile_output( "", "$out_str\n" ); + } +} + +sub write_logfile_entry { + my $self = shift; + + # add leading >>> to avoid confusing error mesages and code + $self->logfile_output( ">>>", "@_" ); +} + +sub write_column_headings { + my $self = shift; + + $self->{_wrote_column_headings} = 1; + my $routput_array = $self->{_output_array}; + push @{$routput_array}, <>>) +lines levels i k (code begins with one '.' per indent level) +------ ----- - - -------- ------------------------------------------- +EOM +} + +sub make_line_information_string { + + # make columns of information when a logfile message needs to go out + my $self = shift; + my $line_of_tokens = $self->{_line_of_tokens}; + my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number}; + my $line_information_string = ""; + if ($input_line_number) { + + my $output_line_number = $self->{_output_line_number}; + my $brace_depth = $line_of_tokens->{_curly_brace_depth}; + my $paren_depth = $line_of_tokens->{_paren_depth}; + my $square_bracket_depth = $line_of_tokens->{_square_bracket_depth}; + my $python_indentation_level = + $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level}; + my $rlevels = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels}; + my $rnesting_tokens = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_tokens}; + my $rci_levels = $line_of_tokens->{_rci_levels}; + my $rnesting_blocks = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_blocks}; + + my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0]; + + $self->write_column_headings() unless $self->{_wrote_column_headings}; + + # keep logfile columns aligned for scripts up to 999 lines; + # for longer scripts it doesn't really matter + my $extra_space = ""; + $extra_space .= + ( $input_line_number < 10 ) ? " " + : ( $input_line_number < 100 ) ? " " + : ""; + $extra_space .= + ( $output_line_number < 10 ) ? " " + : ( $output_line_number < 100 ) ? " " + : ""; + + # there are 2 possible nesting strings: + # the original which looks like this: (0 [1 {2 + # the new one, which looks like this: {{[ + # the new one is easier to read, and shows the order, but + # could be arbitrarily long, so we use it unless it is too long + my $nesting_string = + "($paren_depth [$square_bracket_depth {$brace_depth"; + my $nesting_string_new = $$rnesting_tokens[0]; + + my $ci_level = $$rci_levels[0]; + if ( $ci_level > 9 ) { $ci_level = '*' } + my $bk = ( $$rnesting_blocks[0] =~ /1$/ ) ? '1' : '0'; + + if ( length($nesting_string_new) <= 8 ) { + $nesting_string = + $nesting_string_new . " " x ( 8 - length($nesting_string_new) ); + } + if ( $python_indentation_level < 0 ) { $python_indentation_level = 0 } + $line_information_string = +"L$input_line_number:$output_line_number$extra_space i$python_indentation_level:$structural_indentation_level $ci_level $bk $nesting_string"; + } + return $line_information_string; +} + +sub logfile_output { + my $self = shift; + my ( $prompt, $msg ) = @_; + return if ( $self->{_block_log_output} ); + + my $routput_array = $self->{_output_array}; + if ( $self->{_at_end_of_file} || !$self->{_use_prefix} ) { + push @{$routput_array}, "$msg"; + } + else { + my $line_information_string = $self->make_line_information_string(); + $self->{_wrote_line_information_string} = 1; + + if ($line_information_string) { + push @{$routput_array}, "$line_information_string $prompt$msg"; + } + else { + push @{$routput_array}, "$msg"; + } + } +} + +sub get_saw_brace_error { + my $self = shift; + return $self->{_saw_brace_error}; +} + +sub increment_brace_error { + my $self = shift; + $self->{_saw_brace_error}++; +} + +sub brace_warning { + my $self = shift; + use constant BRACE_WARNING_LIMIT => 10; + my $saw_brace_error = $self->{_saw_brace_error}; + + if ( $saw_brace_error < BRACE_WARNING_LIMIT ) { + $self->warning(@_); + } + $saw_brace_error++; + $self->{_saw_brace_error} = $saw_brace_error; + + if ( $saw_brace_error == BRACE_WARNING_LIMIT ) { + $self->warning("No further warnings of this type will be given\n"); + } +} + +sub complain { + + # handle non-critical warning messages based on input flag + my $self = shift; + my $rOpts = $self->{_rOpts}; + + # these appear in .ERR output only if -w flag is used + if ( $rOpts->{'warning-output'} ) { + $self->warning(@_); + } + + # otherwise, they go to the .LOG file + else { + $self->{_complaint_count}++; + $self->write_logfile_entry(@_); + } +} + +sub warning { + + # report errors to .ERR file (or stdout) + my $self = shift; + use constant WARNING_LIMIT => 50; + + my $rOpts = $self->{_rOpts}; + unless ( $rOpts->{'quiet'} ) { + + my $warning_count = $self->{_warning_count}; + unless ($warning_count) { + my $warning_file = $self->{_warning_file}; + my $fh_warnings; + if ( $rOpts->{'standard-error-output'} ) { + $fh_warnings = *STDERR; + } + else { + ( $fh_warnings, my $filename ) = + Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $warning_file, 'w' ); + $fh_warnings or die("couldn't open $filename $!\n"); + warn "## Please see file $filename\n"; + } + $self->{_fh_warnings} = $fh_warnings; + } + + my $fh_warnings = $self->{_fh_warnings}; + if ( $warning_count < WARNING_LIMIT ) { + if ( $self->get_use_prefix() > 0 ) { + my $input_line_number = + Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::get_input_line_number(); + $fh_warnings->print("$input_line_number:\t@_"); + $self->write_logfile_entry("WARNING: @_"); + } + else { + $fh_warnings->print(@_); + $self->write_logfile_entry(@_); + } + } + $warning_count++; + $self->{_warning_count} = $warning_count; + + if ( $warning_count == WARNING_LIMIT ) { + $fh_warnings->print("No further warnings will be given\n"); + } + } +} + +# programming bug codes: +# -1 = no bug +# 0 = maybe, not sure. +# 1 = definitely +sub report_possible_bug { + my $self = shift; + my $saw_code_bug = $self->{_saw_code_bug}; + $self->{_saw_code_bug} = ( $saw_code_bug < 0 ) ? 0 : $saw_code_bug; +} + +sub report_definite_bug { + my $self = shift; + $self->{_saw_code_bug} = 1; +} + +sub ask_user_for_bug_report { + my $self = shift; + + my ( $infile_syntax_ok, $formatter ) = @_; + my $saw_code_bug = $self->{_saw_code_bug}; + if ( ( $saw_code_bug == 0 ) && ( $infile_syntax_ok == 1 ) ) { + $self->warning(<{_saw_extrude} ) { + $self->warning(<warning(<get_added_semicolon_count(); + }; + if ( $added_semicolon_count > 0 ) { + $self->warning(<{_rOpts}; + my $warning_count = $self->{_warning_count}; + my $saw_code_bug = $self->{_saw_code_bug}; + + my $save_logfile = + ( $saw_code_bug == 0 && $infile_syntax_ok == 1 ) + || $saw_code_bug == 1 + || $rOpts->{'logfile'}; + my $log_file = $self->{_log_file}; + if ($warning_count) { + if ($save_logfile) { + $self->block_log_output(); # avoid echoing this to the logfile + $self->warning( + "The logfile $log_file may contain useful information\n"); + $self->unblock_log_output(); + } + + if ( $self->{_complaint_count} > 0 ) { + $self->warning( +"To see $self->{_complaint_count} non-critical warnings rerun with -w\n" + ); + } + + if ( $self->{_saw_brace_error} + && ( $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} > 1 || !$save_logfile ) ) + { + $self->warning("To save a full .LOG file rerun with -g\n"); + } + } + $self->ask_user_for_bug_report( $infile_syntax_ok, $formatter ); + + if ($save_logfile) { + my $log_file = $self->{_log_file}; + my ( $fh, $filename ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $log_file, 'w' ); + if ($fh) { + my $routput_array = $self->{_output_array}; + foreach ( @{$routput_array} ) { $fh->print($_) } + eval { $fh->close() }; + } + } +} + +##################################################################### +# +# The Perl::Tidy::DevNull class supplies a dummy print method +# +##################################################################### + +package Perl::Tidy::DevNull; +sub new { return bless {}, $_[0] } +sub print { return } +sub close { return } + +##################################################################### +# +# The Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter class writes a copy of the input stream in html +# +##################################################################### + +package Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter; + +use File::Basename; + +# class variables +use vars qw{ + %html_color + %html_bold + %html_italic + %token_short_names + %short_to_long_names + $rOpts + $css_filename + $css_linkname + $missing_html_entities +}; + +# replace unsafe characters with HTML entity representation if HTML::Entities +# is available +{ eval "use HTML::Entities"; $missing_html_entities = $@; } + +sub new { + + my ( $class, $input_file, $html_file, $extension, $html_toc_extension, + $html_src_extension ) + = @_; + + my $html_file_opened = 0; + my $html_fh; + ( $html_fh, my $html_filename ) = + Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $html_file, 'w' ); + unless ($html_fh) { + warn("can't open $html_file: $!\n"); + return undef; + } + $html_file_opened = 1; + + if ( !$input_file || $input_file eq '-' || ref($input_file) ) { + $input_file = "NONAME"; + } + + # write the table of contents to a string + my $toc_string; + my $html_toc_fh = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$toc_string, 'w' ); + + my $html_pre_fh; + my @pre_string_stack; + if ( $rOpts->{'html-pre-only'} ) { + + # pre section goes directly to the output stream + $html_pre_fh = $html_fh; + $html_pre_fh->print( <<"PRE_END"); +
+PRE_END
+    }
+    else {
+
+        # pre section go out to a temporary string
+        my $pre_string;
+        $html_pre_fh = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$pre_string, 'w' );
+        push @pre_string_stack, \$pre_string;
+    }
+
+    # pod text gets diverted if the 'pod2html' is used
+    my $html_pod_fh;
+    my $pod_string;
+    if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) {
+        if ( $rOpts->{'html-pre-only'} ) {
+            undef $rOpts->{'pod2html'};
+        }
+        else {
+            eval "use Pod::Html";
+            if ($@) {
+                warn
+"unable to find Pod::Html; cannot use pod2html\n-npod disables this message\n";
+                undef $rOpts->{'pod2html'};
+            }
+            else {
+                $html_pod_fh = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$pod_string, 'w' );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    my $toc_filename;
+    my $src_filename;
+    if ( $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
+        unless ($extension) {
+            warn
+"cannot use frames without a specified output extension; ignoring -frm\n";
+            undef $rOpts->{'frames'};
+        }
+        else {
+            $toc_filename = $input_file . $html_toc_extension . $extension;
+            $src_filename = $input_file . $html_src_extension . $extension;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------
+    # Output is now directed as follows:
+    # html_toc_fh <-- table of contents items
+    # html_pre_fh <-- the 
 section of formatted code, except:
+    # html_pod_fh <-- pod goes here with the pod2html option
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------
+
+    my $title = $rOpts->{'title'};
+    unless ($title) {
+        ( $title, my $path ) = fileparse($input_file);
+    }
+    my $toc_item_count = 0;
+    my $in_toc_package = "";
+    my $last_level     = 0;
+    bless {
+        _input_file        => $input_file,          # name of input file
+        _title             => $title,               # title, unescaped
+        _html_file         => $html_file,           # name of .html output file
+        _toc_filename      => $toc_filename,        # for frames option
+        _src_filename      => $src_filename,        # for frames option
+        _html_file_opened  => $html_file_opened,    # a flag
+        _html_fh           => $html_fh,             # the output stream
+        _html_pre_fh       => $html_pre_fh,         # pre section goes here
+        _rpre_string_stack => \@pre_string_stack,   # stack of pre sections
+        _html_pod_fh       => $html_pod_fh,         # pod goes here if pod2html
+        _rpod_string       => \$pod_string,         # string holding pod
+        _pod_cut_count     => 0,                    # how many =cut's?
+        _html_toc_fh       => $html_toc_fh,         # fh for table of contents
+        _rtoc_string       => \$toc_string,         # string holding toc
+        _rtoc_item_count   => \$toc_item_count,     # how many toc items
+        _rin_toc_package   => \$in_toc_package,     # package name
+        _rtoc_name_count   => {},                   # hash to track unique names
+        _rpackage_stack    => [],                   # stack to check for package
+                                                    # name changes
+        _rlast_level       => \$last_level,         # brace indentation level
+    }, $class;
+}
+
+sub add_toc_item {
+
+    # Add an item to the html table of contents.
+    # This is called even if no table of contents is written,
+    # because we still want to put the anchors in the 
 text.
+    # We are given an anchor name and its type; types are:
+    #      'package', 'sub', '__END__', '__DATA__', 'EOF'
+    # There must be an 'EOF' call at the end to wrap things up.
+    my $self = shift;
+    my ( $name, $type ) = @_;
+    my $html_toc_fh     = $self->{_html_toc_fh};
+    my $html_pre_fh     = $self->{_html_pre_fh};
+    my $rtoc_name_count = $self->{_rtoc_name_count};
+    my $rtoc_item_count = $self->{_rtoc_item_count};
+    my $rlast_level     = $self->{_rlast_level};
+    my $rin_toc_package = $self->{_rin_toc_package};
+    my $rpackage_stack  = $self->{_rpackage_stack};
+
+    # packages contain sublists of subs, so to avoid errors all package
+    # items are written and finished with the following routines
+    my $end_package_list = sub {
+        if ($$rin_toc_package) {
+            $html_toc_fh->print("\n\n");
+            $$rin_toc_package = "";
+        }
+    };
+
+    my $start_package_list = sub {
+        my ( $unique_name, $package ) = @_;
+        if ($$rin_toc_package) { $end_package_list->() }
+        $html_toc_fh->print(<package $package
+
    
+EOM
+        $$rin_toc_package = $package;
+    };
+
+    # start the table of contents on the first item
+    unless ($$rtoc_item_count) {
+
+        # but just quit if we hit EOF without any other entries
+        # in this case, there will be no toc
+        return if ( $type eq 'EOF' );
+        $html_toc_fh->print( <<"TOC_END");
+
+
      
+TOC_END
+    }
+    $$rtoc_item_count++;
+
+    # make a unique anchor name for this location:
+    #   - packages get a 'package-' prefix
+    #   - subs use their names
+    my $unique_name = $name;
+    if ( $type eq 'package' ) { $unique_name = "package-$name" }
+
+    # append '-1', '-2', etc if necessary to make unique; this will
+    # be unique because subs and packages cannot have a '-'
+    if ( my $count = $rtoc_name_count->{ lc $unique_name }++ ) {
+        $unique_name .= "-$count";
+    }
+
+    #   - all names get terminal '-' if pod2html is used, to avoid
+    #     conflicts with anchor names created by pod2html
+    if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) { $unique_name .= '-' }
+
+    # start/stop lists of subs
+    if ( $type eq 'sub' ) {
+        my $package = $rpackage_stack->[$$rlast_level];
+        unless ($package) { $package = 'main' }
+
+        # if we're already in a package/sub list, be sure its the right
+        # package or else close it
+        if ( $$rin_toc_package && $$rin_toc_package ne $package ) {
+            $end_package_list->();
+        }
+
+        # start a package/sub list if necessary
+        unless ($$rin_toc_package) {
+            $start_package_list->( $unique_name, $package );
+        }
+    }
+
+    # now write an entry in the toc for this item
+    if ( $type eq 'package' ) {
+        $start_package_list->( $unique_name, $name );
+    }
+    elsif ( $type eq 'sub' ) {
+        $html_toc_fh->print("
    • $name
      • \n");
+    }
+    else {
+        $end_package_list->();
+        $html_toc_fh->print("
    • $name
      • \n");
+    }
+
+    # write the anchor in the 
       section
+    $html_pre_fh->print("");
+
+    # end the table of contents, if any, on the end of file
+    if ( $type eq 'EOF' ) {
+        $html_toc_fh->print( <<"TOC_END");
+
    
+
+TOC_END
+    }
+}
+
+BEGIN {
+
+    # This is the official list of tokens which may be identified by the
+    # user.  Long names are used as getopt keys.  Short names are
+    # convenient short abbreviations for specifying input.  Short names
+    # somewhat resemble token type characters, but are often different
+    # because they may only be alphanumeric, to allow command line
+    # input.  Also, note that because of case insensitivity of html,
+    # this table must be in a single case only (I've chosen to use all
+    # lower case).
+    # When adding NEW_TOKENS: update this hash table
+    # short names => long names
+    %short_to_long_names = (
+        'n'  => 'numeric',
+        'p'  => 'paren',
+        'q'  => 'quote',
+        's'  => 'structure',
+        'c'  => 'comment',
+        'v'  => 'v-string',
+        'cm' => 'comma',
+        'w'  => 'bareword',
+        'co' => 'colon',
+        'pu' => 'punctuation',
+        'i'  => 'identifier',
+        'j'  => 'label',
+        'h'  => 'here-doc-target',
+        'hh' => 'here-doc-text',
+        'k'  => 'keyword',
+        'sc' => 'semicolon',
+        'm'  => 'subroutine',
+        'pd' => 'pod-text',
+    );
+
+    # Now we have to map actual token types into one of the above short
+    # names; any token types not mapped will get 'punctuation'
+    # properties.
+
+    # The values of this hash table correspond to the keys of the
+    # previous hash table.
+    # The keys of this hash table are token types and can be seen
+    # by running with --dump-token-types (-dtt).
+
+    # When adding NEW_TOKENS: update this hash table
+    # $type => $short_name
+    %token_short_names = (
+        '#'  => 'c',
+        'n'  => 'n',
+        'v'  => 'v',
+        'k'  => 'k',
+        'F'  => 'k',
+        'Q'  => 'q',
+        'q'  => 'q',
+        'J'  => 'j',
+        'j'  => 'j',
+        'h'  => 'h',
+        'H'  => 'hh',
+        'w'  => 'w',
+        ','  => 'cm',
+        '=>' => 'cm',
+        ';'  => 'sc',
+        ':'  => 'co',
+        'f'  => 'sc',
+        '('  => 'p',
+        ')'  => 'p',
+        'M'  => 'm',
+        'P'  => 'pd',
+        'A'  => 'co',
+    );
+
+    # These token types will all be called identifiers for now
+    # FIXME: need to separate user defined modules as separate type
+    my @identifier = qw" i t U C Y Z G :: ";
+    @token_short_names{@identifier} = ('i') x scalar(@identifier);
+
+    # These token types will be called 'structure'
+    my @structure = qw" { } ";
+    @token_short_names{@structure} = ('s') x scalar(@structure);
+
+    # OLD NOTES: save for reference
+    # Any of these could be added later if it would be useful.
+    # For now, they will by default become punctuation
+    #    my @list = qw" L R [ ] ";
+    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('non-structure') x scalar(@list);
+    #
+    #    my @list = qw"
+    #      / /= * *= ** **= + += - -= % %= = ++ -- << <<= >> >>= pp p m mm
+    #      ";
+    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('math') x scalar(@list);
+    #
+    #    my @list = qw" & &= ~ ~= ^ ^= | |= ";
+    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('bit') x scalar(@list);
+    #
+    #    my @list = qw" == != < > <= <=> ";
+    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('numerical-comparison') x scalar(@list);
+    #
+    #    my @list = qw" && || ! &&= ||= //= ";
+    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('logical') x scalar(@list);
+    #
+    #    my @list = qw" . .= =~ !~ x x= ";
+    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('string-operators') x scalar(@list);
+    #
+    #    # Incomplete..
+    #    my @list = qw" .. -> <> ... \ ? ";
+    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('misc-operators') x scalar(@list);
+
+}
+
+sub make_getopt_long_names {
+    my $class = shift;
+    my ($rgetopt_names) = @_;
+    while ( my ( $short_name, $name ) = each %short_to_long_names ) {
+        push @$rgetopt_names, "html-color-$name=s";
+        push @$rgetopt_names, "html-italic-$name!";
+        push @$rgetopt_names, "html-bold-$name!";
+    }
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-color-background=s";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-linked-style-sheet=s";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "nohtml-style-sheets";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-pre-only";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-line-numbers";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-entities!";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "stylesheet";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-table-of-contents!";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "pod2html!";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "frames!";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-toc-extension=s";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-src-extension=s";
+
+    # Pod::Html parameters:
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "backlink=s";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "cachedir=s";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "htmlroot=s";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "libpods=s";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "podpath=s";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "podroot=s";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "title=s";
+
+    # Pod::Html parameters with leading 'pod' which will be removed
+    # before the call to Pod::Html
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "podquiet!";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "podverbose!";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "podrecurse!";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "podflush";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "podheader!";
+    push @$rgetopt_names, "podindex!";
+}
+
+sub make_abbreviated_names {
+
+    # We're appending things like this to the expansion list:
+    #      'hcc'    => [qw(html-color-comment)],
+    #      'hck'    => [qw(html-color-keyword)],
+    #  etc
+    my $class = shift;
+    my ($rexpansion) = @_;
+
+    # abbreviations for color/bold/italic properties
+    while ( my ( $short_name, $long_name ) = each %short_to_long_names ) {
+        ${$rexpansion}{"hc$short_name"}  = ["html-color-$long_name"];
+        ${$rexpansion}{"hb$short_name"}  = ["html-bold-$long_name"];
+        ${$rexpansion}{"hi$short_name"}  = ["html-italic-$long_name"];
+        ${$rexpansion}{"nhb$short_name"} = ["nohtml-bold-$long_name"];
+        ${$rexpansion}{"nhi$short_name"} = ["nohtml-italic-$long_name"];
+    }
+
+    # abbreviations for all other html options
+    ${$rexpansion}{"hcbg"}  = ["html-color-background"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"pre"}   = ["html-pre-only"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"toc"}   = ["html-table-of-contents"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"ntoc"}  = ["nohtml-table-of-contents"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"nnn"}   = ["html-line-numbers"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"hent"}  = ["html-entities"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"nhent"} = ["nohtml-entities"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"css"}   = ["html-linked-style-sheet"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"nss"}   = ["nohtml-style-sheets"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"ss"}    = ["stylesheet"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"pod"}   = ["pod2html"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"npod"}  = ["nopod2html"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"frm"}   = ["frames"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"nfrm"}  = ["noframes"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"text"}  = ["html-toc-extension"];
+    ${$rexpansion}{"sext"}  = ["html-src-extension"];
+}
+
+sub check_options {
+
+    # This will be called once after options have been parsed
+    my $class = shift;
+    $rOpts = shift;
+
+    # X11 color names for default settings that seemed to look ok
+    # (these color names are only used for programming clarity; the hex
+    # numbers are actually written)
+    use constant ForestGreen   => "#228B22";
+    use constant SaddleBrown   => "#8B4513";
+    use constant magenta4      => "#8B008B";
+    use constant IndianRed3    => "#CD5555";
+    use constant DeepSkyBlue4  => "#00688B";
+    use constant MediumOrchid3 => "#B452CD";
+    use constant black         => "#000000";
+    use constant white         => "#FFFFFF";
+    use constant red           => "#FF0000";
+
+    # set default color, bold, italic properties
+    # anything not listed here will be given the default (punctuation) color --
+    # these types currently not listed and get default: ws pu s sc cm co p
+    # When adding NEW_TOKENS: add an entry here if you don't want defaults
+
+    # set_default_properties( $short_name, default_color, bold?, italic? );
+    set_default_properties( 'c',  ForestGreen,   0, 0 );
+    set_default_properties( 'pd', ForestGreen,   0, 1 );
+    set_default_properties( 'k',  magenta4,      1, 0 );    # was SaddleBrown
+    set_default_properties( 'q',  IndianRed3,    0, 0 );
+    set_default_properties( 'hh', IndianRed3,    0, 1 );
+    set_default_properties( 'h',  IndianRed3,    1, 0 );
+    set_default_properties( 'i',  DeepSkyBlue4,  0, 0 );
+    set_default_properties( 'w',  black,         0, 0 );
+    set_default_properties( 'n',  MediumOrchid3, 0, 0 );
+    set_default_properties( 'v',  MediumOrchid3, 0, 0 );
+    set_default_properties( 'j',  IndianRed3,    1, 0 );
+    set_default_properties( 'm',  red,           1, 0 );
+
+    set_default_color( 'html-color-background',  white );
+    set_default_color( 'html-color-punctuation', black );
+
+    # setup property lookup tables for tokens based on their short names
+    # every token type has a short name, and will use these tables
+    # to do the html markup
+    while ( my ( $short_name, $long_name ) = each %short_to_long_names ) {
+        $html_color{$short_name}  = $rOpts->{"html-color-$long_name"};
+        $html_bold{$short_name}   = $rOpts->{"html-bold-$long_name"};
+        $html_italic{$short_name} = $rOpts->{"html-italic-$long_name"};
+    }
+
+    # write style sheet to STDOUT and die if requested
+    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'stylesheet'} ) ) {
+        write_style_sheet_file('-');
+        exit 1;
+    }
+
+    # make sure user gives a file name after -css
+    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'html-linked-style-sheet'} ) ) {
+        $css_linkname = $rOpts->{'html-linked-style-sheet'};
+        if ( $css_linkname =~ /^-/ ) {
+            die "You must specify a valid filename after -css\n";
+        }
+    }
+
+    # check for conflict
+    if ( $css_linkname && $rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} ) {
+        $rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} = 0;
+        warning("You can't specify both -css and -nss; -nss ignored\n");
+    }
+
+    # write a style sheet file if necessary
+    if ($css_linkname) {
+
+        # if the selected filename exists, don't write, because user may
+        # have done some work by hand to create it; use backup name instead
+        # Also, this will avoid a potential disaster in which the user
+        # forgets to specify the style sheet, like this:
+        #    perltidy -html -css myfile1.pl myfile2.pl
+        # This would cause myfile1.pl to parsed as the style sheet by GetOpts
+        my $css_filename = $css_linkname;
+        unless ( -e $css_filename ) {
+            write_style_sheet_file($css_filename);
+        }
+    }
+    $missing_html_entities = 1 unless $rOpts->{'html-entities'};
+}
+
+sub write_style_sheet_file {
+
+    my $css_filename = shift;
+    my $fh;
+    unless ( $fh = IO::File->new("> $css_filename") ) {
+        die "can't open $css_filename: $!\n";
+    }
+    write_style_sheet_data($fh);
+    eval { $fh->close };
+}
+
+sub write_style_sheet_data {
+
+    # write the style sheet data to an open file handle
+    my $fh = shift;
+
+    my $bg_color   = $rOpts->{'html-color-background'};
+    my $text_color = $rOpts->{'html-color-punctuation'};
+
+    # pre-bgcolor is new, and may not be defined
+    my $pre_bg_color = $rOpts->{'html-pre-color-background'};
+    $pre_bg_color = $bg_color unless $pre_bg_color;
+
+    $fh->print(<<"EOM");
+/* default style sheet generated by perltidy */
+body {background: $bg_color; color: $text_color}
+pre { color: $text_color; 
+      background: $pre_bg_color;
+      font-family: courier;
+    } 
+
+EOM
+
+    foreach my $short_name ( sort keys %short_to_long_names ) {
+        my $long_name = $short_to_long_names{$short_name};
+
+        my $abbrev = '.' . $short_name;
+        if ( length($short_name) == 1 ) { $abbrev .= ' ' }    # for alignment
+        my $color = $html_color{$short_name};
+        if ( !defined($color) ) { $color = $text_color }
+        $fh->print("$abbrev \{ color: $color;");
+
+        if ( $html_bold{$short_name} ) {
+            $fh->print(" font-weight:bold;");
+        }
+
+        if ( $html_italic{$short_name} ) {
+            $fh->print(" font-style:italic;");
+        }
+        $fh->print("} /* $long_name */\n");
+    }
+}
+
+sub set_default_color {
+
+    # make sure that options hash $rOpts->{$key} contains a valid color
+    my ( $key, $color ) = @_;
+    if ( $rOpts->{$key} ) { $color = $rOpts->{$key} }
+    $rOpts->{$key} = check_RGB($color);
+}
+
+sub check_RGB {
+
+    # if color is a 6 digit hex RGB value, prepend a #, otherwise
+    # assume that it is a valid ascii color name
+    my ($color) = @_;
+    if ( $color =~ /^[0-9a-fA-F]{6,6}$/ ) { $color = "#$color" }
+    return $color;
+}
+
+sub set_default_properties {
+    my ( $short_name, $color, $bold, $italic ) = @_;
+
+    set_default_color( "html-color-$short_to_long_names{$short_name}", $color );
+    my $key;
+    $key = "html-bold-$short_to_long_names{$short_name}";
+    $rOpts->{$key} = ( defined $rOpts->{$key} ) ? $rOpts->{$key} : $bold;
+    $key = "html-italic-$short_to_long_names{$short_name}";
+    $rOpts->{$key} = ( defined $rOpts->{$key} ) ? $rOpts->{$key} : $italic;
+}
+
+sub pod_to_html {
+
+    # Use Pod::Html to process the pod and make the page
+    # then merge the perltidy code sections into it.
+    # return 1 if success, 0 otherwise
+    my $self = shift;
+    my ( $pod_string, $css_string, $toc_string, $rpre_string_stack ) = @_;
+    my $input_file   = $self->{_input_file};
+    my $title        = $self->{_title};
+    my $success_flag = 0;
+
+    # don't try to use pod2html if no pod
+    unless ($pod_string) {
+        return $success_flag;
+    }
+
+    # Pod::Html requires a real temporary filename
+    # If we are making a frame, we have a name available
+    # Otherwise, we have to fine one
+    my $tmpfile;
+    if ( $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
+        $tmpfile = $self->{_toc_filename};
+    }
+    else {
+        $tmpfile = Perl::Tidy::make_temporary_filename();
+    }
+    my $fh_tmp = IO::File->new( $tmpfile, 'w' );
+    unless ($fh_tmp) {
+        warn "unable to open temporary file $tmpfile; cannot use pod2html\n";
+        return $success_flag;
+    }
+
+    #------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Warning: a temporary file is open; we have to clean up if
+    # things go bad.  From here on all returns should be by going to
+    # RETURN so that the temporary file gets unlinked.
+    #------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    # write the pod text to the temporary file
+    $fh_tmp->print($pod_string);
+    $fh_tmp->close();
+
+    # Hand off the pod to pod2html.
+    # Note that we can use the same temporary filename for input and output
+    # because of the way pod2html works.
+    {
+
+        my @args;
+        push @args, "--infile=$tmpfile", "--outfile=$tmpfile", "--title=$title";
+        my $kw;
+
+        # Flags with string args:
+        # "backlink=s", "cachedir=s", "htmlroot=s", "libpods=s",
+        # "podpath=s", "podroot=s"
+        # Note: -css=s is handled by perltidy itself
+        foreach $kw (qw(backlink cachedir htmlroot libpods podpath podroot)) {
+            if ( $rOpts->{$kw} ) { push @args, "--$kw=$rOpts->{$kw}" }
+        }
+
+        # Toggle switches; these have extra leading 'pod'
+        # "header!", "index!", "recurse!", "quiet!", "verbose!"
+        foreach $kw (qw(podheader podindex podrecurse podquiet podverbose)) {
+            my $kwd = $kw;    # allows us to strip 'pod'
+            if ( $rOpts->{$kw} ) { $kwd =~ s/^pod//; push @args, "--$kwd" }
+            elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{$kw} ) ) {
+                $kwd =~ s/^pod//;
+                push @args, "--no$kwd";
+            }
+        }
+
+        # "flush",
+        $kw = 'podflush';
+        if ( $rOpts->{$kw} ) { $kw =~ s/^pod//; push @args, "--$kw" }
+
+        # Must clean up if pod2html dies (it can);
+        # Be careful not to overwrite callers __DIE__ routine
+        local $SIG{__DIE__} = sub {
+            print $_[0];
+            unlink $tmpfile if -e $tmpfile;
+            exit 1;
+        };
+
+        pod2html(@args);
+    }
+    $fh_tmp = IO::File->new( $tmpfile, 'r' );
+    unless ($fh_tmp) {
+
+        # this error shouldn't happen ... we just used this filename
+        warn "unable to open temporary file $tmpfile; cannot use pod2html\n";
+        goto RETURN;
+    }
+
+    my $html_fh = $self->{_html_fh};
+    my @toc;
+    my $in_toc;
+    my $no_print;
+
+    # This routine will write the html selectively and store the toc
+    my $html_print = sub {
+        foreach (@_) {
+            $html_fh->print($_) unless ($no_print);
+            if ($in_toc) { push @toc, $_ }
+        }
+    };
+
+    # loop over lines of html output from pod2html and merge in
+    # the necessary perltidy html sections
+    my ( $saw_body, $saw_index, $saw_body_end );
+    while ( my $line = $fh_tmp->getline() ) {
+
+        if ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
+            my $date = localtime;
+            $html_print->("\n");
+            $html_print->($line);
+        }
+
+        # Copy the perltidy css, if any, after  tag
+        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
+            $saw_body = 1;
+            $html_print->($css_string) if $css_string;
+            $html_print->($line);
+
+            # add a top anchor and heading
+            $html_print->("\n");
+            $title = escape_html($title);
+            $html_print->("
    $title
    \n");
+        }
+        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
+            $in_toc = 1;
+
+            # when frames are used, an extra table of contents in the
+            # contents panel is confusing, so don't print it
+            $no_print = $rOpts->{'frames'}
+              || !$rOpts->{'html-table-of-contents'};
+            $html_print->("
    Doc Index:
    \n") if $rOpts->{'frames'};
+            $html_print->($line);
+        }
+
+        # Copy the perltidy toc, if any, after the Pod::Html toc
+        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
+            $saw_index = 1;
+            $html_print->($line);
+            if ($toc_string) {
+                $html_print->("
    \n") if $rOpts->{'frames'};
+                $html_print->("
    Code Index:
    \n");
+                my @toc = map { $_ .= "\n" } split /\n/, $toc_string;
+                $html_print->(@toc);
+            }
+            $in_toc   = 0;
+            $no_print = 0;
+        }
+
+        # Copy one perltidy section after each marker
+        elsif ( $line =~ /^(.*)(.*)$/ ) {
+            $line = $2;
+            $html_print->($1) if $1;
+
+            # Intermingle code and pod sections if we saw multiple =cut's.
+            if ( $self->{_pod_cut_count} > 1 ) {
+                my $rpre_string = shift(@$rpre_string_stack);
+                if ($$rpre_string) {
+                    $html_print->('
    ');
+                    $html_print->($$rpre_string);
+                    $html_print->('
    ');
+                }
+                else {
+
+                    # shouldn't happen: we stored a string before writing
+                    # each marker.
+                    warn
+"Problem merging html stream with pod2html; order may be wrong\n";
+                }
+                $html_print->($line);
+            }
+
+            # If didn't see multiple =cut lines, we'll put the pod out first
+            # and then the code, because it's less confusing.
+            else {
+
+                # since we are not intermixing code and pod, we don't need
+                # or want any 
     lines which separated pod and code
+                $html_print->($line) unless ( $line =~ /^\s*
    \s*$/i );
+            }
+        }
+
+        # Copy any remaining code section before the  tag
+        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*<\/body>\s*$/i ) {
+            $saw_body_end = 1;
+            if (@$rpre_string_stack) {
+                unless ( $self->{_pod_cut_count} > 1 ) {
+                    $html_print->('
    ');
+                }
+                while ( my $rpre_string = shift(@$rpre_string_stack) ) {
+                    $html_print->('
    ');
+                    $html_print->($$rpre_string);
+                    $html_print->('
    ');
+                }
+            }
+            $html_print->($line);
+        }
+        else {
+            $html_print->($line);
+        }
+    }
+
+    $success_flag = 1;
+    unless ($saw_body) {
+        warn "Did not see  in pod2html output\n";
+        $success_flag = 0;
+    }
+    unless ($saw_body_end) {
+        warn "Did not see  in pod2html output\n";
+        $success_flag = 0;
+    }
+    unless ($saw_index) {
+        warn "Did not find INDEX END in pod2html output\n";
+        $success_flag = 0;
+    }
+
+  RETURN:
+    eval { $html_fh->close() };
+
+    # note that we have to unlink tmpfile before making frames
+    # because the tmpfile may be one of the names used for frames
+    unlink $tmpfile if -e $tmpfile;
+    if ( $success_flag && $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
+        $self->make_frame( \@toc );
+    }
+    return $success_flag;
+}
+
+sub make_frame {
+
+    # Make a frame with table of contents in the left panel
+    # and the text in the right panel.
+    # On entry:
+    #  $html_filename contains the no-frames html output
+    #  $rtoc is a reference to an array with the table of contents
+    my $self          = shift;
+    my ($rtoc)        = @_;
+    my $input_file    = $self->{_input_file};
+    my $html_filename = $self->{_html_file};
+    my $toc_filename  = $self->{_toc_filename};
+    my $src_filename  = $self->{_src_filename};
+    my $title         = $self->{_title};
+    $title = escape_html($title);
+
+    # FUTURE input parameter:
+    my $top_basename = "";
+
+    # We need to produce 3 html files:
+    # 1. - the table of contents
+    # 2. - the contents (source code) itself
+    # 3. - the frame which contains them
+
+    # get basenames for relative links
+    my ( $toc_basename, $toc_path ) = fileparse($toc_filename);
+    my ( $src_basename, $src_path ) = fileparse($src_filename);
+
+    # 1. Make the table of contents panel, with appropriate changes
+    # to the anchor names
+    my $src_frame_name = 'SRC';
+    my $first_anchor =
+      write_toc_html( $title, $toc_filename, $src_basename, $rtoc,
+        $src_frame_name );
+
+    # 2. The current .html filename is renamed to be the contents panel
+    rename( $html_filename, $src_filename )
+      or die "Cannot rename $html_filename to $src_filename:$!\n";
+
+    # 3. Then use the original html filename for the frame
+    write_frame_html(
+        $title,        $html_filename, $top_basename,
+        $toc_basename, $src_basename,  $src_frame_name
+    );
+}
+
+sub write_toc_html {
+
+    # write a separate html table of contents file for frames
+    my ( $title, $toc_filename, $src_basename, $rtoc, $src_frame_name ) = @_;
+    my $fh = IO::File->new( $toc_filename, 'w' )
+      or die "Cannot open $toc_filename:$!\n";
+    $fh->print(<
+
+$title
+
+
+
    $title
    
+EOM
+
+    my $first_anchor =
+      change_anchor_names( $rtoc, $src_basename, "$src_frame_name" );
+    $fh->print( join "", @$rtoc );
+
+    $fh->print(<
+
+EOM
+
+}
+
+sub write_frame_html {
+
+    # write an html file to be the table of contents frame
+    my (
+        $title,        $frame_filename, $top_basename,
+        $toc_basename, $src_basename,   $src_frame_name
+    ) = @_;
+
+    my $fh = IO::File->new( $frame_filename, 'w' )
+      or die "Cannot open $toc_basename:$!\n";
+
+    $fh->print(<
+
+
+
+$title
+
+EOM
+
+    # two left panels, one right, if master index file
+    if ($top_basename) {
+        $fh->print(<
+
+
+
+
+EOM
+    }
+
+    # one left panels, one right, if no master index file
+    else {
+        $fh->print(<
+
+EOM
+    }
+    $fh->print(<
+
+<body>
+<p>If you see this message, you are using a non-frame-capable web client.</p>
+<p>This document contains:</p>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="$toc_basename">A table of contents</a></li>
+<li><a href="$src_basename">The source code</a></li>
+</ul>
+</body>
+
+
+
+EOM
+}
+
+sub change_anchor_names {
+
+    # add a filename and target to anchors
+    # also return the first anchor
+    my ( $rlines, $filename, $target ) = @_;
+    my $first_anchor;
+    foreach my $line (@$rlines) {
+
+        #  We're looking for lines like this:
+        #  
  • SYNOPSIS
    • 
+        #  ----  -       --------  -----------------
+        #  $1              $4            $5
+        if ( $line =~ /^(.*)]*>(.*)$/i ) {
+            my $pre  = $1;
+            my $name = $4;
+            my $post = $5;
+            my $href = "$filename#$name";
+            $line = "$pre$post\n";
+            unless ($first_anchor) { $first_anchor = $href }
+        }
+    }
+    return $first_anchor;
+}
+
+sub close_html_file {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return unless $self->{_html_file_opened};
+
+    my $html_fh     = $self->{_html_fh};
+    my $rtoc_string = $self->{_rtoc_string};
+
+    # There are 3 basic paths to html output...
+
+    # ---------------------------------
+    # Path 1: finish up if in -pre mode
+    # ---------------------------------
+    if ( $rOpts->{'html-pre-only'} ) {
+        $html_fh->print( <<"PRE_END");
+

+PRE_END
+        eval { $html_fh->close() };
+        return;
+    }
+
+    # Finish the index
+    $self->add_toc_item( 'EOF', 'EOF' );
+
+    my $rpre_string_stack = $self->{_rpre_string_stack};
+
+    # Patch to darken the 
 background color in case of pod2html and
+    # interleaved code/documentation.  Otherwise, the distinction
+    # between code and documentation is blurred.
+    if (   $rOpts->{pod2html}
+        && $self->{_pod_cut_count} >= 1
+        && $rOpts->{'html-color-background'} eq '#FFFFFF' )
+    {
+        $rOpts->{'html-pre-color-background'} = '#F0F0F0';
+    }
+
+    # put the css or its link into a string, if used
+    my $css_string;
+    my $fh_css = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$css_string, 'w' );
+
+    # use css linked to another file
+    if ( $rOpts->{'html-linked-style-sheet'} ) {
+        $fh_css->print(
+            qq()
+        );
+    }
+
+    # use css embedded in this file
+    elsif ( !$rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} ) {
+        $fh_css->print( <<'ENDCSS');
+
+ENDCSS
+    }
+
+    # -----------------------------------------------------------
+    # path 2: use pod2html if requested
+    #         If we fail for some reason, continue on to path 3
+    # -----------------------------------------------------------
+    if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) {
+        my $rpod_string = $self->{_rpod_string};
+        $self->pod_to_html( $$rpod_string, $css_string, $$rtoc_string,
+            $rpre_string_stack )
+          && return;
+    }
+
+    # --------------------------------------------------
+    # path 3: write code in html, with pod only in italics
+    # --------------------------------------------------
+    my $input_file = $self->{_input_file};
+    my $title      = escape_html($input_file);
+    my $date       = localtime;
+    $html_fh->print( <<"HTML_START");
+
+
+
+
+$title
+HTML_START
+
+    # output the css, if used
+    if ($css_string) {
+        $html_fh->print($css_string);
+        $html_fh->print( <<"ENDCSS");
+
+
+ENDCSS
+    }
+    else {
+
+        $html_fh->print( <<"HTML_START");
+
+{'html-color-background'}\" text=\"$rOpts->{'html-color-punctuation'}\">
+HTML_START
+    }
+
+    $html_fh->print("\n");
+    $html_fh->print( <<"EOM");
+
$title

+EOM
+
+    # copy the table of contents
+    if (   $$rtoc_string
+        && !$rOpts->{'frames'}
+        && $rOpts->{'html-table-of-contents'} )
+    {
+        $html_fh->print($$rtoc_string);
+    }
+
+    # copy the pre section(s)
+    my $fname_comment = $input_file;
+    $fname_comment =~ s/--+/-/g;    # protect HTML comment tags
+    $html_fh->print( <<"END_PRE");
+

+
+
+END_PRE
+
+    foreach my $rpre_string (@$rpre_string_stack) {
+        $html_fh->print($$rpre_string);
+    }
+
+    # and finish the html page
+    $html_fh->print( <<"HTML_END");
+

+
+
+HTML_END
+    eval { $html_fh->close() };    # could be object without close method
+
+    if ( $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
+        my @toc = map { $_ .= "\n" } split /\n/, $$rtoc_string;
+        $self->make_frame( \@toc );
+    }
+}
+
+sub markup_tokens {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my ( $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rlevels ) = @_;
+    my ( @colored_tokens, $j, $string, $type, $token, $level );
+    my $rlast_level    = $self->{_rlast_level};
+    my $rpackage_stack = $self->{_rpackage_stack};
+
+    for ( $j = 0 ; $j < @$rtoken_type ; $j++ ) {
+        $type  = $$rtoken_type[$j];
+        $token = $$rtokens[$j];
+        $level = $$rlevels[$j];
+        $level = 0 if ( $level < 0 );
+
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        # Update the package stack.  The package stack is needed to keep
+        # the toc correct because some packages may be declared within
+        # blocks and go out of scope when we leave the block.
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        if ( $level > $$rlast_level ) {
+            unless ( $rpackage_stack->[ $level - 1 ] ) {
+                $rpackage_stack->[ $level - 1 ] = 'main';
+            }
+            $rpackage_stack->[$level] = $rpackage_stack->[ $level - 1 ];
+        }
+        elsif ( $level < $$rlast_level ) {
+            my $package = $rpackage_stack->[$level];
+            unless ($package) { $package = 'main' }
+
+            # if we change packages due to a nesting change, we
+            # have to make an entry in the toc
+            if ( $package ne $rpackage_stack->[ $level + 1 ] ) {
+                $self->add_toc_item( $package, 'package' );
+            }
+        }
+        $$rlast_level = $level;
+
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        # Intercept a sub name here; split it
+        # into keyword 'sub' and sub name; and add an
+        # entry in the toc
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        if ( $type eq 'i' && $token =~ /^(sub\s+)(\w.*)$/ ) {
+            $token = $self->markup_html_element( $1, 'k' );
+            push @colored_tokens, $token;
+            $token = $2;
+            $type  = 'M';
+
+            # but don't include sub declarations in the toc;
+            # these wlll have leading token types 'i;'
+            my $signature = join "", @$rtoken_type;
+            unless ( $signature =~ /^i;/ ) {
+                my $subname = $token;
+                $subname =~ s/[\s\(].*$//; # remove any attributes and prototype
+                $self->add_toc_item( $subname, 'sub' );
+            }
+        }
+
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        # Intercept a package name here; split it
+        # into keyword 'package' and name; add to the toc,
+        # and update the package stack
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        if ( $type eq 'i' && $token =~ /^(package\s+)(\w.*)$/ ) {
+            $token = $self->markup_html_element( $1, 'k' );
+            push @colored_tokens, $token;
+            $token = $2;
+            $type  = 'i';
+            $self->add_toc_item( "$token", 'package' );
+            $rpackage_stack->[$level] = $token;
+        }
+
+        $token = $self->markup_html_element( $token, $type );
+        push @colored_tokens, $token;
+    }
+    return ( \@colored_tokens );
+}
+
+sub markup_html_element {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my ( $token, $type ) = @_;
+
+    return $token if ( $type eq 'b' );    # skip a blank token
+    return $token if ( $token =~ /^\s*$/ );    # skip a blank line
+    $token = escape_html($token);
+
+    # get the short abbreviation for this token type
+    my $short_name = $token_short_names{$type};
+    if ( !defined($short_name) ) {
+        $short_name = "pu";                    # punctuation is default
+    }
+
+    # handle style sheets..
+    if ( !$rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} ) {
+        if ( $short_name ne 'pu' ) {
+            $token = qq() . $token . "";
+        }
+    }
+
+    # handle no style sheets..
+    else {
+        my $color = $html_color{$short_name};
+
+        if ( $color && ( $color ne $rOpts->{'html-color-punctuation'} ) ) {
+            $token = qq() . $token . "";
+        }
+        if ( $html_italic{$short_name} ) { $token = "$token" }
+        if ( $html_bold{$short_name} )   { $token = "$token" }
+    }
+    return $token;
+}
+
+sub escape_html {
+
+    my $token = shift;
+    if ($missing_html_entities) {
+        $token =~ s/\&/&/g;
+        $token =~ s/\/>/g;
+        $token =~ s/\"/"/g;
+    }
+    else {
+        HTML::Entities::encode_entities($token);
+    }
+    return $token;
+}
+
+sub finish_formatting {
+
+    # called after last line
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->close_html_file();
+    return;
+}
+
+sub write_line {
+
+    my $self = shift;
+    return unless $self->{_html_file_opened};
+    my $html_pre_fh      = $self->{_html_pre_fh};
+    my ($line_of_tokens) = @_;
+    my $line_type        = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};
+    my $input_line       = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
+    my $line_number      = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
+    chomp $input_line;
+
+    # markup line of code..
+    my $html_line;
+    if ( $line_type eq 'CODE' ) {
+        my $rtoken_type = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
+        my $rtokens     = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
+        my $rlevels     = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
+
+        if ( $input_line =~ /(^\s*)/ ) {
+            $html_line = $1;
+        }
+        else {
+            $html_line = "";
+        }
+        my ($rcolored_tokens) =
+          $self->markup_tokens( $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rlevels );
+        $html_line .= join '', @$rcolored_tokens;
+    }
+
+    # markup line of non-code..
+    else {
+        my $line_character;
+        if    ( $line_type eq 'HERE' )       { $line_character = 'H' }
+        elsif ( $line_type eq 'HERE_END' )   { $line_character = 'h' }
+        elsif ( $line_type eq 'FORMAT' )     { $line_character = 'H' }
+        elsif ( $line_type eq 'FORMAT_END' ) { $line_character = 'h' }
+        elsif ( $line_type eq 'SYSTEM' )     { $line_character = 'c' }
+        elsif ( $line_type eq 'END_START' ) {
+            $line_character = 'k';
+            $self->add_toc_item( '__END__', '__END__' );
+        }
+        elsif ( $line_type eq 'DATA_START' ) {
+            $line_character = 'k';
+            $self->add_toc_item( '__DATA__', '__DATA__' );
+        }
+        elsif ( $line_type =~ /^POD/ ) {
+            $line_character = 'P';
+            if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) {
+                my $html_pod_fh = $self->{_html_pod_fh};
+                if ( $line_type eq 'POD_START' ) {
+
+                    my $rpre_string_stack = $self->{_rpre_string_stack};
+                    my $rpre_string       = $rpre_string_stack->[-1];
+
+                    # if we have written any non-blank lines to the
+                    # current pre section, start writing to a new output
+                    # string
+                    if ( $$rpre_string =~ /\S/ ) {
+                        my $pre_string;
+                        $html_pre_fh =
+                          Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$pre_string, 'w' );
+                        $self->{_html_pre_fh} = $html_pre_fh;
+                        push @$rpre_string_stack, \$pre_string;
+
+                        # leave a marker in the pod stream so we know
+                        # where to put the pre section we just
+                        # finished.
+                        my $for_html = '=for html';    # don't confuse pod utils
+                        $html_pod_fh->print(<
+
+EOM
+                    }
+
+                    # otherwise, just clear the current string and start
+                    # over
+                    else {
+                        $$rpre_string = "";
+                        $html_pod_fh->print("\n");
+                    }
+                }
+                $html_pod_fh->print( $input_line . "\n" );
+                if ( $line_type eq 'POD_END' ) {
+                    $self->{_pod_cut_count}++;
+                    $html_pod_fh->print("\n");
+                }
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+        else { $line_character = 'Q' }
+        $html_line = $self->markup_html_element( $input_line, $line_character );
+    }
+
+    # add the line number if requested
+    if ( $rOpts->{'html-line-numbers'} ) {
+        my $extra_space .=
+            ( $line_number < 10 )   ? "   "
+          : ( $line_number < 100 )  ? "  "
+          : ( $line_number < 1000 ) ? " "
+          :                           "";
+        $html_line = $extra_space . $line_number . " " . $html_line;
+    }
+
+    # write the line
+    $html_pre_fh->print("$html_line\n");
+}
+
+#####################################################################
+#
+# The Perl::Tidy::Formatter package adds indentation, whitespace, and
+# line breaks to the token stream
+#
+# WARNING: This is not a real class for speed reasons.  Only one
+# Formatter may be used.
+#
+#####################################################################
+
+package Perl::Tidy::Formatter;
+
+BEGIN {
+
+    # Caution: these debug flags produce a lot of output
+    # They should all be 0 except when debugging small scripts
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND    => 0;
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK   => 0;
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_CI      => 0;
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH   => 0;
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE   => 0;
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_LIST    => 0;
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK => 0;
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT  => 0;
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE  => 0;
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE   => 0;
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP  => 0;
+    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE   => 0;
+
+    my $debug_warning = sub {
+        print "FORMATTER_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
+    };
+
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND    && $debug_warning->('BOND');
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK   && $debug_warning->('BREAK');
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_CI      && $debug_warning->('CI');
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH   && $debug_warning->('FLUSH');
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE   && $debug_warning->('FORCE');
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_LIST    && $debug_warning->('LIST');
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && $debug_warning->('NOBREAK');
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT  && $debug_warning->('OUTPUT');
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE  && $debug_warning->('SPARSE');
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE   && $debug_warning->('STORE');
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP  && $debug_warning->('UNDOBP');
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE   && $debug_warning->('WHITE');
+}
+
+use Carp;
+use vars qw{
+
+  @gnu_stack
+  $max_gnu_stack_index
+  $gnu_position_predictor
+  $line_start_index_to_go
+  $last_indentation_written
+  $last_unadjusted_indentation
+  $last_leading_token
+
+  $saw_VERSION_in_this_file
+  $saw_END_or_DATA_
+
+  @gnu_item_list
+  $max_gnu_item_index
+  $gnu_sequence_number
+  $last_output_indentation
+  %last_gnu_equals
+  %gnu_comma_count
+  %gnu_arrow_count
+
+  @block_type_to_go
+  @type_sequence_to_go
+  @container_environment_to_go
+  @bond_strength_to_go
+  @forced_breakpoint_to_go
+  @lengths_to_go
+  @levels_to_go
+  @leading_spaces_to_go
+  @reduced_spaces_to_go
+  @matching_token_to_go
+  @mate_index_to_go
+  @nesting_blocks_to_go
+  @ci_levels_to_go
+  @nesting_depth_to_go
+  @nobreak_to_go
+  @old_breakpoint_to_go
+  @tokens_to_go
+  @types_to_go
+
+  %saved_opening_indentation
+
+  $max_index_to_go
+  $comma_count_in_batch
+  $old_line_count_in_batch
+  $last_nonblank_index_to_go
+  $last_nonblank_type_to_go
+  $last_nonblank_token_to_go
+  $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go
+  $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go
+  $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go
+  @nonblank_lines_at_depth
+  $starting_in_quote
+  $ending_in_quote
+
+  $in_format_skipping_section
+  $format_skipping_pattern_begin
+  $format_skipping_pattern_end
+
+  $forced_breakpoint_count
+  $forced_breakpoint_undo_count
+  @forced_breakpoint_undo_stack
+  %postponed_breakpoint
+
+  $tabbing
+  $embedded_tab_count
+  $first_embedded_tab_at
+  $last_embedded_tab_at
+  $deleted_semicolon_count
+  $first_deleted_semicolon_at
+  $last_deleted_semicolon_at
+  $added_semicolon_count
+  $first_added_semicolon_at
+  $last_added_semicolon_at
+  $first_tabbing_disagreement
+  $last_tabbing_disagreement
+  $in_tabbing_disagreement
+  $tabbing_disagreement_count
+  $input_line_tabbing
+
+  $last_line_type
+  $last_line_leading_type
+  $last_line_leading_level
+  $last_last_line_leading_level
+
+  %block_leading_text
+  %block_opening_line_number
+  $csc_new_statement_ok
+  $accumulating_text_for_block
+  $leading_block_text
+  $rleading_block_if_elsif_text
+  $leading_block_text_level
+  $leading_block_text_length_exceeded
+  $leading_block_text_line_length
+  $leading_block_text_line_number
+  $closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern
+  $closing_side_comment_list_pattern
+
+  $last_nonblank_token
+  $last_nonblank_type
+  $last_last_nonblank_token
+  $last_last_nonblank_type
+  $last_nonblank_block_type
+  $last_output_level
+  %is_do_follower
+  %is_if_brace_follower
+  %space_after_keyword
+  $rbrace_follower
+  $looking_for_else
+  %is_last_next_redo_return
+  %is_other_brace_follower
+  %is_else_brace_follower
+  %is_anon_sub_brace_follower
+  %is_anon_sub_1_brace_follower
+  %is_sort_map_grep
+  %is_sort_map_grep_eval
+  %is_sort_map_grep_eval_do
+  %is_block_without_semicolon
+  %is_if_unless
+  %is_and_or
+  %is_assignment
+  %is_chain_operator
+  %is_if_unless_and_or_last_next_redo_return
+  %is_until_while_for_if_elsif_else
+
+  @has_broken_sublist
+  @dont_align
+  @want_comma_break
+
+  $is_static_block_comment
+  $index_start_one_line_block
+  $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct
+  $index_max_forced_break
+  $input_line_number
+  $diagnostics_object
+  $vertical_aligner_object
+  $logger_object
+  $file_writer_object
+  $formatter_self
+  @ci_stack
+  $last_line_had_side_comment
+  %want_break_before
+  %outdent_keyword
+  $static_block_comment_pattern
+  $static_side_comment_pattern
+  %opening_vertical_tightness
+  %closing_vertical_tightness
+  %closing_token_indentation
+
+  %opening_token_right
+  %stack_opening_token
+  %stack_closing_token
+
+  $block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern
+
+  $rOpts_add_newlines
+  $rOpts_add_whitespace
+  $rOpts_block_brace_tightness
+  $rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness
+  $rOpts_brace_left_and_indent
+  $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints
+  $rOpts_break_at_old_keyword_breakpoints
+  $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints
+  $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints
+  $rOpts_break_at_old_ternary_breakpoints
+  $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag
+  $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text
+  $rOpts_continuation_indentation
+  $rOpts_cuddled_else
+  $rOpts_delete_old_whitespace
+  $rOpts_fuzzy_line_length
+  $rOpts_indent_columns
+  $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
+  $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table
+  $rOpts_maximum_line_length
+  $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length
+  $rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines
+  $rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints
+  $rOpts_format_skipping
+  $rOpts_space_function_paren
+  $rOpts_space_keyword_paren
+  $rOpts_keep_interior_semicolons
+
+  $half_maximum_line_length
+
+  %is_opening_type
+  %is_closing_type
+  %is_keyword_returning_list
+  %tightness
+  %matching_token
+  $rOpts
+  %right_bond_strength
+  %left_bond_strength
+  %binary_ws_rules
+  %want_left_space
+  %want_right_space
+  %is_digraph
+  %is_trigraph
+  $bli_pattern
+  $bli_list_string
+  %is_closing_type
+  %is_opening_type
+  %is_closing_token
+  %is_opening_token
+};
+
+BEGIN {
+
+    # default list of block types for which -bli would apply
+    $bli_list_string = 'if else elsif unless while for foreach do : sub';
+
+    @_ = qw(
+      .. :: << >> ** && .. || // -> => += -= .= %= &= |= ^= *= <>
+      <= >= == =~ !~ != ++ -- /= x=
+    );
+    @is_digraph{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw( ... **= <<= >>= &&= ||= //= <=> );
+    @is_trigraph{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw(
+      = **= += *= &= <<= &&=
+      -= /= |= >>= ||= //=
+      .= %= ^=
+      x=
+    );
+    @is_assignment{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw(
+      grep
+      keys
+      map
+      reverse
+      sort
+      split
+    );
+    @is_keyword_returning_list{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw(is if unless and or err last next redo return);
+    @is_if_unless_and_or_last_next_redo_return{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # always break after a closing curly of these block types:
+    @_ = qw(until while for if elsif else);
+    @is_until_while_for_if_elsif_else{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw(last next redo return);
+    @is_last_next_redo_return{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw(sort map grep);
+    @is_sort_map_grep{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw(sort map grep eval);
+    @is_sort_map_grep_eval{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw(sort map grep eval do);
+    @is_sort_map_grep_eval_do{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw(if unless);
+    @is_if_unless{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw(and or err);
+    @is_and_or{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # Identify certain operators which often occur in chains.
+    # Note: the minus (-) causes a side effect of padding of the first line in
+    # something like this (by sub set_logical_padding):
+    #    Checkbutton => 'Transmission checked',
+    #   -variable    => \$TRANS
+    # This usually improves appearance so it seems ok.
+    @_ = qw(&& || and or : ? . + - * /);
+    @is_chain_operator{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # We can remove semicolons after blocks preceded by these keywords
+    @_ =
+      qw(BEGIN END CHECK INIT AUTOLOAD DESTROY UNITCHECK continue if elsif else
+      unless while until for foreach);
+    @is_block_without_semicolon{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # 'L' is token for opening { at hash key
+    @_ = qw" L { ( [ ";
+    @is_opening_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # 'R' is token for closing } at hash key
+    @_ = qw" R } ) ] ";
+    @is_closing_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw" { ( [ ";
+    @is_opening_token{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    @_ = qw" } ) ] ";
+    @is_closing_token{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+}
+
+# whitespace codes
+use constant WS_YES      => 1;
+use constant WS_OPTIONAL => 0;
+use constant WS_NO       => -1;
+
+# Token bond strengths.
+use constant NO_BREAK    => 10000;
+use constant VERY_STRONG => 100;
+use constant STRONG      => 2.1;
+use constant NOMINAL     => 1.1;
+use constant WEAK        => 0.8;
+use constant VERY_WEAK   => 0.55;
+
+# values for testing indexes in output array
+use constant UNDEFINED_INDEX => -1;
+
+# Maximum number of little messages; probably need not be changed.
+use constant MAX_NAG_MESSAGES => 6;
+
+# increment between sequence numbers for each type
+# For example, ?: pairs might have numbers 7,11,15,...
+use constant TYPE_SEQUENCE_INCREMENT => 4;
+
+{
+
+    # methods to count instances
+    my $_count = 0;
+    sub get_count        { $_count; }
+    sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
+    sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
+}
+
+sub trim {
+
+    # trim leading and trailing whitespace from a string
+    $_[0] =~ s/\s+$//;
+    $_[0] =~ s/^\s+//;
+    return $_[0];
+}
+
+sub split_words {
+
+    # given a string containing words separated by whitespace,
+    # return the list of words
+    my ($str) = @_;
+    return unless $str;
+    $str =~ s/\s+$//;
+    $str =~ s/^\s+//;
+    return split( /\s+/, $str );
+}
+
+# interface to Perl::Tidy::Logger routines
+sub warning {
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->warning(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub complain {
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->complain(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub write_logfile_entry {
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub black_box {
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->black_box(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub report_definite_bug {
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->report_definite_bug();
+    }
+}
+
+sub get_saw_brace_error {
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->get_saw_brace_error();
+    }
+}
+
+sub we_are_at_the_last_line {
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->we_are_at_the_last_line();
+    }
+}
+
+# interface to Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics routine
+sub write_diagnostics {
+
+    if ($diagnostics_object) {
+        $diagnostics_object->write_diagnostics(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub get_added_semicolon_count {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $added_semicolon_count;
+}
+
+sub DESTROY {
+    $_[0]->_decrement_count();
+}
+
+sub new {
+
+    my $class = shift;
+
+    # we are given an object with a write_line() method to take lines
+    my %defaults = (
+        sink_object        => undef,
+        diagnostics_object => undef,
+        logger_object      => undef,
+    );
+    my %args = ( %defaults, @_ );
+
+    $logger_object      = $args{logger_object};
+    $diagnostics_object = $args{diagnostics_object};
+
+    # we create another object with a get_line() and peek_ahead() method
+    my $sink_object = $args{sink_object};
+    $file_writer_object =
+      Perl::Tidy::FileWriter->new( $sink_object, $rOpts, $logger_object );
+
+    # initialize the leading whitespace stack to negative levels
+    # so that we can never run off the end of the stack
+    $gnu_position_predictor = 0;    # where the current token is predicted to be
+    $max_gnu_stack_index    = 0;
+    $max_gnu_item_index     = -1;
+    $gnu_stack[0] = new_lp_indentation_item( 0, -1, -1, 0, 0 );
+    @gnu_item_list               = ();
+    $last_output_indentation     = 0;
+    $last_indentation_written    = 0;
+    $last_unadjusted_indentation = 0;
+    $last_leading_token          = "";
+
+    $saw_VERSION_in_this_file = !$rOpts->{'pass-version-line'};
+    $saw_END_or_DATA_         = 0;
+
+    @block_type_to_go            = ();
+    @type_sequence_to_go         = ();
+    @container_environment_to_go = ();
+    @bond_strength_to_go         = ();
+    @forced_breakpoint_to_go     = ();
+    @lengths_to_go               = ();    # line length to start of ith token
+    @levels_to_go                = ();
+    @matching_token_to_go        = ();
+    @mate_index_to_go            = ();
+    @nesting_blocks_to_go        = ();
+    @ci_levels_to_go             = ();
+    @nesting_depth_to_go         = (0);
+    @nobreak_to_go               = ();
+    @old_breakpoint_to_go        = ();
+    @tokens_to_go                = ();
+    @types_to_go                 = ();
+    @leading_spaces_to_go        = ();
+    @reduced_spaces_to_go        = ();
+
+    @dont_align         = ();
+    @has_broken_sublist = ();
+    @want_comma_break   = ();
+
+    @ci_stack                   = ("");
+    $first_tabbing_disagreement = 0;
+    $last_tabbing_disagreement  = 0;
+    $tabbing_disagreement_count = 0;
+    $in_tabbing_disagreement    = 0;
+    $input_line_tabbing         = undef;
+
+    $last_line_type               = "";
+    $last_last_line_leading_level = 0;
+    $last_line_leading_level      = 0;
+    $last_line_leading_type       = '#';
+
+    $last_nonblank_token        = ';';
+    $last_nonblank_type         = ';';
+    $last_last_nonblank_token   = ';';
+    $last_last_nonblank_type    = ';';
+    $last_nonblank_block_type   = "";
+    $last_output_level          = 0;
+    $looking_for_else           = 0;
+    $embedded_tab_count         = 0;
+    $first_embedded_tab_at      = 0;
+    $last_embedded_tab_at       = 0;
+    $deleted_semicolon_count    = 0;
+    $first_deleted_semicolon_at = 0;
+    $last_deleted_semicolon_at  = 0;
+    $added_semicolon_count      = 0;
+    $first_added_semicolon_at   = 0;
+    $last_added_semicolon_at    = 0;
+    $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
+    $is_static_block_comment    = 0;
+    %postponed_breakpoint       = ();
+
+    # variables for adding side comments
+    %block_leading_text        = ();
+    %block_opening_line_number = ();
+    $csc_new_statement_ok      = 1;
+
+    %saved_opening_indentation  = ();
+    $in_format_skipping_section = 0;
+
+    reset_block_text_accumulator();
+
+    prepare_for_new_input_lines();
+
+    $vertical_aligner_object =
+      Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner->initialize( $rOpts, $file_writer_object,
+        $logger_object, $diagnostics_object );
+
+    if ( $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} ) {
+        write_logfile_entry(
+"Leading whitespace will be entabbed with $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} spaces per tab\n"
+        );
+    }
+    elsif ( $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
+        write_logfile_entry("Indentation will be with a tab character\n");
+    }
+    else {
+        write_logfile_entry(
+            "Indentation will be with $rOpts->{'indent-columns'} spaces\n");
+    }
+
+    # This was the start of a formatter referent, but object-oriented
+    # coding has turned out to be too slow here.
+    $formatter_self = {};
+
+    bless $formatter_self, $class;
+
+    # Safety check..this is not a class yet
+    if ( _increment_count() > 1 ) {
+        confess
+"Attempt to create more than 1 object in $class, which is not a true class yet\n";
+    }
+    return $formatter_self;
+}
+
+sub prepare_for_new_input_lines {
+
+    $gnu_sequence_number++;    # increment output batch counter
+    %last_gnu_equals                = ();
+    %gnu_comma_count                = ();
+    %gnu_arrow_count                = ();
+    $line_start_index_to_go         = 0;
+    $max_gnu_item_index             = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
+    $index_max_forced_break         = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
+    $max_index_to_go                = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
+    $last_nonblank_index_to_go      = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
+    $last_nonblank_type_to_go       = '';
+    $last_nonblank_token_to_go      = '';
+    $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
+    $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go  = '';
+    $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go = '';
+    $forced_breakpoint_count        = 0;
+    $forced_breakpoint_undo_count   = 0;
+    $rbrace_follower                = undef;
+    $lengths_to_go[0]               = 0;
+    $old_line_count_in_batch        = 1;
+    $comma_count_in_batch           = 0;
+    $starting_in_quote              = 0;
+
+    destroy_one_line_block();
+}
+
+sub write_line {
+
+    my $self = shift;
+    my ($line_of_tokens) = @_;
+
+    my $line_type  = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};
+    my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
+
+    if ( $rOpts->{notidy} ) {
+        write_unindented_line($input_line);
+        $last_line_type = $line_type;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    # _line_type codes are:
+    #   SYSTEM         - system-specific code before hash-bang line
+    #   CODE           - line of perl code (including comments)
+    #   POD_START      - line starting pod, such as '=head'
+    #   POD            - pod documentation text
+    #   POD_END        - last line of pod section, '=cut'
+    #   HERE           - text of here-document
+    #   HERE_END       - last line of here-doc (target word)
+    #   FORMAT         - format section
+    #   FORMAT_END     - last line of format section, '.'
+    #   DATA_START     - __DATA__ line
+    #   DATA           - unidentified text following __DATA__
+    #   END_START      - __END__ line
+    #   END            - unidentified text following __END__
+    #   ERROR          - we are in big trouble, probably not a perl script
+
+    # put a blank line after an =cut which comes before __END__ and __DATA__
+    # (required by podchecker)
+    if ( $last_line_type eq 'POD_END' && !$saw_END_or_DATA_ ) {
+        $file_writer_object->reset_consecutive_blank_lines();
+        if ( $input_line !~ /^\s*$/ ) { want_blank_line() }
+    }
+
+    # handle line of code..
+    if ( $line_type eq 'CODE' ) {
+
+        # let logger see all non-blank lines of code
+        if ( $input_line !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+            my $output_line_number =
+              $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
+            black_box( $line_of_tokens, $output_line_number );
+        }
+        print_line_of_tokens($line_of_tokens);
+    }
+
+    # handle line of non-code..
+    else {
+
+        # set special flags
+        my $skip_line = 0;
+        my $tee_line  = 0;
+        if ( $line_type =~ /^POD/ ) {
+
+            # Pod docs should have a preceding blank line.  But be
+            # very careful in __END__ and __DATA__ sections, because:
+            #   1. the user may be using this section for any purpose whatsoever
+            #   2. the blank counters are not active there
+            # It should be safe to request a blank line between an
+            # __END__ or __DATA__ and an immediately following '=head'
+            # type line, (types END_START and DATA_START), but not for
+            # any other lines of type END or DATA.
+            if ( $rOpts->{'delete-pod'} ) { $skip_line = 1; }
+            if ( $rOpts->{'tee-pod'} )    { $tee_line  = 1; }
+            if (  !$skip_line
+                && $line_type eq 'POD_START'
+                && $last_line_type !~ /^(END|DATA)$/ )
+            {
+                want_blank_line();
+            }
+        }
+
+        # leave the blank counters in a predictable state
+        # after __END__ or __DATA__
+        elsif ( $line_type =~ /^(END_START|DATA_START)$/ ) {
+            $file_writer_object->reset_consecutive_blank_lines();
+            $saw_END_or_DATA_ = 1;
+        }
+
+        # write unindented non-code line
+        if ( !$skip_line ) {
+            if ($tee_line) { $file_writer_object->tee_on() }
+            write_unindented_line($input_line);
+            if ($tee_line) { $file_writer_object->tee_off() }
+        }
+    }
+    $last_line_type = $line_type;
+}
+
+sub create_one_line_block {
+    $index_start_one_line_block            = $_[0];
+    $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct = $_[1];
+}
+
+sub destroy_one_line_block {
+    $index_start_one_line_block            = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
+    $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct = 0;
+}
+
+sub leading_spaces_to_go {
+
+    # return the number of indentation spaces for a token in the output stream;
+    # these were previously stored by 'set_leading_whitespace'.
+
+    return get_SPACES( $leading_spaces_to_go[ $_[0] ] );
+
+}
+
+sub get_SPACES {
+
+    # return the number of leading spaces associated with an indentation
+    # variable $indentation is either a constant number of spaces or an object
+    # with a get_SPACES method.
+    my $indentation = shift;
+    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_SPACES() : $indentation;
+}
+
+sub get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {
+
+    # return the number of spaces (+ means shift right, - means shift left)
+    # that we would like to shift a group of lines with the same indentation
+    # to get them to line up with their opening parens
+    my $indentation = shift;
+    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() : 0;
+}
+
+sub get_AVAILABLE_SPACES_to_go {
+
+    my $item = $leading_spaces_to_go[ $_[0] ];
+
+    # return the number of available leading spaces associated with an
+    # indentation variable.  $indentation is either a constant number of
+    # spaces or an object with a get_AVAILABLE_SPACES method.
+    return ref($item) ? $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES() : 0;
+}
+
+sub new_lp_indentation_item {
+
+    # this is an interface to the IndentationItem class
+    my ( $spaces, $level, $ci_level, $available_spaces, $align_paren ) = @_;
+
+    # A negative level implies not to store the item in the item_list
+    my $index = 0;
+    if ( $level >= 0 ) { $index = ++$max_gnu_item_index; }
+
+    my $item = Perl::Tidy::IndentationItem->new(
+        $spaces,      $level,
+        $ci_level,    $available_spaces,
+        $index,       $gnu_sequence_number,
+        $align_paren, $max_gnu_stack_index,
+        $line_start_index_to_go,
+    );
+
+    if ( $level >= 0 ) {
+        $gnu_item_list[$max_gnu_item_index] = $item;
+    }
+
+    return $item;
+}
+
+sub set_leading_whitespace {
+
+    # This routine defines leading whitespace
+    # given: the level and continuation_level of a token,
+    # define: space count of leading string which would apply if it
+    # were the first token of a new line.
+
+    my ( $level, $ci_level, $in_continued_quote ) = @_;
+
+    # modify for -bli, which adds one continuation indentation for
+    # opening braces
+    if (   $rOpts_brace_left_and_indent
+        && $max_index_to_go == 0
+        && $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =~ /$bli_pattern/o )
+    {
+        $ci_level++;
+    }
+
+    # patch to avoid trouble when input file has negative indentation.
+    # other logic should catch this error.
+    if ( $level < 0 ) { $level = 0 }
+
+    #-------------------------------------------
+    # handle the standard indentation scheme
+    #-------------------------------------------
+    unless ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
+        my $space_count =
+          $ci_level * $rOpts_continuation_indentation +
+          $level * $rOpts_indent_columns;
+        my $ci_spaces =
+          ( $ci_level == 0 ) ? 0 : $rOpts_continuation_indentation;
+
+        if ($in_continued_quote) {
+            $space_count = 0;
+            $ci_spaces   = 0;
+        }
+        $leading_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $space_count;
+        $reduced_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $space_count - $ci_spaces;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    #-------------------------------------------------------------
+    # handle case of -lp indentation..
+    #-------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    # The continued_quote flag means that this is the first token of a
+    # line, and it is the continuation of some kind of multi-line quote
+    # or pattern.  It requires special treatment because it must have no
+    # added leading whitespace. So we create a special indentation item
+    # which is not in the stack.
+    if ($in_continued_quote) {
+        my $space_count     = 0;
+        my $available_space = 0;
+        $level = -1;    # flag to prevent storing in item_list
+        $leading_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =
+          $reduced_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =
+          new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $level, $ci_level,
+            $available_space, 0 );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    # get the top state from the stack
+    my $space_count      = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_SPACES();
+    my $current_level    = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_LEVEL();
+    my $current_ci_level = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_CI_LEVEL();
+
+    my $type        = $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+    my $token       = $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+    my $total_depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+
+    if ( $type eq '{' || $type eq '(' ) {
+
+        $gnu_comma_count{ $total_depth + 1 } = 0;
+        $gnu_arrow_count{ $total_depth + 1 } = 0;
+
+        # If we come to an opening token after an '=' token of some type,
+        # see if it would be helpful to 'break' after the '=' to save space
+        my $last_equals = $last_gnu_equals{$total_depth};
+        if ( $last_equals && $last_equals > $line_start_index_to_go ) {
+
+            # find the position if we break at the '='
+            my $i_test = $last_equals;
+            if ( $types_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ] eq 'b' ) { $i_test++ }
+
+            # TESTING
+            ##my $too_close = ($i_test==$max_index_to_go-1);
+
+            my $test_position = total_line_length( $i_test, $max_index_to_go );
+
+            if (
+
+                # the equals is not just before an open paren (testing)
+                ##!$too_close &&
+
+                # if we are beyond the midpoint
+                $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length
+
+                # or we are beyont the 1/4 point and there was an old
+                # break at the equals
+                || (
+                    $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length / 2
+                    && (
+                        $old_breakpoint_to_go[$last_equals]
+                        || (   $last_equals > 0
+                            && $old_breakpoint_to_go[ $last_equals - 1 ] )
+                        || (   $last_equals > 1
+                            && $types_to_go[ $last_equals - 1 ] eq 'b'
+                            && $old_breakpoint_to_go[ $last_equals - 2 ] )
+                    )
+                )
+              )
+            {
+
+                # then make the switch -- note that we do not set a real
+                # breakpoint here because we may not really need one; sub
+                # scan_list will do that if necessary
+                $line_start_index_to_go = $i_test + 1;
+                $gnu_position_predictor = $test_position;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Check for decreasing depth ..
+    # Note that one token may have both decreasing and then increasing
+    # depth. For example, (level, ci) can go from (1,1) to (2,0).  So,
+    # in this example we would first go back to (1,0) then up to (2,0)
+    # in a single call.
+    if ( $level < $current_level || $ci_level < $current_ci_level ) {
+
+        # loop to find the first entry at or completely below this level
+        my ( $lev, $ci_lev );
+        while (1) {
+            if ($max_gnu_stack_index) {
+
+                # save index of token which closes this level
+                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_CLOSED($max_index_to_go);
+
+                # Undo any extra indentation if we saw no commas
+                my $available_spaces =
+                  $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
+
+                my $comma_count = 0;
+                my $arrow_count = 0;
+                if ( $type eq '}' || $type eq ')' ) {
+                    $comma_count = $gnu_comma_count{$total_depth};
+                    $arrow_count = $gnu_arrow_count{$total_depth};
+                    $comma_count = 0 unless $comma_count;
+                    $arrow_count = 0 unless $arrow_count;
+                }
+                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_COMMA_COUNT($comma_count);
+                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_ARROW_COUNT($arrow_count);
+
+                if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {
+
+                    if ( $comma_count <= 0 || $arrow_count > 0 ) {
+
+                        my $i = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_INDEX();
+                        my $seqno =
+                          $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]
+                          ->get_SEQUENCE_NUMBER();
+
+                        # Be sure this item was created in this batch.  This
+                        # should be true because we delete any available
+                        # space from open items at the end of each batch.
+                        if (   $gnu_sequence_number != $seqno
+                            || $i > $max_gnu_item_index )
+                        {
+                            warning(
+"Program bug with -lp.  seqno=$seqno should be $gnu_sequence_number and i=$i should be less than max=$max_gnu_item_index\n"
+                            );
+                            report_definite_bug();
+                        }
+
+                        else {
+                            if ( $arrow_count == 0 ) {
+                                $gnu_item_list[$i]
+                                  ->permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES(
+                                    $available_spaces);
+                            }
+                            else {
+                                $gnu_item_list[$i]
+                                  ->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES(
+                                    $available_spaces);
+                            }
+
+                            my $j;
+                            for (
+                                $j = $i + 1 ;
+                                $j <= $max_gnu_item_index ;
+                                $j++
+                              )
+                            {
+                                $gnu_item_list[$j]
+                                  ->decrease_SPACES($available_spaces);
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # go down one level
+                --$max_gnu_stack_index;
+                $lev    = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_LEVEL();
+                $ci_lev = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_CI_LEVEL();
+
+                # stop when we reach a level at or below the current level
+                if ( $lev <= $level && $ci_lev <= $ci_level ) {
+                    $space_count =
+                      $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_SPACES();
+                    $current_level    = $lev;
+                    $current_ci_level = $ci_lev;
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # reached bottom of stack .. should never happen because
+            # only negative levels can get here, and $level was forced
+            # to be positive above.
+            else {
+                warning(
+"program bug with -lp: stack_error. level=$level; lev=$lev; ci_level=$ci_level; ci_lev=$ci_lev; rerun with -nlp\n"
+                );
+                report_definite_bug();
+                last;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # handle increasing depth
+    if ( $level > $current_level || $ci_level > $current_ci_level ) {
+
+        # Compute the standard incremental whitespace.  This will be
+        # the minimum incremental whitespace that will be used.  This
+        # choice results in a smooth transition between the gnu-style
+        # and the standard style.
+        my $standard_increment =
+          ( $level - $current_level ) * $rOpts_indent_columns +
+          ( $ci_level - $current_ci_level ) * $rOpts_continuation_indentation;
+
+        # Now we have to define how much extra incremental space
+        # ("$available_space") we want.  This extra space will be
+        # reduced as necessary when long lines are encountered or when
+        # it becomes clear that we do not have a good list.
+        my $available_space = 0;
+        my $align_paren     = 0;
+        my $excess          = 0;
+
+        # initialization on empty stack..
+        if ( $max_gnu_stack_index == 0 ) {
+            $space_count = $level * $rOpts_indent_columns;
+        }
+
+        # if this is a BLOCK, add the standard increment
+        elsif ($last_nonblank_block_type) {
+            $space_count += $standard_increment;
+        }
+
+        # if last nonblank token was not structural indentation,
+        # just use standard increment
+        elsif ( $last_nonblank_type ne '{' ) {
+            $space_count += $standard_increment;
+        }
+
+        # otherwise use the space to the first non-blank level change token
+        else {
+
+            $space_count = $gnu_position_predictor;
+
+            my $min_gnu_indentation =
+              $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_SPACES();
+
+            $available_space = $space_count - $min_gnu_indentation;
+            if ( $available_space >= $standard_increment ) {
+                $min_gnu_indentation += $standard_increment;
+            }
+            elsif ( $available_space > 1 ) {
+                $min_gnu_indentation += $available_space + 1;
+            }
+            elsif ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^[\{\[\(]$/ ) {
+                if ( ( $tightness{$last_nonblank_token} < 2 ) ) {
+                    $min_gnu_indentation += 2;
+                }
+                else {
+                    $min_gnu_indentation += 1;
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+                $min_gnu_indentation += $standard_increment;
+            }
+            $available_space = $space_count - $min_gnu_indentation;
+
+            if ( $available_space < 0 ) {
+                $space_count     = $min_gnu_indentation;
+                $available_space = 0;
+            }
+            $align_paren = 1;
+        }
+
+        # update state, but not on a blank token
+        if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] ne 'b' ) {
+
+            $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_HAVE_CHILD(1);
+
+            ++$max_gnu_stack_index;
+            $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index] =
+              new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $level, $ci_level,
+                $available_space, $align_paren );
+
+            # If the opening paren is beyond the half-line length, then
+            # we will use the minimum (standard) indentation.  This will
+            # help avoid problems associated with running out of space
+            # near the end of a line.  As a result, in deeply nested
+            # lists, there will be some indentations which are limited
+            # to this minimum standard indentation. But the most deeply
+            # nested container will still probably be able to shift its
+            # parameters to the right for proper alignment, so in most
+            # cases this will not be noticable.
+            if (   $available_space > 0
+                && $space_count > $half_maximum_line_length )
+            {
+                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]
+                  ->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($available_space);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Count commas and look for non-list characters.  Once we see a
+    # non-list character, we give up and don't look for any more commas.
+    if ( $type eq '=>' ) {
+        $gnu_arrow_count{$total_depth}++;
+
+        # tentatively treating '=>' like '=' for estimating breaks
+        # TODO: this could use some experimentation
+        $last_gnu_equals{$total_depth} = $max_index_to_go;
+    }
+
+    elsif ( $type eq ',' ) {
+        $gnu_comma_count{$total_depth}++;
+    }
+
+    elsif ( $is_assignment{$type} ) {
+        $last_gnu_equals{$total_depth} = $max_index_to_go;
+    }
+
+    # this token might start a new line
+    # if this is a non-blank..
+    if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
+
+        # and if ..
+        if (
+
+            # this is the first nonblank token of the line
+            $max_index_to_go == 1 && $types_to_go[0] eq 'b'
+
+            # or previous character was one of these:
+            || $last_nonblank_type_to_go =~ /^([\:\?\,f])$/
+
+            # or previous character was opening and this does not close it
+            || ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq '{' && $type ne '}' )
+            || ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq '(' and $type ne ')' )
+
+            # or this token is one of these:
+            || $type =~ /^([\.]|\|\||\&\&)$/
+
+            # or this is a closing structure
+            || (   $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq '}'
+                && $last_nonblank_token_to_go eq $last_nonblank_type_to_go )
+
+            # or previous token was keyword 'return'
+            || ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq 'k'
+                && ( $last_nonblank_token_to_go eq 'return' && $type ne '{' ) )
+
+            # or starting a new line at certain keywords is fine
+            || (   $type eq 'k'
+                && $is_if_unless_and_or_last_next_redo_return{$token} )
+
+            # or this is after an assignment after a closing structure
+            || (
+                $is_assignment{$last_nonblank_type_to_go}
+                && (
+                    $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go =~ /^[\}\)\]]$/
+
+                    # and it is significantly to the right
+                    || $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length
+                )
+            )
+          )
+        {
+            check_for_long_gnu_style_lines();
+            $line_start_index_to_go = $max_index_to_go;
+
+            # back up 1 token if we want to break before that type
+            # otherwise, we may strand tokens like '?' or ':' on a line
+            if ( $line_start_index_to_go > 0 ) {
+                if ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq 'k' ) {
+
+                    if ( $want_break_before{$last_nonblank_token_to_go} ) {
+                        $line_start_index_to_go--;
+                    }
+                }
+                elsif ( $want_break_before{$last_nonblank_type_to_go} ) {
+                    $line_start_index_to_go--;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # remember the predicted position of this token on the output line
+    if ( $max_index_to_go > $line_start_index_to_go ) {
+        $gnu_position_predictor =
+          total_line_length( $line_start_index_to_go, $max_index_to_go );
+    }
+    else {
+        $gnu_position_predictor = $space_count +
+          token_sequence_length( $max_index_to_go, $max_index_to_go );
+    }
+
+    # store the indentation object for this token
+    # this allows us to manipulate the leading whitespace
+    # (in case we have to reduce indentation to fit a line) without
+    # having to change any token values
+    $leading_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index];
+    $reduced_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =
+      ( $max_gnu_stack_index > 0 && $ci_level )
+      ? $gnu_stack[ $max_gnu_stack_index - 1 ]
+      : $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index];
+    return;
+}
+
+sub check_for_long_gnu_style_lines {
+
+    # look at the current estimated maximum line length, and
+    # remove some whitespace if it exceeds the desired maximum
+
+    # this is only for the '-lp' style
+    return unless ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses);
+
+    # nothing can be done if no stack items defined for this line
+    return if ( $max_gnu_item_index == UNDEFINED_INDEX );
+
+    # see if we have exceeded the maximum desired line length
+    # keep 2 extra free because they are needed in some cases
+    # (result of trial-and-error testing)
+    my $spaces_needed =
+      $gnu_position_predictor - $rOpts_maximum_line_length + 2;
+
+    return if ( $spaces_needed <= 0 );
+
+    # We are over the limit, so try to remove a requested number of
+    # spaces from leading whitespace.  We are only allowed to remove
+    # from whitespace items created on this batch, since others have
+    # already been used and cannot be undone.
+    my @candidates = ();
+    my $i;
+
+    # loop over all whitespace items created for the current batch
+    for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $max_gnu_item_index ; $i++ ) {
+        my $item = $gnu_item_list[$i];
+
+        # item must still be open to be a candidate (otherwise it
+        # cannot influence the current token)
+        next if ( $item->get_CLOSED() >= 0 );
+
+        my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
+
+        if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {
+            push( @candidates, [ $i, $available_spaces ] );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return unless (@candidates);
+
+    # sort by available whitespace so that we can remove whitespace
+    # from the maximum available first
+    @candidates = sort { $b->[1] <=> $a->[1] } @candidates;
+
+    # keep removing whitespace until we are done or have no more
+    my $candidate;
+    foreach $candidate (@candidates) {
+        my ( $i, $available_spaces ) = @{$candidate};
+        my $deleted_spaces =
+          ( $available_spaces > $spaces_needed )
+          ? $spaces_needed
+          : $available_spaces;
+
+        # remove the incremental space from this item
+        $gnu_item_list[$i]->decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
+
+        my $i_debug = $i;
+
+        # update the leading whitespace of this item and all items
+        # that came after it
+        for ( ; $i <= $max_gnu_item_index ; $i++ ) {
+
+            my $old_spaces = $gnu_item_list[$i]->get_SPACES();
+            if ( $old_spaces >= $deleted_spaces ) {
+                $gnu_item_list[$i]->decrease_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
+            }
+
+            # shouldn't happen except for code bug:
+            else {
+                my $level        = $gnu_item_list[$i_debug]->get_LEVEL();
+                my $ci_level     = $gnu_item_list[$i_debug]->get_CI_LEVEL();
+                my $old_level    = $gnu_item_list[$i]->get_LEVEL();
+                my $old_ci_level = $gnu_item_list[$i]->get_CI_LEVEL();
+                warning(
+"program bug with -lp: want to delete $deleted_spaces from item $i, but old=$old_spaces deleted: lev=$level ci=$ci_level  deleted: level=$old_level ci=$ci_level\n"
+                );
+                report_definite_bug();
+            }
+        }
+        $gnu_position_predictor -= $deleted_spaces;
+        $spaces_needed          -= $deleted_spaces;
+        last unless ( $spaces_needed > 0 );
+    }
+}
+
+sub finish_lp_batch {
+
+    # This routine is called once after each each output stream batch is
+    # finished to undo indentation for all incomplete -lp
+    # indentation levels.  It is too risky to leave a level open,
+    # because then we can't backtrack in case of a long line to follow.
+    # This means that comments and blank lines will disrupt this
+    # indentation style.  But the vertical aligner may be able to
+    # get the space back if there are side comments.
+
+    # this is only for the 'lp' style
+    return unless ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses);
+
+    # nothing can be done if no stack items defined for this line
+    return if ( $max_gnu_item_index == UNDEFINED_INDEX );
+
+    # loop over all whitespace items created for the current batch
+    my $i;
+    for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $max_gnu_item_index ; $i++ ) {
+        my $item = $gnu_item_list[$i];
+
+        # only look for open items
+        next if ( $item->get_CLOSED() >= 0 );
+
+        # Tentatively remove all of the available space
+        # (The vertical aligner will try to get it back later)
+        my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
+        if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {
+
+            # delete incremental space for this item
+            $gnu_item_list[$i]
+              ->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($available_spaces);
+
+            # Reduce the total indentation space of any nodes that follow
+            # Note that any such nodes must necessarily be dependents
+            # of this node.
+            foreach ( $i + 1 .. $max_gnu_item_index ) {
+                $gnu_item_list[$_]->decrease_SPACES($available_spaces);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return;
+}
+
+sub reduce_lp_indentation {
+
+    # reduce the leading whitespace at token $i if possible by $spaces_needed
+    # (a large value of $spaces_needed will remove all excess space)
+    # NOTE: to be called from scan_list only for a sequence of tokens
+    # contained between opening and closing parens/braces/brackets
+
+    my ( $i, $spaces_wanted ) = @_;
+    my $deleted_spaces = 0;
+
+    my $item             = $leading_spaces_to_go[$i];
+    my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
+
+    if (
+        $available_spaces > 0
+        && ( ( $spaces_wanted <= $available_spaces )
+            || !$item->get_HAVE_CHILD() )
+      )
+    {
+
+        # we'll remove these spaces, but mark them as recoverable
+        $deleted_spaces =
+          $item->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($spaces_wanted);
+    }
+
+    return $deleted_spaces;
+}
+
+sub token_sequence_length {
+
+    # return length of tokens ($ifirst .. $ilast) including first & last
+    # returns 0 if $ifirst > $ilast
+    my $ifirst = shift;
+    my $ilast  = shift;
+    return 0 if ( $ilast < 0 || $ifirst > $ilast );
+    return $lengths_to_go[ $ilast + 1 ] if ( $ifirst < 0 );
+    return $lengths_to_go[ $ilast + 1 ] - $lengths_to_go[$ifirst];
+}
+
+sub total_line_length {
+
+    # return length of a line of tokens ($ifirst .. $ilast)
+    my $ifirst = shift;
+    my $ilast  = shift;
+    if ( $ifirst < 0 ) { $ifirst = 0 }
+
+    return leading_spaces_to_go($ifirst) +
+      token_sequence_length( $ifirst, $ilast );
+}
+
+sub excess_line_length {
+
+    # return number of characters by which a line of tokens ($ifirst..$ilast)
+    # exceeds the allowable line length.
+    my $ifirst = shift;
+    my $ilast  = shift;
+    if ( $ifirst < 0 ) { $ifirst = 0 }
+    return leading_spaces_to_go($ifirst) +
+      token_sequence_length( $ifirst, $ilast ) - $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
+}
+
+sub finish_formatting {
+
+    # flush buffer and write any informative messages
+    my $self = shift;
+
+    flush();
+    $file_writer_object->decrement_output_line_number()
+      ;    # fix up line number since it was incremented
+    we_are_at_the_last_line();
+    if ( $added_semicolon_count > 0 ) {
+        my $first = ( $added_semicolon_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
+        my $what =
+          ( $added_semicolon_count > 1 ) ? "semicolons were" : "semicolon was";
+        write_logfile_entry("$added_semicolon_count $what added:\n");
+        write_logfile_entry(
+            "  $first at input line $first_added_semicolon_at\n");
+
+        if ( $added_semicolon_count > 1 ) {
+            write_logfile_entry(
+                "   Last at input line $last_added_semicolon_at\n");
+        }
+        write_logfile_entry("  (Use -nasc to prevent semicolon addition)\n");
+        write_logfile_entry("\n");
+    }
+
+    if ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 0 ) {
+        my $first = ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
+        my $what =
+          ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 1 )
+          ? "semicolons were"
+          : "semicolon was";
+        write_logfile_entry(
+            "$deleted_semicolon_count unnecessary $what deleted:\n");
+        write_logfile_entry(
+            "  $first at input line $first_deleted_semicolon_at\n");
+
+        if ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 1 ) {
+            write_logfile_entry(
+                "   Last at input line $last_deleted_semicolon_at\n");
+        }
+        write_logfile_entry("  (Use -ndsc to prevent semicolon deletion)\n");
+        write_logfile_entry("\n");
+    }
+
+    if ( $embedded_tab_count > 0 ) {
+        my $first = ( $embedded_tab_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
+        my $what =
+          ( $embedded_tab_count > 1 )
+          ? "quotes or patterns"
+          : "quote or pattern";
+        write_logfile_entry("$embedded_tab_count $what had embedded tabs:\n");
+        write_logfile_entry(
+"This means the display of this script could vary with device or software\n"
+        );
+        write_logfile_entry("  $first at input line $first_embedded_tab_at\n");
+
+        if ( $embedded_tab_count > 1 ) {
+            write_logfile_entry(
+                "   Last at input line $last_embedded_tab_at\n");
+        }
+        write_logfile_entry("\n");
+    }
+
+    if ($first_tabbing_disagreement) {
+        write_logfile_entry(
+"First indentation disagreement seen at input line $first_tabbing_disagreement\n"
+        );
+    }
+
+    if ($in_tabbing_disagreement) {
+        write_logfile_entry(
+"Ending with indentation disagreement which started at input line $in_tabbing_disagreement\n"
+        );
+    }
+    else {
+
+        if ($last_tabbing_disagreement) {
+
+            write_logfile_entry(
+"Last indentation disagreement seen at input line $last_tabbing_disagreement\n"
+            );
+        }
+        else {
+            write_logfile_entry("No indentation disagreement seen\n");
+        }
+    }
+    write_logfile_entry("\n");
+
+    $vertical_aligner_object->report_anything_unusual();
+
+    $file_writer_object->report_line_length_errors();
+}
+
+sub check_options {
+
+    # This routine is called to check the Opts hash after it is defined
+
+    ($rOpts) = @_;
+    my ( $tabbing_string, $tab_msg );
+
+    make_static_block_comment_pattern();
+    make_static_side_comment_pattern();
+    make_closing_side_comment_prefix();
+    make_closing_side_comment_list_pattern();
+    $format_skipping_pattern_begin =
+      make_format_skipping_pattern( 'format-skipping-begin', '#<<<' );
+    $format_skipping_pattern_end =
+      make_format_skipping_pattern( 'format-skipping-end', '#>>>' );
+
+    # If closing side comments ARE selected, then we can safely
+    # delete old closing side comments unless closing side comment
+    # warnings are requested.  This is a good idea because it will
+    # eliminate any old csc's which fall below the line count threshold.
+    # We cannot do this if warnings are turned on, though, because we
+    # might delete some text which has been added.  So that must
+    # be handled when comments are created.
+    if ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments'} ) {
+        if ( !$rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} ) {
+            $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'} = 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # If closing side comments ARE NOT selected, but warnings ARE
+    # selected and we ARE DELETING csc's, then we will pretend to be
+    # adding with a huge interval.  This will force the comments to be
+    # generated for comparison with the old comments, but not added.
+    elsif ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} ) {
+        if ( $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'} ) {
+            $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'}  = 0;
+            $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments'}         = 1;
+            $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} = 100000000;
+        }
+    }
+
+    make_bli_pattern();
+    make_block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern();
+
+    if ( $rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'} ) {
+
+        if (   $rOpts->{'indent-only'}
+            || !$rOpts->{'add-newlines'}
+            || !$rOpts->{'delete-old-newlines'} )
+        {
+            warn <{'line-up-parentheses'} = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # At present, tabs are not compatable with the line-up-parentheses style
+    # (it would be possible to entab the total leading whitespace
+    # just prior to writing the line, if desired).
+    if ( $rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
+        warn <{'tabs'} = 0;
+    }
+
+    # Likewise, tabs are not compatable with outdenting..
+    if ( $rOpts->{'outdent-keywords'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
+        warn <{'tabs'} = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( $rOpts->{'outdent-labels'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
+        warn <{'tabs'} = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( !$rOpts->{'space-for-semicolon'} ) {
+        $want_left_space{'f'} = -1;
+    }
+
+    if ( $rOpts->{'space-terminal-semicolon'} ) {
+        $want_left_space{';'} = 1;
+    }
+
+    # implement outdenting preferences for keywords
+    %outdent_keyword = ();
+    unless ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'outdent-keyword-okl'} ) ) {
+        @_ = qw(next last redo goto return);    # defaults
+    }
+
+    # FUTURE: if not a keyword, assume that it is an identifier
+    foreach (@_) {
+        if ( $Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::is_keyword{$_} ) {
+            $outdent_keyword{$_} = 1;
+        }
+        else {
+            warn "ignoring '$_' in -okwl list; not a perl keyword";
+        }
+    }
+
+    # implement user whitespace preferences
+    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'want-left-space'} ) ) {
+        @want_left_space{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'want-right-space'} ) ) {
+        @want_right_space{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'nowant-left-space'} ) ) {
+        @want_left_space{@_} = (-1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'nowant-right-space'} ) ) {
+        @want_right_space{@_} = (-1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+    if ( $rOpts->{'dump-want-left-space'} ) {
+        dump_want_left_space(*STDOUT);
+        exit 1;
+    }
+
+    if ( $rOpts->{'dump-want-right-space'} ) {
+        dump_want_right_space(*STDOUT);
+        exit 1;
+    }
+
+    # default keywords for which space is introduced before an opening paren
+    # (at present, including them messes up vertical alignment)
+    @_ = qw(my local our and or err eq ne if else elsif until
+      unless while for foreach return switch case given when);
+    @space_after_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # allow user to modify these defaults
+    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'space-after-keyword'} ) ) {
+        @space_after_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'nospace-after-keyword'} ) ) {
+        @space_after_keyword{@_} = (0) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    # implement user break preferences
+    my @all_operators = qw(% + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | &
+      = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
+      . : ? && || and or err xor
+    );
+
+    my $break_after = sub {
+        foreach my $tok (@_) {
+            if ( $tok eq '?' ) { $tok = ':' }    # patch to coordinate ?/:
+            my $lbs = $left_bond_strength{$tok};
+            my $rbs = $right_bond_strength{$tok};
+            if ( defined($lbs) && defined($rbs) && $lbs < $rbs ) {
+                ( $right_bond_strength{$tok}, $left_bond_strength{$tok} ) =
+                  ( $lbs, $rbs );
+            }
+        }
+    };
+
+    my $break_before = sub {
+        foreach my $tok (@_) {
+            my $lbs = $left_bond_strength{$tok};
+            my $rbs = $right_bond_strength{$tok};
+            if ( defined($lbs) && defined($rbs) && $rbs < $lbs ) {
+                ( $right_bond_strength{$tok}, $left_bond_strength{$tok} ) =
+                  ( $lbs, $rbs );
+            }
+        }
+    };
+
+    $break_after->(@all_operators) if ( $rOpts->{'break-after-all-operators'} );
+    $break_before->(@all_operators)
+      if ( $rOpts->{'break-before-all-operators'} );
+
+    $break_after->( split_words( $rOpts->{'want-break-after'} ) );
+    $break_before->( split_words( $rOpts->{'want-break-before'} ) );
+
+    # make note if breaks are before certain key types
+    %want_break_before = ();
+    foreach my $tok ( @all_operators, ',' ) {
+        $want_break_before{$tok} =
+          $left_bond_strength{$tok} < $right_bond_strength{$tok};
+    }
+
+    # Coordinate ?/: breaks, which must be similar
+    if ( !$want_break_before{':'} ) {
+        $want_break_before{'?'}   = $want_break_before{':'};
+        $right_bond_strength{'?'} = $right_bond_strength{':'} + 0.01;
+        $left_bond_strength{'?'}  = NO_BREAK;
+    }
+
+    # Define here tokens which may follow the closing brace of a do statement
+    # on the same line, as in:
+    #   } while ( $something);
+    @_ = qw(until while unless if ; : );
+    push @_, ',';
+    @is_do_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # These tokens may follow the closing brace of an if or elsif block.
+    # In other words, for cuddled else we want code to look like:
+    #   } elsif ( $something) {
+    #   } else {
+    if ( $rOpts->{'cuddled-else'} ) {
+        @_ = qw(else elsif);
+        @is_if_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+    else {
+        %is_if_brace_follower = ();
+    }
+
+    # nothing can follow the closing curly of an else { } block:
+    %is_else_brace_follower = ();
+
+    # what can follow a multi-line anonymous sub definition closing curly:
+    @_ = qw# ; : => or and  && || ~~ !~~ ) #;
+    push @_, ',';
+    @is_anon_sub_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # what can follow a one-line anonynomous sub closing curly:
+    # one-line anonumous subs also have ']' here...
+    # see tk3.t and PP.pm
+    @_ = qw#  ; : => or and  && || ) ] ~~ !~~ #;
+    push @_, ',';
+    @is_anon_sub_1_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # What can follow a closing curly of a block
+    # which is not an if/elsif/else/do/sort/map/grep/eval/sub
+    # Testfiles: 'Toolbar.pm', 'Menubar.pm', bless.t, '3rules.pl'
+    @_ = qw#  ; : => or and  && || ) #;
+    push @_, ',';
+
+    # allow cuddled continue if cuddled else is specified
+    if ( $rOpts->{'cuddled-else'} ) { push @_, 'continue'; }
+
+    @is_other_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    $right_bond_strength{'{'} = WEAK;
+    $left_bond_strength{'{'}  = VERY_STRONG;
+
+    # make -l=0  equal to -l=infinite
+    if ( !$rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} ) {
+        $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} = 1000000;
+    }
+
+    # make -lbl=0  equal to -lbl=infinite
+    if ( !$rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'} ) {
+        $rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'} = 1000000;
+    }
+
+    my $ole = $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'};
+    if ($ole) {
+        my %endings = (
+            dos  => "\015\012",
+            win  => "\015\012",
+            mac  => "\015",
+            unix => "\012",
+        );
+        $ole = lc $ole;
+        unless ( $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'} = $endings{$ole} ) {
+            my $str = join " ", keys %endings;
+            die <{'preserve-line-endings'} ) {
+            warn "Ignoring -ple; conflicts with -ole\n";
+            $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} = undef;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # hashes used to simplify setting whitespace
+    %tightness = (
+        '{' => $rOpts->{'brace-tightness'},
+        '}' => $rOpts->{'brace-tightness'},
+        '(' => $rOpts->{'paren-tightness'},
+        ')' => $rOpts->{'paren-tightness'},
+        '[' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-tightness'},
+        ']' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-tightness'},
+    );
+    %matching_token = (
+        '{' => '}',
+        '(' => ')',
+        '[' => ']',
+        '?' => ':',
+    );
+
+    # frequently used parameters
+    $rOpts_add_newlines          = $rOpts->{'add-newlines'};
+    $rOpts_add_whitespace        = $rOpts->{'add-whitespace'};
+    $rOpts_block_brace_tightness = $rOpts->{'block-brace-tightness'};
+    $rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness =
+      $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness'};
+    $rOpts_brace_left_and_indent   = $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent'};
+    $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints = $rOpts->{'comma-arrow-breakpoints'};
+    $rOpts_break_at_old_ternary_breakpoints =
+      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints'};
+    $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints =
+      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-comma-breakpoints'};
+    $rOpts_break_at_old_keyword_breakpoints =
+      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints'};
+    $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints =
+      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-logical-breakpoints'};
+    $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag =
+      $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-else-flag'};
+    $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text =
+      $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-maximum-text'};
+    $rOpts_continuation_indentation = $rOpts->{'continuation-indentation'};
+    $rOpts_cuddled_else             = $rOpts->{'cuddled-else'};
+    $rOpts_delete_old_whitespace    = $rOpts->{'delete-old-whitespace'};
+    $rOpts_fuzzy_line_length        = $rOpts->{'fuzzy-line-length'};
+    $rOpts_indent_columns           = $rOpts->{'indent-columns'};
+    $rOpts_line_up_parentheses      = $rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'};
+    $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table = $rOpts->{'maximum-fields-per-table'};
+    $rOpts_maximum_line_length      = $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'};
+    $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length =
+      $rOpts->{'short-concatenation-item-length'};
+    $rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines     = $rOpts->{'keep-old-blank-lines'};
+    $rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints   = $rOpts->{'ignore-old-breakpoints'};
+    $rOpts_format_skipping          = $rOpts->{'format-skipping'};
+    $rOpts_space_function_paren     = $rOpts->{'space-function-paren'};
+    $rOpts_space_keyword_paren      = $rOpts->{'space-keyword-paren'};
+    $rOpts_keep_interior_semicolons = $rOpts->{'keep-interior-semicolons'};
+    $half_maximum_line_length       = $rOpts_maximum_line_length / 2;
+
+    # Note that both opening and closing tokens can access the opening
+    # and closing flags of their container types.
+    %opening_vertical_tightness = (
+        '(' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness'},
+        '{' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness'},
+        '[' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness'},
+        ')' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness'},
+        '}' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness'},
+        ']' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness'},
+    );
+
+    %closing_vertical_tightness = (
+        '(' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness-closing'},
+        '{' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness-closing'},
+        '[' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing'},
+        ')' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness-closing'},
+        '}' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness-closing'},
+        ']' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing'},
+    );
+
+    # assume flag for '>' same as ')' for closing qw quotes
+    %closing_token_indentation = (
+        ')' => $rOpts->{'closing-paren-indentation'},
+        '}' => $rOpts->{'closing-brace-indentation'},
+        ']' => $rOpts->{'closing-square-bracket-indentation'},
+        '>' => $rOpts->{'closing-paren-indentation'},
+    );
+
+    %opening_token_right = (
+        '(' => $rOpts->{'opening-paren-right'},
+        '{' => $rOpts->{'opening-hash-brace-right'},
+        '[' => $rOpts->{'opening-square-bracket-right'},
+    );
+
+    %stack_opening_token = (
+        '(' => $rOpts->{'stack-opening-paren'},
+        '{' => $rOpts->{'stack-opening-hash-brace'},
+        '[' => $rOpts->{'stack-opening-square-bracket'},
+    );
+
+    %stack_closing_token = (
+        ')' => $rOpts->{'stack-closing-paren'},
+        '}' => $rOpts->{'stack-closing-hash-brace'},
+        ']' => $rOpts->{'stack-closing-square-bracket'},
+    );
+}
+
+sub make_static_block_comment_pattern {
+
+    # create the pattern used to identify static block comments
+    $static_block_comment_pattern = '^\s*##';
+
+    # allow the user to change it
+    if ( $rOpts->{'static-block-comment-prefix'} ) {
+        my $prefix = $rOpts->{'static-block-comment-prefix'};
+        $prefix =~ s/^\s*//;
+        my $pattern = $prefix;
+
+        # user may give leading caret to force matching left comments only
+        if ( $prefix !~ /^\^#/ ) {
+            if ( $prefix !~ /^#/ ) {
+                die
+"ERROR: the -sbcp prefix is '$prefix' but must begin with '#' or '^#'\n";
+            }
+            $pattern = '^\s*' . $prefix;
+        }
+        eval "'##'=~/$pattern/";
+        if ($@) {
+            die
+"ERROR: the -sbc prefix '$prefix' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
+        }
+        $static_block_comment_pattern = $pattern;
+    }
+}
+
+sub make_format_skipping_pattern {
+    my ( $opt_name, $default ) = @_;
+    my $param = $rOpts->{$opt_name};
+    unless ($param) { $param = $default }
+    $param =~ s/^\s*//;
+    if ( $param !~ /^#/ ) {
+        die "ERROR: the $opt_name parameter '$param' must begin with '#'\n";
+    }
+    my $pattern = '^' . $param . '\s';
+    eval "'#'=~/$pattern/";
+    if ($@) {
+        die
+"ERROR: the $opt_name parameter '$param' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
+    }
+    return $pattern;
+}
+
+sub make_closing_side_comment_list_pattern {
+
+    # turn any input list into a regex for recognizing selected block types
+    $closing_side_comment_list_pattern = '^\w+';
+    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-list'} )
+        && $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-list'} )
+    {
+        $closing_side_comment_list_pattern =
+          make_block_pattern( '-cscl', $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-list'} );
+    }
+}
+
+sub make_bli_pattern {
+
+    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent-list'} )
+        && $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent-list'} )
+    {
+        $bli_list_string = $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent-list'};
+    }
+
+    $bli_pattern = make_block_pattern( '-blil', $bli_list_string );
+}
+
+sub make_block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern {
+
+    # turn any input list into a regex for recognizing selected block types
+    $block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern =
+      '^((if|else|elsif|unless|while|for|foreach|do|\w+:)$|sub)';
+
+    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list'} )
+        && $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list'} )
+    {
+        $block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern =
+          make_block_pattern( '-bbvtl',
+            $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list'} );
+    }
+}
+
+sub make_block_pattern {
+
+    #  given a string of block-type keywords, return a regex to match them
+    #  The only tricky part is that labels are indicated with a single ':'
+    #  and the 'sub' token text may have additional text after it (name of
+    #  sub).
+    #
+    #  Example:
+    #
+    #   input string: "if else elsif unless while for foreach do : sub";
+    #   pattern:  '^((if|else|elsif|unless|while|for|foreach|do|\w+:)$|sub)';
+
+    my ( $abbrev, $string ) = @_;
+    my @list  = split_words($string);
+    my @words = ();
+    my %seen;
+    for my $i (@list) {
+        next if $seen{$i};
+        $seen{$i} = 1;
+        if ( $i eq 'sub' ) {
+        }
+        elsif ( $i eq ':' ) {
+            push @words, '\w+:';
+        }
+        elsif ( $i =~ /^\w/ ) {
+            push @words, $i;
+        }
+        else {
+            warn "unrecognized block type $i after $abbrev, ignoring\n";
+        }
+    }
+    my $pattern = '(' . join( '|', @words ) . ')$';
+    if ( $seen{'sub'} ) {
+        $pattern = '(' . $pattern . '|sub)';
+    }
+    $pattern = '^' . $pattern;
+    return $pattern;
+}
+
+sub make_static_side_comment_pattern {
+
+    # create the pattern used to identify static side comments
+    $static_side_comment_pattern = '^##';
+
+    # allow the user to change it
+    if ( $rOpts->{'static-side-comment-prefix'} ) {
+        my $prefix = $rOpts->{'static-side-comment-prefix'};
+        $prefix =~ s/^\s*//;
+        my $pattern = '^' . $prefix;
+        eval "'##'=~/$pattern/";
+        if ($@) {
+            die
+"ERROR: the -sscp prefix '$prefix' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
+        }
+        $static_side_comment_pattern = $pattern;
+    }
+}
+
+sub make_closing_side_comment_prefix {
+
+    # Be sure we have a valid closing side comment prefix
+    my $csc_prefix = $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'};
+    my $csc_prefix_pattern;
+    if ( !defined($csc_prefix) ) {
+        $csc_prefix         = '## end';
+        $csc_prefix_pattern = '^##\s+end';
+    }
+    else {
+        my $test_csc_prefix = $csc_prefix;
+        if ( $test_csc_prefix !~ /^#/ ) {
+            $test_csc_prefix = '#' . $test_csc_prefix;
+        }
+
+        # make a regex to recognize the prefix
+        my $test_csc_prefix_pattern = $test_csc_prefix;
+
+        # escape any special characters
+        $test_csc_prefix_pattern =~ s/([^#\s\w])/\\$1/g;
+
+        $test_csc_prefix_pattern = '^' . $test_csc_prefix_pattern;
+
+        # allow exact number of intermediate spaces to vary
+        $test_csc_prefix_pattern =~ s/\s+/\\s\+/g;
+
+        # make sure we have a good pattern
+        # if we fail this we probably have an error in escaping
+        # characters.
+        eval "'##'=~/$test_csc_prefix_pattern/";
+        if ($@) {
+
+            # shouldn't happen..must have screwed up escaping, above
+            report_definite_bug();
+            warn
+"Program Error: the -cscp prefix '$csc_prefix' caused the invalid regex '$csc_prefix_pattern'\n";
+
+            # just warn and keep going with defaults
+            warn "Please consider using a simpler -cscp prefix\n";
+            warn "Using default -cscp instead; please check output\n";
+        }
+        else {
+            $csc_prefix         = $test_csc_prefix;
+            $csc_prefix_pattern = $test_csc_prefix_pattern;
+        }
+    }
+    $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} = $csc_prefix;
+    $closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern = $csc_prefix_pattern;
+}
+
+sub dump_want_left_space {
+    my $fh = shift;
+    local $" = "\n";
+    print $fh <1;
+          #   $a = $b - III;
+          # and even this:
+          #   $a = - III;
+          || ( ( $tokenl eq '-' )
+            && ( $typer =~ /^[wC]$/ && $tokenr =~ /^[_A-Za-z]/ ) )
+
+          # '= -' should not become =- or you will get a warning
+          # about reversed -=
+          # || ($tokenr eq '-')
+
+          # keep a space between a quote and a bareword to prevent the
+          # bareword from becomming a quote modifier.
+          || ( ( $typel eq 'Q' ) && ( $tokenr =~ /^[a-zA-Z_]/ ) )
+
+          # keep a space between a token ending in '$' and any word;
+          # this caused trouble:  "die @$ if $@"
+          || ( ( $typel eq 'i' && $tokenl =~ /\$$/ )
+            && ( $tokenr =~ /^[a-zA-Z_]/ ) )
+
+          # perl is very fussy about spaces before <<
+          || ( $tokenr =~ /^\<\' is excluded because it never gets space
+        # parentheses and brackets are excluded since they are handled specially
+        # curly braces are included but may be overridden by logic, such as
+        # newline logic.
+
+        # NEW_TOKENS: create a whitespace rule here.  This can be as
+        # simple as adding your new letter to @spaces_both_sides, for
+        # example.
+
+        @_ = qw" L { ( [ ";
+        @is_opening_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+        @_ = qw" R } ) ] ";
+        @is_closing_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+        my @spaces_both_sides = qw"
+          + - * / % ? = . : x < > | & ^ .. << >> ** && .. || // => += -=
+          .= %= x= &= |= ^= *= <> <= >= == =~ !~ /= != ... <<= >>= ~~ !~~
+          &&= ||= //= <=> A k f w F n C Y U G v
+          ";
+
+        my @spaces_left_side = qw"
+          t ! ~ m p { \ h pp mm Z j
+          ";
+        push( @spaces_left_side, '#' );    # avoids warning message
+
+        my @spaces_right_side = qw"
+          ; } ) ] R J ++ -- **=
+          ";
+        push( @spaces_right_side, ',' );    # avoids warning message
+        @want_left_space{@spaces_both_sides} = (1) x scalar(@spaces_both_sides);
+        @want_right_space{@spaces_both_sides} =
+          (1) x scalar(@spaces_both_sides);
+        @want_left_space{@spaces_left_side}  = (1) x scalar(@spaces_left_side);
+        @want_right_space{@spaces_left_side} = (-1) x scalar(@spaces_left_side);
+        @want_left_space{@spaces_right_side} =
+          (-1) x scalar(@spaces_right_side);
+        @want_right_space{@spaces_right_side} =
+          (1) x scalar(@spaces_right_side);
+        $want_left_space{'L'}   = WS_NO;
+        $want_left_space{'->'}  = WS_NO;
+        $want_right_space{'->'} = WS_NO;
+        $want_left_space{'**'}  = WS_NO;
+        $want_right_space{'**'} = WS_NO;
+
+        # hash type information must stay tightly bound
+        # as in :  ${xxxx}
+        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'k'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'U'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'['} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'t'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'t'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'}'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'}'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'$'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'$'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'@'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'@'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'='}{'L'} = WS_YES;
+
+        # the following includes ') {'
+        # as in :    if ( xxx ) { yyy }
+        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
+        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'['} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'['} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'}'}{'['} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'['} = WS_NO;
+
+        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'++'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'--'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'++'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'--'} = WS_NO;
+
+        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'++'} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'--'} = WS_NO;
+
+        ########################################################
+        # should no longer be necessary (see niek.pl)
+        ##$binary_ws_rules{'k'}{':'} = WS_NO;     # keep colon with label
+        ##$binary_ws_rules{'w'}{':'} = WS_NO;
+        ########################################################
+        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'Q'} = WS_YES;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'n'}{'('} = WS_YES;    # occurs in 'use package n ()'
+
+        # FIXME: we need to split 'i' into variables and functions
+        # and have no space for functions but space for variables.  For now,
+        # I have a special patch in the special rules below
+        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'('} = WS_NO;
+
+        $binary_ws_rules{'w'}{'('} = WS_NO;
+        $binary_ws_rules{'w'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
+    }
+    my ( $jmax, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rblock_type ) = @_;
+    my ( $last_token, $last_type, $last_block_type, $token, $type,
+        $block_type );
+    my (@white_space_flag);
+    my $j_tight_closing_paren = -1;
+
+    if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) {
+        $token      = $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+        $type       = $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+        $block_type = $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+    }
+    else {
+        $token      = ' ';
+        $type       = 'b';
+        $block_type = '';
+    }
+
+    # loop over all tokens
+    my ( $j, $ws );
+
+    for ( $j = 0 ; $j <= $jmax ; $j++ ) {
+
+        if ( $$rtoken_type[$j] eq 'b' ) {
+            $white_space_flag[$j] = WS_OPTIONAL;
+            next;
+        }
+
+        # set a default value, to be changed as needed
+        $ws              = undef;
+        $last_token      = $token;
+        $last_type       = $type;
+        $last_block_type = $block_type;
+        $token           = $$rtokens[$j];
+        $type            = $$rtoken_type[$j];
+        $block_type      = $$rblock_type[$j];
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # section 1:
+        # handle space on the inside of opening braces
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        #    /^[L\{\(\[]$/
+        if ( $is_opening_type{$last_type} ) {
+
+            $j_tight_closing_paren = -1;
+
+            # let's keep empty matched braces together: () {} []
+            # except for BLOCKS
+            if ( $token eq $matching_token{$last_token} ) {
+                if ($block_type) {
+                    $ws = WS_YES;
+                }
+                else {
+                    $ws = WS_NO;
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+
+                # we're considering the right of an opening brace
+                # tightness = 0 means always pad inside with space
+                # tightness = 1 means pad inside if "complex"
+                # tightness = 2 means never pad inside with space
+
+                my $tightness;
+                if (   $last_type eq '{'
+                    && $last_token eq '{'
+                    && $last_block_type )
+                {
+                    $tightness = $rOpts_block_brace_tightness;
+                }
+                else { $tightness = $tightness{$last_token} }
+
+    #=================================================================
+    # Patch for fabrice_bug.pl
+    # We must always avoid spaces around a bare word beginning with ^ as in:
+    #    my $before = ${^PREMATCH};
+    # Because all of the following cause an error in perl:
+    #    my $before = ${ ^PREMATCH };
+    #    my $before = ${ ^PREMATCH};
+    #    my $before = ${^PREMATCH };
+    # So if brace tightness flag is -bt=0 we must temporarily reset to bt=1.
+    # Note that here we must set tightness=1 and not 2 so that the closing space
+    # is also avoided (via the $j_tight_closing_paren flag in coding)
+                if ( $type eq 'w' && $token =~ /^\^/ ) { $tightness = 1 }
+
+              #=================================================================
+
+                if ( $tightness <= 0 ) {
+                    $ws = WS_YES;
+                }
+                elsif ( $tightness > 1 ) {
+                    $ws = WS_NO;
+                }
+                else {
+
+                    # Patch to count '-foo' as single token so that
+                    # each of  $a{-foo} and $a{foo} and $a{'foo'} do
+                    # not get spaces with default formatting.
+                    my $j_here = $j;
+                    ++$j_here
+                      if ( $token eq '-'
+                        && $last_token eq '{'
+                        && $$rtoken_type[ $j + 1 ] eq 'w' );
+
+                    # $j_next is where a closing token should be if
+                    # the container has a single token
+                    my $j_next =
+                      ( $$rtoken_type[ $j_here + 1 ] eq 'b' )
+                      ? $j_here + 2
+                      : $j_here + 1;
+                    my $tok_next  = $$rtokens[$j_next];
+                    my $type_next = $$rtoken_type[$j_next];
+
+                    # for tightness = 1, if there is just one token
+                    # within the matching pair, we will keep it tight
+                    if (
+                        $tok_next eq $matching_token{$last_token}
+
+                        # but watch out for this: [ [ ]    (misc.t)
+                        && $last_token ne $token
+                      )
+                    {
+
+                        # remember where to put the space for the closing paren
+                        $j_tight_closing_paren = $j_next;
+                        $ws                    = WS_NO;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        $ws = WS_YES;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }    # done with opening braces and brackets
+        my $ws_1 = $ws
+          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # section 2:
+        # handle space on inside of closing brace pairs
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        #   /[\}\)\]R]/
+        if ( $is_closing_type{$type} ) {
+
+            if ( $j == $j_tight_closing_paren ) {
+
+                $j_tight_closing_paren = -1;
+                $ws                    = WS_NO;
+            }
+            else {
+
+                if ( !defined($ws) ) {
+
+                    my $tightness;
+                    if ( $type eq '}' && $token eq '}' && $block_type ) {
+                        $tightness = $rOpts_block_brace_tightness;
+                    }
+                    else { $tightness = $tightness{$token} }
+
+                    $ws = ( $tightness > 1 ) ? WS_NO : WS_YES;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        my $ws_2 = $ws
+          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # section 3:
+        # use the binary table
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        if ( !defined($ws) ) {
+            $ws = $binary_ws_rules{$last_type}{$type};
+        }
+        my $ws_3 = $ws
+          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # section 4:
+        # some special cases
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        if ( $token eq '(' ) {
+
+            # This will have to be tweaked as tokenization changes.
+            # We usually want a space at '} (', for example:
+            #     map { 1 * $_; } ( $y, $M, $w, $d, $h, $m, $s );
+            #
+            # But not others:
+            #     &{ $_->[1] }( delete $_[$#_]{ $_->[0] } );
+            # At present, the above & block is marked as type L/R so this case
+            # won't go through here.
+            if ( $last_type eq '}' ) { $ws = WS_YES }
+
+            # NOTE: some older versions of Perl had occasional problems if
+            # spaces are introduced between keywords or functions and opening
+            # parens.  So the default is not to do this except is certain
+            # cases.  The current Perl seems to tolerate spaces.
+
+            # Space between keyword and '('
+            elsif ( $last_type eq 'k' ) {
+                $ws = WS_NO
+                  unless ( $rOpts_space_keyword_paren
+                    || $space_after_keyword{$last_token} );
+            }
+
+            # Space between function and '('
+            # -----------------------------------------------------
+            # 'w' and 'i' checks for something like:
+            #   myfun(    &myfun(   ->myfun(
+            # -----------------------------------------------------
+            elsif (( $last_type =~ /^[wUG]$/ )
+                || ( $last_type =~ /^[wi]$/ && $last_token =~ /^(\&|->)/ ) )
+            {
+                $ws = WS_NO unless ($rOpts_space_function_paren);
+            }
+
+            # space between something like $i and ( in
+            # for $i ( 0 .. 20 ) {
+            # FIXME: eventually, type 'i' needs to be split into multiple
+            # token types so this can be a hardwired rule.
+            elsif ( $last_type eq 'i' && $last_token =~ /^[\$\%\@]/ ) {
+                $ws = WS_YES;
+            }
+
+            # allow constant function followed by '()' to retain no space
+            elsif ( $last_type eq 'C' && $$rtokens[ $j + 1 ] eq ')' ) {
+                $ws = WS_NO;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # patch for SWITCH/CASE: make space at ']{' optional
+        # since the '{' might begin a case or when block
+        elsif ( ( $token eq '{' && $type ne 'L' ) && $last_token eq ']' ) {
+            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL;
+        }
+
+        # keep space between 'sub' and '{' for anonymous sub definition
+        if ( $type eq '{' ) {
+            if ( $last_token eq 'sub' ) {
+                $ws = WS_YES;
+            }
+
+            # this is needed to avoid no space in '){'
+            if ( $last_token eq ')' && $token eq '{' ) { $ws = WS_YES }
+
+            # avoid any space before the brace or bracket in something like
+            #  @opts{'a','b',...}
+            if ( $last_type eq 'i' && $last_token =~ /^\@/ ) {
+                $ws = WS_NO;
+            }
+        }
+
+        elsif ( $type eq 'i' ) {
+
+            # never a space before ->
+            if ( $token =~ /^\-\>/ ) {
+                $ws = WS_NO;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # retain any space between '-' and bare word
+        elsif ( $type eq 'w' || $type eq 'C' ) {
+            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL if $last_type eq '-';
+
+            # never a space before ->
+            if ( $token =~ /^\-\>/ ) {
+                $ws = WS_NO;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # retain any space between '-' and bare word
+        # example: avoid space between 'USER' and '-' here:
+        #   $myhash{USER-NAME}='steve';
+        elsif ( $type eq 'm' || $type eq '-' ) {
+            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL if ( $last_type eq 'w' );
+        }
+
+        # always space before side comment
+        elsif ( $type eq '#' ) { $ws = WS_YES if $j > 0 }
+
+        # always preserver whatever space was used after a possible
+        # filehandle (except _) or here doc operator
+        if (
+            $type ne '#'
+            && ( ( $last_type eq 'Z' && $last_token ne '_' )
+                || $last_type eq 'h' )
+          )
+        {
+            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL;
+        }
+
+        my $ws_4 = $ws
+          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # section 5:
+        # default rules not covered above
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # if we fall through to here,
+        # look at the pre-defined hash tables for the two tokens, and
+        # if (they are equal) use the common value
+        # if (either is zero or undef) use the other
+        # if (either is -1) use it
+        # That is,
+        # left  vs right
+        #  1    vs    1     -->  1
+        #  0    vs    0     -->  0
+        # -1    vs   -1     --> -1
+        #
+        #  0    vs   -1     --> -1
+        #  0    vs    1     -->  1
+        #  1    vs    0     -->  1
+        # -1    vs    0     --> -1
+        #
+        # -1    vs    1     --> -1
+        #  1    vs   -1     --> -1
+        if ( !defined($ws) ) {
+            my $wl = $want_left_space{$type};
+            my $wr = $want_right_space{$last_type};
+            if ( !defined($wl) ) { $wl = 0 }
+            if ( !defined($wr) ) { $wr = 0 }
+            $ws = ( ( $wl == $wr ) || ( $wl == -1 ) || !$wr ) ? $wl : $wr;
+        }
+
+        if ( !defined($ws) ) {
+            $ws = 0;
+            write_diagnostics(
+                "WS flag is undefined for tokens $last_token $token\n");
+        }
+
+        # Treat newline as a whitespace. Otherwise, we might combine
+        # 'Send' and '-recipients' here according to the above rules:
+        #    my $msg = new Fax::Send
+        #      -recipients => $to,
+        #      -data => $data;
+        if ( $ws == 0 && $j == 0 ) { $ws = 1 }
+
+        if (   ( $ws == 0 )
+            && $j > 0
+            && $j < $jmax
+            && ( $last_type !~ /^[Zh]$/ ) )
+        {
+
+            # If this happens, we have a non-fatal but undesirable
+            # hole in the above rules which should be patched.
+            write_diagnostics(
+                "WS flag is zero for tokens $last_token $token\n");
+        }
+        $white_space_flag[$j] = $ws;
+
+        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE && do {
+            my $str = substr( $last_token, 0, 15 );
+            $str .= ' ' x ( 16 - length($str) );
+            if ( !defined($ws_1) ) { $ws_1 = "*" }
+            if ( !defined($ws_2) ) { $ws_2 = "*" }
+            if ( !defined($ws_3) ) { $ws_3 = "*" }
+            if ( !defined($ws_4) ) { $ws_4 = "*" }
+            print
+"WHITE:  i=$j $str $last_type $type $ws_1 : $ws_2 : $ws_3 : $ws_4 : $ws \n";
+        };
+    }
+    return \@white_space_flag;
+}
+
+{    # begin print_line_of_tokens
+
+    my $rtoken_type;
+    my $rtokens;
+    my $rlevels;
+    my $rslevels;
+    my $rblock_type;
+    my $rcontainer_type;
+    my $rcontainer_environment;
+    my $rtype_sequence;
+    my $input_line;
+    my $rnesting_tokens;
+    my $rci_levels;
+    my $rnesting_blocks;
+
+    my $in_quote;
+    my $python_indentation_level;
+
+    # These local token variables are stored by store_token_to_go:
+    my $block_type;
+    my $ci_level;
+    my $container_environment;
+    my $container_type;
+    my $in_continued_quote;
+    my $level;
+    my $nesting_blocks;
+    my $no_internal_newlines;
+    my $slevel;
+    my $token;
+    my $type;
+    my $type_sequence;
+
+    # routine to pull the jth token from the line of tokens
+    sub extract_token {
+        my $j = shift;
+        $token                 = $$rtokens[$j];
+        $type                  = $$rtoken_type[$j];
+        $block_type            = $$rblock_type[$j];
+        $container_type        = $$rcontainer_type[$j];
+        $container_environment = $$rcontainer_environment[$j];
+        $type_sequence         = $$rtype_sequence[$j];
+        $level                 = $$rlevels[$j];
+        $slevel                = $$rslevels[$j];
+        $nesting_blocks        = $$rnesting_blocks[$j];
+        $ci_level              = $$rci_levels[$j];
+    }
+
+    {
+        my @saved_token;
+
+        sub save_current_token {
+
+            @saved_token = (
+                $block_type,            $ci_level,
+                $container_environment, $container_type,
+                $in_continued_quote,    $level,
+                $nesting_blocks,        $no_internal_newlines,
+                $slevel,                $token,
+                $type,                  $type_sequence,
+            );
+        }
+
+        sub restore_current_token {
+            (
+                $block_type,            $ci_level,
+                $container_environment, $container_type,
+                $in_continued_quote,    $level,
+                $nesting_blocks,        $no_internal_newlines,
+                $slevel,                $token,
+                $type,                  $type_sequence,
+            ) = @saved_token;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Routine to place the current token into the output stream.
+    # Called once per output token.
+    sub store_token_to_go {
+
+        my $flag = $no_internal_newlines;
+        if ( $_[0] ) { $flag = 1 }
+
+        $tokens_to_go[ ++$max_index_to_go ]            = $token;
+        $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go]                 = $type;
+        $nobreak_to_go[$max_index_to_go]               = $flag;
+        $old_breakpoint_to_go[$max_index_to_go]        = 0;
+        $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$max_index_to_go]     = 0;
+        $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go]            = $block_type;
+        $type_sequence_to_go[$max_index_to_go]         = $type_sequence;
+        $container_environment_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $container_environment;
+        $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go]        = $nesting_blocks;
+        $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go]             = $ci_level;
+        $mate_index_to_go[$max_index_to_go]            = -1;
+        $matching_token_to_go[$max_index_to_go]        = '';
+        $bond_strength_to_go[$max_index_to_go]         = 0;
+
+        # Note: negative levels are currently retained as a diagnostic so that
+        # the 'final indentation level' is correctly reported for bad scripts.
+        # But this means that every use of $level as an index must be checked.
+        # If this becomes too much of a problem, we might give up and just clip
+        # them at zero.
+        ## $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = ( $level > 0 ) ? $level : 0;
+        $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $level;
+        $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = ( $slevel >= 0 ) ? $slevel : 0;
+        $lengths_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] =
+          $lengths_to_go[$max_index_to_go] + length($token);
+
+        # Define the indentation that this token would have if it started
+        # a new line.  We have to do this now because we need to know this
+        # when considering one-line blocks.
+        set_leading_whitespace( $level, $ci_level, $in_continued_quote );
+
+        if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
+            $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go = $last_nonblank_index_to_go;
+            $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go  = $last_nonblank_type_to_go;
+            $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go = $last_nonblank_token_to_go;
+            $last_nonblank_index_to_go      = $max_index_to_go;
+            $last_nonblank_type_to_go       = $type;
+            $last_nonblank_token_to_go      = $token;
+            if ( $type eq ',' ) {
+                $comma_count_in_batch++;
+            }
+        }
+
+        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE && do {
+            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
+            print
+"STORE: from $a $c: storing token $token type $type lev=$level slev=$slevel at $max_index_to_go\n";
+        };
+    }
+
+    sub insert_new_token_to_go {
+
+        # insert a new token into the output stream.  use same level as
+        # previous token; assumes a character at max_index_to_go.
+        save_current_token();
+        ( $token, $type, $slevel, $no_internal_newlines ) = @_;
+
+        if ( $max_index_to_go == UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {
+            warning("code bug: bad call to insert_new_token_to_go\n");
+        }
+        $level = $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+
+        # FIXME: it seems to be necessary to use the next, rather than
+        # previous, value of this variable when creating a new blank (align.t)
+        #my $slevel         = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+        $nesting_blocks        = $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+        $ci_level              = $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+        $container_environment = $container_environment_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+        $in_continued_quote    = 0;
+        $block_type            = "";
+        $type_sequence         = "";
+        store_token_to_go();
+        restore_current_token();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    sub print_line_of_tokens {
+
+        my $line_of_tokens = shift;
+
+        # This routine is called once per input line to process all of
+        # the tokens on that line.  This is the first stage of
+        # beautification.
+        #
+        # Full-line comments and blank lines may be processed immediately.
+        #
+        # For normal lines of code, the tokens are stored one-by-one,
+        # via calls to 'sub store_token_to_go', until a known line break
+        # point is reached.  Then, the batch of collected tokens is
+        # passed along to 'sub output_line_to_go' for further
+        # processing.  This routine decides if there should be
+        # whitespace between each pair of non-white tokens, so later
+        # routines only need to decide on any additional line breaks.
+        # Any whitespace is initally a single space character.  Later,
+        # the vertical aligner may expand that to be multiple space
+        # characters if necessary for alignment.
+
+        # extract input line number for error messages
+        $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
+
+        $rtoken_type            = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
+        $rtokens                = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
+        $rlevels                = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
+        $rslevels               = $line_of_tokens->{_rslevels};
+        $rblock_type            = $line_of_tokens->{_rblock_type};
+        $rcontainer_type        = $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_type};
+        $rcontainer_environment = $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_environment};
+        $rtype_sequence         = $line_of_tokens->{_rtype_sequence};
+        $input_line             = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
+        $rnesting_tokens        = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_tokens};
+        $rci_levels             = $line_of_tokens->{_rci_levels};
+        $rnesting_blocks        = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_blocks};
+
+        $in_continued_quote = $starting_in_quote =
+          $line_of_tokens->{_starting_in_quote};
+        $in_quote        = $line_of_tokens->{_ending_in_quote};
+        $ending_in_quote = $in_quote;
+        $python_indentation_level =
+          $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level};
+
+        my $j;
+        my $j_next;
+        my $jmax;
+        my $next_nonblank_token;
+        my $next_nonblank_token_type;
+        my $rwhite_space_flag;
+
+        $jmax                    = @$rtokens - 1;
+        $block_type              = "";
+        $container_type          = "";
+        $container_environment   = "";
+        $type_sequence           = "";
+        $no_internal_newlines    = 1 - $rOpts_add_newlines;
+        $is_static_block_comment = 0;
+
+        # Handle a continued quote..
+        if ($in_continued_quote) {
+
+            # A line which is entirely a quote or pattern must go out
+            # verbatim.  Note: the \n is contained in $input_line.
+            if ( $jmax <= 0 ) {
+                if ( ( $input_line =~ "\t" ) ) {
+                    note_embedded_tab();
+                }
+                write_unindented_line("$input_line");
+                $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
+                return;
+            }
+
+            # prior to version 20010406, perltidy had a bug which placed
+            # continuation indentation before the last line of some multiline
+            # quotes and patterns -- exactly the lines passing this way.
+            # To help find affected lines in scripts run with these
+            # versions, run with '-chk', and it will warn of any quotes or
+            # patterns which might have been modified by these early
+            # versions.
+            if ( $rOpts->{'check-multiline-quotes'} && $input_line =~ /^ / ) {
+                warning(
+"-chk: please check this line for extra leading whitespace\n"
+                );
+            }
+        }
+
+        # Write line verbatim if we are in a formatting skip section
+        if ($in_format_skipping_section) {
+            write_unindented_line("$input_line");
+            $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
+
+            # Note: extra space appended to comment simplifies pattern matching
+            if (   $jmax == 0
+                && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
+                && ( $$rtokens[0] . " " ) =~ /$format_skipping_pattern_end/o )
+            {
+                $in_format_skipping_section = 0;
+                write_logfile_entry("Exiting formatting skip section\n");
+            }
+            return;
+        }
+
+        # See if we are entering a formatting skip section
+        if (   $rOpts_format_skipping
+            && $jmax == 0
+            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
+            && ( $$rtokens[0] . " " ) =~ /$format_skipping_pattern_begin/o )
+        {
+            flush();
+            $in_format_skipping_section = 1;
+            write_logfile_entry("Entering formatting skip section\n");
+            write_unindented_line("$input_line");
+            $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
+            return;
+        }
+
+        # delete trailing blank tokens
+        if ( $jmax > 0 && $$rtoken_type[$jmax] eq 'b' ) { $jmax-- }
+
+        # Handle a blank line..
+        if ( $jmax < 0 ) {
+
+            # If keep-old-blank-lines is zero, we delete all
+            # old blank lines and let the blank line rules generate any
+            # needed blanks.
+            if ($rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines) {
+                flush();
+                $file_writer_object->write_blank_code_line(
+                    $rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines == 2 );
+                $last_line_leading_type = 'b';
+            }
+            $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
+            return;
+        }
+
+        # see if this is a static block comment (starts with ## by default)
+        my $is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space = 0;
+        if (   $jmax == 0
+            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
+            && $rOpts->{'static-block-comments'}
+            && $input_line =~ /$static_block_comment_pattern/o )
+        {
+            $is_static_block_comment = 1;
+            $is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space =
+              substr( $input_line, 0, 1 ) eq '#';
+        }
+
+        # Check for comments which are line directives
+        # Treat exactly as static block comments without leading space
+        # reference: perlsyn, near end, section Plain Old Comments (Not!)
+        # example: '# line 42 "new_filename.plx"'
+        if (
+               $jmax == 0
+            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
+            && $input_line =~ /^\#   \s*
+                               line \s+ (\d+)   \s*
+                               (?:\s("?)([^"]+)\2)? \s*
+                               $/x
+          )
+        {
+            $is_static_block_comment                       = 1;
+            $is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space = 1;
+        }
+
+        # create a hanging side comment if appropriate
+        if (
+               $jmax == 0
+            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'    # only token is a comment
+            && $last_line_had_side_comment    # last line had side comment
+            && $input_line =~ /^\s/           # there is some leading space
+            && !$is_static_block_comment    # do not make static comment hanging
+            && $rOpts->{'hanging-side-comments'}    # user is allowing this
+          )
+        {
+
+            # We will insert an empty qw string at the start of the token list
+            # to force this comment to be a side comment. The vertical aligner
+            # should then line it up with the previous side comment.
+            unshift @$rtoken_type,            'q';
+            unshift @$rtokens,                '';
+            unshift @$rlevels,                $$rlevels[0];
+            unshift @$rslevels,               $$rslevels[0];
+            unshift @$rblock_type,            '';
+            unshift @$rcontainer_type,        '';
+            unshift @$rcontainer_environment, '';
+            unshift @$rtype_sequence,         '';
+            unshift @$rnesting_tokens,        $$rnesting_tokens[0];
+            unshift @$rci_levels,             $$rci_levels[0];
+            unshift @$rnesting_blocks,        $$rnesting_blocks[0];
+            $jmax = 1;
+        }
+
+        # remember if this line has a side comment
+        $last_line_had_side_comment =
+          ( $jmax > 0 && $$rtoken_type[$jmax] eq '#' );
+
+        # Handle a block (full-line) comment..
+        if ( ( $jmax == 0 ) && ( $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#' ) ) {
+
+            if ( $rOpts->{'delete-block-comments'} ) { return }
+
+            if ( $rOpts->{'tee-block-comments'} ) {
+                $file_writer_object->tee_on();
+            }
+
+            destroy_one_line_block();
+            output_line_to_go();
+
+            # output a blank line before block comments
+            if (
+                   $last_line_leading_type !~ /^[#b]$/
+                && $rOpts->{'blanks-before-comments'}    # only if allowed
+                && !
+                $is_static_block_comment    # never before static block comments
+              )
+            {
+                flush();                    # switching to new output stream
+                $file_writer_object->write_blank_code_line();
+                $last_line_leading_type = 'b';
+            }
+
+            # TRIM COMMENTS -- This could be turned off as a option
+            $$rtokens[0] =~ s/\s*$//;       # trim right end
+
+            if (
+                $rOpts->{'indent-block-comments'}
+                && (  !$rOpts->{'indent-spaced-block-comments'}
+                    || $input_line =~ /^\s+/ )
+                && !$is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space
+              )
+            {
+                extract_token(0);
+                store_token_to_go();
+                output_line_to_go();
+            }
+            else {
+                flush();    # switching to new output stream
+                $file_writer_object->write_code_line( $$rtokens[0] . "\n" );
+                $last_line_leading_type = '#';
+            }
+            if ( $rOpts->{'tee-block-comments'} ) {
+                $file_writer_object->tee_off();
+            }
+            return;
+        }
+
+        # compare input/output indentation except for continuation lines
+        # (because they have an unknown amount of initial blank space)
+        # and lines which are quotes (because they may have been outdented)
+        # Note: this test is placed here because we know the continuation flag
+        # at this point, which allows us to avoid non-meaningful checks.
+        my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0];
+        compare_indentation_levels( $python_indentation_level,
+            $structural_indentation_level )
+          unless ( $python_indentation_level < 0
+            || ( $$rci_levels[0] > 0 )
+            || ( ( $python_indentation_level == 0 ) && $$rtoken_type[0] eq 'Q' )
+          );
+
+        #   Patch needed for MakeMaker.  Do not break a statement
+        #   in which $VERSION may be calculated.  See MakeMaker.pm;
+        #   this is based on the coding in it.
+        #   The first line of a file that matches this will be eval'd:
+        #       /([\$*])(([\w\:\']*)\bVERSION)\b.*\=/
+        #   Examples:
+        #     *VERSION = \'1.01';
+        #     ( $VERSION ) = '$Revision: 1.74 $ ' =~ /\$Revision:\s+([^\s]+)/;
+        #   We will pass such a line straight through without breaking
+        #   it unless -npvl is used
+
+        my $is_VERSION_statement = 0;
+
+        if (
+              !$saw_VERSION_in_this_file
+            && $input_line =~ /VERSION/    # quick check to reject most lines
+            && $input_line =~ /([\$*])(([\w\:\']*)\bVERSION)\b.*\=/
+          )
+        {
+            $saw_VERSION_in_this_file = 1;
+            $is_VERSION_statement     = 1;
+            write_logfile_entry("passing VERSION line; -npvl deactivates\n");
+            $no_internal_newlines = 1;
+        }
+
+        # take care of indentation-only
+        # NOTE: In previous versions we sent all qw lines out immediately here.
+        # No longer doing this: also write a line which is entirely a 'qw' list
+        # to allow stacking of opening and closing tokens.  Note that interior
+        # qw lines will still go out at the end of this routine.
+        if ( $rOpts->{'indent-only'} ) {
+            flush();
+            trim($input_line);
+
+            extract_token(0);
+            $token                 = $input_line;
+            $type                  = 'q';
+            $block_type            = "";
+            $container_type        = "";
+            $container_environment = "";
+            $type_sequence         = "";
+            store_token_to_go();
+            output_line_to_go();
+            return;
+        }
+
+        push( @$rtokens,     ' ', ' ' );   # making $j+2 valid simplifies coding
+        push( @$rtoken_type, 'b', 'b' );
+        ($rwhite_space_flag) =
+          set_white_space_flag( $jmax, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rblock_type );
+
+        # find input tabbing to allow checks for tabbing disagreement
+        ## not used for now
+        ##$input_line_tabbing = "";
+        ##if ( $input_line =~ /^(\s*)/ ) { $input_line_tabbing = $1; }
+
+        # if the buffer hasn't been flushed, add a leading space if
+        # necessary to keep essential whitespace. This is really only
+        # necessary if we are squeezing out all ws.
+        if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) {
+
+            $old_line_count_in_batch++;
+
+            if (
+                is_essential_whitespace(
+                    $last_last_nonblank_token,
+                    $last_last_nonblank_type,
+                    $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
+                    $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
+                    $$rtokens[0],
+                    $$rtoken_type[0]
+                )
+              )
+            {
+                my $slevel = $$rslevels[0];
+                insert_new_token_to_go( ' ', 'b', $slevel,
+                    $no_internal_newlines );
+            }
+        }
+
+        # If we just saw the end of an elsif block, write nag message
+        # if we do not see another elseif or an else.
+        if ($looking_for_else) {
+
+            unless ( $$rtokens[0] =~ /^(elsif|else)$/ ) {
+                write_logfile_entry("(No else block)\n");
+            }
+            $looking_for_else = 0;
+        }
+
+        # This is a good place to kill incomplete one-line blocks
+        if (   ( $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct == 0 )
+            && ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 )
+            && ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq ';' )
+            && ( $$rtokens[0] ne '}' ) )
+        {
+            destroy_one_line_block();
+            output_line_to_go();
+        }
+
+        # loop to process the tokens one-by-one
+        $type  = 'b';
+        $token = "";
+
+        foreach $j ( 0 .. $jmax ) {
+
+            # pull out the local values for this token
+            extract_token($j);
+
+            if ( $type eq '#' ) {
+
+                # trim trailing whitespace
+                # (there is no option at present to prevent this)
+                $token =~ s/\s*$//;
+
+                if (
+                    $rOpts->{'delete-side-comments'}
+
+                    # delete closing side comments if necessary
+                    || (   $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'}
+                        && $token =~ /$closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern/o
+                        && $last_nonblank_block_type =~
+                        /$closing_side_comment_list_pattern/o )
+                  )
+                {
+                    if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq 'b' ) {
+                        unstore_token_to_go();
+                    }
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # If we are continuing after seeing a right curly brace, flush
+            # buffer unless we see what we are looking for, as in
+            #   } else ...
+            if ( $rbrace_follower && $type ne 'b' ) {
+
+                unless ( $rbrace_follower->{$token} ) {
+                    output_line_to_go();
+                }
+                $rbrace_follower = undef;
+            }
+
+            $j_next = ( $$rtoken_type[ $j + 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? $j + 2 : $j + 1;
+            $next_nonblank_token      = $$rtokens[$j_next];
+            $next_nonblank_token_type = $$rtoken_type[$j_next];
+
+            #--------------------------------------------------------
+            # Start of section to patch token text
+            #--------------------------------------------------------
+
+            # Modify certain tokens here for whitespace
+            # The following is not yet done, but could be:
+            #   sub (x x x)
+            if ( $type =~ /^[wit]$/ ) {
+
+                # Examples:
+                # change '$  var'  to '$var' etc
+                #        '-> new'  to '->new'
+                if ( $token =~ /^([\$\&\%\*\@]|\-\>)\s/ ) {
+                    $token =~ s/\s*//g;
+                }
+
+                if ( $token =~ /^sub/ ) { $token =~ s/\s+/ /g }
+            }
+
+            # change 'LABEL   :'   to 'LABEL:'
+            elsif ( $type eq 'J' ) { $token =~ s/\s+//g }
+
+            # patch to add space to something like "x10"
+            # This avoids having to split this token in the pre-tokenizer
+            elsif ( $type eq 'n' ) {
+                if ( $token =~ /^x\d+/ ) { $token =~ s/x/x / }
+            }
+
+            elsif ( $type eq 'Q' ) {
+                note_embedded_tab() if ( $token =~ "\t" );
+
+                # make note of something like '$var = s/xxx/yyy/;'
+                # in case it should have been '$var =~ s/xxx/yyy/;'
+                if (
+                       $token =~ /^(s|tr|y|m|\/)/
+                    && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(=|==|!=)$/
+
+                    # precededed by simple scalar
+                    && $last_last_nonblank_type eq 'i'
+                    && $last_last_nonblank_token =~ /^\$/
+
+                    # followed by some kind of termination
+                    # (but give complaint if we can's see far enough ahead)
+                    && $next_nonblank_token =~ /^[; \)\}]$/
+
+                    # scalar is not decleared
+                    && !(
+                           $types_to_go[0] eq 'k'
+                        && $tokens_to_go[0] =~ /^(my|our|local)$/
+                    )
+                  )
+                {
+                    my $guess = substr( $last_nonblank_token, 0, 1 ) . '~';
+                    complain(
+"Note: be sure you want '$last_nonblank_token' instead of '$guess' here\n"
+                    );
+                }
+            }
+
+           # trim blanks from right of qw quotes
+           # (To avoid trimming qw quotes use -ntqw; the tokenizer handles this)
+            elsif ( $type eq 'q' ) {
+                $token =~ s/\s*$//;
+                note_embedded_tab() if ( $token =~ "\t" );
+            }
+
+            #--------------------------------------------------------
+            # End of section to patch token text
+            #--------------------------------------------------------
+
+            # insert any needed whitespace
+            if (   ( $type ne 'b' )
+                && ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 )
+                && ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] ne 'b' )
+                && $rOpts_add_whitespace )
+            {
+                my $ws = $$rwhite_space_flag[$j];
+
+                if ( $ws == 1 ) {
+                    insert_new_token_to_go( ' ', 'b', $slevel,
+                        $no_internal_newlines );
+                }
+            }
+
+            # Do not allow breaks which would promote a side comment to a
+            # block comment.  In order to allow a break before an opening
+            # or closing BLOCK, followed by a side comment, those sections
+            # of code will handle this flag separately.
+            my $side_comment_follows = ( $next_nonblank_token_type eq '#' );
+            my $is_opening_BLOCK =
+              (      $type eq '{'
+                  && $token eq '{'
+                  && $block_type
+                  && $block_type ne 't' );
+            my $is_closing_BLOCK =
+              (      $type eq '}'
+                  && $token eq '}'
+                  && $block_type
+                  && $block_type ne 't' );
+
+            if (   $side_comment_follows
+                && !$is_opening_BLOCK
+                && !$is_closing_BLOCK )
+            {
+                $no_internal_newlines = 1;
+            }
+
+            # We're only going to handle breaking for code BLOCKS at this
+            # (top) level.  Other indentation breaks will be handled by
+            # sub scan_list, which is better suited to dealing with them.
+            if ($is_opening_BLOCK) {
+
+                # Tentatively output this token.  This is required before
+                # calling starting_one_line_block.  We may have to unstore
+                # it, though, if we have to break before it.
+                store_token_to_go($side_comment_follows);
+
+                # Look ahead to see if we might form a one-line block
+                my $too_long =
+                  starting_one_line_block( $j, $jmax, $level, $slevel,
+                    $ci_level, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rblock_type );
+                clear_breakpoint_undo_stack();
+
+                # to simplify the logic below, set a flag to indicate if
+                # this opening brace is far from the keyword which introduces it
+                my $keyword_on_same_line = 1;
+                if (   ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 )
+                    && ( $last_nonblank_type eq ')' ) )
+                {
+                    if (   $block_type =~ /^(if|else|elsif)$/
+                        && ( $tokens_to_go[0] eq '}' )
+                        && $rOpts_cuddled_else )
+                    {
+                        $keyword_on_same_line = 1;
+                    }
+                    elsif ( ( $slevel < $nesting_depth_to_go[0] ) || $too_long )
+                    {
+                        $keyword_on_same_line = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # decide if user requested break before '{'
+                my $want_break =
+
+                  # use -bl flag if not a sub block of any type
+                  $block_type !~ /^sub/
+                  ? $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'}
+
+                  # use -sbl flag for a named sub block
+                  : $block_type !~ /^sub\W*$/
+                  ? $rOpts->{'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line'}
+
+                  # use -asbl flag for an anonymous sub block
+                  : $rOpts->{'opening-anonymous-sub-brace-on-new-line'};
+
+                # Break before an opening '{' ...
+                if (
+
+                    # if requested
+                    $want_break
+
+                    # and we were unable to start looking for a block,
+                    && $index_start_one_line_block == UNDEFINED_INDEX
+
+                    # or if it will not be on same line as its keyword, so that
+                    # it will be outdented (eval.t, overload.t), and the user
+                    # has not insisted on keeping it on the right
+                    || (   !$keyword_on_same_line
+                        && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} )
+
+                  )
+                {
+
+                    # but only if allowed
+                    unless ($no_internal_newlines) {
+
+                        # since we already stored this token, we must unstore it
+                        unstore_token_to_go();
+
+                        # then output the line
+                        output_line_to_go();
+
+                        # and now store this token at the start of a new line
+                        store_token_to_go($side_comment_follows);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # Now update for side comment
+                if ($side_comment_follows) { $no_internal_newlines = 1 }
+
+                # now output this line
+                unless ($no_internal_newlines) {
+                    output_line_to_go();
+                }
+            }
+
+            elsif ($is_closing_BLOCK) {
+
+                # If there is a pending one-line block ..
+                if ( $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {
+
+                    # we have to terminate it if..
+                    if (
+
+                    # it is too long (final length may be different from
+                    # initial estimate). note: must allow 1 space for this token
+                        excess_line_length( $index_start_one_line_block,
+                            $max_index_to_go ) >= 0
+
+                        # or if it has too many semicolons
+                        || (   $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct == 0
+                            && $last_nonblank_type ne ';' )
+                      )
+                    {
+                        destroy_one_line_block();
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # put a break before this closing curly brace if appropriate
+                unless ( $no_internal_newlines
+                    || $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX )
+                {
+
+                    # add missing semicolon if ...
+                    # there are some tokens
+                    if (
+                        ( $max_index_to_go > 0 )
+
+                        # and we don't have one
+                        && ( $last_nonblank_type ne ';' )
+
+                        # patch until some block type issues are fixed:
+                        # Do not add semi-colon for block types '{',
+                        # '}', and ';' because we cannot be sure yet
+                        # that this is a block and not an anonomyous
+                        # hash (blktype.t, blktype1.t)
+                        && ( $block_type !~ /^[\{\};]$/ )
+
+                        # patch: and do not add semi-colons for recently
+                        # added block types (see tmp/semicolon.t)
+                        && ( $block_type !~
+                            /^(switch|case|given|when|default)$/ )
+
+                        # it seems best not to add semicolons in these
+                        # special block types: sort|map|grep
+                        && ( !$is_sort_map_grep{$block_type} )
+
+                        # and we are allowed to do so.
+                        && $rOpts->{'add-semicolons'}
+                      )
+                    {
+
+                        save_current_token();
+                        $token  = ';';
+                        $type   = ';';
+                        $level  = $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+                        $slevel = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+                        $nesting_blocks =
+                          $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+                        $ci_level       = $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+                        $block_type     = "";
+                        $container_type = "";
+                        $container_environment = "";
+                        $type_sequence         = "";
+
+                        # Note - we remove any blank AFTER extracting its
+                        # parameters such as level, etc, above
+                        if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq 'b' ) {
+                            unstore_token_to_go();
+                        }
+                        store_token_to_go();
+
+                        note_added_semicolon();
+                        restore_current_token();
+                    }
+
+                    # then write out everything before this closing curly brace
+                    output_line_to_go();
+
+                }
+
+                # Now update for side comment
+                if ($side_comment_follows) { $no_internal_newlines = 1 }
+
+                # store the closing curly brace
+                store_token_to_go();
+
+                # ok, we just stored a closing curly brace.  Often, but
+                # not always, we want to end the line immediately.
+                # So now we have to check for special cases.
+
+                # if this '}' successfully ends a one-line block..
+                my $is_one_line_block = 0;
+                my $keep_going        = 0;
+                if ( $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {
+
+                    # Remember the type of token just before the
+                    # opening brace.  It would be more general to use
+                    # a stack, but this will work for one-line blocks.
+                    $is_one_line_block =
+                      $types_to_go[$index_start_one_line_block];
+
+                    # we have to actually make it by removing tentative
+                    # breaks that were set within it
+                    undo_forced_breakpoint_stack(0);
+                    set_nobreaks( $index_start_one_line_block,
+                        $max_index_to_go - 1 );
+
+                    # then re-initialize for the next one-line block
+                    destroy_one_line_block();
+
+                    # then decide if we want to break after the '}' ..
+                    # We will keep going to allow certain brace followers as in:
+                    #   do { $ifclosed = 1; last } unless $losing;
+                    #
+                    # But make a line break if the curly ends a
+                    # significant block:
+                    if (
+                        $is_block_without_semicolon{$block_type}
+
+                        # if needless semicolon follows we handle it later
+                        && $next_nonblank_token ne ';'
+                      )
+                    {
+                        output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # set string indicating what we need to look for brace follower
+                # tokens
+                if ( $block_type eq 'do' ) {
+                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_do_follower;
+                }
+                elsif ( $block_type =~ /^(if|elsif|unless)$/ ) {
+                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_if_brace_follower;
+                }
+                elsif ( $block_type eq 'else' ) {
+                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_else_brace_follower;
+                }
+
+                # added eval for borris.t
+                elsif ($is_sort_map_grep_eval{$block_type}
+                    || $is_one_line_block eq 'G' )
+                {
+                    $rbrace_follower = undef;
+                    $keep_going      = 1;
+                }
+
+                # anonymous sub
+                elsif ( $block_type =~ /^sub\W*$/ ) {
+
+                    if ($is_one_line_block) {
+                        $rbrace_follower = \%is_anon_sub_1_brace_follower;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        $rbrace_follower = \%is_anon_sub_brace_follower;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # None of the above: specify what can follow a closing
+                # brace of a block which is not an
+                # if/elsif/else/do/sort/map/grep/eval
+                # Testfiles:
+                # 'Toolbar.pm', 'Menubar.pm', bless.t, '3rules.pl', 'break1.t
+                else {
+                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_other_brace_follower;
+                }
+
+                # See if an elsif block is followed by another elsif or else;
+                # complain if not.
+                if ( $block_type eq 'elsif' ) {
+
+                    if ( $next_nonblank_token_type eq 'b' ) {    # end of line?
+                        $looking_for_else = 1;    # ok, check on next line
+                    }
+                    else {
+
+                        unless ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^(elsif|else)$/ ) {
+                            write_logfile_entry("No else block :(\n");
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # keep going after certain block types (map,sort,grep,eval)
+                # added eval for borris.t
+                if ($keep_going) {
+
+                    # keep going
+                }
+
+                # if no more tokens, postpone decision until re-entring
+                elsif ( ( $next_nonblank_token_type eq 'b' )
+                    && $rOpts_add_newlines )
+                {
+                    unless ($rbrace_follower) {
+                        output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                elsif ($rbrace_follower) {
+
+                    unless ( $rbrace_follower->{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
+                        output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
+                    }
+                    $rbrace_follower = undef;
+                }
+
+                else {
+                    output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
+                }
+
+            }    # end treatment of closing block token
+
+            # handle semicolon
+            elsif ( $type eq ';' ) {
+
+                # kill one-line blocks with too many semicolons
+                $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct--;
+                if (
+                    ( $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct < 0 )
+                    || (   $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct == 0
+                        && $next_nonblank_token_type !~ /^[b\}]$/ )
+                  )
+                {
+                    destroy_one_line_block();
+                }
+
+                # Remove unnecessary semicolons, but not after bare
+                # blocks, where it could be unsafe if the brace is
+                # mistokenized.
+                if (
+                    (
+                        $last_nonblank_token eq '}'
+                        && (
+                            $is_block_without_semicolon{
+                                $last_nonblank_block_type}
+                            || $last_nonblank_block_type =~ /^sub\s+\w/
+                            || $last_nonblank_block_type =~ /^\w+:$/ )
+                    )
+                    || $last_nonblank_type eq ';'
+                  )
+                {
+
+                    if (
+                        $rOpts->{'delete-semicolons'}
+
+                        # don't delete ; before a # because it would promote it
+                        # to a block comment
+                        && ( $next_nonblank_token_type ne '#' )
+                      )
+                    {
+                        note_deleted_semicolon();
+                        output_line_to_go()
+                          unless ( $no_internal_newlines
+                            || $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX );
+                        next;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        write_logfile_entry("Extra ';'\n");
+                    }
+                }
+                store_token_to_go();
+
+                output_line_to_go()
+                  unless ( $no_internal_newlines
+                    || ( $rOpts_keep_interior_semicolons && $j < $jmax )
+                    || ( $next_nonblank_token eq '}' ) );
+
+            }
+
+            # handle here_doc target string
+            elsif ( $type eq 'h' ) {
+                $no_internal_newlines =
+                  1;    # no newlines after seeing here-target
+                destroy_one_line_block();
+                store_token_to_go();
+            }
+
+            # handle all other token types
+            else {
+
+                # if this is a blank...
+                if ( $type eq 'b' ) {
+
+                    # make it just one character
+                    $token = ' ' if $rOpts_add_whitespace;
+
+                    # delete it if unwanted by whitespace rules
+                    # or we are deleting all whitespace
+                    my $ws = $$rwhite_space_flag[ $j + 1 ];
+                    if ( ( defined($ws) && $ws == -1 )
+                        || $rOpts_delete_old_whitespace )
+                    {
+
+                        # unless it might make a syntax error
+                        next
+                          unless is_essential_whitespace(
+                            $last_last_nonblank_token,
+                            $last_last_nonblank_type,
+                            $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
+                            $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
+                            $$rtokens[ $j + 1 ],
+                            $$rtoken_type[ $j + 1 ]
+                          );
+                    }
+                }
+                store_token_to_go();
+            }
+
+            # remember two previous nonblank OUTPUT tokens
+            if ( $type ne '#' && $type ne 'b' ) {
+                $last_last_nonblank_token = $last_nonblank_token;
+                $last_last_nonblank_type  = $last_nonblank_type;
+                $last_nonblank_token      = $token;
+                $last_nonblank_type       = $type;
+                $last_nonblank_block_type = $block_type;
+            }
+
+            # unset the continued-quote flag since it only applies to the
+            # first token, and we want to resume normal formatting if
+            # there are additional tokens on the line
+            $in_continued_quote = 0;
+
+        }    # end of loop over all tokens in this 'line_of_tokens'
+
+        # we have to flush ..
+        if (
+
+            # if there is a side comment
+            ( ( $type eq '#' ) && !$rOpts->{'delete-side-comments'} )
+
+            # if this line ends in a quote
+            # NOTE: This is critically important for insuring that quoted lines
+            # do not get processed by things like -sot and -sct
+            || $in_quote
+
+            # if this is a VERSION statement
+            || $is_VERSION_statement
+
+            # to keep a label on one line if that is how it is now
+            || ( ( $type eq 'J' ) && ( $max_index_to_go == 0 ) )
+
+            # if we are instructed to keep all old line breaks
+            || !$rOpts->{'delete-old-newlines'}
+          )
+        {
+            destroy_one_line_block();
+            output_line_to_go();
+        }
+
+        # mark old line breakpoints in current output stream
+        if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 && !$rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints ) {
+            $old_breakpoint_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = 1;
+        }
+    }    # end sub print_line_of_tokens
+}    # end print_line_of_tokens
+
+# sub output_line_to_go sends one logical line of tokens on down the
+# pipeline to the VerticalAligner package, breaking the line into continuation
+# lines as necessary.  The line of tokens is ready to go in the "to_go"
+# arrays.
+sub output_line_to_go {
+
+    # debug stuff; this routine can be called from many points
+    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT && do {
+        my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller;
+        write_diagnostics(
+"OUTPUT: output_line_to_go called: $a $c $last_nonblank_type $last_nonblank_token, one_line=$index_start_one_line_block, tokens to write=$max_index_to_go\n"
+        );
+        my $output_str = join "", @tokens_to_go[ 0 .. $max_index_to_go ];
+        write_diagnostics("$output_str\n");
+    };
+
+    # just set a tentative breakpoint if we might be in a one-line block
+    if ( $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {
+        set_forced_breakpoint($max_index_to_go);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    my $cscw_block_comment;
+    $cscw_block_comment = add_closing_side_comment()
+      if ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments'} && $max_index_to_go >= 0 );
+
+    match_opening_and_closing_tokens();
+
+    # tell the -lp option we are outputting a batch so it can close
+    # any unfinished items in its stack
+    finish_lp_batch();
+
+    # If this line ends in a code block brace, set breaks at any
+    # previous closing code block braces to breakup a chain of code
+    # blocks on one line.  This is very rare but can happen for
+    # user-defined subs.  For example we might be looking at this:
+    #  BOOL { $server_data{uptime} > 0; } NUM { $server_data{load}; } STR {
+    my $saw_good_break = 0;    # flag to force breaks even if short line
+    if (
+
+        # looking for opening or closing block brace
+        $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go]
+
+        # but not one of these which are never duplicated on a line:
+        # until|while|for|if|elsif|else
+        && !$is_block_without_semicolon{ $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go] }
+      )
+    {
+        my $lev = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+
+        # Walk backwards from the end and
+        # set break at any closing block braces at the same level.
+        # But quit if we are not in a chain of blocks.
+        for ( my $i = $max_index_to_go - 1 ; $i >= 0 ; $i-- ) {
+            last if ( $levels_to_go[$i] < $lev );    # stop at a lower level
+            next if ( $levels_to_go[$i] > $lev );    # skip past higher level
+
+            if ( $block_type_to_go[$i] ) {
+                if ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '}' ) {
+                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
+                    $saw_good_break = 1;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # quit if we see anything besides words, function, blanks
+            # at this level
+            elsif ( $types_to_go[$i] !~ /^[\(\)Gwib]$/ ) { last }
+        }
+    }
+
+    my $imin = 0;
+    my $imax = $max_index_to_go;
+
+    # trim any blank tokens
+    if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) {
+        if ( $types_to_go[$imin] eq 'b' ) { $imin++ }
+        if ( $types_to_go[$imax] eq 'b' ) { $imax-- }
+    }
+
+    # anything left to write?
+    if ( $imin <= $imax ) {
+
+        # add a blank line before certain key types
+        if ( $last_line_leading_type !~ /^[#b]/ ) {
+            my $want_blank    = 0;
+            my $leading_token = $tokens_to_go[$imin];
+            my $leading_type  = $types_to_go[$imin];
+
+            # blank lines before subs except declarations and one-liners
+            # MCONVERSION LOCATION - for sub tokenization change
+            if ( $leading_token =~ /^(sub\s)/ && $leading_type eq 'i' ) {
+                $want_blank = ( $rOpts->{'blanks-before-subs'} )
+                  && (
+                    terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $imin,
+                        $imax ) !~ /^[\;\}]$/
+                  );
+            }
+
+            # break before all package declarations
+            # MCONVERSION LOCATION - for tokenizaton change
+            elsif ($leading_token =~ /^(package\s)/
+                && $leading_type eq 'i' )
+            {
+                $want_blank = ( $rOpts->{'blanks-before-subs'} );
+            }
+
+            # break before certain key blocks except one-liners
+            if ( $leading_token =~ /^(BEGIN|END)$/ && $leading_type eq 'k' ) {
+                $want_blank = ( $rOpts->{'blanks-before-subs'} )
+                  && (
+                    terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $imin,
+                        $imax ) ne '}'
+                  );
+            }
+
+            # Break before certain block types if we haven't had a
+            # break at this level for a while.  This is the
+            # difficult decision..
+            elsif ($leading_token =~ /^(unless|if|while|until|for|foreach)$/
+                && $leading_type eq 'k' )
+            {
+                my $lc = $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level];
+                if ( !defined($lc) ) { $lc = 0 }
+
+                $want_blank =
+                     $rOpts->{'blanks-before-blocks'}
+                  && $lc >= $rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'}
+                  && $file_writer_object->get_consecutive_nonblank_lines() >=
+                  $rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'}
+                  && (
+                    terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $imin,
+                        $imax ) ne '}'
+                  );
+            }
+
+            if ($want_blank) {
+
+                # future: send blank line down normal path to VerticalAligner
+                Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush();
+                $file_writer_object->write_blank_code_line();
+            }
+        }
+
+        # update blank line variables and count number of consecutive
+        # non-blank, non-comment lines at this level
+        $last_last_line_leading_level = $last_line_leading_level;
+        $last_line_leading_level      = $levels_to_go[$imin];
+        if ( $last_line_leading_level < 0 ) { $last_line_leading_level = 0 }
+        $last_line_leading_type = $types_to_go[$imin];
+        if (   $last_line_leading_level == $last_last_line_leading_level
+            && $last_line_leading_type ne 'b'
+            && $last_line_leading_type ne '#'
+            && defined( $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level] ) )
+        {
+            $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level]++;
+        }
+        else {
+            $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level] = 1;
+        }
+
+        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH && do {
+            my ( $package, $file, $line ) = caller;
+            print
+"FLUSH: flushing from $package $file $line, types= $types_to_go[$imin] to $types_to_go[$imax]\n";
+        };
+
+        # add a couple of extra terminal blank tokens
+        pad_array_to_go();
+
+        # set all forced breakpoints for good list formatting
+        my $is_long_line = excess_line_length( $imin, $max_index_to_go ) > 0;
+
+        if (
+            $max_index_to_go > 0
+            && (
+                   $is_long_line
+                || $old_line_count_in_batch > 1
+                || is_unbalanced_batch()
+                || (
+                    $comma_count_in_batch
+                    && (   $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table > 0
+                        || $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 0 )
+                )
+            )
+          )
+        {
+            $saw_good_break ||= scan_list();
+        }
+
+        # let $ri_first and $ri_last be references to lists of
+        # first and last tokens of line fragments to output..
+        my ( $ri_first, $ri_last );
+
+        # write a single line if..
+        if (
+
+            # we aren't allowed to add any newlines
+            !$rOpts_add_newlines
+
+            # or, we don't already have an interior breakpoint
+            # and we didn't see a good breakpoint
+            || (
+                   !$forced_breakpoint_count
+                && !$saw_good_break
+
+                # and this line is 'short'
+                && !$is_long_line
+            )
+          )
+        {
+            @$ri_first = ($imin);
+            @$ri_last  = ($imax);
+        }
+
+        # otherwise use multiple lines
+        else {
+
+            ( $ri_first, $ri_last, my $colon_count ) =
+              set_continuation_breaks($saw_good_break);
+
+            break_all_chain_tokens( $ri_first, $ri_last );
+
+            break_equals( $ri_first, $ri_last );
+
+            # now we do a correction step to clean this up a bit
+            # (The only time we would not do this is for debugging)
+            if ( $rOpts->{'recombine'} ) {
+                ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) =
+                  recombine_breakpoints( $ri_first, $ri_last );
+            }
+
+            insert_final_breaks( $ri_first, $ri_last ) if $colon_count;
+        }
+
+        # do corrector step if -lp option is used
+        my $do_not_pad = 0;
+        if ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
+            $do_not_pad = correct_lp_indentation( $ri_first, $ri_last );
+        }
+        send_lines_to_vertical_aligner( $ri_first, $ri_last, $do_not_pad );
+    }
+    prepare_for_new_input_lines();
+
+    # output any new -cscw block comment
+    if ($cscw_block_comment) {
+        flush();
+        $file_writer_object->write_code_line( $cscw_block_comment . "\n" );
+    }
+}
+
+sub note_added_semicolon {
+    $last_added_semicolon_at = $input_line_number;
+    if ( $added_semicolon_count == 0 ) {
+        $first_added_semicolon_at = $last_added_semicolon_at;
+    }
+    $added_semicolon_count++;
+    write_logfile_entry("Added ';' here\n");
+}
+
+sub note_deleted_semicolon {
+    $last_deleted_semicolon_at = $input_line_number;
+    if ( $deleted_semicolon_count == 0 ) {
+        $first_deleted_semicolon_at = $last_deleted_semicolon_at;
+    }
+    $deleted_semicolon_count++;
+    write_logfile_entry("Deleted unnecessary ';'\n");    # i hope ;)
+}
+
+sub note_embedded_tab {
+    $embedded_tab_count++;
+    $last_embedded_tab_at = $input_line_number;
+    if ( !$first_embedded_tab_at ) {
+        $first_embedded_tab_at = $last_embedded_tab_at;
+    }
+
+    if ( $embedded_tab_count <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
+        write_logfile_entry("Embedded tabs in quote or pattern\n");
+    }
+}
+
+sub starting_one_line_block {
+
+    # after seeing an opening curly brace, look for the closing brace
+    # and see if the entire block will fit on a line.  This routine is
+    # not always right because it uses the old whitespace, so a check
+    # is made later (at the closing brace) to make sure we really
+    # have a one-line block.  We have to do this preliminary check,
+    # though, because otherwise we would always break at a semicolon
+    # within a one-line block if the block contains multiple statements.
+
+    my ( $j, $jmax, $level, $slevel, $ci_level, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
+        $rblock_type )
+      = @_;
+
+    # kill any current block - we can only go 1 deep
+    destroy_one_line_block();
+
+    # return value:
+    #  1=distance from start of block to opening brace exceeds line length
+    #  0=otherwise
+
+    my $i_start = 0;
+
+    # shouldn't happen: there must have been a prior call to
+    # store_token_to_go to put the opening brace in the output stream
+    if ( $max_index_to_go < 0 ) {
+        warning("program bug: store_token_to_go called incorrectly\n");
+        report_definite_bug();
+    }
+    else {
+
+        # cannot use one-line blocks with cuddled else else/elsif lines
+        if ( ( $tokens_to_go[0] eq '}' ) && $rOpts_cuddled_else ) {
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    my $block_type = $$rblock_type[$j];
+
+    # find the starting keyword for this block (such as 'if', 'else', ...)
+
+    if ( $block_type =~ /^[\{\}\;\:]$/ ) {
+        $i_start = $max_index_to_go;
+    }
+
+    elsif ( $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go eq ')' ) {
+
+        # For something like "if (xxx) {", the keyword "if" will be
+        # just after the most recent break. This will be 0 unless
+        # we have just killed a one-line block and are starting another.
+        # (doif.t)
+        $i_start = $index_max_forced_break + 1;
+        if ( $types_to_go[$i_start] eq 'b' ) {
+            $i_start++;
+        }
+
+        unless ( $tokens_to_go[$i_start] eq $block_type ) {
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # the previous nonblank token should start these block types
+    elsif (
+        ( $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go eq $block_type )
+        || (   $block_type =~ /^sub/
+            && $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go =~ /^sub/ )
+      )
+    {
+        $i_start = $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go;
+    }
+
+    # patch for SWITCH/CASE to retain one-line case/when blocks
+    elsif ( $block_type eq 'case' || $block_type eq 'when' ) {
+        $i_start = $index_max_forced_break + 1;
+        if ( $types_to_go[$i_start] eq 'b' ) {
+            $i_start++;
+        }
+        unless ( $tokens_to_go[$i_start] eq $block_type ) {
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    else {
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    my $pos = total_line_length( $i_start, $max_index_to_go ) - 1;
+
+    my $i;
+
+    # see if length is too long to even start
+    if ( $pos > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    for ( $i = $j + 1 ; $i <= $jmax ; $i++ ) {
+
+        # old whitespace could be arbitrarily large, so don't use it
+        if   ( $$rtoken_type[$i] eq 'b' ) { $pos += 1 }
+        else                              { $pos += length( $$rtokens[$i] ) }
+
+        # Return false result if we exceed the maximum line length,
+        if ( $pos > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+            return 0;
+        }
+
+        # or encounter another opening brace before finding the closing brace.
+        elsif ($$rtokens[$i] eq '{'
+            && $$rtoken_type[$i] eq '{'
+            && $$rblock_type[$i] )
+        {
+            return 0;
+        }
+
+        # if we find our closing brace..
+        elsif ($$rtokens[$i] eq '}'
+            && $$rtoken_type[$i] eq '}'
+            && $$rblock_type[$i] )
+        {
+
+            # be sure any trailing comment also fits on the line
+            my $i_nonblank =
+              ( $$rtoken_type[ $i + 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1;
+
+            if ( $$rtoken_type[$i_nonblank] eq '#' ) {
+                $pos += length( $$rtokens[$i_nonblank] );
+
+                if ( $i_nonblank > $i + 1 ) {
+                    $pos += length( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] );
+                }
+
+                if ( $pos > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+                    return 0;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # ok, it's a one-line block
+            create_one_line_block( $i_start, 20 );
+            return 0;
+        }
+
+        # just keep going for other characters
+        else {
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Allow certain types of new one-line blocks to form by joining
+    # input lines.  These can be safely done, but for other block types,
+    # we keep old one-line blocks but do not form new ones. It is not
+    # always a good idea to make as many one-line blocks as possible,
+    # so other types are not done.  The user can always use -mangle.
+    if ( $is_sort_map_grep_eval{$block_type} ) {
+        create_one_line_block( $i_start, 1 );
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+sub unstore_token_to_go {
+
+    # remove most recent token from output stream
+    if ( $max_index_to_go > 0 ) {
+        $max_index_to_go--;
+    }
+    else {
+        $max_index_to_go = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
+    }
+
+}
+
+sub want_blank_line {
+    flush();
+    $file_writer_object->want_blank_line();
+}
+
+sub write_unindented_line {
+    flush();
+    $file_writer_object->write_line( $_[0] );
+}
+
+sub undo_ci {
+
+    # Undo continuation indentation in certain sequences
+    # For example, we can undo continuation indation in sort/map/grep chains
+    #    my $dat1 = pack( "n*",
+    #        map { $_, $lookup->{$_} }
+    #          sort { $a <=> $b }
+    #          grep { $lookup->{$_} ne $default } keys %$lookup );
+    # To align the map/sort/grep keywords like this:
+    #    my $dat1 = pack( "n*",
+    #        map { $_, $lookup->{$_} }
+    #        sort { $a <=> $b }
+    #        grep { $lookup->{$_} ne $default } keys %$lookup );
+    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
+    my ( $line_1, $line_2, $lev_last );
+    my $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated;
+    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;
+
+    # looking at each line of this batch..
+    # We are looking at leading tokens and looking for a sequence
+    # all at the same level and higher level than enclosing lines.
+    foreach my $line ( 0 .. $max_line ) {
+
+        my $ibeg = $$ri_first[$line];
+        my $lev  = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
+        if ( $line > 0 ) {
+
+            # if we have started a chain..
+            if ($line_1) {
+
+                # see if it continues..
+                if ( $lev == $lev_last ) {
+                    if (   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'k'
+                        && $is_sort_map_grep{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] } )
+                    {
+
+                        # chain continues...
+                        # check for chain ending at end of a a statement
+                        if ( $line == $max_line ) {
+
+                            # see of this line ends a statement
+                            my $iend = $$ri_last[$line];
+                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated =
+                              $types_to_go[$iend] eq ';'
+
+                              # with possible side comment
+                              || ( $types_to_go[$iend] eq '#'
+                                && $iend - $ibeg >= 2
+                                && $types_to_go[ $iend - 2 ] eq ';'
+                                && $types_to_go[ $iend - 1 ] eq 'b' );
+                        }
+                        $line_2 = $line if ($this_line_is_semicolon_terminated);
+                    }
+                    else {
+
+                        # kill chain
+                        $line_1 = undef;
+                    }
+                }
+                elsif ( $lev < $lev_last ) {
+
+                    # chain ends with previous line
+                    $line_2 = $line - 1;
+                }
+                elsif ( $lev > $lev_last ) {
+
+                    # kill chain
+                    $line_1 = undef;
+                }
+
+                # undo the continuation indentation if a chain ends
+                if ( defined($line_2) && defined($line_1) ) {
+                    my $continuation_line_count = $line_2 - $line_1 + 1;
+                    @ci_levels_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $line_2 ] ] =
+                      (0) x ($continuation_line_count);
+                    @leading_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $line_2 ] ] =
+                      @reduced_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $line_2 ] ];
+                    $line_1 = undef;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # not in a chain yet..
+            else {
+
+                # look for start of a new sort/map/grep chain
+                if ( $lev > $lev_last ) {
+                    if (   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'k'
+                        && $is_sort_map_grep{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] } )
+                    {
+                        $line_1 = $line;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        $lev_last = $lev;
+    }
+}
+
+sub undo_lp_ci {
+
+    # If there is a single, long parameter within parens, like this:
+    #
+    #  $self->command( "/msg "
+    #        . $infoline->chan
+    #        . " You said $1, but did you know that it's square was "
+    #        . $1 * $1 . " ?" );
+    #
+    # we can remove the continuation indentation of the 2nd and higher lines
+    # to achieve this effect, which is more pleasing:
+    #
+    #  $self->command("/msg "
+    #                 . $infoline->chan
+    #                 . " You said $1, but did you know that it's square was "
+    #                 . $1 * $1 . " ?");
+
+    my ( $line_open, $i_start, $closing_index, $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
+    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;
+
+    # must be multiple lines
+    return unless $max_line > $line_open;
+
+    my $lev_start     = $levels_to_go[$i_start];
+    my $ci_start_plus = 1 + $ci_levels_to_go[$i_start];
+
+    # see if all additional lines in this container have continuation
+    # indentation
+    my $n;
+    my $line_1 = 1 + $line_open;
+    for ( $n = $line_1 ; $n <= $max_line ; ++$n ) {
+        my $ibeg = $$ri_first[$n];
+        my $iend = $$ri_last[$n];
+        if ( $ibeg eq $closing_index ) { $n--; last }
+        return if ( $lev_start != $levels_to_go[$ibeg] );
+        return if ( $ci_start_plus != $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg] );
+        last   if ( $closing_index <= $iend );
+    }
+
+    # we can reduce the indentation of all continuation lines
+    my $continuation_line_count = $n - $line_open;
+    @ci_levels_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $n ] ] =
+      (0) x ($continuation_line_count);
+    @leading_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $n ] ] =
+      @reduced_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $n ] ];
+}
+
+sub set_logical_padding {
+
+    # Look at a batch of lines and see if extra padding can improve the
+    # alignment when there are certain leading operators. Here is an
+    # example, in which some extra space is introduced before
+    # '( $year' to make it line up with the subsequent lines:
+    #
+    #       if (   ( $Year < 1601 )
+    #           || ( $Year > 2899 )
+    #           || ( $EndYear < 1601 )
+    #           || ( $EndYear > 2899 ) )
+    #       {
+    #           &Error_OutOfRange;
+    #       }
+    #
+    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
+    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;
+
+    my ( $ibeg, $ibeg_next, $ibegm, $iend, $iendm, $ipad, $line, $pad_spaces,
+        $tok_next, $type_next, $has_leading_op_next, $has_leading_op );
+
+    # looking at each line of this batch..
+    foreach $line ( 0 .. $max_line - 1 ) {
+
+        # see if the next line begins with a logical operator
+        $ibeg      = $$ri_first[$line];
+        $iend      = $$ri_last[$line];
+        $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
+        $tok_next  = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+        $type_next = $types_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+
+        $has_leading_op_next = ( $tok_next =~ /^\w/ )
+          ? $is_chain_operator{$tok_next}      # + - * / : ? && ||
+          : $is_chain_operator{$type_next};    # and, or
+
+        next unless ($has_leading_op_next);
+
+        # next line must not be at lesser depth
+        next
+          if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] > $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] );
+
+        # identify the token in this line to be padded on the left
+        $ipad = undef;
+
+        # handle lines at same depth...
+        if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] == $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] ) {
+
+            # if this is not first line of the batch ...
+            if ( $line > 0 ) {
+
+                # and we have leading operator..
+                next if $has_leading_op;
+
+                # Introduce padding if..
+                # 1. the previous line is at lesser depth, or
+                # 2. the previous line ends in an assignment
+                # 3. the previous line ends in a 'return'
+                # 4. the previous line ends in a comma
+                # Example 1: previous line at lesser depth
+                #       if (   ( $Year < 1601 )      # <- we are here but
+                #           || ( $Year > 2899 )      #  list has not yet
+                #           || ( $EndYear < 1601 )   # collapsed vertically
+                #           || ( $EndYear > 2899 ) )
+                #       {
+                #
+                # Example 2: previous line ending in assignment:
+                #    $leapyear =
+                #        $year % 4   ? 0     # <- We are here
+                #      : $year % 100 ? 1
+                #      : $year % 400 ? 0
+                #      : 1;
+                #
+                # Example 3: previous line ending in comma:
+                #    push @expr,
+                #        /test/   ? undef
+                #      : eval($_) ? 1
+                #      : eval($_) ? 1
+                #      :            0;
+
+                # be sure levels agree (do not indent after an indented 'if')
+                next if ( $levels_to_go[$ibeg] ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_next] );
+
+                # allow padding on first line after a comma but only if:
+                # (1) this is line 2 and
+                # (2) there are at more than three lines and
+                # (3) lines 3 and 4 have the same leading operator
+                # These rules try to prevent padding within a long
+                # comma-separated list.
+                my $ok_comma;
+                if (   $types_to_go[$iendm] eq ','
+                    && $line == 1
+                    && $max_line > 2 )
+                {
+                    my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 2 ];
+                    my $tok_next_next  = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next];
+                    $ok_comma = $tok_next_next eq $tok_next;
+                }
+
+                next
+                  unless (
+                       $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iendm] }
+                    || $ok_comma
+                    || ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibegm] <
+                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] )
+                    || (   $types_to_go[$iendm] eq 'k'
+                        && $tokens_to_go[$iendm] eq 'return' )
+                  );
+
+                # we will add padding before the first token
+                $ipad = $ibeg;
+            }
+
+            # for first line of the batch..
+            else {
+
+                # WARNING: Never indent if first line is starting in a
+                # continued quote, which would change the quote.
+                next if $starting_in_quote;
+
+                # if this is text after closing '}'
+                # then look for an interior token to pad
+                if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '}' ) {
+
+                }
+
+                # otherwise, we might pad if it looks really good
+                else {
+
+                    # we might pad token $ibeg, so be sure that it
+                    # is at the same depth as the next line.
+                    next
+                      if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] !=
+                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] );
+
+                    # We can pad on line 1 of a statement if at least 3
+                    # lines will be aligned. Otherwise, it
+                    # can look very confusing.
+
+                 # We have to be careful not to pad if there are too few
+                 # lines.  The current rule is:
+                 # (1) in general we require at least 3 consecutive lines
+                 # with the same leading chain operator token,
+                 # (2) but an exception is that we only require two lines
+                 # with leading colons if there are no more lines.  For example,
+                 # the first $i in the following snippet would get padding
+                 # by the second rule:
+                 #
+                 #   $i == 1 ? ( "First", "Color" )
+                 # : $i == 2 ? ( "Then",  "Rarity" )
+                 # :           ( "Then",  "Name" );
+
+                    if ( $max_line > 1 ) {
+                        my $leading_token = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+                        my $tokens_differ;
+
+                        # never indent line 1 of a '.' series because
+                        # previous line is most likely at same level.
+                        # TODO: we should also look at the leasing_spaces
+                        # of the last output line and skip if it is same
+                        # as this line.
+                        next if ( $leading_token eq '.' );
+
+                        my $count = 1;
+                        foreach my $l ( 2 .. 3 ) {
+                            last if ( $line + $l > $max_line );
+                            my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + $l ];
+                            if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] ne
+                                $leading_token )
+                            {
+                                $tokens_differ = 1;
+                                last;
+                            }
+                            $count++;
+                        }
+                        next if ($tokens_differ);
+                        next if ( $count < 3 && $leading_token ne ':' );
+                        $ipad = $ibeg;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        next;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # find interior token to pad if necessary
+        if ( !defined($ipad) ) {
+
+            for ( my $i = $ibeg ; ( $i < $iend ) && !$ipad ; $i++ ) {
+
+                # find any unclosed container
+                next
+                  unless ( $type_sequence_to_go[$i]
+                    && $mate_index_to_go[$i] > $iend );
+
+                # find next nonblank token to pad
+                $ipad = $i + 1;
+                if ( $types_to_go[$ipad] eq 'b' ) {
+                    $ipad++;
+                    last if ( $ipad > $iend );
+                }
+            }
+            last unless $ipad;
+        }
+
+        # next line must not be at greater depth
+        my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $line + 1 ];
+        next
+          if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend_next + 1 ] >
+            $nesting_depth_to_go[$ipad] );
+
+        # lines must be somewhat similar to be padded..
+        my $inext_next = $ibeg_next + 1;
+        if ( $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq 'b' ) {
+            $inext_next++;
+        }
+        my $type      = $types_to_go[$ipad];
+        my $type_next = $types_to_go[ $ipad + 1 ];
+
+        # see if there are multiple continuation lines
+        my $logical_continuation_lines = 1;
+        if ( $line + 2 <= $max_line ) {
+            my $leading_token  = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+            my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 2 ];
+            if (   $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] eq $leading_token
+                && $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq
+                $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] )
+            {
+                $logical_continuation_lines++;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # see if leading types match
+        my $types_match = $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq $type;
+        my $matches_without_bang;
+
+        # if first line has leading ! then compare the following token
+        if ( !$types_match && $type eq '!' ) {
+            $types_match = $matches_without_bang =
+              $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq $types_to_go[ $ipad + 1 ];
+        }
+
+        if (
+
+            # either we have multiple continuation lines to follow
+            # and we are not padding the first token
+            ( $logical_continuation_lines > 1 && $ipad > 0 )
+
+            # or..
+            || (
+
+                # types must match
+                $types_match
+
+                # and keywords must match if keyword
+                && !(
+                       $type eq 'k'
+                    && $tokens_to_go[$ipad] ne $tokens_to_go[$inext_next]
+                )
+            )
+          )
+        {
+
+            #----------------------begin special checks--------------
+            #
+            # SPECIAL CHECK 1:
+            # A check is needed before we can make the pad.
+            # If we are in a list with some long items, we want each
+            # item to stand out.  So in the following example, the
+            # first line begining with '$casefold->' would look good
+            # padded to align with the next line, but then it
+            # would be indented more than the last line, so we
+            # won't do it.
+            #
+            #  ok(
+            #      $casefold->{code}         eq '0041'
+            #        && $casefold->{status}  eq 'C'
+            #        && $casefold->{mapping} eq '0061',
+            #      'casefold 0x41'
+            #  );
+            #
+            # Note:
+            # It would be faster, and almost as good, to use a comma
+            # count, and not pad if comma_count > 1 and the previous
+            # line did not end with a comma.
+            #
+            my $ok_to_pad = 1;
+
+            my $ibg   = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
+            my $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[ $ibg + 1 ];
+
+            # just use simplified formula for leading spaces to avoid
+            # needless sub calls
+            my $lsp = $levels_to_go[$ibg] + $ci_levels_to_go[$ibg];
+
+            # look at each line beyond the next ..
+            my $l = $line + 1;
+            foreach $l ( $line + 2 .. $max_line ) {
+                my $ibg = $$ri_first[$l];
+
+                # quit looking at the end of this container
+                last
+                  if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $ibg + 1 ] < $depth )
+                  || ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibg] < $depth );
+
+                # cannot do the pad if a later line would be
+                # outdented more
+                if ( $levels_to_go[$ibg] + $ci_levels_to_go[$ibg] < $lsp ) {
+                    $ok_to_pad = 0;
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # don't pad if we end in a broken list
+            if ( $l == $max_line ) {
+                my $i2 = $$ri_last[$l];
+                if ( $types_to_go[$i2] eq '#' ) {
+                    my $i1 = $$ri_first[$l];
+                    next
+                      if (
+                        terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $i1,
+                            $i2 ) eq ','
+                      );
+                }
+            }
+
+            # SPECIAL CHECK 2:
+            # a minus may introduce a quoted variable, and we will
+            # add the pad only if this line begins with a bare word,
+            # such as for the word 'Button' here:
+            #    [
+            #         Button      => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
+            #        -command     => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
+            #        -accelerator => "Meta+$_"
+            #    ];
+            #
+            #  On the other hand, if 'Button' is quoted, it looks best
+            #  not to pad:
+            #    [
+            #        'Button'     => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
+            #        -command     => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
+            #        -accelerator => "Meta+$_"
+            #    ];
+            if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq 'm' ) {
+                $ok_to_pad = 0 if $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'Q';
+            }
+
+            next unless $ok_to_pad;
+
+            #----------------------end special check---------------
+
+            my $length_1 = total_line_length( $ibeg,      $ipad - 1 );
+            my $length_2 = total_line_length( $ibeg_next, $inext_next - 1 );
+            $pad_spaces = $length_2 - $length_1;
+
+            # If the first line has a leading ! and the second does
+            # not, then remove one space to try to align the next
+            # leading characters, which are often the same.  For example:
+            #  if (  !$ts
+            #      || $ts == $self->Holder
+            #      || $self->Holder->Type eq "Arena" )
+            #
+            # This usually helps readability, but if there are subsequent
+            # ! operators things will still get messed up.  For example:
+            #
+            #  if (  !exists $Net::DNS::typesbyname{$qtype}
+            #      && exists $Net::DNS::classesbyname{$qtype}
+            #      && !exists $Net::DNS::classesbyname{$qclass}
+            #      && exists $Net::DNS::typesbyname{$qclass} )
+            # We can't fix that.
+            if ($matches_without_bang) { $pad_spaces-- }
+
+            # make sure this won't change if -lp is used
+            my $indentation_1 = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
+            if ( ref($indentation_1) ) {
+                if ( $indentation_1->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() == 0 ) {
+                    my $indentation_2 = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+                    unless ( $indentation_2->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() == 0 ) {
+                        $pad_spaces = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            # we might be able to handle a pad of -1 by removing a blank
+            # token
+            if ( $pad_spaces < 0 ) {
+
+                if ( $pad_spaces == -1 ) {
+                    if ( $ipad > $ibeg && $types_to_go[ $ipad - 1 ] eq 'b' ) {
+                        $tokens_to_go[ $ipad - 1 ] = '';
+                    }
+                }
+                $pad_spaces = 0;
+            }
+
+            # now apply any padding for alignment
+            if ( $ipad >= 0 && $pad_spaces ) {
+
+                my $length_t = total_line_length( $ibeg, $iend );
+                if ( $pad_spaces + $length_t <= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+                    $tokens_to_go[$ipad] =
+                      ' ' x $pad_spaces . $tokens_to_go[$ipad];
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    continue {
+        $iendm          = $iend;
+        $ibegm          = $ibeg;
+        $has_leading_op = $has_leading_op_next;
+    }    # end of loop over lines
+    return;
+}
+
+sub correct_lp_indentation {
+
+    # When the -lp option is used, we need to make a last pass through
+    # each line to correct the indentation positions in case they differ
+    # from the predictions.  This is necessary because perltidy uses a
+    # predictor/corrector method for aligning with opening parens.  The
+    # predictor is usually good, but sometimes stumbles.  The corrector
+    # tries to patch things up once the actual opening paren locations
+    # are known.
+    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
+    my $do_not_pad = 0;
+
+    #  Note on flag '$do_not_pad':
+    #  We want to avoid a situation like this, where the aligner inserts
+    #  whitespace before the '=' to align it with a previous '=', because
+    #  otherwise the parens might become mis-aligned in a situation like
+    #  this, where the '=' has become aligned with the previous line,
+    #  pushing the opening '(' forward beyond where we want it.
+    #
+    #  $mkFloor::currentRoom = '';
+    #  $mkFloor::c_entry     = $c->Entry(
+    #                                 -width        => '10',
+    #                                 -relief       => 'sunken',
+    #                                 ...
+    #                                 );
+    #
+    #  We leave it to the aligner to decide how to do this.
+
+    # first remove continuation indentation if appropriate
+    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;
+
+    # looking at each line of this batch..
+    my ( $ibeg, $iend );
+    my $line;
+    foreach $line ( 0 .. $max_line ) {
+        $ibeg = $$ri_first[$line];
+        $iend = $$ri_last[$line];
+
+        # looking at each token in this output line..
+        my $i;
+        foreach $i ( $ibeg .. $iend ) {
+
+            # How many space characters to place before this token
+            # for special alignment.  Actual padding is done in the
+            # continue block.
+
+            # looking for next unvisited indentation item
+            my $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$i];
+            if ( !$indentation->get_MARKED() ) {
+                $indentation->set_MARKED(1);
+
+                # looking for indentation item for which we are aligning
+                # with parens, braces, and brackets
+                next unless ( $indentation->get_ALIGN_PAREN() );
+
+                # skip closed container on this line
+                if ( $i > $ibeg ) {
+                    my $im = $i - 1;
+                    if ( $types_to_go[$im] eq 'b' && $im > $ibeg ) { $im-- }
+                    if (   $type_sequence_to_go[$im]
+                        && $mate_index_to_go[$im] <= $iend )
+                    {
+                        next;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if ( $line == 1 && $i == $ibeg ) {
+                    $do_not_pad = 1;
+                }
+
+                # Ok, let's see what the error is and try to fix it
+                my $actual_pos;
+                my $predicted_pos = $indentation->get_SPACES();
+                if ( $i > $ibeg ) {
+
+                    # token is mid-line - use length to previous token
+                    $actual_pos = total_line_length( $ibeg, $i - 1 );
+
+                    # for mid-line token, we must check to see if all
+                    # additional lines have continuation indentation,
+                    # and remove it if so.  Otherwise, we do not get
+                    # good alignment.
+                    my $closing_index = $indentation->get_CLOSED();
+                    if ( $closing_index > $iend ) {
+                        my $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
+                        if ( $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg_next] > 0 ) {
+                            undo_lp_ci( $line, $i, $closing_index, $ri_first,
+                                $ri_last );
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+                elsif ( $line > 0 ) {
+
+                    # handle case where token starts a new line;
+                    # use length of previous line
+                    my $ibegm = $$ri_first[ $line - 1 ];
+                    my $iendm = $$ri_last[ $line - 1 ];
+                    $actual_pos = total_line_length( $ibegm, $iendm );
+
+                    # follow -pt style
+                    ++$actual_pos
+                      if ( $types_to_go[ $iendm + 1 ] eq 'b' );
+                }
+                else {
+
+                    # token is first character of first line of batch
+                    $actual_pos = $predicted_pos;
+                }
+
+                my $move_right = $actual_pos - $predicted_pos;
+
+                # done if no error to correct (gnu2.t)
+                if ( $move_right == 0 ) {
+                    $indentation->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($move_right);
+                    next;
+                }
+
+                # if we have not seen closure for this indentation in
+                # this batch, we can only pass on a request to the
+                # vertical aligner
+                my $closing_index = $indentation->get_CLOSED();
+
+                if ( $closing_index < 0 ) {
+                    $indentation->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($move_right);
+                    next;
+                }
+
+                # If necessary, look ahead to see if there is really any
+                # leading whitespace dependent on this whitespace, and
+                # also find the longest line using this whitespace.
+                # Since it is always safe to move left if there are no
+                # dependents, we only need to do this if we may have
+                # dependent nodes or need to move right.
+
+                my $right_margin = 0;
+                my $have_child   = $indentation->get_HAVE_CHILD();
+
+                my %saw_indentation;
+                my $line_count = 1;
+                $saw_indentation{$indentation} = $indentation;
+
+                if ( $have_child || $move_right > 0 ) {
+                    $have_child = 0;
+                    my $max_length = 0;
+                    if ( $i == $ibeg ) {
+                        $max_length = total_line_length( $ibeg, $iend );
+                    }
+
+                    # look ahead at the rest of the lines of this batch..
+                    my $line_t;
+                    foreach $line_t ( $line + 1 .. $max_line ) {
+                        my $ibeg_t = $$ri_first[$line_t];
+                        my $iend_t = $$ri_last[$line_t];
+                        last if ( $closing_index <= $ibeg_t );
+
+                        # remember all different indentation objects
+                        my $indentation_t = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg_t];
+                        $saw_indentation{$indentation_t} = $indentation_t;
+                        $line_count++;
+
+                        # remember longest line in the group
+                        my $length_t = total_line_length( $ibeg_t, $iend_t );
+                        if ( $length_t > $max_length ) {
+                            $max_length = $length_t;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    $right_margin = $rOpts_maximum_line_length - $max_length;
+                    if ( $right_margin < 0 ) { $right_margin = 0 }
+                }
+
+                my $first_line_comma_count =
+                  grep { $_ eq ',' } @types_to_go[ $ibeg .. $iend ];
+                my $comma_count = $indentation->get_COMMA_COUNT();
+                my $arrow_count = $indentation->get_ARROW_COUNT();
+
+                # This is a simple approximate test for vertical alignment:
+                # if we broke just after an opening paren, brace, bracket,
+                # and there are 2 or more commas in the first line,
+                # and there are no '=>'s,
+                # then we are probably vertically aligned.  We could set
+                # an exact flag in sub scan_list, but this is good
+                # enough.
+                my $indentation_count = keys %saw_indentation;
+                my $is_vertically_aligned =
+                  (      $i == $ibeg
+                      && $first_line_comma_count > 1
+                      && $indentation_count == 1
+                      && ( $arrow_count == 0 || $arrow_count == $line_count ) );
+
+                # Make the move if possible ..
+                if (
+
+                    # we can always move left
+                    $move_right < 0
+
+                    # but we should only move right if we are sure it will
+                    # not spoil vertical alignment
+                    || ( $comma_count == 0 )
+                    || ( $comma_count > 0 && !$is_vertically_aligned )
+                  )
+                {
+                    my $move =
+                      ( $move_right <= $right_margin )
+                      ? $move_right
+                      : $right_margin;
+
+                    foreach ( keys %saw_indentation ) {
+                        $saw_indentation{$_}
+                          ->permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES( -$move );
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # Otherwise, record what we want and the vertical aligner
+                # will try to recover it.
+                else {
+                    $indentation->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($move_right);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return $do_not_pad;
+}
+
+# flush is called to output any tokens in the pipeline, so that
+# an alternate source of lines can be written in the correct order
+
+sub flush {
+    destroy_one_line_block();
+    output_line_to_go();
+    Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush();
+}
+
+sub reset_block_text_accumulator {
+
+    # save text after 'if' and 'elsif' to append after 'else'
+    if ($accumulating_text_for_block) {
+
+        if ( $accumulating_text_for_block =~ /^(if|elsif)$/ ) {
+            push @{$rleading_block_if_elsif_text}, $leading_block_text;
+        }
+    }
+    $accumulating_text_for_block        = "";
+    $leading_block_text                 = "";
+    $leading_block_text_level           = 0;
+    $leading_block_text_length_exceeded = 0;
+    $leading_block_text_line_number     = 0;
+    $leading_block_text_line_length     = 0;
+}
+
+sub set_block_text_accumulator {
+    my $i = shift;
+    $accumulating_text_for_block = $tokens_to_go[$i];
+    if ( $accumulating_text_for_block !~ /^els/ ) {
+        $rleading_block_if_elsif_text = [];
+    }
+    $leading_block_text       = "";
+    $leading_block_text_level = $levels_to_go[$i];
+    $leading_block_text_line_number =
+      $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
+    $leading_block_text_length_exceeded = 0;
+
+    # this will contain the column number of the last character
+    # of the closing side comment
+    $leading_block_text_line_length =
+      length($accumulating_text_for_block) +
+      length( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} ) +
+      $leading_block_text_level * $rOpts_indent_columns + 3;
+}
+
+sub accumulate_block_text {
+    my $i = shift;
+
+    # accumulate leading text for -csc, ignoring any side comments
+    if (   $accumulating_text_for_block
+        && !$leading_block_text_length_exceeded
+        && $types_to_go[$i] ne '#' )
+    {
+
+        my $added_length = length( $tokens_to_go[$i] );
+        $added_length += 1 if $i == 0;
+        my $new_line_length = $leading_block_text_line_length + $added_length;
+
+        # we can add this text if we don't exceed some limits..
+        if (
+
+            # we must not have already exceeded the text length limit
+            length($leading_block_text) <
+            $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text
+
+            # and either:
+            # the new total line length must be below the line length limit
+            # or the new length must be below the text length limit
+            # (ie, we may allow one token to exceed the text length limit)
+            && ( $new_line_length < $rOpts_maximum_line_length
+                || length($leading_block_text) + $added_length <
+                $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text )
+
+            # UNLESS: we are adding a closing paren before the brace we seek.
+            # This is an attempt to avoid situations where the ... to be
+            # added are longer than the omitted right paren, as in:
+
+            #   foreach my $item (@a_rather_long_variable_name_here) {
+            #      &whatever;
+            #   } ## end foreach my $item (@a_rather_long_variable_name_here...
+
+            || (
+                $tokens_to_go[$i] eq ')'
+                && (
+                    (
+                           $i + 1 <= $max_index_to_go
+                        && $block_type_to_go[ $i + 1 ] eq
+                        $accumulating_text_for_block
+                    )
+                    || (   $i + 2 <= $max_index_to_go
+                        && $block_type_to_go[ $i + 2 ] eq
+                        $accumulating_text_for_block )
+                )
+            )
+          )
+        {
+
+            # add an extra space at each newline
+            if ( $i == 0 ) { $leading_block_text .= ' ' }
+
+            # add the token text
+            $leading_block_text .= $tokens_to_go[$i];
+            $leading_block_text_line_length = $new_line_length;
+        }
+
+        # show that text was truncated if necessary
+        elsif ( $types_to_go[$i] ne 'b' ) {
+            $leading_block_text_length_exceeded = 1;
+            $leading_block_text .= '...';
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+{
+    my %is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach;
+
+    BEGIN {
+
+        # These block types may have text between the keyword and opening
+        # curly.  Note: 'else' does not, but must be included to allow trailing
+        # if/elsif text to be appended.
+        # patch for SWITCH/CASE: added 'case' and 'when'
+        @_ = qw(if elsif else unless while until for foreach case when);
+        @is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    sub accumulate_csc_text {
+
+        # called once per output buffer when -csc is used. Accumulates
+        # the text placed after certain closing block braces.
+        # Defines and returns the following for this buffer:
+
+        my $block_leading_text = "";    # the leading text of the last '}'
+        my $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text;
+        my $i_block_leading_text =
+          -1;    # index of token owning block_leading_text
+        my $block_line_count    = 100;    # how many lines the block spans
+        my $terminal_type       = 'b';    # type of last nonblank token
+        my $i_terminal          = 0;      # index of last nonblank token
+        my $terminal_block_type = "";
+
+        for my $i ( 0 .. $max_index_to_go ) {
+            my $type       = $types_to_go[$i];
+            my $block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i];
+            my $token      = $tokens_to_go[$i];
+
+            # remember last nonblank token type
+            if ( $type ne '#' && $type ne 'b' ) {
+                $terminal_type       = $type;
+                $terminal_block_type = $block_type;
+                $i_terminal          = $i;
+            }
+
+            my $type_sequence = $type_sequence_to_go[$i];
+            if ( $block_type && $type_sequence ) {
+
+                if ( $token eq '}' ) {
+
+                    # restore any leading text saved when we entered this block
+                    if ( defined( $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} ) ) {
+                        ( $block_leading_text, $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text ) =
+                          @{ $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} };
+                        $i_block_leading_text = $i;
+                        delete $block_leading_text{$type_sequence};
+                        $rleading_block_if_elsif_text =
+                          $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text;
+                    }
+
+                    # if we run into a '}' then we probably started accumulating
+                    # at something like a trailing 'if' clause..no harm done.
+                    if (   $accumulating_text_for_block
+                        && $levels_to_go[$i] <= $leading_block_text_level )
+                    {
+                        my $lev = $levels_to_go[$i];
+                        reset_block_text_accumulator();
+                    }
+
+                    if ( defined( $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} ) )
+                    {
+                        my $output_line_number =
+                          $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
+                        $block_line_count =
+                          $output_line_number -
+                          $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} + 1;
+                        delete $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence};
+                    }
+                    else {
+
+                        # Error: block opening line undefined for this line..
+                        # This shouldn't be possible, but it is not a
+                        # significant problem.
+                    }
+                }
+
+                elsif ( $token eq '{' ) {
+
+                    my $line_number =
+                      $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
+                    $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} = $line_number;
+
+                    if (   $accumulating_text_for_block
+                        && $levels_to_go[$i] == $leading_block_text_level )
+                    {
+
+                        if ( $accumulating_text_for_block eq $block_type ) {
+
+                            # save any leading text before we enter this block
+                            $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} = [
+                                $leading_block_text,
+                                $rleading_block_if_elsif_text
+                            ];
+                            $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} =
+                              $leading_block_text_line_number;
+                            reset_block_text_accumulator();
+                        }
+                        else {
+
+                            # shouldn't happen, but not a serious error.
+                            # We were accumulating -csc text for block type
+                            # $accumulating_text_for_block and unexpectedly
+                            # encountered a '{' for block type $block_type.
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (   $type eq 'k'
+                && $csc_new_statement_ok
+                && $is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{$token}
+                && $token =~ /$closing_side_comment_list_pattern/o )
+            {
+                set_block_text_accumulator($i);
+            }
+            else {
+
+                # note: ignoring type 'q' because of tricks being played
+                # with 'q' for hanging side comments
+                if ( $type ne 'b' && $type ne '#' && $type ne 'q' ) {
+                    $csc_new_statement_ok =
+                      ( $block_type || $type eq 'J' || $type eq ';' );
+                }
+                if (   $type eq ';'
+                    && $accumulating_text_for_block
+                    && $levels_to_go[$i] == $leading_block_text_level )
+                {
+                    reset_block_text_accumulator();
+                }
+                else {
+                    accumulate_block_text($i);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # Treat an 'else' block specially by adding preceding 'if' and
+        # 'elsif' text.  Otherwise, the 'end else' is not helpful,
+        # especially for cuddled-else formatting.
+        if ( $terminal_block_type =~ /^els/ && $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text ) {
+            $block_leading_text =
+              make_else_csc_text( $i_terminal, $terminal_block_type,
+                $block_leading_text, $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text );
+        }
+
+        return ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal, $i_block_leading_text,
+            $block_leading_text, $block_line_count );
+    }
+}
+
+sub make_else_csc_text {
+
+    # create additional -csc text for an 'else' and optionally 'elsif',
+    # depending on the value of switch
+    # $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag:
+    #
+    #  = 0 add 'if' text to trailing else
+    #  = 1 same as 0 plus:
+    #      add 'if' to 'elsif's if can fit in line length
+    #      add last 'elsif' to trailing else if can fit in one line
+    #  = 2 same as 1 but do not check if exceed line length
+    #
+    # $rif_elsif_text = a reference to a list of all previous closing
+    # side comments created for this if block
+    #
+    my ( $i_terminal, $block_type, $block_leading_text, $rif_elsif_text ) = @_;
+    my $csc_text = $block_leading_text;
+
+    if ( $block_type eq 'elsif' && $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag == 0 )
+    {
+        return $csc_text;
+    }
+
+    my $count = @{$rif_elsif_text};
+    return $csc_text unless ($count);
+
+    my $if_text = '[ if' . $rif_elsif_text->[0];
+
+    # always show the leading 'if' text on 'else'
+    if ( $block_type eq 'else' ) {
+        $csc_text .= $if_text;
+    }
+
+    # see if that's all
+    if ( $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag == 0 ) {
+        return $csc_text;
+    }
+
+    my $last_elsif_text = "";
+    if ( $count > 1 ) {
+        $last_elsif_text = ' [elsif' . $rif_elsif_text->[ $count - 1 ];
+        if ( $count > 2 ) { $last_elsif_text = ' [...' . $last_elsif_text; }
+    }
+
+    # tentatively append one more item
+    my $saved_text = $csc_text;
+    if ( $block_type eq 'else' ) {
+        $csc_text .= $last_elsif_text;
+    }
+    else {
+        $csc_text .= ' ' . $if_text;
+    }
+
+    # all done if no length checks requested
+    if ( $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag == 2 ) {
+        return $csc_text;
+    }
+
+    # undo it if line length exceeded
+    my $length =
+      length($csc_text) +
+      length($block_type) +
+      length( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} ) +
+      $levels_to_go[$i_terminal] * $rOpts_indent_columns + 3;
+    if ( $length > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+        $csc_text = $saved_text;
+    }
+    return $csc_text;
+}
+
+{    # sub balance_csc_text
+
+    my %matching_char;
+
+    BEGIN {
+        %matching_char = (
+            '{' => '}',
+            '(' => ')',
+            '[' => ']',
+            '}' => '{',
+            ')' => '(',
+            ']' => '[',
+        );
+    }
+
+    sub balance_csc_text {
+
+        # Append characters to balance a closing side comment so that editors
+        # such as vim can correctly jump through code.
+        # Simple Example:
+        #  input  = ## end foreach my $foo ( sort { $b  ...
+        #  output = ## end foreach my $foo ( sort { $b  ...})
+
+        # NOTE: This routine does not currently filter out structures within
+        # quoted text because the bounce algorithims in text editors do not
+        # necessarily do this either (a version of vim was checked and
+        # did not do this).
+
+        # Some complex examples which will cause trouble for some editors:
+        #  while ( $mask_string =~ /\{[^{]*?\}/g ) {
+        #  if ( $mask_str =~ /\}\s*els[^\{\}]+\{$/ ) {
+        #  if ( $1 eq '{' ) {
+        # test file test1/braces.pl has many such examples.
+
+        my ($csc) = @_;
+
+        # loop to examine characters one-by-one, RIGHT to LEFT and
+        # build a balancing ending, LEFT to RIGHT.
+        for ( my $pos = length($csc) - 1 ; $pos >= 0 ; $pos-- ) {
+
+            my $char = substr( $csc, $pos, 1 );
+
+            # ignore everything except structural characters
+            next unless ( $matching_char{$char} );
+
+            # pop most recently appended character
+            my $top = chop($csc);
+
+            # push it back plus the mate to the newest character
+            # unless they balance each other.
+            $csc = $csc . $top . $matching_char{$char} unless $top eq $char;
+        }
+
+        # return the balanced string
+        return $csc;
+    }
+}
+
+sub add_closing_side_comment {
+
+    # add closing side comments after closing block braces if -csc used
+    my $cscw_block_comment;
+
+    #---------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Step 1: loop through all tokens of this line to accumulate
+    # the text needed to create the closing side comments. Also see
+    # how the line ends.
+    #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    my ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal, $i_block_leading_text,
+        $block_leading_text, $block_line_count )
+      = accumulate_csc_text();
+
+    #---------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Step 2: make the closing side comment if this ends a block
+    #---------------------------------------------------------------
+    my $have_side_comment = $i_terminal != $max_index_to_go;
+
+    # if this line might end in a block closure..
+    if (
+        $terminal_type eq '}'
+
+        # ..and either
+        && (
+
+            # the block is long enough
+            ( $block_line_count >= $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} )
+
+            # or there is an existing comment to check
+            || (   $have_side_comment
+                && $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} )
+        )
+
+        # .. and if this is one of the types of interest
+        && $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] =~
+        /$closing_side_comment_list_pattern/o
+
+        # .. but not an anonymous sub
+        # These are not normally of interest, and their closing braces are
+        # often followed by commas or semicolons anyway.  This also avoids
+        # possible erratic output due to line numbering inconsistencies
+        # in the cases where their closing braces terminate a line.
+        && $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] ne 'sub'
+
+        # ..and the corresponding opening brace must is not in this batch
+        # (because we do not need to tag one-line blocks, although this
+        # should also be caught with a positive -csci value)
+        && $mate_index_to_go[$i_terminal] < 0
+
+        # ..and either
+        && (
+
+            # this is the last token (line doesnt have a side comment)
+            !$have_side_comment
+
+            # or the old side comment is a closing side comment
+            || $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =~
+            /$closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern/o
+        )
+      )
+    {
+
+        # then make the closing side comment text
+        my $token =
+"$rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal]";
+
+        # append any extra descriptive text collected above
+        if ( $i_block_leading_text == $i_terminal ) {
+            $token .= $block_leading_text;
+        }
+
+        $token = balance_csc_text($token)
+          if $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments-balanced'};
+
+        $token =~ s/\s*$//;    # trim any trailing whitespace
+
+        # handle case of existing closing side comment
+        if ($have_side_comment) {
+
+            # warn if requested and tokens differ significantly
+            if ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} ) {
+                my $old_csc = $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+                my $new_csc = $token;
+                $new_csc =~ s/\s+//g;            # trim all whitespace
+                $old_csc =~ s/\s+//g;            # trim all whitespace
+                $new_csc =~ s/[\]\)\}\s]*$//;    # trim trailing structures
+                $old_csc =~ s/[\]\)\}\s]*$//;    # trim trailing structures
+                $new_csc =~ s/(\.\.\.)$//;       # trim trailing '...'
+                my $new_trailing_dots = $1;
+                $old_csc =~ s/(\.\.\.)\s*$//;    # trim trailing '...'
+
+                # Patch to handle multiple closing side comments at
+                # else and elsif's.  These have become too complicated
+                # to check, so if we see an indication of
+                # '[ if' or '[ # elsif', then assume they were made
+                # by perltidy.
+                if ( $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] eq 'else' ) {
+                    if ( $old_csc =~ /\[\s*elsif/ ) { $old_csc = $new_csc }
+                }
+                elsif ( $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] eq 'elsif' ) {
+                    if ( $old_csc =~ /\[\s*if/ ) { $old_csc = $new_csc }
+                }
+
+                # if old comment is contained in new comment,
+                # only compare the common part.
+                if ( length($new_csc) > length($old_csc) ) {
+                    $new_csc = substr( $new_csc, 0, length($old_csc) );
+                }
+
+                # if the new comment is shorter and has been limited,
+                # only compare the common part.
+                if ( length($new_csc) < length($old_csc) && $new_trailing_dots )
+                {
+                    $old_csc = substr( $old_csc, 0, length($new_csc) );
+                }
+
+                # any remaining difference?
+                if ( $new_csc ne $old_csc ) {
+
+                    # just leave the old comment if we are below the threshold
+                    # for creating side comments
+                    if ( $block_line_count <
+                        $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} )
+                    {
+                        $token = undef;
+                    }
+
+                    # otherwise we'll make a note of it
+                    else {
+
+                        warning(
+"perltidy -cscw replaced: $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go]\n"
+                        );
+
+                     # save the old side comment in a new trailing block comment
+                        my ( $day, $month, $year ) = (localtime)[ 3, 4, 5 ];
+                        $year  += 1900;
+                        $month += 1;
+                        $cscw_block_comment =
+"## perltidy -cscw $year-$month-$day: $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go]";
+                    }
+                }
+                else {
+
+                    # No differences.. we can safely delete old comment if we
+                    # are below the threshold
+                    if ( $block_line_count <
+                        $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} )
+                    {
+                        $token = undef;
+                        unstore_token_to_go()
+                          if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq '#' );
+                        unstore_token_to_go()
+                          if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq 'b' );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            # switch to the new csc (unless we deleted it!)
+            $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $token if $token;
+        }
+
+        # handle case of NO existing closing side comment
+        else {
+
+            # insert the new side comment into the output token stream
+            my $type          = '#';
+            my $block_type    = '';
+            my $type_sequence = '';
+            my $container_environment =
+              $container_environment_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+            my $level                = $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+            my $slevel               = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+            my $no_internal_newlines = 0;
+
+            my $nesting_blocks     = $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+            my $ci_level           = $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+            my $in_continued_quote = 0;
+
+            # first insert a blank token
+            insert_new_token_to_go( ' ', 'b', $slevel, $no_internal_newlines );
+
+            # then the side comment
+            insert_new_token_to_go( $token, $type, $slevel,
+                $no_internal_newlines );
+        }
+    }
+    return $cscw_block_comment;
+}
+
+sub previous_nonblank_token {
+    my ($i)  = @_;
+    my $name = "";
+    my $im   = $i - 1;
+    return "" if ( $im < 0 );
+    if ( $types_to_go[$im] eq 'b' ) { $im--; }
+    return "" if ( $im < 0 );
+    $name = $tokens_to_go[$im];
+
+    # prepend any sub name to an isolated -> to avoid unwanted alignments
+    # [test case is test8/penco.pl]
+    if ( $name eq '->' ) {
+        $im--;
+        if ( $im >= 0 && $types_to_go[$im] ne 'b' ) {
+            $name = $tokens_to_go[$im] . $name;
+        }
+    }
+    return $name;
+}
+
+sub send_lines_to_vertical_aligner {
+
+    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last, $do_not_pad ) = @_;
+
+    my $rindentation_list = [0];    # ref to indentations for each line
+
+    # define the array @matching_token_to_go for the output tokens
+    # which will be non-blank for each special token (such as =>)
+    # for which alignment is required.
+    set_vertical_alignment_markers( $ri_first, $ri_last );
+
+    # flush if necessary to avoid unwanted alignment
+    my $must_flush = 0;
+    if ( @$ri_first > 1 ) {
+
+        # flush before a long if statement
+        if ( $types_to_go[0] eq 'k' && $tokens_to_go[0] =~ /^(if|unless)$/ ) {
+            $must_flush = 1;
+        }
+    }
+    if ($must_flush) {
+        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush();
+    }
+
+    undo_ci( $ri_first, $ri_last );
+
+    set_logical_padding( $ri_first, $ri_last );
+
+    # loop to prepare each line for shipment
+    my $n_last_line = @$ri_first - 1;
+    my $in_comma_list;
+    for my $n ( 0 .. $n_last_line ) {
+        my $ibeg = $$ri_first[$n];
+        my $iend = $$ri_last[$n];
+
+        my ( $rtokens, $rfields, $rpatterns ) =
+          make_alignment_patterns( $ibeg, $iend );
+
+        my ( $indentation, $lev, $level_end, $terminal_type,
+            $is_semicolon_terminated, $is_outdented_line )
+          = set_adjusted_indentation( $ibeg, $iend, $rfields, $rpatterns,
+            $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list );
+
+        # we will allow outdenting of long lines..
+        my $outdent_long_lines = (
+
+            # which are long quotes, if allowed
+            ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'Q' && $rOpts->{'outdent-long-quotes'} )
+
+            # which are long block comments, if allowed
+              || (
+                   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '#'
+                && $rOpts->{'outdent-long-comments'}
+
+                # but not if this is a static block comment
+                && !$is_static_block_comment
+              )
+        );
+
+        my $level_jump =
+          $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend + 1 ] - $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg];
+
+        my $rvertical_tightness_flags =
+          set_vertical_tightness_flags( $n, $n_last_line, $ibeg, $iend,
+            $ri_first, $ri_last );
+
+        # flush an outdented line to avoid any unwanted vertical alignment
+        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush() if ($is_outdented_line);
+
+        my $is_terminal_ternary = 0;
+        if (   $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] eq ':'
+            || $n > 0 && $tokens_to_go[ $$ri_last[ $n - 1 ] ] eq ':' )
+        {
+            if (   ( $terminal_type eq ';' && $level_end <= $lev )
+                || ( $level_end < $lev ) )
+            {
+                $is_terminal_ternary = 1;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # send this new line down the pipe
+        my $forced_breakpoint = $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend];
+        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::append_line(
+            $lev,
+            $level_end,
+            $indentation,
+            $rfields,
+            $rtokens,
+            $rpatterns,
+            $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend] || $in_comma_list,
+            $outdent_long_lines,
+            $is_terminal_ternary,
+            $is_semicolon_terminated,
+            $do_not_pad,
+            $rvertical_tightness_flags,
+            $level_jump,
+        );
+        $in_comma_list =
+          $tokens_to_go[$iend] eq ',' && $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend];
+
+        # flush an outdented line to avoid any unwanted vertical alignment
+        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush() if ($is_outdented_line);
+
+        $do_not_pad = 0;
+
+    }    # end of loop to output each line
+
+    # remember indentation of lines containing opening containers for
+    # later use by sub set_adjusted_indentation
+    save_opening_indentation( $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list );
+}
+
+{        # begin make_alignment_patterns
+
+    my %block_type_map;
+    my %keyword_map;
+
+    BEGIN {
+
+        # map related block names into a common name to
+        # allow alignment
+        %block_type_map = (
+            'unless'  => 'if',
+            'else'    => 'if',
+            'elsif'   => 'if',
+            'when'    => 'if',
+            'default' => 'if',
+            'case'    => 'if',
+            'sort'    => 'map',
+            'grep'    => 'map',
+        );
+
+        # map certain keywords to the same 'if' class to align
+        # long if/elsif sequences. [elsif.pl]
+        %keyword_map = (
+            'unless'  => 'if',
+            'else'    => 'if',
+            'elsif'   => 'if',
+            'when'    => 'given',
+            'default' => 'given',
+            'case'    => 'switch',
+
+            # treat an 'undef' similar to numbers and quotes
+            'undef' => 'Q',
+        );
+    }
+
+    sub make_alignment_patterns {
+
+        # Here we do some important preliminary work for the
+        # vertical aligner.  We create three arrays for one
+        # output line. These arrays contain strings that can
+        # be tested by the vertical aligner to see if
+        # consecutive lines can be aligned vertically.
+        #
+        # The three arrays are indexed on the vertical
+        # alignment fields and are:
+        # @tokens - a list of any vertical alignment tokens for this line.
+        #   These are tokens, such as '=' '&&' '#' etc which
+        #   we want to might align vertically.  These are
+        #   decorated with various information such as
+        #   nesting depth to prevent unwanted vertical
+        #   alignment matches.
+        # @fields - the actual text of the line between the vertical alignment
+        #   tokens.
+        # @patterns - a modified list of token types, one for each alignment
+        #   field.  These should normally each match before alignment is
+        #   allowed, even when the alignment tokens match.
+        my ( $ibeg, $iend ) = @_;
+        my @tokens   = ();
+        my @fields   = ();
+        my @patterns = ();
+        my $i_start  = $ibeg;
+        my $i;
+
+        my $depth                 = 0;
+        my @container_name        = ("");
+        my @multiple_comma_arrows = (undef);
+
+        my $j = 0;    # field index
+
+        $patterns[0] = "";
+        for $i ( $ibeg .. $iend ) {
+
+            # Keep track of containers balanced on this line only.
+            # These are used below to prevent unwanted cross-line alignments.
+            # Unbalanced containers already avoid aligning across
+            # container boundaries.
+            if ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '(' ) {
+
+                # if container is balanced on this line...
+                my $i_mate = $mate_index_to_go[$i];
+                if ( $i_mate > $i && $i_mate <= $iend ) {
+                    $depth++;
+                    my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$i];
+                    my $count = comma_arrow_count($seqno);
+                    $multiple_comma_arrows[$depth] = $count && $count > 1;
+
+                    # Append the previous token name to make the container name
+                    # more unique.  This name will also be given to any commas
+                    # within this container, and it helps avoid undesirable
+                    # alignments of different types of containers.
+                    my $name = previous_nonblank_token($i);
+                    $name =~ s/^->//;
+                    $container_name[$depth] = "+" . $name;
+
+                    # Make the container name even more unique if necessary.
+                    # If we are not vertically aligning this opening paren,
+                    # append a character count to avoid bad alignment because
+                    # it usually looks bad to align commas within continers
+                    # for which the opening parens do not align.  Here
+                    # is an example very BAD alignment of commas (because
+                    # the atan2 functions are not all aligned):
+                    #    $XY =
+                    #      $X * $RTYSQP1 * atan2( $X, $RTYSQP1 ) +
+                    #      $Y * $RTXSQP1 * atan2( $Y, $RTXSQP1 ) -
+                    #      $X * atan2( $X,            1 ) -
+                    #      $Y * atan2( $Y,            1 );
+                    #
+                    # On the other hand, it is usually okay to align commas if
+                    # opening parens align, such as:
+                    #    glVertex3d( $cx + $s * $xs, $cy,            $z );
+                    #    glVertex3d( $cx,            $cy + $s * $ys, $z );
+                    #    glVertex3d( $cx - $s * $xs, $cy,            $z );
+                    #    glVertex3d( $cx,            $cy - $s * $ys, $z );
+                    #
+                    # To distinguish between these situations, we will
+                    # append the length of the line from the previous matching
+                    # token, or beginning of line, to the function name.  This
+                    # will allow the vertical aligner to reject undesirable
+                    # matches.
+
+                    # if we are not aligning on this paren...
+                    if ( $matching_token_to_go[$i] eq '' ) {
+
+                        # Sum length from previous alignment, or start of line.
+                        # Note that we have to sum token lengths here because
+                        # padding has been done and so array $lengths_to_go
+                        # is now wrong.
+                        my $len =
+                          length(
+                            join( '', @tokens_to_go[ $i_start .. $i - 1 ] ) );
+                        $len += leading_spaces_to_go($i_start)
+                          if ( $i_start == $ibeg );
+
+                        # tack length onto the container name to make unique
+                        $container_name[$depth] .= "-" . $len;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq ')' ) {
+                $depth-- if $depth > 0;
+            }
+
+            # if we find a new synchronization token, we are done with
+            # a field
+            if ( $i > $i_start && $matching_token_to_go[$i] ne '' ) {
+
+                my $tok = my $raw_tok = $matching_token_to_go[$i];
+
+                # make separators in different nesting depths unique
+                # by appending the nesting depth digit.
+                if ( $raw_tok ne '#' ) {
+                    $tok .= "$nesting_depth_to_go[$i]";
+                }
+
+                # also decorate commas with any container name to avoid
+                # unwanted cross-line alignments.
+                if ( $raw_tok eq ',' || $raw_tok eq '=>' ) {
+                    if ( $container_name[$depth] ) {
+                        $tok .= $container_name[$depth];
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # Patch to avoid aligning leading and trailing if, unless.
+                # Mark trailing if, unless statements with container names.
+                # This makes them different from leading if, unless which
+                # are not so marked at present.  If we ever need to name
+                # them too, we could use ci to distinguish them.
+                # Example problem to avoid:
+                #    return ( 2, "DBERROR" )
+                #      if ( $retval == 2 );
+                #    if   ( scalar @_ ) {
+                #        my ( $a, $b, $c, $d, $e, $f ) = @_;
+                #    }
+                if ( $raw_tok eq '(' ) {
+                    my $ci = $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg];
+                    if (   $container_name[$depth] =~ /^\+(if|unless)/
+                        && $ci )
+                    {
+                        $tok .= $container_name[$depth];
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # Decorate block braces with block types to avoid
+                # unwanted alignments such as the following:
+                # foreach ( @{$routput_array} ) { $fh->print($_) }
+                # eval                          { $fh->close() };
+                if ( $raw_tok eq '{' && $block_type_to_go[$i] ) {
+                    my $block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i];
+
+                    # map certain related block types to allow
+                    # else blocks to align
+                    $block_type = $block_type_map{$block_type}
+                      if ( defined( $block_type_map{$block_type} ) );
+
+                    # remove sub names to allow one-line sub braces to align
+                    # regardless of name
+                    if ( $block_type =~ /^sub / ) { $block_type = 'sub' }
+
+                    # allow all control-type blocks to align
+                    if ( $block_type =~ /^[A-Z]+$/ ) { $block_type = 'BEGIN' }
+
+                    $tok .= $block_type;
+                }
+
+                # concatenate the text of the consecutive tokens to form
+                # the field
+                push( @fields,
+                    join( '', @tokens_to_go[ $i_start .. $i - 1 ] ) );
+
+                # store the alignment token for this field
+                push( @tokens, $tok );
+
+                # get ready for the next batch
+                $i_start = $i;
+                $j++;
+                $patterns[$j] = "";
+            }
+
+            # continue accumulating tokens
+            # handle non-keywords..
+            if ( $types_to_go[$i] ne 'k' ) {
+                my $type = $types_to_go[$i];
+
+                # Mark most things before arrows as a quote to
+                # get them to line up. Testfile: mixed.pl.
+                if ( ( $i < $iend - 1 ) && ( $type =~ /^[wnC]$/ ) ) {
+                    my $next_type = $types_to_go[ $i + 1 ];
+                    my $i_next_nonblank =
+                      ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1 );
+
+                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq '=>' ) {
+                        $type = 'Q';
+
+                        # Patch to ignore leading minus before words,
+                        # by changing pattern 'mQ' into just 'Q',
+                        # so that we can align things like this:
+                        #  Button   => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
+                        #  -command => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
+                        if ( $patterns[$j] eq 'm' ) { $patterns[$j] = "" }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # patch to make numbers and quotes align
+                if ( $type eq 'n' ) { $type = 'Q' }
+
+                # patch to ignore any ! in patterns
+                if ( $type eq '!' ) { $type = '' }
+
+                $patterns[$j] .= $type;
+            }
+
+            # for keywords we have to use the actual text
+            else {
+
+                my $tok = $tokens_to_go[$i];
+
+                # but map certain keywords to a common string to allow
+                # alignment.
+                $tok = $keyword_map{$tok}
+                  if ( defined( $keyword_map{$tok} ) );
+                $patterns[$j] .= $tok;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # done with this line .. join text of tokens to make the last field
+        push( @fields, join( '', @tokens_to_go[ $i_start .. $iend ] ) );
+        return ( \@tokens, \@fields, \@patterns );
+    }
+
+}    # end make_alignment_patterns
+
+{    # begin unmatched_indexes
+
+    # closure to keep track of unbalanced containers.
+    # arrays shared by the routines in this block:
+    my @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch;
+    my @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch;
+    my %comma_arrow_count;
+
+    sub is_unbalanced_batch {
+        @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch +
+          @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch;
+    }
+
+    sub comma_arrow_count {
+        my $seqno = $_[0];
+        return $comma_arrow_count{$seqno};
+    }
+
+    sub match_opening_and_closing_tokens {
+
+        # Match up indexes of opening and closing braces, etc, in this batch.
+        # This has to be done after all tokens are stored because unstoring
+        # of tokens would otherwise cause trouble.
+
+        @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch = ();
+        @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch = ();
+        %comma_arrow_count                       = ();
+
+        my ( $i, $i_mate, $token );
+        foreach $i ( 0 .. $max_index_to_go ) {
+            if ( $type_sequence_to_go[$i] ) {
+                $token = $tokens_to_go[$i];
+                if ( $token =~ /^[\(\[\{\?]$/ ) {
+                    push @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch, $i;
+                }
+                elsif ( $token =~ /^[\)\]\}\:]$/ ) {
+
+                    $i_mate = pop @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch;
+                    if ( defined($i_mate) && $i_mate >= 0 ) {
+                        if ( $type_sequence_to_go[$i_mate] ==
+                            $type_sequence_to_go[$i] )
+                        {
+                            $mate_index_to_go[$i]      = $i_mate;
+                            $mate_index_to_go[$i_mate] = $i;
+                        }
+                        else {
+                            push @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch,
+                              $i_mate;
+                            push @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch, $i;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        push @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch, $i;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '=>' ) {
+                if (@unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch) {
+                    my $j     = $unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch[-1];
+                    my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$j];
+                    $comma_arrow_count{$seqno}++;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    sub save_opening_indentation {
+
+        # This should be called after each batch of tokens is output. It
+        # saves indentations of lines of all unmatched opening tokens.
+        # These will be used by sub get_opening_indentation.
+
+        my ( $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list ) = @_;
+
+        # we no longer need indentations of any saved indentations which
+        # are unmatched closing tokens in this batch, because we will
+        # never encounter them again.  So we can delete them to keep
+        # the hash size down.
+        foreach (@unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch) {
+            my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$_];
+            delete $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno};
+        }
+
+        # we need to save indentations of any unmatched opening tokens
+        # in this batch because we may need them in a subsequent batch.
+        foreach (@unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch) {
+            my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$_];
+            $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno} = [
+                lookup_opening_indentation(
+                    $_, $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list
+                )
+            ];
+        }
+    }
+}    # end unmatched_indexes
+
+sub get_opening_indentation {
+
+    # get the indentation of the line which output the opening token
+    # corresponding to a given closing token in the current output batch.
+    #
+    # given:
+    # $i_closing - index in this line of a closing token ')' '}' or ']'
+    #
+    # $ri_first - reference to list of the first index $i for each output
+    #               line in this batch
+    # $ri_last - reference to list of the last index $i for each output line
+    #              in this batch
+    # $rindentation_list - reference to a list containing the indentation
+    #            used for each line.
+    #
+    # return:
+    #   -the indentation of the line which contained the opening token
+    #    which matches the token at index $i_opening
+    #   -and its offset (number of columns) from the start of the line
+    #
+    my ( $i_closing, $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list ) = @_;
+
+    # first, see if the opening token is in the current batch
+    my $i_opening = $mate_index_to_go[$i_closing];
+    my ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading, $exists );
+    $exists = 1;
+    if ( $i_opening >= 0 ) {
+
+        # it is..look up the indentation
+        ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading ) =
+          lookup_opening_indentation( $i_opening, $ri_first, $ri_last,
+            $rindentation_list );
+    }
+
+    # if not, it should have been stored in the hash by a previous batch
+    else {
+        my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$i_closing];
+        if ($seqno) {
+            if ( $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno} ) {
+                ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading ) =
+                  @{ $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno} };
+            }
+
+            # some kind of serious error
+            # (example is badfile.t)
+            else {
+                $indent     = 0;
+                $offset     = 0;
+                $is_leading = 0;
+                $exists     = 0;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # if no sequence number it must be an unbalanced container
+        else {
+            $indent     = 0;
+            $offset     = 0;
+            $is_leading = 0;
+            $exists     = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    return ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading, $exists );
+}
+
+sub lookup_opening_indentation {
+
+    # get the indentation of the line in the current output batch
+    # which output a selected opening token
+    #
+    # given:
+    #   $i_opening - index of an opening token in the current output batch
+    #                whose line indentation we need
+    #   $ri_first - reference to list of the first index $i for each output
+    #               line in this batch
+    #   $ri_last - reference to list of the last index $i for each output line
+    #              in this batch
+    #   $rindentation_list - reference to a list containing the indentation
+    #            used for each line.  (NOTE: the first slot in
+    #            this list is the last returned line number, and this is
+    #            followed by the list of indentations).
+    #
+    # return
+    #   -the indentation of the line which contained token $i_opening
+    #   -and its offset (number of columns) from the start of the line
+
+    my ( $i_opening, $ri_start, $ri_last, $rindentation_list ) = @_;
+
+    my $nline = $rindentation_list->[0];    # line number of previous lookup
+
+    # reset line location if necessary
+    $nline = 0 if ( $i_opening < $ri_start->[$nline] );
+
+    # find the correct line
+    unless ( $i_opening > $ri_last->[-1] ) {
+        while ( $i_opening > $ri_last->[$nline] ) { $nline++; }
+    }
+
+    # error - token index is out of bounds - shouldn't happen
+    else {
+        warning(
+"non-fatal program bug in lookup_opening_indentation - index out of range\n"
+        );
+        report_definite_bug();
+        $nline = $#{$ri_last};
+    }
+
+    $rindentation_list->[0] =
+      $nline;    # save line number to start looking next call
+    my $ibeg       = $ri_start->[$nline];
+    my $offset     = token_sequence_length( $ibeg, $i_opening ) - 1;
+    my $is_leading = ( $ibeg == $i_opening );
+    return ( $rindentation_list->[ $nline + 1 ], $offset, $is_leading );
+}
+
+{
+    my %is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach;
+
+    BEGIN {
+
+        # These block types may have text between the keyword and opening
+        # curly.  Note: 'else' does not, but must be included to allow trailing
+        # if/elsif text to be appended.
+        # patch for SWITCH/CASE: added 'case' and 'when'
+        @_ = qw(if elsif else unless while until for foreach case when);
+        @is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    sub set_adjusted_indentation {
+
+        # This routine has the final say regarding the actual indentation of
+        # a line.  It starts with the basic indentation which has been
+        # defined for the leading token, and then takes into account any
+        # options that the user has set regarding special indenting and
+        # outdenting.
+
+        my ( $ibeg, $iend, $rfields, $rpatterns, $ri_first, $ri_last,
+            $rindentation_list )
+          = @_;
+
+        # we need to know the last token of this line
+        my ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal ) =
+          terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $ibeg, $iend );
+
+        my $is_outdented_line = 0;
+
+        my $is_semicolon_terminated = $terminal_type eq ';'
+          && $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend] < $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg];
+
+        ##########################################################
+        # Section 1: set a flag and a default indentation
+        #
+        # Most lines are indented according to the initial token.
+        # But it is common to outdent to the level just after the
+        # terminal token in certain cases...
+        # adjust_indentation flag:
+        #       0 - do not adjust
+        #       1 - outdent
+        #       2 - vertically align with opening token
+        #       3 - indent
+        ##########################################################
+        my $adjust_indentation         = 0;
+        my $default_adjust_indentation = $adjust_indentation;
+
+        my (
+            $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
+            $is_leading,          $opening_exists
+        );
+
+        # if we are at a closing token of some type..
+        if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] =~ /^[\)\}\]]$/ ) {
+
+            # get the indentation of the line containing the corresponding
+            # opening token
+            (
+                $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
+                $is_leading,          $opening_exists
+              )
+              = get_opening_indentation( $ibeg, $ri_first, $ri_last,
+                $rindentation_list );
+
+            # First set the default behavior:
+            # default behavior is to outdent closing lines
+            # of the form:   ");  };  ];  )->xxx;"
+            if (
+                $is_semicolon_terminated
+
+                # and 'cuddled parens' of the form:   ")->pack("
+                || (
+                       $terminal_type eq '('
+                    && $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq ')'
+                    && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend] + 1 ==
+                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] )
+                )
+              )
+            {
+                $adjust_indentation = 1;
+            }
+
+            # TESTING: outdent something like '),'
+            if (
+                $terminal_type eq ','
+
+                # allow just one character before the comma
+                && $i_terminal == $ibeg + 1
+
+                # requre LIST environment; otherwise, we may outdent too much --
+                # this can happen in calls without parentheses (overload.t);
+                && $container_environment_to_go[$i_terminal] eq 'LIST'
+              )
+            {
+                $adjust_indentation = 1;
+            }
+
+            # undo continuation indentation of a terminal closing token if
+            # it is the last token before a level decrease.  This will allow
+            # a closing token to line up with its opening counterpart, and
+            # avoids a indentation jump larger than 1 level.
+            if (   $types_to_go[$i_terminal] =~ /^[\}\]\)R]$/
+                && $i_terminal == $ibeg )
+            {
+                my $ci        = $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg];
+                my $lev       = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
+                my $next_type = $types_to_go[ $ibeg + 1 ];
+                my $i_next_nonblank =
+                  ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $ibeg + 2 : $ibeg + 1 );
+                if (   $i_next_nonblank <= $max_index_to_go
+                    && $levels_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] < $lev )
+                {
+                    $adjust_indentation = 1;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # YVES patch 1 of 2:
+            # Undo ci of line with leading closing eval brace,
+            # but not beyond the indention of the line with
+            # the opening brace.
+            if (   $block_type_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'eval'
+                && !$rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'}
+                && !$rOpts->{'indent-closing-brace'} )
+            {
+                (
+                    $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
+                    $is_leading,          $opening_exists
+                  )
+                  = get_opening_indentation( $ibeg, $ri_first, $ri_last,
+                    $rindentation_list );
+                my $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
+                if ( defined($opening_indentation)
+                    && $indentation > $opening_indentation )
+                {
+                    $adjust_indentation = 1;
+                }
+            }
+
+            $default_adjust_indentation = $adjust_indentation;
+
+            # Now modify default behavior according to user request:
+            # handle option to indent non-blocks of the form );  };  ];
+            # But don't do special indentation to something like ')->pack('
+            if ( !$block_type_to_go[$ibeg] ) {
+                my $cti = $closing_token_indentation{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] };
+                if ( $cti == 1 ) {
+                    if (   $i_terminal <= $ibeg + 1
+                        || $is_semicolon_terminated )
+                    {
+                        $adjust_indentation = 2;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        $adjust_indentation = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+                elsif ( $cti == 2 ) {
+                    if ($is_semicolon_terminated) {
+                        $adjust_indentation = 3;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        $adjust_indentation = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+                elsif ( $cti == 3 ) {
+                    $adjust_indentation = 3;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # handle option to indent blocks
+            else {
+                if (
+                    $rOpts->{'indent-closing-brace'}
+                    && (
+                        $i_terminal == $ibeg    #  isolated terminal '}'
+                        || $is_semicolon_terminated
+                    )
+                  )                             #  } xxxx ;
+                {
+                    $adjust_indentation = 3;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # if at ');', '};', '>;', and '];' of a terminal qw quote
+        elsif ($$rpatterns[0] =~ /^qb*;$/
+            && $$rfields[0] =~ /^([\)\}\]\>]);$/ )
+        {
+            if ( $closing_token_indentation{$1} == 0 ) {
+                $adjust_indentation = 1;
+            }
+            else {
+                $adjust_indentation = 3;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # if line begins with a ':', align it with any
+        # previous line leading with corresponding ?
+        elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq ':' ) {
+            (
+                $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
+                $is_leading,          $opening_exists
+              )
+              = get_opening_indentation( $ibeg, $ri_first, $ri_last,
+                $rindentation_list );
+            if ($is_leading) { $adjust_indentation = 2; }
+        }
+
+        ##########################################################
+        # Section 2: set indentation according to flag set above
+        #
+        # Select the indentation object to define leading
+        # whitespace.  If we are outdenting something like '} } );'
+        # then we want to use one level below the last token
+        # ($i_terminal) in order to get it to fully outdent through
+        # all levels.
+        ##########################################################
+        my $indentation;
+        my $lev;
+        my $level_end = $levels_to_go[$iend];
+
+        if ( $adjust_indentation == 0 ) {
+            $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
+            $lev         = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
+        }
+        elsif ( $adjust_indentation == 1 ) {
+            $indentation = $reduced_spaces_to_go[$i_terminal];
+            $lev         = $levels_to_go[$i_terminal];
+        }
+
+        # handle indented closing token which aligns with opening token
+        elsif ( $adjust_indentation == 2 ) {
+
+            # handle option to align closing token with opening token
+            $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
+
+            # calculate spaces needed to align with opening token
+            my $space_count =
+              get_SPACES($opening_indentation) + $opening_offset;
+
+            # Indent less than the previous line.
+            #
+            # Problem: For -lp we don't exactly know what it was if there
+            # were recoverable spaces sent to the aligner.  A good solution
+            # would be to force a flush of the vertical alignment buffer, so
+            # that we would know.  For now, this rule is used for -lp:
+            #
+            # When the last line did not start with a closing token we will
+            # be optimistic that the aligner will recover everything wanted.
+            #
+            # This rule will prevent us from breaking a hierarchy of closing
+            # tokens, and in a worst case will leave a closing paren too far
+            # indented, but this is better than frequently leaving it not
+            # indented enough.
+            my $last_spaces = get_SPACES($last_indentation_written);
+            if ( $last_leading_token !~ /^[\}\]\)]$/ ) {
+                $last_spaces +=
+                  get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($last_indentation_written);
+            }
+
+            # reset the indentation to the new space count if it works
+            # only options are all or none: nothing in-between looks good
+            $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
+            if ( $space_count < $last_spaces ) {
+                if ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
+                    my $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
+                    $indentation =
+                      new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $lev, 0, 0, 0 );
+                }
+                else {
+                    $indentation = $space_count;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # revert to default if it doesnt work
+            else {
+                $space_count = leading_spaces_to_go($ibeg);
+                if ( $default_adjust_indentation == 0 ) {
+                    $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
+                }
+                elsif ( $default_adjust_indentation == 1 ) {
+                    $indentation = $reduced_spaces_to_go[$i_terminal];
+                    $lev         = $levels_to_go[$i_terminal];
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # Full indentaion of closing tokens (-icb and -icp or -cti=2)
+        else {
+
+            # handle -icb (indented closing code block braces)
+            # Updated method for indented block braces: indent one full level if
+            # there is no continuation indentation.  This will occur for major
+            # structures such as sub, if, else, but not for things like map
+            # blocks.
+            #
+            # Note: only code blocks without continuation indentation are
+            # handled here (if, else, unless, ..). In the following snippet,
+            # the terminal brace of the sort block will have continuation
+            # indentation as shown so it will not be handled by the coding
+            # here.  We would have to undo the continuation indentation to do
+            # this, but it probably looks ok as is.  This is a possible future
+            # update for semicolon terminated lines.
+            #
+            #     if ($sortby eq 'date' or $sortby eq 'size') {
+            #         @files = sort {
+            #             $file_data{$a}{$sortby} <=> $file_data{$b}{$sortby}
+            #                 or $a cmp $b
+            #                 } @files;
+            #         }
+            #
+            if (   $block_type_to_go[$ibeg]
+                && $ci_levels_to_go[$i_terminal] == 0 )
+            {
+                my $spaces = get_SPACES( $leading_spaces_to_go[$i_terminal] );
+                $indentation = $spaces + $rOpts_indent_columns;
+
+                # NOTE: for -lp we could create a new indentation object, but
+                # there is probably no need to do it
+            }
+
+            # handle -icp and any -icb block braces which fall through above
+            # test such as the 'sort' block mentioned above.
+            else {
+
+                # There are currently two ways to handle -icp...
+                # One way is to use the indentation of the previous line:
+                # $indentation = $last_indentation_written;
+
+                # The other way is to use the indentation that the previous line
+                # would have had if it hadn't been adjusted:
+                $indentation = $last_unadjusted_indentation;
+
+                # Current method: use the minimum of the two. This avoids
+                # inconsistent indentation.
+                if ( get_SPACES($last_indentation_written) <
+                    get_SPACES($indentation) )
+                {
+                    $indentation = $last_indentation_written;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # use previous indentation but use own level
+            # to cause list to be flushed properly
+            $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
+        }
+
+        # remember indentation except for multi-line quotes, which get
+        # no indentation
+        unless ( $ibeg == 0 && $starting_in_quote ) {
+            $last_indentation_written    = $indentation;
+            $last_unadjusted_indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
+            $last_leading_token          = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg];
+        }
+
+        # be sure lines with leading closing tokens are not outdented more
+        # than the line which contained the corresponding opening token.
+
+        #############################################################
+        # updated per bug report in alex_bug.pl: we must not
+        # mess with the indentation of closing logical braces so
+        # we must treat something like '} else {' as if it were
+        # an isolated brace my $is_isolated_block_brace = (
+        # $iend == $ibeg ) && $block_type_to_go[$ibeg];
+        #############################################################
+        my $is_isolated_block_brace = $block_type_to_go[$ibeg]
+          && ( $iend == $ibeg
+            || $is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{
+                $block_type_to_go[$ibeg] } );
+
+        # only do this for a ':; which is aligned with its leading '?'
+        my $is_unaligned_colon = $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq ':' && !$is_leading;
+        if (   defined($opening_indentation)
+            && !$is_isolated_block_brace
+            && !$is_unaligned_colon )
+        {
+            if ( get_SPACES($opening_indentation) > get_SPACES($indentation) ) {
+                $indentation = $opening_indentation;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # remember the indentation of each line of this batch
+        push @{$rindentation_list}, $indentation;
+
+        # outdent lines with certain leading tokens...
+        if (
+
+            # must be first word of this batch
+            $ibeg == 0
+
+            # and ...
+            && (
+
+                # certain leading keywords if requested
+                (
+                       $rOpts->{'outdent-keywords'}
+                    && $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'k'
+                    && $outdent_keyword{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] }
+                )
+
+                # or labels if requested
+                || ( $rOpts->{'outdent-labels'} && $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'J' )
+
+                # or static block comments if requested
+                || (   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '#'
+                    && $rOpts->{'outdent-static-block-comments'}
+                    && $is_static_block_comment )
+            )
+          )
+
+        {
+            my $space_count = leading_spaces_to_go($ibeg);
+            if ( $space_count > 0 ) {
+                $space_count -= $rOpts_continuation_indentation;
+                $is_outdented_line = 1;
+                if ( $space_count < 0 ) { $space_count = 0 }
+
+                # do not promote a spaced static block comment to non-spaced;
+                # this is not normally necessary but could be for some
+                # unusual user inputs (such as -ci = -i)
+                if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '#' && $space_count == 0 ) {
+                    $space_count = 1;
+                }
+
+                if ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
+                    $indentation =
+                      new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $lev, 0, 0, 0 );
+                }
+                else {
+                    $indentation = $space_count;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        return ( $indentation, $lev, $level_end, $terminal_type,
+            $is_semicolon_terminated, $is_outdented_line );
+    }
+}
+
+sub set_vertical_tightness_flags {
+
+    my ( $n, $n_last_line, $ibeg, $iend, $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
+
+    # Define vertical tightness controls for the nth line of a batch.
+    # We create an array of parameters which tell the vertical aligner
+    # if we should combine this line with the next line to achieve the
+    # desired vertical tightness.  The array of parameters contains:
+    #
+    #   [0] type: 1=is opening tok 2=is closing tok  3=is opening block brace
+    #   [1] flag: if opening: 1=no multiple steps, 2=multiple steps ok
+    #             if closing: spaces of padding to use
+    #   [2] sequence number of container
+    #   [3] valid flag: do not append if this flag is false. Will be
+    #       true if appropriate -vt flag is set.  Otherwise, Will be
+    #       made true only for 2 line container in parens with -lp
+    #
+    # These flags are used by sub set_leading_whitespace in
+    # the vertical aligner
+
+    my $rvertical_tightness_flags = [ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ];
+
+    # For non-BLOCK tokens, we will need to examine the next line
+    # too, so we won't consider the last line.
+    if ( $n < $n_last_line ) {
+
+        # see if last token is an opening token...not a BLOCK...
+        my $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $n + 1 ];
+        my $token_end = $tokens_to_go[$iend];
+        my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $n + 1 ];
+        if (
+               $type_sequence_to_go[$iend]
+            && !$block_type_to_go[$iend]
+            && $is_opening_token{$token_end}
+            && (
+                $opening_vertical_tightness{$token_end} > 0
+
+                # allow 2-line method call to be closed up
+                || (   $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
+                    && $token_end eq '('
+                    && $iend > $ibeg
+                    && $types_to_go[ $iend - 1 ] ne 'b' )
+            )
+          )
+        {
+
+            # avoid multiple jumps in nesting depth in one line if
+            # requested
+            my $ovt       = $opening_vertical_tightness{$token_end};
+            my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $n + 1 ];
+            unless (
+                $ovt < 2
+                && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend_next + 1 ] !=
+                    $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] )
+              )
+            {
+
+                # If -vt flag has not been set, mark this as invalid
+                # and aligner will validate it if it sees the closing paren
+                # within 2 lines.
+                my $valid_flag = $ovt;
+                @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
+                  ( 1, $ovt, $type_sequence_to_go[$iend], $valid_flag );
+            }
+        }
+
+        # see if first token of next line is a closing token...
+        # ..and be sure this line does not have a side comment
+        my $token_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+        if (   $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next]
+            && !$block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next]
+            && $is_closing_token{$token_next}
+            && $types_to_go[$iend] !~ '#' )    # for safety, shouldn't happen!
+        {
+            my $ovt = $opening_vertical_tightness{$token_next};
+            my $cvt = $closing_vertical_tightness{$token_next};
+            if (
+
+                # never append a trailing line like   )->pack(
+                # because it will throw off later alignment
+                (
+                    $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] ==
+                    $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend_next + 1 ] + 1
+                )
+                && (
+                    $cvt == 2
+                    || (
+                        $container_environment_to_go[$ibeg_next] ne 'LIST'
+                        && (
+                            $cvt == 1
+
+                            # allow closing up 2-line method calls
+                            || (   $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
+                                && $token_next eq ')' )
+                        )
+                    )
+                )
+              )
+            {
+
+                # decide which trailing closing tokens to append..
+                my $ok = 0;
+                if ( $cvt == 2 || $iend_next == $ibeg_next ) { $ok = 1 }
+                else {
+                    my $str = join( '',
+                        @types_to_go[ $ibeg_next + 1 .. $ibeg_next + 2 ] );
+
+                    # append closing token if followed by comment or ';'
+                    if ( $str =~ /^b?[#;]/ ) { $ok = 1 }
+                }
+
+                if ($ok) {
+                    my $valid_flag = $cvt;
+                    @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} = (
+                        2,
+                        $tightness{$token_next} == 2 ? 0 : 1,
+                        $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next], $valid_flag,
+                    );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # Opening Token Right
+        # If requested, move an isolated trailing opening token to the end of
+        # the previous line which ended in a comma.  We could do this
+        # in sub recombine_breakpoints but that would cause problems
+        # with -lp formatting.  The problem is that indentation will
+        # quickly move far to the right in nested expressions.  By
+        # doing it after indentation has been set, we avoid changes
+        # to the indentation.  Actual movement of the token takes place
+        # in sub write_leader_and_string.
+        if (
+            $opening_token_right{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next] }
+
+            # previous line is not opening
+            # (use -sot to combine with it)
+            && !$is_opening_token{$token_end}
+
+            # previous line ended in one of these
+            # (add other cases if necessary; '=>' and '.' are not necessary
+            ##&& ($is_opening_token{$token_end} || $token_end eq ',')
+            && !$block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next]
+
+            # this is a line with just an opening token
+            && (   $iend_next == $ibeg_next
+                || $iend_next == $ibeg_next + 2
+                && $types_to_go[$iend_next] eq '#' )
+
+            # looks bad if we align vertically with the wrong container
+            && $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] ne $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next]
+          )
+        {
+            my $valid_flag = 1;
+            my $spaces = ( $types_to_go[ $ibeg_next - 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? 1 : 0;
+            @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
+              ( 2, $spaces, $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next], $valid_flag, );
+        }
+
+        # Stacking of opening and closing tokens
+        my $stackable;
+        my $token_beg_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+
+        # patch to make something like 'qw(' behave like an opening paren
+        # (aran.t)
+        if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq 'q' ) {
+            if ( $token_beg_next =~ /^qw\s*([\[\(\{])$/ ) {
+                $token_beg_next = $1;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (   $is_closing_token{$token_end}
+            && $is_closing_token{$token_beg_next} )
+        {
+            $stackable = $stack_closing_token{$token_beg_next}
+              unless ( $block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next] )
+              ;    # shouldn't happen; just checking
+        }
+        elsif ($is_opening_token{$token_end}
+            && $is_opening_token{$token_beg_next} )
+        {
+            $stackable = $stack_opening_token{$token_beg_next}
+              unless ( $block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next] )
+              ;    # shouldn't happen; just checking
+        }
+
+        if ($stackable) {
+
+            my $is_semicolon_terminated;
+            if ( $n + 1 == $n_last_line ) {
+                my ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal ) = terminal_type(
+                    \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go,
+                    $ibeg_next,    $iend_next
+                );
+                $is_semicolon_terminated = $terminal_type eq ';'
+                  && $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend_next] <
+                  $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+            }
+
+            # this must be a line with just an opening token
+            # or end in a semicolon
+            if (
+                $is_semicolon_terminated
+                || (   $iend_next == $ibeg_next
+                    || $iend_next == $ibeg_next + 2
+                    && $types_to_go[$iend_next] eq '#' )
+              )
+            {
+                my $valid_flag = 1;
+                my $spaces = ( $types_to_go[ $ibeg_next - 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? 1 : 0;
+                @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
+                  ( 2, $spaces, $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next], $valid_flag,
+                  );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Check for a last line with isolated opening BLOCK curly
+    elsif ($rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness
+        && $ibeg eq $iend
+        && $types_to_go[$iend] eq '{'
+        && $block_type_to_go[$iend] =~
+        /$block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern/o )
+    {
+        @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
+          ( 3, $rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness, 0, 1 );
+    }
+
+    # pack in the sequence numbers of the ends of this line
+    $rvertical_tightness_flags->[4] = get_seqno($ibeg);
+    $rvertical_tightness_flags->[5] = get_seqno($iend);
+    return $rvertical_tightness_flags;
+}
+
+sub get_seqno {
+
+    # get opening and closing sequence numbers of a token for the vertical
+    # aligner.  Assign qw quotes a value to allow qw opening and closing tokens
+    # to be treated somewhat like opening and closing tokens for stacking
+    # tokens by the vertical aligner.
+    my ($ii) = @_;
+    my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$ii];
+    if ( $types_to_go[$ii] eq 'q' ) {
+        my $SEQ_QW = -1;
+        if ( $ii > 0 ) {
+            $seqno = $SEQ_QW if ( $tokens_to_go[$ii] =~ /^qw\s*[\(\{\[]/ );
+        }
+        else {
+            if ( !$ending_in_quote ) {
+                $seqno = $SEQ_QW if ( $tokens_to_go[$ii] =~ /[\)\}\]]$/ );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return ($seqno);
+}
+
+{
+    my %is_vertical_alignment_type;
+    my %is_vertical_alignment_keyword;
+
+    BEGIN {
+
+        @_ = qw#
+          = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
+          { ? : => =~ && || // ~~ !~~
+          #;
+        @is_vertical_alignment_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+        @_ = qw(if unless and or err eq ne for foreach while until);
+        @is_vertical_alignment_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    sub set_vertical_alignment_markers {
+
+        # This routine takes the first step toward vertical alignment of the
+        # lines of output text.  It looks for certain tokens which can serve as
+        # vertical alignment markers (such as an '=').
+        #
+        # Method: We look at each token $i in this output batch and set
+        # $matching_token_to_go[$i] equal to those tokens at which we would
+        # accept vertical alignment.
+
+        # nothing to do if we aren't allowed to change whitespace
+        if ( !$rOpts_add_whitespace ) {
+            for my $i ( 0 .. $max_index_to_go ) {
+                $matching_token_to_go[$i] = '';
+            }
+            return;
+        }
+
+        my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
+
+        # remember the index of last nonblank token before any sidecomment
+        my $i_terminal = $max_index_to_go;
+        if ( $types_to_go[$i_terminal] eq '#' ) {
+            if ( $i_terminal > 0 && $types_to_go[ --$i_terminal ] eq 'b' ) {
+                if ( $i_terminal > 0 ) { --$i_terminal }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # look at each line of this batch..
+        my $last_vertical_alignment_before_index;
+        my $vert_last_nonblank_type;
+        my $vert_last_nonblank_token;
+        my $vert_last_nonblank_block_type;
+        my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;
+        my ( $i, $type, $token, $block_type, $alignment_type );
+        my ( $ibeg, $iend, $line );
+
+        foreach $line ( 0 .. $max_line ) {
+            $ibeg                                 = $$ri_first[$line];
+            $iend                                 = $$ri_last[$line];
+            $last_vertical_alignment_before_index = -1;
+            $vert_last_nonblank_type              = '';
+            $vert_last_nonblank_token             = '';
+            $vert_last_nonblank_block_type        = '';
+
+            # look at each token in this output line..
+            foreach $i ( $ibeg .. $iend ) {
+                $alignment_type = '';
+                $type           = $types_to_go[$i];
+                $block_type     = $block_type_to_go[$i];
+                $token          = $tokens_to_go[$i];
+
+                # check for flag indicating that we should not align
+                # this token
+                if ( $matching_token_to_go[$i] ) {
+                    $matching_token_to_go[$i] = '';
+                    next;
+                }
+
+                #--------------------------------------------------------
+                # First see if we want to align BEFORE this token
+                #--------------------------------------------------------
+
+                # The first possible token that we can align before
+                # is index 2 because: 1) it doesn't normally make sense to
+                # align before the first token and 2) the second
+                # token must be a blank if we are to align before
+                # the third
+                if ( $i < $ibeg + 2 ) { }
+
+                # must follow a blank token
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] ne 'b' ) { }
+
+                # align a side comment --
+                elsif ( $type eq '#' ) {
+
+                    unless (
+
+                        # it is a static side comment
+                        (
+                               $rOpts->{'static-side-comments'}
+                            && $token =~ /$static_side_comment_pattern/o
+                        )
+
+                        # or a closing side comment
+                        || (   $vert_last_nonblank_block_type
+                            && $token =~
+                            /$closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern/o )
+                      )
+                    {
+                        $alignment_type = $type;
+                    }    ## Example of a static side comment
+                }
+
+                # otherwise, do not align two in a row to create a
+                # blank field
+                elsif ( $last_vertical_alignment_before_index == $i - 2 ) { }
+
+                # align before one of these keywords
+                # (within a line, since $i>1)
+                elsif ( $type eq 'k' ) {
+
+                    #  /^(if|unless|and|or|eq|ne)$/
+                    if ( $is_vertical_alignment_keyword{$token} ) {
+                        $alignment_type = $token;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # align before one of these types..
+                # Note: add '.' after new vertical aligner is operational
+                elsif ( $is_vertical_alignment_type{$type} ) {
+                    $alignment_type = $token;
+
+                    # Do not align a terminal token.  Although it might
+                    # occasionally look ok to do this, it has been found to be
+                    # a good general rule.  The main problems are:
+                    # (1) that the terminal token (such as an = or :) might get
+                    # moved far to the right where it is hard to see because
+                    # nothing follows it, and
+                    # (2) doing so may prevent other good alignments.
+                    if ( $i == $iend || $i >= $i_terminal ) {
+                        $alignment_type = "";
+                    }
+
+                    # Do not align leading ': (' or '. ('.  This would prevent
+                    # alignment in something like the following:
+                    #   $extra_space .=
+                    #       ( $input_line_number < 10 )  ? "  "
+                    #     : ( $input_line_number < 100 ) ? " "
+                    #     :                                "";
+                    # or
+                    #  $code =
+                    #      ( $case_matters ? $accessor : " lc($accessor) " )
+                    #    . ( $yesno        ? " eq "       : " ne " )
+                    if (   $i == $ibeg + 2
+                        && $types_to_go[$ibeg] =~ /^[\.\:]$/
+                        && $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] eq 'b' )
+                    {
+                        $alignment_type = "";
+                    }
+
+                    # For a paren after keyword, only align something like this:
+                    #    if    ( $a ) { &a }
+                    #    elsif ( $b ) { &b }
+                    if ( $token eq '(' && $vert_last_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {
+                        $alignment_type = ""
+                          unless $vert_last_nonblank_token =~
+                              /^(if|unless|elsif)$/;
+                    }
+
+                    # be sure the alignment tokens are unique
+                    # This didn't work well: reason not determined
+                    # if ($token ne $type) {$alignment_type .= $type}
+                }
+
+                # NOTE: This is deactivated because it causes the previous
+                # if/elsif alignment to fail
+                #elsif ( $type eq '}' && $token eq '}' && $block_type_to_go[$i])
+                #{ $alignment_type = $type; }
+
+                if ($alignment_type) {
+                    $last_vertical_alignment_before_index = $i;
+                }
+
+                #--------------------------------------------------------
+                # Next see if we want to align AFTER the previous nonblank
+                #--------------------------------------------------------
+
+                # We want to line up ',' and interior ';' tokens, with the added
+                # space AFTER these tokens.  (Note: interior ';' is included
+                # because it may occur in short blocks).
+                if (
+
+                    # we haven't already set it
+                    !$alignment_type
+
+                    # and its not the first token of the line
+                    && ( $i > $ibeg )
+
+                    # and it follows a blank
+                    && $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] eq 'b'
+
+                    # and previous token IS one of these:
+                    && ( $vert_last_nonblank_type =~ /^[\,\;]$/ )
+
+                    # and it's NOT one of these
+                    && ( $type !~ /^[b\#\)\]\}]$/ )
+
+                    # then go ahead and align
+                  )
+
+                {
+                    $alignment_type = $vert_last_nonblank_type;
+                }
+
+                #--------------------------------------------------------
+                # then store the value
+                #--------------------------------------------------------
+                $matching_token_to_go[$i] = $alignment_type;
+                if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
+                    $vert_last_nonblank_type       = $type;
+                    $vert_last_nonblank_token      = $token;
+                    $vert_last_nonblank_block_type = $block_type;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub terminal_type {
+
+    #    returns type of last token on this line (terminal token), as follows:
+    #    returns # for a full-line comment
+    #    returns ' ' for a blank line
+    #    otherwise returns final token type
+
+    my ( $rtype, $rblock_type, $ibeg, $iend ) = @_;
+
+    # check for full-line comment..
+    if ( $$rtype[$ibeg] eq '#' ) {
+        return wantarray ? ( $$rtype[$ibeg], $ibeg ) : $$rtype[$ibeg];
+    }
+    else {
+
+        # start at end and walk bakwards..
+        for ( my $i = $iend ; $i >= $ibeg ; $i-- ) {
+
+            # skip past any side comment and blanks
+            next if ( $$rtype[$i] eq 'b' );
+            next if ( $$rtype[$i] eq '#' );
+
+            # found it..make sure it is a BLOCK termination,
+            # but hide a terminal } after sort/grep/map because it is not
+            # necessarily the end of the line.  (terminal.t)
+            my $terminal_type = $$rtype[$i];
+            if (
+                $terminal_type eq '}'
+                && ( !$$rblock_type[$i]
+                    || ( $is_sort_map_grep_eval_do{ $$rblock_type[$i] } ) )
+              )
+            {
+                $terminal_type = 'b';
+            }
+            return wantarray ? ( $terminal_type, $i ) : $terminal_type;
+        }
+
+        # empty line
+        return wantarray ? ( ' ', $ibeg ) : ' ';
+    }
+}
+
+{
+    my %is_good_keyword_breakpoint;
+    my %is_lt_gt_le_ge;
+
+    sub set_bond_strengths {
+
+        BEGIN {
+
+            @_ = qw(if unless while until for foreach);
+            @is_good_keyword_breakpoint{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+            @_ = qw(lt gt le ge);
+            @is_lt_gt_le_ge{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+            ###############################################################
+            # NOTE: NO_BREAK's set here are HINTS which may not be honored;
+            # essential NO_BREAKS's must be enforced in section 2, below.
+            ###############################################################
+
+            # adding NEW_TOKENS: add a left and right bond strength by
+            # mimmicking what is done for an existing token type.  You
+            # can skip this step at first and take the default, then
+            # tweak later to get desired results.
+
+            # The bond strengths should roughly follow precenence order where
+            # possible.  If you make changes, please check the results very
+            # carefully on a variety of scripts.
+
+            # no break around possible filehandle
+            $left_bond_strength{'Z'}  = NO_BREAK;
+            $right_bond_strength{'Z'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+            # never put a bare word on a new line:
+            # example print (STDERR, "bla"); will fail with break after (
+            $left_bond_strength{'w'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+        # blanks always have infinite strength to force breaks after real tokens
+            $right_bond_strength{'b'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+            # try not to break on exponentation
+            @_                       = qw" ** .. ... <=> ";
+            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
+            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
+
+            # The comma-arrow has very low precedence but not a good break point
+            $left_bond_strength{'=>'}  = NO_BREAK;
+            $right_bond_strength{'=>'} = NOMINAL;
+
+            # ok to break after label
+            $left_bond_strength{'J'}  = NO_BREAK;
+            $right_bond_strength{'J'} = NOMINAL;
+            $left_bond_strength{'j'}  = STRONG;
+            $right_bond_strength{'j'} = STRONG;
+            $left_bond_strength{'A'}  = STRONG;
+            $right_bond_strength{'A'} = STRONG;
+
+            $left_bond_strength{'->'}  = STRONG;
+            $right_bond_strength{'->'} = VERY_STRONG;
+
+            # breaking AFTER modulus operator is ok:
+            @_ = qw" % ";
+            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
+            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
+              ( 0.1 * NOMINAL + 0.9 * STRONG ) x scalar(@_);
+
+            # Break AFTER math operators * and /
+            @_                       = qw" * / x  ";
+            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
+            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (NOMINAL) x scalar(@_);
+
+            # Break AFTER weakest math operators + and -
+            # Make them weaker than * but a bit stronger than '.'
+            @_ = qw" + - ";
+            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
+            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
+              ( 0.91 * NOMINAL + 0.09 * WEAK ) x scalar(@_);
+
+            # breaking BEFORE these is just ok:
+            @_                       = qw" >> << ";
+            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
+            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (NOMINAL) x scalar(@_);
+
+            # breaking before the string concatenation operator seems best
+            # because it can be hard to see at the end of a line
+            $right_bond_strength{'.'} = STRONG;
+            $left_bond_strength{'.'}  = 0.9 * NOMINAL + 0.1 * WEAK;
+
+            @_                       = qw"} ] ) ";
+            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
+            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (NOMINAL) x scalar(@_);
+
+            # make these a little weaker than nominal so that they get
+            # favored for end-of-line characters
+            @_ = qw"!= == =~ !~ ~~ !~~";
+            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
+            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
+              ( 0.9 * NOMINAL + 0.1 * WEAK ) x scalar(@_);
+
+            # break AFTER these
+            @_ = qw" < >  | & >= <=";
+            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (VERY_STRONG) x scalar(@_);
+            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
+              ( 0.8 * NOMINAL + 0.2 * WEAK ) x scalar(@_);
+
+            # breaking either before or after a quote is ok
+            # but bias for breaking before a quote
+            $left_bond_strength{'Q'}  = NOMINAL;
+            $right_bond_strength{'Q'} = NOMINAL + 0.02;
+            $left_bond_strength{'q'}  = NOMINAL;
+            $right_bond_strength{'q'} = NOMINAL;
+
+            # starting a line with a keyword is usually ok
+            $left_bond_strength{'k'} = NOMINAL;
+
+            # we usually want to bond a keyword strongly to what immediately
+            # follows, rather than leaving it stranded at the end of a line
+            $right_bond_strength{'k'} = STRONG;
+
+            $left_bond_strength{'G'}  = NOMINAL;
+            $right_bond_strength{'G'} = STRONG;
+
+            # it is good to break AFTER various assignment operators
+            @_ = qw(
+              = **= += *= &= <<= &&=
+              -= /= |= >>= ||= //=
+              .= %= ^=
+              x=
+            );
+            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
+            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
+              ( 0.4 * WEAK + 0.6 * VERY_WEAK ) x scalar(@_);
+
+            # break BEFORE '&&' and '||' and '//'
+            # set strength of '||' to same as '=' so that chains like
+            # $a = $b || $c || $d   will break before the first '||'
+            $right_bond_strength{'||'} = NOMINAL;
+            $left_bond_strength{'||'}  = $right_bond_strength{'='};
+
+            # same thing for '//'
+            $right_bond_strength{'//'} = NOMINAL;
+            $left_bond_strength{'//'}  = $right_bond_strength{'='};
+
+            # set strength of && a little higher than ||
+            $right_bond_strength{'&&'} = NOMINAL;
+            $left_bond_strength{'&&'}  = $left_bond_strength{'||'} + 0.1;
+
+            $left_bond_strength{';'}  = VERY_STRONG;
+            $right_bond_strength{';'} = VERY_WEAK;
+            $left_bond_strength{'f'}  = VERY_STRONG;
+
+            # make right strength of for ';' a little less than '='
+            # to make for contents break after the ';' to avoid this:
+            #   for ( $j = $number_of_fields - 1 ; $j < $item_count ; $j +=
+            #     $number_of_fields )
+            # and make it weaker than ',' and 'and' too
+            $right_bond_strength{'f'} = VERY_WEAK - 0.03;
+
+            # The strengths of ?/: should be somewhere between
+            # an '=' and a quote (NOMINAL),
+            # make strength of ':' slightly less than '?' to help
+            # break long chains of ? : after the colons
+            $left_bond_strength{':'}  = 0.4 * WEAK + 0.6 * NOMINAL;
+            $right_bond_strength{':'} = NO_BREAK;
+            $left_bond_strength{'?'}  = $left_bond_strength{':'} + 0.01;
+            $right_bond_strength{'?'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+            $left_bond_strength{','}  = VERY_STRONG;
+            $right_bond_strength{','} = VERY_WEAK;
+
+            # Set bond strengths of certain keywords
+            # make 'or', 'err', 'and' slightly weaker than a ','
+            $left_bond_strength{'and'}  = VERY_WEAK - 0.01;
+            $left_bond_strength{'or'}   = VERY_WEAK - 0.02;
+            $left_bond_strength{'err'}  = VERY_WEAK - 0.02;
+            $left_bond_strength{'xor'}  = NOMINAL;
+            $right_bond_strength{'and'} = NOMINAL;
+            $right_bond_strength{'or'}  = NOMINAL;
+            $right_bond_strength{'err'} = NOMINAL;
+            $right_bond_strength{'xor'} = STRONG;
+        }
+
+        # patch-its always ok to break at end of line
+        $nobreak_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = 0;
+
+        # adding a small 'bias' to strengths is a simple way to make a line
+        # break at the first of a sequence of identical terms.  For example,
+        # to force long string of conditional operators to break with
+        # each line ending in a ':', we can add a small number to the bond
+        # strength of each ':'
+        my $colon_bias = 0;
+        my $amp_bias   = 0;
+        my $bar_bias   = 0;
+        my $and_bias   = 0;
+        my $or_bias    = 0;
+        my $dot_bias   = 0;
+        my $f_bias     = 0;
+        my $code_bias  = -.01;
+        my $type       = 'b';
+        my $token      = ' ';
+        my $last_type;
+        my $last_nonblank_type  = $type;
+        my $last_nonblank_token = $token;
+        my $delta_bias          = 0.0001;
+        my $list_str            = $left_bond_strength{'?'};
+
+        my ( $block_type, $i_next, $i_next_nonblank, $next_nonblank_token,
+            $next_nonblank_type, $next_token, $next_type, $total_nesting_depth,
+        );
+
+        # preliminary loop to compute bond strengths
+        for ( my $i = 0 ; $i <= $max_index_to_go ; $i++ ) {
+            $last_type = $type;
+            if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
+                $last_nonblank_type  = $type;
+                $last_nonblank_token = $token;
+            }
+            $type = $types_to_go[$i];
+
+            # strength on both sides of a blank is the same
+            if ( $type eq 'b' && $last_type ne 'b' ) {
+                $bond_strength_to_go[$i] = $bond_strength_to_go[ $i - 1 ];
+                next;
+            }
+
+            $token               = $tokens_to_go[$i];
+            $block_type          = $block_type_to_go[$i];
+            $i_next              = $i + 1;
+            $next_type           = $types_to_go[$i_next];
+            $next_token          = $tokens_to_go[$i_next];
+            $total_nesting_depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_next];
+            $i_next_nonblank     = ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1 );
+            $next_nonblank_type  = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+            $next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+
+            # Some token chemistry...  The decision about where to break a
+            # line depends upon a "bond strength" between tokens.  The LOWER
+            # the bond strength, the MORE likely a break.  The strength
+            # values are based on trial-and-error, and need to be tweaked
+            # occasionally to get desired results.  Things to keep in mind
+            # are:
+            #   1. relative strengths are important.  small differences
+            #      in strengths can make big formatting differences.
+            #   2. each indentation level adds one unit of bond strength
+            #   3. a value of NO_BREAK makes an unbreakable bond
+            #   4. a value of VERY_WEAK is the strength of a ','
+            #   5. values below NOMINAL are considered ok break points
+            #   6. values above NOMINAL are considered poor break points
+            # We are computing the strength of the bond between the current
+            # token and the NEXT token.
+            my $bond_str = VERY_STRONG;    # a default, high strength
+
+            #---------------------------------------------------------------
+            # section 1:
+            # use minimum of left and right bond strengths if defined;
+            # digraphs and trigraphs like to break on their left
+            #---------------------------------------------------------------
+            my $bsr = $right_bond_strength{$type};
+
+            if ( !defined($bsr) ) {
+
+                if ( $is_digraph{$type} || $is_trigraph{$type} ) {
+                    $bsr = STRONG;
+                }
+                else {
+                    $bsr = VERY_STRONG;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # define right bond strengths of certain keywords
+            if ( $type eq 'k' && defined( $right_bond_strength{$token} ) ) {
+                $bsr = $right_bond_strength{$token};
+            }
+            elsif ( $token eq 'ne' or $token eq 'eq' ) {
+                $bsr = NOMINAL;
+            }
+            my $bsl = $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_type};
+
+            # set terminal bond strength to the nominal value
+            # this will cause good preceding breaks to be retained
+            if ( $i_next_nonblank > $max_index_to_go ) {
+                $bsl = NOMINAL;
+            }
+
+            if ( !defined($bsl) ) {
+
+                if (   $is_digraph{$next_nonblank_type}
+                    || $is_trigraph{$next_nonblank_type} )
+                {
+                    $bsl = WEAK;
+                }
+                else {
+                    $bsl = VERY_STRONG;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # define right bond strengths of certain keywords
+            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
+                && defined( $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_token} ) )
+            {
+                $bsl = $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_token};
+            }
+            elsif ($next_nonblank_token eq 'ne'
+                or $next_nonblank_token eq 'eq' )
+            {
+                $bsl = NOMINAL;
+            }
+            elsif ( $is_lt_gt_le_ge{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
+                $bsl = 0.9 * NOMINAL + 0.1 * STRONG;
+            }
+
+            # Note: it might seem that we would want to keep a NO_BREAK if
+            # either token has this value.  This didn't work, because in an
+            # arrow list, it prevents the comma from separating from the
+            # following bare word (which is probably quoted by its arrow).
+            # So necessary NO_BREAK's have to be handled as special cases
+            # in the final section.
+            $bond_str = ( $bsr < $bsl ) ? $bsr : $bsl;
+            my $bond_str_1 = $bond_str;
+
+            #---------------------------------------------------------------
+            # section 2:
+            # special cases
+            #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+            # allow long lines before final { in an if statement, as in:
+            #    if (..........
+            #      ..........)
+            #    {
+            #
+            # Otherwise, the line before the { tends to be too short.
+            if ( $type eq ')' ) {
+                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' ) {
+                    $bond_str = VERY_WEAK + 0.03;
+                }
+            }
+
+            elsif ( $type eq '(' ) {
+                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' ) {
+                    $bond_str = NOMINAL;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # break on something like '} (', but keep this stronger than a ','
+            # example is in 'howe.pl'
+            elsif ( $type eq 'R' or $type eq '}' ) {
+                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '(' ) {
+                    $bond_str = 0.8 * VERY_WEAK + 0.2 * WEAK;
+                }
+            }
+
+            #-----------------------------------------------------------------
+            # adjust bond strength bias
+            #-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+            # TESTING: add any bias set by sub scan_list at old comma
+            # break points.
+            elsif ( $type eq ',' ) {
+                $bond_str += $bond_strength_to_go[$i];
+            }
+
+            elsif ( $type eq 'f' ) {
+                $bond_str += $f_bias;
+                $f_bias   += $delta_bias;
+            }
+
+          # in long ?: conditionals, bias toward just one set per line (colon.t)
+            elsif ( $type eq ':' ) {
+                if ( !$want_break_before{$type} ) {
+                    $bond_str   += $colon_bias;
+                    $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (   $next_nonblank_type eq ':'
+                && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
+            {
+                $bond_str   += $colon_bias;
+                $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
+            }
+
+            # if leading '.' is used, align all but 'short' quotes;
+            # the idea is to not place something like "\n" on a single line.
+            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '.' ) {
+                if ( $want_break_before{'.'} ) {
+                    unless (
+                        $last_nonblank_type eq '.'
+                        && (
+                            length($token) <=
+                            $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length )
+                        && ( $token !~ /^[\)\]\}]$/ )
+                      )
+                    {
+                        $dot_bias += $delta_bias;
+                    }
+                    $bond_str += $dot_bias;
+                }
+            }
+            elsif ($next_nonblank_type eq '&&'
+                && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
+            {
+                $bond_str += $amp_bias;
+                $amp_bias += $delta_bias;
+            }
+            elsif ($next_nonblank_type eq '||'
+                && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
+            {
+                $bond_str += $bar_bias;
+                $bar_bias += $delta_bias;
+            }
+            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {
+
+                if (   $next_nonblank_token eq 'and'
+                    && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_token} )
+                {
+                    $bond_str += $and_bias;
+                    $and_bias += $delta_bias;
+                }
+                elsif ($next_nonblank_token =~ /^(or|err)$/
+                    && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_token} )
+                {
+                    $bond_str += $or_bias;
+                    $or_bias  += $delta_bias;
+                }
+
+                # FIXME: needs more testing
+                elsif ( $is_keyword_returning_list{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
+                    $bond_str = $list_str if ( $bond_str > $list_str );
+                }
+                elsif ( $token eq 'err'
+                    && !$want_break_before{$token} )
+                {
+                    $bond_str += $or_bias;
+                    $or_bias  += $delta_bias;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if ( $type eq ':'
+                && !$want_break_before{$type} )
+            {
+                $bond_str   += $colon_bias;
+                $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
+            }
+            elsif ( $type eq '&&'
+                && !$want_break_before{$type} )
+            {
+                $bond_str += $amp_bias;
+                $amp_bias += $delta_bias;
+            }
+            elsif ( $type eq '||'
+                && !$want_break_before{$type} )
+            {
+                $bond_str += $bar_bias;
+                $bar_bias += $delta_bias;
+            }
+            elsif ( $type eq 'k' ) {
+
+                if ( $token eq 'and'
+                    && !$want_break_before{$token} )
+                {
+                    $bond_str += $and_bias;
+                    $and_bias += $delta_bias;
+                }
+                elsif ( $token eq 'or'
+                    && !$want_break_before{$token} )
+                {
+                    $bond_str += $or_bias;
+                    $or_bias  += $delta_bias;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # keep matrix and hash indices together
+            # but make them a little below STRONG to allow breaking open
+            # something like {'some-word'}{'some-very-long-word'} at the }{
+            # (bracebrk.t)
+            if (   ( $type eq ']' or $type eq 'R' )
+                && ( $next_nonblank_type eq '[' or $next_nonblank_type eq 'L' )
+              )
+            {
+                $bond_str = 0.9 * STRONG + 0.1 * NOMINAL;
+            }
+
+            if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^->/ ) {
+
+                # increase strength to the point where a break in the following
+                # will be after the opening paren rather than at the arrow:
+                #    $a->$b($c);
+                if ( $type eq 'i' ) {
+                    $bond_str = 1.45 * STRONG;
+                }
+
+                elsif ( $type =~ /^[\)\]\}R]$/ ) {
+                    $bond_str = 0.1 * STRONG + 0.9 * NOMINAL;
+                }
+
+                # otherwise make strength before an '->' a little over a '+'
+                else {
+                    if ( $bond_str <= NOMINAL ) {
+                        $bond_str = NOMINAL + 0.01;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            if ( $token eq ')' && $next_nonblank_token eq '[' ) {
+                $bond_str = 0.2 * STRONG + 0.8 * NOMINAL;
+            }
+
+            # map1.t -- correct for a quirk in perl
+            if (   $token eq '('
+                && $next_nonblank_type eq 'i'
+                && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
+                && $is_sort_map_grep{$last_nonblank_token} )
+
+              #     /^(sort|map|grep)$/ )
+            {
+                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+            }
+
+            # extrude.t: do not break before paren at:
+            #    -l pid_filename(
+            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'F' && $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
+                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+            }
+
+            # good to break after end of code blocks
+            if ( $type eq '}' && $block_type ) {
+
+                $bond_str = 0.5 * WEAK + 0.5 * VERY_WEAK + $code_bias;
+                $code_bias += $delta_bias;
+            }
+
+            if ( $type eq 'k' ) {
+
+                # allow certain control keywords to stand out
+                if (   $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
+                    && $is_last_next_redo_return{$token} )
+                {
+                    $bond_str = 0.45 * WEAK + 0.55 * VERY_WEAK;
+                }
+
+# Don't break after keyword my.  This is a quick fix for a
+# rare problem with perl. An example is this line from file
+# Container.pm:
+# foreach my $question( Debian::DebConf::ConfigDb::gettree( $this->{'question'} ) )
+
+                if ( $token eq 'my' ) {
+                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+                }
+
+            }
+
+            # good to break before 'if', 'unless', etc
+            if ( $is_if_brace_follower{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
+                $bond_str = VERY_WEAK;
+            }
+
+            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {
+
+                # keywords like 'unless', 'if', etc, within statements
+                # make good breaks
+                if ( $is_good_keyword_breakpoint{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
+                    $bond_str = VERY_WEAK / 1.05;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # try not to break before a comma-arrow
+            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '=>' ) {
+                if ( $bond_str < STRONG ) { $bond_str = STRONG }
+            }
+
+         #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+         # only set NO_BREAK's from here on
+         #----------------------------------------------------------------------
+            if ( $type eq 'C' or $type eq 'U' ) {
+
+                # use strict requires that bare word and => not be separated
+                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '=>' ) {
+                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+                }
+
+                # Never break between a bareword and a following paren because
+                # perl may give an error.  For example, if a break is placed
+                # between 'to_filehandle' and its '(' the following line will
+                # give a syntax error [Carp.pm]: my( $no) =fileno(
+                # to_filehandle( $in)) ;
+                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
+                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+                }
+            }
+
+           # use strict requires that bare word within braces not start new line
+            elsif ( $type eq 'L' ) {
+
+                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
+                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # in older version of perl, use strict can cause problems with
+            # breaks before bare words following opening parens.  For example,
+            # this will fail under older versions if a break is made between
+            # '(' and 'MAIL':
+            #  use strict;
+            #  open( MAIL, "a long filename or command");
+            #  close MAIL;
+            elsif ( $type eq '{' ) {
+
+                if ( $token eq '(' && $next_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
+
+                    # but it's fine to break if the word is followed by a '=>'
+                    # or if it is obviously a sub call
+                    my $i_next_next_nonblank = $i_next_nonblank + 1;
+                    my $next_next_type = $types_to_go[$i_next_next_nonblank];
+                    if (   $next_next_type eq 'b'
+                        && $i_next_nonblank < $max_index_to_go )
+                    {
+                        $i_next_next_nonblank++;
+                        $next_next_type = $types_to_go[$i_next_next_nonblank];
+                    }
+
+                    ##if ( $next_next_type ne '=>' ) {
+                    # these are ok: '->xxx', '=>', '('
+
+                    # We'll check for an old breakpoint and keep a leading
+                    # bareword if it was that way in the input file.
+                    # Presumably it was ok that way.  For example, the
+                    # following would remain unchanged:
+                    #
+                    # @months = (
+                    #   January,   February, March,    April,
+                    #   May,       June,     July,     August,
+                    #   September, October,  November, December,
+                    # );
+                    #
+                    # This should be sufficient:
+                    if ( !$old_breakpoint_to_go[$i]
+                        && ( $next_next_type eq ',' || $next_next_type eq '}' )
+                      )
+                    {
+                        $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            elsif ( $type eq 'w' ) {
+
+                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'R' ) {
+                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+                }
+
+                # use strict requires that bare word and => not be separated
+                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '=>' ) {
+                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # in fact, use strict hates bare words on any new line.  For
+            # example, a break before the underscore here provokes the
+            # wrath of use strict:
+            # if ( -r $fn && ( -s _ || $AllowZeroFilesize)) {
+            elsif ( $type eq 'F' ) {
+                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+            }
+
+            # use strict does not allow separating type info from trailing { }
+            # testfile is readmail.pl
+            elsif ( $type eq 't' or $type eq 'i' ) {
+
+                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'L' ) {
+                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # Do not break between a possible filehandle and a ? or / and do
+            # not introduce a break after it if there is no blank
+            # (extrude.t)
+            elsif ( $type eq 'Z' ) {
+
+                # dont break..
+                if (
+
+                    # if there is no blank and we do not want one. Examples:
+                    #    print $x++    # do not break after $x
+                    #    print HTML"HELLO"   # break ok after HTML
+                    (
+                           $next_type ne 'b'
+                        && defined( $want_left_space{$next_type} )
+                        && $want_left_space{$next_type} == WS_NO
+                    )
+
+                    # or we might be followed by the start of a quote
+                    || $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\/\?]$/
+                  )
+                {
+                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # Do not break before a possible file handle
+            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'Z' ) {
+                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+            }
+
+            # As a defensive measure, do not break between a '(' and a
+            # filehandle.  In some cases, this can cause an error.  For
+            # example, the following program works:
+            #    my $msg="hi!\n";
+            #    print
+            #    ( STDOUT
+            #    $msg
+            #    );
+            #
+            # But this program fails:
+            #    my $msg="hi!\n";
+            #    print
+            #    (
+            #    STDOUT
+            #    $msg
+            #    );
+            #
+            # This is normally only a problem with the 'extrude' option
+            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'Y' && $token eq '(' ) {
+                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+            }
+
+            # Breaking before a ++ can cause perl to guess wrong. For
+            # example the following line will cause a syntax error
+            # with -extrude if we break between '$i' and '++' [fixstyle2]
+            #   print( ( $i++ & 1 ) ? $_ : ( $change{$_} || $_ ) );
+            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '++' ) {
+                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+            }
+
+            # Breaking before a ? before a quote can cause trouble if
+            # they are not separated by a blank.
+            # Example: a syntax error occurs if you break before the ? here
+            #  my$logic=join$all?' && ':' || ',@regexps;
+            # From: Professional_Perl_Programming_Code/multifind.pl
+            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '?' ) {
+                $bond_str = NO_BREAK
+                  if ( $types_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] eq 'Q' );
+            }
+
+            # Breaking before a . followed by a number
+            # can cause trouble if there is no intervening space
+            # Example: a syntax error occurs if you break before the .2 here
+            #  $str .= pack($endian.2, ensurrogate($ord));
+            # From: perl58/Unicode.pm
+            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '.' ) {
+                $bond_str = NO_BREAK
+                  if ( $types_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] eq 'n' );
+            }
+
+            # patch to put cuddled elses back together when on multiple
+            # lines, as in: } \n else \n { \n
+            if ($rOpts_cuddled_else) {
+
+                if (   ( $token eq 'else' ) && ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' )
+                    || ( $type eq '}' ) && ( $next_nonblank_token eq 'else' ) )
+                {
+                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # keep '}' together with ';'
+            if ( ( $token eq '}' ) && ( $next_nonblank_type eq ';' ) ) {
+                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+            }
+
+            # never break between sub name and opening paren
+            if ( ( $type eq 'w' ) && ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) ) {
+                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+            }
+
+            #---------------------------------------------------------------
+            # section 3:
+            # now take nesting depth into account
+            #---------------------------------------------------------------
+            # final strength incorporates the bond strength and nesting depth
+            my $strength;
+
+            if ( defined($bond_str) && !$nobreak_to_go[$i] ) {
+                if ( $total_nesting_depth > 0 ) {
+                    $strength = $bond_str + $total_nesting_depth;
+                }
+                else {
+                    $strength = $bond_str;
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+                $strength = NO_BREAK;
+            }
+
+            # always break after side comment
+            if ( $type eq '#' ) { $strength = 0 }
+
+            $bond_strength_to_go[$i] = $strength;
+
+            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND && do {
+                my $str = substr( $token, 0, 15 );
+                $str .= ' ' x ( 16 - length($str) );
+                print
+"BOND:  i=$i $str $type $next_nonblank_type depth=$total_nesting_depth strength=$bond_str_1 -> $bond_str -> $strength \n";
+            };
+        }
+    }
+
+}
+
+sub pad_array_to_go {
+
+    # to simplify coding in scan_list and set_bond_strengths, it helps
+    # to create some extra blank tokens at the end of the arrays
+    $tokens_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] = '';
+    $tokens_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 2 ] = '';
+    $types_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ]  = 'b';
+    $types_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 2 ]  = 'b';
+    $nesting_depth_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] =
+      $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+
+    #    /^[R\}\)\]]$/
+    if ( $is_closing_type{ $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] } ) {
+        if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go] <= 0 ) {
+
+            # shouldn't happen:
+            unless ( get_saw_brace_error() ) {
+                warning(
+"Program bug in scan_list: hit nesting error which should have been caught\n"
+                );
+                report_definite_bug();
+            }
+        }
+        else {
+            $nesting_depth_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] -= 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    #       /^[L\{\(\[]$/
+    elsif ( $is_opening_type{ $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] } ) {
+        $nesting_depth_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] += 1;
+    }
+}
+
+{    # begin scan_list
+
+    my (
+        $block_type,                $current_depth,
+        $depth,                     $i,
+        $i_last_nonblank_token,     $last_colon_sequence_number,
+        $last_nonblank_token,       $last_nonblank_type,
+        $last_old_breakpoint_count, $minimum_depth,
+        $next_nonblank_block_type,  $next_nonblank_token,
+        $next_nonblank_type,        $old_breakpoint_count,
+        $starting_breakpoint_count, $starting_depth,
+        $token,                     $type,
+        $type_sequence,
+    );
+
+    my (
+        @breakpoint_stack,              @breakpoint_undo_stack,
+        @comma_index,                   @container_type,
+        @identifier_count_stack,        @index_before_arrow,
+        @interrupted_list,              @item_count_stack,
+        @last_comma_index,              @last_dot_index,
+        @last_nonblank_type,            @old_breakpoint_count_stack,
+        @opening_structure_index_stack, @rfor_semicolon_list,
+        @has_old_logical_breakpoints,   @rand_or_list,
+        @i_equals,
+    );
+
+    # routine to define essential variables when we go 'up' to
+    # a new depth
+    sub check_for_new_minimum_depth {
+        my $depth = shift;
+        if ( $depth < $minimum_depth ) {
+
+            $minimum_depth = $depth;
+
+            # these arrays need not retain values between calls
+            $breakpoint_stack[$depth]              = $starting_breakpoint_count;
+            $container_type[$depth]                = "";
+            $identifier_count_stack[$depth]        = 0;
+            $index_before_arrow[$depth]            = -1;
+            $interrupted_list[$depth]              = 1;
+            $item_count_stack[$depth]              = 0;
+            $last_nonblank_type[$depth]            = "";
+            $opening_structure_index_stack[$depth] = -1;
+
+            $breakpoint_undo_stack[$depth]       = undef;
+            $comma_index[$depth]                 = undef;
+            $last_comma_index[$depth]            = undef;
+            $last_dot_index[$depth]              = undef;
+            $old_breakpoint_count_stack[$depth]  = undef;
+            $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth] = 0;
+            $rand_or_list[$depth]                = [];
+            $rfor_semicolon_list[$depth]         = [];
+            $i_equals[$depth]                    = -1;
+
+            # these arrays must retain values between calls
+            if ( !defined( $has_broken_sublist[$depth] ) ) {
+                $dont_align[$depth]         = 0;
+                $has_broken_sublist[$depth] = 0;
+                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # routine to decide which commas to break at within a container;
+    # returns:
+    #   $bp_count = number of comma breakpoints set
+    #   $do_not_break_apart = a flag indicating if container need not
+    #     be broken open
+    sub set_comma_breakpoints {
+
+        my $dd                 = shift;
+        my $bp_count           = 0;
+        my $do_not_break_apart = 0;
+
+        # anything to do?
+        if ( $item_count_stack[$dd] ) {
+
+            # handle commas not in containers...
+            if ( $dont_align[$dd] ) {
+                do_uncontained_comma_breaks($dd);
+            }
+
+            # handle commas within containers...
+            else {
+                my $fbc = $forced_breakpoint_count;
+
+                # always open comma lists not preceded by keywords,
+                # barewords, identifiers (that is, anything that doesn't
+                # look like a function call)
+                my $must_break_open = $last_nonblank_type[$dd] !~ /^[kwiU]$/;
+
+                set_comma_breakpoints_do(
+                    $dd,
+                    $opening_structure_index_stack[$dd],
+                    $i,
+                    $item_count_stack[$dd],
+                    $identifier_count_stack[$dd],
+                    $comma_index[$dd],
+                    $next_nonblank_type,
+                    $container_type[$dd],
+                    $interrupted_list[$dd],
+                    \$do_not_break_apart,
+                    $must_break_open,
+                );
+                $bp_count = $forced_breakpoint_count - $fbc;
+                $do_not_break_apart = 0 if $must_break_open;
+            }
+        }
+        return ( $bp_count, $do_not_break_apart );
+    }
+
+    sub do_uncontained_comma_breaks {
+
+        # Handle commas not in containers...
+        # This is a catch-all routine for commas that we
+        # don't know what to do with because the don't fall
+        # within containers.  We will bias the bond strength
+        # to break at commas which ended lines in the input
+        # file.  This usually works better than just trying
+        # to put as many items on a line as possible.  A
+        # downside is that if the input file is garbage it
+        # won't work very well. However, the user can always
+        # prevent following the old breakpoints with the
+        # -iob flag.
+        my $dd   = shift;
+        my $bias = -.01;
+        foreach my $ii ( @{ $comma_index[$dd] } ) {
+            if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$ii] ) {
+                $bond_strength_to_go[$ii] = $bias;
+
+                # reduce bias magnitude to force breaks in order
+                $bias *= 0.99;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # Also put a break before the first comma if
+        # (1) there was a break there in the input, and
+        # (2) that was exactly one previous break in the input
+        #
+        # For example, we will follow the user and break after
+        # 'print' in this snippet:
+        #    print
+        #      "conformability (Not the same dimension)\n",
+        #      "\t", $have, " is ", text_unit($hu), "\n",
+        #      "\t", $want, " is ", text_unit($wu), "\n",
+        #      ;
+        my $i_first_comma = $comma_index[$dd]->[0];
+        if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i_first_comma] ) {
+            my $level_comma = $levels_to_go[$i_first_comma];
+            my $ibreak      = -1;
+            my $obp_count   = 0;
+            for ( my $ii = $i_first_comma - 1 ; $ii >= 0 ; $ii -= 1 ) {
+                if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$ii] ) {
+                    $obp_count++;
+                    last if ( $obp_count > 1 );
+                    $ibreak = $ii
+                      if ( $levels_to_go[$ii] == $level_comma );
+                }
+            }
+            if ( $ibreak >= 0 && $obp_count == 1 ) {
+                set_forced_breakpoint($ibreak);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    my %is_logical_container;
+
+    BEGIN {
+        @_ = qw# if elsif unless while and or err not && | || ? : ! #;
+        @is_logical_container{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    sub set_for_semicolon_breakpoints {
+        my $dd = shift;
+        foreach ( @{ $rfor_semicolon_list[$dd] } ) {
+            set_forced_breakpoint($_);
+        }
+    }
+
+    sub set_logical_breakpoints {
+        my $dd = shift;
+        if (
+               $item_count_stack[$dd] == 0
+            && $is_logical_container{ $container_type[$dd] }
+
+            # TESTING:
+            || $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$dd]
+          )
+        {
+
+            # Look for breaks in this order:
+            # 0   1    2   3
+            # or  and  ||  &&
+            foreach my $i ( 0 .. 3 ) {
+                if ( $rand_or_list[$dd][$i] ) {
+                    foreach ( @{ $rand_or_list[$dd][$i] } ) {
+                        set_forced_breakpoint($_);
+                    }
+
+                    # break at any 'if' and 'unless' too
+                    foreach ( @{ $rand_or_list[$dd][4] } ) {
+                        set_forced_breakpoint($_);
+                    }
+                    $rand_or_list[$dd] = [];
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    sub is_unbreakable_container {
+
+        # never break a container of one of these types
+        # because bad things can happen (map1.t)
+        my $dd = shift;
+        $is_sort_map_grep{ $container_type[$dd] };
+    }
+
+    sub scan_list {
+
+        # This routine is responsible for setting line breaks for all lists,
+        # so that hierarchical structure can be displayed and so that list
+        # items can be vertically aligned.  The output of this routine is
+        # stored in the array @forced_breakpoint_to_go, which is used to set
+        # final breakpoints.
+
+        $starting_depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[0];
+
+        $block_type                 = ' ';
+        $current_depth              = $starting_depth;
+        $i                          = -1;
+        $last_colon_sequence_number = -1;
+        $last_nonblank_token        = ';';
+        $last_nonblank_type         = ';';
+        $last_nonblank_block_type   = ' ';
+        $last_old_breakpoint_count  = 0;
+        $minimum_depth = $current_depth + 1;    # forces update in check below
+        $old_breakpoint_count      = 0;
+        $starting_breakpoint_count = $forced_breakpoint_count;
+        $token                     = ';';
+        $type                      = ';';
+        $type_sequence             = '';
+
+        check_for_new_minimum_depth($current_depth);
+
+        my $is_long_line = excess_line_length( 0, $max_index_to_go ) > 0;
+        my $want_previous_breakpoint = -1;
+
+        my $saw_good_breakpoint;
+        my $i_line_end   = -1;
+        my $i_line_start = -1;
+
+        # loop over all tokens in this batch
+        while ( ++$i <= $max_index_to_go ) {
+            if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
+                $i_last_nonblank_token    = $i - 1;
+                $last_nonblank_type       = $type;
+                $last_nonblank_token      = $token;
+                $last_nonblank_block_type = $block_type;
+            }
+            $type          = $types_to_go[$i];
+            $block_type    = $block_type_to_go[$i];
+            $token         = $tokens_to_go[$i];
+            $type_sequence = $type_sequence_to_go[$i];
+            my $next_type       = $types_to_go[ $i + 1 ];
+            my $next_token      = $tokens_to_go[ $i + 1 ];
+            my $i_next_nonblank = ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1 );
+            $next_nonblank_type       = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+            $next_nonblank_token      = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+            $next_nonblank_block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+
+            # set break if flag was set
+            if ( $want_previous_breakpoint >= 0 ) {
+                set_forced_breakpoint($want_previous_breakpoint);
+                $want_previous_breakpoint = -1;
+            }
+
+            $last_old_breakpoint_count = $old_breakpoint_count;
+            if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i] ) {
+                $i_line_end   = $i;
+                $i_line_start = $i_next_nonblank;
+
+                $old_breakpoint_count++;
+
+                # Break before certain keywords if user broke there and
+                # this is a 'safe' break point. The idea is to retain
+                # any preferred breaks for sequential list operations,
+                # like a schwartzian transform.
+                if ($rOpts_break_at_old_keyword_breakpoints) {
+                    if (
+                           $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
+                        && $is_keyword_returning_list{$next_nonblank_token}
+                        && (   $type =~ /^[=\)\]\}Riw]$/
+                            || $type eq 'k'
+                            && $is_keyword_returning_list{$token} )
+                      )
+                    {
+
+                        # we actually have to set this break next time through
+                        # the loop because if we are at a closing token (such
+                        # as '}') which forms a one-line block, this break might
+                        # get undone.
+                        $want_previous_breakpoint = $i;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            next if ( $type eq 'b' );
+            $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[ $i + 1 ];
+
+            # safety check - be sure we always break after a comment
+            # Shouldn't happen .. an error here probably means that the
+            # nobreak flag did not get turned off correctly during
+            # formatting.
+            if ( $type eq '#' ) {
+                if ( $i != $max_index_to_go ) {
+                    warning(
+"Non-fatal program bug: backup logic needed to break after a comment\n"
+                    );
+                    report_definite_bug();
+                    $nobreak_to_go[$i] = 0;
+                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
+                }
+            }
+
+            # Force breakpoints at certain tokens in long lines.
+            # Note that such breakpoints will be undone later if these tokens
+            # are fully contained within parens on a line.
+            if (
+
+                # break before a keyword within a line
+                $type eq 'k'
+                && $i > 0
+
+                # if one of these keywords:
+                && $token =~ /^(if|unless|while|until|for)$/
+
+                # but do not break at something like '1 while'
+                && ( $last_nonblank_type ne 'n' || $i > 2 )
+
+                # and let keywords follow a closing 'do' brace
+                && $last_nonblank_block_type ne 'do'
+
+                && (
+                    $is_long_line
+
+                    # or container is broken (by side-comment, etc)
+                    || (   $next_nonblank_token eq '('
+                        && $mate_index_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] < $i )
+                )
+              )
+            {
+                set_forced_breakpoint( $i - 1 );
+            }
+
+            # remember locations of '||'  and '&&' for possible breaks if we
+            # decide this is a long logical expression.
+            if ( $type eq '||' ) {
+                push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][2] }, $i;
+                ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
+                  if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
+                    && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
+            }
+            elsif ( $type eq '&&' ) {
+                push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][3] }, $i;
+                ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
+                  if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
+                    && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
+            }
+            elsif ( $type eq 'f' ) {
+                push @{ $rfor_semicolon_list[$depth] }, $i;
+            }
+            elsif ( $type eq 'k' ) {
+                if ( $token eq 'and' ) {
+                    push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][1] }, $i;
+                    ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
+                      if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
+                        && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
+                }
+
+                # break immediately at 'or's which are probably not in a logical
+                # block -- but we will break in logical breaks below so that
+                # they do not add to the forced_breakpoint_count
+                elsif ( $token eq 'or' ) {
+                    push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][0] }, $i;
+                    ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
+                      if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
+                        && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
+                    if ( $is_logical_container{ $container_type[$depth] } ) {
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        if ($is_long_line) { set_forced_breakpoint($i) }
+                        elsif ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
+                            && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints )
+                        {
+                            $saw_good_breakpoint = 1;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+                elsif ( $token eq 'if' || $token eq 'unless' ) {
+                    push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][4] }, $i;
+                    if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
+                        && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints )
+                    {
+                        set_forced_breakpoint($i);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            elsif ( $is_assignment{$type} ) {
+                $i_equals[$depth] = $i;
+            }
+
+            if ($type_sequence) {
+
+                # handle any postponed closing breakpoints
+                if ( $token =~ /^[\)\]\}\:]$/ ) {
+                    if ( $type eq ':' ) {
+                        $last_colon_sequence_number = $type_sequence;
+
+                        # TESTING: retain break at a ':' line break
+                        if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
+                            && $rOpts_break_at_old_ternary_breakpoints )
+                        {
+
+                            # TESTING:
+                            set_forced_breakpoint($i);
+
+                            # break at previous '='
+                            if ( $i_equals[$depth] > 0 ) {
+                                set_forced_breakpoint( $i_equals[$depth] );
+                                $i_equals[$depth] = -1;
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                    if ( defined( $postponed_breakpoint{$type_sequence} ) ) {
+                        my $inc = ( $type eq ':' ) ? 0 : 1;
+                        set_forced_breakpoint( $i - $inc );
+                        delete $postponed_breakpoint{$type_sequence};
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # set breaks at ?/: if they will get separated (and are
+                # not a ?/: chain), or if the '?' is at the end of the
+                # line
+                elsif ( $token eq '?' ) {
+                    my $i_colon = $mate_index_to_go[$i];
+                    if (
+                        $i_colon <= 0  # the ':' is not in this batch
+                        || $i == 0     # this '?' is the first token of the line
+                        || $i ==
+                        $max_index_to_go    # or this '?' is the last token
+                      )
+                    {
+
+                        # don't break at a '?' if preceded by ':' on
+                        # this line of previous ?/: pair on this line.
+                        # This is an attempt to preserve a chain of ?/:
+                        # expressions (elsif2.t).  And don't break if
+                        # this has a side comment.
+                        set_forced_breakpoint($i)
+                          unless (
+                            $type_sequence == (
+                                $last_colon_sequence_number +
+                                  TYPE_SEQUENCE_INCREMENT
+                            )
+                            || $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq '#'
+                          );
+                        set_closing_breakpoint($i);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+#print "LISTX sees: i=$i type=$type  tok=$token  block=$block_type depth=$depth\n";
+
+            #------------------------------------------------------------
+            # Handle Increasing Depth..
+            #
+            # prepare for a new list when depth increases
+            # token $i is a '(','{', or '['
+            #------------------------------------------------------------
+            if ( $depth > $current_depth ) {
+
+                $breakpoint_stack[$depth]       = $forced_breakpoint_count;
+                $breakpoint_undo_stack[$depth]  = $forced_breakpoint_undo_count;
+                $has_broken_sublist[$depth]     = 0;
+                $identifier_count_stack[$depth] = 0;
+                $index_before_arrow[$depth]     = -1;
+                $interrupted_list[$depth]       = 0;
+                $item_count_stack[$depth]       = 0;
+                $last_comma_index[$depth]       = undef;
+                $last_dot_index[$depth]         = undef;
+                $last_nonblank_type[$depth]     = $last_nonblank_type;
+                $old_breakpoint_count_stack[$depth]    = $old_breakpoint_count;
+                $opening_structure_index_stack[$depth] = $i;
+                $rand_or_list[$depth]                  = [];
+                $rfor_semicolon_list[$depth]           = [];
+                $i_equals[$depth]                      = -1;
+                $want_comma_break[$depth]              = 0;
+                $container_type[$depth] =
+                  ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^(k|=>|&&|\|\||\?|\:|\.)$/ )
+                  ? $last_nonblank_token
+                  : "";
+                $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth] = 0;
+
+                # if line ends here then signal closing token to break
+                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'b' || $next_nonblank_type eq '#' )
+                {
+                    set_closing_breakpoint($i);
+                }
+
+                # Not all lists of values should be vertically aligned..
+                $dont_align[$depth] =
+
+                  # code BLOCKS are handled at a higher level
+                  ( $block_type ne "" )
+
+                  # certain paren lists
+                  || ( $type eq '(' ) && (
+
+                    # it does not usually look good to align a list of
+                    # identifiers in a parameter list, as in:
+                    #    my($var1, $var2, ...)
+                    # (This test should probably be refined, for now I'm just
+                    # testing for any keyword)
+                    ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )
+
+                    # a trailing '(' usually indicates a non-list
+                    || ( $next_nonblank_type eq '(' )
+                  );
+
+                # patch to outdent opening brace of long if/for/..
+                # statements (like this one).  See similar coding in
+                # set_continuation breaks.  We have also catch it here for
+                # short line fragments which otherwise will not go through
+                # set_continuation_breaks.
+                if (
+                    $block_type
+
+                    # if we have the ')' but not its '(' in this batch..
+                    && ( $last_nonblank_token eq ')' )
+                    && $mate_index_to_go[$i_last_nonblank_token] < 0
+
+                    # and user wants brace to left
+                    && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'}
+
+                    && ( $type  eq '{' )    # should be true
+                    && ( $token eq '{' )    # should be true
+                  )
+                {
+                    set_forced_breakpoint( $i - 1 );
+                }
+            }
+
+            #------------------------------------------------------------
+            # Handle Decreasing Depth..
+            #
+            # finish off any old list when depth decreases
+            # token $i is a ')','}', or ']'
+            #------------------------------------------------------------
+            elsif ( $depth < $current_depth ) {
+
+                check_for_new_minimum_depth($depth);
+
+                # force all outer logical containers to break after we see on
+                # old breakpoint
+                $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth] ||=
+                  $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$current_depth];
+
+                # Patch to break between ') {' if the paren list is broken.
+                # There is similar logic in set_continuation_breaks for
+                # non-broken lists.
+                if (   $token eq ')'
+                    && $next_nonblank_block_type
+                    && $interrupted_list[$current_depth]
+                    && $next_nonblank_type eq '{'
+                    && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} )
+                {
+                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
+                }
+
+#print "LISTY sees: i=$i type=$type  tok=$token  block=$block_type depth=$depth next=$next_nonblank_type next_block=$next_nonblank_block_type inter=$interrupted_list[$current_depth]\n";
+
+                # set breaks at commas if necessary
+                my ( $bp_count, $do_not_break_apart ) =
+                  set_comma_breakpoints($current_depth);
+
+                my $i_opening = $opening_structure_index_stack[$current_depth];
+                my $saw_opening_structure = ( $i_opening >= 0 );
+
+                # this term is long if we had to break at interior commas..
+                my $is_long_term = $bp_count > 0;
+
+                # ..or if the length between opening and closing parens exceeds
+                # allowed line length
+                if ( !$is_long_term && $saw_opening_structure ) {
+                    my $i_opening_minus = find_token_starting_list($i_opening);
+
+                    # Note: we have to allow for one extra space after a
+                    # closing token so that we do not strand a comma or
+                    # semicolon, hence the '>=' here (oneline.t)
+                    $is_long_term =
+                      excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus, $i ) >= 0;
+                }
+
+                # We've set breaks after all comma-arrows.  Now we have to
+                # undo them if this can be a one-line block
+                # (the only breakpoints set will be due to comma-arrows)
+                if (
+
+                    # user doesn't require breaking after all comma-arrows
+                    ( $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints != 0 )
+
+                    # and if the opening structure is in this batch
+                    && $saw_opening_structure
+
+                    # and either on the same old line
+                    && (
+                        $old_breakpoint_count_stack[$current_depth] ==
+                        $last_old_breakpoint_count
+
+                        # or user wants to form long blocks with arrows
+                        || $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 2
+                    )
+
+                  # and we made some breakpoints between the opening and closing
+                    && ( $breakpoint_undo_stack[$current_depth] <
+                        $forced_breakpoint_undo_count )
+
+                    # and this block is short enough to fit on one line
+                    # Note: use < because need 1 more space for possible comma
+                    && !$is_long_term
+
+                  )
+                {
+                    undo_forced_breakpoint_stack(
+                        $breakpoint_undo_stack[$current_depth] );
+                }
+
+                # now see if we have any comma breakpoints left
+                my $has_comma_breakpoints =
+                  ( $breakpoint_stack[$current_depth] !=
+                      $forced_breakpoint_count );
+
+                # update broken-sublist flag of the outer container
+                $has_broken_sublist[$depth] =
+                     $has_broken_sublist[$depth]
+                  || $has_broken_sublist[$current_depth]
+                  || $is_long_term
+                  || $has_comma_breakpoints;
+
+# Having come to the closing ')', '}', or ']', now we have to decide if we
+# should 'open up' the structure by placing breaks at the opening and
+# closing containers.  This is a tricky decision.  Here are some of the
+# basic considerations:
+#
+# -If this is a BLOCK container, then any breakpoints will have already
+# been set (and according to user preferences), so we need do nothing here.
+#
+# -If we have a comma-separated list for which we can align the list items,
+# then we need to do so because otherwise the vertical aligner cannot
+# currently do the alignment.
+#
+# -If this container does itself contain a container which has been broken
+# open, then it should be broken open to properly show the structure.
+#
+# -If there is nothing to align, and no other reason to break apart,
+# then do not do it.
+#
+# We will not break open the parens of a long but 'simple' logical expression.
+# For example:
+#
+# This is an example of a simple logical expression and its formatting:
+#
+#     if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
+#         || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 )
+#
+# Most people would prefer this than the 'spacey' version:
+#
+#     if (
+#         $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
+#         || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4
+#     )
+#
+# To illustrate the rules for breaking logical expressions, consider:
+#
+#             FULLY DENSE:
+#             if ( $opt_excl
+#                 and ( exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
+#                     or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc ))
+#
+# This is on the verge of being difficult to read.  The current default is to
+# open it up like this:
+#
+#             DEFAULT:
+#             if (
+#                 $opt_excl
+#                 and ( exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
+#                     or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc )
+#               )
+#
+# This is a compromise which tries to avoid being too dense and to spacey.
+# A more spaced version would be:
+#
+#             SPACEY:
+#             if (
+#                 $opt_excl
+#                 and (
+#                     exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
+#                     or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc
+#                 )
+#               )
+#
+# Some people might prefer the spacey version -- an option could be added.  The
+# innermost expression contains a long block '( exists $ids_...  ')'.
+#
+# Here is how the logic goes: We will force a break at the 'or' that the
+# innermost expression contains, but we will not break apart its opening and
+# closing containers because (1) it contains no multi-line sub-containers itself,
+# and (2) there is no alignment to be gained by breaking it open like this
+#
+#             and (
+#                 exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
+#                 or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc
+#             )
+#
+# (although this looks perfectly ok and might be good for long expressions).  The
+# outer 'if' container, though, contains a broken sub-container, so it will be
+# broken open to avoid too much density.  Also, since it contains no 'or's, there
+# will be a forced break at its 'and'.
+
+                # set some flags telling something about this container..
+                my $is_simple_logical_expression = 0;
+                if (   $item_count_stack[$current_depth] == 0
+                    && $saw_opening_structure
+                    && $tokens_to_go[$i_opening] eq '('
+                    && $is_logical_container{ $container_type[$current_depth] }
+                  )
+                {
+
+                    # This seems to be a simple logical expression with
+                    # no existing breakpoints.  Set a flag to prevent
+                    # opening it up.
+                    if ( !$has_comma_breakpoints ) {
+                        $is_simple_logical_expression = 1;
+                    }
+
+                    # This seems to be a simple logical expression with
+                    # breakpoints (broken sublists, for example).  Break
+                    # at all 'or's and '||'s.
+                    else {
+                        set_logical_breakpoints($current_depth);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if ( $is_long_term
+                    && @{ $rfor_semicolon_list[$current_depth] } )
+                {
+                    set_for_semicolon_breakpoints($current_depth);
+
+                    # open up a long 'for' or 'foreach' container to allow
+                    # leading term alignment unless -lp is used.
+                    $has_comma_breakpoints = 1
+                      unless $rOpts_line_up_parentheses;
+                }
+
+                if (
+
+                    # breaks for code BLOCKS are handled at a higher level
+                    !$block_type
+
+                    # we do not need to break at the top level of an 'if'
+                    # type expression
+                    && !$is_simple_logical_expression
+
+                    ## modification to keep ': (' containers vertically tight;
+                    ## but probably better to let user set -vt=1 to avoid
+                    ## inconsistency with other paren types
+                    ## && ($container_type[$current_depth] ne ':')
+
+                    # otherwise, we require one of these reasons for breaking:
+                    && (
+
+                        # - this term has forced line breaks
+                        $has_comma_breakpoints
+
+                       # - the opening container is separated from this batch
+                       #   for some reason (comment, blank line, code block)
+                       # - this is a non-paren container spanning multiple lines
+                        || !$saw_opening_structure
+
+                        # - this is a long block contained in another breakable
+                        #   container
+                        || (   $is_long_term
+                            && $container_environment_to_go[$i_opening] ne
+                            'BLOCK' )
+                    )
+                  )
+                {
+
+                    # For -lp option, we must put a breakpoint before
+                    # the token which has been identified as starting
+                    # this indentation level.  This is necessary for
+                    # proper alignment.
+                    if ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && $saw_opening_structure )
+                    {
+                        my $item = $leading_spaces_to_go[ $i_opening + 1 ];
+                        if (   $i_opening + 1 < $max_index_to_go
+                            && $types_to_go[ $i_opening + 1 ] eq 'b' )
+                        {
+                            $item = $leading_spaces_to_go[ $i_opening + 2 ];
+                        }
+                        if ( defined($item) ) {
+                            my $i_start_2 = $item->get_STARTING_INDEX();
+                            if (
+                                defined($i_start_2)
+
+                                # we are breaking after an opening brace, paren,
+                                # so don't break before it too
+                                && $i_start_2 ne $i_opening
+                              )
+                            {
+
+                                # Only break for breakpoints at the same
+                                # indentation level as the opening paren
+                                my $test1 = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_opening];
+                                my $test2 = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_start_2];
+                                if ( $test2 == $test1 ) {
+                                    set_forced_breakpoint( $i_start_2 - 1 );
+                                }
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    # break after opening structure.
+                    # note: break before closing structure will be automatic
+                    if ( $minimum_depth <= $current_depth ) {
+
+                        set_forced_breakpoint($i_opening)
+                          unless ( $do_not_break_apart
+                            || is_unbreakable_container($current_depth) );
+
+                        # break at '.' of lower depth level before opening token
+                        if ( $last_dot_index[$depth] ) {
+                            set_forced_breakpoint( $last_dot_index[$depth] );
+                        }
+
+                        # break before opening structure if preeced by another
+                        # closing structure and a comma.  This is normally
+                        # done by the previous closing brace, but not
+                        # if it was a one-line block.
+                        if ( $i_opening > 2 ) {
+                            my $i_prev =
+                              ( $types_to_go[ $i_opening - 1 ] eq 'b' )
+                              ? $i_opening - 2
+                              : $i_opening - 1;
+
+                            if (   $types_to_go[$i_prev] eq ','
+                                && $types_to_go[ $i_prev - 1 ] =~ /^[\)\}]$/ )
+                            {
+                                set_forced_breakpoint($i_prev);
+                            }
+
+                            # also break before something like ':('  or '?('
+                            # if appropriate.
+                            elsif (
+                                $types_to_go[$i_prev] =~ /^([k\:\?]|&&|\|\|)$/ )
+                            {
+                                my $token_prev = $tokens_to_go[$i_prev];
+                                if ( $want_break_before{$token_prev} ) {
+                                    set_forced_breakpoint($i_prev);
+                                }
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    # break after comma following closing structure
+                    if ( $next_type eq ',' ) {
+                        set_forced_breakpoint( $i + 1 );
+                    }
+
+                    # break before an '=' following closing structure
+                    if (
+                        $is_assignment{$next_nonblank_type}
+                        && ( $breakpoint_stack[$current_depth] !=
+                            $forced_breakpoint_count )
+                      )
+                    {
+                        set_forced_breakpoint($i);
+                    }
+
+                    # break at any comma before the opening structure Added
+                    # for -lp, but seems to be good in general.  It isn't
+                    # obvious how far back to look; the '5' below seems to
+                    # work well and will catch the comma in something like
+                    #  push @list, myfunc( $param, $param, ..
+
+                    my $icomma = $last_comma_index[$depth];
+                    if ( defined($icomma) && ( $i_opening - $icomma ) < 5 ) {
+                        unless ( $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$icomma] ) {
+                            set_forced_breakpoint($icomma);
+                        }
+                    }
+                }    # end logic to open up a container
+
+                # Break open a logical container open if it was already open
+                elsif ($is_simple_logical_expression
+                    && $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$current_depth] )
+                {
+                    set_logical_breakpoints($current_depth);
+                }
+
+                # Handle long container which does not get opened up
+                elsif ($is_long_term) {
+
+                    # must set fake breakpoint to alert outer containers that
+                    # they are complex
+                    set_fake_breakpoint();
+                }
+            }
+
+            #------------------------------------------------------------
+            # Handle this token
+            #------------------------------------------------------------
+
+            $current_depth = $depth;
+
+            # handle comma-arrow
+            if ( $type eq '=>' ) {
+                next if ( $last_nonblank_type eq '=>' );
+                next if $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints;
+                next if $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 3;
+                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 1;
+                $index_before_arrow[$depth] = $i_last_nonblank_token;
+                next;
+            }
+
+            elsif ( $type eq '.' ) {
+                $last_dot_index[$depth] = $i;
+            }
+
+            # Turn off alignment if we are sure that this is not a list
+            # environment.  To be safe, we will do this if we see certain
+            # non-list tokens, such as ';', and also the environment is
+            # not a list.  Note that '=' could be in any of the = operators
+            # (lextest.t). We can't just use the reported environment
+            # because it can be incorrect in some cases.
+            elsif ( ( $type =~ /^[\;\<\>\~]$/ || $is_assignment{$type} )
+                && $container_environment_to_go[$i] ne 'LIST' )
+            {
+                $dont_align[$depth]         = 1;
+                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
+                $index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;
+            }
+
+            # now just handle any commas
+            next unless ( $type eq ',' );
+
+            $last_dot_index[$depth]   = undef;
+            $last_comma_index[$depth] = $i;
+
+            # break here if this comma follows a '=>'
+            # but not if there is a side comment after the comma
+            if ( $want_comma_break[$depth] ) {
+
+                if ( $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\)\}\]R]$/ ) {
+                    $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
+                    $index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;
+                    next;
+                }
+
+                set_forced_breakpoint($i) unless ( $next_nonblank_type eq '#' );
+
+                # break before the previous token if it looks safe
+                # Example of something that we will not try to break before:
+                #   DBI::SQL_SMALLINT() => $ado_consts->{adSmallInt},
+                # Also we don't want to break at a binary operator (like +):
+                # $c->createOval(
+                #    $x + $R, $y +
+                #    $R => $x - $R,
+                #    $y - $R, -fill   => 'black',
+                # );
+                my $ibreak = $index_before_arrow[$depth] - 1;
+                if (   $ibreak > 0
+                    && $tokens_to_go[ $ibreak + 1 ] !~ /^[\)\}\]]$/ )
+                {
+                    if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibreak] eq '-' ) { $ibreak-- }
+                    if ( $types_to_go[$ibreak]  eq 'b' ) { $ibreak-- }
+                    if ( $types_to_go[$ibreak] =~ /^[,wiZCUG\(\{\[]$/ ) {
+
+                        # don't break pointer calls, such as the following:
+                        #  File::Spec->curdir  => 1,
+                        # (This is tokenized as adjacent 'w' tokens)
+                        if ( $tokens_to_go[ $ibreak + 1 ] !~ /^->/ ) {
+                            set_forced_breakpoint($ibreak);
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
+                $index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;
+
+                # handle list which mixes '=>'s and ','s:
+                # treat any list items so far as an interrupted list
+                $interrupted_list[$depth] = 1;
+                next;
+            }
+
+            # break after all commas above starting depth
+            if ( $depth < $starting_depth && !$dont_align[$depth] ) {
+                set_forced_breakpoint($i) unless ( $next_nonblank_type eq '#' );
+                next;
+            }
+
+            # add this comma to the list..
+            my $item_count = $item_count_stack[$depth];
+            if ( $item_count == 0 ) {
+
+                # but do not form a list with no opening structure
+                # for example:
+
+                #            open INFILE_COPY, ">$input_file_copy"
+                #              or die ("very long message");
+
+                if ( ( $opening_structure_index_stack[$depth] < 0 )
+                    && $container_environment_to_go[$i] eq 'BLOCK' )
+                {
+                    $dont_align[$depth] = 1;
+                }
+            }
+
+            $comma_index[$depth][$item_count] = $i;
+            ++$item_count_stack[$depth];
+            if ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[iR\]]$/ ) {
+                $identifier_count_stack[$depth]++;
+            }
+        }
+
+        #-------------------------------------------
+        # end of loop over all tokens in this batch
+        #-------------------------------------------
+
+        # set breaks for any unfinished lists ..
+        for ( my $dd = $current_depth ; $dd >= $minimum_depth ; $dd-- ) {
+
+            $interrupted_list[$dd] = 1;
+            $has_broken_sublist[$dd] = 1 if ( $dd < $current_depth );
+            set_comma_breakpoints($dd);
+            set_logical_breakpoints($dd)
+              if ( $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$dd] );
+            set_for_semicolon_breakpoints($dd);
+
+            # break open container...
+            my $i_opening = $opening_structure_index_stack[$dd];
+            set_forced_breakpoint($i_opening)
+              unless (
+                is_unbreakable_container($dd)
+
+                # Avoid a break which would place an isolated ' or "
+                # on a line
+                || (   $type eq 'Q'
+                    && $i_opening >= $max_index_to_go - 2
+                    && $token =~ /^['"]$/ )
+              );
+        }
+
+        # Return a flag indicating if the input file had some good breakpoints.
+        # This flag will be used to force a break in a line shorter than the
+        # allowed line length.
+        if ( $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$current_depth] ) {
+            $saw_good_breakpoint = 1;
+        }
+        return $saw_good_breakpoint;
+    }
+}    # end scan_list
+
+sub find_token_starting_list {
+
+    # When testing to see if a block will fit on one line, some
+    # previous token(s) may also need to be on the line; particularly
+    # if this is a sub call.  So we will look back at least one
+    # token. NOTE: This isn't perfect, but not critical, because
+    # if we mis-identify a block, it will be wrapped and therefore
+    # fixed the next time it is formatted.
+    my $i_opening_paren = shift;
+    my $i_opening_minus = $i_opening_paren;
+    my $im1             = $i_opening_paren - 1;
+    my $im2             = $i_opening_paren - 2;
+    my $im3             = $i_opening_paren - 3;
+    my $typem1          = $types_to_go[$im1];
+    my $typem2          = $im2 >= 0 ? $types_to_go[$im2] : 'b';
+    if ( $typem1 eq ',' || ( $typem1 eq 'b' && $typem2 eq ',' ) ) {
+        $i_opening_minus = $i_opening_paren;
+    }
+    elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$i_opening_paren] eq '(' ) {
+        $i_opening_minus = $im1 if $im1 >= 0;
+
+        # walk back to improve length estimate
+        for ( my $j = $im1 ; $j >= 0 ; $j-- ) {
+            last if ( $types_to_go[$j] =~ /^[\(\[\{L\}\]\)Rb,]$/ );
+            $i_opening_minus = $j;
+        }
+        if ( $types_to_go[$i_opening_minus] eq 'b' ) { $i_opening_minus++ }
+    }
+    elsif ( $typem1 eq 'k' ) { $i_opening_minus = $im1 }
+    elsif ( $typem1 eq 'b' && $im2 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$im2] eq 'k' ) {
+        $i_opening_minus = $im2;
+    }
+    return $i_opening_minus;
+}
+
+{    # begin set_comma_breakpoints_do
+
+    my %is_keyword_with_special_leading_term;
+
+    BEGIN {
+
+        # These keywords have prototypes which allow a special leading item
+        # followed by a list
+        @_ =
+          qw(formline grep kill map printf sprintf push chmod join pack unshift);
+        @is_keyword_with_special_leading_term{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    sub set_comma_breakpoints_do {
+
+        # Given a list with some commas, set breakpoints at some of the
+        # commas, if necessary, to make it easy to read.  This list is
+        # an example:
+        my (
+            $depth,               $i_opening_paren,  $i_closing_paren,
+            $item_count,          $identifier_count, $rcomma_index,
+            $next_nonblank_type,  $list_type,        $interrupted,
+            $rdo_not_break_apart, $must_break_open,
+        ) = @_;
+
+        # nothing to do if no commas seen
+        return if ( $item_count < 1 );
+        my $i_first_comma     = $$rcomma_index[0];
+        my $i_true_last_comma = $$rcomma_index[ $item_count - 1 ];
+        my $i_last_comma      = $i_true_last_comma;
+        if ( $i_last_comma >= $max_index_to_go ) {
+            $i_last_comma = $$rcomma_index[ --$item_count - 1 ];
+            return if ( $item_count < 1 );
+        }
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # find lengths of all items in the list to calculate page layout
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        my $comma_count = $item_count;
+        my @item_lengths;
+        my @i_term_begin;
+        my @i_term_end;
+        my @i_term_comma;
+        my $i_prev_plus;
+        my @max_length = ( 0, 0 );
+        my $first_term_length;
+        my $i      = $i_opening_paren;
+        my $is_odd = 1;
+
+        for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < $comma_count ; $j++ ) {
+            $is_odd      = 1 - $is_odd;
+            $i_prev_plus = $i + 1;
+            $i           = $$rcomma_index[$j];
+
+            my $i_term_end =
+              ( $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? $i - 2 : $i - 1;
+            my $i_term_begin =
+              ( $types_to_go[$i_prev_plus] eq 'b' )
+              ? $i_prev_plus + 1
+              : $i_prev_plus;
+            push @i_term_begin, $i_term_begin;
+            push @i_term_end,   $i_term_end;
+            push @i_term_comma, $i;
+
+            # note: currently adding 2 to all lengths (for comma and space)
+            my $length =
+              2 + token_sequence_length( $i_term_begin, $i_term_end );
+            push @item_lengths, $length;
+
+            if ( $j == 0 ) {
+                $first_term_length = $length;
+            }
+            else {
+
+                if ( $length > $max_length[$is_odd] ) {
+                    $max_length[$is_odd] = $length;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # now we have to make a distinction between the comma count and item
+        # count, because the item count will be one greater than the comma
+        # count if the last item is not terminated with a comma
+        my $i_b =
+          ( $types_to_go[ $i_last_comma + 1 ] eq 'b' )
+          ? $i_last_comma + 1
+          : $i_last_comma;
+        my $i_e =
+          ( $types_to_go[ $i_closing_paren - 1 ] eq 'b' )
+          ? $i_closing_paren - 2
+          : $i_closing_paren - 1;
+        my $i_effective_last_comma = $i_last_comma;
+
+        my $last_item_length = token_sequence_length( $i_b + 1, $i_e );
+
+        if ( $last_item_length > 0 ) {
+
+            # add 2 to length because other lengths include a comma and a blank
+            $last_item_length += 2;
+            push @item_lengths, $last_item_length;
+            push @i_term_begin, $i_b + 1;
+            push @i_term_end,   $i_e;
+            push @i_term_comma, undef;
+
+            my $i_odd = $item_count % 2;
+
+            if ( $last_item_length > $max_length[$i_odd] ) {
+                $max_length[$i_odd] = $last_item_length;
+            }
+
+            $item_count++;
+            $i_effective_last_comma = $i_e + 1;
+
+            if ( $types_to_go[ $i_b + 1 ] =~ /^[iR\]]$/ ) {
+                $identifier_count++;
+            }
+        }
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # End of length calculations
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # Compound List Rule 1:
+        # Break at (almost) every comma for a list containing a broken
+        # sublist.  This has higher priority than the Interrupted List
+        # Rule.
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        if ( $has_broken_sublist[$depth] ) {
+
+            # Break at every comma except for a comma between two
+            # simple, small terms.  This prevents long vertical
+            # columns of, say, just 0's.
+            my $small_length = 10;    # 2 + actual maximum length wanted
+
+            # We'll insert a break in long runs of small terms to
+            # allow alignment in uniform tables.
+            my $skipped_count = 0;
+            my $columns       = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);
+            my $fields        = int( $columns / $small_length );
+            if (   $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table
+                && $fields > $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table )
+            {
+                $fields = $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table;
+            }
+            my $max_skipped_count = $fields - 1;
+
+            my $is_simple_last_term = 0;
+            my $is_simple_next_term = 0;
+            foreach my $j ( 0 .. $item_count ) {
+                $is_simple_last_term = $is_simple_next_term;
+                $is_simple_next_term = 0;
+                if (   $j < $item_count
+                    && $i_term_end[$j] == $i_term_begin[$j]
+                    && $item_lengths[$j] <= $small_length )
+                {
+                    $is_simple_next_term = 1;
+                }
+                next if $j == 0;
+                if (   $is_simple_last_term
+                    && $is_simple_next_term
+                    && $skipped_count < $max_skipped_count )
+                {
+                    $skipped_count++;
+                }
+                else {
+                    $skipped_count = 0;
+                    my $i = $i_term_comma[ $j - 1 ];
+                    last unless defined $i;
+                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
+                }
+            }
+
+            # always break at the last comma if this list is
+            # interrupted; we wouldn't want to leave a terminal '{', for
+            # example.
+            if ($interrupted) { set_forced_breakpoint($i_true_last_comma) }
+            return;
+        }
+
+#my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
+#print "LISTX: in set_list $a $c interupt=$interrupted count=$item_count
+#i_first = $i_first_comma  i_last=$i_last_comma max=$max_index_to_go\n";
+#print "depth=$depth has_broken=$has_broken_sublist[$depth] is_multi=$is_multiline opening_paren=($i_opening_paren) \n";
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # Interrupted List Rule:
+        # A list is is forced to use old breakpoints if it was interrupted
+        # by side comments or blank lines, or requested by user.
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        if (   $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints
+            || $interrupted
+            || $i_opening_paren < 0 )
+        {
+            copy_old_breakpoints( $i_first_comma, $i_true_last_comma );
+            return;
+        }
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # Looks like a list of items.  We have to look at it and size it up.
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        my $opening_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_opening_paren];
+        my $opening_environment =
+          $container_environment_to_go[$i_opening_paren];
+
+        #-------------------------------------------------------------------
+        # Return if this will fit on one line
+        #-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        my $i_opening_minus = find_token_starting_list($i_opening_paren);
+        return
+          unless excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus, $i_closing_paren ) > 0;
+
+        #-------------------------------------------------------------------
+        # Now we know that this block spans multiple lines; we have to set
+        # at least one breakpoint -- real or fake -- as a signal to break
+        # open any outer containers.
+        #-------------------------------------------------------------------
+        set_fake_breakpoint();
+
+        # be sure we do not extend beyond the current list length
+        if ( $i_effective_last_comma >= $max_index_to_go ) {
+            $i_effective_last_comma = $max_index_to_go - 1;
+        }
+
+        # Set a flag indicating if we need to break open to keep -lp
+        # items aligned.  This is necessary if any of the list terms
+        # exceeds the available space after the '('.
+        my $need_lp_break_open = $must_break_open;
+        if ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && !$must_break_open ) {
+            my $columns_if_unbroken = $rOpts_maximum_line_length -
+              total_line_length( $i_opening_minus, $i_opening_paren );
+            $need_lp_break_open =
+                 ( $max_length[0] > $columns_if_unbroken )
+              || ( $max_length[1] > $columns_if_unbroken )
+              || ( $first_term_length > $columns_if_unbroken );
+        }
+
+        # Specify if the list must have an even number of fields or not.
+        # It is generally safest to assume an even number, because the
+        # list items might be a hash list.  But if we can be sure that
+        # it is not a hash, then we can allow an odd number for more
+        # flexibility.
+        my $odd_or_even = 2;    # 1 = odd field count ok, 2 = want even count
+
+        if (   $identifier_count >= $item_count - 1
+            || $is_assignment{$next_nonblank_type}
+            || ( $list_type && $list_type ne '=>' && $list_type !~ /^[\:\?]$/ )
+          )
+        {
+            $odd_or_even = 1;
+        }
+
+        # do we have a long first term which should be
+        # left on a line by itself?
+        my $use_separate_first_term = (
+            $odd_or_even == 1       # only if we can use 1 field/line
+              && $item_count > 3    # need several items
+              && $first_term_length >
+              2 * $max_length[0] - 2    # need long first term
+              && $first_term_length >
+              2 * $max_length[1] - 2    # need long first term
+        );
+
+        # or do we know from the type of list that the first term should
+        # be placed alone?
+        if ( !$use_separate_first_term ) {
+            if ( $is_keyword_with_special_leading_term{$list_type} ) {
+                $use_separate_first_term = 1;
+
+                # should the container be broken open?
+                if ( $item_count < 3 ) {
+                    if ( $i_first_comma - $i_opening_paren < 4 ) {
+                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
+                    }
+                }
+                elsif ($first_term_length < 20
+                    && $i_first_comma - $i_opening_paren < 4 )
+                {
+                    my $columns = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);
+                    if ( $first_term_length < $columns ) {
+                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # if so,
+        if ($use_separate_first_term) {
+
+            # ..set a break and update starting values
+            $use_separate_first_term = 1;
+            set_forced_breakpoint($i_first_comma);
+            $i_opening_paren = $i_first_comma;
+            $i_first_comma   = $$rcomma_index[1];
+            $item_count--;
+            return if $comma_count == 1;
+            shift @item_lengths;
+            shift @i_term_begin;
+            shift @i_term_end;
+            shift @i_term_comma;
+        }
+
+        # if not, update the metrics to include the first term
+        else {
+            if ( $first_term_length > $max_length[0] ) {
+                $max_length[0] = $first_term_length;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # Field width parameters
+        my $pair_width = ( $max_length[0] + $max_length[1] );
+        my $max_width =
+          ( $max_length[0] > $max_length[1] ) ? $max_length[0] : $max_length[1];
+
+        # Number of free columns across the page width for laying out tables
+        my $columns = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);
+
+        # Estimated maximum number of fields which fit this space
+        # This will be our first guess
+        my $number_of_fields_max =
+          maximum_number_of_fields( $columns, $odd_or_even, $max_width,
+            $pair_width );
+        my $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_max;
+
+        # Find the best-looking number of fields
+        # and make this our second guess if possible
+        my ( $number_of_fields_best, $ri_ragged_break_list,
+            $new_identifier_count )
+          = study_list_complexity( \@i_term_begin, \@i_term_end, \@item_lengths,
+            $max_width );
+
+        if (   $number_of_fields_best != 0
+            && $number_of_fields_best < $number_of_fields_max )
+        {
+            $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_best;
+        }
+
+        # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+        # If we are crowded and the -lp option is being used, try to
+        # undo some indentation
+        # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+        if (
+            $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
+            && (
+                $number_of_fields == 0
+                || (   $number_of_fields == 1
+                    && $number_of_fields != $number_of_fields_best )
+            )
+          )
+        {
+            my $available_spaces = get_AVAILABLE_SPACES_to_go($i_first_comma);
+            if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {
+
+                my $spaces_wanted = $max_width - $columns;    # for 1 field
+
+                if ( $number_of_fields_best == 0 ) {
+                    $number_of_fields_best =
+                      get_maximum_fields_wanted( \@item_lengths );
+                }
+
+                if ( $number_of_fields_best != 1 ) {
+                    my $spaces_wanted_2 =
+                      1 + $pair_width - $columns;             # for 2 fields
+                    if ( $available_spaces > $spaces_wanted_2 ) {
+                        $spaces_wanted = $spaces_wanted_2;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if ( $spaces_wanted > 0 ) {
+                    my $deleted_spaces =
+                      reduce_lp_indentation( $i_first_comma, $spaces_wanted );
+
+                    # redo the math
+                    if ( $deleted_spaces > 0 ) {
+                        $columns = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);
+                        $number_of_fields_max =
+                          maximum_number_of_fields( $columns, $odd_or_even,
+                            $max_width, $pair_width );
+                        $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_max;
+
+                        if (   $number_of_fields_best == 1
+                            && $number_of_fields >= 1 )
+                        {
+                            $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_best;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # try for one column if two won't work
+        if ( $number_of_fields <= 0 ) {
+            $number_of_fields = int( $columns / $max_width );
+        }
+
+        # The user can place an upper bound on the number of fields,
+        # which can be useful for doing maintenance on tables
+        if (   $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table
+            && $number_of_fields > $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table )
+        {
+            $number_of_fields = $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table;
+        }
+
+        # How many columns (characters) and lines would this container take
+        # if no additional whitespace were added?
+        my $packed_columns = token_sequence_length( $i_opening_paren + 1,
+            $i_effective_last_comma + 1 );
+        if ( $columns <= 0 ) { $columns = 1 }    # avoid divide by zero
+        my $packed_lines = 1 + int( $packed_columns / $columns );
+
+        # are we an item contained in an outer list?
+        my $in_hierarchical_list = $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\}\,]$/;
+
+        if ( $number_of_fields <= 0 ) {
+
+#         #---------------------------------------------------------------
+#         # We're in trouble.  We can't find a single field width that works.
+#         # There is no simple answer here; we may have a single long list
+#         # item, or many.
+#         #---------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#         In many cases, it may be best to not force a break if there is just one
+#         comma, because the standard continuation break logic will do a better
+#         job without it.
+#
+#         In the common case that all but one of the terms can fit
+#         on a single line, it may look better not to break open the
+#         containing parens.  Consider, for example
+#
+#             $color =
+#               join ( '/',
+#                 sort { $color_value{$::a} <=> $color_value{$::b}; }
+#                 keys %colors );
+#
+#         which will look like this with the container broken:
+#
+#             $color = join (
+#                 '/',
+#                 sort { $color_value{$::a} <=> $color_value{$::b}; } keys %colors
+#             );
+#
+#         Here is an example of this rule for a long last term:
+#
+#             log_message( 0, 256, 128,
+#                 "Number of routes in adj-RIB-in to be considered: $peercount" );
+#
+#         And here is an example with a long first term:
+#
+#         $s = sprintf(
+# "%2d wallclock secs (%$f usr %$f sys + %$f cusr %$f csys = %$f CPU)",
+#             $r, $pu, $ps, $cu, $cs, $tt
+#           )
+#           if $style eq 'all';
+
+            my $i_last_comma = $$rcomma_index[ $comma_count - 1 ];
+            my $long_last_term = excess_line_length( 0, $i_last_comma ) <= 0;
+            my $long_first_term =
+              excess_line_length( $i_first_comma + 1, $max_index_to_go ) <= 0;
+
+            # break at every comma ...
+            if (
+
+                # if requested by user or is best looking
+                $number_of_fields_best == 1
+
+                # or if this is a sublist of a larger list
+                || $in_hierarchical_list
+
+                # or if multiple commas and we dont have a long first or last
+                # term
+                || ( $comma_count > 1
+                    && !( $long_last_term || $long_first_term ) )
+              )
+            {
+                foreach ( 0 .. $comma_count - 1 ) {
+                    set_forced_breakpoint( $$rcomma_index[$_] );
+                }
+            }
+            elsif ($long_last_term) {
+
+                set_forced_breakpoint($i_last_comma);
+                $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1 unless $must_break_open;
+            }
+            elsif ($long_first_term) {
+
+                set_forced_breakpoint($i_first_comma);
+            }
+            else {
+
+                # let breaks be defined by default bond strength logic
+            }
+            return;
+        }
+
+        # --------------------------------------------------------
+        # We have a tentative field count that seems to work.
+        # How many lines will this require?
+        # --------------------------------------------------------
+        my $formatted_lines = $item_count / ($number_of_fields);
+        if ( $formatted_lines != int $formatted_lines ) {
+            $formatted_lines = 1 + int $formatted_lines;
+        }
+
+        # So far we've been trying to fill out to the right margin.  But
+        # compact tables are easier to read, so let's see if we can use fewer
+        # fields without increasing the number of lines.
+        $number_of_fields =
+          compactify_table( $item_count, $number_of_fields, $formatted_lines,
+            $odd_or_even );
+
+        # How many spaces across the page will we fill?
+        my $columns_per_line =
+          ( int $number_of_fields / 2 ) * $pair_width +
+          ( $number_of_fields % 2 ) * $max_width;
+
+        my $formatted_columns;
+
+        if ( $number_of_fields > 1 ) {
+            $formatted_columns =
+              ( $pair_width * ( int( $item_count / 2 ) ) +
+                  ( $item_count % 2 ) * $max_width );
+        }
+        else {
+            $formatted_columns = $max_width * $item_count;
+        }
+        if ( $formatted_columns < $packed_columns ) {
+            $formatted_columns = $packed_columns;
+        }
+
+        my $unused_columns = $formatted_columns - $packed_columns;
+
+        # set some empirical parameters to help decide if we should try to
+        # align; high sparsity does not look good, especially with few lines
+        my $sparsity = ($unused_columns) / ($formatted_columns);
+        my $max_allowed_sparsity =
+            ( $item_count < 3 )    ? 0.1
+          : ( $packed_lines == 1 ) ? 0.15
+          : ( $packed_lines == 2 ) ? 0.4
+          :                          0.7;
+
+        # Begin check for shortcut methods, which avoid treating a list
+        # as a table for relatively small parenthesized lists.  These
+        # are usually easier to read if not formatted as tables.
+        if (
+            $packed_lines <= 2    # probably can fit in 2 lines
+            && $item_count < 9    # doesn't have too many items
+            && $opening_environment eq 'BLOCK'    # not a sub-container
+            && $opening_token       eq '('        # is paren list
+          )
+        {
+
+            # Shortcut method 1: for -lp and just one comma:
+            # This is a no-brainer, just break at the comma.
+            if (
+                $rOpts_line_up_parentheses        # -lp
+                && $item_count == 2               # two items, one comma
+                && !$must_break_open
+              )
+            {
+                my $i_break = $$rcomma_index[0];
+                set_forced_breakpoint($i_break);
+                $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
+                set_non_alignment_flags( $comma_count, $rcomma_index );
+                return;
+
+            }
+
+            # method 2 is for most small ragged lists which might look
+            # best if not displayed as a table.
+            if (
+                ( $number_of_fields == 2 && $item_count == 3 )
+                || (
+                    $new_identifier_count > 0    # isn't all quotes
+                    && $sparsity > 0.15
+                )    # would be fairly spaced gaps if aligned
+              )
+            {
+
+                my $break_count = set_ragged_breakpoints( \@i_term_comma,
+                    $ri_ragged_break_list );
+                ++$break_count if ($use_separate_first_term);
+
+                # NOTE: we should really use the true break count here,
+                # which can be greater if there are large terms and
+                # little space, but usually this will work well enough.
+                unless ($must_break_open) {
+
+                    if ( $break_count <= 1 ) {
+                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
+                    }
+                    elsif ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && !$need_lp_break_open )
+                    {
+                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
+                    }
+                }
+                set_non_alignment_flags( $comma_count, $rcomma_index );
+                return;
+            }
+
+        }    # end shortcut methods
+
+        # debug stuff
+
+        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE && do {
+            print
+"SPARSE:cols=$columns commas=$comma_count items:$item_count ids=$identifier_count pairwidth=$pair_width fields=$number_of_fields lines packed: $packed_lines packed_cols=$packed_columns fmtd:$formatted_lines cols /line:$columns_per_line  unused:$unused_columns fmtd:$formatted_columns sparsity=$sparsity allow=$max_allowed_sparsity\n";
+
+        };
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # Compound List Rule 2:
+        # If this list is too long for one line, and it is an item of a
+        # larger list, then we must format it, regardless of sparsity
+        # (ian.t).  One reason that we have to do this is to trigger
+        # Compound List Rule 1, above, which causes breaks at all commas of
+        # all outer lists.  In this way, the structure will be properly
+        # displayed.
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        # Decide if this list is too long for one line unless broken
+        my $total_columns = table_columns_available($i_opening_paren);
+        my $too_long      = $packed_columns > $total_columns;
+
+        # For a paren list, include the length of the token just before the
+        # '(' because this is likely a sub call, and we would have to
+        # include the sub name on the same line as the list.  This is still
+        # imprecise, but not too bad.  (steve.t)
+        if ( !$too_long && $i_opening_paren > 0 && $opening_token eq '(' ) {
+
+            $too_long = excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus,
+                $i_effective_last_comma + 1 ) > 0;
+        }
+
+        # FIXME: For an item after a '=>', try to include the length of the
+        # thing before the '=>'.  This is crude and should be improved by
+        # actually looking back token by token.
+        if ( !$too_long && $i_opening_paren > 0 && $list_type eq '=>' ) {
+            my $i_opening_minus = $i_opening_paren - 4;
+            if ( $i_opening_minus >= 0 ) {
+                $too_long = excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus,
+                    $i_effective_last_comma + 1 ) > 0;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # Always break lists contained in '[' and '{' if too long for 1 line,
+        # and always break lists which are too long and part of a more complex
+        # structure.
+        my $must_break_open_container = $must_break_open
+          || ( $too_long
+            && ( $in_hierarchical_list || $opening_token ne '(' ) );
+
+#print "LISTX: next=$next_nonblank_type  avail cols=$columns packed=$packed_columns must format = $must_break_open_container too-long=$too_long  opening=$opening_token list_type=$list_type formatted_lines=$formatted_lines  packed=$packed_lines max_sparsity= $max_allowed_sparsity sparsity=$sparsity \n";
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # The main decision:
+        # Now decide if we will align the data into aligned columns.  Do not
+        # attempt to align columns if this is a tiny table or it would be
+        # too spaced.  It seems that the more packed lines we have, the
+        # sparser the list that can be allowed and still look ok.
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        if (   ( $formatted_lines < 3 && $packed_lines < $formatted_lines )
+            || ( $formatted_lines < 2 )
+            || ( $unused_columns > $max_allowed_sparsity * $formatted_columns )
+          )
+        {
+
+            #---------------------------------------------------------------
+            # too sparse: would look ugly if aligned in a table;
+            #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+            # use old breakpoints if this is a 'big' list
+            # FIXME: goal is to improve set_ragged_breakpoints so that
+            # this is not necessary.
+            if ( $packed_lines > 2 && $item_count > 10 ) {
+                write_logfile_entry("List sparse: using old breakpoints\n");
+                copy_old_breakpoints( $i_first_comma, $i_last_comma );
+            }
+
+            # let the continuation logic handle it if 2 lines
+            else {
+
+                my $break_count = set_ragged_breakpoints( \@i_term_comma,
+                    $ri_ragged_break_list );
+                ++$break_count if ($use_separate_first_term);
+
+                unless ($must_break_open_container) {
+                    if ( $break_count <= 1 ) {
+                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
+                    }
+                    elsif ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && !$need_lp_break_open )
+                    {
+                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
+                    }
+                }
+                set_non_alignment_flags( $comma_count, $rcomma_index );
+            }
+            return;
+        }
+
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        # go ahead and format as a table
+        #---------------------------------------------------------------
+        write_logfile_entry(
+            "List: auto formatting with $number_of_fields fields/row\n");
+
+        my $j_first_break =
+          $use_separate_first_term ? $number_of_fields : $number_of_fields - 1;
+
+        for (
+            my $j = $j_first_break ;
+            $j < $comma_count ;
+            $j += $number_of_fields
+          )
+        {
+            my $i = $$rcomma_index[$j];
+            set_forced_breakpoint($i);
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+sub set_non_alignment_flags {
+
+    # set flag which indicates that these commas should not be
+    # aligned
+    my ( $comma_count, $rcomma_index ) = @_;
+    foreach ( 0 .. $comma_count - 1 ) {
+        $matching_token_to_go[ $$rcomma_index[$_] ] = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+sub study_list_complexity {
+
+    # Look for complex tables which should be formatted with one term per line.
+    # Returns the following:
+    #
+    #  \@i_ragged_break_list = list of good breakpoints to avoid lines
+    #    which are hard to read
+    #  $number_of_fields_best = suggested number of fields based on
+    #    complexity; = 0 if any number may be used.
+    #
+    my ( $ri_term_begin, $ri_term_end, $ritem_lengths, $max_width ) = @_;
+    my $item_count            = @{$ri_term_begin};
+    my $complex_item_count    = 0;
+    my $number_of_fields_best = $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table;
+    my $i_max                 = @{$ritem_lengths} - 1;
+    ##my @item_complexity;
+
+    my $i_last_last_break = -3;
+    my $i_last_break      = -2;
+    my @i_ragged_break_list;
+
+    my $definitely_complex = 30;
+    my $definitely_simple  = 12;
+    my $quote_count        = 0;
+
+    for my $i ( 0 .. $i_max ) {
+        my $ib = $ri_term_begin->[$i];
+        my $ie = $ri_term_end->[$i];
+
+        # define complexity: start with the actual term length
+        my $weighted_length = ( $ritem_lengths->[$i] - 2 );
+
+        ##TBD: join types here and check for variations
+        ##my $str=join "", @tokens_to_go[$ib..$ie];
+
+        my $is_quote = 0;
+        if ( $types_to_go[$ib] =~ /^[qQ]$/ ) {
+            $is_quote = 1;
+            $quote_count++;
+        }
+        elsif ( $types_to_go[$ib] =~ /^[w\-]$/ ) {
+            $quote_count++;
+        }
+
+        if ( $ib eq $ie ) {
+            if ( $is_quote && $tokens_to_go[$ib] =~ /\s/ ) {
+                $complex_item_count++;
+                $weighted_length *= 2;
+            }
+            else {
+            }
+        }
+        else {
+            if ( grep { $_ eq 'b' } @types_to_go[ $ib .. $ie ] ) {
+                $complex_item_count++;
+                $weighted_length *= 2;
+            }
+            if ( grep { $_ eq '..' } @types_to_go[ $ib .. $ie ] ) {
+                $weighted_length += 4;
+            }
+        }
+
+        # add weight for extra tokens.
+        $weighted_length += 2 * ( $ie - $ib );
+
+##        my $BUB = join '', @tokens_to_go[$ib..$ie];
+##        print "# COMPLEXITY:$weighted_length   $BUB\n";
+
+##push @item_complexity, $weighted_length;
+
+        # now mark a ragged break after this item it if it is 'long and
+        # complex':
+        if ( $weighted_length >= $definitely_complex ) {
+
+            # if we broke after the previous term
+            # then break before it too
+            if (   $i_last_break == $i - 1
+                && $i > 1
+                && $i_last_last_break != $i - 2 )
+            {
+
+                ## FIXME: don't strand a small term
+                pop @i_ragged_break_list;
+                push @i_ragged_break_list, $i - 2;
+                push @i_ragged_break_list, $i - 1;
+            }
+
+            push @i_ragged_break_list, $i;
+            $i_last_last_break = $i_last_break;
+            $i_last_break      = $i;
+        }
+
+        # don't break before a small last term -- it will
+        # not look good on a line by itself.
+        elsif ($i == $i_max
+            && $i_last_break == $i - 1
+            && $weighted_length <= $definitely_simple )
+        {
+            pop @i_ragged_break_list;
+        }
+    }
+
+    my $identifier_count = $i_max + 1 - $quote_count;
+
+    # Need more tuning here..
+    if (   $max_width > 12
+        && $complex_item_count > $item_count / 2
+        && $number_of_fields_best != 2 )
+    {
+        $number_of_fields_best = 1;
+    }
+
+    return ( $number_of_fields_best, \@i_ragged_break_list, $identifier_count );
+}
+
+sub get_maximum_fields_wanted {
+
+    # Not all tables look good with more than one field of items.
+    # This routine looks at a table and decides if it should be
+    # formatted with just one field or not.
+    # This coding is still under development.
+    my ($ritem_lengths) = @_;
+
+    my $number_of_fields_best = 0;
+
+    # For just a few items, we tentatively assume just 1 field.
+    my $item_count = @{$ritem_lengths};
+    if ( $item_count <= 5 ) {
+        $number_of_fields_best = 1;
+    }
+
+    # For larger tables, look at it both ways and see what looks best
+    else {
+
+        my $is_odd            = 1;
+        my @max_length        = ( 0, 0 );
+        my @last_length_2     = ( undef, undef );
+        my @first_length_2    = ( undef, undef );
+        my $last_length       = undef;
+        my $total_variation_1 = 0;
+        my $total_variation_2 = 0;
+        my @total_variation_2 = ( 0, 0 );
+        for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < $item_count ; $j++ ) {
+
+            $is_odd = 1 - $is_odd;
+            my $length = $ritem_lengths->[$j];
+            if ( $length > $max_length[$is_odd] ) {
+                $max_length[$is_odd] = $length;
+            }
+
+            if ( defined($last_length) ) {
+                my $dl = abs( $length - $last_length );
+                $total_variation_1 += $dl;
+            }
+            $last_length = $length;
+
+            my $ll = $last_length_2[$is_odd];
+            if ( defined($ll) ) {
+                my $dl = abs( $length - $ll );
+                $total_variation_2[$is_odd] += $dl;
+            }
+            else {
+                $first_length_2[$is_odd] = $length;
+            }
+            $last_length_2[$is_odd] = $length;
+        }
+        $total_variation_2 = $total_variation_2[0] + $total_variation_2[1];
+
+        my $factor = ( $item_count > 10 ) ? 1 : ( $item_count > 5 ) ? 0.75 : 0;
+        unless ( $total_variation_2 < $factor * $total_variation_1 ) {
+            $number_of_fields_best = 1;
+        }
+    }
+    return ($number_of_fields_best);
+}
+
+sub table_columns_available {
+    my $i_first_comma = shift;
+    my $columns =
+      $rOpts_maximum_line_length - leading_spaces_to_go($i_first_comma);
+
+    # Patch: the vertical formatter does not line up lines whose lengths
+    # exactly equal the available line length because of allowances
+    # that must be made for side comments.  Therefore, the number of
+    # available columns is reduced by 1 character.
+    $columns -= 1;
+    return $columns;
+}
+
+sub maximum_number_of_fields {
+
+    # how many fields will fit in the available space?
+    my ( $columns, $odd_or_even, $max_width, $pair_width ) = @_;
+    my $max_pairs        = int( $columns / $pair_width );
+    my $number_of_fields = $max_pairs * 2;
+    if (   $odd_or_even == 1
+        && $max_pairs * $pair_width + $max_width <= $columns )
+    {
+        $number_of_fields++;
+    }
+    return $number_of_fields;
+}
+
+sub compactify_table {
+
+    # given a table with a certain number of fields and a certain number
+    # of lines, see if reducing the number of fields will make it look
+    # better.
+    my ( $item_count, $number_of_fields, $formatted_lines, $odd_or_even ) = @_;
+    if ( $number_of_fields >= $odd_or_even * 2 && $formatted_lines > 0 ) {
+        my $min_fields;
+
+        for (
+            $min_fields = $number_of_fields ;
+            $min_fields >= $odd_or_even
+            && $min_fields * $formatted_lines >= $item_count ;
+            $min_fields -= $odd_or_even
+          )
+        {
+            $number_of_fields = $min_fields;
+        }
+    }
+    return $number_of_fields;
+}
+
+sub set_ragged_breakpoints {
+
+    # Set breakpoints in a list that cannot be formatted nicely as a
+    # table.
+    my ( $ri_term_comma, $ri_ragged_break_list ) = @_;
+
+    my $break_count = 0;
+    foreach (@$ri_ragged_break_list) {
+        my $j = $ri_term_comma->[$_];
+        if ($j) {
+            set_forced_breakpoint($j);
+            $break_count++;
+        }
+    }
+    return $break_count;
+}
+
+sub copy_old_breakpoints {
+    my ( $i_first_comma, $i_last_comma ) = @_;
+    for my $i ( $i_first_comma .. $i_last_comma ) {
+        if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i] ) {
+            set_forced_breakpoint($i);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub set_nobreaks {
+    my ( $i, $j ) = @_;
+    if ( $i >= 0 && $i <= $j && $j <= $max_index_to_go ) {
+
+        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && do {
+            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
+            print(
+"NOBREAK: forced_breakpoint $forced_breakpoint_count from $a $c with i=$i max=$max_index_to_go type=$types_to_go[$i]\n"
+            );
+        };
+
+        @nobreak_to_go[ $i .. $j ] = (1) x ( $j - $i + 1 );
+    }
+
+    # shouldn't happen; non-critical error
+    else {
+        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && do {
+            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
+            print(
+"NOBREAK ERROR: from $a $c with i=$i j=$j max=$max_index_to_go\n"
+            );
+        };
+    }
+}
+
+sub set_fake_breakpoint {
+
+    # Just bump up the breakpoint count as a signal that there are breaks.
+    # This is useful if we have breaks but may want to postpone deciding where
+    # to make them.
+    $forced_breakpoint_count++;
+}
+
+sub set_forced_breakpoint {
+    my $i = shift;
+
+    return unless defined $i && $i >= 0;
+
+    # when called with certain tokens, use bond strengths to decide
+    # if we break before or after it
+    my $token = $tokens_to_go[$i];
+
+    if ( $token =~ /^([\=\.\,\:\?]|and|or|xor|&&|\|\|)$/ ) {
+        if ( $want_break_before{$token} && $i >= 0 ) { $i-- }
+    }
+
+    # breaks are forced before 'if' and 'unless'
+    elsif ( $is_if_unless{$token} ) { $i-- }
+
+    if ( $i >= 0 && $i <= $max_index_to_go ) {
+        my $i_nonblank = ( $types_to_go[$i] ne 'b' ) ? $i : $i - 1;
+
+        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE && do {
+            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
+            print
+"FORCE forced_breakpoint $forced_breakpoint_count from $a $c with i=$i_nonblank max=$max_index_to_go tok=$tokens_to_go[$i_nonblank] type=$types_to_go[$i_nonblank] nobr=$nobreak_to_go[$i_nonblank]\n";
+        };
+
+        if ( $i_nonblank >= 0 && $nobreak_to_go[$i_nonblank] == 0 ) {
+            $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i_nonblank] = 1;
+
+            if ( $i_nonblank > $index_max_forced_break ) {
+                $index_max_forced_break = $i_nonblank;
+            }
+            $forced_breakpoint_count++;
+            $forced_breakpoint_undo_stack[ $forced_breakpoint_undo_count++ ] =
+              $i_nonblank;
+
+            # if we break at an opening container..break at the closing
+            if ( $tokens_to_go[$i_nonblank] =~ /^[\{\[\(\?]$/ ) {
+                set_closing_breakpoint($i_nonblank);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub clear_breakpoint_undo_stack {
+    $forced_breakpoint_undo_count = 0;
+}
+
+sub undo_forced_breakpoint_stack {
+
+    my $i_start = shift;
+    if ( $i_start < 0 ) {
+        $i_start = 0;
+        my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
+        warning(
+"Program Bug: undo_forced_breakpoint_stack from $a $c has i=$i_start "
+        );
+    }
+
+    while ( $forced_breakpoint_undo_count > $i_start ) {
+        my $i =
+          $forced_breakpoint_undo_stack[ --$forced_breakpoint_undo_count ];
+        if ( $i >= 0 && $i <= $max_index_to_go ) {
+            $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i] = 0;
+            $forced_breakpoint_count--;
+
+            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP && do {
+                my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
+                print(
+"UNDOBP: undo forced_breakpoint i=$i $forced_breakpoint_undo_count from $a $c max=$max_index_to_go\n"
+                );
+            };
+        }
+
+        # shouldn't happen, but not a critical error
+        else {
+            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP && do {
+                my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
+                print(
+"Program Bug: undo_forced_breakpoint from $a $c has i=$i but max=$max_index_to_go"
+                );
+            };
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+{    # begin recombine_breakpoints
+
+    my %is_amp_amp;
+    my %is_ternary;
+    my %is_math_op;
+
+    BEGIN {
+
+        @_ = qw( && || );
+        @is_amp_amp{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+        @_ = qw( ? : );
+        @is_ternary{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+        @_ = qw( + - * / );
+        @is_math_op{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    sub recombine_breakpoints {
+
+        # sub set_continuation_breaks is very liberal in setting line breaks
+        # for long lines, always setting breaks at good breakpoints, even
+        # when that creates small lines.  Occasionally small line fragments
+        # are produced which would look better if they were combined.
+        # That's the task of this routine, recombine_breakpoints.
+        #
+        # $ri_beg = ref to array of BEGinning indexes of each line
+        # $ri_end = ref to array of ENDing indexes of each line
+        my ( $ri_beg, $ri_end ) = @_;
+
+        my $more_to_do = 1;
+
+        # We keep looping over all of the lines of this batch
+        # until there are no more possible recombinations
+        my $nmax_last = @$ri_end;
+        while ($more_to_do) {
+            my $n_best = 0;
+            my $bs_best;
+            my $n;
+            my $nmax = @$ri_end - 1;
+
+            # safety check for infinite loop
+            unless ( $nmax < $nmax_last ) {
+
+            # shouldn't happen because splice below decreases nmax on each pass:
+            # but i get paranoid sometimes
+                die "Program bug-infinite loop in recombine breakpoints\n";
+            }
+            $nmax_last  = $nmax;
+            $more_to_do = 0;
+            my $previous_outdentable_closing_paren;
+            my $leading_amp_count = 0;
+            my $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated;
+
+            # loop over all remaining lines in this batch
+            for $n ( 1 .. $nmax ) {
+
+                #----------------------------------------------------------
+                # If we join the current pair of lines,
+                # line $n-1 will become the left part of the joined line
+                # line $n will become the right part of the joined line
+                #
+                # Here are Indexes of the endpoint tokens of the two lines:
+                #
+                #  -----line $n-1--- | -----line $n-----
+                #  $ibeg_1   $iend_1 | $ibeg_2   $iend_2
+                #                    ^
+                #                    |
+                # We want to decide if we should remove the line break
+                # betwen the tokens at $iend_1 and $ibeg_2
+                #
+                # We will apply a number of ad-hoc tests to see if joining
+                # here will look ok.  The code will just issue a 'next'
+                # command if the join doesn't look good.  If we get through
+                # the gauntlet of tests, the lines will be recombined.
+                #----------------------------------------------------------
+                #
+                # beginning and ending tokens of the lines we are working on
+                my $ibeg_1 = $$ri_beg[ $n - 1 ];
+                my $iend_1 = $$ri_end[ $n - 1 ];
+                my $iend_2 = $$ri_end[$n];
+                my $ibeg_2 = $$ri_beg[$n];
+
+                my $ibeg_nmax = $$ri_beg[$nmax];
+
+                # some beginning indexes of other lines, which may not exist
+                my $ibeg_0 = $n > 1          ? $$ri_beg[ $n - 2 ] : -1;
+                my $ibeg_3 = $n < $nmax      ? $$ri_beg[ $n + 1 ] : -1;
+                my $ibeg_4 = $n + 2 <= $nmax ? $$ri_beg[ $n + 2 ] : -1;
+
+                my $bs_tweak = 0;
+
+                #my $depth_increase=( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_2] -
+                #        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_1] );
+
+##print "RECOMBINE: n=$n imid=$iend_1 if=$ibeg_1 type=$types_to_go[$ibeg_1] =$tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] next_type=$types_to_go[$ibeg_2] next_tok=$tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2]\n";
+
+                # If line $n is the last line, we set some flags and
+                # do any special checks for it
+                if ( $n == $nmax ) {
+
+                    # a terminal '{' should stay where it is
+                    next if $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq '{';
+
+                    # set flag if statement $n ends in ';'
+                    $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated =
+                      $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq ';'
+
+                      # with possible side comment
+                      || ( $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq '#'
+                        && $iend_2 - $ibeg_2 >= 2
+                        && $types_to_go[ $iend_2 - 2 ] eq ';'
+                        && $types_to_go[ $iend_2 - 1 ] eq 'b' );
+                }
+
+                #----------------------------------------------------------
+                # Section 1: examine token at $iend_1 (right end of first line
+                # of pair)
+                #----------------------------------------------------------
+
+                # an isolated '}' may join with a ';' terminated segment
+                if ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '}' ) {
+
+                    # Check for cases where combining a semicolon terminated
+                    # statement with a previous isolated closing paren will
+                    # allow the combined line to be outdented.  This is
+                    # generally a good move.  For example, we can join up
+                    # the last two lines here:
+                    #  (
+                    #      $dev,  $ino,   $mode,  $nlink, $uid,     $gid, $rdev,
+                    #      $size, $atime, $mtime, $ctime, $blksize, $blocks
+                    #    )
+                    #    = stat($file);
+                    #
+                    # to get:
+                    #  (
+                    #      $dev,  $ino,   $mode,  $nlink, $uid,     $gid, $rdev,
+                    #      $size, $atime, $mtime, $ctime, $blksize, $blocks
+                    #  ) = stat($file);
+                    #
+                    # which makes the parens line up.
+                    #
+                    # Another example, from Joe Matarazzo, probably looks best
+                    # with the 'or' clause appended to the trailing paren:
+                    #  $self->some_method(
+                    #      PARAM1 => 'foo',
+                    #      PARAM2 => 'bar'
+                    #  ) or die "Some_method didn't work";
+                    #
+                    $previous_outdentable_closing_paren =
+                      $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated    # ends in ';'
+                      && $ibeg_1 == $iend_1    # only one token on last line
+                      && $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] eq
+                      ')'                      # must be structural paren
+
+                      # only &&, ||, and : if no others seen
+                      # (but note: our count made below could be wrong
+                      # due to intervening comments)
+                      && ( $leading_amp_count == 0
+                        || $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] !~ /^(:|\&\&|\|\|)$/ )
+
+                      # but leading colons probably line up with with a
+                      # previous colon or question (count could be wrong).
+                      && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne ':'
+
+                      # only one step in depth allowed.  this line must not
+                      # begin with a ')' itself.
+                      && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend_1] ==
+                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend_2] + 1 );
+
+                    # YVES patch 2 of 2:
+                    # Allow cuddled eval chains, like this:
+                    #   eval {
+                    #       #STUFF;
+                    #       1; # return true
+                    #   } or do {
+                    #       #handle error
+                    #   };
+                    # This patch works together with a patch in
+                    # setting adjusted indentation (where the closing eval
+                    # brace is outdented if possible).
+                    # The problem is that an 'eval' block has continuation
+                    # indentation and it looks better to undo it in some
+                    # cases.  If we do not use this patch we would get:
+                    #   eval {
+                    #       #STUFF;
+                    #       1; # return true
+                    #       }
+                    #       or do {
+                    #       #handle error
+                    #     };
+                    # The alternative, for uncuddled style, is to create
+                    # a patch in set_adjusted_indentation which undoes
+                    # the indentation of a leading line like 'or do {'.
+                    # This doesn't work well with -icb through
+                    if (
+                           $block_type_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'eval'
+                        && !$rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'}
+                        && !$rOpts->{'indent-closing-brace'}
+                        && $tokens_to_go[$iend_2] eq '{'
+                        && (
+                            ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^(|\&\&|\|\|)$/ )
+                            || (   $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'k'
+                                && $is_and_or{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] } )
+                            || $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] }
+                        )
+                      )
+                    {
+                        $previous_outdentable_closing_paren ||= 1;
+                    }
+
+                    next
+                      unless (
+                        $previous_outdentable_closing_paren
+
+                        # handle '.' and '?' specially below
+                        || ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^[\.\?]$/ )
+                      );
+                }
+
+                # YVES
+                # honor breaks at opening brace
+                # Added to prevent recombining something like this:
+                #  } || eval { package main;
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '{' ) {
+                    next if $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1];
+                }
+
+                # do not recombine lines with ending &&, ||,
+                elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
+                    next unless $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] };
+                }
+
+                # keep a terminal colon
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ':' ) {
+                    next unless $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] };
+                }
+
+                # Identify and recombine a broken ?/: chain
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '?' ) {
+
+                    # Do not recombine different levels
+                    next
+                      if ( $levels_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2] );
+
+                    # do not recombine unless next line ends in :
+                    next unless $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq ':';
+                }
+
+                # for lines ending in a comma...
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ',' ) {
+
+                    # Do not recombine at comma which is following the
+                    # input bias.
+                    # TODO: might be best to make a special flag
+                    next if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] );
+
+                 # an isolated '},' may join with an identifier + ';'
+                 # this is useful for the class of a 'bless' statement (bless.t)
+                    if (   $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq '}'
+                        && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'i' )
+                    {
+                        next
+                          unless ( ( $ibeg_1 == ( $iend_1 - 1 ) )
+                            && ( $iend_2 == ( $ibeg_2 + 1 ) )
+                            && $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated );
+
+                        # override breakpoint
+                        $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
+                    }
+
+                    # but otherwise ..
+                    else {
+
+                        # do not recombine after a comma unless this will leave
+                        # just 1 more line
+                        next unless ( $n + 1 >= $nmax );
+
+                    # do not recombine if there is a change in indentation depth
+                        next
+                          if (
+                            $levels_to_go[$iend_1] != $levels_to_go[$iend_2] );
+
+                        # do not recombine a "complex expression" after a
+                        # comma.  "complex" means no parens.
+                        my $saw_paren;
+                        foreach my $ii ( $ibeg_2 .. $iend_2 ) {
+                            if ( $tokens_to_go[$ii] eq '(' ) {
+                                $saw_paren = 1;
+                                last;
+                            }
+                        }
+                        next if $saw_paren;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # opening paren..
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '(' ) {
+
+                    # No longer doing this
+                }
+
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ')' ) {
+
+                    # No longer doing this
+                }
+
+                # keep a terminal for-semicolon
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'f' ) {
+                    next;
+                }
+
+                # if '=' at end of line ...
+                elsif ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
+
+                    my $is_short_quote =
+                      (      $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'Q'
+                          && $ibeg_2 == $iend_2
+                          && length( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ) <
+                          $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );
+                    my $is_ternary =
+                      ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq '?'
+                          && ( $ibeg_3 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] eq ':' ) );
+
+                    # always join an isolated '=', a short quote, or if this
+                    # will put ?/: at start of adjacent lines
+                    if (   $ibeg_1 != $iend_1
+                        && !$is_short_quote
+                        && !$is_ternary )
+                    {
+                        next
+                          unless (
+                            (
+
+                                # unless we can reduce this to two lines
+                                $nmax < $n + 2
+
+                             # or three lines, the last with a leading semicolon
+                                || (   $nmax == $n + 2
+                                    && $types_to_go[$ibeg_nmax] eq ';' )
+
+                                # or the next line ends with a here doc
+                                || $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'h'
+
+                               # or the next line ends in an open paren or brace
+                               # and the break hasn't been forced [dima.t]
+                                || (  !$forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1]
+                                    && $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq '{' )
+                            )
+
+                            # do not recombine if the two lines might align well
+                            # this is a very approximate test for this
+                            && (   $ibeg_3 >= 0
+                                && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne
+                                $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] )
+                          );
+
+                        # -lp users often prefer this:
+                        #  my $title = function($env, $env, $sysarea,
+                        #                       "bubba Borrower Entry");
+                        #  so we will recombine if -lp is used we have ending
+                        #  comma
+                        if (  !$rOpts_line_up_parentheses
+                            || $types_to_go[$iend_2] ne ',' )
+                        {
+
+                           # otherwise, scan the rhs line up to last token for
+                           # complexity.  Note that we are not counting the last
+                           # token in case it is an opening paren.
+                            my $tv    = 0;
+                            my $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_2];
+                            for ( my $i = $ibeg_2 + 1 ; $i < $iend_2 ; $i++ ) {
+                                if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] != $depth ) {
+                                    $tv++;
+                                    last if ( $tv > 1 );
+                                }
+                                $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i];
+                            }
+
+                         # ok to recombine if no level changes before last token
+                            if ( $tv > 0 ) {
+
+                                # otherwise, do not recombine if more than two
+                                # level changes.
+                                next if ( $tv > 1 );
+
+                              # check total complexity of the two adjacent lines
+                              # that will occur if we do this join
+                                my $istop =
+                                  ( $n < $nmax ) ? $$ri_end[ $n + 1 ] : $iend_2;
+                                for ( my $i = $iend_2 ; $i <= $istop ; $i++ ) {
+                                    if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] != $depth ) {
+                                        $tv++;
+                                        last if ( $tv > 2 );
+                                    }
+                                    $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i];
+                                }
+
+                        # do not recombine if total is more than 2 level changes
+                                next if ( $tv > 2 );
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    unless ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^[\{\(\[]$/ ) {
+                        $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # for keywords..
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'k' ) {
+
+                    # make major control keywords stand out
+                    # (recombine.t)
+                    next
+                      if (
+
+                        #/^(last|next|redo|return)$/
+                        $is_last_next_redo_return{ $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] }
+
+                        # but only if followed by multiple lines
+                        && $n < $nmax
+                      );
+
+                    if ( $is_and_or{ $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
+                        next
+                          unless $want_break_before{ $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] };
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # handle trailing + - * /
+                elsif ( $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
+
+                    # combine lines if next line has single number
+                    # or a short term followed by same operator
+                    my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2;
+                    my $i_next_next     = $i_next_nonblank + 1;
+                    $i_next_next++ if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq 'b' );
+                    my $number_follows = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'n'
+                      && (
+                        $i_next_nonblank == $iend_2
+                        || (   $i_next_next == $iend_2
+                            && $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$i_next_next] } )
+                        || $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq ';'
+                      );
+
+                    # find token before last operator of previous line
+                    my $iend_1_minus = $iend_1;
+                    $iend_1_minus--
+                      if ( $iend_1_minus > $ibeg_1 );
+                    $iend_1_minus--
+                      if ( $types_to_go[$iend_1_minus] eq 'b'
+                        && $iend_1_minus > $ibeg_1 );
+
+                    my $short_term_follows =
+                      (      $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq $types_to_go[$iend_1]
+                          && $types_to_go[$iend_1_minus] =~ /^[in]$/
+                          && $iend_2 <= $ibeg_2 + 2
+                          && length( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ) <
+                          $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );
+
+                    next
+                      unless ( $number_follows || $short_term_follows );
+                }
+
+                #----------------------------------------------------------
+                # Section 2: Now examine token at $ibeg_2 (left end of second
+                # line of pair)
+                #----------------------------------------------------------
+
+                # join lines identified above as capable of
+                # causing an outdented line with leading closing paren
+                if ($previous_outdentable_closing_paren) {
+                    $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
+                }
+
+                # do not recombine lines with leading :
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq ':' ) {
+                    $leading_amp_count++;
+                    next if $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] };
+                }
+
+                # handle lines with leading &&, ||
+                elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
+
+                    $leading_amp_count++;
+
+                    # ok to recombine if it follows a ? or :
+                    # and is followed by an open paren..
+                    my $ok =
+                      (      $is_ternary{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
+                          && $tokens_to_go[$iend_2] eq '(' )
+
+                    # or is followed by a ? or : at same depth
+                    #
+                    # We are looking for something like this. We can
+                    # recombine the && line with the line above to make the
+                    # structure more clear:
+                    #  return
+                    #    exists $G->{Attr}->{V}
+                    #    && exists $G->{Attr}->{V}->{$u}
+                    #    ? %{ $G->{Attr}->{V}->{$u} }
+                    #    : ();
+                    #
+                    # We should probably leave something like this alone:
+                    #  return
+                    #       exists $G->{Attr}->{E}
+                    #    && exists $G->{Attr}->{E}->{$u}
+                    #    && exists $G->{Attr}->{E}->{$u}->{$v}
+                    #    ? %{ $G->{Attr}->{E}->{$u}->{$v} }
+                    #    : ();
+                    # so that we either have all of the &&'s (or ||'s)
+                    # on one line, as in the first example, or break at
+                    # each one as in the second example.  However, it
+                    # sometimes makes things worse to check for this because
+                    # it prevents multiple recombinations.  So this is not done.
+                      || ( $ibeg_3 >= 0
+                        && $is_ternary{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] }
+                        && $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_3] ==
+                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_2] );
+
+                    next if !$ok && $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] };
+                    $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
+
+                    # tweak the bond strength to give this joint priority
+                    # over ? and :
+                    $bs_tweak = 0.25;
+                }
+
+                # Identify and recombine a broken ?/: chain
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq '?' ) {
+
+                    # Do not recombine different levels
+                    my $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2];
+                    next if ( $lev ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_1] );
+
+                    # Do not recombine a '?' if either next line or
+                    # previous line does not start with a ':'.  The reasons
+                    # are that (1) no alignment of the ? will be possible
+                    # and (2) the expression is somewhat complex, so the
+                    # '?' is harder to see in the interior of the line.
+                    my $follows_colon =
+                      $ibeg_1 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq ':';
+                    my $precedes_colon =
+                      $ibeg_3 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] eq ':';
+                    next unless ( $follows_colon || $precedes_colon );
+
+                    # we will always combining a ? line following a : line
+                    if ( !$follows_colon ) {
+
+                        # ...otherwise recombine only if it looks like a chain.
+                        # we will just look at a few nearby lines to see if
+                        # this looks like a chain.
+                        my $local_count = 0;
+                        foreach my $ii ( $ibeg_0, $ibeg_1, $ibeg_3, $ibeg_4 ) {
+                            $local_count++
+                              if $ii >= 0
+                                  && $types_to_go[$ii] eq ':'
+                                  && $levels_to_go[$ii] == $lev;
+                        }
+                        next unless ( $local_count > 1 );
+                    }
+                    $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
+                }
+
+                # do not recombine lines with leading '.'
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^(\.)$/ ) {
+                    my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2 + 1;
+                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'b' ) {
+                        $i_next_nonblank++;
+                    }
+
+                    next
+                      unless (
+
+                   # ... unless there is just one and we can reduce
+                   # this to two lines if we do.  For example, this
+                   #
+                   #
+                   #  $bodyA .=
+                   #    '($dummy, $pat) = &get_next_tex_cmd;' . '$args .= $pat;'
+                   #
+                   #  looks better than this:
+                   #  $bodyA .= '($dummy, $pat) = &get_next_tex_cmd;'
+                   #    . '$args .= $pat;'
+
+                        (
+                               $n == 2
+                            && $n == $nmax
+                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $types_to_go[$ibeg_2]
+                        )
+
+                        #  ... or this would strand a short quote , like this
+                        #                . "some long qoute"
+                        #                . "\n";
+                        || (   $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'Q'
+                            && $i_next_nonblank >= $iend_2 - 1
+                            && length( $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] ) <
+                            $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length )
+                      );
+                }
+
+                # handle leading keyword..
+                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'k' ) {
+
+                    # handle leading "or"
+                    if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'or' ) {
+                        next
+                          unless (
+                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
+                            && (
+
+                                # following 'if' or 'unless' or 'or'
+                                $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
+                                && $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
+
+                                # important: only combine a very simple or
+                                # statement because the step below may have
+                                # combined a trailing 'and' with this or,
+                                # and we do not want to then combine
+                                # everything together
+                                && ( $iend_2 - $ibeg_2 <= 7 )
+                            )
+                          );
+                    }
+
+                    # handle leading 'and'
+                    elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'and' ) {
+
+                        # Decide if we will combine a single terminal 'and'
+                        # after an 'if' or 'unless'.
+
+                        #     This looks best with the 'and' on the same
+                        #     line as the 'if':
+                        #
+                        #         $a = 1
+                        #           if $seconds and $nu < 2;
+                        #
+                        #     But this looks better as shown:
+                        #
+                        #         $a = 1
+                        #           if !$this->{Parents}{$_}
+                        #           or $this->{Parents}{$_} eq $_;
+                        #
+                        next
+                          unless (
+                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
+                            && (
+
+                                # following 'if' or 'unless' or 'or'
+                                $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
+                                && (   $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
+                                    || $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'or' )
+                            )
+                          );
+                    }
+
+                    # handle leading "if" and "unless"
+                    elsif ( $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
+
+                      # FIXME: This is still experimental..may not be too useful
+                        next
+                          unless (
+                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
+
+                            #  previous line begins with 'and' or 'or'
+                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
+                            && $is_and_or{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
+
+                          );
+                    }
+
+                    # handle all other leading keywords
+                    else {
+
+                        # keywords look best at start of lines,
+                        # but combine things like "1 while"
+                        unless ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
+                            next
+                              if ( ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] ne 'k' )
+                                && ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne 'while' ) );
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # similar treatment of && and || as above for 'and' and 'or':
+                # NOTE: This block of code is currently bypassed because
+                # of a previous block but is retained for possible future use.
+                elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
+
+                    # maybe looking at something like:
+                    # unless $TEXTONLY || $item =~ m%|p>|a|img)%i;
+
+                    next
+                      unless (
+                        $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
+
+                        # previous line begins with an 'if' or 'unless' keyword
+                        && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
+                        && $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
+
+                      );
+                }
+
+                # handle leading + - * /
+                elsif ( $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
+                    my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2 + 1;
+                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'b' ) {
+                        $i_next_nonblank++;
+                    }
+
+                    my $i_next_next = $i_next_nonblank + 1;
+                    $i_next_next++ if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq 'b' );
+
+                    my $is_number = (
+                        $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'n'
+                          && ( $i_next_nonblank >= $iend_2 - 1
+                            || $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq ';' )
+                    );
+
+                    my $iend_1_nonblank =
+                      $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'b' ? $iend_1 - 1 : $iend_1;
+                    my $iend_2_nonblank =
+                      $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'b' ? $iend_2 - 1 : $iend_2;
+
+                    my $is_short_term =
+                      (      $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq $types_to_go[$ibeg_1]
+                          && $types_to_go[$iend_2_nonblank] =~ /^[in]$/
+                          && $types_to_go[$iend_1_nonblank] =~ /^[in]$/
+                          && $iend_2_nonblank <= $ibeg_2 + 2
+                          && length( $tokens_to_go[$iend_2_nonblank] ) <
+                          $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );
+
+                    # Combine these lines if this line is a single
+                    # number, or if it is a short term with same
+                    # operator as the previous line.  For example, in
+                    # the following code we will combine all of the
+                    # short terms $A, $B, $C, $D, $E, $F, together
+                    # instead of leaving them one per line:
+                    #  my $time =
+                    #    $A * $B * $C * $D * $E * $F *
+                    #    ( 2. * $eps * $sigma * $area ) *
+                    #    ( 1. / $tcold**3 - 1. / $thot**3 );
+                    # This can be important in math-intensive code.
+                    next
+                      unless (
+                           $is_number
+                        || $is_short_term
+
+                        # or if we can reduce this to two lines if we do.
+                        || (   $n == 2
+                            && $n == $nmax
+                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] )
+                      );
+                }
+
+                # handle line with leading = or similar
+                elsif ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
+                    next unless $n == 1;
+                    next
+                      unless (
+
+                        # unless we can reduce this to two lines
+                        $nmax == 2
+
+                        # or three lines, the last with a leading semicolon
+                        || ( $nmax == 3 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_nmax] eq ';' )
+
+                        # or the next line ends with a here doc
+                        || $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'h'
+                      );
+                }
+
+                #----------------------------------------------------------
+                # Section 3:
+                # Combine the lines if we arrive here and it is possible
+                #----------------------------------------------------------
+
+                # honor hard breakpoints
+                next if ( $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] > 0 );
+
+                my $bs = $bond_strength_to_go[$iend_1] + $bs_tweak;
+
+                # combined line cannot be too long
+                next
+                  if excess_line_length( $ibeg_1, $iend_2 ) > 0;
+
+                # do not recombine if we would skip in indentation levels
+                if ( $n < $nmax ) {
+                    my $if_next = $$ri_beg[ $n + 1 ];
+                    next
+                      if (
+                           $levels_to_go[$ibeg_1] < $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2]
+                        && $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2] < $levels_to_go[$if_next]
+
+                        # but an isolated 'if (' is undesirable
+                        && !(
+                               $n == 1
+                            && $iend_1 - $ibeg_1 <= 2
+                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1]  eq 'k'
+                            && $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'if'
+                            && $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] ne '('
+                        )
+                      );
+                }
+
+                # honor no-break's
+                next if ( $bs == NO_BREAK );
+
+                # remember the pair with the greatest bond strength
+                if ( !$n_best ) {
+                    $n_best  = $n;
+                    $bs_best = $bs;
+                }
+                else {
+
+                    if ( $bs > $bs_best ) {
+                        $n_best  = $n;
+                        $bs_best = $bs;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            # recombine the pair with the greatest bond strength
+            if ($n_best) {
+                splice @$ri_beg, $n_best, 1;
+                splice @$ri_end, $n_best - 1, 1;
+
+                # keep going if we are still making progress
+                $more_to_do++;
+            }
+        }
+        return ( $ri_beg, $ri_end );
+    }
+}    # end recombine_breakpoints
+
+sub break_all_chain_tokens {
+
+    # scan the current breakpoints looking for breaks at certain "chain
+    # operators" (. : && || + etc) which often occur repeatedly in a long
+    # statement.  If we see a break at any one, break at all similar tokens
+    # within the same container.
+    #
+    my ( $ri_left, $ri_right ) = @_;
+
+    my %saw_chain_type;
+    my %left_chain_type;
+    my %right_chain_type;
+    my %interior_chain_type;
+    my $nmax = @$ri_right - 1;
+
+    # scan the left and right end tokens of all lines
+    my $count = 0;
+    for my $n ( 0 .. $nmax ) {
+        my $il    = $$ri_left[$n];
+        my $ir    = $$ri_right[$n];
+        my $typel = $types_to_go[$il];
+        my $typer = $types_to_go[$ir];
+        $typel = '+' if ( $typel eq '-' );    # treat + and - the same
+        $typer = '+' if ( $typer eq '-' );
+        $typel = '*' if ( $typel eq '/' );    # treat * and / the same
+        $typer = '*' if ( $typer eq '/' );
+        my $tokenl = $tokens_to_go[$il];
+        my $tokenr = $tokens_to_go[$ir];
+
+        if ( $is_chain_operator{$tokenl} && $want_break_before{$typel} ) {
+            next if ( $typel eq '?' );
+            push @{ $left_chain_type{$typel} }, $il;
+            $saw_chain_type{$typel} = 1;
+            $count++;
+        }
+        if ( $is_chain_operator{$tokenr} && !$want_break_before{$typer} ) {
+            next if ( $typer eq '?' );
+            push @{ $right_chain_type{$typer} }, $ir;
+            $saw_chain_type{$typer} = 1;
+            $count++;
+        }
+    }
+    return unless $count;
+
+    # now look for any interior tokens of the same types
+    $count = 0;
+    for my $n ( 0 .. $nmax ) {
+        my $il = $$ri_left[$n];
+        my $ir = $$ri_right[$n];
+        for ( my $i = $il + 1 ; $i < $ir ; $i++ ) {
+            my $type = $types_to_go[$i];
+            $type = '+' if ( $type eq '-' );
+            $type = '*' if ( $type eq '/' );
+            if ( $saw_chain_type{$type} ) {
+                push @{ $interior_chain_type{$type} }, $i;
+                $count++;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return unless $count;
+
+    # now make a list of all new break points
+    my @insert_list;
+
+    # loop over all chain types
+    foreach my $type ( keys %saw_chain_type ) {
+
+        # quit if just ONE continuation line with leading .  For example--
+        # print LATEXFILE '\framebox{\parbox[c][' . $h . '][t]{' . $w . '}{'
+        #  . $contents;
+        last if ( $nmax == 1 && $type =~ /^[\.\+]$/ );
+
+        # loop over all interior chain tokens
+        foreach my $itest ( @{ $interior_chain_type{$type} } ) {
+
+            # loop over all left end tokens of same type
+            if ( $left_chain_type{$type} ) {
+                next if $nobreak_to_go[ $itest - 1 ];
+                foreach my $i ( @{ $left_chain_type{$type} } ) {
+                    next unless in_same_container( $i, $itest );
+                    push @insert_list, $itest - 1;
+
+                    # Break at matching ? if this : is at a different level.
+                    # For example, the ? before $THRf_DEAD in the following
+                    # should get a break if its : gets a break.
+                    #
+                    # my $flags =
+                    #     ( $_ & 1 ) ? ( $_ & 4 ) ? $THRf_DEAD : $THRf_ZOMBIE
+                    #   : ( $_ & 4 ) ? $THRf_R_DETACHED
+                    #   :              $THRf_R_JOINABLE;
+                    if (   $type eq ':'
+                        && $levels_to_go[$i] != $levels_to_go[$itest] )
+                    {
+                        my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$itest];
+                        if ( $i_question > 0 ) {
+                            push @insert_list, $i_question - 1;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # loop over all right end tokens of same type
+            if ( $right_chain_type{$type} ) {
+                next if $nobreak_to_go[$itest];
+                foreach my $i ( @{ $right_chain_type{$type} } ) {
+                    next unless in_same_container( $i, $itest );
+                    push @insert_list, $itest;
+
+                    # break at matching ? if this : is at a different level
+                    if (   $type eq ':'
+                        && $levels_to_go[$i] != $levels_to_go[$itest] )
+                    {
+                        my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$itest];
+                        if ( $i_question >= 0 ) {
+                            push @insert_list, $i_question;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # insert any new break points
+    if (@insert_list) {
+        insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, $ri_left, $ri_right );
+    }
+}
+
+sub break_equals {
+
+    # Look for assignment operators that could use a breakpoint.
+    # For example, in the following snippet
+    #
+    #    $HOME = $ENV{HOME}
+    #      || $ENV{LOGDIR}
+    #      || $pw[7]
+    #      || die "no home directory for user $<";
+    #
+    # we could break at the = to get this, which is a little nicer:
+    #    $HOME =
+    #         $ENV{HOME}
+    #      || $ENV{LOGDIR}
+    #      || $pw[7]
+    #      || die "no home directory for user $<";
+    #
+    # The logic here follows the logic in set_logical_padding, which
+    # will add the padding in the second line to improve alignment.
+    #
+    my ( $ri_left, $ri_right ) = @_;
+    my $nmax = @$ri_right - 1;
+    return unless ( $nmax >= 2 );
+
+    # scan the left ends of first two lines
+    my $tokbeg = "";
+    my $depth_beg;
+    for my $n ( 1 .. 2 ) {
+        my $il     = $$ri_left[$n];
+        my $typel  = $types_to_go[$il];
+        my $tokenl = $tokens_to_go[$il];
+
+        my $has_leading_op = ( $tokenl =~ /^\w/ )
+          ? $is_chain_operator{$tokenl}    # + - * / : ? && ||
+          : $is_chain_operator{$typel};    # and, or
+        return unless ($has_leading_op);
+        if ( $n > 1 ) {
+            return
+              unless ( $tokenl eq $tokbeg
+                && $nesting_depth_to_go[$il] eq $depth_beg );
+        }
+        $tokbeg    = $tokenl;
+        $depth_beg = $nesting_depth_to_go[$il];
+    }
+
+    # now look for any interior tokens of the same types
+    my $il = $$ri_left[0];
+    my $ir = $$ri_right[0];
+
+    # now make a list of all new break points
+    my @insert_list;
+    for ( my $i = $ir - 1 ; $i > $il ; $i-- ) {
+        my $type = $types_to_go[$i];
+        if (   $is_assignment{$type}
+            && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] eq $depth_beg )
+        {
+            if ( $want_break_before{$type} ) {
+                push @insert_list, $i - 1;
+            }
+            else {
+                push @insert_list, $i;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Break after a 'return' followed by a chain of operators
+    #  return ( $^O !~ /win32|dos/i )
+    #    && ( $^O ne 'VMS' )
+    #    && ( $^O ne 'OS2' )
+    #    && ( $^O ne 'MacOS' );
+    # To give:
+    #  return
+    #       ( $^O !~ /win32|dos/i )
+    #    && ( $^O ne 'VMS' )
+    #    && ( $^O ne 'OS2' )
+    #    && ( $^O ne 'MacOS' );
+    my $i = 0;
+    if (   $types_to_go[$i] eq 'k'
+        && $tokens_to_go[$i] eq 'return'
+        && $ir > $il
+        && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] eq $depth_beg )
+    {
+        push @insert_list, $i;
+    }
+
+    return unless (@insert_list);
+
+    # One final check...
+    # scan second and thrid lines and be sure there are no assignments
+    # we want to avoid breaking at an = to make something like this:
+    #    unless ( $icon =
+    #           $html_icons{"$type-$state"}
+    #        or $icon = $html_icons{$type}
+    #        or $icon = $html_icons{$state} )
+    for my $n ( 1 .. 2 ) {
+        my $il = $$ri_left[$n];
+        my $ir = $$ri_right[$n];
+        for ( my $i = $il + 1 ; $i <= $ir ; $i++ ) {
+            my $type = $types_to_go[$i];
+            return
+              if ( $is_assignment{$type}
+                && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] eq $depth_beg );
+        }
+    }
+
+    # ok, insert any new break point
+    if (@insert_list) {
+        insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, $ri_left, $ri_right );
+    }
+}
+
+sub insert_final_breaks {
+
+    my ( $ri_left, $ri_right ) = @_;
+
+    my $nmax = @$ri_right - 1;
+
+    # scan the left and right end tokens of all lines
+    my $count         = 0;
+    my $i_first_colon = -1;
+    for my $n ( 0 .. $nmax ) {
+        my $il    = $$ri_left[$n];
+        my $ir    = $$ri_right[$n];
+        my $typel = $types_to_go[$il];
+        my $typer = $types_to_go[$ir];
+        return if ( $typel eq '?' );
+        return if ( $typer eq '?' );
+        if    ( $typel eq ':' ) { $i_first_colon = $il; last; }
+        elsif ( $typer eq ':' ) { $i_first_colon = $ir; last; }
+    }
+
+    # For long ternary chains,
+    # if the first : we see has its # ? is in the interior
+    # of a preceding line, then see if there are any good
+    # breakpoints before the ?.
+    if ( $i_first_colon > 0 ) {
+        my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$i_first_colon];
+        if ( $i_question > 0 ) {
+            my @insert_list;
+            for ( my $ii = $i_question - 1 ; $ii >= 0 ; $ii -= 1 ) {
+                my $token = $tokens_to_go[$ii];
+                my $type  = $types_to_go[$ii];
+
+                # For now, a good break is either a comma or a 'return'.
+                if ( ( $type eq ',' || $type eq 'k' && $token eq 'return' )
+                    && in_same_container( $ii, $i_question ) )
+                {
+                    push @insert_list, $ii;
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # insert any new break points
+            if (@insert_list) {
+                insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, $ri_left, $ri_right );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub in_same_container {
+
+    # check to see if tokens at i1 and i2 are in the
+    # same container, and not separated by a comma, ? or :
+    my ( $i1, $i2 ) = @_;
+    my $type  = $types_to_go[$i1];
+    my $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i1];
+    return unless ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i2] == $depth );
+    if ( $i2 < $i1 ) { ( $i1, $i2 ) = ( $i2, $i1 ) }
+
+    ###########################################################
+    # This is potentially a very slow routine and not critical.
+    # For safety just give up for large differences.
+    # See test file 'infinite_loop.txt'
+    # TODO: replace this loop with a data structure
+    ###########################################################
+    return if ( $i2 - $i1 > 200 );
+
+    for ( my $i = $i1 + 1 ; $i < $i2 ; $i++ ) {
+        next   if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] > $depth );
+        return if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] < $depth );
+
+        my $tok = $tokens_to_go[$i];
+        $tok = ',' if $tok eq '=>';    # treat => same as ,
+
+        # Example: we would not want to break at any of these .'s
+        #  : "$str"
+        if ( $type ne ':' ) {
+            return if ( $tok =~ /^[\,\:\?]$/ ) || $tok eq '||' || $tok eq 'or';
+        }
+        else {
+            return if ( $tok =~ /^[\,]$/ );
+        }
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+sub set_continuation_breaks {
+
+    # Define an array of indexes for inserting newline characters to
+    # keep the line lengths below the maximum desired length.  There is
+    # an implied break after the last token, so it need not be included.
+
+    # Method:
+    # This routine is part of series of routines which adjust line
+    # lengths.  It is only called if a statement is longer than the
+    # maximum line length, or if a preliminary scanning located
+    # desirable break points.   Sub scan_list has already looked at
+    # these tokens and set breakpoints (in array
+    # $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i]) where it wants breaks (for example
+    # after commas, after opening parens, and before closing parens).
+    # This routine will honor these breakpoints and also add additional
+    # breakpoints as necessary to keep the line length below the maximum
+    # requested.  It bases its decision on where the 'bond strength' is
+    # lowest.
+
+    # Output: returns references to the arrays:
+    #  @i_first
+    #  @i_last
+    # which contain the indexes $i of the first and last tokens on each
+    # line.
+
+    # In addition, the array:
+    #   $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i]
+    # may be updated to be =1 for any index $i after which there must be
+    # a break.  This signals later routines not to undo the breakpoint.
+
+    my $saw_good_break = shift;
+    my @i_first        = ();      # the first index to output
+    my @i_last         = ();      # the last index to output
+    my @i_colon_breaks = ();      # needed to decide if we have to break at ?'s
+    if ( $types_to_go[0] eq ':' ) { push @i_colon_breaks, 0 }
+
+    set_bond_strengths();
+
+    my $imin = 0;
+    my $imax = $max_index_to_go;
+    if ( $types_to_go[$imin] eq 'b' ) { $imin++ }
+    if ( $types_to_go[$imax] eq 'b' ) { $imax-- }
+    my $i_begin = $imin;          # index for starting next iteration
+
+    my $leading_spaces          = leading_spaces_to_go($imin);
+    my $line_count              = 0;
+    my $last_break_strength     = NO_BREAK;
+    my $i_last_break            = -1;
+    my $max_bias                = 0.001;
+    my $tiny_bias               = 0.0001;
+    my $leading_alignment_token = "";
+    my $leading_alignment_type  = "";
+
+    # see if any ?/:'s are in order
+    my $colons_in_order = 1;
+    my $last_tok        = "";
+    my @colon_list  = grep /^[\?\:]$/, @tokens_to_go[ 0 .. $max_index_to_go ];
+    my $colon_count = @colon_list;
+    foreach (@colon_list) {
+        if ( $_ eq $last_tok ) { $colons_in_order = 0; last }
+        $last_tok = $_;
+    }
+
+    # This is a sufficient but not necessary condition for colon chain
+    my $is_colon_chain = ( $colons_in_order && @colon_list > 2 );
+
+    #-------------------------------------------------------
+    # BEGINNING of main loop to set continuation breakpoints
+    # Keep iterating until we reach the end
+    #-------------------------------------------------------
+    while ( $i_begin <= $imax ) {
+        my $lowest_strength        = NO_BREAK;
+        my $starting_sum           = $lengths_to_go[$i_begin];
+        my $i_lowest               = -1;
+        my $i_test                 = -1;
+        my $lowest_next_token      = '';
+        my $lowest_next_type       = 'b';
+        my $i_lowest_next_nonblank = -1;
+
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        # BEGINNING of inner loop to find the best next breakpoint
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        for ( $i_test = $i_begin ; $i_test <= $imax ; $i_test++ ) {
+            my $type       = $types_to_go[$i_test];
+            my $token      = $tokens_to_go[$i_test];
+            my $next_type  = $types_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ];
+            my $next_token = $tokens_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ];
+            my $i_next_nonblank =
+              ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i_test + 2 : $i_test + 1 );
+            my $next_nonblank_type       = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+            my $next_nonblank_token      = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+            my $next_nonblank_block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+            my $strength                 = $bond_strength_to_go[$i_test];
+            my $must_break               = 0;
+
+            # FIXME: TESTING: Might want to be able to break after these
+            # force an immediate break at certain operators
+            # with lower level than the start of the line
+            if (
+                (
+                    $next_nonblank_type =~ /^(\.|\&\&|\|\|)$/
+                    || (   $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
+                        && $next_nonblank_token =~ /^(and|or)$/ )
+                )
+                && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_begin] >
+                    $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] )
+              )
+            {
+                set_forced_breakpoint($i_next_nonblank);
+            }
+
+            if (
+
+                # Try to put a break where requested by scan_list
+                $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i_test]
+
+                # break between ) { in a continued line so that the '{' can
+                # be outdented
+                # See similar logic in scan_list which catches instances
+                # where a line is just something like ') {'
+                || (   $line_count
+                    && ( $token              eq ')' )
+                    && ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' )
+                    && ($next_nonblank_block_type)
+                    && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} )
+
+                # There is an implied forced break at a terminal opening brace
+                || ( ( $type eq '{' ) && ( $i_test == $imax ) )
+              )
+            {
+
+                # Forced breakpoints must sometimes be overridden, for example
+                # because of a side comment causing a NO_BREAK.  It is easier
+                # to catch this here than when they are set.
+                if ( $strength < NO_BREAK ) {
+                    $strength   = $lowest_strength - $tiny_bias;
+                    $must_break = 1;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # quit if a break here would put a good terminal token on
+            # the next line and we already have a possible break
+            if (
+                   !$must_break
+                && ( $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\;\,]$/ )
+                && (
+                    (
+                        $leading_spaces +
+                        $lengths_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] -
+                        $starting_sum
+                    ) > $rOpts_maximum_line_length
+                )
+              )
+            {
+                last if ( $i_lowest >= 0 );
+            }
+
+            # Avoid a break which would strand a single punctuation
+            # token.  For example, we do not want to strand a leading
+            # '.' which is followed by a long quoted string.
+            if (
+                   !$must_break
+                && ( $i_test == $i_begin )
+                && ( $i_test < $imax )
+                && ( $token eq $type )
+                && (
+                    (
+                        $leading_spaces +
+                        $lengths_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ] -
+                        $starting_sum
+                    ) <= $rOpts_maximum_line_length
+                )
+              )
+            {
+                $i_test++;
+
+                if ( ( $i_test < $imax ) && ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ) {
+                    $i_test++;
+                }
+                redo;
+            }
+
+            if ( ( $strength <= $lowest_strength ) && ( $strength < NO_BREAK ) )
+            {
+
+                # break at previous best break if it would have produced
+                # a leading alignment of certain common tokens, and it
+                # is different from the latest candidate break
+                last
+                  if ($leading_alignment_type);
+
+                # Force at least one breakpoint if old code had good
+                # break It is only called if a breakpoint is required or
+                # desired.  This will probably need some adjustments
+                # over time.  A goal is to try to be sure that, if a new
+                # side comment is introduced into formated text, then
+                # the same breakpoints will occur.  scbreak.t
+                last
+                  if (
+                    $i_test == $imax                # we are at the end
+                    && !$forced_breakpoint_count    #
+                    && $saw_good_break              # old line had good break
+                    && $type =~ /^[#;\{]$/          # and this line ends in
+                                                    # ';' or side comment
+                    && $i_last_break < 0        # and we haven't made a break
+                    && $i_lowest > 0            # and we saw a possible break
+                    && $i_lowest < $imax - 1    # (but not just before this ;)
+                    && $strength - $lowest_strength < 0.5 * WEAK # and it's good
+                  );
+
+                $lowest_strength        = $strength;
+                $i_lowest               = $i_test;
+                $lowest_next_token      = $next_nonblank_token;
+                $lowest_next_type       = $next_nonblank_type;
+                $i_lowest_next_nonblank = $i_next_nonblank;
+                last if $must_break;
+
+                # set flags to remember if a break here will produce a
+                # leading alignment of certain common tokens
+                if (   $line_count > 0
+                    && $i_test < $imax
+                    && ( $lowest_strength - $last_break_strength <= $max_bias )
+                  )
+                {
+                    my $i_last_end = $i_begin - 1;
+                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_last_end] eq 'b' ) { $i_last_end -= 1 }
+                    my $tok_beg  = $tokens_to_go[$i_begin];
+                    my $type_beg = $types_to_go[$i_begin];
+                    if (
+
+                        # check for leading alignment of certain tokens
+                        (
+                               $tok_beg eq $next_nonblank_token
+                            && $is_chain_operator{$tok_beg}
+                            && (   $type_beg eq 'k'
+                                || $type_beg eq $tok_beg )
+                            && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_begin] >=
+                            $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_next_nonblank]
+                        )
+
+                        || (   $tokens_to_go[$i_last_end] eq $token
+                            && $is_chain_operator{$token}
+                            && ( $type eq 'k' || $type eq $token )
+                            && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_last_end] >=
+                            $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_test] )
+                      )
+                    {
+                        $leading_alignment_token = $next_nonblank_token;
+                        $leading_alignment_type  = $next_nonblank_type;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            my $too_long =
+              ( $i_test >= $imax )
+              ? 1
+              : (
+                (
+                    $leading_spaces +
+                      $lengths_to_go[ $i_test + 2 ] -
+                      $starting_sum
+                ) > $rOpts_maximum_line_length
+              );
+
+            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK
+              && print
+"BREAK: testing i = $i_test imax=$imax $types_to_go[$i_test] $next_nonblank_type leading sp=($leading_spaces) next length = $lengths_to_go[$i_test+2] too_long=$too_long str=$strength\n";
+
+            # allow one extra terminal token after exceeding line length
+            # if it would strand this token.
+            if (   $rOpts_fuzzy_line_length
+                && $too_long
+                && ( $i_lowest == $i_test )
+                && ( length($token) > 1 )
+                && ( $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\;\,]$/ ) )
+            {
+                $too_long = 0;
+            }
+
+            last
+              if (
+                ( $i_test == $imax )    # we're done if no more tokens,
+                || (
+                    ( $i_lowest >= 0 )    # or no more space and we have a break
+                    && $too_long
+                )
+              );
+        }
+
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        # END of inner loop to find the best next breakpoint
+        # Now decide exactly where to put the breakpoint
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+
+        # it's always ok to break at imax if no other break was found
+        if ( $i_lowest < 0 ) { $i_lowest = $imax }
+
+        # semi-final index calculation
+        my $i_next_nonblank = (
+            ( $types_to_go[ $i_lowest + 1 ] eq 'b' )
+            ? $i_lowest + 2
+            : $i_lowest + 1
+        );
+        my $next_nonblank_type  = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+        my $next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        # ?/: rule 1 : if a break here will separate a '?' on this
+        # line from its closing ':', then break at the '?' instead.
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        my $i;
+        foreach $i ( $i_begin + 1 .. $i_lowest - 1 ) {
+            next unless ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '?' );
+
+            # do not break if probable sequence of ?/: statements
+            next if ($is_colon_chain);
+
+            # do not break if statement is broken by side comment
+            next
+              if (
+                $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq '#'
+                && terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, 0,
+                    $max_index_to_go ) !~ /^[\;\}]$/
+              );
+
+            # no break needed if matching : is also on the line
+            next
+              if ( $mate_index_to_go[$i] >= 0
+                && $mate_index_to_go[$i] <= $i_next_nonblank );
+
+            $i_lowest = $i;
+            if ( $want_break_before{'?'} ) { $i_lowest-- }
+            last;
+        }
+
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        # END of inner loop to find the best next breakpoint:
+        # Break the line after the token with index i=$i_lowest
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+
+        # final index calculation
+        $i_next_nonblank = (
+            ( $types_to_go[ $i_lowest + 1 ] eq 'b' )
+            ? $i_lowest + 2
+            : $i_lowest + 1
+        );
+        $next_nonblank_type  = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+        $next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
+
+        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK
+          && print "BREAK: best is i = $i_lowest strength = $lowest_strength\n";
+
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        # ?/: rule 2 : if we break at a '?', then break at its ':'
+        #
+        # Note: this rule is also in sub scan_list to handle a break
+        # at the start and end of a line (in case breaks are dictated
+        # by side comments).
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '?' ) {
+            set_closing_breakpoint($i_next_nonblank);
+        }
+        elsif ( $types_to_go[$i_lowest] eq '?' ) {
+            set_closing_breakpoint($i_lowest);
+        }
+
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        # ?/: rule 3 : if we break at a ':' then we save
+        # its location for further work below.  We may need to go
+        # back and break at its '?'.
+        #-------------------------------------------------------
+        if ( $next_nonblank_type eq ':' ) {
+            push @i_colon_breaks, $i_next_nonblank;
+        }
+        elsif ( $types_to_go[$i_lowest] eq ':' ) {
+            push @i_colon_breaks, $i_lowest;
+        }
+
+        # here we should set breaks for all '?'/':' pairs which are
+        # separated by this line
+
+        $line_count++;
+
+        # save this line segment, after trimming blanks at the ends
+        push( @i_first,
+            ( $types_to_go[$i_begin] eq 'b' ) ? $i_begin + 1 : $i_begin );
+        push( @i_last,
+            ( $types_to_go[$i_lowest] eq 'b' ) ? $i_lowest - 1 : $i_lowest );
+
+        # set a forced breakpoint at a container opening, if necessary, to
+        # signal a break at a closing container.  Excepting '(' for now.
+        if ( $tokens_to_go[$i_lowest] =~ /^[\{\[]$/
+            && !$forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i_lowest] )
+        {
+            set_closing_breakpoint($i_lowest);
+        }
+
+        # get ready to go again
+        $i_begin                 = $i_lowest + 1;
+        $last_break_strength     = $lowest_strength;
+        $i_last_break            = $i_lowest;
+        $leading_alignment_token = "";
+        $leading_alignment_type  = "";
+        $lowest_next_token       = '';
+        $lowest_next_type        = 'b';
+
+        if ( ( $i_begin <= $imax ) && ( $types_to_go[$i_begin] eq 'b' ) ) {
+            $i_begin++;
+        }
+
+        # update indentation size
+        if ( $i_begin <= $imax ) {
+            $leading_spaces = leading_spaces_to_go($i_begin);
+        }
+    }
+
+    #-------------------------------------------------------
+    # END of main loop to set continuation breakpoints
+    # Now go back and make any necessary corrections
+    #-------------------------------------------------------
+
+    #-------------------------------------------------------
+    # ?/: rule 4 -- if we broke at a ':', then break at
+    # corresponding '?' unless this is a chain of ?: expressions
+    #-------------------------------------------------------
+    if (@i_colon_breaks) {
+
+        # using a simple method for deciding if we are in a ?/: chain --
+        # this is a chain if it has multiple ?/: pairs all in order;
+        # otherwise not.
+        # Note that if line starts in a ':' we count that above as a break
+        my $is_chain = ( $colons_in_order && @i_colon_breaks > 1 );
+
+        unless ($is_chain) {
+            my @insert_list = ();
+            foreach (@i_colon_breaks) {
+                my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$_];
+                if ( $i_question >= 0 ) {
+                    if ( $want_break_before{'?'} ) {
+                        $i_question--;
+                        if (   $i_question > 0
+                            && $types_to_go[$i_question] eq 'b' )
+                        {
+                            $i_question--;
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    if ( $i_question >= 0 ) {
+                        push @insert_list, $i_question;
+                    }
+                }
+                insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, \@i_first, \@i_last );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return ( \@i_first, \@i_last, $colon_count );
+}
+
+sub insert_additional_breaks {
+
+    # this routine will add line breaks at requested locations after
+    # sub set_continuation_breaks has made preliminary breaks.
+
+    my ( $ri_break_list, $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
+    my $i_f;
+    my $i_l;
+    my $line_number = 0;
+    my $i_break_left;
+    foreach $i_break_left ( sort { $a <=> $b } @$ri_break_list ) {
+
+        $i_f = $$ri_first[$line_number];
+        $i_l = $$ri_last[$line_number];
+        while ( $i_break_left >= $i_l ) {
+            $line_number++;
+
+            # shouldn't happen unless caller passes bad indexes
+            if ( $line_number >= @$ri_last ) {
+                warning(
+"Non-fatal program bug: couldn't set break at $i_break_left\n"
+                );
+                report_definite_bug();
+                return;
+            }
+            $i_f = $$ri_first[$line_number];
+            $i_l = $$ri_last[$line_number];
+        }
+
+        my $i_break_right = $i_break_left + 1;
+        if ( $types_to_go[$i_break_right] eq 'b' ) { $i_break_right++ }
+
+        if (   $i_break_left >= $i_f
+            && $i_break_left < $i_l
+            && $i_break_right > $i_f
+            && $i_break_right <= $i_l )
+        {
+            splice( @$ri_first, $line_number, 1, ( $i_f, $i_break_right ) );
+            splice( @$ri_last, $line_number, 1, ( $i_break_left, $i_l ) );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub set_closing_breakpoint {
+
+    # set a breakpoint at a matching closing token
+    # at present, this is only used to break at a ':' which matches a '?'
+    my $i_break = shift;
+
+    if ( $mate_index_to_go[$i_break] >= 0 ) {
+
+        # CAUTION: infinite recursion possible here:
+        #   set_closing_breakpoint calls set_forced_breakpoint, and
+        #   set_forced_breakpoint call set_closing_breakpoint
+        #   ( test files attrib.t, BasicLyx.pm.html).
+        # Don't reduce the '2' in the statement below
+        if ( $mate_index_to_go[$i_break] > $i_break + 2 ) {
+
+            # break before } ] and ), but sub set_forced_breakpoint will decide
+            # to break before or after a ? and :
+            my $inc = ( $tokens_to_go[$i_break] eq '?' ) ? 0 : 1;
+            set_forced_breakpoint( $mate_index_to_go[$i_break] - $inc );
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        my $type_sequence = $type_sequence_to_go[$i_break];
+        if ($type_sequence) {
+            my $closing_token = $matching_token{ $tokens_to_go[$i_break] };
+            $postponed_breakpoint{$type_sequence} = 1;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+# check to see if output line tabbing agrees with input line
+# this can be very useful for debugging a script which has an extra
+# or missing brace
+sub compare_indentation_levels {
+
+    my ( $python_indentation_level, $structural_indentation_level ) = @_;
+    if ( ( $python_indentation_level ne $structural_indentation_level ) ) {
+        $last_tabbing_disagreement = $input_line_number;
+
+        if ($in_tabbing_disagreement) {
+        }
+        else {
+            $tabbing_disagreement_count++;
+
+            if ( $tabbing_disagreement_count <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
+                write_logfile_entry(
+"Start indentation disagreement: input=$python_indentation_level; output=$structural_indentation_level\n"
+                );
+            }
+            $in_tabbing_disagreement    = $input_line_number;
+            $first_tabbing_disagreement = $in_tabbing_disagreement
+              unless ($first_tabbing_disagreement);
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+
+        if ($in_tabbing_disagreement) {
+
+            if ( $tabbing_disagreement_count <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
+                write_logfile_entry(
+"End indentation disagreement from input line $in_tabbing_disagreement\n"
+                );
+
+                if ( $tabbing_disagreement_count == MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
+                    write_logfile_entry(
+                        "No further tabbing disagreements will be noted\n");
+                }
+            }
+            $in_tabbing_disagreement = 0;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#####################################################################
+#
+# the Perl::Tidy::IndentationItem class supplies items which contain
+# how much whitespace should be used at the start of a line
+#
+#####################################################################
+
+package Perl::Tidy::IndentationItem;
+
+# Indexes for indentation items
+use constant SPACES             => 0;     # total leading white spaces
+use constant LEVEL              => 1;     # the indentation 'level'
+use constant CI_LEVEL           => 2;     # the 'continuation level'
+use constant AVAILABLE_SPACES   => 3;     # how many left spaces available
+                                          # for this level
+use constant CLOSED             => 4;     # index where we saw closing '}'
+use constant COMMA_COUNT        => 5;     # how many commas at this level?
+use constant SEQUENCE_NUMBER    => 6;     # output batch number
+use constant INDEX              => 7;     # index in output batch list
+use constant HAVE_CHILD         => 8;     # any dependents?
+use constant RECOVERABLE_SPACES => 9;     # how many spaces to the right
+                                          # we would like to move to get
+                                          # alignment (negative if left)
+use constant ALIGN_PAREN        => 10;    # do we want to try to align
+                                          # with an opening structure?
+use constant MARKED             => 11;    # if visited by corrector logic
+use constant STACK_DEPTH        => 12;    # indentation nesting depth
+use constant STARTING_INDEX     => 13;    # first token index of this level
+use constant ARROW_COUNT        => 14;    # how many =>'s
+
+sub new {
+
+    # Create an 'indentation_item' which describes one level of leading
+    # whitespace when the '-lp' indentation is used.  We return
+    # a reference to an anonymous array of associated variables.
+    # See above constants for storage scheme.
+    my (
+        $class,               $spaces,           $level,
+        $ci_level,            $available_spaces, $index,
+        $gnu_sequence_number, $align_paren,      $stack_depth,
+        $starting_index,
+    ) = @_;
+    my $closed            = -1;
+    my $arrow_count       = 0;
+    my $comma_count       = 0;
+    my $have_child        = 0;
+    my $want_right_spaces = 0;
+    my $marked            = 0;
+    bless [
+        $spaces,              $level,          $ci_level,
+        $available_spaces,    $closed,         $comma_count,
+        $gnu_sequence_number, $index,          $have_child,
+        $want_right_spaces,   $align_paren,    $marked,
+        $stack_depth,         $starting_index, $arrow_count,
+    ], $class;
+}
+
+sub permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES {
+
+    # make a permanent reduction in the available indentation spaces
+    # at one indentation item.  NOTE: if there are child nodes, their
+    # total SPACES must be reduced by the caller.
+
+    my ( $item, $spaces_needed ) = @_;
+    my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
+    my $deleted_spaces =
+      ( $available_spaces > $spaces_needed )
+      ? $spaces_needed
+      : $available_spaces;
+    $item->decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
+    $item->decrease_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
+    $item->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES(0);
+
+    return $deleted_spaces;
+}
+
+sub tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES {
+
+    # We are asked to tentatively delete $spaces_needed of indentation
+    # for a indentation item.  We may want to undo this later.  NOTE: if
+    # there are child nodes, their total SPACES must be reduced by the
+    # caller.
+    my ( $item, $spaces_needed ) = @_;
+    my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
+    my $deleted_spaces =
+      ( $available_spaces > $spaces_needed )
+      ? $spaces_needed
+      : $available_spaces;
+    $item->decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
+    $item->decrease_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
+    $item->increase_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
+    return $deleted_spaces;
+}
+
+sub get_STACK_DEPTH {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[STACK_DEPTH];
+}
+
+sub get_SPACES {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[SPACES];
+}
+
+sub get_MARKED {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[MARKED];
+}
+
+sub set_MARKED {
+    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
+    if ( defined($value) ) {
+        $self->[MARKED] = $value;
+    }
+    return $self->[MARKED];
+}
+
+sub get_AVAILABLE_SPACES {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[AVAILABLE_SPACES];
+}
+
+sub decrease_SPACES {
+    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
+    if ( defined($value) ) {
+        $self->[SPACES] -= $value;
+    }
+    return $self->[SPACES];
+}
+
+sub decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES {
+    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
+    if ( defined($value) ) {
+        $self->[AVAILABLE_SPACES] -= $value;
+    }
+    return $self->[AVAILABLE_SPACES];
+}
+
+sub get_ALIGN_PAREN {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[ALIGN_PAREN];
+}
+
+sub get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES];
+}
+
+sub set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {
+    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
+    if ( defined($value) ) {
+        $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES] = $value;
+    }
+    return $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES];
+}
+
+sub increase_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {
+    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
+    if ( defined($value) ) {
+        $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES] += $value;
+    }
+    return $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES];
+}
+
+sub get_CI_LEVEL {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[CI_LEVEL];
+}
+
+sub get_LEVEL {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[LEVEL];
+}
+
+sub get_SEQUENCE_NUMBER {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[SEQUENCE_NUMBER];
+}
+
+sub get_INDEX {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[INDEX];
+}
+
+sub get_STARTING_INDEX {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[STARTING_INDEX];
+}
+
+sub set_HAVE_CHILD {
+    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
+    if ( defined($value) ) {
+        $self->[HAVE_CHILD] = $value;
+    }
+    return $self->[HAVE_CHILD];
+}
+
+sub get_HAVE_CHILD {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[HAVE_CHILD];
+}
+
+sub set_ARROW_COUNT {
+    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
+    if ( defined($value) ) {
+        $self->[ARROW_COUNT] = $value;
+    }
+    return $self->[ARROW_COUNT];
+}
+
+sub get_ARROW_COUNT {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[ARROW_COUNT];
+}
+
+sub set_COMMA_COUNT {
+    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
+    if ( defined($value) ) {
+        $self->[COMMA_COUNT] = $value;
+    }
+    return $self->[COMMA_COUNT];
+}
+
+sub get_COMMA_COUNT {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[COMMA_COUNT];
+}
+
+sub set_CLOSED {
+    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
+    if ( defined($value) ) {
+        $self->[CLOSED] = $value;
+    }
+    return $self->[CLOSED];
+}
+
+sub get_CLOSED {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->[CLOSED];
+}
+
+#####################################################################
+#
+# the Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Line class supplies an object to
+# contain a single output line
+#
+#####################################################################
+
+package Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Line;
+
+{
+
+    use strict;
+    use Carp;
+
+    use constant JMAX                      => 0;
+    use constant JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE        => 1;
+    use constant RTOKENS                   => 2;
+    use constant RFIELDS                   => 3;
+    use constant RPATTERNS                 => 4;
+    use constant INDENTATION               => 5;
+    use constant LEADING_SPACE_COUNT       => 6;
+    use constant OUTDENT_LONG_LINES        => 7;
+    use constant LIST_TYPE                 => 8;
+    use constant IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT   => 9;
+    use constant RALIGNMENTS               => 10;
+    use constant MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH       => 11;
+    use constant RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS => 12;
+
+    my %_index_map;
+    $_index_map{jmax}                      = JMAX;
+    $_index_map{jmax_original_line}        = JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE;
+    $_index_map{rtokens}                   = RTOKENS;
+    $_index_map{rfields}                   = RFIELDS;
+    $_index_map{rpatterns}                 = RPATTERNS;
+    $_index_map{indentation}               = INDENTATION;
+    $_index_map{leading_space_count}       = LEADING_SPACE_COUNT;
+    $_index_map{outdent_long_lines}        = OUTDENT_LONG_LINES;
+    $_index_map{list_type}                 = LIST_TYPE;
+    $_index_map{is_hanging_side_comment}   = IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT;
+    $_index_map{ralignments}               = RALIGNMENTS;
+    $_index_map{maximum_line_length}       = MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH;
+    $_index_map{rvertical_tightness_flags} = RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS;
+
+    my @_default_data = ();
+    $_default_data[JMAX]                      = undef;
+    $_default_data[JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE]        = undef;
+    $_default_data[RTOKENS]                   = undef;
+    $_default_data[RFIELDS]                   = undef;
+    $_default_data[RPATTERNS]                 = undef;
+    $_default_data[INDENTATION]               = undef;
+    $_default_data[LEADING_SPACE_COUNT]       = undef;
+    $_default_data[OUTDENT_LONG_LINES]        = undef;
+    $_default_data[LIST_TYPE]                 = undef;
+    $_default_data[IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT]   = undef;
+    $_default_data[RALIGNMENTS]               = [];
+    $_default_data[MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH]       = undef;
+    $_default_data[RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS] = undef;
+
+    {
+
+        # methods to count object population
+        my $_count = 0;
+        sub get_count        { $_count; }
+        sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
+        sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
+    }
+
+    # Constructor may be called as a class method
+    sub new {
+        my ( $caller, %arg ) = @_;
+        my $caller_is_obj = ref($caller);
+        my $class = $caller_is_obj || $caller;
+        no strict "refs";
+        my $self = bless [], $class;
+
+        $self->[RALIGNMENTS] = [];
+
+        my $index;
+        foreach ( keys %_index_map ) {
+            $index = $_index_map{$_};
+            if    ( exists $arg{$_} ) { $self->[$index] = $arg{$_} }
+            elsif ($caller_is_obj)    { $self->[$index] = $caller->[$index] }
+            else { $self->[$index] = $_default_data[$index] }
+        }
+
+        $self->_increment_count();
+        return $self;
+    }
+
+    sub DESTROY {
+        $_[0]->_decrement_count();
+    }
+
+    sub get_jmax                      { $_[0]->[JMAX] }
+    sub get_jmax_original_line        { $_[0]->[JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE] }
+    sub get_rtokens                   { $_[0]->[RTOKENS] }
+    sub get_rfields                   { $_[0]->[RFIELDS] }
+    sub get_rpatterns                 { $_[0]->[RPATTERNS] }
+    sub get_indentation               { $_[0]->[INDENTATION] }
+    sub get_leading_space_count       { $_[0]->[LEADING_SPACE_COUNT] }
+    sub get_outdent_long_lines        { $_[0]->[OUTDENT_LONG_LINES] }
+    sub get_list_type                 { $_[0]->[LIST_TYPE] }
+    sub get_is_hanging_side_comment   { $_[0]->[IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT] }
+    sub get_rvertical_tightness_flags { $_[0]->[RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS] }
+
+    sub set_column     { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->set_column( $_[2] ) }
+    sub get_alignment  { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ] }
+    sub get_alignments { @{ $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS] } }
+    sub get_column     { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->get_column() }
+
+    sub get_starting_column {
+        $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->get_starting_column();
+    }
+
+    sub increment_column {
+        $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->increment_column( $_[2] );
+    }
+    sub set_alignments { my $self = shift; @{ $self->[RALIGNMENTS] } = @_; }
+
+    sub current_field_width {
+        my $self = shift;
+        my ($j) = @_;
+        if ( $j == 0 ) {
+            return $self->get_column($j);
+        }
+        else {
+            return $self->get_column($j) - $self->get_column( $j - 1 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    sub field_width_growth {
+        my $self = shift;
+        my $j    = shift;
+        return $self->get_column($j) - $self->get_starting_column($j);
+    }
+
+    sub starting_field_width {
+        my $self = shift;
+        my $j    = shift;
+        if ( $j == 0 ) {
+            return $self->get_starting_column($j);
+        }
+        else {
+            return $self->get_starting_column($j) -
+              $self->get_starting_column( $j - 1 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    sub increase_field_width {
+
+        my $self = shift;
+        my ( $j, $pad ) = @_;
+        my $jmax = $self->get_jmax();
+        for my $k ( $j .. $jmax ) {
+            $self->increment_column( $k, $pad );
+        }
+    }
+
+    sub get_available_space_on_right {
+        my $self = shift;
+        my $jmax = $self->get_jmax();
+        return $self->[MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH] - $self->get_column($jmax);
+    }
+
+    sub set_jmax                    { $_[0]->[JMAX]                    = $_[1] }
+    sub set_jmax_original_line      { $_[0]->[JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE]      = $_[1] }
+    sub set_rtokens                 { $_[0]->[RTOKENS]                 = $_[1] }
+    sub set_rfields                 { $_[0]->[RFIELDS]                 = $_[1] }
+    sub set_rpatterns               { $_[0]->[RPATTERNS]               = $_[1] }
+    sub set_indentation             { $_[0]->[INDENTATION]             = $_[1] }
+    sub set_leading_space_count     { $_[0]->[LEADING_SPACE_COUNT]     = $_[1] }
+    sub set_outdent_long_lines      { $_[0]->[OUTDENT_LONG_LINES]      = $_[1] }
+    sub set_list_type               { $_[0]->[LIST_TYPE]               = $_[1] }
+    sub set_is_hanging_side_comment { $_[0]->[IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT] = $_[1] }
+    sub set_alignment               { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]  = $_[2] }
+
+}
+
+#####################################################################
+#
+# the Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Alignment class holds information
+# on a single column being aligned
+#
+#####################################################################
+package Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Alignment;
+
+{
+
+    use strict;
+
+    #use Carp;
+
+    # Symbolic array indexes
+    use constant COLUMN          => 0;    # the current column number
+    use constant STARTING_COLUMN => 1;    # column number when created
+    use constant MATCHING_TOKEN  => 2;    # what token we are matching
+    use constant STARTING_LINE   => 3;    # the line index of creation
+    use constant ENDING_LINE     => 4;    # the most recent line to use it
+    use constant SAVED_COLUMN    => 5;    # the most recent line to use it
+    use constant SERIAL_NUMBER   => 6;    # unique number for this alignment
+                                          # (just its index in an array)
+
+    # Correspondence between variables and array indexes
+    my %_index_map;
+    $_index_map{column}          = COLUMN;
+    $_index_map{starting_column} = STARTING_COLUMN;
+    $_index_map{matching_token}  = MATCHING_TOKEN;
+    $_index_map{starting_line}   = STARTING_LINE;
+    $_index_map{ending_line}     = ENDING_LINE;
+    $_index_map{saved_column}    = SAVED_COLUMN;
+    $_index_map{serial_number}   = SERIAL_NUMBER;
+
+    my @_default_data = ();
+    $_default_data[COLUMN]          = undef;
+    $_default_data[STARTING_COLUMN] = undef;
+    $_default_data[MATCHING_TOKEN]  = undef;
+    $_default_data[STARTING_LINE]   = undef;
+    $_default_data[ENDING_LINE]     = undef;
+    $_default_data[SAVED_COLUMN]    = undef;
+    $_default_data[SERIAL_NUMBER]   = undef;
+
+    # class population count
+    {
+        my $_count = 0;
+        sub get_count        { $_count; }
+        sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
+        sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
+    }
+
+    # constructor
+    sub new {
+        my ( $caller, %arg ) = @_;
+        my $caller_is_obj = ref($caller);
+        my $class = $caller_is_obj || $caller;
+        no strict "refs";
+        my $self = bless [], $class;
+
+        foreach ( keys %_index_map ) {
+            my $index = $_index_map{$_};
+            if    ( exists $arg{$_} ) { $self->[$index] = $arg{$_} }
+            elsif ($caller_is_obj)    { $self->[$index] = $caller->[$index] }
+            else { $self->[$index] = $_default_data[$index] }
+        }
+        $self->_increment_count();
+        return $self;
+    }
+
+    sub DESTROY {
+        $_[0]->_decrement_count();
+    }
+
+    sub get_column          { return $_[0]->[COLUMN] }
+    sub get_starting_column { return $_[0]->[STARTING_COLUMN] }
+    sub get_matching_token  { return $_[0]->[MATCHING_TOKEN] }
+    sub get_starting_line   { return $_[0]->[STARTING_LINE] }
+    sub get_ending_line     { return $_[0]->[ENDING_LINE] }
+    sub get_serial_number   { return $_[0]->[SERIAL_NUMBER] }
+
+    sub set_column          { $_[0]->[COLUMN]          = $_[1] }
+    sub set_starting_column { $_[0]->[STARTING_COLUMN] = $_[1] }
+    sub set_matching_token  { $_[0]->[MATCHING_TOKEN]  = $_[1] }
+    sub set_starting_line   { $_[0]->[STARTING_LINE]   = $_[1] }
+    sub set_ending_line     { $_[0]->[ENDING_LINE]     = $_[1] }
+    sub increment_column { $_[0]->[COLUMN] += $_[1] }
+
+    sub save_column    { $_[0]->[SAVED_COLUMN] = $_[0]->[COLUMN] }
+    sub restore_column { $_[0]->[COLUMN]       = $_[0]->[SAVED_COLUMN] }
+
+}
+
+package Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner;
+
+# The Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner package collects output lines and
+# attempts to line up certain common tokens, such as => and #, which are
+# identified by the calling routine.
+#
+# There are two main routines: append_line and flush.  Append acts as a
+# storage buffer, collecting lines into a group which can be vertically
+# aligned.  When alignment is no longer possible or desirable, it dumps
+# the group to flush.
+#
+#     append_line -----> flush
+#
+#     collects          writes
+#     vertical          one
+#     groups            group
+
+BEGIN {
+
+    # Caution: these debug flags produce a lot of output
+    # They should all be 0 except when debugging small scripts
+
+    use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND  => 0;
+    use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 => 0;
+    use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY => 0;
+
+    my $debug_warning = sub {
+        print "VALIGN_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
+    };
+
+    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND  && $debug_warning->('APPEND');
+    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && $debug_warning->('APPEND0');
+
+}
+
+use vars qw(
+  $vertical_aligner_self
+  $current_line
+  $maximum_alignment_index
+  $ralignment_list
+  $maximum_jmax_seen
+  $minimum_jmax_seen
+  $previous_minimum_jmax_seen
+  $previous_maximum_jmax_seen
+  $maximum_line_index
+  $group_level
+  $group_type
+  $group_maximum_gap
+  $marginal_match
+  $last_group_level_written
+  $last_leading_space_count
+  $extra_indent_ok
+  $zero_count
+  @group_lines
+  $last_comment_column
+  $last_side_comment_line_number
+  $last_side_comment_length
+  $last_side_comment_level
+  $outdented_line_count
+  $first_outdented_line_at
+  $last_outdented_line_at
+  $diagnostics_object
+  $logger_object
+  $file_writer_object
+  @side_comment_history
+  $comment_leading_space_count
+  $is_matching_terminal_line
+
+  $cached_line_text
+  $cached_line_type
+  $cached_line_flag
+  $cached_seqno
+  $cached_line_valid
+  $cached_line_leading_space_count
+  $cached_seqno_string
+
+  $seqno_string
+  $last_nonblank_seqno_string
+
+  $rOpts
+
+  $rOpts_maximum_line_length
+  $rOpts_continuation_indentation
+  $rOpts_indent_columns
+  $rOpts_tabs
+  $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace
+  $rOpts_valign
+
+  $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment
+  $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment
+
+);
+
+sub initialize {
+
+    my $class;
+
+    ( $class, $rOpts, $file_writer_object, $logger_object, $diagnostics_object )
+      = @_;
+
+    # variables describing the entire space group:
+    $ralignment_list            = [];
+    $group_level                = 0;
+    $last_group_level_written   = -1;
+    $extra_indent_ok            = 0;    # can we move all lines to the right?
+    $last_side_comment_length   = 0;
+    $maximum_jmax_seen          = 0;
+    $minimum_jmax_seen          = 0;
+    $previous_minimum_jmax_seen = 0;
+    $previous_maximum_jmax_seen = 0;
+
+    # variables describing each line of the group
+    @group_lines = ();                  # list of all lines in group
+
+    $outdented_line_count          = 0;
+    $first_outdented_line_at       = 0;
+    $last_outdented_line_at        = 0;
+    $last_side_comment_line_number = 0;
+    $last_side_comment_level       = -1;
+    $is_matching_terminal_line     = 0;
+
+    # most recent 3 side comments; [ line number, column ]
+    $side_comment_history[0] = [ -300, 0 ];
+    $side_comment_history[1] = [ -200, 0 ];
+    $side_comment_history[2] = [ -100, 0 ];
+
+    # write_leader_and_string cache:
+    $cached_line_text                = "";
+    $cached_line_type                = 0;
+    $cached_line_flag                = 0;
+    $cached_seqno                    = 0;
+    $cached_line_valid               = 0;
+    $cached_line_leading_space_count = 0;
+    $cached_seqno_string             = "";
+
+    # string of sequence numbers joined together
+    $seqno_string               = "";
+    $last_nonblank_seqno_string = "";
+
+    # frequently used parameters
+    $rOpts_indent_columns           = $rOpts->{'indent-columns'};
+    $rOpts_tabs                     = $rOpts->{'tabs'};
+    $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace = $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'};
+    $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment =
+      $rOpts->{'fixed-position-side-comment'};
+    $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment = $rOpts->{'minimum-space-to-comment'};
+    $rOpts_maximum_line_length      = $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'};
+    $rOpts_valign                   = $rOpts->{'valign'};
+
+    forget_side_comment();
+
+    initialize_for_new_group();
+
+    $vertical_aligner_self = {};
+    bless $vertical_aligner_self, $class;
+    return $vertical_aligner_self;
+}
+
+sub initialize_for_new_group {
+    $maximum_line_index      = -1;      # lines in the current group
+    $maximum_alignment_index = -1;      # alignments in current group
+    $zero_count              = 0;       # count consecutive lines without tokens
+    $current_line            = undef;   # line being matched for alignment
+    $group_maximum_gap       = 0;       # largest gap introduced
+    $group_type              = "";
+    $marginal_match          = 0;
+    $comment_leading_space_count = 0;
+    $last_leading_space_count    = 0;
+}
+
+# interface to Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics routines
+sub write_diagnostics {
+    if ($diagnostics_object) {
+        $diagnostics_object->write_diagnostics(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+# interface to Perl::Tidy::Logger routines
+sub warning {
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->warning(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub write_logfile_entry {
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub report_definite_bug {
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->report_definite_bug();
+    }
+}
+
+sub get_SPACES {
+
+    # return the number of leading spaces associated with an indentation
+    # variable $indentation is either a constant number of spaces or an
+    # object with a get_SPACES method.
+    my $indentation = shift;
+    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_SPACES() : $indentation;
+}
+
+sub get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {
+
+    # return the number of spaces (+ means shift right, - means shift left)
+    # that we would like to shift a group of lines with the same indentation
+    # to get them to line up with their opening parens
+    my $indentation = shift;
+    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() : 0;
+}
+
+sub get_STACK_DEPTH {
+
+    my $indentation = shift;
+    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_STACK_DEPTH() : 0;
+}
+
+sub make_alignment {
+    my ( $col, $token ) = @_;
+
+    # make one new alignment at column $col which aligns token $token
+    ++$maximum_alignment_index;
+    my $alignment = new Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Alignment(
+        column          => $col,
+        starting_column => $col,
+        matching_token  => $token,
+        starting_line   => $maximum_line_index,
+        ending_line     => $maximum_line_index,
+        serial_number   => $maximum_alignment_index,
+    );
+    $ralignment_list->[$maximum_alignment_index] = $alignment;
+    return $alignment;
+}
+
+sub dump_alignments {
+    print
+"Current Alignments:\ni\ttoken\tstarting_column\tcolumn\tstarting_line\tending_line\n";
+    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_alignment_index ) {
+        my $column          = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_column();
+        my $starting_column = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_starting_column();
+        my $matching_token  = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_matching_token();
+        my $starting_line   = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_starting_line();
+        my $ending_line     = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_ending_line();
+        print
+"$i\t$matching_token\t$starting_column\t$column\t$starting_line\t$ending_line\n";
+    }
+}
+
+sub save_alignment_columns {
+    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_alignment_index ) {
+        $ralignment_list->[$i]->save_column();
+    }
+}
+
+sub restore_alignment_columns {
+    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_alignment_index ) {
+        $ralignment_list->[$i]->restore_column();
+    }
+}
+
+sub forget_side_comment {
+    $last_comment_column = 0;
+}
+
+sub append_line {
+
+    # sub append is called to place one line in the current vertical group.
+    #
+    # The input parameters are:
+    #     $level = indentation level of this line
+    #     $rfields = reference to array of fields
+    #     $rpatterns = reference to array of patterns, one per field
+    #     $rtokens   = reference to array of tokens starting fields 1,2,..
+    #
+    # Here is an example of what this package does.  In this example,
+    # we are trying to line up both the '=>' and the '#'.
+    #
+    #         '18' => 'grave',    #   \`
+    #         '19' => 'acute',    #   `'
+    #         '20' => 'caron',    #   \v
+    # <-tabs-><--field 2 ---><-f3->
+    # |            |              |    |
+    # |            |              |    |
+    # col1        col2         col3 col4
+    #
+    # The calling routine has already broken the entire line into 3 fields as
+    # indicated.  (So the work of identifying promising common tokens has
+    # already been done).
+    #
+    # In this example, there will be 2 tokens being matched: '=>' and '#'.
+    # They are the leading parts of fields 2 and 3, but we do need to know
+    # what they are so that we can dump a group of lines when these tokens
+    # change.
+    #
+    # The fields contain the actual characters of each field.  The patterns
+    # are like the fields, but they contain mainly token types instead
+    # of tokens, so they have fewer characters.  They are used to be
+    # sure we are matching fields of similar type.
+    #
+    # In this example, there will be 4 column indexes being adjusted.  The
+    # first one is always at zero.  The interior columns are at the start of
+    # the matching tokens, and the last one tracks the maximum line length.
+    #
+    # Basically, each time a new line comes in, it joins the current vertical
+    # group if possible.  Otherwise it causes the current group to be dumped
+    # and a new group is started.
+    #
+    # For each new group member, the column locations are increased, as
+    # necessary, to make room for the new fields.  When the group is finally
+    # output, these column numbers are used to compute the amount of spaces of
+    # padding needed for each field.
+    #
+    # Programming note: the fields are assumed not to have any tab characters.
+    # Tabs have been previously removed except for tabs in quoted strings and
+    # side comments.  Tabs in these fields can mess up the column counting.
+    # The log file warns the user if there are any such tabs.
+
+    my (
+        $level,               $level_end,
+        $indentation,         $rfields,
+        $rtokens,             $rpatterns,
+        $is_forced_break,     $outdent_long_lines,
+        $is_terminal_ternary, $is_terminal_statement,
+        $do_not_pad,          $rvertical_tightness_flags,
+        $level_jump,
+    ) = @_;
+
+    # number of fields is $jmax
+    # number of tokens between fields is $jmax-1
+    my $jmax = $#{$rfields};
+
+    my $leading_space_count = get_SPACES($indentation);
+
+    # set outdented flag to be sure we either align within statements or
+    # across statement boundaries, but not both.
+    my $is_outdented = $last_leading_space_count > $leading_space_count;
+    $last_leading_space_count = $leading_space_count;
+
+    # Patch: undo for hanging side comment
+    my $is_hanging_side_comment =
+      ( $jmax == 1 && $rtokens->[0] eq '#' && $rfields->[0] =~ /^\s*$/ );
+    $is_outdented = 0 if $is_hanging_side_comment;
+
+    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && do {
+        print
+"APPEND0: entering lines=$maximum_line_index new #fields= $jmax, leading_count=$leading_space_count last_cmt=$last_comment_column force=$is_forced_break\n";
+    };
+
+    # Validate cached line if necessary: If we can produce a container
+    # with just 2 lines total by combining an existing cached opening
+    # token with the closing token to follow, then we will mark both
+    # cached flags as valid.
+    if ($rvertical_tightness_flags) {
+        if (   $maximum_line_index <= 0
+            && $cached_line_type
+            && $cached_seqno
+            && $rvertical_tightness_flags->[2]
+            && $rvertical_tightness_flags->[2] == $cached_seqno )
+        {
+            $rvertical_tightness_flags->[3] ||= 1;
+            $cached_line_valid ||= 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # do not join an opening block brace with an unbalanced line
+    # unless requested with a flag value of 2
+    if (   $cached_line_type == 3
+        && $maximum_line_index < 0
+        && $cached_line_flag < 2
+        && $level_jump != 0 )
+    {
+        $cached_line_valid = 0;
+    }
+
+    # patch until new aligner is finished
+    if ($do_not_pad) { my_flush() }
+
+    # shouldn't happen:
+    if ( $level < 0 ) { $level = 0 }
+
+    # do not align code across indentation level changes
+    # or if vertical alignment is turned off for debugging
+    if ( $level != $group_level || $is_outdented || !$rOpts_valign ) {
+
+        # we are allowed to shift a group of lines to the right if its
+        # level is greater than the previous and next group
+        $extra_indent_ok =
+          ( $level < $group_level && $last_group_level_written < $group_level );
+
+        my_flush();
+
+        # If we know that this line will get flushed out by itself because
+        # of level changes, we can leave the extra_indent_ok flag set.
+        # That way, if we get an external flush call, we will still be
+        # able to do some -lp alignment if necessary.
+        $extra_indent_ok = ( $is_terminal_statement && $level > $group_level );
+
+        $group_level = $level;
+
+        # wait until after the above flush to get the leading space
+        # count because it may have been changed if the -icp flag is in
+        # effect
+        $leading_space_count = get_SPACES($indentation);
+
+    }
+
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Patch to collect outdentable block COMMENTS
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    my $is_blank_line = "";
+    my $is_block_comment = ( $jmax == 0 && $rfields->[0] =~ /^#/ );
+    if ( $group_type eq 'COMMENT' ) {
+        if (
+            (
+                   $is_block_comment
+                && $outdent_long_lines
+                && $leading_space_count == $comment_leading_space_count
+            )
+            || $is_blank_line
+          )
+        {
+            $group_lines[ ++$maximum_line_index ] = $rfields->[0];
+            return;
+        }
+        else {
+            my_flush();
+        }
+    }
+
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # add dummy fields for terminal ternary
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    my $j_terminal_match;
+    if ( $is_terminal_ternary && $current_line ) {
+        $j_terminal_match =
+          fix_terminal_ternary( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns );
+        $jmax = @{$rfields} - 1;
+    }
+
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # add dummy fields for else statement
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    if (   $rfields->[0] =~ /^else\s*$/
+        && $current_line
+        && $level_jump == 0 )
+    {
+        $j_terminal_match = fix_terminal_else( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns );
+        $jmax = @{$rfields} - 1;
+    }
+
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Step 1. Handle simple line of code with no fields to match.
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    if ( $jmax <= 0 ) {
+        $zero_count++;
+
+        if ( $maximum_line_index >= 0
+            && !get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES( $group_lines[0]->get_indentation() ) )
+        {
+
+            # flush the current group if it has some aligned columns..
+            if ( $group_lines[0]->get_jmax() > 1 ) { my_flush() }
+
+            # flush current group if we are just collecting side comments..
+            elsif (
+
+                # ...and we haven't seen a comment lately
+                ( $zero_count > 3 )
+
+                # ..or if this new line doesn't fit to the left of the comments
+                || ( ( $leading_space_count + length( $$rfields[0] ) ) >
+                    $group_lines[0]->get_column(0) )
+              )
+            {
+                my_flush();
+            }
+        }
+
+        # patch to start new COMMENT group if this comment may be outdented
+        if (   $is_block_comment
+            && $outdent_long_lines
+            && $maximum_line_index < 0 )
+        {
+            $group_type                           = 'COMMENT';
+            $comment_leading_space_count          = $leading_space_count;
+            $group_lines[ ++$maximum_line_index ] = $rfields->[0];
+            return;
+        }
+
+        # just write this line directly if no current group, no side comment,
+        # and no space recovery is needed.
+        if ( $maximum_line_index < 0 && !get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($indentation) )
+        {
+            write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count, $$rfields[0], 0,
+                $outdent_long_lines, $rvertical_tightness_flags );
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        $zero_count = 0;
+    }
+
+    # programming check: (shouldn't happen)
+    # an error here implies an incorrect call was made
+    if ( $jmax > 0 && ( $#{$rtokens} != ( $jmax - 1 ) ) ) {
+        warning(
+"Program bug in Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner - number of tokens = $#{$rtokens} should be one less than number of fields: $#{$rfields})\n"
+        );
+        report_definite_bug();
+    }
+
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # create an object to hold this line
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    my $new_line = new Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Line(
+        jmax                      => $jmax,
+        jmax_original_line        => $jmax,
+        rtokens                   => $rtokens,
+        rfields                   => $rfields,
+        rpatterns                 => $rpatterns,
+        indentation               => $indentation,
+        leading_space_count       => $leading_space_count,
+        outdent_long_lines        => $outdent_long_lines,
+        list_type                 => "",
+        is_hanging_side_comment   => $is_hanging_side_comment,
+        maximum_line_length       => $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'},
+        rvertical_tightness_flags => $rvertical_tightness_flags,
+    );
+
+    # Initialize a global flag saying if the last line of the group should
+    # match end of group and also terminate the group.  There should be no
+    # returns between here and where the flag is handled at the bottom.
+    my $col_matching_terminal = 0;
+    if ( defined($j_terminal_match) ) {
+
+        # remember the column of the terminal ? or { to match with
+        $col_matching_terminal = $current_line->get_column($j_terminal_match);
+
+        # set global flag for sub decide_if_aligned
+        $is_matching_terminal_line = 1;
+    }
+
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # It simplifies things to create a zero length side comment
+    # if none exists.
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    make_side_comment( $new_line, $level_end );
+
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Decide if this is a simple list of items.
+    # There are 3 list types: none, comma, comma-arrow.
+    # We use this below to be less restrictive in deciding what to align.
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    if ($is_forced_break) {
+        decide_if_list($new_line);
+    }
+
+    if ($current_line) {
+
+        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+        # Allow hanging side comment to join current group, if any
+        # This will help keep side comments aligned, because otherwise we
+        # will have to start a new group, making alignment less likely.
+        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+        join_hanging_comment( $new_line, $current_line )
+          if $is_hanging_side_comment;
+
+        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+        # If there is just one previous line, and it has more fields
+        # than the new line, try to join fields together to get a match with
+        # the new line.  At the present time, only a single leading '=' is
+        # allowed to be compressed out.  This is useful in rare cases where
+        # a table is forced to use old breakpoints because of side comments,
+        # and the table starts out something like this:
+        #   my %MonthChars = ('0', 'Jan',   # side comment
+        #                     '1', 'Feb',
+        #                     '2', 'Mar',
+        # Eliminating the '=' field will allow the remaining fields to line up.
+        # This situation does not occur if there are no side comments
+        # because scan_list would put a break after the opening '('.
+        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+        eliminate_old_fields( $new_line, $current_line );
+
+        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+        # If the new line has more fields than the current group,
+        # see if we can match the first fields and combine the remaining
+        # fields of the new line.
+        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+        eliminate_new_fields( $new_line, $current_line );
+
+        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+        # Flush previous group unless all common tokens and patterns match..
+        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+        check_match( $new_line, $current_line );
+
+        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+        # See if there is space for this line in the current group (if any)
+        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+        if ($current_line) {
+            check_fit( $new_line, $current_line );
+        }
+    }
+
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Append this line to the current group (or start new group)
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    accept_line($new_line);
+
+    # Future update to allow this to vary:
+    $current_line = $new_line if ( $maximum_line_index == 0 );
+
+    # output this group if it ends in a terminal else or ternary line
+    if ( defined($j_terminal_match) ) {
+
+        # if there is only one line in the group (maybe due to failure to match
+        # perfectly with previous lines), then align the ? or { of this
+        # terminal line with the previous one unless that would make the line
+        # too long
+        if ( $maximum_line_index == 0 ) {
+            my $col_now = $current_line->get_column($j_terminal_match);
+            my $pad     = $col_matching_terminal - $col_now;
+            my $padding_available =
+              $current_line->get_available_space_on_right();
+            if ( $pad > 0 && $pad <= $padding_available ) {
+                $current_line->increase_field_width( $j_terminal_match, $pad );
+            }
+        }
+        my_flush();
+        $is_matching_terminal_line = 0;
+    }
+
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    # Step 8. Some old debugging stuff
+    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
+    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND && do {
+        print "APPEND fields:";
+        dump_array(@$rfields);
+        print "APPEND tokens:";
+        dump_array(@$rtokens);
+        print "APPEND patterns:";
+        dump_array(@$rpatterns);
+        dump_alignments();
+    };
+
+    return;
+}
+
+sub join_hanging_comment {
+
+    my $line = shift;
+    my $jmax = $line->get_jmax();
+    return 0 unless $jmax == 1;    # must be 2 fields
+    my $rtokens = $line->get_rtokens();
+    return 0 unless $$rtokens[0] eq '#';    # the second field is a comment..
+    my $rfields = $line->get_rfields();
+    return 0 unless $$rfields[0] =~ /^\s*$/;    # the first field is empty...
+    my $old_line            = shift;
+    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
+    return 0
+      unless $maximum_field_index > $jmax;    # the current line has more fields
+    my $rpatterns = $line->get_rpatterns();
+
+    $line->set_is_hanging_side_comment(1);
+    $jmax = $maximum_field_index;
+    $line->set_jmax($jmax);
+    $$rfields[$jmax]         = $$rfields[1];
+    $$rtokens[ $jmax - 1 ]   = $$rtokens[0];
+    $$rpatterns[ $jmax - 1 ] = $$rpatterns[0];
+    for ( my $j = 1 ; $j < $jmax ; $j++ ) {
+        $$rfields[$j]         = " ";  # NOTE: caused glitch unless 1 blank, why?
+        $$rtokens[ $j - 1 ]   = "";
+        $$rpatterns[ $j - 1 ] = "";
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+sub eliminate_old_fields {
+
+    my $new_line = shift;
+    my $jmax     = $new_line->get_jmax();
+    if ( $jmax > $maximum_jmax_seen ) { $maximum_jmax_seen = $jmax }
+    if ( $jmax < $minimum_jmax_seen ) { $minimum_jmax_seen = $jmax }
+
+    # there must be one previous line
+    return unless ( $maximum_line_index == 0 );
+
+    my $old_line            = shift;
+    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
+
+    ###############################################
+    # this line must have fewer fields
+    return unless $maximum_field_index > $jmax;
+    ###############################################
+
+    # Identify specific cases where field elimination is allowed:
+    # case=1: both lines have comma-separated lists, and the first
+    #         line has an equals
+    # case=2: both lines have leading equals
+
+    # case 1 is the default
+    my $case = 1;
+
+    # See if case 2: both lines have leading '='
+    # We'll require smiliar leading patterns in this case
+    my $old_rtokens   = $old_line->get_rtokens();
+    my $rtokens       = $new_line->get_rtokens();
+    my $rpatterns     = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
+    my $old_rpatterns = $old_line->get_rpatterns();
+    if (   $rtokens->[0] =~ /^=\d*$/
+        && $old_rtokens->[0]   eq $rtokens->[0]
+        && $old_rpatterns->[0] eq $rpatterns->[0] )
+    {
+        $case = 2;
+    }
+
+    # not too many fewer fields in new line for case 1
+    return unless ( $case != 1 || $maximum_field_index - 2 <= $jmax );
+
+    # case 1 must have side comment
+    my $old_rfields = $old_line->get_rfields();
+    return
+      if ( $case == 1
+        && length( $$old_rfields[$maximum_field_index] ) == 0 );
+
+    my $rfields = $new_line->get_rfields();
+
+    my $hid_equals = 0;
+
+    my @new_alignments        = ();
+    my @new_fields            = ();
+    my @new_matching_patterns = ();
+    my @new_matching_tokens   = ();
+
+    my $j = 0;
+    my $k;
+    my $current_field   = '';
+    my $current_pattern = '';
+
+    # loop over all old tokens
+    my $in_match = 0;
+    for ( $k = 0 ; $k < $maximum_field_index ; $k++ ) {
+        $current_field   .= $$old_rfields[$k];
+        $current_pattern .= $$old_rpatterns[$k];
+        last if ( $j > $jmax - 1 );
+
+        if ( $$old_rtokens[$k] eq $$rtokens[$j] ) {
+            $in_match                  = 1;
+            $new_fields[$j]            = $current_field;
+            $new_matching_patterns[$j] = $current_pattern;
+            $current_field             = '';
+            $current_pattern           = '';
+            $new_matching_tokens[$j]   = $$old_rtokens[$k];
+            $new_alignments[$j]        = $old_line->get_alignment($k);
+            $j++;
+        }
+        else {
+
+            if ( $$old_rtokens[$k] =~ /^\=\d*$/ ) {
+                last if ( $case == 2 );    # avoid problems with stuff
+                                           # like:   $a=$b=$c=$d;
+                $hid_equals = 1;
+            }
+            last
+              if ( $in_match && $case == 1 )
+              ;    # disallow gaps in matching field types in case 1
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Modify the current state if we are successful.
+    # We must exactly reach the ends of both lists for success.
+    if (   ( $j == $jmax )
+        && ( $current_field eq '' )
+        && ( $case != 1 || $hid_equals ) )
+    {
+        $k = $maximum_field_index;
+        $current_field   .= $$old_rfields[$k];
+        $current_pattern .= $$old_rpatterns[$k];
+        $new_fields[$j]            = $current_field;
+        $new_matching_patterns[$j] = $current_pattern;
+
+        $new_alignments[$j] = $old_line->get_alignment($k);
+        $maximum_field_index = $j;
+
+        $old_line->set_alignments(@new_alignments);
+        $old_line->set_jmax($jmax);
+        $old_line->set_rtokens( \@new_matching_tokens );
+        $old_line->set_rfields( \@new_fields );
+        $old_line->set_rpatterns( \@$rpatterns );
+    }
+}
+
+# create an empty side comment if none exists
+sub make_side_comment {
+    my $new_line  = shift;
+    my $level_end = shift;
+    my $jmax      = $new_line->get_jmax();
+    my $rtokens   = $new_line->get_rtokens();
+
+    # if line does not have a side comment...
+    if ( ( $jmax == 0 ) || ( $$rtokens[ $jmax - 1 ] ne '#' ) ) {
+        my $rfields   = $new_line->get_rfields();
+        my $rpatterns = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
+        $$rtokens[$jmax]     = '#';
+        $$rfields[ ++$jmax ] = '';
+        $$rpatterns[$jmax]   = '#';
+        $new_line->set_jmax($jmax);
+        $new_line->set_jmax_original_line($jmax);
+    }
+
+    # line has a side comment..
+    else {
+
+        # don't remember old side comment location for very long
+        my $line_number = $vertical_aligner_self->get_output_line_number();
+        my $rfields     = $new_line->get_rfields();
+        if (
+            $line_number - $last_side_comment_line_number > 12
+
+            # and don't remember comment location across block level changes
+            || ( $level_end < $last_side_comment_level && $$rfields[0] =~ /^}/ )
+          )
+        {
+            forget_side_comment();
+        }
+        $last_side_comment_line_number = $line_number;
+        $last_side_comment_level       = $level_end;
+    }
+}
+
+sub decide_if_list {
+
+    my $line = shift;
+
+    # A list will be taken to be a line with a forced break in which all
+    # of the field separators are commas or comma-arrows (except for the
+    # trailing #)
+
+    # List separator tokens are things like ',3'   or '=>2',
+    # where the trailing digit is the nesting depth.  Allow braces
+    # to allow nested list items.
+    my $rtokens    = $line->get_rtokens();
+    my $test_token = $$rtokens[0];
+    if ( $test_token =~ /^(\,|=>)/ ) {
+        my $list_type = $test_token;
+        my $jmax      = $line->get_jmax();
+
+        foreach ( 1 .. $jmax - 2 ) {
+            if ( $$rtokens[$_] !~ /^(\,|=>|\{)/ ) {
+                $list_type = "";
+                last;
+            }
+        }
+        $line->set_list_type($list_type);
+    }
+}
+
+sub eliminate_new_fields {
+
+    return unless ( $maximum_line_index >= 0 );
+    my ( $new_line, $old_line ) = @_;
+    my $jmax = $new_line->get_jmax();
+
+    my $old_rtokens = $old_line->get_rtokens();
+    my $rtokens     = $new_line->get_rtokens();
+    my $is_assignment =
+      ( $rtokens->[0] =~ /^=\d*$/ && ( $old_rtokens->[0] eq $rtokens->[0] ) );
+
+    # must be monotonic variation
+    return unless ( $is_assignment || $previous_maximum_jmax_seen <= $jmax );
+
+    # must be more fields in the new line
+    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
+    return unless ( $maximum_field_index < $jmax );
+
+    unless ($is_assignment) {
+        return
+          unless ( $old_line->get_jmax_original_line() == $minimum_jmax_seen )
+          ;    # only if monotonic
+
+        # never combine fields of a comma list
+        return
+          unless ( $maximum_field_index > 1 )
+          && ( $new_line->get_list_type() !~ /^,/ );
+    }
+
+    my $rfields       = $new_line->get_rfields();
+    my $rpatterns     = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
+    my $old_rpatterns = $old_line->get_rpatterns();
+
+    # loop over all OLD tokens except comment and check match
+    my $match = 1;
+    my $k;
+    for ( $k = 0 ; $k < $maximum_field_index - 1 ; $k++ ) {
+        if (   ( $$old_rtokens[$k] ne $$rtokens[$k] )
+            || ( $$old_rpatterns[$k] ne $$rpatterns[$k] ) )
+        {
+            $match = 0;
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # first tokens agree, so combine extra new tokens
+    if ($match) {
+        for $k ( $maximum_field_index .. $jmax - 1 ) {
+
+            $$rfields[ $maximum_field_index - 1 ] .= $$rfields[$k];
+            $$rfields[$k] = "";
+            $$rpatterns[ $maximum_field_index - 1 ] .= $$rpatterns[$k];
+            $$rpatterns[$k] = "";
+        }
+
+        $$rtokens[ $maximum_field_index - 1 ] = '#';
+        $$rfields[$maximum_field_index]       = $$rfields[$jmax];
+        $$rpatterns[$maximum_field_index]     = $$rpatterns[$jmax];
+        $jmax                                 = $maximum_field_index;
+    }
+    $new_line->set_jmax($jmax);
+}
+
+sub fix_terminal_ternary {
+
+    # Add empty fields as necessary to align a ternary term
+    # like this:
+    #
+    #  my $leapyear =
+    #      $year % 4   ? 0
+    #    : $year % 100 ? 1
+    #    : $year % 400 ? 0
+    #    :               1;
+    #
+    # returns 1 if the terminal item should be indented
+
+    my ( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns ) = @_;
+
+    my $jmax        = @{$rfields} - 1;
+    my $old_line    = $group_lines[$maximum_line_index];
+    my $rfields_old = $old_line->get_rfields();
+
+    my $rpatterns_old       = $old_line->get_rpatterns();
+    my $rtokens_old         = $old_line->get_rtokens();
+    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
+
+    # look for the question mark after the :
+    my ($jquestion);
+    my $depth_question;
+    my $pad = "";
+    for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < $maximum_field_index ; $j++ ) {
+        my $tok = $rtokens_old->[$j];
+        if ( $tok =~ /^\?(\d+)$/ ) {
+            $depth_question = $1;
+
+            # depth must be correct
+            next unless ( $depth_question eq $group_level );
+
+            $jquestion = $j;
+            if ( $rfields_old->[ $j + 1 ] =~ /^(\?\s*)/ ) {
+                $pad = " " x length($1);
+            }
+            else {
+                return;    # shouldn't happen
+            }
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+    return unless ( defined($jquestion) );    # shouldn't happen
+
+    # Now splice the tokens and patterns of the previous line
+    # into the else line to insure a match.  Add empty fields
+    # as necessary.
+    my $jadd = $jquestion;
+
+    # Work on copies of the actual arrays in case we have
+    # to return due to an error
+    my @fields   = @{$rfields};
+    my @patterns = @{$rpatterns};
+    my @tokens   = @{$rtokens};
+
+    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY && do {
+        local $" = '><';
+        print "CURRENT FIELDS=<@{$rfields_old}>\n";
+        print "CURRENT TOKENS=<@{$rtokens_old}>\n";
+        print "CURRENT PATTERNS=<@{$rpatterns_old}>\n";
+        print "UNMODIFIED FIELDS=<@{$rfields}>\n";
+        print "UNMODIFIED TOKENS=<@{$rtokens}>\n";
+        print "UNMODIFIED PATTERNS=<@{$rpatterns}>\n";
+    };
+
+    # handle cases of leading colon on this line
+    if ( $fields[0] =~ /^(:\s*)(.*)$/ ) {
+
+        my ( $colon, $therest ) = ( $1, $2 );
+
+        # Handle sub-case of first field with leading colon plus additional code
+        # This is the usual situation as at the '1' below:
+        #  ...
+        #  : $year % 400 ? 0
+        #  :               1;
+        if ($therest) {
+
+            # Split the first field after the leading colon and insert padding.
+            # Note that this padding will remain even if the terminal value goes
+            # out on a separate line.  This does not seem to look to bad, so no
+            # mechanism has been included to undo it.
+            my $field1 = shift @fields;
+            unshift @fields, ( $colon, $pad . $therest );
+
+            # change the leading pattern from : to ?
+            return unless ( $patterns[0] =~ s/^\:/?/ );
+
+            # install leading tokens and patterns of existing line
+            unshift( @tokens,   @{$rtokens_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );
+            unshift( @patterns, @{$rpatterns_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );
+
+            # insert appropriate number of empty fields
+            splice( @fields, 1, 0, ('') x $jadd ) if $jadd;
+        }
+
+        # handle sub-case of first field just equal to leading colon.
+        # This can happen for example in the example below where
+        # the leading '(' would create a new alignment token
+        # : ( $name =~ /[]}]$/ ) ? ( $mname = $name )
+        # :                        ( $mname = $name . '->' );
+        else {
+
+            return unless ( $jmax > 0 && $tokens[0] ne '#' ); # shouldn't happen
+
+            # prepend a leading ? onto the second pattern
+            $patterns[1] = "?b" . $patterns[1];
+
+            # pad the second field
+            $fields[1] = $pad . $fields[1];
+
+            # install leading tokens and patterns of existing line, replacing
+            # leading token and inserting appropriate number of empty fields
+            splice( @tokens,   0, 1, @{$rtokens_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );
+            splice( @patterns, 1, 0, @{$rpatterns_old}[ 1 .. $jquestion ] );
+            splice( @fields, 1, 0, ('') x $jadd ) if $jadd;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Handle case of no leading colon on this line.  This will
+    # be the case when -wba=':' is used.  For example,
+    #  $year % 400 ? 0 :
+    #                1;
+    else {
+
+        # install leading tokens and patterns of existing line
+        $patterns[0] = '?' . 'b' . $patterns[0];
+        unshift( @tokens,   @{$rtokens_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );
+        unshift( @patterns, @{$rpatterns_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );
+
+        # insert appropriate number of empty fields
+        $jadd = $jquestion + 1;
+        $fields[0] = $pad . $fields[0];
+        splice( @fields, 0, 0, ('') x $jadd ) if $jadd;
+    }
+
+    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY && do {
+        local $" = '><';
+        print "MODIFIED TOKENS=<@tokens>\n";
+        print "MODIFIED PATTERNS=<@patterns>\n";
+        print "MODIFIED FIELDS=<@fields>\n";
+    };
+
+    # all ok .. update the arrays
+    @{$rfields}   = @fields;
+    @{$rtokens}   = @tokens;
+    @{$rpatterns} = @patterns;
+
+    # force a flush after this line
+    return $jquestion;
+}
+
+sub fix_terminal_else {
+
+    # Add empty fields as necessary to align a balanced terminal
+    # else block to a previous if/elsif/unless block,
+    # like this:
+    #
+    #  if   ( 1 || $x ) { print "ok 13\n"; }
+    #  else             { print "not ok 13\n"; }
+    #
+    # returns 1 if the else block should be indented
+    #
+    my ( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns ) = @_;
+    my $jmax = @{$rfields} - 1;
+    return unless ( $jmax > 0 );
+
+    # check for balanced else block following if/elsif/unless
+    my $rfields_old = $current_line->get_rfields();
+
+    # TBD: add handling for 'case'
+    return unless ( $rfields_old->[0] =~ /^(if|elsif|unless)\s*$/ );
+
+    # look for the opening brace after the else, and extrace the depth
+    my $tok_brace = $rtokens->[0];
+    my $depth_brace;
+    if ( $tok_brace =~ /^\{(\d+)/ ) { $depth_brace = $1; }
+
+    # probably:  "else # side_comment"
+    else { return }
+
+    my $rpatterns_old       = $current_line->get_rpatterns();
+    my $rtokens_old         = $current_line->get_rtokens();
+    my $maximum_field_index = $current_line->get_jmax();
+
+    # be sure the previous if/elsif is followed by an opening paren
+    my $jparen    = 0;
+    my $tok_paren = '(' . $depth_brace;
+    my $tok_test  = $rtokens_old->[$jparen];
+    return unless ( $tok_test eq $tok_paren );    # shouldn't happen
+
+    # Now find the opening block brace
+    my ($jbrace);
+    for ( my $j = 1 ; $j < $maximum_field_index ; $j++ ) {
+        my $tok = $rtokens_old->[$j];
+        if ( $tok eq $tok_brace ) {
+            $jbrace = $j;
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+    return unless ( defined($jbrace) );           # shouldn't happen
+
+    # Now splice the tokens and patterns of the previous line
+    # into the else line to insure a match.  Add empty fields
+    # as necessary.
+    my $jadd = $jbrace - $jparen;
+    splice( @{$rtokens},   0, 0, @{$rtokens_old}[ $jparen .. $jbrace - 1 ] );
+    splice( @{$rpatterns}, 1, 0, @{$rpatterns_old}[ $jparen + 1 .. $jbrace ] );
+    splice( @{$rfields}, 1, 0, ('') x $jadd );
+
+    # force a flush after this line if it does not follow a case
+    return $jbrace
+      unless ( $rfields_old->[0] =~ /^case\s*$/ );
+}
+
+{    # sub check_match
+    my %is_good_alignment;
+
+    BEGIN {
+
+        # Vertically aligning on certain "good" tokens is usually okay
+        # so we can be less restrictive in marginal cases.
+        @_ = qw( { ? => = );
+        push @_, (',');
+        @is_good_alignment{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+    }
+
+    sub check_match {
+
+        # See if the current line matches the current vertical alignment group.
+        # If not, flush the current group.
+        my $new_line = shift;
+        my $old_line = shift;
+
+        # uses global variables:
+        #  $previous_minimum_jmax_seen
+        #  $maximum_jmax_seen
+        #  $maximum_line_index
+        #  $marginal_match
+        my $jmax                = $new_line->get_jmax();
+        my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
+
+        # flush if this line has too many fields
+        if ( $jmax > $maximum_field_index ) { goto NO_MATCH }
+
+        # flush if adding this line would make a non-monotonic field count
+        if (
+            ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax )    # this has too few fields
+            && (
+                ( $previous_minimum_jmax_seen <
+                    $jmax )                     # and wouldn't be monotonic
+                || ( $old_line->get_jmax_original_line() != $maximum_jmax_seen )
+            )
+          )
+        {
+            goto NO_MATCH;
+        }
+
+        # otherwise see if this line matches the current group
+        my $jmax_original_line      = $new_line->get_jmax_original_line();
+        my $is_hanging_side_comment = $new_line->get_is_hanging_side_comment();
+        my $rtokens                 = $new_line->get_rtokens();
+        my $rfields                 = $new_line->get_rfields();
+        my $rpatterns               = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
+        my $list_type               = $new_line->get_list_type();
+
+        my $group_list_type = $old_line->get_list_type();
+        my $old_rpatterns   = $old_line->get_rpatterns();
+        my $old_rtokens     = $old_line->get_rtokens();
+
+        my $jlimit = $jmax - 1;
+        if ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax ) {
+            $jlimit = $jmax_original_line;
+            --$jlimit unless ( length( $new_line->get_rfields()->[$jmax] ) );
+        }
+
+        # handle comma-separated lists ..
+        if ( $group_list_type && ( $list_type eq $group_list_type ) ) {
+            for my $j ( 0 .. $jlimit ) {
+                my $old_tok = $$old_rtokens[$j];
+                next unless $old_tok;
+                my $new_tok = $$rtokens[$j];
+                next unless $new_tok;
+
+                # lists always match ...
+                # unless they would align any '=>'s with ','s
+                goto NO_MATCH
+                  if ( $old_tok =~ /^=>/ && $new_tok =~ /^,/
+                    || $new_tok =~ /^=>/ && $old_tok =~ /^,/ );
+            }
+        }
+
+        # do detailed check for everything else except hanging side comments
+        elsif ( !$is_hanging_side_comment ) {
+
+            my $leading_space_count = $new_line->get_leading_space_count();
+
+            my $max_pad = 0;
+            my $min_pad = 0;
+            my $saw_good_alignment;
+
+            for my $j ( 0 .. $jlimit ) {
+
+                my $old_tok = $$old_rtokens[$j];
+                my $new_tok = $$rtokens[$j];
+
+                # Note on encoding used for alignment tokens:
+                # -------------------------------------------
+                # Tokens are "decorated" with information which can help
+                # prevent unwanted alignments.  Consider for example the
+                # following two lines:
+                #   local ( $xn, $xd ) = split( '/', &'rnorm(@_) );
+                #   local ( $i, $f ) = &'bdiv( $xn, $xd );
+                # There are three alignment tokens in each line, a comma,
+                # an =, and a comma.  In the first line these three tokens
+                # are encoded as:
+                #    ,4+local-18     =3      ,4+split-7
+                # and in the second line they are encoded as
+                #    ,4+local-18     =3      ,4+&'bdiv-8
+                # Tokens always at least have token name and nesting
+                # depth.  So in this example the ='s are at depth 3 and
+                # the ,'s are at depth 4.  This prevents aligning tokens
+                # of different depths.  Commas contain additional
+                # information, as follows:
+                # ,  {depth} + {container name} - {spaces to opening paren}
+                # This allows us to reject matching the rightmost commas
+                # in the above two lines, since they are for different
+                # function calls.  This encoding is done in
+                # 'sub send_lines_to_vertical_aligner'.
+
+                # Pick off actual token.
+                # Everything up to the first digit is the actual token.
+                my $alignment_token = $new_tok;
+                if ( $alignment_token =~ /^([^\d]+)/ ) { $alignment_token = $1 }
+
+                # see if the decorated tokens match
+                my $tokens_match = $new_tok eq $old_tok
+
+                  # Exception for matching terminal : of ternary statement..
+                  # consider containers prefixed by ? and : a match
+                  || ( $new_tok =~ /^,\d*\+\:/ && $old_tok =~ /^,\d*\+\?/ );
+
+                # No match if the alignment tokens differ...
+                if ( !$tokens_match ) {
+
+                    # ...Unless this is a side comment
+                    if (
+                        $j == $jlimit
+
+                        # and there is either at least one alignment token
+                        # or this is a single item following a list.  This
+                        # latter rule is required for 'December' to join
+                        # the following list:
+                        # my (@months) = (
+                        #     '',       'January',   'February', 'March',
+                        #     'April',  'May',       'June',     'July',
+                        #     'August', 'September', 'October',  'November',
+                        #     'December'
+                        # );
+                        # If it doesn't then the -lp formatting will fail.
+                        && ( $j > 0 || $old_tok =~ /^,/ )
+                      )
+                    {
+                        $marginal_match = 1
+                          if ( $marginal_match == 0
+                            && $maximum_line_index == 0 );
+                        last;
+                    }
+
+                    goto NO_MATCH;
+                }
+
+                # Calculate amount of padding required to fit this in.
+                # $pad is the number of spaces by which we must increase
+                # the current field to squeeze in this field.
+                my $pad =
+                  length( $$rfields[$j] ) - $old_line->current_field_width($j);
+                if ( $j == 0 ) { $pad += $leading_space_count; }
+
+                # remember max pads to limit marginal cases
+                if ( $alignment_token ne '#' ) {
+                    if ( $pad > $max_pad ) { $max_pad = $pad }
+                    if ( $pad < $min_pad ) { $min_pad = $pad }
+                }
+                if ( $is_good_alignment{$alignment_token} ) {
+                    $saw_good_alignment = 1;
+                }
+
+                # If patterns don't match, we have to be careful...
+                if ( $$old_rpatterns[$j] ne $$rpatterns[$j] ) {
+
+                    # flag this as a marginal match since patterns differ
+                    $marginal_match = 1
+                      if ( $marginal_match == 0 && $maximum_line_index == 0 );
+
+                    # We have to be very careful about aligning commas
+                    # when the pattern's don't match, because it can be
+                    # worse to create an alignment where none is needed
+                    # than to omit one.  Here's an example where the ','s
+                    # are not in named continers.  The first line below
+                    # should not match the next two:
+                    #   ( $a, $b ) = ( $b, $r );
+                    #   ( $x1, $x2 ) = ( $x2 - $q * $x1, $x1 );
+                    #   ( $y1, $y2 ) = ( $y2 - $q * $y1, $y1 );
+                    if ( $alignment_token eq ',' ) {
+
+                       # do not align commas unless they are in named containers
+                        goto NO_MATCH unless ( $new_tok =~ /[A-Za-z]/ );
+                    }
+
+                    # do not align parens unless patterns match;
+                    # large ugly spaces can occur in math expressions.
+                    elsif ( $alignment_token eq '(' ) {
+
+                        # But we can allow a match if the parens don't
+                        # require any padding.
+                        if ( $pad != 0 ) { goto NO_MATCH }
+                    }
+
+                    # Handle an '=' alignment with different patterns to
+                    # the left.
+                    elsif ( $alignment_token eq '=' ) {
+
+                        # It is best to be a little restrictive when
+                        # aligning '=' tokens.  Here is an example of
+                        # two lines that we will not align:
+                        #       my $variable=6;
+                        #       $bb=4;
+                        # The problem is that one is a 'my' declaration,
+                        # and the other isn't, so they're not very similar.
+                        # We will filter these out by comparing the first
+                        # letter of the pattern.  This is crude, but works
+                        # well enough.
+                        if (
+                            substr( $$old_rpatterns[$j], 0, 1 ) ne
+                            substr( $$rpatterns[$j], 0, 1 ) )
+                        {
+                            goto NO_MATCH;
+                        }
+
+                        # If we pass that test, we'll call it a marginal match.
+                        # Here is an example of a marginal match:
+                        #       $done{$$op} = 1;
+                        #       $op         = compile_bblock($op);
+                        # The left tokens are both identifiers, but
+                        # one accesses a hash and the other doesn't.
+                        # We'll let this be a tentative match and undo
+                        # it later if we don't find more than 2 lines
+                        # in the group.
+                        elsif ( $maximum_line_index == 0 ) {
+                            $marginal_match =
+                              2;    # =2 prevents being undone below
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # Don't let line with fewer fields increase column widths
+                # ( align3.t )
+                if ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax ) {
+
+                    # Exception: suspend this rule to allow last lines to join
+                    if ( $pad > 0 ) { goto NO_MATCH; }
+                }
+            } ## end for my $j ( 0 .. $jlimit)
+
+            # Turn off the "marginal match" flag in some cases...
+            # A "marginal match" occurs when the alignment tokens agree
+            # but there are differences in the other tokens (patterns).
+            # If we leave the marginal match flag set, then the rule is that we
+            # will align only if there are more than two lines in the group.
+            # We will turn of the flag if we almost have a match
+            # and either we have seen a good alignment token or we
+            # just need a small pad (2 spaces) to fit.  These rules are
+            # the result of experimentation.  Tokens which misaligned by just
+            # one or two characters are annoying.  On the other hand,
+            # large gaps to less important alignment tokens are also annoying.
+            if (   $marginal_match == 1
+                && $jmax == $maximum_field_index
+                && ( $saw_good_alignment || ( $max_pad < 3 && $min_pad > -3 ) )
+              )
+            {
+                $marginal_match = 0;
+            }
+            ##print "marginal=$marginal_match saw=$saw_good_alignment jmax=$jmax max=$maximum_field_index maxpad=$max_pad minpad=$min_pad\n";
+        }
+
+        # We have a match (even if marginal).
+        # If the current line has fewer fields than the current group
+        # but otherwise matches, copy the remaining group fields to
+        # make it a perfect match.
+        if ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax ) {
+            my $comment = $$rfields[$jmax];
+            for $jmax ( $jlimit .. $maximum_field_index ) {
+                $$rtokens[$jmax]     = $$old_rtokens[$jmax];
+                $$rfields[ ++$jmax ] = '';
+                $$rpatterns[$jmax]   = $$old_rpatterns[$jmax];
+            }
+            $$rfields[$jmax] = $comment;
+            $new_line->set_jmax($jmax);
+        }
+        return;
+
+      NO_MATCH:
+        ##print "BUBBA: no match jmax=$jmax  max=$maximum_field_index $group_list_type lines=$maximum_line_index token=$$old_rtokens[0]\n";
+        my_flush();
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+sub check_fit {
+
+    return unless ( $maximum_line_index >= 0 );
+    my $new_line = shift;
+    my $old_line = shift;
+
+    my $jmax                    = $new_line->get_jmax();
+    my $leading_space_count     = $new_line->get_leading_space_count();
+    my $is_hanging_side_comment = $new_line->get_is_hanging_side_comment();
+    my $rtokens                 = $new_line->get_rtokens();
+    my $rfields                 = $new_line->get_rfields();
+    my $rpatterns               = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
+
+    my $group_list_type = $group_lines[0]->get_list_type();
+
+    my $padding_so_far    = 0;
+    my $padding_available = $old_line->get_available_space_on_right();
+
+    # save current columns in case this doesn't work
+    save_alignment_columns();
+
+    my ( $j, $pad, $eight );
+    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
+    for $j ( 0 .. $jmax ) {
+
+        $pad = length( $$rfields[$j] ) - $old_line->current_field_width($j);
+
+        if ( $j == 0 ) {
+            $pad += $leading_space_count;
+        }
+
+        # remember largest gap of the group, excluding gap to side comment
+        if (   $pad < 0
+            && $group_maximum_gap < -$pad
+            && $j > 0
+            && $j < $jmax - 1 )
+        {
+            $group_maximum_gap = -$pad;
+        }
+
+        next if $pad < 0;
+
+        ## This patch helps sometimes, but it doesn't check to see if
+        ## the line is too long even without the side comment.  It needs
+        ## to be reworked.
+        ##don't let a long token with no trailing side comment push
+        ##side comments out, or end a group.  (sidecmt1.t)
+        ##next if ($j==$jmax-1 && length($$rfields[$jmax])==0);
+
+        # This line will need space; lets see if we want to accept it..
+        if (
+
+            # not if this won't fit
+            ( $pad > $padding_available )
+
+            # previously, there were upper bounds placed on padding here
+            # (maximum_whitespace_columns), but they were not really helpful
+
+          )
+        {
+
+            # revert to starting state then flush; things didn't work out
+            restore_alignment_columns();
+            my_flush();
+            last;
+        }
+
+        # patch to avoid excessive gaps in previous lines,
+        # due to a line of fewer fields.
+        #   return join( ".",
+        #       $self->{"dfi"},  $self->{"aa"}, $self->rsvd,     $self->{"rd"},
+        #       $self->{"area"}, $self->{"id"}, $self->{"sel"} );
+        next if ( $jmax < $maximum_field_index && $j == $jmax - 1 );
+
+        # looks ok, squeeze this field in
+        $old_line->increase_field_width( $j, $pad );
+        $padding_available -= $pad;
+
+        # remember largest gap of the group, excluding gap to side comment
+        if ( $pad > $group_maximum_gap && $j > 0 && $j < $jmax - 1 ) {
+            $group_maximum_gap = $pad;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub accept_line {
+
+    # The current line either starts a new alignment group or is
+    # accepted into the current alignment group.
+    my $new_line = shift;
+    $group_lines[ ++$maximum_line_index ] = $new_line;
+
+    # initialize field lengths if starting new group
+    if ( $maximum_line_index == 0 ) {
+
+        my $jmax    = $new_line->get_jmax();
+        my $rfields = $new_line->get_rfields();
+        my $rtokens = $new_line->get_rtokens();
+        my $j;
+        my $col = $new_line->get_leading_space_count();
+
+        for $j ( 0 .. $jmax ) {
+            $col += length( $$rfields[$j] );
+
+            # create initial alignments for the new group
+            my $token = "";
+            if ( $j < $jmax ) { $token = $$rtokens[$j] }
+            my $alignment = make_alignment( $col, $token );
+            $new_line->set_alignment( $j, $alignment );
+        }
+
+        $maximum_jmax_seen = $jmax;
+        $minimum_jmax_seen = $jmax;
+    }
+
+    # use previous alignments otherwise
+    else {
+        my @new_alignments =
+          $group_lines[ $maximum_line_index - 1 ]->get_alignments();
+        $new_line->set_alignments(@new_alignments);
+    }
+
+    # remember group jmax extremes for next call to append_line
+    $previous_minimum_jmax_seen = $minimum_jmax_seen;
+    $previous_maximum_jmax_seen = $maximum_jmax_seen;
+}
+
+sub dump_array {
+
+    # debug routine to dump array contents
+    local $" = ')(';
+    print "(@_)\n";
+}
+
+# flush() sends the current Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner group down the
+# pipeline to Perl::Tidy::FileWriter.
+
+# This is the external flush, which also empties the cache
+sub flush {
+
+    if ( $maximum_line_index < 0 ) {
+        if ($cached_line_type) {
+            $seqno_string = $cached_seqno_string;
+            entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
+                $cached_line_leading_space_count,
+                $last_group_level_written );
+            $cached_line_type    = 0;
+            $cached_line_text    = "";
+            $cached_seqno_string = "";
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        my_flush();
+    }
+}
+
+# This is the internal flush, which leaves the cache intact
+sub my_flush {
+
+    return if ( $maximum_line_index < 0 );
+
+    # handle a group of comment lines
+    if ( $group_type eq 'COMMENT' ) {
+
+        VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && do {
+            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
+            print
+"APPEND0: Flush called from $a $b $c for COMMENT group: lines=$maximum_line_index \n";
+
+        };
+        my $leading_space_count = $comment_leading_space_count;
+        my $leading_string      = get_leading_string($leading_space_count);
+
+        # zero leading space count if any lines are too long
+        my $max_excess = 0;
+        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
+            my $str = $group_lines[$i];
+            my $excess =
+              length($str) + $leading_space_count - $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
+            if ( $excess > $max_excess ) {
+                $max_excess = $excess;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( $max_excess > 0 ) {
+            $leading_space_count -= $max_excess;
+            if ( $leading_space_count < 0 ) { $leading_space_count = 0 }
+            $last_outdented_line_at =
+              $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();
+            unless ($outdented_line_count) {
+                $first_outdented_line_at = $last_outdented_line_at;
+            }
+            $outdented_line_count += ( $maximum_line_index + 1 );
+        }
+
+        # write the group of lines
+        my $outdent_long_lines = 0;
+        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
+            write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count, $group_lines[$i], 0,
+                $outdent_long_lines, "" );
+        }
+    }
+
+    # handle a group of code lines
+    else {
+
+        VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && do {
+            my $group_list_type = $group_lines[0]->get_list_type();
+            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
+            my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
+            print
+"APPEND0: Flush called from $a $b $c fields=$maximum_field_index list=$group_list_type lines=$maximum_line_index extra=$extra_indent_ok\n";
+
+        };
+
+        # some small groups are best left unaligned
+        my $do_not_align = decide_if_aligned();
+
+        # optimize side comment location
+        $do_not_align = adjust_side_comment($do_not_align);
+
+        # recover spaces for -lp option if possible
+        my $extra_leading_spaces = get_extra_leading_spaces();
+
+        # all lines of this group have the same basic leading spacing
+        my $group_leader_length = $group_lines[0]->get_leading_space_count();
+
+        # add extra leading spaces if helpful
+        my $min_ci_gap = improve_continuation_indentation( $do_not_align,
+            $group_leader_length );
+
+        # loop to output all lines
+        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
+            my $line = $group_lines[$i];
+            write_vertically_aligned_line( $line, $min_ci_gap, $do_not_align,
+                $group_leader_length, $extra_leading_spaces );
+        }
+    }
+    initialize_for_new_group();
+}
+
+sub decide_if_aligned {
+
+    # Do not try to align two lines which are not really similar
+    return unless $maximum_line_index == 1;
+    return if ($is_matching_terminal_line);
+
+    my $group_list_type = $group_lines[0]->get_list_type();
+
+    my $do_not_align = (
+
+        # always align lists
+        !$group_list_type
+
+          && (
+
+            # don't align if it was just a marginal match
+            $marginal_match
+
+            # don't align two lines with big gap
+            || $group_maximum_gap > 12
+
+            # or lines with differing number of alignment tokens
+            # TODO: this could be improved.  It occasionally rejects
+            # good matches.
+            || $previous_maximum_jmax_seen != $previous_minimum_jmax_seen
+          )
+    );
+
+    # But try to convert them into a simple comment group if the first line
+    # a has side comment
+    my $rfields             = $group_lines[0]->get_rfields();
+    my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
+    if (   $do_not_align
+        && ( $maximum_line_index > 0 )
+        && ( length( $$rfields[$maximum_field_index] ) > 0 ) )
+    {
+        combine_fields();
+        $do_not_align = 0;
+    }
+    return $do_not_align;
+}
+
+sub adjust_side_comment {
+
+    my $do_not_align = shift;
+
+    # let's see if we can move the side comment field out a little
+    # to improve readability (the last field is always a side comment field)
+    my $have_side_comment       = 0;
+    my $first_side_comment_line = -1;
+    my $maximum_field_index     = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
+    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
+        my $line = $group_lines[$i];
+
+        if ( length( $line->get_rfields()->[$maximum_field_index] ) ) {
+            $have_side_comment       = 1;
+            $first_side_comment_line = $i;
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+
+    my $kmax = $maximum_field_index + 1;
+
+    if ($have_side_comment) {
+
+        my $line = $group_lines[0];
+
+        # the maximum space without exceeding the line length:
+        my $avail = $line->get_available_space_on_right();
+
+        # try to use the previous comment column
+        my $side_comment_column = $line->get_column( $kmax - 2 );
+        my $move                = $last_comment_column - $side_comment_column;
+
+##        my $sc_line0 = $side_comment_history[0]->[0];
+##        my $sc_col0  = $side_comment_history[0]->[1];
+##        my $sc_line1 = $side_comment_history[1]->[0];
+##        my $sc_col1  = $side_comment_history[1]->[1];
+##        my $sc_line2 = $side_comment_history[2]->[0];
+##        my $sc_col2  = $side_comment_history[2]->[1];
+##
+##        # FUTURE UPDATES:
+##        # Be sure to ignore 'do not align' and  '} # end comments'
+##        # Find first $move > 0 and $move <= $avail as follows:
+##        # 1. try sc_col1 if sc_col1 == sc_col0 && (line-sc_line0) < 12
+##        # 2. try sc_col2 if (line-sc_line2) < 12
+##        # 3. try min possible space, plus up to 8,
+##        # 4. try min possible space
+
+        if ( $kmax > 0 && !$do_not_align ) {
+
+            # but if this doesn't work, give up and use the minimum space
+            if ( $move > $avail ) {
+                $move = $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment - 1;
+            }
+
+            # but we want some minimum space to the comment
+            my $min_move = $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment - 1;
+            if (   $move >= 0
+                && $last_side_comment_length > 0
+                && ( $first_side_comment_line == 0 )
+                && $group_level == $last_group_level_written )
+            {
+                $min_move = 0;
+            }
+
+            if ( $move < $min_move ) {
+                $move = $min_move;
+            }
+
+            # prevously, an upper bound was placed on $move here,
+            # (maximum_space_to_comment), but it was not helpful
+
+            # don't exceed the available space
+            if ( $move > $avail ) { $move = $avail }
+
+            # we can only increase space, never decrease
+            if ( $move > 0 ) {
+                $line->increase_field_width( $maximum_field_index - 1, $move );
+            }
+
+            # remember this column for the next group
+            $last_comment_column = $line->get_column( $kmax - 2 );
+        }
+        else {
+
+            # try to at least line up the existing side comment location
+            if ( $kmax > 0 && $move > 0 && $move < $avail ) {
+                $line->increase_field_width( $maximum_field_index - 1, $move );
+                $do_not_align = 0;
+            }
+
+            # reset side comment column if we can't align
+            else {
+                forget_side_comment();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return $do_not_align;
+}
+
+sub improve_continuation_indentation {
+    my ( $do_not_align, $group_leader_length ) = @_;
+
+    # See if we can increase the continuation indentation
+    # to move all continuation lines closer to the next field
+    # (unless it is a comment).
+    #
+    # '$min_ci_gap'is the extra indentation that we may need to introduce.
+    # We will only introduce this to fields which already have some ci.
+    # Without this variable, we would occasionally get something like this
+    # (Complex.pm):
+    #
+    # use overload '+' => \&plus,
+    #   '-'            => \&minus,
+    #   '*'            => \&multiply,
+    #   ...
+    #   'tan'          => \&tan,
+    #   'atan2'        => \&atan2,
+    #
+    # Whereas with this variable, we can shift variables over to get this:
+    #
+    # use overload '+' => \&plus,
+    #          '-'     => \&minus,
+    #          '*'     => \&multiply,
+    #          ...
+    #          'tan'   => \&tan,
+    #          'atan2' => \&atan2,
+
+    ## BUB: Deactivated####################
+    # The trouble with this patch is that it may, for example,
+    # move in some 'or's  or ':'s, and leave some out, so that the
+    # left edge alignment suffers.
+    return 0;
+    ###########################################
+
+    my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
+
+    my $min_ci_gap = $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
+    if ( $maximum_field_index > 1 && !$do_not_align ) {
+
+        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
+            my $line                = $group_lines[$i];
+            my $leading_space_count = $line->get_leading_space_count();
+            my $rfields             = $line->get_rfields();
+
+            my $gap =
+              $line->get_column(0) -
+              $leading_space_count -
+              length( $$rfields[0] );
+
+            if ( $leading_space_count > $group_leader_length ) {
+                if ( $gap < $min_ci_gap ) { $min_ci_gap = $gap }
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( $min_ci_gap >= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+            $min_ci_gap = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        $min_ci_gap = 0;
+    }
+    return $min_ci_gap;
+}
+
+sub write_vertically_aligned_line {
+
+    my ( $line, $min_ci_gap, $do_not_align, $group_leader_length,
+        $extra_leading_spaces )
+      = @_;
+    my $rfields                   = $line->get_rfields();
+    my $leading_space_count       = $line->get_leading_space_count();
+    my $outdent_long_lines        = $line->get_outdent_long_lines();
+    my $maximum_field_index       = $line->get_jmax();
+    my $rvertical_tightness_flags = $line->get_rvertical_tightness_flags();
+
+    # add any extra spaces
+    if ( $leading_space_count > $group_leader_length ) {
+        $leading_space_count += $min_ci_gap;
+    }
+
+    my $str = $$rfields[0];
+
+    # loop to concatenate all fields of this line and needed padding
+    my $total_pad_count = 0;
+    my ( $j, $pad );
+    for $j ( 1 .. $maximum_field_index ) {
+
+        # skip zero-length side comments
+        last
+          if ( ( $j == $maximum_field_index )
+            && ( !defined( $$rfields[$j] ) || ( length( $$rfields[$j] ) == 0 ) )
+          );
+
+        # compute spaces of padding before this field
+        my $col = $line->get_column( $j - 1 );
+        $pad = $col - ( length($str) + $leading_space_count );
+
+        if ($do_not_align) {
+            $pad =
+              ( $j < $maximum_field_index )
+              ? 0
+              : $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment - 1;
+        }
+
+        # if the -fpsc flag is set, move the side comment to the selected
+        # column if and only if it is possible, ignoring constraints on
+        # line length and minimum space to comment
+        if ( $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment && $j == $maximum_field_index )
+        {
+            my $newpad = $pad + $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment - $col - 1;
+            if ( $newpad >= 0 ) { $pad = $newpad; }
+        }
+
+        # accumulate the padding
+        if ( $pad > 0 ) { $total_pad_count += $pad; }
+
+        # add this field
+        if ( !defined $$rfields[$j] ) {
+            write_diagnostics("UNDEFined field at j=$j\n");
+        }
+
+        # only add padding when we have a finite field;
+        # this avoids extra terminal spaces if we have empty fields
+        if ( length( $$rfields[$j] ) > 0 ) {
+            $str .= ' ' x $total_pad_count;
+            $total_pad_count = 0;
+            $str .= $$rfields[$j];
+        }
+        else {
+            $total_pad_count = 0;
+        }
+
+        # update side comment history buffer
+        if ( $j == $maximum_field_index ) {
+            my $lineno = $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();
+            shift @side_comment_history;
+            push @side_comment_history, [ $lineno, $col ];
+        }
+    }
+
+    my $side_comment_length = ( length( $$rfields[$maximum_field_index] ) );
+
+    # ship this line off
+    write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count + $extra_leading_spaces,
+        $str, $side_comment_length, $outdent_long_lines,
+        $rvertical_tightness_flags );
+}
+
+sub get_extra_leading_spaces {
+
+    #----------------------------------------------------------
+    # Define any extra indentation space (for the -lp option).
+    # Here is why:
+    # If a list has side comments, sub scan_list must dump the
+    # list before it sees everything.  When this happens, it sets
+    # the indentation to the standard scheme, but notes how
+    # many spaces it would have liked to use.  We may be able
+    # to recover that space here in the event that that all of the
+    # lines of a list are back together again.
+    #----------------------------------------------------------
+
+    my $extra_leading_spaces = 0;
+    if ($extra_indent_ok) {
+        my $object = $group_lines[0]->get_indentation();
+        if ( ref($object) ) {
+            my $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted =
+              get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($object);
+
+            # all indentation objects must be the same
+            my $i;
+            for $i ( 1 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
+                if ( $object != $group_lines[$i]->get_indentation() ) {
+                    $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted = 0;
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if ($extra_indentation_spaces_wanted) {
+
+                # the maximum space without exceeding the line length:
+                my $avail = $group_lines[0]->get_available_space_on_right();
+                $extra_leading_spaces =
+                  ( $avail > $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted )
+                  ? $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted
+                  : $avail;
+
+                # update the indentation object because with -icp the terminal
+                # ');' will use the same adjustment.
+                $object->permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES(
+                    -$extra_leading_spaces );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return $extra_leading_spaces;
+}
+
+sub combine_fields {
+
+    # combine all fields except for the comment field  ( sidecmt.t )
+    # Uses global variables:
+    #  @group_lines
+    #  $maximum_line_index
+    my ( $j, $k );
+    my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
+    for ( $j = 0 ; $j <= $maximum_line_index ; $j++ ) {
+        my $line    = $group_lines[$j];
+        my $rfields = $line->get_rfields();
+        foreach ( 1 .. $maximum_field_index - 1 ) {
+            $$rfields[0] .= $$rfields[$_];
+        }
+        $$rfields[1] = $$rfields[$maximum_field_index];
+
+        $line->set_jmax(1);
+        $line->set_column( 0, 0 );
+        $line->set_column( 1, 0 );
+
+    }
+    $maximum_field_index = 1;
+
+    for $j ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
+        my $line    = $group_lines[$j];
+        my $rfields = $line->get_rfields();
+        for $k ( 0 .. $maximum_field_index ) {
+            my $pad = length( $$rfields[$k] ) - $line->current_field_width($k);
+            if ( $k == 0 ) {
+                $pad += $group_lines[$j]->get_leading_space_count();
+            }
+
+            if ( $pad > 0 ) { $line->increase_field_width( $k, $pad ) }
+
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub get_output_line_number {
+
+    # the output line number reported to a caller is the number of items
+    # written plus the number of items in the buffer
+    my $self = shift;
+    1 + $maximum_line_index + $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();
+}
+
+sub write_leader_and_string {
+
+    my ( $leading_space_count, $str, $side_comment_length, $outdent_long_lines,
+        $rvertical_tightness_flags )
+      = @_;
+
+    # handle outdenting of long lines:
+    if ($outdent_long_lines) {
+        my $excess =
+          length($str) -
+          $side_comment_length +
+          $leading_space_count -
+          $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
+        if ( $excess > 0 ) {
+            $leading_space_count = 0;
+            $last_outdented_line_at =
+              $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();
+
+            unless ($outdented_line_count) {
+                $first_outdented_line_at = $last_outdented_line_at;
+            }
+            $outdented_line_count++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # Make preliminary leading whitespace.  It could get changed
+    # later by entabbing, so we have to keep track of any changes
+    # to the leading_space_count from here on.
+    my $leading_string =
+      $leading_space_count > 0 ? ( ' ' x $leading_space_count ) : "";
+
+    # Unpack any recombination data; it was packed by
+    # sub send_lines_to_vertical_aligner. Contents:
+    #
+    #   [0] type: 1=opening  2=closing  3=opening block brace
+    #   [1] flag: if opening: 1=no multiple steps, 2=multiple steps ok
+    #             if closing: spaces of padding to use
+    #   [2] sequence number of container
+    #   [3] valid flag: do not append if this flag is false
+    #
+    my ( $open_or_close, $tightness_flag, $seqno, $valid, $seqno_beg,
+        $seqno_end );
+    if ($rvertical_tightness_flags) {
+        (
+            $open_or_close, $tightness_flag, $seqno, $valid, $seqno_beg,
+            $seqno_end
+        ) = @{$rvertical_tightness_flags};
+    }
+
+    $seqno_string = $seqno_end;
+
+    # handle any cached line ..
+    # either append this line to it or write it out
+    if ( length($cached_line_text) ) {
+
+        if ( !$cached_line_valid ) {
+            entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
+                $cached_line_leading_space_count,
+                $last_group_level_written );
+        }
+
+        # handle cached line with opening container token
+        elsif ( $cached_line_type == 1 || $cached_line_type == 3 ) {
+
+            my $gap = $leading_space_count - length($cached_line_text);
+
+            # handle option of just one tight opening per line:
+            if ( $cached_line_flag == 1 ) {
+                if ( defined($open_or_close) && $open_or_close == 1 ) {
+                    $gap = -1;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if ( $gap >= 0 ) {
+                $leading_string      = $cached_line_text . ' ' x $gap;
+                $leading_space_count = $cached_line_leading_space_count;
+                $seqno_string        = $cached_seqno_string . ':' . $seqno_beg;
+            }
+            else {
+                entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
+                    $cached_line_leading_space_count,
+                    $last_group_level_written );
+            }
+        }
+
+        # handle cached line to place before this closing container token
+        else {
+            my $test_line = $cached_line_text . ' ' x $cached_line_flag . $str;
+
+            if ( length($test_line) <= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+
+                $seqno_string = $cached_seqno_string . ':' . $seqno_beg;
+
+                # Patch to outdent closing tokens ending # in ');'
+                # If we are joining a line like ');' to a previous stacked
+                # set of closing tokens, then decide if we may outdent the
+                # combined stack to the indentation of the ');'.  Since we
+                # should not normally outdent any of the other tokens more than
+                # the indentation of the lines that contained them, we will
+                # only do this if all of the corresponding opening
+                # tokens were on the same line.  This can happen with
+                # -sot and -sct.  For example, it is ok here:
+                #   __PACKAGE__->load_components( qw(
+                #         PK::Auto
+                #         Core
+                #   ));
+                #
+                #   But, for example, we do not outdent in this example because
+                #   that would put the closing sub brace out farther than the
+                #   opening sub brace:
+                #
+                #   perltidy -sot -sct
+                #   $c->Tk::bind(
+                #       '' => sub {
+                #           my ($c) = @_;
+                #           my $e = $c->XEvent;
+                #           itemsUnderArea $c;
+                #       } );
+                #
+                if ( $str =~ /^\);/ && $cached_line_text =~ /^[\)\}\]\s]*$/ ) {
+
+                    # The way to tell this is if the stacked sequence numbers
+                    # of this output line are the reverse of the stacked
+                    # sequence numbers of the previous non-blank line of
+                    # sequence numbers.  So we can join if the previous
+                    # nonblank string of tokens is the mirror image.  For
+                    # example if stack )}] is 13:8:6 then we are looking for a
+                    # leading stack like [{( which is 6:8:13 We only need to
+                    # check the two ends, because the intermediate tokens must
+                    # fall in order.  Note on speed: having to split on colons
+                    # and eliminate multiple colons might appear to be slow,
+                    # but it's not an issue because we almost never come
+                    # through here.  In a typical file we don't.
+                    $seqno_string               =~ s/^:+//;
+                    $last_nonblank_seqno_string =~ s/^:+//;
+                    $seqno_string               =~ s/:+/:/g;
+                    $last_nonblank_seqno_string =~ s/:+/:/g;
+
+                    # how many spaces can we outdent?
+                    my $diff =
+                      $cached_line_leading_space_count - $leading_space_count;
+                    if (   $diff > 0
+                        && length($seqno_string)
+                        && length($last_nonblank_seqno_string) ==
+                        length($seqno_string) )
+                    {
+                        my @seqno_last =
+                          ( split ':', $last_nonblank_seqno_string );
+                        my @seqno_now = ( split ':', $seqno_string );
+                        if (   $seqno_now[-1] == $seqno_last[0]
+                            && $seqno_now[0] == $seqno_last[-1] )
+                        {
+
+                            # OK to outdent ..
+                            # for absolute safety, be sure we only remove
+                            # whitespace
+                            my $ws = substr( $test_line, 0, $diff );
+                            if ( ( length($ws) == $diff ) && $ws =~ /^\s+$/ ) {
+
+                                $test_line = substr( $test_line, $diff );
+                                $cached_line_leading_space_count -= $diff;
+                            }
+
+                            # shouldn't happen, but not critical:
+                            ##else {
+                            ## ERROR transferring indentation here
+                            ##}
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                $str                 = $test_line;
+                $leading_string      = "";
+                $leading_space_count = $cached_line_leading_space_count;
+            }
+            else {
+                entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
+                    $cached_line_leading_space_count,
+                    $last_group_level_written );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    $cached_line_type = 0;
+    $cached_line_text = "";
+
+    # make the line to be written
+    my $line = $leading_string . $str;
+
+    # write or cache this line
+    if ( !$open_or_close || $side_comment_length > 0 ) {
+        entab_and_output( $line, $leading_space_count, $group_level );
+    }
+    else {
+        $cached_line_text                = $line;
+        $cached_line_type                = $open_or_close;
+        $cached_line_flag                = $tightness_flag;
+        $cached_seqno                    = $seqno;
+        $cached_line_valid               = $valid;
+        $cached_line_leading_space_count = $leading_space_count;
+        $cached_seqno_string             = $seqno_string;
+    }
+
+    $last_group_level_written = $group_level;
+    $last_side_comment_length = $side_comment_length;
+    $extra_indent_ok          = 0;
+}
+
+sub entab_and_output {
+    my ( $line, $leading_space_count, $level ) = @_;
+
+    # The line is currently correct if there is no tabbing (recommended!)
+    # We may have to lop off some leading spaces and replace with tabs.
+    if ( $leading_space_count > 0 ) {
+
+        # Nothing to do if no tabs
+        if ( !( $rOpts_tabs || $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace )
+            || $rOpts_indent_columns <= 0 )
+        {
+
+            # nothing to do
+        }
+
+        # Handle entab option
+        elsif ($rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace) {
+            my $space_count =
+              $leading_space_count % $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace;
+            my $tab_count =
+              int( $leading_space_count / $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace );
+            my $leading_string = "\t" x $tab_count . ' ' x $space_count;
+            if ( $line =~ /^\s{$leading_space_count,$leading_space_count}/ ) {
+                substr( $line, 0, $leading_space_count ) = $leading_string;
+            }
+            else {
+
+                # REMOVE AFTER TESTING
+                # shouldn't happen - program error counting whitespace
+                # we'll skip entabbing
+                warning(
+"Error entabbing in entab_and_output: expected count=$leading_space_count\n"
+                );
+            }
+        }
+
+        # Handle option of one tab per level
+        else {
+            my $leading_string = ( "\t" x $level );
+            my $space_count =
+              $leading_space_count - $level * $rOpts_indent_columns;
+
+            # shouldn't happen:
+            if ( $space_count < 0 ) {
+                warning(
+"Error entabbing in append_line: for level=$group_level count=$leading_space_count\n"
+                );
+                $leading_string = ( ' ' x $leading_space_count );
+            }
+            else {
+                $leading_string .= ( ' ' x $space_count );
+            }
+            if ( $line =~ /^\s{$leading_space_count,$leading_space_count}/ ) {
+                substr( $line, 0, $leading_space_count ) = $leading_string;
+            }
+            else {
+
+                # REMOVE AFTER TESTING
+                # shouldn't happen - program error counting whitespace
+                # we'll skip entabbing
+                warning(
+"Error entabbing in entab_and_output: expected count=$leading_space_count\n"
+                );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    $file_writer_object->write_code_line( $line . "\n" );
+    if ($seqno_string) {
+        $last_nonblank_seqno_string = $seqno_string;
+    }
+}
+
+{    # begin get_leading_string
+
+    my @leading_string_cache;
+
+    sub get_leading_string {
+
+        # define the leading whitespace string for this line..
+        my $leading_whitespace_count = shift;
+
+        # Handle case of zero whitespace, which includes multi-line quotes
+        # (which may have a finite level; this prevents tab problems)
+        if ( $leading_whitespace_count <= 0 ) {
+            return "";
+        }
+
+        # look for previous result
+        elsif ( $leading_string_cache[$leading_whitespace_count] ) {
+            return $leading_string_cache[$leading_whitespace_count];
+        }
+
+        # must compute a string for this number of spaces
+        my $leading_string;
+
+        # Handle simple case of no tabs
+        if ( !( $rOpts_tabs || $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace )
+            || $rOpts_indent_columns <= 0 )
+        {
+            $leading_string = ( ' ' x $leading_whitespace_count );
+        }
+
+        # Handle entab option
+        elsif ($rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace) {
+            my $space_count =
+              $leading_whitespace_count % $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace;
+            my $tab_count = int(
+                $leading_whitespace_count / $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace );
+            $leading_string = "\t" x $tab_count . ' ' x $space_count;
+        }
+
+        # Handle option of one tab per level
+        else {
+            $leading_string = ( "\t" x $group_level );
+            my $space_count =
+              $leading_whitespace_count - $group_level * $rOpts_indent_columns;
+
+            # shouldn't happen:
+            if ( $space_count < 0 ) {
+                warning(
+"Error in append_line: for level=$group_level count=$leading_whitespace_count\n"
+                );
+                $leading_string = ( ' ' x $leading_whitespace_count );
+            }
+            else {
+                $leading_string .= ( ' ' x $space_count );
+            }
+        }
+        $leading_string_cache[$leading_whitespace_count] = $leading_string;
+        return $leading_string;
+    }
+}    # end get_leading_string
+
+sub report_anything_unusual {
+    my $self = shift;
+    if ( $outdented_line_count > 0 ) {
+        write_logfile_entry(
+            "$outdented_line_count long lines were outdented:\n");
+        write_logfile_entry(
+            "  First at output line $first_outdented_line_at\n");
+
+        if ( $outdented_line_count > 1 ) {
+            write_logfile_entry(
+                "   Last at output line $last_outdented_line_at\n");
+        }
+        write_logfile_entry(
+            "  use -noll to prevent outdenting, -l=n to increase line length\n"
+        );
+        write_logfile_entry("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+#####################################################################
+#
+# the Perl::Tidy::FileWriter class writes the output file
+#
+#####################################################################
+
+package Perl::Tidy::FileWriter;
+
+# Maximum number of little messages; probably need not be changed.
+use constant MAX_NAG_MESSAGES => 6;
+
+sub write_logfile_entry {
+    my $self          = shift;
+    my $logger_object = $self->{_logger_object};
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub new {
+    my $class = shift;
+    my ( $line_sink_object, $rOpts, $logger_object ) = @_;
+
+    bless {
+        _line_sink_object           => $line_sink_object,
+        _logger_object              => $logger_object,
+        _rOpts                      => $rOpts,
+        _output_line_number         => 1,
+        _consecutive_blank_lines    => 0,
+        _consecutive_nonblank_lines => 0,
+        _first_line_length_error    => 0,
+        _max_line_length_error      => 0,
+        _last_line_length_error     => 0,
+        _first_line_length_error_at => 0,
+        _max_line_length_error_at   => 0,
+        _last_line_length_error_at  => 0,
+        _line_length_error_count    => 0,
+        _max_output_line_length     => 0,
+        _max_output_line_length_at  => 0,
+    }, $class;
+}
+
+sub tee_on {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->{_line_sink_object}->tee_on();
+}
+
+sub tee_off {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->{_line_sink_object}->tee_off();
+}
+
+sub get_output_line_number {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->{_output_line_number};
+}
+
+sub decrement_output_line_number {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->{_output_line_number}--;
+}
+
+sub get_consecutive_nonblank_lines {
+    my $self = shift;
+    return $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines};
+}
+
+sub reset_consecutive_blank_lines {
+    my $self = shift;
+    $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} = 0;
+}
+
+sub want_blank_line {
+    my $self = shift;
+    unless ( $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} ) {
+        $self->write_blank_code_line();
+    }
+}
+
+sub write_blank_code_line {
+    my $self   = shift;
+    my $forced = shift;
+    my $rOpts  = $self->{_rOpts};
+    return
+      if (!$forced
+        && $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} >=
+        $rOpts->{'maximum-consecutive-blank-lines'} );
+    $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines}++;
+    $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines} = 0;
+    $self->write_line("\n");
+}
+
+sub write_code_line {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my $a    = shift;
+
+    if ( $a =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+        my $rOpts = $self->{_rOpts};
+        return
+          if ( $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} >=
+            $rOpts->{'maximum-consecutive-blank-lines'} );
+        $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines}++;
+        $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines} = 0;
+    }
+    else {
+        $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} = 0;
+        $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines}++;
+    }
+    $self->write_line($a);
+}
+
+sub write_line {
+    my $self = shift;
+    my $a    = shift;
+
+    # TODO: go through and see if the test is necessary here
+    if ( $a =~ /\n$/ ) { $self->{_output_line_number}++; }
+
+    $self->{_line_sink_object}->write_line($a);
+
+    # This calculation of excess line length ignores any internal tabs
+    my $rOpts  = $self->{_rOpts};
+    my $exceed = length($a) - $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} - 1;
+    if ( $a =~ /^\t+/g ) {
+        $exceed += pos($a) * ( $rOpts->{'indent-columns'} - 1 );
+    }
+
+    # Note that we just incremented output line number to future value
+    # so we must subtract 1 for current line number
+    if ( length($a) > 1 + $self->{_max_output_line_length} ) {
+        $self->{_max_output_line_length}    = length($a) - 1;
+        $self->{_max_output_line_length_at} = $self->{_output_line_number} - 1;
+    }
+
+    if ( $exceed > 0 ) {
+        my $output_line_number = $self->{_output_line_number};
+        $self->{_last_line_length_error}    = $exceed;
+        $self->{_last_line_length_error_at} = $output_line_number - 1;
+        if ( $self->{_line_length_error_count} == 0 ) {
+            $self->{_first_line_length_error}    = $exceed;
+            $self->{_first_line_length_error_at} = $output_line_number - 1;
+        }
+
+        if (
+            $self->{_last_line_length_error} > $self->{_max_line_length_error} )
+        {
+            $self->{_max_line_length_error}    = $exceed;
+            $self->{_max_line_length_error_at} = $output_line_number - 1;
+        }
+
+        if ( $self->{_line_length_error_count} < MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
+            $self->write_logfile_entry(
+                "Line length exceeded by $exceed characters\n");
+        }
+        $self->{_line_length_error_count}++;
+    }
+
+}
+
+sub report_line_length_errors {
+    my $self                    = shift;
+    my $rOpts                   = $self->{_rOpts};
+    my $line_length_error_count = $self->{_line_length_error_count};
+    if ( $line_length_error_count == 0 ) {
+        $self->write_logfile_entry(
+            "No lines exceeded $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} characters\n");
+        my $max_output_line_length    = $self->{_max_output_line_length};
+        my $max_output_line_length_at = $self->{_max_output_line_length_at};
+        $self->write_logfile_entry(
+"  Maximum output line length was $max_output_line_length at line $max_output_line_length_at\n"
+        );
+
+    }
+    else {
+
+        my $word = ( $line_length_error_count > 1 ) ? "s" : "";
+        $self->write_logfile_entry(
+"$line_length_error_count output line$word exceeded $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} characters:\n"
+        );
+
+        $word = ( $line_length_error_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
+        my $first_line_length_error    = $self->{_first_line_length_error};
+        my $first_line_length_error_at = $self->{_first_line_length_error_at};
+        $self->write_logfile_entry(
+" $word at line $first_line_length_error_at by $first_line_length_error characters\n"
+        );
+
+        if ( $line_length_error_count > 1 ) {
+            my $max_line_length_error     = $self->{_max_line_length_error};
+            my $max_line_length_error_at  = $self->{_max_line_length_error_at};
+            my $last_line_length_error    = $self->{_last_line_length_error};
+            my $last_line_length_error_at = $self->{_last_line_length_error_at};
+            $self->write_logfile_entry(
+" Maximum at line $max_line_length_error_at by $max_line_length_error characters\n"
+            );
+            $self->write_logfile_entry(
+" Last at line $last_line_length_error_at by $last_line_length_error characters\n"
+            );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#####################################################################
+#
+# The Perl::Tidy::Debugger class shows line tokenization
+#
+#####################################################################
+
+package Perl::Tidy::Debugger;
+
+sub new {
+
+    my ( $class, $filename ) = @_;
+
+    bless {
+        _debug_file        => $filename,
+        _debug_file_opened => 0,
+        _fh                => undef,
+    }, $class;
+}
+
+sub really_open_debug_file {
+
+    my $self       = shift;
+    my $debug_file = $self->{_debug_file};
+    my $fh;
+    unless ( $fh = IO::File->new("> $debug_file") ) {
+        warn("can't open $debug_file: $!\n");
+    }
+    $self->{_debug_file_opened} = 1;
+    $self->{_fh}                = $fh;
+    print $fh
+      "Use -dump-token-types (-dtt) to get a list of token type codes\n";
+}
+
+sub close_debug_file {
+
+    my $self = shift;
+    my $fh   = $self->{_fh};
+    if ( $self->{_debug_file_opened} ) {
+
+        eval { $self->{_fh}->close() };
+    }
+}
+
+sub write_debug_entry {
+
+    # This is a debug dump routine which may be modified as necessary
+    # to dump tokens on a line-by-line basis.  The output will be written
+    # to the .DEBUG file when the -D flag is entered.
+    my $self           = shift;
+    my $line_of_tokens = shift;
+
+    my $input_line        = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
+    my $rtoken_type       = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
+    my $rtokens           = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
+    my $rlevels           = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
+    my $rslevels          = $line_of_tokens->{_rslevels};
+    my $rblock_type       = $line_of_tokens->{_rblock_type};
+    my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
+    my $line_type         = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};
+
+    my ( $j, $num );
+
+    my $token_str              = "$input_line_number: ";
+    my $reconstructed_original = "$input_line_number: ";
+    my $block_str              = "$input_line_number: ";
+
+    #$token_str .= "$line_type: ";
+    #$reconstructed_original .= "$line_type: ";
+
+    my $pattern   = "";
+    my @next_char = ( '"', '"' );
+    my $i_next    = 0;
+    unless ( $self->{_debug_file_opened} ) { $self->really_open_debug_file() }
+    my $fh = $self->{_fh};
+
+    for ( $j = 0 ; $j < @$rtoken_type ; $j++ ) {
+
+        # testing patterns
+        if ( $$rtoken_type[$j] eq 'k' ) {
+            $pattern .= $$rtokens[$j];
+        }
+        else {
+            $pattern .= $$rtoken_type[$j];
+        }
+        $reconstructed_original .= $$rtokens[$j];
+        $block_str .= "($$rblock_type[$j])";
+        $num = length( $$rtokens[$j] );
+        my $type_str = $$rtoken_type[$j];
+
+        # be sure there are no blank tokens (shouldn't happen)
+        # This can only happen if a programming error has been made
+        # because all valid tokens are non-blank
+        if ( $type_str eq ' ' ) {
+            print $fh "BLANK TOKEN on the next line\n";
+            $type_str = $next_char[$i_next];
+            $i_next   = 1 - $i_next;
+        }
+
+        if ( length($type_str) == 1 ) {
+            $type_str = $type_str x $num;
+        }
+        $token_str .= $type_str;
+    }
+
+    # Write what you want here ...
+    # print $fh "$input_line\n";
+    # print $fh "$pattern\n";
+    print $fh "$reconstructed_original\n";
+    print $fh "$token_str\n";
+
+    #print $fh "$block_str\n";
+}
+
+#####################################################################
+#
+# The Perl::Tidy::LineBuffer class supplies a 'get_line()'
+# method for returning the next line to be parsed, as well as a
+# 'peek_ahead()' method
+#
+# The input parameter is an object with a 'get_line()' method
+# which returns the next line to be parsed
+#
+#####################################################################
+
+package Perl::Tidy::LineBuffer;
+
+sub new {
+
+    my $class              = shift;
+    my $line_source_object = shift;
+
+    return bless {
+        _line_source_object => $line_source_object,
+        _rlookahead_buffer  => [],
+    }, $class;
+}
+
+sub peek_ahead {
+    my $self               = shift;
+    my $buffer_index       = shift;
+    my $line               = undef;
+    my $line_source_object = $self->{_line_source_object};
+    my $rlookahead_buffer  = $self->{_rlookahead_buffer};
+    if ( $buffer_index < scalar(@$rlookahead_buffer) ) {
+        $line = $$rlookahead_buffer[$buffer_index];
+    }
+    else {
+        $line = $line_source_object->get_line();
+        push( @$rlookahead_buffer, $line );
+    }
+    return $line;
+}
+
+sub get_line {
+    my $self               = shift;
+    my $line               = undef;
+    my $line_source_object = $self->{_line_source_object};
+    my $rlookahead_buffer  = $self->{_rlookahead_buffer};
+
+    if ( scalar(@$rlookahead_buffer) ) {
+        $line = shift @$rlookahead_buffer;
+    }
+    else {
+        $line = $line_source_object->get_line();
+    }
+    return $line;
+}
+
+########################################################################
+#
+# the Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer package is essentially a filter which
+# reads lines of perl source code from a source object and provides
+# corresponding tokenized lines through its get_line() method.  Lines
+# flow from the source_object to the caller like this:
+#
+# source_object --> LineBuffer_object --> Tokenizer -->  calling routine
+#   get_line()         get_line()           get_line()     line_of_tokens
+#
+# The source object can be any object with a get_line() method which
+# supplies one line (a character string) perl call.
+# The LineBuffer object is created by the Tokenizer.
+# The Tokenizer returns a reference to a data structure 'line_of_tokens'
+# containing one tokenized line for each call to its get_line() method.
+#
+# WARNING: This is not a real class yet.  Only one tokenizer my be used.
+#
+########################################################################
+
+package Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer;
+
+BEGIN {
+
+    # Caution: these debug flags produce a lot of output
+    # They should all be 0 except when debugging small scripts
+
+    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_EXPECT   => 0;
+    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_NSCAN    => 0;
+    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_QUOTE    => 0;
+    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_SCAN_ID  => 0;
+    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_TOKENIZE => 0;
+
+    my $debug_warning = sub {
+        print "TOKENIZER_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
+    };
+
+    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_EXPECT   && $debug_warning->('EXPECT');
+    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_NSCAN    && $debug_warning->('NSCAN');
+    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_QUOTE    && $debug_warning->('QUOTE');
+    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_SCAN_ID  && $debug_warning->('SCAN_ID');
+    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_TOKENIZE && $debug_warning->('TOKENIZE');
+
+}
+
+use Carp;
+
+# PACKAGE VARIABLES for for processing an entire FILE.
+use vars qw{
+  $tokenizer_self
+
+  $last_nonblank_token
+  $last_nonblank_type
+  $last_nonblank_block_type
+  $statement_type
+  $in_attribute_list
+  $current_package
+  $context
+
+  %is_constant
+  %is_user_function
+  %user_function_prototype
+  %is_block_function
+  %is_block_list_function
+  %saw_function_definition
+
+  $brace_depth
+  $paren_depth
+  $square_bracket_depth
+
+  @current_depth
+  @total_depth
+  $total_depth
+  @nesting_sequence_number
+  @current_sequence_number
+  @paren_type
+  @paren_semicolon_count
+  @paren_structural_type
+  @brace_type
+  @brace_structural_type
+  @brace_statement_type
+  @brace_context
+  @brace_package
+  @square_bracket_type
+  @square_bracket_structural_type
+  @depth_array
+  @nested_ternary_flag
+  @starting_line_of_current_depth
+};
+
+# GLOBAL CONSTANTS for routines in this package
+use vars qw{
+  %is_indirect_object_taker
+  %is_block_operator
+  %expecting_operator_token
+  %expecting_operator_types
+  %expecting_term_types
+  %expecting_term_token
+  %is_digraph
+  %is_file_test_operator
+  %is_trigraph
+  %is_valid_token_type
+  %is_keyword
+  %is_code_block_token
+  %really_want_term
+  @opening_brace_names
+  @closing_brace_names
+  %is_keyword_taking_list
+  %is_q_qq_qw_qx_qr_s_y_tr_m
+};
+
+# possible values of operator_expected()
+use constant TERM     => -1;
+use constant UNKNOWN  => 0;
+use constant OPERATOR => 1;
+
+# possible values of context
+use constant SCALAR_CONTEXT  => -1;
+use constant UNKNOWN_CONTEXT => 0;
+use constant LIST_CONTEXT    => 1;
+
+# Maximum number of little messages; probably need not be changed.
+use constant MAX_NAG_MESSAGES => 6;
+
+{
+
+    # methods to count instances
+    my $_count = 0;
+    sub get_count        { $_count; }
+    sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
+    sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
+}
+
+sub DESTROY {
+    $_[0]->_decrement_count();
+}
+
+sub new {
+
+    my $class = shift;
+
+    # Note: 'tabs' and 'indent_columns' are temporary and should be
+    # removed asap
+    my %defaults = (
+        source_object        => undef,
+        debugger_object      => undef,
+        diagnostics_object   => undef,
+        logger_object        => undef,
+        starting_level       => undef,
+        indent_columns       => 4,
+        tabs                 => 0,
+        entab_leading_space  => undef,
+        look_for_hash_bang   => 0,
+        trim_qw              => 1,
+        look_for_autoloader  => 1,
+        look_for_selfloader  => 1,
+        starting_line_number => 1,
+    );
+    my %args = ( %defaults, @_ );
+
+    # we are given an object with a get_line() method to supply source lines
+    my $source_object = $args{source_object};
+
+    # we create another object with a get_line() and peek_ahead() method
+    my $line_buffer_object = Perl::Tidy::LineBuffer->new($source_object);
+
+    # Tokenizer state data is as follows:
+    # _rhere_target_list    reference to list of here-doc targets
+    # _here_doc_target      the target string for a here document
+    # _here_quote_character the type of here-doc quoting (" ' ` or none)
+    #                       to determine if interpolation is done
+    # _quote_target         character we seek if chasing a quote
+    # _line_start_quote     line where we started looking for a long quote
+    # _in_here_doc          flag indicating if we are in a here-doc
+    # _in_pod               flag set if we are in pod documentation
+    # _in_error             flag set if we saw severe error (binary in script)
+    # _in_data              flag set if we are in __DATA__ section
+    # _in_end               flag set if we are in __END__ section
+    # _in_format            flag set if we are in a format description
+    # _in_attribute_list    flag telling if we are looking for attributes
+    # _in_quote             flag telling if we are chasing a quote
+    # _starting_level       indentation level of first line
+    # _input_tabstr         string denoting one indentation level of input file
+    # _know_input_tabstr    flag indicating if we know _input_tabstr
+    # _line_buffer_object   object with get_line() method to supply source code
+    # _diagnostics_object   place to write debugging information
+    # _unexpected_error_count  error count used to limit output
+    # _lower_case_labels_at  line numbers where lower case labels seen
+    $tokenizer_self = {
+        _rhere_target_list                  => [],
+        _in_here_doc                        => 0,
+        _here_doc_target                    => "",
+        _here_quote_character               => "",
+        _in_data                            => 0,
+        _in_end                             => 0,
+        _in_format                          => 0,
+        _in_error                           => 0,
+        _in_pod                             => 0,
+        _in_attribute_list                  => 0,
+        _in_quote                           => 0,
+        _quote_target                       => "",
+        _line_start_quote                   => -1,
+        _starting_level                     => $args{starting_level},
+        _know_starting_level                => defined( $args{starting_level} ),
+        _tabs                               => $args{tabs},
+        _entab_leading_space                => $args{entab_leading_space},
+        _indent_columns                     => $args{indent_columns},
+        _look_for_hash_bang                 => $args{look_for_hash_bang},
+        _trim_qw                            => $args{trim_qw},
+        _input_tabstr                       => "",
+        _know_input_tabstr                  => -1,
+        _last_line_number                   => $args{starting_line_number} - 1,
+        _saw_perl_dash_P                    => 0,
+        _saw_perl_dash_w                    => 0,
+        _saw_use_strict                     => 0,
+        _saw_v_string                       => 0,
+        _look_for_autoloader                => $args{look_for_autoloader},
+        _look_for_selfloader                => $args{look_for_selfloader},
+        _saw_autoloader                     => 0,
+        _saw_selfloader                     => 0,
+        _saw_hash_bang                      => 0,
+        _saw_end                            => 0,
+        _saw_data                           => 0,
+        _saw_negative_indentation           => 0,
+        _started_tokenizing                 => 0,
+        _line_buffer_object                 => $line_buffer_object,
+        _debugger_object                    => $args{debugger_object},
+        _diagnostics_object                 => $args{diagnostics_object},
+        _logger_object                      => $args{logger_object},
+        _unexpected_error_count             => 0,
+        _started_looking_for_here_target_at => 0,
+        _nearly_matched_here_target_at      => undef,
+        _line_text                          => "",
+        _rlower_case_labels_at              => undef,
+    };
+
+    prepare_for_a_new_file();
+    find_starting_indentation_level();
+
+    bless $tokenizer_self, $class;
+
+    # This is not a full class yet, so die if an attempt is made to
+    # create more than one object.
+
+    if ( _increment_count() > 1 ) {
+        confess
+"Attempt to create more than 1 object in $class, which is not a true class yet\n";
+    }
+
+    return $tokenizer_self;
+
+}
+
+# interface to Perl::Tidy::Logger routines
+sub warning {
+    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->warning(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub complain {
+    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->complain(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub write_logfile_entry {
+    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub interrupt_logfile {
+    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->interrupt_logfile();
+    }
+}
+
+sub resume_logfile {
+    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->resume_logfile();
+    }
+}
+
+sub increment_brace_error {
+    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->increment_brace_error();
+    }
+}
+
+sub report_definite_bug {
+    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->report_definite_bug();
+    }
+}
+
+sub brace_warning {
+    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->brace_warning(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub get_saw_brace_error {
+    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
+    if ($logger_object) {
+        $logger_object->get_saw_brace_error();
+    }
+    else {
+        0;
+    }
+}
+
+# interface to Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics routines
+sub write_diagnostics {
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_diagnostics_object} ) {
+        $tokenizer_self->{_diagnostics_object}->write_diagnostics(@_);
+    }
+}
+
+sub report_tokenization_errors {
+
+    my $self = shift;
+
+    my $level = get_indentation_level();
+    if ( $level != $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level} ) {
+        warning("final indentation level: $level\n");
+    }
+
+    check_final_nesting_depths();
+
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang}
+        && !$tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} )
+    {
+        warning(
+            "hit EOF without seeing hash-bang line; maybe don't need -x?\n");
+    }
+
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} ) {
+        warning("hit EOF while in format description\n");
+    }
+
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} ) {
+
+        # Just write log entry if this is after __END__ or __DATA__
+        # because this happens to often, and it is not likely to be
+        # a parsing error.
+        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_data} || $tokenizer_self->{_saw_end} ) {
+            write_logfile_entry(
+"hit eof while in pod documentation (no =cut seen)\n\tthis can cause trouble with some pod utilities\n"
+            );
+        }
+
+        else {
+            complain(
+"hit eof while in pod documentation (no =cut seen)\n\tthis can cause trouble with some pod utilities\n"
+            );
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} ) {
+        my $here_doc_target = $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target};
+        my $started_looking_for_here_target_at =
+          $tokenizer_self->{_started_looking_for_here_target_at};
+        if ($here_doc_target) {
+            warning(
+"hit EOF in here document starting at line $started_looking_for_here_target_at with target: $here_doc_target\n"
+            );
+        }
+        else {
+            warning(
+"hit EOF in here document starting at line $started_looking_for_here_target_at with empty target string\n"
+            );
+        }
+        my $nearly_matched_here_target_at =
+          $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at};
+        if ($nearly_matched_here_target_at) {
+            warning(
+"NOTE: almost matched at input line $nearly_matched_here_target_at except for whitespace\n"
+            );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote} ) {
+        my $line_start_quote = $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote};
+        my $quote_target     = $tokenizer_self->{_quote_target};
+        my $what =
+          ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_attribute_list} )
+          ? "attribute list"
+          : "quote/pattern";
+        warning(
+"hit EOF seeking end of $what starting at line $line_start_quote ending in $quote_target\n"
+        );
+    }
+
+    unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} ) {
+        if ( $] < 5.006 ) {
+            write_logfile_entry("Suggest including '-w parameter'\n");
+        }
+        else {
+            write_logfile_entry("Suggest including 'use warnings;'\n");
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_P} ) {
+        write_logfile_entry("Use of -P parameter for defines is discouraged\n");
+    }
+
+    unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_use_strict} ) {
+        write_logfile_entry("Suggest including 'use strict;'\n");
+    }
+
+    # it is suggested that lables have at least one upper case character
+    # for legibility and to avoid code breakage as new keywords are introduced
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_rlower_case_labels_at} ) {
+        my @lower_case_labels_at =
+          @{ $tokenizer_self->{_rlower_case_labels_at} };
+        write_logfile_entry(
+            "Suggest using upper case characters in label(s)\n");
+        local $" = ')(';
+        write_logfile_entry("  defined at line(s): (@lower_case_labels_at)\n");
+    }
+}
+
+sub report_v_string {
+
+    # warn if this version can't handle v-strings
+    my $tok = shift;
+    unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_v_string} ) {
+        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_v_string} = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
+    }
+    if ( $] < 5.006 ) {
+        warning(
+"Found v-string '$tok' but v-strings are not implemented in your version of perl; see Camel 3 book ch 2\n"
+        );
+    }
+}
+
+sub get_input_line_number {
+    return $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
+}
+
+# returns the next tokenized line
+sub get_line {
+
+    my $self = shift;
+
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, $brace_depth,
+    # $square_bracket_depth, $paren_depth
+
+    my $input_line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->get_line();
+    $tokenizer_self->{_line_text} = $input_line;
+
+    return undef unless ($input_line);
+
+    my $input_line_number = ++$tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
+
+    # Find and remove what characters terminate this line, including any
+    # control r
+    my $input_line_separator = "";
+    if ( chomp($input_line) ) { $input_line_separator = $/ }
+
+    # TODO: what other characters should be included here?
+    if ( $input_line =~ s/((\r|\035|\032)+)$// ) {
+        $input_line_separator = $2 . $input_line_separator;
+    }
+
+    # for backwards compatability we keep the line text terminated with
+    # a newline character
+    $input_line .= "\n";
+    $tokenizer_self->{_line_text} = $input_line;    # update
+
+    # create a data structure describing this line which will be
+    # returned to the caller.
+
+    # _line_type codes are:
+    #   SYSTEM         - system-specific code before hash-bang line
+    #   CODE           - line of perl code (including comments)
+    #   POD_START      - line starting pod, such as '=head'
+    #   POD            - pod documentation text
+    #   POD_END        - last line of pod section, '=cut'
+    #   HERE           - text of here-document
+    #   HERE_END       - last line of here-doc (target word)
+    #   FORMAT         - format section
+    #   FORMAT_END     - last line of format section, '.'
+    #   DATA_START     - __DATA__ line
+    #   DATA           - unidentified text following __DATA__
+    #   END_START      - __END__ line
+    #   END            - unidentified text following __END__
+    #   ERROR          - we are in big trouble, probably not a perl script
+
+    # Other variables:
+    #   _curly_brace_depth     - depth of curly braces at start of line
+    #   _square_bracket_depth  - depth of square brackets at start of line
+    #   _paren_depth           - depth of parens at start of line
+    #   _starting_in_quote     - this line continues a multi-line quote
+    #                            (so don't trim leading blanks!)
+    #   _ending_in_quote       - this line ends in a multi-line quote
+    #                            (so don't trim trailing blanks!)
+    my $line_of_tokens = {
+        _line_type                => 'EOF',
+        _line_text                => $input_line,
+        _line_number              => $input_line_number,
+        _rtoken_type              => undef,
+        _rtokens                  => undef,
+        _rlevels                  => undef,
+        _rslevels                 => undef,
+        _rblock_type              => undef,
+        _rcontainer_type          => undef,
+        _rcontainer_environment   => undef,
+        _rtype_sequence           => undef,
+        _rnesting_tokens          => undef,
+        _rci_levels               => undef,
+        _rnesting_blocks          => undef,
+        _python_indentation_level => -1,                   ## 0,
+        _starting_in_quote    => 0,                    # to be set by subroutine
+        _ending_in_quote      => 0,
+        _curly_brace_depth    => $brace_depth,
+        _square_bracket_depth => $square_bracket_depth,
+        _paren_depth          => $paren_depth,
+        _quote_character      => '',
+    };
+
+    # must print line unchanged if we are in a here document
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} ) {
+
+        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'HERE';
+        my $here_doc_target      = $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target};
+        my $here_quote_character = $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character};
+        my $candidate_target     = $input_line;
+        chomp $candidate_target;
+        if ( $candidate_target eq $here_doc_target ) {
+            $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at} = undef;
+            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type}                     = 'HERE_END';
+            write_logfile_entry("Exiting HERE document $here_doc_target\n");
+
+            my $rhere_target_list = $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list};
+            if (@$rhere_target_list) {    # there can be multiple here targets
+                ( $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character ) =
+                  @{ shift @$rhere_target_list };
+                $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target} = $here_doc_target;
+                $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character} =
+                  $here_quote_character;
+                write_logfile_entry(
+                    "Entering HERE document $here_doc_target\n");
+                $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at} = undef;
+                $tokenizer_self->{_started_looking_for_here_target_at} =
+                  $input_line_number;
+            }
+            else {
+                $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc}          = 0;
+                $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target}      = "";
+                $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character} = "";
+            }
+        }
+
+        # check for error of extra whitespace
+        # note for PERL6: leading whitespace is allowed
+        else {
+            $candidate_target =~ s/\s*$//;
+            $candidate_target =~ s/^\s*//;
+            if ( $candidate_target eq $here_doc_target ) {
+                $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at} =
+                  $input_line_number;
+            }
+        }
+        return $line_of_tokens;
+    }
+
+    # must print line unchanged if we are in a format section
+    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} ) {
+
+        if ( $input_line =~ /^\.[\s#]*$/ ) {
+            write_logfile_entry("Exiting format section\n");
+            $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} = 0;
+            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'FORMAT_END';
+        }
+        else {
+            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'FORMAT';
+        }
+        return $line_of_tokens;
+    }
+
+    # must print line unchanged if we are in pod documentation
+    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} ) {
+
+        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD';
+        if ( $input_line =~ /^=cut/ ) {
+            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_END';
+            write_logfile_entry("Exiting POD section\n");
+            $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 0;
+        }
+        if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\b/ ) {
+            warning(
+                "Hash-bang in pod can cause older versions of perl to fail! \n"
+            );
+        }
+
+        return $line_of_tokens;
+    }
+
+    # must print line unchanged if we have seen a severe error (i.e., we
+    # are seeing illegal tokens and connot continue.  Syntax errors do
+    # not pass this route).  Calling routine can decide what to do, but
+    # the default can be to just pass all lines as if they were after __END__
+    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_error} ) {
+        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'ERROR';
+        return $line_of_tokens;
+    }
+
+    # print line unchanged if we are __DATA__ section
+    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_data} ) {
+
+        # ...but look for POD
+        # Note that the _in_data and _in_end flags remain set
+        # so that we return to that state after seeing the
+        # end of a pod section
+        if ( $input_line =~ /^=(?!cut)/ ) {
+            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
+            write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
+            $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 1;
+            return $line_of_tokens;
+        }
+        else {
+            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'DATA';
+            return $line_of_tokens;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # print line unchanged if we are in __END__ section
+    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_end} ) {
+
+        # ...but look for POD
+        # Note that the _in_data and _in_end flags remain set
+        # so that we return to that state after seeing the
+        # end of a pod section
+        if ( $input_line =~ /^=(?!cut)/ ) {
+            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
+            write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
+            $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 1;
+            return $line_of_tokens;
+        }
+        else {
+            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'END';
+            return $line_of_tokens;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # check for a hash-bang line if we haven't seen one
+    if ( !$tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} ) {
+        if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\b/ ) {
+            $tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} = $input_line_number;
+
+            # check for -w and -P flags
+            if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\s.*-.*P/ ) {
+                $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_P} = 1;
+            }
+
+            if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\s.*-.*w/ ) {
+                $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;
+            }
+
+            if (   ( $input_line_number > 1 )
+                && ( !$tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang} ) )
+            {
+
+                # this is helpful for VMS systems; we may have accidentally
+                # tokenized some DCL commands
+                if ( $tokenizer_self->{_started_tokenizing} ) {
+                    warning(
+"There seems to be a hash-bang after line 1; do you need to run with -x ?\n"
+                    );
+                }
+                else {
+                    complain("Useless hash-bang after line 1\n");
+                }
+            }
+
+            # Report the leading hash-bang as a system line
+            # This will prevent -dac from deleting it
+            else {
+                $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'SYSTEM';
+                return $line_of_tokens;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # wait for a hash-bang before parsing if the user invoked us with -x
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang}
+        && !$tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} )
+    {
+        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'SYSTEM';
+        return $line_of_tokens;
+    }
+
+    # a first line of the form ': #' will be marked as SYSTEM
+    # since lines of this form may be used by tcsh
+    if ( $input_line_number == 1 && $input_line =~ /^\s*\:\s*\#/ ) {
+        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'SYSTEM';
+        return $line_of_tokens;
+    }
+
+    # now we know that it is ok to tokenize the line...
+    # the line tokenizer will modify any of these private variables:
+    #        _rhere_target_list
+    #        _in_data
+    #        _in_end
+    #        _in_format
+    #        _in_error
+    #        _in_pod
+    #        _in_quote
+    my $ending_in_quote_last = $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote};
+    tokenize_this_line($line_of_tokens);
+
+    # Now finish defining the return structure and return it
+    $line_of_tokens->{_ending_in_quote} = $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote};
+
+    # handle severe error (binary data in script)
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_error} ) {
+        $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote} = 0;    # to avoid any more messages
+        warning("Giving up after error\n");
+        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'ERROR';
+        reset_indentation_level(0);          # avoid error messages
+        return $line_of_tokens;
+    }
+
+    # handle start of pod documentation
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} ) {
+
+        # This gets tricky..above a __DATA__ or __END__ section, perl
+        # accepts '=cut' as the start of pod section. But afterwards,
+        # only pod utilities see it and they may ignore an =cut without
+        # leading =head.  In any case, this isn't good.
+        if ( $input_line =~ /^=cut\b/ ) {
+            if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_data} || $tokenizer_self->{_saw_end} ) {
+                complain("=cut while not in pod ignored\n");
+                $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod}    = 0;
+                $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_END';
+            }
+            else {
+                $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
+                complain(
+"=cut starts a pod section .. this can fool pod utilities.\n"
+                );
+                write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
+            }
+        }
+
+        else {
+            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
+            write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
+        }
+
+        return $line_of_tokens;
+    }
+
+    # update indentation levels for log messages
+    if ( $input_line !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+        my $rlevels                      = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
+        my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0];
+        my ( $python_indentation_level, $msg ) =
+          find_indentation_level( $input_line, $structural_indentation_level );
+        if ($msg) { write_logfile_entry("$msg") }
+        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} == 1 ) {
+            $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level} =
+              $python_indentation_level;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # see if this line contains here doc targets
+    my $rhere_target_list = $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list};
+    if (@$rhere_target_list) {
+
+        my ( $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character ) =
+          @{ shift @$rhere_target_list };
+        $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc}          = 1;
+        $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target}      = $here_doc_target;
+        $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character} = $here_quote_character;
+        write_logfile_entry("Entering HERE document $here_doc_target\n");
+        $tokenizer_self->{_started_looking_for_here_target_at} =
+          $input_line_number;
+    }
+
+    # NOTE: __END__ and __DATA__ statements are written unformatted
+    # because they can theoretically contain additional characters
+    # which are not tokenized (and cannot be read with  either!).
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_data} ) {
+        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'DATA_START';
+        write_logfile_entry("Starting __DATA__ section\n");
+        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_data} = 1;
+
+        # keep parsing after __DATA__ if use SelfLoader was seen
+        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_selfloader} ) {
+            $tokenizer_self->{_in_data} = 0;
+            write_logfile_entry(
+                "SelfLoader seen, continuing; -nlsl deactivates\n");
+        }
+
+        return $line_of_tokens;
+    }
+
+    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_end} ) {
+        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'END_START';
+        write_logfile_entry("Starting __END__ section\n");
+        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_end} = 1;
+
+        # keep parsing after __END__ if use AutoLoader was seen
+        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_autoloader} ) {
+            $tokenizer_self->{_in_end} = 0;
+            write_logfile_entry(
+                "AutoLoader seen, continuing; -nlal deactivates\n");
+        }
+        return $line_of_tokens;
+    }
+
+    # now, finally, we know that this line is type 'CODE'
+    $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'CODE';
+
+    # remember if we have seen any real code
+    if (  !$tokenizer_self->{_started_tokenizing}
+        && $input_line !~ /^\s*$/
+        && $input_line !~ /^\s*#/ )
+    {
+        $tokenizer_self->{_started_tokenizing} = 1;
+    }
+
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_debugger_object} ) {
+        $tokenizer_self->{_debugger_object}->write_debug_entry($line_of_tokens);
+    }
+
+    # Note: if keyword 'format' occurs in this line code, it is still CODE
+    # (keyword 'format' need not start a line)
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} ) {
+        write_logfile_entry("Entering format section\n");
+    }
+
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote}
+        and ( $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} < 0 ) )
+    {
+
+        #if ( ( my $quote_target = get_quote_target() ) !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+        if (
+            ( my $quote_target = $tokenizer_self->{_quote_target} ) !~ /^\s*$/ )
+        {
+            $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} = $input_line_number;
+            write_logfile_entry(
+                "Start multi-line quote or pattern ending in $quote_target\n");
+        }
+    }
+    elsif ( ( $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} >= 0 )
+        and !$tokenizer_self->{_in_quote} )
+    {
+        $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} = -1;
+        write_logfile_entry("End of multi-line quote or pattern\n");
+    }
+
+    # we are returning a line of CODE
+    return $line_of_tokens;
+}
+
+sub find_starting_indentation_level {
+
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
+    my $starting_level    = 0;
+    my $know_input_tabstr = -1;    # flag for find_indentation_level
+
+    # use value if given as parameter
+    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_know_starting_level} ) {
+        $starting_level = $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level};
+    }
+
+    # if we know there is a hash_bang line, the level must be zero
+    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang} ) {
+        $tokenizer_self->{_know_starting_level} = 1;
+    }
+
+    # otherwise figure it out from the input file
+    else {
+        my $line;
+        my $i                            = 0;
+        my $structural_indentation_level = -1; # flag for find_indentation_level
+
+        # keep looking at lines until we find a hash bang or piece of code
+        my $msg = "";
+        while ( $line =
+            $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $i++ ) )
+        {
+
+            # if first line is #! then assume starting level is zero
+            if ( $i == 1 && $line =~ /^\#\!/ ) {
+                $starting_level = 0;
+                last;
+            }
+            next if ( $line =~ /^\s*#/ );    # skip past comments
+            next if ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ );    # skip past blank lines
+            ( $starting_level, $msg ) =
+              find_indentation_level( $line, $structural_indentation_level );
+            if ($msg) { write_logfile_entry("$msg") }
+            last;
+        }
+        $msg = "Line $i implies starting-indentation-level = $starting_level\n";
+
+        if ( $starting_level > 0 ) {
+
+            my $input_tabstr = $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr};
+            if ( $input_tabstr eq "\t" ) {
+                $msg .= "by guessing input tabbing uses 1 tab per level\n";
+            }
+            else {
+                my $cols = length($input_tabstr);
+                $msg .=
+                  "by guessing input tabbing uses $cols blanks per level\n";
+            }
+        }
+        write_logfile_entry("$msg");
+    }
+    $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level} = $starting_level;
+    reset_indentation_level($starting_level);
+}
+
+# Find indentation level given a input line.  At the same time, try to
+# figure out the input tabbing scheme.
+#
+# There are two types of calls:
+#
+# Type 1: $structural_indentation_level < 0
+#  In this case we have to guess $input_tabstr to figure out the level.
+#
+# Type 2: $structural_indentation_level >= 0
+#  In this case the level of this line is known, and this routine can
+#  update the tabbing string, if still unknown, to make the level correct.
+
+sub find_indentation_level {
+    my ( $line, $structural_indentation_level ) = @_;
+
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
+    my $level = 0;
+    my $msg   = "";
+
+    my $know_input_tabstr = $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr};
+    my $input_tabstr      = $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr};
+
+    # find leading whitespace
+    my $leading_whitespace = ( $line =~ /^(\s*)/ ) ? $1 : "";
+
+    # make first guess at input tabbing scheme if necessary
+    if ( $know_input_tabstr < 0 ) {
+
+        $know_input_tabstr = 0;
+
+        # When -et=n is used for the output formatting, we will assume that
+        # tabs in the input formatting were also produced with -et=n.  This may
+        # not be true, but it is the best guess because it will keep leading
+        # whitespace unchanged on repeated formatting on small pieces of code
+        # when -et=n is used.  Thanks to Sam Kington for this patch.
+        if ( my $tabsize = $tokenizer_self->{_entab_leading_space} ) {
+            $leading_whitespace =~ s{^ (\t*) }
+           { " " x (length($1) * $tabsize) }xe;
+            $input_tabstr = " " x $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};
+        }
+        elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_tabs} ) {
+            $input_tabstr = "\t";
+            if ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 ) {
+                if ( $leading_whitespace !~ /\t/ ) {
+
+                    my $cols = $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};
+
+                    if ( length($leading_whitespace) < $cols ) {
+                        $cols = length($leading_whitespace);
+                    }
+                    $input_tabstr = " " x $cols;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else {
+            $input_tabstr = " " x $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};
+
+            if ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 ) {
+                if ( $leading_whitespace =~ /^\t/ ) {
+                    $input_tabstr = "\t";
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} = $know_input_tabstr;
+        $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr}      = $input_tabstr;
+    }
+
+    # determine the input tabbing scheme if possible
+    if (   ( $know_input_tabstr == 0 )
+        && ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 )
+        && ( $structural_indentation_level > 0 ) )
+    {
+        my $saved_input_tabstr = $input_tabstr;
+
+        # check for common case of one tab per indentation level
+        if ( $leading_whitespace eq "\t" x $structural_indentation_level ) {
+            if ( $leading_whitespace eq "\t" x $structural_indentation_level ) {
+                $input_tabstr = "\t";
+                $msg          = "Guessing old indentation was tab character\n";
+            }
+        }
+
+        else {
+
+            # detab any tabs based on 8 blanks per tab
+            my $entabbed = "";
+            if ( $leading_whitespace =~ s/^\t+/        /g ) {
+                $entabbed = "entabbed";
+            }
+
+            # now compute tabbing from number of spaces
+            my $columns =
+              length($leading_whitespace) / $structural_indentation_level;
+            if ( $columns == int $columns ) {
+                $msg =
+                  "Guessing old indentation was $columns $entabbed spaces\n";
+            }
+            else {
+                $columns = int $columns;
+                $msg =
+"old indentation is unclear, using $columns $entabbed spaces\n";
+            }
+            $input_tabstr = " " x $columns;
+        }
+        $know_input_tabstr                    = 1;
+        $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} = $know_input_tabstr;
+        $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr}      = $input_tabstr;
+
+        # see if mistakes were made
+        if ( ( $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level} > 0 )
+            && !$tokenizer_self->{_know_starting_level} )
+        {
+
+            if ( $input_tabstr ne $saved_input_tabstr ) {
+                complain(
+"I made a bad starting level guess; rerun with a value for -sil \n"
+                );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # use current guess at input tabbing to get input indentation level
+    #
+    # Patch to handle a common case of entabbed leading whitespace
+    # If the leading whitespace equals 4 spaces and we also have
+    # tabs, detab the input whitespace assuming 8 spaces per tab.
+    if ( length($input_tabstr) == 4 ) {
+        $leading_whitespace =~ s/^\t+/        /g;
+    }
+
+    if ( ( my $len_tab = length($input_tabstr) ) > 0 ) {
+        my $pos = 0;
+
+        while ( substr( $leading_whitespace, $pos, $len_tab ) eq $input_tabstr )
+        {
+            $pos += $len_tab;
+            $level++;
+        }
+    }
+    return ( $level, $msg );
+}
+
+# This is a currently unused debug routine
+sub dump_functions {
+
+    my $fh = *STDOUT;
+    my ( $pkg, $sub );
+    foreach $pkg ( keys %is_user_function ) {
+        print $fh "\nnon-constant subs in package $pkg\n";
+
+        foreach $sub ( keys %{ $is_user_function{$pkg} } ) {
+            my $msg = "";
+            if ( $is_block_list_function{$pkg}{$sub} ) {
+                $msg = 'block_list';
+            }
+
+            if ( $is_block_function{$pkg}{$sub} ) {
+                $msg = 'block';
+            }
+            print $fh "$sub $msg\n";
+        }
+    }
+
+    foreach $pkg ( keys %is_constant ) {
+        print $fh "\nconstants and constant subs in package $pkg\n";
+
+        foreach $sub ( keys %{ $is_constant{$pkg} } ) {
+            print $fh "$sub\n";
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub ones_count {
+
+    # count number of 1's in a string of 1's and 0's
+    # example: ones_count("010101010101") gives 6
+    return ( my $cis = $_[0] ) =~ tr/1/0/;
+}
+
+sub prepare_for_a_new_file {
+
+    # previous tokens needed to determine what to expect next
+    $last_nonblank_token      = ';';    # the only possible starting state which
+    $last_nonblank_type       = ';';    # will make a leading brace a code block
+    $last_nonblank_block_type = '';
+
+    # scalars for remembering statement types across multiple lines
+    $statement_type    = '';            # '' or 'use' or 'sub..' or 'case..'
+    $in_attribute_list = 0;
+
+    # scalars for remembering where we are in the file
+    $current_package = "main";
+    $context         = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;
+
+    # hashes used to remember function information
+    %is_constant             = ();      # user-defined constants
+    %is_user_function        = ();      # user-defined functions
+    %user_function_prototype = ();      # their prototypes
+    %is_block_function       = ();
+    %is_block_list_function  = ();
+    %saw_function_definition = ();
+
+    # variables used to track depths of various containers
+    # and report nesting errors
+    $paren_depth          = 0;
+    $brace_depth          = 0;
+    $square_bracket_depth = 0;
+    @current_depth[ 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ] =
+      (0) x scalar @closing_brace_names;
+    $total_depth = 0;
+    @total_depth = ();
+    @nesting_sequence_number[ 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ] =
+      ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names );
+    @current_sequence_number             = ();
+    $paren_type[$paren_depth]            = '';
+    $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth] = 0;
+    $paren_structural_type[$brace_depth] = '';
+    $brace_type[$brace_depth] = ';';    # identify opening brace as code block
+    $brace_structural_type[$brace_depth]                   = '';
+    $brace_statement_type[$brace_depth]                    = "";
+    $brace_context[$brace_depth]                           = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;
+    $brace_package[$paren_depth]                           = $current_package;
+    $square_bracket_type[$square_bracket_depth]            = '';
+    $square_bracket_structural_type[$square_bracket_depth] = '';
+
+    initialize_tokenizer_state();
+}
+
+{                                       # begin tokenize_this_line
+
+    use constant BRACE          => 0;
+    use constant SQUARE_BRACKET => 1;
+    use constant PAREN          => 2;
+    use constant QUESTION_COLON => 3;
+
+    # TV1: scalars for processing one LINE.
+    # Re-initialized on each entry to sub tokenize_this_line.
+    my (
+        $block_type,        $container_type,    $expecting,
+        $i,                 $i_tok,             $input_line,
+        $input_line_number, $last_nonblank_i,   $max_token_index,
+        $next_tok,          $next_type,         $peeked_ahead,
+        $prototype,         $rhere_target_list, $rtoken_map,
+        $rtoken_type,       $rtokens,           $tok,
+        $type,              $type_sequence,     $indent_flag,
+    );
+
+    # TV2: refs to ARRAYS for processing one LINE
+    # Re-initialized on each call.
+    my $routput_token_list     = [];    # stack of output token indexes
+    my $routput_token_type     = [];    # token types
+    my $routput_block_type     = [];    # types of code block
+    my $routput_container_type = [];    # paren types, such as if, elsif, ..
+    my $routput_type_sequence  = [];    # nesting sequential number
+    my $routput_indent_flag    = [];    #
+
+    # TV3: SCALARS for quote variables.  These are initialized with a
+    # subroutine call and continually updated as lines are processed.
+    my ( $in_quote, $quote_type, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
+        $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2, $allowed_quote_modifiers, );
+
+    # TV4: SCALARS for multi-line identifiers and
+    # statements. These are initialized with a subroutine call
+    # and continually updated as lines are processed.
+    my ( $id_scan_state, $identifier, $want_paren, $indented_if_level );
+
+    # TV5: SCALARS for tracking indentation level.
+    # Initialized once and continually updated as lines are
+    # processed.
+    my (
+        $nesting_token_string,      $nesting_type_string,
+        $nesting_block_string,      $nesting_block_flag,
+        $nesting_list_string,       $nesting_list_flag,
+        $ci_string_in_tokenizer,    $continuation_string_in_tokenizer,
+        $in_statement_continuation, $level_in_tokenizer,
+        $slevel_in_tokenizer,       $rslevel_stack,
+    );
+
+    # TV6: SCALARS for remembering several previous
+    # tokens. Initialized once and continually updated as
+    # lines are processed.
+    my (
+        $last_nonblank_container_type,     $last_nonblank_type_sequence,
+        $last_last_nonblank_token,         $last_last_nonblank_type,
+        $last_last_nonblank_block_type,    $last_last_nonblank_container_type,
+        $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence, $last_nonblank_prototype,
+    );
+
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------
+    # beginning of tokenizer variable access and manipulation routines
+    # ----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    sub initialize_tokenizer_state {
+
+        # TV1: initialized on each call
+        # TV2: initialized on each call
+        # TV3:
+        $in_quote                = 0;
+        $quote_type              = 'Q';
+        $quote_character         = "";
+        $quote_pos               = 0;
+        $quote_depth             = 0;
+        $quoted_string_1         = "";
+        $quoted_string_2         = "";
+        $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
+
+        # TV4:
+        $id_scan_state     = '';
+        $identifier        = '';
+        $want_paren        = "";
+        $indented_if_level = 0;
+
+        # TV5:
+        $nesting_token_string             = "";
+        $nesting_type_string              = "";
+        $nesting_block_string             = '1';    # initially in a block
+        $nesting_block_flag               = 1;
+        $nesting_list_string              = '0';    # initially not in a list
+        $nesting_list_flag                = 0;      # initially not in a list
+        $ci_string_in_tokenizer           = "";
+        $continuation_string_in_tokenizer = "0";
+        $in_statement_continuation        = 0;
+        $level_in_tokenizer               = 0;
+        $slevel_in_tokenizer              = 0;
+        $rslevel_stack                    = [];
+
+        # TV6:
+        $last_nonblank_container_type      = '';
+        $last_nonblank_type_sequence       = '';
+        $last_last_nonblank_token          = ';';
+        $last_last_nonblank_type           = ';';
+        $last_last_nonblank_block_type     = '';
+        $last_last_nonblank_container_type = '';
+        $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence  = '';
+        $last_nonblank_prototype           = "";
+    }
+
+    sub save_tokenizer_state {
+
+        my $rTV1 = [
+            $block_type,        $container_type,    $expecting,
+            $i,                 $i_tok,             $input_line,
+            $input_line_number, $last_nonblank_i,   $max_token_index,
+            $next_tok,          $next_type,         $peeked_ahead,
+            $prototype,         $rhere_target_list, $rtoken_map,
+            $rtoken_type,       $rtokens,           $tok,
+            $type,              $type_sequence,     $indent_flag,
+        ];
+
+        my $rTV2 = [
+            $routput_token_list,    $routput_token_type,
+            $routput_block_type,    $routput_container_type,
+            $routput_type_sequence, $routput_indent_flag,
+        ];
+
+        my $rTV3 = [
+            $in_quote,        $quote_type,
+            $quote_character, $quote_pos,
+            $quote_depth,     $quoted_string_1,
+            $quoted_string_2, $allowed_quote_modifiers,
+        ];
+
+        my $rTV4 =
+          [ $id_scan_state, $identifier, $want_paren, $indented_if_level ];
+
+        my $rTV5 = [
+            $nesting_token_string,      $nesting_type_string,
+            $nesting_block_string,      $nesting_block_flag,
+            $nesting_list_string,       $nesting_list_flag,
+            $ci_string_in_tokenizer,    $continuation_string_in_tokenizer,
+            $in_statement_continuation, $level_in_tokenizer,
+            $slevel_in_tokenizer,       $rslevel_stack,
+        ];
+
+        my $rTV6 = [
+            $last_nonblank_container_type,
+            $last_nonblank_type_sequence,
+            $last_last_nonblank_token,
+            $last_last_nonblank_type,
+            $last_last_nonblank_block_type,
+            $last_last_nonblank_container_type,
+            $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence,
+            $last_nonblank_prototype,
+        ];
+        return [ $rTV1, $rTV2, $rTV3, $rTV4, $rTV5, $rTV6 ];
+    }
+
+    sub restore_tokenizer_state {
+        my ($rstate) = @_;
+        my ( $rTV1, $rTV2, $rTV3, $rTV4, $rTV5, $rTV6 ) = @{$rstate};
+        (
+            $block_type,        $container_type,    $expecting,
+            $i,                 $i_tok,             $input_line,
+            $input_line_number, $last_nonblank_i,   $max_token_index,
+            $next_tok,          $next_type,         $peeked_ahead,
+            $prototype,         $rhere_target_list, $rtoken_map,
+            $rtoken_type,       $rtokens,           $tok,
+            $type,              $type_sequence,     $indent_flag,
+        ) = @{$rTV1};
+
+        (
+            $routput_token_list,    $routput_token_type,
+            $routput_block_type,    $routput_container_type,
+            $routput_type_sequence, $routput_type_sequence,
+        ) = @{$rTV2};
+
+        (
+            $in_quote, $quote_type, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
+            $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2, $allowed_quote_modifiers,
+        ) = @{$rTV3};
+
+        ( $id_scan_state, $identifier, $want_paren, $indented_if_level ) =
+          @{$rTV4};
+
+        (
+            $nesting_token_string,      $nesting_type_string,
+            $nesting_block_string,      $nesting_block_flag,
+            $nesting_list_string,       $nesting_list_flag,
+            $ci_string_in_tokenizer,    $continuation_string_in_tokenizer,
+            $in_statement_continuation, $level_in_tokenizer,
+            $slevel_in_tokenizer,       $rslevel_stack,
+        ) = @{$rTV5};
+
+        (
+            $last_nonblank_container_type,
+            $last_nonblank_type_sequence,
+            $last_last_nonblank_token,
+            $last_last_nonblank_type,
+            $last_last_nonblank_block_type,
+            $last_last_nonblank_container_type,
+            $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence,
+            $last_nonblank_prototype,
+        ) = @{$rTV6};
+    }
+
+    sub get_indentation_level {
+
+        # patch to avoid reporting error if indented if is not terminated
+        if ($indented_if_level) { return $level_in_tokenizer - 1 }
+        return $level_in_tokenizer;
+    }
+
+    sub reset_indentation_level {
+        $level_in_tokenizer  = $_[0];
+        $slevel_in_tokenizer = $_[0];
+        push @{$rslevel_stack}, $slevel_in_tokenizer;
+    }
+
+    sub peeked_ahead {
+        $peeked_ahead = defined( $_[0] ) ? $_[0] : $peeked_ahead;
+    }
+
+    # ------------------------------------------------------------
+    # end of tokenizer variable access and manipulation routines
+    # ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    # ------------------------------------------------------------
+    # beginning of various scanner interface routines
+    # ------------------------------------------------------------
+    sub scan_replacement_text {
+
+        # check for here-docs in replacement text invoked by
+        # a substitution operator with executable modifier 'e'.
+        #
+        # given:
+        #  $replacement_text
+        # return:
+        #  $rht = reference to any here-doc targets
+        my ($replacement_text) = @_;
+
+        # quick check
+        return undef unless ( $replacement_text =~ /<{_logger_object};
+
+        # localize all package variables
+        local (
+            $tokenizer_self,          $last_nonblank_token,
+            $last_nonblank_type,      $last_nonblank_block_type,
+            $statement_type,          $in_attribute_list,
+            $current_package,         $context,
+            %is_constant,             %is_user_function,
+            %user_function_prototype, %is_block_function,
+            %is_block_list_function,  %saw_function_definition,
+            $brace_depth,             $paren_depth,
+            $square_bracket_depth,    @current_depth,
+            @total_depth,             $total_depth,
+            @nesting_sequence_number, @current_sequence_number,
+            @paren_type,              @paren_semicolon_count,
+            @paren_structural_type,   @brace_type,
+            @brace_structural_type,   @brace_statement_type,
+            @brace_context,           @brace_package,
+            @square_bracket_type,     @square_bracket_structural_type,
+            @depth_array,             @starting_line_of_current_depth,
+            @nested_ternary_flag,
+        );
+
+        # save all lexical variables
+        my $rstate = save_tokenizer_state();
+        _decrement_count();    # avoid error check for multiple tokenizers
+
+        # make a new tokenizer
+        my $rOpts = {};
+        my $rpending_logfile_message;
+        my $source_object =
+          Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$replacement_text, $rOpts,
+            $rpending_logfile_message );
+        my $tokenizer = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->new(
+            source_object        => $source_object,
+            logger_object        => $logger_object,
+            starting_line_number => $input_line_number,
+        );
+
+        # scan the replacement text
+        1 while ( $tokenizer->get_line() );
+
+        # remove any here doc targets
+        my $rht = undef;
+        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} ) {
+            $rht = [];
+            push @{$rht},
+              [
+                $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target},
+                $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character}
+              ];
+            if ( $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} ) {
+                push @{$rht}, @{ $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} };
+                $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} = undef;
+            }
+            $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} = undef;
+        }
+
+        # now its safe to report errors
+        $tokenizer->report_tokenization_errors();
+
+        # restore all tokenizer lexical variables
+        restore_tokenizer_state($rstate);
+
+        # return the here doc targets
+        return $rht;
+    }
+
+    sub scan_bare_identifier {
+        ( $i, $tok, $type, $prototype ) =
+          scan_bare_identifier_do( $input_line, $i, $tok, $type, $prototype,
+            $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
+    }
+
+    sub scan_identifier {
+        ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state, $identifier ) =
+          scan_identifier_do( $i, $id_scan_state, $identifier, $rtokens,
+            $max_token_index, $expecting );
+    }
+
+    sub scan_id {
+        ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state ) =
+          scan_id_do( $input_line, $i, $tok, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
+            $id_scan_state, $max_token_index );
+    }
+
+    sub scan_number {
+        my $number;
+        ( $i, $type, $number ) =
+          scan_number_do( $input_line, $i, $rtoken_map, $type,
+            $max_token_index );
+        return $number;
+    }
+
+    # a sub to warn if token found where term expected
+    sub error_if_expecting_TERM {
+        if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
+            if ( $really_want_term{$last_nonblank_type} ) {
+                unexpected( $tok, "term", $i_tok, $last_nonblank_i, $rtoken_map,
+                    $rtoken_type, $input_line );
+                1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # a sub to warn if token found where operator expected
+    sub error_if_expecting_OPERATOR {
+        if ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {
+            my $thing = defined $_[0] ? $_[0] : $tok;
+            unexpected( $thing, "operator", $i_tok, $last_nonblank_i,
+                $rtoken_map, $rtoken_type, $input_line );
+            if ( $i_tok == 0 ) {
+                interrupt_logfile();
+                warning("Missing ';' above?\n");
+                resume_logfile();
+            }
+            1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # ------------------------------------------------------------
+    # end scanner interfaces
+    # ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    my %is_for_foreach;
+    @_ = qw(for foreach);
+    @is_for_foreach{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    my %is_my_our;
+    @_ = qw(my our);
+    @is_my_our{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # These keywords may introduce blocks after parenthesized expressions,
+    # in the form:
+    # keyword ( .... ) { BLOCK }
+    # patch for SWITCH/CASE: added 'switch' 'case' 'given' 'when'
+    my %is_blocktype_with_paren;
+    @_ = qw(if elsif unless while until for foreach switch case given when);
+    @is_blocktype_with_paren{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # ------------------------------------------------------------
+    # begin hash of code for handling most token types
+    # ------------------------------------------------------------
+    my $tokenization_code = {
+
+        # no special code for these types yet, but syntax checks
+        # could be added
+
+##      '!'   => undef,
+##      '!='  => undef,
+##      '!~'  => undef,
+##      '%='  => undef,
+##      '&&=' => undef,
+##      '&='  => undef,
+##      '+='  => undef,
+##      '-='  => undef,
+##      '..'  => undef,
+##      '..'  => undef,
+##      '...' => undef,
+##      '.='  => undef,
+##      '<<=' => undef,
+##      '<='  => undef,
+##      '<=>' => undef,
+##      '<>'  => undef,
+##      '='   => undef,
+##      '=='  => undef,
+##      '=~'  => undef,
+##      '>='  => undef,
+##      '>>'  => undef,
+##      '>>=' => undef,
+##      '\\'  => undef,
+##      '^='  => undef,
+##      '|='  => undef,
+##      '||=' => undef,
+##      '//=' => undef,
+##      '~'   => undef,
+##      '~~'  => undef,
+##      '!~~'  => undef,
+
+        '>' => sub {
+            error_if_expecting_TERM()
+              if ( $expecting == TERM );
+        },
+        '|' => sub {
+            error_if_expecting_TERM()
+              if ( $expecting == TERM );
+        },
+        '$' => sub {
+
+            # start looking for a scalar
+            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("Scalar")
+              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
+            scan_identifier();
+
+            if ( $identifier eq '$^W' ) {
+                $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;
+            }
+
+            # Check for indentifier in indirect object slot
+            # (vorboard.pl, sort.t).  Something like:
+            #   /^(print|printf|sort|exec|system)$/
+            if (
+                $is_indirect_object_taker{$last_nonblank_token}
+
+                || ( ( $last_nonblank_token eq '(' )
+                    && $is_indirect_object_taker{ $paren_type[$paren_depth] } )
+                || ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[Uw]$/ )    # possible object
+              )
+            {
+                $type = 'Z';
+            }
+        },
+        '(' => sub {
+
+            ++$paren_depth;
+            $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth] = 0;
+            if ($want_paren) {
+                $container_type = $want_paren;
+                $want_paren     = "";
+            }
+            else {
+                $container_type = $last_nonblank_token;
+
+                # We can check for a syntax error here of unexpected '(',
+                # but this is going to get messy...
+                if (
+                    $expecting == OPERATOR
+
+                    # be sure this is not a method call of the form
+                    # &method(...), $method->(..), &{method}(...),
+                    # $ref[2](list) is ok & short for $ref[2]->(list)
+                    # NOTE: at present, braces in something like &{ xxx }
+                    # are not marked as a block, we might have a method call
+                    && $last_nonblank_token !~ /^([\]\}\&]|\-\>)/
+
+                  )
+                {
+
+                    # ref: camel 3 p 703.
+                    if ( $last_last_nonblank_token eq 'do' ) {
+                        complain(
+"do SUBROUTINE is deprecated; consider & or -> notation\n"
+                        );
+                    }
+                    else {
+
+                        # if this is an empty list, (), then it is not an
+                        # error; for example, we might have a constant pi and
+                        # invoke it with pi() or just pi;
+                        my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
+                          find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens,
+                            $max_token_index );
+                        if ( $next_nonblank_token ne ')' ) {
+                            my $hint;
+                            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR('(');
+
+                            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'C' ) {
+                                $hint =
+                                  "$last_nonblank_token has a void prototype\n";
+                            }
+                            elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'i' ) {
+                                if (   $i_tok > 0
+                                    && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^\$/ )
+                                {
+                                    $hint =
+"Do you mean '$last_nonblank_token->(' ?\n";
+                                }
+                            }
+                            if ($hint) {
+                                interrupt_logfile();
+                                warning($hint);
+                                resume_logfile();
+                            }
+                        } ## end if ( $next_nonblank_token...
+                    } ## end else [ if ( $last_last_nonblank_token...
+                } ## end if ( $expecting == OPERATOR...
+            }
+            $paren_type[$paren_depth] = $container_type;
+            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
+              increase_nesting_depth( PAREN, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
+
+            # propagate types down through nested parens
+            # for example: the second paren in 'if ((' would be structural
+            # since the first is.
+
+            if ( $last_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
+                $type = $last_nonblank_type;
+            }
+
+            #     We exclude parens as structural after a ',' because it
+            #     causes subtle problems with continuation indentation for
+            #     something like this, where the first 'or' will not get
+            #     indented.
+            #
+            #         assert(
+            #             __LINE__,
+            #             ( not defined $check )
+            #               or ref $check
+            #               or $check eq "new"
+            #               or $check eq "old",
+            #         );
+            #
+            #     Likewise, we exclude parens where a statement can start
+            #     because of problems with continuation indentation, like
+            #     these:
+            #
+            #         ($firstline =~ /^#\!.*perl/)
+            #         and (print $File::Find::name, "\n")
+            #           and (return 1);
+            #
+            #         (ref($usage_fref) =~ /CODE/)
+            #         ? &$usage_fref
+            #           : (&blast_usage, &blast_params, &blast_general_params);
+
+            else {
+                $type = '{';
+            }
+
+            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq ')' ) {
+                warning(
+                    "Syntax error? found token '$last_nonblank_type' then '('\n"
+                );
+            }
+            $paren_structural_type[$paren_depth] = $type;
+
+        },
+        ')' => sub {
+            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
+              decrease_nesting_depth( PAREN, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
+
+            if ( $paren_structural_type[$paren_depth] eq '{' ) {
+                $type = '}';
+            }
+
+            $container_type = $paren_type[$paren_depth];
+
+            #    /^(for|foreach)$/
+            if ( $is_for_foreach{ $paren_type[$paren_depth] } ) {
+                my $num_sc = $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth];
+                if ( $num_sc > 0 && $num_sc != 2 ) {
+                    warning("Expected 2 ';' in 'for(;;)' but saw $num_sc\n");
+                }
+            }
+
+            if ( $paren_depth > 0 ) { $paren_depth-- }
+        },
+        ',' => sub {
+            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq ',' ) {
+                complain("Repeated ','s \n");
+            }
+
+            # patch for operator_expected: note if we are in the list (use.t)
+            if ( $statement_type eq 'use' ) { $statement_type = '_use' }
+##                FIXME: need to move this elsewhere, perhaps check after a '('
+##                elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq '(') {
+##                    warning("Leading ','s illegal in some versions of perl\n");
+##                }
+        },
+        ';' => sub {
+            $context        = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;
+            $statement_type = '';
+
+            #    /^(for|foreach)$/
+            if ( $is_for_foreach{ $paren_type[$paren_depth] } )
+            {    # mark ; in for loop
+
+                # Be careful: we do not want a semicolon such as the
+                # following to be included:
+                #
+                #    for (sort {strcoll($a,$b);} keys %investments) {
+
+                if (   $brace_depth == $depth_array[PAREN][BRACE][$paren_depth]
+                    && $square_bracket_depth ==
+                    $depth_array[PAREN][SQUARE_BRACKET][$paren_depth] )
+                {
+
+                    $type = 'f';
+                    $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth]++;
+                }
+            }
+
+        },
+        '"' => sub {
+            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("String")
+              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
+            $in_quote                = 1;
+            $type                    = 'Q';
+            $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
+        },
+        "'" => sub {
+            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("String")
+              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
+            $in_quote                = 1;
+            $type                    = 'Q';
+            $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
+        },
+        '`' => sub {
+            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("String")
+              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
+            $in_quote                = 1;
+            $type                    = 'Q';
+            $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
+        },
+        '/' => sub {
+            my $is_pattern;
+
+            if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {    # indeterminte, must guess..
+                my $msg;
+                ( $is_pattern, $msg ) =
+                  guess_if_pattern_or_division( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
+                    $max_token_index );
+
+                if ($msg) {
+                    write_diagnostics("DIVIDE:$msg\n");
+                    write_logfile_entry($msg);
+                }
+            }
+            else { $is_pattern = ( $expecting == TERM ) }
+
+            if ($is_pattern) {
+                $in_quote                = 1;
+                $type                    = 'Q';
+                $allowed_quote_modifiers = '[cgimosxp]';
+            }
+            else {    # not a pattern; check for a /= token
+
+                if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {    # form token /=
+                    $i++;
+                    $tok  = '/=';
+                    $type = $tok;
+                }
+
+              #DEBUG - collecting info on what tokens follow a divide
+              # for development of guessing algorithm
+              #if ( numerator_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) < 0 ) {
+              #    #write_diagnostics( "DIVIDE? $input_line\n" );
+              #}
+            }
+        },
+        '{' => sub {
+
+            # if we just saw a ')', we will label this block with
+            # its type.  We need to do this to allow sub
+            # code_block_type to determine if this brace starts a
+            # code block or anonymous hash.  (The type of a paren
+            # pair is the preceding token, such as 'if', 'else',
+            # etc).
+            $container_type = "";
+
+            # ATTRS: for a '{' following an attribute list, reset
+            # things to look like we just saw the sub name
+            if ( $statement_type =~ /^sub/ ) {
+                $last_nonblank_token = $statement_type;
+                $last_nonblank_type  = 'i';
+                $statement_type      = "";
+            }
+
+            # patch for SWITCH/CASE: hide these keywords from an immediately
+            # following opening brace
+            elsif ( ( $statement_type eq 'case' || $statement_type eq 'when' )
+                && $statement_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
+            {
+                $last_nonblank_token = ";";
+            }
+
+            elsif ( $last_nonblank_token eq ')' ) {
+                $last_nonblank_token = $paren_type[ $paren_depth + 1 ];
+
+                # defensive move in case of a nesting error (pbug.t)
+                # in which this ')' had no previous '('
+                # this nesting error will have been caught
+                if ( !defined($last_nonblank_token) ) {
+                    $last_nonblank_token = 'if';
+                }
+
+                # check for syntax error here;
+                unless ( $is_blocktype_with_paren{$last_nonblank_token} ) {
+                    my $list = join( ' ', sort keys %is_blocktype_with_paren );
+                    warning(
+                        "syntax error at ') {', didn't see one of: $list\n");
+                }
+            }
+
+            # patch for paren-less for/foreach glitch, part 2.
+            # see note below under 'qw'
+            elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq 'qw'
+                && $is_for_foreach{$want_paren} )
+            {
+                $last_nonblank_token = $want_paren;
+                if ( $last_last_nonblank_token eq $want_paren ) {
+                    warning(
+"syntax error at '$want_paren .. {' -- missing \$ loop variable\n"
+                    );
+
+                }
+                $want_paren = "";
+            }
+
+            # now identify which of the three possible types of
+            # curly braces we have: hash index container, anonymous
+            # hash reference, or code block.
+
+            # non-structural (hash index) curly brace pair
+            # get marked 'L' and 'R'
+            if ( is_non_structural_brace() ) {
+                $type = 'L';
+
+                # patch for SWITCH/CASE:
+                # allow paren-less identifier after 'when'
+                # if the brace is preceded by a space
+                if (   $statement_type eq 'when'
+                    && $last_nonblank_type      eq 'i'
+                    && $last_last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
+                    && ( $i_tok == 0 || $rtoken_type->[ $i_tok - 1 ] eq 'b' ) )
+                {
+                    $type       = '{';
+                    $block_type = $statement_type;
+                }
+            }
+
+            # code and anonymous hash have the same type, '{', but are
+            # distinguished by 'block_type',
+            # which will be blank for an anonymous hash
+            else {
+
+                $block_type = code_block_type( $i_tok, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
+                    $max_token_index );
+
+                # patch to promote bareword type to function taking block
+                if (   $block_type
+                    && $last_nonblank_type eq 'w'
+                    && $last_nonblank_i >= 0 )
+                {
+                    if ( $routput_token_type->[$last_nonblank_i] eq 'w' ) {
+                        $routput_token_type->[$last_nonblank_i] = 'G';
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # patch for SWITCH/CASE: if we find a stray opening block brace
+                # where we might accept a 'case' or 'when' block, then take it
+                if (   $statement_type eq 'case'
+                    || $statement_type eq 'when' )
+                {
+                    if ( !$block_type || $block_type eq '}' ) {
+                        $block_type = $statement_type;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            $brace_type[ ++$brace_depth ] = $block_type;
+            $brace_package[$brace_depth] = $current_package;
+            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
+              increase_nesting_depth( BRACE, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
+            $brace_structural_type[$brace_depth] = $type;
+            $brace_context[$brace_depth]         = $context;
+            $brace_statement_type[$brace_depth]  = $statement_type;
+        },
+        '}' => sub {
+            $block_type = $brace_type[$brace_depth];
+            if ($block_type) { $statement_type = '' }
+            if ( defined( $brace_package[$brace_depth] ) ) {
+                $current_package = $brace_package[$brace_depth];
+            }
+
+            # can happen on brace error (caught elsewhere)
+            else {
+            }
+            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
+              decrease_nesting_depth( BRACE, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
+
+            if ( $brace_structural_type[$brace_depth] eq 'L' ) {
+                $type = 'R';
+            }
+
+            # propagate type information for 'do' and 'eval' blocks.
+            # This is necessary to enable us to know if an operator
+            # or term is expected next
+            if ( $is_block_operator{ $brace_type[$brace_depth] } ) {
+                $tok = $brace_type[$brace_depth];
+            }
+
+            $context        = $brace_context[$brace_depth];
+            $statement_type = $brace_statement_type[$brace_depth];
+            if ( $brace_depth > 0 ) { $brace_depth--; }
+        },
+        '&' => sub {    # maybe sub call? start looking
+
+            # We have to check for sub call unless we are sure we
+            # are expecting an operator.  This example from s2p
+            # got mistaken as a q operator in an early version:
+            #   print BODY &q(<<'EOT');
+            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {
+                scan_identifier();
+            }
+            else {
+            }
+        },
+        '<' => sub {    # angle operator or less than?
+
+            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {
+                ( $i, $type ) =
+                  find_angle_operator_termination( $input_line, $i, $rtoken_map,
+                    $expecting, $max_token_index );
+
+                if ( $type eq '<' && $expecting == TERM ) {
+                    error_if_expecting_TERM();
+                    interrupt_logfile();
+                    warning("Unterminated <> operator?\n");
+                    resume_logfile();
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+            }
+        },
+        '?' => sub {    # ?: conditional or starting pattern?
+
+            my $is_pattern;
+
+            if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
+
+                my $msg;
+                ( $is_pattern, $msg ) =
+                  guess_if_pattern_or_conditional( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
+                    $max_token_index );
+
+                if ($msg) { write_logfile_entry($msg) }
+            }
+            else { $is_pattern = ( $expecting == TERM ) }
+
+            if ($is_pattern) {
+                $in_quote                = 1;
+                $type                    = 'Q';
+                $allowed_quote_modifiers = '[cgimosxp]';
+            }
+            else {
+                ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
+                  increase_nesting_depth( QUESTION_COLON,
+                    $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
+            }
+        },
+        '*' => sub {    # typeglob, or multiply?
+
+            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
+                scan_identifier();
+            }
+            else {
+
+                if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {
+                    $tok  = '*=';
+                    $type = $tok;
+                    $i++;
+                }
+                elsif ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '*' ) {
+                    $tok  = '**';
+                    $type = $tok;
+                    $i++;
+                    if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {
+                        $tok  = '**=';
+                        $type = $tok;
+                        $i++;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        },
+        '.' => sub {    # what kind of . ?
+
+            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {
+                scan_number();
+                if ( $type eq '.' ) {
+                    error_if_expecting_TERM()
+                      if ( $expecting == TERM );
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+            }
+        },
+        ':' => sub {
+
+            # if this is the first nonblank character, call it a label
+            # since perl seems to just swallow it
+            if ( $input_line_number == 1 && $last_nonblank_i == -1 ) {
+                $type = 'J';
+            }
+
+            # ATTRS: check for a ':' which introduces an attribute list
+            # (this might eventually get its own token type)
+            elsif ( $statement_type =~ /^sub/ ) {
+                $type              = 'A';
+                $in_attribute_list = 1;
+            }
+
+            # check for scalar attribute, such as
+            # my $foo : shared = 1;
+            elsif ($is_my_our{$statement_type}
+                && $current_depth[QUESTION_COLON] == 0 )
+            {
+                $type              = 'A';
+                $in_attribute_list = 1;
+            }
+
+            # otherwise, it should be part of a ?/: operator
+            else {
+                ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
+                  decrease_nesting_depth( QUESTION_COLON,
+                    $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
+                if ( $last_nonblank_token eq '?' ) {
+                    warning("Syntax error near ? :\n");
+                }
+            }
+        },
+        '+' => sub {    # what kind of plus?
+
+            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
+                my $number = scan_number();
+
+                # unary plus is safest assumption if not a number
+                if ( !defined($number) ) { $type = 'p'; }
+            }
+            elsif ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {
+            }
+            else {
+                if ( $next_type eq 'w' ) { $type = 'p' }
+            }
+        },
+        '@' => sub {
+
+            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("Array")
+              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
+            scan_identifier();
+        },
+        '%' => sub {    # hash or modulo?
+
+            # first guess is hash if no following blank
+            if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
+                if ( $next_type ne 'b' ) { $expecting = TERM }
+            }
+            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
+                scan_identifier();
+            }
+        },
+        '[' => sub {
+            $square_bracket_type[ ++$square_bracket_depth ] =
+              $last_nonblank_token;
+            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
+              increase_nesting_depth( SQUARE_BRACKET, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
+
+            # It may seem odd, but structural square brackets have
+            # type '{' and '}'.  This simplifies the indentation logic.
+            if ( !is_non_structural_brace() ) {
+                $type = '{';
+            }
+            $square_bracket_structural_type[$square_bracket_depth] = $type;
+        },
+        ']' => sub {
+            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
+              decrease_nesting_depth( SQUARE_BRACKET, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
+
+            if ( $square_bracket_structural_type[$square_bracket_depth] eq '{' )
+            {
+                $type = '}';
+            }
+            if ( $square_bracket_depth > 0 ) { $square_bracket_depth--; }
+        },
+        '-' => sub {    # what kind of minus?
+
+            if ( ( $expecting != OPERATOR )
+                && $is_file_test_operator{$next_tok} )
+            {
+                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
+                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i + 1, $rtokens,
+                    $max_token_index );
+
+                # check for a quoted word like "-w=>xx";
+                # it is sufficient to just check for a following '='
+                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '=' ) {
+                    $type = 'm';
+                }
+                else {
+                    $i++;
+                    $tok .= $next_tok;
+                    $type = 'F';
+                }
+            }
+            elsif ( $expecting == TERM ) {
+                my $number = scan_number();
+
+                # maybe part of bareword token? unary is safest
+                if ( !defined($number) ) { $type = 'm'; }
+
+            }
+            elsif ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {
+            }
+            else {
+
+                if ( $next_type eq 'w' ) {
+                    $type = 'm';
+                }
+            }
+        },
+
+        '^' => sub {
+
+            # check for special variables like ${^WARNING_BITS}
+            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
+
+                # FIXME: this should work but will not catch errors
+                # because we also have to be sure that previous token is
+                # a type character ($,@,%).
+                if ( $last_nonblank_token eq '{'
+                    && ( $next_tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) )
+                {
+
+                    if ( $next_tok eq 'W' ) {
+                        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;
+                    }
+                    $tok  = $tok . $next_tok;
+                    $i    = $i + 1;
+                    $type = 'w';
+                }
+
+                else {
+                    unless ( error_if_expecting_TERM() ) {
+
+                        # Something like this is valid but strange:
+                        # undef ^I;
+                        complain("The '^' seems unusual here\n");
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        },
+
+        '::' => sub {    # probably a sub call
+            scan_bare_identifier();
+        },
+        '<<' => sub {    # maybe a here-doc?
+            return
+              unless ( $i < $max_token_index )
+              ;          # here-doc not possible if end of line
+
+            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {
+                my ( $found_target, $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character,
+                    $saw_error );
+                (
+                    $found_target, $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character, $i,
+                    $saw_error
+                  )
+                  = find_here_doc( $expecting, $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
+                    $max_token_index );
+
+                if ($found_target) {
+                    push @{$rhere_target_list},
+                      [ $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character ];
+                    $type = 'h';
+                    if ( length($here_doc_target) > 80 ) {
+                        my $truncated = substr( $here_doc_target, 0, 80 );
+                        complain("Long here-target: '$truncated' ...\n");
+                    }
+                    elsif ( $here_doc_target !~ /^[A-Z_]\w+$/ ) {
+                        complain(
+                            "Unconventional here-target: '$here_doc_target'\n"
+                        );
+                    }
+                }
+                elsif ( $expecting == TERM ) {
+                    unless ($saw_error) {
+
+                        # shouldn't happen..
+                        warning("Program bug; didn't find here doc target\n");
+                        report_definite_bug();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+            }
+        },
+        '->' => sub {
+
+            # if -> points to a bare word, we must scan for an identifier,
+            # otherwise something like ->y would look like the y operator
+            scan_identifier();
+        },
+
+        # type = 'pp' for pre-increment, '++' for post-increment
+        '++' => sub {
+            if ( $expecting == TERM ) { $type = 'pp' }
+            elsif ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
+                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
+                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
+                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '$' ) { $type = 'pp' }
+            }
+        },
+
+        '=>' => sub {
+            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq $tok ) {
+                complain("Repeated '=>'s \n");
+            }
+
+            # patch for operator_expected: note if we are in the list (use.t)
+            # TODO: make version numbers a new token type
+            if ( $statement_type eq 'use' ) { $statement_type = '_use' }
+        },
+
+        # type = 'mm' for pre-decrement, '--' for post-decrement
+        '--' => sub {
+
+            if ( $expecting == TERM ) { $type = 'mm' }
+            elsif ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
+                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
+                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
+                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '$' ) { $type = 'mm' }
+            }
+        },
+
+        '&&' => sub {
+            error_if_expecting_TERM()
+              if ( $expecting == TERM );
+        },
+
+        '||' => sub {
+            error_if_expecting_TERM()
+              if ( $expecting == TERM );
+        },
+
+        '//' => sub {
+            error_if_expecting_TERM()
+              if ( $expecting == TERM );
+        },
+    };
+
+    # ------------------------------------------------------------
+    # end hash of code for handling individual token types
+    # ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    my %matching_start_token = ( '}' => '{', ']' => '[', ')' => '(' );
+
+    # These block types terminate statements and do not need a trailing
+    # semicolon
+    # patched for SWITCH/CASE/
+    my %is_zero_continuation_block_type;
+    @_ = qw( } { BEGIN END CHECK INIT AUTOLOAD DESTROY UNITCHECK continue ;
+      if elsif else unless while until for foreach switch case given when);
+    @is_zero_continuation_block_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    my %is_not_zero_continuation_block_type;
+    @_ = qw(sort grep map do eval);
+    @is_not_zero_continuation_block_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    my %is_logical_container;
+    @_ = qw(if elsif unless while and or err not && !  || for foreach);
+    @is_logical_container{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    my %is_binary_type;
+    @_ = qw(|| &&);
+    @is_binary_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    my %is_binary_keyword;
+    @_ = qw(and or err eq ne cmp);
+    @is_binary_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # 'L' is token for opening { at hash key
+    my %is_opening_type;
+    @_ = qw" L { ( [ ";
+    @is_opening_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # 'R' is token for closing } at hash key
+    my %is_closing_type;
+    @_ = qw" R } ) ] ";
+    @is_closing_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    my %is_redo_last_next_goto;
+    @_ = qw(redo last next goto);
+    @is_redo_last_next_goto{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    my %is_use_require;
+    @_ = qw(use require);
+    @is_use_require{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    my %is_sub_package;
+    @_ = qw(sub package);
+    @is_sub_package{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # This hash holds the hash key in $tokenizer_self for these keywords:
+    my %is_format_END_DATA = (
+        'format'   => '_in_format',
+        '__END__'  => '_in_end',
+        '__DATA__' => '_in_data',
+    );
+
+    # ref: camel 3 p 147,
+    # but perl may accept undocumented flags
+    # perl 5.10 adds 'p' (preserve)
+    my %quote_modifiers = (
+        's'  => '[cegimosxp]',
+        'y'  => '[cds]',
+        'tr' => '[cds]',
+        'm'  => '[cgimosxp]',
+        'qr' => '[imosxp]',
+        'q'  => "",
+        'qq' => "",
+        'qw' => "",
+        'qx' => "",
+    );
+
+    # table showing how many quoted things to look for after quote operator..
+    # s, y, tr have 2 (pattern and replacement)
+    # others have 1 (pattern only)
+    my %quote_items = (
+        's'  => 2,
+        'y'  => 2,
+        'tr' => 2,
+        'm'  => 1,
+        'qr' => 1,
+        'q'  => 1,
+        'qq' => 1,
+        'qw' => 1,
+        'qx' => 1,
+    );
+
+    sub tokenize_this_line {
+
+  # This routine breaks a line of perl code into tokens which are of use in
+  # indentation and reformatting.  One of my goals has been to define tokens
+  # such that a newline may be inserted between any pair of tokens without
+  # changing or invalidating the program. This version comes close to this,
+  # although there are necessarily a few exceptions which must be caught by
+  # the formatter.  Many of these involve the treatment of bare words.
+  #
+  # The tokens and their types are returned in arrays.  See previous
+  # routine for their names.
+  #
+  # See also the array "valid_token_types" in the BEGIN section for an
+  # up-to-date list.
+  #
+  # To simplify things, token types are either a single character, or they
+  # are identical to the tokens themselves.
+  #
+  # As a debugging aid, the -D flag creates a file containing a side-by-side
+  # comparison of the input string and its tokenization for each line of a file.
+  # This is an invaluable debugging aid.
+  #
+  # In addition to tokens, and some associated quantities, the tokenizer
+  # also returns flags indication any special line types.  These include
+  # quotes, here_docs, formats.
+  #
+  # -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  #
+  # How to add NEW_TOKENS:
+  #
+  # New token types will undoubtedly be needed in the future both to keep up
+  # with changes in perl and to help adapt the tokenizer to other applications.
+  #
+  # Here are some notes on the minimal steps.  I wrote these notes while
+  # adding the 'v' token type for v-strings, which are things like version
+  # numbers 5.6.0, and ip addresses, and will use that as an example.  ( You
+  # can use your editor to search for the string "NEW_TOKENS" to find the
+  # appropriate sections to change):
+  #
+  # *. Try to talk somebody else into doing it!  If not, ..
+  #
+  # *. Make a backup of your current version in case things don't work out!
+  #
+  # *. Think of a new, unused character for the token type, and add to
+  # the array @valid_token_types in the BEGIN section of this package.
+  # For example, I used 'v' for v-strings.
+  #
+  # *. Implement coding to recognize the $type of the token in this routine.
+  # This is the hardest part, and is best done by immitating or modifying
+  # some of the existing coding.  For example, to recognize v-strings, I
+  # patched 'sub scan_bare_identifier' to recognize v-strings beginning with
+  # 'v' and 'sub scan_number' to recognize v-strings without the leading 'v'.
+  #
+  # *. Update sub operator_expected.  This update is critically important but
+  # the coding is trivial.  Look at the comments in that routine for help.
+  # For v-strings, which should behave like numbers, I just added 'v' to the
+  # regex used to handle numbers and strings (types 'n' and 'Q').
+  #
+  # *. Implement a 'bond strength' rule in sub set_bond_strengths in
+  # Perl::Tidy::Formatter for breaking lines around this token type.  You can
+  # skip this step and take the default at first, then adjust later to get
+  # desired results.  For adding type 'v', I looked at sub bond_strength and
+  # saw that number type 'n' was using default strengths, so I didn't do
+  # anything.  I may tune it up someday if I don't like the way line
+  # breaks with v-strings look.
+  #
+  # *. Implement a 'whitespace' rule in sub set_white_space_flag in
+  # Perl::Tidy::Formatter.  For adding type 'v', I looked at this routine
+  # and saw that type 'n' used spaces on both sides, so I just added 'v'
+  # to the array @spaces_both_sides.
+  #
+  # *. Update HtmlWriter package so that users can colorize the token as
+  # desired.  This is quite easy; see comments identified by 'NEW_TOKENS' in
+  # that package.  For v-strings, I initially chose to use a default color
+  # equal to the default for numbers, but it might be nice to change that
+  # eventually.
+  #
+  # *. Update comments in Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::dump_token_types.
+  #
+  # *. Run lots and lots of debug tests.  Start with special files designed
+  # to test the new token type.  Run with the -D flag to create a .DEBUG
+  # file which shows the tokenization.  When these work ok, test as many old
+  # scripts as possible.  Start with all of the '.t' files in the 'test'
+  # directory of the distribution file.  Compare .tdy output with previous
+  # version and updated version to see the differences.  Then include as
+  # many more files as possible. My own technique has been to collect a huge
+  # number of perl scripts (thousands!) into one directory and run perltidy
+  # *, then run diff between the output of the previous version and the
+  # current version.
+  #
+  # *. For another example, search for the smartmatch operator '~~'
+  # with your editor to see where updates were made for it.
+  #
+  # -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        my $line_of_tokens = shift;
+        my ($untrimmed_input_line) = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
+
+        # patch while coding change is underway
+        # make callers private data to allow access
+        # $tokenizer_self = $caller_tokenizer_self;
+
+        # extract line number for use in error messages
+        $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
+
+        # reinitialize for multi-line quote
+        $line_of_tokens->{_starting_in_quote} = $in_quote && $quote_type eq 'Q';
+
+        # check for pod documentation
+        if ( ( $untrimmed_input_line =~ /^=[A-Za-z_]/ ) ) {
+
+            # must not be in multi-line quote
+            # and must not be in an eqn
+            if ( !$in_quote and ( operator_expected( 'b', '=', 'b' ) == TERM ) )
+            {
+                $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 1;
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+
+        $input_line = $untrimmed_input_line;
+
+        chomp $input_line;
+
+        # trim start of this line unless we are continuing a quoted line
+        # do not trim end because we might end in a quote (test: deken4.pl)
+        # Perl::Tidy::Formatter will delete needless trailing blanks
+        unless ( $in_quote && ( $quote_type eq 'Q' ) ) {
+            $input_line =~ s/^\s*//;    # trim left end
+        }
+
+        # update the copy of the line for use in error messages
+        # This must be exactly what we give the pre_tokenizer
+        $tokenizer_self->{_line_text} = $input_line;
+
+        # re-initialize for the main loop
+        $routput_token_list     = [];    # stack of output token indexes
+        $routput_token_type     = [];    # token types
+        $routput_block_type     = [];    # types of code block
+        $routput_container_type = [];    # paren types, such as if, elsif, ..
+        $routput_type_sequence  = [];    # nesting sequential number
+
+        $rhere_target_list = [];
+
+        $tok             = $last_nonblank_token;
+        $type            = $last_nonblank_type;
+        $prototype       = $last_nonblank_prototype;
+        $last_nonblank_i = -1;
+        $block_type      = $last_nonblank_block_type;
+        $container_type  = $last_nonblank_container_type;
+        $type_sequence   = $last_nonblank_type_sequence;
+        $indent_flag     = 0;
+        $peeked_ahead    = 0;
+
+        # tokenization is done in two stages..
+        # stage 1 is a very simple pre-tokenization
+        my $max_tokens_wanted = 0; # this signals pre_tokenize to get all tokens
+
+        # a little optimization for a full-line comment
+        if ( !$in_quote && ( $input_line =~ /^#/ ) ) {
+            $max_tokens_wanted = 1    # no use tokenizing a comment
+        }
+
+        # start by breaking the line into pre-tokens
+        ( $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $rtoken_type ) =
+          pre_tokenize( $input_line, $max_tokens_wanted );
+
+        $max_token_index = scalar(@$rtokens) - 1;
+        push( @$rtokens,    ' ', ' ', ' ' ); # extra whitespace simplifies logic
+        push( @$rtoken_map, 0,   0,   0 );   # shouldn't be referenced
+        push( @$rtoken_type, 'b', 'b', 'b' );
+
+        # initialize for main loop
+        for $i ( 0 .. $max_token_index + 3 ) {
+            $routput_token_type->[$i]     = "";
+            $routput_block_type->[$i]     = "";
+            $routput_container_type->[$i] = "";
+            $routput_type_sequence->[$i]  = "";
+            $routput_indent_flag->[$i]    = 0;
+        }
+        $i     = -1;
+        $i_tok = -1;
+
+        # ------------------------------------------------------------
+        # begin main tokenization loop
+        # ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        # we are looking at each pre-token of one line and combining them
+        # into tokens
+        while ( ++$i <= $max_token_index ) {
+
+            if ($in_quote) {    # continue looking for end of a quote
+                $type = $quote_type;
+
+                unless ( @{$routput_token_list} )
+                {               # initialize if continuation line
+                    push( @{$routput_token_list}, $i );
+                    $routput_token_type->[$i] = $type;
+
+                }
+                $tok = $quote_character unless ( $quote_character =~ /^\s*$/ );
+
+                # scan for the end of the quote or pattern
+                (
+                    $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
+                    $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2
+                  )
+                  = do_quote(
+                    $i,               $in_quote,    $quote_character,
+                    $quote_pos,       $quote_depth, $quoted_string_1,
+                    $quoted_string_2, $rtokens,     $rtoken_map,
+                    $max_token_index
+                  );
+
+                # all done if we didn't find it
+                last if ($in_quote);
+
+                # save pattern and replacement text for rescanning
+                my $qs1 = $quoted_string_1;
+                my $qs2 = $quoted_string_2;
+
+                # re-initialize for next search
+                $quote_character = '';
+                $quote_pos       = 0;
+                $quote_type      = 'Q';
+                $quoted_string_1 = "";
+                $quoted_string_2 = "";
+                last if ( ++$i > $max_token_index );
+
+                # look for any modifiers
+                if ($allowed_quote_modifiers) {
+
+                    # check for exact quote modifiers
+                    if ( $$rtokens[$i] =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {
+                        my $str = $$rtokens[$i];
+                        my $saw_modifier_e;
+                        while ( $str =~ /\G$allowed_quote_modifiers/gc ) {
+                            my $pos = pos($str);
+                            my $char = substr( $str, $pos - 1, 1 );
+                            $saw_modifier_e ||= ( $char eq 'e' );
+                        }
+
+                        # For an 'e' quote modifier we must scan the replacement
+                        # text for here-doc targets.
+                        if ($saw_modifier_e) {
+
+                            my $rht = scan_replacement_text($qs1);
+
+                            # Change type from 'Q' to 'h' for quotes with
+                            # here-doc targets so that the formatter (see sub
+                            # print_line_of_tokens) will not make any line
+                            # breaks after this point.
+                            if ($rht) {
+                                push @{$rhere_target_list}, @{$rht};
+                                $type = 'h';
+                                if ( $i_tok < 0 ) {
+                                    my $ilast = $routput_token_list->[-1];
+                                    $routput_token_type->[$ilast] = $type;
+                                }
+                            }
+                        }
+
+                        if ( defined( pos($str) ) ) {
+
+                            # matched
+                            if ( pos($str) == length($str) ) {
+                                last if ( ++$i > $max_token_index );
+                            }
+
+                            # Looks like a joined quote modifier
+                            # and keyword, maybe something like
+                            # s/xxx/yyy/gefor @k=...
+                            # Example is "galgen.pl".  Would have to split
+                            # the word and insert a new token in the
+                            # pre-token list.  This is so rare that I haven't
+                            # done it.  Will just issue a warning citation.
+
+                            # This error might also be triggered if my quote
+                            # modifier characters are incomplete
+                            else {
+                                warning(< $max_token_index );
+                            }
+                        }
+                        else {
+
+                            # example file: rokicki4.pl
+                            # This error might also be triggered if my quote
+                            # modifier characters are incomplete
+                            write_logfile_entry(
+"Note: found word $str at quote modifier location\n"
+                            );
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    # re-initialize
+                    $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
+                }
+            }
+
+            unless ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+
+                # try to catch some common errors
+                if ( ( $type eq 'n' ) && ( $tok ne '0' ) ) {
+
+                    if ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'eq' ) {
+                        complain("Should 'eq' be '==' here ?\n");
+                    }
+                    elsif ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'ne' ) {
+                        complain("Should 'ne' be '!=' here ?\n");
+                    }
+                }
+
+                $last_last_nonblank_token      = $last_nonblank_token;
+                $last_last_nonblank_type       = $last_nonblank_type;
+                $last_last_nonblank_block_type = $last_nonblank_block_type;
+                $last_last_nonblank_container_type =
+                  $last_nonblank_container_type;
+                $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence =
+                  $last_nonblank_type_sequence;
+                $last_nonblank_token          = $tok;
+                $last_nonblank_type           = $type;
+                $last_nonblank_prototype      = $prototype;
+                $last_nonblank_block_type     = $block_type;
+                $last_nonblank_container_type = $container_type;
+                $last_nonblank_type_sequence  = $type_sequence;
+                $last_nonblank_i              = $i_tok;
+            }
+
+            # store previous token type
+            if ( $i_tok >= 0 ) {
+                $routput_token_type->[$i_tok]     = $type;
+                $routput_block_type->[$i_tok]     = $block_type;
+                $routput_container_type->[$i_tok] = $container_type;
+                $routput_type_sequence->[$i_tok]  = $type_sequence;
+                $routput_indent_flag->[$i_tok]    = $indent_flag;
+            }
+            my $pre_tok  = $$rtokens[$i];        # get the next pre-token
+            my $pre_type = $$rtoken_type[$i];    # and type
+            $tok  = $pre_tok;
+            $type = $pre_type;                   # to be modified as necessary
+            $block_type = "";    # blank for all tokens except code block braces
+            $container_type = "";    # blank for all tokens except some parens
+            $type_sequence  = "";    # blank for all tokens except ?/:
+            $indent_flag    = 0;
+            $prototype = "";    # blank for all tokens except user defined subs
+            $i_tok     = $i;
+
+            # this pre-token will start an output token
+            push( @{$routput_token_list}, $i_tok );
+
+            # continue gathering identifier if necessary
+            # but do not start on blanks and comments
+            if ( $id_scan_state && $pre_type !~ /[b#]/ ) {
+
+                if ( $id_scan_state =~ /^(sub|package)/ ) {
+                    scan_id();
+                }
+                else {
+                    scan_identifier();
+                }
+
+                last if ($id_scan_state);
+                next if ( ( $i > 0 ) || $type );
+
+                # didn't find any token; start over
+                $type = $pre_type;
+                $tok  = $pre_tok;
+            }
+
+            # handle whitespace tokens..
+            next if ( $type eq 'b' );
+            my $prev_tok  = $i > 0 ? $$rtokens[ $i - 1 ]     : ' ';
+            my $prev_type = $i > 0 ? $$rtoken_type[ $i - 1 ] : 'b';
+
+            # Build larger tokens where possible, since we are not in a quote.
+            #
+            # First try to assemble digraphs.  The following tokens are
+            # excluded and handled specially:
+            # '/=' is excluded because the / might start a pattern.
+            # 'x=' is excluded since it might be $x=, with $ on previous line
+            # '**' and *= might be typeglobs of punctuation variables
+            # I have allowed tokens starting with <, such as <=,
+            # because I don't think these could be valid angle operators.
+            # test file: storrs4.pl
+            my $test_tok   = $tok . $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
+            my $combine_ok = $is_digraph{$test_tok};
+
+            # check for special cases which cannot be combined
+            if ($combine_ok) {
+
+                # '//' must be defined_or operator if an operator is expected.
+                # TODO: Code for other ambiguous digraphs (/=, x=, **, *=)
+                # could be migrated here for clarity
+                if ( $test_tok eq '//' ) {
+                    my $next_type = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
+                    my $expecting =
+                      operator_expected( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type );
+                    $combine_ok = 0 unless ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (
+                $combine_ok
+                && ( $test_tok ne '/=' )    # might be pattern
+                && ( $test_tok ne 'x=' )    # might be $x
+                && ( $test_tok ne '**' )    # typeglob?
+                && ( $test_tok ne '*=' )    # typeglob?
+              )
+            {
+                $tok = $test_tok;
+                $i++;
+
+                # Now try to assemble trigraphs.  Note that all possible
+                # perl trigraphs can be constructed by appending a character
+                # to a digraph.
+                $test_tok = $tok . $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
+
+                if ( $is_trigraph{$test_tok} ) {
+                    $tok = $test_tok;
+                    $i++;
+                }
+            }
+
+            $type      = $tok;
+            $next_tok  = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
+            $next_type = $$rtoken_type[ $i + 1 ];
+
+            TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_TOKENIZE && do {
+                local $" = ')(';
+                my @debug_list = (
+                    $last_nonblank_token,      $tok,
+                    $next_tok,                 $brace_depth,
+                    $brace_type[$brace_depth], $paren_depth,
+                    $paren_type[$paren_depth]
+                );
+                print "TOKENIZE:(@debug_list)\n";
+            };
+
+            # turn off attribute list on first non-blank, non-bareword
+            if ( $pre_type ne 'w' ) { $in_attribute_list = 0 }
+
+            ###############################################################
+            # We have the next token, $tok.
+            # Now we have to examine this token and decide what it is
+            # and define its $type
+            #
+            # section 1: bare words
+            ###############################################################
+
+            if ( $pre_type eq 'w' ) {
+                $expecting = operator_expected( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type );
+                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
+                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
+
+                # ATTRS: handle sub and variable attributes
+                if ($in_attribute_list) {
+
+                    # treat bare word followed by open paren like qw(
+                    if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
+                        $in_quote                = $quote_items{'q'};
+                        $allowed_quote_modifiers = $quote_modifiers{'q'};
+                        $type                    = 'q';
+                        $quote_type              = 'q';
+                        next;
+                    }
+
+                    # handle bareword not followed by open paren
+                    else {
+                        $type = 'w';
+                        next;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # quote a word followed by => operator
+                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '=' ) {
+
+                    if ( $$rtokens[ $i_next + 1 ] eq '>' ) {
+                        if ( $is_constant{$current_package}{$tok} ) {
+                            $type = 'C';
+                        }
+                        elsif ( $is_user_function{$current_package}{$tok} ) {
+                            $type = 'U';
+                            $prototype =
+                              $user_function_prototype{$current_package}{$tok};
+                        }
+                        elsif ( $tok =~ /^v\d+$/ ) {
+                            $type = 'v';
+                            report_v_string($tok);
+                        }
+                        else { $type = 'w' }
+
+                        next;
+                    }
+                }
+
+     # quote a bare word within braces..like xxx->{s}; note that we
+     # must be sure this is not a structural brace, to avoid
+     # mistaking {s} in the following for a quoted bare word:
+     #     for(@[){s}bla}BLA}
+     # Also treat q in something like var{-q} as a bare word, not qoute operator
+                ##if (   ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'L' )
+                ##    && ( $next_nonblank_token eq '}' ) )
+                if (
+                    $next_nonblank_token eq '}'
+                    && (
+                        $last_nonblank_type eq 'L'
+                        || (   $last_nonblank_type eq 'm'
+                            && $last_last_nonblank_type eq 'L' )
+                    )
+                  )
+                {
+                    $type = 'w';
+                    next;
+                }
+
+                # a bare word immediately followed by :: is not a keyword;
+                # use $tok_kw when testing for keywords to avoid a mistake
+                my $tok_kw = $tok;
+                if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq ':' && $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ] eq ':' )
+                {
+                    $tok_kw .= '::';
+                }
+
+                # handle operator x (now we know it isn't $x=)
+                if ( ( $tok =~ /^x\d*$/ ) && ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) ) {
+                    if ( $tok eq 'x' ) {
+
+                        if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {    # x=
+                            $tok  = 'x=';
+                            $type = $tok;
+                            $i++;
+                        }
+                        else {
+                            $type = 'x';
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    # FIXME: Patch: mark something like x4 as an integer for now
+                    # It gets fixed downstream.  This is easier than
+                    # splitting the pretoken.
+                    else {
+                        $type = 'n';
+                    }
+                }
+
+                elsif ( ( $tok eq 'strict' )
+                    and ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'use' ) )
+                {
+                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_use_strict} = 1;
+                    scan_bare_identifier();
+                }
+
+                elsif ( ( $tok eq 'warnings' )
+                    and ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'use' ) )
+                {
+                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;
+
+                    # scan as identifier, so that we pick up something like:
+                    # use warnings::register
+                    scan_bare_identifier();
+                }
+
+                elsif (
+                       $tok eq 'AutoLoader'
+                    && $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_autoloader}
+                    && (
+                        $last_nonblank_token eq 'use'
+
+                        # these regexes are from AutoSplit.pm, which we want
+                        # to mimic
+                        || $input_line =~ /^\s*(use|require)\s+AutoLoader\b/
+                        || $input_line =~ /\bISA\s*=.*\bAutoLoader\b/
+                    )
+                  )
+                {
+                    write_logfile_entry("AutoLoader seen, -nlal deactivates\n");
+                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_autoloader}      = 1;
+                    $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_autoloader} = 0;
+                    scan_bare_identifier();
+                }
+
+                elsif (
+                       $tok eq 'SelfLoader'
+                    && $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_selfloader}
+                    && (   $last_nonblank_token eq 'use'
+                        || $input_line =~ /^\s*(use|require)\s+SelfLoader\b/
+                        || $input_line =~ /\bISA\s*=.*\bSelfLoader\b/ )
+                  )
+                {
+                    write_logfile_entry("SelfLoader seen, -nlsl deactivates\n");
+                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_selfloader}      = 1;
+                    $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_selfloader} = 0;
+                    scan_bare_identifier();
+                }
+
+                elsif ( ( $tok eq 'constant' )
+                    and ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'use' ) )
+                {
+                    scan_bare_identifier();
+                    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
+                      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens,
+                        $max_token_index );
+
+                    if ($next_nonblank_token) {
+
+                        if ( $is_keyword{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
+                            warning(
+"Attempting to define constant '$next_nonblank_token' which is a perl keyword\n"
+                            );
+                        }
+
+                        # FIXME: could check for error in which next token is
+                        # not a word (number, punctuation, ..)
+                        else {
+                            $is_constant{$current_package}
+                              {$next_nonblank_token} = 1;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # various quote operators
+                elsif ( $is_q_qq_qw_qx_qr_s_y_tr_m{$tok} ) {
+                    if ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {
+
+                        # patch for paren-less for/foreach glitch, part 1
+                        # perl will accept this construct as valid:
+                        #
+                        #    foreach my $key qw\Uno Due Tres Quadro\ {
+                        #        print "Set $key\n";
+                        #    }
+                        unless ( $tok eq 'qw' && $is_for_foreach{$want_paren} )
+                        {
+                            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR();
+                        }
+                    }
+                    $in_quote                = $quote_items{$tok};
+                    $allowed_quote_modifiers = $quote_modifiers{$tok};
+
+                   # All quote types are 'Q' except possibly qw quotes.
+                   # qw quotes are special in that they may generally be trimmed
+                   # of leading and trailing whitespace.  So they are given a
+                   # separate type, 'q', unless requested otherwise.
+                    $type =
+                      ( $tok eq 'qw' && $tokenizer_self->{_trim_qw} )
+                      ? 'q'
+                      : 'Q';
+                    $quote_type = $type;
+                }
+
+                # check for a statement label
+                elsif (
+                       ( $next_nonblank_token eq ':' )
+                    && ( $$rtokens[ $i_next + 1 ] ne ':' )
+                    && ( $i_next <= $max_token_index )    # colon on same line
+                    && label_ok()
+                  )
+                {
+                    if ( $tok !~ /[A-Z]/ ) {
+                        push @{ $tokenizer_self->{_rlower_case_labels_at} },
+                          $input_line_number;
+                    }
+                    $type = 'J';
+                    $tok .= ':';
+                    $i = $i_next;
+                    next;
+                }
+
+                #      'sub' || 'package'
+                elsif ( $is_sub_package{$tok_kw} ) {
+                    error_if_expecting_OPERATOR()
+                      if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
+                    scan_id();
+                }
+
+                # Note on token types for format, __DATA__, __END__:
+                # It simplifies things to give these type ';', so that when we
+                # start rescanning we will be expecting a token of type TERM.
+                # We will switch to type 'k' before outputting the tokens.
+                elsif ( $is_format_END_DATA{$tok_kw} ) {
+                    $type = ';';    # make tokenizer look for TERM next
+                    $tokenizer_self->{ $is_format_END_DATA{$tok_kw} } = 1;
+                    last;
+                }
+
+                elsif ( $is_keyword{$tok_kw} ) {
+                    $type = 'k';
+
+                    # Since for and foreach may not be followed immediately
+                    # by an opening paren, we have to remember which keyword
+                    # is associated with the next '('
+                    if ( $is_for_foreach{$tok} ) {
+                        if ( new_statement_ok() ) {
+                            $want_paren = $tok;
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    # recognize 'use' statements, which are special
+                    elsif ( $is_use_require{$tok} ) {
+                        $statement_type = $tok;
+                        error_if_expecting_OPERATOR()
+                          if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
+                    }
+
+                    # remember my and our to check for trailing ": shared"
+                    elsif ( $is_my_our{$tok} ) {
+                        $statement_type = $tok;
+                    }
+
+                    # Check for misplaced 'elsif' and 'else', but allow isolated
+                    # else or elsif blocks to be formatted.  This is indicated
+                    # by a last noblank token of ';'
+                    elsif ( $tok eq 'elsif' ) {
+                        if (   $last_nonblank_token ne ';'
+                            && $last_nonblank_block_type !~
+                            /^(if|elsif|unless)$/ )
+                        {
+                            warning(
+"expecting '$tok' to follow one of 'if|elsif|unless'\n"
+                            );
+                        }
+                    }
+                    elsif ( $tok eq 'else' ) {
+
+                        # patched for SWITCH/CASE
+                        if (   $last_nonblank_token ne ';'
+                            && $last_nonblank_block_type !~
+                            /^(if|elsif|unless|case|when)$/ )
+                        {
+                            warning(
+"expecting '$tok' to follow one of 'if|elsif|unless|case|when'\n"
+                            );
+                        }
+                    }
+                    elsif ( $tok eq 'continue' ) {
+                        if (   $last_nonblank_token ne ';'
+                            && $last_nonblank_block_type !~
+                            /(^(\{|\}|;|while|until|for|foreach)|:$)/ )
+                        {
+
+                            # note: ';' '{' and '}' in list above
+                            # because continues can follow bare blocks;
+                            # ':' is labeled block
+                            #
+                            ############################################
+                            # NOTE: This check has been deactivated because
+                            # continue has an alternative usage for given/when
+                            # blocks in perl 5.10
+                            ## warning("'$tok' should follow a block\n");
+                            ############################################
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    # patch for SWITCH/CASE if 'case' and 'when are
+                    # treated as keywords.
+                    elsif ( $tok eq 'when' || $tok eq 'case' ) {
+                        $statement_type = $tok;    # next '{' is block
+                    }
+
+                    # indent trailing if/unless/while/until
+                    # outdenting will be handled by later indentation loop
+                    if (   $tok =~ /^(if|unless|while|until)$/
+                        && $next_nonblank_token ne '(' )
+                    {
+                        $indent_flag = 1;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # check for inline label following
+                #         /^(redo|last|next|goto)$/
+                elsif (( $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )
+                    && ( $is_redo_last_next_goto{$last_nonblank_token} ) )
+                {
+                    $type = 'j';
+                    next;
+                }
+
+                # something else --
+                else {
+
+                    scan_bare_identifier();
+                    if ( $type eq 'w' ) {
+
+                        if ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {
+
+                            # don't complain about possible indirect object
+                            # notation.
+                            # For example:
+                            #   package main;
+                            #   sub new($) { ... }
+                            #   $b = new A::;  # calls A::new
+                            #   $c = new A;    # same thing but suspicious
+                            # This will call A::new but we have a 'new' in
+                            # main:: which looks like a constant.
+                            #
+                            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'C' ) {
+                                if ( $tok !~ /::$/ ) {
+                                    complain(<{$tok};
+                if ($code) {
+                    $expecting =
+                      operator_expected( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type );
+                    $code->();
+                    redo if $in_quote;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # -----------------------------
+        # end of main tokenization loop
+        # -----------------------------
+
+        if ( $i_tok >= 0 ) {
+            $routput_token_type->[$i_tok]     = $type;
+            $routput_block_type->[$i_tok]     = $block_type;
+            $routput_container_type->[$i_tok] = $container_type;
+            $routput_type_sequence->[$i_tok]  = $type_sequence;
+            $routput_indent_flag->[$i_tok]    = $indent_flag;
+        }
+
+        unless ( ( $type eq 'b' ) || ( $type eq '#' ) ) {
+            $last_last_nonblank_token          = $last_nonblank_token;
+            $last_last_nonblank_type           = $last_nonblank_type;
+            $last_last_nonblank_block_type     = $last_nonblank_block_type;
+            $last_last_nonblank_container_type = $last_nonblank_container_type;
+            $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence  = $last_nonblank_type_sequence;
+            $last_nonblank_token               = $tok;
+            $last_nonblank_type                = $type;
+            $last_nonblank_block_type          = $block_type;
+            $last_nonblank_container_type      = $container_type;
+            $last_nonblank_type_sequence       = $type_sequence;
+            $last_nonblank_prototype           = $prototype;
+        }
+
+        # reset indentation level if necessary at a sub or package
+        # in an attempt to recover from a nesting error
+        if ( $level_in_tokenizer < 0 ) {
+            if ( $input_line =~ /^\s*(sub|package)\s+(\w+)/ ) {
+                reset_indentation_level(0);
+                brace_warning("resetting level to 0 at $1 $2\n");
+            }
+        }
+
+        # all done tokenizing this line ...
+        # now prepare the final list of tokens and types
+
+        my @token_type     = ();   # stack of output token types
+        my @block_type     = ();   # stack of output code block types
+        my @container_type = ();   # stack of output code container types
+        my @type_sequence  = ();   # stack of output type sequence numbers
+        my @tokens         = ();   # output tokens
+        my @levels         = ();   # structural brace levels of output tokens
+        my @slevels        = ();   # secondary nesting levels of output tokens
+        my @nesting_tokens = ();   # string of tokens leading to this depth
+        my @nesting_types  = ();   # string of token types leading to this depth
+        my @nesting_blocks = ();   # string of block types leading to this depth
+        my @nesting_lists  = ();   # string of list types leading to this depth
+        my @ci_string = ();  # string needed to compute continuation indentation
+        my @container_environment = ();    # BLOCK or LIST
+        my $container_environment = '';
+        my $im                    = -1;    # previous $i value
+        my $num;
+        my $ci_string_sum = ones_count($ci_string_in_tokenizer);
+
+# Computing Token Indentation
+#
+#     The final section of the tokenizer forms tokens and also computes
+#     parameters needed to find indentation.  It is much easier to do it
+#     in the tokenizer than elsewhere.  Here is a brief description of how
+#     indentation is computed.  Perl::Tidy computes indentation as the sum
+#     of 2 terms:
+#
+#     (1) structural indentation, such as if/else/elsif blocks
+#     (2) continuation indentation, such as long parameter call lists.
+#
+#     These are occasionally called primary and secondary indentation.
+#
+#     Structural indentation is introduced by tokens of type '{', although
+#     the actual tokens might be '{', '(', or '['.  Structural indentation
+#     is of two types: BLOCK and non-BLOCK.  Default structural indentation
+#     is 4 characters if the standard indentation scheme is used.
+#
+#     Continuation indentation is introduced whenever a line at BLOCK level
+#     is broken before its termination.  Default continuation indentation
+#     is 2 characters in the standard indentation scheme.
+#
+#     Both types of indentation may be nested arbitrarily deep and
+#     interlaced.  The distinction between the two is somewhat arbitrary.
+#
+#     For each token, we will define two variables which would apply if
+#     the current statement were broken just before that token, so that
+#     that token started a new line:
+#
+#     $level = the structural indentation level,
+#     $ci_level = the continuation indentation level
+#
+#     The total indentation will be $level * (4 spaces) + $ci_level * (2 spaces),
+#     assuming defaults.  However, in some special cases it is customary
+#     to modify $ci_level from this strict value.
+#
+#     The total structural indentation is easy to compute by adding and
+#     subtracting 1 from a saved value as types '{' and '}' are seen.  The
+#     running value of this variable is $level_in_tokenizer.
+#
+#     The total continuation is much more difficult to compute, and requires
+#     several variables.  These veriables are:
+#
+#     $ci_string_in_tokenizer = a string of 1's and 0's indicating, for
+#       each indentation level, if there are intervening open secondary
+#       structures just prior to that level.
+#     $continuation_string_in_tokenizer = a string of 1's and 0's indicating
+#       if the last token at that level is "continued", meaning that it
+#       is not the first token of an expression.
+#     $nesting_block_string = a string of 1's and 0's indicating, for each
+#       indentation level, if the level is of type BLOCK or not.
+#     $nesting_block_flag = the most recent 1 or 0 of $nesting_block_string
+#     $nesting_list_string = a string of 1's and 0's indicating, for each
+#       indentation level, if it is is appropriate for list formatting.
+#       If so, continuation indentation is used to indent long list items.
+#     $nesting_list_flag = the most recent 1 or 0 of $nesting_list_string
+#     @{$rslevel_stack} = a stack of total nesting depths at each
+#       structural indentation level, where "total nesting depth" means
+#       the nesting depth that would occur if every nesting token -- '{', '[',
+#       and '(' -- , regardless of context, is used to compute a nesting
+#       depth.
+
+        #my $nesting_block_flag = ($nesting_block_string =~ /1$/);
+        #my $nesting_list_flag = ($nesting_list_string =~ /1$/);
+
+        my ( $ci_string_i, $level_i, $nesting_block_string_i,
+            $nesting_list_string_i, $nesting_token_string_i,
+            $nesting_type_string_i, );
+
+        foreach $i ( @{$routput_token_list} )
+        {    # scan the list of pre-tokens indexes
+
+            # self-checking for valid token types
+            my $type                    = $routput_token_type->[$i];
+            my $forced_indentation_flag = $routput_indent_flag->[$i];
+
+            # See if we should undo the $forced_indentation_flag.
+            # Forced indentation after 'if', 'unless', 'while' and 'until'
+            # expressions without trailing parens is optional and doesn't
+            # always look good.  It is usually okay for a trailing logical
+            # expression, but if the expression is a function call, code block,
+            # or some kind of list it puts in an unwanted extra indentation
+            # level which is hard to remove.
+            #
+            # Example where extra indentation looks ok:
+            # return 1
+            #   if $det_a < 0 and $det_b > 0
+            #       or $det_a > 0 and $det_b < 0;
+            #
+            # Example where extra indentation is not needed because
+            # the eval brace also provides indentation:
+            # print "not " if defined eval {
+            #     reduce { die if $b > 2; $a + $b } 0, 1, 2, 3, 4;
+            # };
+            #
+            # The following rule works fairly well:
+            #   Undo the flag if the end of this line, or start of the next
+            #   line, is an opening container token or a comma.
+            # This almost always works, but if not after another pass it will
+            # be stable.
+            if ( $forced_indentation_flag && $type eq 'k' ) {
+                my $ixlast  = -1;
+                my $ilast   = $routput_token_list->[$ixlast];
+                my $toklast = $routput_token_type->[$ilast];
+                if ( $toklast eq '#' ) {
+                    $ixlast--;
+                    $ilast   = $routput_token_list->[$ixlast];
+                    $toklast = $routput_token_type->[$ilast];
+                }
+                if ( $toklast eq 'b' ) {
+                    $ixlast--;
+                    $ilast   = $routput_token_list->[$ixlast];
+                    $toklast = $routput_token_type->[$ilast];
+                }
+                if ( $toklast =~ /^[\{,]$/ ) {
+                    $forced_indentation_flag = 0;
+                }
+                else {
+                    ( $toklast, my $i_next ) =
+                      find_next_nonblank_token( $max_token_index, $rtokens,
+                        $max_token_index );
+                    if ( $toklast =~ /^[\{,]$/ ) {
+                        $forced_indentation_flag = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            # if we are already in an indented if, see if we should outdent
+            if ($indented_if_level) {
+
+                # don't try to nest trailing if's - shouldn't happen
+                if ( $type eq 'k' ) {
+                    $forced_indentation_flag = 0;
+                }
+
+                # check for the normal case - outdenting at next ';'
+                elsif ( $type eq ';' ) {
+                    if ( $level_in_tokenizer == $indented_if_level ) {
+                        $forced_indentation_flag = -1;
+                        $indented_if_level       = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # handle case of missing semicolon
+                elsif ( $type eq '}' ) {
+                    if ( $level_in_tokenizer == $indented_if_level ) {
+                        $indented_if_level = 0;
+
+                        # TBD: This could be a subroutine call
+                        $level_in_tokenizer--;
+                        if ( @{$rslevel_stack} > 1 ) {
+                            pop( @{$rslevel_stack} );
+                        }
+                        if ( length($nesting_block_string) > 1 )
+                        {    # true for valid script
+                            chop $nesting_block_string;
+                            chop $nesting_list_string;
+                        }
+
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            my $tok = $$rtokens[$i];   # the token, but ONLY if same as pretoken
+            $level_i = $level_in_tokenizer;
+
+            # This can happen by running perltidy on non-scripts
+            # although it could also be bug introduced by programming change.
+            # Perl silently accepts a 032 (^Z) and takes it as the end
+            if ( !$is_valid_token_type{$type} ) {
+                my $val = ord($type);
+                warning(
+                    "unexpected character decimal $val ($type) in script\n");
+                $tokenizer_self->{_in_error} = 1;
+            }
+
+            # ----------------------------------------------------------------
+            # TOKEN TYPE PATCHES
+            #  output __END__, __DATA__, and format as type 'k' instead of ';'
+            # to make html colors correct, etc.
+            my $fix_type = $type;
+            if ( $type eq ';' && $tok =~ /\w/ ) { $fix_type = 'k' }
+
+            # output anonymous 'sub' as keyword
+            if ( $type eq 't' && $tok eq 'sub' ) { $fix_type = 'k' }
+
+            # -----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+            $nesting_token_string_i = $nesting_token_string;
+            $nesting_type_string_i  = $nesting_type_string;
+            $nesting_block_string_i = $nesting_block_string;
+            $nesting_list_string_i  = $nesting_list_string;
+
+            # set primary indentation levels based on structural braces
+            # Note: these are set so that the leading braces have a HIGHER
+            # level than their CONTENTS, which is convenient for indentation
+            # Also, define continuation indentation for each token.
+            if ( $type eq '{' || $type eq 'L' || $forced_indentation_flag > 0 )
+            {
+
+                # use environment before updating
+                $container_environment =
+                    $nesting_block_flag ? 'BLOCK'
+                  : $nesting_list_flag  ? 'LIST'
+                  :                       "";
+
+                # if the difference between total nesting levels is not 1,
+                # there are intervening non-structural nesting types between
+                # this '{' and the previous unclosed '{'
+                my $intervening_secondary_structure = 0;
+                if ( @{$rslevel_stack} ) {
+                    $intervening_secondary_structure =
+                      $slevel_in_tokenizer - $rslevel_stack->[-1];
+                }
+
+     # Continuation Indentation
+     #
+     # Having tried setting continuation indentation both in the formatter and
+     # in the tokenizer, I can say that setting it in the tokenizer is much,
+     # much easier.  The formatter already has too much to do, and can't
+     # make decisions on line breaks without knowing what 'ci' will be at
+     # arbitrary locations.
+     #
+     # But a problem with setting the continuation indentation (ci) here
+     # in the tokenizer is that we do not know where line breaks will actually
+     # be.  As a result, we don't know if we should propagate continuation
+     # indentation to higher levels of structure.
+     #
+     # For nesting of only structural indentation, we never need to do this.
+     # For example, in a long if statement, like this
+     #
+     #   if ( !$output_block_type[$i]
+     #     && ($in_statement_continuation) )
+     #   {           <--outdented
+     #       do_something();
+     #   }
+     #
+     # the second line has ci but we do normally give the lines within the BLOCK
+     # any ci.  This would be true if we had blocks nested arbitrarily deeply.
+     #
+     # But consider something like this, where we have created a break after
+     # an opening paren on line 1, and the paren is not (currently) a
+     # structural indentation token:
+     #
+     # my $file = $menubar->Menubutton(
+     #   qw/-text File -underline 0 -menuitems/ => [
+     #       [
+     #           Cascade    => '~View',
+     #           -menuitems => [
+     #           ...
+     #
+     # The second line has ci, so it would seem reasonable to propagate it
+     # down, giving the third line 1 ci + 1 indentation.  This suggests the
+     # following rule, which is currently used to propagating ci down: if there
+     # are any non-structural opening parens (or brackets, or braces), before
+     # an opening structural brace, then ci is propagated down, and otherwise
+     # not.  The variable $intervening_secondary_structure contains this
+     # information for the current token, and the string
+     # "$ci_string_in_tokenizer" is a stack of previous values of this
+     # variable.
+
+                # save the current states
+                push( @{$rslevel_stack}, 1 + $slevel_in_tokenizer );
+                $level_in_tokenizer++;
+
+                if ($forced_indentation_flag) {
+
+                    # break BEFORE '?' when there is forced indentation
+                    if ( $type eq '?' ) { $level_i = $level_in_tokenizer; }
+                    if ( $type eq 'k' ) {
+                        $indented_if_level = $level_in_tokenizer;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] ) {
+                    $nesting_block_flag = 1;
+                    $nesting_block_string .= '1';
+                }
+                else {
+                    $nesting_block_flag = 0;
+                    $nesting_block_string .= '0';
+                }
+
+                # we will use continuation indentation within containers
+                # which are not blocks and not logical expressions
+                my $bit = 0;
+                if ( !$routput_block_type->[$i] ) {
+
+                    # propagate flag down at nested open parens
+                    if ( $routput_container_type->[$i] eq '(' ) {
+                        $bit = 1 if $nesting_list_flag;
+                    }
+
+                  # use list continuation if not a logical grouping
+                  # /^(if|elsif|unless|while|and|or|not|&&|!|\|\||for|foreach)$/
+                    else {
+                        $bit = 1
+                          unless
+                            $is_logical_container{ $routput_container_type->[$i]
+                              };
+                    }
+                }
+                $nesting_list_string .= $bit;
+                $nesting_list_flag = $bit;
+
+                $ci_string_in_tokenizer .=
+                  ( $intervening_secondary_structure != 0 ) ? '1' : '0';
+                $ci_string_sum = ones_count($ci_string_in_tokenizer);
+                $continuation_string_in_tokenizer .=
+                  ( $in_statement_continuation > 0 ) ? '1' : '0';
+
+   #  Sometimes we want to give an opening brace continuation indentation,
+   #  and sometimes not.  For code blocks, we don't do it, so that the leading
+   #  '{' gets outdented, like this:
+   #
+   #   if ( !$output_block_type[$i]
+   #     && ($in_statement_continuation) )
+   #   {           <--outdented
+   #
+   #  For other types, we will give them continuation indentation.  For example,
+   #  here is how a list looks with the opening paren indented:
+   #
+   #     @LoL =
+   #       ( [ "fred", "barney" ], [ "george", "jane", "elroy" ],
+   #         [ "homer", "marge", "bart" ], );
+   #
+   #  This looks best when 'ci' is one-half of the indentation  (i.e., 2 and 4)
+
+                my $total_ci = $ci_string_sum;
+                if (
+                    !$routput_block_type->[$i]    # patch: skip for BLOCK
+                    && ($in_statement_continuation)
+                    && !( $forced_indentation_flag && $type eq ':' )
+                  )
+                {
+                    $total_ci += $in_statement_continuation
+                      unless ( $ci_string_in_tokenizer =~ /1$/ );
+                }
+
+                $ci_string_i               = $total_ci;
+                $in_statement_continuation = 0;
+            }
+
+            elsif ($type eq '}'
+                || $type eq 'R'
+                || $forced_indentation_flag < 0 )
+            {
+
+                # only a nesting error in the script would prevent popping here
+                if ( @{$rslevel_stack} > 1 ) { pop( @{$rslevel_stack} ); }
+
+                $level_i = --$level_in_tokenizer;
+
+                # restore previous level values
+                if ( length($nesting_block_string) > 1 )
+                {    # true for valid script
+                    chop $nesting_block_string;
+                    $nesting_block_flag = ( $nesting_block_string =~ /1$/ );
+                    chop $nesting_list_string;
+                    $nesting_list_flag = ( $nesting_list_string =~ /1$/ );
+
+                    chop $ci_string_in_tokenizer;
+                    $ci_string_sum = ones_count($ci_string_in_tokenizer);
+
+                    $in_statement_continuation =
+                      chop $continuation_string_in_tokenizer;
+
+                    # zero continuation flag at terminal BLOCK '}' which
+                    # ends a statement.
+                    if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] ) {
+
+                        # ...These include non-anonymous subs
+                        # note: could be sub ::abc { or sub 'abc
+                        if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] =~ m/^sub\s*/gc ) {
+
+                         # note: older versions of perl require the /gc modifier
+                         # here or else the \G does not work.
+                            if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] =~ /\G('|::|\w)/gc )
+                            {
+                                $in_statement_continuation = 0;
+                            }
+                        }
+
+# ...and include all block types except user subs with
+# block prototypes and these: (sort|grep|map|do|eval)
+# /^(\}|\{|BEGIN|END|CHECK|INIT|AUTOLOAD|DESTROY|UNITCHECK|continue|;|if|elsif|else|unless|while|until|for|foreach)$/
+                        elsif (
+                            $is_zero_continuation_block_type{
+                                $routput_block_type->[$i] } )
+                        {
+                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
+                        }
+
+                        # ..but these are not terminal types:
+                        #     /^(sort|grep|map|do|eval)$/ )
+                        elsif (
+                            $is_not_zero_continuation_block_type{
+                                $routput_block_type->[$i] } )
+                        {
+                        }
+
+                        # ..and a block introduced by a label
+                        # /^\w+\s*:$/gc ) {
+                        elsif ( $routput_block_type->[$i] =~ /:$/ ) {
+                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
+                        }
+
+                        # user function with block prototype
+                        else {
+                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    # If we are in a list, then
+                    # we must set continuatoin indentation at the closing
+                    # paren of something like this (paren after $check):
+                    #     assert(
+                    #         __LINE__,
+                    #         ( not defined $check )
+                    #           or ref $check
+                    #           or $check eq "new"
+                    #           or $check eq "old",
+                    #     );
+                    elsif ( $tok eq ')' ) {
+                        $in_statement_continuation = 1
+                          if $routput_container_type->[$i] =~ /^[;,\{\}]$/;
+                    }
+
+                    elsif ( $tok eq ';' ) { $in_statement_continuation = 0 }
+                }
+
+                # use environment after updating
+                $container_environment =
+                    $nesting_block_flag ? 'BLOCK'
+                  : $nesting_list_flag  ? 'LIST'
+                  :                       "";
+                $ci_string_i = $ci_string_sum + $in_statement_continuation;
+                $nesting_block_string_i = $nesting_block_string;
+                $nesting_list_string_i  = $nesting_list_string;
+            }
+
+            # not a structural indentation type..
+            else {
+
+                $container_environment =
+                    $nesting_block_flag ? 'BLOCK'
+                  : $nesting_list_flag  ? 'LIST'
+                  :                       "";
+
+                # zero the continuation indentation at certain tokens so
+                # that they will be at the same level as its container.  For
+                # commas, this simplifies the -lp indentation logic, which
+                # counts commas.  For ?: it makes them stand out.
+                if ($nesting_list_flag) {
+                    if ( $type =~ /^[,\?\:]$/ ) {
+                        $in_statement_continuation = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # be sure binary operators get continuation indentation
+                if (
+                    $container_environment
+                    && (   $type eq 'k' && $is_binary_keyword{$tok}
+                        || $is_binary_type{$type} )
+                  )
+                {
+                    $in_statement_continuation = 1;
+                }
+
+                # continuation indentation is sum of any open ci from previous
+                # levels plus the current level
+                $ci_string_i = $ci_string_sum + $in_statement_continuation;
+
+                # update continuation flag ...
+                # if this isn't a blank or comment..
+                if ( $type ne 'b' && $type ne '#' ) {
+
+                    # and we are in a BLOCK
+                    if ($nesting_block_flag) {
+
+                        # the next token after a ';' and label starts a new stmt
+                        if ( $type eq ';' || $type eq 'J' ) {
+                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
+                        }
+
+                        # otherwise, we are continuing the current statement
+                        else {
+                            $in_statement_continuation = 1;
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    # if we are not in a BLOCK..
+                    else {
+
+                        # do not use continuation indentation if not list
+                        # environment (could be within if/elsif clause)
+                        if ( !$nesting_list_flag ) {
+                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
+                        }
+
+                       # otherwise, the next token after a ',' starts a new term
+                        elsif ( $type eq ',' ) {
+                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
+                        }
+
+                        # otherwise, we are continuing the current term
+                        else {
+                            $in_statement_continuation = 1;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            if ( $level_in_tokenizer < 0 ) {
+                unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_negative_indentation} ) {
+                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_negative_indentation} = 1;
+                    warning("Starting negative indentation\n");
+                }
+            }
+
+            # set secondary nesting levels based on all continment token types
+            # Note: these are set so that the nesting depth is the depth
+            # of the PREVIOUS TOKEN, which is convenient for setting
+            # the stength of token bonds
+            my $slevel_i = $slevel_in_tokenizer;
+
+            #    /^[L\{\(\[]$/
+            if ( $is_opening_type{$type} ) {
+                $slevel_in_tokenizer++;
+                $nesting_token_string .= $tok;
+                $nesting_type_string  .= $type;
+            }
+
+            #       /^[R\}\)\]]$/
+            elsif ( $is_closing_type{$type} ) {
+                $slevel_in_tokenizer--;
+                my $char = chop $nesting_token_string;
+
+                if ( $char ne $matching_start_token{$tok} ) {
+                    $nesting_token_string .= $char . $tok;
+                    $nesting_type_string  .= $type;
+                }
+                else {
+                    chop $nesting_type_string;
+                }
+            }
+
+            push( @block_type,            $routput_block_type->[$i] );
+            push( @ci_string,             $ci_string_i );
+            push( @container_environment, $container_environment );
+            push( @container_type,        $routput_container_type->[$i] );
+            push( @levels,                $level_i );
+            push( @nesting_tokens,        $nesting_token_string_i );
+            push( @nesting_types,         $nesting_type_string_i );
+            push( @slevels,               $slevel_i );
+            push( @token_type,            $fix_type );
+            push( @type_sequence,         $routput_type_sequence->[$i] );
+            push( @nesting_blocks,        $nesting_block_string );
+            push( @nesting_lists,         $nesting_list_string );
+
+            # now form the previous token
+            if ( $im >= 0 ) {
+                $num =
+                  $$rtoken_map[$i] - $$rtoken_map[$im];    # how many characters
+
+                if ( $num > 0 ) {
+                    push( @tokens,
+                        substr( $input_line, $$rtoken_map[$im], $num ) );
+                }
+            }
+            $im = $i;
+        }
+
+        $num = length($input_line) - $$rtoken_map[$im];    # make the last token
+        if ( $num > 0 ) {
+            push( @tokens, substr( $input_line, $$rtoken_map[$im], $num ) );
+        }
+
+        $tokenizer_self->{_in_attribute_list} = $in_attribute_list;
+        $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote}          = $in_quote;
+        $tokenizer_self->{_quote_target} =
+          $in_quote ? matching_end_token($quote_character) : "";
+        $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} = $rhere_target_list;
+
+        $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type}            = \@token_type;
+        $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens}                = \@tokens;
+        $line_of_tokens->{_rblock_type}            = \@block_type;
+        $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_type}        = \@container_type;
+        $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_environment} = \@container_environment;
+        $line_of_tokens->{_rtype_sequence}         = \@type_sequence;
+        $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels}                = \@levels;
+        $line_of_tokens->{_rslevels}               = \@slevels;
+        $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_tokens}        = \@nesting_tokens;
+        $line_of_tokens->{_rci_levels}             = \@ci_string;
+        $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_blocks}        = \@nesting_blocks;
+
+        return;
+    }
+}    # end tokenize_this_line
+
+#########i#############################################################
+# Tokenizer routines which assist in identifying token types
+#######################################################################
+
+sub operator_expected {
+
+    # Many perl symbols have two or more meanings.  For example, '<<'
+    # can be a shift operator or a here-doc operator.  The
+    # interpretation of these symbols depends on the current state of
+    # the tokenizer, which may either be expecting a term or an
+    # operator.  For this example, a << would be a shift if an operator
+    # is expected, and a here-doc if a term is expected.  This routine
+    # is called to make this decision for any current token.  It returns
+    # one of three possible values:
+    #
+    #     OPERATOR - operator expected (or at least, not a term)
+    #     UNKNOWN  - can't tell
+    #     TERM     - a term is expected (or at least, not an operator)
+    #
+    # The decision is based on what has been seen so far.  This
+    # information is stored in the "$last_nonblank_type" and
+    # "$last_nonblank_token" variables.  For example, if the
+    # $last_nonblank_type is '=~', then we are expecting a TERM, whereas
+    # if $last_nonblank_type is 'n' (numeric), we are expecting an
+    # OPERATOR.
+    #
+    # If a UNKNOWN is returned, the calling routine must guess. A major
+    # goal of this tokenizer is to minimize the possiblity of returning
+    # UNKNOWN, because a wrong guess can spoil the formatting of a
+    # script.
+    #
+    # adding NEW_TOKENS: it is critically important that this routine be
+    # updated to allow it to determine if an operator or term is to be
+    # expected after the new token.  Doing this simply involves adding
+    # the new token character to one of the regexes in this routine or
+    # to one of the hash lists
+    # that it uses, which are initialized in the BEGIN section.
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_type, $last_nonblank_token,
+    # $statement_type
+
+    my ( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type ) = @_;
+
+    my $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
+
+#print "tok=$tok last type=$last_nonblank_type last tok=$last_nonblank_token\n";
+
+# Note: function prototype is available for token type 'U' for future
+# program development.  It contains the leading and trailing parens,
+# and no blanks.  It might be used to eliminate token type 'C', for
+# example (prototype = '()'). Thus:
+# if ($last_nonblank_type eq 'U') {
+#     print "previous token=$last_nonblank_token  type=$last_nonblank_type prototype=$last_nonblank_prototype\n";
+# }
+
+    # A possible filehandle (or object) requires some care...
+    if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'Z' ) {
+
+        # angle.t
+        if ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {
+            $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
+        }
+
+        # For possible file handle like "$a", Perl uses weird parsing rules.
+        # For example:
+        # print $a/2,"/hi";   - division
+        # print $a / 2,"/hi"; - division
+        # print $a/ 2,"/hi";  - division
+        # print $a /2,"/hi";  - pattern (and error)!
+        elsif ( ( $prev_type eq 'b' ) && ( $next_type ne 'b' ) ) {
+            $op_expected = TERM;
+        }
+
+        # Note when an operation is being done where a
+        # filehandle might be expected, since a change in whitespace
+        # could change the interpretation of the statement.
+        else {
+            if ( $tok =~ /^([x\/\+\-\*\%\&\.\?\<]|\>\>)$/ ) {
+                complain("operator in print statement not recommended\n");
+                $op_expected = OPERATOR;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # handle something after 'do' and 'eval'
+    elsif ( $is_block_operator{$last_nonblank_token} ) {
+
+        # something like $a = eval "expression";
+        #                          ^
+        if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {
+            $op_expected = TERM;    # expression or list mode following keyword
+        }
+
+        # something like $a = do { BLOCK } / 2;
+        #                                  ^
+        else {
+            $op_expected = OPERATOR;    # block mode following }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # handle bare word..
+    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
+
+        # unfortunately, we can't tell what type of token to expect next
+        # after most bare words
+        $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
+    }
+
+    # operator, but not term possible after these types
+    # Note: moved ')' from type to token because parens in list context
+    # get marked as '{' '}' now.  This is a minor glitch in the following:
+    #    my %opts = (ref $_[0] eq 'HASH') ? %{shift()} : ();
+    #
+    elsif (( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[\]RnviQh]$/ )
+        || ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(\)|\$|\-\>)/ ) )
+    {
+        $op_expected = OPERATOR;
+
+        # in a 'use' statement, numbers and v-strings are not true
+        # numbers, so to avoid incorrect error messages, we will
+        # mark them as unknown for now (use.t)
+        # TODO: it would be much nicer to create a new token V for VERSION
+        # number in a use statement.  Then this could be a check on type V
+        # and related patches which change $statement_type for '=>'
+        # and ',' could be removed.  Further, it would clean things up to
+        # scan the 'use' statement with a separate subroutine.
+        if (   ( $statement_type eq 'use' )
+            && ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[nv]$/ ) )
+        {
+            $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # no operator after many keywords, such as "die", "warn", etc
+    elsif ( $expecting_term_token{$last_nonblank_token} ) {
+
+        # patch for dor.t (defined or).
+        # perl functions which may be unary operators
+        # TODO: This list is incomplete, and these should be put
+        # into a hash.
+        if (   $tok eq '/'
+            && $next_type          eq '/'
+            && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
+            && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^eof|undef|shift|pop$/ )
+        {
+            $op_expected = OPERATOR;
+        }
+        else {
+            $op_expected = TERM;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # no operator after things like + - **  (i.e., other operators)
+    elsif ( $expecting_term_types{$last_nonblank_type} ) {
+        $op_expected = TERM;
+    }
+
+    # a few operators, like "time", have an empty prototype () and so
+    # take no parameters but produce a value to operate on
+    elsif ( $expecting_operator_token{$last_nonblank_token} ) {
+        $op_expected = OPERATOR;
+    }
+
+    # post-increment and decrement produce values to be operated on
+    elsif ( $expecting_operator_types{$last_nonblank_type} ) {
+        $op_expected = OPERATOR;
+    }
+
+    # no value to operate on after sub block
+    elsif ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^sub\s/ ) { $op_expected = TERM; }
+
+    # a right brace here indicates the end of a simple block.
+    # all non-structural right braces have type 'R'
+    # all braces associated with block operator keywords have been given those
+    # keywords as "last_nonblank_token" and caught above.
+    # (This statement is order dependent, and must come after checking
+    # $last_nonblank_token).
+    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq '}' ) {
+
+        # patch for dor.t (defined or).
+        if (   $tok eq '/'
+            && $next_type eq '/'
+            && $last_nonblank_token eq ']' )
+        {
+            $op_expected = OPERATOR;
+        }
+        else {
+            $op_expected = TERM;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # something else..what did I forget?
+    else {
+
+        # collecting diagnostics on unknown operator types..see what was missed
+        $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
+        write_diagnostics(
+"OP: unknown after type=$last_nonblank_type  token=$last_nonblank_token\n"
+        );
+    }
+
+    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_EXPECT && do {
+        print
+"EXPECT: returns $op_expected for last type $last_nonblank_type token $last_nonblank_token\n";
+    };
+    return $op_expected;
+}
+
+sub new_statement_ok {
+
+    # return true if the current token can start a new statement
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_type
+
+    return label_ok()    # a label would be ok here
+
+      || $last_nonblank_type eq 'J';    # or we follow a label
+
+}
+
+sub label_ok {
+
+    # Decide if a bare word followed by a colon here is a label
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token, $last_nonblank_type,
+    # $brace_depth, @brace_type
+
+    # if it follows an opening or closing code block curly brace..
+    if ( ( $last_nonblank_token eq '{' || $last_nonblank_token eq '}' )
+        && $last_nonblank_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
+    {
+
+        # it is a label if and only if the curly encloses a code block
+        return $brace_type[$brace_depth];
+    }
+
+    # otherwise, it is a label if and only if it follows a ';'
+    # (real or fake)
+    else {
+        return ( $last_nonblank_type eq ';' );
+    }
+}
+
+sub code_block_type {
+
+    # Decide if this is a block of code, and its type.
+    # Must be called only when $type = $token = '{'
+    # The problem is to distinguish between the start of a block of code
+    # and the start of an anonymous hash reference
+    # Returns "" if not code block, otherwise returns 'last_nonblank_token'
+    # to indicate the type of code block.  (For example, 'last_nonblank_token'
+    # might be 'if' for an if block, 'else' for an else block, etc).
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token, $last_nonblank_type,
+    # $last_nonblank_block_type, $brace_depth, @brace_type
+
+    # handle case of multiple '{'s
+
+# print "BLOCK_TYPE EXAMINING: type=$last_nonblank_type tok=$last_nonblank_token\n";
+
+    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    if (   $last_nonblank_token eq '{'
+        && $last_nonblank_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
+    {
+
+        # opening brace where a statement may appear is probably
+        # a code block but might be and anonymous hash reference
+        if ( $brace_type[$brace_depth] ) {
+            return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
+                $max_token_index );
+        }
+
+        # cannot start a code block within an anonymous hash
+        else {
+            return "";
+        }
+    }
+
+    elsif ( $last_nonblank_token eq ';' ) {
+
+        # an opening brace where a statement may appear is probably
+        # a code block but might be and anonymous hash reference
+        return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
+            $max_token_index );
+    }
+
+    # handle case of '}{'
+    elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq '}'
+        && $last_nonblank_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
+    {
+
+        # a } { situation ...
+        # could be hash reference after code block..(blktype1.t)
+        if ($last_nonblank_block_type) {
+            return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
+                $max_token_index );
+        }
+
+        # must be a block if it follows a closing hash reference
+        else {
+            return $last_nonblank_token;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # NOTE: braces after type characters start code blocks, but for
+    # simplicity these are not identified as such.  See also
+    # sub is_non_structural_brace.
+    # elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 't' ) {
+    #    return $last_nonblank_token;
+    # }
+
+    # brace after label:
+    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'J' ) {
+        return $last_nonblank_token;
+    }
+
+# otherwise, look at previous token.  This must be a code block if
+# it follows any of these:
+# /^(BEGIN|END|CHECK|INIT|AUTOLOAD|DESTROY|UNITCHECK|continue|if|elsif|else|unless|do|while|until|eval|for|foreach|map|grep|sort)$/
+    elsif ( $is_code_block_token{$last_nonblank_token} ) {
+
+        # Bug Patch: Note that the opening brace after the 'if' in the following
+        # snippet is an anonymous hash ref and not a code block!
+        #   print 'hi' if { x => 1, }->{x};
+        # We can identify this situation because the last nonblank type
+        # will be a keyword (instead of a closing peren)
+        if (   $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(if|unless)$/
+            && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )
+        {
+            return "";
+        }
+        else {
+            return $last_nonblank_token;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # or a sub definition
+    elsif ( ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'i' || $last_nonblank_type eq 't' )
+        && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^sub\b/ )
+    {
+        return $last_nonblank_token;
+    }
+
+    # user-defined subs with block parameters (like grep/map/eval)
+    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'G' ) {
+        return $last_nonblank_token;
+    }
+
+    # check bareword
+    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
+        return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
+            $max_token_index );
+    }
+
+    # anything else must be anonymous hash reference
+    else {
+        return "";
+    }
+}
+
+sub decide_if_code_block {
+
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token
+    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
+      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
+
+    # we are at a '{' where a statement may appear.
+    # We must decide if this brace starts an anonymous hash or a code
+    # block.
+    # return "" if anonymous hash, and $last_nonblank_token otherwise
+
+    # initialize to be code BLOCK
+    my $code_block_type = $last_nonblank_token;
+
+    # Check for the common case of an empty anonymous hash reference:
+    # Maybe something like sub { { } }
+    if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '}' ) {
+        $code_block_type = "";
+    }
+
+    else {
+
+        # To guess if this '{' is an anonymous hash reference, look ahead
+        # and test as follows:
+        #
+        # it is a hash reference if next come:
+        #   - a string or digit followed by a comma or =>
+        #   - bareword followed by =>
+        # otherwise it is a code block
+        #
+        # Examples of anonymous hash ref:
+        # {'aa',};
+        # {1,2}
+        #
+        # Examples of code blocks:
+        # {1; print "hello\n", 1;}
+        # {$a,1};
+
+        # We are only going to look ahead one more (nonblank/comment) line.
+        # Strange formatting could cause a bad guess, but that's unlikely.
+        my @pre_types  = @$rtoken_type[ $i + 1 .. $max_token_index ];
+        my @pre_tokens = @$rtokens[ $i + 1 .. $max_token_index ];
+        my ( $rpre_tokens, $rpre_types ) =
+          peek_ahead_for_n_nonblank_pre_tokens(20);    # 20 is arbitrary but
+                                                       # generous, and prevents
+                                                       # wasting lots of
+                                                       # time in mangled files
+        if ( defined($rpre_types) && @$rpre_types ) {
+            push @pre_types,  @$rpre_types;
+            push @pre_tokens, @$rpre_tokens;
+        }
+
+        # put a sentinal token to simplify stopping the search
+        push @pre_types, '}';
+
+        my $jbeg = 0;
+        $jbeg = 1 if $pre_types[0] eq 'b';
+
+        # first look for one of these
+        #  - bareword
+        #  - bareword with leading -
+        #  - digit
+        #  - quoted string
+        my $j = $jbeg;
+        if ( $pre_types[$j] =~ /^[\'\"]/ ) {
+
+            # find the closing quote; don't worry about escapes
+            my $quote_mark = $pre_types[$j];
+            for ( my $k = $j + 1 ; $k < $#pre_types ; $k++ ) {
+                if ( $pre_types[$k] eq $quote_mark ) {
+                    $j = $k + 1;
+                    my $next = $pre_types[$j];
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        elsif ( $pre_types[$j] eq 'd' ) {
+            $j++;
+        }
+        elsif ( $pre_types[$j] eq 'w' ) {
+            unless ( $is_keyword{ $pre_tokens[$j] } ) {
+                $j++;
+            }
+        }
+        elsif ( $pre_types[$j] eq '-' && $pre_types[ ++$j ] eq 'w' ) {
+            $j++;
+        }
+        if ( $j > $jbeg ) {
+
+            $j++ if $pre_types[$j] eq 'b';
+
+            # it's a hash ref if a comma or => follow next
+            if ( $pre_types[$j] eq ','
+                || ( $pre_types[$j] eq '=' && $pre_types[ ++$j ] eq '>' ) )
+            {
+                $code_block_type = "";
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return $code_block_type;
+}
+
+sub unexpected {
+
+    # report unexpected token type and show where it is
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
+    my ( $found, $expecting, $i_tok, $last_nonblank_i, $rpretoken_map,
+        $rpretoken_type, $input_line )
+      = @_;
+
+    if ( ++$tokenizer_self->{_unexpected_error_count} <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
+        my $msg = "found $found where $expecting expected";
+        my $pos = $$rpretoken_map[$i_tok];
+        interrupt_logfile();
+        my $input_line_number = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
+        my ( $offset, $numbered_line, $underline ) =
+          make_numbered_line( $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos );
+        $underline = write_on_underline( $underline, $pos - $offset, '^' );
+
+        my $trailer = "";
+        if ( ( $i_tok > 0 ) && ( $last_nonblank_i >= 0 ) ) {
+            my $pos_prev = $$rpretoken_map[$last_nonblank_i];
+            my $num;
+            if ( $$rpretoken_type[ $i_tok - 1 ] eq 'b' ) {
+                $num = $$rpretoken_map[ $i_tok - 1 ] - $pos_prev;
+            }
+            else {
+                $num = $pos - $pos_prev;
+            }
+            if ( $num > 40 ) { $num = 40; $pos_prev = $pos - 40; }
+
+            $underline =
+              write_on_underline( $underline, $pos_prev - $offset, '-' x $num );
+            $trailer = " (previous token underlined)";
+        }
+        warning( $numbered_line . "\n" );
+        warning( $underline . "\n" );
+        warning( $msg . $trailer . "\n" );
+        resume_logfile();
+    }
+}
+
+sub is_non_structural_brace {
+
+    # Decide if a brace or bracket is structural or non-structural
+    # by looking at the previous token and type
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_type, $last_nonblank_token
+
+    # EXPERIMENTAL: Mark slices as structural; idea was to improve formatting.
+    # Tentatively deactivated because it caused the wrong operator expectation
+    # for this code:
+    #      $user = @vars[1] / 100;
+    # Must update sub operator_expected before re-implementing.
+    # if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'i' && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^@/ ) {
+    #    return 0;
+    # }
+
+    # NOTE: braces after type characters start code blocks, but for
+    # simplicity these are not identified as such.  See also
+    # sub code_block_type
+    # if ($last_nonblank_type eq 't') {return 0}
+
+    # otherwise, it is non-structural if it is decorated
+    # by type information.
+    # For example, the '{' here is non-structural:   ${xxx}
+    (
+        $last_nonblank_token =~ /^([\$\@\*\&\%\)]|->|::)/
+
+          # or if we follow a hash or array closing curly brace or bracket
+          # For example, the second '{' in this is non-structural: $a{'x'}{'y'}
+          # because the first '}' would have been given type 'R'
+          || $last_nonblank_type =~ /^([R\]])$/
+    );
+}
+
+#########i#############################################################
+# Tokenizer routines for tracking container nesting depths
+#######################################################################
+
+# The following routines keep track of nesting depths of the nesting
+# types, ( [ { and ?.  This is necessary for determining the indentation
+# level, and also for debugging programs.  Not only do they keep track of
+# nesting depths of the individual brace types, but they check that each
+# of the other brace types is balanced within matching pairs.  For
+# example, if the program sees this sequence:
+#
+#         {  ( ( ) }
+#
+# then it can determine that there is an extra left paren somewhere
+# between the { and the }.  And so on with every other possible
+# combination of outer and inner brace types.  For another
+# example:
+#
+#         ( [ ..... ]  ] )
+#
+# which has an extra ] within the parens.
+#
+# The brace types have indexes 0 .. 3 which are indexes into
+# the matrices.
+#
+# The pair ? : are treated as just another nesting type, with ? acting
+# as the opening brace and : acting as the closing brace.
+#
+# The matrix
+#
+#         $depth_array[$a][$b][ $current_depth[$a] ] = $current_depth[$b];
+#
+# saves the nesting depth of brace type $b (where $b is either of the other
+# nesting types) when brace type $a enters a new depth.  When this depth
+# decreases, a check is made that the current depth of brace types $b is
+# unchanged, or otherwise there must have been an error.  This can
+# be very useful for localizing errors, particularly when perl runs to
+# the end of a large file (such as this one) and announces that there
+# is a problem somewhere.
+#
+# A numerical sequence number is maintained for every nesting type,
+# so that each matching pair can be uniquely identified in a simple
+# way.
+
+sub increase_nesting_depth {
+    my ( $aa, $pos ) = @_;
+
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, @current_depth,
+    # @current_sequence_number, @depth_array, @starting_line_of_current_depth
+    my $bb;
+    $current_depth[$aa]++;
+    $total_depth++;
+    $total_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ] = $total_depth;
+    my $input_line_number = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
+    my $input_line        = $tokenizer_self->{_line_text};
+
+    # Sequence numbers increment by number of items.  This keeps
+    # a unique set of numbers but still allows the relative location
+    # of any type to be determined.
+    $nesting_sequence_number[$aa] += scalar(@closing_brace_names);
+    my $seqno = $nesting_sequence_number[$aa];
+    $current_sequence_number[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ] = $seqno;
+
+    $starting_line_of_current_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ] =
+      [ $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos ];
+
+    for $bb ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ) {
+        next if ( $bb == $aa );
+        $depth_array[$aa][$bb][ $current_depth[$aa] ] = $current_depth[$bb];
+    }
+
+    # set a flag for indenting a nested ternary statement
+    my $indent = 0;
+    if ( $aa == QUESTION_COLON ) {
+        $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] ] = 0;
+        if ( $current_depth[$aa] > 1 ) {
+            if ( $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] - 1 ] == 0 ) {
+                my $pdepth = $total_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] - 1 ];
+                if ( $pdepth == $total_depth - 1 ) {
+                    $indent = 1;
+                    $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] - 1 ] = -1;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return ( $seqno, $indent );
+}
+
+sub decrease_nesting_depth {
+
+    my ( $aa, $pos ) = @_;
+
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, @current_depth,
+    # @current_sequence_number, @depth_array, @starting_line_of_current_depth
+    my $bb;
+    my $seqno             = 0;
+    my $input_line_number = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
+    my $input_line        = $tokenizer_self->{_line_text};
+
+    my $outdent = 0;
+    $total_depth--;
+    if ( $current_depth[$aa] > 0 ) {
+
+        # set a flag for un-indenting after seeing a nested ternary statement
+        $seqno = $current_sequence_number[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ];
+        if ( $aa == QUESTION_COLON ) {
+            $outdent = $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] ];
+        }
+
+        # check that any brace types $bb contained within are balanced
+        for $bb ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ) {
+            next if ( $bb == $aa );
+
+            unless ( $depth_array[$aa][$bb][ $current_depth[$aa] ] ==
+                $current_depth[$bb] )
+            {
+                my $diff =
+                  $current_depth[$bb] -
+                  $depth_array[$aa][$bb][ $current_depth[$aa] ];
+
+                # don't whine too many times
+                my $saw_brace_error = get_saw_brace_error();
+                if (
+                    $saw_brace_error <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES
+
+                    # if too many closing types have occured, we probably
+                    # already caught this error
+                    && ( ( $diff > 0 ) || ( $saw_brace_error <= 0 ) )
+                  )
+                {
+                    interrupt_logfile();
+                    my $rsl =
+                      $starting_line_of_current_depth[$aa]
+                      [ $current_depth[$aa] ];
+                    my $sl  = $$rsl[0];
+                    my $rel = [ $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos ];
+                    my $el  = $$rel[0];
+                    my ($ess);
+
+                    if ( $diff == 1 || $diff == -1 ) {
+                        $ess = '';
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        $ess = 's';
+                    }
+                    my $bname =
+                      ( $diff > 0 )
+                      ? $opening_brace_names[$bb]
+                      : $closing_brace_names[$bb];
+                    write_error_indicator_pair( @$rsl, '^' );
+                    my $msg = <<"EOM";
+Found $diff extra $bname$ess between $opening_brace_names[$aa] on line $sl and $closing_brace_names[$aa] on line $el
+EOM
+
+                    if ( $diff > 0 ) {
+                        my $rml =
+                          $starting_line_of_current_depth[$bb]
+                          [ $current_depth[$bb] ];
+                        my $ml = $$rml[0];
+                        $msg .=
+"    The most recent un-matched $bname is on line $ml\n";
+                        write_error_indicator_pair( @$rml, '^' );
+                    }
+                    write_error_indicator_pair( @$rel, '^' );
+                    warning($msg);
+                    resume_logfile();
+                }
+                increment_brace_error();
+            }
+        }
+        $current_depth[$aa]--;
+    }
+    else {
+
+        my $saw_brace_error = get_saw_brace_error();
+        if ( $saw_brace_error <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
+            my $msg = <<"EOM";
+There is no previous $opening_brace_names[$aa] to match a $closing_brace_names[$aa] on line $input_line_number
+EOM
+            indicate_error( $msg, $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos, '^' );
+        }
+        increment_brace_error();
+    }
+    return ( $seqno, $outdent );
+}
+
+sub check_final_nesting_depths {
+    my ($aa);
+
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: @current_depth, @starting_line_of_current_depth
+
+    for $aa ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ) {
+
+        if ( $current_depth[$aa] ) {
+            my $rsl =
+              $starting_line_of_current_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ];
+            my $sl  = $$rsl[0];
+            my $msg = <<"EOM";
+Final nesting depth of $opening_brace_names[$aa]s is $current_depth[$aa]
+The most recent un-matched $opening_brace_names[$aa] is on line $sl
+EOM
+            indicate_error( $msg, @$rsl, '^' );
+            increment_brace_error();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#########i#############################################################
+# Tokenizer routines for looking ahead in input stream
+#######################################################################
+
+sub peek_ahead_for_n_nonblank_pre_tokens {
+
+    # returns next n pretokens if they exist
+    # returns undef's if hits eof without seeing any pretokens
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
+    my $max_pretokens = shift;
+    my $line;
+    my $i = 0;
+    my ( $rpre_tokens, $rmap, $rpre_types );
+
+    while ( $line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $i++ ) )
+    {
+        $line =~ s/^\s*//;    # trim leading blanks
+        next if ( length($line) <= 0 );    # skip blank
+        next if ( $line =~ /^#/ );         # skip comment
+        ( $rpre_tokens, $rmap, $rpre_types ) =
+          pre_tokenize( $line, $max_pretokens );
+        last;
+    }
+    return ( $rpre_tokens, $rpre_types );
+}
+
+# look ahead for next non-blank, non-comment line of code
+sub peek_ahead_for_nonblank_token {
+
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
+    my ( $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    my $line;
+    my $i = 0;
+
+    while ( $line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $i++ ) )
+    {
+        $line =~ s/^\s*//;    # trim leading blanks
+        next if ( length($line) <= 0 );    # skip blank
+        next if ( $line =~ /^#/ );         # skip comment
+        my ( $rtok, $rmap, $rtype ) =
+          pre_tokenize( $line, 2 );        # only need 2 pre-tokens
+        my $j = $max_token_index + 1;
+        my $tok;
+
+        foreach $tok (@$rtok) {
+            last if ( $tok =~ "\n" );
+            $$rtokens[ ++$j ] = $tok;
+        }
+        last;
+    }
+    return $rtokens;
+}
+
+#########i#############################################################
+# Tokenizer guessing routines for ambiguous situations
+#######################################################################
+
+sub guess_if_pattern_or_conditional {
+
+    # this routine is called when we have encountered a ? following an
+    # unknown bareword, and we must decide if it starts a pattern or not
+    # input parameters:
+    #   $i - token index of the ? starting possible pattern
+    # output parameters:
+    #   $is_pattern = 0 if probably not pattern,  =1 if probably a pattern
+    #   msg = a warning or diagnostic message
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token
+    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    my $is_pattern = 0;
+    my $msg        = "guessing that ? after $last_nonblank_token starts a ";
+
+    if ( $i >= $max_token_index ) {
+        $msg .= "conditional (no end to pattern found on the line)\n";
+    }
+    else {
+        my $ibeg = $i;
+        $i = $ibeg + 1;
+        my $next_token = $$rtokens[$i];    # first token after ?
+
+        # look for a possible ending ? on this line..
+        my $in_quote        = 1;
+        my $quote_depth     = 0;
+        my $quote_character = '';
+        my $quote_pos       = 0;
+        my $quoted_string;
+        (
+            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
+            $quoted_string
+          )
+          = follow_quoted_string( $ibeg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
+            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );
+
+        if ($in_quote) {
+
+            # we didn't find an ending ? on this line,
+            # so we bias towards conditional
+            $is_pattern = 0;
+            $msg .= "conditional (no ending ? on this line)\n";
+
+            # we found an ending ?, so we bias towards a pattern
+        }
+        else {
+
+            if ( pattern_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) >= 0 ) {
+                $is_pattern = 1;
+                $msg .= "pattern (found ending ? and pattern expected)\n";
+            }
+            else {
+                $msg .= "pattern (uncertain, but found ending ?)\n";
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return ( $is_pattern, $msg );
+}
+
+sub guess_if_pattern_or_division {
+
+    # this routine is called when we have encountered a / following an
+    # unknown bareword, and we must decide if it starts a pattern or is a
+    # division
+    # input parameters:
+    #   $i - token index of the / starting possible pattern
+    # output parameters:
+    #   $is_pattern = 0 if probably division,  =1 if probably a pattern
+    #   msg = a warning or diagnostic message
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token
+    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    my $is_pattern = 0;
+    my $msg        = "guessing that / after $last_nonblank_token starts a ";
+
+    if ( $i >= $max_token_index ) {
+        "division (no end to pattern found on the line)\n";
+    }
+    else {
+        my $ibeg = $i;
+        my $divide_expected =
+          numerator_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
+        $i = $ibeg + 1;
+        my $next_token = $$rtokens[$i];    # first token after slash
+
+        # look for a possible ending / on this line..
+        my $in_quote        = 1;
+        my $quote_depth     = 0;
+        my $quote_character = '';
+        my $quote_pos       = 0;
+        my $quoted_string;
+        (
+            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
+            $quoted_string
+          )
+          = follow_quoted_string( $ibeg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
+            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );
+
+        if ($in_quote) {
+
+            # we didn't find an ending / on this line,
+            # so we bias towards division
+            if ( $divide_expected >= 0 ) {
+                $is_pattern = 0;
+                $msg .= "division (no ending / on this line)\n";
+            }
+            else {
+                $msg        = "multi-line pattern (division not possible)\n";
+                $is_pattern = 1;
+            }
+
+        }
+
+        # we found an ending /, so we bias towards a pattern
+        else {
+
+            if ( pattern_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) >= 0 ) {
+
+                if ( $divide_expected >= 0 ) {
+
+                    if ( $i - $ibeg > 60 ) {
+                        $msg .= "division (matching / too distant)\n";
+                        $is_pattern = 0;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        $msg .= "pattern (but division possible too)\n";
+                        $is_pattern = 1;
+                    }
+                }
+                else {
+                    $is_pattern = 1;
+                    $msg .= "pattern (division not possible)\n";
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+
+                if ( $divide_expected >= 0 ) {
+                    $is_pattern = 0;
+                    $msg .= "division (pattern not possible)\n";
+                }
+                else {
+                    $is_pattern = 1;
+                    $msg .=
+                      "pattern (uncertain, but division would not work here)\n";
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return ( $is_pattern, $msg );
+}
+
+# try to resolve here-doc vs. shift by looking ahead for
+# non-code or the end token (currently only looks for end token)
+# returns 1 if it is probably a here doc, 0 if not
+sub guess_if_here_doc {
+
+    # This is how many lines we will search for a target as part of the
+    # guessing strategy.  It is a constant because there is probably
+    # little reason to change it.
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, $current_package
+    # %is_constant,
+    use constant HERE_DOC_WINDOW => 40;
+
+    my $next_token        = shift;
+    my $here_doc_expected = 0;
+    my $line;
+    my $k   = 0;
+    my $msg = "checking <<";
+
+    while ( $line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $k++ ) )
+    {
+        chomp $line;
+
+        if ( $line =~ /^$next_token$/ ) {
+            $msg .= " -- found target $next_token ahead $k lines\n";
+            $here_doc_expected = 1;    # got it
+            last;
+        }
+        last if ( $k >= HERE_DOC_WINDOW );
+    }
+
+    unless ($here_doc_expected) {
+
+        if ( !defined($line) ) {
+            $here_doc_expected = -1;    # hit eof without seeing target
+            $msg .= " -- must be shift; target $next_token not in file\n";
+
+        }
+        else {                          # still unsure..taking a wild guess
+
+            if ( !$is_constant{$current_package}{$next_token} ) {
+                $here_doc_expected = 1;
+                $msg .=
+                  " -- guessing it's a here-doc ($next_token not a constant)\n";
+            }
+            else {
+                $msg .=
+                  " -- guessing it's a shift ($next_token is a constant)\n";
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    write_logfile_entry($msg);
+    return $here_doc_expected;
+}
+
+#########i#############################################################
+# Tokenizer Routines for scanning identifiers and related items
+#######################################################################
+
+sub scan_bare_identifier_do {
+
+    # this routine is called to scan a token starting with an alphanumeric
+    # variable or package separator, :: or '.
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $current_package, $last_nonblank_token,
+    # $last_nonblank_type,@paren_type, $paren_depth
+
+    my ( $input_line, $i, $tok, $type, $prototype, $rtoken_map,
+        $max_token_index )
+      = @_;
+    my $i_begin = $i;
+    my $package = undef;
+
+    my $i_beg = $i;
+
+    # we have to back up one pretoken at a :: since each : is one pretoken
+    if ( $tok eq '::' ) { $i_beg-- }
+    if ( $tok eq '->' ) { $i_beg-- }
+    my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i_beg];
+    pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;
+
+    #  Examples:
+    #   A::B::C
+    #   A::
+    #   ::A
+    #   A'B
+    if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s*((?:\w*(?:'|::)))*(?:(?:->)?(\w+))?/gc ) {
+
+        my $pos  = pos($input_line);
+        my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
+        $tok = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
+
+        # type 'w' includes anything without leading type info
+        # ($,%,@,*) including something like abc::def::ghi
+        $type = 'w';
+
+        my $sub_name = "";
+        if ( defined($2) ) { $sub_name = $2; }
+        if ( defined($1) ) {
+            $package = $1;
+
+            # patch: don't allow isolated package name which just ends
+            # in the old style package separator (single quote).  Example:
+            #   use CGI':all';
+            if ( !($sub_name) && substr( $package, -1, 1 ) eq '\'' ) {
+                $pos--;
+            }
+
+            $package =~ s/\'/::/g;
+            if ( $package =~ /^\:/ ) { $package = 'main' . $package }
+            $package =~ s/::$//;
+        }
+        else {
+            $package = $current_package;
+
+            if ( $is_keyword{$tok} ) {
+                $type = 'k';
+            }
+        }
+
+        # if it is a bareword..
+        if ( $type eq 'w' ) {
+
+            # check for v-string with leading 'v' type character
+            # (This seems to have presidence over filehandle, type 'Y')
+            if ( $tok =~ /^v\d[_\d]*$/ ) {
+
+                # we only have the first part - something like 'v101' -
+                # look for more
+                if ( $input_line =~ m/\G(\.\d[_\d]*)+/gc ) {
+                    $pos  = pos($input_line);
+                    $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
+                    $tok  = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
+                }
+                $type = 'v';
+
+                # warn if this version can't handle v-strings
+                report_v_string($tok);
+            }
+
+            elsif ( $is_constant{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
+                $type = 'C';
+            }
+
+            # bareword after sort has implied empty prototype; for example:
+            # @sorted = sort numerically ( 53, 29, 11, 32, 7 );
+            # This has priority over whatever the user has specified.
+            elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq 'sort'
+                && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )
+            {
+                $type = 'Z';
+            }
+
+            # Note: strangely, perl does not seem to really let you create
+            # functions which act like eval and do, in the sense that eval
+            # and do may have operators following the final }, but any operators
+            # that you create with prototype (&) apparently do not allow
+            # trailing operators, only terms.  This seems strange.
+            # If this ever changes, here is the update
+            # to make perltidy behave accordingly:
+
+            # elsif ( $is_block_function{$package}{$tok} ) {
+            #    $tok='eval'; # patch to do braces like eval  - doesn't work
+            #    $type = 'k';
+            #}
+            # FIXME: This could become a separate type to allow for different
+            # future behavior:
+            elsif ( $is_block_function{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
+                $type = 'G';
+            }
+
+            elsif ( $is_block_list_function{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
+                $type = 'G';
+            }
+            elsif ( $is_user_function{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
+                $type      = 'U';
+                $prototype = $user_function_prototype{$package}{$sub_name};
+            }
+
+            # check for indirect object
+            elsif (
+
+                # added 2001-03-27: must not be followed immediately by '('
+                # see fhandle.t
+                ( $input_line !~ m/\G\(/gc )
+
+                # and
+                && (
+
+                    # preceded by keyword like 'print', 'printf' and friends
+                    $is_indirect_object_taker{$last_nonblank_token}
+
+                    # or preceded by something like 'print(' or 'printf('
+                    || (
+                        ( $last_nonblank_token eq '(' )
+                        && $is_indirect_object_taker{ $paren_type[$paren_depth]
+                        }
+
+                    )
+                )
+              )
+            {
+
+                # may not be indirect object unless followed by a space
+                if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s+/gc ) {
+                    $type = 'Y';
+
+                    # Abandon Hope ...
+                    # Perl's indirect object notation is a very bad
+                    # thing and can cause subtle bugs, especially for
+                    # beginning programmers.  And I haven't even been
+                    # able to figure out a sane warning scheme which
+                    # doesn't get in the way of good scripts.
+
+                    # Complain if a filehandle has any lower case
+                    # letters.  This is suggested good practice.
+                    # Use 'sub_name' because something like
+                    # main::MYHANDLE is ok for filehandle
+                    if ( $sub_name =~ /[a-z]/ ) {
+
+                        # could be bug caused by older perltidy if
+                        # followed by '('
+                        if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s*\(/gc ) {
+                            complain(
+"Caution: unknown word '$tok' in indirect object slot\n"
+                            );
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # bareword not followed by a space -- may not be filehandle
+                # (may be function call defined in a 'use' statement)
+                else {
+                    $type = 'Z';
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # Now we must convert back from character position
+        # to pre_token index.
+        # I don't think an error flag can occur here ..but who knows
+        my $error;
+        ( $i, $error ) =
+          inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
+        if ($error) {
+            warning("scan_bare_identifier: Possibly invalid tokenization\n");
+        }
+    }
+
+    # no match but line not blank - could be syntax error
+    # perl will take '::' alone without complaint
+    else {
+        $type = 'w';
+
+        # change this warning to log message if it becomes annoying
+        warning("didn't find identifier after leading ::\n");
+    }
+    return ( $i, $tok, $type, $prototype );
+}
+
+sub scan_id_do {
+
+# This is the new scanner and will eventually replace scan_identifier.
+# Only type 'sub' and 'package' are implemented.
+# Token types $ * % @ & -> are not yet implemented.
+#
+# Scan identifier following a type token.
+# The type of call depends on $id_scan_state: $id_scan_state = ''
+# for starting call, in which case $tok must be the token defining
+# the type.
+#
+# If the type token is the last nonblank token on the line, a value
+# of $id_scan_state = $tok is returned, indicating that further
+# calls must be made to get the identifier.  If the type token is
+# not the last nonblank token on the line, the identifier is
+# scanned and handled and a value of '' is returned.
+# USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $current_package, $last_nonblank_token, $in_attribute_list,
+# $statement_type, $tokenizer_self
+
+    my ( $input_line, $i, $tok, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $id_scan_state,
+        $max_token_index )
+      = @_;
+    my $type = '';
+    my ( $i_beg, $pos_beg );
+
+    #print "NSCAN:entering i=$i, tok=$tok, type=$type, state=$id_scan_state\n";
+    #my ($a,$b,$c) = caller;
+    #print "NSCAN: scan_id called with tok=$tok $a $b $c\n";
+
+    # on re-entry, start scanning at first token on the line
+    if ($id_scan_state) {
+        $i_beg = $i;
+        $type  = '';
+    }
+
+    # on initial entry, start scanning just after type token
+    else {
+        $i_beg         = $i + 1;
+        $id_scan_state = $tok;
+        $type          = 't';
+    }
+
+    # find $i_beg = index of next nonblank token,
+    # and handle empty lines
+    my $blank_line          = 0;
+    my $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[$i_beg];
+    if ( $i_beg > $max_token_index ) {
+        $blank_line = 1;
+    }
+    else {
+
+        # only a '#' immediately after a '$' is not a comment
+        if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '#' ) {
+            unless ( $tok eq '$' ) {
+                $blank_line = 1;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s/ ) {
+            ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_beg ) =
+              find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line( $i_beg, $rtokens,
+                $max_token_index );
+            if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /(^#|^\s*$)/ ) {
+                $blank_line = 1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # handle non-blank line; identifier, if any, must follow
+    unless ($blank_line) {
+
+        if ( $id_scan_state eq 'sub' ) {
+            ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state ) = do_scan_sub(
+                $input_line, $i,             $i_beg,
+                $tok,        $type,          $rtokens,
+                $rtoken_map, $id_scan_state, $max_token_index
+            );
+        }
+
+        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq 'package' ) {
+            ( $i, $tok, $type ) =
+              do_scan_package( $input_line, $i, $i_beg, $tok, $type, $rtokens,
+                $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
+            $id_scan_state = '';
+        }
+
+        else {
+            warning("invalid token in scan_id: $tok\n");
+            $id_scan_state = '';
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( $id_scan_state && ( !defined($type) || !$type ) ) {
+
+        # shouldn't happen:
+        warning(
+"Program bug in scan_id: undefined type but scan_state=$id_scan_state\n"
+        );
+        report_definite_bug();
+    }
+
+    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_NSCAN && do {
+        print
+          "NSCAN: returns i=$i, tok=$tok, type=$type, state=$id_scan_state\n";
+    };
+    return ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state );
+}
+
+sub check_prototype {
+    my ( $proto, $package, $subname ) = @_;
+    return unless ( defined($package) && defined($subname) );
+    if ( defined($proto) ) {
+        $proto =~ s/^\s*\(\s*//;
+        $proto =~ s/\s*\)$//;
+        if ($proto) {
+            $is_user_function{$package}{$subname}        = 1;
+            $user_function_prototype{$package}{$subname} = "($proto)";
+
+            # prototypes containing '&' must be treated specially..
+            if ( $proto =~ /\&/ ) {
+
+                # right curly braces of prototypes ending in
+                # '&' may be followed by an operator
+                if ( $proto =~ /\&$/ ) {
+                    $is_block_function{$package}{$subname} = 1;
+                }
+
+                # right curly braces of prototypes NOT ending in
+                # '&' may NOT be followed by an operator
+                elsif ( $proto !~ /\&$/ ) {
+                    $is_block_list_function{$package}{$subname} = 1;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else {
+            $is_constant{$package}{$subname} = 1;
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        $is_user_function{$package}{$subname} = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+sub do_scan_package {
+
+    # do_scan_package parses a package name
+    # it is called with $i_beg equal to the index of the first nonblank
+    # token following a 'package' token.
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $current_package,
+
+    my ( $input_line, $i, $i_beg, $tok, $type, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
+        $max_token_index )
+      = @_;
+    my $package = undef;
+    my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i_beg];
+    pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;
+
+    # handle non-blank line; package name, if any, must follow
+    if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s*((?:\w*(?:'|::))*\w+)/gc ) {
+        $package = $1;
+        $package = ( defined($1) && $1 ) ? $1 : 'main';
+        $package =~ s/\'/::/g;
+        if ( $package =~ /^\:/ ) { $package = 'main' . $package }
+        $package =~ s/::$//;
+        my $pos  = pos($input_line);
+        my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
+        $tok = 'package ' . substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
+        $type = 'i';
+
+        # Now we must convert back from character position
+        # to pre_token index.
+        # I don't think an error flag can occur here ..but ?
+        my $error;
+        ( $i, $error ) =
+          inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
+        if ($error) { warning("Possibly invalid package\n") }
+        $current_package = $package;
+
+        # check for error
+        my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
+          find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
+        if ( $next_nonblank_token !~ /^[;\}]$/ ) {
+            warning(
+                "Unexpected '$next_nonblank_token' after package name '$tok'\n"
+            );
+        }
+    }
+
+    # no match but line not blank --
+    # could be a label with name package, like package:  , for example.
+    else {
+        $type = 'k';
+    }
+
+    return ( $i, $tok, $type );
+}
+
+sub scan_identifier_do {
+
+    # This routine assembles tokens into identifiers.  It maintains a
+    # scan state, id_scan_state.  It updates id_scan_state based upon
+    # current id_scan_state and token, and returns an updated
+    # id_scan_state and the next index after the identifier.
+    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $context, $last_nonblank_token,
+    # $last_nonblank_type
+
+    my ( $i, $id_scan_state, $identifier, $rtokens, $max_token_index,
+        $expecting )
+      = @_;
+    my $i_begin   = $i;
+    my $type      = '';
+    my $tok_begin = $$rtokens[$i_begin];
+    if ( $tok_begin eq ':' ) { $tok_begin = '::' }
+    my $id_scan_state_begin = $id_scan_state;
+    my $identifier_begin    = $identifier;
+    my $tok                 = $tok_begin;
+    my $message             = "";
+
+    # these flags will be used to help figure out the type:
+    my $saw_alpha = ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ );
+    my $saw_type;
+
+    # allow old package separator (') except in 'use' statement
+    my $allow_tick = ( $last_nonblank_token ne 'use' );
+
+    # get started by defining a type and a state if necessary
+    unless ($id_scan_state) {
+        $context = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;
+
+        # fixup for digraph
+        if ( $tok eq '>' ) {
+            $tok       = '->';
+            $tok_begin = $tok;
+        }
+        $identifier = $tok;
+
+        if ( $tok eq '$' || $tok eq '*' ) {
+            $id_scan_state = '$';
+            $context       = SCALAR_CONTEXT;
+        }
+        elsif ( $tok eq '%' || $tok eq '@' ) {
+            $id_scan_state = '$';
+            $context       = LIST_CONTEXT;
+        }
+        elsif ( $tok eq '&' ) {
+            $id_scan_state = '&';
+        }
+        elsif ( $tok eq 'sub' or $tok eq 'package' ) {
+            $saw_alpha     = 0;     # 'sub' is considered type info here
+            $id_scan_state = '$';
+            $identifier .= ' ';     # need a space to separate sub from sub name
+        }
+        elsif ( $tok eq '::' ) {
+            $id_scan_state = 'A';
+        }
+        elsif ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {
+            $id_scan_state = ':';
+        }
+        elsif ( $tok eq '->' ) {
+            $id_scan_state = '$';
+        }
+        else {
+
+            # shouldn't happen
+            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller;
+            warning("Program Bug: scan_identifier given bad token = $tok \n");
+            warning("   called from sub $a  line: $c\n");
+            report_definite_bug();
+        }
+        $saw_type = !$saw_alpha;
+    }
+    else {
+        $i--;
+        $saw_type = ( $tok =~ /([\$\%\@\*\&])/ );
+    }
+
+    # now loop to gather the identifier
+    my $i_save = $i;
+
+    while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
+        $i_save = $i unless ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ );
+        $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
+
+        if ( ( $tok eq ':' ) && ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq ':' ) ) {
+            $tok = '::';
+            $i++;
+        }
+
+        if ( $id_scan_state eq '$' ) {    # starting variable name
+
+            if ( $tok eq '$' ) {
+
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+
+                # we've got a punctuation variable if end of line (punct.t)
+                if ( $i == $max_token_index ) {
+                    $type          = 'i';
+                    $id_scan_state = '';
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # alphanumeric ..
+                $saw_alpha     = 1;
+                $id_scan_state = ':';           # now need ::
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {    # alphanumeric ..
+                $saw_alpha     = 1;
+                $id_scan_state = ':';                 # now need ::
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+
+                # Perl will accept leading digits in identifiers,
+                # although they may not always produce useful results.
+                # Something like $main::0 is ok.  But this also works:
+                #
+                #  sub howdy::123::bubba{ print "bubba $54321!\n" }
+                #  howdy::123::bubba();
+                #
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {              # numeric
+                $saw_alpha     = 1;
+                $id_scan_state = ':';                 # now need ::
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok eq '::' ) {
+                $id_scan_state = 'A';
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            elsif ( ( $tok eq '#' ) && ( $identifier eq '$' ) ) {    # $#array
+                $identifier .= $tok;    # keep same state, a $ could follow
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok eq '{' ) {
+
+                # check for something like ${#} or ${}
+                if (   $identifier eq '$'
+                    && $i + 2 <= $max_token_index
+                    && $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ] eq '}'
+                    && $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] !~ /[\s\w]/ )
+                {
+                    my $next2 = $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ];
+                    my $next1 = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
+                    $identifier .= $tok . $next1 . $next2;
+                    $i += 2;
+                    $id_scan_state = '';
+                    last;
+                }
+
+                # skip something like ${xxx} or ->{
+                $id_scan_state = '';
+
+                # if this is the first token of a line, any tokens for this
+                # identifier have already been accumulated
+                if ( $identifier eq '$' || $i == 0 ) { $identifier = ''; }
+                $i = $i_save;
+                last;
+            }
+
+            # space ok after leading $ % * & @
+            elsif ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+
+                if ( $identifier =~ /^[\$\%\*\&\@]/ ) {
+
+                    if ( length($identifier) > 1 ) {
+                        $id_scan_state = '';
+                        $i             = $i_save;
+                        $type          = 'i';    # probably punctuation variable
+                        last;
+                    }
+                    else {
+
+                        # spaces after $'s are common, and space after @
+                        # is harmless, so only complain about space
+                        # after other type characters. Space after $ and
+                        # @ will be removed in formatting.  Report space
+                        # after % and * because they might indicate a
+                        # parsing error.  In other words '% ' might be a
+                        # modulo operator.  Delete this warning if it
+                        # gets annoying.
+                        if ( $identifier !~ /^[\@\$]$/ ) {
+                            $message =
+                              "Space in identifier, following $identifier\n";
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                # else:
+                # space after '->' is ok
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok eq '^' ) {
+
+                # check for some special variables like $^W
+                if ( $identifier =~ /^[\$\*\@\%]$/ ) {
+                    $identifier .= $tok;
+                    $id_scan_state = 'A';
+
+                    # Perl accepts '$^]' or '@^]', but
+                    # there must not be a space before the ']'.
+                    my $next1 = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
+                    if ( $next1 eq ']' ) {
+                        $i++;
+                        $identifier .= $next1;
+                        $id_scan_state = "";
+                        last;
+                    }
+                }
+                else {
+                    $id_scan_state = '';
+                }
+            }
+            else {    # something else
+
+                # check for various punctuation variables
+                if ( $identifier =~ /^[\$\*\@\%]$/ ) {
+                    $identifier .= $tok;
+                }
+
+                elsif ( $identifier eq '$#' ) {
+
+                    if ( $tok eq '{' ) { $type = 'i'; $i = $i_save }
+
+                    # perl seems to allow just these: $#: $#- $#+
+                    elsif ( $tok =~ /^[\:\-\+]$/ ) {
+                        $type = 'i';
+                        $identifier .= $tok;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        $i = $i_save;
+                        write_logfile_entry( 'Use of $# is deprecated' . "\n" );
+                    }
+                }
+                elsif ( $identifier eq '$$' ) {
+
+                    # perl does not allow references to punctuation
+                    # variables without braces.  For example, this
+                    # won't work:
+                    #  $:=\4;
+                    #  $a = $$:;
+                    # You would have to use
+                    #  $a = ${$:};
+
+                    $i = $i_save;
+                    if   ( $tok eq '{' ) { $type = 't' }
+                    else                 { $type = 'i' }
+                }
+                elsif ( $identifier eq '->' ) {
+                    $i = $i_save;
+                }
+                else {
+                    $i = $i_save;
+                    if ( length($identifier) == 1 ) { $identifier = ''; }
+                }
+                $id_scan_state = '';
+                last;
+            }
+        }
+        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq '&' ) {    # starting sub call?
+
+            if ( $tok =~ /^[\$A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # alphanumeric ..
+                $id_scan_state = ':';          # now need ::
+                $saw_alpha     = 1;
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {    # alphanumeric ..
+                $id_scan_state = ':';                 # now need ::
+                $saw_alpha     = 1;
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {    # numeric..see comments above
+                $id_scan_state = ':';       # now need ::
+                $saw_alpha     = 1;
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {     # allow space
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok eq '::' ) {        # leading ::
+                $id_scan_state = 'A';       # accept alpha next
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok eq '{' ) {
+                if ( $identifier eq '&' || $i == 0 ) { $identifier = ''; }
+                $i             = $i_save;
+                $id_scan_state = '';
+                last;
+            }
+            else {
+
+                # punctuation variable?
+                # testfile: cunningham4.pl
+                #
+                # We have to be careful here.  If we are in an unknown state,
+                # we will reject the punctuation variable.  In the following
+                # example the '&' is a binary opeator but we are in an unknown
+                # state because there is no sigil on 'Prima', so we don't
+                # know what it is.  But it is a bad guess that
+                # '&~' is a punction variable.
+                # $self->{text}->{colorMap}->[
+                #   Prima::PodView::COLOR_CODE_FOREGROUND
+                #   & ~tb::COLOR_INDEX ] =
+                #   $sec->{ColorCode}
+                if ( $identifier eq '&' && $expecting ) {
+                    $identifier .= $tok;
+                }
+                else {
+                    $identifier = '';
+                    $i          = $i_save;
+                    $type       = '&';
+                }
+                $id_scan_state = '';
+                last;
+            }
+        }
+        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq 'A' ) {    # looking for alpha (after ::)
+
+            if ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # found it
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+                $id_scan_state = ':';        # now need ::
+                $saw_alpha     = 1;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+                $id_scan_state = ':';        # now need ::
+                $saw_alpha     = 1;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {     # numeric..see comments above
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+                $id_scan_state = ':';        # now need ::
+                $saw_alpha     = 1;
+            }
+            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) ) {
+                $id_scan_state = '(';
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok eq '(' ) ) {
+                $id_scan_state = ')';
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            else {
+                $id_scan_state = '';
+                $i             = $i_save;
+                last;
+            }
+        }
+        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq ':' ) {    # looking for :: after alpha
+
+            if ( $tok eq '::' ) {            # got it
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+                $id_scan_state = 'A';        # now require alpha
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # more alphanumeric is ok here
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+                $id_scan_state = ':';           # now need ::
+                $saw_alpha     = 1;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {        # numeric..see comments above
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+                $id_scan_state = ':';           # now need ::
+                $saw_alpha     = 1;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {    # tick
+
+                if ( $is_keyword{$identifier} ) {
+                    $id_scan_state = '';              # that's all
+                    $i             = $i_save;
+                }
+                else {
+                    $identifier .= $tok;
+                }
+            }
+            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) ) {
+                $id_scan_state = '(';
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok eq '(' ) ) {
+                $id_scan_state = ')';
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            else {
+                $id_scan_state = '';        # that's all
+                $i             = $i_save;
+                last;
+            }
+        }
+        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq '(' ) {    # looking for ( of prototype
+
+            if ( $tok eq '(' ) {             # got it
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+                $id_scan_state = ')';        # now find the end of it
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {      # blank - keep going
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            else {
+                $id_scan_state = '';         # that's all - no prototype
+                $i             = $i_save;
+                last;
+            }
+        }
+        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq ')' ) {    # looking for ) to end
+
+            if ( $tok eq ')' ) {             # got it
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+                $id_scan_state = '';         # all done
+                last;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[\s\$\%\\\*\@\&\;]/ ) {
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+            else {    # probable error in script, but keep going
+                warning("Unexpected '$tok' while seeking end of prototype\n");
+                $identifier .= $tok;
+            }
+        }
+        else {        # can get here due to error in initialization
+            $id_scan_state = '';
+            $i             = $i_save;
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( $id_scan_state eq ')' ) {
+        warning("Hit end of line while seeking ) to end prototype\n");
+    }
+
+    # once we enter the actual identifier, it may not extend beyond
+    # the end of the current line
+    if ( $id_scan_state =~ /^[A\:\(\)]/ ) {
+        $id_scan_state = '';
+    }
+    if ( $i < 0 ) { $i = 0 }
+
+    unless ($type) {
+
+        if ($saw_type) {
+
+            if ($saw_alpha) {
+                if ( $identifier =~ /^->/ && $last_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
+                    $type = 'w';
+                }
+                else { $type = 'i' }
+            }
+            elsif ( $identifier eq '->' ) {
+                $type = '->';
+            }
+            elsif (
+                ( length($identifier) > 1 )
+
+                # In something like '@$=' we have an identifier '@$'
+                # In something like '$${' we have type '$$' (and only
+                # part of an identifier)
+                && !( $identifier =~ /\$$/ && $tok eq '{' )
+                && ( $identifier !~ /^(sub |package )$/ )
+              )
+            {
+                $type = 'i';
+            }
+            else { $type = 't' }
+        }
+        elsif ($saw_alpha) {
+
+            # type 'w' includes anything without leading type info
+            # ($,%,@,*) including something like abc::def::ghi
+            $type = 'w';
+        }
+        else {
+            $type = '';
+        }    # this can happen on a restart
+    }
+
+    if ($identifier) {
+        $tok = $identifier;
+        if ($message) { write_logfile_entry($message) }
+    }
+    else {
+        $tok = $tok_begin;
+        $i   = $i_begin;
+    }
+
+    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_SCAN_ID && do {
+        my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller;
+        print
+"SCANID: called from $a $b $c with tok, i, state, identifier =$tok_begin, $i_begin, $id_scan_state_begin, $identifier_begin\n";
+        print
+"SCANID: returned with tok, i, state, identifier =$tok, $i, $id_scan_state, $identifier\n";
+    };
+    return ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state, $identifier );
+}
+
+{
+
+    # saved package and subnames in case prototype is on separate line
+    my ( $package_saved, $subname_saved );
+
+    sub do_scan_sub {
+
+        # do_scan_sub parses a sub name and prototype
+        # it is called with $i_beg equal to the index of the first nonblank
+        # token following a 'sub' token.
+
+        # TODO: add future error checks to be sure we have a valid
+        # sub name.  For example, 'sub &doit' is wrong.  Also, be sure
+        # a name is given if and only if a non-anonymous sub is
+        # appropriate.
+        # USES GLOBAL VARS: $current_package, $last_nonblank_token,
+        # $in_attribute_list, %saw_function_definition,
+        # $statement_type
+
+        my (
+            $input_line, $i,             $i_beg,
+            $tok,        $type,          $rtokens,
+            $rtoken_map, $id_scan_state, $max_token_index
+        ) = @_;
+        $id_scan_state = "";    # normally we get everything in one call
+        my $subname = undef;
+        my $package = undef;
+        my $proto   = undef;
+        my $attrs   = undef;
+        my $match;
+
+        my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i_beg];
+        pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;
+
+        # sub NAME PROTO ATTRS
+        if (
+            $input_line =~ m/\G\s*
+        ((?:\w*(?:'|::))*)  # package - something that ends in :: or '
+        (\w+)               # NAME    - required
+        (\s*\([^){]*\))?    # PROTO   - something in parens
+        (\s*:)?             # ATTRS   - leading : of attribute list
+        /gcx
+          )
+        {
+            $match   = 1;
+            $subname = $2;
+            $proto   = $3;
+            $attrs   = $4;
+
+            $package = ( defined($1) && $1 ) ? $1 : $current_package;
+            $package =~ s/\'/::/g;
+            if ( $package =~ /^\:/ ) { $package = 'main' . $package }
+            $package =~ s/::$//;
+            my $pos  = pos($input_line);
+            my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
+            $tok = 'sub ' . substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
+            $type = 'i';
+        }
+
+        # Look for prototype/attributes not preceded on this line by subname;
+        # This might be an anonymous sub with attributes,
+        # or a prototype on a separate line from its sub name
+        elsif (
+            $input_line =~ m/\G(\s*\([^){]*\))?  # PROTO
+            (\s*:)?                              # ATTRS leading ':'
+            /gcx
+            && ( $1 || $2 )
+          )
+        {
+            $match = 1;
+            $proto = $1;
+            $attrs = $2;
+
+            # Handle prototype on separate line from subname
+            if ($subname_saved) {
+                $package = $package_saved;
+                $subname = $subname_saved;
+                $tok     = $last_nonblank_token;
+            }
+            $type = 'i';
+        }
+
+        if ($match) {
+
+            # ATTRS: if there are attributes, back up and let the ':' be
+            # found later by the scanner.
+            my $pos = pos($input_line);
+            if ($attrs) {
+                $pos -= length($attrs);
+            }
+
+            my $next_nonblank_token = $tok;
+
+            # catch case of line with leading ATTR ':' after anonymous sub
+            if ( $pos == $pos_beg && $tok eq ':' ) {
+                $type              = 'A';
+                $in_attribute_list = 1;
+            }
+
+            # We must convert back from character position
+            # to pre_token index.
+            else {
+
+                # I don't think an error flag can occur here ..but ?
+                my $error;
+                ( $i, $error ) = inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map,
+                    $max_token_index );
+                if ($error) { warning("Possibly invalid sub\n") }
+
+                # check for multiple definitions of a sub
+                ( $next_nonblank_token, my $i_next ) =
+                  find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line( $i, $rtokens,
+                    $max_token_index );
+            }
+
+            if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^(\s*|#)$/ )
+            {    # skip blank or side comment
+                my ( $rpre_tokens, $rpre_types ) =
+                  peek_ahead_for_n_nonblank_pre_tokens(1);
+                if ( defined($rpre_tokens) && @$rpre_tokens ) {
+                    $next_nonblank_token = $rpre_tokens->[0];
+                }
+                else {
+                    $next_nonblank_token = '}';
+                }
+            }
+            $package_saved = "";
+            $subname_saved = "";
+            if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '{' ) {
+                if ($subname) {
+
+                    # Check for multiple definitions of a sub, but
+                    # it is ok to have multiple sub BEGIN, etc,
+                    # so we do not complain if name is all caps
+                    if (   $saw_function_definition{$package}{$subname}
+                        && $subname !~ /^[A-Z]+$/ )
+                    {
+                        my $lno = $saw_function_definition{$package}{$subname};
+                        warning(
+"already saw definition of 'sub $subname' in package '$package' at line $lno\n"
+                        );
+                    }
+                    $saw_function_definition{$package}{$subname} =
+                      $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
+                }
+            }
+            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq ';' ) {
+            }
+            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq '}' ) {
+            }
+
+            # ATTRS - if an attribute list follows, remember the name
+            # of the sub so the next opening brace can be labeled.
+            # Setting 'statement_type' causes any ':'s to introduce
+            # attributes.
+            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq ':' ) {
+                $statement_type = $tok;
+            }
+
+            # see if PROTO follows on another line:
+            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
+                if ( $attrs || $proto ) {
+                    warning(
+"unexpected '(' after definition or declaration of sub '$subname'\n"
+                    );
+                }
+                else {
+                    $id_scan_state  = 'sub';    # we must come back to get proto
+                    $statement_type = $tok;
+                    $package_saved  = $package;
+                    $subname_saved  = $subname;
+                }
+            }
+            elsif ($next_nonblank_token) {      # EOF technically ok
+                warning(
+"expecting ':' or ';' or '{' after definition or declaration of sub '$subname' but saw '$next_nonblank_token'\n"
+                );
+            }
+            check_prototype( $proto, $package, $subname );
+        }
+
+        # no match but line not blank
+        else {
+        }
+        return ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state );
+    }
+}
+
+#########i###############################################################
+# Tokenizer utility routines which may use CONSTANTS but no other GLOBALS
+#########################################################################
+
+sub find_next_nonblank_token {
+    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+
+    if ( $i >= $max_token_index ) {
+        if ( !peeked_ahead() ) {
+            peeked_ahead(1);
+            $rtokens =
+              peek_ahead_for_nonblank_token( $rtokens, $max_token_index );
+        }
+    }
+    my $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
+
+    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+        $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
+    }
+    return ( $next_nonblank_token, $i );
+}
+
+sub numerator_expected {
+
+    # this is a filter for a possible numerator, in support of guessing
+    # for the / pattern delimiter token.
+    # returns -
+    #   1 - yes
+    #   0 - can't tell
+    #  -1 - no
+    # Note: I am using the convention that variables ending in
+    # _expected have these 3 possible values.
+    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    my $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
+    if ( $next_token eq '=' ) { $i++; }    # handle /=
+    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
+      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
+
+    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /(\(|\$|\w|\.|\@)/ ) {
+        1;
+    }
+    else {
+
+        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+            0;
+        }
+        else {
+            -1;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub pattern_expected {
+
+    # This is the start of a filter for a possible pattern.
+    # It looks at the token after a possbible pattern and tries to
+    # determine if that token could end a pattern.
+    # returns -
+    #   1 - yes
+    #   0 - can't tell
+    #  -1 - no
+    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    my $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
+    if ( $next_token =~ /^[cgimosxp]/ ) { $i++; }    # skip possible modifier
+    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
+      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
+
+    # list of tokens which may follow a pattern
+    # (can probably be expanded)
+    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /(\)|\}|\;|\&\&|\|\||and|or|while|if|unless)/ )
+    {
+        1;
+    }
+    else {
+
+        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+            0;
+        }
+        else {
+            -1;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+sub find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line {
+    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    my $next_nonblank_token;
+
+    if ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
+        $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
+
+        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+
+            if ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
+                $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        $next_nonblank_token = "";
+    }
+    return ( $next_nonblank_token, $i );
+}
+
+sub find_angle_operator_termination {
+
+    # We are looking at a '<' and want to know if it is an angle operator.
+    # We are to return:
+    #   $i = pretoken index of ending '>' if found, current $i otherwise
+    #   $type = 'Q' if found, '>' otherwise
+    my ( $input_line, $i_beg, $rtoken_map, $expecting, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    my $i    = $i_beg;
+    my $type = '<';
+    pos($input_line) = 1 + $$rtoken_map[$i];
+
+    my $filter;
+
+    # we just have to find the next '>' if a term is expected
+    if ( $expecting == TERM ) { $filter = '[\>]' }
+
+    # we have to guess if we don't know what is expected
+    elsif ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) { $filter = '[\>\;\=\#\|\<]' }
+
+    # shouldn't happen - we shouldn't be here if operator is expected
+    else { warning("Program Bug in find_angle_operator_termination\n") }
+
+    # To illustrate what we might be looking at, in case we are
+    # guessing, here are some examples of valid angle operators
+    # (or file globs):
+    #  
+    #  
+    #  <$fh>
+    #  <*.c *.h>
+    #  <_>
+    #   ( glob.t)
+    #  <${PREFIX}*img*.$IMAGE_TYPE>
+    #  
+    #  
+    #  <$LATEX2HTMLVERSIONS${dd}html[1-9].[0-9].pl>
+    #
+    # Here are some examples of lines which do not have angle operators:
+    #  return undef unless $self->[2]++ < $#{$self->[1]};
+    #  < 2  || @$t >
+    #
+    # the following line from dlister.pl caused trouble:
+    #  print'~'x79,"\n",$D<1024?"0.$D":$D>>10,"K, $C files\n\n\n";
+    #
+    # If the '<' starts an angle operator, it must end on this line and
+    # it must not have certain characters like ';' and '=' in it.  I use
+    # this to limit the testing.  This filter should be improved if
+    # possible.
+
+    if ( $input_line =~ /($filter)/g ) {
+
+        if ( $1 eq '>' ) {
+
+            # We MAY have found an angle operator termination if we get
+            # here, but we need to do more to be sure we haven't been
+            # fooled.
+            my $pos = pos($input_line);
+
+            my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i];
+            my $str = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, ( $pos - $pos_beg ) );
+
+            # Reject if the closing '>' follows a '-' as in:
+            # if ( VERSION < 5.009 && $op-> name eq 'aassign' ) { }
+            if ( $expecting eq UNKNOWN ) {
+                my $check = substr( $input_line, $pos - 2, 1 );
+                if ( $check eq '-' ) {
+                    return ( $i, $type );
+                }
+            }
+
+            ######################################debug#####
+            #write_diagnostics( "ANGLE? :$str\n");
+            #print "ANGLE: found $1 at pos=$pos str=$str check=$check\n";
+            ######################################debug#####
+            $type = 'Q';
+            my $error;
+            ( $i, $error ) =
+              inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
+
+            # It may be possible that a quote ends midway in a pretoken.
+            # If this happens, it may be necessary to split the pretoken.
+            if ($error) {
+                warning(
+                    "Possible tokinization error..please check this line\n");
+                report_possible_bug();
+            }
+
+            # Now let's see where we stand....
+            # OK if math op not possible
+            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
+            }
+
+            # OK if there are no more than 2 pre-tokens inside
+            # (not possible to write 2 token math between < and >)
+            # This catches most common cases
+            elsif ( $i <= $i_beg + 3 ) {
+                write_diagnostics("ANGLE(1 or 2 tokens): $str\n");
+            }
+
+            # Not sure..
+            else {
+
+                # Let's try a Brace Test: any braces inside must balance
+                my $br = 0;
+                while ( $str =~ /\{/g ) { $br++ }
+                while ( $str =~ /\}/g ) { $br-- }
+                my $sb = 0;
+                while ( $str =~ /\[/g ) { $sb++ }
+                while ( $str =~ /\]/g ) { $sb-- }
+                my $pr = 0;
+                while ( $str =~ /\(/g ) { $pr++ }
+                while ( $str =~ /\)/g ) { $pr-- }
+
+                # if braces do not balance - not angle operator
+                if ( $br || $sb || $pr ) {
+                    $i    = $i_beg;
+                    $type = '<';
+                    write_diagnostics(
+                        "NOT ANGLE (BRACE={$br ($pr [$sb ):$str\n");
+                }
+
+                # we should keep doing more checks here...to be continued
+                # Tentatively accepting this as a valid angle operator.
+                # There are lots more things that can be checked.
+                else {
+                    write_diagnostics(
+                        "ANGLE-Guessing yes: $str expecting=$expecting\n");
+                    write_logfile_entry("Guessing angle operator here: $str\n");
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        # didn't find ending >
+        else {
+            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
+                warning("No ending > for angle operator\n");
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return ( $i, $type );
+}
+
+sub scan_number_do {
+
+    #  scan a number in any of the formats that Perl accepts
+    #  Underbars (_) are allowed in decimal numbers.
+    #  input parameters -
+    #      $input_line  - the string to scan
+    #      $i           - pre_token index to start scanning
+    #    $rtoken_map    - reference to the pre_token map giving starting
+    #                    character position in $input_line of token $i
+    #  output parameters -
+    #    $i            - last pre_token index of the number just scanned
+    #    number        - the number (characters); or undef if not a number
+
+    my ( $input_line, $i, $rtoken_map, $input_type, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i];
+    my $pos;
+    my $i_begin = $i;
+    my $number  = undef;
+    my $type    = $input_type;
+
+    my $first_char = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, 1 );
+
+    # Look for bad starting characters; Shouldn't happen..
+    if ( $first_char !~ /[\d\.\+\-Ee]/ ) {
+        warning("Program bug - scan_number given character $first_char\n");
+        report_definite_bug();
+        return ( $i, $type, $number );
+    }
+
+    # handle v-string without leading 'v' character ('Two Dot' rule)
+    # (vstring.t)
+    # TODO: v-strings may contain underscores
+    pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;
+    if ( $input_line =~ /\G((\d+)?\.\d+(\.\d+)+)/g ) {
+        $pos = pos($input_line);
+        my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
+        $number = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
+        $type = 'v';
+        report_v_string($number);
+    }
+
+    # handle octal, hex, binary
+    if ( !defined($number) ) {
+        pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;
+        if ( $input_line =~ /\G[+-]?0((x[0-9a-fA-F_]+)|([0-7_]+)|(b[01_]+))/g )
+        {
+            $pos = pos($input_line);
+            my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
+            $number = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
+            $type = 'n';
+        }
+    }
+
+    # handle decimal
+    if ( !defined($number) ) {
+        pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;
+
+        if ( $input_line =~ /\G([+-]?[\d_]*(\.[\d_]*)?([Ee][+-]?(\d+))?)/g ) {
+            $pos = pos($input_line);
+
+            # watch out for things like 0..40 which would give 0. by this;
+            if (   ( substr( $input_line, $pos - 1, 1 ) eq '.' )
+                && ( substr( $input_line, $pos, 1 ) eq '.' ) )
+            {
+                $pos--;
+            }
+            my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
+            $number = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
+            $type = 'n';
+        }
+    }
+
+    # filter out non-numbers like e + - . e2  .e3 +e6
+    # the rule: at least one digit, and any 'e' must be preceded by a digit
+    if (
+        $number !~ /\d/    # no digits
+        || (   $number =~ /^(.*)[eE]/
+            && $1 !~ /\d/ )    # or no digits before the 'e'
+      )
+    {
+        $number = undef;
+        $type   = $input_type;
+        return ( $i, $type, $number );
+    }
+
+    # Found a number; now we must convert back from character position
+    # to pre_token index. An error here implies user syntax error.
+    # An example would be an invalid octal number like '009'.
+    my $error;
+    ( $i, $error ) =
+      inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
+    if ($error) { warning("Possibly invalid number\n") }
+
+    return ( $i, $type, $number );
+}
+
+sub inverse_pretoken_map {
+
+    # Starting with the current pre_token index $i, scan forward until
+    # finding the index of the next pre_token whose position is $pos.
+    my ( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    my $error = 0;
+
+    while ( ++$i <= $max_token_index ) {
+
+        if ( $pos <= $$rtoken_map[$i] ) {
+
+            # Let the calling routine handle errors in which we do not
+            # land on a pre-token boundary.  It can happen by running
+            # perltidy on some non-perl scripts, for example.
+            if ( $pos < $$rtoken_map[$i] ) { $error = 1 }
+            $i--;
+            last;
+        }
+    }
+    return ( $i, $error );
+}
+
+sub find_here_doc {
+
+    # find the target of a here document, if any
+    # input parameters:
+    #   $i - token index of the second < of <<
+    #   ($i must be less than the last token index if this is called)
+    # output parameters:
+    #   $found_target = 0 didn't find target; =1 found target
+    #   HERE_TARGET - the target string (may be empty string)
+    #   $i - unchanged if not here doc,
+    #    or index of the last token of the here target
+    #   $saw_error - flag noting unbalanced quote on here target
+    my ( $expecting, $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
+    my $ibeg                 = $i;
+    my $found_target         = 0;
+    my $here_doc_target      = '';
+    my $here_quote_character = '';
+    my $saw_error            = 0;
+    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next_nonblank, $next_token );
+    $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
+
+    # perl allows a backslash before the target string (heredoc.t)
+    my $backslash = 0;
+    if ( $next_token eq '\\' ) {
+        $backslash  = 1;
+        $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ];
+    }
+
+    ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next_nonblank ) =
+      find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
+
+    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /[\'\"\`]/ ) {
+
+        my $in_quote    = 1;
+        my $quote_depth = 0;
+        my $quote_pos   = 0;
+        my $quoted_string;
+
+        (
+            $i, $in_quote, $here_quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
+            $quoted_string
+          )
+          = follow_quoted_string( $i_next_nonblank, $in_quote, $rtokens,
+            $here_quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );
+
+        if ($in_quote) {    # didn't find end of quote, so no target found
+            $i = $ibeg;
+            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
+                warning(
+"Did not find here-doc string terminator ($here_quote_character) before end of line \n"
+                );
+                $saw_error = 1;
+            }
+        }
+        else {              # found ending quote
+            my $j;
+            $found_target = 1;
+
+            my $tokj;
+            for ( $j = $i_next_nonblank + 1 ; $j < $i ; $j++ ) {
+                $tokj = $$rtokens[$j];
+
+                # we have to remove any backslash before the quote character
+                # so that the here-doc-target exactly matches this string
+                next
+                  if ( $tokj eq "\\"
+                    && $j < $i - 1
+                    && $$rtokens[ $j + 1 ] eq $here_quote_character );
+                $here_doc_target .= $tokj;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    elsif ( ( $next_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) and ( $expecting == TERM ) ) {
+        $found_target = 1;
+        write_logfile_entry(
+            "found blank here-target after <<; suggest using \"\"\n");
+        $i = $ibeg;
+    }
+    elsif ( $next_token =~ /^\w/ ) {    # simple bareword or integer after <<
+
+        my $here_doc_expected;
+        if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
+            $here_doc_expected = guess_if_here_doc($next_token);
+        }
+        else {
+            $here_doc_expected = 1;
+        }
+
+        if ($here_doc_expected) {
+            $found_target    = 1;
+            $here_doc_target = $next_token;
+            $i               = $ibeg + 1;
+        }
+
+    }
+    else {
+
+        if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
+            $found_target = 1;
+            write_logfile_entry("Note: bare here-doc operator <<\n");
+        }
+        else {
+            $i = $ibeg;
+        }
+    }
+
+    # patch to neglect any prepended backslash
+    if ( $found_target && $backslash ) { $i++ }
+
+    return ( $found_target, $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character, $i,
+        $saw_error );
+}
+
+sub do_quote {
+
+    # follow (or continue following) quoted string(s)
+    # $in_quote return code:
+    #   0 - ok, found end
+    #   1 - still must find end of quote whose target is $quote_character
+    #   2 - still looking for end of first of two quotes
+    #
+    # Returns updated strings:
+    #  $quoted_string_1 = quoted string seen while in_quote=1
+    #  $quoted_string_2 = quoted string seen while in_quote=2
+    my (
+        $i,               $in_quote,    $quote_character,
+        $quote_pos,       $quote_depth, $quoted_string_1,
+        $quoted_string_2, $rtokens,     $rtoken_map,
+        $max_token_index
+    ) = @_;
+
+    my $in_quote_starting = $in_quote;
+
+    my $quoted_string;
+    if ( $in_quote == 2 ) {    # two quotes/quoted_string_1s to follow
+        my $ibeg = $i;
+        (
+            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
+            $quoted_string
+          )
+          = follow_quoted_string( $i, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
+            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );
+        $quoted_string_2 .= $quoted_string;
+        if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {
+            if ( $quote_character =~ /[\{\[\<\(]/ ) { $i++; }
+            $quote_character = '';
+        }
+        else {
+            $quoted_string_2 .= "\n";
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {    # one (more) quote to follow
+        my $ibeg = $i;
+        (
+            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
+            $quoted_string
+          )
+          = follow_quoted_string( $ibeg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
+            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );
+        $quoted_string_1 .= $quoted_string;
+        if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {
+            $quoted_string_1 .= "\n";
+        }
+    }
+    return ( $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
+        $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2 );
+}
+
+sub follow_quoted_string {
+
+    # scan for a specific token, skipping escaped characters
+    # if the quote character is blank, use the first non-blank character
+    # input parameters:
+    #   $rtokens = reference to the array of tokens
+    #   $i = the token index of the first character to search
+    #   $in_quote = number of quoted strings being followed
+    #   $beginning_tok = the starting quote character
+    #   $quote_pos = index to check next for alphanumeric delimiter
+    # output parameters:
+    #   $i = the token index of the ending quote character
+    #   $in_quote = decremented if found end, unchanged if not
+    #   $beginning_tok = the starting quote character
+    #   $quote_pos = index to check next for alphanumeric delimiter
+    #   $quote_depth = nesting depth, since delimiters '{ ( [ <' can be nested.
+    #   $quoted_string = the text of the quote (without quotation tokens)
+    my ( $i_beg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $beginning_tok, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
+        $max_token_index )
+      = @_;
+    my ( $tok, $end_tok );
+    my $i             = $i_beg - 1;
+    my $quoted_string = "";
+
+    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_QUOTE && do {
+        print
+"QUOTE entering with quote_pos = $quote_pos i=$i beginning_tok =$beginning_tok\n";
+    };
+
+    # get the corresponding end token
+    if ( $beginning_tok !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+        $end_tok = matching_end_token($beginning_tok);
+    }
+
+    # a blank token means we must find and use the first non-blank one
+    else {
+        my $allow_quote_comments = ( $i < 0 ) ? 1 : 0; # i<0 means we saw a 
+
+        while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
+            $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
+
+            if ( $tok !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+
+                if ( ( $tok eq '#' ) && ($allow_quote_comments) ) {
+                    $i = $max_token_index;
+                }
+                else {
+
+                    if ( length($tok) > 1 ) {
+                        if ( $quote_pos <= 0 ) { $quote_pos = 1 }
+                        $beginning_tok = substr( $tok, $quote_pos - 1, 1 );
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        $beginning_tok = $tok;
+                        $quote_pos     = 0;
+                    }
+                    $end_tok     = matching_end_token($beginning_tok);
+                    $quote_depth = 1;
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+                $allow_quote_comments = 1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    # There are two different loops which search for the ending quote
+    # character.  In the rare case of an alphanumeric quote delimiter, we
+    # have to look through alphanumeric tokens character-by-character, since
+    # the pre-tokenization process combines multiple alphanumeric
+    # characters, whereas for a non-alphanumeric delimiter, only tokens of
+    # length 1 can match.
+
+    ###################################################################
+    # Case 1 (rare): loop for case of alphanumeric quote delimiter..
+    # "quote_pos" is the position the current word to begin searching
+    ###################################################################
+    if ( $beginning_tok =~ /\w/ ) {
+
+        # Note this because it is not recommended practice except
+        # for obfuscated perl contests
+        if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {
+            write_logfile_entry(
+                "Note: alphanumeric quote delimiter ($beginning_tok) \n");
+        }
+
+        while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
+
+            if ( $quote_pos == 0 || ( $i < 0 ) ) {
+                $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
+
+                if ( $tok eq '\\' ) {
+
+                    # retain backslash unless it hides the end token
+                    $quoted_string .= $tok
+                      unless $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq $end_tok;
+                    $quote_pos++;
+                    last if ( $i >= $max_token_index );
+                    $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
+                }
+            }
+            my $old_pos = $quote_pos;
+
+            unless ( defined($tok) && defined($end_tok) && defined($quote_pos) )
+            {
+
+            }
+            $quote_pos = 1 + index( $tok, $end_tok, $quote_pos );
+
+            if ( $quote_pos > 0 ) {
+
+                $quoted_string .=
+                  substr( $tok, $old_pos, $quote_pos - $old_pos - 1 );
+
+                $quote_depth--;
+
+                if ( $quote_depth == 0 ) {
+                    $in_quote--;
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+                $quoted_string .= substr( $tok, $old_pos );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    ########################################################################
+    # Case 2 (normal): loop for case of a non-alphanumeric quote delimiter..
+    ########################################################################
+    else {
+
+        while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
+            $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
+
+            if ( $tok eq $end_tok ) {
+                $quote_depth--;
+
+                if ( $quote_depth == 0 ) {
+                    $in_quote--;
+                    last;
+                }
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok eq $beginning_tok ) {
+                $quote_depth++;
+            }
+            elsif ( $tok eq '\\' ) {
+
+                # retain backslash unless it hides the beginning or end token
+                $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
+                $quoted_string .= '\\'
+                  unless ( $tok eq $end_tok || $tok eq $beginning_tok );
+            }
+            $quoted_string .= $tok;
+        }
+    }
+    if ( $i > $max_token_index ) { $i = $max_token_index }
+    return ( $i, $in_quote, $beginning_tok, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
+        $quoted_string );
+}
+
+sub indicate_error {
+    my ( $msg, $line_number, $input_line, $pos, $carrat ) = @_;
+    interrupt_logfile();
+    warning($msg);
+    write_error_indicator_pair( $line_number, $input_line, $pos, $carrat );
+    resume_logfile();
+}
+
+sub write_error_indicator_pair {
+    my ( $line_number, $input_line, $pos, $carrat ) = @_;
+    my ( $offset, $numbered_line, $underline ) =
+      make_numbered_line( $line_number, $input_line, $pos );
+    $underline = write_on_underline( $underline, $pos - $offset, $carrat );
+    warning( $numbered_line . "\n" );
+    $underline =~ s/\s*$//;
+    warning( $underline . "\n" );
+}
+
+sub make_numbered_line {
+
+    #  Given an input line, its line number, and a character position of
+    #  interest, create a string not longer than 80 characters of the form
+    #     $lineno: sub_string
+    #  such that the sub_string of $str contains the position of interest
+    #
+    #  Here is an example of what we want, in this case we add trailing
+    #  '...' because the line is long.
+    #
+    # 2: (One of QAML 2.0's authors is a member of the World Wide Web Con ...
+    #
+    #  Here is another example, this time in which we used leading '...'
+    #  because of excessive length:
+    #
+    # 2: ... er of the World Wide Web Consortium's
+    #
+    #  input parameters are:
+    #   $lineno = line number
+    #   $str = the text of the line
+    #   $pos = position of interest (the error) : 0 = first character
+    #
+    #   We return :
+    #     - $offset = an offset which corrects the position in case we only
+    #       display part of a line, such that $pos-$offset is the effective
+    #       position from the start of the displayed line.
+    #     - $numbered_line = the numbered line as above,
+    #     - $underline = a blank 'underline' which is all spaces with the same
+    #       number of characters as the numbered line.
+
+    my ( $lineno, $str, $pos ) = @_;
+    my $offset = ( $pos < 60 ) ? 0 : $pos - 40;
+    my $excess = length($str) - $offset - 68;
+    my $numc   = ( $excess > 0 ) ? 68 : undef;
+
+    if ( defined($numc) ) {
+        if ( $offset == 0 ) {
+            $str = substr( $str, $offset, $numc - 4 ) . " ...";
+        }
+        else {
+            $str = "... " . substr( $str, $offset + 4, $numc - 4 ) . " ...";
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+
+        if ( $offset == 0 ) {
+        }
+        else {
+            $str = "... " . substr( $str, $offset + 4 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    my $numbered_line = sprintf( "%d: ", $lineno );
+    $offset -= length($numbered_line);
+    $numbered_line .= $str;
+    my $underline = " " x length($numbered_line);
+    return ( $offset, $numbered_line, $underline );
+}
+
+sub write_on_underline {
+
+    # The "underline" is a string that shows where an error is; it starts
+    # out as a string of blanks with the same length as the numbered line of
+    # code above it, and we have to add marking to show where an error is.
+    # In the example below, we want to write the string '--^' just below
+    # the line of bad code:
+    #
+    # 2: (One of QAML 2.0's authors is a member of the World Wide Web Con ...
+    #                 ---^
+    # We are given the current underline string, plus a position and a
+    # string to write on it.
+    #
+    # In the above example, there will be 2 calls to do this:
+    # First call:  $pos=19, pos_chr=^
+    # Second call: $pos=16, pos_chr=---
+    #
+    # This is a trivial thing to do with substr, but there is some
+    # checking to do.
+
+    my ( $underline, $pos, $pos_chr ) = @_;
+
+    # check for error..shouldn't happen
+    unless ( ( $pos >= 0 ) && ( $pos <= length($underline) ) ) {
+        return $underline;
+    }
+    my $excess = length($pos_chr) + $pos - length($underline);
+    if ( $excess > 0 ) {
+        $pos_chr = substr( $pos_chr, 0, length($pos_chr) - $excess );
+    }
+    substr( $underline, $pos, length($pos_chr) ) = $pos_chr;
+    return ($underline);
+}
+
+sub pre_tokenize {
+
+    # Break a string, $str, into a sequence of preliminary tokens.  We
+    # are interested in these types of tokens:
+    #   words       (type='w'),            example: 'max_tokens_wanted'
+    #   digits      (type = 'd'),          example: '0755'
+    #   whitespace  (type = 'b'),          example: '   '
+    #   any other single character (i.e. punct; type = the character itself).
+    # We cannot do better than this yet because we might be in a quoted
+    # string or pattern.  Caller sets $max_tokens_wanted to 0 to get all
+    # tokens.
+    my ( $str, $max_tokens_wanted ) = @_;
+
+    # we return references to these 3 arrays:
+    my @tokens    = ();     # array of the tokens themselves
+    my @token_map = (0);    # string position of start of each token
+    my @type      = ();     # 'b'=whitespace, 'd'=digits, 'w'=alpha, or punct
+
+    do {
+
+        # whitespace
+        if ( $str =~ /\G(\s+)/gc ) { push @type, 'b'; }
+
+        # numbers
+        # note that this must come before words!
+        elsif ( $str =~ /\G(\d+)/gc ) { push @type, 'd'; }
+
+        # words
+        elsif ( $str =~ /\G(\w+)/gc ) { push @type, 'w'; }
+
+        # single-character punctuation
+        elsif ( $str =~ /\G(\W)/gc ) { push @type, $1; }
+
+        # that's all..
+        else {
+            return ( \@tokens, \@token_map, \@type );
+        }
+
+        push @tokens,    $1;
+        push @token_map, pos($str);
+
+    } while ( --$max_tokens_wanted != 0 );
+
+    return ( \@tokens, \@token_map, \@type );
+}
+
+sub show_tokens {
+
+    # this is an old debug routine
+    my ( $rtokens, $rtoken_map ) = @_;
+    my $num = scalar(@$rtokens);
+    my $i;
+
+    for ( $i = 0 ; $i < $num ; $i++ ) {
+        my $len = length( $$rtokens[$i] );
+        print "$i:$len:$$rtoken_map[$i]:$$rtokens[$i]:\n";
+    }
+}
+
+sub matching_end_token {
+
+    # find closing character for a pattern
+    my $beginning_token = shift;
+
+    if ( $beginning_token eq '{' ) {
+        '}';
+    }
+    elsif ( $beginning_token eq '[' ) {
+        ']';
+    }
+    elsif ( $beginning_token eq '<' ) {
+        '>';
+    }
+    elsif ( $beginning_token eq '(' ) {
+        ')';
+    }
+    else {
+        $beginning_token;
+    }
+}
+
+sub dump_token_types {
+    my $class = shift;
+    my $fh    = shift;
+
+    # This should be the latest list of token types in use
+    # adding NEW_TOKENS: add a comment here
+    print $fh <<'END_OF_LIST';
+
+Here is a list of the token types currently used for lines of type 'CODE'.  
+For the following tokens, the "type" of a token is just the token itself.  
+
+.. :: << >> ** && .. || // -> => += -= .= %= &= |= ^= *= <>
+( ) <= >= == =~ !~ != ++ -- /= x=
+... **= <<= >>= &&= ||= //= <=> 
+, + - / * | % ! x ~ = \ ? : . < > ^ &
+
+The following additional token types are defined:
+
+ type    meaning
+    b    blank (white space) 
+    {    indent: opening structural curly brace or square bracket or paren
+         (code block, anonymous hash reference, or anonymous array reference)
+    }    outdent: right structural curly brace or square bracket or paren
+    [    left non-structural square bracket (enclosing an array index)
+    ]    right non-structural square bracket
+    (    left non-structural paren (all but a list right of an =)
+    )    right non-structural parena
+    L    left non-structural curly brace (enclosing a key)
+    R    right non-structural curly brace 
+    ;    terminal semicolon
+    f    indicates a semicolon in a "for" statement
+    h    here_doc operator <<
+    #    a comment
+    Q    indicates a quote or pattern
+    q    indicates a qw quote block
+    k    a perl keyword
+    C    user-defined constant or constant function (with void prototype = ())
+    U    user-defined function taking parameters
+    G    user-defined function taking block parameter (like grep/map/eval)
+    M    (unused, but reserved for subroutine definition name)
+    P    (unused, but -html uses it to label pod text)
+    t    type indicater such as %,$,@,*,&,sub
+    w    bare word (perhaps a subroutine call)
+    i    identifier of some type (with leading %, $, @, *, &, sub, -> )
+    n    a number
+    v    a v-string
+    F    a file test operator (like -e)
+    Y    File handle
+    Z    identifier in indirect object slot: may be file handle, object
+    J    LABEL:  code block label
+    j    LABEL after next, last, redo, goto
+    p    unary +
+    m    unary -
+    pp   pre-increment operator ++
+    mm   pre-decrement operator -- 
+    A    : used as attribute separator
+    
+    Here are the '_line_type' codes used internally:
+    SYSTEM         - system-specific code before hash-bang line
+    CODE           - line of perl code (including comments)
+    POD_START      - line starting pod, such as '=head'
+    POD            - pod documentation text
+    POD_END        - last line of pod section, '=cut'
+    HERE           - text of here-document
+    HERE_END       - last line of here-doc (target word)
+    FORMAT         - format section
+    FORMAT_END     - last line of format section, '.'
+    DATA_START     - __DATA__ line
+    DATA           - unidentified text following __DATA__
+    END_START      - __END__ line
+    END            - unidentified text following __END__
+    ERROR          - we are in big trouble, probably not a perl script
+END_OF_LIST
+}
+
+BEGIN {
+
+    # These names are used in error messages
+    @opening_brace_names = qw# '{' '[' '(' '?' #;
+    @closing_brace_names = qw# '}' ']' ')' ':' #;
+
+    my @digraphs = qw(
+      .. :: << >> ** && .. || // -> => += -= .= %= &= |= ^= *= <>
+      <= >= == =~ !~ != ++ -- /= x= ~~
+    );
+    @is_digraph{@digraphs} = (1) x scalar(@digraphs);
+
+    my @trigraphs = qw( ... **= <<= >>= &&= ||= //= <=> !~~ );
+    @is_trigraph{@trigraphs} = (1) x scalar(@trigraphs);
+
+    # make a hash of all valid token types for self-checking the tokenizer
+    # (adding NEW_TOKENS : select a new character and add to this list)
+    my @valid_token_types = qw#
+      A b C G L R f h Q k t w i q n p m F pp mm U j J Y Z v
+      { } ( ) [ ] ; + - / * | % ! x ~ = \ ? : . < > ^ &
+      #;
+    push( @valid_token_types, @digraphs );
+    push( @valid_token_types, @trigraphs );
+    push( @valid_token_types, '#' );
+    push( @valid_token_types, ',' );
+    @is_valid_token_type{@valid_token_types} = (1) x scalar(@valid_token_types);
+
+    # a list of file test letters, as in -e (Table 3-4 of 'camel 3')
+    my @file_test_operators =
+      qw( A B C M O R S T W X b c d e f g k l o p r s t u w x z);
+    @is_file_test_operator{@file_test_operators} =
+      (1) x scalar(@file_test_operators);
+
+    # these functions have prototypes of the form (&), so when they are
+    # followed by a block, that block MAY BE followed by an operator.
+    @_ = qw( do eval );
+    @is_block_operator{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # these functions allow an identifier in the indirect object slot
+    @_ = qw( print printf sort exec system say);
+    @is_indirect_object_taker{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # These tokens may precede a code block
+    # patched for SWITCH/CASE
+    @_ =
+      qw( BEGIN END CHECK INIT AUTOLOAD DESTROY UNITCHECK continue if elsif else
+      unless do while until eval for foreach map grep sort
+      switch case given when);
+    @is_code_block_token{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # I'll build the list of keywords incrementally
+    my @Keywords = ();
+
+    # keywords and tokens after which a value or pattern is expected,
+    # but not an operator.  In other words, these should consume terms
+    # to their right, or at least they are not expected to be followed
+    # immediately by operators.
+    my @value_requestor = qw(
+      AUTOLOAD
+      BEGIN
+      CHECK
+      DESTROY
+      END
+      EQ
+      GE
+      GT
+      INIT
+      LE
+      LT
+      NE
+      UNITCHECK
+      abs
+      accept
+      alarm
+      and
+      atan2
+      bind
+      binmode
+      bless
+      break
+      caller
+      chdir
+      chmod
+      chomp
+      chop
+      chown
+      chr
+      chroot
+      close
+      closedir
+      cmp
+      connect
+      continue
+      cos
+      crypt
+      dbmclose
+      dbmopen
+      defined
+      delete
+      die
+      dump
+      each
+      else
+      elsif
+      eof
+      eq
+      exec
+      exists
+      exit
+      exp
+      fcntl
+      fileno
+      flock
+      for
+      foreach
+      formline
+      ge
+      getc
+      getgrgid
+      getgrnam
+      gethostbyaddr
+      gethostbyname
+      getnetbyaddr
+      getnetbyname
+      getpeername
+      getpgrp
+      getpriority
+      getprotobyname
+      getprotobynumber
+      getpwnam
+      getpwuid
+      getservbyname
+      getservbyport
+      getsockname
+      getsockopt
+      glob
+      gmtime
+      goto
+      grep
+      gt
+      hex
+      if
+      index
+      int
+      ioctl
+      join
+      keys
+      kill
+      last
+      lc
+      lcfirst
+      le
+      length
+      link
+      listen
+      local
+      localtime
+      lock
+      log
+      lstat
+      lt
+      map
+      mkdir
+      msgctl
+      msgget
+      msgrcv
+      msgsnd
+      my
+      ne
+      next
+      no
+      not
+      oct
+      open
+      opendir
+      or
+      ord
+      our
+      pack
+      pipe
+      pop
+      pos
+      print
+      printf
+      prototype
+      push
+      quotemeta
+      rand
+      read
+      readdir
+      readlink
+      readline
+      readpipe
+      recv
+      redo
+      ref
+      rename
+      require
+      reset
+      return
+      reverse
+      rewinddir
+      rindex
+      rmdir
+      scalar
+      seek
+      seekdir
+      select
+      semctl
+      semget
+      semop
+      send
+      sethostent
+      setnetent
+      setpgrp
+      setpriority
+      setprotoent
+      setservent
+      setsockopt
+      shift
+      shmctl
+      shmget
+      shmread
+      shmwrite
+      shutdown
+      sin
+      sleep
+      socket
+      socketpair
+      sort
+      splice
+      split
+      sprintf
+      sqrt
+      srand
+      stat
+      study
+      substr
+      symlink
+      syscall
+      sysopen
+      sysread
+      sysseek
+      system
+      syswrite
+      tell
+      telldir
+      tie
+      tied
+      truncate
+      uc
+      ucfirst
+      umask
+      undef
+      unless
+      unlink
+      unpack
+      unshift
+      untie
+      until
+      use
+      utime
+      values
+      vec
+      waitpid
+      warn
+      while
+      write
+      xor
+
+      switch
+      case
+      given
+      when
+      err
+      say
+    );
+
+    # patched above for SWITCH/CASE given/when err say
+    # 'err' is a fairly safe addition.
+    # TODO: 'default' still needed if appropriate
+    # 'use feature' seen, but perltidy works ok without it.
+    # Concerned that 'default' could break code.
+    push( @Keywords, @value_requestor );
+
+    # These are treated the same but are not keywords:
+    my @extra_vr = qw(
+      constant
+      vars
+    );
+    push( @value_requestor, @extra_vr );
+
+    @expecting_term_token{@value_requestor} = (1) x scalar(@value_requestor);
+
+    # this list contains keywords which do not look for arguments,
+    # so that they might be followed by an operator, or at least
+    # not a term.
+    my @operator_requestor = qw(
+      endgrent
+      endhostent
+      endnetent
+      endprotoent
+      endpwent
+      endservent
+      fork
+      getgrent
+      gethostent
+      getlogin
+      getnetent
+      getppid
+      getprotoent
+      getpwent
+      getservent
+      setgrent
+      setpwent
+      time
+      times
+      wait
+      wantarray
+    );
+
+    push( @Keywords, @operator_requestor );
+
+    # These are treated the same but are not considered keywords:
+    my @extra_or = qw(
+      STDERR
+      STDIN
+      STDOUT
+    );
+
+    push( @operator_requestor, @extra_or );
+
+    @expecting_operator_token{@operator_requestor} =
+      (1) x scalar(@operator_requestor);
+
+    # these token TYPES expect trailing operator but not a term
+    # note: ++ and -- are post-increment and decrement, 'C' = constant
+    my @operator_requestor_types = qw( ++ -- C <> q );
+    @expecting_operator_types{@operator_requestor_types} =
+      (1) x scalar(@operator_requestor_types);
+
+    # these token TYPES consume values (terms)
+    # note: pp and mm are pre-increment and decrement
+    # f=semicolon in for,  F=file test operator
+    my @value_requestor_type = qw#
+      L { ( [ ~ !~ =~ ; . .. ... A : && ! || // = + - x
+      **= += -= .= /= *= %= x= &= |= ^= <<= >>= &&= ||= //=
+      <= >= == != => \ > < % * / ? & | ** <=> ~~ !~~
+      f F pp mm Y p m U J G j >> << ^ t
+      #;
+    push( @value_requestor_type, ',' )
+      ;    # (perl doesn't like a ',' in a qw block)
+    @expecting_term_types{@value_requestor_type} =
+      (1) x scalar(@value_requestor_type);
+
+    # Note: the following valid token types are not assigned here to
+    # hashes requesting to be followed by values or terms, but are
+    # instead currently hard-coded into sub operator_expected:
+    # ) -> :: Q R Z ] b h i k n v w } #
+
+    # For simple syntax checking, it is nice to have a list of operators which
+    # will really be unhappy if not followed by a term.  This includes most
+    # of the above...
+    %really_want_term = %expecting_term_types;
+
+    # with these exceptions...
+    delete $really_want_term{'U'}; # user sub, depends on prototype
+    delete $really_want_term{'F'}; # file test works on $_ if no following term
+    delete $really_want_term{'Y'}; # indirect object, too risky to check syntax;
+                                   # let perl do it
+
+    @_ = qw(q qq qw qx qr s y tr m);
+    @is_q_qq_qw_qx_qr_s_y_tr_m{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+    # These keywords are handled specially in the tokenizer code:
+    my @special_keywords = qw(
+      do
+      eval
+      format
+      m
+      package
+      q
+      qq
+      qr
+      qw
+      qx
+      s
+      sub
+      tr
+      y
+    );
+    push( @Keywords, @special_keywords );
+
+    # Keywords after which list formatting may be used
+    # WARNING: do not include |map|grep|eval or perl may die on
+    # syntax errors (map1.t).
+    my @keyword_taking_list = qw(
+      and
+      chmod
+      chomp
+      chop
+      chown
+      dbmopen
+      die
+      elsif
+      exec
+      fcntl
+      for
+      foreach
+      formline
+      getsockopt
+      if
+      index
+      ioctl
+      join
+      kill
+      local
+      msgctl
+      msgrcv
+      msgsnd
+      my
+      open
+      or
+      our
+      pack
+      print
+      printf
+      push
+      read
+      readpipe
+      recv
+      return
+      reverse
+      rindex
+      seek
+      select
+      semctl
+      semget
+      send
+      setpriority
+      setsockopt
+      shmctl
+      shmget
+      shmread
+      shmwrite
+      socket
+      socketpair
+      sort
+      splice
+      split
+      sprintf
+      substr
+      syscall
+      sysopen
+      sysread
+      sysseek
+      system
+      syswrite
+      tie
+      unless
+      unlink
+      unpack
+      unshift
+      until
+      vec
+      warn
+      while
+    );
+    @is_keyword_taking_list{@keyword_taking_list} =
+      (1) x scalar(@keyword_taking_list);
+
+    # These are not used in any way yet
+    #    my @unused_keywords = qw(
+    #      CORE
+    #     __FILE__
+    #     __LINE__
+    #     __PACKAGE__
+    #     );
+
+    #  The list of keywords was extracted from function 'keyword' in
+    #  perl file toke.c version 5.005.03, using this utility, plus a
+    #  little editing: (file getkwd.pl):
+    #  while (<>) { while (/\"(.*)\"/g) { print "$1\n"; } }
+    #  Add 'get' prefix where necessary, then split into the above lists.
+    #  This list should be updated as necessary.
+    #  The list should not contain these special variables:
+    #  ARGV DATA ENV SIG STDERR STDIN STDOUT
+    #  __DATA__ __END__
+
+    @is_keyword{@Keywords} = (1) x scalar(@Keywords);
+}
+1;
+package main;
+
+
+my $arg_string = undef;
+
+# give Macs a chance to provide command line parameters
+if ($^O =~ /Mac/) {
+    $arg_string =
+      MacPerl::Ask( 'Please enter @ARGV (-h for help)',
+        defined $ARGV[0] ? "\"$ARGV[0]\"" : "" );
+}
+
+Perl::Tidy::perltidy(argv => $arg_string);
+
diff --git a/indenters/phpStylist.php b/indenters/phpStylist.php
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..59099cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/phpStylist.php
@@ -0,0 +1,1401 @@
+
+
+  
+  
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+    
+  
+  
+    
+  
+  

+      
+      
+        
+        
+      
+      
phpStylist by Mr. Milk
“because your code may not work, but it must look professional!!!”

+      

+    

+      
+      
+        
+        
+      
+      

+          
+            
+              
+              
+            
+            
+              
+            
+          
•••

+          
+            
+              
+            
+            
+              
+            
+            
+              
+            
+            
+              
+            
+            
+              
+            
+          
+          
+        		
+          
+            
+              
+            
+            
+          

+                
+              

+        

+    

+  
+  
+
+
+ $v) {
+      if (isset($stylist->options[strtoupper($k)])) {
+        $stylist->options[strtoupper($k)] = $v != "off";
+      }
+    }
+    if (isset($_REQUEST["indent_with_tabs"]) && $_REQUEST["indent_with_tabs"] != "off") {
+      $stylist->indent_char = "\t";
+    }
+    if (isset($_REQUEST["indent_size"]) && $_REQUEST["indent_size"] != "" && $_REQUEST["indent_size"] != "null") {
+      $stylist->indent_size = $_REQUEST["indent_size"];
+    }
+    if (strpos($code, '';
+    }
+    $formatted = $stylist->formatCode($code);
+    $highlight = highlight_string($formatted, true);
+    if (isset($HTTP_POST_FILES['file']['tmp_name']) && file_exists($HTTP_POST_FILES['file']['tmp_name'])) {
+      unlink($HTTP_POST_FILES['file']['tmp_name']);
+    }
+    $nowrap   = isset($_REQUEST["nowrap"]) && $_REQUEST["nowrap"] == 'on' ? "nowrap" : "";
+    $tawrap   = $nowrap == "" ? "" : "wrap='off' ";
+    $display  = isset($_REQUEST["textarea"]) && $_REQUEST["textarea"] == 'on' ? "" : "style='display: none;'";
+    $textarea = "";
+    $display  = isset($_REQUEST["textarea"]) && $_REQUEST["textarea"] == 'on' ? "style='display: none;'" : "";
+    $frame    = "$highlight";
+  }
+  else {
+    $nowrap   = isset($_REQUEST["nowrap"]) && $_REQUEST["nowrap"] == 'on' ? "nowrap" : "";
+    $tawrap   = $nowrap == "" ? "" : "wrap='off' ";
+    $textarea = "";
+    $frame    = "";
+  }
+  if ($download) {
+    return isset($formatted) ? $formatted : "";
+  }
+  else {
+    return $textarea . $frame;
+  }
+}
+
+function isCommandLine() {
+  global $argv;
+  return ((is_array($argv) && count($argv)>0) || (is_array($_SERVER['argv']) && count($_SERVER['argv'])>0) || (is_array($GLOBALS['HTTP_SERVER_VARS']['argv']) && count($GLOBALS['HTTP_SERVER_VARS']['argv'])>0));
+}
+
+function processBatch() {
+
+  global $argv;
+  if (is_array($argv)) {
+    $options = $argv;
+  }
+  elseif (is_array($_SERVER['argv'])) {
+    $options = $_SERVER['argv'];
+  }
+  elseif (is_array($GLOBALS['HTTP_SERVER_VARS']['argv'])) {
+    $options = $GLOBALS['HTTP_SERVER_VARS']['argv'];
+  }
+  foreach($options as $index=>$option) {
+    if($option=="--help") {
+      echo "phpStylist v0.8 by Mr. Milk\n";
+      echo "usage: phpStylist source_file options\n\n";
+      echo "Indentation and General Formatting:\n";
+      echo "--indent_size n\n";
+      echo "--indent_with_tabs\n";
+      echo "--keep_redundant_lines\n";
+      echo "--space_inside_parentheses\n";
+      echo "--space_outside_parentheses\n";
+      echo "--space_after_comma\n\n";
+      echo "Operators:\n";
+      echo "--space_around_assignment\n";
+      echo "--align_var_assignment\n";
+      echo "--space_around_comparison\n";
+      echo "--space_around_arithmetic\n";
+      echo "--space_around_logical\n";
+      echo "--space_around_colon_question\n\n";
+      echo "Functions, Classes and Objects:\n";
+      echo "--line_before_function\n";
+      echo "--line_before_curly_function\n";
+      echo "--line_after_curly_function\n";
+      echo "--space_around_obj_operator\n";
+      echo "--space_around_double_colon\n\n";
+      echo "Control Structures:\n";
+      echo "--space_after_if\n";
+      echo "--else_along_curly\n";
+      echo "--line_before_curly\n";
+      echo "--add_missing_braces\n";
+      echo "--line_after_break\n";
+      echo "--space_inside_for\n";
+      echo "--indent_case\n\n";
+      echo "Arrays and Concatenation:\n";
+      echo "--line_before_array\n";
+      echo "--vertical_array\n";
+      echo "--align_array_assignment\n";
+      echo "--space_around_double_arrow\n";
+      echo "--vertical_concat\n";
+      echo "--space_around_concat\n\n";
+      echo "Comments:\n";
+      echo "--line_before_comment_multi\n";
+      echo "--line_after_comment_multi\n";
+      echo "--line_before_comment\n";
+      echo "--line_after_comment\n";
+      exit;
+    }
+    if($index==1) {
+      $_REQUEST["file"] = $option;
+    }
+    elseif($option=="--indent_size") {
+      $_REQUEST["indent_size"] = $options[$index+1];
+    }
+    elseif($index>0 && $options[$index-1]!="indent_size") {
+      $_REQUEST[substr($option, 2)] = "on";
+    }
+  }
+  $_REQUEST["download"] = 2;
+  $str = parseFile(true);
+  echo $str;
+  exit;
+
+}
+
+function isDownload()
+{
+  return isset($_REQUEST["download"]) && $_REQUEST["download"] == '1';
+}
+
+function downloadFile()
+{
+  global $HTTP_POST_FILES;
+  $charset = isset($_REQUEST["iso8859"]) && $_REQUEST["iso8859"]!="off" ? "ISO-8859-1" : "UTF-8";
+  $str = parseFile(true);
+  if ($str != "") {
+    $fn = isset($HTTP_POST_FILES['file']) && $HTTP_POST_FILES['file']['name'] != '' ? $HTTP_POST_FILES['file']['name'] : "phpStylist.php";
+    header("Expires: Wed, 20 Jun 2007 00:00:00 GMT");
+    header("Last-Modified: " . gmdate("D, d M Y H:i:s") . " GMT");
+    header("Cache-Control: no-store, no-cache, must-revalidate");
+    header("Cache-Control: post-check=0, pre-check=0", false);
+    header("Pragma: no-cache");
+    header("Content-Type: text/plain; charset=".$charset);
+    header('Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="' . $fn . '";');
+    header("Pragma: public");
+    header("Expires: 0");
+    header("Cache-Control: must-revalidate, post-check=0, pre-check=0");
+    header("Content-Transfer-Encoding: binary");
+  }
+  echo $str;
+  exit;
+}
+
+function loadFile($filename)
+{
+  $code = "";
+  if(filesize($filename)>0) {
+    $f = fopen("$filename", "rb");
+    $code = fread($f, filesize($filename));
+    fclose($f);
+  }
+  return $code;
+}
+
+function getSampleCode()
+{
+  $sample = 'PD9waHANCi8qKioNCiAqIHBocFN0eWxpc3QgZGVtb25zdHJhdGlvbiBjb2RlDQogKiBieSBNci4gTWlsayAoYWthIE1hcmNlbG8gTGVpdGUpDQogKiBtcm1pbGtAYW55c29mdC5jb20uYnINCiAqLw0KDQokd29ya19ob3VycyA9IDEyOw0KJHRpbWUgPSAkd29ya19ob3VycyoyOw0KJGRldmVsb3BlciA9ICRwb29yZ3V5Ow0KJGdvZCA9ICQkbXJnYXRlczsNCiR3YWdlID0gJHdvcmtfaG91cnMvMjsNCiRib251cyA9ICR3YWdlICogMC4wMDAwMTsNCiR3YXJuZWQgPSBmYWxzZTsNCiRwcm9wZXJ0aWVzID0gYXJyYXkoImdhdGVzIj0+YXJyYXkoImV2ZXJ5dGhpbmciPT4ieWVzIiwgImFueXRoaW5nIj0+InllcyIsICJhbnl0aGluZyBlbHNlIj0+InllcyIsICJ5b3UiPT4iY29tcGxldGVseSIpLCAiZGV2ZWxvcGVyIj0+YXJyYXkoImFuIG9sZCBjYXIiPT4iMiBpbnN0YWxsbWVudHMiLCAibW9kZGVkIGNvbXB1dGVyIj0+ImFsbW9zdCIsICJiZWVyIG11ZyI9PiJzdXJlISIpKTsNCiR3YXJuaW5nID0gIk1yLiAiLiRkZXZlbG9wZXIuIiwgeW91IG1hZGUgIi4gJGdvZC4gIiB1bmhhcHB5IHRvZGF5LiI7DQovLyBkZXZlbG9wZXIncyBtaXNlcmFibGUgbGlmZQ0KZm9yKCR5b3U9JGRldmVsb3BlcjskeW91PCRnb2Q7JHlvdSsrKSB7DQogIC8vIGxldCdzIHVzZSBoaXMgcG90ZW50aWFsDQogIGlmKCR3b3JrPD0kdGltZSo0KSB7DQogICAgJHdvcmsrKzsNCiAgICAkc2xlZXAtLTsNCiAgICAkZW5yaWNoR2F0ZXMoKTsNCiAgfQ0KICAvLyBjaGlja2VuaW5nIG91dCBodWg/DQogIGVsc2UgaWYoJHRpcmVkKSB7DQogICAgaWYoISR3YXJuZWQpIHsNCiAgICAgICRzY2FyZVRvRGVhdGgoJGRldmVsb3Blciwkd2FybmluZyk7DQogICAgICAkYm9udXMvPTI7DQogICAgfQ0KICAgIGVsc2UgaWYoJGJvbnVzID4gMCkNCiAgICAgICRib251cz0wOw0KICAgIGVsc2Ugew0KICAgICAgZmlyZSgkZGV2ZWxvcGVyKTsNCiAgICAgICRyZXBsYWNlbWVudCA9IGZpbmRJZGlvdCgpOw0KICAgICAgaGlyZSgkcmVwbGFjZW1lbnQsICR3YWdlLzIpOw0KICAgIH0NCiAgfQ0KICAvLyB0aGlzIGd1eSBjYW4gdGFrZSBpdA0KICBlbHNlaWYoJHdhZ2U+MCkNCiAgICAkd2FnZS0tOw0KICAvLyBoYXZlIHdlIHJlYWxseSBmb3VuZCB3aG8gd2UndmUgYmVlbiBsb29raW5nIGZvcj8NCiAgZWxzZSB7DQogICAgJGVucmljaEdhdGVzKCk7DQogICAgJGhlYWx0aF9sZXZlbCA9IGVtZXJnZW5jeVJvb20oJGRldmVsb3Blcik7DQogICAgLyogc2FuaXR5IGNoZWNrISAqLw0KICAgIHN3aXRjaCgkaGVhbHRoX2xldmVsKSB7DQogICAgICBjYXNlICJncmVhdCI6DQogICAgICAgIGZpcmUoJGRvY3Rvcik7DQogICAgICAgIHVuc2V0KCRwcm9wZXJ0aWVzWyJkZXZlbG9wZXIiXSk7DQogICAgICAgIHVuc2V0KCRwcm9wZXJ0aWVzWyJnYXRlcyJdWyJ5b3UiXSk7DQogICAgICAgIGN1Y2tvb3NOZXN0KCRkZXZlbG9wZXIpOw0KICAgICAgICAkcmVwbGFjZW1lbnQgPSBmaW5kSWRpb3QoKTsNCiAgICAgICAgaGlyZSgkcmVwbGFjZW1lbnQsICRtaW5fd2FnZSk7DQogICAgICAgIGJyZWFrOw0KICAgICAgY2FzZSAiZ29vZCI6DQogICAgICBjYXNlICJiYWQiOg0KICAgICAgICBiYWNrVG9Xb3JrKCk7DQogICAgICBicmVhazsNCiAgICAgIGNhc2UgInRlcm1pbmFsIjoNCiAgICAgICAgZmlyZSgkZGV2ZWxvcGVyKTsNCiAgICAgICAgJHJlcGxhY2VtZW50ID0gJGhhc19icm90aGVyID8gImJyb3RoZXIiIDogImZyaWVuZCI7DQogICAgICAgIGhpcmUoJHJlcGxhY2VtZW50LCAkbWluX3dhZ2UvMik7DQogICAgICBicmVhazsNCiAgICAgIGRlZmF1bHQ6DQogICAgfQ0KICB9DQp9DQovKioqDQogKiBGdW5jdGlvbnMNCiAqLw0KDQpmdW5jdGlvbiBlbWVyZ2VuY3lSb29tKCR3aG8pIHsNCiAgJGhlYWx0aHkgPWZhbHNlOw0KICAkaW50ZXJuID0gMDsNCiAgd2hpbGUoISRoZWFsdGh5ICYmICRoZWFsdGh5IT0iZW5kIikNCiAgICAkaGVhbHRoeSA9IHNjcnVic0ludGVybk9waW5pb25zKCR3aG8sICsrJGludGVybik7DQogICRpbnRlcm4gPSAwOw0KICB3aGlsZSghJGhlYWx0aHkgJiYgJGhlYWx0aHkhPSJlbmQiKQ0KICAgICRoZWFsdGh5ID0gZXJJbnRlcm5PcGluaW9ucygkd2hvLCAkaW50ZXJuKyspOw0KICByZXR1cm4gJGhlYWx0aHk7DQp9DQoNCmZ1bmN0aW9uIGhpcmUoJHdobywgJHdhZ2UpIHsNCiAgJGRldmVsb3BlciA9IG5ldyBTbGF2ZSgpOw0KICAkZGV2ZWxvcGVyLT5wZXJzb24gPSAkd2hvOw0KICAkZGV2ZWxvcGVyLT5zZXRTYWxhcnkoJHdhZ2UpOw0KICAkY29zdCA9IGhyUm91dGluZXM6OmdldEhpcmluZ0Nvc3QoKTsNCiAgJGRldmVsb3Blci0+c2V0RGVidCgkY29zdCk7DQp9DQoNCmZ1bmN0aW9uIGZpcmUoJHdobykgew0KICBjYWxsU2VjdXJpdHkoKTsNCiAgZ2V0SGltT3V0KCR3aG8pOw0KfQ0KDQo/Pg0K';
+  return base64_decode($sample);
+}
+
+class phpStylist
+{
+  var $indent_size = 2;
+  var $indent_char = " ";
+  var $block_size  = 3;
+  var $options = array(
+    "SPACE_INSIDE_PARENTHESES"    => false,
+    "SPACE_OUTSIDE_PARENTHESES"   => false,
+    "SPACE_INSIDE_FOR"            => false,
+    "SPACE_AFTER_IF"              => false,
+    "SPACE_AFTER_COMMA"           => false,
+    "SPACE_AROUND_OBJ_OPERATOR"   => false,
+    "SPACE_AROUND_DOUBLE_COLON"   => false,
+    "SPACE_AROUND_DOUBLE_ARROW"   => false,
+    "SPACE_AROUND_ASSIGNMENT"     => false,
+    "SPACE_AROUND_COMPARISON"     => false,
+    "SPACE_AROUND_COLON_QUESTION" => false,
+    "SPACE_AROUND_LOGICAL"        => false,
+    "SPACE_AROUND_ARITHMETIC"     => false,
+    "SPACE_AROUND_CONCAT"         => false,
+    "LINE_BEFORE_FUNCTION"        => false,
+    "LINE_BEFORE_CURLY"           => false,
+    "LINE_BEFORE_CURLY_FUNCTION"  => false,
+    "LINE_AFTER_CURLY_FUNCTION"   => false,
+    "LINE_BEFORE_ARRAY"           => false,
+    "LINE_BEFORE_COMMENT"         => false,
+    "LINE_AFTER_COMMENT"          => false,
+    "LINE_BEFORE_COMMENT_MULTI"   => false,
+    "LINE_AFTER_COMMENT_MULTI"    => false,
+    "LINE_AFTER_BREAK"            => false,
+    "VERTICAL_CONCAT"             => false,
+    "VERTICAL_ARRAY"              => false,
+    "INDENT_CASE"                 => false,
+    "KEEP_REDUNDANT_LINES"        => false,
+    "ADD_MISSING_BRACES"          => false,
+    "ALIGN_ARRAY_ASSIGNMENT"      => false,
+    "ALIGN_VAR_ASSIGNMENT"        => false,
+    "ELSE_ALONG_CURLY"            => false,
+  );
+  var $_new_line = "\n";
+  var $_indent   = 0;
+  var $_for_idx  = 0;
+  var $_code     = "";
+  var $_log      = false;
+  var $_pointer  = 0;
+  var $_tokens   = 0;
+
+  function phpStylist()
+  {
+    define("S_OPEN_CURLY", "{");
+    define("S_CLOSE_CURLY", "}");
+    define("S_OPEN_BRACKET", "[");
+    define("S_CLOSE_BRACKET", "]");
+    define("S_OPEN_PARENTH", "(");
+    define("S_CLOSE_PARENTH", ")");
+    define("S_SEMI_COLON", ";");
+    define("S_COMMA", ",");
+    define("S_CONCAT", ".");
+    define("S_COLON", ":");
+    define("S_QUESTION", "?");
+    define("S_EQUAL", "=");
+    define("S_EXCLAMATION", "!");
+    define("S_IS_GREATER", ">");
+    define("S_IS_SMALLER", "<");
+    define("S_MINUS", "-");
+    define("S_PLUS", "+");
+    define("S_TIMES", "*");
+    define("S_DIVIDE", "/");
+    define("S_MODULUS", "%");
+    define("S_REFERENCE", "&");
+    define("S_QUOTE", '"');
+    define("S_AT", "@");
+    define("S_DOLLAR", "$");
+    define("S_ABSTRACT", "abstract");
+    define("S_INTERFACE", "interface");
+    define("S_FINAL", "final");
+    define("S_PUBLIC", "public");
+    define("S_PRIVATE", "private");
+    define("S_PROTECTED", "protected");
+    if (defined("T_ML_COMMENT")) {
+      define("T_DOC_COMMENT", T_ML_COMMENT);
+    }
+    elseif (defined("T_DOC_COMMENT")) {
+      define("T_ML_COMMENT", T_DOC_COMMENT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  function formatCode($source = '')
+  {
+    $in_for        = false;
+    $in_break      = false;
+    $in_function   = false;
+    $in_concat     = false;
+    $space_after   = false;
+    $curly_open    = false;
+    $array_level   = 0;
+    $arr_parenth   = array();
+    $switch_level  = 0;
+    $if_level      = 0;
+    $if_pending    = 0;
+    $else_pending  = false;
+    $if_parenth    = array();
+    $switch_arr    = array();
+    $halt_parser   = false;
+    $after         = false;
+    $this->_tokens = token_get_all($source);
+    foreach ($this->_tokens as $index => $token) {
+      list($id, $text) = $this->_get_token($token);
+      $this->_pointer = $index;
+      if ($halt_parser && $id != S_QUOTE) {
+        $this->_append_code($text, false);
+        continue;
+      }
+      if (substr(phpversion(), 0, 1) == "4" && $id == T_STRING) {
+        switch (strtolower(trim($text))) {
+          case S_ABSTRACT:
+          case S_INTERFACE:
+          case S_FINAL:
+          case S_PUBLIC:
+          case S_PRIVATE:
+          case S_PROTECTED:
+            $id = T_PUBLIC;
+          default:
+        }
+      }
+      switch ($id) {
+        case S_OPEN_CURLY:
+          $condition = $in_function ? $this->options["LINE_BEFORE_CURLY_FUNCTION"] : $this->options["LINE_BEFORE_CURLY"];
+          $this->_set_indent( + 1);
+          $this->_append_code((!$condition ? ' ' : $this->_get_crlf_indent(false, - 1)) . $text . $this->_get_crlf($this->options["LINE_AFTER_CURLY_FUNCTION"] && $in_function && !$this->_is_token_lf()) . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+          $in_function = false;
+          break;
+
+        case S_CLOSE_CURLY:
+          if ($curly_open) {
+            $curly_open = false;
+            $this->_append_code(trim($text));
+          }
+          else {
+            if (($in_break || $this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_CURLY)) && $switch_level > 0 && $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] > 0 && $switch_arr["s" . $switch_level] == $this->_indent - 2) {
+              if ($this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
+                $this->_set_indent( - 1);
+              }
+              $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]--;
+              $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]--;
+            }
+            while ($switch_level > 0 && $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] == 0 && $this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
+              unset($switch_arr["s" . $switch_level]);
+              unset($switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]);
+              unset($switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]);
+              $switch_level--;
+              if ($switch_level > 0) {
+                $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]--;
+              }
+              $this->_set_indent( - 1);
+              $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+              $text = '';
+            }
+            if ($text != '') {
+              $this->_set_indent( - 1);
+              $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case S_SEMI_COLON:
+          if (($in_break || $this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_CURLY)) && $switch_level > 0 && $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] > 0 && $switch_arr["s" . $switch_level] == $this->_indent - 2) {
+            if ($this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
+              $this->_set_indent( - 1);
+            }
+            $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]--;
+            $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]--;
+          }
+          if ($in_concat) {
+            $this->_set_indent( - 1);
+            $in_concat = false;
+          }
+          $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_crlf($this->options["LINE_AFTER_BREAK"] && $in_break) . $this->_get_crlf_indent($in_for));
+          while ($if_pending > 0) {
+            $text = $this->options["ADD_MISSING_BRACES"] ? "}" : "";
+            $this->_set_indent( - 1);
+            if ($text != "") {
+              $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+            }
+            else {
+              $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf_indent());
+            }
+            $if_pending--;
+            if ($this->_is_token(array(T_ELSE, T_ELSEIF))) {
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          if ($this->_for_idx == 0) {
+            $in_for = false;
+          }
+          $in_break = false;
+          $in_function = false;
+          break;
+
+        case S_OPEN_BRACKET:
+        case S_CLOSE_BRACKET:
+          $this->_append_code($text);
+          break;
+
+        case S_OPEN_PARENTH:
+          if ($if_level > 0) {
+            $if_parenth["i" . $if_level]++;
+          }
+          if ($array_level > 0) {
+            $arr_parenth["i" . $array_level]++;
+            if ($this->_is_token(array(T_ARRAY), true) && !$this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_PARENTH)) {
+              $this->_set_indent( + 1);
+              $this->_append_code((!$this->options["LINE_BEFORE_ARRAY"] ? '' : $this->_get_crlf_indent(false, - 1)) . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_OUTSIDE_PARENTHESES"] || $space_after) . $text . $this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_INSIDE_PARENTHESES"]));
+          $space_after = false;
+          break;
+
+        case S_CLOSE_PARENTH:
+          if ($array_level > 0) {
+            $arr_parenth["i" . $array_level]--;
+            if ($arr_parenth["i" . $array_level] == 0) {
+              $comma = substr(trim($this->_code), - 1) != "," && $this->options['VERTICAL_ARRAY'] ? "," : "";
+              $this->_set_indent( - 1);
+              $this->_append_code($comma . $this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+              unset($arr_parenth["i" . $array_level]);
+              $array_level--;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_INSIDE_PARENTHESES"]) . $text . $this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_OUTSIDE_PARENTHESES"]));
+          if ($if_level > 0) {
+            $if_parenth["i" . $if_level]--;
+            if ($if_parenth["i" . $if_level] == 0) {
+              if (!$this->_is_token(S_OPEN_CURLY) && !$this->_is_token(S_SEMI_COLON)) {
+                $text = $this->options["ADD_MISSING_BRACES"] ? "{" : "";
+                $this->_set_indent( + 1);
+                $this->_append_code((!$this->options["LINE_BEFORE_CURLY"] || $text == "" ? ' ' : $this->_get_crlf_indent(false, - 1)) . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+                $if_pending++;
+              }
+              unset($if_parenth["i" . $if_level]);
+              $if_level--;
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case S_COMMA:
+          if ($array_level > 0) {
+            $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_crlf_indent($in_for));
+          }
+          else {
+            $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_AFTER_COMMA"]));
+            if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
+              $space_after = $this->options["SPACE_AFTER_COMMA"];
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case S_CONCAT:
+          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_CONCAT"];
+          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
+            $space_after = $condition;
+          }
+          if ($this->options["VERTICAL_CONCAT"]) {
+            if (!$in_concat) {
+              $in_concat = true;
+              $this->_set_indent( + 1);
+            }
+            $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+          }
+          else {
+            $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case T_CONCAT_EQUAL:
+        case T_DIV_EQUAL:
+        case T_MINUS_EQUAL:
+        case T_PLUS_EQUAL:
+        case T_MOD_EQUAL:
+        case T_MUL_EQUAL:
+        case T_AND_EQUAL:
+        case T_OR_EQUAL:
+        case T_XOR_EQUAL:
+        case T_SL_EQUAL:
+        case T_SR_EQUAL:
+        case S_EQUAL:
+          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_ASSIGNMENT"];
+          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
+            $space_after = $condition;
+          }
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
+          break;
+
+        case T_IS_EQUAL:
+        case S_IS_GREATER:
+        case T_IS_GREATER_OR_EQUAL:
+        case T_IS_SMALLER_OR_EQUAL:
+        case S_IS_SMALLER:
+        case T_IS_IDENTICAL:
+        case T_IS_NOT_EQUAL:
+        case T_IS_NOT_IDENTICAL:
+          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_COMPARISON"];
+          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
+            $space_after = $condition;
+          }
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
+          break;
+
+        case T_BOOLEAN_AND:
+        case T_BOOLEAN_OR:
+        case T_LOGICAL_AND:
+        case T_LOGICAL_OR:
+        case T_LOGICAL_XOR:
+        case T_SL:
+        case T_SR:
+          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_LOGICAL"];
+          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
+            $space_after = $condition;
+          }
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
+          break;
+
+        case T_DOUBLE_COLON:
+          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_DOUBLE_COLON"];
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
+          break;
+
+        case S_COLON:
+          if ($switch_level > 0 && $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] > 0 && $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level] < $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]) {
+            $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]++;
+            if ($this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
+              $this->_set_indent( + 1);
+            }
+            $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+          }
+          else {
+            $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_COLON_QUESTION"];
+            if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
+              $space_after = $condition;
+            }
+            $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
+          }
+          if (($in_break || $this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_CURLY)) && $switch_level > 0 && $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] > 0) {
+            if ($this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
+              $this->_set_indent( - 1);
+            }
+            $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]--;
+            $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]--;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case S_QUESTION:
+          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_COLON_QUESTION"];
+          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
+            $space_after = $condition;
+          }
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
+          break;
+
+        case T_DOUBLE_ARROW:
+          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_DOUBLE_ARROW"];
+          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
+            $space_after = $condition;
+          }
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
+          break;
+
+        case S_MINUS:
+        case S_PLUS:
+        case S_TIMES:
+        case S_DIVIDE:
+        case S_MODULUS:
+          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_ARITHMETIC"];
+          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
+            $space_after = $condition;
+          }
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
+          break;
+
+        case T_OBJECT_OPERATOR:
+          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_OBJ_OPERATOR"];
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
+          break;
+
+        case T_FOR:
+          $in_for = true;
+        case T_FOREACH:
+        case T_WHILE:
+        case T_DO:
+        case T_IF:
+        case T_SWITCH:
+          $space_after = $this->options["SPACE_AFTER_IF"];
+          $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_space($space_after), false);
+          if ($id == T_SWITCH) {
+            $switch_level++;
+            $switch_arr["s" . $switch_level] = $this->_indent;
+            $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] = 0;
+            $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level] = 0;
+          }
+          $if_level++;
+          $if_parenth["i" . $if_level] = 0;
+          break;
+
+        case T_FUNCTION:
+        case T_CLASS:
+        case T_INTERFACE:
+        case T_FINAL:
+        case T_ABSTRACT:
+        case T_PUBLIC:
+        case T_PROTECTED:
+        case T_PRIVATE:
+          if (!$in_function) {
+            if ($this->options["LINE_BEFORE_FUNCTION"]) {
+              $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf($after || !$this->_is_token(array(T_COMMENT, T_ML_COMMENT, T_DOC_COMMENT), true)) . $this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_space());
+              $after = false;
+            }
+            else {
+              $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_space(), false);
+            }
+            $in_function = true;
+          }
+          else {
+            $this->_append_code($this->_get_space() . $text . $this->_get_space());
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case T_START_HEREDOC:
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_AROUND_ASSIGNMENT"]) . $text);
+          break;
+
+        case T_END_HEREDOC:
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf() . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+          break;
+
+        case T_COMMENT:
+        case T_ML_COMMENT:
+        case T_DOC_COMMENT:
+          if (is_array($this->_tokens[$index - 1])) {
+            $pad = $this->_tokens[$index - 1][1];
+            $i   = strlen($pad) - 1;
+            $k   = "";
+            while (substr($pad, $i, 1) != "\n" && substr($pad, $i, 1) != "\r" && $i >= 0) {
+              $k .= substr($pad, $i--, 1);
+            }
+            $text = preg_replace("/\r?\n$k/", $this->_get_crlf_indent(), $text);
+          }
+          $after = $id == (T_COMMENT && preg_match("/^\/\//", $text)) ? $this->options["LINE_AFTER_COMMENT"] : $this->options["LINE_AFTER_COMMENT_MULTI"];
+          $before = $id == (T_COMMENT && preg_match("/^\/\//", $text)) ? $this->options["LINE_BEFORE_COMMENT"] : $this->options["LINE_BEFORE_COMMENT_MULTI"];
+          if ($prev = $this->_is_token(S_OPEN_CURLY, true, $index, true)) {
+            $before = $before && !$this->_is_token_lf(true, $prev);
+          }
+          $after = $after && (!$this->_is_token_lf() || !$this->options["KEEP_REDUNDANT_LINES"]);
+          if ($before) {
+            $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf(!$this->_is_token(array(T_COMMENT), true)) . $this->_get_crlf_indent() . trim($text) . $this->_get_crlf($after) . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+          }
+          else {
+            $this->_append_code(trim($text) . $this->_get_crlf($after) . $this->_get_crlf_indent(), false);
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case T_DOLLAR_OPEN_CURLY_BRACES:
+        case T_CURLY_OPEN:
+          $curly_open = true;
+        case T_NUM_STRING:
+        case T_BAD_CHARACTER:
+          $this->_append_code(trim($text));
+          break;
+
+        case T_EXTENDS:
+        case T_IMPLEMENTS:
+        case T_INSTANCEOF:
+        case T_AS:
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space() . $text . $this->_get_space());
+          break;
+
+        case S_DOLLAR:
+        case S_REFERENCE:
+        case T_INC:
+        case T_DEC:
+          $this->_append_code(trim($text), false);
+          break;
+
+        case T_WHITESPACE:
+          $redundant = "";
+          if ($this->options["KEEP_REDUNDANT_LINES"]) {
+            $lines          = preg_match_all("/\r?\n/", $text, $matches);
+            $lines          = $lines > 0 ? $lines - 1 : 0;
+            $redundant      = $lines > 0 ? str_repeat($this->_new_line, $lines) : "";
+            $current_indent = $this->_get_indent();
+            if (substr($this->_code, strlen($current_indent) * - 1) == $current_indent && $lines > 0) {
+              $redundant .= $current_indent;
+            }
+          }
+          if($this->_is_token(array(T_OPEN_TAG), true)) {
+            $this->_append_code($text, false);
+          }
+          else {
+            $this->_append_code($redundant . trim($text), false);
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case S_QUOTE:
+          $this->_append_code($text, false);
+          $halt_parser = !$halt_parser;
+          break;
+
+        case T_ARRAY:
+          if ($this->options["VERTICAL_ARRAY"]) {
+            $next = $this->_is_token(array(T_DOUBLE_ARROW), true);
+            $next |= $this->_is_token(S_EQUAL, true);
+            $next |= $array_level>0;
+            if ($next) {
+              $next = $this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH, false, $index, true);
+              if ($next) {
+                $next = !$this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_PARENTH, false, $next);
+              }
+            }
+            if ($next) {
+              $array_level++;
+              $arr_parenth["i" . $array_level] = 0;
+            }
+          }
+        case T_STRING:
+        case T_CONSTANT_ENCAPSED_STRING:
+        case T_ENCAPSED_AND_WHITESPACE:
+        case T_VARIABLE:
+        case T_CHARACTER:
+        case T_STRING_VARNAME:
+        case S_AT:
+        case S_EXCLAMATION:
+        case T_OPEN_TAG:
+        case T_OPEN_TAG_WITH_ECHO:
+          $this->_append_code($text, false);
+          break;
+
+        case T_CLOSE_TAG:
+          $this->_append_code($text, !$this->_is_token_lf(true));
+          break;
+
+        case T_CASE:
+        case T_DEFAULT:
+          if ($switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] > 0 && $this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
+            $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]--;
+            $this->_set_indent( - 1);
+            $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_space());
+          }
+          else {
+            $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]++;
+            $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_space(), false);
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case T_INLINE_HTML:
+          $this->_append_code($text, false);
+          break;
+
+        case T_BREAK:
+        case T_CONTINUE:
+          $in_break = true;
+        case T_VAR:
+        case T_GLOBAL:
+        case T_STATIC:
+        case T_CONST:
+        case T_ECHO:
+        case T_PRINT:
+        case T_INCLUDE:
+        case T_INCLUDE_ONCE:
+        case T_REQUIRE:
+        case T_REQUIRE_ONCE:
+        case T_DECLARE:
+        case T_EMPTY:
+        case T_ISSET:
+        case T_UNSET:
+        case T_DNUMBER:
+        case T_LNUMBER:
+        case T_RETURN:
+        case T_EVAL:
+        case T_EXIT:
+        case T_LIST:
+        case T_CLONE:
+        case T_NEW:
+        case T_FUNC_C:
+        case T_CLASS_C:
+        case T_FILE:
+        case T_LINE:
+          $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_space(), false);
+          break;
+
+        case T_ELSEIF:
+          $space_after  = $this->options["SPACE_AFTER_IF"];
+          $added_braces = $this->_is_token(S_SEMI_COLON, true) && $this->options["ADD_MISSING_BRACES"];
+          $condition    = $this->options['ELSE_ALONG_CURLY'] && ($this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_CURLY, true) || $added_braces);
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($space_after), $condition);
+          $if_level++;
+          $if_parenth["i" . $if_level] = 0;
+          break;
+
+        case T_ELSE:
+          $added_braces = $this->_is_token(S_SEMI_COLON, true) && $this->options["ADD_MISSING_BRACES"];
+          $condition = $this->options['ELSE_ALONG_CURLY'] && ($this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_CURLY, true) || $added_braces);
+          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text, $condition);
+          if (!$this->_is_token(S_OPEN_CURLY) && !$this->_is_token(array(T_IF))) {
+            $text = $this->options["ADD_MISSING_BRACES"] ? "{" : "";
+            $this->_set_indent( + 1);
+            $this->_append_code((!$this->options["LINE_BEFORE_CURLY"] || $text == "" ? ' ' : $this->_get_crlf_indent(false, - 1)) . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
+            $if_pending++;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          $this->_append_code($text . ' ', false);
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+    return $this->_align_operators();
+  }
+
+  function _get_token($token)
+  {
+    if (is_string($token)) {
+      return array($token, $token);
+    }
+    else {
+      return $token;
+    }
+  }
+
+  function _append_code($code = "", $trim = true)
+  {
+    if ($trim) {
+      $this->_code = rtrim($this->_code) . $code;
+    }
+    else {
+      $this->_code .= $code;
+    }
+  }
+
+  function _get_crlf_indent($in_for = false, $increment = 0)
+  {
+    if ($in_for) {
+      $this->_for_idx++;
+      if ($this->_for_idx > 2) {
+        $this->_for_idx = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if ($this->_for_idx == 0 || !$in_for) {
+      return $this->_get_crlf() . $this->_get_indent($increment);
+    }
+    else {
+      return $this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_INSIDE_FOR"]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  function _get_crlf($true = true)
+  {
+    return $true ? $this->_new_line : "";
+  }
+
+  function _get_space($true = true)
+  {
+    return $true ? " " : "";
+  }
+
+  function _get_indent($increment = 0)
+  {
+    return str_repeat($this->indent_char, ($this->_indent + $increment) * $this->indent_size);
+  }
+
+  function _set_indent($increment)
+  {
+    $this->_indent += $increment;
+    if ($this->_indent < 0) {
+      $this->_indent = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  function _is_token($token, $prev = false, $i = 99999, $idx = false)
+  {
+    if ($i == 99999) {
+      $i = $this->_pointer;
+    }
+    if ($prev) {
+      while (--$i >= 0 && is_array($this->_tokens[$i]) && $this->_tokens[$i][0] == T_WHITESPACE);
+    }
+    else {
+      while (++$i < count($this->_tokens)-1 && is_array($this->_tokens[$i]) && $this->_tokens[$i][0] == T_WHITESPACE);
+    }
+    if (is_string($this->_tokens[$i]) && $this->_tokens[$i] == $token) {
+      return $idx ? $i : true;
+    }
+    elseif (is_array($token) && is_array($this->_tokens[$i])) {
+      if (in_array($this->_tokens[$i][0], $token)) {
+        return $idx ? $i : true;
+      }
+      elseif ($prev && $this->_tokens[$i][0] == T_OPEN_TAG) {
+        return $idx ? $i : true;
+      }
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  function _is_token_lf($prev = false, $i = 99999)
+  {
+    if ($i == 99999) {
+      $i = $this->_pointer;
+    }
+    if ($prev) {
+      $count = 0;
+      while (--$i >= 0 && is_array($this->_tokens[$i]) && $this->_tokens[$i][0] == T_WHITESPACE && strpos($this->_tokens[$i][1], "\n") === false);
+    }
+    else {
+      $count = 1;
+      while (++$i < count($this->_tokens) && is_array($this->_tokens[$i]) && $this->_tokens[$i][0] == T_WHITESPACE && strpos($this->_tokens[$i][1], "\n") === false);
+    }
+    if (is_array($this->_tokens[$i]) && preg_match_all("/\r?\n/", $this->_tokens[$i][1], $matches) > $count) {
+      return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  function _pad_operators($found)
+  {
+    global $quotes;
+    $pad_size = 0;
+    $result   = "";
+    $source   = explode($this->_new_line, $found[0]);
+    $position = array();
+    array_pop($source);
+    foreach ($source as $k => $line) {
+      if (preg_match("/'quote[0-9]+'/", $line)) {
+        preg_match_all("/'quote([0-9]+)'/", $line, $holders);
+        for ($i = 0; $i < count($holders[1]); $i++) {
+          $line = preg_replace("/" . $holders[0][$i] . "/", str_repeat(" ", strlen($quotes[0][$holders[1][$i]])), $line);
+        }
+      }
+      if (strpos($line, "=") > $pad_size) {
+        $pad_size = strpos($line, "=");
+      }
+      $position[$k] = strpos($line, "=");
+    }
+    foreach ($source as $k => $line) {
+      $padding = str_repeat(" ", $pad_size - $position[$k]);
+      $padded  = preg_replace("/^([^=]+?)([\.\+\*\/\-\%]?=)(.*)$/", "\\1{$padding}\\2\\3" . $this->_new_line, $line);
+      $result .= $padded;
+    }
+    return $result;
+  }
+
+  function _parse_block($blocks)
+  {
+    global $quotes;
+    $pad_chars = "";
+    $holders = array();
+    if ($this->options['ALIGN_ARRAY_ASSIGNMENT']) {
+      $pad_chars .= ",";
+    }
+    if ($this->options['ALIGN_VAR_ASSIGNMENT']) {
+      $pad_chars .= ";";
+    }
+    $php_code = $blocks[0];
+    preg_match_all("/\/\*.*?\*\/|\/\/[^\n]*|#[^\n]|([\"'])[^\\\\]*?(?:\\\\.[^\\\\]*?)*?\\1/s", $php_code, $quotes);
+    $quotes[0] = array_values(array_unique($quotes[0]));
+    for ($i = 0; $i < count($quotes[0]); $i++) {
+      $patterns[]    = "/" . preg_quote($quotes[0][$i], '/') . "/";
+      $holders[]     = "'quote$i'";
+      $quotes[0][$i] = str_replace('\\\\', '\\\\\\\\', $quotes[0][$i]);
+    }
+    if (count($holders) > 0) {
+      $php_code = preg_replace($patterns, $holders, $php_code);
+    }
+    $php_code = preg_replace_callback("/(?:.+=.+[" . $pad_chars . "]\r?\n){" . $this->block_size . ",}/", array($this, "_pad_operators"), $php_code);
+    for ($i = count($holders) - 1; $i >= 0; $i--) {
+      $holders[$i] = "/" . $holders[$i] . "/";
+    }
+    if (count($holders) > 0) {
+      $php_code = preg_replace($holders, $quotes[0], $php_code);
+    }
+    return $php_code;
+  }
+
+  function _align_operators()
+  {
+    if ($this->options['ALIGN_ARRAY_ASSIGNMENT'] || $this->options['ALIGN_VAR_ASSIGNMENT']) {
+      return preg_replace_callback("/<\?.*?\?" . ">/s", array($this, "_parse_block"), $this->_code);
+    }
+    else {
+      return $this->_code;
+    }
+  }
+}
+?>
diff --git a/indenters/phpStylist.txt b/indenters/phpStylist.txt
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ee3f7a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/phpStylist.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the RECIPROCAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ * Version 1.1 ("License"); You may not use this file except in compliance
+ * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://opensource.org/licenses/rpl.php. Software distributed under the
+ * License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * either express or implied.
+ *
+ * @product: phpStylist
+ * @author:  Mr. Milk (aka Marcelo Leite)
+ * @email:   mrmilk@anysoft.com.br
+ * @version: 1.0
+ * @date:    2007-11-22
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+CONTENTS
+--------
+Below you will find instructions on how to use phpStylist:
+
+- Web Server Usage
+- Command Line Mode
+- PSPad Integration
+- Command Line Options
+
+==============================================================================
+
+WEB SERVER USAGE
+----------------
+
+phpStylist runs as a single file on you web server. You don't need any special
+module or library. It has been tested with php from 4.4.2 to 5.2.2.
+
+Save phpStylist.php to your web server folder and start it from the browser.
+For example, http://localhost/phpStylist.php.
+
+On the left menu, you will see more than 30 options that you can use to adjust
+the application to your coding style. All options are sticky based on cookies.
+Select one of your files or click on the button "Use Sample" and try each
+option to see what it is all about.
+
+If you want to type in or paste code directly into the app, first click on the
+option "SHOW EDITABLE TEXT BOX". The right panel will then become editable.
+
+COMMAND LINE MODE
+-----------------
+
+You can also use phpStylist through the command line to automatically format
+local files. You will still need php installed.
+
+First, find the exact location of you php.exe and the exact location where you
+placed phpStylist. Let's say they are in
+"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" and "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"
+
+You then must run php passing phpStylist.php along with the -f argument. At
+this point the command line would be like this:
+"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"
+
+But that's not all. You also need to add the full path of the source file you
+want to format and the options you want to be used. For each of those 34 options
+you see on the web server usage, there will be an option on the command line.
+You can use the "--help" option to see a list of options.
+
+Use the --help switch to see all options (full list at the end of this file):
+"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php" --help
+
+The first phpStylist paramenter MUST be the source file name you want to
+format. After the file name, you can add as many options as you want, in any
+order. It can get pretty big, but it works. Another example:
+"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"
+"C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\source_file_to_format.php" --space_after_if
+--indent_case --indent_size 4 --space_after_comma --line_before_function
+
+Output will be to STDOUT, so if you want to send it to a file, append "> filename"
+at the end of the command line. In our above example:
+"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"
+"C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\source_file_to_format.php" --space_after_if
+--indent_case --indent_size 4 --line_before_comment_multi --vertical_array
+--line_before_function > "C:\Code Library\Formatted Code\destination_file.php"
+
+Don't forget the quotes around long file names.
+
+PSPAD INTEGRATION
+-----------------
+PSPad is a popular, powerful and free code editor. It can be extended through
+scripting. I have also created a script that will automatically format php code
+from inside the editor. In fact, the script runs phpStylist in command line
+mode, sending the current editor file name. It then get the results and replace
+the code in the editor.
+
+Save the file phpStylist.js to your PSPad javascript folder, usually
+C:\Program Files\PSPad\Script\JScript.
+
+Open the phpStylist.js file and edit the first two variables:
+	php_path     = "C:\\Program Files\\xampp\\php\\php.exe";
+	stylist_path = "C:\\Program Files\\xampp\\htdocs\\phpStylist.php";
+	
+Replace the paths with the appropriate for your system. Don't forget to double
+backslashes.
+
+You will also see all the options, some are commented out, some are active (the
+current setup is the one I use). Simply comment out or uncomment the options
+you want to use and save the file. Restart PSPad or use the the option Scripts,
+Recompile Scripts.
+
+Now, just open a php file on the editor and select phpStylist from the menu.
+That's all. You can also select some block of code before using the option so
+you can reformat only that portion. Of course, try to select a full block such
+as a function.
+
+If you don't use PSPad or don't want the integration you don't need the file
+phpStylist.js.
+
+FULL LIST OF OPTIONS
+--------------------
+
+Indentation and General Formatting:
+--indent_size n                    n characters per indentation level
+--indent_with_tabs                 Indent with tabs instead of spaces
+--keep_redundant_lines             Keep redundant lines
+--space_inside_parentheses         Space inside parentheses
+--space_outside_parentheses        Space outside parentheses
+--space_after_comma                Space after comma
+
+Operators:
+--space_around_assignment          Space around = .= += -= *= /= <<<
+--align_var_assignment             Align block +3 assigned variables
+--space_around_comparison          Space around == === != !== > >= < <=
+--space_around_arithmetic          Space around - + * / %
+--space_around_logical             Space around && || AND OR XOR << >>
+--space_around_colon_question      Space around ? :
+
+Functions, Classes and Objects:
+--line_before_function             Blank line before keyword
+--line_before_curly_function       Opening bracket on next line
+--line_after_curly_function        Blank line below opening bracket
+--space_around_obj_operator        Space around ->
+--space_around_double_colon        Space around ::
+
+Control Structures:
+--space_after_if                   Space between keyword and opening parentheses
+--else_along_curly                 Keep else/elseif along with bracket
+--line_before_curly                Opening bracket on next line
+--add_missing_braces               Add missing brackets to single line structs
+--line_after_break                 Blank line after case "break"
+--space_inside_for                 Space between "for" elements
+--indent_case                      Extra indent for "Case" and "Default"
+
+Arrays and Concatenation:
+--line_before_array                Opening array parentheses on next line
+--vertical_array                   Non-empty arrays as vertical block
+--align_array_assignment           Align block +3 assigned array elements
+--space_around_double_arrow        Space around double arrow
+--vertical_concat                  Concatenation as vertical block
+--space_around_concat              Space around concat elements
+
+Comments:
+--line_before_comment_multi        Blank line before multi-line comment (/*)
+--line_after_comment_multi         Blank line after multi-line comment (/*)
+--line_before_comment              Blank line before single line comments (//)
+--line_after_comment               Blank line after single line comments (//)
diff --git a/indenters/pindent.py b/indenters/pindent.py
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1a627fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/pindent.py
@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+#! /usr/bin/python
+
+# This file contains a class and a main program that perform three
+# related (though complimentary) formatting operations on Python
+# programs.  When called as "pindent -c", it takes a valid Python
+# program as input and outputs a version augmented with block-closing
+# comments.  When called as "pindent -d", it assumes its input is a
+# Python program with block-closing comments and outputs a commentless
+# version.   When called as "pindent -r" it assumes its input is a
+# Python program with block-closing comments but with its indentation
+# messed up, and outputs a properly indented version.
+
+# A "block-closing comment" is a comment of the form '# end '
+# where  is the keyword that opened the block.  If the
+# opening keyword is 'def' or 'class', the function or class name may
+# be repeated in the block-closing comment as well.  Here is an
+# example of a program fully augmented with block-closing comments:
+
+# def foobar(a, b):
+#    if a == b:
+#        a = a+1
+#    elif a < b:
+#        b = b-1
+#        if b > a: a = a-1
+#        # end if
+#    else:
+#        print 'oops!'
+#    # end if
+# # end def foobar
+
+# Note that only the last part of an if...elif...else... block needs a
+# block-closing comment; the same is true for other compound
+# statements (e.g. try...except).  Also note that "short-form" blocks
+# like the second 'if' in the example must be closed as well;
+# otherwise the 'else' in the example would be ambiguous (remember
+# that indentation is not significant when interpreting block-closing
+# comments).
+
+# The operations are idempotent (i.e. applied to their own output
+# they yield an identical result).  Running first "pindent -c" and
+# then "pindent -r" on a valid Python program produces a program that
+# is semantically identical to the input (though its indentation may
+# be different). Running "pindent -e" on that output produces a
+# program that only differs from the original in indentation.
+
+# Other options:
+# -s stepsize: set the indentation step size (default 8)
+# -t tabsize : set the number of spaces a tab character is worth (default 8)
+# -e         : expand TABs into spaces
+# file ...   : input file(s) (default standard input)
+# The results always go to standard output
+
+# Caveats:
+# - comments ending in a backslash will be mistaken for continued lines
+# - continuations using backslash are always left unchanged
+# - continuations inside parentheses are not extra indented by -r
+#   but must be indented for -c to work correctly (this breaks
+#   idempotency!)
+# - continued lines inside triple-quoted strings are totally garbled
+
+# Secret feature:
+# - On input, a block may also be closed with an "end statement" --
+#   this is a block-closing comment without the '#' sign.
+
+# Possible improvements:
+# - check syntax based on transitions in 'next' table
+# - better error reporting
+# - better error recovery
+# - check identifier after class/def
+
+# The following wishes need a more complete tokenization of the source:
+# - Don't get fooled by comments ending in backslash
+# - reindent continuation lines indicated by backslash
+# - handle continuation lines inside parentheses/braces/brackets
+# - handle triple quoted strings spanning lines
+# - realign comments
+# - optionally do much more thorough reformatting, a la C indent
+
+# Defaults
+STEPSIZE = 8
+TABSIZE = 8
+EXPANDTABS = 0
+
+import os
+import re
+import sys
+
+next = {}
+next['if'] = next['elif'] = 'elif', 'else', 'end'
+next['while'] = next['for'] = 'else', 'end'
+next['try'] = 'except', 'finally'
+next['except'] = 'except', 'else', 'end'
+next['else'] = next['finally'] = next['def'] = next['class'] = 'end'
+next['end'] = ()
+start = 'if', 'while', 'for', 'try', 'def', 'class'
+
+class PythonIndenter:
+
+    def __init__(self, fpi = sys.stdin, fpo = sys.stdout,
+                 indentsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
+        self.fpi = fpi
+        self.fpo = fpo
+        self.indentsize = indentsize
+        self.tabsize = tabsize
+        self.lineno = 0
+        self.expandtabs = expandtabs
+        self._write = fpo.write
+        self.kwprog = re.compile(
+                r'^\s*(?P[a-z]+)'
+                r'(\s+(?P[a-zA-Z_]\w*))?'
+                r'[^\w]')
+        self.endprog = re.compile(
+                r'^\s*#?\s*end\s+(?P[a-z]+)'
+                r'(\s+(?P[a-zA-Z_]\w*))?'
+                r'[^\w]')
+        self.wsprog = re.compile(r'^[ \t]*')
+    # end def __init__
+
+    def write(self, line):
+        if self.expandtabs:
+            self._write(line.expandtabs(self.tabsize))
+        else:
+            self._write(line)
+        # end if
+    # end def write
+
+    def readline(self):
+        line = self.fpi.readline()
+        if line: self.lineno = self.lineno + 1
+        # end if
+        return line
+    # end def readline
+
+    def error(self, fmt, *args):
+        if args: fmt = fmt % args
+        # end if
+        sys.stderr.write('Error at line %d: %s\n' % (self.lineno, fmt))
+        self.write('### %s ###\n' % fmt)
+    # end def error
+
+    def getline(self):
+        line = self.readline()
+        while line[-2:] == '\\\n':
+            line2 = self.readline()
+            if not line2: break
+            # end if
+            line = line + line2
+        # end while
+        return line
+    # end def getline
+
+    def putline(self, line, indent = None):
+        if indent is None:
+            self.write(line)
+            return
+        # end if
+        tabs, spaces = divmod(indent*self.indentsize, self.tabsize)
+        i = 0
+        m = self.wsprog.match(line)
+        if m: i = m.end()
+        # end if
+        self.write('\t'*tabs + ' '*spaces + line[i:])
+    # end def putline
+
+    def reformat(self):
+        stack = []
+        while 1:
+            line = self.getline()
+            if not line: break      # EOF
+            # end if
+            m = self.endprog.match(line)
+            if m:
+                kw = 'end'
+                kw2 = m.group('kw')
+                if not stack:
+                    self.error('unexpected end')
+                elif stack[-1][0] != kw2:
+                    self.error('unmatched end')
+                # end if
+                del stack[-1:]
+                self.putline(line, len(stack))
+                continue
+            # end if
+            m = self.kwprog.match(line)
+            if m:
+                kw = m.group('kw')
+                if kw in start:
+                    self.putline(line, len(stack))
+                    stack.append((kw, kw))
+                    continue
+                # end if
+                if next.has_key(kw) and stack:
+                    self.putline(line, len(stack)-1)
+                    kwa, kwb = stack[-1]
+                    stack[-1] = kwa, kw
+                    continue
+                # end if
+            # end if
+            self.putline(line, len(stack))
+        # end while
+        if stack:
+            self.error('unterminated keywords')
+            for kwa, kwb in stack:
+                self.write('\t%s\n' % kwa)
+            # end for
+        # end if
+    # end def reformat
+
+    def delete(self):
+        begin_counter = 0
+        end_counter = 0
+        while 1:
+            line = self.getline()
+            if not line: break      # EOF
+            # end if
+            m = self.endprog.match(line)
+            if m:
+                end_counter = end_counter + 1
+                continue
+            # end if
+            m = self.kwprog.match(line)
+            if m:
+                kw = m.group('kw')
+                if kw in start:
+                    begin_counter = begin_counter + 1
+                # end if
+            # end if
+            self.putline(line)
+        # end while
+        if begin_counter - end_counter < 0:
+            sys.stderr.write('Warning: input contained more end tags than expected\n')
+        elif begin_counter - end_counter > 0:
+            sys.stderr.write('Warning: input contained less end tags than expected\n')
+        # end if
+    # end def delete
+
+    def complete(self):
+        self.indentsize = 1
+        stack = []
+        todo = []
+        thisid = ''
+        current, firstkw, lastkw, topid = 0, '', '', ''
+        while 1:
+            line = self.getline()
+            i = 0
+            m = self.wsprog.match(line)
+            if m: i = m.end()
+            # end if
+            m = self.endprog.match(line)
+            if m:
+                thiskw = 'end'
+                endkw = m.group('kw')
+                thisid = m.group('id')
+            else:
+                m = self.kwprog.match(line)
+                if m:
+                    thiskw = m.group('kw')
+                    if not next.has_key(thiskw):
+                        thiskw = ''
+                    # end if
+                    if thiskw in ('def', 'class'):
+                        thisid = m.group('id')
+                    else:
+                        thisid = ''
+                    # end if
+                elif line[i:i+1] in ('\n', '#'):
+                    todo.append(line)
+                    continue
+                else:
+                    thiskw = ''
+                # end if
+            # end if
+            indent = len(line[:i].expandtabs(self.tabsize))
+            while indent < current:
+                if firstkw:
+                    if topid:
+                        s = '# end %s %s\n' % (
+                                firstkw, topid)
+                    else:
+                        s = '# end %s\n' % firstkw
+                    # end if
+                    self.putline(s, current)
+                    firstkw = lastkw = ''
+                # end if
+                current, firstkw, lastkw, topid = stack[-1]
+                del stack[-1]
+            # end while
+            if indent == current and firstkw:
+                if thiskw == 'end':
+                    if endkw != firstkw:
+                        self.error('mismatched end')
+                    # end if
+                    firstkw = lastkw = ''
+                elif not thiskw or thiskw in start:
+                    if topid:
+                        s = '# end %s %s\n' % (
+                                firstkw, topid)
+                    else:
+                        s = '# end %s\n' % firstkw
+                    # end if
+                    self.putline(s, current)
+                    firstkw = lastkw = topid = ''
+                # end if
+            # end if
+            if indent > current:
+                stack.append((current, firstkw, lastkw, topid))
+                if thiskw and thiskw not in start:
+                    # error
+                    thiskw = ''
+                # end if
+                current, firstkw, lastkw, topid = \
+                         indent, thiskw, thiskw, thisid
+            # end if
+            if thiskw:
+                if thiskw in start:
+                    firstkw = lastkw = thiskw
+                    topid = thisid
+                else:
+                    lastkw = thiskw
+                # end if
+            # end if
+            for l in todo: self.write(l)
+            # end for
+            todo = []
+            if not line: break
+            # end if
+            self.write(line)
+        # end while
+    # end def complete
+
+# end class PythonIndenter
+
+# Simplified user interface
+# - xxx_filter(input, output): read and write file objects
+# - xxx_string(s): take and return string object
+# - xxx_file(filename): process file in place, return true iff changed
+
+def complete_filter(input = sys.stdin, output = sys.stdout,
+                    stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
+    pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
+    pi.complete()
+# end def complete_filter
+
+def delete_filter(input= sys.stdin, output = sys.stdout,
+                        stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
+    pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
+    pi.delete()
+# end def delete_filter
+
+def reformat_filter(input = sys.stdin, output = sys.stdout,
+                    stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
+    pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
+    pi.reformat()
+# end def reformat_filter
+
+class StringReader:
+    def __init__(self, buf):
+        self.buf = buf
+        self.pos = 0
+        self.len = len(self.buf)
+    # end def __init__
+    def read(self, n = 0):
+        if n <= 0:
+            n = self.len - self.pos
+        else:
+            n = min(n, self.len - self.pos)
+        # end if
+        r = self.buf[self.pos : self.pos + n]
+        self.pos = self.pos + n
+        return r
+    # end def read
+    def readline(self):
+        i = self.buf.find('\n', self.pos)
+        return self.read(i + 1 - self.pos)
+    # end def readline
+    def readlines(self):
+        lines = []
+        line = self.readline()
+        while line:
+            lines.append(line)
+            line = self.readline()
+        # end while
+        return lines
+    # end def readlines
+    # seek/tell etc. are left as an exercise for the reader
+# end class StringReader
+
+class StringWriter:
+    def __init__(self):
+        self.buf = ''
+    # end def __init__
+    def write(self, s):
+        self.buf = self.buf + s
+    # end def write
+    def getvalue(self):
+        return self.buf
+    # end def getvalue
+# end class StringWriter
+
+def complete_string(source, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
+    input = StringReader(source)
+    output = StringWriter()
+    pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
+    pi.complete()
+    return output.getvalue()
+# end def complete_string
+
+def delete_string(source, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
+    input = StringReader(source)
+    output = StringWriter()
+    pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
+    pi.delete()
+    return output.getvalue()
+# end def delete_string
+
+def reformat_string(source, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
+    input = StringReader(source)
+    output = StringWriter()
+    pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
+    pi.reformat()
+    return output.getvalue()
+# end def reformat_string
+
+def complete_file(filename, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
+    source = open(filename, 'r').read()
+    result = complete_string(source, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
+    if source == result: return 0
+    # end if
+    import os
+    try: os.rename(filename, filename + '~')
+    except os.error: pass
+    # end try
+    f = open(filename, 'w')
+    f.write(result)
+    f.close()
+    return 1
+# end def complete_file
+
+def delete_file(filename, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
+    source = open(filename, 'r').read()
+    result = delete_string(source, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
+    if source == result: return 0
+    # end if
+    import os
+    try: os.rename(filename, filename + '~')
+    except os.error: pass
+    # end try
+    f = open(filename, 'w')
+    f.write(result)
+    f.close()
+    return 1
+# end def delete_file
+
+def reformat_file(filename, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS):
+    source = open(filename, 'r').read()
+    result = reformat_string(source, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
+    if source == result: return 0
+    # end if
+    import os
+    try: os.rename(filename, filename + '~')
+    except os.error: pass
+    # end try
+    f = open(filename, 'w')
+    f.write(result)
+    f.close()
+    return 1
+# end def reformat_file
+
+# Test program when called as a script
+
+usage = """
+usage: pindent (-c|-d|-r) [-s stepsize] [-t tabsize] [-e] [file] ...
+-c         : complete a correctly indented program (add #end directives)
+-d         : delete #end directives
+-r         : reformat a completed program (use #end directives)
+-s stepsize: indentation step (default %(STEPSIZE)d)
+-t tabsize : the worth in spaces of a tab (default %(TABSIZE)d)
+-e         : expand TABs into spaces (defailt OFF)
+[file] ... : files are changed in place, with backups in file~
+If no files are specified or a single - is given,
+the program acts as a filter (reads stdin, writes stdout).
+""" % vars()
+
+def error_both(op1, op2):
+    sys.stderr.write('Error: You can not specify both '+op1+' and -'+op2[0]+' at the same time\n')
+    sys.stderr.write(usage)
+    sys.exit(2)
+# end def error_both
+
+def test():
+    import getopt
+    try:
+        opts, args = getopt.getopt(sys.argv[1:], 'cdrs:t:e')
+    except getopt.error, msg:
+        sys.stderr.write('Error: %s\n' % msg)
+        sys.stderr.write(usage)
+        sys.exit(2)
+    # end try
+    action = None
+    stepsize = STEPSIZE
+    tabsize = TABSIZE
+    expandtabs = EXPANDTABS
+    for o, a in opts:
+        if o == '-c':
+            if action: error_both(o, action)
+            # end if
+            action = 'complete'
+        elif o == '-d':
+            if action: error_both(o, action)
+            # end if
+            action = 'delete'
+        elif o == '-r':
+            if action: error_both(o, action)
+            # end if
+            action = 'reformat'
+        elif o == '-s':
+            stepsize = int(a)
+        elif o == '-t':
+            tabsize = int(a)
+        elif o == '-e':
+            expandtabs = 1
+        # end if
+    # end for
+    if not action:
+        sys.stderr.write(
+                'You must specify -c(omplete), -d(elete) or -r(eformat)\n')
+        sys.stderr.write(usage)
+        sys.exit(2)
+    # end if
+    if not args or args == ['-']:
+        action = eval(action + '_filter')
+        action(sys.stdin, sys.stdout, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
+    else:
+        action = eval(action + '_file')
+        for filename in args:
+            action(filename, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs)
+        # end for
+    # end if
+# end def test
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    test()
+# end if
diff --git a/indenters/pindent.txt b/indenters/pindent.txt
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1a04ba6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/pindent.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# This file contains a class and a main program that perform three
+# related (though complimentary) formatting operations on Python
+# programs.  When called as "pindent -c", it takes a valid Python
+# program as input and outputs a version augmented with block-closing
+# comments.  When called as "pindent -d", it assumes its input is a
+# Python program with block-closing comments and outputs a commentless
+# version.   When called as "pindent -r" it assumes its input is a
+# Python program with block-closing comments but with its indentation
+# messed up, and outputs a properly indented version.
+
+# A "block-closing comment" is a comment of the form '# end '
+# where  is the keyword that opened the block.  If the
+# opening keyword is 'def' or 'class', the function or class name may
+# be repeated in the block-closing comment as well.  Here is an
+# example of a program fully augmented with block-closing comments:
+
+# def foobar(a, b):
+#    if a == b:
+#        a = a+1
+#    elif a < b:
+#        b = b-1
+#        if b > a: a = a-1
+#        # end if
+#    else:
+#        print 'oops!'
+#    # end if
+# # end def foobar
+
+# Note that only the last part of an if...elif...else... block needs a
+# block-closing comment; the same is true for other compound
+# statements (e.g. try...except).  Also note that "short-form" blocks
+# like the second 'if' in the example must be closed as well;
+# otherwise the 'else' in the example would be ambiguous (remember
+# that indentation is not significant when interpreting block-closing
+# comments).
+
+# The operations are idempotent (i.e. applied to their own output
+# they yield an identical result).  Running first "pindent -c" and
+# then "pindent -r" on a valid Python program produces a program that
+# is semantically identical to the input (though its indentation may
+# be different). Running "pindent -e" on that output produces a
+# program that only differs from the original in indentation.
+
+# Other options:
+# -s stepsize: set the indentation step size (default 8)
+# -t tabsize : set the number of spaces a tab character is worth (default 8)
+# -e         : expand TABs into spaces
+# file ...   : input file(s) (default standard input)
+# The results always go to standard output
+
+# Caveats:
+# - comments ending in a backslash will be mistaken for continued lines
+# - continuations using backslash are always left unchanged
+# - continuations inside parentheses are not extra indented by -r
+#   but must be indented for -c to work correctly (this breaks
+#   idempotency!)
+# - continued lines inside triple-quoted strings are totally garbled
+
+# Secret feature:
+# - On input, a block may also be closed with an "end statement" --
+#   this is a block-closing comment without the '#' sign.
+
+# Possible improvements:
+# - check syntax based on transitions in 'next' table
+# - better error reporting
+# - better error recovery
+# - check identifier after class/def
+
+# The following wishes need a more complete tokenization of the source:
+# - Don't get fooled by comments ending in backslash
+# - reindent continuation lines indicated by backslash
+# - handle continuation lines inside parentheses/braces/brackets
+# - handle triple quoted strings spanning lines
+# - realign comments
+# - optionally do much more thorough reformatting, a la C indent
diff --git a/indenters/rbeautify.rb b/indenters/rbeautify.rb
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c4dbd67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/rbeautify.rb
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+#!/usr/bin/ruby -w
+
+
+=begin
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2008, Paul Lutus                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program; if not, write to the                         *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+=end
+
+PVERSION = "Version 2.9, 10/24/2008"
+
+module RBeautify
+
+   # user-customizable values
+
+   RBeautify::TabStr = " "
+   RBeautify::TabSize = 3
+
+   # indent regexp tests
+
+   IndentExp = [
+      /^module\b/,
+      /^class\b/,
+      /^if\b/,
+      /(=\s*|^)until\b/,
+      /(=\s*|^)for\b/,
+      /^unless\b/,
+      /(=\s*|^)while\b/,
+      /(=\s*|^)begin\b/,
+      /(^| )case\b/,
+      /\bthen\b/,
+      /^rescue\b/,
+      /^def\b/,
+      /\bdo\b/,
+      /^else\b/,
+      /^elsif\b/,
+      /^ensure\b/,
+      /\bwhen\b/,
+      /\{[^\}]*$/,
+      /\[[^\]]*$/
+   ]
+
+   # outdent regexp tests
+
+   OutdentExp = [
+      /^rescue\b/,
+      /^ensure\b/,
+      /^elsif\b/,
+      /^end\b/,
+      /^else\b/,
+      /\bwhen\b/,
+      /^[^\{]*\}/,
+      /^[^\[]*\]/
+   ]
+
+   def RBeautify.rb_make_tab(tab)
+      return (tab < 0)?"":TabStr * TabSize * tab
+   end
+
+   def RBeautify.rb_add_line(line,tab)
+      line.strip!
+      line = rb_make_tab(tab) + line if line.length > 0
+      return line
+   end
+
+   def RBeautify.beautify_string(source, path = "")
+      comment_block = false
+      in_here_doc = false
+      here_doc_term = ""
+      program_end = false
+      multiLine_array = []
+      multiLine_str = ""
+      tab = 0
+      output = []
+      source.each do |line|
+         line.chomp!
+         if(!program_end)
+            # detect program end mark
+            if(line =~ /^__END__$/)
+               program_end = true
+            else
+               # combine continuing lines
+               if(!(line =~ /^\s*#/) && line =~ /[^\\]\\\s*$/)
+                  multiLine_array.push line
+                  multiLine_str += line.sub(/^(.*)\\\s*$/,"\\1")
+                  next
+               end
+
+               # add final line
+               if(multiLine_str.length > 0)
+                  multiLine_array.push line
+                  multiLine_str += line.sub(/^(.*)\\\s*$/,"\\1")
+               end
+
+               tline = ((multiLine_str.length > 0)?multiLine_str:line).strip
+               if(tline =~ /^=begin/)
+                  comment_block = true
+               end
+               if(in_here_doc)
+                  in_here_doc = false if tline =~ %r{\s*#{here_doc_term}\s*}
+               else # not in here_doc
+                  if tline =~ %r{=\s*<<}
+                     here_doc_term = tline.sub(%r{.*=\s*<<-?\s*([_|\w]+).*},"\\1")
+                     in_here_doc = here_doc_term.size > 0
+                  end
+               end
+            end
+         end
+         if(comment_block || program_end || in_here_doc)
+            # add the line unchanged
+            output << line
+         else
+            comment_line = (tline =~ /^#/)
+            if(!comment_line)
+               # throw out sequences that will
+               # only sow confusion
+               while tline.gsub!(/\{[^\{]*?\}/,"")
+               end
+               while tline.gsub!(/\[[^\[]*?\]/,"")
+               end
+               while tline.gsub!(/'.*?'/,"")
+               end
+               while tline.gsub!(/".*?"/,"")
+               end
+               while tline.gsub!(/\`.*?\`/,"")
+               end
+               while tline.gsub!(/\([^\(]*?\)/,"")
+               end
+               while tline.gsub!(/\/.*?\//,"")
+               end
+               while tline.gsub!(/%r(.).*?\1/,"")
+               end
+               # delete end-of-line comments
+               tline.sub!(/#[^\"]+$/,"")
+               # convert quotes
+               tline.gsub!(/\\\"/,"'")
+               OutdentExp.each do |re|
+                  if(tline =~ re)
+                     tab -= 1
+                     break
+                  end
+               end
+            end
+            if (multiLine_array.length > 0)
+               multiLine_array.each do |ml|
+                  output << rb_add_line(ml,tab)
+               end
+               multiLine_array.clear
+               multiLine_str = ""
+            else
+               output << rb_add_line(line,tab)
+            end
+            if(!comment_line)
+               IndentExp.each do |re|
+                  if(tline =~ re && !(tline =~ /\s+end\s*$/))
+                     tab += 1
+                     break
+                  end
+               end
+            end
+         end
+         if(tline =~ /^=end/)
+            comment_block = false
+         end
+      end
+      error = (tab != 0)
+      STDERR.puts "Error: indent/outdent mismatch: #{tab}." if error
+      return output.join("\n") + "\n",error
+   end # beautify_string
+
+   def RBeautify.beautify_file(path)
+      error = false
+      if(path == '-') # stdin source
+         source = STDIN.read
+         dest,error = beautify_string(source,"stdin")
+         print dest
+      else # named file source
+         source = File.read(path)
+         dest,error = beautify_string(source,path)
+         if(source != dest)
+            # make a backup copy
+            File.open(path + "~","w") { |f| f.write(source) }
+            # overwrite the original
+            File.open(path,"w") { |f| f.write(dest) }
+         end
+      end
+      return error
+   end # beautify_file
+
+   def RBeautify.main
+      error = false
+      if(!ARGV[0])
+         STDERR.puts "usage: Ruby filenames or \"-\" for stdin."
+         exit 0
+      end
+      ARGV.each do |path|
+         error = (beautify_file(path))?true:error
+      end
+      error = (error)?1:0
+      exit error
+   end # main
+end # module RBeautify
+
+# if launched as a standalone program, not loaded as a module
+if __FILE__ == $0
+   RBeautify.main
+end
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/indenters/ruby_formatter.rb b/indenters/ruby_formatter.rb
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..acd3150
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/ruby_formatter.rb
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+#!/usr/bin/ruby -w
+#
+# == Synopsis
+#
+# Simple Ruby Formatter
+#
+# Created by: Stephen Becker IV
+# Contributions: Andrew Nutter-Upham
+# Contact: sbeckeriv@gmail.com
+# SVN: http://svn.stephenbeckeriv.com/code/ruby_formatter/
+#
+# Its been done before RadRails did,
+# http://vim.sourceforge.net/tips/tip.php?tip_id = 1368 that guy did it, but I did
+# not look for a ruby formatter until i was done.
+#
+# It is called simple formatting because it is. I have the concept of 3 differnt
+# indent actions In, Out and Both. I have mixed the concept of indenting and
+# outdenting. Out means you have added white space and in means you remove a layer
+# of white space.
+#
+# Basic logic
+# 	Decrease current depth if
+# 			((the it is not a one line if unless statment
+# 			(need to lookfor more oneline blocks) and it ends with end
+# 			or if the } count is larger then {)
+# 		or
+# 			the first word is in the both list)
+#
+# 		and
+# 			depth is larger then zero
+#
+# 	Increase current depth if
+# 			It is not a one liner
+# 		and
+# 			(the word is in the out list
+# 		or
+# 			the word is in the both list
+# 		or
+# 			it looks like a start block)
+# 		and
+# 			temp_depth is nil (used for = comment blocks)
+#
+#
+# Sure there are some regx's and a crap load of gsubs, but it still simple. Its
+# not like its a pychecker (http://www.metaslash.com/brochure/ipc10.html)
+#
+# == Usage
+#
+# ruby [options] filelist
+#
+# options:
+#   -s # will change the indent to a space count of # per level
+#        by default we space with 1 tab per level
+#   -b # create a backup file
+#
+# examples:
+# ruby simple_formatter.rb -s 3 -b /moo/cluck/cow.rb
+# runs with the indent of 3 spaces,creates a backup file, and formats moo/cluck/cow.rb
+#
+#
+# Tested with random files off of koders.com
+#
+#
+::DEBUG_ME = false
+require 'getoptlong'
+require "fileutils"
+require "pp"
+$escape_strings = {:regex=>"EsCaPedReGex",:string=>"EsCaPeDStRiNg"}
+begin
+	require 'rdoc/usage'
+rescue Exception => e
+	#eat the no load of rdocs?
+end
+opts = GetoptLong.new(
+[ '--help', '-h', GetoptLong::NO_ARGUMENT ],
+[ '--spaces', '-s', GetoptLong::OPTIONAL_ARGUMENT ],
+[ '--debug', '-d', GetoptLong::NO_ARGUMENT ],
+[ '--backup', '-b', GetoptLong::NO_ARGUMENT ]
+)
+space_count = nil
+backup = false
+files = []
+opts.each do | opt, arg|
+	case opt
+	when '--help'
+		begin
+			RDoc::usage
+		rescue Exception =>e
+			puts "If you want to use rdocs you need to install it"
+			exit(-1)
+		end
+	when '--spaces'
+		space_count = arg.to_i
+	when '--backup'
+		backup = true
+	when '--debug'
+		::DEBUG_ME = true
+	end
+end
+require "profile" if ::DEBUG_ME
+if ARGV.length < 1
+	puts "Missing filelist argument (try --help)"
+	exit 0
+end
+array_loc = ARGV
+#find if the string is a start block
+#return true if it is
+#rules
+# does not include end at the end
+# and ( { out number the } or it includes do
+DO_RX = /\sdo\s*$/
+def start_block?(string)
+	return true if  string.gsub(/\|.*\|/, "").match(DO_RX) || (string.scan(/\{/).size > string.scan(/\}/).size)
+	false
+end
+#is this an end block?
+#rules
+#its not a one liner
+#and it ends with end
+#or } out number {
+CHECK_ENDS_RX = /end$|end\s+while/
+def check_ends?(string)
+	#check for one liners end and }
+	#string = just_the_string_please(string)
+	return true if (string.scan(/\{/).size < string.scan(/\}/).size) || string.match(CHECK_ENDS_RX)
+	false
+end
+IN_OUTS_RX = /^(def|class|module|begin|case|if|unless|loop|while|until|for)/
+#look at first work does it start with one of the out works
+def in_outs?(string)
+	string.sub!(/\(.*\)/, "")
+	return true if string.lstrip.match(IN_OUTS_RX) && string.strip.size == $1.strip.size
+	false
+end
+IN_BOTH_RX = /^(elsif|else|when|rescue|ensure)/
+#look at first work does it start with one of the both words?
+def in_both?(string)
+	return true if string.lstrip.match(IN_BOTH_RX) && string.strip.size == $1.strip.size
+	false
+end
+#extra formatting for the line
+#we wrap = with spaces
+#JUST_STRING_PLEASE_RX = /^#.*|\/.*\/|"([^"])*"|'([^'])*'/
+LINE_CLEAN_UP_RX = /[a-zA-Z\]\'\"{\d]+=[a-zA-Z\[\'\"{\d]+/
+def line_clean_up(x)
+	#this formatts strings and regexs remove and add in replacement works
+
+	x.gsub!(/\\\//,$escape_strings[:regex])
+	strings = x.scan(/#.*|["'\/].*?["'\/]/)
+	strings.each { | str |
+		x.sub!(str, $escape_strings[:string])
+	}
+	#lofted code from java formatter #{add in link}
+	# replace "){" with ") {"
+	x.sub!(/\)\s*\{/, ") {")
+	# replace "return(" with "return ("
+	# replace "if(" with "if ("
+	# replace "while(" with "while ("
+	# replace "switch(" with "switch ("    ruby does not have a switch 
+	# replace "catch(" with "catch ("
+	x.sub!(/\b(return|if|elsif|while|case|catch)\s*\(/, '\1 (')
+	# replace " ;" with ";"
+	# replace " ," with ","
+	x.gsub!(/\s+([\;\,])/, '\1')
+	#replace ",abc" with ", abc"
+	x.gsub!(/\,(\w+)/, ', \1')
+
+	x.gsub!(/(\)|"|\w)\s*([\+\-\*\/\&\|\^\%]|\&\&|\|\||[\>\<]|\>\=|\<\=|\=\=|\!\=|\<\<|\>\>|\>\>\>)\s*(?=(\w | "))/, '\1 \2 ')
+	# a space before and after AssignmentOperator
+	x.gsub!(/(\w)\s*(\+\=|\-\=|\*\=|\/\=|\&\=|\|\=|\^\=|\%\=|\<\<\=|\>\>\=|\>\>\>\=)\s*(?=(\w))/, '\1 \2 ')
+	# do not trim spaces
+	x.gsub!(/(\w)\=\s*(?=(\w|"))/, '\1 = ')
+	x.gsub!(/(\w)\s*\=(?=(\w|"))/, '\1 = ')
+	#becker format
+	#not complete list but alot of the common ones.
+	x.sub!(/(\.each|\.collect[!]*|\.map[!]*|\.delete_if|\.sort[!]*|\.each_[pair|key|value|byte|with_index|line|option]|\.reject[!]*|\.reverse_each|\.detect|\.find[_all]*|\.select|\.module_eval|\.all_waits|loop|proc|lambda|fork|at_exit)\s*\{/, '\1 {')
+	x.sub!(/def\s(\w*)?(\(.*?\))/, 'def \1\2') if x.match(/def\s+?(\w*)?\(.*?\)/)
+	x.sub!(/^for\s+(\w*)?\s+in\s+?(.*)$/, 'for \1 in \2') if x.match(/^for\s+(\w*)?\s*?in\s*?(.*)$/)
+	x.gsub!(/(\w)\=>\s*(?=(\w|"|:))/, '\1 => ')
+	x.gsub!(/(\w)\s*\=>(?=(\w|"|:))/, '\1 => ')
+	x.strip!
+	x.gsub!($escape_strings[:string]) {
+		strings.shift
+	}
+	x.gsub!($escape_strings[:regex], "\\\/")
+	return x
+end
+
+JUST_STRING_PLEASE_RX = /\/.*\/|"([^"])*" | '([^']) * '|#.*/
+def just_the_string_please(org_string)
+	string = String.new(org_string)
+	#remove escaped chars
+	string.gsub!(/\\\/|\\"|\\'/, "")
+	string.gsub!(JUST_STRING_PLEASE_RX, "")
+	string = string.strip
+	string.sub!(/\b(return|if|while|case|catch)\s*\(/, '\1 (')
+	puts "clean string: #{string}" if ::DEBUG_ME
+	string
+end
+ONE_LINER_RX = /(unless|if).*(then).*end|(begin).*(rescue|ensure|else).*end/
+def one_liner?(string)
+	return true if string.match(ONE_LINER_RX)
+	false
+end
+
+array_loc.each {|file_loc|
+	f = File.open(file_loc, "r")
+	text = f.read
+	f.close
+	if File.expand_path(file_loc) == File.expand_path($0)
+		$escape_strings = {:regex=>"EsCaPedReGex#{rand(200)}",:string=>"EsCaPeDStRiNg#{rand(200)}"}
+	end
+	new_text = ""
+	current_depth = 0
+	spaces =  " " * space_count if space_count
+	here_doc_ending = nil
+	indenter = spaces || "\t"
+	temp_depth = nil
+	line_count = 1
+
+	text.split("\n").each { |x|
+		#comments
+		#The first idea was to leave them alone.
+		#after running a few test i did not like the way it looked
+		if temp_depth
+			puts "In temp_depth #{x} line ♯ #{line_count} here:#{here_doc_ending}" if ::DEBUG_ME
+			new_text << x << "\n"
+			#block comments, its going to get ugly
+			if !x.lstrip.scan(/^\=end/).empty? || (here_doc_ending && x.strip == here_doc_ending.strip)
+				#swap and set
+				puts "swap and set #{x} line # #{line_count}" if ::DEBUG_ME
+				current_depth = temp_depth
+				temp_depth = nil
+				here_doc_ending = nil
+			end
+			line_count += 1
+			next
+		end
+		#block will always be 0 depth
+		#block comments, its going to get ugly
+		unless x.lstrip.scan(/^\=begin/).empty?
+			#swap and set
+			puts "Looking for begin #{x} #{line_count}" if ::DEBUG_ME
+			temp_depth = current_depth
+			current_depth = 0
+		end
+		#here docs have same type of logic for block comments
+		unless x.lstrip.scan(/<<-/).empty?
+			#swap and set
+			here_doc_ending = x.lstrip.split(/<<-/).last.strip
+			temp_depth = current_depth
+		end
+		#whats the first word?
+		text_node = x.split.first || ""
+		just_string = just_the_string_please(x)
+		in_both = in_both?(text_node)
+		one_liner = one_liner?(just_string)
+		#check if its in end or both and that the current_depth is >0
+		#maybe i should raise if it goes negative ?
+		puts "minus one #{line_count} #{x} statement:#{(check_ends?(just_string) || in_both) && current_depth > 0} check_ends:#{check_ends?(just_string)} in_both:#{in_both}  current_depth:#{ current_depth }" if ::DEBUG_ME
+		if (check_ends?(just_string) || in_both) &&  !one_liner
+			puts "We have a Negative depth count. This was caused around line:#{line_count}\nCheck for if( it should be if (" if  current_depth == 0
+			current_depth -= 1 unless current_depth == 0
+		end
+		clean_string = line_clean_up(x)
+		current_indent = clean_string.size>0 ? indenter*current_depth : ""
+		new_text << current_indent << clean_string << "\n"
+		#we want to kick the indent out one
+		#  x.match(/(unless|if).*(then).*end/): we use this match one liners for if statements not one-line blocks
+		# in_outs? returns true if the first work is in the out array
+		# in_both? does the same for the both array
+		# start_block looks for to not have an end at the end and {.count > }.count and if the word do is in there
+		# temp_depth is used when we hit the = comments should be nil unless you are in a comment
+		puts "plus one match:#{line_count} #{x} not a one liner:#{!(one_liner)} or statements:#{(in_outs?(text_node) || in_both?(text_node) || start_block?(x))} in_outs#{in_outs?(text_node)} in_both:#{ in_both?(text_node)} start_block:#{ start_block?(x)} temp_depth:#{temp_depth}" if ::DEBUG_ME
+		current_depth += 1 if ((in_outs?(text_node) || start_block?(just_string) || in_both || x.lstrip.slice(/\w*\s=\s(unless|if|case)/)) && !one_liner && !temp_depth)
+		line_count += 1
+	}
+	FileUtils.cp("#{file_loc}","#{file_loc}.bk.#{Time.now.to_s.gsub(/\s|:/,"_")}") if backup
+	f = File.open("#{file_loc}","w+")
+	f.puts new_text
+	f.close
+	puts "Done!"
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/indenters/shellindent.awk b/indenters/shellindent.awk
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c02af04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/shellindent.awk
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#!/usr/bin/awk -f
+
+# SOLARIS USERS: Change "awk" to "nawk", above!!!
+
+# This is part of Phil's AWK tutorial at http://www.bolthole.com/AWK.html
+# This program adjusts the indentation level based on which keywords are
+# found in each line it encounters.
+#
+# THIS IS A (relatively) COMPLEX PROGRAM. If you're an AWK rookie,
+# go back and read the tutorial before trying to understand this program!
+# This program shows off awk functions, variables, and its ability to
+# perform multiple actions for the same line
+
+
+function doindent(){
+	tmpindent=indent;
+	if(indent<0){
+		print "ERROR; indent level == " indent
+	}
+	while(tmpindent >0){
+		printf("    ");
+		tmpindent-=1;
+	}
+}
+
+$1 == "done" 	{ indent -=1; }
+$1 == "fi" 	{ indent -=1; }
+$0 ~ /}/	{ if(indent!=0) indent-=1;  }
+
+# This is the 'default' action, that actually prints a line out.
+# This gets called AS WELL AS any other matching clause, in the
+# order they appear in this program.
+# An "if" match is run AFTER we run this clause.
+# A "done" match is run BEFORE we run this clause.
+		{ 
+		  doindent();
+		  print $0;
+		}
+
+$0 ~ /if.*;[ ]*then/	{ indent+=1; }
+$0 ~ /for.*;[ ]*do/	{ indent+=1; }
+$0 ~ /while.*;[ ]*do/	{ indent+=1; }
+
+$1 == "then"		{ indent+=1; }
+$1 == "do"		{ indent+=1; }
+$0 ~ /{$/		{ indent+=1; }
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_CblBeau.ini b/indenters/uigui_CblBeau.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..03b82f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_CblBeau.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+[header]
+categories="Cobol Beautifier|Renumbering|Generic Reporting|Cobol Dialects|Extra Features|Copy Libraries|Parser Messages|Length and Offset|PrettyPrint Basics|PrettyPrint Indentation|Output Comments|Line Identification"
+cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.cbl|*.cob
+indenterFileName=cbl-beau.exe
+indenterName=Cobol Beautifier (Cobol)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=" "
+manual=http://www.siber.com/sct/tools/cbl-beau.html
+outputFileName=indentoutput
+outputFileParameter="-gen-file="
+parameterOrder=ipo
+showHelpParameter="-help"
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=1.0
+
+
+[Add value clause]
+Category=0
+Description="Add VALUE clauses to WS data items that have no VALUE clause"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-add-value-clause|"
+
+[Norm dd levels]
+Category=0
+Description="Normalize data item level numbers"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-norm-dd-levels|"
+
+[Add end stmts]
+Category=0
+Description="Add END-IF, END-SEARCH, END-EVALUATE, END-PERFORM closing statements"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-add-end-stmts|"
+
+[Section name fmt]
+CallName="-section-name-fmt="
+Category=1
+Description="Section name format, smth like T1%dT2%sT3"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault="T1%dT2%sT3"
+
+[Section name start]
+CallName="-section-name-start="
+Category=1
+Description="Start value for number in section name"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Section name step]
+CallName="-section-name-step="
+Category=1
+Description="Step for number in section name"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Para name fmt]
+CallName="-para-name-fmt="
+Category=1
+Description="Paragraph name format, smth like T1%dT2%sT3"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault="T1%dT2%sT3"
+
+[Para name start]
+CallName="-para-name-start="
+Category=1
+Description="Start value for counter in paragraph name"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Para name step]
+CallName="-para-name-step="
+Category=1
+Description="Step for counter in paragraph name"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Data name fmt]
+CallName="-data-name-fmt="
+Category=1
+Description="Data name format, smth like T1%dT2%sT3"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault="T1%dT2%sT3"
+
+[Data name start]
+CallName="-data-name-start="
+Category=1
+Description="Start value for number in data name"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Data name step]
+CallName="-data-name-step="
+Category=1
+Description="Step for number in data name"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Conv warn]
+Category=2
+Description="Warn about transformation problems"
+ValueDefault=1
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-conv-warn|-no-conv-warn"
+
+[Conv info]
+Category=2
+Description="Inform about every transformation performed"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-conv-info|-no-conv-info"
+
+[Conv list]
+Category=2
+Description="List all transformations applied"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-conv-list|-no-conv-list"
+
+[Find only]
+Category=2
+Description="Only list potential transformations, do not execute them"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-find-only|-no-find-only"
+
+[Silent]
+Category=2
+Description="Do not print short summary of the conversion"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-silent|-no-silent"
+
+[Primary Cobol dialect]
+Category=3
+Description="Set the primary Cobol dialect"
+ValueDefault=1
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-lang=ansi74|-lang=ansi85|-lang=osvs|-lang=vsii|-lang=saa|-lang=xopen|-lang=mf|-lang=ms|-lang=rm|-lang=rm85|-lang=dosvs|-lang=univac|-lang=wang|-lang=fsc|-lang=net|-lang=fscnet|-lang=icobol|-lang=acu|-lang=dml|-lang=idms"
+ChoicesReadable="Ansi 74|Ansi 85|OSVS|VSII|SAA|XOpen|MF|MS|RM|RM 85|DOSVS|UniVAC|Wang|FSC|Net|FSCnet|iCobol|ACU|DML|IDMS"
+
+[Secondary Cobol dialect]
+Category=3
+Description="Set the secondary Cobol dialect"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-lang2=ansi74|-lang2=ansi85|-lang2=osvs|-lang2=vsii|-lang2=saa|-lang2=xopen|-lang2=mf|-lang2=ms|-lang2=rm|-lang2=rm85|-lang2=dosvs|-lang2=univac|-lang2=wang|-lang2=fsc|-lang2=net|-lang2=fscnet|-lang2=icobol|-lang2=acu|-lang2=dml|-lang2=idms"
+ChoicesReadable="Ansi 74|Ansi 85|OSVS|VSII|SAA|XOpen|MF|MS|RM|RM 85|DOSVS|UniVAC|Wang|FSC|Net|FSCnet|iCobol|ACU|DML|IDMS"
+
+[Line format]
+Category=3
+Description="Set the secondary Cobol dialect"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-line-format=dial|-line-format=fixed|-line-format=free|-line-format=fsc-free|-line-format=var"
+ChoicesReadable="Dial|fixed|free|FSC free|var"
+
+[Progid comments]
+Category=3
+Description="Allow Program-Id line comments"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-progid-comments|-no-progid-comments"
+
+[Separators follow spaces]
+Category=3
+Description="Separators must be followed by spaces"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-sep-space-reqd=dial|-sep-space-reqd=no|-sep-space-reqd=yes"
+ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"
+
+[Exclude keywords]
+CallName="-exclude-keywords="
+Category=3
+Description="Excluded keywords (separated by spaces?)"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=""
+
+[Set constants]
+CallName="-set-constants="
+Category=4
+Description="78 constant settings, strings: name'value', numbers: name(value)"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=""
+
+[Assign external]
+Category=4
+Description="Assume that undefined data items in ASSIGN TO are external"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-assign-external|-no-assign-external"
+
+[SQL]
+Category=4
+Description="Parse SQL in EXEC SQL"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-sql|-no-sql"
+
+[CICS]
+Category=4
+Description="Parse CICS statements embedded in EXEC CICS ... END-EXEC"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-cics|-no-cics"
+
+[CICS EIB]
+Category=4
+Description="Add CICS EIB data block to LINKAGE SECTION"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-cics-eib=auto|-cics-eib=no|-cics-eib=yes"
+ChoicesReadable="Auto|No|Yes"
+
+[Copylib dir]
+CallName="-copylib-dir="
+Category=5
+Description="Copylib directories path"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault="."
+
+[Copylib suffix]
+CallName="-copylib-sfx="
+Category=5
+Description="Copylib files default suffix(es)"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=".cpy"
+
+[Copylib names]
+Category=5
+Description="Add CICS EIB data block to LINKAGE SECTION"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-copynames-case=exact|-copynames-case=lower|-copynames-case=upper"
+ChoicesReadable="Exact|Lower|Upper"
+
+[Copylib old]
+Category=5
+Description="Allow old 1968 Copy statements"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-old-copy|-no-old-copy"
+
+[Copylib irreversibly]
+Category=5
+Description="Inline copybooks irreversibly"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-irrev-inline|-no-irrev-inline"
+
+[Warnings]
+Category=6
+Description="Display Warnings"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-warnings|-no-warnings"
+
+[Muli undef errors]
+Category=6
+Description="Error message for every (OFF: only first) use of undefined name"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-multi-undefd-errs|-no-multi-undefd-errs"
+
+[Same para data name]
+Category=6
+Description="One name can be used both as paragraph-name and data-name"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-same-para-data-name=dial|-same-para-data-name=no|-same-para-data-name=yes"
+ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"
+
+[Lengths and offsets]
+Category=7
+Description="Compute data item lengths and offsets"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-leng-offs|-no-leng-offs"
+
+[Storage mode]
+Category=7
+Description="Is Numeric Sign a Trailing Separate Character"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-lo-stor-mode=dial|-lo-stor-mode=no|-lo-stor-mode=yes"
+ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"
+
+[Numeric sign trailing separate]
+Category=7
+Description="Is Numeric Sign a Trailing Separate Character"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-num-sign-trail-sep=dial|-num-sign-trail-sep=no|-num-sign-trail-sep=yes"
+ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"
+
+[Num sign EBCDIC]
+Category=7
+Description="Is Numeric Sign an EBCDIC character"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-num-sign-ebcdic|-no-num-sign-ebcdic"
+
+[Lo pointer size]
+CallName="-lo-pointer-size="
+Category=7
+Description="Memory model: Pointer size"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[Lo proc pointer size]
+CallName="-lo-proc-pointer-size="
+Category=7
+Description="Memory model: Procedure-Pointer size"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[Lo index size]
+CallName="-lo-index-size="
+Category=7
+Description="Memory model: Index size"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[Lo unfold flex arrays]
+Category=7
+Description="Compute length of table with OCCURS DEPENDING ON based on upper bounds"
+ValueDefault=1
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-lo-unfold-flex-arrays|-no-lo-unfold-flex-arrays"
+
+[Progress]
+Category=7
+Description="Display Parsing Progress Indicator"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-progress|-no-progress"
+
+[Bailout level]
+Category=7
+Description="Level of parser messages that cause bailout"
+ValueDefault=2
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-bailout-level=warnings|-bailout-level=errors|-bailout-level=severe"
+ChoicesReadable="Warnings|Errors|Severe"
+
+[Stats]
+Category=7
+Description="Print short source program statistics"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-stat|-no-stat"
+
+[Genereate SourcePrint]
+Category=8
+Description="Generate Cobol in SourcePrint (ON) / PrettyPrint(OFF) mode"
+ValueDefault=0
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-gen-src|-no-gen-src"
+
+[Copybook dir]
+CallName="-gen-copy-dir="
+Category=8
+Description="Write copybooks to this directory"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=""
+
+[Indent size]
+CallName="-gen-indent-step="
+Category=9
+Description="Indentation step"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[Indent max]
+CallName="-gen-max-indent="
+Category=9
+Description="Maximum starting position for indented text"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=40
+
+[Tabs]
+CallName="-gen-tabs="
+Category=9
+Description="Tabulation Positions"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault="12,24,32,42,44,54"
+
+[Line format]
+Category=9
+Description="Generated line format"
+ValueDefault=1
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-gen-line-format=na|-gen-line-format=fixed|-gen-line-format=free|-gen-line-format=fsc-free|-gen-line-format=var"
+ChoicesReadable="Na|Fixed|Free|FSC-free|Var"
+
+[Observe rules]
+Category=9
+Description="Observe Area A/B rules in generated code"
+ValueDefault=1
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-gen-observe-ab-rules |-no-gen-observe-ab-rules "
+
+[Preserve comments]
+Category=10
+Description="Preserve comments"
+ValueDefault=1
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-gen-print-comments |-no-gen-print-comments "
+
+[Enter Exit comments]
+Category=10
+Description="Generate Enter/Exit comments around inlined copybooks"
+ValueDefault=1
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-gen-enter-exit-copy-comments|-no-gen-enter-exit-copy-comments"
+
+[Preserve line IDs]
+Category=11
+Description="Preserve original Line IDs (cols 1-6, 73-80)"
+ValueDefault=1
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-gen-line-id-comments|-no-gen-line-id-comments"
+
+[Put text 73-80]
+CallName="-gen-73to80-fmt="
+Category=11
+Description="Put text of this format into columns 73 to 80"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=""
+
+[Start number 73-80]
+CallName="-gen-73to80-start="
+Category=11
+Description="Start value for number put into columns 73 to 80"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Step number 73-80]
+CallName="-gen-73to80-step="
+Category=11
+Description="Step for number put into columns 73 to 80"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Convert comments]
+CallName="-gen-mark-conv="
+Category=11
+Description="Add comment in columns 73 and up that show that line was changed or generated"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=""
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_astyle.ini b/indenters/uigui_astyle.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7d312b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_astyle.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+[header]
+categories=Predefined Style|Tab and Bracket|Indentation|Padding|Formatting|Other
+cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
+configFilename=.astylerc
+fileTypes=*.cpp|*.c|*.cu|*.h|*.hpp|*.inl|*.hh|*.cs|*.java
+indenterFileName=astyle
+indenterName=Artistic Style (C, C++, C#, JAVA)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://astyle.sourceforge.net/astyle.html
+outputFileName=indentinput
+outputFileParameter=none
+parameterOrder=ipo
+showHelpParameter=-h
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter="--options="
+version=2.02.1
+
+[predefined style]
+Category=0
+Choices="-A1|-A2|-A3|-A4|-A5|-A6|-A7|-A8|-A9|-A10|-A11|-A12"
+ChoicesReadable="Allman/Ansi/BSD/break style|Java/attach style|Kernighan & Ritchie style|Stroustrup style|Whitesmith style|Banner style|GNU style|Linux style|Horstmann style|One True Brace Style|Pico style|Lisp/Python style"
+Description=Sets the general style.
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[indent spaces]
+CallName="--indent=spaces="
+Category=1
+Description=Indent using # spaces per indent
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=20
+MinVal=2
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[indent tab]
+CallName="--indent=tab="
+Category=1
+Description=Indent using tab characters. Treat each tab as # spaces
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=20
+MinVal=2
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[force indent tab]
+CallName="--indent=force-tab="
+Category=1
+Description="Indent using tab characters. Treat each tab as # spaces. Uses tabs as indents where --indent=tab prefers to use spaces such as inside multi-line statements. "
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=20
+MinVal=2
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[bracket style]
+Category=1
+Choices="--brackets=break|--brackets=attach|--brackets=linux|--brackets=stroustrup|--brackets=horstmann"
+ChoicesReadable=Break brackets|Attach brackets|Break brackets Linux like
+Description=Sets the bracket style.
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[indent classes]
+Category=2
+Description=Indent 'class' and 'struct' blocks so that the blocks 'public:', 'protected:' and 'private:' are indented. The struct blocks are indented only if an access modifier is declared somewhere in the struct. The entire block is indented. This option is effective for C++ files only.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-classes|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[indent switches]
+Category=2
+Description=Indent 'switch' blocks so that the 'case X:' statements are indented in the switch  block. The entire case block is indented.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-switches|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[indent cases]
+Category=2
+Description=Indent 'case X:' blocks from the 'case X:' headers. Case statements not enclosed in blocks are NOT indented.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-cases|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[indent brackets]
+Category=2
+Description=Add extra indentation to brackets. This is the option used for Whitesmith and Banner style formatting/indenting. If both ‑‑indent‑brackets and ‑‑indent‑blocks are used the result will be ‑‑indent‑blocks. This option will be ignored if used with a predefined style.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-brackets|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[indent blocks]
+Category=2
+Description=Add extra indentation to blocks within a function. The opening bracket for namespaces, classes, and functions is not indented. This is the option used for GNU style formatting/indenting. This option will be ignored if used with a predefined style.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-blocks|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[indent namespaces]
+Category=2
+Description=Add extra indentation to namespaces.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-namespaces|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[indent labels]
+Category=2
+Description=Add extra indentation to labels so they appear 1 indent less than the current indentation, rather than being flushed to the left (the default).
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-labels|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[indent preprocessor]
+Category=2
+Description=Indent multi-line preprocessor definitions. Should be used with --convert-tabs for proper results. Does a pretty good job but can not perform miracles in obfuscated preprocessor definitions. Without this option the preprocessor statements remain unchanged.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-preprocessor|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[indent comments]
+Category=2
+Description=Indent C++ comments beginning in column one. By default C++ comments beginning in column one are not indented. This option will allow the comments to be indented with the code. 
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-col1-comments|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[max-instatement-indent]
+CallName="--max-instatement-indent="
+Category=2
+Description=Indent a maximum of # spaces in a continuous statement, relative to the previous line (e.g. ‑‑max‑instatement‑indent=40). #  must be less than  80. If no # is set, the default value of 40 will be used. A maximum of less than two indent lengths will be ignored.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=79
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=40
+
+[min-conditional-indent]
+CallName="--min-conditional-indent="
+Category=2
+Description=Set the minimal indent that is added when a header is built of multiple-lines. This indent makes helps to easily separate the header from the command statements that follow. The value for # must be less than 40. The default setting for this option is twice the current indent  (e.g. --min-conditional-indent=8).
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=39
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=8
+
+[break-blocks]
+Category=3
+Description=Pad empty lines around header blocks (e.g. 'if' 'while'...). Be sure to read the Supplemental Documentation before using this option.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--break-blocks|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[break-blocks-all]
+Category=3
+Description=Pad empty lines around header blocks (e.g. 'if' 'while'...). Treat closing header blocks (e.g. 'else' 'catch') as stand-alone blocks. Be sure to read the Supplemental Documentation before using this option.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--break-blocks=all|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[pad-oper]
+Category=3
+Description=Insert space padding around operators. Operators inside brackets [] are not padded. Note that there is no option to unpad. Once padded they stay padded.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--pad-oper|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[pad-paren]
+Category=3
+Description=Insert space padding around parenthesis on both the outside  and the inside. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--pad-paren|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[pad-paren-out]
+Category=3
+Description=Insert space padding around parenthesis on the outside  only. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This can be used with unpad-paren  below to remove unwanted spaces.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--pad-paren-out|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[pad-paren-in]
+Category=3
+Description="Insert space padding around parenthesis on the inside  only. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This can be used with unpad-paren  below to remove unwanted spaces."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--pad-paren-in|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[pad-header]
+Category=3
+Description=Insert space padding after paren headers only (e.g. 'if', 'for', 'while'...). Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This can be used with unpad-paren to remove unwanted spaces.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--pad-header|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[unpad-paren]
+Category=3
+Description="Remove extra space padding around parenthesis on the inside and outside.  Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This option can be used in combination with the paren padding options pad‑paren, pad‑paren‑out, pad‑paren‑in, and pad‑header above. Only padding that has not been requested by other options will be removed."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--unpad-paren|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[delete-empty-lines]
+Category=3
+Description=Delete empty lines within a function or method. Empty lines outside of functions or methods are NOT deleted. If used with break-blocks or break-blocks=all it will delete all lines EXCEPT the lines added by the break-blocks options.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--delete-empty-lines|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[fill-empty-lines]
+Category=3
+Description=Fill empty lines with the white space of the previous line
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--fill-empty-lines|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[brackets-break-closing]
+Category=4
+Description=When used with --brackets=attach, --brackets=linux, or --brackets=stroustrup, this breaks closing headers (e.g. 'else', 'catch', ...) from their immediately preceding closing brackets. Closing header brackets are always broken with broken brackets, horstmann brackets, indented blocks, and indented brackets.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-y|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[break-elseifs]
+Category=4
+Description=Break "else if" header combinations into separate lines. This option has no effect if keep-one-line-statements is used, the "else if" statements will remain as they are. If this option is NOT used, "else if" header combinations will be placed on a single line.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--break-elseifs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[add-brackets]
+Category=4
+Description=Add brackets to unbracketed one line conditional statements  (e.g. 'if', 'for', 'while'...). The statement must be on a single line. The brackets will be added according to the currently requested predefined style or bracket type. If no style or bracket type is requested the brackets will be attached. If --add-one-line-brackets is also used the result will be one line brackets.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--add-brackets|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[add-one-line-brackets]
+Category=4
+Description=Add one line brackets to unbracketed one line conditional statements  (e.g. 'if', 'for', 'while'...). The statement must be on a single line. The option implies --keep-one-line-blocks and will not break the one line blocks.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--add-one-line-brackets|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[one-line-keep-blocks]
+Category=4
+Description=Don't break one-line blocks
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--keep-one-line-blocks|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[one-line-keep-statements]
+Category=4
+Description=Dont break complex statements and multiple statements residing on a single line.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--keep-one-line-statements|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[convert-tabs]
+Category=4
+Description=Converts tabs into spaces in the non-indentation part of the line. The number of spaces inserted will maintain the spacing of the tab. The current setting for spaces per tab is used. It may not produce the expected results if convert-tabs is used when changing spaces per tab. Tabs are not replaced in quotes.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--convert-tabs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[align-pointer]
+Category=4
+Choices="--align-pointer=type|--align-pointer=middle|--align-pointer=name"
+Description=Attach a pointer or reference operator (* or &) to either the variable type (left) or variable name (right), or place it between the type and name. The spacing between the type and name will be preserved, if possible. This option is effective for C/C++ files only.
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[align-reference]
+Category=4
+Choices="--align-reference=type|--align-reference=middle|--align-reference=name"
+Description=This option will align references separate from pointers. Pointers are not changed by this option. If pointers and references are to be aligned the same, use the previous align-pointer option. The option align-reference=none will not change the reference alignment. The other options are the same as for align-pointer. In the case of a reference to a pointer (*&) with conflicting alignments, the align-pointer value will be used.
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[override-language]
+Category=4
+Choices="--mode=c|--mode=java|--mode=cs"
+Description=Indent a C or C++ or Java or CSharp file. The option is set from the file extension for each file. You can override the setting with this entry. It allows the formatter to identify language specific syntax such as C classes and C templates.
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[nosuffix]
+Category=5
+Description=Do not retain a backup of the original file. The original file is purged after it is formatted.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--suffix=none|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[errors-to-stdout]
+Category=5
+Description=Print errors to standard-output rather than to standard-error.
+This option should be helpful for systems/shells that do not have this option, such as in Windows95.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--errors-to-stdout|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[preserve-date]
+Category=5
+Description=Preserve the original file's date and time modified. The date and time modified will not be changed in the formatted file. This option is not effective if redirection is used to rename the input file.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--preserve-date|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[lineend]
+Category=5
+Choices="--lineend=windows|--lineend=linux|--lineend=macold"
+Description=orce use of the specified line end style. Valid options are windows (CRLF), linux (LF), and macold (CR). MacOld style is the format for OS 9 and earlier. Mac OS X uses the Linux style. If one of these options is not used the line ends will be determined automatically from the input file.
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=0
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_bcpp.ini b/indenters/uigui_bcpp.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c094f97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_bcpp.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+[header]
+categories=Indentation|Comments|General
+cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
+configFilename=bcpp.cfg
+fileTypes=*.cpp|*.c|*.h|*.hpp
+indenterFileName=bcpp
+indenterName=BCPP (C, C++)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter="-fi "
+manual=http://universalindent.sf.net/indentermanuals/bcpp.txt
+outputFileName=indentoutput
+outputFileParameter="-fo "
+parameterOrder=ipo
+showHelpParameter=qxyz
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter="-fnc "
+version=2009-06-30
+
+[Ascii_Chars_Only]
+Category=2
+Description=Setting this parameter to yes will strip any non-printable non-ASCII characters from the input file. Any non-printable characters that lie within quotes will be transformed into octal/character notation if NonAscii_Quotes_To_Octal is set to True. Comment out this parameter if you are using Leave_Graphic_Chars parameter as this parameter will override it.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="ascii_chars_only=yes|ascii_chars_only=no"
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Backup_File]
+Category=2
+Description=This option will backup the input file to a file with the extension .bac and overwrite the input file with the reformatted version.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="backup_file=yes|backup_file=no"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Comments_With_Code]
+CallName="comments_with_code="
+Category=1
+Description=Defines the column in which comments that appear after code on a line will be placed.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=50
+
+[Comments_With_Nocode]
+CallName="comments_with_nocode="
+Category=1
+Description=Defines the column in which comments that appear in a line will be placed.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Function_Spacing]
+CallName="function_spacing="
+Category=0
+Description=This parameter specifies how many lines separate two functions.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[Indent_Exec_Sql]
+Category=0
+Description=If true bcpp looks for embedded SQL statements (e.g. EXEC SQL) and formats them specially.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="indent_exec_sql=yes|indent_exec_sql=no"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent_Preprocessor]
+Category=0
+Description=If true bcpp will indent preprocessor lines to the indention of the C(++) code. If false preprocessor lines will be in the first column. Unrecognized (i.e. nonstandard) preprocessor lines are always put into the first column.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="indent_preprocessor=yes|indent_preprocessor=no"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent_Spacing]
+CallName="indent_spacing="
+Category=0
+Description=Specifies how many spaces to indent. This parameter also sets the width of tabs. Bcpp considers the width of a tab to be the same as the width of an indent.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[Keep_Comments_With_Code]
+Category=1
+Description=This option overrides the "Comments_With_Code" option. Setting this option On will make comments which do not fit as inline comments append to the code anyway. 
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="keep_comments_with_code=yes|keep_comments_with_code=no"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Leave_Comments_NoCode]
+Category=1
+Description=This options overrides the Comments_With_Nocodeoption. Setting this option On will indent comments that do not occur on the same line as code to the same indention as code. 
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="leave_comments_nocode=yes|leave_comments_nocode=no"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Leave_Graphic_Chars]
+Category=2
+Description=Setting this parameter to yes will strip non-printable characters from the source file but leave any characters that are IBM graphics alone. Any non-printable characters that lie within quotes will be transformed into octal/character notation if NonAscii_Quotes_To_Octal parameter is set to True.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="leave_graphic_chars=yes|leave_graphic_chars=no"
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[NonAscii_Quotes_To_Octal]
+Category=2
+Description=se this option to change non-ASCII (non-printable) chars to octal notation if they lie within quotes. This parameter doesn't take effect unless either the Ascii_Chars_Only or Leave_Graphic_Chars parameters have been set.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="nonascii_quotes_to_octal=yes|nonascii_quotes_to_octal=no"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Place_Brace_On_New_Line]
+Category=0
+Description=When set to 'on' bcpp will place opening braces on new lines (Pascalstyle C coding) when set to 'off' bcpp will use K&Rstyle C coding.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="place_brace_on_new_line=yes|place_brace_on_new_line=no"
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Program_Output]
+Category=2
+Description=This parameter will stop output from the program corrupting output that may exit from the program via the standard output. If this parameter is set to off/no then no output is generated from the program unless an error is encountered. The standard error is used to display any errors encountered while processing.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="program_output=yes|program_output=no"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Queue_Buffer]
+CallName="queue_buffer="
+Category=2
+Description=Specifies what the internal memory requires will be in size of the line processing buffer. This is used for open brace relocation in Kernighan/Ritchie style. Extending this buffer to large amounts of memory will slow processing on small machines.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[Use_Tabs]
+Category=0
+Description=Specifies whether to use tabs in indenting code.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="use_tabs=yes|use_tabs=no"
+ValueDefault=0
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_csstidy.ini b/indenters/uigui_csstidy.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2cca15a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_csstidy.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+[header]
+categories=General
+cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.css
+indenterFileName=csstidy
+indenterName=CSSTidy (CSS)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://csstidy.sourceforge.net/usage.php
+outputFileName=indentoutput
+outputFileParameter=
+parameterOrder=ipo
+showHelpParameter=
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=1.3
+
+[Add Timestamp]
+Category=0
+Description=Add Timestamp.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--timestamp=true|--timestamp=false"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Allow HTML in templates]
+Category=0
+Description=Allow HTML in templates.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--allow_html_in_templates=true|--allow_html_in_templates=false"
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Case for properties]
+Category=0
+Choices="--case_properties=0|--case_properties=1|--case_properties=2"
+Description=
  0 - None.
  1 - Lowercase.
  2 - Uppercase.

+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Compress colors]
+Category=0
+Description=Compress colors.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--compress_colors=true|--compress_colors=false"
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Compress font-weight]
+Category=0
+Description=Compress font weight.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--compress_font=true|--compress_font=false"
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Lowercase selectors]
+Category=0
+Description=Lowercase selectors names needed for XHTML.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--lowercase_s=true|--lowercase_s=false"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Optimise shorthands]
+Category=0
+Choices="--optimise_shorthands=0|--optimise_shorthands=1|--optimise_shorthands=2"
+Description=
  0 - Do not optimise.
  1 - Safe optimisations.
  2 - All optimisations.

+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Preserve CSS]
+Category=0
+Description="Save comments, hacks, etc.
Most optimisations can NOT be applied if this is enabled."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--preserve_css=true|--preserve_css=false"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Regroup selectors]
+Category=0
+Choices="--merge_selectors=0|--merge_selectors=1|--merge_selectors=2"
+Description="
  0 - Do not change anything
  1 - Only seperate selectors (split at , )
  2 - Merge selectors with the same properties (fast)
"
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[Remove last semikolon]
+Category=0
+Description="Remove last ;"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--remove_last_;=true|--remove_last_;=false"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Remove unnecessary backslashes]
+Category=0
+Description=Remove backslashes.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--remove_bslash=true|--remove_bslash=false"
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Sort properties]
+Category=0
+Description=Sort properties.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--sort_properties=true|--sort_properties=false"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Sort selectors %28caution%29]
+Category=0
+Description=Attention: This may change the behavior of your CSS code!
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--sort_selectors=true|--sort_selectors=false"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Template]
+Category=0
+Choices="--template=highest|--template=high|--template=default|--template=low"
+Description="
  Highest - No readability, smallest size.
  High - Moderate readability, smaller size.
  Default - balance between readability and size.
  Low - Higher readability.
"
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=2
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_f90ppr.ini b/indenters/uigui_f90ppr.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9d3dc3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_f90ppr.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+[header]
+categories=
+cfgFileParameterEnding=
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.f90
+indenterFileName=f90ppr.exe
+indenterName=Fortran 90 PPR (Fortran)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter="< "
+manual=ftp://ftp.ifremer.fr/ifremer/fortran90
+outputFileName=
+outputFileParameter=stdout
+parameterOrder=pio
+showHelpParameter=
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=1.3
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_gnuindent.ini b/indenters/uigui_gnuindent.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..53ac520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_gnuindent.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+[header]
+categories=General|Blank lines|Comments|Statements|Declarations|Indentation|Breaking long lines
+cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
+configFilename=.indent.pro
+fileTypes=*.c|*.h
+indenterFileName=indent
+indenterName=GNU Indent (C)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://universalindent.sf.net/indentermanuals/indent.html
+outputFileName=indentoutput
+outputFileParameter="-o "
+parameterOrder=ipo
+showHelpParameter=-h
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=none
+version=2.2.9
+
+[ANSI style formatting]
+Category=0
+Description=original  Berkeley  indent
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-orig|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[GNU style formatting]
+Category=0
+Description=GNU style formatting/indenting.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-gnu|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[KR style formatting]
+Category=0
+Description=Kernighan&Ritchie style formatting/indenting.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-kr|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[blank-before-sizeof]
+Category=3
+Description=Put a space between sizeof and its argument.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[blank-lines-after-commas]
+Category=4
+Description=Force newline after comma in declaration.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bc|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[blank-lines-after-declarations]
+Category=1
+Description=The -bad option forces a blank line after every block of declarations.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bad|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[blank-lines-after-procedures]
+Category=1
+Description=The -bap option forces a blank line after every procedure body.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bap|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[blank-lines-before-block-comments]
+Category=1
+Description=Force blank lines before block comments.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bbb|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[brace-indentn]
+CallName=-bli
+Category=3
+Description=Indent braces n spaces.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=3
+
+[braces-after-if-line]
+Category=3
+Description="Put braces on line after if, etc."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bl|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[braces-after-struct-decl-line]
+Category=4
+Description=Put braces on the line after struct declaration lines.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bls|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[braces-on-if-line]
+Category=3
+Description="Put braces on line with if, etc."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-br|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[braces-on-struct-decl-line]
+Category=4
+Description=Put braces on struct declaration line.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-brs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[break-after-boolean-operator]
+Category=6
+Description=Do not prefer to break long lines before boolean operators.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nbbo|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[break-before-boolean-operator]
+Category=6
+Description=Prefer to break long lines before boolean operators.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bbo|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[break-function-decl-args]
+Category=4
+Description=Break the line after the last argument in a declaration.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bfde|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[case-brace-indentationn]
+CallName=-cbi
+Category=3
+Description=Indent braces after a case label N spaces.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[case-indentationn]
+CallName=-cli
+Category=3
+Description=Case label indent of n spaces.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[comment-delimiters-on-blank-lines]
+Category=2
+Description=Put comment delimiters on blank lines.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cdb|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[comment-indentationn]
+CallName=-c
+Category=2
+Description=Put comments to the right of code in column n.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=33
+
+[comment-line-lengthn]
+CallName=-lc
+Category=2
+Description=Set maximum line length for comment formatting to n.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=78
+
+[continuation-indentationn]
+CallName=-ci
+Category=3
+Description=Continuation indent of n spaces.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[continue-at-parentheses]
+Category=5
+Description=Line up continued lines at parentheses.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-lp|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cuddle-do-while]
+Category=2
+Description="Cuddle while of do {} while; and preceeding `}'."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cdw|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cuddle-else]
+Category=2
+Description=Cuddle else and preceeding `}'.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ce|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[declaration-comment-columnn]
+CallName=-cd
+Category=2
+Description=Put comments to the right of the declarations in column n.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=33
+
+[declaration-indentationn]
+CallName=-di
+Category=4
+Description=Put variables in column n.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[dont-break-function-decl-args]
+Category=4
+Description=Don't put each argument in a function declaration on a seperate line.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nbfda|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[dont-break-procedure-type]
+Category=4
+Description=Put the type of a procedure on the same line as its name.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-npsl|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[dont-cuddle-do-while]
+Category=3
+Description="Do not cuddle } and the while of a do {} while;."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ncdw|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[dont-cuddle-else]
+Category=3
+Description=Do not cuddle } and else.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nce|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[dont-line-up-parentheses]
+Category=3
+Description=Do not line up parentheses.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nlp|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[dont-space-special-semicolon]
+Category=3
+Description=Do not force a space before the semicolon after certain statements. Disables `-ss'.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nss|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[else-endif-columnn]
+CallName=-cp
+Category=2
+Description=Put comments to the right of #else and #endif statements in column n.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=33
+
+[format-all-comments]
+Category=2
+Description=Do not disable all formatting of comments.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-fca|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[format-first-column-comments]
+Category=2
+Description=Format comments in the first column.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-fc1|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[honour-newlines]
+Category=6
+Description=Prefer to break long lines at the position of newlines in the input.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-hnl|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[ignore-newlines]
+Category=6
+Description=Do not prefer to break long lines at the position of newlines in the input.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nhnl|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[indent-leveln]
+CallName=-i
+Category=5
+Description=Set indentation level to n spaces.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[leave-preprocessor-space]
+Category=5
+Description=Leave space between `#' and preprocessor directive.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-lps|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[line-comments-indentationn]
+CallName=-d
+Category=2
+Description=Set indentation of comments not to the right of code to n spaces.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=33
+
+[line-lengthn]
+CallName=-l
+Category=6
+Description=Set maximum line length for non-comment lines to n.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=220
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=120
+
+[no-blank-lines-after-commas]
+Category=4
+Description=Do not force newlines after commas in declarations.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nbc|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[no-parameter-indentation]
+Category=5
+Description=Zero width indentation for parameters.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nip|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[no-space-after-casts]
+Category=3
+Description=Do not put a space after cast operators.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ncs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[no-space-after-for]
+Category=3
+Description=Do not put a space after every for.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nsaf|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[no-space-after-function-call-names]
+Category=3
+Description=Do not put space after the function in function calls.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-npcs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[no-space-after-if]
+Category=3
+Description=Do not put a space after every if.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nsai|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[no-space-after-parentheses]
+Category=3
+Description=Do not put a space after every '(' and before every ')'.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nprs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[no-space-after-while]
+Category=3
+Description=Do not put a space after every while.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nsaw|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[no-tabs]
+Category=5
+Description=Use spaces instead of tabs.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-nut|
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[parameter-indentationn]
+CallName=-ip
+Category=5
+Description=Indent parameter types in old-style function definitions by n spaces.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[paren-indentationn]
+CallName=-pi
+Category=3
+Description=Specify the extra indentation per open parentheses '(' when a statement is broken.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[procnames-start-lines]
+Category=4
+Description=Put the type of a procedure on the line before its name.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-psl|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space-after-cast]
+Category=3
+Description=Put a space after a cast operator.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space-after-for]
+Category=3
+Description=Put a space after each for.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-saf|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space-after-if]
+Category=3
+Description=Put a space after each if.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-sai|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space-after-parentheses]
+Category=3
+Description=Put a space after every '(' and before every ')'.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-prs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space-after-procedure-calls]
+Category=3
+Description=Insert a space between the name of the procedure being called and the `('.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-pcs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space-after-while]
+Category=3
+Description=Put a space after each while.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-saw|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space-special-semicolon]
+Category=3
+Description="On one-line for and while statements, force a blank before the semicolon."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ss|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[start-left-side-of-comments]
+Category=2
+Description=Put the `*' character at the left of comments.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-sc|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[struct-brace-indentationn]
+CallName=-sbi
+Category=3
+Description="Indent braces of a struct, union or enum N spaces."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[swallow-optional-blank-lines]
+Category=1
+Description=The -sob option causes indent to swallow optional blank lines.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-sob|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[tab-sizen]
+CallName=-ts
+Category=5
+Description=Set tab size to n spaces.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=120
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[use-tabs]
+Category=5
+Description=Use tabs.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ut|
+ValueDefault=0
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_greatcode.ini b/indenters/uigui_greatcode.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..24c7a58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_greatcode.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,1363 @@
+[header]
+categories=General|Space|Code|Statements|Pre-Processor|Comments|Miscellaneous
+cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
+configFilename=gc.cfg
+fileTypes=*.cpp|*.c|*.h|*.hpp
+indenterFileName=greatcode
+indenterName=GreatCode (C, C++)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=-file-
+manual=http://universalindent.sf.net/indentermanuals/gc.txt
+outputFileName=indentinput
+outputFileParameter=none
+parameterOrder=ipo
+showHelpParameter=-h
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=none
+version=1.140
+
+[overwrite_read_only]
+Category=0
+Description=Process read only files (change status)
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-overwrite_read_only-|-no-overwrite_read_only-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[tab_size]
+CallName=-tab_size-
+Category=0
+Description="Set the level (number of blanks) of an indentation level.
        Example :
        -tab_size-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
            a++
        }

        -tab_size-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
          a++
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[tab_out]
+Category=0
+Description=Output tab characters instead of spaces
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-tab_out-|-no-tab_out-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[eol_unix]
+Category=0
+Description=Unix format for carriage returns
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-eol_unix-|-no-eol_unix-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_if]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character after if. while. for and switch keywords.
        Example :
        -space_if-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if (a)
        {
            while (a--)
            {
            }
        }

        -no-space_if-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
            while(a--)
            {
            }
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_if-|-no-space_if-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_return]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character after return if return is followed by an open
        parenthesis.
        Example :
        -space_return-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        return (6)

        -no-space_return-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        return(6)
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_return-|-no-space_return-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_fctcall]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character before the open parenthese of a function call.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call (out)
        loop (100)

        -no-space_fctcall-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100)
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_fctcall-|-no-space_fctcall-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_fctcall_firstparam]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_fctcall_firstparam-|-no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_fctcall_inparam]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_fctcall_inparam-|-no-space_fctcall_inparam-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[space_fctcall_lastparam]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_fctcall_lastparam-|-no-space_fctcall_lastparam-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_fctdef_firstparam]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_fctdef_firstparam-|-no-space_fctdef_firstparam-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_fctdef_lastparam]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_fctdef_lastparam-|-no-space_fctdef_lastparam-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_fctdecl_firstparam]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_fctdecl_firstparam-|-no-space_fctdecl_firstparam-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_fctdecl_lastparam]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_fctdecl_lastparam-|-no-space_fctdecl_lastparam-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_fctdecl]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character before the open parenthese of a function 
        definition / declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctdecl-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        extern func (a)

        -space_fctdef-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int func (a)
        {
        }

        -no-space_fctdef-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int func(a)
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_fctdecl-|-no-space_fctdecl-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_fctdef]
+Category=1
+Description="Output a blank character before the open parenthese of a function 
        definition / declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctdecl-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        extern func (a)

        -space_fctdef-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int func (a)
        {
        }

        -no-space_fctdef-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int func(a)
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_fctdef-|-no-space_fctdef-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_paren]
+CallName=-space_paren-
+Category=1
+Description="Add spaces after '(' and before ')' if the nested level of the
        parenthese is lower than the argument.
        Example :
        -space_paren-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if((a < 5) && (b > 2))
        {
        }

        -space_paren-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if( (a < 5) && (b > 2) )
        {
        }

        -space_paren-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if( ( a < 5 ) && ( b > 2 ) )
        {
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-space_cast-

        Note(s) :
        - Empty expressions () are not modified.
        - Casts are not modified.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_cast]
+Category=1
+Description="Add spaces after '(' and before ')' for cast operators.
        Example :
        -space_cast-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(( int * ) b)
        {
        }

        return ( int * ) b

        -no-space_cast-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if((int *) b)
        {
        }

        return (int *) b

        See option(s) :
        -space_paren-
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_cast-|-no-space_cast-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_cast_after]
+Category=1
+Description="Add a space after a cast expression.
        Example :
        -space_cast_after-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if((int *) b)
        {
        }

        return ( int * ) b

        -no-space_cast_after-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if((int *)b)
        {
        }

        return (int *)b

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-space_cast-
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_cast_after-|-no-space_cast_after-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[space_scope_def]
+Category=1
+Description="Add a space before and after the scope resolution operator '::' in the
        function definition.
        Example :
        -space_scope_def-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void func :: Ping(void)
        {
        }

        -no-space_scope_def-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void func::Ping(void)
        {
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-space_scope_access-
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_scope_def-|-no-space_scope_def-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_scope_access]
+Category=1
+Description="Add a space before and after the scope resolution operator '::' when
        accessing a static method.
        Example :
        -space_scope_access-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void func::Ping(void)
        {
            Base :: Ping()
            Base :: Pong()
        }

        -no-space_scope_access-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void func::Ping(void)
        {
            Base::Ping()
            Base::Pong()
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-space_scope_def-
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-space_scope_access-|-no-space_scope_access-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_affect_style]
+CallName=-space_affect_style-
+Category=1
+Description="Set the indent style for affect and auto-affectoperators.
        Example :
        -space_affect_style-0
        -space_autoaffect_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a = b = c      <== Affect
        a *= 6         <== Auto-Affect

        -space_affect_style-1
        -space_autoaffect_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a= b= c
        a*= 6

        -space_affect_style-2
        -space_autoaffect_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a=b=c
        a*=6
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[space_autoaffect_style]
+CallName=-space_autoaffect_style-
+Category=1
+Description="Set the indent style for affect and auto-affectoperators.
        Example :
        -space_affect_style-0
        -space_autoaffect_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a = b = c      <== Affect
        a *= 6         <== Auto-Affect

        -space_affect_style-1
        -space_autoaffect_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a= b= c
        a*= 6

        -space_affect_style-2
        -space_autoaffect_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a=b=c
        a*=6
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_len]
+CallName=-code_len-
+Category=2
+Description=Maximum length of a line of code
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=8
+ValueDefault=120
+
+[code_keep_empty_lines]
+Category=2
+Description=Keep empty lines in original file
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_keep_empty_lines-|-no-code_keep_empty_lines-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[code_keep_more_empty_lines]
+Category=2
+Description=Make more effort to preserve empty lines in the original file - even in the face of other reformatting
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_keep_more_empty_lines-|-no-code_keep_more_empty_lines-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_remove_empty_lines]
+CallName=-code_remove_empty_lines-
+Category=2
+Description="Remove all excedent empty lines. If num is 1. then only one single
        blank line is authorized.
        Example :
        -code_remove_empty_lines-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a
        
        
        int a

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a
        
        int a
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[code_split_bool_before]
+Category=2
+Description="Determine the aspect of boolean expressions when they must be split
        because they are too long.
        Example :
        -code_split_bool_before-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if
        (
            (A + main(func) + 6 > 60)
        &&  (B - 50 > 10)
        ||  var
        )
        {
        }

        -no-code_split_bool_before-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if
        (
            (A + main(func) + 6 > 60) &&
            (B - 50 > 10) ||
            var
        )
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_split_bool_before-|-no-code_split_bool_before-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[code_split_fctcall_style]
+CallName=-code_split_fctcall_style-
+Category=2
+Description="Set the style when GC must break a function call/def/decl. a for 
        statement or an if statement if the line is too long. 
        The resulting style is the same for all options. 
        Example :
        -code_split_fctcall_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function
        (
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
        )

        -code_split_fctcall_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctcall_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter. parameter. parameter. parameter.
            parameter. parameter. parameter)
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=5
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_split_fctdef_style]
+CallName=-code_split_fctdef_style-
+Category=2
+Description="Set the style when GC must break a function call/def/decl. a for 
        statement or an if statement if the line is too long. 
        The resulting style is the same for all options. 
        Example :
        -code_split_fctcall_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function
        (
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
        )

        -code_split_fctcall_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctcall_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter. parameter. parameter. parameter.
            parameter. parameter. parameter)
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=5
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_split_fctdecl_style]
+CallName=-code_split_fctdecl_style-
+Category=2
+Description="Set the style when GC must break a function call/def/decl. a for 
        statement or an if statement if the line is too long. 
        The resulting style is the same for all options. 
        Example :
        -code_split_fctcall_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function
        (
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
        )

        -code_split_fctcall_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctcall_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter. parameter. parameter. parameter.
            parameter. parameter. parameter)
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=5
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_split_for_style]
+CallName=-code_split_for_style-
+Category=2
+Description="Set the style when GC must break a function call/def/decl. a for 
        statement or an if statement if the line is too long. 
        The resulting style is the same for all options. 
        Example :
        -code_split_fctcall_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function
        (
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
        )

        -code_split_fctcall_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctcall_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter. parameter. parameter. parameter.
            parameter. parameter. parameter)
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=5
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_split_if_style]
+CallName=-code_split_if_style-
+Category=2
+Description="Set the style when GC must break a function call/def/decl. a for 
        statement or an if statement if the line is too long. 
        The resulting style is the same for all options. 
        Example :
        -code_split_fctcall_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function
        (
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
        )

        -code_split_fctcall_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctcall_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter. parameter. parameter. parameter.
            parameter. parameter. parameter)
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=5
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_split_decl_style]
+CallName=-code_split_decl_style-
+Category=2
+Description="Set style of indentation for declaration of variables.
        Example :
        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a. b. c = 10
\t\tint d

        -code_split_decl_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a.
            b.
            c = 10
\t\tint d

        -code_split_decl_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a
        int b
        int c = 10
\t\tint d
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_constructor_style]
+CallName=-code_constructor_style-
+Category=2
+Description="Set style of indentation for constructors.
        Example :
        -code_constructor_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        cons::cons(void) :
            set(0).
            reset(0)
        {
        }

        -code_constructor_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        cons::cons(void) : set(0). reset(0)
        {
        }

        -code_constructor_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        cons::cons(void) :
        set(0).
        reset(0)
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_decl_move_affect]
+Category=2
+Description="Move initialization in local variables declaration just after the
        declaration.
        Example :
        -code_decl_move_affect-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a = 0
            int     c = a + 1
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a
            int     c

            a = 0      <= initializations has been moved
            c = a + 1
        }

        Note(s) :
        - Be careful because this option sometimes does not work well. That's
          why it's set to FALSE by default.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_decl_move_affect-|-no-code_decl_move_affect-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_decl_move_top]
+Category=2
+Description="Move all local variables declaration to the top of the corresponding
        statement.
        Example :
        -code_decl_move_top-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a. b

            a = b = 0
            while(a)
            {
            }

            int c          <= declaration
            c = 10
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a. b
            int c          <= declaration has been moved

            a = b = 0
            while(a)
            {
            }

            c = 10
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_decl_move_top-|-no-code_decl_move_top-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_decl_access_to_type]
+Category=2
+Description="Move * and & access specifier just after the type if TRUE. or
        just before the name if FALSE.
        Example :
        -code_decl_access_to_type-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int**   p
        int function(int* b. int& ref)
        {
        }

        -no-code_decl_access_to_type-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int     **p
        int function(int *b. int &ref)
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_decl_access_to_type-|-no-code_decl_access_to_type-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_decl_break_template]
+Category=2
+Description="Force an EOL after a template declaration.
        Example :
        -code_decl_break_template-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        template    <= EOL
        class TestClass
        {
        public:
            char    buffer[i]
            T\t\ttestFunc(T *p1)
        }

        -no-code_decl_break_template-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        template class TestClass
        {
        public:
            char    buffer[i]
            T\t\ttestFunc(T *p1)
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_decl_break_template-|-no-code_decl_break_template-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[code_decl_add_void]
+Category=2
+Description="Force the voidkeyword in a function declaration if nothing is
        specified.
        Example :
        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int function()
        {
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int function(void)
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_decl_add_void-|-no-code_decl_add_void-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_wizard_indent]
+Category=2
+Description="Indent code between to devstudio appwizard special comments.
        Example :
        -code_wizard_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class   a
        {
        protected:
        //{{AFX_MSG(CDocument)
        enum a              <= has been touched
        {
            id = 0
        }
        afx_msg void    OnFileClose(void)
        afx_msg void    OnFileSave(void)
        afx_msg void    OnFileSaveAs(void)
        //}}AFX_MSG
        DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
        }

        -no-code_wizard_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class   a
        {
        protected:
        //{{AFX_MSG(CDocument)
        enum a { id = 0 }          <= same as original file
        afx_msg void    OnFileClose(void)
        afx_msg void    OnFileSave(void)
        afx_msg void    OnFileSaveAs(void)
        //}}AFX_MSG
        DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
        }

        Note(s) :
        - This option must be set to FALSE if you want to indent special
          appwizard headers with auto generated code. This is because touching
          that code can make appwizard fail to recognize its special marks.
        - This option can't be set in a source file with special comment
          /*$O */
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_wizard_indent-|-no-code_wizard_indent-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[code_force_return_paren]
+Category=2
+Description="Force parentheses around a returnexpression.
        Example :
        -code_force_return_paren-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a()
        {
            return 0
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a()
        {
            return(0)
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-code_remove_return_paren-

        Note(s) :
        - This option can't be set in a source file with special comment
          /*$O */
        - Can't be used with -code_remove_return_paren- option.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_force_return_paren-|-no-code_force_return_paren-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_remove_return_paren]
+Category=2
+Description=Remove all parentheses around a return parameter
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_remove_return_paren-|-no-code_remove_return_paren-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_align_max_blanks]
+CallName=-code_align_max_blanks-
+Category=2
+Description="Set the maximum number of blank characters that can be added by GC to
        align declarations of variables or functions.
        Example :
        -code_align_max_blanks-10
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int     a
        un_int  b
        unsigned int    coucou
        unsigned int    bg

        -code_align_max_blanks-20
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int         a
        un_int      b
        unsigned int    coucou
        unsigned int    bg
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=1000
+
+[code_def_fct_break_return_type]
+Category=2
+Description="Force a line break after the return type in a function definition.
        Example :
        -code_def_fct_break_return_type-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int
        function(void)
        {
        }

        int 
        class::func(void)
        {
        }

        -no-code_def_fct_break_return_type-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int function(void)
        {
        }

        int class::func(void)
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_def_fct_break_return_type-|-no-code_def_fct_break_return_type-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_concat_strings]
+Category=2
+Description="Concat adjacent string constants.
        Example :
        -no-code_concat_strings-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        printf(coucoulafoule)

        -code_concat_strings-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        printf(coucoulafoule)
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-code_concat_strings-|-no-code_concat_strings-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[code_empty_fct_blanks]
+CallName=-code_empty_fct_blanks-
+Category=2
+Description="Add empty lines between { and } for empty functions. Empty function
        must have no code between { and }.
        Example :
        -code_empty_fct_blanks-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void empty(void)
        { }

        -code_empty_fct_blanks-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void empty(void)
        {
        }

        -code_empty_fct_blanks-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void empty(void)
        {

        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[catch_eol_before]
+CallName=-catch_eol_before-
+Category=2
+Description=Number of EOL before catch
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[code_class_access_eol_before]
+CallName=-code_class_access_eol_before-
+Category=2
+Description="Number of EOL before/after class access specifiers.
        Example :
        -code_class_access_eol_after-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        public:             
            void a(void)

        private:            
            void ab(void)
        }


        -code_class_access_eol_before-2
        -code_class_access_eol_after-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        
        public:             
                            
                            
            void a(void)
        
        
        private:            
                            
                            
            void ab(void)
        }

        See option(s) :
        -code_remove_empty_lines-
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[code_class_access_eol_after]
+CallName=-code_class_access_eol_after-
+Category=2
+Description="Number of EOL before/after class access specifiers.
        Example :
        -code_class_access_eol_after-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        public:             
            void a(void)

        private:            
            void ab(void)
        }


        -code_class_access_eol_before-2
        -code_class_access_eol_after-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        
        public:             
                            
                            
            void a(void)
        
        
        private:            
                            
                            
            void ab(void)
        }

        See option(s) :
        -code_remove_empty_lines-
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[code_labels_eol_after]
+CallName=-code_labels_eol_after-
+Category=2
+Description="Number of EOL after labels.
        Example :
        -code_labels_eol_after-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

            goto label
        label:              
            a++

        -code_labels_eol_after-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

            goto label
        label:              
                            
            a++

        See option(s) :
        -code_remove_empty_lines-
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[stmt_break_alone]
+Category=3
+Description="Force an empty statement to be alone on its line.
        Example :
        -stmt_break_alone-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        for(a = 0 a < 10 a++)
            

        -no-stmt_break_alone-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        for(a = 0 a < 10 a++)

        Note(s) :
        - Concerns if. while. for and switch statements.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_break_alone-|-no-stmt_break_alone-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_break_dowhile]
+Category=3
+Description="Force a break line before the while of a do...while statement.
        Example :
\t\t-stmt_break_dowhile-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\tdo
\t\t{
\t\t\t...
\t\t} 
\t\twhile(1)

\t\t-no-stmt_break_dowhile-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\tdo
\t\t{
\t\t\t...
\t\t} while(1)
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_break_dowhile-|-no-stmt_break_dowhile-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_force_brace]
+CallName=-stmt_force_brace-
+Category=3
+Description="Force a statement to be enclosed with { } if its length exceeded the
        given parameter.
        Example :
        -stmt_force_brace-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a) a++

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
            a++
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=100
+
+[code_eol_after_close_brace]
+CallName=-code_eol_after_close_brace-
+Category=3
+Description="Nu
mber of blank lines after every close brace -
        except ones followed by else. while. and those around typedef
        statements...

        -stmt_force_brace-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if foo) {
          bar()
        }
        if foo) {
          bar()
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if foo) {
          bar()
        }

        if foo) {
          bar()
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_concat_if]
+Category=3
+Description="Try to output if. while or for expression on a single line if the
        length of the statement is not too long.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_if-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        while(a && b)
            a = b + 6
        if(a)
            a++
        if(b)
        {
            b++
        }


        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        while(a && b) a = b + 6
        if(a) a++
        if(b)
        {
            b++
        }

        See options(s) :
        -code_len-

        Note(s) :
        - This option does not modify statements with { }.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_if-|-no-stmt_concat_if-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[stmt_concat_if_and_else]
+Category=3
+Description="Try to output if ... else expression on two lines - if possible...
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_if_and_else-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
            a++
        else
            b++

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a) a++
        else b++

        See options(s) :
        -code_len-

        Note(s) :
        - This option does not modify statements with { }.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_if_and_else-|-no-stmt_concat_if_and_else-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_concat_else_2_stmt]
+Category=3
+Description="Put the else on the same line as the previous statement.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_else_2_stmt-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
        } else
        {
        }

        -no-stmt_concat_else_2_stmt-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
        } 
        else
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_else_2_stmt-|-no-stmt_concat_else_2_stmt-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_concat_else_if]
+Category=3
+Description="Close up any gap between else and if in else ... ifstructures.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_else_if-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(foo) 
\t\t{
        } 
\t\telse if(bar) 
\t\t{
        }

        -no-stmt_concat_else_if-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(foo) 
\t\t{
        } else
        if(bar) 
\t\t{
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_else_if-|-no-stmt_concat_else_if-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[stmt_concat_inline_class]
+Category=3
+Description="Concat if possible inline function body inside a class.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_inline_class-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
            int previous(int a)
            {
                return a - 1
            }
            int next(int a)
            {
                return a + 1
            }
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class   a
        {
            int previous(int a) { return a - 1 }
            int next(int a)     { return a + 1 }
        }

        See options(s) :
        -code_len-
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_inline_class-|-no-stmt_concat_inline_class-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[stmt_concat_switch]
+Category=3
+Description="Concat all cases of a switch if possible. Empty lines are removed if
\t\tconcatenation is done.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_switch-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
        case 10:
            break

        case 11:
            a = a + 6 return a

        case 12:
            if(a) a++
            break
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
        case 10:    break
        case 11:    a = a + 6 return a
        case 12:    if(a) a++ break
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_switch-|-no-stmt_concat_switch-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[stmt_concat_macros]
+Category=3
+Description="Concat a macro body if possible.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_macros-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #define macro()
        {
            a = a + 18 - b
            if(!a) return 10
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #define macro() { a = a + 18 - b if(!a) return 10 }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_macros-|-no-stmt_concat_macros-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[stmt_concat_enum]
+Category=3
+Description="Concat content of enum if possible.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_enum-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        enum a
        {
            id1.
            id2
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        enum a { id1. id2 }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_enum-|-no-stmt_concat_enum-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[stmt_decl_remove_empty]
+Category=3
+Description="Remove empty lines in declaration statements.
        Example :
        -stmt_decl_remove_empty-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a
                        <= Empty line
            int b
            int c

            a = b = c = 0
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a
            int b
            int c

            a = b = c = 0
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_decl_remove_empty-|-no-stmt_decl_remove_empty-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[stmt_concat_if_remove_empty]
+Category=3
+Description="Remove empty lines between concat if/while/for.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_if_remove_empty-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a) a++
                        <= Empty line
                        <= Empty line
        if(b) b = b + a

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a) a++
        if(b) b = b + a

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-stmt_concat_if- to concat if/while/for expressions if possible.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_if_remove_empty-|-no-stmt_concat_if_remove_empty-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[stmt_brace_style_class]
+CallName=-stmt_brace_style_class-
+Category=3
+Description="Change the indentation style of braces.
        -stmt_brace_style_class- for a class declaration.
        -stmt_brace_style_fct- for a function body.
        -stmt_brace_style_decl- for declarations (struct. enum).
        -stmt_brace_style- for all other statements (if. while...).
        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
            {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
            {
            while(a)
                {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {   while(a)
            {   a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 5 offset brace by 1/2 tab width
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
              {
                a = a + func(a)
              }
        }

        Note(s) :
        - Valid values are only 0. 1. 2. 3. 4 or 5.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=5
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_brace_style_fct]
+CallName=-stmt_brace_style_fct-
+Category=3
+Description="Change the indentation style of braces.
        -stmt_brace_style_class- for a class declaration.
        -stmt_brace_style_fct- for a function body.
        -stmt_brace_style_decl- for declarations (struct. enum).
        -stmt_brace_style- for all other statements (if. while...).
        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
            {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
            {
            while(a)
                {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {   while(a)
            {   a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 5 offset brace by 1/2 tab width
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
              {
                a = a + func(a)
              }
        }

        Note(s) :
        - Valid values are only 0. 1. 2. 3. 4 or 5.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=5
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_brace_style_decl]
+CallName=-stmt_brace_style_decl-
+Category=3
+Description="Change the indentation style of braces.
        -stmt_brace_style_class- for a class declaration.
        -stmt_brace_style_fct- for a function body.
        -stmt_brace_style_decl- for declarations (struct. enum).
        -stmt_brace_style- for all other statements (if. while...).
        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
            {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
            {
            while(a)
                {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {   while(a)
            {   a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 5 offset brace by 1/2 tab width
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
              {
                a = a + func(a)
              }
        }

        Note(s) :
        - Valid values are only 0. 1. 2. 3. 4 or 5.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=5
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_brace_style]
+CallName=-stmt_brace_style-
+Category=3
+Description="Change the indentation style of braces.
        -stmt_brace_style_class- for a class declaration.
        -stmt_brace_style_fct- for a function body.
        -stmt_brace_style_decl- for declarations (struct. enum).
        -stmt_brace_style- for all other statements (if. while...).
        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
            {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
            {
            while(a)
                {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {   while(a)
            {   a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 5 offset brace by 1/2 tab width
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
              {
                a = a + func(a)
              }
        }

        Note(s) :
        - Valid values are only 0. 1. 2. 3. 4 or 5.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=5
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_switch_style]
+CallName=-stmt_switch_style-
+Category=3
+Description="Change the indentation style of switch.
        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
        case 0:
            a++
            break
        case 1:
            break
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
            case 0:
                a++
                break
            case 1:
                break
        }

        Style 2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
            {
            case 0:
                a++
                break
            case 1:
                break
            }

        Style 3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a) {
        case 0:
            a++
            break
        case 1:
            break
        }

        Style 4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a) {
            case 0:
                a++
                break
            case 1:
                break
        }

        Style 5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
          {
        case 0:
            a++
            break
        case 1:
            break
          }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=5
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_switch_eol]
+CallName=-stmt_switch_eol-
+Category=3
+Description="Is there an empty line before the casekeyword ?

        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
        case 0:
\t\tcase 3:
            a++
            break

        case 1:
            break

        case 4:
            break
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
        case 0:
\t\tcase 3:
            a++
            break
        case 1:
            break
        case 4:
            break
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=1
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_class_indent]
+CallName=-stmt_class_indent-
+Category=3
+Description="Set the number of additional indentation levels in a class declaration.
        Example :
        -stmt_class_indent-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        public:
            void a(void)
        }

        -stmt_class_indent-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
            public:
                void a(void)
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_namespace_indent]
+Category=3
+Description="Indent one level a namespace statement.
        Example :
        -no-stmt_namespace_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        namespace com
        {
        int a(void)
        {
        }
        }

        -stmt_namespace_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        namespace com
        {
            int a(void)
            {
            }
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_namespace_indent-|-no-stmt_namespace_indent-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_extern_c_indent]
+Category=3
+Description="Indent one level an extern Cstatement.
        Example :
        -no-stmt_extern_c_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        extern C
        {
        int a(void)
        {
        }
        }

        -stmt_extern_c_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        extern C
        {
            int a(void)
            {
            }
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-stmt_extern_c_indent-|-no-stmt_extern_c_indent-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_static_init_style]
+CallName=-stmt_static_init_style-
+Category=3
+Description="De
fines indent style for static initialisations.

\t\t-stmt_static_init_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\tchar *d[] = 
\t\t{ 
\t\t\tNULL. 
\t\t\tROM. 
\t\t\tOTPROM. 
\t\t\tEPROM. 
\t\t\tEEPROM. 
\t\t\tFLASH
\t\t}

\t\t-stmt_static_init_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\tchar *d[] = { NULL. ROM. OTPROM. EPROM. EEPROM. FLASH}

\t\t-stmt_static_init_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\tchar *d[] = 
\t\t{ 
\t\t\tNULL. ROM. OTPROM. 
\t\t\tEPROM. EEPROM. FLASH
\t\t}

        Note(s) :
        - Option -stmt_static_init_style-1 let the original indentation 
\t\t  unchanged.
        - The max length of the line in the initialisation statement for option
\t\t  -stmt_static_init_style-3 is defined by the -stmt_static_init_len-
\t\t  option.

        See option(s) :
\t\t-stmt_static_init_len-
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=3
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[stmt_static_init_len]
+CallName=-stmt_static_init_len-
+Category=3
+Description="To
 be used with -stmt_static_init_style-3. Defined the max length of
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=80
+
+[pp_align_to_code]
+Category=4
+Description="Align or not PP directive to the code just below.
        Example :
        -pp_align_to_code-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #define a   0
        void main(void)
        {
            #define a       0
            #define coucou  0
            #define coucou() 
                while(a) 
                { 
                    a = a + func(a) 
                }

            #if 0
            if(a) a++
            #endif
        }

        -no-pp_align_to_code-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #define a   0
        void main(void)
        {
        #define a       0
        #define coucou  0
        #define coucou() 
            while(a) 
            { 
                a = a + func(a) 
            }

        #if 0
            if(a) a++
        #endif
        }

        Note(s) :
        - This option can't be used in source file file special comment /*$O*/.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-pp_align_to_code-|-no-pp_align_to_code-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[pp_style]
+CallName=-pp_style-
+Category=4
+Description="Set the indentation style of PP directives.
        Example :
        -pp_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #ifdef a
            a++
        #else
        #if 0
        #ifdef a
        #elif b
            a--
        #endif
        #endif
        #endif

        -pp_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #ifdef a
            a++
        #else
            #if 0
                #ifdef a
                #elif b
            a--
                #endif
            #endif
        #endif

        -pp_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #ifdef a
            a++
        #else
        #   if 0
        #      ifdef a
        #      elif b
            a--
        #      endif
        #   endif
        #endif
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[pp_include_unix]
+Category=4
+Description="Change '' to '/' in an include expression.
        Example :
        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #include gll.h
        #include 

        -pp_include_unix-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #include gl/gl.h
        #include 

        -no-pp_include_unix-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #include gll.h
        #include 
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-pp_include_unix-|-no-pp_include_unix-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[pp_align_breakline]
+Category=4
+Description="Al
ign (or not) breakline characters '' in macros.

        -pp_align_breakline-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\t#define a(A)         
\t\t\tA += 2\t\t\t 
\t\t\tA = c(fonc) + 3 

        -no-pp_align_breakline-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\t#define a(A) 
\t\t\tA += 2\t
\t\t\tA = c(fonc) + 3
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-pp_align_breakline-|-no-pp_align_breakline-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_fixme]
+CallName=-cmt_fixme-
+Category=5
+Description="Specify the string for FIXME comment the default is /* FIXME: Comment */
        Example :
        -cmt_fixme-/* TODO: add comment */
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=/* */
+
+[cmt_align_max_blanks]
+CallName=-cmt_align_max_blanks-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the max number of blank characters to add to align last line
        comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_align_max_blanks-20
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int         coucou     /* comment */
        unsigned int    b      /* comment */
        unsigned int    long_long_variable_variables   /* comment */

        -cmt_align_max_blanks-30
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int         coucou             /* comment */
        unsigned int    b                  /* comment */
        unsigned int    long_long_variable_variables   /* comment */
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=10
+
+[cmt_first_space_cpp]
+Category=5
+Description="Force a space after the opening comment delimiter.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_space_cpp-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        // coucou

        -no-cmt_first_space_cpp-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        //coucou
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_first_space_cpp-|-no-cmt_first_space_cpp-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_dont_modify]
+Category=5
+Description="Pr
ocess or not all the comments of the file.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_dont_modify-|-no-cmt_dont_modify-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_add_gc_tag]
+Category=5
+Description=Add the GC mark at the beginning of the file.

        /*$T test.c GC 1.102 01/06/01 16:47:25 */
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_add_gc_tag-|-no-cmt_add_gc_tag-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_add_file]
+Category=5
+Description=Add a special comment at the beginning of file (if not already
        present). The type of the comment is set by -cmt_add_file_style-.

        -cmt_add_file-
        -cmt_add_file_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ** file.c **
        /*$6
         ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
         ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
         */
        ...
        ** EOF **

        -cmt_add_file-
        -cmt_add_file_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ** file.c **
        /*$I0
            ...
         */
        ...
        ** EOF **

        See option(s) :
        -cmt_sep_char_6-
        -cmt_sep_len-
        -cmt_add_file_style-
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_add_file-|-no-cmt_add_file-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_add_file_style]
+CallName=-cmt_add_file_style-
+Category=5
+Description="Special comment style for -cmt_add_file- option.
        0 = special comment level 6 /*$6
        1 = special comment external insertion file /*$I0

        -cmt_add_file_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ** file.c **
        /*$6
         ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
         ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
         */

        -cmt_add_file_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ** file.c **
        /*$I0
            ...
         */

        See option(s) :
        [no]-cmt_add_file-
        Special comment /*$I*/"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=1
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_add_fct_def]
+Category=5
+Description="Add an empty comment before function definition (if not already
        present).
        Comment is level is set by -cmt_sep_force_fct_def- option.

        ** file.c **

        /*
         ==========================================
         ==========================================
         */
        int a(void)
        {
        }

        ** EOF **

        See option(s) :
        -cmt_sep_char_3-
        -cmt_sep_len-
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_def-

        Note(s) :
        - Actual comments before function are included in the separator."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_add_fct_def-|-no-cmt_add_fct_def-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_add_fct_def_class]
+Category=5
+Description=Same as -cmt_add_fct_def-. but for functions defined inside a class
\t\t(inline functions).

        See option(s) :
\t\t-cmt_add_fct_def-
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_add_fct_def_class-|-no-cmt_add_fct_def_class-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_trailing_style]
+CallName=-cmt_trailing_style-
+Category=5
+Description="Co
ntrol style of trailing comments and an empty comment is added to
        function parameters if not already present. 
        This also causes -cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split-
        and -code_split_fctdef_style-3. The content of
        empty comment is defined by -cmt_fixme-.

        -cmt_trailing_style-1
        -cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split-
        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        before:

        int a(int param1. int param2)                   ## No comments
        {
        }

        after:

        int a(
            int param1. /* FIXME: add a comment */      ## Added automatically
            int param2) /* FIXME: add a comment */      ## Added automatically
        {
        }


        -cmt_trailing_style-2
        -cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split-
        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        before:

        int a(
            int param1. /* IN: parameter 1 */
            int param2) /* IN: parameter 2 */
        {
        }

        after:

        int a(
            int param1. ///< IN: parameter 1            ## Changed to cpp
            int param2) ///< IN: parameter 2            ## Changed to cpp
        {
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_split_before_@_in_fct_cmts]
+Category=5
+Description=Split lines in fucntion comments before @
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_split_before_@_in_fct_cmts-|-no-cmt_split_before_@_in_fct_cmts-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split]
+Category=5
+Description="Fo
rce function definitions to split at each paramenter according
        to the sytle defined by -code_split_fctdef_style-
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split-|-no-cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_java_doc]
+Category=5
+Description=Enable the java doc type comments for all comments. Also enables -cmt_sep_fill_star- and -cmt_fct_java_doc-
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_java_doc-|-no-cmt_java_doc-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_fct_java_doc]
+Category=5
+Description=Enable the java doc type comments for functions only. Also enables -cmt_sep_fill_star-.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_fct_java_doc-|-no-cmt_fct_java_doc-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_add_class_access]
+Category=5
+Description="Add an empty comment before class access (if not already present).
        Comment level is set by -cmt_sep_force_class_access- option.
        Example :
        -cmt_add_class_access-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        public:
            void v(void)
        protected:
            int c
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        /*      <= by default. cmt level is 2
         ==========================================
         ==========================================
         */
        public:
            void v(void)

        /*
         ==========================================
         ==========================================
         */
        protected:
            int c
        }

        See option(s) :
        -cmt_sep_char_2-
        -cmt_sep_len-
        -cmt_sep_force_class_access-
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_add_class_access-|-no-cmt_add_class_access-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_keep_cpp]
+Category=5
+Description="Keep C++ comments. and do not change them to the C form.
        Example :
        -no-cmt_keep_cpp-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        // this is a comment
        // this is another comment

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * this is a comment 
         * this is another comment
         */

        See option(s) :
        [no]-cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-
        -cmt_sep_char_split-

        Note(s) :
        - This option can't be set in a source file with special comment
          /*$O */
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_keep_cpp-|-no-cmt_keep_cpp-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_c2cpp]
+Category=5
+Description=Convert all C comments to the C++ form. Only end of lines comments are
        converted.
        See option(s) :
        -cmt_keep_cpp-

        Note(s) :
        - This option set the -cmt_keep_cpp- to true.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_c2cpp-|-no-cmt_c2cpp-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol]
+Category=5
+Description="Keep trace of EOL characters when converting C++ comments to C
        comment. -cmt_keep_cpp- must be enabled.
        Example :
        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        // this is a comment
        // this is another comment

        -cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * this is a comment           <=  is the default break character
         * this is another comment
         */

        -no-cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* this is a comment this is another comment */

        See option(s) :
        [no]-cmt_keep_cpp-
        -cmt_sep_char_split-
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-|-no-cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_fct_categ]
+CallName=-cmt_fct_categ-
+Category=5
+Description="-cmt_fct_categ-     Define a special word when indenting function
                            comments.
        -cmt_fct_categ_in-  This word is a special category to describe
                            function parameters.

        GC can indent function definition comments in a special form
        depending of special words defined with those options.
        Example :
        options
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        -cmt_fct_categ-main
        -cmt_fct_categ-output
        -cmt_fct_categ_in-parameters


        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Description: Description of the function. Return: none
        Parameters: a - entering value b - increment value */
        int function(int a. int b)
        {
        }


        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ==========================================
         Description:\tDescription of the function.

         Return:\tnone

         Parameters:    a   - entering value
                        b   - increment value
         ==========================================
         */
        int function(int a. int b)
        {
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
\t\t-cmt_fct_categ_style-

        Note(s) :
        - In comment. special words must be followed by ':'.
        - A parameter must be followed by '-'. and then by the comment.
        - This option can't be set in a source file with special comment
          /*$O */
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[cmt_fct_categ_in]
+CallName=-cmt_fct_categ_in-
+Category=5
+Description="-cmt_fct_categ-     Define a special word when indenting function
                            comments.
-cmt_fct_categ_in-  This word is a special category to describe
                            function parameters.

        GC can indent function definition comments in a special form
        depending of special words defined with those options.
        Example :
        options
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        -cmt_fct_categ-main
        -cmt_fct_categ-output
        -cmt_fct_categ_in-parameters


        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Description: Description of the function. Return: none
        Parameters: a - entering value b - increment value */
        int function(int a. int b)
        {
        }


        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ==========================================
         Description:\tDescription of the function.

         Return:\tnone

         Parameters:    a   - entering value
                        b   - increment value
         ==========================================
         */
        int function(int a. int b)
        {
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
\t\t-cmt_fct_categ_style-

        Note(s) :
        - In comment. special words must be followed by ':'.
        - A parameter must be followed by '-'. and then by the comment.
        - This option can't be set in a source file with special comment
          /*$O */
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[cmt_fct_categ_style]
+CallName=-cmt_fct_categ_style-
+Category=5
+Description=Set indentation style for special keywords in comments
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=1
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_decl]
+Category=5
+Description="Add separators in local variable declaration (before and/or after).
        Separators are by default level 1.
        Example :
        -cmt_decl-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            unsigned int    var
            long b
            var = 0
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
            unsigned int    var
            long            b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

            var = 0
        }

        See options(s) :
        -cmt_decl_max_level-
        [-no]-cmt_decl_before-
        -cmt_decl_len-
        [-no]-cmt_decl_auto_len-
        -cmt_decl_auto_len_add-

        Note(s) :
        - Can't be used with -cmt_dont_modify- option.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_decl-|-no-cmt_decl-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_decl_max_level]
+CallName=-cmt_decl_max_level-
+Category=5
+Description="-cmt_decl- option is valid for declaration in a statement level lesser
        than that value.
        Example :
        -cmt_decl_max_level-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~*/
            int b
            /*~~*/

            b = 0
            if(b)
            {
                unsigned int    var    <= stmt level is 2. so is not touched
                long            c

                var = c = 0
            }
        }

        -cmt_decl_max_level-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~*/
            int b
            /*~~*/

            b = 0
            if(b)
            {
                /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/  <= stmt level 2 is now converned
                unsigned int    var
                long            c
                /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

                var = c = 0
            }
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=100
+
+[cmt_decl_before]
+Category=5
+Description="Add a separator before local declarations.
        -cmt_decl- must be enabled.
        Example :
        -cmt_decl_before-

        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
            unsigned int    var
            long            b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

            var = 0
        }

        -no-cmt_decl_before-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            unsigned int    var
            long            b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

            var = 0
        }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_decl_before-|-no-cmt_decl_before-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_decl_len]
+CallName=-cmt_decl_len-
+Category=5
+Description="Se
t the maximum column of the declaration separator.
        -cmt_decl- must be enabled.
        -cmt_decl_auto_len- must be disabled.

        -cmt_decl_len-20
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~*/        <= column 20
            int b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
            {
                /*~~~~~~*/
                unsigned int    var
                long            b
                /*~~~~~~*/
            }

            var = 0
        }

        -cmt_decl_len-50
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/      <= column 50
            int b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
            {
                /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
                unsigned int    var
                long            b
                /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
            }

            var = 0
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=120
+
+[cmt_decl_auto_len]
+Category=5
+Description="Co
mpute the length of the decl separator depending on code.
        Is disabled. the length is set by -cmt_decl_len- option.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_decl_auto_len-|-no-cmt_decl_auto_len-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_decl_auto_len_add]
+CallName=-cmt_decl_auto_len_add-
+Category=5
+Description="Wh
en -cmt_decl_auto_len- and -cmt_decl- are both enabled. add 
        characters to the length of the separator.

        -cmt_decl_auto_len_add-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/  <= exact size of the code below
            unsigned int    var
            long            b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

            {
                /*~~*/      <= idem
                int c
                /*~~*/
            }

            var = 0
        }

        -cmt_decl_auto_len_add-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/  <= size + 4
            unsigned int    var
            long            b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

            {
            /*~~~~~~*/              <= size + 4
            int c
            /*~~~~~~*/
            }

            var = 0
        }
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_first_line_break_first]
+Category=5
+Description="Add an EOL after /* of first line comments.
        Add an EOL before */ of first line comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * Comment 
         * Comment
         */

        -no-cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Comment 
         * Comment
         */

        -no-cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -no-cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Comment 
         * Comment */
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_first_line_break_first-|-no-cmt_first_line_break_first-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_first_line_break_last]
+Category=5
+Description="Add an EOL after /* of first line comments.
        Add an EOL before */ of first line comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * Comment 
         * Comment
         */

        -no-cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Comment 
         * Comment
         */

        -no-cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -no-cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Comment 
         * Comment */
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_first_line_break_last-|-no-cmt_first_line_break_last-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_first_line_fill_star]
+Category=5
+Description="Add a '*' character at the beginning of lines of first line comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_fill_star-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * Comment 
         * Comment
         */

        -no-cmt_first_line_fill_star-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
           Comment 
           Comment
         */

        See options(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_sep_fill_star-

        Note(s) :
        - Separators are not concerned.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_first_line_fill_star-|-no-cmt_first_line_fill_star-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_first_line_len]
+CallName=-cmt_first_line_len-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the maximum length of first line comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_len-100
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* this is a comment that should be split */

        -cmt_first_line_len-40
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * this is a comment that should be
         * split
         */

        -cmt_first_line_len-10
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * this is a
         * comment
         * that
         * should be
         * split
         */

        Note(s) :
        - Separators are not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=8
+ValueDefault=80
+
+[cmt_first_line_concat]
+Category=5
+Description="Concat adjacent first line comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_concat-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* first line comment */
        /* another first line comment */

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * first line comment 
         * another first line comment
         */
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_first_line_concat-|-no-cmt_first_line_concat-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_first_line_blank]
+Category=5
+Description="Add an empty line between two adjacent first line comments.
        -cmt_first_line_concat- must be disabled.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_blank-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* comment1 */
        /* comment2 */
        /* comment3 */
        if(a)
        {
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* comment1 */
        
        /* comment2 */
        
        /* comment3 */
        if(a)
        {
        }

        See options(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_first_line_concat-
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_first_line_blank-|-no-cmt_first_line_blank-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_len]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_len-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the maximum length for separators. First line comments are not
        concerned.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_len-10
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2
         ---------
         ---------
         */

        -cmt_sep_len-20
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$4
         *******************
         *******************
         */
        /*$5-#############*/
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=8
+ValueDefault=120
+
+[cmt_sep_fill_star]
+Category=5
+Description="Add a star at the beginning of all lines of a separator.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_fill_star-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$4
         *******************
         *    comment 
         *    comment
         *******************
         */

        -no-cmt_sep_fill_star-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$4
         *******************
           comment 
           comment
         *******************
         */

        See option(s) :
        -cmt_sep_char_4-
        -cmt_sep_char_split-
        [-no]-cmt_first_line_fill_star-
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_sep_fill_star-|-no-cmt_sep_fill_star-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_sep_break]
+Category=5
+Description="Force /* and */ to be alone on their lines for separators.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_break-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ===================
           comment 
           comment
         ===================
         */

        //
        // =================
        // comment
        // =================
        //

        -no-cmt_sep_break-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* =================
           comment 
           comment
         =================== */

        // =================
        // comment
        // =================
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-cmt_sep_break-|-no-cmt_sep_break-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_keep-char_1]
+CallName=-cmt_keep-char_1-
+Category=5
+Description=(1) Keep the comment identical to /*$F but apply to the character next to the * in /*
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[cmt_keep-char_2]
+CallName=-cmt_keep-char_2-
+Category=5
+Description=(2) Keep the comment identical to /*$F but apply to the character next to the * in /*
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[cmt_keep-char_3]
+CallName=-cmt_keep-char_3-
+Category=5
+Description=(3) Keep the comment identical to /*$F but apply to the character next to the * in /*
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[cmt_keep-char_4]
+CallName=-cmt_keep-char_4-
+Category=5
+Description=(4) Keep the comment identical to /*$F but apply to the character next to the * in /*
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[cmt_keep-char_cpp_1]
+CallName=-cmt_keep-char_cpp_1-
+Category=5
+Description=(1) Keep the cpp comment as is character after the //.
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[cmt_keep-char_cpp_2]
+CallName=-cmt_keep-char_cpp_2-
+Category=5
+Description=(2) Keep the cpp comment as is character after the //.
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[cmt_keep-char_cpp_3]
+CallName=-cmt_keep-char_cpp_3-
+Category=5
+Description=(3) Keep the cpp comment as is character after the //.
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[cmt_keep-char_cpp_4]
+CallName=-cmt_keep-char_cpp_4-
+Category=5
+Description=(4) Keep the cpp comment as is character after the //.
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[cmt_sep_char_1]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_char_1-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=true
+ValueDefault=~
+
+[cmt_sep_char_2]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_char_2-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=true
+ValueDefault=-
+
+[cmt_sep_char_3]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_char_3-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=true
+ValueDefault="="
+
+[cmt_sep_char_4]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_char_4-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=true
+ValueDefault=*
+
+[cmt_sep_char_5]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_char_5-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=true
+ValueDefault=#
+
+[cmt_sep_char_6]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_char_6-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=true
+ValueDefault=+
+
+[cmt_sep_char_split]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_char_split-
+Category=5
+Description="Define the special break line character in comments.
        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* coucou  salut */

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * coucou 
         * salut
         */

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_first_line_concat-
        [-no]-cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-

        Note(s) :
        - GC uses this special character to keep trace of EOL when converting
          C++ comments to C comments. or to concat first line comments.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=true
+ValueDefault=
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_before]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of blank lines before and after single-line comments.

        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before-1
        -cmt_sep_eol_after-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

            foo()

            // Single line comment...

            bar()

        -cmt_sep_eol_before-0
        -cmt_sep_eol_after-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

            foo()
            // Single line comment...
            bar()
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_after]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_before_1]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_1-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_before_2]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_2-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_before_3]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_3-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_before_4]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_4-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_before_5]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_5-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_before_6]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_6-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_after_1]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_1-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_after_2]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_2-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_after_3]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_3-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_after_4]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_4-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_after_5]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_5-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_after_6]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_6-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[cmt_sep_eol_before_fct_def]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_fct_def-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the number of blank lines before a function defintion comment.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_fct_def-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ==========================================
            proto
         ==========================================
         */
        void fct(void)
        {
        }
        /*
         ==========================================
            proto
         ==========================================
         */
        void fct1(void)
        {
        }

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_fct_def-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ==========================================
            proto
         ==========================================
         */
        void fct(void)
        {
        }
        
        
        /*
         ==========================================
            proto
         ==========================================
         */
        void fct1(void)
        {
        }

        See option(s) :
        -code_remove_empty_lines-

        Note(s) :
        -code_remove_empty_lines- has a highter priority.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_sep_force_fct_proto]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[cmt_sep_force_fct_macro]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_force_fct_macro-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=3
+
+[cmt_sep_force_fct_def]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_force_fct_def-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=3
+
+[cmt_sep_force_class_access]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_force_class_access-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[cmt_sep_force_struct]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_force_struct-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[cmt_sep_force_class]
+CallName=-cmt_sep_force_class-
+Category=5
+Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=3
+
+[file_end_eol]
+CallName=-file_end_eol-
+Category=6
+Description=Set the number of EOL after the last token of the file.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=2000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[token_ext]
+CallName=-token_ext-
+Category=6
+Description="Tell GC to consider the user keyword as the given C/C++ keyword.
        Example :
        -token_ext-typedef$tt
        => tt has the same meaning as typedef

        -token_ext-extern$extern_all
        => extern_all has the same meaning as extern

        -token_ext-int$uint8
        -token_ext-int$uint16
        => uint8 and uint16 are some types (same as int).

        GC knows special keywordsyou can specify as a C/C++ keyword.
        GC will indent the corresponding source file word depending of the
        special word :

        -token_ext-single_word$tt
            tt will be alone on a line. Indent at the correct indentation
            level.

        -token_ext-single_word_0$tt
            tt will be alone on a line. and at column 0.

        Example :        -token_ext-single_word_0$WORD
        -token_ext-single_word_0$WORD1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void a(int b)
        {
            if(b)
            {
        WORD
                b++
        WORD1
            }
        }
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[replace_on]
+Category=6
+Description="Ac
tivate/disactivate the word replacement mode.

        See options(s) :
        -replace-$
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-replace_on-|-no-replace_on-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[replace]
+CallName=-replace-
+Category=6
+Description="GC will replace all occurrences of  by
        .
        -replace_on- option must be enabled.
        Example :
        -replace-int$uint
        -replace-a$variable

        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a
        int     b

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        uint    variable
        uint    b

        See options(s) :
        [-no]-replace_on-
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=$
+
+[dependencies]
+Category=6
+Description="-d
ependencies- Activate/Deactivate the output of file dependencies.
        With -dependencies_all- Real dependencies will be computed (instead of
        just includes dependencies). This option takes much longer. but does a
        better job.

        -dependencies- is ignored if -dependencies_all- is set to TRUE.

        typical report
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Processing C:oulotCourcesndent.c   (136 lines. 3360 characters)
Processing ctype.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> ctype.h
Processing malloc.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> malloc.h
Processing stdlib.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> stdlib.h
Processing string.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> string.h
Processing config.h
Processing in.h
Processing grammar.h
Processing lexi.h
Processing error.h
Processing tools.h
Processing indent.h
Processing assert.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> assert.h
- Includes files --------------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include config.h
(     2) #include in.h
(     1) #include grammar.h
(     2) #include lexi.h
(     1) #include error.h
(     1) #include tools.h
(     1) #include indent.h
******** Unresolved 5 Total 12
- Scanning   1 ----------------------------------------------------------
.
- Direct dependencies ---------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include config.h
(     3) #include in.h
(     8) #include lexi.h
(     5) #include tools.h
(    21) #include indent.h
******** Total 5
- No dependencies -------------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include grammar.h
Included by C:oulotCourcesndent.c
(     1) #include error.h
Included by C:oulotCourcesndent.c
******** Total 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-dependencies-|-no-dependencies-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[dependencies_all]
+Category=6
+Description="-d
ependencies- Activate/Deactivate the output of file dependencies.
        With -dependencies_all- Real dependencies will be computed (instead of
        just includes dependencies). This option takes much longer. but does a
        better job.

        -dependencies- is ignored if -dependencies_all- is set to TRUE.

        typical report
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Processing C:oulotCourcesndent.c   (136 lines. 3360 characters)
Processing ctype.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> ctype.h
Processing malloc.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> malloc.h
Processing stdlib.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> stdlib.h
Processing string.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> string.h
Processing config.h
Processing in.h
Processing grammar.h
Processing lexi.h
Processing error.h
Processing tools.h
Processing indent.h
Processing assert.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> assert.h
- Includes files --------------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include config.h
(     2) #include in.h
(     1) #include grammar.h
(     2) #include lexi.h
(     1) #include error.h
(     1) #include tools.h
(     1) #include indent.h
******** Unresolved 5 Total 12
- Scanning   1 ----------------------------------------------------------
.
- Direct dependencies ---------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include config.h
(     3) #include in.h
(     8) #include lexi.h
(     5) #include tools.h
(    21) #include indent.h
******** Total 5
- No dependencies -------------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include grammar.h
Included by C:oulotCourcesndent.c
(     1) #include error.h
Included by C:oulotCourcesndent.c
******** Total 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-dependencies_all-|-no-dependencies_all-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[dependencies_dir]
+CallName=-dependencies_dir-
+Category=6
+Description="When -dependencies- option is activated. defines a path where GC
        will find includes.
        Example :
        -dependencies_dir-c:/system/includes
        -dependencies_dir-c:/GC/sources
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=./
+
+[dependencies_dir_rec]
+Category=6
+Description="Al
l directories set with -dependencies_dir- are recurs scan.

        See options(s) :
        [-no]-dependencies_dir-
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-dependencies_dir_rec-|-no-dependencies_dir_rec-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_hindent.ini b/indenters/uigui_hindent.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d9767b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_hindent.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+[header]
+categories=Basic Options
+cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.htm|*.html|*.xhtml
+indenterFileName=hindent
+indenterName=hindent (HTML)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://www.linuxdriver.co.il/man/1/H/hindent
+outputFileName=
+outputFileParameter=stdout
+parameterOrder=pio
+showHelpParameter=-v
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=1.1.2-7
+
+[Case]
+Category=0
+Description="Forces all tags to lowercase.  By default, hindent forces all tags to uppercase."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-c|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+
+[Flow]
+Category=0
+Description="Prints just tags without any data between the tags. Damages the HTML in a big way, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps you follow the HTML code flow visually."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-f|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent level]
+CallName="-i "
+Category=0
+Description="Set indentation to this many character spaces per code nesting level. If set to 0, no indentation is done (all output is left-justified)."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[List tags]
+Category=0
+Description="Causes hindent to print a complete list of tags that it recognizes to stdout, and exits."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-l|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Strict]
+Category=0
+Description="Multiple tags per line are broken out onto separate lines. Can damage the HTML in minor ways by drawing an extra space character in certain parts of the web page, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps you follow the HTML code flow visually, especially with computer-generated HTML that comes out all on one line."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-s|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Tab stop]
+CallName="-t "
+Category=0
+Description="Set the number of spaces that a tab character occupies on your system.  Defaults to 8, but some people prefer expanding tabs to 4 spaces instead.  If set to 0, no tabs are output (spaces used to indent lines)."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=8
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_htb.ini b/indenters/uigui_htb.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c6227c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_htb.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+[header]
+categories=Basic Options
+cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.htm|*.html|*.xhtml|*.xml|*.xlst
+indenterFileName=htb
+indenterName=HTB (HTML, XML, XSL)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://www.digital-mines.com/htb/htb_docs.html
+outputFileName=indentoutput
+outputFileParameter=
+parameterOrder=pio
+showHelpParameter=-h
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=2.0
+
+[Multi-Attribute Tag Break]
+Category=0
+Description="
The -a command-line option causes all tags containing more that one attribute to be broken over multiple lines, each with a single attribute. The attributes are aligned vertically with the first attribute. A similar attribute break will occur by default, but only on tags exceeding the column 80 limit, and each line may contain more than one attribute.

 Before:
<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" MARGINWIDTH="0" MARGINHEIGHT="0" LINK="#666666" VLINK="#666666" ALINK="#000000">\n<TABLE WIDTH="800" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0">\n<TR>\n<TD COLSPAN="2" WIDTH="196" BGCOLOR="cccccc" VALIGN="top"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif" WIDTH="196" HEIGHT="63"></TD>\n<TD BGCOLOR="cccccc" WIDTH="600" VALIGN="top">\n<TABLE WIDTH="600" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0" VALIGN="top">\n<TR>\n<TD VALIGN="top" HEIGHT="17" BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif" WIDTH="600" HEIGHT="17"></TD>\n</TR>
After: 
<BODY ALINK="#000000"\n      BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"\n      LINK="#666666"\n      MARGINHEIGHT="0"\n      MARGINWIDTH="0"\n      VLINK="#666666">\n<TABLE BORDER="0"\n       CELLPADDING="0"\n       CELLSPACING="0"\n       WIDTH="800">\n   <TR>\n      <TD BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n          COLSPAN="2"\n          VALIGN="top"\n          WIDTH="196"><IMG HEIGHT="63"\n                           SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif"\n                           WIDTH="196"></TD>\n      <TD BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n          VALIGN="top"\n          WIDTH="600"> \n         <TABLE BORDER="0"\n                CELLPADDING="0"\n                CELLSPACING="0"\n                VALIGN="top"\n                WIDTH="600">\n            <TR>\n               <TD BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"\n                   HEIGHT="17"\n                   VALIGN="top"><IMG HEIGHT="17"\n                                    SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif"\n                                    WIDTH="600"></TD>\n            </TR>
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-a|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+
+[All Attribute Tag Break]
+Category=0
+Description="
The -b command-line option causes all tag attributes to be broken on succeeding lines. The attributes are aligned vertically with the last character in the tag name.

 Before:
<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" MARGINWIDTH="0" MARGINHEIGHT="0" LINK="#666666" VLINK="#666666" ALINK="#000000">\n<TABLE WIDTH="800" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0">\n<TR>\n<TD COLSPAN="2" WIDTH="196" BGCOLOR="cccccc" VALIGN="top"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif" WIDTH="196" HEIGHT="63"></TD>\n<TD BGCOLOR="cccccc" WIDTH="600" VALIGN="top">\n<TABLE WIDTH="600" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0" VALIGN="top">\n<TR>\n<TD VALIGN="top" HEIGHT="17" BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif" WIDTH="600" HEIGHT="17"></TD>\n</TR>
After:
<BODY\n    ALINK="#000000"\n    BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"\n    BOTMARGIN="0"\n    MARGINHEIGHT="0"\n    MARGINWIDTH="0"\n    LEFTMARGIN="0"\n    LINK="#666666"\n    TOPMARGIN="0"\n    VLINK="#666666">\n<TABLE\n     BORDER="0"\n     CELLPADDING="0"\n     CELLSPACING="0"\n     WIDTH="800">\n   <TR>\n      <TD\n        BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n        COLSPAN="2"\n        VALIGN="top"\n        WIDTH="196"><IMG\n                       HEIGHT="63"\n                       SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif"\n                       WIDTH="196"></TD>\n      <TD\n        BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n        VALIGN="top"\n        WIDTH="600"> \n         <TABLE\n              BORDER="0"\n              VALIGN="top"\n              CELLPADDING="0"\n              CELLSPACING="0"\n              WIDTH="600">\n            <TR>\n               <TD\n                 BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"\n                 HEIGHT="17"\n                 VALIGN="top"><IMG\n                                HEIGHT="17"\n                                SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif"\n                                WIDTH="600"></TD>\n            </TR>\n
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-b|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Add Carriage Returns]
+Category=0
+Description="The -c command-line option adds an extra carriage return character to each output line of reformatted data. This allows Unix versions of HTB to create a DOS/Windows compatible text files directly."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-c|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Omit Carriage Returns]
+Category=0
+Description="The -d command-line option inhibits extra carriage return character output even if present in the source data. This allows the Windows version of HTB to create a Unix compatible text file directly. This is the default behavior and correctly creates a natively compatible format whether Unix or Windows."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-d|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Escaped Tag Conversion]
+Category=0
+Description="The -e command-line option replaces the special markup characters '<', '>', and '&' with escape strings '<', '>', and '&' respectively. Also, the tag sequence '
' is added to the beginning of the output data and the sequence '
' is appended to the end of the data. This creates an entirely new HTML document, which when viewed with a Web Browser, will appear as source instead of normal rendering. This is useful in creating markup tag documentation and is the mechanism used to create the examples in this document. Use in combination with the -k option to do the conversion without applying other reformatting options."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-e|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Join Lines - Compress Output]
+Category=0
+Description="The -j command-line option removes all unnecessary whitespace & comments and joins the output lines together whenever possible. The result is totally 'unbeautified' output, but the size will be reduced from 10-40% for quicker transfer over the network. Use this option whenever performance is more important than readability."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-j|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Keep Layout - Case Changes Only]
+Category=0
+Description="
When the current indenting and appearance of your tagged document is acceptable, the -k command-line option may be used to change only the case of the tag names and attributes with no other changes applied.

 Example:

- Keep the current layout of an HTML document, but change the tag attribute names to lower case (-m option, opposite of tag name case which by default is upper)...

htb -km myfile.html

 Before:
<FORM ENCTYPE="multipart/form-data" NAME="coreform" METHOD="POST">\n<INPUT TYPE="submit" VALUE="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT NAME="cgi" TYPE="button" VALUE="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE BORDER="5" CELLPADDING="5">\n   <TR>\n      <TD> <FONT COLOR="purple"> \n         <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n         <INPUT NAME="debug"><BR> \n         <BR> Filter: \n         <INPUT NAME="filter"><BR> Output: \n         <INPUT NAME="output"><BR> \n         <BR> Pagestart: \n         <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagestart"><BR> Pagesize: \n         <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagesize"><BR> \n      </TD>\n   </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM>
After:
<FORM enctype="multipart/form-data" name="coreform" method="POST">\n<INPUT type="submit" value="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT name="cgi" type="button" value="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE border="5" cellpadding="5">\n   <TR>\n      <TD> <FONT color="purple"> \n         <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n         <INPUT name="debug"><BR> \n         <BR> Filter: \n         <INPUT name="filter"><BR> Output: \n         <INPUT name="output"><BR> \n         <BR> Pagestart: \n         <INPUT size="4" name="pagestart"><BR> Pagesize: \n         <INPUT size="4" name="pagesize"><BR> \n      </TD>\n   </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM>
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-k|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Tag Names Lower Case]
+Category=0
+Description="
The -l command-line option changes all HTML tag names and their attributes to lower case. Combine with the -m (mixed case) option to keep the tag names lower case, but make the attribute names upper case.

 Before:
<FORM ENCTYPE="multipart/form-data" NAME="coreform" METHOD="POST">\n<INPUT TYPE="submit" VALUE="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT NAME="cgi" TYPE="button" VALUE="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE BORDER="5" CELLPADDING="5">\n   <TR>\n      <TD> <FONT COLOR="purple"> \n         <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n         <INPUT NAME="debug"><BR> \n         <BR> Filter: \n         <INPUT NAME="filter"><BR> Output: \n         <INPUT NAME="output"><BR> \n         <BR> Pagestart: \n         <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagestart"><BR> Pagesize: \n         <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagesize"><BR> \n      </TD>\n   </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM>
After:
<form enctype="multipart/form-data" method="post" name="coreform">\n<input type="submit" value="Submit Request"> \n<input name="cgi" type="button" value="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<table border="5" cellpadding="5">\n   <tr>\n      <td> <font color="purple"> \n         <h4>Output formatting:</h4> </font>Debug: \n         <input name="debug"><br> \n         <br> Filter: \n         <input name="filter"><br> Output: \n         <input name="output"><br> \n         <br> Pagestart: \n         <input name="pagestart" size="4"><br> Pagesize: \n         <input name="pagesize size="4"><br> \n      </td>\n   </tr>\n</table>\n</form>\n
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-l|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Tag Attributes Opposite Case]
+Category=0
+Description="The -m command-line option makes the tag attribute case the opposite of the tag name. Since the HTB default is to make tag names upper case, the addition of this option will make the tag attributes lower case. If combined with the -l option (lower case) the tag names will be lower case, and the tag attributes will be upper case. See the -k option for an example."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-m|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Never Break Tags Between Lines]
+Category=0
+Description="The -n command-line option cancels the default behavior of breaking tags which exceed the 80 column limit and keeps tags intact within a single line of output regardless of their length. This is often desirable, especially on XSL files."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-n|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Remove Non-HTML Tags]
+Category=0
+Description="
The -r command-line option strips any tag which is not part of the HTML 4.01 specification (and a group of widely recognized, commonly used legacy tags) from the output. Its a convenient way to separate HTML from hybrid files like ASP, JSP, XSL or files containing custom tags. The stripped tags are reported along with any errors to "standard error".

 Example:

- Remove all non-HTML tags from an XSL/XHTML file... 
 
htb -r myfile.xsl

 Before:
\n   <xsl:for-each select="ELEMENT/NODE1"> \n      <xsl:variable select="position()-1" name="vpos" /> \n      <TR VALIGN="top">\n         <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT SIZE="1" FACE="Helvetica"><xsl:value-of select="$vpos" /></FONT> \n         </TD>\n         <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n            <INPUT NAME="ELEM{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="Element {$vpos}" /></FONT> \n         </TD>\n         <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n            <INPUT NAME="NUMB{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="2" /></FONT> \n         </TD>\n         <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n            <xsl:variable select="count(//NODE1[@id &gt; -1)" name="pcnt" /> \n            <xsl:variable name="selsize"> \n               <xsl:choose><xsl:when test="$pcnt &lt; 5"> \n                  <xsl:value-of select="$pcnt" /> \n               </xsl:when><xsl:otherwise> \n                  <xsl:value-of select="'5'" /> \n               </xsl:otherwise></xsl:choose> \n            </xsl:variable> \n            <SELECT SIZE="{$selsize}" NAME="VALU{$vpos}">\n               <xsl:for-each select="//VALUE[@id &gt; -1]"> \n                  <OPTION VALUE="{@id}">\n                  <xsl:value-of select="NAME" /></OPTION> \n               </xsl:for-each> \n            </SELECT></FONT> \n         </TD>\n      </TR>\n   </xsl:for-each>
After: 
\n   <TR VALIGN="top">\n      <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica" SIZE="1"></FONT> \n      </TD>\n      <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n         <INPUT NAME="ELEM{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="Element {$vpos}" /></FONT> \n      </TD>\n      <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n         <INPUT NAME="NUMB{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="2" /></FONT> \n      </TD>\n      <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n         <SELECT NAME="VALU{$vpos}" SIZE="{$selsize}">\n            <OPTION VALUE="{@id}"></OPTION>\n         </SELECT></FONT> \n      </TD>\n   </TR>
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-r|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Remove Tabs from SCRIPTs]
+Category=0
+Description="HTB automatically removes any tab characters found in the source document during the indenting process, but by default SCRIPTs are kept intact. To completely remove all tabs, specify the -s option and tab characters found within SCRIPT elements will be replaced with sets if of indented spaces. This could make the indented script statements look slightly worse and may require minor editing, but the beautified output is clear of any tab characters."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-r|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Convert to Plain Text]
+Category=0
+Description="The -t command-line option strips all markup tags, comments and converts the input to plain text. All ASCII and ISO8859-1 HTML escape strings are converted back to the characters they represent. An attempt is made to compress extra whitespace, but in general the text will require additional re-formatting to be made presentable. Use this option to isolate the textual content within tagged documents (not necessarily HTML) for use in other documentation."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-t|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Tag Names Upper Case]
+Category=0
+Description="
The -u command-line option changes all HTML tag names and their attributes to upper case. Since this is the default behavior of HTB, it is not required.  Use the -m (mixed case) option to keep the tag names upper case, but make the attribute names lower case.

 Before:
<form enctype="multipart/form-data" name="coreform" method="POST">\n<input type="submit" value="Submit Request"> \n<input name="cgi" type="button" value="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<table border="5" cellpadding="5">\n   <tr>\n      <td> <font color="purple"> \n         <h4>Output formatting:</h4> </font>Debug: \n         <input name="debug"><br> \n         <br> Filter: \n         <input name="filter"><br> Output: \n         <input name="output"><br> \n         <br> Pagestart: \n         <input size="4" name="pagestart"><br> Pagesize: \n         <input size="4" name="pagesize"><br> \n      </td>\n   </tr>\n</table>\n</form>
After:
<FORM ENCTYPE="multipart/form-data" METHOD="POST" NAME="coreform">\n<INPUT TYPE="submit" VALUE="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT NAME="cgi" TYPE="button" VALUE="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE BORDER="5" CELLPADDING="5">\n   <TR>\n      <TD> <FONT COLOR="purple"> \n         <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n         <INPUT NAME="debug"><BR> \n         <BR> Filter: \n         <INPUT NAME="filter"><BR> Output: \n         <INPUT NAME="output"><BR> \n         <BR> Pagestart: \n         <INPUT NAME="pagestart" SIZE="4"><BR> Pagesize: \n         <INPUT NAME="pagesize" SIZE="4"><BR> \n      </TD>\n   </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM>
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-u|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Unknown Tags are XML]
+Category=0
+Description="
HTB automatically detects XML compliant files and is able to apply reformatting to unknown tags since they meet the predictable behavior of the XML specification.  If the input document is not strictly XML compliant, but does contain custom tagging which may be considered "well-formed" XML, the -x option may be used to apply XML handling on these otherwise ignored tags. If XML is detected, either automatically, or with the -x option, the tag case is NOT changed for these non-HTML tags, since they are often case-sensitive.  Also, the attributes of unknown tags will remain in original order instead of being sorted as with HTML attributes.  To turn off XML auto-detection and apply case changes and attribute sorting to all tags known and unknown, use the -y option.

 Example:

- Make tag names and attributes lower case, never break tags, and treat unknown tags in an HTML file as well formed XML... 

htb -lnx myfile.html

 Before:
<TR><TD WIDTH=182 ALIGN=left BGCOLOR="#ffffff">\n<NYT_HEADLINE>\n<A\n\nHREF="/onthisday/20020619.html"><FONT SIZE="3" FACE="times"><B>On June 19 ...<BR></B></FONT></A>\n</NYT_HEADLINE>\n<NYT_BYLINE>\n<FONT SIZE="-1"></FONT>\n</NYT_BYLINE>\n<NYT_SUMMARY>\n<FONT SIZE="-1">\n<B>1964:</B> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved.   (<A \nHREF="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</A>) <BR>\n<B>1903:</B> Lou Gehrig was born.  <A \nHREF="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</A> <BR>\n<B>1886:</B> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. <A \nHREF="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</A></FONT>\n</TD></TR>
After:
<tr>\n   <td align="left" bgcolor="#ffffff" width="182"> \n      <NYT_HEADLINE> \n         <a href="/onthisday/20020619.html"><font face="times" size="3"><b>On June 19 ...<br></b></font></a> \n      </NYT_HEADLINE> \n      <NYT_BYLINE> <font size="-1"></font> \n      </NYT_BYLINE> \n      <NYT_SUMMARY> <font size="-1"> <b>1964:</b> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved. (<a href="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</a>) \n         <br> <b>1903:</b> Lou Gehrig was born. \n         <a href="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</a> \n         <br> <b>1886:</b> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. \n         <a href="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</a></font> \n   </td>\n</tr>
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-x|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Turn off XML detection]
+Category=0
+Description="
HTB automatically detects XML compliant files and treats the unknown tags differently than HTML tags.  XML tags are indented as whitespace permits and case changes & attribute sorting are not applied. To turn off this default behavior and apply case changes & sorting to all tags known and unknown, specify the -y option.

 Example:

- Never break tags, make all tags lower case whether HTML or not, and do not change indenting for unknown tags... 
htb -lny myfile.html

 Before: 
<TR><TD WIDTH=182 ALIGN=left BGCOLOR="#ffffff">\n<NYT_HEADLINE>\n<A\n\nHREF="/onthisday/20020619.html"><FONT SIZE="3" FACE="times"><B>On June 19 ...<BR></B></FONT></A>\n</NYT_HEADLINE>\n<NYT_BYLINE>\n<FONT SIZE="-1"></FONT>\n</NYT_BYLINE>\n<NYT_SUMMARY>\n<FONT SIZE="-1">\n<B>1964:</B> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved.   (<A \nHREF="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</A>) <BR>\n<B>1903:</B> Lou Gehrig was born.  <A \nHREF="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</A> <BR>\n<B>1886:</B> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. <A \nHREF="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</A></FONT>\n</TD></TR>
After:
<tr>\n   <td align="left" bgcolor="#ffffff" width="182"> \n      <nyt_headline> \n      <a href="/onthisday/20020619.html"><font face="times" size="3"><b>On June 19 ...<br></b></font></a> \n      </nyt_headline> \n      <nyt_byline> <font size="-1"></font> \n      </nyt_byline> \n      <nyt_summary> <font size="-1"> <b>1964:</b> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved. (<a href="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</a>) \n      <br> <b>1903:</b> Lou Gehrig was born. \n      <a href="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</a> \n      <br> <b>1886:</b> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. \n      <a href="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</a></font> \n   </td>\n</tr>
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-y|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Remove Comments]
+Category=0
+Description="The -z command-line option removes all stand-alone comments from the input data. This does not include JavaScript comments or comment blocks within APPLET, OBJECT, SCRIPT, and STYLE tags used to hide text from browsers. The revised output should render and function as the original. The -z option is useful in reducing tagged file sizes when the comment blocks are no longer needed, or in removing dead, commented-out sections within documents which tend to collect over time. The stripped comments are not lost, however. These are sent to the 'standard error' stream and may be collected in another file for reference or for use in documentation by 'standard error' redirection ('2>' or '2>>'). If 'standard error' is not redirected, the stripped comments will be seen scrolling by on the screen. Use in combination with the -k option to strip comments without otherwise changing the document layout."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-z|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Spaces for Indenting]
+CallName="-"
+Category=0
+Description="A command-line option from 0 to 9 represents the number of spaces used for increments of indenting. Specifying 0 will cause all indenting to be removed and the tags will shifted to the left. If not specified, the default is to indent by 3."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=3
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_jsdecoder.ini b/indenters/uigui_jsdecoder.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f22ea7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_jsdecoder.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+[header]
+categories=
+cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.js
+indenterFileName=JsDecoder
+indenterName=JsDecoder (JavaScript)
+inputFileName=
+inputFileParameter=
+manual="http://www.gosu.pl/decoder/"
+outputFileName=
+outputFileParameter=
+parameterOrder=
+showHelpParameter=
+stringparaminquotes=
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=1.1.0
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_jsppp.ini b/indenters/uigui_jsppp.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0af1f6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_jsppp.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+[header]
+categories=General options
+cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.jsp|*.html|*.xml
+indenterFileName=jsppp
+indenterName=JSPPP (JSP)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://jsppp.sourceforge.net/
+outputFileName=indentinput
+outputFileParameter=none
+stringparaminquotes=false
+parameterOrder=pio
+showHelpParameter=-h
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=0.5.2a
+
+[Spaces]
+Category=0
+Description="If spaces is true, spaces, not tabs, will be used to indent the lines."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=|--tabs
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Number of spaces]
+Category=0
+Description="If spaces are used for indenting, NUMSPACES is the number of spaces to use per indent level."
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=numeric
+CallName="--spaces="
+MinVal=0
+MaxVal=999
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[Line length]
+Category=0
+Description="The length, in bytes (JSPPP does not yet support Unicode input, no one has asked for it yet) of the soft line length limit.  JavaScript, long element names, attributes, etc., that cannot be broken up will end up over the limit if they have already been indented too far."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=numeric
+CallName="--length="
+MinVal=1
+MaxVal=9999
+ValueDefault=120
+
+[Tabsize]
+Category=0
+Description="The default number of spaces per tab is 8.  This number is used to determine how much of the line has been used by a tab."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=numeric
+CallName="--tab-size="
+MinVal=0
+MaxVal=999
+ValueDefault=8
+
+[Punctuation]
+Category=0
+Description="PUNCTUATION is a list of characters which should be handled specially after an anchor tag.  If there is whitespace after a link tag but before one of these characters then the whitespace is removed. To have no special characters, use the line "PUNCTUATION="."
+Enabled=false
+CallName=PUNCTUATION=
+EditorType=string
+ValueDefault=",.!?"
+
+[Loose or tight spacing]
+Category=0
+Description="Use loose or tight spacing."
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="--loose-spacing|--tight-spacing"
+ChoicesReadable="Loose spacing|Tight spacing"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Backup file]
+Category=0
+Description="Leave a backup file, which will be overwritten on a second run, or leave no backup file at all."
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="--engage-safety|--disengage-safety"
+ChoicesReadable="Leave backup file|Leave NO backup file"
+ValueDefault=1
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_perltidy.ini b/indenters/uigui_perltidy.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bf2587b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_perltidy.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,1040 @@
+[header]
+categories=Styles|Basic Options|Code Indentation Control|Whitespace Control|Comment Controls|Skip Selected Codesections|Line Break Control|Controlling List Formatting|Retaining or Ignoring Existing Line Breaks|Blank Line Control|Other Controls
+cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
+configFilename=perltidy.cfg
+fileTypes=*.pl|*.pm
+indenterFileName=perltidy
+indenterName=Perltidy (Perl)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/perltidy.html
+outputFileName=indentoutput
+outputFileParameter="-o="
+parameterOrder=pio
+showHelpParameter=-h
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter="-pro="
+version=1.74 2010/12/17
+
+[Iterations]
+CallName="--iterations="
+Category=1
+Description="This flag causes perltidy to do n complete iterations. For most purposes the default of n=1 should be satisfactory. However n=2 can be useful when a major style change is being made, or when code is being beautified on check-in to a source code control system. The run time will be approximately proportional to n, and it should seldom be necessary to use a value greater than n=2."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=10
+MinVal=1
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Add newlines]
+Category=6
+Description="
By default, perltidy will add line breaks when necessary to create continuations of long lines and to improve the script appearance.  Use -nanl or --noadd-newlines to prevent any new line breaks.
This flag does not prevent perltidy from eliminating existing line breaks; see --freeze-newlines to completely prevent changes to line break points.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-anl|-nanl
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Add semicolons]
+Category=3
+Description="
Setting -asc allows perltidy to add any missing optional semicolon at the end of a line which is followed by a closing curly brace on the next line.  This is the default, and may be deactivated with -nasc or --noadd-semicolons.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--add-semicolons|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Add whitespace]
+Category=3
+Description="
Setting this option allows perltidy to add certain whitespace improve code readability.  This is the default. If you do not want any whitespace added, but are willing to have some whitespace deleted, use -naws.  (Use -fws to leave whitespace completely unchanged).
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--add-whitespace|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Block brace tightness]
+CallName="--block-brace-tightness="
+Category=3
+Description="
And finally, curly braces which contain blocks of code are controlled by the parameter -bbt=n or --block-brace-tightness=n as illustrated in the example below.
\n %bf = map { $_ => -M $_ } grep { /deb$/ } dirents '.'; # -bbt=0 (default)\n %bf = map { $_ => -M $_ } grep {/deb$/} dirents '.';   # -bbt=1\n %bf = map {$_ => -M $_} grep {/deb$/} dirents '.';     # -bbt=2
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Block brace vertical tightness]
+CallName="--block-brace-vertical-tightness="
+Category=6
+Description="
The -bbvt=n flag is just like the -vt=n flag but applies to opening code block braces.
\n -bbvt=0 break after opening block brace (default). \n -bbvt=1 do not break unless this would produce more than one \n         step in indentation in a line.\n -bbvt=2 do not break after opening block brace.
It is necessary to also use either -bl or -bli for this to work, because, as with other vertical tightness controls, it is implemented by simply overwriting a line ending with an opening block brace with the subsequent line.  For example:
\n    # perltidy -bli -bbvt=0\n    if ( open( FILE, "< $File" ) )\n      {\n        while ( $File = <FILE> )\n          {\n            $In .= $File;\n            $count++;\n          }\n        close(FILE);\n      }
\n    # perltidy -bli -bbvt=1\n    if ( open( FILE, "< $File" ) )\n      { while ( $File = <FILE> )\n          { $In .= $File;\n            $count++;\n          }\n        close(FILE);\n      }
By default this applies to blocks associated with keywords if, elsif, else, unless, for, foreach, sub, while, until, and also with a preceding label.  This can be changed with the parameter -bbvtl=string, or --block-brace-vertical-tightness-list=string, where string is a space-separated list of block types.  For more information on the possible values of this string, see Specifying Block Types
For example, if we want to just apply this style to if, elsif, and else blocks, we could use perltidy -bli -bbvt=1 -bbvtl='if elsif else'.
There is no vertical tightness control for closing block braces; with the exception of one-line blocks, they will normally remain on a separate line.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Brace left and indent]
+Category=6
+Description="
The flag -bli is the same as -bl but in addition it causes one unit of continuation indentation ( see -ci ) to be placed before an opening and closing block braces.
For example,
\n        if ( $input_file eq '-' )    # -bli\n          {\n            important_function();\n          }
By default, this extra indentation occurs for blocks of type:if, elsif, else, unless, for, foreach, sub, while, until, and also with a preceding label.  The next item shows how to change this.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bli|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Brace left and indent list]
+CallName="--brace-left-and-indent-list="
+Category=6
+Description="
Use this parameter to change the types of block braces for which the -bli flag applies; see Specifying Block Types.  For example, -blil='if elsif else' would apply it to only if/elsif/else blocks.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Brace tightness]
+CallName="--brace-tightness="
+Category=3
+Description="
Curly braces which do not contain code blocks are controlled by the parameter -bt=n or --brace-tightness=n.
\n $obj->{ $parsed_sql->{ 'table' }[0] };    # -bt=0\n $obj->{ $parsed_sql->{'table'}[0] };      # -bt=1 (default)\n $obj->{$parsed_sql->{'table'}[0]};        # -bt=2
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Brace vertical tightness]
+CallName="--brace-vertical-tightness="
+Category=6
+Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Brace vertical tightness closing]
+CallName="--brace-vertical-tightness-closing="
+Category=6
+Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Break after all operators]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -baao sets the default to be to break after all of the following operators:
\n    % + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & \n    = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=\n    . : ? && || and or err xor
and the -bbao flag sets the default to break before all of these operators. These can be used to define an initial break preference which can be fine-tuned with the -wba and -wbb flags.  For example, to break before all operators except an = one could use --bbao -wba='=' rather than listing every single perl operator except = on a -wbb flag.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-baao|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Break before all operators]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -baao sets the default to be to break after all of the following operators:
\n    % + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & \n    = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=\n    . : ? && || and or err xor
and the -bbao flag sets the default to break before all of these operators. These can be used to define an initial break preference which can be fine-tuned with the -wba and -wbb flags.  For example, to break before all operators except an = one could use --bbao -wba='=' rather than listing every single perl operator except = on a -wbb flag.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bbao|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Check syntax]
+Category=1
+Description="This flag causes perltidy to run perl -c -T to check syntax of input and output. (To change the flags passed to perl, see the next item, -pscf).  The results are written to the .LOG file, which will be saved if an error is detected in the output script.  The output script is not checked if the input script has a syntax error.  Perltidy does its own checking, but this option employs perl to get a ``second opinion''.
If perl reports errors in the input file, they will not be reported in the error output unless the --warning-output flag is given.
The default is not to do this type of syntax checking (although perltidy will still do as much self-checking as possible). The reason is that it causes all code in BEGIN blocks to be executed, for all modules being used, and this opens the door to security issues and infinite loops when running perltidy."
+EditorType=boolean
+Enabled=false
+TrueFalse=--check-syntax|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Closing Side Comment Else Flag]
+CallName="--closing-side-comment-else-flag="
+Category=4
+Description="
The default, n=0, places the text of the opening if statement after any terminal else.
If n=2 is used, then each elsif is also given the text of the opening if statement.  Also, an else will include the text of a preceding elsif statement.  Note that this may result some long closing side comments.
If n=1 is used, the results will be the same as n=2 whenever the resulting line length is less than the maximum allowed.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=1000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Closing Side Comment Interval]
+CallName="--closing-side-comment-interval="
+Category=4
+Description="
where n is the minimum number of lines that a block must have in order for a closing side comment to be added.  The default value is n=6.  To illustrate:
\n        # perltidy -csci=2 -csc\n        sub message {\n            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {\n                print("Hello, World\n");\n            } ## end if ( !defined( $_[0] ))\n            else {\n                print( $_[0], "\n" );\n            } ## end else [ if ( !defined( $_[0] ))\n        } ## end sub message
Now the if and else blocks are commented.  However, now this has become very cluttered.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=1000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=6
+
+[Closing Side Comment List]
+CallName="--closing-side-comment-list="
+Category=4
+Description="
where string is a list of block types to be tagged with closing side comments.  By default, all code block types preceded by a keyword or label (such as if, sub, and so on) will be tagged.  The -cscl command changes the default list to be any selected block types; see Specifying Block Types. For example, the following command requests that only sub's, labels, BEGIN, and END blocks be affected by any -csc or -dcsc operation:
\n   -cscl="sub : BEGIN END"
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Closing Side Comment Maximum Text]
+CallName="--closing-side-comment-maximum-text="
+Category=4
+Description="
The text appended to certain block types, such as an if block, is whatever lies between the keyword introducing the block, such as if, and the opening brace.  Since this might be too much text for a side comment, there needs to be a limit, and that is the purpose of this parameter.  The default value is n=20, meaning that no additional tokens will be appended to this text after its length reaches 20 characters.  Omitted text is indicated with ....  (Tokens, including sub names, are never truncated, however, so actual lengths may exceed this).  To illustrate, in the above example, the appended text of the first block is  ( !defined( $_[0] )....  The existing limit of n=20 caused this text to be truncated, as indicated by the ....
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=1000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=20
+
+[Closing Side Comments Balanced]
+Category=4
+Description="
As discussed in the previous item, when the closing-side-comment-maximum-text limit is exceeded the comment text must be truncated.  Older versions of perltidy terminated with three dots, and this can still be achieved with -ncscb:
\n  perltidy -csc -ncscb\n  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ...
However this causes a problem with editors editors which cannot recognize comments or are not configured to do so because they cannot "bounce" around in the text correctly.  The -cscb flag has been added to help them by appending appropriate balancing structure:
\n  perltidy -csc -cscb\n  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ... })
The default is -cscb.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--closing-side-comments-balanced|-ncscb
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Closing Side Comment Prefix]
+CallName="--closing-side-comment-prefix="
+Category=4
+Description="
where string is the prefix used before the name of the block type.  The default prefix, shown above, is ## end.  This string will be added to closing side comments, and it will also be used to recognize them in order to update, delete, and format them.  Any comment identified as a closing side comment will be placed just a single space to the right of its closing brace.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=## end
+
+[Closing Side Comment Warnings]
+Category=4
+Description="
This parameter is intended to help make the initial transition to the use of closing side comments.  It causes two things to happen if a closing side comment replaces an existing, different closing side comment:  first, an error message will be issued, and second, the original side comment will be placed alone on a new specially marked comment line for later attention.
The intent is to avoid clobbering existing hand-written side comments which happen to match the pattern of closing side comments. This flag should only be needed on the first run with -csc.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--closing-side-comment-warnings|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Closing Side Comments]
+Category=4
+Choices=-csc|-dcsc
+ChoicesReadable=Add Closing Side Comments|Delete Closing Side Comments
+Description="
A closing side comment is a special comment which perltidy can automatically create and place after the closing brace of a code block. They can be useful for code maintenance and debugging.  The command -csc (or --closing-side-comments) adds or updates closing side comments.  For example, here is a small code snippet
\n        sub message {\n            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {\n                print("Hello, World\n");\n            }\n            else {\n                print( $_[0], "\n" );\n            }\n        }
And here is the result of processing with perltidy -csc:
\n        sub message {\n            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {\n                print("Hello, World\n");\n            }\n            else {\n                print( $_[0], "\n" );\n            }\n        } ## end sub message
A closing side comment was added for sub message in this case, but not for the if and else blocks, because they were below the 6 line cutoff limit for adding closing side comments.  This limit may be changed with the -csci command, described below.
The command -dcsc (or --delete-closing-side-comments) reverses this process and removes these comments.
Several commands are available to modify the behavior of these two basic commands, -csc and -dcsc:
"
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Closing token indentation]
+CallName="--closing-token-indentation="
+Category=2
+Description="The -cti=n flag controls the indentation of a line beginning with a ), ], or a non-block }.  Such a line receives:
\n -cti = 0 no extra indentation (default)\n -cti = 1 extra indentation such that the closing token\n        aligns with its opening token.\n -cti = 2 one extra indentation level if the line looks like:\n        );  or  ];  or  };\n -cti = 3 one extra indentation level always
The flags -cti=1 and -cti=2 work well with the -lp flag (previous section).
\n    # perltidy -lp -cti=1\n    @month_of_year = (\n                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',\n                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'\n                     );
\n    # perltidy -lp -cti=2\n    @month_of_year = (\n                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',\n                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'\n                       );
These flags are merely hints to the formatter and they may not always be followed.  In particular, if -lp is not being used, the indentation forcti=1 is constrained to be no more than one indentation level.
If desired, this control can be applied independently to each of theclosing container token types.  In fact, -cti=n is merely anabbreviation for -cpi=n -csbi=n -cbi=n, where:  -cpi or --closing-paren-indentation controls )'s,-csbi or --closing-square-bracket-indentation controls ]'s, -cbi or --closing-brace-indentation controls non-block }'s."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=1000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Continuation indentation]
+CallName="--continuation-indentation="
+Category=2
+Description="Continuation indentation is extra indentation spaces applied whena long line is broken.  The default is n=2, illustrated here:
 my $level =   # -ci=2   ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) ? $levels_to_go[0] : $last_output_level;
The same example, with n=0, is a little harder to read:
 my $level =   # -ci=0 ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) ? $levels_to_go[0] : $last_output_level;
The value given to -ci is also used by some commands when a small space is required.  Examples are commands for outdenting labels, -ola, and control keywords, -okw.
When default values are not used, it is suggested that the value n given with -ci=n be no more than about one-half of the number of spaces assigned to a full indentation level on the -i=n command."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=1000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=2
+
+[Cuddled else]
+Category=6
+Description="
Enable the ``cuddled else'' style, in which else and elsif are follow immediately after the curly brace closing the previous block. The default is not to use cuddled elses, and is indicated with the flag -nce or --nocuddled-else.  Here is a comparison of the alternatives:
\n  if ($task) {\n      yyy();\n  } else {    # -ce\n      zzz();\n  }
\n  if ($task) {\n        yyy();\n  }\n  else {    # -nce  (default)\n        zzz();\n  }
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ce|-nce
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Delete old newlines]
+Category=6
+Description="
By default, perltidy first deletes all old line break locations, and then it looks for good break points to match the desired line length.  Use -ndnl or  --nodelete-old-newlines to force perltidy to retain all old line break points.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-dnl|-ndnl
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Delete old whitespace]
+Category=3
+Description="
Setting this option allows perltidy to remove some old whitespace between characters, if necessary.  This is the default.  If you do not want any old whitespace removed, use -ndws or --nodelete-old-whitespace.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--delete-old-whitespace|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Delete semicolons]
+Category=3
+Description="
Setting -dsm allows perltidy to delete extra semicolons which are simply empty statements.  This is the default, and may be deactivated with -ndsm or --nodelete-semicolons.  (Such semicolons are not deleted, however, if they would promote a side comment to a block comment).
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--delete-semicolons|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Entab leading whitespace]
+CallName="--entab-leading-whitespace="
+Category=1
+Description="This flag causes each n initial space characters to be replaced by one tab character.  Note that the integer n is completely independent of the integer specified for indentation parameter, -i=n."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=1000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[Feeze newlines]
+Category=6
+Description="
If you do not want any changes to the line breaks in your script, set -fnl, and they will remain fixed, and the rest of the commands in this section and sections  Controlling List Formatting, Retaining or Ignoring Existing Line Breaks, and Blank Line Control will be ignored.  You may want to use -noll with this.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-fnl|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Fixed position side comment]
+CallName="--fixed-position-side-comment="
+Category=4
+Description="
This parameter tells perltidy to line up side comments in column number n whenever possible.  The default, n=0, is not do do this.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=1000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Format skipping]
+Category=5
+Description="
Selected lines of code may be passed verbatim to the output without any formatting.  This feature is enabled by default but can be disabled with the --noformat-skipping or -nfs flag.  It should be used sparingly to avoid littering code with markers, but it might be helpful for working around occasional problems.  For example it might be useful for keeping the indentation of old commented code unchanged, keeping indentation of long blocks of aligned comments unchanged, keeping certain list formatting unchanged, or working around a glitch in perltidy.
-fs,  --format-skipping
This flag, which is enabled by default, causes any code between special beginning and ending comment markers to be passed to the output without formatting.  The default beginning marker is #<<< and the default ending marker is #>>> but they may be changed (see next items below).  Additional text may appear on these special comment lines provided that it is separated from the marker by at least one space.  For example
\n #<<<  do not let perltidy touch this\n    my @list = (1,\n                1, 1,\n                1, 2, 1,\n                1, 3, 3, 1,\n                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);\n #>>>
The comment markers may be placed at any location that a block comment may appear.  If they do not appear to be working, use the -log flag and examine the .LOG file.  Use -nfs to disable this feature.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-fs|-nfs
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Format skipping begin]
+CallName="--format-skipping-begin="
+Category=5
+Description="
The -fsb=string parameter may be used to change the beginning marker for format skipping.  The default is equivalent to -fsb='#<<<'.  The string that you enter must begin with a # and should be in quotes as necessary to get past the command shell of your system.  It is actually the leading text of a pattern that is constructed by appending a '', so you must also include backslashes for characters to be taken literally rather than as patterns.
Some examples show how example strings become patterns:
\n -fsb='#' becomes /^#/  which matches  #{{{ but not #{{{{\n -fsb='#'   becomes /^#/    which matches  #** but not #***\n -fsb='#{2,}' becomes /^#{2,}/  which matches  #** and #*****
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=#<<<
+
+[Format skipping end]
+CallName="--format-skipping-end="
+Category=5
+Description="
The -fsb=string is the corresponding parameter used to change the ending marker for format skipping.  The default is equivalent to -fse='#<<<'.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=#<<<
+
+[Freeze whitespace]
+Category=3
+Description="This flag causes your original whitespace to remain unchanged, and causes the rest of the whitespace commands in this section, the Code Indentation section, and the Comment Control section to be ignored."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--freeze-whitespace|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Gnu style]
+Category=0
+Description="
-gnu gives an approximation to the GNU Coding Standards (which do not apply to perl) as they are sometimes implemented.  At present, this style overrides the default style with the following parameters:
\n    -lp -bl -noll -pt=2 -bt=2 -sbt=2 -icp
"
+EditorType=boolean
+Enabled=false
+TrueFalse=--gnu-style|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Hanging side comments]
+Category=4
+Description="
By default, perltidy tries to identify and align ``hanging side comments'', which are something like this:
\n        my $IGNORE = 0;    # This is a side comment\n                           # This is a hanging side comment\n                           # And so is this
A comment is considered to be a hanging side comment if (1) it immediately follows a line with a side comment, or another hanging side comment, and (2) there is some leading whitespace on the line. To deactivate this feature, use -nhsc or --nohanging-side-comments. If block comments are preceded by a blank line, or have no leading whitespace, they will not be mistaken as hanging side comments.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-hsc|-nhsc
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent block comments]
+Category=4
+Description="
Block comments normally look best when they are indented to the same level as the code which follows them.  This is the default behavior, but you may use -nibc to keep block comments left-justified.  Here is an example:
\n             # this comment is indented      (-ibc, default)\n             if ($task) { yyy(); }
The alternative is -nibc:
\n # this comment is not indented              (-nibc)\n             if ($task) { yyy(); }
See also the next item, -isbc, as well as -sbc, for other ways to have some indented and some outdented block comments.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ibc|-nibc
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Indent closing brace]
+Category=2
+Description="The -icb option gives one extra level of indentation to a brace which terminates a code block .  For example,
\n        if ($task) {\n            yyy();\n            }    # -icb\n        else {\n            zzz();\n            }
The default is not to do this, indicated by -nicb."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-closing-brace|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent closing paren]
+Category=2
+Description="The -icp flag is equivalent to-cti=2, described in the previous section.  The -nicp flag is equivalent -cti=0.  They are included for backwards compatability."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-closing-paren|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent columns]
+CallName="--indent-columns="
+Category=1
+Description="Use n columns per indentation level (default n=4)."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=1000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[Indent only]
+Category=1
+Description="This flag is used to deactivate all formatting and line break changes. When it is in effect, the only change to the script will be indentation. And any flags controlling whitespace and newlines will be ignored. You might want to use this if you are perfectly happy with your whitespace and line breaks, and merely want perltidy to handle the indentation. (This also speeds up perltidy by well over a factor of two, so it might be useful when perltidy is merely being used to help find a brace error in a large script).
Setting this flag is equivalent to setting --freeze-newlines and--freeze-whitespace."
+EditorType=boolean
+Enabled=false
+TrueFalse=--indent-only|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent spaced block comments]
+Category=4
+Description="
If there is no leading space on the line, then the comment will not be indented, and otherwise it may be.
If both -ibc and -isbc are set, then -isbc takes priority.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-isbc|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[List indentation]
+Category=2
+Description="By default, perltidy indents lists with 4 spaces, or whatever value is specified with -i=n.  Here is a small list formatted in this way:
\n    # perltidy (default)\n    @month_of_year = (\n        'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',\n        'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'\n    );
Use the -lp flag to add extra indentation to cause the data to begin past the opening parentheses of a sub call or list, or opening square bracket of an anonymous array, or opening curly brace of an anonymous hash.  With this option, the above list would become:
\n    # perltidy -lp\n    @month_of_year = (\n                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',\n                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'\n    );
If the available line length (see -l=n ) does not permit this much space, perltidy will use less.   For alternate placement of the closing paren, see the next section.
This option has no effect on code BLOCKS, such as if/then/else blocks, which always use whatever is specified with -i=n.  Also, the existence of line breaks and/or block comments between the opening and closing parens may cause perltidy to temporarily revert to its default method.
Note: The -lp option may not be used together with the -t tabs option. It may, however, be used with the -et=n tab method.
In addition, any parameter which significantly restricts the ability of perltidy to choose newlines will conflict with -lp and will cause -lp to be deactivated.  These include -io, -fnl, -nanl, and -ndnl.  The reason is that the -lp indentation style can require the careful coordination of an arbitrary number of break points in hierarchical lists, and these flags may prevent that."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--line-up-parentheses|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Maximum line length]
+CallName="--maximum-line-length="
+Category=1
+Description="The default maximum line length is n=80 characters.  Perltidy will try to find line break points to keep lines below this length. However, long quotes and side comments may cause lines to exceed this length. Setting -l=0 is equivalent to setting -l=(a large number)."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=1000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=80
+
+[Minimum space to comment]
+CallName="--minimum-space-to-comment="
+Category=4
+Description="
Side comments look best when lined up several spaces to the right of code.  Perltidy will try to keep comments at least n spaces to the right.  The default is n=4 spaces.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=1000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[Nospace after keyword]
+CallName="--nospace-after-keyword="
+Category=3
+Description="
When an opening paren follows a Perl keyword, no space is introduced after the keyword, unless it is (by default) one of these:
\n   my local our and or eq ne if else elsif until unless \n   while for foreach return switch case given when
These defaults can be modified with two commands:
-sak=s  or --space-after-keyword=s  adds keywords.
-nsak=s  or --nospace-after-keyword=s  removes keywords.
where s is a list of keywords (in quotes if necessary).  For example,
\n  my ( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;    # default\n  my( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;     # -nsak="my local our"
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Nowant left space]
+CallName="--nowant-left-space="
+Category=3
+Description="
For those who want more detailed control over the whitespace around tokens, there are four parameters which can directly modify the default whitespace rules built into perltidy for any token.  They are:
-wls=s or --want-left-space=s,
-nwls=s or --nowant-left-space=s,
-wrs=s or --want-right-space=s,
-nwrs=s or --nowant-right-space=s.
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types.  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
To illustrate how these are used, suppose it is desired that there be no space on either side of the token types = + - / *.  The following two parameters would specify this desire:
\n  -nwls="= + - / *"    -nwrs="= + - / *"
(Note that the token types are in quotes, and that they are separated by spaces).  With these modified whitespace rules, the following line of math:
\n  $root = -$b + sqrt( $b * $b - 4. * $a * $c ) / ( 2. * $a );
becomes this:
\n  $root=-$b+sqrt( $b*$b-4.*$a*$c )/( 2.*$a );
These parameters should be considered to be hints to perltidy rather than fixed rules, because perltidy must try to resolve conflicts that arise between them and all of the other rules that it uses.  One conflict that can arise is if, between two tokens, the left token wants a space and the right one doesn't.  In this case, the token not wanting a space takes priority.
It is necessary to have a list of all token types in order to create this type of input.  Such a list can be obtained by the command --dump-token-types.  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.
WARNING Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them misinterpreted by your command shell.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Nowant right space]
+CallName="--nowant-right-space="
+Category=3
+Description="
For those who want more detailed control over the whitespace around tokens, there are four parameters which can directly modify the default whitespace rules built into perltidy for any token.  They are:
-wls=s or --want-left-space=s,
-nwls=s or --nowant-left-space=s,
-wrs=s or --want-right-space=s,
-nwrs=s or --nowant-right-space=s.
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types.  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
To illustrate how these are used, suppose it is desired that there be no space on either side of the token types = + - / *.  The following two parameters would specify this desire:
\n  -nwls="= + - / *"    -nwrs="= + - / *"
(Note that the token types are in quotes, and that they are separated by spaces).  With these modified whitespace rules, the following line of math:
\n  $root = -$b + sqrt( $b * $b - 4. * $a * $c ) / ( 2. * $a );
becomes this:
\n  $root=-$b+sqrt( $b*$b-4.*$a*$c )/( 2.*$a );
These parameters should be considered to be hints to perltidy rather than fixed rules, because perltidy must try to resolve conflicts that arise between them and all of the other rules that it uses.  One conflict that can arise is if, between two tokens, the left token wants a space and the right one doesn't.  In this case, the token not wanting a space takes priority.
It is necessary to have a list of all token types in order to create this type of input.  Such a list can be obtained by the command --dump-token-types.  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.
WARNING Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them misinterpreted by your command shell.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Opening brace always on right]
+Category=6
+Description="
The default style, -nbl places the opening code block brace on a new line if it does not fit on the same line as the opening keyword, like this:
\n        if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2\n          || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 )\n        {\n            big_waste_of_time();\n        }
To force the opening brace to always be on the right, use the -bar flag.  In this case, the above example becomes
\n        if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2\n          || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 ) {\n            big_waste_of_time();\n        }
A conflict occurs if both -bl and -bar are specified.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bar|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Opening brace on new line]
+Category=6
+Description="
Use the flag -bl to place the opening brace on a new line:
\n  if ( $input_file eq '-' )    # -bl \n  {                          \n      important_function();\n  }
This flag applies to all structural blocks, including sub's (unless the -sbl flag is set -- see next item).
The default style, -nbl, places an opening brace on the same line as the keyword introducing it.  For example,
\n  if ( $input_file eq '-' ) {   # -nbl (default)
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-bl|-nbl
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Opening hash brace right]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -otr flag is a hint that perltidy should not place a break between a comma and an opening token.  For example:
\n    # default formatting\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} },\n      {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
\n    # perltidy -otr\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} }, {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
The flag -otr is actually a synonym for three other flags which can be used to control parens, hash braces, and square brackets separately if desired:
\n  -opr  or --opening-paren-right\n  -ohbr or --opening-hash-brace-right\n  -osbr or --opening-square-bracket-right
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ohbr|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Opening paren right]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -otr flag is a hint that perltidy should not place a break between a comma and an opening token.  For example:
\n    # default formatting\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} },\n      {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
\n    # perltidy -otr\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} }, {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
The flag -otr is actually a synonym for three other flags which can be used to control parens, hash braces, and square brackets separately if desired:
\n  -opr  or --opening-paren-right\n  -ohbr or --opening-hash-brace-right\n  -osbr or --opening-square-bracket-right
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-opr|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Opening square bracket right]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -otr flag is a hint that perltidy should not place a break between a comma and an opening token.  For example:
\n    # default formatting\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} },\n      {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
\n    # perltidy -otr\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} }, {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
The flag -otr is actually a synonym for three other flags which can be used to control parens, hash braces, and square brackets separately if desired:
\n  -opr  or --opening-paren-right\n  -ohbr or --opening-hash-brace-right\n  -osbr or --opening-square-bracket-right
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-osbr|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Opening sub brace on new line]
+Category=6
+Description="
The flag -sbl can be used to override the value of -bl for opening sub braces.  For example,
\n perltidy -sbl
produces this result:
\n sub message\n {\n    if (!defined($_[0])) {\n        print("Hello, World\n");\n    }\n    else {\n        print($_[0], "\n");\n    }\n }
This flag is negated with -nsbl.  If -sbl is not specified, the value of -bl is used.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-sbl|-nsbl
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Opening anonymous sub brace on new line]
+Category=6
+Description="
The flag -asbl is like the -sbl flag except that it applies to anonymous sub's instead of named subs. For example
\n perltidy -asbl
produces this result:
\n $a = sub\n {\n     if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {\n         print("Hello, World\n");\n     }\n     else {\n         print( $_[0], "\n" );\n     }\n };
This flag is negated with -nasbl, and the default is -nasbl.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-asbl|-nasbl
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Opening token right]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -otr flag is a hint that perltidy should not place a break between a comma and an opening token.  For example:
\n    # default formatting\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} },\n      {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
\n    # perltidy -otr\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} }, {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
The flag -otr is actually a synonym for three other flags which can be used to control parens, hash braces, and square brackets separately if desired:
\n  -opr  or --opening-paren-right\n  -ohbr or --opening-hash-brace-right\n  -osbr or --opening-square-bracket-right
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-otr|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Outdent keyword list]
+CallName="--outdent-keyword-list="
+Category=2
+Description="This command can be used to change the keywords which are outdented with the -okw command.  The parameter string is a required list of perl keywords, which should be placed in quotes if there are more than one. By itself, it does not cause any outdenting to occur, so the -okw command is still required.
For example, the commands -okwl="next last redo goto" -okw will cause those four keywords to be outdented.  It is probably simplest to place any -okwl command in a .perltidyrc file."
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Outdent long comments]
+Category=4
+Description="
When -olc is set, lines which are full-line (block) comments longer than the value maximum-line-length will have their indentation removed.  This is the default; use -nolc to prevent outdenting.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-olc|-nolc
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Outdent long lines]
+Category=2
+Description="This command is equivalent to --outdent-long-quotes and --outdent-long-comments, and it is included for compatibility with previous versions of perltidy.  The negation of this also works, -noll or --nooutdent-long-lines, and is equivalent to setting -nolq and -nolc."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--outdent-long-lines|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Outdent long quotes]
+Category=2
+Description="When -olq is set, lines which is a quoted string longer than the value maximum-line-length will have their indentation removed to make them more readable.  This is the default.  To prevent such out-denting, use -nolq or --nooutdent-long-lines."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--outdent-long-quotes|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Outdenting Keywords]
+Category=2
+Description="The command -okw will will cause certain leading control keywords to be outdented by 2 spaces (or whatever -ci has been set to), if possible.  By default, these keywords are redo, next, last, goto, and return.  The intention is to make these control keywords easier to see.  To change this list of keywords being outdented, see the next section.
For example, using perltidy -okw on the previous example gives:
\n        my $i;\n      LOOP: while ( $i = <FOTOS> ) {\n            chomp($i);\n          next unless $i;\n            fixit($i);\n        }
The default is not to do this."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--outdent-keywords|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Outdenting Labels]
+Category=2
+Description="This command will cause labels to be outdented by 2 spaces (or whatever -ci has been set to), if possible.  This is the default.  For example:
\n        my $i;\n      LOOP: while ( $i = <FOTOS> ) {\n            chomp($i);\n            next unless $i;\n            fixit($i);\n        }
Use -nola to not outdent labels."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--outdent-labels|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Output line ending]
+Category=1
+Choices="--output-line-ending=win|--output-line-ending=dos|--output-line-ending=unix|--output-line-ending=mac"
+ChoicesReadable=Output line ending Windows|Output line ending Dos|Output line ending Unix|Output line ending Mac
+Description="where s=win, dos, unix, or mac.  This flag tells perltidy to output line endings for a specific system.  Normally, perltidy writes files with the line separator character of the host system.  The win and dos flags have an identical result."
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Paren tightness]
+CallName="--paren-tightness="
+Category=3
+Description="
The -pt=n or --paren-tightness=n parameter controls the space within parens.  The example below shows the effect of the three possible values, 0, 1, and 2:
\n if ( ( my $len_tab = length( $tabstr ) ) > 0 ) {  # -pt=0\n if ( ( my $len_tab = length($tabstr) ) > 0 ) {    # -pt=1 (default)\n if ((my $len_tab = length($tabstr)) > 0) {        # -pt=2
When n is 0, there is always a space to the right of a '(' and to the left of a ')'.  For n=2 there is never a space.  For n=1, the default, there is a space unless the quantity within the parens is a single token, such as an identifier or quoted string."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Paren vertical tightness]
+CallName="--paren-vertical-tightness="
+Category=6
+Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Paren vertical tightness closing]
+CallName="--paren-vertical-tightness-closing="
+Category=6
+Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Perl best practices]
+Category=0
+Description="
-pbp is an abbreviation for the parameters in the book Perl Best Practices by Damian Conway:
\n    -l=78 -i=4 -ci=4 -st -se -vt=2 -cti=0 -pt=1 -bt=1 -sbt=1 -bbt=1 -nsfs -nolq\n    -wbb="% + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & = \n          **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x="
Note that the -st and -se flags make perltidy act as a filter on one file only. These can be overridden with -nst and -nse if necessary.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+Enabled=false
+TrueFalse=--perl-best-practices --nostandard-output|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Perl syntax check flags]
+CallName="--perl-syntax-check-flags="
+Category=1
+Description="When perl is invoked to check syntax, the normal flags are -c -T.  In addition, if the -x flag is given to perltidy, then perl will also be passed a -x flag.  It should not normally be necessary to change these flags, but it can be done with the -pscf=s flag.  For example, if the taint flag, -T, is not wanted, the flag could be set to be just -pscf=-c.
Perltidy will pass your string to perl with the exception that it willadd a -c and -x if appropriate.  The .LOG file will show exactly what flags were passed to perl."
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Preserve line endings]
+Category=1
+Description="This flag tells perltidy to write its output files with the same line endings as the input file, if possible.  It should work for dos, unix, and mac line endings.  It will only work if perltidy input comes from a filename (rather than stdin, for example). If perltidy has trouble determining the input file line ending, it will revert to the default behavior of using the line ending of the host system."
+EditorType=boolean
+Enabled=false
+TrueFalse=--preserve-line-endings|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space after keyword]
+CallName="--space-after-keyword="
+Category=3
+Description="
When an opening paren follows a Perl keyword, no space is introduced after the keyword, unless it is (by default) one of these:
\n   my local our and or eq ne if else elsif until unless \n   while for foreach return switch case given when
These defaults can be modified with two commands:
-sak=s  or --space-after-keyword=s  adds keywords.
-nsak=s  or --nospace-after-keyword=s  removes keywords.
where s is a list of keywords (in quotes if necessary).  For example,
\n  my ( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;    # default\n  my( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;     # -nsak="my local our"
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Space for semicolon]
+Category=3
+Description="
Semicolons within for loops may sometimes be hard to see, particularly when commas are also present.  This option places spaces on both sides of these special semicolons, and is the default.  Use -nsfs or --nospace-for-semicolon to deactivate it.
\n for ( @a = @$ap, $u = shift @a ; @a ; $u = $v ) {  # -sfs (default)\n for ( @a = @$ap, $u = shift @a; @a; $u = $v ) {    # -nsfs
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--space-for-semicolon|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space function paren]
+Category=3
+Description="
When an opening paren follows a function the default is not to introduce a space.  To cause a space to be introduced use:
-sfp  or --space-function-paren
\n  myfunc( $a, $b, $c );    # default \n  myfunc ( $a, $b, $c );   # -sfp
You will probably also want to use the flag -skp (previous item) too.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--space-function-paren|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space keyword paren]
+Category=3
+Description="
When an opening paren follows a function or keyword, no space is introduced after the keyword except for the keywords noted in the previous item.  To always put a space between a function or keyword and its opening paren, use the command:
-skp  or --space-keyword-paren
You will probably also want to use the flag -sfp (next item) too.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--space-keyword-paren|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space terminal semicolon]
+Category=3
+Description="
Some programmers prefer a space before all terminal semicolons. The default is for no such space, and is indicated with -nsts or --nospace-terminal-semicolon.
\n        $i = 1 ;     #  -sts\n        $i = 1;      #  -nsts   (default)
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--space-terminal-semicolon|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Square bracket tightness]
+CallName="--square-bracket-tightness="
+Category=3
+Description="
Likewise, the parameter -sbt=n or --square-bracket-tightness=n controls the space within square brackets, as illustrated below.
\n $width = $col[ $j + $k ] - $col[ $j ];  # -sbt=0\n $width = $col[ $j + $k ] - $col[$j];    # -sbt=1 (default)\n $width = $col[$j + $k] - $col[$j];      # -sbt=2
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Square bracket vertical tightness]
+CallName="--square-bracket-vertical-tightness="
+Category=6
+Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Square bracket vertical tightness closing]
+CallName="--square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing="
+Category=6
+Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Stack closing hash brace]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -sct flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' closing tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated closing tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sct\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        } );
The -sct flag is somewhat similar to the -vtc flags, and in some cases it can give a similar result.  The difference is that the -vtc flags try to avoid lines with leading opening tokens by ``hiding'' them at the end of a previous line, whereas the -sct flag merely tries to reduce the number of lines with isolated closing tokens by stacking them but does not try to hide them.  For example:
\n    # -vtc=2\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1, } );
The flag -sct is a synonym for -scp -schb -scsb.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-schb|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Stack closing paren]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -sct flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' closing tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated closing tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sct\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        } );
The -sct flag is somewhat similar to the -vtc flags, and in some cases it can give a similar result.  The difference is that the -vtc flags try to avoid lines with leading opening tokens by ``hiding'' them at the end of a previous line, whereas the -sct flag merely tries to reduce the number of lines with isolated closing tokens by stacking them but does not try to hide them.  For example:
\n    # -vtc=2\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1, } );
The flag -sct is a synonym for -scp -schb -scsb.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-scp|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Stack closing square bracket]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -sct flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' closing tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated closing tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sct\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        } );
The -sct flag is somewhat similar to the -vtc flags, and in some cases it can give a similar result.  The difference is that the -vtc flags try to avoid lines with leading opening tokens by ``hiding'' them at the end of a previous line, whereas the -sct flag merely tries to reduce the number of lines with isolated closing tokens by stacking them but does not try to hide them.  For example:
\n    # -vtc=2\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1, } );
The flag -sct is a synonym for -scp -schb -scsb.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-scsb|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Stack closing tokens]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -sct flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' closing tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated closing tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sct\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        } );
The -sct flag is somewhat similar to the -vtc flags, and in some cases it can give a similar result.  The difference is that the -vtc flags try to avoid lines with leading opening tokens by ``hiding'' them at the end of a previous line, whereas the -sct flag merely tries to reduce the number of lines with isolated closing tokens by stacking them but does not try to hide them.  For example:
\n    # -vtc=2\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1, } );
For detailed control of the stacking of individual closing tokens the following controls can be used:
\n  -scp  or --stack-closing-paren\n  -schb or --stack-closing-hash-brace\n  -scsb or --stack-closing-square-bracket
The flag -sct is a synonym for -scp -schb -scsb.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-sct|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Stack opening hash brace]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -sot flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' opening tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated opening tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sot\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new( {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
For detailed control of individual closing tokens the following controls can be used:
\n  -sop  or --stack-opening-paren\n  -sohb or --stack-opening-hash-brace\n  -sosb or --stack-opening-square-bracket
The flag -sot is a synonym for -sop -sohb -sosb.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-sohb|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Stack opening paren]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -sot flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' opening tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated opening tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sot\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new( {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
The flag -sot is a synonym for -sop -sohb -sosb.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-sop|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Stack opening square bracket]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -sot flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' opening tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated opening tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sot\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new( {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
For detailed control of individual closing tokens the following controls can be used:
\n  -sop  or --stack-opening-paren\n  -sohb or --stack-opening-hash-brace\n  -sosb or --stack-opening-square-bracket
The flag -sot is a synonym for -sop -sohb -sosb.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-sosb|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Stack opening tokens]
+Category=6
+Description="
The -sot flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' opening tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated opening tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sot\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new( {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
For detailed control of individual closing tokens the following controls can be used:
\n  -sop  or --stack-opening-paren\n  -sohb or --stack-opening-hash-brace\n  -sosb or --stack-opening-square-bracket
The flag -sot is a synonym for -sop -sohb -sosb.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-sot|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Starting indentation level]
+CallName="--starting-indentation-level="
+Category=2
+Description="By default, perltidy examines the input file and tries to determine the starting indentation level.  While it is often zero, it may not be zero for a code snippet being sent from an editing session.  If the default method does not work correctly, or you want to change the starting level, use -sil=n, to force the starting level to be n."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=1000
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Static Block Comment Outdent]
+Category=4
+Description="
The command -osbc will will cause static block comments to be outdented by 2 spaces (or whatever -ci=n has been set to), if possible.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-osbc|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Static Block Comment Prefix]
+CallName="--static-block-comment-prefix="
+Category=4
+Description="
This parameter defines the prefix used to identify static block comments when the -sbc parameter is set.  The default prefix is ##, corresponding to -sbcp=##.  The prefix is actually part of a perl pattern used to match lines and it must either begin with # or ^#.  In the first case a prefix ^* will be added to match any leading whitespace, while in the second case the pattern will match only comments with no leading whitespace.  For example, to identify all comments as static block comments, one would use -sbcp=#. To identify all left-adjusted comments as static block comments, use -sbcp='^#'.
Please note that -sbcp merely defines the pattern used to identify static block comments; it will not be used unless the switch -sbc is set.  Also, please be aware that since this string is used in a perl regular expression which identifies these comments, it must enable a valid regular expression to be formed.
A pattern which can be useful is:
\n    -sbcp=^#{2,}[^#]
This pattern requires a static block comment to have at least one character which is neither a # nor a space.  It allows a line containing only '#' characters to be rejected as a static block comment.  Such lines are often used at the start and end of header information in subroutines and should not be separated from the intervening comments, which typically begin with just a single '#'.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=##
+
+[Static Block Comments]
+Category=4
+Description="
Static block comments are block comments with a special leading pattern, ## by default, which will be treated slightly differently from other block comments.  They effectively behave as if they had glue along their left and top edges, because they stick to the left edge and previous line when there is no blank spaces in those places.  This option is particularly useful for controlling how commented code is displayed.
-sbc, --static-block-comments
When -sbc is used, a block comment with a special leading pattern, ## by default, will be treated specially.
Comments so identified  are treated as follows:
  • If there is no leading space on the line, then the comment will not be indented, and otherwise it may be,
  • no new blank line will be inserted before such a comment, and
  • such a comment will never become a hanging side comment.
For example, assuming @month_of_year is left-adjusted:
\n    @month_of_year = (    # -sbc (default)\n        'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun', 'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct',\n    ##  'Dec', 'Nov'\n        'Nov', 'Dec');
Without this convention, the above code would become
\n    @month_of_year = (   # -nsbc\n        'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun', 'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct',\n  \n        ##  'Dec', 'Nov'\n        'Nov', 'Dec'\n    );
 
which is not as clear. The default is to use -sbc.  This may be deactivated with -nsbc.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-sbc|-nsbc
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Static Side Comment Prefix]
+CallName="--static-side-comment-prefix="
+Category=4
+Description="
This parameter defines the prefix used to identify static side comments when the -ssc parameter is set.  The default prefix is ##, corresponding to -sscp=##.
Please note that -sscp merely defines the pattern used to identify static side comments; it will not be used unless the switch -ssc is set.  Also, note that this string is used in a perl regular expression which identifies these comments, so it must enable a valid regular expression to be formed.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=##
+
+[Static Side Comments]
+Category=4
+Description="
Static side comments are side comments with a special leading pattern. This option can be useful for controlling how commented code is displayed when it is a side comment.
-ssc, --static-side-comments
When -ssc is used, a side comment with a static leading pattern, which is ## by default, will be be spaced only a single space from previous character, and it will not be vertically aligned with other side comments.
The default is -nssc.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ssc|-nssc
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Tabs]
+Category=1
+Description="This flag causes one leading tab character to be inserted for each level of indentation.  Certain other features are incompatible with this option, and if these options are also given, then a warning message will be issued and this flag will be unset.  One example is the -lp option."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--tabs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Trimming whitespace around qw quotes]
+Category=3
+Choices=--trim-qw|--notrim-qw
+ChoicesReadable=Trim whitespace|Do not trim whitespace
+Description="
-tqw or --trim-qw provide the default behavior of trimming spaces around multi-line qw quotes and indenting them appropriately.
-ntqw or --notrim-qw cause leading and trailing whitespace around multi-line qw quotes to be left unchanged.  This option will not normally be necessary, but was added for testing purposes, because in some versions of perl, trimming qw quotes changes the syntax tree.
"
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Vertical tightness]
+CallName="--vertical-tightness="
+Category=6
+Description="
Opening tokens (except for block braces) are controlled by -vt=n, or --vertical-tightness=n, where
\n -vt=0 always break a line after opening token (default). \n -vt=1 do not break unless this would produce more than one \n         step in indentation in a line.\n -vt=2 never break a line after opening token
You must also use the -lp flag when you use the -vt flag; the reason is explained below.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Vertical tightness closing]
+CallName="--vertical-tightness-closing="
+Category=6
+Description="
Closing tokens (except for block braces) are controlled by -vtc=n, or --vertical-tightness-closing=n, where
\n -vtc=0 always break a line before a closing token (default), \n -vtc=1 do not break before a closing token which is followed \n        by a semicolon or another closing token, and is not in \n        a list environment.\n -vtc=2 never break before a closing token.
The rules for -vtc=1 are designed to maintain a reasonable balance between tightness and readability in complex lists.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=2
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Want break after]
+CallName="--want-break-after="
+Category=6
+Description="
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types (separated only by spaces).  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
By default, perltidy breaks after these token types:  % + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < >  | &   = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
And perltidy breaks before these token types by default:  . << >> -> && || //
To illustrate, to cause a break after a concatenation operator, '.', rather than before it, the command line would be
\n  -wba="."
As another example, the following command would cause a break before  math operators '+', '-', '/', and '*':
\n  -wbb="+ - / *"
These commands should work well for most of the token types that perltidy uses (use --dump-token-types for a list).  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.  However, for a few token types there may be conflicts with hardwired logic which cause unexpected results.  One example is curly braces, which should be controlled with the parameter bl provided for that purpose.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Want break before]
+CallName="--want-break-before="
+Category=6
+Description="
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types (separated only by spaces).  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
By default, perltidy breaks after these token types:  % + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < >  | &   = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
And perltidy breaks before these token types by default:  . << >> -> && || //
To illustrate, to cause a break after a concatenation operator, '.', rather than before it, the command line would be
\n  -wba="."
As another example, the following command would cause a break before  math operators '+', '-', '/', and '*':
\n  -wbb="+ - / *"
These commands should work well for most of the token types that perltidy uses (use --dump-token-types for a list).  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.  However, for a few token types there may be conflicts with hardwired logic which cause unexpected results.  One example is curly braces, which should be controlled with the parameter bl provided for that purpose.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Want left space]
+CallName="--want-left-space="
+Category=3
+Description="
For those who want more detailed control over the whitespace around tokens, there are four parameters which can directly modify the default whitespace rules built into perltidy for any token.  They are:
-wls=s or --want-left-space=s,
-nwls=s or --nowant-left-space=s,
-wrs=s or --want-right-space=s,
-nwrs=s or --nowant-right-space=s.
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types.  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
To illustrate how these are used, suppose it is desired that there be no space on either side of the token types = + - / *.  The following two parameters would specify this desire:
\n  -nwls="= + - / *"    -nwrs="= + - / *"
(Note that the token types are in quotes, and that they are separated by spaces).  With these modified whitespace rules, the following line of math:
\n  $root = -$b + sqrt( $b * $b - 4. * $a * $c ) / ( 2. * $a );
becomes this:
\n  $root=-$b+sqrt( $b*$b-4.*$a*$c )/( 2.*$a );
These parameters should be considered to be hints to perltidy rather than fixed rules, because perltidy must try to resolve conflicts that arise between them and all of the other rules that it uses.  One conflict that can arise is if, between two tokens, the left token wants a space and the right one doesn't.  In this case, the token not wanting a space takes priority.
It is necessary to have a list of all token types in order to create this type of input.  Such a list can be obtained by the command --dump-token-types.  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.
WARNING Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them misinterpreted by your command shell.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Want right space]
+CallName="--want-right-space="
+Category=3
+Description="
For those who want more detailed control over the whitespace around tokens, there are four parameters which can directly modify the default whitespace rules built into perltidy for any token.  They are:
-wls=s or --want-left-space=s,
-nwls=s or --nowant-left-space=s,
-wrs=s or --want-right-space=s,
-nwrs=s or --nowant-right-space=s.
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types.  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
To illustrate how these are used, suppose it is desired that there be no space on either side of the token types = + - / *.  The following two parameters would specify this desire:
\n  -nwls="= + - / *"    -nwrs="= + - / *"
(Note that the token types are in quotes, and that they are separated by spaces).  With these modified whitespace rules, the following line of math:
\n  $root = -$b + sqrt( $b * $b - 4. * $a * $c ) / ( 2. * $a );
becomes this:
\n  $root=-$b+sqrt( $b*$b-4.*$a*$c )/( 2.*$a );
These parameters should be considered to be hints to perltidy rather than fixed rules, because perltidy must try to resolve conflicts that arise between them and all of the other rules that it uses.  One conflict that can arise is if, between two tokens, the left token wants a space and the right one doesn't.  In this case, the token not wanting a space takes priority.
It is necessary to have a list of all token types in order to create this type of input.  Such a list can be obtained by the command --dump-token-types.  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.
WARNING Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them misinterpreted by your command shell.
"
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=
+
+[Break at old comma breakpoints]
+Category=7
+Description="
This flag tells perltidy to try to break at all old commas.  This is not the default.  Normally, perltidy makes a best guess at list formatting, and seldom uses old comma breakpoints.  Usually this works well, but consider:
\n    my @list = (1,\n                1, 1,\n                1, 2, 1,\n                1, 3, 3, 1,\n                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);
The default formatting will flatten this down to one line:
\n    # perltidy (default)\n    my @list = ( 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 3, 3, 1, 1, 4, 6, 4, 1, );
which hides the structure. Using -boc, plus additional flags to retain the original style, yields
\n    # perltidy -boc -lp -pt=2 -vt=1 -vtc=1\n    my @list = (1,\n                1, 1,\n                1, 2, 1,\n                1, 3, 3, 1,\n                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);
A disadvantage of this flag is that all tables in the file must already be nicely formatted.  For another possibility see the -fs flag in Skipping Selected Sections of Code.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--break-at-old-comma-breakpoints|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Maximum fields per table]
+CallName="--maximum-fields-per-table="
+Category=7
+Description="
If the computed number of fields for any table exceeds n, then it will be reduced to n.  The default value for n is a large number, 40.  While this value should probably be left unchanged as a general rule, it might be used on a small section of code to force a list to have a particular number of fields per line, and then either the -boc flag could be used to retain this formatting, or a single comment could be introduced somewhere to freeze the formatting in future applications of perltidy.
\n    # perltidy -mft=2\n    @month_of_year = (    \n        'Jan', 'Feb',\n        'Mar', 'Apr',\n        'May', 'Jun',\n        'Jul', 'Aug',\n        'Sep', 'Oct',\n        'Nov', 'Dec'\n    );
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=40
+
+[Comma arrow breakpoints]
+CallName="--comma-arrow-breakpoints="
+Category=7
+Description="
A comma which follows a comma arrow, '=>', requires special consideration.  In a long list, it is common to break at all such commas.  This parameter can be used to control how perltidy breaks at these commas.  (However, it will have no effect if old comma breaks are being forced because -boc is used).  The possible values of n are:
\n n=0 break at all commas after =>  \n n=1 stable: break at all commas after => unless this would break\n     an existing one-line container (default)\n n=2 break at all commas after =>, but try to form the maximum\n     maximum one-line container lengths\n n=3 do not treat commas after => specially at all
For example, given the following single line, perltidy by default will not add any line breaks because it would break the existing one-line container:
\n    bless { B => $B, Root => $Root } => $package;
Using -cab=0 will force a break after each comma-arrow item:
\n    # perltidy -cab=0:\n    bless {\n        B    => $B,\n        Root => $Root\n    } => $package;
If perltidy is subsequently run with this container broken, then by default it will break after each '=>' because the container is now broken.  To reform a one-line container, the parameter -cab=2 would be needed.
The flag -cab=3 can be used to prevent these commas from being treated specially.  In this case, an item such as ``01'' => 31 is treated as a single item in a table.  The number of fields in this table will be determined by the same rules that are used for any other table. Here is an example.
\n    # perltidy -cab=3\n    my %last_day = (\n        "01" => 31, "02" => 29, "03" => 31, "04" => 30,\n        "05" => 31, "06" => 30, "07" => 31, "08" => 31,\n        "09" => 30, "10" => 31, "11" => 30, "12" => 31\n    );
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=3
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=3
+
+[Break at old logical breakpoints]
+Category=8
+Description="
By default, if a logical expression is broken at a &&, ||, and, or or, then the container will remain broken.  Also, breaks at internal keywords if and unless will normally be retained. To prevent this, and thus form longer lines, use -nbol.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--break-at-old-logical-breakpoints|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Break at old keyword breakpoints]
+Category=8
+Description="
By default, perltidy will retain a breakpoint before keywords which may return lists, such as sort and <map>.  This allows chains of these operators to be displayed one per line.  Use -nbok to prevent retaining these breakpoints.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Break at old ternary breakpoints]
+Category=8
+Description="
By default, if a conditional (ternary) operator is broken at a :, then it will remain broken.  To prevent this, and thereby form longer lines, use -nbot.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Ignore old breakpoints]
+Category=8
+Description="
Use this flag to tell perltidy to ignore existing line breaks to the maximum extent possible.  This will tend to produce the longest possible containers, regardless of type, which do not exceed the line length limit.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--ignore-old-breakpoints|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Keep interior semicolons] 
+Category=8
+Description="
Use the -kis flag to prevent breaking at a semicolon if there was no break there in the input file.  Normally perltidy places a newline after each semicolon which terminates a statement unless several statements are contained within a one-line brace block.  To illustrate, consider the following input lines:
\n    dbmclose(%verb_delim); undef %verb_delim;\n    dbmclose(%expanded); undef %expanded;
The default is to break after each statement, giving
\n    dbmclose(%verb_delim);\n    undef %verb_delim;\n    dbmclose(%expanded);\n    undef %expanded;
With perltidy -kis the multiple statements are retained:
\n    dbmclose(%verb_delim); undef %verb_delim;\n    dbmclose(%expanded);   undef %expanded;
The statements are still subject to the specified value of maximum-line-length and will be broken if this maximum is exceeed.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--keep-interior-semicolons|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Blanks before comments]
+Category=9
+Description="
A blank line will be introduced before a full-line comment.  This is the default.  Use -nbbc or  --noblanks-before-comments to prevent such blank lines from being introduced.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--blanks-before-comments|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Blanks before subs]
+Category=9
+Description="
A blank line will be introduced before a sub definition, unless it is a one-liner or preceded by a comment.  A blank line will also be introduced before a package statement and a BEGIN and END block.  This is the default.  The intention is to help display the structure of a program by setting off certain key sections of code.  This is negated with -nbbs or --noblanks-before-subs.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--blanks-before-subs|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Blanks before blocks]
+Category=9
+Description="
A blank line will be introduced before blocks of coding delimited by for, foreach, while, until, and if, unless, in the following circumstances:
  • The block is not preceded by a comment.
  • The block is not a one-line block.
  • The number of consecutive non-blank lines at the current indentation depth is at least -lbl (see next section).
This is the default.  The intention of this option is to introduce some space within dense coding. This is negated with -nbbb or  --noblanks-before-blocks.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--blanks-before-blocks|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Long block line count]
+CallName="--long-block-line-count="
+Category=9
+Description="
This controls how often perltidy is allowed to add blank lines before certain block types (see previous section).  The default is 8.  Entering a value of 0 is equivalent to entering a very large number.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=8
+
+[Maximum consecutive blank lines]
+CallName="--maximum-consecutive-blank-lines="
+Category=9
+Description="
This parameter specifies the maximum number of consecutive blank lines in the output script.  The default is n=1.  If the input file has more than n consecutive blank lines, the number will be reduced to n. (This obviously does not apply to pod sections, here-documents, and quotes).
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Keep old blank lines]
+CallName="--keep-old-blank-lines="
+Category=9
+Description="
The -kbl=n flag gives you control over how your existing blank lines are treated.
The possible values of n are:
\n n=0 ignore all old blank lines\n n=1 stable: keep old blanks, but limited by the value of the B<-mbl=n> flag\n n=2 keep all old blank lines, regardless of the value of the B<-mbl=n> flag
The default is n=1.
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=9999
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Swallow optional blank lines]
+Category=9
+Description="
All blank lines not required by the above flags, -bbb, -bbs, and -bbc, will be deleted.  (But essential blank lines above pod documents will be retained).  This is NOT the default.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--swallow-optional-blank-lines|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Noswallow optional blank lines]
+Category=9
+Description="
Retain blank lines, including those which do not corresponding to flags -bbb, -bbs, and -bbc.  This is the default.  The number of blanks retained is subject to the limit imposed by --maximum-consecutive-blank-lines, however.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--noswallow-optional-blank-lines|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Delete all comments]
+Category=10
+Description="
Perltidy can selectively delete comments and/or pod documentation.  The command -dac or  --delete-all-comments will delete all comments and all pod documentation, leaving just code and any leading system control lines.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--delete-all-comments|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Delete pod]
+Category=10
+Description="
The command -dp or --delete-pod will remove all pod documentation (but not comments).
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--delete-pod|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Delete block comments]
+Category=10
+Description="
Two commands which remove comments (but not pod) are: -dbc or --delete-block-comments and -dsc or  --delete-side-comments. (Hanging side comments will be deleted with block comments here.)
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--delete-block-comments|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Delete side comments]
+Category=10
+Description="
Two commands which remove comments (but not pod) are: -dbc or --delete-block-comments and -dsc or  --delete-side-comments. (Hanging side comments will be deleted with block comments here.)
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--delete-side-comments|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Tee all comments]
+Category=10
+Description="
When perltidy writes a formatted text file, it has the ability to also send selected text to a file with a .TEE extension.  This text can include comments and pod documentation.
The command -tac or --tee-all-comments will write all comments and all pod documentation.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--tee-all-comments|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Tee pod]
+Category=10
+Description="
When perltidy writes a formatted text file, it has the ability to also send selected text to a file with a .TEE extension.  This text can include comments and pod documentation.
The command -tp or --tee-pod will write all pod documentation (but not comments).
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--tee-pod|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Tee block comments]
+Category=10
+Description="
When perltidy writes a formatted text file, it has the ability to also send selected text to a file with a .TEE extension.  This text can include comments and pod documentation.
The commands which write comments (but not pod) are: -tbc or --tee-block-comments and -tsc or  --tee-side-comments. (Hanging side comments will be written with block comments here.)
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--tee-block-comments|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Tee side comments]
+Category=10
+Description="
When perltidy writes a formatted text file, it has the ability to also send selected text to a file with a .TEE extension.  This text can include comments and pod documentation.
The commands which write comments (but not pod) are: -tbc or --tee-block-comments and -tsc or  --tee-side-comments. (Hanging side comments will be written with block comments here.)
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--tee-side-comments|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Look for hash bang]
+Category=10
+Description="
If your script has leading lines of system commands or other text which are not valid perl code, and which are separated from the start of the perl code by a ``hash-bang'' line, ( a line of the form #!...perl ), you must use the -x flag to tell perltidy not to parse and format any lines before the ``hash-bang'' line.  This option also invokes perl with a -x flag when checking the syntax.  This option was originally added to allow perltidy to parse interactive VMS scripts, but it should be used for any script which is normally invoked with perl -x.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--look-for-hash-bang|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Making a file unreadable]
+Category=10
+Choices=--mangle|--extrude
+ChoicesReadable=Mangle|Extrude
+Description="
The goal of perltidy is to improve the readability of files, but there are two commands which have the opposite effect, --mangle and --extrude.  They are actually merely aliases for combinations of other parameters.  Both of these strip all possible whitespace, but leave comments and pod documents, so that they are essentially reversible.  The difference between these is that --mangle puts the fewest possible line breaks in a script while --extrude puts the maximum possible. Note that these options do not provided any meaningful obfuscation, because perltidy can be used to reformat the files.  They were originally developed to help test the tokenization logic of perltidy, but they have other uses. One use for --mangle is the following:
\n  perltidy --mangle myfile.pl -st | perltidy -o myfile.pl.new
This will form the maximum possible number of one-line blocks (see next section), and can sometimes help clean up a badly formatted script.
A similar technique can be used with --extrude instead of --mangle to make the minimum number of one-line blocks.
Another use for --mangle is to combine it with -dac to reduce the file size of a perl script.
"
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[MakeMaker]
+Category=10
+Description="
The first $VERSION line of a file which might be eval'd by MakeMaker is passed through unchanged except for indentation. Use --nopass-version-line, or -npvl, to deactivate this feature.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--nopass-version-line|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[AutoLoader]
+Category=10
+Description="
If the AutoLoader module is used, perltidy will continue formatting code after seeing an __END__ line. Use --nolook-for-autoloader, or -nlal, to deactivate this feature.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--nolook-for-autoloader|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[SelfLoader]
+Category=10
+Description="
Likewise, if the SelfLoader module is used, perltidy will continue formatting code after seeing a __DATA__ line. Use --nolook-for-selfloader, or -nlsl, to deactivate this feature.
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--nolook-for-selfloader|
+ValueDefault=0
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_phpCB.ini b/indenters/uigui_phpCB.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..00dbfc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_phpCB.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+[header]
+categories=General
+cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.php|*.htm|*.html|*.xhtml
+indenterFileName=phpCB
+indenterName=PHP Code Beautifier (PHP)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://www.waterproof.fr/products/phpCodeBeautifier/manual.php
+outputFileName=
+outputFileParameter=stdout
+parameterOrder=pio
+showHelpParameter=-h
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=2007-02-21
+
+[Align all assignement statements]
+Category=0
+Description=Align all assignement statements
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--align-equal-statements|
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Align all assignement statements to a fixed position]
+CallName="--align-equal-statements-to-fixed-pos "
+Category=0
+Description="Align all assignement statements to a fixed position.
SourceWith --align-equal-statements-to-fixed-pos 40
<?php 
$noError = true; 
$feildEmpty = false; 
$showMessage = false; 
$showMessage = false; 
$anotherVariable[0123] = 'bla bla bla'; 
$showBlaBlaBlaMessage = false; 
?>
<?php 
$noError                               = true; 
$feildEmpty                            = false; 
$showMessage                           = false; 
$showMessage                           = false; 
$anotherVariable[0123]                 = 'bla bla bla'; 
$showBlaBlaBlaMessage                  = false; 
?> 
"
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=60
+MinVal=4
+ValueDefault=30
+
+[Allow to insert a space after '(']
+Category=0
+Description=Allow to insert a space after start bracket '('
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--space-after-start-bracket|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Allow to insert a space after 'if']
+Category=0
+Description=Allow to insert a space after 'if' keyword
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--space-after-if|
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Allow to insert a space after 'switch']
+Category=0
+Description=Allow to insert a space after 'switch' keyword
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--space-after-switch|
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Allow to insert a space after 'while']
+Category=0
+Description=Allow to insert a space after 'while' keyword
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--space-after-while|
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Allow to insert a space after '}']
+Category=0
+Description=Allow to insert a space after starting angle bracket '}'
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--space-after-end-angle-bracket|
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Allow to insert a space before ')']
+Category=0
+Description=Allow to insert a space before end bracket ')'
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--space-before-end-bracket|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Allow to insert a space before '{']
+Category=0
+Description=Allow to insert a space before starting angle bracket '{'
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--space-before-start-angle-bracket|
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Change comments]
+Category=0
+Description="Change '# ...' comments into '// ...' comments
SourceWith --change-shell-comment-to-double-slashes-commentWithout --change-shell-comment-to-double-slashes-comment
<?php

#comment content
//another comment
?>
<?php

// comment content
// another comment
?>
<?php

# comment content
// another comment
?>
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--change-shell-comment-to-double-slashes-comment|
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Comment render style]
+Category=0
+Choices="--comment-rendering-style PEAR|--comment-rendering-style PHPDoc"
+ChoicesReadable="PEAR comment rendering style|PHPDoc comment rendering style"
+Description="The following style of comment formating are available:
--comment-rendering-style PEAR--comment-rendering-style PHPDoc
<?php

/**
 * bla bla bla
 *
 * @access public
 */
?>
<?php

/**
* bla bla bla
*
* @access public
*/
?>
"
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=true
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Force large PHP code tag]
+Category=0
+Description="Change '<?' and '<%' tokens into '<?php' and '%>' into '?>'"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--force-large-php-code-tag|
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Glue "&&" to following item]
+Category=0
+Description="Glue '&' to following item

With --glue-amperscoreWithout --glue-amperscore
<?php
$value = &$objectInstance;
?>
<?php
$value = & $objectInstance;
?>
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--glue-amperscore|
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Increase padding before case statements]
+Category=0
+Description="Increase padding before case statements:
With --extra-padding-for-case-statementWithout --extra-padding-for-case-statement
<?php

switch($condition){
    case 1:
        action1();
        break;
    case 2:
        action2();
        break;
    default:
        defaultaction();
        break;
}
?>
<?php

switch($condition){
case 1:
    action1();
    break;
case 2:
    action2();
    break;
default:
    defaultaction();
    break;
}
?>
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--extra-padding-for-case-statement|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent with TAB]
+Category=0
+Description="If selected, tabulation (ASCII #9) character is used to indent text, elsewhere space (ASCII #32) character is used"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--indent-with-tab|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Lowercase for NULL, TRUE and FALSE constants]
+Category=0
+Description="Lowercase for NULL, TRUE and FALSE constants as encouraged in PEAR coding standards
With --force-true-false-null-contant-lowercaseWithout --force-true-false-null-contant-lowercase
<?php
if(true){
    if(false){
        $value = null;
    }
}
?>
<?php
if(TRUE){
    if(FALSE){
        $value = NULL;
    }
}
?>
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--force-true-false-null-contant-lowercase|
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Padding char count]
+CallName="--padding-char-count "
+Category=0
+Description=Indent using # spaces per indent
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=8
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[Use "One true brace" formating for functions]
+Category=0
+Description="Use 'One true brace' formating for functions
With --one-true-brace-function-declarationWithout --one-true-brace-function-declaration
<?php

function aFunction($param)
{
    // function content
}
?>
<?php

function aFunction($param) {
    // function content
}
?>
"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=--one-true-brace-function-declaration|
+ValueDefault=1
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_phpStylist.ini b/indenters/uigui_phpStylist.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e5f5b54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_phpStylist.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+[header]
+categories="General|Operators|Functions, Classes and Objects|Control Structures|Arrays and Concatenation|Comments"
+cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.php|*.phpt|*.phps
+indenterFileName=phpStylist.php
+indenterName=phpStylist (PHP)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=" "
+manual=http://sourceforge.net/projects/phpstylist/
+outputFileName=
+outputFileParameter=stdout
+parameterOrder=ipo
+showHelpParameter="-- --help"
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=1.0
+
+[Indent size]
+CallName="--indent_size "
+Category=0
+Description="Indent the code with the set number of spaces."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[Indent with tabs]
+Category=0
+Description="Indent with tabs instead of spaces"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--indent_with_tabs|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Keep redundant lines]
+Category=0
+Description="Keep redundant lines"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--keep_redundant_lines|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space inside parentheses]
+Category=0
+Description="Space inside parentheses"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_inside_parentheses|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space outside parentheses]
+Category=0
+Description="Space outside parentheses"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_outside_parentheses|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space after comma]
+Category=0
+Description="Space after comma"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_after_comma|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space around assignment]
+Category=1
+Description="Space around = .= += -= *= /= <<<"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_around_assignment|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Align block +3 assigned variables]
+Category=1
+Description="Align block +3 assigned variables"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--align_var_assignment|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space around comparison]
+Category=1
+Description="Space around == === != !== > >= < <="
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_around_comparison|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space around arithmetic]
+Category=1
+Description="Space around - + * / %"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_around_arithmetic|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space around logical]
+Category=1
+Description="Space around && || AND OR XOR << >>"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_around_logical|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space around colon and question]
+Category=1
+Description="Space around ? :"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_around_colon_question|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Blank line before keyword]
+Category=2
+Description="Blank line before keyword"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--line_before_function|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Opening bracket on next line]
+Category=2
+Description="Opening bracket on next line"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--line_before_curly_function|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Blank line below opening bracket]
+Category=2
+Description="Blank line below opening bracket"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--line_after_curly_function|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space around ->]
+Category=2
+Description="Space around ->"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_around_obj_operator|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space around ::]
+Category=2
+Description="Space around ::"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_around_double_colon|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space before parentheses]
+Category=3
+Description="Space between keyword and opening parentheses"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_after_if|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Keep else/elseif along with bracket]
+Category=3
+Description="Keep else/elseif along with bracket"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--else_along_curly|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Opening bracket on next line]
+Category=3
+Description="Opening bracket on next line"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--line_before_curly|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Add missing brackets]
+Category=3
+Description="Add missing brackets to single line structs"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--add_missing_braces|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Blank line after case "break"]
+Category=3
+Description="Blank line after case 'break'"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--line_after_break|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space between "for" elements]
+Category=3
+Description="Space between 'for' elements"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_inside_for|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Extra indent for "Case" and "Default"]
+Category=3
+Description="Extra indent for 'Case' and 'Default'"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--indent_case|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Opening array parentheses on next line]
+Category=4
+Description="Opening array parentheses on next line"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--line_before_array|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Non-empty arrays as vertical block]
+Category=4
+Description="Non-empty arrays as vertical block"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--vertical_array|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Align block +3 assigned array elements]
+Category=4
+Description="Align block +3 assigned array elements"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--align_array_assignment|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space around double arrow]
+Category=4
+Description="Space around double arrow"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_around_double_arrow|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Concatenation as vertical block]
+Category=4
+Description="Concatenation as vertical block"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--vertical_concat|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Space around concat elements]
+Category=4
+Description="Space around concat elements"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--space_around_concat|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Blank line before multi-line comment]
+Category=5
+Description="Blank line before multi-line comment (/*)"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--line_before_comment_multi|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Blank line after multi-line comment]
+Category=5
+Description="Blank line after multi-line comment (/*)"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--line_after_comment_multi|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Blank line before single line comments]
+Category=5
+Description="Blank line before single line comments (//)"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--line_before_comment|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Blank line after single line comments]
+Category=5
+Description="Blank line after single line comments (//)"
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="--line_after_comment|"
+ValueDefault=0
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_php_Beautifier.ini b/indenters/uigui_php_Beautifier.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..fc03fc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_php_Beautifier.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+[header]
+categories=General
+cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.php|*.phpt|*.phps
+indenterFileName=php_beautifier
+indenterName=PHP_Beautifier (PHP)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter="-f "
+manual=http://beautifyphp.sourceforge.net/docs/PHP_Beautifier/tutorial_PHP_Beautifier.howtouse.commandline.pkg.html
+outputFileName=indentoutput
+outputFileParameter="-o "
+parameterOrder=iop
+showHelpParameter=--help
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=0.1.13
+
+[Indent With Spaces]
+CallName="-s"
+Category=1
+Description=Indent the code with the set number of spaces.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[Indent With Tabs]
+CallName="-t"
+Category=1
+Description=Indent the code with the set number of tabs.
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=99
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Add Header]
+Category=0
+Choices="-l \"Pear(add_header=php)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=bsd)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=apache)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=lgpl)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=pear)\""
+ChoicesReadable="PHP|BSD|Apache|LGPL|PEAR"
+Description="Adds header information to a file. These can be Php, BSD, Apache, LGPL or Pear license info."
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=true
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Newline Class]
+Category=0
+Description=Add a new line after class before opening brace.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-l \"Pear(newline_class=true)\"|-l \"Pear(newline_class=false)\""
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Newline Function]
+Category=0
+Description=Add a new line after function before opening brace.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-l \"Pear(newline_function=true)\"|-l \"Pear(newline_function=false)\""
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[New Lines Before]
+CallName="-l \"NewLines(before="
+Category=0
+Description="Add new lines before specific keywords. Keywords are separated by a single colon. Example: if:switch:T_CLASS
The string MUST end with a closing brace and an escaped double quote."
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault="if:switch:T_CLASS)\""
+
+[New Lines After]
+CallName="-l \"NewLines(after="
+Category=0
+Description="Add new lines after specific keywords. Keywords are separated by a single colon. Example: T_COMMENT:function
The string MUST end with a closing brace and an escaped double quote."
+EditorType=string
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault="T_COMMENT:function)\""
+
+[Arrays Nested]
+Category=0
+Description=
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-l \"ArrayNested()\"|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Lowercase]
+Category=0
+Description=Lowercases all control structures.
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse="-l \"Lowercase()\"|"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[List Class And Functions]
+Category=0
+Choices="-l \"ListClassFunction(list_classes=true)\"|-l \"ListClassFunction(list_functions=true)\"|-l \"ListClassFunction()\""
+ChoicesReadable="List Classes|List Functions|List Classes And Functions"
+Description=Create a list of functions and classes in the script By default, this Filter puts the list at the beggining of the script. If you want it in another position, put a comment like that 
 // Class and Function List 
 The script lookup for the string 'Class and Function List' in a comment and replace the entire comment with the list.
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent Styles]
+Category=0
+Choices="-l \"IndentStyles(style=k&r)\"|-l \"IndentStyles(style=allman)\"|-l \"IndentStyles(style=whitesmiths)\"|-l \"IndentStyles(style=gnu)\""
+ChoicesReadable="K&R|Allman|Whitesmiths|GNU"
+Description=
+EditorType=multiple
+Enabled=false
+ValueDefault=0
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_pindent.ini b/indenters/uigui_pindent.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ee41fb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_pindent.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+[header]
+categories=General options
+cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.py
+indenterFileName=pindent.py
+indenterName=PIndent (Python)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://coverage.livinglogic.de/Tools/scripts/pindent.py.html
+outputFileName=indentinput
+outputFileParameter=none
+stringparaminquotes=false
+parameterOrder=pio
+showHelpParameter=
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version="from Python 2.5.1 package"
+
+[End directives]
+Category=0
+Description="Complete takes a valid Python program as input and outputs a version augmented with block-closing comments (add #end directives).
Or Delete assumes its input is a Python program with block-closing comments and outputs a commentless version(delete #end directives).
Or Reformat assumes its input is a Python program with block-closing comments but with its indentation messed up, and outputs a properly indented version (use #end directives)."
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=multiple
+Choices="-c|-d|-r"
+ChoicesReadable="Complete|Delete|Reformat"
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Step size]
+Category=0
+Description="Sets the indentation step size."
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=numeric
+CallName="-s "
+MinVal=0
+MaxVal=999
+ValueDefault=8
+
+[Tab size]
+Category=0
+Description="Sets the number of spaces a tab character is worth."
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=numeric
+CallName="-t "
+MinVal=0
+MaxVal=999
+ValueDefault=8
+
+[Convert Tabs]
+Category=0
+Description="Expand TABs into spaces."
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-e|
+ValueDefault=0
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_psti.ini b/indenters/uigui_psti.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a1a82b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_psti.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+[header]
+categories=General options|Spaces|Indentation|Alignments
+cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
+configFilename=psti.cfg
+fileTypes=*.sql
+indenterFileName=psti.exe
+indenterName=Pl/Sql tidy (Pl/Sql)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter="-i "
+manual=http://psti.equinoxbase.com/manual.html
+outputFileName=indentoutput
+outputFileParameter="-o "
+stringparaminquotes=false
+parameterOrder=iop
+showHelpParameter=-h
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter="-ls "
+version=1.2
+
+[Disable all switches]
+Category=0
+Description="Sets all switches to off."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-0|
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Uppercase Keywords]
+Category=0
+Description="Uppercase Keywords."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-uk+|-uk-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Capitalized Keywords]
+Category=0
+Description="Capitalized Keywords."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ck+|-ck-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Lowercase Keywords]
+Category=0
+Description="Lowercase Keywords."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-lk+|-lk-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Uppercase Identifiers]
+Category=0
+Description="Uppercase Identifiers."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ui+|-ui-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Lowercase Identifiers]
+Category=0
+Description="Lowercase Identifiers."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-li+|-li-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Capitalized Identifiers]
+Category=0
+Description="Capitalized Identifiers."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ci+|-ci-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Compactify]
+Category=1
+Description="Compactify, remove redundant spaces/keep."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-c+|-c-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Remove Operation Spaces]
+Category=1
+Description="Remove spaces around operations (+,- etcdo nothing/)."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-co+|-co-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Add Operation Spaces]
+Category=1
+Description="Add space around operations/do nothing."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-sao+|-sao-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Remove Space Open Bracket]
+Category=1
+Description="Remove spaces after opening brackets/keep."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-rsaob+|-rsaob-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Don't Remove Bracket Space]
+Category=1
+Description="Don't remove spaces around brackets/do nothing."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-ncb+|-ncb-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent Size]
+Category=2
+Description="Indent size in spaces or in tabs (generally)."
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=numeric
+CallName="-is "
+MinVal=0
+MaxVal=1024
+ValueDefault=4
+
+[Indent Lines]
+Category=2
+Description="Whether to indent strings lines."
+Enabled=true
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-in+|-in-
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Keep relative indentation]
+Category=2
+Description="Keep the relative identation of an allowed sql/do nothing."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-rs+|-rs-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent after exception]
+Category=2
+Description="Extra indentation after exception when yes/no."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-iaew+|-iaew-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent after case]
+Category=2
+Description="Extra indentation after case when yes/no."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-iacw+|-iacw-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent after cursor]
+Category=2
+Description="Extra indentation after cursor yes/no."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-iac+|-iac-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent comments]
+Category=2
+Description="Indent standalone comments."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-isc+|-isc-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent comments special]
+Category=2
+Description="Indent standalone comments in some special cases too."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-isc2+|-isc2-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Indent inside comments]
+Category=2
+Description="Indent inside comments/do nothing."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-iic+|-iic-
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[Column alignment]
+Category=3
+Description="Column like lists inside brackets."
+Enabled=false
+EditorType=boolean
+TrueFalse=-clb+|-clb-
+ValueDefault=0
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_rbeautify.ini b/indenters/uigui_rbeautify.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..38babe1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_rbeautify.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+[header]
+categories=
+cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.rb
+indenterFileName=rbeautify.rb
+indenterName=Ruby Script Beautifier (Ruby)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://www.arachnoid.com/ruby/rubyBeautifier.html
+outputFileName=indentinput
+outputFileParameter=none
+parameterOrder=pio
+showHelpParameter=
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=2.9
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_rubyformatter.ini b/indenters/uigui_rubyformatter.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..58ff452
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_rubyformatter.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+[header]
+categories=General
+cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.rb
+indenterFileName=ruby_formatter.rb
+indenterName=Simple Ruby Formatter (Ruby)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://raa.ruby-lang.org/project/ruby_formatter/
+outputFileName=indentinput
+outputFileParameter=none
+parameterOrder=pio
+showHelpParameter=
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=Rev 0.6.1
+
+[indent spaces]
+CallName="-s "
+Category=0
+Description=Indent using # spaces per indent
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=false
+MaxVal=20
+MinVal=2
+ValueDefault=4
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_shellindent.ini b/indenters/uigui_shellindent.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..283f90b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_shellindent.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+[header]
+categories=
+cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
+configFilename=
+fileTypes=*.sh
+indenterFileName=shellindent.awk
+indenterName=Shell Code Indent (sh)
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://www.bolthole.com/AWK.html
+outputFileName=
+outputFileParameter=stdout
+parameterOrder=pio
+showHelpParameter=
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter=
+version=2008-01-10
diff --git a/indenters/uigui_tidy.ini b/indenters/uigui_tidy.ini
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..61b9b0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/indenters/uigui_tidy.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
+[header]
+categories="HTML, XHTML, XML|Diagnostics|Pretty Print|Character Encoding|Miscellaneous"
+cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
+configFilename=htmltidy.cfg
+fileTypes=*.html|*.htm
+indenterFileName=tidy
+indenterName=(HTML) Tidy
+inputFileName=indentinput
+inputFileParameter=
+manual=http://tidy.sourceforge.net/docs/tidy_man.html
+outputFileName=indentoutput
+outputFileParameter="-o "
+parameterOrder=poi
+showHelpParameter=-h
+stringparaminquotes=false
+useCfgFileParameter="-q -config "
+version=2007-05-24
+
+[Quiet]
+Category=4
+Description="This option specifies if Tidy should output the summary of the numbers of errors and warnings, or the welcome or informational messages."
+EditorType=boolean
+Enabled=true
+TrueFalse=quiet:yes|quiet:no
+ValueDefault=1
+
+[Uppercase tags]
+Category=0
+Description=This option specifies if Tidy should output tag names in upper case. The default is no, which results in lower case tag names, except for XML input, where the original case is preserved.
+EditorType=boolean
+Enabled=false
+TrueFalse=uppercase-tags:yes|uppercase-tags:no
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[accessibility-check]
+CallName=accessibility-check:
+Category=1
+Description="This option specifies what level of accessibility checking, if any, that Tidy should do. Level 0 is equivalent to Tidy Classic's accessibility checking. For more information on Tidy's accessibility checking, visit the Adaptive Technology Resource Centre at the University of Toronto."
+EditorType=numeric
+Enabled=true
+MaxVal=3
+MinVal=0
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[add-xml-decl]
+Category=0
+Description="This option specifies if Tidy should add the XML declaration when outputting XML or XHTML. Note that if the input already includes an  declaration then this option will be ignored. If the encoding for the output is different from 'ascii', one of the utf encodings or 'raw', the declaration is always added as required by the XML standard."
+EditorType=boolean
+Enabled=false
+TrueFalse=add-xml-decl:yes|add-xml-decl:no
+ValueDefault=0
+
+[add-xml-space]
+Category=0
+Description="This option specifies if Tidy should add xml:space='preserve' to elements such as 
, 
+
+
+
+
+
+    
UiGUI Screenshot

+    

+    

+    

+        Ever concerned about how your code looks like?

+        Ever heard of different indenting styles, for example K&R?

+        Ever received code from someone else who didn't care about code formatting?

+        Ever tried to configure a code indenter to convert such code to your coding style?

+        Ever got bored by that tedious "changing a parameter"-"call the indeter"-"try and error" procedure?

+    

+
+    

+        Help is close to you. UniversalIndentGUI offers a live preview for setting the parameters of nearly any indenter.
+        You change the value of a parameter and directly see how your reformatted code will look like. Save your beauty looking
+        code or create an anywhere usable batch/shell script to reformat whole directories or just one file even out of the
+        editor of your choice that supports external tool calls.

+
+        Many free available code beautifier, formatter and indenter are currently supported, like GNU Indent, Uncrustify,
+        Artistic Styler, PHP Stylist, Ruby Beautify, HTML Tidy and many other (look at features for complete list).
+        Currently not supported indenters can be easyly added by creating a configuration file for them.

+
+        Thus UniversalIndentGUI is open for nearly any new indenter and programming languages. Give it a try.
+        Perhaps you'll also find an indenter for your programming language that you even didn't know that it exists.
+    

+
+
+    
Features

+    

+        
    
+            
  • Live Preview: change an indenter parameter and directly see how your formatted code will look like.
    • 
+            
  • Support for nearly any existing indenter possible. Currently supported are:
    • 
+            UiGUI Screenshot
+            
+            
  • Easy adding of new indenters: just create a parameter definition file for the new indenter.
    • 
+            
  • Load and save different indenter configurations.
    • 
+            
  • Reset to indenters default parameters.
    • 
+            
  • By the above named indenters currently supported programming languages:
    • 
+            UiGUI Screenshot
+            
      
+                
    • C, C++
      • 
+                
    • C#
      • 
+                
    • Cobol
      • 
+                
    • CSS
      • 
+                
    • D
      • 
+                
    • Fortran
      • 
+                
    • HTML
      • 
+                
    • Java
      • 
+                
    • JavaScript
      • 
+                
    • JSP
      • 
+                
    • Objective-C
      • 
+                
    • Pawn
      • 
+                
    • Perl
      • 
+                
    • PHP
      • 
+                
    • Pl/Sql
      • 
+                
    • Python
      • 
+                
    • Ruby
      • 
+                
    • Shellscript
      • 
+                
    • VALA
      • 
+                
    • Visual Basic
      • 
+                
    • XML
      • 
+                
    • XSL
      • 
+            
    
+            
  • Syntax highlighting for all of these languages except for Pawn and VALA
    • 
+            
  • Really easy to handle user interface.
    • 
+            
  • Tooltips for each indenter parameter.
    • 
+            
  • Creation of batch/shell scripts.
    • 
+            
  • HTML and PDF export of your code.
    • 
+            
  • PortableMode and MultiUserMode: In portable mode only uses its own subdirectories for temporary writing.
    • 
+            
  • Multiple languages: English, German, Traditional Chinese, Russian, Ukrainian, partly Japanese.
    • 
+            
  • Drag'n Drop of source code files.
    • 
+            
  • Support for many different file encodings, like Korean KOI8-R or Chinese BIG5.
    • 
+            
  • Possibility to edit your code while live preview is turned on. Yeah, thats really live! (but positions cursor wrong sometimes depending on the used indenter :-( )
    • 
+            
  • Code completion.
    • 
+            
  • Automatic update check. Does check only once a day and can be disabled.
    • 
+            
  • A nice about dialog. Errrmm, ok beneath all the mean stuff this is somehow the programmers playground ;-)
    • 
+        

+    

+    

+        Also a Notepad++ plugin version is available.
+        The programming project for that is currently only available as Visual Studio C++ 2005 project file.
+        Also this plugin has some problems with its event handling, because it is running as a DLL inside of Notepad++ event loop.
+        This will be replaced with the upcoming UiGUI server functionality. See future plans for more about that.
+    

+
+    
Supported and tested platforms

+    

+        
    
+            
  • Windows 32 bit
    • 
+            
  • Linux 32 and 64 bit
    • 
+            
  • Mac OS X >= 10.4 (currently Intel only. PPC produced mysterious linker error)
    • 
+        

+    

+
+    
How to install / build UniversalIndentGUI

+    

+        If you downloaded a complete binary package/archive for your system from SourceForge, you only need to unpack it and
+        can run it out of the box. Also all free available indenters for your platform are included. Doing it that way,
+        UiGUI will run in portable mode.
+    

+    

+        But if you'd like to build UiGUI from source, follow these steps:
+        
    
+            
  1. Download, unpack, configure and compile
+            Qt
+            >= 4.4.0. Make your QTDIR and QMAKESPEC settings. Or install Qt via a package manager.
    2. 
+            
  2. Download, unpack, compile and install
+            QScintilla
+            >= 2.2.
    3. 
+            
  3. Checkout UiGUI: svn co https://universalindent.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/universalindent/trunk universalindentgui
    4. 
+            
  4. In the checked out directory run "qmake UniversalIndentGUI.pro".
    5. 
+            
  5. Run "make release".
    6. 
+            
  6. Install it
    7. 
+            
      
+                
    1. 
+                    Windows and Mac:
      
+                    For testing on Windows/Mac download the indenter binary package from sourceforge and extract it into the
+                    directory where you checked out the code (in the upper example that is "universalindentgui").
+                    Then move the file "UniversalIndentGUI.exe" (on Mac the directory "UniversalIndentGUI") from the
+                    "release" directory also to that directory. Starting UiGUI from this directory will run it
+                    in portable mode.
+                
      2. 
+                
    2. 
+                    Linux:
      
+                    Run "sudo make install" installs for multi user mode. Install supported indenters via package manager for
+                    example. For portable mode just skip "make install" and move the file "universalindentgui" from the "release"
+                    directory into the directory where you checked out the code (in the upper example that is
+                    "universalindentgui").
+                
      3. 
+            
    
+        

+        Indenter binary packages can be downloaded from the project at SourceForge
+        here.
+        
Beneath the possibility to build UiGUI using qmake, also project files for Visual Studio 2005
+        and XCode are included.

+    

+
+    
Used Qt techniques

+    
This list shows some selected functionalities that Qt offers and that I use with UiGUI.

+    
    
+        
  • Translations are done with
+        QTranslator,
+        QLocale and Linguist.
    • 
+        
  • File encodings are supported by using
+        QTextCodec
+        and QTextStream.
    • 
+        
  • QScriptEngine
+        and QScriptValue
+        is included for executing JavaScript files used as indenters.
    • 
+        
  • QGraphicsView
+        and QGraphicsProxyWidget
+        for creating an animated 3D about dialog, simulating that is done on the whole desktop by using
+        the screenshot capability of Qt.
    • 
+        
  • Stylesheet settings give the about dialog a special look. Also gradients are used.
    • 
+        
  • QHttp
+        and QUrl
+        are used for the update check.
    • 
+        
  • QSettings
+        is responsible for storing the application and syntax highlighter settings.
    • 
+        
  • QTcpServer
+        and QTcpSocket
+        build the base for the UiGUI Server.
    • 
+        
  • Of course I use the Qt tools qmake, lupdate, lrelease, Designer, Linguist and my very best friend the Assistant.
    • 
+    

+
+    
Future plans

+    
    
+        
  • Exchangeable source code view. Mainly adding a "Live Diff View" where you can see the unformatted
+        code and the formatted one side by side with changes highlighted.
    • 
+        
  • Bring functionality to the UiGUI server so that he can be run anywhere and a client plugin in any editor
+        like Eclipse or Notepad++ can communicate with it. Thus the client plugin can be written in any language
+        supporting TCP/IP connections and send to be formatted code to the server. Also some settings might be
+        made via that conncection. Plans are going on, so stay tuned.
    • 
+        
  • Batch/Multiple file and directory indenting, so that the user can throw a bunch of files or directories
+        into a list and click on "Do it", so they all will get formatted.
    • 
+    

+
+    
Thanks

+    Here I'd like to say "thank you" to all those guys, who helped me improving UiGUI. May it be doing some
+    translations, creating packages for Linux, letting me know about bugs or ways to improve or just saying
+    that they found my application helpful and that they like it. So:


+    
Thank you all out there!!

+
+    
Disclaimer

+    You may use this software on your own risk. I am not responsible for any system damage or loss of data.
+    Respect the GPL! UiGUI is being released under
+    GPL 2.
+    You will also find the license in the included file "LICENSE.GPL".
+
+
diff --git a/resources/Icon1.png b/resources/Icon1.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7144147
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/Icon1.png differ
diff --git a/resources/Icons.qrc b/resources/Icons.qrc
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..71ffec5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/resources/Icons.qrc
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+
+    
+        qt_logo.png
+        banner.png
+    
+    
+        language-de.png
+        language-en.png
+        language-fr.png
+        language-ru.png
+        language-uk.png
+        language-zh_CN.png
+        language-zh_TW.png
+        language-ja.png
+    
+    
+        document-properties.png
+        Icon1.png
+        universalIndentGUI.svg
+        document-open.png
+        document-save-as.png
+        document-save.png
+        edit-clear.png
+        exporthtml.png
+        exportpdf.png
+        format-justify-left.png
+        help.png
+        icon2.png
+        icon3.png
+        info.png
+        live-preview.png
+        load_indent_cfg.png
+        preferences-system.png
+        save_indent_cfg.png
+        shell.png
+        syntax-highlight.png
+        system-log-out.png
+        system-software-update.png
+        tooltip.png
+        view-refresh.png
+    
+    
+        accessories-text-editor.png
+        applications-system.png
+        icon3.png
+        syntax-highlight.png
+    
+
diff --git a/resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns b/resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c7f0294
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns differ
diff --git a/resources/accessories-text-editor.png b/resources/accessories-text-editor.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c3d245d
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/accessories-text-editor.png differ
diff --git a/resources/applications-system.png b/resources/applications-system.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4decc89
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/applications-system.png differ
diff --git a/resources/banner.png b/resources/banner.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d0884d6
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/banner.png differ
diff --git a/resources/document-open.png b/resources/document-open.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2b135a1
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/document-open.png differ
diff --git a/resources/document-properties.png b/resources/document-properties.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..fa697db
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/document-properties.png differ
diff --git a/resources/document-save-as.png b/resources/document-save-as.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5c9f6b3
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/document-save-as.png differ
diff --git a/resources/document-save.png b/resources/document-save.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..db5c52b
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/document-save.png differ
diff --git a/resources/edit-clear.png b/resources/edit-clear.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5542948
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/edit-clear.png differ
diff --git a/resources/edit-select-all.png b/resources/edit-select-all.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..107fc60
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/edit-select-all.png differ
diff --git a/resources/exporthtml.png b/resources/exporthtml.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..af03a38
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/exporthtml.png differ
diff --git a/resources/exportpdf.png b/resources/exportpdf.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5cfddff
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/exportpdf.png differ
diff --git a/resources/format-justify-left.png b/resources/format-justify-left.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ba0e914
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/format-justify-left.png differ
diff --git a/resources/help.png b/resources/help.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d60425f
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/help.png differ
diff --git a/resources/icon2.ico b/resources/icon2.ico
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c784369
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/icon2.ico differ
diff --git a/resources/icon2.png b/resources/icon2.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..337d353
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/icon2.png differ
diff --git a/resources/icon3.png b/resources/icon3.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b6b6a9e
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/icon3.png differ
diff --git a/resources/info.png b/resources/info.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..51c5e55
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/info.png differ
diff --git a/resources/language-de.png b/resources/language-de.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ac4a977
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/language-de.png differ
diff --git a/resources/language-en.png b/resources/language-en.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3a7311d
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/language-en.png differ
diff --git a/resources/language-fr.png b/resources/language-fr.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8332c4e
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/language-fr.png differ
diff --git a/resources/language-ja.png b/resources/language-ja.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..325fbad
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/language-ja.png differ
diff --git a/resources/language-ru.png b/resources/language-ru.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..47da421
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/language-ru.png differ
diff --git a/resources/language-uk.png b/resources/language-uk.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..09563a2
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/language-uk.png differ
diff --git a/resources/language-zh_CN.png b/resources/language-zh_CN.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8914414
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/language-zh_CN.png differ
diff --git a/resources/language-zh_TW.png b/resources/language-zh_TW.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f31c654
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/language-zh_TW.png differ
diff --git a/resources/live-preview.png b/resources/live-preview.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5414bda
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/live-preview.png differ
diff --git a/resources/load_indent_cfg.png b/resources/load_indent_cfg.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b51c82d
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/load_indent_cfg.png differ
diff --git a/resources/preferences-system.png b/resources/preferences-system.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..cc91d65
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/preferences-system.png differ
diff --git a/resources/programicon.rc b/resources/programicon.rc
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..03b1e8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/resources/programicon.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "..\src\UiGuiVersion.h"
+
+#define APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Generated from the TEXTINCLUDE 2 resource.
+//
+#include "windows.h"
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#undef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Deutsch (Deutschland) resources
+
+#if !defined(AFX_RESOURCE_DLL) || defined(AFX_TARG_DEU)
+#ifdef _WIN32
+LANGUAGE LANG_GERMAN, SUBLANG_GERMAN
+#pragma code_page(1252)
+#endif //_WIN32
+
+
+#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+    #define PROGRAM_TITLE "UniversalIndentGUI Notepad++ Plugin"
+    #define INTERNALNAME "UiGUI NPP Plugin"
+    #define ORIGINALFILENAME "UniversalIndentGUI_NPP.dll"
+#else
+    #define PROGRAM_TITLE "UniversalIndentGUI"
+    #define INTERNALNAME "UiGUI"
+    #define ORIGINALFILENAME "UniversalIndentGUI.exe"
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef _MAC
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Version
+//
+
+VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
+ FILEVERSION RESOURCE_VERSION
+ PRODUCTVERSION RESOURCE_VERSION
+ FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+ FILEFLAGS 0x1L
+#else
+ FILEFLAGS 0x0L
+#endif
+ FILEOS 0x40004L
+ FILETYPE 0x1L
+ FILESUBTYPE 0x0L
+BEGIN
+    BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
+    BEGIN
+        BLOCK "040704b0"
+        BEGIN
+            VALUE "Comments", "\0"
+            VALUE "CompanyName", "Thomas Schweitzer\0"
+            VALUE "FileDescription", PROGRAM_TITLE "\0"
+            VALUE "FileVersion", RESOURCE_VERSION_STRING
+            VALUE "InternalName", INTERNALNAME "\0"
+            VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright  Thomas Schweitzer 2012\0"
+            VALUE "LegalTrademarks", "\0"
+            VALUE "OriginalFilename", ORIGINALFILENAME "\0"
+            VALUE "PrivateBuild", "\0"
+            VALUE "ProductName", PROGRAM_TITLE "\0"
+            VALUE "ProductVersion", RESOURCE_VERSION_STRING
+            VALUE "SpecialBuild", "\0"
+        END
+    END
+    BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
+    BEGIN
+        VALUE "Translation", 0x407, 1200
+    END
+END
+
+#endif    // !_MAC
+
+#endif // #if !defined(AFX_RESOURCE_DLL) || defined(AFX_TARG_DEU)
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Icon
+//
+
+// Icon with lowest ID value placed first to ensure application icon
+// remains consistent on all systems.
+IDI_ICON1   ICON   DISCARDABLE   "universalIndentGUI.ico"
diff --git a/resources/qt_logo.png b/resources/qt_logo.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..332f2ad
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/qt_logo.png differ
diff --git a/resources/save_indent_cfg.png b/resources/save_indent_cfg.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2276121
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/save_indent_cfg.png differ
diff --git a/resources/shell.png b/resources/shell.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..da59c67
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/shell.png differ
diff --git a/resources/syntax-highlight.png b/resources/syntax-highlight.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..fb6e297
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/syntax-highlight.png differ
diff --git a/resources/system-log-out.png b/resources/system-log-out.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..780411d
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/system-log-out.png differ
diff --git a/resources/system-software-update.png b/resources/system-software-update.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..470b5d4
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/system-software-update.png differ
diff --git a/resources/tooltip.png b/resources/tooltip.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e4cdb05
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/tooltip.png differ
diff --git a/resources/universalIndentGUI.ico b/resources/universalIndentGUI.ico
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..db25009
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/universalIndentGUI.ico differ
diff --git a/resources/universalIndentGUI.svg b/resources/universalIndentGUI.svg
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..44532ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/resources/universalIndentGUI.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+
+
+
+  
+    
+  
+  
+  
+    
+      
+        image/svg+xml
+        
+      
+    
+  
+  
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+  
+
diff --git a/resources/universalIndentGUI_32x32.xpm b/resources/universalIndentGUI_32x32.xpm
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..fd01f5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/resources/universalIndentGUI_32x32.xpm
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char * universalIndentGUI_32x32_xpm[] = {
+"32 32 85 1",
+" 	c None",
+".	c #DFDFDF",
+"+	c #EEEEEE",
+"@	c #DEDEDE",
+"#	c #F0F0F0",
+"$	c #FFFFFF",
+"%	c #EFEFEF",
+"&	c #7878E4",
+"*	c #6565EE",
+"=	c #9191E7",
+"-	c #6C6CF0",
+";	c #5555FF",
+">	c #8888F0",
+",	c #E9F1E9",
+"'	c #DEEBDE",
+")	c #F8FAF8",
+"!	c #55D655",
+"~	c #00D400",
+"{	c #ADEAAD",
+"]	c #8080E5",
+"^	c #6F6FEE",
+"/	c #9898E8",
+"(	c #69DF69",
+"_	c #24D324",
+":	c #FEFEFE",
+"<	c #AEEAAE",
+"[	c #32D632",
+"}	c #FDFEFD",
+"|	c #84E084",
+"1	c #CFF7CF",
+"2	c #33DD33",
+"3	c #75DE75",
+"4	c #03D503",
+"5	c #ABE8AB",
+"6	c #C3F5C3",
+"7	c #05D205",
+"8	c #96E796",
+"9	c #51D851",
+"0	c #DDF4DD",
+"a	c #C8F2C8",
+"b	c #20CB20",
+"c	c #65D165",
+"d	c #0AD30A",
+"e	c #68DD68",
+"f	c #D9F3D9",
+"g	c #03D303",
+"h	c #4DD94D",
+"i	c #B5EBB5",
+"j	c #FCFDFC",
+"k	c #22D322",
+"l	c #83E283",
+"m	c #EAF6EA",
+"n	c #01D301",
+"o	c #44D844",
+"p	c #B6ECB6",
+"q	c #2ED52E",
+"r	c #BEEBBE",
+"s	c #D3F8D3",
+"t	c #44DF44",
+"u	c #80E180",
+"v	c #67DC67",
+"w	c #F9FCF9",
+"x	c #82DF82",
+"y	c #5CDB5C",
+"z	c #C4F2C4",
+"A	c #10C910",
+"B	c #5BCF5B",
+"C	c #1AD31A",
+"D	c #F3FAF3",
+"E	c #91E691",
+"F	c #15D215",
+"G	c #F6FBF6",
+"H	c #58DC58",
+"I	c #9DE89D",
+"J	c #9C9CF5",
+"K	c #8E8EFF",
+"L	c #AFAFF5",
+"M	c #D0F4D0",
+"N	c #BBF4BB",
+"O	c #EFFAEF",
+"P	c #6E6EE3",
+"Q	c #5A5AEE",
+"R	c #8989E5",
+"S	c #EDEDED",
+"T	c #DCDCDC",
+".++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++@",
+"#$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$$$$$$$$$$&**************=$$%",
+"#$$$$$$$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%",
+"#$$$,')$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%",
+"#$$$!~{$$$$$$]^^^^^^^^^^^^^^/$$%",
+"#$$$!~($$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~_:$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~~<$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~~[}$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~|$$$$$$$$$12222222223$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~45$$$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~~78$$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~~~~90$$$$$abbbbbbbbbc$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~~~~~def$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~~~~~~~ghij$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~~~~~~~~klm$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~~~~~nopj$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~~~~qr$$$$$stttttttttu$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~~~vw$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~~x$$$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%",
+"#$$$!~~~y$$$$$$$$$zAAAAAAAAAB$$%",
+"#$$$!~~CD$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~~E$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~FG$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~H$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"#$$$!~I$$$$$$JKKKKKKKKKKKKKKL$$%",
+"#$$$MNO$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%",
+"#$$$$$$$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%",
+"#$$$$$$$$$$$$PQQQQQQQQQQQQQQR$$%",
+"#$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%",
+"@SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSST"};
diff --git a/resources/universalIndentGUI_512x512.png b/resources/universalIndentGUI_512x512.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9c6a0df
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/universalIndentGUI_512x512.png differ
diff --git a/resources/universalIndentGUI_64x64.png b/resources/universalIndentGUI_64x64.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c251538
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/universalIndentGUI_64x64.png differ
diff --git a/resources/view-refresh.png b/resources/view-refresh.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..606ea9e
Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/view-refresh.png differ
diff --git a/src/AboutDialog.cpp b/src/AboutDialog.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..aa4953a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/AboutDialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "AboutDialog.h"
+#include "ui_AboutDialog.h"
+
+#include "UiGuiVersion.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/*!
+    \class AboutDialog
+    \brief Displays a dialog window with information about UniversalIndentGUI
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \brief The constructor calls the setup function for the ui created by uic and adds
+    the GPL text to the text edit.
+ */
+AboutDialog::AboutDialog(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags) : QDialog(parent, flags)
+	, _dialogForm(NULL)
+	, _timer(NULL)
+ {
+    _dialogForm = new Ui::AboutDialog();
+    _dialogForm->setupUi(this);
+
+    _dialogForm->authorTextBrowser->setOpenExternalLinks( true );
+    _dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->setOpenExternalLinks( true );
+
+    QString versionString = _dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->toHtml();
+    versionString = versionString.arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildRevision() ).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildDate() );
+    _dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->setHtml(versionString);
+
+    _dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->setHtml(""
+        "
 
"
+        "
Thanks go out to
"
+        "
Nelson Tai for Chinese translation, good ideas and always fast answers.

"
+        "
Sebastian Pipping for helping me bring UiGUI into the Debian repository and other good ideas.

"
+        "
Oleksandr for Ukrainian and Russian translation.

"
+        "
Erwan "leg" for French translation and the icon logo.

"
+        "
The Scintilla project for their great text editing component.

"
+        "
Riverbank for their Scintilla Qt wrapper QScintilla.

"
+        "
The Artistic Style project.

"
+        "
The BCPP project.

"
+        "
The Cobol Beautifier project.

"
+        "
The CSSTidy project.

"
+        "
The Fortran 90 PPR project.

"
+        "
The GNU Indent project.

"
+        "
The GreatCode project.

"
+        "
The hindent project.

"
+        "
The HTB project.

"
+        "
The HTML Tidy project.

"
+        "
The JsDecoder project.

"
+        "
The JSPPP project.

"
+        "
The Perltidy project.

"
+        "
The PHP_Beautifier project.

"
+        "
The phpCB project.

"
+        "
The PHP Stylist project.

"
+        "
The pindent project.

"
+        "
The Pl/Sql tidy project.

"
+        "
The Ruby Beautifier project.

"
+        "
The Ruby Formatter project.

"
+        "
The Shell Indent project.

"
+        "
The Uncrustify project, specially Ben Gardner.

"
+        "
The VBSBeautifier project.

"
+        "
The XML Indent project.

"
+        "
Nirvash for the initial Japanese translation.

"
+        "
The Tango Project for their icons.

"
+        "
famfamfam for the flag icons.

"
+        "
Trolltech for their really great GUI framework .

"
+        "
My girlfriend (meanwhile also wife) for putting my head right and not sit all the time in front of my computer ;-)
"
+        "");
+
+    _scrollDirection = 1;
+    _scrollSpeed = 100;
+    _timer = new QTimer(this);
+    connect( _timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(scroll()) );
+    connect( this, SIGNAL(accepted()), _timer, SLOT(stop()) );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Catches language change events and retranslates all needed widgets.
+ */
+void AboutDialog::changeEvent(QEvent *event) {
+    if (event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) {
+        _dialogForm->retranslateUi(this);
+
+        QString versionString = _dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->toHtml();
+        versionString = versionString.arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildRevision() ).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildDate() );
+        _dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->setHtml(versionString);
+    }
+    else {
+        QWidget::changeEvent(event);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Reimplements the dialog execution function to init the credits scroller.
+ */
+int AboutDialog::exec() {
+    //creditsTextBrowser->verticalScrollBar()->setValue(0);
+    _timer->start(_scrollSpeed);
+    return QDialog::exec();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot is called each _timer timeout to scroll the credits textbrowser.
+    Also changes the scroll direction and speed when reaching the start or end.
+ */
+void AboutDialog::scroll() {
+    QScrollBar *scrollBar = _dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->verticalScrollBar();
+    scrollBar->setValue( scrollBar->value()+_scrollDirection );
+
+    if ( scrollBar->value() == scrollBar->maximum() ) {
+        // Toggle scroll direction and change scroll speed;
+        _scrollDirection = -1;
+        _scrollSpeed = 5;
+        _timer->stop();
+        _timer->start(_scrollSpeed);
+    }
+    else if ( scrollBar->value() == scrollBar->minimum() ) {
+        // Toggle scroll direction and change scroll speed;
+        _scrollDirection = 1;
+        _scrollSpeed = 100;
+        _timer->stop();
+        _timer->start(_scrollSpeed);
+    }
+
+    _dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->update();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Shows the about dialog and also starts the credits scroller.
+ */
+void AboutDialog::show() {
+    _timer->start(_scrollSpeed);
+    QDialog::show();
+}
diff --git a/src/AboutDialog.h b/src/AboutDialog.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f713d71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/AboutDialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABOUTDIALOG_H
+#define ABOUTDIALOG_H
+
+#include 
+
+namespace Ui {
+	class AboutDialog;
+}
+
+
+class AboutDialog : public QDialog
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    AboutDialog(QWidget *parent = NULL, Qt::WindowFlags flags = 0);
+
+public slots:
+    int exec();
+    void show();
+
+private slots:
+    void scroll();
+
+private:
+    void changeEvent(QEvent *event);
+
+	Ui::AboutDialog* _dialogForm;
+    int _scrollDirection;
+    int _scrollSpeed;
+    QTimer *_timer;
+};
+
+#endif // ABOUTDIALOG_H
diff --git a/src/AboutDialog.ui b/src/AboutDialog.ui
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0e1e9d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/AboutDialog.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+
+
+ AboutDialog
+ 
+  
+   
+    0
+    0
+    588
+    512
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    0
+    0
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    588
+    333
+   
+  
+  
+   About UniversalIndentGUI
+  
+  
+   
+    :/mainWindow/info.png:/mainWindow/info.png
+  
+  
+   
+    0
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      QFrame#frame { background-color: qlineargradient( x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 #FFFF60, stop:0.5 #D8C304, stop:1 #FFFF60 ); border: 2px solid #A89C57; border-radius: 4px;}
+     
+     
+      QFrame::StyledPanel
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          0
+          0
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          570
+          87
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          570
+          87
+         
+        
+        
+         
+        
+        
+         :/aboutDialog/banner.png
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          0
+          0
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          16777215
+          25
+         
+        
+        
+         QTextBrowser{background-color:transparent}
+        
+        
+         QFrame::NoFrame
+        
+        
+         Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff
+        
+        
+         <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html>
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          0
+          0
+         
+        
+        
+         false
+        
+        
+         QTextBrowser{background-color:transparent}
+        
+        
+         QFrame::NoFrame
+        
+        
+         Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff
+        
+        
+         <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         QTextBrowser#creditsTextBrowser{border:2px solid rgba(0,0,0,10%); background-color:qlineargradient(spread:pad, x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 rgba(0,0,0,80%), stop:0.1 rgba(0,0,0,15%), stop:0.9 rgba(0,0,0,15%), stop:1 rgba(0,0,0,80%) )}
+        
+        
+         QFrame::NoFrame
+        
+        
+         Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           Qt::Horizontal
+          
+          
+           
+            131
+            31
+           
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           QPushButton#okButton { background-color: qlineargradient( x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 #DCB28A, stop:0.5 #B8784B, stop:1 #DCB28A ); border: 2px solid #A89C57; border-radius: 4px;} QPushButton:hover#okButton { background-color: qlineargradient( x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 #B8784B, stop:0.5 #DCB28A, stop:1 #B8784B ); } QPushButton:pressed#okButton{ border: 2px solid #D8CB75 }
+          
+          
+                     OK          
+          
+         
+        
+        
+         
+          
+           Qt::Horizontal
+          
+          
+           
+            40
+            20
+           
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+ 
+  
+ 
+ 
+  
+   okButton
+   clicked()
+   AboutDialog
+   accept()
+   
+    
+     278
+     253
+    
+    
+     96
+     254
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+
diff --git a/src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp b/src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d97cc70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+*   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+*   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+*   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+*   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+*   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+*                                                                         *
+*   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+*   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+*   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+*   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "AboutDialogGraphicsView.h"
+
+#include "AboutDialog.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/*!
+    \class AboutDialogGraphicsView
+    \brief A container for the real \a AboutDialog. Makes the 3D animation possible.
+
+    The 3D animation shall suggest the user, that he is looking at his desktop, while
+    this animation is done. Since this is not directly possible, \a AboutDialogGraphicsView
+    when shown starts in frameless fullscreen mode with a screenshot of the desktop as background.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \brief The constructor initializes everything needed for the 3D animation.
+ */
+AboutDialogGraphicsView::AboutDialogGraphicsView(AboutDialog *aboutDialog, QWidget *parentWindow) : QGraphicsView(parentWindow)
+	, _aboutDialog(NULL)
+	, _graphicsProxyWidget(NULL)
+	, _parentWindow(NULL)
+	, _timeLine(NULL)
+	, _aboutDialogAsSplashScreen(NULL)
+{
+    _parentWindow = parentWindow;
+    setWindowFlags(Qt::SplashScreen);
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_LINUX
+    QRect availableGeometry = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry();
+    QRect newGeometry = QRect( availableGeometry.x(), availableGeometry.y(), availableGeometry.width(), availableGeometry.height() );
+#else
+    QRect newGeometry = QRect( -1,-1, QApplication::desktop()->rect().width()+2, QApplication::desktop()->rect().height()+2 );
+#endif
+    setGeometry( newGeometry );
+
+    _aboutDialog = aboutDialog;
+
+    _windowTitleBarWidth = 0;
+    _windowPosOffset = 0;
+
+    QGraphicsScene *scene = new QGraphicsScene(this);
+    setSceneRect( newGeometry );
+    _aboutDialogAsSplashScreen = new QSplashScreen(this);
+    _graphicsProxyWidget = scene->addWidget(_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen);
+    _graphicsProxyWidget->setWindowFlags( Qt::ToolTip );
+
+    setScene( scene );
+    setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing);
+
+    setCacheMode(QGraphicsView::CacheBackground);
+    setViewportUpdateMode(QGraphicsView::BoundingRectViewportUpdate);
+
+    connect(_aboutDialog, SIGNAL(finished(int)), this, SLOT(hide()));
+
+    //setWindowOpacity(0.9);
+
+    setVerticalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff);
+    setHorizontalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff);
+    setStyleSheet("AboutDialogGraphicsView { border: 0px; }");
+
+    _timeLine = new QTimeLine(1000, this);
+    _timeLine->setFrameRange(270, 0);
+    //_timeLine->setUpdateInterval(10);
+    //_timeLine->setCurveShape(QTimeLine::EaseInCurve);
+    connect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(frameChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updateStep(int)));
+}
+
+
+AboutDialogGraphicsView::~AboutDialogGraphicsView(void) {
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Grabs a screenshot of the full desktop and shows that as background. Above that background the
+    AboutDialog 3D animation is shown. Also grabs the content of the AboutDialog itself.
+ */
+void AboutDialogGraphicsView::show() {
+    // Because on X11 system the window decoration is only available after a widget has been shown once,
+    // we can detect _windowTitleBarWidth here for the first time.
+    _windowTitleBarWidth = _parentWindow->geometry().y() - _parentWindow->y();
+    // If the _windowTitleBarWidth could not be determined, try it a second way. Even the chances are low to get good results.
+    if ( _windowTitleBarWidth == 0 )
+        _windowTitleBarWidth = _parentWindow->frameGeometry().height() - _parentWindow->geometry().height();
+#ifdef Q_OS_LINUX
+    if ( _windowTitleBarWidth == 0 ) {
+        //TODO: 27 pixel is a fix value for the Ubuntu 10.4 default window theme and so just a workaround for that specific case.
+        _windowPosOffset = 27;
+        _windowTitleBarWidth = 27;
+    }
+#endif
+    QPixmap originalPixmap = QPixmap::grabWindow(QApplication::desktop()->winId(), QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().x(), QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().y(), geometry().width(), geometry().height() );
+    QBrush brush(originalPixmap);
+    QTransform transform;
+    transform.translate(0, QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().y());
+    brush.setTransform(transform);
+
+    setBackgroundBrush(brush);
+
+    _aboutDialogAsSplashScreen->setPixmap( QPixmap::grabWidget(_aboutDialog) );
+    _graphicsProxyWidget->setGeometry( _aboutDialog->geometry() );
+    _aboutDialog->hide();
+    _graphicsProxyWidget->setPos( _parentWindow->geometry().x()+(_parentWindow->geometry().width()-_graphicsProxyWidget->geometry().width()) / 2, _parentWindow->y()+_windowTitleBarWidth-_windowPosOffset);
+
+    QRectF r = _graphicsProxyWidget->boundingRect();
+    _graphicsProxyWidget->setTransform(QTransform()
+        .translate(r.width() / 2, -_windowTitleBarWidth)
+        .rotate(270, Qt::XAxis)
+        //.rotate(90, Qt::YAxis)
+        //.rotate(5, Qt::ZAxis)
+        //.scale(1 + 1.5 * step, 1 + 1.5 * step)
+        .translate(-r.width() / 2, _windowTitleBarWidth));
+
+    _graphicsProxyWidget->show();
+    //_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen->show();
+    QGraphicsView::show();
+
+    connect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(showAboutDialog()));
+    _timeLine->setDirection(QTimeLine::Forward);
+    _timeLine->start();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Does the next calculation/transformation step.
+ */
+void AboutDialogGraphicsView::updateStep(int step) {
+    QRectF r = _graphicsProxyWidget->boundingRect();
+    _graphicsProxyWidget->setTransform(QTransform()
+        .translate(r.width() / 2, -_windowTitleBarWidth)
+        .rotate(step, Qt::XAxis)
+        //.rotate(step, Qt::YAxis)
+        //.rotate(step * 5, Qt::ZAxis)
+        //.scale(1 + 1.5 * step, 1 + 1.5 * step)
+        .translate(-r.width() / 2, _windowTitleBarWidth));
+    //update();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Stops the 3D animation, moves the AboutDialog to the correct place and really shows it.
+ */
+void AboutDialogGraphicsView::showAboutDialog() {
+    //hide();
+    disconnect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(showAboutDialog()));
+    _aboutDialog->move( int(_parentWindow->geometry().x()+(_parentWindow->geometry().width()-_graphicsProxyWidget->geometry().width()) / 2), _parentWindow->y()+_windowTitleBarWidth-_windowPosOffset );
+    _aboutDialog->exec();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Does not directly hide the AboutDialog but instead starts the "fade out" 3D animation.
+ */
+void AboutDialogGraphicsView::hide() {
+    _graphicsProxyWidget->setPos( _parentWindow->geometry().x()+(_parentWindow->geometry().width()-_graphicsProxyWidget->geometry().width()) / 2, _parentWindow->y()+_windowTitleBarWidth-_windowPosOffset);
+
+    QRectF r = _graphicsProxyWidget->boundingRect();
+    _graphicsProxyWidget->setTransform(QTransform()
+        .translate(r.width() / 2, -_windowTitleBarWidth)
+        .rotate(0, Qt::XAxis)
+        //.rotate(90, Qt::YAxis)
+        //.rotate(5, Qt::ZAxis)
+        //.scale(1 + 1.5 * step, 1 + 1.5 * step)
+        .translate(-r.width() / 2, _windowTitleBarWidth));
+
+    _graphicsProxyWidget->show();
+    //_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen->show();
+    QGraphicsView::show();
+
+    connect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(hideReally()));
+    _timeLine->setDirection(QTimeLine::Backward);
+    _timeLine->start();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot really hides this AboutDialog container.
+ */
+void AboutDialogGraphicsView::hideReally() {
+    disconnect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(hideReally()));
+    QGraphicsView::hide();
+    _parentWindow->activateWindow();
+}
diff --git a/src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h b/src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ba22c0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+*   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+*   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+*   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+*   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+*   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+*                                                                         *
+*   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+*   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+*   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+*   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+***************************************************************************/
+#ifndef ABOUTDIALOGGRAPHICSVIEW_H
+#define ABOUTDIALOGGRAPHICSVIEW_H
+
+#include 
+
+class AboutDialog;
+
+class QTimeLine;
+class QSplashScreen;
+
+
+class AboutDialogGraphicsView : public QGraphicsView
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    AboutDialogGraphicsView(AboutDialog *aboutDialog, QWidget *parentWindow = NULL);
+    ~AboutDialogGraphicsView(void);
+
+public slots:
+    void show();
+    void hide();
+
+private slots:
+    void updateStep(int step);
+    void showAboutDialog();
+    void hideReally();
+
+private:
+    AboutDialog *_aboutDialog;
+    QGraphicsProxyWidget *_graphicsProxyWidget;
+    QWidget *_parentWindow;
+    QTimeLine *_timeLine;
+    QSplashScreen *_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen;
+    int _windowTitleBarWidth;
+    int _windowPosOffset;
+};
+
+#endif // ABOUTDIALOGGRAPHICSVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/FindDialog.ui b/src/FindDialog.ui
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..943f5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/FindDialog.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+
+
+ FindDialog
+ 
+  
+   
+    0
+    0
+    347
+    227
+   
+  
+  
+   Find
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       0
+       0
+      
+     
+     
+      Find what:
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      true
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       0
+       0
+      
+     
+     
+      Find options
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        
+         Match case
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         Match whole word
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         Search forward
+        
+        
+         true
+        
+       
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         Use Regular Expressions
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Qt::Vertical
+     
+     
+      
+       20
+       40
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      QLayout::SetMaximumSize
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Find Next
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Close
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
diff --git a/src/IndentHandler.cpp b/src/IndentHandler.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a1109c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/IndentHandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1752 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "IndentHandler.h"
+
+#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
+#include "UiGuiErrorMessage.h"
+#include "TemplateBatchScript.h"
+#include "UiGuiIniFileParser.h"
+#include "SettingsPaths.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
+#include 
+#endif
+
+// Avoid unused parameter warnings by this template
+template
+inline void UNUSED_PARAMETER_WARNING_AVOID(T){}
+
+//! \defgroup grp_Indenter All concerning handling of the indenter.
+
+/*!
+    \class IndentHandler
+    \ingroup grp_Indenter
+    \brief A widget for handling many indenters that are configured by an ini file.
+
+    This is a widget that is used by the main window. It handles access to the
+    indenter config file and calls the chosen indenter to reformat the source text.
+    Calls the indenter each time a setting has been changed and informs
+    the main window about the reformatted source code.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Constructor of the indent handler.
+
+    By calling this constructor the indenter to be loaded, can be selected by setting
+    its \a indenterID, which is the number of found indenter ini files in alphabetic
+    order starting at index 0.
+ */
+IndentHandler::IndentHandler(int indenterID, QWidget *mainWindow, QWidget *parent) : QWidget(parent)
+	, _indenterSelectionCombobox(NULL)
+	, _indenterParameterHelpButton(NULL)
+	, _toolBoxContainerLayout(NULL)
+	, _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox(NULL)
+	, _indenterSettings(NULL)
+	, _mainWindow(NULL)
+	, _errorMessageDialog(NULL)
+	, _menuIndenter(NULL)
+	, _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile(NULL)
+	, _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile(NULL)
+	, _actionCreateShellScript(NULL)
+	, _actionResetIndenterParameters(NULL)
+	, _parameterChangedCallback(NULL)
+	, _windowClosedCallback(NULL)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT_X( indenterID >= 0, "IndentHandler", "the selected indenterID is < 0" );
+
+    setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("indentHandler"));
+
+    _mainWindow = mainWindow;
+
+    initIndenterMenu();
+
+    connect( _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(openConfigFileDialog()) );
+    connect( _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(saveasIndentCfgFileDialog()) );
+    connect( _actionCreateShellScript, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(createIndenterCallShellScript()) );
+    connect( _actionResetIndenterParameters, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(resetIndenterParameter()) );
+
+    // define this widgets resize behavior
+    setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding );
+
+    // create vertical layout box, into which the toolbox will be added
+    _toolBoxContainerLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
+    _toolBoxContainerLayout->setMargin(2);
+
+    // Create horizontal layout for indenter selector and help button.
+    QHBoxLayout *hboxLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
+    //hboxLayout->setMargin(2);
+    _toolBoxContainerLayout->addLayout( hboxLayout );
+
+    // Create the indenter selection combo box.
+    _indenterSelectionCombobox = new QComboBox(this);
+    _indenterSelectionCombobox->setSizeAdjustPolicy(QComboBox::AdjustToMinimumContentsLengthWithIcon);
+    _indenterSelectionCombobox->setMinimumContentsLength(20);
+    connect( _indenterSelectionCombobox, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(setIndenter(int)) );
+    UiGuiSettings::getInstance()->registerObjectProperty(_indenterSelectionCombobox, "currentIndex", "selectedIndenter");
+    hboxLayout->addWidget( _indenterSelectionCombobox );
+
+    // Create the indenter parameter help button.
+    _indenterParameterHelpButton = new QToolButton(this);
+    _indenterParameterHelpButton->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("indenterParameterHelpButton"));
+    _indenterParameterHelpButton->setIcon(QIcon(QString::fromUtf8(":/mainWindow/help.png")));
+    hboxLayout->addWidget( _indenterParameterHelpButton );
+    // Handle if the indenter parameter help button is pressed.
+    connect( _indenterParameterHelpButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(showIndenterManual()) );
+
+    // create a toolbox and set its resize behavior
+    _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox = new QToolBox(this);
+    _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox"));
+
+#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+    connect( _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox, SIGNAL(currentChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) );
+#endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+
+    //_indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding );
+    //_indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->setMaximumSize(QSize(16777215, 16777215));
+    // insert the toolbox into the vlayout
+    _toolBoxContainerLayout->addWidget(_indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox);
+
+    _indenterExecutableCallString = "";
+    _indenterExecutableSuffix = "";
+
+    _indenterDirctoryStr = SettingsPaths::getIndenterPath();
+    _tempDirctoryStr = SettingsPaths::getTempPath();
+    _settingsDirctoryStr = SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath();
+    QDir indenterDirctory = QDir(_indenterDirctoryStr);
+
+    if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) {
+        _errorMessageDialog = new UiGuiErrorMessage(_mainWindow);
+    }
+    else {
+        _errorMessageDialog = new UiGuiErrorMessage(this);
+    }
+
+    _indenterIniFileList = indenterDirctory.entryList( QStringList("uigui_*.ini") );
+    if ( _indenterIniFileList.count() > 0 ) {
+        // Take care if the selected indenterID is smaller or greater than the number of existing indenters
+        if ( indenterID < 0 ) {
+            indenterID = 0;
+        }
+        if ( indenterID >= _indenterIniFileList.count() ) {
+            indenterID = _indenterIniFileList.count() - 1;
+        }
+
+        // Reads and parses the by indenterID defined indent ini file and creates toolbox entries
+        readIndentIniFile( _indenterDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterIniFileList.at(indenterID) );
+
+        // Find out how the indenter can be executed.
+        createIndenterCallString();
+
+        // Load the users last settings made for this indenter.
+        loadConfigFile( _settingsDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterFileName + ".cfg" );
+
+        // Fill the indenter selection combo box with the list of available indenters.
+        if ( !getAvailableIndenters().isEmpty() ) {
+            _indenterSelectionCombobox->addItems( getAvailableIndenters() );
+            _indenterSelectionCombobox->setCurrentIndex( indenterID );
+            connect( _indenterSelectionCombobox, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(int)), this, SIGNAL(selectedIndenterIndexChanged(int)) );
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        _errorMessageDialog->showMessage(tr("No indenter ini files"), tr("There exists no indenter ini files in the directory \"") + QDir(_indenterDirctoryStr).absolutePath() + "\".");
+    }
+
+    retranslateUi();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Implicitly writes the current indenter parameters to the indenters config file.
+ */
+IndentHandler::~IndentHandler() {
+    // Generate the parameter string that will be saved to the indenters config file.
+    QString parameterString = getParameterString();
+    if ( !_indenterFileName.isEmpty() ) {
+        saveConfigFile( _settingsDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterFileName + ".cfg", parameterString );
+    }
+
+    delete _errorMessageDialog;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Initializes the context menu used for some actions like saving the indenter config file.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::initIndenterMenu() {
+    if ( _menuIndenter == NULL ) {
+        _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile = new QAction(this);
+        _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_actionLoadIndenterConfigFile"));
+        _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile->setIcon(QIcon(QString::fromUtf8(":/mainWindow/load_indent_cfg.png")));
+
+        _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile = new QAction(this);
+        _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_actionSaveIndenterConfigFile"));
+        _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile->setIcon(QIcon(QString::fromUtf8(":/mainWindow/save_indent_cfg.png")));
+
+        _actionCreateShellScript = new QAction(this);
+        _actionCreateShellScript->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_actionCreateShellScript"));
+        _actionCreateShellScript->setIcon(QIcon(QString::fromUtf8(":/mainWindow/shell.png")));
+
+        _actionResetIndenterParameters = new QAction(this);
+        _actionResetIndenterParameters->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_actionResetIndenterParameters"));
+        _actionResetIndenterParameters->setIcon(QIcon(QString::fromUtf8(":/mainWindow/view-refresh.png")));
+
+        _menuIndenter = new QMenu(this);
+        _menuIndenter->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_menuIndenter"));
+        _menuIndenter->addAction(_actionLoadIndenterConfigFile);
+        _menuIndenter->addAction(_actionSaveIndenterConfigFile);
+        _menuIndenter->addAction(_actionCreateShellScript);
+        _menuIndenter->addAction(_actionResetIndenterParameters);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the context menu used for some actions like saving the indenter config file.
+ */
+QMenu* IndentHandler::getIndenterMenu() {
+    return _menuIndenter;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the actions of the context menu used for some actions like saving the indenter config file.
+ */
+QList IndentHandler::getIndenterMenuActions() {
+    QList actionList;
+    actionList << _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile << _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile << _actionCreateShellScript << _actionResetIndenterParameters;
+    return actionList;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Opens the context menu, used for some actions like saving the indenter config file, at the event position.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::contextMenuEvent( QContextMenuEvent *event ) {
+    getIndenterMenu()->exec( event->globalPos() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Creates the content for a shell script that can be used as a external tool call
+    to indent an as parameter defined file.
+ */
+QString IndentHandler::generateShellScript(const QString &configFilename) {
+    QString indenterCompleteCallString;
+    QString parameterInputFile;
+    QString parameterOuputFile;
+    QString parameterParameterFile;
+    QString replaceInputFileCommand;
+
+    // Define the placeholder for parameter variables either in batch or bash programming.
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+    QString shellParameterPlaceholder = "%1";
+#else
+    QString shellParameterPlaceholder = "$1";
+#endif
+
+    parameterInputFile = " " + _inputFileParameter + "\"" + shellParameterPlaceholder + "\"";
+
+    if ( _outputFileParameter != "none" && _outputFileParameter != "stdout" ) {
+        if ( _outputFileName == _inputFileName ) {
+            parameterOuputFile = " " + _outputFileParameter + "\"" + shellParameterPlaceholder + "\"";
+        }
+        else {
+            parameterOuputFile = " " + _outputFileParameter + _outputFileName + ".tmp";
+        }
+    }
+
+    // If the config file name is empty it is assumed that all parameters are sent via command line call
+    if ( _globalConfigFilename.isEmpty() ) {
+        parameterParameterFile = " " + getParameterString();
+    }
+    // else if needed add the parameter to the indenter call string where the config file can be found.
+    else if (_useCfgFileParameter != "none") {
+        parameterParameterFile = " " + _useCfgFileParameter + "\"./" + configFilename + "\"";
+    }
+
+    // Assemble indenter call string for parameters according to the set order.
+    if ( _parameterOrder == "ipo" ) {
+        indenterCompleteCallString = parameterInputFile + parameterParameterFile + parameterOuputFile;
+    }
+    else if ( _parameterOrder == "pio" ) {
+        indenterCompleteCallString = parameterParameterFile + parameterInputFile + parameterOuputFile;
+    }
+    else if ( _parameterOrder == "poi" ) {
+        indenterCompleteCallString = parameterParameterFile + parameterOuputFile + parameterInputFile;
+    }
+    else {
+        indenterCompleteCallString = parameterInputFile + parameterOuputFile + parameterParameterFile;
+    }
+
+    // Generate the indenter call string either for win32 or other systems.
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+    indenterCompleteCallString = _indenterExecutableCallString + indenterCompleteCallString;
+#else
+    indenterCompleteCallString = "#!/bin/bash\n" + _indenterExecutableCallString + indenterCompleteCallString;
+#endif
+
+    // If the indenter writes to stdout pipe the output into a file
+    if ( _outputFileParameter == "stdout" ) {
+        indenterCompleteCallString = indenterCompleteCallString + " >" + _outputFileName + ".tmp";
+    }
+
+    // If the output filename is not the same as the input filename copy the output over the input.
+    if ( _outputFileName != _inputFileName ) {
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+        replaceInputFileCommand = "move /Y " + _outputFileName + ".tmp \"" + shellParameterPlaceholder + "\"\n";
+#else
+        replaceInputFileCommand = "mv " + _outputFileName + ".tmp \"" + shellParameterPlaceholder + "\"\n";
+#endif
+    }
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+    QString shellScript( TemplateBatchScript::getTemplateBatchScript() );
+    shellScript = shellScript.replace("__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__", indenterCompleteCallString + "\n" + replaceInputFileCommand);
+    indenterCompleteCallString = indenterCompleteCallString.replace("%1", "%%G");
+    replaceInputFileCommand = replaceInputFileCommand.replace("%1", "%%G");
+    shellScript = shellScript.replace("__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__", indenterCompleteCallString + "\n" + replaceInputFileCommand);
+#else
+    QString shellScript( TemplateBatchScript::getTemplateBatchScript() );
+    shellScript = shellScript.replace("__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__", indenterCompleteCallString + "\n" + replaceInputFileCommand);
+    indenterCompleteCallString = indenterCompleteCallString.replace("$1", "$file2indent");
+    replaceInputFileCommand = replaceInputFileCommand.replace("$1", "$file2indent");
+    shellScript = shellScript.replace("__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__", indenterCompleteCallString + "\n" + replaceInputFileCommand);
+#endif
+
+    return shellScript;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Format \a sourceCode by calling the indenter.
+
+    The \a inputFileExtension has to be given as parameter so the called indenter
+    can identify the programming language if needed.
+ */
+QString IndentHandler::callIndenter(QString sourceCode, QString inputFileExtension) {
+    if ( _indenterExecutableSuffix == ".js" ) {
+        return callJavaScriptIndenter(sourceCode);
+    }
+    else {
+        return callExecutableIndenter(sourceCode, inputFileExtension);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Format \a sourceCode by calling the interpreted JavaScript code of the indenter.
+
+    The \a inputFileExtension has to be given as parameter so the called indenter
+    can identify the programming language if needed.
+ */
+QString IndentHandler::callJavaScriptIndenter(QString sourceCode) {
+    QScriptEngine engine;
+
+    engine.globalObject().setProperty("unformattedCode", sourceCode);
+
+    QFile jsDecoderFile( _indenterExecutableCallString );
+    QString jsDecoderCode;
+    if (jsDecoderFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly)) {
+        jsDecoderCode = jsDecoderFile.readAll();
+    }
+    jsDecoderFile.close();
+
+    QScriptValue value = engine.evaluate(jsDecoderCode);
+    return value.toString();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Format \a sourceCode by calling the binary executable of the indenter.
+
+    The \a inputFileExtension has to be given as parameter so the called indenter
+    can identify the programming language if needed.
+ */
+QString IndentHandler::callExecutableIndenter(QString sourceCode, QString inputFileExtension) {
+    Q_ASSERT_X( !_inputFileName.isEmpty(), "callIndenter", "_inputFileName is empty" );
+//    Q_ASSERT_X( !_outputFileName.isEmpty(), "callIndenter", "_outputFileName is empty" );
+    Q_ASSERT_X( !_indenterFileName.isEmpty(), "callIndenter", "_indenterFileName is empty" );
+
+    if ( _indenterFileName.isEmpty() ) {
+        return "";
+    }
+
+    QString formattedSourceCode;
+    QString indenterCompleteCallString;
+    QString parameterInputFile;
+    QString parameterOuputFile;
+    QString parameterParameterFile;
+    QProcess indentProcess;
+    QString processReturnString;
+
+    // Generate the parameter string that will be saved to the indenters config file
+    QString parameterString = getParameterString();
+
+    if ( !_globalConfigFilename.isEmpty() ) {
+        saveConfigFile( _tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _globalConfigFilename, parameterString );
+    }
+
+    // Only add a dot to file extension if the string is not empty
+    if ( !inputFileExtension.isEmpty() ) {
+        inputFileExtension = "." + inputFileExtension;
+    }
+
+    // Delete any previously used input src file and create a new input src file.
+    QFile::remove(_tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _inputFileName + inputFileExtension);
+    QFile inputSrcFile(_tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _inputFileName + inputFileExtension);
+    // Write the source code to the input file for the indenter
+    if ( inputSrcFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text ) ) {
+        inputSrcFile.write( sourceCode.toUtf8() );
+        inputSrcFile.close();
+        qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Wrote to be indented source code to file " << inputSrcFile.fileName();
+    }
+    else {
+        qCritical() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Couldn't write to be indented source code to file " << inputSrcFile.fileName();
+    }
+
+    // Set the input file for the to be called indenter.
+    if ( _inputFileParameter.trimmed() == "<" || _inputFileParameter == "stdin" ) {
+        parameterInputFile = "";
+        indentProcess.setStandardInputFile( inputSrcFile.fileName() );
+    }
+    else {
+        parameterInputFile = " " + _inputFileParameter + _inputFileName + inputFileExtension;
+    }
+
+    // Set the output file for the to be called indenter.
+    if ( _outputFileParameter != "none" && _outputFileParameter != "stdout" ) {
+        parameterOuputFile = " " + _outputFileParameter + _outputFileName + inputFileExtension;
+    }
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
+    // Paths may contain Unicode or other foreign characters. Windows commands line tools will
+    // receive als falsely encoded path string by QProcess or they connot correctly handle
+    // the Unicode path on their own.
+    // Because of this the path gets converted to Windows short paths using the 8.3 notation.
+
+    qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Temp dir before trying to convert it to short Windows path is" << _tempDirctoryStr;
+
+    // At first convert the temp path to Windows like separators.
+    QString tempDirctoryStrHelper = QDir::toNativeSeparators(_tempDirctoryStr).replace("\\", "\\\\");
+    // Then convert the QString to a WCHAR array and NULL terminate it.
+    WCHAR *tempDirctoryWindowsStr = new WCHAR[ tempDirctoryStrHelper.length()+1 ];
+    tempDirctoryStrHelper.toWCharArray( tempDirctoryWindowsStr );
+    tempDirctoryWindowsStr[ tempDirctoryStrHelper.length() ] = (WCHAR)NULL;
+
+    // Get the length of the resulting short path.
+    long length = 0;
+    TCHAR *buffer = NULL;
+    length = GetShortPathName((LPCTSTR)tempDirctoryWindowsStr, NULL, 0);
+
+    // If the short path could be retrieved, create a correct sized buffer, store the
+    // short path in it and convert all back to QString.
+    if ( length != 0 ) {
+#ifdef UNICODE
+        buffer = new WCHAR[length];
+        length = GetShortPathName((LPCTSTR)tempDirctoryWindowsStr, buffer, length);
+        tempDirctoryStrHelper = QString::fromWCharArray( buffer );
+#else
+        buffer = new TCHAR[length];
+        length = GetShortPathName((LPCTSTR)tempDirctoryWindowsStr, buffer, length);
+        tempDirctoryStrHelper = buffer;
+#endif
+        _tempDirctoryStr = QDir::fromNativeSeparators(tempDirctoryStrHelper).replace("//", "/");
+        delete [] buffer;
+
+        // Check whether the short path still contains some kind of non ascii characters.
+        if ( _tempDirctoryStr.length() != _tempDirctoryStr.toAscii().length() ) {
+            qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Shortened path still contains non ascii characters. Could cause some indenters not to work properly!";
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Couldn't retrieve a short version of the temporary path!";
+    }
+
+    qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Temp dir after trying to convert it to short Windows path is " << _tempDirctoryStr;
+
+    delete [] tempDirctoryWindowsStr;
+#endif
+
+    // If the config file name is empty it is assumed that all parameters are sent via command line call
+    if ( _globalConfigFilename.isEmpty() ) {
+        parameterParameterFile = " " + parameterString;
+    }
+    // if needed add the parameter to the indenter call string where the config file can be found
+    else if (_useCfgFileParameter != "none") {
+        parameterParameterFile = " " + _useCfgFileParameter + "\"" + _tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _globalConfigFilename + "\"";
+    }
+
+    // Assemble indenter call string for parameters according to the set order.
+    if ( _parameterOrder == "ipo" ) {
+        indenterCompleteCallString = parameterInputFile + parameterParameterFile + parameterOuputFile;
+    }
+    else if ( _parameterOrder == "pio" ) {
+        indenterCompleteCallString = parameterParameterFile + parameterInputFile + parameterOuputFile;
+    }
+    else if ( _parameterOrder == "poi" ) {
+        indenterCompleteCallString = parameterParameterFile + parameterOuputFile + parameterInputFile;
+    }
+    else {
+        indenterCompleteCallString = parameterInputFile + parameterOuputFile + parameterParameterFile;
+    }
+
+    // If no indenter executable call string could be created before, show an error message.
+    if ( _indenterExecutableCallString.isEmpty() ) {
+        _errorMessageDialog->showMessage(tr("No indenter executable"),
+            tr("There exists no indenter executable with the name \"%1\" in the directory \"%2\" nor in the global environment.").arg(_indenterFileName).arg(_indenterDirctoryStr) );
+        return sourceCode;
+    }
+
+    // Generate the indenter call string either for win32 or other systems.
+    indenterCompleteCallString = _indenterExecutableCallString + indenterCompleteCallString;
+
+    // errors and standard outputs from the process call are merged together
+    //indentProcess.setReadChannelMode(QProcess::MergedChannels);
+
+	// Set the directory where the indenter will be executed for the process' environment as PWD.
+    QStringList env = indentProcess.environment();
+    env << "PWD=" + QFileInfo(_tempDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath();
+    indentProcess.setEnvironment( env );
+
+	// Set the directory for the indenter execution
+    indentProcess.setWorkingDirectory( QFileInfo(_tempDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() );
+
+    qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Will call the indenter in the directory " << indentProcess.workingDirectory() << " using this commandline call: " << indenterCompleteCallString;
+
+    indentProcess.start(indenterCompleteCallString);
+
+    processReturnString = "";
+    bool calledProcessSuccessfully = indentProcess.waitForFinished(10000);
+    // test if there was an error during starting the process of the indenter
+    if ( !calledProcessSuccessfully ) {
+        processReturnString = "";
+        processReturnString += tr("Returned error message: ") + indentProcess.errorString() + "
";
+
+        switch ( indentProcess.error() ) {
+            case QProcess::FailedToStart :
+                processReturnString += tr("Reason could be: ") + "The process failed to start. Either the invoked program is missing, or you may have insufficient permissions to invoke the program.
";
+                break;
+            case QProcess::Crashed :
+                processReturnString += "The process crashed some time after starting successfully.
";
+                break;
+            case QProcess::Timedout :
+                processReturnString += "The called indenter did not response for over 10 seconds, so aborted its execution.
";
+                break;
+            case QProcess::WriteError :
+                processReturnString += "An error occurred when attempting to write to the process. For example, the process may not be running, or it may have closed its input channel.
";
+                break;
+            case QProcess::ReadError :
+                processReturnString += "An error occurred when attempting to read from the process. For example, the process may not be running.
";
+                break;
+            case QProcess::UnknownError :
+                processReturnString += "An unknown error occurred. This is the default return value of error().
";
+                break;
+            default :
+                break;
+        }
+        processReturnString += tr("
Callstring was: ") + encodeToHTML(indenterCompleteCallString);
+        processReturnString += tr("

Indenter output was:
") + "
" +
+            "(STDOUT):" + encodeToHTML( indentProcess.readAllStandardOutput() ) + "
" +
+            "(STDERR):" + encodeToHTML( indentProcess.readAllStandardError() ) + "
" +
+            "
";
+        qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << processReturnString;
+        QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+        _errorMessageDialog->showMessage(tr("Error calling Indenter"), processReturnString);
+    }
+
+
+    // If the indenter returned an error code != 0 show its output.
+    if ( indentProcess.exitCode() != 0 ) {
+        QString exitCode;
+        exitCode.setNum(indentProcess.exitCode());
+        processReturnString = tr("Indenter returned with exit code: ") + exitCode + "
" +
+            tr("Indent console output was: ") + "
" +
+            "(STDOUT):" + encodeToHTML( indentProcess.readAllStandardOutput() ) + "
" +
+            "(STDERR):" + encodeToHTML( indentProcess.readAllStandardError() ) + "
" +
+            tr("
Callstring was: ") + encodeToHTML(indenterCompleteCallString) +
+            "";
+        qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << processReturnString;
+        QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+        _errorMessageDialog->showMessage( tr("Indenter returned error"), processReturnString );
+    }
+
+    // Only get the formatted source code, if calling the indenter did succeed.
+    if ( calledProcessSuccessfully ) {
+        // If the indenter results are written to stdout, read them from there...
+        if ( indentProcess.exitCode() == 0 && _outputFileParameter == "stdout"  ) {
+            formattedSourceCode = indentProcess.readAllStandardOutput();
+            qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Read indenter output from StdOut.";
+        }
+        // ... else read the output file generated by the indenter call.
+        else {
+            QFile outSrcFile(_tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _outputFileName + inputFileExtension);
+            if ( outSrcFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly | QFile::Text) ) {
+                QTextStream outSrcStrm(&outSrcFile);
+                outSrcStrm.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8") );
+                formattedSourceCode = outSrcStrm.readAll();
+                outSrcFile.close();
+                qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Read indenter output from file " << outSrcFile.fileName();
+            }
+            else {
+                qCritical() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Couldn't read indenter output from file " << outSrcFile.fileName();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        return sourceCode;
+    }
+
+    // Delete the temporary input and output files.
+    QFile::remove(_tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _outputFileName + inputFileExtension);
+    QFile::remove(_tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _inputFileName + inputFileExtension);
+
+    return formattedSourceCode;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Generates and returns a string with all parameters needed to call the indenter.
+ */
+QString IndentHandler::getParameterString() {
+    QString parameterString = "";
+
+    // generate parameter string for all boolean values
+    foreach (ParamBoolean pBoolean, _paramBooleans) {
+        if ( pBoolean.checkBox->isChecked() ) {
+            if ( !pBoolean.trueString.isEmpty() ) {
+                parameterString += pBoolean.trueString + _cfgFileParameterEnding;
+            }
+        }
+        else {
+            if ( !pBoolean.falseString.isEmpty() ) {
+                parameterString += pBoolean.falseString + _cfgFileParameterEnding;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // generate parameter string for all numeric values
+    foreach (ParamNumeric pNumeric, _paramNumerics) {
+        if ( pNumeric.valueEnabledChkBox->isChecked() ) {
+            parameterString += pNumeric.paramCallName + QString::number( pNumeric.spinBox->value() ) + _cfgFileParameterEnding;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // generate parameter string for all string values
+    foreach (ParamString pString, _paramStrings) {
+        if ( !pString.lineEdit->text().isEmpty() && pString.valueEnabledChkBox->isChecked() ) {
+            // Create parameter definition for each value devided by a | sign.
+            foreach (QString paramValue, pString.lineEdit->text().split("|")) {
+                parameterString += pString.paramCallName + paramValue + _cfgFileParameterEnding;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // generate parameter string for all multiple choice values
+    foreach (ParamMultiple pMultiple, _paramMultiples) {
+        if ( pMultiple.valueEnabledChkBox->isChecked() ) {
+            parameterString += pMultiple.choicesStrings.at( pMultiple.comboBox->currentIndex () ) + _cfgFileParameterEnding;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return parameterString;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Write settings for the indenter to a config file.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::saveConfigFile(QString filePathName, QString paramString) {
+    QFile::remove( filePathName );
+    QFile cfgFile( filePathName );
+
+    cfgFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text );
+    cfgFile.write( paramString.toAscii() );
+    cfgFile.close();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Load the config file for the indenter and apply the settings made there.
+ */
+bool IndentHandler::loadConfigFile(QString filePathName) {
+    QFile cfgFile(filePathName);
+    int index;
+    int crPos;
+    int paramValue = 0;
+    QString paramValueStr = "";
+    QString cfgFileData = "";
+
+    // If the to be loaded config file does not exist leave all values as they are and return false.
+    if ( !cfgFile.exists() ) {
+        return false;
+    }
+    // else if the to be read config file exists, retrieve its whole content.
+    else {
+        // Open the config file and read all data
+        cfgFile.open( QFile::ReadOnly | QFile::Text );
+        cfgFileData = cfgFile.readAll();
+        cfgFile.close();
+    }
+
+    // Search for name of each boolean parameter and set its value if found.
+    foreach (ParamBoolean pBoolean, _paramBooleans) {
+        // boolean value that will be assigned to the checkbox
+        bool paramValue = false;
+
+        // first search for the longer parameter string
+        // the true parameter string is longer than the false string
+        if ( pBoolean.trueString.length() > pBoolean.falseString.length() ) {
+            // search for the true string
+            index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pBoolean.trueString, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive );
+            // if true string found set the parameter value to true
+            if ( index != -1 ) {
+                paramValue = true;
+            }
+            // if true string not found, search for false string
+            else {
+                index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pBoolean.falseString, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive );
+                // if false string found set the parameter value to false
+                if ( index != -1 ) {
+                    paramValue = false;
+                }
+                // neither true nor false parameter found so use default value
+                else {
+                    paramValue = _indenterSettings->value(pBoolean.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toBool();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        // the false parameter string is longer than the true string
+        else {
+            // search for the false string
+            index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pBoolean.falseString, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive );
+            // if false string found set the parameter value to false
+            if ( index != -1 ) {
+                paramValue = false;
+            }
+            // if false string not found, search for true string
+            else {
+                index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pBoolean.trueString, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive );
+                // if true string found set the parameter value to true
+                if ( index != -1 ) {
+                    paramValue = true;
+                }
+                // neither true nor false parameter found so use default value
+                else {
+                    paramValue = _indenterSettings->value(pBoolean.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toBool();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        pBoolean.checkBox->setChecked(paramValue);
+    }
+
+    // Search for name of each numeric parameter and set the value found behind it.
+    foreach (ParamNumeric pNumeric, _paramNumerics) {
+        index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pNumeric.paramCallName, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive );
+        // parameter was found in config file
+        if ( index != -1 ) {
+            // set index after the parameter name, so in front of the number
+            index += pNumeric.paramCallName.length();
+
+            // Find the end of the parameter by searching for set config file parameter ending. Most of time this is a carriage return.
+            crPos = cfgFileData.indexOf( _cfgFileParameterEnding, index+1 );
+
+            // get the number and convert it to int
+            QString test = cfgFileData.mid( index, crPos - index );
+            paramValue = cfgFileData.mid( index, crPos - index ).toInt(NULL);
+
+            // disable the signal-slot connection. Otherwise signal is emmitted each time when value is set
+            QObject::disconnect(pNumeric.spinBox, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings()));
+            pNumeric.spinBox->setValue( paramValue );
+            pNumeric.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( true );
+            QObject::connect(pNumeric.spinBox, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings()));
+        }
+        // parameter was not found in config file
+        else {
+            int defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pNumeric.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt();
+            pNumeric.spinBox->setValue( defaultValue );
+            pNumeric.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( false );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Search for name of each string parameter and set it.
+    foreach (ParamString pString, _paramStrings) {
+        paramValueStr = "";
+        // The number of the found values for this parameter name.
+        int numberOfValues = 0;
+        index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pString.paramCallName, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive );
+        // If parameter was found in config file
+        if ( index != -1 ) {
+            while ( index != -1 ) {
+                numberOfValues++;
+
+                // Set index after the parameter name, so it points to the front of the string value.
+                index += pString.paramCallName.length();
+
+                // Find the end of the parameter by searching for set config file parameter ending. Most of time this is a carriage return.
+                crPos = cfgFileData.indexOf( _cfgFileParameterEnding, index+1 );
+
+                // Get the string and remember it.
+                if ( numberOfValues < 2 ) {
+                    paramValueStr = QString( cfgFileData.mid( index, crPos - index ) );
+                }
+                // If the same parameter has been set multiple times, concatenate the strings dvivided by a |.
+                else {
+                    paramValueStr = paramValueStr + "|" + QString( cfgFileData.mid( index, crPos - index ) );
+                }
+
+                // Get next value for this setting, if one exists.
+                index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pString.paramCallName, crPos+1, Qt::CaseInsensitive );
+            }
+            // Set the text for the line edit.
+            pString.lineEdit->setText( paramValueStr );
+            pString.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( true );
+        }
+        // Parameter was not found in config file
+        else {
+            paramValueStr = _indenterSettings->value(pString.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toString();
+            pString.lineEdit->setText( paramValueStr );
+            pString.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( false );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // search for name of each multiple choice parameter and set it
+    foreach (ParamMultiple pMultiple, _paramMultiples) {
+        int i = 0;
+        index = -1;
+
+        // search for all parameter names of the multiple choice list
+        // if one is found, set it and leave the while loop
+        while ( i < pMultiple.choicesStrings.count() && index == -1 ) {
+            index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pMultiple.choicesStrings.at(i), 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive );
+            if ( index != -1 ) {
+                pMultiple.comboBox->setCurrentIndex( i );
+                pMultiple.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( true );
+            }
+            i++;
+        }
+
+        // parameter was not set in config file, so use default value
+        if ( index == -1 ) {
+            int defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pMultiple.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt();
+            pMultiple.comboBox->setCurrentIndex( defaultValue );
+            pMultiple.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( false );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Sets all indenter parameters to their default values defined in the ini file.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::resetToDefaultValues() {
+    // Search for name of each boolean parameter and set its value if found.
+    foreach (ParamBoolean pBoolean, _paramBooleans) {
+        // Boolean value that will be assigned to the checkbox.
+        bool defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pBoolean.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toBool();
+        pBoolean.checkBox->setChecked( defaultValue );
+    }
+
+    // Search for name of each numeric parameter and set the value found behind it.
+    foreach (ParamNumeric pNumeric, _paramNumerics) {
+        int defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pNumeric.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt();
+        pNumeric.spinBox->setValue( defaultValue );
+        pNumeric.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(pNumeric.paramName + "/Enabled").toBool() );
+    }
+
+    // Search for name of each string parameter and set it.
+    foreach (ParamString pString, _paramStrings) {
+        QString defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pString.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toString();
+        pString.lineEdit->setText( defaultValue );
+        pString.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(pString.paramName + "/Enabled").toBool() );
+    }
+
+    // Search for name of each multiple choice parameter and set it.
+    foreach (ParamMultiple pMultiple, _paramMultiples) {
+        int defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pMultiple.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt();
+        pMultiple.comboBox->setCurrentIndex( defaultValue );
+        pMultiple.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(pMultiple.paramName + "/Enabled").toBool() );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Opens and parses the indenter ini file that is declared by \a iniFilePath.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::readIndentIniFile(QString iniFilePath) {
+    Q_ASSERT_X( !iniFilePath.isEmpty(), "readIndentIniFile", "iniFilePath is empty" );
+
+    // open the ini-file that contains all available indenter settings with their additional infos
+    _indenterSettings = new UiGuiIniFileParser(iniFilePath);
+
+    QStringList categories;
+    //QString indenterGroupString = "";
+    QString paramToolTip = "";
+
+
+    //
+    //  parse ini file indenter header
+    //
+
+    _indenterName = _indenterSettings->value("header/indenterName").toString();
+    _indenterFileName = _indenterSettings->value("header/indenterFileName").toString();
+    _globalConfigFilename = _indenterSettings->value("header/configFilename").toString();
+    _useCfgFileParameter = _indenterSettings->value("header/useCfgFileParameter").toString();
+    _cfgFileParameterEnding = _indenterSettings->value("header/cfgFileParameterEnding").toString();
+    if ( _cfgFileParameterEnding == "cr" ) {
+        _cfgFileParameterEnding = "\n";
+    }
+    _indenterShowHelpParameter = _indenterSettings->value("header/showHelpParameter").toString();
+
+    if ( _indenterFileName.isEmpty() ) {
+        _errorMessageDialog->showMessage( tr("Indenter ini file header error"),
+            tr("The loaded indenter ini file \"%1\"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set.").arg(iniFilePath) );
+    }
+
+    // Read the parameter order. Possible values are (p=parameter[file] i=inputfile o=outputfile)
+    // pio, ipo, iop
+    _parameterOrder = _indenterSettings->value("header/parameterOrder", "pio").toString();
+    _inputFileParameter = _indenterSettings->value("header/inputFileParameter").toString();
+    _inputFileName = _indenterSettings->value("header/inputFileName").toString();
+    _outputFileParameter = _indenterSettings->value("header/outputFileParameter").toString();
+    _outputFileName = _indenterSettings->value("header/outputFileName").toString();
+    _fileTypes = _indenterSettings->value("header/fileTypes").toString();
+    _fileTypes.replace('|', " ");
+
+    // read the categories names which are separated by "|"
+    QString categoriesStr = _indenterSettings->value("header/categories").toString();
+    categories = categoriesStr.split("|");
+    // Assure that the category list is never empty. At least contain a "general" section.
+    if ( categories.isEmpty() ) {
+        categories.append("General");
+    }
+
+    IndenterParameterCategoryPage categoryPage;
+
+    // create a page for each category and store its references in a toolboxpage-array
+    foreach (QString category, categories) {
+        categoryPage.widget = new QWidget();
+        categoryPage.widget->setObjectName(category);
+        categoryPage.widget->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding);
+        categoryPage.vboxLayout = new QVBoxLayout(categoryPage.widget);
+        categoryPage.vboxLayout->setSpacing(6);
+        categoryPage.vboxLayout->setMargin(9);
+        categoryPage.vboxLayout->setObjectName(category);
+        _indenterParameterCategoryPages.append(categoryPage);
+        _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->addItem(categoryPage.widget, category);
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    //  parse ini file indenter parameters
+    //
+
+    // read all possible parameters written in brackets []
+    _indenterParameters = _indenterSettings->childGroups();
+
+    // read each parameter to create the corresponding input field
+    foreach (QString indenterParameter, _indenterParameters) {
+        // if it is not the indent header definition read the parameter and add it to
+        // the corresponding category toolbox page
+        if ( indenterParameter != "header") {
+            // read to which category the parameter belongs
+            int category = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Category").toInt();
+            // Assure that the category number is never greater than the available categories.
+            if ( category > _indenterParameterCategoryPages.size()-1 ) {
+                category = _indenterParameterCategoryPages.size()-1;
+            }
+            // read which type of input field the parameter needs
+            QString editType = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/EditorType").toString();
+
+            // edit type is numeric so create a spinbox with label
+            if ( editType == "numeric" ) {
+                // read the parameter name as it is used at the command line or in its config file
+                QString parameterCallName = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/CallName").toString();
+
+                // create checkbox which enables or disables the parameter
+                QCheckBox *chkBox = new QCheckBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget );
+                chkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Enabled").toBool() );
+                chkBox->setToolTip( "Enables/disables the parameter. If disabled the indenters default value will be used." );
+                chkBox->setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed );
+                int left, top, right, bottom;
+                chkBox->getContentsMargins( &left, &top, &right, &bottom );
+                chkBox->setContentsMargins( left, top, 0, bottom );
+
+                // create the spinbox
+                QSpinBox *spinBox = new QSpinBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget );
+                paramToolTip = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Description").toString();
+                spinBox->setToolTip( paramToolTip );
+                spinBox->setMaximumWidth(50);
+                spinBox->setMinimumWidth(50);
+                if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) {
+                    spinBox->installEventFilter( _mainWindow );
+                }
+                if ( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/MinVal").toString() != "" ) {
+                    spinBox->setMinimum( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/MinVal").toInt() );
+                }
+                else {
+                    spinBox->setMinimum( 0 );
+                }
+                if ( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/MaxVal").toString() != "" ) {
+                    spinBox->setMaximum( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/MaxVal").toInt() );
+                }
+                else {
+                    spinBox->setMaximum( 2000 );
+                }
+
+                // create the label
+                QLabel *label = new QLabel( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget );
+                label->setText(indenterParameter);
+                label->setBuddy(spinBox);
+                label->setToolTip( paramToolTip );
+                if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) {
+                    label->installEventFilter( _mainWindow );
+                }
+
+                // put all into a layout and add it to the toolbox page
+                QHBoxLayout *hboxLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
+                hboxLayout->addWidget(chkBox);
+                hboxLayout->addWidget(spinBox);
+                hboxLayout->addWidget(label);
+                _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).vboxLayout->addLayout(hboxLayout);
+
+                // remember parameter name and reference to its spinbox
+                ParamNumeric paramNumeric;
+                paramNumeric.paramName = indenterParameter;
+                paramNumeric.paramCallName = parameterCallName;
+                paramNumeric.spinBox = spinBox;
+                paramNumeric.label = label;
+                paramNumeric.valueEnabledChkBox = chkBox;
+                paramNumeric.spinBox->setValue( _indenterSettings->value(paramNumeric.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt() );
+                _paramNumerics.append(paramNumeric);
+
+                QObject::connect(spinBox, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings()));
+                QObject::connect(chkBox, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings()));
+#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+                connect( spinBox, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) );
+#endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+            }
+            // edit type is boolean so create a checkbox
+            else if ( editType == "boolean" ) {
+                // create the checkbox, make its settings and add it to the toolbox page
+                QCheckBox *chkBox = new QCheckBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget );
+                chkBox->setText(indenterParameter);
+                paramToolTip = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Description").toString();
+                chkBox->setToolTip( paramToolTip );
+                if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) {
+                    chkBox->installEventFilter( _mainWindow );
+                }
+                _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).vboxLayout->addWidget(chkBox);
+
+                // remember parameter name and reference to its checkbox
+                ParamBoolean paramBoolean;
+                paramBoolean.paramName = indenterParameter;
+                paramBoolean.checkBox = chkBox;
+                QStringList trueFalseStrings = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/TrueFalse").toString().split("|");
+                paramBoolean.trueString = trueFalseStrings.at(0);
+                paramBoolean.falseString = trueFalseStrings.at(1);
+                paramBoolean.checkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(paramBoolean.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toBool() );
+                _paramBooleans.append(paramBoolean);
+
+                QObject::connect(chkBox, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings()));
+            }
+            // edit type is numeric so create a line edit with label
+            else if ( editType == "string" ) {
+                // read the parameter name as it is used at the command line or in its config file
+                QString parameterCallName = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/CallName").toString();
+
+                // create check box which enables or disables the parameter
+                QCheckBox *chkBox = new QCheckBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget );
+                chkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Enabled").toBool() );
+                chkBox->setToolTip( "Enables/disables the parameter. If disabled the indenters default value will be used." );
+                chkBox->setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed );
+                int left, top, right, bottom;
+                chkBox->getContentsMargins( &left, &top, &right, &bottom );
+                chkBox->setContentsMargins( left, top, 0, bottom );
+
+                // create the line edit
+                QLineEdit *lineEdit = new QLineEdit( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget );
+                paramToolTip = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Description").toString();
+                lineEdit->setToolTip( paramToolTip );
+                lineEdit->setMaximumWidth(50);
+                lineEdit->setMinimumWidth(50);
+                if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) {
+                    lineEdit->installEventFilter( _mainWindow );
+                }
+
+                // create the label
+                QLabel *label = new QLabel( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget );
+                label->setText(indenterParameter);
+                label->setBuddy(lineEdit);
+                label->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, QSizePolicy::Preferred);
+                label->setToolTip( paramToolTip );
+                if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) {
+                    label->installEventFilter( _mainWindow );
+                }
+
+                // put all into a layout and add it to the toolbox page
+                QHBoxLayout *hboxLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
+                hboxLayout->addWidget(chkBox);
+                hboxLayout->addWidget(lineEdit);
+                hboxLayout->addWidget(label);
+                _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).vboxLayout->addLayout(hboxLayout);
+
+                // remember parameter name and reference to its line edit
+                ParamString paramString;
+                paramString.paramName = indenterParameter;
+                paramString.paramCallName = parameterCallName;
+                paramString.lineEdit = lineEdit;
+                paramString.label = label;
+                paramString.valueEnabledChkBox = chkBox;
+                paramString.lineEdit->setText( _indenterSettings->value(paramString.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toString() );
+                _paramStrings.append(paramString);
+
+                QObject::connect(lineEdit, SIGNAL(editingFinished()), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings()));
+                QObject::connect(chkBox, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings()));
+#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+                connect( lineEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) );
+#endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+            }
+            // edit type is multiple so create a combobox with label
+            else if ( editType == "multiple" ) {
+                // read the parameter name as it is used at the command line or in its config file
+                QString parameterCallName = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/CallName").toString();
+
+                // create checkbox which enables or disables the parameter
+                QCheckBox *chkBox = new QCheckBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget );
+                chkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Enabled").toBool() );
+                chkBox->setToolTip( "Enables/disables the parameter. If disabled the indenters default value will be used." );
+                chkBox->setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed );
+                int left, top, right, bottom;
+                chkBox->getContentsMargins( &left, &top, &right, &bottom );
+                chkBox->setContentsMargins( left, top, 0, bottom );
+
+                // create the combo box
+                QComboBox *comboBox = new QComboBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget );
+                QStringList choicesStrings = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Choices").toString().split("|");
+                QStringList choicesStringsReadable = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/ChoicesReadable").toString().split("|", QString::SkipEmptyParts);
+                if ( choicesStringsReadable.isEmpty() ) {
+                    comboBox->addItems( choicesStrings );
+                }
+                else {
+                    comboBox->addItems( choicesStringsReadable );
+                }
+                paramToolTip = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Description").toString();
+                comboBox->setToolTip( paramToolTip );
+                if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) {
+                    comboBox->installEventFilter( _mainWindow );
+                }
+
+                // put all into a layout and add it to the toolbox page
+                QHBoxLayout *hboxLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
+                hboxLayout->addWidget(chkBox);
+                hboxLayout->addWidget(comboBox);
+                _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).vboxLayout->addLayout(hboxLayout);
+
+                // remember parameter name and reference to its lineedit
+                ParamMultiple paramMultiple;
+                paramMultiple.paramName = indenterParameter;
+                paramMultiple.paramCallName = parameterCallName;
+                paramMultiple.comboBox = comboBox;
+                paramMultiple.choicesStrings = choicesStrings;
+                paramMultiple.choicesStringsReadable = choicesStringsReadable;
+                paramMultiple.valueEnabledChkBox = chkBox;
+                paramMultiple.comboBox->setCurrentIndex( _indenterSettings->value(paramMultiple.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt() );
+                _paramMultiples.append(paramMultiple);
+
+                QObject::connect(comboBox, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings()));
+                QObject::connect(chkBox, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings()));
+#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+                connect( comboBox, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) );
+#endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // put a spacer at each page end
+    foreach (IndenterParameterCategoryPage categoryPage, _indenterParameterCategoryPages) {
+        categoryPage.vboxLayout->addStretch();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Searches and returns all indenters a configuration file is found for.
+
+    Opens all uigui ini files found in the list \a _indenterIniFileList, opens each ini file
+    and reads the there defined real name of the indenter. These names are being returned as QStringList.
+ */
+QStringList IndentHandler::getAvailableIndenters() {
+    QStringList indenterNamesList;
+
+    // Loop for every existing uigui ini file
+    foreach (QString indenterIniFile, _indenterIniFileList) {
+        // Open the ini file and search for the indenter name
+        QFile file(_indenterDirctoryStr + "/" + indenterIniFile);
+        if ( file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text) ) {
+            int index = -1;
+            QByteArray line;
+            // Search for the string "indenterName=" and get the following string until line end.
+            while ( index == -1 &&  !file.atEnd() ) {
+                line = file.readLine();
+                index = line.indexOf( "indenterName=", 0);
+            }
+
+            if ( index == 0 ) {
+                line = line.remove(0, 13);
+                indenterNamesList << line.trimmed();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return indenterNamesList;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Deletes all elements in the toolbox and initializes the indenter selected by \a indenterID.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::setIndenter(int indenterID) {
+    QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor);
+
+#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+    disconnect( _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox, SIGNAL(currentChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) );
+#endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+
+    // Generate the parameter string that will be saved to the indenters config file.
+    QString parameterString = getParameterString();
+    if ( !_indenterFileName.isEmpty() ) {
+        saveConfigFile( _settingsDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterFileName + ".cfg", parameterString );
+    }
+
+    // Take care if the selected indenterID is smaller or greater than the number of existing indenters
+    if ( indenterID < 0 ) {
+        indenterID = 0;
+    }
+    if ( indenterID >= _indenterIniFileList.count() ) {
+        indenterID = _indenterIniFileList.count() - 1;
+    }
+
+    // remove all pages from the toolbox
+    for (int i = 0; i < _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->count(); i++) {
+        _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->removeItem(i);
+    }
+
+    // delete all toolbox pages and by this its children
+    foreach (IndenterParameterCategoryPage categoryPage, _indenterParameterCategoryPages) {
+        delete categoryPage.widget;
+    }
+
+    // empty all lists, which stored infos for the toolbox pages and its widgets
+    _indenterParameterCategoryPages.clear();
+    _paramStrings.clear();
+    _paramNumerics.clear();
+    _paramBooleans.clear();
+    _paramMultiples.clear();
+    delete _indenterSettings;
+
+#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+    QWidget dummyWidget;
+    _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->addItem(&dummyWidget, "dummyText");
+#endif
+
+    readIndentIniFile( _indenterDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterIniFileList.at(indenterID) );
+
+    // Find out how the indenter can be executed.
+    createIndenterCallString();
+
+    // Load the users last settings made for this indenter.
+    loadConfigFile( _settingsDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterFileName + ".cfg" );
+
+    handleChangedIndenterSettings();
+
+    QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+
+#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+    connect( _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox, SIGNAL(currentChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) );
+    _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->removeItem( _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->indexOf(&dummyWidget) );
+#endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns a string containing by the indenter supported file types/extensions divided by a space.
+ */
+QString IndentHandler::getPossibleIndenterFileExtensions() {
+    return _fileTypes;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the path and filename of the current indenter config file.
+ */
+QString IndentHandler::getIndenterCfgFile() {
+    QFileInfo fileInfo( _indenterDirctoryStr + "/" + _globalConfigFilename );
+    return fileInfo.absoluteFilePath();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Tries to create a call path string for the indenter executable. If successful returns true.
+ */
+bool IndentHandler::createIndenterCallString() {
+    QProcess indentProcess;
+
+    if ( _indenterFileName.isEmpty() ) {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // First try to call the indenter inside of the data dir, using some suffix
+    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    // Set the directory for the indenter execution
+    indentProcess.setWorkingDirectory( QFileInfo(_indenterDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() );
+
+    foreach ( QString suffix, QStringList() << "" << ".exe" << ".bat" << ".com" << ".sh" ) {
+        _indenterExecutableSuffix = suffix;
+        _indenterExecutableCallString = QFileInfo(_indenterDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() + "/" + _indenterFileName;
+        _indenterExecutableCallString += suffix;
+
+        // Only try to call the indenter, if the file exists.
+        if ( QFile::exists(_indenterExecutableCallString) ) {
+            // Only try to call the indenter directly if it is no php file
+            if ( QFileInfo(_indenterExecutableCallString).suffix().toLower() != "php" ) {
+                indentProcess.start( "\"" + _indenterExecutableCallString +  + "\" " + _indenterShowHelpParameter );
+                if ( indentProcess.waitForFinished(2000) ) {
+                    _indenterExecutableCallString = "\"" + _indenterExecutableCallString + "\"";
+                    return true;
+                }
+                else if ( indentProcess.error() == QProcess::Timedout ) {
+                    _indenterExecutableCallString = "\"" + _indenterExecutableCallString + "\"";
+                    return true;
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Test for needed interpreters
+            // ----------------------------
+            // If the file could not be executed, try to find a shebang at its start or test if its a php file.
+            QString interpreterName = "";
+            QFile indenterExecutable( _indenterExecutableCallString );
+
+            // If indenter executable file has .php as suffix, use php as default interpreter
+            if ( QFileInfo(_indenterExecutableCallString).suffix().toLower() == "php" ) {
+                interpreterName = "php -f";
+            }
+            // Else try to open the file and read the shebang.
+            else if ( indenterExecutable.open(QFile::ReadOnly) ) {
+                // Read the first line of the file.
+                QTextStream indenterExecutableContent(&indenterExecutable);
+                QString firstLineOfIndenterExe = indenterExecutableContent.readLine(75);
+                indenterExecutable.close();
+
+                // If the initial shebang is found, read the named intepreter. e.g. perl
+                if ( firstLineOfIndenterExe.startsWith("#!") ) {
+                    // Get the rightmost word. by splitting the string into only full words.
+                    interpreterName = firstLineOfIndenterExe.split( "/" ).last();
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Try to call the interpreter, if it exists.
+            if ( !interpreterName.isEmpty() ) {
+                _indenterExecutableCallString = interpreterName + " \"" + _indenterExecutableCallString + "\"";
+                indentProcess.start( interpreterName + " -h");
+                if ( indentProcess.waitForFinished(2000) ) {
+                    return true;
+                }
+                else if ( indentProcess.error() == QProcess::Timedout ) {
+                    return true;
+                }
+                // now we know an interpreter is needed but it could not be called, so inform the user.
+                else {
+                    _errorMessageDialog->showMessage( tr("Interpreter needed"),
+                        tr("To use the selected indenter the program \"%1\" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings.").arg(interpreterName) );
+                    return true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    // If unsuccessful try if the indenter executable is a JavaScript file
+    // -------------------------------------------------------------------
+    _indenterExecutableSuffix = ".js";
+    _indenterExecutableCallString = QFileInfo(_indenterDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() + "/" + _indenterFileName;
+    _indenterExecutableCallString += _indenterExecutableSuffix;
+    if ( QFile::exists(_indenterExecutableCallString) ) {
+        return true;
+    }
+
+
+    // If unsuccessful try to call the indenter global, using some suffix
+    // ------------------------------------------------------------------
+    foreach ( QString suffix, QStringList() << "" << ".exe" << ".bat" << ".com" << ".sh" ) {
+        _indenterExecutableSuffix = suffix;
+        _indenterExecutableCallString = _indenterFileName + suffix;
+        indentProcess.start( _indenterExecutableCallString + " " + _indenterShowHelpParameter );
+        if ( indentProcess.waitForFinished(2000) ) {
+            return true;
+        }
+        else if ( indentProcess.error() == QProcess::Timedout ) {
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    // If even globally calling the indenter fails, try calling .com and .exe via wine
+    // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    _indenterExecutableCallString = "\"" + QFileInfo(_indenterDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() + "/" + _indenterFileName;
+
+    foreach ( QString suffix, QStringList() << ".exe" << ".com" ) {
+        _indenterExecutableSuffix = suffix;
+        if ( QFile::exists(_indenterDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterFileName + suffix) ) {
+            QProcess wineTestProcess;
+            wineTestProcess.start("wine --version");
+            // if the process of wine was not callable assume that wine is not installed
+            if ( !wineTestProcess.waitForFinished(2000) ) {
+                _errorMessageDialog->showMessage(tr("wine not installed"), tr("There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter.") );
+                _indenterExecutableCallString = "";
+                return false;
+            }
+            else {
+                _indenterExecutableCallString = "\"" + QFileInfo(_indenterDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() + "/";
+                _indenterExecutableCallString += _indenterFileName + suffix + "\"";
+                _indenterExecutableCallString = "wine " + _indenterExecutableCallString;
+
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    _indenterExecutableCallString = "";
+    _indenterExecutableSuffix = "";
+    return false;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns a string that points to where the indenters manual can be found.
+ */
+QString IndentHandler::getManual() {
+    if ( _indenterSettings != NULL ) {
+        return _indenterSettings->value("header/manual").toString();
+    }
+    else {
+        return "";
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot gets the reference to the indenters manual and opens it.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::showIndenterManual() {
+    QString manualReference = getManual();
+    QDesktopServices::openUrl( manualReference );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Can be called to update all widgets text to the currently selected language.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::retranslateUi() {
+    _indenterSelectionCombobox->setToolTip( tr("
Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters
") );
+    _indenterParameterHelpButton->setToolTip( tr("Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters.") );
+
+    _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile->setText(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Load Indenter Config File", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+    _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile->setStatusTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+    _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile->setShortcut(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Alt+O", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+
+    _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile->setText(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Save Indenter Config File", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+    _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile->setStatusTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+    _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile->setShortcut(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Alt+S", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+
+    _actionCreateShellScript->setText(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Create Indenter Call Shell Script", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+    _actionCreateShellScript->setToolTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+    _actionCreateShellScript->setStatusTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+
+    _actionResetIndenterParameters->setText(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Reset indenter parameters", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+    _actionResetIndenterParameters->setToolTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Resets all indenter parameters to the default values.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+    _actionResetIndenterParameters->setStatusTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Resets all indenter parameters to the default values.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8));
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the name of the currently selected indenter.
+ */
+QString IndentHandler::getCurrentIndenterName() {
+    QString currentIndenterName = _indenterSelectionCombobox->currentText();
+
+    // Remove the supported programming languages from indenters name, which are set in braces.
+    if ( currentIndenterName.indexOf("(") > 0 ) {
+        // Using index-1 to also leave out the blank before the brace.
+        currentIndenterName = currentIndenterName.left( currentIndenterName.indexOf("(")-1 );
+    }
+
+    return currentIndenterName;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Shows a file open dialog to open an existing config file for the currently selected indenter.
+
+    If the file was successfully opened the indent handler is called to load the settings and update itself.
+*/
+void IndentHandler::openConfigFileDialog() {
+    QString configFilePath;
+
+    configFilePath = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( NULL, tr("Choose indenter config file"), getIndenterCfgFile(), "All files (*.*)" );
+
+    if (configFilePath != "") {
+        // If the config file was loaded successfully, inform any who is interested about it.
+        if ( loadConfigFile(configFilePath) )
+            handleChangedIndenterSettings();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Calls the indenter config file save as dialog to save the config file under a chosen name.
+
+    If the file already exists and it should be overwritten, a warning is shown before.
+*/
+void IndentHandler::saveasIndentCfgFileDialog() {
+    QString fileExtensions = tr("All files")+" (*.*)";
+
+    //QString openedSourceFileContent = openFileDialog( tr("Choose source code file"), "./", fileExtensions );
+    QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( this, tr("Save indent config file"), getIndenterCfgFile(), fileExtensions);
+
+    if (fileName != "") {
+        QFile::remove(fileName);
+        QFile outCfgFile(fileName);
+        outCfgFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text );
+        outCfgFile.write( getParameterString().toAscii() );
+        outCfgFile.close();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Invokes the indenter to create a shell script.
+
+    Lets the indenter create a shell script for calling the indenter out of any
+    other application and open a save dialog for saving the shell script.
+*/
+void IndentHandler::createIndenterCallShellScript() {
+    QString shellScriptExtension;
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+    shellScriptExtension = "bat";
+#else
+    shellScriptExtension = "sh";
+#endif
+
+    QString fileExtensions = tr("Shell Script")+" (*."+shellScriptExtension+");;"+tr("All files")+" (*.*)";
+
+    QString currentIndenterName = getCurrentIndenterName();
+    currentIndenterName = currentIndenterName.replace(" ", "_");
+
+    QString shellScriptFileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( this, tr("Save shell script"), "call_"+currentIndenterName+"."+shellScriptExtension, fileExtensions);
+
+    // Saving has been canceled if the filename is empty
+    if ( shellScriptFileName.isEmpty() ) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Delete any old file, write the new contents and set executable permissions.
+    QFile::remove(shellScriptFileName);
+    QFile outSrcFile(shellScriptFileName);
+    if ( outSrcFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text ) ) {
+        QString shellScriptConfigFilename = QFileInfo(shellScriptFileName).baseName() + "." + QFileInfo(_globalConfigFilename).suffix();
+
+        // Get the content of the shell/batch script.
+        QString indenterCallShellScript = generateShellScript(shellScriptConfigFilename);
+
+        // Replace placeholder for script name in script template.
+        indenterCallShellScript = indenterCallShellScript.replace( "__INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__", QFileInfo(shellScriptFileName).fileName() );
+
+        outSrcFile.write( indenterCallShellScript.toAscii() );
+#if !defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+        // For none Windows systems set the files executable flag
+        outSrcFile.setPermissions( outSrcFile.permissions() | QFile::ExeOwner | QFile::ExeUser| QFile::ExeGroup );
+#endif
+        outSrcFile.close();
+
+        // Save the indenter config file to the same directory, where the shell srcipt was saved to,
+        // because the script will reference it there via "./".
+        if ( !_globalConfigFilename.isEmpty() ) {
+            saveConfigFile( QFileInfo(shellScriptFileName).path() + "/" + shellScriptConfigFilename, getParameterString() );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Resets all parameters to the indenters default values as they are specified in the uigui ini file
+    but asks the user whether to do it really.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::resetIndenterParameter() {
+    int messageBoxAnswer = QMessageBox::question(this, tr("Really reset parameters?"), tr("Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values?"), QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Abort );
+    if ( messageBoxAnswer == QMessageBox::Yes ) {
+        resetToDefaultValues();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Catch some events and let some other be handled by the super class.
+
+    Is needed for use as Notepad++ plugin.
+ */
+bool IndentHandler::event( QEvent *event ) {
+    if ( event->type() == QEvent::WindowActivate ) {
+        event->accept();
+        return true;
+    }
+    else if ( event->type() == QEvent::WindowDeactivate ) {
+        event->accept();
+        return true;
+    }
+    else {
+        event->ignore();
+        return QWidget::event(event);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Sets the function pointer \a _parameterChangedCallback to the given callback
+    function \a paramChangedCallback.
+
+    Is needed for use as Notepad++ plugin.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::setParameterChangedCallback( void(*paramChangedCallback)(void) ) {
+    _parameterChangedCallback = paramChangedCallback;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Emits the \a indenterSettingsChanged signal and if set executes the \a _parameterChangedCallback function.
+
+   Is needed for use as Notepad++ plugin.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::handleChangedIndenterSettings() {
+    emit( indenterSettingsChanged() );
+
+    if ( _parameterChangedCallback != NULL ) {
+        _parameterChangedCallback();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Sets a callback function that shall be called, when the this indenter parameter window gets closed.
+
+   Is needed for use as Notepad++ plugin.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::setWindowClosedCallback( void(*winClosedCallback)(void) ) {
+    _windowClosedCallback = winClosedCallback;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Is called on this indenter parameter window close and if set calls the function \a _windowClosedCallback.
+
+    Is needed for use as Notepad++ plugin.
+ */
+void IndentHandler::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event) {
+    if ( _windowClosedCallback != NULL ) {
+        _windowClosedCallback();
+    }
+    event->accept();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the id (list index) of the currently selected indenter.
+ */
+int IndentHandler::getIndenterId() {
+    return _indenterSelectionCombobox->currentIndex();
+}
+
+
+void IndentHandler::updateDrawing() {
+#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+    if ( isVisible() ) {
+        QRect savedGeometry = geometry();
+        setGeometry( savedGeometry.adjusted(0,0,0,1) );
+        repaint();
+        setGeometry( savedGeometry );
+    }
+#endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+}
+
+void IndentHandler::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent *event ) {
+	UNUSED_PARAMETER_WARNING_AVOID(event);
+#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+    QWidget::wheelEvent( event );
+    updateDrawing();
+#endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Converts characters < > and & in the \a text to HTML codes < > and &.
+ */
+//TODO: This function should go into a string helper/tool class/file.
+QString IndentHandler::encodeToHTML(const QString &text) {
+    QString htmlText = text;
+    htmlText.replace("&", "&");
+    htmlText.replace("<", "<");
+    htmlText.replace(">", ">");
+    htmlText.replace('"', """);
+    htmlText.replace("'", "'");
+    htmlText.replace("^", "ˆ");
+    htmlText.replace("~", "˜");
+    htmlText.replace("€", "€");
+    htmlText.replace("©", "©");
+    return htmlText;
+}
diff --git a/src/IndentHandler.h b/src/IndentHandler.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3ccb553
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/IndentHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef INDENTHANDLER_H
+#define INDENTHANDLER_H
+
+#include 
+
+class UiGuiErrorMessage;
+class UiGuiIniFileParser;
+
+class QMenu;
+class QVBoxLayout;
+class QLabel;
+class QSpinBox;
+class QComboBox;
+class QCheckBox;
+class QLineEdit;
+class QToolButton;
+class QToolBox;
+
+
+class IndentHandler : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    IndentHandler(int indenterID, QWidget *mainWindow = NULL, QWidget *parent = NULL);
+    ~IndentHandler();
+
+    QString generateShellScript(const QString &configFilename);
+    QString callIndenter(QString sourceCode, QString inputFileExtension);
+    bool loadConfigFile(QString filePathName);
+    void resetToDefaultValues();
+    QStringList getAvailableIndenters();
+    QString getPossibleIndenterFileExtensions();
+    QString getParameterString();
+    QString getIndenterCfgFile();
+    QString getManual();
+    void retranslateUi();
+    QString getCurrentIndenterName();
+    QMenu* getIndenterMenu();
+    QList getIndenterMenuActions();
+    void contextMenuEvent( QContextMenuEvent *event );
+    void setParameterChangedCallback( void(*paramChangedCallback)(void) );
+    void setWindowClosedCallback( void(*winClosedCallback)(void) );
+    int getIndenterId();
+
+signals:
+    void indenterSettingsChanged();
+    void selectedIndenterIndexChanged(int index);
+
+protected:
+    bool event( QEvent *event );
+    void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event);
+    void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent *event );
+
+private slots:
+    void setIndenter(int indenterID);
+    void showIndenterManual();
+    void openConfigFileDialog();
+    void saveasIndentCfgFileDialog();
+    void createIndenterCallShellScript();
+    void resetIndenterParameter();
+    void handleChangedIndenterSettings();
+    void updateDrawing();
+
+private:
+    QString callExecutableIndenter(QString sourceCode, QString inputFileExtension);
+    QString callJavaScriptIndenter(QString sourceCode);
+    void saveConfigFile(QString filePathName, QString parameterString);
+    void readIndentIniFile(QString iniFilePath);
+    bool createIndenterCallString();
+    void initIndenterMenu();
+
+    //! Holds a reference to all created pages of the parameter categories toolbox and the pages boxlayout
+    struct IndenterParameterCategoryPage {
+        QWidget *widget;
+        QVBoxLayout *vboxLayout;
+    };
+    QVector _indenterParameterCategoryPages;
+
+    //! Holds a reference to all checkboxes needed for boolean parameter setting and the parameters name
+    struct ParamBoolean {
+        QString paramName;
+        QString trueString;
+        QString falseString;
+        QCheckBox *checkBox;
+    };
+    QVector _paramBooleans;
+
+    //! Holds a reference to all line edits needed for parameter setting and the parameters name
+    struct ParamString {
+        QString paramName;
+        QString paramCallName;
+        QCheckBox *valueEnabledChkBox;
+        QLineEdit *lineEdit;
+        QLabel *label;
+    };
+    QVector _paramStrings;
+
+    //! Hold a reference to all spin boxes needed for parameter setting and the parameters name
+    struct ParamNumeric {
+        QString paramName;
+        QString paramCallName;
+        QCheckBox *valueEnabledChkBox;
+        QSpinBox *spinBox;
+        QLabel *label;
+    };
+    QVector _paramNumerics;
+
+    //! Hold a reference to all combo boxes needed for parameter setting and the parameters name
+    struct ParamMultiple {
+        QString paramName;
+        QString paramCallName;
+        QCheckBox *valueEnabledChkBox;
+        QComboBox *comboBox;
+        QStringList choicesStrings;
+        QStringList choicesStringsReadable;
+    };
+    QVector _paramMultiples;
+
+    QComboBox *_indenterSelectionCombobox;
+    QToolButton *_indenterParameterHelpButton;
+    //! Vertical layout box, into which the toolbox will be added
+    QVBoxLayout *_toolBoxContainerLayout;
+    QToolBox *_indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox;
+    UiGuiIniFileParser *_indenterSettings;
+    QStringList _indenterParameters;
+    //! The indenters name in a descriptive form
+    QString _indenterName;
+    //! The indenters file name (w/o extension), that is being called
+    QString _indenterFileName;
+    QString _indenterDirctoryStr;
+    QString _tempDirctoryStr;
+    QString _settingsDirctoryStr;
+    QStringList _indenterIniFileList;
+    QString _parameterOrder;
+    QString _globalConfigFilename;
+    QString _cfgFileParameterEnding;
+    QString _inputFileParameter;
+    QString _inputFileName;
+    QString _outputFileParameter;
+    QString _outputFileName;
+    QString _fileTypes;
+    QString _useCfgFileParameter;
+    QString _indenterShowHelpParameter;
+    QWidget *_mainWindow;
+    UiGuiErrorMessage *_errorMessageDialog;
+    QString _indenterExecutableCallString;
+    QString _indenterExecutableSuffix;
+
+    QMenu *_menuIndenter;
+    QAction *_actionLoadIndenterConfigFile;
+    QAction *_actionSaveIndenterConfigFile;
+    QAction *_actionCreateShellScript;
+    QAction *_actionResetIndenterParameters;
+    //! Needed for the NPP plugin.
+    void(*_parameterChangedCallback)(void);
+    //! Needed for the NPP plugin.
+    void(*_windowClosedCallback)(void);
+
+	//TODO: This function should go into a string helper/tool class/file.
+    QString encodeToHTML(const QString &text);
+};
+
+#endif // INDENTHANDLER_H
diff --git a/src/MainWindow.cpp b/src/MainWindow.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f7b6185
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MainWindow.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1428 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "MainWindow.h"
+#include "ui_MainWindow.h"
+
+#include "UiGuiVersion.h"
+#include "debugging/TSLogger.h"
+#include "SettingsPaths.h"
+
+#include "ui_ToolBarWidget.h"
+#include "AboutDialog.h"
+#include "AboutDialogGraphicsView.h"
+#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
+#include "UiGuiSettingsDialog.h"
+#include "UiGuiHighlighter.h"
+#include "IndentHandler.h"
+#include "UpdateCheckDialog.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+using namespace tschweitzer;
+
+//! \defgroup grp_MainWindow All concerning main window functionality.
+
+/*!
+    \class MainWindow
+    \ingroup grp_MainWindow
+    \brief Is the main window of UniversalIndentGUI
+
+    The MainWindow class is responsible for generating and displaying most of the gui elements.
+    Its look is set in the file "mainwindow.ui". An object for the indent handler is generated here
+    and user actions are being controlled. Is responsible for file open dialogs and indenter selection.
+ */
+
+/*!
+    \brief Constructs the main window.
+ */
+MainWindow::MainWindow(QString file2OpenOnStart, QWidget *parent) : QMainWindow(parent)
+	, _mainWindowForm(NULL)
+	, _qSciSourceCodeEditor(NULL)
+	, _settings(NULL)
+	, _highlighter(NULL)
+	, _textEditVScrollBar(NULL)
+	, _aboutDialog(NULL)
+	, _aboutDialogGraphicsView(NULL)
+	, _settingsDialog(NULL)
+	, _encodingActionGroup(NULL)
+	, _saveEncodedActionGroup(NULL)
+	, _highlighterActionGroup(NULL)
+	, _uiGuiTranslator(NULL)
+	, _qTTranslator(NULL)
+	, _toolBarWidget(NULL)
+	, _indentHandler(NULL)
+	, _updateCheckDialog(NULL)
+	, _textEditLineColumnInfoLabel(NULL)
+{
+    // Init of some variables.
+    _sourceCodeChanged = false;
+    _scrollPositionChanged = false;
+
+    // Create the _settings object, which loads all UiGui settings from a file.
+    _settings = UiGuiSettings::getInstance();
+
+    // Initialize the language of the application.
+    initApplicationLanguage();
+
+    // Creates the main window and initializes it.
+    initMainWindow();
+
+    // Create toolbar and insert it into the main window.
+    initToolBar();
+
+    // Create the text edit component using the QScintilla widget.
+    initTextEditor();
+
+    // Create and init the syntax highlighter.
+    initSyntaxHighlighter();
+
+    // Create and init the indenter.
+    initIndenter();
+
+    // Create some menus.
+    createEncodingMenu();
+    createHighlighterMenu();
+
+
+    // Generate about dialog box
+    _aboutDialog = new AboutDialog(this, Qt::SplashScreen);
+    _aboutDialogGraphicsView = new AboutDialogGraphicsView(_aboutDialog, this);
+    connect( _toolBarWidget->pbAbout, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(showAboutDialog()) );
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->actionAbout_UniversalIndentGUI, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(showAboutDialog()) );
+
+    // Generate settings dialog box
+    _settingsDialog = new UiGuiSettingsDialog(this, _settings);
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->actionShowSettings, SIGNAL(triggered()), _settingsDialog, SLOT(showDialog()) );
+
+    // If a file that should be opened on start has been handed over to the constructor exists, load it
+    if ( QFile::exists(file2OpenOnStart) ) {
+        openSourceFileDialog(file2OpenOnStart);
+    }
+    // Otherwise load the last opened file, if this is enabled in the settings.
+    else {
+        loadLastOpenedFile();
+    }
+
+    updateSourceView();
+
+    // Check if a newer version is available but only if the setting for that is enabled and today not already a check has been done.
+    if ( _settings->getValueByName("CheckForUpdate").toBool() && QDate::currentDate() != _settings->getValueByName("LastUpdateCheck").toDate() ) {
+        _updateCheckDialog->checkForUpdate();
+    }
+
+    // Enable accept dropping of files.
+    setAcceptDrops(true);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Initializes the main window by creating the main gui and make some _settings.
+ */
+void MainWindow::initMainWindow() {
+    // Generate gui as it is build in the file "mainwindow.ui"
+    _mainWindowForm = new Ui::MainWindowUi();
+    _mainWindowForm->setupUi(this);
+
+    // Handle last opened window size
+    // ------------------------------
+    bool maximized = _settings->getValueByName("maximized").toBool();
+    QPoint pos = _settings->getValueByName("position").toPoint();
+    QSize size = _settings->getValueByName("size").toSize();
+    resize(size);
+    move(pos);
+    if ( maximized ) {
+        showMaximized();
+    }
+#ifndef Q_OS_MAC // On Mac restoring the window state causes the screenshot no longer to work.
+    restoreState( _settings->getValueByName("MainWindowState").toByteArray() );
+#endif
+
+    // Handle if first run of this version
+    // -----------------------------------
+    QString readVersion = _settings->getValueByName("version").toString();
+    // If version strings are not equal set first run true.
+    if ( readVersion != PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING ) {
+        _isFirstRunOfThisVersion = true;
+    }
+    else {
+        _isFirstRunOfThisVersion = false;
+    }
+
+    // Get last selected file encoding
+    // -------------------------------
+    _currentEncoding = _settings->getValueByName("encoding").toString();
+
+    _updateCheckDialog = new UpdateCheckDialog(_settings, this);
+
+    // Register the load last file setting in the menu to the _settings object.
+    _settings->registerObjectProperty(_mainWindowForm->loadLastOpenedFileOnStartupAction, "checked", "loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup");
+
+    // Tell the QScintilla editor if it has to show white space.
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->whiteSpaceIsVisibleAction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(setWhiteSpaceVisibility(bool)) );
+    // Register the white space setting in the menu to the _settings object.
+    _settings->registerObjectProperty(_mainWindowForm->whiteSpaceIsVisibleAction, "checked", "whiteSpaceIsVisible");
+
+    // Connect the remaining menu items.
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->actionOpen_Source_File, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(openSourceFileDialog()) );
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->actionSave_Source_File_As, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(saveasSourceFileDialog()) );
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->actionSave_Source_File, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(saveSourceFile()) );
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->actionExportPDF, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(exportToPDF()) );
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->actionExportHTML, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(exportToHTML()) );
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->actionCheck_for_update, SIGNAL(triggered()), _updateCheckDialog, SLOT(checkForUpdateAndShowDialog()) );
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->actionShowLog, SIGNAL(triggered()), debugging::TSLogger::getInstance(), SLOT(show()) );
+
+    // Init the menu for selecting one of the recently opened files.
+    updateRecentlyOpenedList();
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), this, SLOT(openFileFromRecentlyOpenedList(QAction*)) );
+    //connect( _settings, SIGNAL(recentlyOpenedListSize(int)), this, SLOT(updateRecentlyOpenedList()) );
+    _settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "updateRecentlyOpenedList()", "recentlyOpenedListSize");
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Creates and inits the tool bar. It is added to the main window.
+ */
+void MainWindow::initToolBar() {
+    // Create the tool bar and add it to the main window.
+    _toolBarWidget = new Ui::ToolBarWidget();
+    QWidget* helpWidget = new QWidget();
+    _toolBarWidget->setupUi(helpWidget);
+    _mainWindowForm->toolBar->addWidget(helpWidget);
+    _mainWindowForm->toolBar->setAllowedAreas( Qt::TopToolBarArea | Qt::BottomToolBarArea );
+
+    // Connect the tool bar widgets to their functions.
+    _settings->registerObjectProperty(_toolBarWidget->enableSyntaxHighlightningCheckBox, "checked", "SyntaxHighlightingEnabled");
+    _toolBarWidget->enableSyntaxHighlightningCheckBox->hide();
+    connect( _toolBarWidget->pbOpen_Source_File, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(openSourceFileDialog()) );
+    connect( _toolBarWidget->pbExit, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(close()));
+    connect( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(previewTurnedOnOff(bool)) );
+    connect( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), _mainWindowForm->actionLive_Indent_Preview, SLOT(setChecked(bool)) );
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->actionLive_Indent_Preview, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview, SLOT(setChecked(bool)) );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Create and initialize the text editor component. It uses the QScintilla widget.
+ */
+void MainWindow::initTextEditor() {
+    // Create the QScintilla widget and add it to the layout.
+    qDebug() << "Trying to load QScintilla library. If anything fails during loading, it might be possible that"
+        << " the debug and release version of QScintilla are mixed or the library cannot be found at all.";
+    // Try and catch doesn't seem to catch the runtime error when starting UiGUI release with QScintilla debug lib and the other way around.
+    try {
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor = new QsciScintilla(this);
+    }
+    catch (...) {
+        QMessageBox::critical(this, "Error creating QScintilla text editor component!",
+            "During trying to create the text editor component, that is based on QScintilla, an error occurred. Please make sure that you have installed QScintilla and not mixed release and debug versions." );
+        exit(1);
+    }
+    _mainWindowForm->hboxLayout1->addWidget(_qSciSourceCodeEditor);
+
+    // Make some _settings for the QScintilla widget.
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setUtf8(true);
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setMarginLineNumbers(1, true);
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setMarginWidth(1, QString("10000") );
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setBraceMatching(_qSciSourceCodeEditor->SloppyBraceMatch);
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setMatchedBraceForegroundColor( QColor("red") );
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setFolding(QsciScintilla::BoxedTreeFoldStyle);
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setAutoCompletionSource(QsciScintilla::AcsAll);
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setAutoCompletionThreshold(3);
+
+    // Handle if white space is set to be visible
+    bool whiteSpaceIsVisible = _settings->getValueByName("whiteSpaceIsVisible").toBool();
+    setWhiteSpaceVisibility( whiteSpaceIsVisible );
+
+    // Handle the width of tabs in spaces
+    int tabWidth = _settings->getValueByName("tabWidth").toInt();
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setTabWidth(tabWidth);
+
+    // Remember a pointer to the scrollbar of the QScintilla widget used to keep
+    // on the same line as before when turning preview on/off.
+    _textEditVScrollBar = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->verticalScrollBar();
+
+    // Add a column row indicator to the status bar.
+    _textEditLineColumnInfoLabel = new QLabel( tr("Line %1, Column %2").arg(1).arg(1) );
+    _mainWindowForm->statusbar->addPermanentWidget(_textEditLineColumnInfoLabel);
+    connect( _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SIGNAL(cursorPositionChanged(int, int)), this, SLOT(setStatusBarCursorPosInfo(int, int)) );
+
+    // Connect the text editor to dependent functions.
+    connect( _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SIGNAL(textChanged()), this, SLOT(sourceCodeChangedHelperSlot()) );
+    connect( _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SIGNAL(linesChanged()), this, SLOT(numberOfLinesChanged()) );
+    //connect( _settings, SIGNAL(tabWidth(int)), _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SLOT(setTabWidth(int)) );
+    _settings->registerObjectSlot(_qSciSourceCodeEditor, "setTabWidth(int)", "tabWidth");
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setTabWidth( _settings->getValueByName("tabWidth").toInt() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Create and init the syntax _highlighter and set it to use the QScintilla edit component.
+ */
+void MainWindow::initSyntaxHighlighter() {
+    // Create the _highlighter.
+    _highlighter = new UiGuiHighlighter(_qSciSourceCodeEditor);
+
+    // Connect the syntax highlighting setting in the menu to the turnHighlightOnOff function.
+    connect( _mainWindowForm->enableSyntaxHighlightingAction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(turnHighlightOnOff(bool)) );
+
+    // Register the syntax highlighting setting in the menu to the _settings object.
+    _settings->registerObjectProperty(_mainWindowForm->enableSyntaxHighlightingAction, "checked", "SyntaxHighlightingEnabled");
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Initializes the language of UniversalIndentGUI.
+
+    If the program language is defined in the _settings, the corresponding language
+    file will be loaded and set for the application. If not set there, the system
+    default language will be set, if a translation file for that language exists.
+    Returns true, if the translation file could be loaded. Otherwise it returns
+    false and uses the default language, which is English.
+ */
+bool MainWindow::initApplicationLanguage() {
+    QString languageShort;
+
+    // Get the language _settings from the _settings object.
+    int languageIndex = _settings->getValueByName("language").toInt();
+
+    // If no language was set, indicated by a negative index, use the system language.
+    if ( languageIndex < 0 ) {
+        languageShort = QLocale::system().name();
+
+        // Chinese and Japanese language consist of country and language code.
+        // For all others the language code will be cut off.
+        if ( languageShort.left(2) != "zh" && languageShort.left(2) != "ja" ) {
+            languageShort = languageShort.left(2);
+        }
+
+        // If no translation file for the systems local language exist, fall back to English.
+        if ( _settings->getAvailableTranslations().indexOf(languageShort) < 0 ) {
+            languageShort = "en";
+        }
+
+        // Set the language setting to the new language.
+        _settings->setValueByName("language", _settings->getAvailableTranslations().indexOf(languageShort) );
+    }
+    // If a language was defined in the _settings, get this language mnemonic.
+    else {
+        languageShort = _settings->getAvailableTranslations().at(languageIndex);
+    }
+
+    // Load the Qt own translation file and set it for the application.
+    _qTTranslator = new QTranslator();
+    bool translationFileLoaded;
+    translationFileLoaded = _qTTranslator->load( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations/qt_" + languageShort );
+    if ( translationFileLoaded ) {
+        qApp->installTranslator(_qTTranslator);
+    }
+
+    // Load the uigui translation file and set it for the application.
+    _uiGuiTranslator = new QTranslator();
+    translationFileLoaded = _uiGuiTranslator->load( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations/universalindent_" + languageShort );
+    if ( translationFileLoaded ) {
+        qApp->installTranslator(_uiGuiTranslator);
+    }
+
+    //connect( _settings, SIGNAL(language(int)), this, SLOT(languageChanged(int)) );
+    _settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "languageChanged(int)", "language");
+
+    return translationFileLoaded;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Creates and initializes the indenter.
+ */
+void MainWindow::initIndenter() {
+    // Get Id of last selected indenter.
+    _currentIndenterID = _settings->getValueByName("selectedIndenter").toInt();
+
+    // Create the indenter widget with the ID and add it to the layout.
+    _indentHandler = new IndentHandler(_currentIndenterID, this, _mainWindowForm->centralwidget);
+    _mainWindowForm->vboxLayout->addWidget(_indentHandler);
+
+    // If _settings for the indenter have changed, let the main window know aboud it.
+    connect(_indentHandler, SIGNAL(indenterSettingsChanged()), this, SLOT(indentSettingsChangedSlot()));
+
+    // Set this true, so the indenter is called at first program start
+    _indentSettingsChanged = true;
+    _previewToggled = true;
+
+    // Handle if indenter parameter tool tips are enabled
+    _settings->registerObjectProperty(_mainWindowForm->indenterParameterTooltipsEnabledAction, "checked", "indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled");
+
+    // Add the indenters context menu to the mainwindows menu.
+    _mainWindowForm->menuIndenter->addActions( _indentHandler->getIndenterMenuActions() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Tries to load the by \a filePath defined file and returns its content as QString.
+
+    If the file could not be loaded a error dialog will be shown.
+ */
+QString MainWindow::loadFile(QString filePath) {
+    QFile inSrcFile(filePath);
+    QString fileContent = "";
+
+    if ( !inSrcFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly | QFile::Text) ) {
+        QMessageBox::warning(NULL, tr("Error opening file"), tr("Cannot read the file ")+"\""+filePath+"\"." );
+    }
+    else {
+        QTextStream inSrcStrm(&inSrcFile);
+        QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor);
+        inSrcStrm.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName(_currentEncoding.toAscii()) );
+        fileContent = inSrcStrm.readAll();
+        QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+        inSrcFile.close();
+
+        QFileInfo fileInfo(filePath);
+        _currentSourceFileExtension = fileInfo.suffix();
+        int indexOfHighlighter = _highlighter->setLexerForExtension( _currentSourceFileExtension );
+        _highlighterActionGroup->actions().at(indexOfHighlighter)->setChecked(true);
+    }
+    return fileContent;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Calls the source file open dialog to load a source file for the formatting preview.
+
+    If the file was successfully loaded the indenter will be called to generate the formatted source code.
+ */
+void MainWindow::openSourceFileDialog(QString fileName) {
+    // If the source code file is changed and the shown dialog for saving the file
+    // is canceled, also stop opening another source file.
+    if ( !maybeSave() ) {
+        return;
+    }
+    QString openedSourceFileContent = "";
+    QString fileExtensions = tr("Supported by indenter")+" ("+_indentHandler->getPossibleIndenterFileExtensions()+
+        ");;"+tr("All files")+" (*.*)";
+
+    //QString openedSourceFileContent = openFileDialog( tr("Choose source code file"), "./", fileExtensions );
+    if ( fileName.isEmpty() ) {
+        fileName = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( this, tr("Choose source code file"), _currentSourceFile, fileExtensions);
+    }
+
+    if (fileName != "") {
+        _currentSourceFile = fileName;
+        QFileInfo fileInfo(fileName);
+        _currentSourceFileExtension = fileInfo.suffix();
+
+        openedSourceFileContent = loadFile(fileName);
+        _sourceFileContent = openedSourceFileContent;
+        if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() ) {
+            callIndenter();
+        }
+        _sourceCodeChanged = true;
+        _previewToggled = true;
+        updateSourceView();
+        updateWindowTitle();
+        updateRecentlyOpenedList();
+        _textEditLastScrollPos = 0;
+        _textEditVScrollBar->setValue( _textEditLastScrollPos );
+
+        _savedSourceContent = openedSourceFileContent;
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false );
+        setWindowModified( false );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Calls the source file save as dialog to save a source file under a chosen name.
+
+    If the file already exists and it should be overwritten, a warning is shown before.
+ */
+bool MainWindow::saveasSourceFileDialog(QAction *chosenEncodingAction) {
+    QString encoding;
+    QString fileExtensions = tr("Supported by indenter")+" ("+_indentHandler->getPossibleIndenterFileExtensions()+
+        ");;"+tr("All files")+" (*.*)";
+
+    //QString openedSourceFileContent = openFileDialog( tr("Choose source code file"), "./", fileExtensions );
+    QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( this, tr("Save source code file"), _currentSourceFile, fileExtensions);
+
+    // Saving has been canceled if the filename is empty
+    if ( fileName.isEmpty() ) {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    _savedSourceContent = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text();
+
+    _currentSourceFile = fileName;
+    QFile::remove(fileName);
+    QFile outSrcFile(fileName);
+    outSrcFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text );
+
+    // Get current encoding.
+    if ( chosenEncodingAction != NULL ) {
+        encoding = chosenEncodingAction->text();
+    }
+    else {
+        encoding = _encodingActionGroup->checkedAction()->text();
+    }
+    QTextStream outSrcStrm(&outSrcFile);
+    outSrcStrm.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName(encoding.toAscii()) );
+    outSrcStrm << _savedSourceContent;
+    outSrcFile.close();
+
+    QFileInfo fileInfo(fileName);
+    _currentSourceFileExtension = fileInfo.suffix();
+
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false );
+    setWindowModified( false );
+
+    updateWindowTitle();
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Saves the currently shown source code to the last save or opened source file.
+
+    If no source file has been opened, because only the static example has been loaded,
+    the save as file dialog will be shown.
+ */
+bool MainWindow::saveSourceFile() {
+    if ( _currentSourceFile.isEmpty() ) {
+        return saveasSourceFileDialog();
+    }
+    else {
+        QFile::remove(_currentSourceFile);
+        QFile outSrcFile(_currentSourceFile);
+        _savedSourceContent = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text();
+        outSrcFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text );
+
+        // Get current encoding.
+        QString _currentEncoding = _encodingActionGroup->checkedAction()->text();
+        QTextStream outSrcStrm(&outSrcFile);
+        outSrcStrm.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName(_currentEncoding.toAscii()) );
+        outSrcStrm << _savedSourceContent;
+        outSrcFile.close();
+
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false );
+        setWindowModified( false );
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Shows a file open dialog.
+
+    Shows a file open dialog with the title \a dialogHeaderStr starting in the directory \a startPath
+    and with a file mask defined by \a fileMaskStr. Returns the contents of the file as QString.
+ */
+QString MainWindow::openFileDialog(QString dialogHeaderStr, QString startPath, QString fileMaskStr) {
+    QString fileContent = "";
+
+    QString fileName = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( NULL, dialogHeaderStr, startPath, fileMaskStr);
+
+    if (fileName != "") {
+        fileContent = loadFile(fileName);
+    }
+
+    return fileContent;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Updates the displaying of the source code.
+
+    Updates the text edit field, which is showing the loaded, and if preview is enabled formatted, source code.
+    Reassigns the line numbers and in case of switch between preview and none preview keeps the text field
+    at the same line number.
+ */
+void MainWindow::updateSourceView() {
+    _textEditLastScrollPos = _textEditVScrollBar->value();
+
+    if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() ) {
+        _sourceViewContent = _sourceFormattedContent;
+    }
+    else {
+        _sourceViewContent = _sourceFileContent;
+    }
+
+    if (_previewToggled) {
+        disconnect( _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SIGNAL(textChanged ()), this, SLOT(sourceCodeChangedHelperSlot()) );
+        bool textIsModified = isWindowModified();
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setText(_sourceViewContent);
+        setWindowModified(textIsModified);
+        _previewToggled = false;
+        connect( _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SIGNAL(textChanged ()), this, SLOT(sourceCodeChangedHelperSlot()) );
+    }
+
+    _textEditVScrollBar->setValue( _textEditLastScrollPos );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Calls the selected indenter with the currently loaded source code to retrieve the formatted source code.
+
+    The original loaded source code file will not be changed.
+ */
+void MainWindow::callIndenter() {
+    QApplication::setOverrideCursor(QCursor(Qt::WaitCursor));
+    _sourceFormattedContent = _indentHandler->callIndenter(_sourceFileContent, _currentSourceFileExtension);
+    //updateSourceView();
+    QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Switches the syntax highlighting corresponding to the value \a turnOn either on or off.
+ */
+void MainWindow::turnHighlightOnOff(bool turnOn) {
+    if ( turnOn ) {
+        _highlighter->turnHighlightOn();
+    }
+    else {
+        _highlighter->turnHighlightOff();
+    }
+    _previewToggled = true;
+    updateSourceView();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Added this slot to avoid multiple calls because of changed text.
+ */
+void MainWindow::sourceCodeChangedHelperSlot() {
+    QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(sourceCodeChangedSlot()));
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Is emitted whenever the text inside the source view window changes. Calls the indenter
+    to format the changed source code.
+ */
+void MainWindow::sourceCodeChangedSlot() {
+    QChar enteredCharacter;
+    int cursorPos, cursorPosAbsolut, cursorLine;
+    QString text;
+
+    _sourceCodeChanged = true;
+    if ( _scrollPositionChanged ) {
+        _scrollPositionChanged = false;
+    }
+
+    // Get the content text of the text editor.
+    _sourceFileContent = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text();
+
+    // Get the position of the cursor in the unindented text.
+    if ( _sourceFileContent.isEmpty() ) {
+        // Add this line feed, because AStyle has problems with a totally emtpy file.
+        _sourceFileContent += "\n";
+        cursorPosAbsolut = 0;
+        cursorPos = 0;
+        cursorLine = 0;
+        enteredCharacter = _sourceFileContent.at(cursorPosAbsolut);
+    }
+    else {
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->getCursorPosition(&cursorLine, &cursorPos);
+        cursorPosAbsolut = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_GETCURRENTPOS);
+        text = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text(cursorLine);
+        if ( cursorPosAbsolut > 0 ) {
+            cursorPosAbsolut--;
+        }
+        if ( cursorPos > 0 ) {
+            cursorPos--;
+        }
+        enteredCharacter = _sourceFileContent.at(cursorPosAbsolut);
+    }
+
+    // Call the indenter to reformat the text.
+    if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() ) {
+        callIndenter();
+        _previewToggled = true;
+    }
+
+    // Update the text editor.
+    updateSourceView();
+
+    if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() && !enteredCharacter.isNull() && enteredCharacter != 10 ) {
+        //const char ch = enteredCharacter.toAscii();
+
+        int saveCursorLine = cursorLine;
+        int saveCursorPos = cursorPos;
+
+        bool charFound = false;
+
+        // Search forward
+        for ( cursorLine = saveCursorLine; cursorLine-saveCursorLine < 6 && cursorLine < _qSciSourceCodeEditor->lines(); cursorLine++ ) {
+            text = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text(cursorLine);
+            while ( cursorPos < text.count() && enteredCharacter != text.at(cursorPos)) {
+                cursorPos++;
+            }
+            if ( cursorPos >= text.count() ) {
+                cursorPos = 0;
+            }
+            else {
+                charFound = true;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // If foward search did not find the character, search backward
+        if ( !charFound ) {
+            text = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text(saveCursorLine);
+            cursorPos = saveCursorPos;
+            if ( cursorPos >= text.count() ) {
+                cursorPos = text.count() - 1;
+            }
+
+            for ( cursorLine = saveCursorLine; saveCursorLine-cursorLine < 6 && cursorLine >= 0; cursorLine-- ) {
+                text = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text(cursorLine);
+                while ( cursorPos >= 0 && enteredCharacter != text.at(cursorPos)) {
+                    cursorPos--;
+                }
+                if ( cursorPos < 0 ) {
+                    cursorPos = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->lineLength(cursorLine-1) - 1;
+                }
+                else {
+                    charFound = true;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // If the character was found set its new cursor position...
+        if ( charFound ) {
+            _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setCursorPosition( cursorLine, cursorPos+1 );
+        }
+        // ...if it was not found, set the previous cursor position.
+        else {
+            _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setCursorPosition( saveCursorLine, saveCursorPos+1 );
+        }
+    }
+    // set the previous cursor position.
+    else if ( enteredCharacter == 10 ) {
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setCursorPosition( cursorLine, cursorPos );
+    }
+
+
+    if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() ) {
+        _sourceCodeChanged = false;
+    }
+
+    if ( _savedSourceContent == _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text() ) {
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false );
+        setWindowModified( false );
+    }
+    else {
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( true ); // Has no effect according to QScintilla docs.
+        setWindowModified( true );
+    }
+
+    // Could set cursor this way and use normal linear search in text instead of columns and rows.
+    //_qSciSourceCodeEditor->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SETCURRENTPOS, 50);
+    //_qSciSourceCodeEditor->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SETANCHOR, 50);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot is called whenever one of the indenter _settings are changed.
+
+    It calls the selected indenter if the preview is turned on. If preview
+    is not active a flag is set, that the _settings have changed.
+ */
+void MainWindow::indentSettingsChangedSlot() {
+    _indentSettingsChanged = true;
+
+    int cursorLine, cursorPos;
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->getCursorPosition(&cursorLine, &cursorPos);
+
+    if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() ) {
+        callIndenter();
+        _previewToggled = true;
+
+        updateSourceView();
+        if (_sourceCodeChanged) {
+/*            savedCursor = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->textCursor();
+            if ( cursorPos >= _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text().count() ) {
+                cursorPos = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text().count() - 1;
+            }
+            savedCursor.setPosition( cursorPos );
+            _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setTextCursor( savedCursor );
+*/
+            _sourceCodeChanged = false;
+        }
+        _indentSettingsChanged = false;
+    }
+    else {
+        updateSourceView();
+    }
+
+    if ( _savedSourceContent == _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text() ) {
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false );
+        setWindowModified( false );
+    }
+    else {
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( true ); // Has no effect according to QScintilla docs.
+        setWindowModified( true );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot is called whenever the preview button is turned on or off.
+
+    It calls the selected indenter to format the current source code if
+    the code has been changed since the last indenter call.
+ */
+void MainWindow::previewTurnedOnOff(bool turnOn) {
+    _previewToggled = true;
+
+    int cursorLine, cursorPos;
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->getCursorPosition(&cursorLine, &cursorPos);
+
+    if ( turnOn && (_indentSettingsChanged || _sourceCodeChanged) ) {
+        callIndenter();
+    }
+    updateSourceView();
+    if (_sourceCodeChanged) {
+/*        savedCursor = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->textCursor();
+        if ( cursorPos >= _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text().count() ) {
+            cursorPos = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text().count() - 1;
+        }
+        savedCursor.setPosition( cursorPos );
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setTextCursor( savedCursor );
+*/
+        _sourceCodeChanged = false;
+    }
+    _indentSettingsChanged = false;
+
+    if ( _savedSourceContent == _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text() ) {
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false );
+        setWindowModified( false );
+    }
+    else {
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( true );
+        setWindowModified( true );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot updates the main window title to show the currently opened
+    source code filename.
+ */
+void MainWindow::updateWindowTitle() {
+    this->setWindowTitle( "UniversalIndentGUI " + QString(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING) + " [*]" + _currentSourceFile );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Opens a dialog to save the current source code as a PDF document.
+ */
+void MainWindow::exportToPDF() {
+    QString fileExtensions = tr("PDF Document")+" (*.pdf)";
+
+    QString fileName = _currentSourceFile;
+    QFileInfo fileInfo(fileName);
+    QString fileExtension = fileInfo.suffix();
+
+    fileName.replace( fileName.length()-fileExtension.length(), fileExtension.length(), "pdf" );
+    fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( this, tr("Export source code file"), fileName, fileExtensions);
+
+    if ( !fileName.isEmpty() ) {
+        QsciPrinter printer(QPrinter::HighResolution);
+        printer.setOutputFormat(QPrinter::PdfFormat);
+        printer.setOutputFileName(fileName);
+        printer.printRange(_qSciSourceCodeEditor);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Opens a dialog to save the current source code as a HTML document.
+ */
+void MainWindow::exportToHTML() {
+    QString fileExtensions = tr("HTML Document")+" (*.html)";
+
+    QString fileName = _currentSourceFile;
+    QFileInfo fileInfo(fileName);
+    QString fileExtension = fileInfo.suffix();
+
+    fileName.replace( fileName.length()-fileExtension.length(), fileExtension.length(), "html" );
+    fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( this, tr("Export source code file"), fileName, fileExtensions);
+
+    if ( !fileName.isEmpty() ) {
+        // Create a document from which HTML code can be generated.
+        QTextDocument sourceCodeDocument( _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text() );
+        sourceCodeDocument.setDefaultFont( QFont("Courier", 12, QFont::Normal) );
+        QString sourceCodeAsHTML = sourceCodeDocument.toHtml();
+        // To ensure that empty lines are kept in the HTML code make this replacement.
+        sourceCodeAsHTML.replace("\">
", "\">
");
+
+        // Write the HTML file.
+        QFile::remove(fileName);
+        QFile outSrcFile(fileName);
+        outSrcFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text );
+        outSrcFile.write( sourceCodeAsHTML.toAscii() );
+        outSrcFile.close();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Loads the last opened file if this option is enabled in the _settings.
+
+    If the file does not exist, the default example file is tried to be loaded. If even that
+    fails a very small code example is shown.
+    If the setting for opening the last file is disabled, the editor is empty on startup.
+*/
+void MainWindow::loadLastOpenedFile() {
+    // Get setting for last opened source code file.
+    _loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup = _settings->getValueByName("loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup").toBool();
+
+    // Only load last source code file if set to do so
+    if ( _loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup ) {
+        // From the list of last opened files get the first one.
+        _currentSourceFile = _settings->getValueByName("lastSourceCodeFile").toString().split("|").first();
+
+        // If source file exist load it.
+        if ( QFile::exists(_currentSourceFile) ) {
+            QFileInfo fileInfo(_currentSourceFile);
+            _currentSourceFile = fileInfo.absoluteFilePath();
+            _sourceFileContent = loadFile(_currentSourceFile);
+        }
+        // If the last opened source code file does not exist, try to load the default example.cpp file.
+        else if ( QFile::exists( SettingsPaths::getIndenterPath() + "/example.cpp" ) ) {
+            QFileInfo fileInfo( SettingsPaths::getIndenterPath() + "/example.cpp" );
+            _currentSourceFile = fileInfo.absoluteFilePath();
+            _sourceFileContent = loadFile(_currentSourceFile);
+        }
+        // If neither the example source code file exists show some small code example.
+        else {
+            _currentSourceFile = "untitled.cpp";
+            _currentSourceFileExtension = "cpp";
+            _sourceFileContent = "if(x==\"y\"){x=z;}";
+        }
+    }
+    // if last opened source file should not be loaded make some default _settings.
+    else {
+        _currentSourceFile = "untitled.cpp";
+        _currentSourceFileExtension = "cpp";
+        _sourceFileContent = "";
+    }
+    _savedSourceContent = _sourceFileContent;
+
+    // Update the mainwindow title to show the name of the loaded source code file.
+    updateWindowTitle();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Saves the _settings for the main application to the file "UniversalIndentGUI.ini".
+
+    Settings are for example last selected indenter, last loaded config file and so on.
+*/
+void MainWindow::saveSettings() {
+    _settings->setValueByName( "encoding", _currentEncoding );
+    _settings->setValueByName( "version", PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING );
+    _settings->setValueByName( "maximized", isMaximized() );
+    if ( !isMaximized() ) {
+        _settings->setValueByName( "position", pos() );
+        _settings->setValueByName( "size", size() );
+    }
+    _settings->setValueByName( "MainWindowState", saveState() );
+
+    // Also save the syntax highlight style for all lexers.
+    _highlighter->writeCurrentSettings("");
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Is always called when the program is quit. Calls the saveSettings function before really quits.
+*/
+void MainWindow::closeEvent( QCloseEvent *event ) {
+    if ( maybeSave() ) {
+        saveSettings();
+        event->accept();
+    }
+    else {
+        event->ignore();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This function is setup to capture tooltip events.
+
+    All widgets that are created by the _indentHandler object and are responsible
+    for indenter parameters are connected with this event filter.
+    So depending on the _settings the tooltips can be enabled and disabled for these widgets.
+ */
+bool MainWindow::eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event) {
+    if ( event->type() == QEvent::ToolTip) {
+        if ( _mainWindowForm->indenterParameterTooltipsEnabledAction->isChecked() ) {
+            return QMainWindow::eventFilter(obj, event);
+        }
+        else {
+            //QToolTip::showText( QPoint(100,100) , "Test1");
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        // pass the event on to the parent class
+        return QMainWindow::eventFilter(obj, event);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Is called at application exit and asks whether to save the source code file, if it has been changed.
+ */
+bool MainWindow::maybeSave() {
+    if ( isWindowModified() ) {
+        int ret = QMessageBox::warning(this, tr("Modified code"),
+            tr("The source code has been modified.\nDo you want to save your changes?"),
+            QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Default,
+            QMessageBox::No,
+            QMessageBox::Cancel | QMessageBox::Escape);
+        if (ret == QMessageBox::Yes) {
+            return saveSourceFile();
+        }
+        else if (ret == QMessageBox::Cancel) {
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot is called whenever a language is selected in the menu. It tries to find the
+    corresponding action in the languageInfoList and sets the language.
+ */
+void MainWindow::languageChanged(int languageIndex) {
+    if ( languageIndex < _settings->getAvailableTranslations().size() ) {
+        // Get the mnemonic of the new selected language.
+        QString languageShort = _settings->getAvailableTranslations().at(languageIndex);
+
+        // Remove the old qt translation.
+        qApp->removeTranslator( _qTTranslator );
+
+        // Remove the old uigui translation.
+        qApp->removeTranslator( _uiGuiTranslator );
+
+        // Load the Qt own translation file and set it for the application.
+        bool translationFileLoaded;
+        translationFileLoaded = _qTTranslator->load( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations/qt_" + languageShort );
+        if ( translationFileLoaded ) {
+            qApp->installTranslator(_qTTranslator);
+        }
+
+        // Load the uigui translation file and set it for the application.
+        translationFileLoaded = _uiGuiTranslator->load( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations/universalindent_" + languageShort );
+        if ( translationFileLoaded ) {
+            qApp->installTranslator(_uiGuiTranslator);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Creates a menu entries in the file menu for opening and saving a file with different encodings.
+*/
+void MainWindow::createEncodingMenu() {
+    QAction *encodingAction;
+    QString encodingName;
+
+    _encodingsList = QStringList() << "UTF-8" << "UTF-16" << "UTF-16BE" << "UTF-16LE"
+        << "Apple Roman" << "Big5" << "Big5-HKSCS" << "EUC-JP" << "EUC-KR" << "GB18030-0"
+        << "IBM 850" << "IBM 866" << "IBM 874" << "ISO 2022-JP" << "ISO 8859-1" << "ISO 8859-13"
+        << "Iscii-Bng" << "JIS X 0201" << "JIS X 0208" << "KOI8-R" << "KOI8-U" << "MuleLao-1"
+        << "ROMAN8" << "Shift-JIS" << "TIS-620" << "TSCII" << "Windows-1250" << "WINSAMI2";
+
+    _encodingActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
+    _saveEncodedActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
+
+    // Loop for each available encoding
+    foreach ( encodingName, _encodingsList ) {
+        // Create actions for the "reopen" menu
+        encodingAction = new QAction(encodingName, _encodingActionGroup);
+        encodingAction->setStatusTip( tr("Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme ") + encodingName );
+        encodingAction->setCheckable(true);
+        if ( encodingName == _currentEncoding ) {
+            encodingAction->setChecked(true);
+        }
+
+        // Create actions for the "save as encoded" menu
+        encodingAction = new QAction(encodingName, _saveEncodedActionGroup);
+        encodingAction->setStatusTip( tr("Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme ") + encodingName );
+    }
+
+    _mainWindowForm->encodingMenu->addActions( _encodingActionGroup->actions() );
+    connect( _encodingActionGroup, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), this, SLOT(encodingChanged(QAction*)) );
+
+    _mainWindowForm->saveEncodedMenu->addActions( _saveEncodedActionGroup->actions() );
+    connect( _saveEncodedActionGroup, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), this, SLOT(saveAsOtherEncoding(QAction*)) );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot calls the save dialog to save the current source file with another encoding.
+
+    If the saving is successful and not aborted, the currently used encoding, visible in the
+    "reopen" menu, is also changed to the new encoding.
+*/
+void MainWindow::saveAsOtherEncoding(QAction *chosenEncodingAction) {
+    bool fileWasSaved = saveasSourceFileDialog(chosenEncodingAction);
+
+    // If the file was save with another encoding, change the selected encoding in the reopen menu.
+    if ( fileWasSaved ) {
+        foreach ( QAction *action, _encodingActionGroup->actions() ) {
+            if ( action->text() == chosenEncodingAction->text() ) {
+                action->setChecked(true);
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot is called whenever an encoding is selected in the settings menu.
+*/
+void MainWindow::encodingChanged(QAction* encodingAction) {
+    if ( maybeSave() ) {
+        QFile inSrcFile(_currentSourceFile);
+        QString fileContent = "";
+
+        if ( !inSrcFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly | QFile::Text) ) {
+            QMessageBox::warning(NULL, tr("Error opening file"), tr("Cannot read the file ")+"\""+_currentSourceFile+"\"." );
+        }
+        else {
+            QTextStream inSrcStrm(&inSrcFile);
+            QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor);
+            QString encodingName = encodingAction->text();
+            _currentEncoding = encodingName;
+            inSrcStrm.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName(encodingName.toAscii()) );
+            fileContent = inSrcStrm.readAll();
+            QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+            inSrcFile.close();
+            _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setText( fileContent );
+            _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified(false);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Creates a menu entry under the settings menu for all available text encodings.
+*/
+void MainWindow::createHighlighterMenu() {
+    QAction *highlighterAction;
+    QString highlighterName;
+
+    _highlighterActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
+
+    // Loop for each known highlighter
+    foreach ( highlighterName, _highlighter->getAvailableHighlighters() ) {
+        highlighterAction = new QAction(highlighterName, _highlighterActionGroup);
+        highlighterAction->setStatusTip( tr("Set the syntax highlightning to ") + highlighterName );
+        highlighterAction->setCheckable(true);
+    }
+    _mainWindowForm->highlighterMenu->addActions( _highlighterActionGroup->actions() );
+    _mainWindowForm->menuSettings->insertMenu(_mainWindowForm->indenterParameterTooltipsEnabledAction, _mainWindowForm->highlighterMenu );
+
+    connect( _highlighterActionGroup, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), _highlighter, SLOT(setHighlighterByAction(QAction*)) );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Is called whenever the white space visibility is being changed in the menu.
+ */
+void MainWindow::setWhiteSpaceVisibility(bool visible) {
+    if ( _qSciSourceCodeEditor != NULL ) {
+        if ( visible ) {
+            _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setWhitespaceVisibility(QsciScintilla::WsVisible);
+        }
+        else {
+            _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setWhitespaceVisibility(QsciScintilla::WsInvisible);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot is called whenever the number of lines in the editor changes
+    and adapts the margin for the displayed line numbers.
+*/
+void MainWindow::numberOfLinesChanged() {
+    QString lineNumbers;
+    lineNumbers.setNum( _qSciSourceCodeEditor->lines()*10 );
+    _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setMarginWidth(1, lineNumbers);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Catches language change events and retranslates all needed widgets.
+ */
+void MainWindow::changeEvent(QEvent *event) {
+    int i = 0;
+
+    if (event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) {
+        QString languageName;
+
+        // Translate the main window.
+        _mainWindowForm->retranslateUi(this);
+        updateWindowTitle();
+
+        // Translate the toolbar.
+        _toolBarWidget->retranslateUi(_mainWindowForm->toolBar);
+
+        // Translate the indent handler widget.
+        _indentHandler->retranslateUi();
+
+        // Translate the load encoding menu.
+        QList encodingActionList = _encodingActionGroup->actions();
+        for ( i = 0; i < encodingActionList.size(); i++ ) {
+            encodingActionList.at(i)->setStatusTip( tr("Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme ") + _encodingsList.at(i) );
+        }
+
+        // Translate the save encoding menu.
+        encodingActionList = _saveEncodedActionGroup->actions();
+        for ( i = 0; i < encodingActionList.size(); i++ ) {
+            encodingActionList.at(i)->setStatusTip( tr("Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme ") + _encodingsList.at(i) );
+        }
+
+        // Translate the _highlighter menu.
+        QList actionList = _mainWindowForm->highlighterMenu->actions();
+        i = 0;
+        foreach ( QString highlighterName, _highlighter->getAvailableHighlighters() ) {
+            QAction *highlighterAction = actionList.at(i);
+            highlighterAction->setStatusTip( tr("Set the syntax highlightning to ") + highlighterName );
+            i++;
+        }
+
+        // Translate the line and column indicators in the statusbar.
+        int line, column;
+        _qSciSourceCodeEditor->getCursorPosition( &line, &column );
+        setStatusBarCursorPosInfo( line, column );
+    }
+    else {
+        QWidget::changeEvent(event);
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Updates the list of recently opened files.
+
+    Therefore the currently open file is set at the lists first position
+    regarding the in the _settings set maximum list length. Overheads of the
+    list will be cut off. The new list will be updated to the _settings and
+    the recently opened menu will be updated too.
+ */
+void MainWindow::updateRecentlyOpenedList() {
+    QString fileName;
+    QString filePath;
+    QStringList recentlyOpenedList = _settings->getValueByName("lastSourceCodeFile").toString().split("|");
+    QList recentlyOpenedActionList = _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files->actions();
+
+    // Check if the currently open file is in the list of recently opened.
+    int indexOfCurrentFile = recentlyOpenedList.indexOf( _currentSourceFile );
+
+    // If it is in the list of recently opened files and not at the first position, move it to the first pos.
+    if ( indexOfCurrentFile > 0 ) {
+        recentlyOpenedList.move(indexOfCurrentFile, 0);
+        recentlyOpenedActionList.move(indexOfCurrentFile, 0);
+    }
+    // Put the current file at the first position if it not already is and is not empty.
+    else if ( indexOfCurrentFile == -1 && !_currentSourceFile.isEmpty() ) {
+        recentlyOpenedList.insert(0, _currentSourceFile);
+        QAction *recentlyOpenedAction = new QAction(QFileInfo(_currentSourceFile).fileName(), _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files);
+        recentlyOpenedAction->setStatusTip(_currentSourceFile);
+        recentlyOpenedActionList.insert(0, recentlyOpenedAction );
+    }
+
+    // Get the maximum recently opened list size.
+    int recentlyOpenedListMaxSize = _settings->getValueByName("recentlyOpenedListSize").toInt();
+
+    // Loop for each filepath in the recently opened list, remove non existing files and
+    // loop only as long as maximum allowed list entries are set.
+    for ( int i = 0; i < recentlyOpenedList.size() && i < recentlyOpenedListMaxSize; ) {
+        filePath = recentlyOpenedList.at(i);
+        QFileInfo fileInfo(filePath);
+
+        // If the file does no longer exist, remove it from the list.
+        if ( !fileInfo.exists() ) {
+            recentlyOpenedList.takeAt(i);
+            if ( i < recentlyOpenedActionList.size()-2 ) {
+                QAction* action = recentlyOpenedActionList.takeAt(i);
+                delete action;
+            }
+        }
+        // else if its not already in the menu, add it to the menu.
+        else {
+            if ( i >= recentlyOpenedActionList.size()-2 ) {
+                QAction *recentlyOpenedAction = new QAction(fileInfo.fileName(), _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files);
+                recentlyOpenedAction->setStatusTip(filePath);
+                recentlyOpenedActionList.insert( recentlyOpenedActionList.size()-2, recentlyOpenedAction );
+            }
+            i++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Trim the list to its in the _settings allowed maximum size.
+    while ( recentlyOpenedList.size() > recentlyOpenedListMaxSize ) {
+        recentlyOpenedList.takeLast();
+        QAction* action = recentlyOpenedActionList.takeAt( recentlyOpenedActionList.size()-3 );
+        delete action;
+    }
+
+    // Add all actions to the menu.
+    _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files->addActions(recentlyOpenedActionList);
+    _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files->addActions(recentlyOpenedActionList);
+
+    // Write the new recently opened list to the _settings.
+    _settings->setValueByName( "lastSourceCodeFile", recentlyOpenedList.join("|") );
+
+    // Enable or disable "actionClear_Recently_Opened_List" if list is [not] emtpy
+    if ( recentlyOpenedList.isEmpty() ) {
+        _mainWindowForm->actionClear_Recently_Opened_List->setEnabled(false);
+    }
+    else {
+        _mainWindowForm->actionClear_Recently_Opened_List->setEnabled(true);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot empties the list of recently opened files.
+ */
+void MainWindow::clearRecentlyOpenedList() {
+    QStringList recentlyOpenedList = _settings->getValueByName("lastSourceCodeFile").toString().split("|");
+    QList recentlyOpenedActionList = _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files->actions();
+
+    while ( recentlyOpenedList.size() > 0 ) {
+        recentlyOpenedList.takeLast();
+        QAction* action = recentlyOpenedActionList.takeAt( recentlyOpenedActionList.size()-3 );
+        delete action;
+    }
+
+    // Write the new recently opened list to the _settings.
+    _settings->setValueByName( "lastSourceCodeFile", recentlyOpenedList.join("|") );
+
+    // Disable "actionClear_Recently_Opened_List"
+    _mainWindowForm->actionClear_Recently_Opened_List->setEnabled(false);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot is called if an entry from the list of recently opened files is
+    being selected.
+ */
+void MainWindow::openFileFromRecentlyOpenedList(QAction* recentlyOpenedAction) {
+    // If the selected action from the recently opened list menu is the clear action
+    // call the slot to clear the list and then leave.
+    if ( recentlyOpenedAction == _mainWindowForm->actionClear_Recently_Opened_List ) {
+        clearRecentlyOpenedList();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    QString fileName = recentlyOpenedAction->text();
+    int indexOfSelectedFile = _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files->actions().indexOf( recentlyOpenedAction );
+    QStringList recentlyOpenedList = _settings->getValueByName("lastSourceCodeFile").toString().split("|");
+    QString filePath = recentlyOpenedList.at(indexOfSelectedFile);
+    QFileInfo fileInfo(filePath);
+
+    // If the file exists, open it.
+    if ( fileInfo.exists() ) {
+        openSourceFileDialog(filePath);
+    }
+    // If it does not exist, show a warning message and update the list of recently opened files.
+    else {
+        QMessageBox::warning(NULL, tr("File no longer exists"), tr("The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist.") );
+        // The function updateRecentlyOpenedList() has to be called via a singleShot so it is executed after this
+        // function (openFileFromRecentlyOpenedList) has already been left. This has to be done because
+        // a Qt3Support function tries to emit a signal based on the existing actions and deleting
+        // any of these actions in updateRecentlyOpenedList() causes an error.
+        QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(updateRecentlyOpenedList()) );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief If the dragged in object contains urls/paths to a file, accept the drag.
+ */
+void MainWindow::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event) {
+    if ( event->mimeData()->hasUrls() ) {
+        event->acceptProposedAction();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief If the dropped in object contains urls/paths to a file, open that file.
+ */
+void MainWindow::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event) {
+    if ( event->mimeData()->hasUrls() ) {
+        QString filePathName = event->mimeData()->urls().first().toLocalFile();
+        openSourceFileDialog(filePathName);
+    }
+
+    event->acceptProposedAction();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief If the dropped in object contains urls/paths to a file, open that file.
+*/
+void MainWindow::showAboutDialog() {
+    //QPixmap originalPixmap = QPixmap::grabWindow(QApplication::desktop()->screen()->winId());
+    //qDebug("in main pixmap width %d, numScreens = %d", originalPixmap.size().width(), QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().width());
+    //_aboutDialogGraphicsView->setScreenshotPixmap( originalPixmap );
+    _aboutDialogGraphicsView->show();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Sets the label in the status bar to show the \a line and \a column number.
+*/
+void MainWindow::setStatusBarCursorPosInfo( int line, int column ) {
+    _textEditLineColumnInfoLabel->setText( tr("Line %1, Column %2").arg(line+1).arg(column+1) );
+}
diff --git a/src/MainWindow.h b/src/MainWindow.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1205a46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MainWindow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef MAINWINDOW_H
+#define MAINWINDOW_H
+
+#include 
+
+#include  "UiGuiSettings.h"
+
+class UiGuiSettingsDialog;
+class AboutDialog;
+class AboutDialogGraphicsView;
+class UiGuiHighlighter;
+class IndentHandler;
+class UpdateCheckDialog;
+namespace Ui {
+	class ToolBarWidget;
+	class MainWindowUi;
+}
+
+class QLabel;
+class QScrollBar;
+class QActionGroup;
+class QTranslator;
+
+class QsciScintilla;
+
+
+class MainWindow : public QMainWindow
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    //! Constructor
+    MainWindow(QString file2OpenOnStart = "", QWidget *parent = NULL);
+    ~MainWindow() {
+        _settings.clear();
+    }
+
+protected:
+    void closeEvent( QCloseEvent *event );
+    bool eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event);
+
+private slots:
+    void openSourceFileDialog(QString fileName = "");
+    bool saveasSourceFileDialog(QAction *chosenEncodingAction = NULL);
+    void saveAsOtherEncoding(QAction *chosenEncodingAction);
+    bool saveSourceFile();
+    void callIndenter();
+    void updateSourceView();
+    void turnHighlightOnOff(bool turnOn);
+    void setWhiteSpaceVisibility(bool visible);
+    void sourceCodeChangedHelperSlot();
+    void sourceCodeChangedSlot();
+    void indentSettingsChangedSlot();
+    void previewTurnedOnOff(bool turnOn);
+    void exportToPDF();
+    void exportToHTML();
+    void languageChanged(int languageIndex);
+    void encodingChanged(QAction *encodingAction);
+    void numberOfLinesChanged();
+    void updateRecentlyOpenedList();
+    void openFileFromRecentlyOpenedList(QAction* recentlyOpenedAction);
+    void clearRecentlyOpenedList();
+    void showAboutDialog();
+    void setStatusBarCursorPosInfo(int line, int column);
+
+private:
+	Ui::MainWindowUi *_mainWindowForm;
+
+    QString loadFile(QString filePath);
+    QString openFileDialog(QString dialogHeaderStr, QString startPath, QString fileMaskStr);
+    void updateWindowTitle();
+    void loadLastOpenedFile();
+    void saveSettings();
+    bool maybeSave();
+    void createEncodingMenu();
+    void createHighlighterMenu();
+    bool initApplicationLanguage();
+    void initMainWindow();
+    void initToolBar();
+    void initTextEditor();
+    void initSyntaxHighlighter();
+    void initIndenter();
+    void changeEvent(QEvent *event);
+    void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event);
+    void dropEvent(QDropEvent *event);
+
+    QsciScintilla *_qSciSourceCodeEditor;
+    QSharedPointer _settings;
+
+    QString _currentEncoding;
+    QString _sourceFileContent;
+    QString _sourceFormattedContent;
+    QString _sourceViewContent;
+    UiGuiHighlighter *_highlighter;
+    QScrollBar *_textEditVScrollBar;
+    AboutDialog *_aboutDialog;
+    AboutDialogGraphicsView *_aboutDialogGraphicsView;
+    UiGuiSettingsDialog *_settingsDialog;
+    int _textEditLastScrollPos;
+    int _currentIndenterID;
+    bool _loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup;
+    QString _currentSourceFile;
+    QString _currentSourceFileExtension;
+    QString _savedSourceContent;
+    QActionGroup *_encodingActionGroup;
+    QActionGroup *_saveEncodedActionGroup;
+    QActionGroup *_highlighterActionGroup;
+    QTranslator *_uiGuiTranslator;
+    QTranslator *_qTTranslator;
+    bool _isFirstRunOfThisVersion;
+
+    bool _sourceCodeChanged;
+    bool _scrollPositionChanged;
+    bool _indentSettingsChanged;
+    bool _previewToggled;
+    QStringList _encodingsList;
+
+    Ui::ToolBarWidget *_toolBarWidget;
+    IndentHandler *_indentHandler;
+    UpdateCheckDialog *_updateCheckDialog;
+    QLabel *_textEditLineColumnInfoLabel;
+};
+
+#endif // MAINWINDOW_H
diff --git a/src/MainWindow.ui b/src/MainWindow.ui
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1a3cacd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MainWindow.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
+
+
+ Thomas_-_S
+ MainWindowUi
+ 
+  
+   
+    0
+    0
+    949
+    633
+   
+  
+  
+   UniversalIndentGUI
+  
+  
+   
+    :/mainWindow/universalIndentGUI.svg:/mainWindow/universalIndentGUI.svg
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     6
+    
+    
+     0
+    
+    
+     
+      
+       0
+      
+      
+       2
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     0
+     0
+     949
+     21
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     Indenter
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     File
+    
+    
+     
+      Export
+     
+     
+     
+    
+    
+     
+      Recently Opened Files
+     
+     
+     
+    
+    
+     
+      Reopen File with other Encoding
+     
+    
+    
+     
+      Save Source File As with other Encoding
+     
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     Settings
+    
+    
+     
+      Set Syntax Highlighter
+     
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     Help
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+   
+   
+   
+   
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     0
+     0
+    
+   
+   
+    QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable|QDockWidget::DockWidgetMovable
+   
+   
+    Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea|Qt::RightDockWidgetArea
+   
+   
+    Indenter Settings
+   
+   
+    1
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      6
+     
+     
+      0
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        0
+       
+       
+        0
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    Qt::PreventContextMenu
+   
+   
+    Main Toolbar
+   
+   
+    Qt::Horizontal
+   
+   
+    
+     16
+     16
+    
+   
+   
+    Qt::ToolButtonTextBesideIcon
+   
+   
+    TopToolBarArea
+   
+   
+    false
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/document-open.png:/mainWindow/document-open.png
+   
+   
+    Open Source File
+   
+   
+    Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.
+   
+   
+    Ctrl+O
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/document-save.png:/mainWindow/document-save.png
+   
+   
+    Save Source File
+   
+   
+    Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file.
+   
+   
+    Ctrl+S
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/document-save-as.png:/mainWindow/document-save-as.png
+   
+   
+    Save Source File As...
+   
+   
+    Save Source File As...
+   
+   
+    Save Source File As...
+   
+   
+    Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code.
+   
+   
+    Ctrl+Shift+S
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/info.png:/mainWindow/info.png
+   
+   
+    About UniversalIndentGUI
+   
+   
+    Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI.
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/system-log-out.png:/mainWindow/system-log-out.png
+   
+   
+    Exit
+   
+   
+    Quits the UniversalIndentGUI.
+   
+   
+    Ctrl+Q
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/exportpdf.png:/mainWindow/exportpdf.png
+   
+   
+    PDF
+   
+   
+    Export the currently visible source code as PDF document
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/exporthtml.png:/mainWindow/exporthtml.png
+   
+   
+    HTML
+   
+   
+    Export the currently visible source code as HTML document
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    true
+   
+   
+    true
+   
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/tooltip.png:/mainWindow/tooltip.png
+   
+   
+    Parameter Tooltips
+   
+   
+    If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+   
+   
+    DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    true
+   
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/live-preview.png:/mainWindow/live-preview.png
+   
+   
+    Live Indent Preview
+   
+   
+    Ctrl+L
+   
+   
+    false
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    true
+   
+   
+    true
+   
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png:/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png
+   
+   
+    Syntax Highlighting
+   
+   
+    Syntax Highlighting
+   
+   
+    Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code.
+   
+   
+    By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+   
+   
+    Ctrl+H
+   
+   
+    DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    true
+   
+   
+    White Space Visible
+   
+   
+    White Space Visible
+   
+   
+    Set white space visible
+   
+   
+    Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor.
+   
+   
+    false
+   
+   
+    DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    true
+   
+   
+    true
+   
+   
+    Auto Open Last File
+   
+   
+    Auto open last source file on startup
+   
+   
+    If selected opens last source code file on startup
+   
+   
+    false
+   
+   
+    DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/preferences-system.png:/mainWindow/preferences-system.png
+   
+   
+    Settings
+   
+   
+    Settings
+   
+   
+    Opens the settings dialog
+   
+   
+    Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc.
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/system-software-update.png:/mainWindow/system-software-update.png
+   
+   
+    Check for update
+   
+   
+    Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+   
+   
+    Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/edit-clear.png:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png
+   
+   
+    Clear Recently Opened List
+   
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     :/mainWindow/document-properties.png:/mainWindow/document-properties.png
+   
+   
+    Show Log
+   
+   
+    Displays logging information.
+   
+   
+    Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application.
+   
+  
+ 
+ 
+  
+ 
+ 
+  
+   actionExit
+   triggered()
+   MainWindowUi
+   close()
+   
+    
+     -1
+     -1
+    
+    
+     399
+     299
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+
diff --git a/src/SettingsPaths.cpp b/src/SettingsPaths.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f556491
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/SettingsPaths.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "SettingsPaths.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+
+//! \defgroup grp_Settings All concerning applications settings.
+
+/*!
+    \class SettingsPaths
+    \ingroup grp_Settings
+    \brief SettingsPaths is a pure static functions class from which info about the
+    paths needed for settings can be retrieved.
+*/
+
+bool SettingsPaths::_alreadyInitialized = false;
+QString SettingsPaths::_applicationBinaryPath = "";
+QString SettingsPaths::_settingsPath = "";
+QString SettingsPaths::_globalFilesPath = "";
+QString SettingsPaths::_indenterPath = "";
+QString SettingsPaths::_tempPath = "";
+bool SettingsPaths::_portableMode = false;
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Initializes all available information about the paths.
+
+    Mainly during this init it is detected whether to start in portable mode or not. This is
+    done by testing whether the directory "config" is in the same directory as this
+    applications executable file.
+    In portable mode all data is ONLY written to subdirectories of the applications executable file.
+    Means also that the directory "indenters" has to be there.
+    In not portable mode (multiuser mode) only users home directory is used for writing config data.
+ */
+void SettingsPaths::init() {
+    _alreadyInitialized = true;
+
+    qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Initializing application paths.";
+
+    // Get the applications binary path, with respect to MacOSXs use of the .app folder.
+    _applicationBinaryPath = QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath();
+    // Remove any trailing slashes
+    while ( _applicationBinaryPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
+        _applicationBinaryPath.chop(1);
+    }
+
+#ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS
+    _applicationBinaryPath += "/plugins/uigui";
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
+    // Because on Mac universal binaries are used, the binary path is not equal
+    // to the applications (.app) path. So get the .apps path here.
+    int indexOfDotApp = _applicationBinaryPath.indexOf(".app");
+    if ( indexOfDotApp != -1 ) {
+        // Cut off after the dot of ".app".
+        _applicationBinaryPath = _applicationBinaryPath.left( indexOfDotApp-1 );
+        // Cut off after the first slash that was in front of ".app" (normally this is the word "UniversalIndentGUI")
+        _applicationBinaryPath = _applicationBinaryPath.left( _applicationBinaryPath.lastIndexOf("/") );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // If the "config" directory is a subdir of the applications binary path, use this one (portable mode)
+    _settingsPath = _applicationBinaryPath + "/config";
+    if ( QFile::exists( _settingsPath ) ) {
+        _portableMode = true;
+        QDir dirCreator;
+        _globalFilesPath = _applicationBinaryPath;
+        _indenterPath = _applicationBinaryPath + "/indenters";
+        dirCreator.mkpath( _settingsPath );
+        _tempPath = _applicationBinaryPath + "/temp";
+        //TODO: If the portable drive has write protection, use local temp path and clean it up on exit.
+        dirCreator.mkpath( _tempPath );
+    }
+    // ... otherwise use the system specific global application data path.
+    else {
+        _portableMode = false;
+        QDir dirCreator;
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+        // Get the local users application settings directory.
+        // Remove any trailing slashes.
+        _settingsPath = QDir::fromNativeSeparators( qgetenv("APPDATA") );
+        while ( _settingsPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
+            _settingsPath.chop(1);
+        }
+        _settingsPath = _settingsPath + "/UniversalIndentGUI";
+
+        // On windows systems the directories "indenters", "translations" are subdirs of the _applicationBinaryPath.
+        _globalFilesPath = _applicationBinaryPath;
+#else
+        // Remove any trailing slashes.
+        _settingsPath = QDir::homePath();
+        while ( _settingsPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
+            _settingsPath.chop(1);
+        }
+        _settingsPath = _settingsPath + "/.universalindentgui";
+        _globalFilesPath = "/usr/share/universalindentgui";
+#endif
+        dirCreator.mkpath( _settingsPath );
+        // If a highlighter config file does not exist in the users home config dir
+        // copy the default config file over there.
+        if ( !QFile::exists(_settingsPath+"/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini") ) {
+            QFile::copy( _globalFilesPath+"/config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini", _settingsPath+"/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini" );
+        }
+        _indenterPath = _globalFilesPath + "/indenters";
+
+        // On different systems it may be that "QDir::tempPath()" ends with a "/" or not. So check this.
+        // Remove any trailing slashes.
+        _tempPath = QDir::tempPath();
+        while ( _tempPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
+            _tempPath.chop(1);
+        }
+        _tempPath = _tempPath + "/UniversalIndentGUI";
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+        dirCreator.mkpath( _tempPath );
+#else
+        // On Unix based systems create a random temporary directory for security
+        // reasons. Otherwise an evil human being could create a symbolic link
+        // to an important existing file which gets overwritten when UiGUI writes
+        // into this normally temporary but linked file.
+        char *pathTemplate = new char[_tempPath.length()+8];
+        QByteArray pathTemplateQBA = QString(_tempPath + "-XXXXXX").toAscii();
+        delete [] pathTemplate;
+        pathTemplate = pathTemplateQBA.data();
+        pathTemplate = mkdtemp( pathTemplate );
+        _tempPath = pathTemplate;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Paths are:" \
+        "
  • _applicationBinaryPath=" << _applicationBinaryPath \
+        << "
  • _settingsPath=" << _settingsPath \
+        << "
  • _globalFilesPath=" << _globalFilesPath \
+        << "
  • _indenterPath=" << _indenterPath \
+        << "
  • _tempPath=" << _tempPath \
+        << "
  • Running in portable mode=" << _portableMode << "
";
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the path of the applications executable.
+ */
+const QString SettingsPaths::getApplicationBinaryPath() {
+    if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
+        SettingsPaths::init();
+    }
+    return _applicationBinaryPath;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the path where all settings are being/should be written to.
+ */
+const QString SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath() {
+    if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
+        SettingsPaths::init();
+    }
+    return _settingsPath;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the path where the files concerning all users reside. For example translations.
+ */
+const QString SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() {
+    if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
+        SettingsPaths::init();
+    }
+    return _globalFilesPath;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the path where the indenter executables reside.
+ */
+const QString SettingsPaths::getIndenterPath() {
+    if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
+        SettingsPaths::init();
+    }
+    return _indenterPath;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the path where the where all temporary data should be written to.
+ */
+const QString SettingsPaths::getTempPath() {
+    if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
+        SettingsPaths::init();
+    }
+    return _tempPath;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns true if portable mode shall be used.
+ */
+bool SettingsPaths::getPortableMode() {
+    if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) {
+        SettingsPaths::init();
+    }
+    return _portableMode;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Completely deletes the created temporary directory with all of its content.
+ */
+void SettingsPaths::cleanAndRemoveTempDir() {
+    QDirIterator dirIterator(_tempPath, QDirIterator::Subdirectories);
+    QStack directoryStack;
+    bool noErrorsOccurred = true;
+
+    while ( dirIterator.hasNext() ) {
+        QString currentDirOrFile = dirIterator.next();
+        // If this dummy call isn't done here, calling "dirIterator.fileInfo().isDir()" later somehow fails.
+        dirIterator.fileInfo();
+
+        if ( !currentDirOrFile.isEmpty() && dirIterator.fileName() != "." && dirIterator.fileName() != ".." ) {
+            // There is a path on the stack but the current path doesn't start with that path.
+            // So we changed into another parent directory and the one on the stack can be deleted
+            // since it must be empty.
+            if ( !directoryStack.isEmpty() && !currentDirOrFile.startsWith(directoryStack.top()) ) {
+                QString dirToBeRemoved = directoryStack.pop();
+                bool couldRemoveDir = QDir(dirToBeRemoved).rmdir(dirToBeRemoved);
+                noErrorsOccurred &= couldRemoveDir;
+                if ( couldRemoveDir == false )
+                    qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << "Could not remove the directory: " << dirToBeRemoved;
+                //qDebug() << "Removing Dir " << directoryStack.pop();
+            }
+
+            // If the iterator currently points to a directory push it onto the stack.
+            if ( dirIterator.fileInfo().isDir() ) {
+                directoryStack.push( currentDirOrFile );
+                //qDebug() << "Pushing onto Stack " << currentDirOrFile;
+            }
+            // otherwise it must be a file, so delete it.
+            else {
+                bool couldRemoveFile = QFile::remove( currentDirOrFile );
+                noErrorsOccurred &= couldRemoveFile;
+                if ( couldRemoveFile == false )
+                    qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << "Could not remove the file: " << currentDirOrFile;
+                //qDebug() << "Removing File " << currentDirOrFile;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    noErrorsOccurred &= QDir(_tempPath).rmdir(_tempPath);
+    if ( noErrorsOccurred == false )
+        qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << "While cleaning up the temp dir an error occurred.";
+}
diff --git a/src/SettingsPaths.h b/src/SettingsPaths.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..71f17e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/SettingsPaths.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SETTINGSPATHS_H
+#define SETTINGSPATHS_H
+
+class QString;
+
+
+class SettingsPaths
+{
+public:
+    static void init();
+    static const QString getApplicationBinaryPath();
+    static const QString getSettingsPath();
+    static const QString getGlobalFilesPath();
+    static const QString getIndenterPath();
+    static const QString getTempPath();
+    static bool getPortableMode();
+    static void cleanAndRemoveTempDir();
+
+private:
+    SettingsPaths();
+
+    static bool _alreadyInitialized;
+    static QString _applicationBinaryPath;
+    static QString _settingsPath;
+    static QString _globalFilesPath;
+    static QString _indenterPath;
+    static QString _tempPath;
+    static bool _portableMode;
+};
+
+#endif // SETTINGSPATHS_H
diff --git a/src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp b/src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..00c96ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "TemplateBatchScript.h"
+
+// Need to include QObject here so that platform specific defines like Q_OS_WIN32 are set.
+#include 
+
+/*!
+    \brief The only and static function of this class returns a batch or shell script
+    as string that can be used to call an indenter with the current settings from
+    the command line.
+
+    The returned string contains some placeholders where the indenter name needs to
+    be filled in. The placeholders are "__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__" that should be replaced
+    by the indenter call string that indents a complete directory.
+    "__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__" the call string for indenting only one file.
+    And "__INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__" which is only the shown name of the indenter.
+ */
+const char* TemplateBatchScript::getTemplateBatchScript() {
+    static const char* templateBatchScript =
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+        "@echo off\n"
+        "\n"
+        "IF (%1)==() GOTO error\n"
+        "dir /b /ad %1 >nul 2>nul && GOTO indentDir\n"
+        "IF NOT EXIST %1 GOTO error\n"
+        "goto indentFile\n"
+        "\n"
+        ":indentDir\n"
+        "set searchdir=%1\n"
+        "\n"
+        "IF (%2)==() GOTO assignDefaultSuffix\n"
+        "set filesuffix=%2\n"
+        "\n"
+        "GOTO run\n"
+        "\n"
+        ":assignDefaultSuffix\n"
+        "::echo !!!!DEFAULT SUFFIX!!!\n"
+        "set filesuffix=*\n"
+        "\n"
+        ":run\n"
+        "FOR /F \"tokens=*\" %%G IN ('DIR /B /S %searchdir%\\*.%filesuffix%') DO (\n"
+        "echo Indenting file \"%%G\"\n"
+        "__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__\n"
+        ")\n"
+        "GOTO ende\n"
+        "\n"
+        ":indentFile\n"
+        "echo Indenting one file %1\n"
+        "__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__\n"
+        "\n"
+        "GOTO ende\n"
+        "\n"
+        ":error\n"
+        "echo .\n"
+        "echo ERROR: As parameter given directory or file does not exist!\n"
+        "echo Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ dirname filesuffix\n"
+        "echo Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ filename\n"
+        "echo Example: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ temp cpp\n"
+        "echo .\n"
+        "\n"
+        ":ende\n";
+
+#else
+
+        "#!/bin/sh \n"
+        "\n"
+        "if [ ! -n \"$1\" ]; then\n"
+        "echo \"Syntax is: recurse.sh dirname filesuffix\"\n"
+        "echo \"Syntax is: recurse.sh filename\"\n"
+        "echo \"Example: recurse.sh temp cpp\"\n"
+        "exit 1\n"
+        "fi\n"
+        "\n"
+        "if [ -d \"$1\" ]; then\n"
+        "#echo \"Dir ${1} exists\"\n"
+        "if [ -n \"$2\" ]; then\n"
+        "filesuffix=$2\n"
+        "else\n"
+        "filesuffix=\"*\"\n"
+        "fi\n"
+        "\n"
+        "#echo \"Filtering files using suffix ${filesuffix}\"\n"
+        "\n"
+        "file_list=`find ${1} -name \"*.${filesuffix}\" -type f`\n"
+        "for file2indent in $file_list\n"
+        "do \n"
+        "echo \"Indenting file $file2indent\"\n"
+        "__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__\n"
+        "done\n"
+        "else\n"
+        "if [ -f \"$1\" ]; then\n"
+        "echo \"Indenting one file $1\"\n"
+        "__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__\n"
+        "else\n"
+        "echo \"ERROR: As parameter given directory or file does not exist!\"\n"
+        "echo \"Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ dirname filesuffix\"\n"
+        "echo \"Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ filename\"\n"
+        "echo \"Example: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ temp cpp\"\n"
+        "exit 1\n"
+        "fi\n"
+        "fi\n";
+#endif // #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+    return templateBatchScript;
+}
+
+
+/* Here comes the original batch script without the c++ markup
+@echo off
+
+IF (%1)==() GOTO error
+dir /b /ad %1 >nul 2>nul && GOTO indentDir
+IF NOT EXIST %1 GOTO error
+goto indentFile
+
+:indentDir
+set searchdir=%1
+
+IF (%2)==() GOTO assignDefaultSuffix
+set filesuffix=%2
+
+GOTO run
+
+:assignDefaultSuffix
+::echo !!!!DEFAULT SUFFIX!!!
+set filesuffix=*
+
+:run
+FOR /F "tokens=*" %%G IN ('DIR /B /S %searchdir%\*.%filesuffix%') DO (
+    echo Indenting file "%%G"
+    ::call call_CSSTidy.bat "%%G"
+    "C:/Dokumente und Einstellungen/ts/Eigene Dateien/Visual Studio 2005/Projects/UiGuixy/indenters/csstidy.exe" "%%G" --timestamp=true --allow_html_in_templates=false --compress_colors=true --compress_font=true --lowercase_s=false --preserve_css=false --remove_last_;=false --remove_bslash=true --sort_properties=false --sort_selectors=false  indentoutput.css
+    move /Y indentoutput.css "%%G"
+)
+GOTO ende
+
+:indentFile
+echo Indenting one file %1
+"C:/Dokumente und Einstellungen/ts/Eigene Dateien/Visual Studio 2005/Projects/UiGuixy/indenters/csstidy.exe" %1 --timestamp=true --allow_html_in_templates=false --compress_colors=true --compress_font=true --lowercase_s=false --preserve_css=false --remove_last_;=false --remove_bslash=true --sort_properties=false --sort_selectors=false  indentoutput.css
+move /Y indentoutput.css %1
+
+GOTO ende
+
+:error
+echo .
+echo ERROR: As parameter given directory or file does not exist!
+echo Syntax is: recurse.bat dirname filesuffix
+echo Syntax is: recurse.bat filename
+echo Example: recurse.bat temp cpp
+echo .
+
+:ende
+
+*/
diff --git a/src/TemplateBatchScript.h b/src/TemplateBatchScript.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ff14ade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/TemplateBatchScript.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TEMPLATEBATCHSCRIPT_H
+#define TEMPLATEBATCHSCRIPT_H
+
+class TemplateBatchScript
+{
+private:
+    TemplateBatchScript();
+public:
+    static const char* getTemplateBatchScript();
+};
+
+#endif // TEMPLATEBATCHSCRIPT_H
diff --git a/src/ToolBarWidget.ui b/src/ToolBarWidget.ui
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..900c60a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/ToolBarWidget.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+
+
+ ToolBarWidget
+ 
+  
+   
+    0
+    0
+    773
+    34
+   
+  
+  
+   Form
+  
+  
+   
+    6
+   
+   
+    0
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html>
+     
+     
+      Open Source File 
+     
+     
+      
+       :/mainWindow/document-open.png:/mainWindow/document-open.png
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+     
+     
+      Live Indent Preview
+     
+     
+      
+       :/mainWindow/live-preview.png:/mainWindow/live-preview.png
+     
+     
+      Ctrl+L
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+     
+     
+      Syntax Highlight
+     
+     
+      
+       :/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png:/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png
+     
+     
+      Ctrl+H
+     
+     
+      true
+     
+     
+      DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Qt::Horizontal
+     
+     
+      
+       40
+       20
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+     
+     
+      About
+     
+     
+      
+       :/mainWindow/info.png:/mainWindow/info.png
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+     
+     
+      Exit
+     
+     
+      
+       :/mainWindow/system-log-out.png:/mainWindow/system-log-out.png
+     
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+ 
+  
+ 
+ 
+
diff --git a/src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp b/src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..424a709
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "UiGuiErrorMessage.h"
+
+#include 
+
+/*!
+    \class UiGuiErrorMessage
+    \ingroup grp_Dialogs
+    \brief UiGuiErrorMessage is a child of QErrorMessage. But QErrorMessages
+    "Do not show again" didn't work with my strings, so this is my own, working
+    implementation of it.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Initializes the dialog.
+
+    Retrieves the object pointer to the \a _showAgainCheckBox check box, sets the dialogs
+    modality and for a working translation sets the check box text.
+ */
+UiGuiErrorMessage::UiGuiErrorMessage(QWidget *parent) : QErrorMessage(parent) {
+    _showAgainCheckBox = findChild();
+    setWindowModality( Qt::ApplicationModal );
+    _showAgainCheckBox->setText( tr("Show this message again") );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Just a lazy nothin doin destructive destructor.
+ */
+UiGuiErrorMessage::~UiGuiErrorMessage(void) {
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Shows an error \a message in a dialog box with \a title.
+
+    The shown \a message is added to a list, if not already in there. If it is
+    already in that list and "Show this message again" is not checked, that
+    message will not be shown.
+ */
+void UiGuiErrorMessage::showMessage( const QString &title, const QString &message ) {
+    bool showAgain = true;
+
+    if ( _showAgainCheckBox != 0 ) {
+        showAgain = _showAgainCheckBox->isChecked();
+    }
+
+    setWindowTitle(title);
+
+    if ( !_errorMessageList.contains(message) ) {
+        _errorMessageList << message;
+        if ( _showAgainCheckBox != 0 ) {
+            _showAgainCheckBox->setChecked(true);
+        }
+        QErrorMessage::showMessage( message );
+    }
+    else if ( showAgain ) {
+        QErrorMessage::showMessage( message );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief For convinience, for showing a dialog box with the default title "UniversalIndentGUI".
+ */
+void UiGuiErrorMessage::showMessage( const QString &message ) {
+    showMessage( "UniversalIndentGUI", message );
+}
diff --git a/src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h b/src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f520795
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UIGUIERRORMESSAGE_H
+#define UIGUIERRORMESSAGE_H
+
+#include 
+
+class QCheckBox;
+
+
+class UiGuiErrorMessage : public QErrorMessage
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    UiGuiErrorMessage(QWidget *parent = 0);
+    ~UiGuiErrorMessage(void);
+    void showMessage( const QString &message );
+    void showMessage( const QString &title, const QString &message );
+
+private:
+    QCheckBox *_showAgainCheckBox;
+    QStringList _errorMessageList;
+};
+
+#endif // UIGUIERRORMESSAGE_H
diff --git a/src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp b/src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ac74909
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "UiGuiHighlighter.h"
+
+#include "SettingsPaths.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+#include 
+#include 
+#endif
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+#include 
+#endif
+#include 
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+#include 
+#endif
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
+#include 
+#endif
+#include 
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+#include 
+#endif
+#include 
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
+#include 
+#endif
+#include 
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+#include 
+#include 
+#endif
+
+//! \defgroup grp_EditorComponent All concerning editor widget.
+
+/*!
+    \class UiGuiHighlighter
+    \ingroup grp_EditorComponent
+    \brief UiGuiHighlighter used for selecting the syntax highlighter/lexer for the QsciScintilla component.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \brief The constructor initializes some regular expressions and keywords to identify cpp tokens
+ */
+UiGuiHighlighter::UiGuiHighlighter(QsciScintilla *parent) : QObject(parent) {
+    _qsciEditorParent = parent;
+
+    // Create the highlighter _settings object from the UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini file.
+    _settings = new QSettings(SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath() + "/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini", QSettings::IniFormat, this);
+
+    _highlightningIsOn = true;
+
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Bash"] = QStringList() << "sh";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Batch"] = QStringList() << "bat";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["CMake"] = QStringList() << "cmake";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["C++"] = QStringList() << "c" << "h" << "cpp" << "hpp" << "cxx" << "hxx";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["C#"] = QStringList() << "cs";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["CSS"] = QStringList() << "css";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["D"] = QStringList() << "d";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Diff"] = QStringList() << "diff";
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Fortran"] = QStringList() << "f" << "for" << "f90";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Fortran77"] = QStringList() << "f77";
+#endif
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["HTML"] = QStringList() << "html" << "htm";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["IDL"] = QStringList() << "idl";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Java"] = QStringList() << "java";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["JavaScript"] = QStringList() << "js";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["LUA"] = QStringList() << "lua";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Makefile"] = QStringList() << "makefile";
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Pascal"] = QStringList() << "pas";
+#endif
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Perl"] = QStringList() << "perl" << "pl" << "pm";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["PHP"] = QStringList() << "php";
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["PostScript"] = QStringList() << "ps" << "eps" << "pdf" << "ai" << "fh";
+#endif
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["POV"] = QStringList() << "pov";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Ini"] = QStringList() << "ini";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Python"] = QStringList() << "py";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Ruby"] = QStringList() << "rub" << "rb";
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Spice"] = QStringList() << "cir";
+#endif
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["SQL"] = QStringList() << "sql";
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["TCL"] = QStringList() << "tcl";
+#endif
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["TeX"] = QStringList() << "tex";
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Verilog"] = QStringList() << "v" << "vh";
+#endif
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["VHDL"] = QStringList() << "vhdl";
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["XML"] = QStringList() << "xml";
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+    _mapHighlighternameToExtension["YAML"] = QStringList() << "yaml";
+#endif
+
+    _lexer = NULL;
+
+    // This code is only for testing.
+    /*
+    foreach(QStringList extensionList, _mapHighlighternameToExtension.values() ) {
+        setLexerForExtension( extensionList.at(0) );
+    }
+    */
+
+    // Set default highlighter to C++ highlighter.
+    setLexerForExtension( "cpp" );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the available highlighters as QStringList.
+ */
+QStringList UiGuiHighlighter::getAvailableHighlighters() {
+    return _mapHighlighternameToExtension.keys();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot handles signals coming from selecting another syntax highlighter.
+ */
+void UiGuiHighlighter::setHighlighterByAction(QAction* highlighterAction) {
+    QString highlighterName = highlighterAction->text();
+    setLexerForExtension( _mapHighlighternameToExtension[highlighterName].first() );
+    //TODO: This is really no nice way. How do it better?
+    // Need to do this "text update" to update the syntax highlighting. Otherwise highlighting is wrong.
+    int scrollPos = _qsciEditorParent->verticalScrollBar()->value();
+    _qsciEditorParent->setText( _qsciEditorParent->text() );
+    _qsciEditorParent->verticalScrollBar()->setValue(scrollPos);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Turns the syntax parser on.
+*/
+void UiGuiHighlighter::turnHighlightOn() {
+    _highlightningIsOn = true;
+    _qsciEditorParent->setLexer(_lexer);
+    readCurrentSettings("");
+}
+
+/*!
+    \brief Turns the syntax parser off.
+*/
+void UiGuiHighlighter::turnHighlightOff() {
+    _highlightningIsOn = false;
+    _qsciEditorParent->setLexer();
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+    _qsciEditorParent->setFont( QFont("Courier", 10, QFont::Normal) );
+    _qsciEditorParent->setMarginsFont( QFont("Courier", 10, QFont::Normal) );
+#else
+    _qsciEditorParent->setFont( QFont("Monospace", 10, QFont::Normal) );
+    _qsciEditorParent->setMarginsFont( QFont("Monospace", 10, QFont::Normal) );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Read the settings for the current lexer from the settings file.
+ */
+//TODO: Refactor this function so that the coding style and variable names suit better.
+bool UiGuiHighlighter::readCurrentSettings( const char *prefix ) {
+    bool ok, flag, rc = true;
+    int num;
+    QString key;
+
+    // Reset lists containing fonts and colors for each style
+    _fontForStyles.clear();
+    _colorForStyles.clear();
+
+    // Read the styles.
+    for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) {
+        // Ignore invalid styles.
+        if ( _lexer->description(i).isEmpty() )
+            continue;
+
+        key.sprintf( "%s/%s/style%d/", prefix, _lexer->language(), i );
+        key.replace("+", "p");
+
+        // Read the foreground color.
+        ok = _settings->contains(key + "color");
+        num = _settings->value(key + "color", 0).toInt();
+
+        if (ok)
+            setColor( QColor((num >> 16) & 0xff, (num >> 8) & 0xff, num & 0xff), i );
+        else
+            rc = false;
+
+        // Read the end-of-line fill.
+        ok = _settings->contains(key + "eolfill");
+        flag = _settings->value(key + "eolfill", false).toBool();
+
+        if (ok)
+            _lexer->setEolFill( flag, i );
+        else
+            rc = false;
+
+        // Read the font
+        QStringList fdesc;
+
+        ok = _settings->contains(key + "font");
+        fdesc = _settings->value(key + "font").toStringList();
+
+        if (ok && fdesc.count() == 5) {
+            QFont f;
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+            f.setFamily(fdesc[0]);
+#else
+            if ( fdesc[0].contains("courier", Qt::CaseInsensitive) )
+                f.setFamily("Monospace");
+            else
+                f.setFamily(fdesc[0]);
+#endif
+            f.setPointSize(fdesc[1].toInt());
+            f.setBold(fdesc[2].toInt());
+            f.setItalic(fdesc[3].toInt());
+            f.setUnderline(fdesc[4].toInt());
+
+            setFont(f, i);
+        }
+        else
+            rc = false;
+
+        // Read the background color.
+        ok = _settings->contains(key + "paper");
+        num = _settings->value(key + "paper", 0).toInt();
+
+        if (ok)
+            _lexer->setPaper( QColor((num >> 16) & 0xff, (num >> 8) & 0xff, num & 0xff), i );
+        else
+            rc = false;
+    }
+
+    // Read the properties.
+    key.sprintf( "%s/%s/properties/", prefix, _lexer->language() );
+
+    _lexer->refreshProperties();
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Write the settings for the current lexer to the settings file.
+ */
+void UiGuiHighlighter::writeCurrentSettings( const char *prefix ) {
+    QString key;
+
+    // Write the styles.
+    for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) {
+        // Ignore invalid styles.
+        if ( _lexer->description(i).isEmpty() )
+            continue;
+
+        int num;
+        QColor c;
+
+        key.sprintf( "%s/%s/style%d/", prefix, _lexer->language(), i );
+        key.replace("+", "p");
+
+        // Write style name
+        _settings->setValue( key + "", _lexer->description(i) );
+
+        // Write the foreground color.
+        if ( _colorForStyles.contains(i) ) {
+            c = _colorForStyles[i];
+        }
+        else {
+            c = _lexer->color(i);
+        }
+        num = (c.red() << 16) | (c.green() << 8) | c.blue();
+
+        _settings->setValue(key + "color", num);
+
+        // Write the end-of-line fill.
+        _settings->setValue( key + "eolfill", _lexer->eolFill(i) );
+
+        // Write the font
+        QStringList fdesc;
+        QString fmt("%1");
+        QFont f;
+
+        if ( _fontForStyles.contains(i) ) {
+            f = _fontForStyles[i];
+        }
+        else {
+            f = _lexer->font(i);
+        }
+
+        fdesc += f.family();
+        fdesc += fmt.arg( f.pointSize() );
+
+        // The casts are for Borland.
+        fdesc += fmt.arg( (int)f.bold() );
+        fdesc += fmt.arg( (int)f.italic() );
+        fdesc += fmt.arg( (int)f.underline() );
+
+        _settings->setValue(key + "font", fdesc);
+
+        // Write the background color.
+        c = _lexer->paper(i);
+        num = (c.red() << 16) | (c.green() << 8) | c.blue();
+
+        _settings->setValue(key + "paper", num);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Sets the \a color for the given \a style.
+ */
+void UiGuiHighlighter::setColor(const QColor &color, int style) {
+    _colorForStyles[style] = color;
+    _lexer->setColor( color, style );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Sets the \a font for the given \a style.
+ */
+void UiGuiHighlighter::setFont(const QFont &font, int style) {
+    _fontForStyles[style] = font;
+    _lexer->setFont( font, style );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Sets the to be used lexer by giving his name.
+ */
+void UiGuiHighlighter::setLexerByName( QString lexerName ) {
+    setLexerForExtension( _mapHighlighternameToExtension[lexerName].first() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Sets the proper highlighter / lexer for the given file \a extension. Returns the index of the used lexer in the list.
+ */
+int UiGuiHighlighter::setLexerForExtension( QString extension ) {
+    int indexOfHighlighter = 0;
+    extension = extension.toLower();
+
+    if ( _lexer != NULL ) {
+        writeCurrentSettings("");
+        delete _lexer;
+    }
+
+    if ( extension == "cpp" || extension == "hpp" || extension == "c" || extension == "h" || extension == "cxx" || extension == "hxx" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerCPP();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "sh" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerBash();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "bat" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerBatch();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "cmake" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerCMake();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "cs" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerCSharp();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "css" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerCSS();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "d" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerD();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "diff" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerDiff();
+    }
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+    else if ( extension == "f" || extension == "for" || extension == "f90" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerFortran();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "f77" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerFortran77();
+    }
+#endif
+    else if ( extension == "html" || extension == "htm" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerHTML();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "idl" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerIDL();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "java" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerJava();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "js" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerJavaScript();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "lua" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerLua();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "makefile" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerMakefile();
+    }
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+    else if ( extension == "pas" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerPascal();
+    }
+#endif
+    else if ( extension == "perl" || extension == "pl" || extension == "pm" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerPerl();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "php" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerHTML();
+    }
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+    else if ( extension == "ps" || extension == "eps" || extension == "pdf" || extension == "ai" || extension == "fh") {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerPostScript();
+    }
+#endif
+    else if ( extension == "pov" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerPOV();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "ini" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerProperties();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "py" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerPython();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "rub" || extension == "rb" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerRuby();
+    }
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
+    else if ( extension == "spice?" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerSpice();
+    }
+#endif
+    else if ( extension == "sql" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerSQL();
+    }
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+    else if ( extension == "tcl" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerTCL();
+    }
+#endif
+    else if ( extension == "tex" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerTeX();
+    }
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 )
+    else if ( extension == "vlog?" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerVerilog();
+    }
+#endif
+    else if ( extension == "vhdl" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerVHDL();
+    }
+    else if ( extension == "xml" ) {
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerXML();
+#else
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerHTML();
+#endif
+    }
+#if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 )
+    else if ( extension == "yaml" ) {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerYAML();
+    }
+#endif
+    else {
+        _lexer = new QsciLexerCPP();
+        extension = "cpp";
+    }
+
+    // Find the index of the selected _lexer.
+    indexOfHighlighter = 0;
+    while ( !_mapHighlighternameToExtension.values().at(indexOfHighlighter).contains(extension) ) {
+        indexOfHighlighter++;
+    }
+
+    // Set the _lexer for the QScintilla widget.
+    if ( _highlightningIsOn ) {
+        _qsciEditorParent->setLexer(_lexer);
+    }
+
+    // Read the _settings for the _lexer properties from file.
+    readCurrentSettings("");
+
+    return indexOfHighlighter;
+}
diff --git a/src/UiGuiHighlighter.h b/src/UiGuiHighlighter.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d0d60d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiHighlighter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UIGUIHIGHLIGHTER_H
+#define UIGUIHIGHLIGHTER_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+class QAction;
+class QSettings;
+
+class QsciScintilla;
+class QsciLexer;
+
+
+class UiGuiHighlighter : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    UiGuiHighlighter(QsciScintilla *parent);
+    void turnHighlightOff();
+    void turnHighlightOn();
+
+    bool readCurrentSettings(const char *prefix);
+    void writeCurrentSettings(const char *prefix);
+    QStringList getAvailableHighlighters();
+
+public slots:
+    //! The foreground color for style number \a style is set to \a color.  If
+    //! \a style is -1 then the color is set for all styles.
+    void setColor(const QColor &color, int style = -1);
+
+    //! The font for style number \a style is set to \a font.  If \a style is
+    //! -1 then the font is set for all styles.
+    void setFont(const QFont &font, int style = -1);
+
+    //! Sets the lexer that is responsible for the given \a extension.
+    int setLexerForExtension( QString extension );
+
+    void setLexerByName( QString lexerName );
+
+    void setHighlighterByAction(QAction* highlighterAction);
+
+private:
+    bool _highlightningIsOn;
+    QsciScintilla *_qsciEditorParent;
+    QMap _fontForStyles;
+    QMap _colorForStyles;
+    QsciLexer* _lexer;
+    QSettings *_settings;
+    QMap _mapHighlighternameToExtension;
+};
+
+#endif  // UIGUIHIGHLIGHTER_H
diff --git a/src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp b/src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0dfc93f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "UiGuiIndentServer.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+//! \defgroup grp_Server All concerning the server component.
+
+/*!
+    \class UiGuiIndentServer
+    \ingroup grp_Server
+    \brief UiGuiIndentServer is in such an early state, that even the communication
+    protocol isn't completely planned. So this class lacks documentation until
+    I really know where all this will lead to.
+
+    The plan however is to have a server that receives commands for selecting an
+    indenter and perhaps load some by the user predefined indenter config file. Then
+    the client can send a text to it and will receive it formatted.
+    The idea behind that is to make UiGUIs use as plugin or whatever more flexible.
+    So the plugin is developed for Eclipse for example and it takes the client role,
+    making it possible to use UiGUI from within Eclipse. Choosing a network protocol
+    makes everything platform and programming language independent, so it doesn't
+    matter for which application the plugin/client is developed.
+*/
+
+UiGuiIndentServer::UiGuiIndentServer(void) : QObject() {
+    _tcpServer = NULL;
+    _currentClientConnection = NULL;
+    _readyForHandleRequest = false;
+}
+
+
+UiGuiIndentServer::~UiGuiIndentServer(void) {
+}
+
+
+void UiGuiIndentServer::startServer() {
+    if ( _tcpServer == NULL ) {
+        _tcpServer = new QTcpServer(this);
+    }
+
+    if ( !_tcpServer->isListening() ) {
+        if ( !_tcpServer->listen(QHostAddress::Any, quint16(84484)) ) {
+            QMessageBox::critical( NULL, tr("UiGUI Server"), tr("Unable to start the server: %1.").arg(_tcpServer->errorString()) );
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
+    connect( _tcpServer, SIGNAL(newConnection()), this, SLOT(handleNewConnection()) );
+    _readyForHandleRequest = true;
+    _blockSize = 0;
+}
+
+
+void UiGuiIndentServer::stopServer() {
+    if ( _tcpServer != NULL ) {
+        _tcpServer->close();
+        delete _tcpServer;
+        _tcpServer = NULL;
+    }
+    _currentClientConnection = NULL;
+    _readyForHandleRequest = false;
+}
+
+
+void UiGuiIndentServer::handleNewConnection() {
+    QTcpSocket *clientConnection = _tcpServer->nextPendingConnection();
+    connect( clientConnection, SIGNAL(disconnected()), clientConnection, SLOT(deleteLater()) );
+
+    connect( clientConnection, SIGNAL(readyRead()), this, SLOT(handleReceivedData()) );
+}
+
+
+void UiGuiIndentServer::handleReceivedData() {
+    if ( !_readyForHandleRequest ) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    _currentClientConnection = qobject_cast( sender() );
+    QString receivedData = "";
+
+    if ( _currentClientConnection != NULL ) {
+        QDataStream in(_currentClientConnection);
+        in.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0);
+
+        if ( _blockSize == 0 ) {
+            if ( _currentClientConnection->bytesAvailable() < (int)sizeof(quint32) )
+                return;
+
+            in >> _blockSize;
+        }
+
+        if ( _currentClientConnection->bytesAvailable() < _blockSize )
+            return;
+
+        QString receivedMessage;
+        in >> receivedMessage;
+
+        _blockSize = 0;
+
+        qDebug() << "receivedMessage: " << receivedMessage;
+
+        if ( receivedMessage == "ts" ) {
+            sendMessage("Toll");
+        }
+        else {
+            sendMessage("irgendwas");
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+void UiGuiIndentServer::sendMessage( const QString &message ) {
+    _readyForHandleRequest = false;
+
+    _dataToSend = "";
+    QDataStream out(&_dataToSend, QIODevice::WriteOnly);
+    out.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0);
+    out << (quint32)0;
+    out << message;
+    out.device()->seek(0);
+    out << (quint32)(_dataToSend.size() - sizeof(quint32));
+
+    connect(_currentClientConnection, SIGNAL(bytesWritten(qint64)), this, SLOT(checkIfReadyForHandleRequest()));
+    _currentClientConnection->write(_dataToSend);
+}
+
+
+void UiGuiIndentServer::checkIfReadyForHandleRequest() {
+    if ( _currentClientConnection->bytesToWrite() == 0 ) {
+        QString dataToSendStr = _dataToSend.right( _dataToSend.size() - sizeof(quint32) );
+        qDebug() << "checkIfReadyForHandleRequest _dataToSend was: " << dataToSendStr;
+        disconnect(_currentClientConnection, SIGNAL(bytesWritten(qint64)), this, SLOT(checkIfReadyForHandleRequest()));
+        _readyForHandleRequest = true;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/UiGuiIndentServer.h b/src/UiGuiIndentServer.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..837693a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiIndentServer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UIGUIINDENTSERVER_H
+#define UIGUIINDENTSERVER_H
+
+#include 
+
+class QTcpServer;
+class QTcpSocket;
+
+
+class UiGuiIndentServer : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    UiGuiIndentServer(void);
+    ~UiGuiIndentServer(void);
+
+public slots:
+    void startServer();
+    void stopServer();
+
+private slots:
+    void handleNewConnection();
+    void handleReceivedData();
+    void sendMessage(const QString &message);
+    void checkIfReadyForHandleRequest();
+
+private:
+    QTcpServer *_tcpServer;
+    QByteArray _dataToSend;
+    bool _readyForHandleRequest;
+    QTcpSocket *_currentClientConnection;
+    quint32 _blockSize;
+};
+
+#endif // UIGUIINDENTSERVER_H
diff --git a/src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp b/src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..84542e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "UiGuiIniFileParser.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+//! \defgroup grp_Settings All concerning applications settings.
+
+/*!
+    \class UiGuiIniFileParser
+    \ingroup grp_Settings
+    \brief UiGuiIniFileParser is a simple ini file format parser.
+
+    These ini files need to have key-value pairs in the style
+    "keyname=keyvalue". Groups can be defined by writing the groupname
+    in the style [groupname] before some key-value pairs.
+
+    The reason why I use my own class instead of QSettings is mainly, that
+    QSettings always internally sorts the groups alphabetically and also
+    rewrites a settings file sorted. Very annoying for me.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \brief Init and empty all needed lists and strings.
+ */
+UiGuiIniFileParser::UiGuiIniFileParser(void) {
+	init();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Directly loads and parses the file with name \a iniFileName.
+ */
+UiGuiIniFileParser::UiGuiIniFileParser(const QString &iniFileName) {
+	init();
+    _iniFileName = iniFileName;
+    parseIniFile();
+}
+
+
+void UiGuiIniFileParser::init() {
+	_sections.clear();
+	_keyValueMap.clear();
+	_iniFileName = "";
+}
+
+
+UiGuiIniFileParser::~UiGuiIniFileParser(void) {
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the group/section names in the same order as they occurr in the ini file as QStringList.
+ */
+QStringList UiGuiIniFileParser::childGroups() {
+    QStringList sectionsStringList;
+
+    for( unsigned int i = 0; i < _sections.size(); i++ ) {
+        sectionsStringList << _sections[i];
+    }
+
+    return sectionsStringList;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the value of the defined \a keyName as QVariant.
+
+    The \a keyName is assembled by a section name, a slash and the key name itself.
+    For example if you wish to access the value of the following setting:
+    [NiceSection]
niceKeyName=2 you would have to call
+    value("NiceSection/niceKeyName").
+ */
+QVariant UiGuiIniFileParser::value(const QString &keyName, const QString &defaultValue) {
+    return _keyValueMap.value( keyName, defaultValue );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Parses the ini file and stores the key value pairs in the internal vectors \a keys and \a values.
+ */
+void UiGuiIniFileParser::parseIniFile() {
+    QFile iniFile(_iniFileName);
+
+    if ( iniFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly) ) {
+        // Clear the vectors holding the keys and values.
+        _sections.clear();
+        _keyValueMap.clear();
+
+        QTextStream iniFileStream( &iniFile );
+        QString line;
+        QString currentSectionName = "";
+        QString keyName = "";
+        QString valueAsString = "";
+
+        while ( !iniFileStream.atEnd() ) {
+            line = iniFileStream.readLine().trimmed();
+
+            // Test if the read line is a section name and if so remeber it.
+            if ( line.startsWith("[") && line.endsWith("]") ) {
+                currentSectionName = line.remove(0, 1);
+                currentSectionName.chop(1);
+
+                // Store the section name.
+                _sections.push_back( currentSectionName );
+            }
+            // Otherwise test whether the line has a assign char
+            else if ( line.contains("=") ) {
+                int indexOfFirstAssign = line.indexOf("=");
+                keyName = line.left(indexOfFirstAssign);
+
+                if ( !keyName.isEmpty() ) {
+                    valueAsString = line.remove(0, indexOfFirstAssign+1);
+                    // Remove any existing double quotes from the value.
+                    if ( valueAsString.startsWith("\"") && valueAsString.endsWith("\"") ) {
+                        valueAsString = valueAsString.remove(0, 1);
+                        valueAsString.chop(1);
+                    }
+
+                    // Prepend an eventually section name to the key name.
+                    if ( !currentSectionName.isEmpty() ) {
+                        keyName = currentSectionName + "/" + keyName;
+                    }
+
+                    // Store the key and value in the map.
+                    _keyValueMap.insert(keyName, valueAsString );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h b/src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..cbbc3c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UIGUIINIFILEPARSER_H
+#define UIGUIINIFILEPARSER_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+
+class QStringList;
+class QVariant;
+
+
+class UiGuiIniFileParser
+{
+public:
+    UiGuiIniFileParser(void);
+    UiGuiIniFileParser(const QString &iniFileName);
+    ~UiGuiIniFileParser(void);
+    QVariant value(const QString &keyName, const QString &defaultValue = "");
+    QStringList childGroups();
+
+protected:
+	void init();
+
+private:
+    void parseIniFile();
+
+    QString _iniFileName;
+    std::vector _sections;
+    QMap _keyValueMap;
+};
+
+#endif // UIGUIINIFILEPARSER_H
diff --git a/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp b/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f997ec3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,688 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+*   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+*   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+*   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+*   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+*   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+*                                                                         *
+*   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+*   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+*   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+*   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
+
+#include "SettingsPaths.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+//! \defgroup grp_Settings All concerning the settings.
+
+/*!
+    \class UiGuiSettings
+    \ingroup grp_Settings
+    \brief Handles the settings of the program. Reads them on startup and saves them on exit.
+    Is a singleton class and can only be accessed via getInstance().
+*/
+
+// Inits the single class instance pointer.
+QWeakPointer UiGuiSettings::_instance;
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief The constructor for the settings.
+*/
+UiGuiSettings::UiGuiSettings() : QObject() {
+    // Create the main application settings object from the UniversalIndentGUI.ini file.
+    _qsettings = new QSettings(SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath() + "/UniversalIndentGUI.ini", QSettings::IniFormat, this);
+
+    _indenterDirctoryStr = SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/indenters";
+    readAvailableTranslations();
+    initSettings();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the instance of the settings class. If no instance exists, ONE will be created.
+ */
+QSharedPointer UiGuiSettings::getInstance() {
+	QSharedPointer sharedInstance = _instance.toStrongRef();
+    if ( sharedInstance.isNull() ) {
+        // Create the settings object, which loads all UiGui settings from a file.
+        sharedInstance = QSharedPointer(new UiGuiSettings());
+        _instance = sharedInstance.toWeakRef();
+    }
+
+    return sharedInstance;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief The destructor saves the settings to a file.
+ */
+UiGuiSettings::~UiGuiSettings() {
+    // Convert the language setting from an integer index to a string.
+    int index = _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", 0).toInt();
+    if ( index < 0 || index >= _availableTranslations.size() )
+        index = 0;
+
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.at(index) );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Scans the translations directory for available translation files and
+    stores them in the QList \a _availableTranslations.
+ */
+void UiGuiSettings::readAvailableTranslations() {
+    QString languageShort;
+    QStringList languageFileList;
+
+    // English is the default language. A translation file does not exist but to have a menu entry, added here.
+    languageFileList << "universalindent_en.qm";
+
+    // Find all translation files in the "translations" directory.
+    QDir translationDirectory = QDir( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations" );
+    languageFileList << translationDirectory.entryList( QStringList("universalindent_*.qm") );
+
+    // Loop for each found translation file
+    foreach ( languageShort, languageFileList ) {
+        // Remove the leading string "universalindent_" from the filename.
+        languageShort.remove(0,16);
+        // Remove trailing file extension ".qm".
+        languageShort.chop(3);
+
+        _availableTranslations.append(languageShort);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns a list of the mnemonics of the available translations.
+ */
+QStringList UiGuiSettings::getAvailableTranslations() {
+    return _availableTranslations;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the value of the by \a settingsName defined setting as QVariant.
+
+    If the named setting does not exist, 0 is being returned.
+*/
+QVariant UiGuiSettings::getValueByName(QString settingName) {
+    return _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Loads the settings for the main application.
+
+    Settings are for example last selected indenter, last loaded source code file and so on.
+*/
+bool UiGuiSettings::initSettings()
+{
+    // Read the version string saved in the settings file.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/version", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/version", "") );
+
+    // Read windows last size and position from the settings file.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/maximized", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/maximized", false) );
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/position", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/position", QPoint(50, 50)) );
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/size", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/size", QSize(800, 600)) );
+
+    // Read last selected encoding for the opened source code file.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/encoding", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/encoding", "UTF-8") );
+
+    // Read maximum length of list for recently opened files.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/recentlyOpenedListSize", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/recentlyOpenedListSize", 5) );
+
+    // Read if last opened source code file should be loaded on startup.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup", true) );
+
+    // Read last opened source code file from the settings file.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/lastSourceCodeFile", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/lastSourceCodeFile",  _indenterDirctoryStr+"/example.cpp") );
+
+    // Read last selected indenter from the settings file.
+    int selectedIndenter = _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/selectedIndenter", 0).toInt();
+    if ( selectedIndenter < 0 ) {
+        selectedIndenter = 0;
+    }
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/selectedIndenter", selectedIndenter );
+
+    // Read if syntax highlighting is enabled.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/SyntaxHighlightingEnabled", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/SyntaxHighlightingEnabled", true) );
+
+    // Read if white space characters should be displayed.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/whiteSpaceIsVisible", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/whiteSpaceIsVisible", false) );
+
+    // Read if indenter parameter tool tips are enabled.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled", true) );
+
+    // Read the tab width from the settings file.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/tabWidth", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/tabWidth", 4) );
+
+    // Read the last selected language and stores the index it has in the list of available translations.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.indexOf( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", "").toString() ) );
+
+    // Read the update check settings from the settings file.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", false) );
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", QDate(1900,1,1)) );
+
+    // Read the main window state.
+    _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/MainWindowState", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/MainWindowState", QByteArray()) );
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Register the by \a propertyName defined property of \a obj to be connected to the setting defined by \a settingName.
+
+    The \a propertyName must be one of those that are listed in the Qt "Properties" documentation section of a Qt Object.
+    All further needed info is retrieved via the \a obj's MetaObject, like the to the property bound signal.
+ */
+bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectProperty( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName )
+{
+    const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
+    bool connectSuccess = false;
+
+    // Connect to the objects destroyed signal, so that it will be correctly unregistered.
+    connectSuccess = connect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*)));
+
+    int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
+    if ( connectSuccess && indexOfProp > -1 ) {
+        QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
+
+        // Connect to the property's value changed signal.
+        if ( mProp.hasNotifySignal() ) {
+            QMetaMethod signal = mProp.notifySignal();
+            //QString teststr = qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature()));
+            // The command "SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())" assembles the signal methods signature to a valid Qt SIGNAL.
+            connectSuccess = connect(obj, qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())), this, SLOT(handleObjectPropertyChange()));
+        }
+
+        if ( connectSuccess ) {
+            _registeredObjectProperties[obj] = QStringList() << propertyName << settingName;
+        }
+        else {
+            //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
+            disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*)));
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        // If setting already exists, set the objects property to the setting value.
+        if ( _qsettings->contains("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) ) {
+            mProp.write(obj, _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName));
+        }
+        // Otherwise add the setting and set it to the value of the objects property.
+        else {
+            _qsettings->setValue("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName, mProp.read(obj));
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
+        disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*)));
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within
+    their custom properties and registers this property name to that setting name if both were found.
+
+    The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName",
+    where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and
+    "connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. If the mentioned setting
+    name doesn't exist, it will be created.
+
+    Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered.
+    Returns false, if any of those registrations fails.
+ */
+bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectPropertyRecursive(QObject *obj) {
+    return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::registerObjectProperty);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Assigns the by \a settingName defined setting value to the by \a propertyName defined property of \a obj.
+
+    Returns true, if the value could be assigned, otherwise returns false, which is the case if settingName doesn't exist
+    within the settings or if the mentioned propertyName wasn't found for the \a obj.
+ */
+bool UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValue( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName )
+{
+    const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
+
+    int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
+    if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
+        QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
+
+        // If setting already exists, set the objects property to the setting value.
+        if ( _qsettings->contains("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) ) {
+            mProp.write(obj, _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName));
+        }
+        // The setting didn't exist so return that setting the objects property failed.
+        else {
+            //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within
+    their custom properties and sets each property to settings value.
+
+    The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName",
+    where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and
+    "connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings.
+
+    Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered.
+    Returns false, if any of those registrations fails.
+ */
+bool UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValueRecursive(QObject *obj) {
+    return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValue);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Assigns the by \a propertyName defined property's value of \a obj to the by \a settingName defined setting.
+
+    If the \a settingName didn't exist yet, it will be created.
+
+    Returns true, if the value could be assigned, otherwise returns false, which is the case if the mentioned
+    propertyName wasn't found for the \a obj.
+ */
+bool UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValue( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName )
+{
+    const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
+
+    int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
+    if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
+        QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
+
+        setValueByName(settingName, mProp.read(obj));
+    }
+    else {
+        //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within
+    their custom properties and sets each setting to the property value.
+
+    The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName",
+    where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and
+    "connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. If the settingName
+    didn't exist yet, it will be created.
+
+    Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered.
+    Returns false, if any of those registrations fails.
+ */
+bool UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValueRecursive(QObject *obj) {
+    return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValue);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Iterates over all \a objs child QObjects and checks whether they have the custom properties
+    "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName" set. If both are set, it invokes the \a callBackFunc
+    with both.
+ */
+bool UiGuiSettings::checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(QObject *obj, bool (UiGuiSettings::*callBackFunc)(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName)) {
+    bool success = true;
+
+    // Find all widgets that have PropertyName and SettingName defined in their style sheet.
+    QList allObjects = obj->findChildren();
+    foreach (QObject *object, allObjects) {
+        QString propertyName = object->property("connectedPropertyName").toString();
+        QString settingName = object->property("connectedSettingName").toString();
+
+        // If property and setting name were found, register that widget with the settings.
+        if ( !propertyName.isEmpty() && !settingName.isEmpty() ) {
+            success &= (this->*callBackFunc)( object, propertyName, settingName );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return success;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief The with a certain property registered \a obj gets unregistered.
+ */
+void UiGuiSettings::unregisterObjectProperty(QObject *obj) {
+    if ( _registeredObjectProperties.contains(obj) ) {
+        const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
+        QString propertyName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].first();
+        QString settingName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].last();
+
+        bool connectSuccess = false;
+        int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
+        if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
+            QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
+
+            // Disconnect to the property's value changed signal.
+            if ( mProp.hasNotifySignal() ) {
+                QMetaMethod signal = mProp.notifySignal();
+                // The command "SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())" assembles the signal methods signature to a valid Qt SIGNAL.
+                connectSuccess = disconnect(obj, qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())), this, SLOT(handleObjectPropertyChange()));
+            }
+        }
+        _registeredObjectProperties.remove(obj);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Registers a slot form the \a obj by its \a slotName to be invoked, if the by \a settingName defined
+    setting changes.
+
+    The registered slot may have no parameters or exactly one. If it accepts one parameter, whenever the setting
+    \a settingName changes the slot gets tried to be invoked with the settings value as parameter. This only works,
+    if the slot parameter is of the same type as the setting.
+ */
+bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName) {
+
+    const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
+
+    bool connectSuccess = false;
+    // Connect to the objects destroyed signal, so that it will be correctly unregistered.
+    connectSuccess = connect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*)));
+
+    QString normalizedSlotName = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature( qPrintable(slotName) );
+    int indexOfMethod = metaObject->indexOfMethod( qPrintable(normalizedSlotName) );
+    if ( connectSuccess && indexOfMethod > -1 ) {
+        QMetaMethod mMethod = metaObject->method(indexOfMethod);
+        //QMetaMethod::Access access = mMethod.access();
+        //QMetaMethod::MethodType methType = mMethod.methodType();
+
+        // Since the method can at maximum be invoked with the setting value as argument,
+        // only methods taking max one argument are allowed.
+        if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().size() <= 1 ) {
+            _registeredObjectSlots.insert(obj, QStringList() << normalizedSlotName << settingName);
+        }
+        else {
+            //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
+            disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*)));
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log.
+        disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*)));
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief If \a obj, \a slotName and \a settingName are given, that certain connection is unregistered.
+    If only \a obj is given, all to this object registered slot-setting connections are unregistered.
+ */
+void UiGuiSettings::unregisterObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName) {
+    //const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
+    QString normalizedSlotName = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature( qPrintable(slotName) );
+    QMutableMapIterator it(_registeredObjectSlots);
+    while (it.hasNext()) {
+        it.next();
+        if (it.key() == obj && slotName.isEmpty() && settingName.isEmpty())
+            it.remove();
+        else if (it.key() == obj && it.value().first() == slotName && it.value().last() == settingName)
+            it.remove();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This private slot gets invoked whenever a registered objects property changes
+    and distributes the new value to all other to the same settingName registered objects.
+ */
+void UiGuiSettings::handleObjectPropertyChange() {
+    QObject *obj = QObject::sender();
+    QString className = obj->metaObject()->className();
+    const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
+    QString propertyName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].first();
+    QString settingName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].last();
+
+    int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
+    if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
+        QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
+        setValueByName(settingName, mProp.read(obj));
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Sets the setting defined by \a settingName to \a value.
+
+    When setting a changed value, all to this settingName registered objects get
+    the changed value set too.
+    If the \a settingName didn't exist yet, it will be created.
+ */
+void UiGuiSettings::setValueByName(const QString &settingName, const QVariant &value) {
+    // Do the updating only, if the setting was really changed.
+    if ( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) != value ) {
+        _qsettings->setValue("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName, value);
+
+        // Set the new value for all registered object properties for settingName.
+        for ( QMap::ConstIterator it = _registeredObjectProperties.begin(); it != _registeredObjectProperties.end(); ++it ) {
+            if ( it.value().last() == settingName ) {
+                QObject *obj = it.key();
+                const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
+                QString propertyName = it.value().first();
+
+                int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) );
+                if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) {
+                    QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp);
+                    mProp.write(obj, value);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Invoke all registered object methods for settingName.
+        for ( QMap::ConstIterator it = _registeredObjectSlots.begin(); it != _registeredObjectSlots.end(); ++it ) {
+            if ( it.value().last() == settingName ) {
+                QObject *obj = it.key();
+                const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject();
+                QString slotName = it.value().first();
+
+                int indexOfMethod = metaObject->indexOfMethod( qPrintable(slotName) );
+                if ( indexOfMethod > -1 ) {
+                    QMetaMethod mMethod = metaObject->method(indexOfMethod);
+                    //QMetaMethod::Access access = mMethod.access();
+                    //QMetaMethod::MethodType methType = mMethod.methodType();
+
+                    bool success = false;
+
+                    // Handle registered slots taking one parameter.
+                    if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().size() == 1 ) {
+                        if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().first() == value.typeName() ) {
+                            success = invokeMethodWithValue(obj, mMethod, value);
+                        }
+                    }
+                    // Handle registered slots taking zero parameters.
+                    else {
+                        success = mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection );
+                    }
+
+                    if ( success == false ) {
+                        // TODO: Write a warning to the log if no success.
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
+#include 
+#include 
+#endif
+
+bool UiGuiSettings::invokeMethodWithValue( QObject *obj, QMetaMethod mMethod, QVariant value )
+{
+    switch (value.type()) {
+    case QVariant::BitArray :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBitArray, value.toBitArray()) );
+    case QVariant::Bitmap :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBitmap, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Bool :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(bool, value.toBool()) );
+    case QVariant::Brush :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBrush, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::ByteArray :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QByteArray, value.toByteArray()) );
+    case QVariant::Char :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QChar, value.toChar()) );
+    case QVariant::Color :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QColor, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Cursor :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QCursor, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Date :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QDate, value.toDate()) );
+    case QVariant::DateTime :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QDateTime, value.toDateTime()) );
+    case QVariant::Double :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(double, value.toDouble()) );
+    case QVariant::Font :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QFont, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Hash :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantHash, value.toHash()) );
+    case QVariant::Icon :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QIcon, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Image :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QImage, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Int :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(int, value.toInt()) );
+    case QVariant::KeySequence :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QKeySequence, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Line :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLine, value.toLine()) );
+    case QVariant::LineF :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLineF, value.toLineF()) );
+    case QVariant::List :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantList, value.toList()) );
+    case QVariant::Locale :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLocale, value.toLocale()) );
+    case QVariant::LongLong :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(qlonglong, value.toLongLong()) );
+    case QVariant::Map :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantMap, value.toMap()) );
+    case QVariant::Matrix :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QMatrix, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Transform :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTransform, value.value()) );
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
+    case QVariant::Matrix4x4 :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QMatrix4x4, value.value()) );
+#endif
+    case QVariant::Palette :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPalette, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Pen :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPen, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Pixmap :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPixmap, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Point :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPoint, value.toPoint()) );
+        //    case QVariant::PointArray :
+        //        return Q_ARG(QPointArray, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::PointF :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPointF, value.toPointF()) );
+    case QVariant::Polygon :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPolygon, value.value()) );
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
+    case QVariant::Quaternion :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QQuaternion, value.value()) );
+#endif
+    case QVariant::Rect :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRect, value.toRect()) );
+    case QVariant::RectF :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRectF, value.toRectF()) );
+    case QVariant::RegExp :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRegExp, value.toRegExp()) );
+    case QVariant::Region :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRegion, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Size :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSize, value.toSize()) );
+    case QVariant::SizeF :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSizeF, value.toSizeF()) );
+    case QVariant::SizePolicy :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSizePolicy, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::String :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QString, value.toString()) );
+    case QVariant::StringList :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QStringList, value.toStringList()) );
+    case QVariant::TextFormat :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTextFormat, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::TextLength :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTextLength, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Time :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTime, value.toTime()) );
+    case QVariant::UInt :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(uint, value.toUInt()) );
+    case QVariant::ULongLong :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(qulonglong, value.toULongLong()) );
+    case QVariant::Url :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QUrl, value.toUrl()) );
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
+    case QVariant::Vector2D :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector2D, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Vector3D :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector3D, value.value()) );
+    case QVariant::Vector4D :
+        return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector4D, value.value()) );
+#endif
+    default:
+        return false;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/UiGuiSettings.h b/src/UiGuiSettings.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..54f4dca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiSettings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+*   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+*   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+*   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+*   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+*   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+*                                                                         *
+*   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+*   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+*   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+*   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UIGUISETTINGS_H
+#define UIGUISETTINGS_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+class QSettings;
+
+
+class UiGuiSettings : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+private:
+    UiGuiSettings();
+    static QWeakPointer _instance;
+
+public:
+    static QSharedPointer getInstance();
+    ~UiGuiSettings();
+
+    bool registerObjectProperty(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName);
+    bool registerObjectPropertyRecursive(QObject *obj);
+    bool setObjectPropertyToSettingValue(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName);
+    bool setObjectPropertyToSettingValueRecursive(QObject *obj);
+    bool setSettingToObjectPropertyValue(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName);
+    bool setSettingToObjectPropertyValueRecursive(QObject *obj);
+    bool registerObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName);
+    QVariant getValueByName(QString settingName);
+    QStringList getAvailableTranslations();
+
+public slots:
+    void setValueByName(const QString &settingName, const QVariant &value);
+    void unregisterObjectProperty(QObject *obj);
+    void unregisterObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName = "", const QString &settingName = "");
+
+protected:
+    bool initSettings();
+    bool invokeMethodWithValue(QObject *obj, QMetaMethod mMethod, QVariant value);
+    bool checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(QObject *obj, bool (UiGuiSettings::*callBackFunc)(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName));
+
+private slots:
+    void handleObjectPropertyChange();
+
+private:
+    void readAvailableTranslations();
+
+    //! Stores the mnemonics of the available translations.
+    QStringList _availableTranslations;
+
+    //! The settings file.
+    QSettings *_qsettings;
+
+    //! Maps an QObject to a string list containing the property name and the associated setting name.
+    QMap _registeredObjectProperties;
+
+    //! Maps QObjects to a string list containing the method name and the associated setting name.
+    QMultiMap _registeredObjectSlots;
+
+    QString _indenterDirctoryStr;
+};
+
+#endif // UIGUISETTINGS_H
diff --git a/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp b/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7c7001f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+*   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+*   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+*   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+*   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+*   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+*                                                                         *
+*   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+*   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+*   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+*   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "UiGuiSettingsDialog.h"
+#include "ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h"
+
+#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class UiGuiSettingsDialog
+    \ingroup grp_Settings
+    \brief Displays a dialog window with settings for UniversalIndentGUI
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \brief The constructor calls the setup function for the ui created by uic.
+*/
+UiGuiSettingsDialog::UiGuiSettingsDialog(QWidget* parent, QSharedPointer settings) : QDialog(parent) {
+    // Remember pointer to the UiGuiSettings object.
+    _settings = settings;
+
+    // Init the user interface created by the UIC.
+    _settingsDialogForm = new Ui::SettingsDialog();
+    _settingsDialogForm->setupUi(this);
+
+    //TODO: This call has to be removed when the properties for the highlighters can be set
+    // with the settings dialog.
+    _settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->setToolTip( "(Will be implemented soon)" + _settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->toolTip() );
+
+    // Connect the accepted signal to own function, to write values back to the UiGuiSettings object.
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(accepted()), this, SLOT(writeWidgetValuesToSettings()) );
+
+    // Init the language selection combobox.
+    initTranslationSelection();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief By calling this function the combobox for selecting the application language will
+    be initialized.
+
+    Also the translation itself will be reinitialized.
+ */
+void UiGuiSettingsDialog::initTranslationSelection() {
+    // First empty the combo box.
+    _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->clear();
+
+    // Now add an entry into the box for every language short.
+    foreach (QString languageShort, _settings->getAvailableTranslations() ) {
+        // Identify the language mnemonic and set the full name.
+        if ( languageShort == "en" ) {
+            _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("English") );
+        }
+        else if ( languageShort == "fr" ) {
+            _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("French") );
+        }
+        else if ( languageShort == "de" ) {
+            _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("German") );
+        }
+        else if ( languageShort == "zh_TW" ) {
+            _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Chinese (Taiwan)") );
+        }
+        else if ( languageShort == "ja" ) {
+            _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Japanese") );
+        }
+        else if ( languageShort == "ru" ) {
+            _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Russian") );
+        }
+        else if ( languageShort == "uk" ) {
+            _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Ukrainian") );
+        }
+
+        else {
+            _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( tr("Unknown language mnemonic ") + languageShort );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Displays the dialog by calling the dialogs exec function.
+
+    Before it gets all the values needed from the UiGuiSettings object.
+ */
+int UiGuiSettingsDialog::showDialog() {
+    // Init all settings dialog objects with values from settings.
+    _settings->setObjectPropertyToSettingValueRecursive(this);
+
+    // Execute the dialog.
+    return exec();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot is called when the dialog box is closed by pressing the Ok button.
+
+    Writes all settings to the UiGuiSettings object.
+ */
+void UiGuiSettingsDialog::writeWidgetValuesToSettings() {
+    // Write settings dialog object values to settings.
+    _settings->setSettingToObjectPropertyValueRecursive(this);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Catches language change events and retranslates all needed widgets.
+ */
+void UiGuiSettingsDialog::changeEvent(QEvent *event) {
+    if (event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) {
+        _settingsDialogForm->retranslateUi(this);
+        // If this is not explicit set here, Qt < 4.3.0 does not translate the buttons.
+        _settingsDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Cancel | QDialogButtonBox::NoButton|QDialogButtonBox::Ok);
+
+        //TODO: This has to be removed when the properties for the highlighters can be set.
+        _settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->setToolTip( "(Will be implemented soon)" + _settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->toolTip() );
+
+        QStringList languageShortList = _settings->getAvailableTranslations();
+
+        // Now retranslate every entry in the language selection box.
+        for (int i = 0; i < languageShortList.size(); i++ ) {
+            QString languageShort = languageShortList.at(i);
+
+            // Identify the language mnemonic and set the full name.
+            if ( languageShort == "en" ) {
+                _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("English") );
+            }
+            else if ( languageShort == "fr" ) {
+                _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("French") );
+            }
+            else if ( languageShort == "de" ) {
+                _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("German") );
+            }
+            else if ( languageShort == "zh_TW" ) {
+                _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Chinese (Taiwan)") );
+            }
+            else if ( languageShort == "ja" ) {
+                _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Japanese") );
+            }
+            else if ( languageShort == "ru" ) {
+                _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Russian") );
+            }
+            else if ( languageShort == "uk" ) {
+                _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Ukrainian") );
+            }
+            else {
+                _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Unknown language mnemonic ") + languageShort );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else {
+        QWidget::changeEvent(event);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h b/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..582d436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+*   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+*   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+*   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+*   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+*   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+*                                                                         *
+*   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+*   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+*   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+*   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UIGUISETTINGSDIALOG_H
+#define UIGUISETTINGSDIALOG_H
+
+#include 
+
+#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
+
+namespace Ui {
+	class SettingsDialog;
+}
+
+
+class UiGuiSettingsDialog : public QDialog
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    UiGuiSettingsDialog(QWidget* parent, QSharedPointer settings);
+
+public slots:
+    int showDialog();
+
+private slots:
+    void writeWidgetValuesToSettings();
+
+private:
+	Ui::SettingsDialog *_settingsDialogForm;
+
+    void changeEvent(QEvent *event);
+    void initTranslationSelection();
+
+    QSharedPointer _settings;
+};
+
+#endif // UIGUISETTINGSDIALOG_H
diff --git a/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui b/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e3c5f7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,625 @@
+
+
+ SettingsDialog
+ 
+  
+   Qt::ApplicationModal
+  
+  
+   
+    0
+    0
+    503
+    336
+   
+  
+  
+   Settings
+  
+  
+   
+    :/mainWindow/preferences-system.png:/mainWindow/preferences-system.png
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      0
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        :/settingsDialog/applications-system.png:/settingsDialog/applications-system.png
+      
+      
+       Common
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one.
+           
+           
+            Application language
+           
+           
+            languageSelectionComboBox
+           
+          
+         
+         
+          
+           
+            
+             0
+             0
+            
+           
+           
+            Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one.
+           
+           
+            language
+           
+           
+            currentIndex
+           
+          
+         
+         
+          
+           
+            Qt::Horizontal
+           
+           
+            
+             40
+             20
+            
+           
+          
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time.
+         
+         
+          Automatically open last file on startup
+         
+         
+          loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup
+         
+         
+          checked
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+         
+         
+          Enable Parameter Tooltips
+         
+         
+          indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled
+         
+         
+          checked
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files.
+           
+           
+            Number of files in recently opened list
+           
+          
+         
+         
+          
+           
+            
+             0
+             0
+            
+           
+           
+            Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files.
+           
+           
+            1
+           
+           
+            30
+           
+           
+            1
+           
+           
+            recentlyOpenedListSize
+           
+           
+            value
+           
+          
+         
+         
+          
+           
+            Qt::Horizontal
+           
+           
+            
+             40
+             20
+            
+           
+          
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          Qt::Vertical
+         
+         
+          
+           20
+           40
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        :/settingsDialog/accessories-text-editor.png:/settingsDialog/accessories-text-editor.png
+      
+      
+       Editor
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor.
+         
+         
+          Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.)
+         
+         
+          whiteSpaceIsVisible
+         
+         
+          checked
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          
+           
+            Sets width in single spaces used for tabs
+           
+           
+            Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab.
+           
+           
+            Displayed width of tabs
+           
+          
+         
+         
+          
+           
+            
+             0
+             0
+            
+           
+           
+            Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character.
+           
+           
+            1
+           
+           
+            99
+           
+           
+            1
+           
+           
+            tabWidth
+           
+           
+            value
+           
+          
+         
+         
+          
+           
+            Qt::Horizontal
+           
+           
+            
+             40
+             20
+            
+           
+          
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          Qt::Vertical
+         
+         
+          
+           20
+           40
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        :/mainWindow/system-software-update.png:/mainWindow/system-software-update.png
+      
+      
+       Network
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day.
+         
+         
+          Check online for update on program start
+         
+         
+          CheckForUpdate
+         
+         
+          checked
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          
+         
+         
+          
+           
+            
+             If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5.
+            
+            
+             Enable proxy
+            
+            
+             ProxyEnabled
+            
+            
+             checked
+            
+           
+          
+          
+           
+            
+             false
+            
+            
+             
+              
+               
+                Host name:
+               
+               
+                proxyHostNameLineEdit
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com
+               
+               
+                ProxyHostName
+               
+               
+                text
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                Port:
+               
+               
+                proxyPortSpinBox
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                Port number to connect to the before named proxy.
+               
+               
+                Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignTrailing|Qt::AlignVCenter
+               
+               
+                QAbstractSpinBox::NoButtons
+               
+               
+                99999
+               
+               
+                ProxyPort
+               
+               
+                text
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                User name:
+               
+               
+                proxyUserNameLineEdit
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here.
+               
+               
+                ProxyUserName
+               
+               
+                text
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                Password:
+               
+               
+                proxyPasswordLineEdit
+               
+              
+             
+             
+              
+               
+                If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here.
+               
+               
+                QLineEdit::Password
+               
+               
+                ProxyPassword
+               
+               
+                text
+               
+              
+             
+            
+           
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        :/settingsDialog/syntax-highlight.png:/settingsDialog/syntax-highlight.png
+      
+      
+       Syntax Highlighting
+      
+      
+       
+        
+         
+          By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+         
+         
+          Enable syntax highlighting
+         
+         
+          SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+         
+         
+          checked
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          false
+         
+         
+          Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color.
+         
+         
+          Highlighter settings
+         
+         
+          
+           
+            
+             -1
+            
+           
+          
+          
+           
+            
+             -1
+            
+           
+          
+          
+           
+            
+             
+              
+               Set the font for the current selected highlighter property.
+              
+              
+               Set Font
+              
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              
+               Set the color for the current selected highlighter property.
+              
+              
+               Set Color
+              
+             
+            
+            
+             
+              
+               Qt::Vertical
+              
+              
+               
+                20
+                40
+               
+              
+             
+            
+           
+          
+         
+        
+       
+       
+        
+         
+          Qt::Vertical
+         
+         
+          
+           20
+           40
+          
+         
+        
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      Qt::Horizontal
+     
+     
+      QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok
+     
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+ 
+  
+ 
+ 
+  
+   buttonBox
+   accepted()
+   SettingsDialog
+   accept()
+   
+    
+     250
+     316
+    
+    
+     153
+     236
+    
+   
+  
+  
+   buttonBox
+   rejected()
+   SettingsDialog
+   reject()
+   
+    
+     327
+     316
+    
+    
+     282
+     236
+    
+   
+  
+  
+   enableProxyCheckBox
+   toggled(bool)
+   widget
+   setEnabled(bool)
+   
+    
+     73
+     68
+    
+    
+     76
+     95
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+
diff --git a/src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp b/src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6763bf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "UiGuiSystemInfo.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+UiGuiSystemInfo::UiGuiSystemInfo() {
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the operating system UiGUI is currently running on as one string.
+
+    The String contains name and version of the os. E.g. Linux Ubuntu 9.04.
+ */
+QString UiGuiSystemInfo::getOperatingSystem() {
+    QString operatingSystemString = "";
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    switch ( QSysInfo::WindowsVersion ) {
+        case QSysInfo::WV_32s :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows 3.1 with Win 32s";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_95 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows 95";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_98 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows 98";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_Me :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows Me";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_NT :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows NT (operating system version 4.0)";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_2000 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows 2000 (operating system version 5.0)";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_XP :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows XP (operating system version 5.1)";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_2003 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 R2, Windows Home Server, Windows XP Professional x64 Edition (operating system version 5.2)";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_VISTA :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008 (operating system version 6.0)";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_WINDOWS7 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows 7 (operating system version 6.1)";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_CE :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows CE";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_CENET :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows CE .NET";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_CE_5 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows CE 5.x";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::WV_CE_6 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Windows CE 6.x";
+            break;
+        default :
+            operatingSystemString = "Unknown Windows operating system.";
+            break;
+    }
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    switch ( QSysInfo::MacintoshVersion ) {
+        case QSysInfo::MV_9 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Mac OS 9 (unsupported)";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::MV_10_0 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.0 Cheetah (unsupported)";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::MV_10_1 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.1 Puma (unsupported)";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::MV_10_2 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.2 Jaguar (unsupported)";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::MV_10_3 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.3 Panther";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::MV_10_4 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::MV_10_5 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.5 Leopard";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::MV_10_6 :
+            operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.6 Snow Leopard";
+            break;
+        case QSysInfo::MV_Unknown :
+            operatingSystemString = "An unknown and currently unsupported platform";
+            break;
+        default :
+            operatingSystemString = "Unknown Mac operating system.";
+            break;
+    }
+#else
+    //TODO: Detect Unix, Linux etc. distro as described on http://www.novell.com/coolsolutions/feature/11251.html
+    operatingSystemString = "Linux";
+    QProcess process;
+
+    process.start("uname -s");
+    bool result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+    QString os = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+
+    process.start("uname -r");
+    result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+    QString rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+
+    process.start("uname -m");
+    result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+    QString mach = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+
+    if ( os == "SunOS" ) {
+        os = "Solaris";
+
+        process.start("uname -p");
+        result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+        QString arch = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+
+        process.start("uname -v");
+        result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+        QString timestamp = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+
+        operatingSystemString = os + " " + rev + " (" + arch + " " + timestamp + ")";
+    }
+    else if ( os == "AIX" ) {
+        process.start("oslevel -r");
+        result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+        QString oslevel = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+
+        operatingSystemString = os + "oslevel " + oslevel;
+    }
+    else if ( os == "Linux" ) {
+        QString dist;
+        QString pseudoname;
+        QString kernel = rev;
+
+        if ( QFile::exists("/etc/redhat-release") ) {
+            dist = "RedHat";
+
+            process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/redhat-release | sed s/.*\\(// | sed s/\\)//\"");
+            result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+            pseudoname = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+
+            process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/redhat-release | sed s/.*release\\ // | sed s/\\ .*//\"");
+            result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+            rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+        }
+        else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/SUSE-release") ) {
+            process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/SUSE-release | tr '\\n' ' '| sed s/VERSION.*//\"");
+            result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+            dist = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+
+            process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/SUSE-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/.*=\\ //\"");
+            result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+            rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+        }
+        else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/mandrake-release") ) {
+            dist = "Mandrake";
+
+            process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/mandrake-release | sed s/.*\\(// | sed s/\\)//\"");
+            result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+            pseudoname = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+
+            process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/mandrake-release | sed s/.*release\\ // | sed s/\\ .*//\"");
+            result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+            rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+        }
+        else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/lsb-release") ) {
+            dist = "Ubuntu";
+
+            QString processCall = "sh -c \"cat /etc/lsb-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/.*DISTRIB_RELEASE=// | sed s/\\ .*//\"";
+            process.start( processCall );
+            result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+            rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+            QString errorStr = process.readAllStandardError();
+
+            process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/lsb-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/.*DISTRIB_CODENAME=// | sed s/\\ .*//\"");
+            result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+            pseudoname = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+        }
+        else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/debian_version") ) {
+            dist = "Debian";
+
+            process.start("cat /etc/debian_version");
+            result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+            dist += process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+
+            rev = "";
+        }
+
+        if ( QFile::exists("/etc/UnitedLinux-release") ) {
+            process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/UnitedLinux-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/VERSION.*//\"");
+            result = process.waitForFinished(1000);
+            dist += process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed();
+        }
+
+        operatingSystemString = os + " " + dist + " " + rev + " (" + pseudoname + " " + kernel + " " + mach + ")";
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return operatingSystemString;
+}
diff --git a/src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h b/src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..08dca5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UIGUISYSTEMINFO_H
+#define UIGUISYSTEMINFO_H
+
+class QString;
+
+
+class UiGuiSystemInfo
+{
+public:
+    static QString getOperatingSystem();
+
+private:
+    UiGuiSystemInfo();
+};
+
+#endif // UIGUISYSTEMINFO_H
diff --git a/src/UiGuiVersion.cpp b/src/UiGuiVersion.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..375df0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiVersion.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "UiGuiVersion.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace UiGuiVersion {
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the build date as a localized string, e.g. "9. Februar 2009". If
+    there was some kind of error, the returned string is empty.
+ */
+QString getBuildDate() {
+    QStringList monthNames;
+    QString buildDateString = "";
+
+    monthNames << "Jan" << "Feb" << "Mar" << "Apr" << "May" << "Jun" << "Jul" << "Aug" << "Sep" << "Oct" << "Nov" << "Dez";
+    QStringList buildDateStringList = QString(__DATE__).simplified().split(' '); // __DATE__ returns eg "Feb  4 2009"
+
+    if ( buildDateStringList.count() == 3 ) {
+        QDate buildDate(buildDateStringList.last().toInt(), monthNames.indexOf( buildDateStringList.first() )+1, buildDateStringList.at(1).toInt());
+        buildDateString = buildDate.toString("d. MMMM yyyy");
+    }
+
+    return buildDateString;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the revision number, that the current build is based on, as string. If
+    there was some kind of error, the returned string is empty.
+ */
+QString getBuildRevision() {
+    QString buildRevision = "";
+    QStringList buildRevisionStringList = QString(PROGRAM_REVISION).simplified().split(' ');
+
+    if ( buildRevisionStringList.count() == 3 ) {
+        buildRevision = buildRevisionStringList.at(1);  // PROGRAM_REVISION is eg "$Revision: 907 $"
+    }
+
+    return buildRevision;
+}
+}  // namespace UiGuiVersion
diff --git a/src/UiGuiVersion.h b/src/UiGuiVersion.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..41aff77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UiGuiVersion.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UIGUIVERSION_H
+#define UIGUIVERSION_H
+
+class QString;
+
+// Define the version number here. Update this as the last file before a release.
+#define PROGRAM_VERSION 1.2.0
+#define PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING "1.2.0"
+#define RESOURCE_VERSION 1,2,0,0
+#define RESOURCE_VERSION_STRING "1,2,0,0\0"
+#define PROGRAM_REVISION "$Revision: 1070 $"
+
+namespace UiGuiVersion {
+
+    QString getBuildDate();
+    QString getBuildRevision();
+
+}
+
+#endif  // UIGUIVERSION_H
diff --git a/src/UniversalIndentGUI.vcproj b/src/UniversalIndentGUI.vcproj
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2fabfe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UniversalIndentGUI.vcproj
@@ -0,0 +1,549 @@
+
+
+	
+		
+	
+	
+		
+	
+	
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+	
+	
+	
+	
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+		
+	
+	
+	
+
diff --git a/src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp b/src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a5a58d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "UpdateCheckDialog.h"
+#include "ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h"
+
+#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
+#include "UiGuiVersion.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/*!
+    \class UpdateCheckDialog
+    \ingroup grp_MainWindow
+    \brief UpdateCheckDialog is a dialog widget that contains functions
+    for online checking for a new version of UniversalIndentGUI.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \brief Initializes member variables and stores the version of UiGui and a pointer to the _settings object.
+ */
+UpdateCheckDialog::UpdateCheckDialog(QSharedPointer settings, QWidget *parent) : QDialog(parent),
+    _manualUpdateRequested(false),
+    _currentNetworkReply(NULL),
+    _roleOfClickedButton(QDialogButtonBox::InvalidRole)
+{
+	_updateCheckDialogForm = new Ui::UpdateCheckDialog();
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->setupUi(this);
+
+    // Create object for _networkAccessManager request and connect it with the request return handler.
+    _networkAccessManager = new QNetworkAccessManager(this);
+    connect( _networkAccessManager, SIGNAL(finished(QNetworkReply*)), this, SLOT(checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply*)) );
+
+    // Create a timer object used for the progress bar.
+    _updateCheckProgressTimer = new QTimer(this);
+    _updateCheckProgressTimer->setInterval(5);
+    connect( _updateCheckProgressTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(updateUpdateCheckProgressBar()) );
+    _updateCheckProgressCounter = 0;
+
+    // Connect the dialogs buttonbox with a button click handler.
+    connect( _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox, SIGNAL(clicked(QAbstractButton*)), this, SLOT(handleUpdateCheckDialogButtonClicked(QAbstractButton*)) );
+
+    settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyEnabled");
+    settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyHostName");
+    settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyPort");
+    settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyUserName");
+    settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyPassword");
+
+    _settings = settings;
+
+	initProxySettings();
+
+    // This dialog is always modal.
+    setModal(true);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief On destroy cancels any currently running network request.
+ */
+UpdateCheckDialog::~UpdateCheckDialog() {
+    disconnect( _networkAccessManager, SIGNAL(finished(QNetworkReply*)), this, SLOT(checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply*)) );
+    if (_currentNetworkReply != NULL)
+        _currentNetworkReply->abort();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot should be called, if an update check is manually invoked.
+
+    In difference to the automatic update check, during manual update check request
+    a modal progress indicator dialog will be shown.
+ */
+void UpdateCheckDialog::checkForUpdateAndShowDialog() {
+    _manualUpdateRequested = true;
+    getPadXMLFile();
+    showCheckingForUpdateDialog();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot should be called, if an update check is automatically invoked.
+
+    An automatic invoked update check should run in background, so the user
+    gets not interrupted by a dialog box.
+ */
+void UpdateCheckDialog::checkForUpdate() {
+    _manualUpdateRequested = false;
+    getPadXMLFile();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This function tries to download the UniversalIndentGui pad file from the SourceForge server.
+ */
+void UpdateCheckDialog::getPadXMLFile() {
+    //_networkAccessManager->setHost("universalindent.sourceforge.net");
+    //_networkAccessManager->get("/universalindentgui_pad.xml");
+    _currentNetworkReply = _networkAccessManager->get(QNetworkRequest(QUrl("http://universalindent.sourceforge.net/universalindentgui_pad.xml")));
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot is called after the update check has returned, either by successfully
+    retrieving the pad file, or on any kind of network error.
+
+    Shows a message if check was successful or not. Offers the user to go to the
+    download page if a newer version exists. In case of an error during update
+    check, a message box with the error will be displayed.
+ */
+void UpdateCheckDialog::checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply *networkReply) {
+    Q_ASSERT(_currentNetworkReply == networkReply);
+
+    // Stop the progress bar timer.
+    _updateCheckProgressTimer->stop();
+
+    if ( networkReply->error() == QNetworkReply::NoError ) {
+        // Try to find the version string.
+        QString returnedString = networkReply->readAll();
+        int leftPosition = returnedString.indexOf("");
+        int rightPosition = returnedString.indexOf("");
+
+        // If the version string could be found in the returned string, show an update dialog and set last update check date.
+        if ( leftPosition != -1 && rightPosition != -1 ) {
+            // Get the pure version string from returned string.
+            returnedString = returnedString.mid( leftPosition+17, rightPosition-(leftPosition+17) );
+
+            // Create integer values from the version strings.
+            int versionOnServerInt = convertVersionStringToNumber( returnedString );
+            int currentVersionInt = convertVersionStringToNumber( PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING );
+
+            // Only show update dialog, if the current version number is lower than the one received from the server.
+            if ( versionOnServerInt > currentVersionInt && currentVersionInt >= 0 && versionOnServerInt >= 0 ) {
+                // Show message box whether to download the new version.
+                showNewVersionAvailableDialog(returnedString);
+
+                // If yes clicked, open the download url in the default browser.
+                if ( _roleOfClickedButton == QDialogButtonBox::YesRole ) {
+                    QDesktopServices::openUrl( QUrl("_networkAccessManager://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=167482") );
+                }
+            }
+            else if ( _manualUpdateRequested ) {
+                showNoNewVersionAvailableDialog();
+            }
+            // Set last update check date.
+            _settings->setValueByName("LastUpdateCheck", QDate::currentDate());
+        }
+        // In the returned string, the version string could not be found.
+        else {
+            QMessageBox::warning(this, tr("Update check error"), tr("There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content.") );
+        }
+    }
+    // If there was some error while trying to retrieve the update info from server and not cancel was pressed.
+    else if ( _roleOfClickedButton != QDialogButtonBox::RejectRole ) {
+        QMessageBox::warning(this, tr("Update check error"), tr("There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1").arg(networkReply->errorString()) );
+		hide();
+    }
+    _manualUpdateRequested = false;
+    networkReply->deleteLater();
+    _currentNetworkReply = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Displays the progress bar during update check.
+
+    For displaying activity during update check, a timer is started to
+    updated the progress bar. The user can press a cancel button to
+    stop the update check.
+ */
+void UpdateCheckDialog::showCheckingForUpdateDialog() {
+    // Reset the progress bar.
+    _updateCheckProgressCounter = 0;
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setValue(_updateCheckProgressCounter);
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setInvertedAppearance( false );
+
+    _updateCheckProgressTimer->start();
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->show();
+    setWindowTitle( tr("Checking for update...") );
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->label->setText( tr("Checking whether a newer version is available") );
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Cancel);
+    show();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Displays the dialog with info about the new available version.
+ */
+void UpdateCheckDialog::showNewVersionAvailableDialog(QString newVersion) {
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->hide();
+    setWindowTitle( tr("Update available") );
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->label->setText( tr("A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.\nYour version is %1. New version is %2.\nDo you want to go to the download website?").arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg(newVersion) );
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::No|QDialogButtonBox::NoButton|QDialogButtonBox::Yes);
+    exec();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Displays the dialog, that no new version is available.
+ */
+void UpdateCheckDialog::showNoNewVersionAvailableDialog() {
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->hide();
+    setWindowTitle( tr("No new update available") );
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->label->setText( tr("You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI.") );
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Ok);
+    exec();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot is called, when a button in the dialog is clicked.
+
+    If the clicked button was the cancel button, the user wants to cancel
+    the update check. So the _networkAccessManager request is aborted and the timer for the
+    progress bar animation is stopped.
+
+    In any case if a button is clicked, the dialog box will be closed.
+ */
+void UpdateCheckDialog::handleUpdateCheckDialogButtonClicked(QAbstractButton *clickedButton) {
+    _roleOfClickedButton = _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->buttonRole(clickedButton);
+
+    if ( _roleOfClickedButton == QDialogButtonBox::RejectRole ) {
+        // Abort the _networkAccessManager request.
+        _currentNetworkReply->abort();
+        // Stop the progress bar timer.
+        _updateCheckProgressTimer->stop();
+    }
+
+    accept();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief This slot is responsible for the animation of the update check progress bar.
+ */
+void UpdateCheckDialog::updateUpdateCheckProgressBar() {
+    // Depending on the progress bar direction, decrease or increase the progressbar value.
+    if ( _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->invertedAppearance() ) {
+        _updateCheckProgressCounter--;
+    }
+    else {
+        _updateCheckProgressCounter++;
+    }
+
+    // If the progress bar reaches 0 or 100 as value, swap the animation direction.
+    if ( _updateCheckProgressCounter == 0 || _updateCheckProgressCounter == 100 ) {
+        _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setInvertedAppearance( !_updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->invertedAppearance() );
+    }
+
+    // Update the progress bar value.
+    _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setValue(_updateCheckProgressCounter);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Converts the as string given version \a versionString to an integer number.
+
+    The \a versionString must have the format x.x.x where each x represents a number
+    of a maximum of 999. If the input format is wrong, -1 will be returned.The first
+    number will be multiplied by 1000000 the second by 1000 and then all three will
+    be summarized.
+
+    Thus for example 12.5.170 will result in 12005170.
+ */
+int UpdateCheckDialog::convertVersionStringToNumber(QString versionString) {
+    int versionInteger = 0;
+    int pos = 0;
+
+    QRegExp regEx("\\d{1,3}.\\d{1,3}.\\d{1,3}");
+    QRegExpValidator validator(regEx, NULL);
+
+    if ( validator.validate(versionString, pos) == QValidator::Acceptable ) {
+        QStringList versionNumberStringList = versionString.split(".");
+        versionInteger = versionNumberStringList.at(0).toInt() * 1000000;
+        versionInteger += versionNumberStringList.at(1).toInt() * 1000;
+        versionInteger += versionNumberStringList.at(2).toInt();
+    }
+    else {
+        versionInteger = -1;
+    }
+
+    return versionInteger;
+}
+
+void UpdateCheckDialog::initProxySettings()
+{
+    if ( _settings->getValueByName("ProxyEnabled") == true ) {
+		QString proxyHostName = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyHostName").toString();
+		int proxyPort = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyPort").toInt();
+		QString proxyUserName = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyUserName").toString();
+		QString proxyPassword = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyPassword").toString();
+		_networkAccessManager->setProxy(QNetworkProxy(QNetworkProxy::Socks5Proxy, proxyHostName, proxyPort, proxyUserName, proxyPassword));
+    }
+    else {
+		_networkAccessManager->setProxy(QNetworkProxy());
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/UpdateCheckDialog.h b/src/UpdateCheckDialog.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f0dfe81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UpdateCheckDialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UPDATECHECKDIALOG_H
+#define UPDATECHECKDIALOG_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+class UiGuiSettings;
+namespace Ui {
+	class UpdateCheckDialog;
+}
+
+class QTimer;
+class QDesktopServices;
+class QNetworkAccessManager;
+class QNetworkReply;
+
+
+class UpdateCheckDialog : public QDialog
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    UpdateCheckDialog(QSharedPointer settings, QWidget *parent = NULL);
+    ~UpdateCheckDialog();
+
+public slots:
+    void checkForUpdateAndShowDialog();
+    void checkForUpdate();
+
+private slots:
+    void checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply *networkReply);
+    void handleUpdateCheckDialogButtonClicked(QAbstractButton *clickedButton);
+    void updateUpdateCheckProgressBar();
+    void initProxySettings();
+
+private:
+	Ui::UpdateCheckDialog *_updateCheckDialogForm;
+
+    void getPadXMLFile();
+    void showCheckingForUpdateDialog();
+    void showNewVersionAvailableDialog(QString newVersion);
+    void showNoNewVersionAvailableDialog();
+    int convertVersionStringToNumber(QString versionString);
+
+    QSharedPointer _settings;
+    bool _manualUpdateRequested;
+    QNetworkAccessManager *_networkAccessManager;
+    QNetworkReply *_currentNetworkReply;
+    QDialogButtonBox::ButtonRole _roleOfClickedButton;
+    QTimer *_updateCheckProgressTimer;
+    int _updateCheckProgressCounter;
+};
+
+#endif // UPDATECHECKDIALOG_H
diff --git a/src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui b/src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bb165eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+
+
+ UpdateCheckDialog
+ 
+  
+   Qt::WindowModal
+  
+  
+   
+    0
+    0
+    323
+    108
+   
+  
+  
+   Checking for update...
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      Checking whether a newer version is available
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      0
+     
+     
+      false
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      QDialogButtonBox::Cancel
+     
+     
+      true
+     
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
diff --git a/src/debugging/.svn/all-wcprops b/src/debugging/.svn/all-wcprops
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3ceca8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/debugging/.svn/all-wcprops
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+END
+TSLoggerDialog.ui
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 76
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/1031/trunk/src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui
+END
diff --git a/src/debugging/.svn/entries b/src/debugging/.svn/entries
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3d62022
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/debugging/.svn/entries
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+10
+
+dir
+1074
+https://universalindent.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/universalindent/trunk/src/debugging
+https://universalindent.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/universalindent
+
+
+
+2012-01-01T15:57:45.041181Z
+1072
+thomas_-_s
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+c764a436-2d14-0410-8e4b-8664b97a5d8c
+
+TSLogger.cpp
+file
+
+
+
+
+2012-01-01T15:53:22.000000Z
+bb8f19f90ef34ed27f3746cce9c0d857
+2012-01-01T15:57:45.041181Z
+1072
+thomas_-_s
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+9302
+
+TSLogger.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2012-01-01T15:53:20.000000Z
+4f6c6d98220006c54c8530fed4ef69a2
+2012-01-01T15:57:45.041181Z
+1072
+thomas_-_s
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+2317
+
+TSLoggerDialog.ui
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+ca2220682b5c3f228a786bbd43fcc9ed
+2010-12-21T23:07:50.799886Z
+1031
+thomas_-_s
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+3660
+
diff --git a/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.cpp.svn-base b/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.cpp.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e7a912b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.cpp.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "TSLogger.h"
+#include "ui_TSLoggerDialog.h"
+
+#include "SettingsPaths.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+
+using namespace tschweitzer;
+using namespace tschweitzer::debugging;
+
+TSLogger* TSLogger::_instance = NULL;
+
+/*!
+    \class TSLogger
+    \brief This class handles any kind of data logging, for debugging and whatever purpose.
+
+    Beneath being able of displaying a dialog window containing all log messages of the
+    current session, a log file in the systems temporary directory is used. Its name
+    is "UiGUI_log.html".
+
+    Setting a verbose level allows to only write messages that have the selected minimum
+    priority to the log.
+ */
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created.
+ */
+TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance(int verboseLevel) {
+    if ( _instance == NULL )
+        _instance = new TSLogger(verboseLevel);
+
+    return _instance;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created.
+ */
+TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance() {
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+    return TSLogger::getInstance(QtDebugMsg);
+#else
+    return TSLogger::getInstance(QtWarningMsg);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Initializes the dialog and sets the path to the log file in the systems temporary directory.
+    Sets the default verbose level to warning level.
+ */
+TSLogger::TSLogger(int verboseLevel) : QDialog() {
+	_TSLoggerDialogForm = new Ui::TSLoggerDialog();
+    _TSLoggerDialogForm->setupUi(this);
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+    _verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg;
+#else
+    _verboseLevel = QtMsgType(verboseLevel);
+#endif
+
+    _logFileInitState = NOTINITIALZED;
+
+    connect( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(openLogFileFolder()) );
+
+    // Make the main application not to wait for the logging window to close.
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose, false);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Logs all incoming messages \a msg to the dialogs text edit and to the log file.
+
+    Only messages whos \a type have a higher priority than the set verbose level are logged.
+ */
+void TSLogger::messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg) {
+    if ( _instance == NULL )
+        _instance = TSLogger::getInstance();
+
+/*
+    QMessageBox messageBox;
+    QString messageBoxText = QString::fromUtf8( msg );
+    messageBox.setText( messageBoxText );
+    messageBox.setWindowModality( Qt::ApplicationModal );
+    messageBox.exec();
+*/
+
+    // Only log messages that have a higher or equal priority than set with the verbose level.
+    if ( type < _instance->_verboseLevel )
+        return;
+
+    // Init log message with prepended date and time.
+    QString message = QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString();
+
+    // Depending on the QtMsgType prepend a different colored Debug, Warning, Critical or Fatal.
+    switch (type) {
+        case QtDebugMsg :
+            message += " Debug: ";
+            break;
+        case QtWarningMsg :
+            message += " Warning: ";
+            break;
+        case QtCriticalMsg :
+            message += "Critical: ";
+            break;
+        case QtFatalMsg :
+            message += " Fatal: ";
+        // This one is no Qt message type, but can be used to send info messages to the log
+        // by calling TSLogger::messageHandler() directly.
+        case TSLoggerInfoMsg :
+            message += " Info: ";
+            break;
+    }
+
+    // Append the to UTF-8 back converted message parameter.
+    message += QString::fromUtf8( msg ) + "
\n";
+
+    // Write the message to the log windows text edit.
+    _instance->_TSLoggerDialogForm->logTextEdit->append( message );
+
+    // Write/append the log message to the log file.
+    _instance->writeToLogFile( message );
+
+    // In case of a fatal error abort the application.
+    if ( type == QtFatalMsg )
+        abort();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Calling this the verbose level can be set in a range from 0 to 3
+    which is equal to debug, warning, critical and fatal priority.
+ */
+void TSLogger::setVerboseLevel(int level) {
+    if ( level < 0 )
+        _verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg;
+    if ( level > 3 )
+        _verboseLevel = QtFatalMsg;
+    else
+        _verboseLevel = QtMsgType(level);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Deletes the existing _instance of TSLogger.
+ */
+void TSLogger::deleteInstance() {
+    if ( _instance != NULL ) {
+        delete _instance;
+        _instance = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Opens the folder that contains the created log file with the name "UiGUI_log.html".
+ */
+void TSLogger::openLogFileFolder() {
+    QDesktopServices::openUrl( QFileInfo( _logFile ).absolutePath() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Writes the \a message to the used log file.
+ */
+void TSLogger::writeToLogFile(const QString &message) {
+    // If the file where all logging messages should go to isn't initilized yet, do that now.
+    if ( _logFileInitState == NOTINITIALZED ) {
+        _logFileInitState = INITIALIZING;
+
+        // On different systems it may be that "QDir::tempPath()" ends with a "/" or not. So check this.
+        // Remove any trailing slashes.
+        QString tempPath = QFileInfo( SettingsPaths::getTempPath() ).absolutePath();
+        while ( tempPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
+            tempPath.chop(1);
+        }
+
+        // To make the temporary log file invulnerable against file symbolic link hacks
+        // append the current date and time up to milliseconds to its name and a random character.
+        QString logFileName = "UiGUI_log_" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("yyyyMMdd");
+        logFileName += "-" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("hhmmsszzz");
+        // By random decide whether to append a number or an upper or lower case character.
+        qsrand( time(NULL) );
+        unsigned char randomChar;
+        switch ( qrand() % 3 ) {
+            // Append a number from 0 to 9.
+            case 0 :
+                randomChar = qrand() % 10 + '0';
+                break;
+            // Append a upper case characer between A and Z.
+            case 1 :
+                randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'A';
+                break;
+            // Append a lower case characer between a and z.
+            default :
+                randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'a';
+                break;
+        }
+        logFileName += "_" + QString(randomChar) + ".html";
+
+        _logFile.setFileName( tempPath + "/" + logFileName );
+
+        // Set the tooltip of the open log file folder button to show the unique name of the log file.
+        _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->setToolTip( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->toolTip() + " (" + logFileName + ")" );
+
+        _logFileInitState = INITIALZED;
+    }
+
+    // Add the message to the message queue.
+    _messageQueue << message;
+
+    // If the logging file is initialzed, write all messages contained in the message queue into the file.
+    if ( _logFileInitState == INITIALZED ) {
+        // Write/append the log message to the log file.
+        if ( _logFile.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append) ) {
+            QTextStream out(&_logFile);
+
+            while ( !_messageQueue.isEmpty() ) {
+                out << _messageQueue.takeFirst() << "\n";
+            }
+
+            _logFile.close();
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.h.svn-base b/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c7e7e62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TSLogger_H
+#define TSLogger_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace Ui {
+	class TSLoggerDialog;
+}
+
+namespace tschweitzer { namespace debugging {
+
+#define TSLoggerInfoMsg QtMsgType(4)
+
+class TSLogger : public QDialog
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    static TSLogger* getInstance(int verboseLevel);
+    static TSLogger* getInstance();
+    static void messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg);
+    static void deleteInstance();
+    void setVerboseLevel(int level);
+
+private slots:
+    void openLogFileFolder();
+
+private:
+	Ui::TSLoggerDialog *_TSLoggerDialogForm;
+
+    enum LogFileInitState { NOTINITIALZED, INITIALIZING, INITIALZED } _logFileInitState;
+    TSLogger(int verboseLevel);
+    void writeToLogFile(const QString &message);
+
+    static TSLogger* _instance;
+    QtMsgType _verboseLevel;
+    QFile _logFile;
+    QStringList _messageQueue;
+};
+
+}} // namespace tschweitzer::debugging
+
+#endif // TSLogger_H
diff --git a/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLoggerDialog.ui.svn-base b/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLoggerDialog.ui.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3a83146
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLoggerDialog.ui.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+
+
+ TSLoggerDialog
+ 
+  
+   
+    0
+    0
+    1030
+    263
+   
+  
+  
+   Log
+  
+  
+   
+    :/mainWindow/document-properties.png:/mainWindow/document-properties.png
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      Logged messages
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      true
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Clear log
+       
+       
+        ...
+       
+       
+        
+         :/mainWindow/edit-clear.png:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Open folder containing log file.
+       
+       
+        Open folder containing log file.
+       
+       
+        
+         :/mainWindow/document-open.png:/mainWindow/document-open.png
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        
+         40
+         20
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        QDialogButtonBox::Close
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+ 
+  
+ 
+ 
+  
+   TSLoggerDialog
+   finished(int)
+   TSLoggerDialog
+   close()
+   
+    
+     2
+     45
+    
+    
+     5
+     59
+    
+   
+  
+  
+   buttonBox
+   clicked(QAbstractButton*)
+   TSLoggerDialog
+   close()
+   
+    
+     419
+     280
+    
+    
+     477
+     263
+    
+   
+  
+  
+   cleanUpToolButton
+   clicked()
+   logTextEdit
+   clear()
+   
+    
+     27
+     282
+    
+    
+     22
+     231
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+
diff --git a/src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp b/src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e7a912b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "TSLogger.h"
+#include "ui_TSLoggerDialog.h"
+
+#include "SettingsPaths.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+
+using namespace tschweitzer;
+using namespace tschweitzer::debugging;
+
+TSLogger* TSLogger::_instance = NULL;
+
+/*!
+    \class TSLogger
+    \brief This class handles any kind of data logging, for debugging and whatever purpose.
+
+    Beneath being able of displaying a dialog window containing all log messages of the
+    current session, a log file in the systems temporary directory is used. Its name
+    is "UiGUI_log.html".
+
+    Setting a verbose level allows to only write messages that have the selected minimum
+    priority to the log.
+ */
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created.
+ */
+TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance(int verboseLevel) {
+    if ( _instance == NULL )
+        _instance = new TSLogger(verboseLevel);
+
+    return _instance;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created.
+ */
+TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance() {
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+    return TSLogger::getInstance(QtDebugMsg);
+#else
+    return TSLogger::getInstance(QtWarningMsg);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Initializes the dialog and sets the path to the log file in the systems temporary directory.
+    Sets the default verbose level to warning level.
+ */
+TSLogger::TSLogger(int verboseLevel) : QDialog() {
+	_TSLoggerDialogForm = new Ui::TSLoggerDialog();
+    _TSLoggerDialogForm->setupUi(this);
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+    _verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg;
+#else
+    _verboseLevel = QtMsgType(verboseLevel);
+#endif
+
+    _logFileInitState = NOTINITIALZED;
+
+    connect( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(openLogFileFolder()) );
+
+    // Make the main application not to wait for the logging window to close.
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose, false);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Logs all incoming messages \a msg to the dialogs text edit and to the log file.
+
+    Only messages whos \a type have a higher priority than the set verbose level are logged.
+ */
+void TSLogger::messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg) {
+    if ( _instance == NULL )
+        _instance = TSLogger::getInstance();
+
+/*
+    QMessageBox messageBox;
+    QString messageBoxText = QString::fromUtf8( msg );
+    messageBox.setText( messageBoxText );
+    messageBox.setWindowModality( Qt::ApplicationModal );
+    messageBox.exec();
+*/
+
+    // Only log messages that have a higher or equal priority than set with the verbose level.
+    if ( type < _instance->_verboseLevel )
+        return;
+
+    // Init log message with prepended date and time.
+    QString message = QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString();
+
+    // Depending on the QtMsgType prepend a different colored Debug, Warning, Critical or Fatal.
+    switch (type) {
+        case QtDebugMsg :
+            message += " Debug: ";
+            break;
+        case QtWarningMsg :
+            message += " Warning: ";
+            break;
+        case QtCriticalMsg :
+            message += "Critical: ";
+            break;
+        case QtFatalMsg :
+            message += " Fatal: ";
+        // This one is no Qt message type, but can be used to send info messages to the log
+        // by calling TSLogger::messageHandler() directly.
+        case TSLoggerInfoMsg :
+            message += " Info: ";
+            break;
+    }
+
+    // Append the to UTF-8 back converted message parameter.
+    message += QString::fromUtf8( msg ) + "
\n";
+
+    // Write the message to the log windows text edit.
+    _instance->_TSLoggerDialogForm->logTextEdit->append( message );
+
+    // Write/append the log message to the log file.
+    _instance->writeToLogFile( message );
+
+    // In case of a fatal error abort the application.
+    if ( type == QtFatalMsg )
+        abort();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Calling this the verbose level can be set in a range from 0 to 3
+    which is equal to debug, warning, critical and fatal priority.
+ */
+void TSLogger::setVerboseLevel(int level) {
+    if ( level < 0 )
+        _verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg;
+    if ( level > 3 )
+        _verboseLevel = QtFatalMsg;
+    else
+        _verboseLevel = QtMsgType(level);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Deletes the existing _instance of TSLogger.
+ */
+void TSLogger::deleteInstance() {
+    if ( _instance != NULL ) {
+        delete _instance;
+        _instance = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Opens the folder that contains the created log file with the name "UiGUI_log.html".
+ */
+void TSLogger::openLogFileFolder() {
+    QDesktopServices::openUrl( QFileInfo( _logFile ).absolutePath() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \brief Writes the \a message to the used log file.
+ */
+void TSLogger::writeToLogFile(const QString &message) {
+    // If the file where all logging messages should go to isn't initilized yet, do that now.
+    if ( _logFileInitState == NOTINITIALZED ) {
+        _logFileInitState = INITIALIZING;
+
+        // On different systems it may be that "QDir::tempPath()" ends with a "/" or not. So check this.
+        // Remove any trailing slashes.
+        QString tempPath = QFileInfo( SettingsPaths::getTempPath() ).absolutePath();
+        while ( tempPath.right(1) == "/" ) {
+            tempPath.chop(1);
+        }
+
+        // To make the temporary log file invulnerable against file symbolic link hacks
+        // append the current date and time up to milliseconds to its name and a random character.
+        QString logFileName = "UiGUI_log_" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("yyyyMMdd");
+        logFileName += "-" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("hhmmsszzz");
+        // By random decide whether to append a number or an upper or lower case character.
+        qsrand( time(NULL) );
+        unsigned char randomChar;
+        switch ( qrand() % 3 ) {
+            // Append a number from 0 to 9.
+            case 0 :
+                randomChar = qrand() % 10 + '0';
+                break;
+            // Append a upper case characer between A and Z.
+            case 1 :
+                randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'A';
+                break;
+            // Append a lower case characer between a and z.
+            default :
+                randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'a';
+                break;
+        }
+        logFileName += "_" + QString(randomChar) + ".html";
+
+        _logFile.setFileName( tempPath + "/" + logFileName );
+
+        // Set the tooltip of the open log file folder button to show the unique name of the log file.
+        _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->setToolTip( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->toolTip() + " (" + logFileName + ")" );
+
+        _logFileInitState = INITIALZED;
+    }
+
+    // Add the message to the message queue.
+    _messageQueue << message;
+
+    // If the logging file is initialzed, write all messages contained in the message queue into the file.
+    if ( _logFileInitState == INITIALZED ) {
+        // Write/append the log message to the log file.
+        if ( _logFile.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append) ) {
+            QTextStream out(&_logFile);
+
+            while ( !_messageQueue.isEmpty() ) {
+                out << _messageQueue.takeFirst() << "\n";
+            }
+
+            _logFile.close();
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/debugging/TSLogger.h b/src/debugging/TSLogger.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c7e7e62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/debugging/TSLogger.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TSLogger_H
+#define TSLogger_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace Ui {
+	class TSLoggerDialog;
+}
+
+namespace tschweitzer { namespace debugging {
+
+#define TSLoggerInfoMsg QtMsgType(4)
+
+class TSLogger : public QDialog
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    static TSLogger* getInstance(int verboseLevel);
+    static TSLogger* getInstance();
+    static void messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg);
+    static void deleteInstance();
+    void setVerboseLevel(int level);
+
+private slots:
+    void openLogFileFolder();
+
+private:
+	Ui::TSLoggerDialog *_TSLoggerDialogForm;
+
+    enum LogFileInitState { NOTINITIALZED, INITIALIZING, INITIALZED } _logFileInitState;
+    TSLogger(int verboseLevel);
+    void writeToLogFile(const QString &message);
+
+    static TSLogger* _instance;
+    QtMsgType _verboseLevel;
+    QFile _logFile;
+    QStringList _messageQueue;
+};
+
+}} // namespace tschweitzer::debugging
+
+#endif // TSLogger_H
diff --git a/src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui b/src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3a83146
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+
+
+ TSLoggerDialog
+ 
+  
+   
+    0
+    0
+    1030
+    263
+   
+  
+  
+   Log
+  
+  
+   
+    :/mainWindow/document-properties.png:/mainWindow/document-properties.png
+  
+  
+   
+    
+     
+      Logged messages
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      true
+     
+    
+   
+   
+    
+     
+      
+       
+        Clear log
+       
+       
+        ...
+       
+       
+        
+         :/mainWindow/edit-clear.png:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Open folder containing log file.
+       
+       
+        Open folder containing log file.
+       
+       
+        
+         :/mainWindow/document-open.png:/mainWindow/document-open.png
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        Qt::Horizontal
+       
+       
+        
+         40
+         20
+        
+       
+      
+     
+     
+      
+       
+        QDialogButtonBox::Close
+       
+      
+     
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+ 
+  
+ 
+ 
+  
+   TSLoggerDialog
+   finished(int)
+   TSLoggerDialog
+   close()
+   
+    
+     2
+     45
+    
+    
+     5
+     59
+    
+   
+  
+  
+   buttonBox
+   clicked(QAbstractButton*)
+   TSLoggerDialog
+   close()
+   
+    
+     419
+     280
+    
+    
+     477
+     263
+    
+   
+  
+  
+   cleanUpToolButton
+   clicked()
+   logTextEdit
+   clear()
+   
+    
+     27
+     282
+    
+    
+     22
+     231
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+
diff --git a/src/main.cpp b/src/main.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6e09f3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/main.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer                          *
+ *   thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as   *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
+ *   along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the *
+ *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
+ *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "MainWindow.h"
+
+#include "UiGuiIndentServer.h"
+#include "debugging/TSLogger.h"
+#include "UiGuiIniFileParser.h"
+#include "UiGuiSettings.h"
+#include "UiGuiVersion.h"
+#include "UiGuiSystemInfo.h"
+#include "IndentHandler.h"
+#include "SettingsPaths.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/**
+	\brief Calling this function tries to attach to the console of the parent process and
+	redirect all inputs and outputs from and to this console.
+
+	The redirected streams are stdout, stdin, stderr, cout, wcout, cin, wcin, wcerr, cerr, wclog and clog.
+
+	Code based on info from http://dslweb.nwnexus.com/~ast/dload/guicon.htm.
+ */
+bool attachToConsole(/*enum ATTACH_ONLY|TRY_ATTACH_ELSE_CREATE|CREATE_NEW*/)
+{
+	int hConHandle;
+	long lStdHandle;
+	CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO coninfo;
+	FILE *fp;
+
+	// Trying to attach to the console of the parent process.
+	BOOL successful = AttachConsole(ATTACH_PARENT_PROCESS);
+	// In case that the parent process has no console return false and do no input/output redirection.
+	if ( !successful )
+		return false;
+
+	// Set the screen buffer to be big enough to let us scroll text
+	GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE), &coninfo);
+	// Set maximum console lines.
+	coninfo.dwSize.Y = 500;
+	SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE), coninfo.dwSize);
+
+	// Redirect unbuffered STDOUT to the console.
+	lStdHandle = (long)GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+	hConHandle = _open_osfhandle(lStdHandle, _O_TEXT);
+        if ( hConHandle != -1 ) {
+            fp = _fdopen( hConHandle, "w" );
+            *stdout = *fp;
+            setvbuf( stdout, NULL, _IONBF, 0 );
+        }
+
+	// Redirect unbuffered STDIN to the console.
+	lStdHandle = (long)GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE);
+	hConHandle = _open_osfhandle(lStdHandle, _O_TEXT);
+        if ( hConHandle != -1 ) {
+            fp = _fdopen( hConHandle, "r" );
+            *stdin = *fp;
+            setvbuf( stdin, NULL, _IONBF, 0 );
+        }
+
+	// Redirect unbuffered STDERR to the console.
+	lStdHandle = (long)GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE);
+	hConHandle = _open_osfhandle(lStdHandle, _O_TEXT);
+        if ( hConHandle != -1 ) {
+            fp = _fdopen( hConHandle, "w" );
+            *stderr = *fp;
+            setvbuf( stderr, NULL, _IONBF, 0 );
+        }
+
+	// Make cout, wcout, cin, wcin, wcerr, cerr, wclog and clog point to console as well.
+	std::ios::sync_with_stdio();
+
+	return true;
+}
+#else
+bool attachToConsole()
+{
+    return false;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+using namespace tschweitzer::debugging;
+
+/*!
+    /brief Entry point to UniversalIndentGUI application.
+
+    Evaluates the following parameters:
+    No parameters starts without server and full gui.
+    A string without any parameter prefix will be loaded as file on start.
+    -p --plugin  : Run as plugin. Server will be started with a simplified gui.
+    -s --server  : Run as server only without gui.
+    If -p and -s are set, -p will be used.
+    -v --verbose needs a following parameter defining the verbose level as a number from 0 to 3.
+ */
+int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
+	QString file2OpenOnStart = "";
+	int verboseLevel = 1;
+	bool startAsPlugin = false;
+	bool startAsServer = false;
+	bool tclapExitExceptionThrown = false;
+	int returnValue = 0;
+
+	bool attachedToConsole = false;
+	attachedToConsole = attachToConsole();
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+		// Filter out -psn_0_118813 and similar parameters.
+		std::vector argList;
+		for ( int i = 0; i < argc; i++ ) {
+			QString argString(argv[i]);
+
+			if ( argString.startsWith("-psn_") == false ) {
+				argList.push_back(argv[i]);
+			}
+			else {
+//				std::cerr << std::endl << "The parameter "<< i << " is an invalid finder parameter. Parameter was " << argv[i] << std::endl;
+			}
+		}
+		for ( size_t i = 0; i < argList.size(); i++ ) {
+			argv[i] = argList.at(i);
+		}
+		argc = argList.size();
+#endif
+
+	// Wrap everything in a try block. Do this every time,
+	// because exceptions will be thrown for problems.
+	try {
+		// Define the command line object.
+		TCLAP::CmdLine cmd("If -p and -s are set, -p will be used.\nGiving no parameters starts full gui without server.", ' ', "UiGUI version " PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING " " PROGRAM_REVISION);
+		cmd.setExceptionHandling(false);
+
+		// Define a value argument and add it to the command line.
+                TCLAP::UnlabeledValueArg filenameArg("file", "Opens the by filename defined file on start" , false, "", "filename");
+		cmd.add( filenameArg );
+
+		// Define a switch and add it to the command line.
+		TCLAP::SwitchArg pluginSwitch("p", "plugin", "Run as plugin. Server will be started with a simplified gui", false);
+		cmd.add( pluginSwitch );
+
+		// Define a switch and add it to the command line.
+		TCLAP::SwitchArg serverSwitch("s", "server", "Run as server only without gui", false);
+		cmd.add( serverSwitch );
+
+		// Define a value argument and add it to the command line.
+		TCLAP::ValueArg verboselevelArg("v", "verbose", "Sets how many info is written to the log. 0 means with debug info, 3 means critical messages only" , false, 1, "int");
+		cmd.add( verboselevelArg );
+
+		// Parse the args.
+		cmd.parse( argc, argv );
+
+		// Get the value parsed by each arg.
+                file2OpenOnStart = filenameArg.getValue().c_str();
+		startAsPlugin = pluginSwitch.getValue();
+		startAsServer = serverSwitch.getValue();
+		verboseLevel = verboselevelArg.getValue();
+	}
+	catch (TCLAP::ArgException &e) { // catch arg exceptions
+		std::cerr << std::endl << "error: " << e.error() << ". " << e.argId() << std::endl;
+		returnValue = 1;
+	}
+	catch (TCLAP::ExitException &e) { // catch exit exceptions
+		tclapExitExceptionThrown = true;
+		returnValue = e.getExitStatus();
+	}
+	catch (...) { // catch any exceptions
+		std::cerr << std::endl << "There was an error! Maybe faulty command line arguments set. See --help." << std::endl;
+		returnValue = 1;
+	}
+
+	if ( returnValue != 0 || tclapExitExceptionThrown ) {
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+		if ( attachedToConsole ) {
+			// Workaround for skipped command line prompt: Get the current working directory and print it to console.
+			char* buffer;
+			if( (buffer = _getcwd( NULL, 0 )) != NULL ) {
+				std::cerr << std::endl << buffer << ">";
+				free(buffer);
+			}
+			// Release the connection to the parents console.
+			FreeConsole();
+		}
+#endif
+		return returnValue;
+	}
+
+    QApplication app(argc, argv);
+    UiGuiIndentServer server;
+    MainWindow *mainWindow = NULL;
+    IndentHandler *indentHandler = NULL;
+
+    // Init and install the logger function.
+    // Setting UTF-8 as default 8-Bit encoding to ensure that qDebug does no false string conversion.
+    QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings( QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8") );
+    QTextCodec::setCodecForLocale( QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8") );
+    // Force creation of an TSLogger instance here, to avoid recursion with SettingsPaths init function.
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+    TSLogger::getInstance(0);
+#else
+    TSLogger::getInstance(verboseLevel);
+#endif
+    qInstallMsgHandler( TSLogger::messageHandler );
+    TSLogger::messageHandler( TSLoggerInfoMsg, QString("Starting UiGUI Version %1 %2").arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg(PROGRAM_REVISION).toAscii() );
+    TSLogger::messageHandler( TSLoggerInfoMsg, QString("Running on %1").arg(UiGuiSystemInfo::getOperatingSystem()).toAscii() );
+
+    // Set default values for all by UniversalIndentGUI used settings objects.
+    QCoreApplication::setOrganizationName("UniversalIndentGUI");
+    QCoreApplication::setOrganizationDomain("universalindent.sf.net");
+    QCoreApplication::setApplicationName("UniversalIndentGUI");
+
+    // Start normal with full gui and without server.
+    if ( !startAsPlugin && !startAsServer ) {
+        mainWindow = new MainWindow(file2OpenOnStart);
+        mainWindow->show();
+    }
+    // Start as plugin with server.
+    else if ( startAsPlugin ) {
+        server.startServer();
+        indentHandler = new IndentHandler(0);
+        indentHandler->show();
+    }
+    // Start as server only without any gui.
+    else if ( startAsServer ) {
+        server.startServer();
+    }
+
+    try {
+        returnValue = app.exec();
+    }
+    catch (std::exception &ex) {
+        qCritical() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Something went terribly wrong:" << ex.what();
+    }
+
+    if ( startAsPlugin || startAsServer )
+        server.stopServer();
+
+    delete indentHandler;
+	delete mainWindow;
+
+    SettingsPaths::cleanAndRemoveTempDir();
+    TSLogger::deleteInstance();
+
+    return returnValue;
+}
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/all-wcprops b/src/tclap/.svn/all-wcprops
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9b2aa5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/all-wcprops
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 54
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/1011/trunk/src/tclap
+END
+SwitchArg.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 65
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/SwitchArg.h
+END
+Makefile.in
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 65
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Makefile.in
+END
+CmdLineOutput.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 69
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/CmdLineOutput.h
+END
+CmdLineInterface.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 72
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/CmdLineInterface.h
+END
+Visitor.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 63
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Visitor.h
+END
+ArgTraits.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 65
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ArgTraits.h
+END
+UnlabeledMultiArg.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 73
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/UnlabeledMultiArg.h
+END
+IgnoreRestVisitor.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 73
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/IgnoreRestVisitor.h
+END
+DocBookOutput.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 69
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/DocBookOutput.h
+END
+ValuesConstraint.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 72
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ValuesConstraint.h
+END
+VersionVisitor.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 70
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/VersionVisitor.h
+END
+MultiSwitchArg.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 70
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/MultiSwitchArg.h
+END
+ValueArg.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 64
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ValueArg.h
+END
+XorHandler.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 66
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/XorHandler.h
+END
+HelpVisitor.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 67
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/HelpVisitor.h
+END
+Arg.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 59
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Arg.h
+END
+CmdLine.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 64
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/1011/trunk/src/tclap/CmdLine.h
+END
+StdOutput.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 65
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/StdOutput.h
+END
+OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 80
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h
+END
+ZshCompletionOutput.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 75
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ZshCompletionOutput.h
+END
+UnlabeledValueArg.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 73
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/UnlabeledValueArg.h
+END
+Makefile.am
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 65
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Makefile.am
+END
+MultiArg.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 64
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/MultiArg.h
+END
+Constraint.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 66
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Constraint.h
+END
+StandardTraits.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 70
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/StandardTraits.h
+END
+ArgException.h
+K 25
+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
+V 68
+/svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ArgException.h
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/entries b/src/tclap/.svn/entries
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..605f3ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/entries
@@ -0,0 +1,912 @@
+10
+
+dir
+1074
+https://universalindent.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/universalindent/trunk/src/tclap
+https://universalindent.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/universalindent
+
+
+
+2010-09-12T18:15:49.802183Z
+1011
+thomas_-_s
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+c764a436-2d14-0410-8e4b-8664b97a5d8c
+
+Arg.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+09340efa3f5cc9e93bf4eb26e9d284d0
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+16870
+
+ArgException.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+add3605d743e771cd6513d7355f3ba78
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+5044
+
+ArgTraits.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+c149e1b3a809bbff8dfda3c4a5f76e4c
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+2491
+
+CmdLine.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+e0dddb44d8d6bb2528dc422b6c78c4ad
+2010-09-12T18:15:49.802183Z
+1011
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+13470
+
+CmdLineInterface.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+0237df8c4d116c7069f32ec4516b770d
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+3627
+
+CmdLineOutput.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+5784b4f0dbad77f47328a0ba9dcbf2ce
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+1925
+
+Constraint.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+e9497994c72ce633bda4ed865cb0f1f6
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+1800
+
+DocBookOutput.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+fb4a662ffb86c86481753e4a4cce850c
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+8356
+
+HelpVisitor.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+f432610edb2ff493b4a20f69dac67409
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+1799
+
+IgnoreRestVisitor.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+5b27cd9d577831297d19c3383f3f3eec
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+1335
+
+Makefile.am
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+f9e6594d9210175e8b4a6cdda7c483db
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+577
+
+Makefile.in
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+a5268723844f898de6231869dda71b18
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+11654
+
+MultiArg.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+bacd0ddec8b55cc17e5ab4bf40eb41ba
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+11756
+
+MultiSwitchArg.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+7e669d165cb2c6402d7264828948d4f9
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+5627
+
+OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+f9333d5483b7d17e80da895c595aaf9b
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+1721
+
+StandardTraits.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+1cb176d1d90a53b7a08ffc0b9e663465
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+3975
+
+StdOutput.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+08a4119d6d4a2cce997c5f160df1f232
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+8452
+
+SwitchArg.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+6d76231f04804a4a435e0794cf0ccc3f
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+6509
+
+UnlabeledMultiArg.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+d393b2eb56e557c986d2b8fea90e6160
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+9619
+
+UnlabeledValueArg.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+7a6b40bb7dbd6f64ba6a7e6891754cf0
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+11445
+
+ValueArg.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+0f7d76772ff882bcd713ad787f88eb92
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+13774
+
+ValuesConstraint.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+b5e4d680c9b833a1f25528de649d85f0
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+3184
+
+VersionVisitor.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+7a04573b6407dc141dea0e2b4a5f0b28
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+1871
+
+Visitor.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+ab867636e6271b3476d6a679b2e73d1a
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+1258
+
+XorHandler.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+44270ab0432092c3e32618c0cb91b3e2
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+3967
+
+ZshCompletionOutput.h
+file
+
+
+
+
+2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z
+090a702ea2dd93dd4ce47dabdc70335c
+2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z
+992
+thomas_-_s
+has-props
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+7931
+
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Arg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Arg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Arg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgException.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgException.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgException.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Constraint.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Constraint.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Constraint.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.am.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.am.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.am.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.in.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.in.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.in.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Visitor.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Visitor.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Visitor.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bdbd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+K 13
+svn:eol-style
+V 6
+native
+END
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Arg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Arg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3d44c85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Arg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  file:  Arg.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H
+#define TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include 
+#else
+#define HAVE_SSTREAM
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
+#include 
+typedef std::istringstream istringstream;
+#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
+#include 
+typedef std::istrstream istringstream;
+#else
+#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A virtual base class that defines the essential data for all arguments.
+ * This class, or one of its existing children, must be subclassed to do
+ * anything.
+ */
+class Arg
+{
+	private:
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether the rest of the arguments should be ignored.
+		 */
+		static bool& ignoreRestRef() { static bool ign = false; return ign; }
+
+		/**
+		 * The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the
+		 * value.
+		 */
+		static char& delimiterRef() { static char delim = ' '; return delim; }
+
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The single char flag used to identify the argument.
+		 * This value (preceded by a dash {-}), can be used to identify
+		 * an argument on the command line.  The _flag can be blank,
+		 * in fact this is how unlabeled args work.  Unlabeled args must
+		 * override appropriate functions to get correct handling. Note
+		 * that the _flag does NOT include the dash as part of the flag.
+		 */
+		std::string _flag;
+
+		/**
+		 * A single work namd indentifying the argument.
+		 * This value (preceded by two dashed {--}) can also be used
+		 * to identify an argument on the command line.  Note that the
+		 * _name does NOT include the two dashes as part of the _name. The
+		 * _name cannot be blank.
+		 */
+		std::string _name;
+
+		/**
+		 * Description of the argument.
+		 */
+		std::string _description;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicating whether the argument is required.
+		 */
+		bool _required;
+
+		/**
+		 * Label to be used in usage description.  Normally set to
+		 * "required", but can be changed when necessary.
+		 */
+		std::string _requireLabel;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether a value is required for the argument.
+		 * Note that the value may be required but the argument/value
+		 * combination may not be, as specified by _required.
+		 */
+		bool _valueRequired;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether the argument has been set.
+		 * Indicates that a value on the command line has matched the
+		 * name/flag of this argument and the values have been set accordingly.
+		 */
+		bool _alreadySet;
+
+		/**
+		 * A pointer to a vistitor object.
+		 * The visitor allows special handling to occur as soon as the
+		 * argument is matched.  This defaults to NULL and should not
+		 * be used unless absolutely necessary.
+		 */
+		Visitor* _visitor;
+
+		/**
+		 * Whether this argument can be ignored, if desired.
+		 */
+		bool _ignoreable;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates that the arg was set as part of an XOR and not on the
+		 * command line.
+		 */
+		bool _xorSet;
+
+		bool _acceptsMultipleValues;
+
+		/**
+		 * Performs the special handling described by the Vistitor.
+		 */
+		void _checkWithVisitor() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Primary constructor. YOU (yes you) should NEVER construct an Arg
+		 * directly, this is a base class that is extended by various children
+		 * that are meant to be used.  Use SwitchArg, ValueArg, MultiArg,
+		 * UnlabeledValueArg, or UnlabeledMultiArg instead.
+		 *
+		 * \param flag - The flag identifying the argument.
+		 * \param name - The name identifying the argument.
+		 * \param desc - The description of the argument, used in the usage.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required.
+		 * \param valreq - Whether the a value is required for the argument.
+		 * \param v - The visitor checked by the argument. Defaults to NULL.
+		 */
+ 		Arg( const std::string& flag,
+			 const std::string& name,
+			 const std::string& desc,
+			 bool req,
+			 bool valreq,
+			 Visitor* v = NULL );
+
+	public:
+		/**
+		 * Destructor.
+		 */
+		virtual ~Arg();
+
+		/**
+		 * Adds this to the specified list of Args.
+		 * \param argList - The list to add this to.
+		 */
+		virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Begin ignoring arguments since the "--" argument was specified.
+		 */
+		static void beginIgnoring() { ignoreRestRef() = true; }
+
+		/**
+		 * Whether to ignore the rest.
+		 */
+		static bool ignoreRest() { return ignoreRestRef(); }
+
+		/**
+		 * The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the
+		 * value.
+		 */
+		static char delimiter() { return delimiterRef(); }
+
+		/**
+		 * The char used as a place holder when SwitchArgs are combined.
+		 * Currently set to the bell char (ASCII 7).
+		 */
+		static char blankChar() { return (char)7; }
+
+		/**
+		 * The char that indicates the beginning of a flag.  Currently '-'.
+		 */
+		static char flagStartChar() { return '-'; }
+
+		/**
+		 * The sting that indicates the beginning of a flag.  Currently "-".
+		 * Should be identical to flagStartChar.
+		 */
+		static const std::string flagStartString() { return "-"; }
+
+		/**
+		 * The sting that indicates the beginning of a name.  Currently "--".
+		 * Should be flagStartChar twice.
+		 */
+		static const std::string nameStartString() { return "--"; }
+
+		/**
+		 * The name used to identify the ignore rest argument.
+		 */
+		static const std::string ignoreNameString() { return "ignore_rest"; }
+
+		/**
+		 * Sets the delimiter for all arguments.
+		 * \param c - The character that delimits flags/names from values.
+		 */
+		static void setDelimiter( char c ) { delimiterRef() = c; }
+
+		/**
+		 * Pure virtual method meant to handle the parsing and value assignment
+		 * of the string on the command line.
+		 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+		 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. What is
+		 * passed in from main.
+		 */
+		virtual bool processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) = 0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Operator ==.
+		 * Equality operator. Must be virtual to handle unlabeled args.
+		 * \param a - The Arg to be compared to this.
+		 */
+		virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the argument flag.
+		 */
+		const std::string& getFlag() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the argument name.
+		 */
+		const std::string& getName() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the argument description.
+		 */
+		std::string getDescription() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether the argument is required.
+		 */
+		virtual bool isRequired() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Sets _required to true. This is used by the XorHandler.
+		 * You really have no reason to ever use it.
+		 */
+		void forceRequired();
+
+		/**
+		 * Sets the _alreadySet value to true.  This is used by the XorHandler.
+		 * You really have no reason to ever use it.
+		 */
+		void xorSet();
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether a value must be specified for argument.
+		 */
+		bool isValueRequired() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether the argument has already been set.  Only true
+		 * if the arg has been matched on the command line.
+		 */
+		bool isSet() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether the argument can be ignored, if desired.
+		 */
+		bool isIgnoreable() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * A method that tests whether a string matches this argument.
+		 * This is generally called by the processArg() method.  This
+		 * method could be re-implemented by a child to change how
+		 * arguments are specified on the command line.
+		 * \param s - The string to be compared to the flag/name to determine
+		 * whether the arg matches.
+		 */
+		virtual bool argMatches( const std::string& s ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns a simple string representation of the argument.
+		 * Primarily for debugging.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string toString() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns a short ID for the usage.
+		 * \param valueId - The value used in the id.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string shortID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns a long ID for the usage.
+		 * \param valueId - The value used in the id.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string longID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Trims a value off of the flag.
+		 * \param flag - The string from which the flag and value will be
+		 * trimmed. Contains the flag once the value has been trimmed.
+		 * \param value - Where the value trimmed from the string will
+		 * be stored.
+		 */
+		virtual void trimFlag( std::string& flag, std::string& value ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Checks whether a given string has blank chars, indicating that
+		 * it is a combined SwitchArg.  If so, return true, otherwise return
+		 * false.
+		 * \param s - string to be checked.
+		 */
+		bool _hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Sets the requireLabel. Used by XorHandler.  You shouldn't ever
+		 * use this.
+		 * \param s - Set the requireLabel to this value.
+		 */
+		void setRequireLabel( const std::string& s );
+
+		/**
+		 * Used for MultiArgs and XorHandler to determine whether args
+		 * can still be set.
+		 */
+		virtual bool allowMore();
+
+		/**
+		 * Use by output classes to determine whether an Arg accepts
+		 * multiple values.
+		 */
+		virtual bool acceptsMultipleValues();
+
+		/**
+		 * Clears the Arg object and allows it to be reused by new
+		 * command lines.
+		 */
+		 virtual void reset();
+};
+
+/**
+ * Typedef of an Arg list iterator.
+ */
+typedef std::list::iterator ArgListIterator;
+
+/**
+ * Typedef of an Arg vector iterator.
+ */
+typedef std::vector::iterator ArgVectorIterator;
+
+/**
+ * Typedef of a Visitor list iterator.
+ */
+typedef std::list::iterator VisitorListIterator;
+
+/*
+ * Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained
+ * in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct
+ * specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T.
+ * ValueLike traits use operator>> to assign the value from strVal.
+ */
+template void
+ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, ValueLike vl)
+{
+    static_cast(vl); // Avoid warning about unused vl
+    std::istringstream is(strVal);
+
+    int valuesRead = 0;
+    while ( is.good() ) {
+	if ( is.peek() != EOF )
+#ifdef TCLAP_SETBASE_ZERO
+	    is >> std::setbase(0) >> destVal;
+#else
+	    is >> destVal;
+#endif
+	else
+	    break;
+
+	valuesRead++;
+    }
+
+    if ( is.fail() )
+	throw( ArgParseException("Couldn't read argument value "
+				 "from string '" + strVal + "'"));
+
+
+    if ( valuesRead > 1 )
+	throw( ArgParseException("More than one valid value parsed from "
+				 "string '" + strVal + "'"));
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained
+ * in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct
+ * specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T.
+ * StringLike uses assignment (operator=) to assign from strVal.
+ */
+template void
+ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, StringLike sl)
+{
+    static_cast(sl); // Avoid warning about unused sl
+    SetString(destVal, strVal);
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//BEGIN Arg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+inline Arg::Arg(const std::string& flag,
+         const std::string& name,
+         const std::string& desc,
+         bool req,
+         bool valreq,
+         Visitor* v) :
+  _flag(flag),
+  _name(name),
+  _description(desc),
+  _required(req),
+  _requireLabel("required"),
+  _valueRequired(valreq),
+  _alreadySet(false),
+  _visitor( v ),
+  _ignoreable(true),
+  _xorSet(false),
+  _acceptsMultipleValues(false)
+{
+	if ( _flag.length() > 1 )
+		throw(SpecificationException(
+				"Argument flag can only be one character long", toString() ) );
+
+	if ( _name != ignoreNameString() &&
+		 ( _flag == Arg::flagStartString() ||
+		   _flag == Arg::nameStartString() ||
+		   _flag == " " ) )
+		throw(SpecificationException("Argument flag cannot be either '" +
+							Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" +
+							Arg::nameStartString() + "' or a space.",
+							toString() ) );
+
+	if ( ( _name.substr( 0, Arg::flagStartString().length() ) == Arg::flagStartString() ) ||
+		 ( _name.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) == Arg::nameStartString() ) ||
+		 ( _name.find( " ", 0 ) != std::string::npos ) )
+		throw(SpecificationException("Argument name begin with either '" +
+							Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" +
+							Arg::nameStartString() + "' or space.",
+							toString() ) );
+
+}
+
+inline Arg::~Arg() { }
+
+inline std::string Arg::shortID( const std::string& valueId ) const
+{
+	std::string id = "";
+
+	if ( _flag != "" )
+		id = Arg::flagStartString() + _flag;
+	else
+		id = Arg::nameStartString() + _name;
+
+	if ( _valueRequired )
+		id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId  + ">";
+
+	if ( !_required )
+		id = "[" + id + "]";
+
+	return id;
+}
+
+inline std::string Arg::longID( const std::string& valueId ) const
+{
+	std::string id = "";
+
+	if ( _flag != "" )
+	{
+		id += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag;
+
+		if ( _valueRequired )
+			id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">";
+
+		id += ",  ";
+	}
+
+	id += Arg::nameStartString() + _name;
+
+	if ( _valueRequired )
+		id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">";
+
+	return id;
+
+}
+
+inline bool Arg::operator==(const Arg& a) const
+{
+	if ( ( _flag != "" && _flag == a._flag ) || _name == a._name)
+		return true;
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+inline std::string Arg::getDescription() const
+{
+	std::string desc = "";
+	if ( _required )
+		desc = "(" + _requireLabel + ")  ";
+
+//	if ( _valueRequired )
+//		desc += "(value required)  ";
+
+	desc += _description;
+	return desc;
+}
+
+inline const std::string& Arg::getFlag() const { return _flag; }
+
+inline const std::string& Arg::getName() const { return _name; }
+
+inline bool Arg::isRequired() const { return _required; }
+
+inline bool Arg::isValueRequired() const { return _valueRequired; }
+
+inline bool Arg::isSet() const
+{
+	if ( _alreadySet && !_xorSet )
+		return true;
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+inline bool Arg::isIgnoreable() const { return _ignoreable; }
+
+inline void Arg::setRequireLabel( const std::string& s)
+{
+	_requireLabel = s;
+}
+
+inline bool Arg::argMatches( const std::string& argFlag ) const
+{
+	if ( ( argFlag == Arg::flagStartString() + _flag && _flag != "" ) ||
+		 argFlag == Arg::nameStartString() + _name )
+		return true;
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+inline std::string Arg::toString() const
+{
+	std::string s = "";
+
+	if ( _flag != "" )
+		s += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag + " ";
+
+	s += "(" + Arg::nameStartString() + _name + ")";
+
+	return s;
+}
+
+inline void Arg::_checkWithVisitor() const
+{
+	if ( _visitor != NULL )
+		_visitor->visit();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of trimFlag.
+ */
+inline void Arg::trimFlag(std::string& flag, std::string& value) const
+{
+	int stop = 0;
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < flag.length(); i++ )
+		if ( flag[i] == Arg::delimiter() )
+		{
+			stop = i;
+			break;
+		}
+
+	if ( stop > 1 )
+	{
+		value = flag.substr(stop+1);
+		flag = flag.substr(0,stop);
+	}
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of _hasBlanks.
+ */
+inline bool Arg::_hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const
+{
+	for ( int i = 1; static_cast(i) < s.length(); i++ )
+		if ( s[i] == Arg::blankChar() )
+			return true;
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+inline void Arg::forceRequired()
+{
+	_required = true;
+}
+
+inline void Arg::xorSet()
+{
+	_alreadySet = true;
+	_xorSet = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Overridden by Args that need to added to the end of the list.
+ */
+inline void Arg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const
+{
+	argList.push_front( const_cast(this) );
+}
+
+inline bool Arg::allowMore()
+{
+	return false;
+}
+
+inline bool Arg::acceptsMultipleValues()
+{
+	return _acceptsMultipleValues;
+}
+
+inline void Arg::reset()
+{
+	_xorSet = false;
+	_alreadySet = false;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//END Arg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgException.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgException.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3411aa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgException.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  ArgException.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H
+#define TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A simple class that defines and argument exception.  Should be caught
+ * whenever a CmdLine is created and parsed.
+ */
+class ArgException : public std::exception
+{
+	public:
+	
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param text - The text of the exception.
+		 * \param id - The text identifying the argument source.
+		 * \param td - Text describing the type of ArgException it is.
+		 * of the exception.
+		 */
+		ArgException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", 
+					  const std::string& id = "undefined",
+					  const std::string& td = "Generic ArgException")
+			: std::exception(), 
+			  _errorText(text), 
+			  _argId( id ), 
+			  _typeDescription(td)
+		{ } 
+		
+		/**
+		 * Destructor.
+		 */
+		virtual ~ArgException() throw() { }
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the error text.
+		 */
+		std::string error() const { return ( _errorText ); }
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the argument id.
+		 */
+		std::string argId() const  
+		{ 
+			if ( _argId == "undefined" )
+				return " ";
+			else
+				return ( "Argument: " + _argId ); 
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the arg id and error text. 
+		 */
+		const char* what() const throw() 
+		{
+			static std::string ex; 
+			ex = _argId + " -- " + _errorText;
+			return ex.c_str();
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the type of the exception.  Used to explain and distinguish
+		 * between different child exceptions.
+		 */
+		std::string typeDescription() const
+		{
+			return _typeDescription; 
+		}
+
+
+	private:
+
+		/**
+		 * The text of the exception message.
+		 */
+		std::string _errorText;
+
+		/**
+		 * The argument related to this exception.
+		 */
+		std::string _argId;
+
+		/**
+		 * Describes the type of the exception.  Used to distinguish
+		 * between different child exceptions.
+		 */
+		std::string _typeDescription;
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Thrown from within the child Arg classes when it fails to properly
+ * parse the argument it has been passed.
+ */
+class ArgParseException : public ArgException
+{ 
+	public:
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param text - The text of the exception.
+		 * \param id - The text identifying the argument source 
+		 * of the exception.
+		 */
+		ArgParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", 
+					       const std::string& id = "undefined" )
+			: ArgException( text, 
+			                id, 
+							std::string( "Exception found while parsing " ) + 
+							std::string( "the value the Arg has been passed." ))
+			{ }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Thrown from CmdLine when the arguments on the command line are not
+ * properly specified, e.g. too many arguments, required argument missing, etc.
+ */
+class CmdLineParseException : public ArgException
+{
+	public:
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param text - The text of the exception.
+		 * \param id - The text identifying the argument source 
+		 * of the exception.
+		 */
+		CmdLineParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", 
+					           const std::string& id = "undefined" )
+			: ArgException( text, 
+			                id,
+							std::string( "Exception found when the values ") +
+							std::string( "on the command line do not meet ") +
+							std::string( "the requirements of the defined ") +
+							std::string( "Args." ))
+		{ }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Thrown from Arg and CmdLine when an Arg is improperly specified, e.g. 
+ * same flag as another Arg, same name, etc.
+ */
+class SpecificationException : public ArgException
+{
+	public:
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param text - The text of the exception.
+		 * \param id - The text identifying the argument source 
+		 * of the exception.
+		 */
+		SpecificationException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception",
+					            const std::string& id = "undefined" )
+			: ArgException( text, 
+			                id,
+							std::string("Exception found when an Arg object ")+
+							std::string("is improperly defined by the ") +
+							std::string("developer." )) 
+		{ }
+
+};
+
+class ExitException {
+public:
+	ExitException(int estat) : _estat(estat) {}
+
+	int getExitStatus() const { return _estat; }
+
+private:
+	int _estat;
+};
+
+} // namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a89ed12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  file:  ArgTraits.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to
+// include this directly
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H
+#define TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+// We use two empty structs to get compile type specialization
+// function to work
+
+/**
+ * A value like argument value type is a value that can be set using
+ * operator>>. This is the default value type.
+ */
+struct ValueLike {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * A string like argument value type is a value that can be set using
+ * operator=(string). Usefull if the value type contains spaces which
+ * will be broken up into individual tokens by operator>>.
+ */
+struct StringLike {};
+
+/**
+ * A class can inherit from this object to make it have string like
+ * traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead
+ * to the inherenting class.
+ */
+struct StringLikeTrait {
+    typedef StringLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * A class can inherit from this object to make it have value like
+ * traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead
+ * to the inherenting class.
+ */
+struct ValueLikeTrait {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Arg traits are used to get compile type specialization when parsing
+ * argument values. Using an ArgTraits you can specify the way that
+ * values gets assigned to any particular type during parsing. The two
+ * supported types are string like and value like.
+ */
+template
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef typename T::ValueCategory ValueCategory;
+    //typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+} // namespace
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..90d0e65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  file:  CmdLine.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINE_H
+#define TCLAP_CMDLINE_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include  // Needed for exit(), which isn't defined in some envs.
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+template void DelPtr(T ptr)
+{
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+template void ClearContainer(C &c)
+{
+	typedef typename C::value_type value_type;
+	std::for_each(c.begin(), c.end(), DelPtr);
+	c.clear();
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * The base class that manages the command line definition and passes
+ * along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes.
+ */
+class CmdLine : public CmdLineInterface
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The list of arguments that will be tested against the
+		 * command line.
+		 */
+		std::list _argList;
+
+		/**
+		 * The name of the program.  Set to argv[0].
+		 */
+		std::string _progName;
+
+		/**
+		 * A message used to describe the program.  Used in the usage output.
+		 */
+		std::string _message;
+
+		/**
+		 * The version to be displayed with the --version switch.
+		 */
+		std::string _version;
+
+		/**
+		 * The number of arguments that are required to be present on
+		 * the command line. This is set dynamically, based on the
+		 * Args added to the CmdLine object.
+		 */
+		int _numRequired;
+
+		/**
+		 * The character that is used to separate the argument flag/name
+		 * from the value.  Defaults to ' ' (space).
+		 */
+		char _delimiter;
+
+		/**
+		 * The handler that manages xoring lists of args.
+		 */
+		XorHandler _xorHandler;
+
+		/**
+		 * A list of Args to be explicitly deleted when the destructor
+		 * is called.  At the moment, this only includes the three default
+		 * Args.
+		 */
+		std::list _argDeleteOnExitList;
+
+		/**
+		 * A list of Visitors to be explicitly deleted when the destructor
+		 * is called.  At the moment, these are the Vistors created for the
+		 * default Args.
+		 */
+		std::list _visitorDeleteOnExitList;
+
+		/**
+		 * Object that handles all output for the CmdLine.
+		 */
+		CmdLineOutput* _output;
+
+		/**
+		 * Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally?
+		 */
+		bool _handleExceptions;
+
+		/**
+		 * Throws an exception listing the missing args.
+		 */
+		void missingArgsException();
+
+		/**
+		 * Checks whether a name/flag string matches entirely matches
+		 * the Arg::blankChar.  Used when multiple switches are combined
+		 * into a single argument.
+		 * \param s - The message to be used in the usage.
+		 */
+		bool _emptyCombined(const std::string& s);
+
+		/**
+		 * Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted.
+		 */
+		void deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr);
+
+		/**
+		 * Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted.
+		 */
+		void deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr);
+
+private:
+
+		/**
+		 * Encapsulates the code common to the constructors
+		 * (which is all of it).
+		 */
+		void _constructor();
+
+
+		/**
+		 * Is set to true when a user sets the output object. We use this so
+		 * that we don't delete objects that are created outside of this lib.
+		 */
+		bool _userSetOutput;
+
+		/**
+		 * Whether or not to automatically create help and version switches.
+		 */
+		bool _helpAndVersion;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Command line constructor. Defines how the arguments will be
+		 * parsed.
+		 * \param message - The message to be used in the usage
+		 * output.
+		 * \param delimiter - The character that is used to separate
+		 * the argument flag/name from the value.  Defaults to ' ' (space).
+		 * \param version - The version number to be used in the
+		 * --version switch.
+		 * \param helpAndVersion - Whether or not to create the Help and
+		 * Version switches. Defaults to true.
+		 */
+		CmdLine(const std::string& message,
+				const char delimiter = ' ',
+				const std::string& version = "none",
+				bool helpAndVersion = true);
+
+		/**
+		 * Deletes any resources allocated by a CmdLine object.
+		 */
+		virtual ~CmdLine();
+
+		/**
+		 * Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added.
+		 */
+		void add( Arg& a );
+
+		/**
+		 * An alternative add.  Functionally identical.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added.
+		 */
+		void add( Arg* a );
+
+		/**
+		 * Add two Args that will be xor'd.  If this method is used, add does
+		 * not need to be called.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd.
+		 * \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd.
+		 */
+		void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b );
+
+		/**
+		 * Add a list of Args that will be xor'd.  If this method is used,
+		 * add does not need to be called.
+		 * \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd.
+		 */
+		void xorAdd( std::vector& xors );
+
+		/**
+		 * Parses the command line.
+		 * \param argc - Number of arguments.
+		 * \param argv - Array of arguments.
+		 */
+		void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv);
+
+		/**
+		 * Parses the command line.
+		 * \param args - A vector of strings representing the args.
+		 * args[0] is still the program name.
+		 */
+		void parse(std::vector& args);
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		CmdLineOutput* getOutput();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co);
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		std::string& getVersion();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		std::string& getProgramName();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		std::list& getArgList();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		XorHandler& getXorHandler();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		char getDelimiter();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		std::string& getMessage();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		bool hasHelpAndVersion();
+
+		/**
+		 * Disables or enables CmdLine's internal parsing exception handling.
+		 *
+		 * @param state Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally?
+		 */
+		void setExceptionHandling(const bool state);
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the current state of the internal exception handling.
+		 *
+		 * @retval true Parsing exceptions are handled internally.
+		 * @retval false Parsing exceptions are propagated to the caller.
+		 */
+		bool getExceptionHandling() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Allows the CmdLine object to be reused.
+		 */
+		void reset();
+
+};
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//Begin CmdLine.cpp
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+inline CmdLine::CmdLine(const std::string& m,
+			char delim,
+			const std::string& v,
+			bool help )
+: _progName("not_set_yet"),
+  _message(m),
+  _version(v),
+  _numRequired(0),
+  _delimiter(delim),
+  _handleExceptions(true),
+  _userSetOutput(false),
+  _helpAndVersion(help)
+{
+	_constructor();
+}
+
+inline CmdLine::~CmdLine()
+{
+	ClearContainer(_argDeleteOnExitList);
+	ClearContainer(_visitorDeleteOnExitList);
+
+	if ( !_userSetOutput ) {
+		delete _output;
+		_output = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::_constructor()
+{
+	_output = new StdOutput;
+
+	Arg::setDelimiter( _delimiter );
+
+	Visitor* v;
+
+	if ( _helpAndVersion )
+	{
+		v = new HelpVisitor( this, &_output );
+		SwitchArg* help = new SwitchArg("h","help",
+						"Displays usage information and exits.",
+						false, v);
+		add( help );
+		deleteOnExit(help);
+		deleteOnExit(v);
+
+		v = new VersionVisitor( this, &_output );
+		SwitchArg* vers = new SwitchArg("","version",
+					"Displays version information and exits.",
+					false, v);
+		add( vers );
+		deleteOnExit(vers);
+		deleteOnExit(v);
+	}
+
+	v = new IgnoreRestVisitor();
+	SwitchArg* ignore  = new SwitchArg(Arg::flagStartString(),
+					   Arg::ignoreNameString(),
+			   "Ignores the rest of the labeled arguments following this flag.",
+					   false, v);
+	add( ignore );
+	deleteOnExit(ignore);
+	deleteOnExit(v);
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( std::vector& ors )
+{
+	_xorHandler.add( ors );
+
+	for (ArgVectorIterator it = ors.begin(); it != ors.end(); it++)
+	{
+		(*it)->forceRequired();
+		(*it)->setRequireLabel( "OR required" );
+
+		add( *it );
+	}
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b )
+{
+    std::vector ors;
+    ors.push_back( &a );
+    ors.push_back( &b );
+	xorAdd( ors );
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::add( Arg& a )
+{
+	add( &a );
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::add( Arg* a )
+{
+	for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ )
+		if ( *a == *(*it) )
+			throw( SpecificationException(
+			       	"Argument with same flag/name already exists!",
+					a->longID() ) );
+
+	a->addToList( _argList );
+
+	if ( a->isRequired() )
+		_numRequired++;
+}
+
+
+inline void CmdLine::parse(int argc, const char * const * argv)
+{
+		// this step is necessary so that we have easy access to
+		// mutable strings.
+		std::vector args;
+		for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++)
+			args.push_back(argv[i]);
+
+		parse(args);
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::parse(std::vector& args)
+{
+	bool shouldExit = false;
+	int estat = 0;
+
+	try {
+		_progName = args.front();
+		args.erase(args.begin());
+
+		int requiredCount = 0;
+
+		for (int i = 0; static_cast(i) < args.size(); i++) {
+			bool matched = false;
+			for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin();
+				 it != _argList.end(); it++) {
+				if ( (*it)->processArg( &i, args ) )
+					{
+						requiredCount += _xorHandler.check( *it );
+						matched = true;
+						break;
+					}
+			}
+
+			// checks to see if the argument is an empty combined
+			// switch and if so, then we've actually matched it
+			if ( !matched && _emptyCombined( args[i] ) )
+				matched = true;
+
+			if ( !matched && !Arg::ignoreRest() )
+				throw(CmdLineParseException("Couldn't find match "
+											"for argument",
+											args[i]));
+		}
+
+		if ( requiredCount < _numRequired )
+			missingArgsException();
+
+		if ( requiredCount > _numRequired )
+			throw(CmdLineParseException("Too many arguments!"));
+
+	} catch ( ArgException& e ) {
+		// If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow.
+		if ( !_handleExceptions) {
+			throw;
+		}
+
+		try {
+			_output->failure(*this,e);
+		} catch ( ExitException &ee ) {
+			estat = ee.getExitStatus();
+			shouldExit = true;
+		}
+	} catch (ExitException &ee) {
+		// If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow.
+		if ( !_handleExceptions) {
+			throw;
+		}
+
+		estat = ee.getExitStatus();
+		shouldExit = true;
+	}
+
+	if (shouldExit)
+		exit(estat);
+}
+
+inline bool CmdLine::_emptyCombined(const std::string& s)
+{
+	if ( s.length() > 0 && s[0] != Arg::flagStartChar() )
+		return false;
+
+	for ( int i = 1; static_cast(i) < s.length(); i++ )
+		if ( s[i] != Arg::blankChar() )
+			return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::missingArgsException()
+{
+		int count = 0;
+
+		std::string missingArgList;
+		for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++)
+		{
+			if ( (*it)->isRequired() && !(*it)->isSet() )
+			{
+				missingArgList += (*it)->getName();
+				missingArgList += ", ";
+				count++;
+			}
+		}
+		missingArgList = missingArgList.substr(0,missingArgList.length()-2);
+
+		std::string msg;
+		if ( count > 1 )
+			msg = "Required arguments missing: ";
+		else
+			msg = "Required argument missing: ";
+
+		msg += missingArgList;
+
+		throw(CmdLineParseException(msg));
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr)
+{
+	_argDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr);
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr)
+{
+	_visitorDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr);
+}
+
+inline CmdLineOutput* CmdLine::getOutput()
+{
+	return _output;
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co)
+{
+	_userSetOutput = true;
+	_output = co;
+}
+
+inline std::string& CmdLine::getVersion()
+{
+	return _version;
+}
+
+inline std::string& CmdLine::getProgramName()
+{
+	return _progName;
+}
+
+inline std::list& CmdLine::getArgList()
+{
+	return _argList;
+}
+
+inline XorHandler& CmdLine::getXorHandler()
+{
+	return _xorHandler;
+}
+
+inline char CmdLine::getDelimiter()
+{
+	return _delimiter;
+}
+
+inline std::string& CmdLine::getMessage()
+{
+	return _message;
+}
+
+inline bool CmdLine::hasHelpAndVersion()
+{
+	return _helpAndVersion;
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::setExceptionHandling(const bool state)
+{
+	_handleExceptions = state;
+}
+
+inline bool CmdLine::getExceptionHandling() const
+{
+	return _handleExceptions;
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::reset()
+{
+	for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ )
+	{
+		(*it)->reset();
+	}
+	
+	_progName.clear();
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//End CmdLine.cpp
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1b25e9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  CmdLineInterface.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H
+#define TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+     
+class Arg;
+class CmdLineOutput;
+class XorHandler;
+
+/**
+ * The base class that manages the command line definition and passes
+ * along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes.
+ */
+class CmdLineInterface
+{
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Destructor
+		 */
+		virtual ~CmdLineInterface() {}
+
+		/**
+		 * Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added. 
+		 */
+		virtual void add( Arg& a )=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * An alternative add.  Functionally identical.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added. 
+		 */
+		virtual void add( Arg* a )=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Add two Args that will be xor'd.  
+		 * If this method is used, add does
+		 * not need to be called.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd. 
+		 * \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd. 
+		 */
+		virtual void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b )=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Add a list of Args that will be xor'd.  If this method is used, 
+		 * add does not need to be called.
+		 * \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd. 
+		 */
+		virtual void xorAdd( std::vector& xors )=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Parses the command line.
+		 * \param argc - Number of arguments.
+		 * \param argv - Array of arguments.
+		 */
+		virtual void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv)=0;
+
+        /**
+         * Parses the command line.
+         * \param args - A vector of strings representing the args. 
+         * args[0] is still the program name.
+         */
+        void parse(std::vector& args);
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the CmdLineOutput object.
+		 */
+		virtual CmdLineOutput* getOutput()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * \param co - CmdLineOutput object that we want to use instead. 
+		 */
+		virtual void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co)=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the version string.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string& getVersion()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the program name string.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string& getProgramName()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the argList. 
+		 */
+		virtual std::list& getArgList()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the XorHandler. 
+		 */
+		virtual XorHandler& getXorHandler()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the delimiter string.
+		 */
+		virtual char getDelimiter()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the message string.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string& getMessage()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether or not the help and version switches were created
+		 * automatically.
+		 */
+		virtual bool hasHelpAndVersion()=0;
+
+		/** 
+		 * Resets the instance as if it had just been constructed so that the
+		 * instance can be reused. 
+		 */
+		virtual void reset()=0;
+};
+
+} //namespace
+
+
+#endif 
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..71ee5a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  CmdLineOutput.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H
+#define TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+class CmdLineInterface;
+class ArgException;
+
+/**
+ * The interface that any output object must implement.
+ */
+class CmdLineOutput 
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Virtual destructor.
+		 */
+		virtual ~CmdLineOutput() {}
+
+		/**
+		 * Generates some sort of output for the USAGE. 
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c)=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Generates some sort of output for the version. 
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c)=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Generates some sort of output for a failure. 
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. 
+		 */
+		virtual void failure( CmdLineInterface& c, 
+						      ArgException& e )=0;
+
+};
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif 
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Constraint.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Constraint.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a92acf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Constraint.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  file:  Constraint.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H
+#define TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * The interface that defines the interaction between the Arg and Constraint.
+ */
+template
+class Constraint
+{
+
+	public:
+		/**
+		 * Returns a description of the Constraint.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string description() const =0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the short ID for the Constraint.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string shortID() const =0;
+
+		/**
+		 * The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command
+		 * line meets the constraint.
+		 * \param value - The value that will be checked.
+		 */
+		virtual bool check(const T& value) const =0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Destructor.
+		 * Silences warnings about Constraint being a base class with virtual
+		 * functions but without a virtual destructor.
+		 */
+		virtual ~Constraint() { ; }
+};
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d2f1290
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  DocBookOutput.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H
+#define TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A class that generates DocBook output for usage() method for the 
+ * given CmdLine and its Args.
+ */
+class DocBookOutput : public CmdLineOutput
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the usage to stdout.  Can be overridden to 
+		 * produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden 
+		 * to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage 
+		 * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. 
+		 */
+		virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c, 
+						     ArgException& e );
+
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * Substitutes the char r for string x in string s.
+		 * \param s - The string to operate on. 
+		 * \param r - The char to replace. 
+		 * \param x - What to replace r with. 
+		 */
+		void substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s, char r, std::string& x );
+		void removeChar( std::string& s, char r);
+		void basename( std::string& s );
+
+		void printShortArg(Arg* it);
+		void printLongArg(Arg* it);
+
+		char theDelimiter;
+};
+
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd) 
+{ 
+	std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl;
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd ) 
+{
+	std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList();
+	std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
+	std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
+	theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter();
+	XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
+	std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
+	basename(progName);
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "1" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << _cmd.getMessage() << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl;
+
+	// xor
+	for ( int i = 0; (unsigned int)i < xorList.size(); i++ )
+	{
+		std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+		for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); 
+						it != xorList[i].end(); it++ )
+			printShortArg((*it));
+
+		std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	}
+	
+	// rest of args
+	for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
+		if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
+			printShortArg((*it));
+
+ 	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Description" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << _cmd.getMessage() << std::endl; 
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Options" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	
+	for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
+		printLongArg((*it));
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Version" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << version << std::endl; 
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
+				    ArgException& e ) 
+{ 
+	static_cast(_cmd); // unused
+	std::cout << e.what() << std::endl;
+	throw ExitException(1);
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s,
+				                                   char r,
+												   std::string& x )
+{
+	size_t p;
+	while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.erase(p,1);
+		s.insert(p,x);
+	}
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::removeChar( std::string& s, char r)
+{
+	size_t p;
+	while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.erase(p,1);
+	}
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::basename( std::string& s )
+{
+	size_t p = s.find_last_of('/');
+	if ( p != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.erase(0, p + 1);
+	}
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::printShortArg(Arg* a)
+{
+	std::string lt = "<"; 
+	std::string gt = ">"; 
+
+	std::string id = a->shortID();
+	substituteSpecialChars(id,'<',lt);
+	substituteSpecialChars(id,'>',gt);
+	removeChar(id,'[');
+	removeChar(id,']');
+	
+	std::string choice = "opt";
+	if ( a->isRequired() )
+		choice = "plain";
+
+	std::cout << "acceptsMultipleValues() )
+		std::cout << " rep='repeat'";
+
+
+	std::cout << '>';
+	if ( !a->getFlag().empty() )
+		std::cout << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag();
+	else
+		std::cout << a->nameStartString() << a->getName();
+	if ( a->isValueRequired() )
+	{
+		std::string arg = a->shortID();
+		removeChar(arg,'[');
+		removeChar(arg,']');
+		removeChar(arg,'<');
+		removeChar(arg,'>');
+		arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1);
+		std::cout << theDelimiter;
+		std::cout << "" << arg << "";
+	}
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::printLongArg(Arg* a)
+{
+	std::string lt = "<"; 
+	std::string gt = ">"; 
+
+	std::string desc = a->getDescription();
+	substituteSpecialChars(desc,'<',lt);
+	substituteSpecialChars(desc,'>',gt);
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	if ( !a->getFlag().empty() )
+	{
+		std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+		std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+		std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	}
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << desc << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+}
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif 
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2cdb997
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  HelpVisitor.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H
+#define TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A Visitor object that calls the usage method of the given CmdLineOutput
+ * object for the specified CmdLine object.
+ */
+class HelpVisitor: public Visitor
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The CmdLine the output will be generated for. 
+		 */
+		CmdLineInterface* _cmd;
+
+		/**
+		 * The output object. 
+		 */
+		CmdLineOutput** _out;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param cmd - The CmdLine the output will be generated for.
+		 * \param out - The type of output. 
+		 */
+		HelpVisitor(CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out) 
+				: Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { }
+
+		/**
+		 * Calls the usage method of the CmdLineOutput for the 
+		 * specified CmdLine.
+		 */
+		void visit() { (*_out)->usage(*_cmd); throw ExitException(0); }
+		
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e328649
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  IgnoreRestVisitor.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H
+#define TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A Vistor that tells the CmdLine to begin ignoring arguments after
+ * this one is parsed.
+ */
+class IgnoreRestVisitor: public Visitor
+{
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 */
+		IgnoreRestVisitor() : Visitor() {}
+
+		/**
+		 * Sets Arg::_ignoreRest.
+		 */
+		void visit() { Arg::beginIgnoring();  }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.am.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.am.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0e247bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.am.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+
+libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap
+
+libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \
+			 CmdLineInterface.h \
+			 ArgException.h \
+			 CmdLine.h \
+			 XorHandler.h \
+			 MultiArg.h \
+			 UnlabeledMultiArg.h \
+			 ValueArg.h \
+			 UnlabeledValueArg.h \
+			 Visitor.h Arg.h \
+			 HelpVisitor.h \
+			 SwitchArg.h \
+			 MultiSwitchArg.h \
+			 VersionVisitor.h \
+			 IgnoreRestVisitor.h \
+			 CmdLineOutput.h \
+			 StdOutput.h \
+			 DocBookOutput.h \
+			 ZshCompletionOutput.h \
+			 OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \
+			 Constraint.h \
+			 ValuesConstraint.h \
+			 ArgTraits.h \
+			 StandardTraits.h
+
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.in.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.in.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d4b451f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.in.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.2 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ../..
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = include/tclap
+DIST_COMMON = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+	$(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_long_long.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_sstream.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_strstream.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_namespaces.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/config/bb_enable_doxygen.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+    *) f=$$p;; \
+  esac;
+am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"
+libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_HEADER)
+HEADERS = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CXX = @CXX@
+CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
+CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@
+CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DOC_FALSE = @DOC_FALSE@
+DOC_TRUE = @DOC_TRUE@
+DOT = @DOT@
+DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE@
+HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+am__fastdepCXX_FALSE = @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCXX_TRUE = @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap
+libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \
+			 CmdLineInterface.h \
+			 ArgException.h \
+			 CmdLine.h \
+			 XorHandler.h \
+			 MultiArg.h \
+			 UnlabeledMultiArg.h \
+			 ValueArg.h \
+			 UnlabeledValueArg.h \
+			 Visitor.h Arg.h \
+			 HelpVisitor.h \
+			 SwitchArg.h \
+			 MultiSwitchArg.h \
+			 VersionVisitor.h \
+			 IgnoreRestVisitor.h \
+			 CmdLineOutput.h \
+			 StdOutput.h \
+			 DocBookOutput.h \
+			 ZshCompletionOutput.h \
+			 OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \
+			 Constraint.h \
+			 ValuesConstraint.h \
+			 ArgTraits.h \
+			 StandardTraits.h
+
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
+		&& exit 0; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  include/tclap/Makefile'; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  include/tclap/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+uninstall-info-am:
+install-libtclapincludeHEADERS: $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(libtclapincludedir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"
+	@list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " $(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \
+	  $(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \
+	  rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \
+	done
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	    $$tags $$unique; \
+	fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+	  case $$file in \
+	    $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+	    $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+	  esac; \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    dir="/$$dir"; \
+	    $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+	  else \
+	    dir=''; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(HEADERS)
+installdirs:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-libtclapincludeHEADERS
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS
+
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+	ctags distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \
+	dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+	install-data install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am \
+	install-info install-info-am install-libtclapincludeHEADERS \
+	install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+	installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \
+	uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
+	uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..460e5cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  MultiArg.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H
+#define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+/**
+ * An argument that allows multiple values of type T to be specified.  Very
+ * similar to a ValueArg, except a vector of values will be returned
+ * instead of just one.
+ */
+template
+class MultiArg : public Arg
+{
+public:
+	typedef std::vector container_type;	
+	typedef typename container_type::iterator iterator;
+	typedef typename container_type::const_iterator const_iterator;
+
+protected:
+
+	/**
+	 * The list of values parsed from the CmdLine.
+	 */
+	std::vector _values;
+
+	/**
+	 * The description of type T to be used in the usage.
+	 */
+	std::string _typeDesc;
+
+	/**
+	 * A list of constraint on this Arg. 
+	 */
+	Constraint* _constraint;
+
+	/**
+	 * Extracts the value from the string.
+	 * Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception
+	 * is thrown.
+	 * \param val - The string to be read.
+	 */
+	void _extractValue( const std::string& val );
+
+	/**
+	 * Used by XorHandler to decide whether to keep parsing for this arg.
+	 */
+	bool _allowMore;
+
+public:
+
+	/**
+	 * Constructor.
+	 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+	 * argument on the command line.
+	 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+	 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+	 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+	 * does.
+	 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+	 * line.
+	 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+	 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+	 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+	 * of the program.
+	 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+	 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+	 */
+	MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
+                  const std::string& name,
+                  const std::string& desc,
+                  bool req,
+                  const std::string& typeDesc,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL);
+
+	/**
+	 * Constructor.
+	 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+	 * argument on the command line.
+	 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+	 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+	 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+	 * does.
+	 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+	 * line.
+	 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+	 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+	 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+	 * of the program.
+	 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+	 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+	 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+	 */
+	MultiArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name,
+                  const std::string& desc,
+                  bool req,
+                  const std::string& typeDesc,
+                  CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+
+	/**
+	 * Constructor.
+	 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+	 * argument on the command line.
+	 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+	 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+	 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+	 * does.
+	 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+	 * line.
+	 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+	 * to constrain this Arg.
+	 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+	 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+	 */
+	MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
+                  const std::string& name,
+                  const std::string& desc,
+                  bool req,
+                  Constraint* constraint,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+		  
+	/**
+	 * Constructor.
+	 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+	 * argument on the command line.
+	 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+	 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+	 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+	 * does.
+	 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+	 * line.
+	 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+	 * to constrain this Arg.
+	 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+	 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+	 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+	 */
+	MultiArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name,
+                  const std::string& desc,
+                  bool req,
+                  Constraint* constraint,
+                  CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+		  
+	/**
+	 * Handles the processing of the argument.
+	 * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
+	 * _value of the argument appropriately.  It knows the difference
+	 * between labeled and unlabeled.
+	 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+	 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main().
+	 */
+	virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns a vector of type T containing the values parsed from
+	 * the command line.
+	 */
+	const std::vector& getValue();
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns an iterator over the values parsed from the command
+	 * line.
+	 */
+	const_iterator begin() const { return _values.begin(); }
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns the end of the values parsed from the command
+	 * line.
+	 */
+	const_iterator end() const { return _values.end(); }
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns the a short id string.  Used in the usage. 
+	 * \param val - value to be used.
+	 */
+	virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns the a long id string.  Used in the usage. 
+	 * \param val - value to be used.
+	 */
+	virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+	/**
+	 * Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer
+	 * required.
+	 */
+	virtual bool isRequired() const;
+
+	virtual bool allowMore();
+	
+	virtual void reset();
+
+};
+
+template
+MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name,
+                      const std::string& desc,
+                      bool req,
+                      const std::string& typeDesc,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
+  _typeDesc( typeDesc ),
+  _constraint( NULL ),
+  _allowMore(false)
+{ 
+	_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
+}
+
+template
+MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name,
+                      const std::string& desc,
+                      bool req,
+                      const std::string& typeDesc,
+                      CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
+  _typeDesc( typeDesc ),
+  _constraint( NULL ),
+  _allowMore(false)
+{ 
+	parser.add( this );
+	_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ */
+template
+MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name,
+                      const std::string& desc,
+                      bool req,
+                      Constraint* constraint,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
+  _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
+  _constraint( constraint ),
+  _allowMore(false)
+{ 
+	_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
+}
+
+template
+MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name,
+                      const std::string& desc,
+                      bool req,
+                      Constraint* constraint,
+                      CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
+  _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
+  _constraint( constraint ),
+  _allowMore(false)
+{ 
+	parser.add( this );
+	_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
+}
+
+template
+const std::vector& MultiArg::getValue() { return _values; }
+
+template
+bool MultiArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) 
+{
+ 	if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
+		return false;
+
+	if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
+		return false;
+
+	std::string flag = args[*i];
+	std::string value = "";
+
+   	trimFlag( flag, value );
+
+   	if ( argMatches( flag ) )
+   	{
+   		if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" )
+			throw( ArgParseException( 
+			           "Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!",
+					   toString() ) );
+
+		// always take the first one, regardless of start string
+		if ( value == "" )
+		{
+			(*i)++;
+			if ( static_cast(*i) < args.size() )
+				_extractValue( args[*i] );
+			else
+				throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!",
+                                         toString() ) );
+		} 
+		else
+			_extractValue( value );
+
+		/*
+		// continuing taking the args until we hit one with a start string 
+		while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() &&
+				args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 &&
+		        args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 ) 
+				_extractValue( args[++(*i)] );
+		*/
+
+		_alreadySet = true;
+		_checkWithVisitor();
+
+		return true;
+	}
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ */
+template
+std::string MultiArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return Arg::shortID(_typeDesc) + " ... ";
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ */
+template
+std::string MultiArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return Arg::longID(_typeDesc) + "  (accepted multiple times)";
+}
+
+/**
+ * Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer
+ * required.
+ */
+template
+bool MultiArg::isRequired() const
+{
+	if ( _required )
+	{
+		if ( _values.size() > 1 )
+			return false;
+		else
+			return true;
+   	}
+   	else
+		return false;
+
+}
+
+template
+void MultiArg::_extractValue( const std::string& val ) 
+{
+    try {
+	T tmp;
+	ExtractValue(tmp, val, typename ArgTraits::ValueCategory());
+	_values.push_back(tmp);
+    } catch( ArgParseException &e) {
+	throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString());
+    }
+
+    if ( _constraint != NULL )
+	if ( ! _constraint->check( _values.back() ) )
+	    throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val +
+					  "' does not meet constraint: " +
+					  _constraint->description(), 
+					  toString() ) );
+}
+		
+template
+bool MultiArg::allowMore()
+{
+	bool am = _allowMore;
+	_allowMore = true;
+	return am;
+}
+
+template
+void MultiArg::reset()
+{
+	Arg::reset();
+	_values.clear();
+}
+
+} // namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8820b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+*
+*  file:  MultiSwitchArg.h
+*
+*  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+*  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+*  Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno, Erik Zeek.
+*  All rights reverved.
+*
+*  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+*  more information.
+*
+*  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+*  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+*  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+*  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+*  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+*  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+*  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+*
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H
+#define TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+* A multiple switch argument.  If the switch is set on the command line, then
+* the getValue method will return the number of times the switch appears.
+*/
+class MultiSwitchArg : public SwitchArg
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The value of the switch.
+		 */
+		int _value;
+
+		/**
+		 * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
+		 * reset to their constructed value.
+		 */
+		int _default;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * MultiSwitchArg constructor.
+		 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+		 * argument on the command line.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+		 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg. 
+		 * Defaults to 0.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+				const std::string& name,
+				const std::string& desc,
+				int init = 0,
+				Visitor* v = NULL);
+
+
+		/**
+		 * MultiSwitchArg constructor.
+		 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+		 * argument on the command line.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+		 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg. 
+		 * Defaults to 0.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+				const std::string& name,
+				const std::string& desc,
+				CmdLineInterface& parser,
+				int init = 0,
+				Visitor* v = NULL);
+
+
+		/**
+		 * Handles the processing of the argument.
+		 * This re-implements the SwitchArg version of this method to set the
+		 * _value of the argument appropriately.
+		 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+		 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed
+		 * in from main().
+		 */
+		virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns int, the number of times the switch has been set.
+		 */
+		int getValue();
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the shortID for this Arg.
+		 */
+		std::string shortID(const std::string& val) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the longID for this Arg.
+		 */
+		std::string longID(const std::string& val) const;
+		
+		void reset();
+
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//BEGIN MultiSwitchArg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
+					const std::string& name,
+					const std::string& desc,
+					int init,
+					Visitor* v )
+: SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v),
+_value( init ),
+_default( init )
+{ }
+
+inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
+					const std::string& name, 
+					const std::string& desc, 
+					CmdLineInterface& parser,
+					int init,
+					Visitor* v )
+: SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v),
+_value( init ),
+_default( init )
+{ 
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+inline int MultiSwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; }
+
+inline bool MultiSwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args)
+{
+	if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
+		return false;
+
+	if ( argMatches( args[*i] ))
+	{
+		// so the isSet() method will work
+		_alreadySet = true;
+
+		// Matched argument: increment value.
+		++_value;
+
+		_checkWithVisitor();
+
+		return true;
+	}
+	else if ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) )
+	{
+		// so the isSet() method will work
+		_alreadySet = true;
+
+		// Matched argument: increment value.
+		++_value;
+
+		// Check for more in argument and increment value.
+		while ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) 
+			++_value;
+
+		_checkWithVisitor();
+
+		return false;
+	}
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+inline std::string 
+MultiSwitchArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	return Arg::shortID(val) + " ... ";
+}
+
+inline std::string 
+MultiSwitchArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	return Arg::longID(val) + "  (accepted multiple times)";
+}
+
+inline void
+MultiSwitchArg::reset()
+{
+	MultiSwitchArg::_value = MultiSwitchArg::_default;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//END MultiSwitchArg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8174c5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H
+#define TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H
+
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+class OptionalUnlabeledTracker
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		static void check( bool req, const std::string& argName );
+
+		static void gotOptional() { alreadyOptionalRef() = true; }
+
+		static bool& alreadyOptional() { return alreadyOptionalRef(); } 
+
+	private:
+
+		static bool& alreadyOptionalRef() { static bool ct = false; return ct; }
+};
+
+
+inline void OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check( bool req, const std::string& argName )
+{
+    if ( OptionalUnlabeledTracker::alreadyOptional() )
+        throw( SpecificationException(
+	"You can't specify ANY Unlabeled Arg following an optional Unlabeled Arg",
+	                argName ) );
+
+    if ( !req )
+        OptionalUnlabeledTracker::gotOptional();
+}
+
+
+} // namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..151b851
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  file:  StandardTraits.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to
+// include this directly
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H
+#define TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include  // To check for long long
+#endif
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+// ======================================================================
+// Integer types
+// ======================================================================
+
+/**
+ * longs have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * ints have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * shorts have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * chars have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+/**
+ * long longs have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+#endif
+
+// ======================================================================
+// Unsigned integer types
+// ======================================================================
+
+/**
+ * unsigned longs have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * unsigned ints have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * unsigned shorts have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * unsigned chars have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+/**
+ * unsigned long longs have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+#endif
+
+// ======================================================================
+// Float types
+// ======================================================================
+
+/**
+ * floats have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * doubles have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+// ======================================================================
+// Other types
+// ======================================================================
+
+/**
+ * bools have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * wchar_ts have value-like semantics.
+ */
+/*
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+*/
+
+/**
+ * Strings have string like argument traits.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef StringLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+template
+void SetString(T &dst, const std::string &src)
+{
+    dst = src;
+}
+
+} // namespace
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9ceac0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  StdOutput.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H
+#define TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A class that isolates any output from the CmdLine object so that it
+ * may be easily modified.
+ */
+class StdOutput : public CmdLineOutput
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the usage to stdout.  Can be overridden to 
+		 * produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden 
+		 * to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage 
+		 * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. 
+		 */
+		virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c, 
+				     ArgException& e );
+
+	protected:
+
+        /**
+         * Writes a brief usage message with short args.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+         * \param os - The stream to write the message to.
+         */
+        void _shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const;
+
+        /**
+		 * Writes a longer usage message with long and short args, 
+		 * provides descriptions and prints message.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param os - The stream to write the message to.
+		 */
+		void _longUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * This function inserts line breaks and indents long strings 
+		 * according the  params input. It will only break lines at spaces, 
+		 * commas and pipes.
+		 * \param os - The stream to be printed to.
+		 * \param s - The string to be printed.
+		 * \param maxWidth - The maxWidth allowed for the output line. 
+		 * \param indentSpaces - The number of spaces to indent the first line. 
+		 * \param secondLineOffset - The number of spaces to indent the second
+		 * and all subsequent lines in addition to indentSpaces.
+		 */
+		void spacePrint( std::ostream& os, 
+						 const std::string& s, 
+						 int maxWidth, 
+						 int indentSpaces, 
+						 int secondLineOffset ) const;
+
+};
+
+
+inline void StdOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd) 
+{
+	std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
+	std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
+
+	std::cout << std::endl << progName << "  version: " 
+			  << version << std::endl << std::endl;
+}
+
+inline void StdOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd ) 
+{
+	std::cout << std::endl << "USAGE: " << std::endl << std::endl; 
+
+	_shortUsage( _cmd, std::cout );
+
+	std::cout << std::endl << std::endl << "Where: " << std::endl << std::endl;
+
+	_longUsage( _cmd, std::cout );
+
+	std::cout << std::endl; 
+
+}
+
+inline void StdOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
+								ArgException& e ) 
+{
+	std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
+
+	std::cerr << "PARSE ERROR: " << e.argId() << std::endl
+		      << "             " << e.error() << std::endl << std::endl;
+
+	if ( _cmd.hasHelpAndVersion() )
+		{
+			std::cerr << "Brief USAGE: " << std::endl;
+
+			_shortUsage( _cmd, std::cerr );	
+
+			std::cerr << std::endl << "For complete USAGE and HELP type: " 
+					  << std::endl << "   " << progName << " --help" 
+					  << std::endl << std::endl;
+		}
+	else
+		usage(_cmd);
+
+	throw ExitException(1);
+}
+
+inline void 
+StdOutput::_shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, 
+						std::ostream& os ) const
+{
+	std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList();
+	std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
+	XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
+	std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
+
+	std::string s = progName + " ";
+
+	// first the xor
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
+		{
+			s += " {";
+			for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); 
+				  it != xorList[i].end(); it++ )
+				s += (*it)->shortID() + "|";
+
+			s[s.length()-1] = '}';
+		}
+
+	// then the rest
+	for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
+		if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
+			s += " " + (*it)->shortID();
+
+	// if the program name is too long, then adjust the second line offset 
+	int secondLineOffset = static_cast(progName.length()) + 2;
+	if ( secondLineOffset > 75/2 )
+		secondLineOffset = static_cast(75/2);
+
+	spacePrint( os, s, 75, 3, secondLineOffset );
+}
+
+inline void 
+StdOutput::_longUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, 
+					   std::ostream& os ) const
+{
+	std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList();
+	std::string message = _cmd.getMessage();
+	XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
+	std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
+
+	// first the xor 
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
+		{
+			for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); 
+				  it != xorList[i].end(); 
+				  it++ )
+				{
+					spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 );
+					spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 );
+
+					if ( it+1 != xorList[i].end() )
+						spacePrint(os, "-- OR --", 75, 9, 0);
+				}
+			os << std::endl << std::endl;
+		}
+
+	// then the rest
+	for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
+		if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
+			{
+				spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 ); 
+				spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 ); 
+				os << std::endl;
+			}
+
+	os << std::endl;
+
+	spacePrint( os, message, 75, 3, 0 );
+}
+
+inline void StdOutput::spacePrint( std::ostream& os, 
+						           const std::string& s, 
+						           int maxWidth, 
+						           int indentSpaces, 
+						           int secondLineOffset ) const
+{
+	int len = static_cast(s.length());
+
+	if ( (len + indentSpaces > maxWidth) && maxWidth > 0 )
+		{
+			int allowedLen = maxWidth - indentSpaces;
+			int start = 0;
+			while ( start < len )
+				{
+					// find the substring length
+					// int stringLen = std::min( len - start, allowedLen );
+					// doing it this way to support a VisualC++ 2005 bug 
+					using namespace std; 
+					int stringLen = min( len - start, allowedLen );
+
+					// trim the length so it doesn't end in middle of a word
+					if ( stringLen == allowedLen )
+						while ( stringLen >= 0 &&
+								s[stringLen+start] != ' ' && 
+								s[stringLen+start] != ',' &&
+								s[stringLen+start] != '|' ) 
+							stringLen--;
+	
+					// ok, the word is longer than the line, so just split 
+					// wherever the line ends
+					if ( stringLen <= 0 )
+						stringLen = allowedLen;
+
+					// check for newlines
+					for ( int i = 0; i < stringLen; i++ )
+						if ( s[start+i] == '\n' )
+							stringLen = i+1;
+
+					// print the indent	
+					for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ )
+						os << " ";
+
+					if ( start == 0 )
+						{
+							// handle second line offsets
+							indentSpaces += secondLineOffset;
+
+							// adjust allowed len
+							allowedLen -= secondLineOffset;
+						}
+
+					os << s.substr(start,stringLen) << std::endl;
+
+					// so we don't start a line with a space
+					while ( s[stringLen+start] == ' ' && start < len )
+						start++;
+			
+					start += stringLen;
+				}
+		}
+	else
+		{
+			for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ )
+				os << " ";
+			os << s << std::endl;
+		}
+}
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif 
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..dc4952e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  SwitchArg.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H
+#define TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A simple switch argument.  If the switch is set on the command line, then
+ * the getValue method will return the opposite of the default value for the
+ * switch.
+ */
+class SwitchArg : public Arg
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The value of the switch.
+		 */
+		bool _value;
+
+		/**
+		 * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
+		 * reset to their constructed value.
+		 */
+        bool _default;
+
+	public:
+
+        /**
+		 * SwitchArg constructor.
+		 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+		 * argument on the command line.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+		 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param def - The default value for this Switch. 
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+			      const std::string& name, 
+			      const std::string& desc,
+			      bool def = false,
+				  Visitor* v = NULL);
+
+				  
+		/**
+		 * SwitchArg constructor.
+		 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+		 * argument on the command line.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+		 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param def - The default value for this Switch.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+			      const std::string& name, 
+			      const std::string& desc,
+				  CmdLineInterface& parser,
+			      bool def = false,
+				  Visitor* v = NULL);
+				  
+				  
+        /**
+		 * Handles the processing of the argument.
+		 * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
+		 * _value of the argument appropriately.
+		 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+		 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed
+		 * in from main().
+		 */
+		virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+		/**
+		 * Checks a string to see if any of the chars in the string
+		 * match the flag for this Switch.
+		 */
+		bool combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combined);
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns bool, whether or not the switch has been set.
+		 */
+		bool getValue();
+		
+		virtual void reset();
+
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//BEGIN SwitchArg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+	 		         const std::string& name, 
+     		   		 const std::string& desc, 
+	     	    	 bool default_val,
+					 Visitor* v )
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v),
+  _value( default_val ),
+  _default( default_val )
+{ }
+
+inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+					const std::string& name, 
+					const std::string& desc, 
+					CmdLineInterface& parser,
+					bool default_val,
+					Visitor* v )
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v),
+  _value( default_val ),
+  _default(default_val)
+{ 
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+inline bool SwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; }
+
+inline bool SwitchArg::combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combinedSwitches )
+{
+	// make sure this is actually a combined switch
+	if ( combinedSwitches.length() > 0 &&
+	     combinedSwitches[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] )
+		return false;
+
+	// make sure it isn't a long name 
+	if ( combinedSwitches.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) == 
+		 Arg::nameStartString() )
+		return false;
+
+	// make sure the delimiter isn't in the string 
+	if ( combinedSwitches.find_first_of( Arg::delimiter() ) != std::string::npos )
+		return false;
+
+	// ok, we're not specifying a ValueArg, so we know that we have
+	// a combined switch list.  
+	for ( unsigned int i = 1; i < combinedSwitches.length(); i++ )
+		if ( _flag.length() > 0 && 
+		     combinedSwitches[i] == _flag[0] &&
+		     _flag[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] ) 
+		{
+			// update the combined switches so this one is no longer present
+			// this is necessary so that no unlabeled args are matched
+			// later in the processing.
+			//combinedSwitches.erase(i,1);
+			combinedSwitches[i] = Arg::blankChar(); 
+			return true;
+		}
+
+	// none of the switches passed in the list match. 
+	return false;	
+}
+
+
+inline bool SwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args)
+{
+	if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
+		return false;
+
+	if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) || combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) )
+	{
+		// If we match on a combined switch, then we want to return false
+		// so that other switches in the combination will also have a
+		// chance to match.
+		bool ret = false;
+		if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) )
+			ret = true;
+
+		if ( _alreadySet || ( !ret && combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) )
+			throw(CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString()));	
+
+		_alreadySet = true;
+
+		if ( _value == true )
+			_value = false;
+		else
+			_value = true;
+
+		_checkWithVisitor();
+
+		return ret;
+	}
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+inline void SwitchArg::reset()
+{
+	Arg::reset();
+	_value = _default;  
+}
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//End SwitchArg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d5e1781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  UnlabeledMultiArg.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H
+#define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * Just like a MultiArg, except that the arguments are unlabeled.  Basically,
+ * this Arg will slurp up everything that hasn't been matched to another 
+ * Arg.
+ */
+template
+class UnlabeledMultiArg : public MultiArg
+{
+
+	// If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does)
+	// this is requried to prevent undef. symbols
+	using MultiArg::_ignoreable;
+	using MultiArg::_hasBlanks;
+	using MultiArg::_extractValue;
+	using MultiArg::_typeDesc;
+	using MultiArg::_name;
+	using MultiArg::_description;
+	using MultiArg::_alreadySet;
+	using MultiArg::toString;
+
+	public:
+		
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.  
+		 * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 *  line.
+		 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+		 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+		 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+		 * of the program.
+		 * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
+		 * using the "--" flag.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
+				           const std::string& desc,
+						   bool req,
+				           const std::string& typeDesc,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL );
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.  
+		 * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 *  line.
+		 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+		 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+		 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+		 * of the program.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
+		 * using the "--" flag.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
+				           const std::string& desc,
+						   bool req,
+				           const std::string& typeDesc,
+						   CmdLineInterface& parser,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL );
+						 
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.  
+		 * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 *  line.
+		 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+		 * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
+		 * using the "--" flag.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
+						   const std::string& desc,
+						   bool req,
+						   Constraint* constraint,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+						   Visitor* v = NULL );
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.  
+		 * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 *  line.
+		 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
+		 * using the "--" flag.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name, 
+						   const std::string& desc, 
+						   bool req,
+						   Constraint* constraint,
+						   CmdLineInterface& parser,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+						   Visitor* v = NULL );
+						 
+		/**
+		 * Handles the processing of the argument.
+		 * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
+		 * _value of the argument appropriately.  It knows the difference
+		 * between labeled and unlabeled.
+		 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+		 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main().
+		 */
+		virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the a short id string.  Used in the usage.
+		 * \param val - value to be used.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the a long id string.  Used in the usage.
+		 * \param val - value to be used.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Opertor ==.
+		 * \param a - The Arg to be compared to this.
+		 */
+		virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Pushes this to back of list rather than front.
+		 * \param argList - The list this should be added to.
+		 */
+		virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const;
+};
+
+template
+UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, 
+				                        const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    const std::string& typeDesc,
+										bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: MultiArg("", name, desc,  req, typeDesc, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
+}
+
+template
+UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, 
+				                        const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    const std::string& typeDesc,
+										CmdLineInterface& parser,
+										bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: MultiArg("", name, desc,  req, typeDesc, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+
+template
+UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, 
+				                        const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    Constraint* constraint,
+										bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: MultiArg("", name, desc,  req, constraint, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
+}
+
+template
+UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, 
+				                        const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    Constraint* constraint,
+										CmdLineInterface& parser,
+										bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: MultiArg("", name, desc,  req, constraint, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+
+template
+bool UnlabeledMultiArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) 
+{
+
+	if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
+		return false;
+
+	// never ignore an unlabeled multi arg
+
+
+	// always take the first value, regardless of the start string 
+	_extractValue( args[(*i)] );
+
+	/*
+	// continue taking args until we hit the end or a start string 
+	while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() &&
+			args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 &&
+            args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 ) 
+		_extractValue( args[++(*i)] );
+	*/
+
+	_alreadySet = true;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+template
+std::string UnlabeledMultiArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + "> ...";
+}
+
+template
+std::string UnlabeledMultiArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">  (accepted multiple times)";
+}
+
+template
+bool UnlabeledMultiArg::operator==(const Arg& a) const
+{
+	if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() )
+		return true;
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+template
+void UnlabeledMultiArg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const
+{
+	argList.push_back( const_cast(static_cast(this)) );
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5721d61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  UnlabeledValueArg.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
+#define TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * The basic unlabeled argument that parses a value.
+ * This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type
+ * that a given object will attempt to parse when an UnlabeledValueArg
+ * is reached in the list of args that the CmdLine iterates over.
+ */
+template
+class UnlabeledValueArg : public ValueArg
+{
+
+	// If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does)
+	// this is requried to prevent undef. symbols
+	using ValueArg::_ignoreable;
+	using ValueArg::_hasBlanks;
+	using ValueArg::_extractValue;
+	using ValueArg::_typeDesc;
+	using ValueArg::_name;
+	using ValueArg::_description;
+	using ValueArg::_alreadySet;
+	using ValueArg::toString;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 * line.
+		 * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+		 * is not present on the command line.
+		 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+		 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+		 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+		 * of the program.
+		 * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
+		 * ignored if the '--' flag is set.  This defaults to false (cannot
+		 * be ignored) and should  generally stay that way unless you have 
+		 * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
+		 * \param v - Optional Vistor.  You should leave this blank unless
+		 * you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, 
+			               const std::string& desc, 
+						   bool req,
+				           T value,
+				           const std::string& typeDesc,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL); 
+
+		/**
+		 * UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 * line.
+		 * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+		 * is not present on the command line.
+		 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+		 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+		 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+		 * of the program.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
+		 * ignored if the '--' flag is set.  This defaults to false (cannot
+		 * be ignored) and should  generally stay that way unless you have 
+		 * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
+		 * \param v - Optional Vistor.  You should leave this blank unless
+		 * you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, 
+			               const std::string& desc, 
+						   bool req,
+				           T value,
+				           const std::string& typeDesc,
+						   CmdLineInterface& parser,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL ); 					
+						
+		/**
+		 * UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 * line.
+		 * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+		 * is not present on the command line.
+		 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+		 * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
+		 * ignored if the '--' flag is set.  This defaults to false (cannot
+		 * be ignored) and should  generally stay that way unless you have 
+		 * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
+		 * \param v - Optional Vistor.  You should leave this blank unless
+		 * you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, 
+			               const std::string& desc, 
+						   bool req,
+				           T value,
+				           Constraint* constraint,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL ); 
+
+		
+		/**
+		 * UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 * line.
+		 * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+		 * is not present on the command line.
+		 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
+		 * ignored if the '--' flag is set.  This defaults to false (cannot
+		 * be ignored) and should  generally stay that way unless you have 
+		 * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
+		 * \param v - Optional Vistor.  You should leave this blank unless
+		 * you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, 
+			               const std::string& desc, 
+						   bool req,
+				           T value,
+				           Constraint* constraint,
+						   CmdLineInterface& parser,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL);
+						
+		/**
+		 * Handles the processing of the argument.
+		 * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
+		 * _value of the argument appropriately.  Handling specific to
+		 * unlabled arguments.
+		 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+		 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. 
+		 */
+		virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+		/**
+		 * Overrides shortID for specific behavior.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Overrides longID for specific behavior.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Overrides operator== for specific behavior.
+		 */
+		virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Instead of pushing to the front of list, push to the back.
+		 * \param argList - The list to add this to.
+		 */
+		virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const;
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Constructor implemenation.
+ */
+template
+UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, 
+					                    const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    T val,
+					                    const std::string& typeDesc,
+					                    bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
+
+}
+
+template
+UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, 
+					                    const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    T val,
+					                    const std::string& typeDesc,
+					                    CmdLineInterface& parser,
+					                    bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+/**
+ * Constructor implemenation.
+ */
+template
+UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, 
+                                        const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+                                        T val,
+                                        Constraint* constraint,
+                                        bool ignoreable,
+                                        Visitor* v)
+: ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, constraint, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
+}
+
+template
+UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, 
+					                    const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    T val,
+					                    Constraint* constraint,
+					                    CmdLineInterface& parser,
+					                    bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, constraint,  v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of processArg().
+ */
+template
+bool UnlabeledValueArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) 
+{
+	
+	if ( _alreadySet )
+		return false;
+	
+	if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
+		return false;
+
+	// never ignore an unlabeled arg
+	
+	_extractValue( args[*i] );
+	_alreadySet = true;
+	return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Overriding shortID for specific output.
+ */
+template
+std::string UnlabeledValueArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">";
+}
+
+/**
+ * Overriding longID for specific output.
+ */
+template
+std::string UnlabeledValueArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+
+	// Ideally we would like to be able to use RTTI to return the name
+	// of the type required for this argument.  However, g++ at least, 
+	// doesn't appear to return terribly useful "names" of the types.  
+	return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">";
+}
+
+/**
+ * Overriding operator== for specific behavior.
+ */
+template
+bool UnlabeledValueArg::operator==(const Arg& a ) const
+{
+	if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() )
+		return true;
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+template
+void UnlabeledValueArg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const
+{
+	argList.push_back( const_cast(static_cast(this)) );
+}
+
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..28117f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  ValueArg.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
+#define TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * The basic labeled argument that parses a value.
+ * This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type
+ * that a given object will attempt to parse when the flag/name is matched
+ * on the command line.  While there is nothing stopping you from creating
+ * an unflagged ValueArg, it is unwise and would cause significant problems.
+ * Instead use an UnlabeledValueArg.
+ */
+template
+class ValueArg : public Arg 
+{
+    protected:
+
+        /**
+         * The value parsed from the command line.
+         * Can be of any type, as long as the >> operator for the type
+         * is defined.
+         */
+        T _value;
+
+		/**
+		 * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
+		 * reset to their constructed value.
+		 */
+        T _default;
+
+        /**
+         * A human readable description of the type to be parsed.
+         * This is a hack, plain and simple.  Ideally we would use RTTI to
+         * return the name of type T, but until there is some sort of
+         * consistent support for human readable names, we are left to our
+         * own devices.
+         */
+        std::string _typeDesc;
+
+        /**
+         * A Constraint this Arg must conform to. 
+         */
+        Constraint* _constraint;
+
+        /**
+         * Extracts the value from the string.
+         * Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception
+         * is thrown.
+         * \param val - value to be parsed. 
+         */
+        void _extractValue( const std::string& val );
+
+	public:
+
+        /**
+         * Labeled ValueArg constructor.
+         * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, 
+         * but that would make you a bad person.  It would also cause
+         * an exception to be thrown.   If you want an unlabeled argument, 
+         * use the other constructor.
+         * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+         * argument on the command line.
+         * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+         * used as a long flag on the command line.
+         * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+         * does.
+         * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+         * line.
+         * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+         * is not present on the command line.
+         * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+         * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+         * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+         * of the program.
+         * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+         * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+         */
+        ValueArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name, 
+                  const std::string& desc, 
+                  bool req, 
+                  T value,
+                  const std::string& typeDesc,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL);
+				 
+				 
+        /**
+         * Labeled ValueArg constructor.
+         * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, 
+         * but that would make you a bad person.  It would also cause
+         * an exception to be thrown.   If you want an unlabeled argument, 
+         * use the other constructor.
+         * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+         * argument on the command line.
+         * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+         * used as a long flag on the command line.
+         * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+         * does.
+         * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+         * line.
+         * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+         * is not present on the command line.
+         * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+         * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+         * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+         * of the program.
+         * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+         * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+         * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+         */
+        ValueArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name, 
+                  const std::string& desc, 
+                  bool req, 
+                  T value,
+                  const std::string& typeDesc,
+                  CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+ 
+        /**
+         * Labeled ValueArg constructor.
+         * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, 
+         * but that would make you a bad person.  It would also cause
+         * an exception to be thrown.   If you want an unlabeled argument, 
+         * use the other constructor.
+         * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+         * argument on the command line.
+         * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+         * used as a long flag on the command line.
+         * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+         * does.
+         * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+         * line.
+         * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+         * is not present on the command line.
+         * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+         * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to.
+         * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+         * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+         */
+        ValueArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name, 
+                  const std::string& desc, 
+                  bool req, 
+                  T value,
+                  Constraint* constraint,
+                  CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+	  
+        /**
+         * Labeled ValueArg constructor.
+         * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, 
+         * but that would make you a bad person.  It would also cause
+         * an exception to be thrown.   If you want an unlabeled argument, 
+         * use the other constructor.
+         * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+         * argument on the command line.
+         * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+         * used as a long flag on the command line.
+         * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+         * does.
+         * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+         * line.
+         * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+         * is not present on the command line.
+         * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+         * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+         * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+         */
+        ValueArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name, 
+                  const std::string& desc, 
+                  bool req, 
+                  T value,
+                  Constraint* constraint,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+
+        /**
+         * Handles the processing of the argument.
+         * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
+         * _value of the argument appropriately.  It knows the difference
+         * between labeled and unlabeled.
+         * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+         * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed 
+         * in from main().
+         */
+        virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the value of the argument.
+         */
+        T& getValue() ;
+
+        /**
+         * Specialization of shortID.
+         * \param val - value to be used.
+         */
+        virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val = "val") const;
+
+        /**
+         * Specialization of longID.
+         * \param val - value to be used.
+         */
+        virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val = "val") const;
+        
+        virtual void reset() ;
+
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Constructor implementation.
+ */
+template
+ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name, 
+                      const std::string& desc, 
+                      bool req, 
+                      T val,
+                      const std::string& typeDesc,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
+  _value( val ),
+  _default( val ),
+  _typeDesc( typeDesc ),
+  _constraint( NULL )
+{ }
+
+template
+ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name, 
+                      const std::string& desc, 
+                      bool req, 
+                      T val,
+                      const std::string& typeDesc,
+                      CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
+  _value( val ),
+  _default( val ),
+  _typeDesc( typeDesc ),
+  _constraint( NULL )
+{ 
+    parser.add( this );
+}
+
+template
+ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name, 
+                      const std::string& desc, 
+                      bool req, 
+                      T val,
+                      Constraint* constraint,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
+  _value( val ),
+  _default( val ),
+  _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
+  _constraint( constraint )
+{ }
+
+template
+ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name, 
+                      const std::string& desc, 
+                      bool req, 
+                      T val,
+                      Constraint* constraint,
+                      CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
+  _value( val ),
+  _default( val ),
+  _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
+  _constraint( constraint )
+{ 
+    parser.add( this );
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of getValue().
+ */
+template
+T& ValueArg::getValue() { return _value; }
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of processArg().
+ */
+template
+bool ValueArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args)
+{
+    if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
+		return false;
+
+    if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
+		return false;
+
+    std::string flag = args[*i];
+
+    std::string value = "";
+    trimFlag( flag, value );
+
+    if ( argMatches( flag ) )
+    {
+        if ( _alreadySet )
+			throw( CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString()) );
+
+        if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" )
+			throw( ArgParseException( 
+							"Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!",
+                             toString() ) );
+
+        if ( value == "" )
+        {
+            (*i)++;
+            if ( static_cast(*i) < args.size() ) 
+				_extractValue( args[*i] );
+            else
+				throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!",
+                                                    toString() ) );
+        }
+        else
+			_extractValue( value );
+				
+        _alreadySet = true;
+        _checkWithVisitor();
+        return true;
+    }	
+    else
+		return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of shortID.
+ */
+template
+std::string ValueArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return Arg::shortID( _typeDesc ); 
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of longID.
+ */
+template
+std::string ValueArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return Arg::longID( _typeDesc ); 
+}
+
+template
+void ValueArg::_extractValue( const std::string& val ) 
+{
+    try {
+	ExtractValue(_value, val, typename ArgTraits::ValueCategory());
+    } catch( ArgParseException &e) {
+	throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString());
+    }
+    
+    if ( _constraint != NULL )
+	if ( ! _constraint->check( _value ) )
+	    throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val + 
+					  + "' does not meet constraint: " 
+					  + _constraint->description(),
+					  toString() ) );
+}
+
+template
+void ValueArg::reset()
+{
+	Arg::reset();
+	_value = _default;
+}
+
+} // namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..235939c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  ValuesConstraint.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H
+#define TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include 
+#else
+#define HAVE_SSTREAM
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
+#include 
+#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
+#include 
+#else
+#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
+#endif
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A Constraint that constrains the Arg to only those values specified
+ * in the constraint.
+ */
+template
+class ValuesConstraint : public Constraint
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor. 
+		 * \param allowed - vector of allowed values. 
+		 */
+		ValuesConstraint(std::vector& allowed);	
+
+		/**
+		 * Virtual destructor.
+		 */
+		virtual ~ValuesConstraint() {}
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns a description of the Constraint. 
+		 */
+		virtual std::string description() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the short ID for the Constraint.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string shortID() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command
+		 * line meets the constraint.
+		 * \param value - The value that will be checked. 
+		 */
+		virtual bool check(const T& value) const;
+	
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The list of valid values. 
+		 */
+		std::vector _allowed;
+
+		/**
+		 * The string used to describe the allowed values of this constraint.
+		 */
+		std::string _typeDesc;
+
+};
+
+template
+ValuesConstraint::ValuesConstraint(std::vector& allowed)
+: _allowed(allowed)
+{ 
+    for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < _allowed.size(); i++ )
+    {
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
+        std::ostringstream os;
+#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
+        std::ostrstream os;
+#else
+#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
+#endif
+
+        os << _allowed[i];
+
+        std::string temp( os.str() ); 
+
+        if ( i > 0 )
+			_typeDesc += "|";
+        _typeDesc += temp;
+    }
+}
+
+template
+bool ValuesConstraint::check( const T& val ) const
+{
+	if ( std::find(_allowed.begin(),_allowed.end(),val) == _allowed.end() )
+		return false;
+	else 
+		return true;
+}
+
+template
+std::string ValuesConstraint::shortID() const
+{
+    return _typeDesc;	
+}
+
+template
+std::string ValuesConstraint::description() const
+{
+    return _typeDesc;	
+}
+
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif 
+
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3e55921
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  VersionVisitor.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H
+#define TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A Vistor that will call the version method of the given CmdLineOutput
+ * for the specified CmdLine object and then exit.
+ */
+class VersionVisitor: public Visitor
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The CmdLine of interest.
+		 */
+		CmdLineInterface* _cmd;
+
+		/**
+		 * The output object. 
+		 */
+		CmdLineOutput** _out;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param cmd - The CmdLine the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param out - The type of output. 
+		 */
+		VersionVisitor( CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out ) 
+				: Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { }
+
+		/**
+		 * Calls the version method of the output object using the
+		 * specified CmdLine.
+		 */
+		void visit() { 
+		    (*_out)->version(*_cmd); 
+		    throw ExitException(0); 
+		}
+
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Visitor.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Visitor.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..38ddcbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Visitor.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  Visitor.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_VISITOR_H
+#define TCLAP_VISITOR_H
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A base class that defines the interface for visitors.
+ */
+class Visitor
+{
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor. Does nothing.
+		 */
+		Visitor() { }
+
+		/**
+		 * Destructor. Does nothing.
+		 */
+		virtual ~Visitor() { }
+
+		/**
+		 * Does nothing. Should be overridden by child.
+		 */
+		virtual void visit() { }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..af68943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  XorHandler.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H
+#define TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * This class handles lists of Arg's that are to be XOR'd on the command
+ * line.  This is used by CmdLine and you shouldn't ever use it.
+ */
+class XorHandler
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The list of of lists of Arg's to be or'd together.
+		 */
+		std::vector< std::vector > _orList;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.  Does nothing.
+		 */
+		XorHandler( ) {}
+
+		/**
+		 * Add a list of Arg*'s that will be orred together.
+		 * \param ors - list of Arg* that will be xor'd.
+		 */
+		void add( std::vector& ors );
+			
+		/**
+		 * Checks whether the specified Arg is in one of the xor lists and
+		 * if it does match one, returns the size of the xor list that the
+		 * Arg matched.  If the Arg matches, then it also sets the rest of
+		 * the Arg's in the list. You shouldn't use this.  
+		 * \param a - The Arg to be checked.
+		 */
+		int check( const Arg* a );
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the XOR specific short usage.
+		 */
+		std::string shortUsage();
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the XOR specific long usage.
+		 * \param os - Stream to print to.
+		 */
+		void printLongUsage(std::ostream& os);
+
+		/**
+		 * Simply checks whether the Arg is contained in one of the arg
+		 * lists.
+		 * \param a - The Arg to be checked.
+		 */
+		bool contains( const Arg* a );
+
+		std::vector< std::vector >& getXorList(); 
+
+};
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//BEGIN XOR.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+inline void XorHandler::add( std::vector& ors )
+{ 
+	_orList.push_back( ors );
+}
+
+inline int XorHandler::check( const Arg* a ) 
+{
+	// iterate over each XOR list
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < _orList.size(); i++ )
+	{
+		// if the XOR list contains the arg..
+		ArgVectorIterator ait = std::find( _orList[i].begin(), 
+		                                   _orList[i].end(), a );
+		if ( ait != _orList[i].end() )
+		{
+			// go through and set each arg that is not a
+			for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin(); 
+				  it != _orList[i].end(); 
+				  it++ )	
+				if ( a != (*it) )
+					(*it)->xorSet();
+
+			// return the number of required args that have now been set
+			if ( (*ait)->allowMore() )
+				return 0;
+			else
+				return static_cast(_orList[i].size());
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( a->isRequired() )
+		return 1;
+	else
+		return 0;
+}
+
+inline bool XorHandler::contains( const Arg* a )
+{
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < _orList.size(); i++ )
+		for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin(); 
+			  it != _orList[i].end(); 
+			  it++ )	
+			if ( a == (*it) )
+				return true;
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+inline std::vector< std::vector >& XorHandler::getXorList() 
+{
+	return _orList;
+}
+
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//END XOR.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif 
diff --git a/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1ed4381
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  ZshCompletionOutput.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006, Oliver Kiddle
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H
+#define TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A class that generates a Zsh completion function as output from the usage()
+ * method for the given CmdLine and its Args.
+ */
+class ZshCompletionOutput : public CmdLineOutput
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		ZshCompletionOutput();
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the usage to stdout.  Can be overridden to 
+		 * produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden 
+		 * to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage 
+		 * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. 
+		 */
+		virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c,
+						     ArgException& e );
+
+	protected:
+
+		void basename( std::string& s );
+		void quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s );
+
+		std::string getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a );
+		void printOption( Arg* it, std::string mutex );
+		void printArg( Arg* it );
+
+		std::map common;
+		char theDelimiter;
+};
+
+ZshCompletionOutput::ZshCompletionOutput()
+{
+	common["host"] = "_hosts";
+	common["hostname"] = "_hosts";
+	common["file"] = "_files";
+	common["filename"] = "_files";
+	common["user"] = "_users";
+	common["username"] = "_users";
+	common["directory"] = "_directories";
+	common["path"] = "_directories";
+	common["url"] = "_urls";
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd)
+{
+	std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl;
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd )
+{
+	std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList();
+	std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
+	std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
+	theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter();
+	basename(progName);
+
+	std::cout << "#compdef " << progName << std::endl << std::endl <<
+		"# " << progName << " version " << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl << std::endl <<
+		"_arguments -s -S";
+
+	for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
+	{
+		if ( (*it)->shortID().at(0) == '<' )
+			printArg((*it));
+		else if ( (*it)->getFlag() != "-" )
+			printOption((*it), getMutexList(_cmd, *it));
+	}
+
+	std::cout << std::endl;
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
+				                ArgException& e )
+{
+	static_cast(_cmd); // unused
+	std::cout << e.what() << std::endl;
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s )
+{
+	size_t idx = s.find_last_of(':');
+	while ( idx != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.insert(idx, 1, '\\');
+		idx = s.find_last_of(':', idx);
+	}
+	idx = s.find_last_of('\'');
+	while ( idx != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.insert(idx, "'\\'");
+		if (idx == 0)
+			idx = std::string::npos;
+		else
+			idx = s.find_last_of('\'', --idx);
+	}
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::basename( std::string& s )
+{
+	size_t p = s.find_last_of('/');
+	if ( p != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.erase(0, p + 1);
+	}
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printArg(Arg* a)
+{
+	static int count = 1;
+
+	std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << "  '";
+	if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() )
+		std::cout << '*';
+	else
+		std::cout << count++;
+	std::cout << ':';
+	if ( !a->isRequired() )
+		std::cout << ':';
+
+	std::cout << a->getName() << ':';
+	std::map::iterator compArg = common.find(a->getName());
+	if ( compArg != common.end() )
+	{
+		std::cout << compArg->second;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		std::cout << "_guard \"^-*\" " << a->getName();
+	}
+	std::cout << '\'';
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printOption(Arg* a, std::string mutex)
+{
+	std::string flag = a->flagStartChar() + a->getFlag();
+	std::string name = a->nameStartString() + a->getName();
+	std::string desc = a->getDescription();
+
+	// remove full stop and capitalisation from description as
+	// this is the convention for zsh function
+	if (!desc.compare(0, 12, "(required)  "))
+	{
+		desc.erase(0, 12);
+	}
+	if (!desc.compare(0, 15, "(OR required)  "))
+	{
+		desc.erase(0, 15);
+	}
+	size_t len = desc.length();
+	if (len && desc.at(--len) == '.')
+	{
+		desc.erase(len);
+	}
+	if (len)
+	{
+		desc.replace(0, 1, 1, tolower(desc.at(0)));
+	}
+
+	std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << "  '" << mutex;
+
+	if ( a->getFlag().empty() )
+	{
+		std::cout << name;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		std::cout << "'{" << flag << ',' << name << "}'";
+	}
+	if ( theDelimiter == '=' && a->isValueRequired() )
+		std::cout << "=-";
+	quoteSpecialChars(desc);
+	std::cout << '[' << desc << ']';
+
+	if ( a->isValueRequired() )
+	{
+		std::string arg = a->shortID();
+		arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1);
+		if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' )
+			arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
+		if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' )
+		{
+			arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
+		}
+		if ( arg.at(0) == '<' )
+		{
+			arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
+			arg.erase(0, 1);
+		}
+		size_t p = arg.find('|');
+		if ( p != std::string::npos )
+		{
+			do
+			{
+				arg.replace(p, 1, 1, ' ');
+			}
+			while ( (p = arg.find_first_of('|', p)) != std::string::npos );
+			quoteSpecialChars(arg);
+			std::cout << ": :(" << arg << ')';
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			std::cout << ':' << arg;
+			std::map::iterator compArg = common.find(arg);
+			if ( compArg != common.end() )
+			{
+				std::cout << ':' << compArg->second;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	std::cout << '\'';
+}
+
+inline std::string ZshCompletionOutput::getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a)
+{
+	XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
+	std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
+	
+	if (a->getName() == "help" || a->getName() == "version")
+	{
+		return "(-)";
+	}
+
+	std::ostringstream list;
+	if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() )
+	{
+		list << '*';
+	}
+
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
+	{
+		for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin();
+			it != xorList[i].end();
+			it++)
+		if ( a == (*it) )
+		{
+			list << '(';
+			for ( ArgVectorIterator iu = xorList[i].begin();
+				iu != xorList[i].end();
+				iu++ )
+			{
+				bool notCur = (*iu) != a;
+				bool hasFlag = !(*iu)->getFlag().empty();
+				if ( iu != xorList[i].begin() && (notCur || hasFlag) )
+					list << ' ';
+				if (hasFlag)
+					list << (*iu)->flagStartChar() << (*iu)->getFlag() << ' ';
+				if ( notCur || hasFlag )
+					list << (*iu)->nameStartString() << (*iu)->getName();
+			}
+			list << ')';
+			return list.str();
+		}
+	}
+	
+	// wasn't found in xor list
+	if (!a->getFlag().empty()) {
+		list << "(" << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag() << ' ' <<
+			a->nameStartString() << a->getName() << ')';
+	}
+	
+	return list.str();
+}
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/Arg.h b/src/tclap/Arg.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3d44c85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/Arg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  file:  Arg.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H
+#define TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include 
+#else
+#define HAVE_SSTREAM
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
+#include 
+typedef std::istringstream istringstream;
+#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
+#include 
+typedef std::istrstream istringstream;
+#else
+#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A virtual base class that defines the essential data for all arguments.
+ * This class, or one of its existing children, must be subclassed to do
+ * anything.
+ */
+class Arg
+{
+	private:
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether the rest of the arguments should be ignored.
+		 */
+		static bool& ignoreRestRef() { static bool ign = false; return ign; }
+
+		/**
+		 * The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the
+		 * value.
+		 */
+		static char& delimiterRef() { static char delim = ' '; return delim; }
+
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The single char flag used to identify the argument.
+		 * This value (preceded by a dash {-}), can be used to identify
+		 * an argument on the command line.  The _flag can be blank,
+		 * in fact this is how unlabeled args work.  Unlabeled args must
+		 * override appropriate functions to get correct handling. Note
+		 * that the _flag does NOT include the dash as part of the flag.
+		 */
+		std::string _flag;
+
+		/**
+		 * A single work namd indentifying the argument.
+		 * This value (preceded by two dashed {--}) can also be used
+		 * to identify an argument on the command line.  Note that the
+		 * _name does NOT include the two dashes as part of the _name. The
+		 * _name cannot be blank.
+		 */
+		std::string _name;
+
+		/**
+		 * Description of the argument.
+		 */
+		std::string _description;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicating whether the argument is required.
+		 */
+		bool _required;
+
+		/**
+		 * Label to be used in usage description.  Normally set to
+		 * "required", but can be changed when necessary.
+		 */
+		std::string _requireLabel;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether a value is required for the argument.
+		 * Note that the value may be required but the argument/value
+		 * combination may not be, as specified by _required.
+		 */
+		bool _valueRequired;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether the argument has been set.
+		 * Indicates that a value on the command line has matched the
+		 * name/flag of this argument and the values have been set accordingly.
+		 */
+		bool _alreadySet;
+
+		/**
+		 * A pointer to a vistitor object.
+		 * The visitor allows special handling to occur as soon as the
+		 * argument is matched.  This defaults to NULL and should not
+		 * be used unless absolutely necessary.
+		 */
+		Visitor* _visitor;
+
+		/**
+		 * Whether this argument can be ignored, if desired.
+		 */
+		bool _ignoreable;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates that the arg was set as part of an XOR and not on the
+		 * command line.
+		 */
+		bool _xorSet;
+
+		bool _acceptsMultipleValues;
+
+		/**
+		 * Performs the special handling described by the Vistitor.
+		 */
+		void _checkWithVisitor() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Primary constructor. YOU (yes you) should NEVER construct an Arg
+		 * directly, this is a base class that is extended by various children
+		 * that are meant to be used.  Use SwitchArg, ValueArg, MultiArg,
+		 * UnlabeledValueArg, or UnlabeledMultiArg instead.
+		 *
+		 * \param flag - The flag identifying the argument.
+		 * \param name - The name identifying the argument.
+		 * \param desc - The description of the argument, used in the usage.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required.
+		 * \param valreq - Whether the a value is required for the argument.
+		 * \param v - The visitor checked by the argument. Defaults to NULL.
+		 */
+ 		Arg( const std::string& flag,
+			 const std::string& name,
+			 const std::string& desc,
+			 bool req,
+			 bool valreq,
+			 Visitor* v = NULL );
+
+	public:
+		/**
+		 * Destructor.
+		 */
+		virtual ~Arg();
+
+		/**
+		 * Adds this to the specified list of Args.
+		 * \param argList - The list to add this to.
+		 */
+		virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Begin ignoring arguments since the "--" argument was specified.
+		 */
+		static void beginIgnoring() { ignoreRestRef() = true; }
+
+		/**
+		 * Whether to ignore the rest.
+		 */
+		static bool ignoreRest() { return ignoreRestRef(); }
+
+		/**
+		 * The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the
+		 * value.
+		 */
+		static char delimiter() { return delimiterRef(); }
+
+		/**
+		 * The char used as a place holder when SwitchArgs are combined.
+		 * Currently set to the bell char (ASCII 7).
+		 */
+		static char blankChar() { return (char)7; }
+
+		/**
+		 * The char that indicates the beginning of a flag.  Currently '-'.
+		 */
+		static char flagStartChar() { return '-'; }
+
+		/**
+		 * The sting that indicates the beginning of a flag.  Currently "-".
+		 * Should be identical to flagStartChar.
+		 */
+		static const std::string flagStartString() { return "-"; }
+
+		/**
+		 * The sting that indicates the beginning of a name.  Currently "--".
+		 * Should be flagStartChar twice.
+		 */
+		static const std::string nameStartString() { return "--"; }
+
+		/**
+		 * The name used to identify the ignore rest argument.
+		 */
+		static const std::string ignoreNameString() { return "ignore_rest"; }
+
+		/**
+		 * Sets the delimiter for all arguments.
+		 * \param c - The character that delimits flags/names from values.
+		 */
+		static void setDelimiter( char c ) { delimiterRef() = c; }
+
+		/**
+		 * Pure virtual method meant to handle the parsing and value assignment
+		 * of the string on the command line.
+		 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+		 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. What is
+		 * passed in from main.
+		 */
+		virtual bool processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) = 0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Operator ==.
+		 * Equality operator. Must be virtual to handle unlabeled args.
+		 * \param a - The Arg to be compared to this.
+		 */
+		virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the argument flag.
+		 */
+		const std::string& getFlag() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the argument name.
+		 */
+		const std::string& getName() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the argument description.
+		 */
+		std::string getDescription() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether the argument is required.
+		 */
+		virtual bool isRequired() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Sets _required to true. This is used by the XorHandler.
+		 * You really have no reason to ever use it.
+		 */
+		void forceRequired();
+
+		/**
+		 * Sets the _alreadySet value to true.  This is used by the XorHandler.
+		 * You really have no reason to ever use it.
+		 */
+		void xorSet();
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether a value must be specified for argument.
+		 */
+		bool isValueRequired() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether the argument has already been set.  Only true
+		 * if the arg has been matched on the command line.
+		 */
+		bool isSet() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether the argument can be ignored, if desired.
+		 */
+		bool isIgnoreable() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * A method that tests whether a string matches this argument.
+		 * This is generally called by the processArg() method.  This
+		 * method could be re-implemented by a child to change how
+		 * arguments are specified on the command line.
+		 * \param s - The string to be compared to the flag/name to determine
+		 * whether the arg matches.
+		 */
+		virtual bool argMatches( const std::string& s ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns a simple string representation of the argument.
+		 * Primarily for debugging.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string toString() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns a short ID for the usage.
+		 * \param valueId - The value used in the id.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string shortID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns a long ID for the usage.
+		 * \param valueId - The value used in the id.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string longID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Trims a value off of the flag.
+		 * \param flag - The string from which the flag and value will be
+		 * trimmed. Contains the flag once the value has been trimmed.
+		 * \param value - Where the value trimmed from the string will
+		 * be stored.
+		 */
+		virtual void trimFlag( std::string& flag, std::string& value ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Checks whether a given string has blank chars, indicating that
+		 * it is a combined SwitchArg.  If so, return true, otherwise return
+		 * false.
+		 * \param s - string to be checked.
+		 */
+		bool _hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Sets the requireLabel. Used by XorHandler.  You shouldn't ever
+		 * use this.
+		 * \param s - Set the requireLabel to this value.
+		 */
+		void setRequireLabel( const std::string& s );
+
+		/**
+		 * Used for MultiArgs and XorHandler to determine whether args
+		 * can still be set.
+		 */
+		virtual bool allowMore();
+
+		/**
+		 * Use by output classes to determine whether an Arg accepts
+		 * multiple values.
+		 */
+		virtual bool acceptsMultipleValues();
+
+		/**
+		 * Clears the Arg object and allows it to be reused by new
+		 * command lines.
+		 */
+		 virtual void reset();
+};
+
+/**
+ * Typedef of an Arg list iterator.
+ */
+typedef std::list::iterator ArgListIterator;
+
+/**
+ * Typedef of an Arg vector iterator.
+ */
+typedef std::vector::iterator ArgVectorIterator;
+
+/**
+ * Typedef of a Visitor list iterator.
+ */
+typedef std::list::iterator VisitorListIterator;
+
+/*
+ * Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained
+ * in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct
+ * specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T.
+ * ValueLike traits use operator>> to assign the value from strVal.
+ */
+template void
+ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, ValueLike vl)
+{
+    static_cast(vl); // Avoid warning about unused vl
+    std::istringstream is(strVal);
+
+    int valuesRead = 0;
+    while ( is.good() ) {
+	if ( is.peek() != EOF )
+#ifdef TCLAP_SETBASE_ZERO
+	    is >> std::setbase(0) >> destVal;
+#else
+	    is >> destVal;
+#endif
+	else
+	    break;
+
+	valuesRead++;
+    }
+
+    if ( is.fail() )
+	throw( ArgParseException("Couldn't read argument value "
+				 "from string '" + strVal + "'"));
+
+
+    if ( valuesRead > 1 )
+	throw( ArgParseException("More than one valid value parsed from "
+				 "string '" + strVal + "'"));
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained
+ * in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct
+ * specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T.
+ * StringLike uses assignment (operator=) to assign from strVal.
+ */
+template void
+ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, StringLike sl)
+{
+    static_cast(sl); // Avoid warning about unused sl
+    SetString(destVal, strVal);
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//BEGIN Arg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+inline Arg::Arg(const std::string& flag,
+         const std::string& name,
+         const std::string& desc,
+         bool req,
+         bool valreq,
+         Visitor* v) :
+  _flag(flag),
+  _name(name),
+  _description(desc),
+  _required(req),
+  _requireLabel("required"),
+  _valueRequired(valreq),
+  _alreadySet(false),
+  _visitor( v ),
+  _ignoreable(true),
+  _xorSet(false),
+  _acceptsMultipleValues(false)
+{
+	if ( _flag.length() > 1 )
+		throw(SpecificationException(
+				"Argument flag can only be one character long", toString() ) );
+
+	if ( _name != ignoreNameString() &&
+		 ( _flag == Arg::flagStartString() ||
+		   _flag == Arg::nameStartString() ||
+		   _flag == " " ) )
+		throw(SpecificationException("Argument flag cannot be either '" +
+							Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" +
+							Arg::nameStartString() + "' or a space.",
+							toString() ) );
+
+	if ( ( _name.substr( 0, Arg::flagStartString().length() ) == Arg::flagStartString() ) ||
+		 ( _name.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) == Arg::nameStartString() ) ||
+		 ( _name.find( " ", 0 ) != std::string::npos ) )
+		throw(SpecificationException("Argument name begin with either '" +
+							Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" +
+							Arg::nameStartString() + "' or space.",
+							toString() ) );
+
+}
+
+inline Arg::~Arg() { }
+
+inline std::string Arg::shortID( const std::string& valueId ) const
+{
+	std::string id = "";
+
+	if ( _flag != "" )
+		id = Arg::flagStartString() + _flag;
+	else
+		id = Arg::nameStartString() + _name;
+
+	if ( _valueRequired )
+		id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId  + ">";
+
+	if ( !_required )
+		id = "[" + id + "]";
+
+	return id;
+}
+
+inline std::string Arg::longID( const std::string& valueId ) const
+{
+	std::string id = "";
+
+	if ( _flag != "" )
+	{
+		id += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag;
+
+		if ( _valueRequired )
+			id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">";
+
+		id += ",  ";
+	}
+
+	id += Arg::nameStartString() + _name;
+
+	if ( _valueRequired )
+		id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">";
+
+	return id;
+
+}
+
+inline bool Arg::operator==(const Arg& a) const
+{
+	if ( ( _flag != "" && _flag == a._flag ) || _name == a._name)
+		return true;
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+inline std::string Arg::getDescription() const
+{
+	std::string desc = "";
+	if ( _required )
+		desc = "(" + _requireLabel + ")  ";
+
+//	if ( _valueRequired )
+//		desc += "(value required)  ";
+
+	desc += _description;
+	return desc;
+}
+
+inline const std::string& Arg::getFlag() const { return _flag; }
+
+inline const std::string& Arg::getName() const { return _name; }
+
+inline bool Arg::isRequired() const { return _required; }
+
+inline bool Arg::isValueRequired() const { return _valueRequired; }
+
+inline bool Arg::isSet() const
+{
+	if ( _alreadySet && !_xorSet )
+		return true;
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+inline bool Arg::isIgnoreable() const { return _ignoreable; }
+
+inline void Arg::setRequireLabel( const std::string& s)
+{
+	_requireLabel = s;
+}
+
+inline bool Arg::argMatches( const std::string& argFlag ) const
+{
+	if ( ( argFlag == Arg::flagStartString() + _flag && _flag != "" ) ||
+		 argFlag == Arg::nameStartString() + _name )
+		return true;
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+inline std::string Arg::toString() const
+{
+	std::string s = "";
+
+	if ( _flag != "" )
+		s += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag + " ";
+
+	s += "(" + Arg::nameStartString() + _name + ")";
+
+	return s;
+}
+
+inline void Arg::_checkWithVisitor() const
+{
+	if ( _visitor != NULL )
+		_visitor->visit();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of trimFlag.
+ */
+inline void Arg::trimFlag(std::string& flag, std::string& value) const
+{
+	int stop = 0;
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < flag.length(); i++ )
+		if ( flag[i] == Arg::delimiter() )
+		{
+			stop = i;
+			break;
+		}
+
+	if ( stop > 1 )
+	{
+		value = flag.substr(stop+1);
+		flag = flag.substr(0,stop);
+	}
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of _hasBlanks.
+ */
+inline bool Arg::_hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const
+{
+	for ( int i = 1; static_cast(i) < s.length(); i++ )
+		if ( s[i] == Arg::blankChar() )
+			return true;
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+inline void Arg::forceRequired()
+{
+	_required = true;
+}
+
+inline void Arg::xorSet()
+{
+	_alreadySet = true;
+	_xorSet = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Overridden by Args that need to added to the end of the list.
+ */
+inline void Arg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const
+{
+	argList.push_front( const_cast(this) );
+}
+
+inline bool Arg::allowMore()
+{
+	return false;
+}
+
+inline bool Arg::acceptsMultipleValues()
+{
+	return _acceptsMultipleValues;
+}
+
+inline void Arg::reset()
+{
+	_xorSet = false;
+	_alreadySet = false;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//END Arg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/tclap/ArgException.h b/src/tclap/ArgException.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3411aa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/ArgException.h
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  ArgException.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H
+#define TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A simple class that defines and argument exception.  Should be caught
+ * whenever a CmdLine is created and parsed.
+ */
+class ArgException : public std::exception
+{
+	public:
+	
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param text - The text of the exception.
+		 * \param id - The text identifying the argument source.
+		 * \param td - Text describing the type of ArgException it is.
+		 * of the exception.
+		 */
+		ArgException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", 
+					  const std::string& id = "undefined",
+					  const std::string& td = "Generic ArgException")
+			: std::exception(), 
+			  _errorText(text), 
+			  _argId( id ), 
+			  _typeDescription(td)
+		{ } 
+		
+		/**
+		 * Destructor.
+		 */
+		virtual ~ArgException() throw() { }
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the error text.
+		 */
+		std::string error() const { return ( _errorText ); }
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the argument id.
+		 */
+		std::string argId() const  
+		{ 
+			if ( _argId == "undefined" )
+				return " ";
+			else
+				return ( "Argument: " + _argId ); 
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the arg id and error text. 
+		 */
+		const char* what() const throw() 
+		{
+			static std::string ex; 
+			ex = _argId + " -- " + _errorText;
+			return ex.c_str();
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the type of the exception.  Used to explain and distinguish
+		 * between different child exceptions.
+		 */
+		std::string typeDescription() const
+		{
+			return _typeDescription; 
+		}
+
+
+	private:
+
+		/**
+		 * The text of the exception message.
+		 */
+		std::string _errorText;
+
+		/**
+		 * The argument related to this exception.
+		 */
+		std::string _argId;
+
+		/**
+		 * Describes the type of the exception.  Used to distinguish
+		 * between different child exceptions.
+		 */
+		std::string _typeDescription;
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Thrown from within the child Arg classes when it fails to properly
+ * parse the argument it has been passed.
+ */
+class ArgParseException : public ArgException
+{ 
+	public:
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param text - The text of the exception.
+		 * \param id - The text identifying the argument source 
+		 * of the exception.
+		 */
+		ArgParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", 
+					       const std::string& id = "undefined" )
+			: ArgException( text, 
+			                id, 
+							std::string( "Exception found while parsing " ) + 
+							std::string( "the value the Arg has been passed." ))
+			{ }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Thrown from CmdLine when the arguments on the command line are not
+ * properly specified, e.g. too many arguments, required argument missing, etc.
+ */
+class CmdLineParseException : public ArgException
+{
+	public:
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param text - The text of the exception.
+		 * \param id - The text identifying the argument source 
+		 * of the exception.
+		 */
+		CmdLineParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", 
+					           const std::string& id = "undefined" )
+			: ArgException( text, 
+			                id,
+							std::string( "Exception found when the values ") +
+							std::string( "on the command line do not meet ") +
+							std::string( "the requirements of the defined ") +
+							std::string( "Args." ))
+		{ }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Thrown from Arg and CmdLine when an Arg is improperly specified, e.g. 
+ * same flag as another Arg, same name, etc.
+ */
+class SpecificationException : public ArgException
+{
+	public:
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param text - The text of the exception.
+		 * \param id - The text identifying the argument source 
+		 * of the exception.
+		 */
+		SpecificationException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception",
+					            const std::string& id = "undefined" )
+			: ArgException( text, 
+			                id,
+							std::string("Exception found when an Arg object ")+
+							std::string("is improperly defined by the ") +
+							std::string("developer." )) 
+		{ }
+
+};
+
+class ExitException {
+public:
+	ExitException(int estat) : _estat(estat) {}
+
+	int getExitStatus() const { return _estat; }
+
+private:
+	int _estat;
+};
+
+} // namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/tclap/ArgTraits.h b/src/tclap/ArgTraits.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a89ed12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/ArgTraits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  file:  ArgTraits.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to
+// include this directly
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H
+#define TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+// We use two empty structs to get compile type specialization
+// function to work
+
+/**
+ * A value like argument value type is a value that can be set using
+ * operator>>. This is the default value type.
+ */
+struct ValueLike {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * A string like argument value type is a value that can be set using
+ * operator=(string). Usefull if the value type contains spaces which
+ * will be broken up into individual tokens by operator>>.
+ */
+struct StringLike {};
+
+/**
+ * A class can inherit from this object to make it have string like
+ * traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead
+ * to the inherenting class.
+ */
+struct StringLikeTrait {
+    typedef StringLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * A class can inherit from this object to make it have value like
+ * traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead
+ * to the inherenting class.
+ */
+struct ValueLikeTrait {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Arg traits are used to get compile type specialization when parsing
+ * argument values. Using an ArgTraits you can specify the way that
+ * values gets assigned to any particular type during parsing. The two
+ * supported types are string like and value like.
+ */
+template
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef typename T::ValueCategory ValueCategory;
+    //typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+} // namespace
diff --git a/src/tclap/CmdLine.h b/src/tclap/CmdLine.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..90d0e65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/CmdLine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  file:  CmdLine.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINE_H
+#define TCLAP_CMDLINE_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include  // Needed for exit(), which isn't defined in some envs.
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+template void DelPtr(T ptr)
+{
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+template void ClearContainer(C &c)
+{
+	typedef typename C::value_type value_type;
+	std::for_each(c.begin(), c.end(), DelPtr);
+	c.clear();
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * The base class that manages the command line definition and passes
+ * along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes.
+ */
+class CmdLine : public CmdLineInterface
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The list of arguments that will be tested against the
+		 * command line.
+		 */
+		std::list _argList;
+
+		/**
+		 * The name of the program.  Set to argv[0].
+		 */
+		std::string _progName;
+
+		/**
+		 * A message used to describe the program.  Used in the usage output.
+		 */
+		std::string _message;
+
+		/**
+		 * The version to be displayed with the --version switch.
+		 */
+		std::string _version;
+
+		/**
+		 * The number of arguments that are required to be present on
+		 * the command line. This is set dynamically, based on the
+		 * Args added to the CmdLine object.
+		 */
+		int _numRequired;
+
+		/**
+		 * The character that is used to separate the argument flag/name
+		 * from the value.  Defaults to ' ' (space).
+		 */
+		char _delimiter;
+
+		/**
+		 * The handler that manages xoring lists of args.
+		 */
+		XorHandler _xorHandler;
+
+		/**
+		 * A list of Args to be explicitly deleted when the destructor
+		 * is called.  At the moment, this only includes the three default
+		 * Args.
+		 */
+		std::list _argDeleteOnExitList;
+
+		/**
+		 * A list of Visitors to be explicitly deleted when the destructor
+		 * is called.  At the moment, these are the Vistors created for the
+		 * default Args.
+		 */
+		std::list _visitorDeleteOnExitList;
+
+		/**
+		 * Object that handles all output for the CmdLine.
+		 */
+		CmdLineOutput* _output;
+
+		/**
+		 * Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally?
+		 */
+		bool _handleExceptions;
+
+		/**
+		 * Throws an exception listing the missing args.
+		 */
+		void missingArgsException();
+
+		/**
+		 * Checks whether a name/flag string matches entirely matches
+		 * the Arg::blankChar.  Used when multiple switches are combined
+		 * into a single argument.
+		 * \param s - The message to be used in the usage.
+		 */
+		bool _emptyCombined(const std::string& s);
+
+		/**
+		 * Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted.
+		 */
+		void deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr);
+
+		/**
+		 * Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted.
+		 */
+		void deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr);
+
+private:
+
+		/**
+		 * Encapsulates the code common to the constructors
+		 * (which is all of it).
+		 */
+		void _constructor();
+
+
+		/**
+		 * Is set to true when a user sets the output object. We use this so
+		 * that we don't delete objects that are created outside of this lib.
+		 */
+		bool _userSetOutput;
+
+		/**
+		 * Whether or not to automatically create help and version switches.
+		 */
+		bool _helpAndVersion;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Command line constructor. Defines how the arguments will be
+		 * parsed.
+		 * \param message - The message to be used in the usage
+		 * output.
+		 * \param delimiter - The character that is used to separate
+		 * the argument flag/name from the value.  Defaults to ' ' (space).
+		 * \param version - The version number to be used in the
+		 * --version switch.
+		 * \param helpAndVersion - Whether or not to create the Help and
+		 * Version switches. Defaults to true.
+		 */
+		CmdLine(const std::string& message,
+				const char delimiter = ' ',
+				const std::string& version = "none",
+				bool helpAndVersion = true);
+
+		/**
+		 * Deletes any resources allocated by a CmdLine object.
+		 */
+		virtual ~CmdLine();
+
+		/**
+		 * Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added.
+		 */
+		void add( Arg& a );
+
+		/**
+		 * An alternative add.  Functionally identical.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added.
+		 */
+		void add( Arg* a );
+
+		/**
+		 * Add two Args that will be xor'd.  If this method is used, add does
+		 * not need to be called.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd.
+		 * \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd.
+		 */
+		void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b );
+
+		/**
+		 * Add a list of Args that will be xor'd.  If this method is used,
+		 * add does not need to be called.
+		 * \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd.
+		 */
+		void xorAdd( std::vector& xors );
+
+		/**
+		 * Parses the command line.
+		 * \param argc - Number of arguments.
+		 * \param argv - Array of arguments.
+		 */
+		void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv);
+
+		/**
+		 * Parses the command line.
+		 * \param args - A vector of strings representing the args.
+		 * args[0] is still the program name.
+		 */
+		void parse(std::vector& args);
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		CmdLineOutput* getOutput();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co);
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		std::string& getVersion();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		std::string& getProgramName();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		std::list& getArgList();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		XorHandler& getXorHandler();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		char getDelimiter();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		std::string& getMessage();
+
+		/**
+		 *
+		 */
+		bool hasHelpAndVersion();
+
+		/**
+		 * Disables or enables CmdLine's internal parsing exception handling.
+		 *
+		 * @param state Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally?
+		 */
+		void setExceptionHandling(const bool state);
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the current state of the internal exception handling.
+		 *
+		 * @retval true Parsing exceptions are handled internally.
+		 * @retval false Parsing exceptions are propagated to the caller.
+		 */
+		bool getExceptionHandling() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Allows the CmdLine object to be reused.
+		 */
+		void reset();
+
+};
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//Begin CmdLine.cpp
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+inline CmdLine::CmdLine(const std::string& m,
+			char delim,
+			const std::string& v,
+			bool help )
+: _progName("not_set_yet"),
+  _message(m),
+  _version(v),
+  _numRequired(0),
+  _delimiter(delim),
+  _handleExceptions(true),
+  _userSetOutput(false),
+  _helpAndVersion(help)
+{
+	_constructor();
+}
+
+inline CmdLine::~CmdLine()
+{
+	ClearContainer(_argDeleteOnExitList);
+	ClearContainer(_visitorDeleteOnExitList);
+
+	if ( !_userSetOutput ) {
+		delete _output;
+		_output = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::_constructor()
+{
+	_output = new StdOutput;
+
+	Arg::setDelimiter( _delimiter );
+
+	Visitor* v;
+
+	if ( _helpAndVersion )
+	{
+		v = new HelpVisitor( this, &_output );
+		SwitchArg* help = new SwitchArg("h","help",
+						"Displays usage information and exits.",
+						false, v);
+		add( help );
+		deleteOnExit(help);
+		deleteOnExit(v);
+
+		v = new VersionVisitor( this, &_output );
+		SwitchArg* vers = new SwitchArg("","version",
+					"Displays version information and exits.",
+					false, v);
+		add( vers );
+		deleteOnExit(vers);
+		deleteOnExit(v);
+	}
+
+	v = new IgnoreRestVisitor();
+	SwitchArg* ignore  = new SwitchArg(Arg::flagStartString(),
+					   Arg::ignoreNameString(),
+			   "Ignores the rest of the labeled arguments following this flag.",
+					   false, v);
+	add( ignore );
+	deleteOnExit(ignore);
+	deleteOnExit(v);
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( std::vector& ors )
+{
+	_xorHandler.add( ors );
+
+	for (ArgVectorIterator it = ors.begin(); it != ors.end(); it++)
+	{
+		(*it)->forceRequired();
+		(*it)->setRequireLabel( "OR required" );
+
+		add( *it );
+	}
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b )
+{
+    std::vector ors;
+    ors.push_back( &a );
+    ors.push_back( &b );
+	xorAdd( ors );
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::add( Arg& a )
+{
+	add( &a );
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::add( Arg* a )
+{
+	for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ )
+		if ( *a == *(*it) )
+			throw( SpecificationException(
+			       	"Argument with same flag/name already exists!",
+					a->longID() ) );
+
+	a->addToList( _argList );
+
+	if ( a->isRequired() )
+		_numRequired++;
+}
+
+
+inline void CmdLine::parse(int argc, const char * const * argv)
+{
+		// this step is necessary so that we have easy access to
+		// mutable strings.
+		std::vector args;
+		for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++)
+			args.push_back(argv[i]);
+
+		parse(args);
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::parse(std::vector& args)
+{
+	bool shouldExit = false;
+	int estat = 0;
+
+	try {
+		_progName = args.front();
+		args.erase(args.begin());
+
+		int requiredCount = 0;
+
+		for (int i = 0; static_cast(i) < args.size(); i++) {
+			bool matched = false;
+			for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin();
+				 it != _argList.end(); it++) {
+				if ( (*it)->processArg( &i, args ) )
+					{
+						requiredCount += _xorHandler.check( *it );
+						matched = true;
+						break;
+					}
+			}
+
+			// checks to see if the argument is an empty combined
+			// switch and if so, then we've actually matched it
+			if ( !matched && _emptyCombined( args[i] ) )
+				matched = true;
+
+			if ( !matched && !Arg::ignoreRest() )
+				throw(CmdLineParseException("Couldn't find match "
+											"for argument",
+											args[i]));
+		}
+
+		if ( requiredCount < _numRequired )
+			missingArgsException();
+
+		if ( requiredCount > _numRequired )
+			throw(CmdLineParseException("Too many arguments!"));
+
+	} catch ( ArgException& e ) {
+		// If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow.
+		if ( !_handleExceptions) {
+			throw;
+		}
+
+		try {
+			_output->failure(*this,e);
+		} catch ( ExitException &ee ) {
+			estat = ee.getExitStatus();
+			shouldExit = true;
+		}
+	} catch (ExitException &ee) {
+		// If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow.
+		if ( !_handleExceptions) {
+			throw;
+		}
+
+		estat = ee.getExitStatus();
+		shouldExit = true;
+	}
+
+	if (shouldExit)
+		exit(estat);
+}
+
+inline bool CmdLine::_emptyCombined(const std::string& s)
+{
+	if ( s.length() > 0 && s[0] != Arg::flagStartChar() )
+		return false;
+
+	for ( int i = 1; static_cast(i) < s.length(); i++ )
+		if ( s[i] != Arg::blankChar() )
+			return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::missingArgsException()
+{
+		int count = 0;
+
+		std::string missingArgList;
+		for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++)
+		{
+			if ( (*it)->isRequired() && !(*it)->isSet() )
+			{
+				missingArgList += (*it)->getName();
+				missingArgList += ", ";
+				count++;
+			}
+		}
+		missingArgList = missingArgList.substr(0,missingArgList.length()-2);
+
+		std::string msg;
+		if ( count > 1 )
+			msg = "Required arguments missing: ";
+		else
+			msg = "Required argument missing: ";
+
+		msg += missingArgList;
+
+		throw(CmdLineParseException(msg));
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr)
+{
+	_argDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr);
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr)
+{
+	_visitorDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr);
+}
+
+inline CmdLineOutput* CmdLine::getOutput()
+{
+	return _output;
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co)
+{
+	_userSetOutput = true;
+	_output = co;
+}
+
+inline std::string& CmdLine::getVersion()
+{
+	return _version;
+}
+
+inline std::string& CmdLine::getProgramName()
+{
+	return _progName;
+}
+
+inline std::list& CmdLine::getArgList()
+{
+	return _argList;
+}
+
+inline XorHandler& CmdLine::getXorHandler()
+{
+	return _xorHandler;
+}
+
+inline char CmdLine::getDelimiter()
+{
+	return _delimiter;
+}
+
+inline std::string& CmdLine::getMessage()
+{
+	return _message;
+}
+
+inline bool CmdLine::hasHelpAndVersion()
+{
+	return _helpAndVersion;
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::setExceptionHandling(const bool state)
+{
+	_handleExceptions = state;
+}
+
+inline bool CmdLine::getExceptionHandling() const
+{
+	return _handleExceptions;
+}
+
+inline void CmdLine::reset()
+{
+	for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ )
+	{
+		(*it)->reset();
+	}
+	
+	_progName.clear();
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//End CmdLine.cpp
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/CmdLineInterface.h b/src/tclap/CmdLineInterface.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1b25e9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/CmdLineInterface.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  CmdLineInterface.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H
+#define TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+     
+class Arg;
+class CmdLineOutput;
+class XorHandler;
+
+/**
+ * The base class that manages the command line definition and passes
+ * along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes.
+ */
+class CmdLineInterface
+{
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Destructor
+		 */
+		virtual ~CmdLineInterface() {}
+
+		/**
+		 * Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added. 
+		 */
+		virtual void add( Arg& a )=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * An alternative add.  Functionally identical.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added. 
+		 */
+		virtual void add( Arg* a )=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Add two Args that will be xor'd.  
+		 * If this method is used, add does
+		 * not need to be called.
+		 * \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd. 
+		 * \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd. 
+		 */
+		virtual void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b )=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Add a list of Args that will be xor'd.  If this method is used, 
+		 * add does not need to be called.
+		 * \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd. 
+		 */
+		virtual void xorAdd( std::vector& xors )=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Parses the command line.
+		 * \param argc - Number of arguments.
+		 * \param argv - Array of arguments.
+		 */
+		virtual void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv)=0;
+
+        /**
+         * Parses the command line.
+         * \param args - A vector of strings representing the args. 
+         * args[0] is still the program name.
+         */
+        void parse(std::vector& args);
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the CmdLineOutput object.
+		 */
+		virtual CmdLineOutput* getOutput()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * \param co - CmdLineOutput object that we want to use instead. 
+		 */
+		virtual void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co)=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the version string.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string& getVersion()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the program name string.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string& getProgramName()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the argList. 
+		 */
+		virtual std::list& getArgList()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the XorHandler. 
+		 */
+		virtual XorHandler& getXorHandler()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the delimiter string.
+		 */
+		virtual char getDelimiter()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the message string.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string& getMessage()=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Indicates whether or not the help and version switches were created
+		 * automatically.
+		 */
+		virtual bool hasHelpAndVersion()=0;
+
+		/** 
+		 * Resets the instance as if it had just been constructed so that the
+		 * instance can be reused. 
+		 */
+		virtual void reset()=0;
+};
+
+} //namespace
+
+
+#endif 
diff --git a/src/tclap/CmdLineOutput.h b/src/tclap/CmdLineOutput.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..71ee5a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/CmdLineOutput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  CmdLineOutput.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H
+#define TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+class CmdLineInterface;
+class ArgException;
+
+/**
+ * The interface that any output object must implement.
+ */
+class CmdLineOutput 
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Virtual destructor.
+		 */
+		virtual ~CmdLineOutput() {}
+
+		/**
+		 * Generates some sort of output for the USAGE. 
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c)=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Generates some sort of output for the version. 
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c)=0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Generates some sort of output for a failure. 
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. 
+		 */
+		virtual void failure( CmdLineInterface& c, 
+						      ArgException& e )=0;
+
+};
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif 
diff --git a/src/tclap/Constraint.h b/src/tclap/Constraint.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a92acf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/Constraint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  file:  Constraint.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H
+#define TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * The interface that defines the interaction between the Arg and Constraint.
+ */
+template
+class Constraint
+{
+
+	public:
+		/**
+		 * Returns a description of the Constraint.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string description() const =0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the short ID for the Constraint.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string shortID() const =0;
+
+		/**
+		 * The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command
+		 * line meets the constraint.
+		 * \param value - The value that will be checked.
+		 */
+		virtual bool check(const T& value) const =0;
+
+		/**
+		 * Destructor.
+		 * Silences warnings about Constraint being a base class with virtual
+		 * functions but without a virtual destructor.
+		 */
+		virtual ~Constraint() { ; }
+};
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/DocBookOutput.h b/src/tclap/DocBookOutput.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d2f1290
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/DocBookOutput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  DocBookOutput.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H
+#define TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A class that generates DocBook output for usage() method for the 
+ * given CmdLine and its Args.
+ */
+class DocBookOutput : public CmdLineOutput
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the usage to stdout.  Can be overridden to 
+		 * produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden 
+		 * to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage 
+		 * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. 
+		 */
+		virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c, 
+						     ArgException& e );
+
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * Substitutes the char r for string x in string s.
+		 * \param s - The string to operate on. 
+		 * \param r - The char to replace. 
+		 * \param x - What to replace r with. 
+		 */
+		void substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s, char r, std::string& x );
+		void removeChar( std::string& s, char r);
+		void basename( std::string& s );
+
+		void printShortArg(Arg* it);
+		void printLongArg(Arg* it);
+
+		char theDelimiter;
+};
+
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd) 
+{ 
+	std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl;
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd ) 
+{
+	std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList();
+	std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
+	std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
+	theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter();
+	XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
+	std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
+	basename(progName);
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "1" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << _cmd.getMessage() << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl;
+
+	// xor
+	for ( int i = 0; (unsigned int)i < xorList.size(); i++ )
+	{
+		std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+		for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); 
+						it != xorList[i].end(); it++ )
+			printShortArg((*it));
+
+		std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	}
+	
+	// rest of args
+	for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
+		if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
+			printShortArg((*it));
+
+ 	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Description" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << _cmd.getMessage() << std::endl; 
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Options" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	
+	for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
+		printLongArg((*it));
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Version" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << version << std::endl; 
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
+				    ArgException& e ) 
+{ 
+	static_cast(_cmd); // unused
+	std::cout << e.what() << std::endl;
+	throw ExitException(1);
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s,
+				                                   char r,
+												   std::string& x )
+{
+	size_t p;
+	while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.erase(p,1);
+		s.insert(p,x);
+	}
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::removeChar( std::string& s, char r)
+{
+	size_t p;
+	while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.erase(p,1);
+	}
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::basename( std::string& s )
+{
+	size_t p = s.find_last_of('/');
+	if ( p != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.erase(0, p + 1);
+	}
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::printShortArg(Arg* a)
+{
+	std::string lt = "<"; 
+	std::string gt = ">"; 
+
+	std::string id = a->shortID();
+	substituteSpecialChars(id,'<',lt);
+	substituteSpecialChars(id,'>',gt);
+	removeChar(id,'[');
+	removeChar(id,']');
+	
+	std::string choice = "opt";
+	if ( a->isRequired() )
+		choice = "plain";
+
+	std::cout << "acceptsMultipleValues() )
+		std::cout << " rep='repeat'";
+
+
+	std::cout << '>';
+	if ( !a->getFlag().empty() )
+		std::cout << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag();
+	else
+		std::cout << a->nameStartString() << a->getName();
+	if ( a->isValueRequired() )
+	{
+		std::string arg = a->shortID();
+		removeChar(arg,'[');
+		removeChar(arg,']');
+		removeChar(arg,'<');
+		removeChar(arg,'>');
+		arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1);
+		std::cout << theDelimiter;
+		std::cout << "" << arg << "";
+	}
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+}
+
+inline void DocBookOutput::printLongArg(Arg* a)
+{
+	std::string lt = "<"; 
+	std::string gt = ">"; 
+
+	std::string desc = a->getDescription();
+	substituteSpecialChars(desc,'<',lt);
+	substituteSpecialChars(desc,'>',gt);
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	if ( !a->getFlag().empty() )
+	{
+		std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+		std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+		std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	}
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << desc << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+
+	std::cout << "" << std::endl;
+}
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif 
diff --git a/src/tclap/HelpVisitor.h b/src/tclap/HelpVisitor.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2cdb997
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/HelpVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  HelpVisitor.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H
+#define TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A Visitor object that calls the usage method of the given CmdLineOutput
+ * object for the specified CmdLine object.
+ */
+class HelpVisitor: public Visitor
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The CmdLine the output will be generated for. 
+		 */
+		CmdLineInterface* _cmd;
+
+		/**
+		 * The output object. 
+		 */
+		CmdLineOutput** _out;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param cmd - The CmdLine the output will be generated for.
+		 * \param out - The type of output. 
+		 */
+		HelpVisitor(CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out) 
+				: Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { }
+
+		/**
+		 * Calls the usage method of the CmdLineOutput for the 
+		 * specified CmdLine.
+		 */
+		void visit() { (*_out)->usage(*_cmd); throw ExitException(0); }
+		
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/IgnoreRestVisitor.h b/src/tclap/IgnoreRestVisitor.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e328649
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/IgnoreRestVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  IgnoreRestVisitor.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H
+#define TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A Vistor that tells the CmdLine to begin ignoring arguments after
+ * this one is parsed.
+ */
+class IgnoreRestVisitor: public Visitor
+{
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 */
+		IgnoreRestVisitor() : Visitor() {}
+
+		/**
+		 * Sets Arg::_ignoreRest.
+		 */
+		void visit() { Arg::beginIgnoring();  }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/Makefile.am b/src/tclap/Makefile.am
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0e247bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+
+libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap
+
+libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \
+			 CmdLineInterface.h \
+			 ArgException.h \
+			 CmdLine.h \
+			 XorHandler.h \
+			 MultiArg.h \
+			 UnlabeledMultiArg.h \
+			 ValueArg.h \
+			 UnlabeledValueArg.h \
+			 Visitor.h Arg.h \
+			 HelpVisitor.h \
+			 SwitchArg.h \
+			 MultiSwitchArg.h \
+			 VersionVisitor.h \
+			 IgnoreRestVisitor.h \
+			 CmdLineOutput.h \
+			 StdOutput.h \
+			 DocBookOutput.h \
+			 ZshCompletionOutput.h \
+			 OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \
+			 Constraint.h \
+			 ValuesConstraint.h \
+			 ArgTraits.h \
+			 StandardTraits.h
+
diff --git a/src/tclap/Makefile.in b/src/tclap/Makefile.in
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d4b451f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.2 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ../..
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = include/tclap
+DIST_COMMON = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+	$(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_long_long.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_sstream.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_strstream.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_namespaces.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/config/bb_enable_doxygen.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+    *) f=$$p;; \
+  esac;
+am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"
+libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_HEADER)
+HEADERS = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CXX = @CXX@
+CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
+CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@
+CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DOC_FALSE = @DOC_FALSE@
+DOC_TRUE = @DOC_TRUE@
+DOT = @DOT@
+DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE@
+HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+am__fastdepCXX_FALSE = @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCXX_TRUE = @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap
+libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \
+			 CmdLineInterface.h \
+			 ArgException.h \
+			 CmdLine.h \
+			 XorHandler.h \
+			 MultiArg.h \
+			 UnlabeledMultiArg.h \
+			 ValueArg.h \
+			 UnlabeledValueArg.h \
+			 Visitor.h Arg.h \
+			 HelpVisitor.h \
+			 SwitchArg.h \
+			 MultiSwitchArg.h \
+			 VersionVisitor.h \
+			 IgnoreRestVisitor.h \
+			 CmdLineOutput.h \
+			 StdOutput.h \
+			 DocBookOutput.h \
+			 ZshCompletionOutput.h \
+			 OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \
+			 Constraint.h \
+			 ValuesConstraint.h \
+			 ArgTraits.h \
+			 StandardTraits.h
+
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
+		&& exit 0; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  include/tclap/Makefile'; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  include/tclap/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+uninstall-info-am:
+install-libtclapincludeHEADERS: $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(libtclapincludedir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"
+	@list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " $(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \
+	  $(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \
+	  rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \
+	done
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	    $$tags $$unique; \
+	fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+	  case $$file in \
+	    $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+	    $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+	  esac; \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    dir="/$$dir"; \
+	    $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+	  else \
+	    dir=''; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(HEADERS)
+installdirs:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-libtclapincludeHEADERS
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS
+
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+	ctags distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \
+	dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+	install-data install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am \
+	install-info install-info-am install-libtclapincludeHEADERS \
+	install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+	installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \
+	uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
+	uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/src/tclap/MultiArg.h b/src/tclap/MultiArg.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..460e5cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/MultiArg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  MultiArg.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H
+#define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+/**
+ * An argument that allows multiple values of type T to be specified.  Very
+ * similar to a ValueArg, except a vector of values will be returned
+ * instead of just one.
+ */
+template
+class MultiArg : public Arg
+{
+public:
+	typedef std::vector container_type;	
+	typedef typename container_type::iterator iterator;
+	typedef typename container_type::const_iterator const_iterator;
+
+protected:
+
+	/**
+	 * The list of values parsed from the CmdLine.
+	 */
+	std::vector _values;
+
+	/**
+	 * The description of type T to be used in the usage.
+	 */
+	std::string _typeDesc;
+
+	/**
+	 * A list of constraint on this Arg. 
+	 */
+	Constraint* _constraint;
+
+	/**
+	 * Extracts the value from the string.
+	 * Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception
+	 * is thrown.
+	 * \param val - The string to be read.
+	 */
+	void _extractValue( const std::string& val );
+
+	/**
+	 * Used by XorHandler to decide whether to keep parsing for this arg.
+	 */
+	bool _allowMore;
+
+public:
+
+	/**
+	 * Constructor.
+	 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+	 * argument on the command line.
+	 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+	 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+	 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+	 * does.
+	 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+	 * line.
+	 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+	 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+	 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+	 * of the program.
+	 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+	 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+	 */
+	MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
+                  const std::string& name,
+                  const std::string& desc,
+                  bool req,
+                  const std::string& typeDesc,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL);
+
+	/**
+	 * Constructor.
+	 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+	 * argument on the command line.
+	 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+	 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+	 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+	 * does.
+	 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+	 * line.
+	 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+	 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+	 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+	 * of the program.
+	 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+	 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+	 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+	 */
+	MultiArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name,
+                  const std::string& desc,
+                  bool req,
+                  const std::string& typeDesc,
+                  CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+
+	/**
+	 * Constructor.
+	 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+	 * argument on the command line.
+	 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+	 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+	 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+	 * does.
+	 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+	 * line.
+	 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+	 * to constrain this Arg.
+	 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+	 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+	 */
+	MultiArg( const std::string& flag,
+                  const std::string& name,
+                  const std::string& desc,
+                  bool req,
+                  Constraint* constraint,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+		  
+	/**
+	 * Constructor.
+	 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+	 * argument on the command line.
+	 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+	 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+	 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+	 * does.
+	 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+	 * line.
+	 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+	 * to constrain this Arg.
+	 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+	 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+	 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+	 */
+	MultiArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name,
+                  const std::string& desc,
+                  bool req,
+                  Constraint* constraint,
+                  CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+		  
+	/**
+	 * Handles the processing of the argument.
+	 * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
+	 * _value of the argument appropriately.  It knows the difference
+	 * between labeled and unlabeled.
+	 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+	 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main().
+	 */
+	virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns a vector of type T containing the values parsed from
+	 * the command line.
+	 */
+	const std::vector& getValue();
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns an iterator over the values parsed from the command
+	 * line.
+	 */
+	const_iterator begin() const { return _values.begin(); }
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns the end of the values parsed from the command
+	 * line.
+	 */
+	const_iterator end() const { return _values.end(); }
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns the a short id string.  Used in the usage. 
+	 * \param val - value to be used.
+	 */
+	virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns the a long id string.  Used in the usage. 
+	 * \param val - value to be used.
+	 */
+	virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+	/**
+	 * Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer
+	 * required.
+	 */
+	virtual bool isRequired() const;
+
+	virtual bool allowMore();
+	
+	virtual void reset();
+
+};
+
+template
+MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name,
+                      const std::string& desc,
+                      bool req,
+                      const std::string& typeDesc,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
+  _typeDesc( typeDesc ),
+  _constraint( NULL ),
+  _allowMore(false)
+{ 
+	_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
+}
+
+template
+MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name,
+                      const std::string& desc,
+                      bool req,
+                      const std::string& typeDesc,
+                      CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
+  _typeDesc( typeDesc ),
+  _constraint( NULL ),
+  _allowMore(false)
+{ 
+	parser.add( this );
+	_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ */
+template
+MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name,
+                      const std::string& desc,
+                      bool req,
+                      Constraint* constraint,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
+  _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
+  _constraint( constraint ),
+  _allowMore(false)
+{ 
+	_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
+}
+
+template
+MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name,
+                      const std::string& desc,
+                      bool req,
+                      Constraint* constraint,
+                      CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ),
+  _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
+  _constraint( constraint ),
+  _allowMore(false)
+{ 
+	parser.add( this );
+	_acceptsMultipleValues = true;
+}
+
+template
+const std::vector& MultiArg::getValue() { return _values; }
+
+template
+bool MultiArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) 
+{
+ 	if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
+		return false;
+
+	if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
+		return false;
+
+	std::string flag = args[*i];
+	std::string value = "";
+
+   	trimFlag( flag, value );
+
+   	if ( argMatches( flag ) )
+   	{
+   		if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" )
+			throw( ArgParseException( 
+			           "Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!",
+					   toString() ) );
+
+		// always take the first one, regardless of start string
+		if ( value == "" )
+		{
+			(*i)++;
+			if ( static_cast(*i) < args.size() )
+				_extractValue( args[*i] );
+			else
+				throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!",
+                                         toString() ) );
+		} 
+		else
+			_extractValue( value );
+
+		/*
+		// continuing taking the args until we hit one with a start string 
+		while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() &&
+				args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 &&
+		        args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 ) 
+				_extractValue( args[++(*i)] );
+		*/
+
+		_alreadySet = true;
+		_checkWithVisitor();
+
+		return true;
+	}
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ */
+template
+std::string MultiArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return Arg::shortID(_typeDesc) + " ... ";
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ */
+template
+std::string MultiArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return Arg::longID(_typeDesc) + "  (accepted multiple times)";
+}
+
+/**
+ * Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer
+ * required.
+ */
+template
+bool MultiArg::isRequired() const
+{
+	if ( _required )
+	{
+		if ( _values.size() > 1 )
+			return false;
+		else
+			return true;
+   	}
+   	else
+		return false;
+
+}
+
+template
+void MultiArg::_extractValue( const std::string& val ) 
+{
+    try {
+	T tmp;
+	ExtractValue(tmp, val, typename ArgTraits::ValueCategory());
+	_values.push_back(tmp);
+    } catch( ArgParseException &e) {
+	throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString());
+    }
+
+    if ( _constraint != NULL )
+	if ( ! _constraint->check( _values.back() ) )
+	    throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val +
+					  "' does not meet constraint: " +
+					  _constraint->description(), 
+					  toString() ) );
+}
+		
+template
+bool MultiArg::allowMore()
+{
+	bool am = _allowMore;
+	_allowMore = true;
+	return am;
+}
+
+template
+void MultiArg::reset()
+{
+	Arg::reset();
+	_values.clear();
+}
+
+} // namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/MultiSwitchArg.h b/src/tclap/MultiSwitchArg.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8820b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/MultiSwitchArg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+*
+*  file:  MultiSwitchArg.h
+*
+*  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+*  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+*  Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno, Erik Zeek.
+*  All rights reverved.
+*
+*  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+*  more information.
+*
+*  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+*  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+*  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+*  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+*  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+*  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+*  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+*
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H
+#define TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+* A multiple switch argument.  If the switch is set on the command line, then
+* the getValue method will return the number of times the switch appears.
+*/
+class MultiSwitchArg : public SwitchArg
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The value of the switch.
+		 */
+		int _value;
+
+		/**
+		 * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
+		 * reset to their constructed value.
+		 */
+		int _default;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * MultiSwitchArg constructor.
+		 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+		 * argument on the command line.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+		 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg. 
+		 * Defaults to 0.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+				const std::string& name,
+				const std::string& desc,
+				int init = 0,
+				Visitor* v = NULL);
+
+
+		/**
+		 * MultiSwitchArg constructor.
+		 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+		 * argument on the command line.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+		 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg. 
+		 * Defaults to 0.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+				const std::string& name,
+				const std::string& desc,
+				CmdLineInterface& parser,
+				int init = 0,
+				Visitor* v = NULL);
+
+
+		/**
+		 * Handles the processing of the argument.
+		 * This re-implements the SwitchArg version of this method to set the
+		 * _value of the argument appropriately.
+		 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+		 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed
+		 * in from main().
+		 */
+		virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns int, the number of times the switch has been set.
+		 */
+		int getValue();
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the shortID for this Arg.
+		 */
+		std::string shortID(const std::string& val) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the longID for this Arg.
+		 */
+		std::string longID(const std::string& val) const;
+		
+		void reset();
+
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//BEGIN MultiSwitchArg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
+					const std::string& name,
+					const std::string& desc,
+					int init,
+					Visitor* v )
+: SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v),
+_value( init ),
+_default( init )
+{ }
+
+inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag,
+					const std::string& name, 
+					const std::string& desc, 
+					CmdLineInterface& parser,
+					int init,
+					Visitor* v )
+: SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v),
+_value( init ),
+_default( init )
+{ 
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+inline int MultiSwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; }
+
+inline bool MultiSwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args)
+{
+	if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
+		return false;
+
+	if ( argMatches( args[*i] ))
+	{
+		// so the isSet() method will work
+		_alreadySet = true;
+
+		// Matched argument: increment value.
+		++_value;
+
+		_checkWithVisitor();
+
+		return true;
+	}
+	else if ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) )
+	{
+		// so the isSet() method will work
+		_alreadySet = true;
+
+		// Matched argument: increment value.
+		++_value;
+
+		// Check for more in argument and increment value.
+		while ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) 
+			++_value;
+
+		_checkWithVisitor();
+
+		return false;
+	}
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+inline std::string 
+MultiSwitchArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	return Arg::shortID(val) + " ... ";
+}
+
+inline std::string 
+MultiSwitchArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	return Arg::longID(val) + "  (accepted multiple times)";
+}
+
+inline void
+MultiSwitchArg::reset()
+{
+	MultiSwitchArg::_value = MultiSwitchArg::_default;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//END MultiSwitchArg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h b/src/tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8174c5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H
+#define TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H
+
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+class OptionalUnlabeledTracker
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		static void check( bool req, const std::string& argName );
+
+		static void gotOptional() { alreadyOptionalRef() = true; }
+
+		static bool& alreadyOptional() { return alreadyOptionalRef(); } 
+
+	private:
+
+		static bool& alreadyOptionalRef() { static bool ct = false; return ct; }
+};
+
+
+inline void OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check( bool req, const std::string& argName )
+{
+    if ( OptionalUnlabeledTracker::alreadyOptional() )
+        throw( SpecificationException(
+	"You can't specify ANY Unlabeled Arg following an optional Unlabeled Arg",
+	                argName ) );
+
+    if ( !req )
+        OptionalUnlabeledTracker::gotOptional();
+}
+
+
+} // namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/StandardTraits.h b/src/tclap/StandardTraits.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..151b851
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/StandardTraits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  file:  StandardTraits.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ *
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to
+// include this directly
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H
+#define TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include  // To check for long long
+#endif
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+// ======================================================================
+// Integer types
+// ======================================================================
+
+/**
+ * longs have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * ints have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * shorts have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * chars have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+/**
+ * long longs have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+#endif
+
+// ======================================================================
+// Unsigned integer types
+// ======================================================================
+
+/**
+ * unsigned longs have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * unsigned ints have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * unsigned shorts have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * unsigned chars have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+/**
+ * unsigned long longs have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+#endif
+
+// ======================================================================
+// Float types
+// ======================================================================
+
+/**
+ * floats have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * doubles have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+// ======================================================================
+// Other types
+// ======================================================================
+
+/**
+ * bools have value-like semantics.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+/**
+ * wchar_ts have value-like semantics.
+ */
+/*
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef ValueLike ValueCategory;
+};
+*/
+
+/**
+ * Strings have string like argument traits.
+ */
+template<>
+struct ArgTraits {
+    typedef StringLike ValueCategory;
+};
+
+template
+void SetString(T &dst, const std::string &src)
+{
+    dst = src;
+}
+
+} // namespace
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/tclap/StdOutput.h b/src/tclap/StdOutput.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9ceac0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/StdOutput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  StdOutput.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H
+#define TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A class that isolates any output from the CmdLine object so that it
+ * may be easily modified.
+ */
+class StdOutput : public CmdLineOutput
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the usage to stdout.  Can be overridden to 
+		 * produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden 
+		 * to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage 
+		 * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. 
+		 */
+		virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c, 
+				     ArgException& e );
+
+	protected:
+
+        /**
+         * Writes a brief usage message with short args.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+         * \param os - The stream to write the message to.
+         */
+        void _shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const;
+
+        /**
+		 * Writes a longer usage message with long and short args, 
+		 * provides descriptions and prints message.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param os - The stream to write the message to.
+		 */
+		void _longUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * This function inserts line breaks and indents long strings 
+		 * according the  params input. It will only break lines at spaces, 
+		 * commas and pipes.
+		 * \param os - The stream to be printed to.
+		 * \param s - The string to be printed.
+		 * \param maxWidth - The maxWidth allowed for the output line. 
+		 * \param indentSpaces - The number of spaces to indent the first line. 
+		 * \param secondLineOffset - The number of spaces to indent the second
+		 * and all subsequent lines in addition to indentSpaces.
+		 */
+		void spacePrint( std::ostream& os, 
+						 const std::string& s, 
+						 int maxWidth, 
+						 int indentSpaces, 
+						 int secondLineOffset ) const;
+
+};
+
+
+inline void StdOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd) 
+{
+	std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
+	std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
+
+	std::cout << std::endl << progName << "  version: " 
+			  << version << std::endl << std::endl;
+}
+
+inline void StdOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd ) 
+{
+	std::cout << std::endl << "USAGE: " << std::endl << std::endl; 
+
+	_shortUsage( _cmd, std::cout );
+
+	std::cout << std::endl << std::endl << "Where: " << std::endl << std::endl;
+
+	_longUsage( _cmd, std::cout );
+
+	std::cout << std::endl; 
+
+}
+
+inline void StdOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
+								ArgException& e ) 
+{
+	std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
+
+	std::cerr << "PARSE ERROR: " << e.argId() << std::endl
+		      << "             " << e.error() << std::endl << std::endl;
+
+	if ( _cmd.hasHelpAndVersion() )
+		{
+			std::cerr << "Brief USAGE: " << std::endl;
+
+			_shortUsage( _cmd, std::cerr );	
+
+			std::cerr << std::endl << "For complete USAGE and HELP type: " 
+					  << std::endl << "   " << progName << " --help" 
+					  << std::endl << std::endl;
+		}
+	else
+		usage(_cmd);
+
+	throw ExitException(1);
+}
+
+inline void 
+StdOutput::_shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, 
+						std::ostream& os ) const
+{
+	std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList();
+	std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
+	XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
+	std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
+
+	std::string s = progName + " ";
+
+	// first the xor
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
+		{
+			s += " {";
+			for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); 
+				  it != xorList[i].end(); it++ )
+				s += (*it)->shortID() + "|";
+
+			s[s.length()-1] = '}';
+		}
+
+	// then the rest
+	for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
+		if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
+			s += " " + (*it)->shortID();
+
+	// if the program name is too long, then adjust the second line offset 
+	int secondLineOffset = static_cast(progName.length()) + 2;
+	if ( secondLineOffset > 75/2 )
+		secondLineOffset = static_cast(75/2);
+
+	spacePrint( os, s, 75, 3, secondLineOffset );
+}
+
+inline void 
+StdOutput::_longUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, 
+					   std::ostream& os ) const
+{
+	std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList();
+	std::string message = _cmd.getMessage();
+	XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
+	std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
+
+	// first the xor 
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
+		{
+			for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); 
+				  it != xorList[i].end(); 
+				  it++ )
+				{
+					spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 );
+					spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 );
+
+					if ( it+1 != xorList[i].end() )
+						spacePrint(os, "-- OR --", 75, 9, 0);
+				}
+			os << std::endl << std::endl;
+		}
+
+	// then the rest
+	for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
+		if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) )
+			{
+				spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 ); 
+				spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 ); 
+				os << std::endl;
+			}
+
+	os << std::endl;
+
+	spacePrint( os, message, 75, 3, 0 );
+}
+
+inline void StdOutput::spacePrint( std::ostream& os, 
+						           const std::string& s, 
+						           int maxWidth, 
+						           int indentSpaces, 
+						           int secondLineOffset ) const
+{
+	int len = static_cast(s.length());
+
+	if ( (len + indentSpaces > maxWidth) && maxWidth > 0 )
+		{
+			int allowedLen = maxWidth - indentSpaces;
+			int start = 0;
+			while ( start < len )
+				{
+					// find the substring length
+					// int stringLen = std::min( len - start, allowedLen );
+					// doing it this way to support a VisualC++ 2005 bug 
+					using namespace std; 
+					int stringLen = min( len - start, allowedLen );
+
+					// trim the length so it doesn't end in middle of a word
+					if ( stringLen == allowedLen )
+						while ( stringLen >= 0 &&
+								s[stringLen+start] != ' ' && 
+								s[stringLen+start] != ',' &&
+								s[stringLen+start] != '|' ) 
+							stringLen--;
+	
+					// ok, the word is longer than the line, so just split 
+					// wherever the line ends
+					if ( stringLen <= 0 )
+						stringLen = allowedLen;
+
+					// check for newlines
+					for ( int i = 0; i < stringLen; i++ )
+						if ( s[start+i] == '\n' )
+							stringLen = i+1;
+
+					// print the indent	
+					for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ )
+						os << " ";
+
+					if ( start == 0 )
+						{
+							// handle second line offsets
+							indentSpaces += secondLineOffset;
+
+							// adjust allowed len
+							allowedLen -= secondLineOffset;
+						}
+
+					os << s.substr(start,stringLen) << std::endl;
+
+					// so we don't start a line with a space
+					while ( s[stringLen+start] == ' ' && start < len )
+						start++;
+			
+					start += stringLen;
+				}
+		}
+	else
+		{
+			for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ )
+				os << " ";
+			os << s << std::endl;
+		}
+}
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif 
diff --git a/src/tclap/SwitchArg.h b/src/tclap/SwitchArg.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..dc4952e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/SwitchArg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  SwitchArg.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H
+#define TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A simple switch argument.  If the switch is set on the command line, then
+ * the getValue method will return the opposite of the default value for the
+ * switch.
+ */
+class SwitchArg : public Arg
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The value of the switch.
+		 */
+		bool _value;
+
+		/**
+		 * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
+		 * reset to their constructed value.
+		 */
+        bool _default;
+
+	public:
+
+        /**
+		 * SwitchArg constructor.
+		 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+		 * argument on the command line.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+		 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param def - The default value for this Switch. 
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+			      const std::string& name, 
+			      const std::string& desc,
+			      bool def = false,
+				  Visitor* v = NULL);
+
+				  
+		/**
+		 * SwitchArg constructor.
+		 * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+		 * argument on the command line.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+		 * used as a long flag on the command line.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param def - The default value for this Switch.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+			      const std::string& name, 
+			      const std::string& desc,
+				  CmdLineInterface& parser,
+			      bool def = false,
+				  Visitor* v = NULL);
+				  
+				  
+        /**
+		 * Handles the processing of the argument.
+		 * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
+		 * _value of the argument appropriately.
+		 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+		 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed
+		 * in from main().
+		 */
+		virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+		/**
+		 * Checks a string to see if any of the chars in the string
+		 * match the flag for this Switch.
+		 */
+		bool combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combined);
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns bool, whether or not the switch has been set.
+		 */
+		bool getValue();
+		
+		virtual void reset();
+
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//BEGIN SwitchArg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+	 		         const std::string& name, 
+     		   		 const std::string& desc, 
+	     	    	 bool default_val,
+					 Visitor* v )
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v),
+  _value( default_val ),
+  _default( default_val )
+{ }
+
+inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, 
+					const std::string& name, 
+					const std::string& desc, 
+					CmdLineInterface& parser,
+					bool default_val,
+					Visitor* v )
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v),
+  _value( default_val ),
+  _default(default_val)
+{ 
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+inline bool SwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; }
+
+inline bool SwitchArg::combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combinedSwitches )
+{
+	// make sure this is actually a combined switch
+	if ( combinedSwitches.length() > 0 &&
+	     combinedSwitches[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] )
+		return false;
+
+	// make sure it isn't a long name 
+	if ( combinedSwitches.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) == 
+		 Arg::nameStartString() )
+		return false;
+
+	// make sure the delimiter isn't in the string 
+	if ( combinedSwitches.find_first_of( Arg::delimiter() ) != std::string::npos )
+		return false;
+
+	// ok, we're not specifying a ValueArg, so we know that we have
+	// a combined switch list.  
+	for ( unsigned int i = 1; i < combinedSwitches.length(); i++ )
+		if ( _flag.length() > 0 && 
+		     combinedSwitches[i] == _flag[0] &&
+		     _flag[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] ) 
+		{
+			// update the combined switches so this one is no longer present
+			// this is necessary so that no unlabeled args are matched
+			// later in the processing.
+			//combinedSwitches.erase(i,1);
+			combinedSwitches[i] = Arg::blankChar(); 
+			return true;
+		}
+
+	// none of the switches passed in the list match. 
+	return false;	
+}
+
+
+inline bool SwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args)
+{
+	if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
+		return false;
+
+	if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) || combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) )
+	{
+		// If we match on a combined switch, then we want to return false
+		// so that other switches in the combination will also have a
+		// chance to match.
+		bool ret = false;
+		if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) )
+			ret = true;
+
+		if ( _alreadySet || ( !ret && combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) )
+			throw(CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString()));	
+
+		_alreadySet = true;
+
+		if ( _value == true )
+			_value = false;
+		else
+			_value = true;
+
+		_checkWithVisitor();
+
+		return ret;
+	}
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+inline void SwitchArg::reset()
+{
+	Arg::reset();
+	_value = _default;  
+}
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//End SwitchArg.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/UnlabeledMultiArg.h b/src/tclap/UnlabeledMultiArg.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d5e1781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/UnlabeledMultiArg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  UnlabeledMultiArg.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H
+#define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * Just like a MultiArg, except that the arguments are unlabeled.  Basically,
+ * this Arg will slurp up everything that hasn't been matched to another 
+ * Arg.
+ */
+template
+class UnlabeledMultiArg : public MultiArg
+{
+
+	// If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does)
+	// this is requried to prevent undef. symbols
+	using MultiArg::_ignoreable;
+	using MultiArg::_hasBlanks;
+	using MultiArg::_extractValue;
+	using MultiArg::_typeDesc;
+	using MultiArg::_name;
+	using MultiArg::_description;
+	using MultiArg::_alreadySet;
+	using MultiArg::toString;
+
+	public:
+		
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.  
+		 * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 *  line.
+		 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+		 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+		 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+		 * of the program.
+		 * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
+		 * using the "--" flag.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
+				           const std::string& desc,
+						   bool req,
+				           const std::string& typeDesc,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL );
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.  
+		 * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 *  line.
+		 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+		 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+		 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+		 * of the program.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
+		 * using the "--" flag.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
+				           const std::string& desc,
+						   bool req,
+				           const std::string& typeDesc,
+						   CmdLineInterface& parser,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL );
+						 
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.  
+		 * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 *  line.
+		 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+		 * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
+		 * using the "--" flag.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name,
+						   const std::string& desc,
+						   bool req,
+						   Constraint* constraint,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+						   Visitor* v = NULL );
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.  
+		 * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 *  line.
+		 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored
+		 * using the "--" flag.
+		 * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+		 * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name, 
+						   const std::string& desc, 
+						   bool req,
+						   Constraint* constraint,
+						   CmdLineInterface& parser,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+						   Visitor* v = NULL );
+						 
+		/**
+		 * Handles the processing of the argument.
+		 * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
+		 * _value of the argument appropriately.  It knows the difference
+		 * between labeled and unlabeled.
+		 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+		 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main().
+		 */
+		virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the a short id string.  Used in the usage.
+		 * \param val - value to be used.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the a long id string.  Used in the usage.
+		 * \param val - value to be used.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Opertor ==.
+		 * \param a - The Arg to be compared to this.
+		 */
+		virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Pushes this to back of list rather than front.
+		 * \param argList - The list this should be added to.
+		 */
+		virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const;
+};
+
+template
+UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, 
+				                        const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    const std::string& typeDesc,
+										bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: MultiArg("", name, desc,  req, typeDesc, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
+}
+
+template
+UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, 
+				                        const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    const std::string& typeDesc,
+										CmdLineInterface& parser,
+										bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: MultiArg("", name, desc,  req, typeDesc, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+
+template
+UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, 
+				                        const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    Constraint* constraint,
+										bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: MultiArg("", name, desc,  req, constraint, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
+}
+
+template
+UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, 
+				                        const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    Constraint* constraint,
+										CmdLineInterface& parser,
+										bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: MultiArg("", name, desc,  req, constraint, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString());
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+
+template
+bool UnlabeledMultiArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) 
+{
+
+	if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
+		return false;
+
+	// never ignore an unlabeled multi arg
+
+
+	// always take the first value, regardless of the start string 
+	_extractValue( args[(*i)] );
+
+	/*
+	// continue taking args until we hit the end or a start string 
+	while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() &&
+			args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 &&
+            args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 ) 
+		_extractValue( args[++(*i)] );
+	*/
+
+	_alreadySet = true;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+template
+std::string UnlabeledMultiArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + "> ...";
+}
+
+template
+std::string UnlabeledMultiArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">  (accepted multiple times)";
+}
+
+template
+bool UnlabeledMultiArg::operator==(const Arg& a) const
+{
+	if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() )
+		return true;
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+template
+void UnlabeledMultiArg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const
+{
+	argList.push_back( const_cast(static_cast(this)) );
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/UnlabeledValueArg.h b/src/tclap/UnlabeledValueArg.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5721d61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/UnlabeledValueArg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  UnlabeledValueArg.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
+#define TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * The basic unlabeled argument that parses a value.
+ * This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type
+ * that a given object will attempt to parse when an UnlabeledValueArg
+ * is reached in the list of args that the CmdLine iterates over.
+ */
+template
+class UnlabeledValueArg : public ValueArg
+{
+
+	// If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does)
+	// this is requried to prevent undef. symbols
+	using ValueArg::_ignoreable;
+	using ValueArg::_hasBlanks;
+	using ValueArg::_extractValue;
+	using ValueArg::_typeDesc;
+	using ValueArg::_name;
+	using ValueArg::_description;
+	using ValueArg::_alreadySet;
+	using ValueArg::toString;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 * line.
+		 * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+		 * is not present on the command line.
+		 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+		 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+		 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+		 * of the program.
+		 * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
+		 * ignored if the '--' flag is set.  This defaults to false (cannot
+		 * be ignored) and should  generally stay that way unless you have 
+		 * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
+		 * \param v - Optional Vistor.  You should leave this blank unless
+		 * you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, 
+			               const std::string& desc, 
+						   bool req,
+				           T value,
+				           const std::string& typeDesc,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL); 
+
+		/**
+		 * UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 * line.
+		 * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+		 * is not present on the command line.
+		 * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+		 * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+		 * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+		 * of the program.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
+		 * ignored if the '--' flag is set.  This defaults to false (cannot
+		 * be ignored) and should  generally stay that way unless you have 
+		 * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
+		 * \param v - Optional Vistor.  You should leave this blank unless
+		 * you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, 
+			               const std::string& desc, 
+						   bool req,
+				           T value,
+				           const std::string& typeDesc,
+						   CmdLineInterface& parser,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL ); 					
+						
+		/**
+		 * UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 * line.
+		 * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+		 * is not present on the command line.
+		 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+		 * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
+		 * ignored if the '--' flag is set.  This defaults to false (cannot
+		 * be ignored) and should  generally stay that way unless you have 
+		 * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
+		 * \param v - Optional Vistor.  You should leave this blank unless
+		 * you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, 
+			               const std::string& desc, 
+						   bool req,
+				           T value,
+				           Constraint* constraint,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL ); 
+
+		
+		/**
+		 * UnlabeledValueArg constructor.
+		 * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Note that this is used for
+		 * identification, not as a long flag.
+		 * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+		 * does.
+		 * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+		 * line.
+		 * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+		 * is not present on the command line.
+		 * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+		 * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+		 * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be
+		 * ignored if the '--' flag is set.  This defaults to false (cannot
+		 * be ignored) and should  generally stay that way unless you have 
+		 * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored.
+		 * \param v - Optional Vistor.  You should leave this blank unless
+		 * you have a very good reason.
+		 */
+		UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, 
+			               const std::string& desc, 
+						   bool req,
+				           T value,
+				           Constraint* constraint,
+						   CmdLineInterface& parser,
+						   bool ignoreable = false,
+				           Visitor* v = NULL);
+						
+		/**
+		 * Handles the processing of the argument.
+		 * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
+		 * _value of the argument appropriately.  Handling specific to
+		 * unlabled arguments.
+		 * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+		 * \param args - Mutable list of strings. 
+		 */
+		virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+		/**
+		 * Overrides shortID for specific behavior.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Overrides longID for specific behavior.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Overrides operator== for specific behavior.
+		 */
+		virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a ) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Instead of pushing to the front of list, push to the back.
+		 * \param argList - The list to add this to.
+		 */
+		virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const;
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Constructor implemenation.
+ */
+template
+UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, 
+					                    const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    T val,
+					                    const std::string& typeDesc,
+					                    bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
+
+}
+
+template
+UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, 
+					                    const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    T val,
+					                    const std::string& typeDesc,
+					                    CmdLineInterface& parser,
+					                    bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+/**
+ * Constructor implemenation.
+ */
+template
+UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, 
+                                        const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+                                        T val,
+                                        Constraint* constraint,
+                                        bool ignoreable,
+                                        Visitor* v)
+: ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, constraint, v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
+}
+
+template
+UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, 
+					                    const std::string& desc, 
+										bool req,
+					                    T val,
+					                    Constraint* constraint,
+					                    CmdLineInterface& parser,
+					                    bool ignoreable,
+					                    Visitor* v)
+: ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, constraint,  v)
+{ 
+	_ignoreable = ignoreable;
+	OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString());
+	parser.add( this );
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of processArg().
+ */
+template
+bool UnlabeledValueArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) 
+{
+	
+	if ( _alreadySet )
+		return false;
+	
+	if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
+		return false;
+
+	// never ignore an unlabeled arg
+	
+	_extractValue( args[*i] );
+	_alreadySet = true;
+	return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Overriding shortID for specific output.
+ */
+template
+std::string UnlabeledValueArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">";
+}
+
+/**
+ * Overriding longID for specific output.
+ */
+template
+std::string UnlabeledValueArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+
+	// Ideally we would like to be able to use RTTI to return the name
+	// of the type required for this argument.  However, g++ at least, 
+	// doesn't appear to return terribly useful "names" of the types.  
+	return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">";
+}
+
+/**
+ * Overriding operator== for specific behavior.
+ */
+template
+bool UnlabeledValueArg::operator==(const Arg& a ) const
+{
+	if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() )
+		return true;
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+template
+void UnlabeledValueArg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const
+{
+	argList.push_back( const_cast(static_cast(this)) );
+}
+
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/ValueArg.h b/src/tclap/ValueArg.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..28117f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/ValueArg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  ValueArg.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
+#define TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * The basic labeled argument that parses a value.
+ * This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type
+ * that a given object will attempt to parse when the flag/name is matched
+ * on the command line.  While there is nothing stopping you from creating
+ * an unflagged ValueArg, it is unwise and would cause significant problems.
+ * Instead use an UnlabeledValueArg.
+ */
+template
+class ValueArg : public Arg 
+{
+    protected:
+
+        /**
+         * The value parsed from the command line.
+         * Can be of any type, as long as the >> operator for the type
+         * is defined.
+         */
+        T _value;
+
+		/**
+		 * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be
+		 * reset to their constructed value.
+		 */
+        T _default;
+
+        /**
+         * A human readable description of the type to be parsed.
+         * This is a hack, plain and simple.  Ideally we would use RTTI to
+         * return the name of type T, but until there is some sort of
+         * consistent support for human readable names, we are left to our
+         * own devices.
+         */
+        std::string _typeDesc;
+
+        /**
+         * A Constraint this Arg must conform to. 
+         */
+        Constraint* _constraint;
+
+        /**
+         * Extracts the value from the string.
+         * Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception
+         * is thrown.
+         * \param val - value to be parsed. 
+         */
+        void _extractValue( const std::string& val );
+
+	public:
+
+        /**
+         * Labeled ValueArg constructor.
+         * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, 
+         * but that would make you a bad person.  It would also cause
+         * an exception to be thrown.   If you want an unlabeled argument, 
+         * use the other constructor.
+         * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+         * argument on the command line.
+         * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+         * used as a long flag on the command line.
+         * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+         * does.
+         * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+         * line.
+         * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+         * is not present on the command line.
+         * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+         * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+         * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+         * of the program.
+         * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+         * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+         */
+        ValueArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name, 
+                  const std::string& desc, 
+                  bool req, 
+                  T value,
+                  const std::string& typeDesc,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL);
+				 
+				 
+        /**
+         * Labeled ValueArg constructor.
+         * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, 
+         * but that would make you a bad person.  It would also cause
+         * an exception to be thrown.   If you want an unlabeled argument, 
+         * use the other constructor.
+         * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+         * argument on the command line.
+         * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+         * used as a long flag on the command line.
+         * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+         * does.
+         * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+         * line.
+         * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+         * is not present on the command line.
+         * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the
+         * type that this object expects.  This is used in the generation
+         * of the USAGE statement.  The goal is to be helpful to the end user
+         * of the program.
+         * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to
+         * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+         * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+         */
+        ValueArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name, 
+                  const std::string& desc, 
+                  bool req, 
+                  T value,
+                  const std::string& typeDesc,
+                  CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+ 
+        /**
+         * Labeled ValueArg constructor.
+         * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, 
+         * but that would make you a bad person.  It would also cause
+         * an exception to be thrown.   If you want an unlabeled argument, 
+         * use the other constructor.
+         * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+         * argument on the command line.
+         * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+         * used as a long flag on the command line.
+         * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+         * does.
+         * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+         * line.
+         * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+         * is not present on the command line.
+         * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+         * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to.
+         * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+         * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+         */
+        ValueArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name, 
+                  const std::string& desc, 
+                  bool req, 
+                  T value,
+                  Constraint* constraint,
+                  CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+	  
+        /**
+         * Labeled ValueArg constructor.
+         * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, 
+         * but that would make you a bad person.  It would also cause
+         * an exception to be thrown.   If you want an unlabeled argument, 
+         * use the other constructor.
+         * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this
+         * argument on the command line.
+         * \param name - A one word name for the argument.  Can be
+         * used as a long flag on the command line.
+         * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or
+         * does.
+         * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command
+         * line.
+         * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it
+         * is not present on the command line.
+         * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used
+		 * to constrain this Arg.
+         * \param v - An optional visitor.  You probably should not
+         * use this unless you have a very good reason.
+         */
+        ValueArg( const std::string& flag, 
+                  const std::string& name, 
+                  const std::string& desc, 
+                  bool req, 
+                  T value,
+                  Constraint* constraint,
+                  Visitor* v = NULL );
+
+        /**
+         * Handles the processing of the argument.
+         * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the
+         * _value of the argument appropriately.  It knows the difference
+         * between labeled and unlabeled.
+         * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list.
+         * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed 
+         * in from main().
+         */
+        virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); 
+
+        /**
+         * Returns the value of the argument.
+         */
+        T& getValue() ;
+
+        /**
+         * Specialization of shortID.
+         * \param val - value to be used.
+         */
+        virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val = "val") const;
+
+        /**
+         * Specialization of longID.
+         * \param val - value to be used.
+         */
+        virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val = "val") const;
+        
+        virtual void reset() ;
+
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Constructor implementation.
+ */
+template
+ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name, 
+                      const std::string& desc, 
+                      bool req, 
+                      T val,
+                      const std::string& typeDesc,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
+  _value( val ),
+  _default( val ),
+  _typeDesc( typeDesc ),
+  _constraint( NULL )
+{ }
+
+template
+ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name, 
+                      const std::string& desc, 
+                      bool req, 
+                      T val,
+                      const std::string& typeDesc,
+                      CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
+  _value( val ),
+  _default( val ),
+  _typeDesc( typeDesc ),
+  _constraint( NULL )
+{ 
+    parser.add( this );
+}
+
+template
+ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name, 
+                      const std::string& desc, 
+                      bool req, 
+                      T val,
+                      Constraint* constraint,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
+  _value( val ),
+  _default( val ),
+  _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
+  _constraint( constraint )
+{ }
+
+template
+ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, 
+                      const std::string& name, 
+                      const std::string& desc, 
+                      bool req, 
+                      T val,
+                      Constraint* constraint,
+                      CmdLineInterface& parser,
+                      Visitor* v)
+: Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v),
+  _value( val ),
+  _default( val ),
+  _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ),
+  _constraint( constraint )
+{ 
+    parser.add( this );
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of getValue().
+ */
+template
+T& ValueArg::getValue() { return _value; }
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of processArg().
+ */
+template
+bool ValueArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args)
+{
+    if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() )
+		return false;
+
+    if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) )
+		return false;
+
+    std::string flag = args[*i];
+
+    std::string value = "";
+    trimFlag( flag, value );
+
+    if ( argMatches( flag ) )
+    {
+        if ( _alreadySet )
+			throw( CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString()) );
+
+        if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" )
+			throw( ArgParseException( 
+							"Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!",
+                             toString() ) );
+
+        if ( value == "" )
+        {
+            (*i)++;
+            if ( static_cast(*i) < args.size() ) 
+				_extractValue( args[*i] );
+            else
+				throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!",
+                                                    toString() ) );
+        }
+        else
+			_extractValue( value );
+				
+        _alreadySet = true;
+        _checkWithVisitor();
+        return true;
+    }	
+    else
+		return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of shortID.
+ */
+template
+std::string ValueArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return Arg::shortID( _typeDesc ); 
+}
+
+/**
+ * Implementation of longID.
+ */
+template
+std::string ValueArg::longID(const std::string& val) const
+{
+	static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn
+	return Arg::longID( _typeDesc ); 
+}
+
+template
+void ValueArg::_extractValue( const std::string& val ) 
+{
+    try {
+	ExtractValue(_value, val, typename ArgTraits::ValueCategory());
+    } catch( ArgParseException &e) {
+	throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString());
+    }
+    
+    if ( _constraint != NULL )
+	if ( ! _constraint->check( _value ) )
+	    throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val + 
+					  + "' does not meet constraint: " 
+					  + _constraint->description(),
+					  toString() ) );
+}
+
+template
+void ValueArg::reset()
+{
+	Arg::reset();
+	_value = _default;
+}
+
+} // namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/ValuesConstraint.h b/src/tclap/ValuesConstraint.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..235939c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/ValuesConstraint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  ValuesConstraint.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H
+#define TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include 
+#else
+#define HAVE_SSTREAM
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
+#include 
+#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
+#include 
+#else
+#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
+#endif
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A Constraint that constrains the Arg to only those values specified
+ * in the constraint.
+ */
+template
+class ValuesConstraint : public Constraint
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor. 
+		 * \param allowed - vector of allowed values. 
+		 */
+		ValuesConstraint(std::vector& allowed);	
+
+		/**
+		 * Virtual destructor.
+		 */
+		virtual ~ValuesConstraint() {}
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns a description of the Constraint. 
+		 */
+		virtual std::string description() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the short ID for the Constraint.
+		 */
+		virtual std::string shortID() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command
+		 * line meets the constraint.
+		 * \param value - The value that will be checked. 
+		 */
+		virtual bool check(const T& value) const;
+	
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The list of valid values. 
+		 */
+		std::vector _allowed;
+
+		/**
+		 * The string used to describe the allowed values of this constraint.
+		 */
+		std::string _typeDesc;
+
+};
+
+template
+ValuesConstraint::ValuesConstraint(std::vector& allowed)
+: _allowed(allowed)
+{ 
+    for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < _allowed.size(); i++ )
+    {
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM)
+        std::ostringstream os;
+#elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM)
+        std::ostrstream os;
+#else
+#error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!"
+#endif
+
+        os << _allowed[i];
+
+        std::string temp( os.str() ); 
+
+        if ( i > 0 )
+			_typeDesc += "|";
+        _typeDesc += temp;
+    }
+}
+
+template
+bool ValuesConstraint::check( const T& val ) const
+{
+	if ( std::find(_allowed.begin(),_allowed.end(),val) == _allowed.end() )
+		return false;
+	else 
+		return true;
+}
+
+template
+std::string ValuesConstraint::shortID() const
+{
+    return _typeDesc;	
+}
+
+template
+std::string ValuesConstraint::description() const
+{
+    return _typeDesc;	
+}
+
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif 
+
diff --git a/src/tclap/VersionVisitor.h b/src/tclap/VersionVisitor.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3e55921
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/VersionVisitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  VersionVisitor.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H
+#define TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A Vistor that will call the version method of the given CmdLineOutput
+ * for the specified CmdLine object and then exit.
+ */
+class VersionVisitor: public Visitor
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The CmdLine of interest.
+		 */
+		CmdLineInterface* _cmd;
+
+		/**
+		 * The output object. 
+		 */
+		CmdLineOutput** _out;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.
+		 * \param cmd - The CmdLine the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param out - The type of output. 
+		 */
+		VersionVisitor( CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out ) 
+				: Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { }
+
+		/**
+		 * Calls the version method of the output object using the
+		 * specified CmdLine.
+		 */
+		void visit() { 
+		    (*_out)->version(*_cmd); 
+		    throw ExitException(0); 
+		}
+
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/Visitor.h b/src/tclap/Visitor.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..38ddcbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/Visitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  Visitor.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_VISITOR_H
+#define TCLAP_VISITOR_H
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A base class that defines the interface for visitors.
+ */
+class Visitor
+{
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor. Does nothing.
+		 */
+		Visitor() { }
+
+		/**
+		 * Destructor. Does nothing.
+		 */
+		virtual ~Visitor() { }
+
+		/**
+		 * Does nothing. Should be overridden by child.
+		 */
+		virtual void visit() { }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tclap/XorHandler.h b/src/tclap/XorHandler.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..af68943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/XorHandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  XorHandler.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot .
+ *  Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno.
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H
+#define TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * This class handles lists of Arg's that are to be XOR'd on the command
+ * line.  This is used by CmdLine and you shouldn't ever use it.
+ */
+class XorHandler
+{
+	protected:
+
+		/**
+		 * The list of of lists of Arg's to be or'd together.
+		 */
+		std::vector< std::vector > _orList;
+
+	public:
+
+		/**
+		 * Constructor.  Does nothing.
+		 */
+		XorHandler( ) {}
+
+		/**
+		 * Add a list of Arg*'s that will be orred together.
+		 * \param ors - list of Arg* that will be xor'd.
+		 */
+		void add( std::vector& ors );
+			
+		/**
+		 * Checks whether the specified Arg is in one of the xor lists and
+		 * if it does match one, returns the size of the xor list that the
+		 * Arg matched.  If the Arg matches, then it also sets the rest of
+		 * the Arg's in the list. You shouldn't use this.  
+		 * \param a - The Arg to be checked.
+		 */
+		int check( const Arg* a );
+
+		/**
+		 * Returns the XOR specific short usage.
+		 */
+		std::string shortUsage();
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the XOR specific long usage.
+		 * \param os - Stream to print to.
+		 */
+		void printLongUsage(std::ostream& os);
+
+		/**
+		 * Simply checks whether the Arg is contained in one of the arg
+		 * lists.
+		 * \param a - The Arg to be checked.
+		 */
+		bool contains( const Arg* a );
+
+		std::vector< std::vector >& getXorList(); 
+
+};
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//BEGIN XOR.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+inline void XorHandler::add( std::vector& ors )
+{ 
+	_orList.push_back( ors );
+}
+
+inline int XorHandler::check( const Arg* a ) 
+{
+	// iterate over each XOR list
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < _orList.size(); i++ )
+	{
+		// if the XOR list contains the arg..
+		ArgVectorIterator ait = std::find( _orList[i].begin(), 
+		                                   _orList[i].end(), a );
+		if ( ait != _orList[i].end() )
+		{
+			// go through and set each arg that is not a
+			for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin(); 
+				  it != _orList[i].end(); 
+				  it++ )	
+				if ( a != (*it) )
+					(*it)->xorSet();
+
+			// return the number of required args that have now been set
+			if ( (*ait)->allowMore() )
+				return 0;
+			else
+				return static_cast(_orList[i].size());
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( a->isRequired() )
+		return 1;
+	else
+		return 0;
+}
+
+inline bool XorHandler::contains( const Arg* a )
+{
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < _orList.size(); i++ )
+		for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin(); 
+			  it != _orList[i].end(); 
+			  it++ )	
+			if ( a == (*it) )
+				return true;
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+inline std::vector< std::vector >& XorHandler::getXorList() 
+{
+	return _orList;
+}
+
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//END XOR.cpp
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+
+#endif 
diff --git a/src/tclap/ZshCompletionOutput.h b/src/tclap/ZshCompletionOutput.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1ed4381
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tclap/ZshCompletionOutput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*-
+
+/****************************************************************************** 
+ * 
+ *  file:  ZshCompletionOutput.h
+ * 
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006, Oliver Kiddle
+ *  All rights reverved.
+ * 
+ *  See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for
+ *  more information.
+ *  
+ *  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS 
+ *  OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
+ *  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
+ *  THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+ *  LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING 
+ *  FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER 
+ *  DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *  
+ *****************************************************************************/ 
+
+#ifndef TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H
+#define TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+namespace TCLAP {
+
+/**
+ * A class that generates a Zsh completion function as output from the usage()
+ * method for the given CmdLine and its Args.
+ */
+class ZshCompletionOutput : public CmdLineOutput
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		ZshCompletionOutput();
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the usage to stdout.  Can be overridden to 
+		 * produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden 
+		 * to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 */
+		virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage 
+		 * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior.
+		 * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. 
+		 * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. 
+		 */
+		virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c,
+						     ArgException& e );
+
+	protected:
+
+		void basename( std::string& s );
+		void quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s );
+
+		std::string getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a );
+		void printOption( Arg* it, std::string mutex );
+		void printArg( Arg* it );
+
+		std::map common;
+		char theDelimiter;
+};
+
+ZshCompletionOutput::ZshCompletionOutput()
+{
+	common["host"] = "_hosts";
+	common["hostname"] = "_hosts";
+	common["file"] = "_files";
+	common["filename"] = "_files";
+	common["user"] = "_users";
+	common["username"] = "_users";
+	common["directory"] = "_directories";
+	common["path"] = "_directories";
+	common["url"] = "_urls";
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd)
+{
+	std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl;
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd )
+{
+	std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList();
+	std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName();
+	std::string version = _cmd.getVersion();
+	theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter();
+	basename(progName);
+
+	std::cout << "#compdef " << progName << std::endl << std::endl <<
+		"# " << progName << " version " << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl << std::endl <<
+		"_arguments -s -S";
+
+	for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++)
+	{
+		if ( (*it)->shortID().at(0) == '<' )
+			printArg((*it));
+		else if ( (*it)->getFlag() != "-" )
+			printOption((*it), getMutexList(_cmd, *it));
+	}
+
+	std::cout << std::endl;
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd,
+				                ArgException& e )
+{
+	static_cast(_cmd); // unused
+	std::cout << e.what() << std::endl;
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s )
+{
+	size_t idx = s.find_last_of(':');
+	while ( idx != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.insert(idx, 1, '\\');
+		idx = s.find_last_of(':', idx);
+	}
+	idx = s.find_last_of('\'');
+	while ( idx != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.insert(idx, "'\\'");
+		if (idx == 0)
+			idx = std::string::npos;
+		else
+			idx = s.find_last_of('\'', --idx);
+	}
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::basename( std::string& s )
+{
+	size_t p = s.find_last_of('/');
+	if ( p != std::string::npos )
+	{
+		s.erase(0, p + 1);
+	}
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printArg(Arg* a)
+{
+	static int count = 1;
+
+	std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << "  '";
+	if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() )
+		std::cout << '*';
+	else
+		std::cout << count++;
+	std::cout << ':';
+	if ( !a->isRequired() )
+		std::cout << ':';
+
+	std::cout << a->getName() << ':';
+	std::map::iterator compArg = common.find(a->getName());
+	if ( compArg != common.end() )
+	{
+		std::cout << compArg->second;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		std::cout << "_guard \"^-*\" " << a->getName();
+	}
+	std::cout << '\'';
+}
+
+inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printOption(Arg* a, std::string mutex)
+{
+	std::string flag = a->flagStartChar() + a->getFlag();
+	std::string name = a->nameStartString() + a->getName();
+	std::string desc = a->getDescription();
+
+	// remove full stop and capitalisation from description as
+	// this is the convention for zsh function
+	if (!desc.compare(0, 12, "(required)  "))
+	{
+		desc.erase(0, 12);
+	}
+	if (!desc.compare(0, 15, "(OR required)  "))
+	{
+		desc.erase(0, 15);
+	}
+	size_t len = desc.length();
+	if (len && desc.at(--len) == '.')
+	{
+		desc.erase(len);
+	}
+	if (len)
+	{
+		desc.replace(0, 1, 1, tolower(desc.at(0)));
+	}
+
+	std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << "  '" << mutex;
+
+	if ( a->getFlag().empty() )
+	{
+		std::cout << name;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		std::cout << "'{" << flag << ',' << name << "}'";
+	}
+	if ( theDelimiter == '=' && a->isValueRequired() )
+		std::cout << "=-";
+	quoteSpecialChars(desc);
+	std::cout << '[' << desc << ']';
+
+	if ( a->isValueRequired() )
+	{
+		std::string arg = a->shortID();
+		arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1);
+		if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' )
+			arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
+		if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' )
+		{
+			arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
+		}
+		if ( arg.at(0) == '<' )
+		{
+			arg.erase(arg.length()-1);
+			arg.erase(0, 1);
+		}
+		size_t p = arg.find('|');
+		if ( p != std::string::npos )
+		{
+			do
+			{
+				arg.replace(p, 1, 1, ' ');
+			}
+			while ( (p = arg.find_first_of('|', p)) != std::string::npos );
+			quoteSpecialChars(arg);
+			std::cout << ": :(" << arg << ')';
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			std::cout << ':' << arg;
+			std::map::iterator compArg = common.find(arg);
+			if ( compArg != common.end() )
+			{
+				std::cout << ':' << compArg->second;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	std::cout << '\'';
+}
+
+inline std::string ZshCompletionOutput::getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a)
+{
+	XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler();
+	std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList();
+	
+	if (a->getName() == "help" || a->getName() == "version")
+	{
+		return "(-)";
+	}
+
+	std::ostringstream list;
+	if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() )
+	{
+		list << '*';
+	}
+
+	for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ )
+	{
+		for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin();
+			it != xorList[i].end();
+			it++)
+		if ( a == (*it) )
+		{
+			list << '(';
+			for ( ArgVectorIterator iu = xorList[i].begin();
+				iu != xorList[i].end();
+				iu++ )
+			{
+				bool notCur = (*iu) != a;
+				bool hasFlag = !(*iu)->getFlag().empty();
+				if ( iu != xorList[i].begin() && (notCur || hasFlag) )
+					list << ' ';
+				if (hasFlag)
+					list << (*iu)->flagStartChar() << (*iu)->getFlag() << ' ';
+				if ( notCur || hasFlag )
+					list << (*iu)->nameStartString() << (*iu)->getName();
+			}
+			list << ')';
+			return list.str();
+		}
+	}
+	
+	// wasn't found in xor list
+	if (!a->getFlag().empty()) {
+		list << "(" << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag() << ' ' <<
+			a->nameStartString() << a->getName() << ')';
+	}
+	
+	return list.str();
+}
+
+} //namespace TCLAP
+#endif
diff --git a/translations/universalindent.ts b/translations/universalindent.ts
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f4abf36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/translations/universalindent.ts
@@ -0,0 +1,1095 @@
+
+
+
+
+    AboutDialog
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+                  OK          
+        
+    
+
+
+    FindDialog
+    
+        
+        Find
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find what:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find options
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match case
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match whole word
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Search forward
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Use Regular Expressions
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find Next
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Close
+        
+    
+
+
+    IndentHandler
+    
+        
+        No indenter ini files
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter ini files in the directory "
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        No indenter executable
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Returned error message:</b> 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Reason could be:</b> 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        <br><b>Callstring was:</b> 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Error calling Indenter
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indent console output was:</b> 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter returned error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter ini file header error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Interpreter needed
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        wine not installed
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Load Indenter Config File
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+O
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Indenter Config File
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+S
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Create Indenter Call Shell Script
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Reset indenter parameters
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Resets all indenter parameters to the default values.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose indenter config file
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save indent config file
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Shell Script
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save shell script
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Really reset parameters?
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values?
+        
+    
+
+
+    MainWindow
+    
+        
+        
+        Line %1, Column %2
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Error opening file
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Cannot read the file 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Supported by indenter
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose source code file
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save source code file
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF Document
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Export source code file
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML Document
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Modified code
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        The source code has been modified.
+Do you want to save your changes?
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Set the syntax highlightning to 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        File no longer exists
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist.
+        
+    
+
+
+    MainWindowUi
+    
+        
+        UniversalIndentGUI
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        File
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Export
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Recently Opened Files
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Reopen File with other Encoding
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File As with other Encoding
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Settings
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Syntax Highlighter
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Help
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter Settings
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Main Toolbar
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+O
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+S
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Save Source File As...
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Shift+S
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Quits the UniversalIndentGUI.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Q
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as PDF document
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as HTML document
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Parameter Tooltips
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        White Space Visible
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Set white space visible
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto Open Last File
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto open last source file on startup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens last source code file on startup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Check for update
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear Recently Opened List
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Show Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging information.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application.
+        
+    
+
+
+    SettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        Settings
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Common
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Application language
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Automatically open last file on startup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable Parameter Tooltips
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Number of files in recently opened list
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Editor
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.)
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Sets width in single spaces used for tabs
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displayed width of tabs
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Network
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Check online for update on program start
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable proxy
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port number to connect to the before named proxy.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        User name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Password:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable syntax highlighting
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Highlighter settings
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the font for the current selected highlighter property.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Font
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the color for the current selected highlighter property.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Color
+        
+    
+
+
+    TSLoggerDialog
+    
+        
+        Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Logged messages
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        ...
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Open folder containing log file.
+        
+    
+
+
+    ToolBarWidget
+    
+        
+        Form
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlight
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        About
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiErrorMessage
+    
+        
+        Show this message again
+        
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiIndentServer
+    
+        
+        UiGUI Server
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Unable to start the server: %1.
+        
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiSettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        English
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        French
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        German
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Chinese (Taiwan)
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Japanese
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Russian
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Ukrainian
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Unknown language mnemonic 
+        
+    
+
+
+    UpdateCheckDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking for update...
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking whether a newer version is available
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Update check error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Update available
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+Your version is %1. New version is %2.
+Do you want to go to the download website?
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        No new update available
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI.
+        
+    
+
+
diff --git a/translations/universalindent_de.ts b/translations/universalindent_de.ts
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..24e1fe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/translations/universalindent_de.ts
@@ -0,0 +1,1131 @@
+
+
+
+
+    AboutDialog
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        Über UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </span></p></body></html>
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">... ist eine Betriebssystem unabhängige, grafische Benutzeroberfläche für nahezu beliebige Quellcode Formatierer wie GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP und weitere. Hauptmerkmal ist eine Vorschau, welche es ermöglicht direkt zu sehen, welche Auswirkungen eine Änderung der Einstellungen des Quellcode Formatierers auf den Code haben.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';"><br />Entwickelt von : <a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">Projekt Homepage : <a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">Lizenz: UniversalIndentGui wird unter der Lizenz GPL 2 veröffentlicht. Details können in der Datei LICENSE.GPL oder auf <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html">nachgelesen werden.<span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a>.</p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">Credits:</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+                  OK          
+                  OK          
+    
+
+
+    FindDialog
+    
+        
+        Find
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find what:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find options
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match case
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match whole word
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Search forward
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Use Regular Expressions
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find Next
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Close
+        
+    
+
+
+    IndentHandler
+    
+        
+        No indenter executable
+        Keine ausführbare Formatierer Datei
+    
+    
+        
+        Error calling Indenter
+        Fehler beim Aufruf des Formatierers
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter returned error
+        Fehler beim Ausführen des Formatierers
+    
+    
+        
+        wine not installed
+        wine nicht installiert
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter.
+        Es existiert nur eine Win32 Version des Formatierers, für dessen Ausführung wine benötigt wird. Wine scheint nicht installiert zu sein. Bitte installieren Sie es.
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Returned error message:</b> 
+        <b>Zurückgegebene Fehlermeldung:</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Reason could be:</b> 
+        <b>Grund könnte sein:</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> 
+        <b>Zurückgegebener Exit Code ist:</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indent console output was:</b> 
+        <b>Ausgabe des Formatierers war:</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        <br><b>Callstring was:</b> 
+        <br><b>Der Aufruf lautete:</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        No indenter ini files
+        Keine Indenter ini-Dateien
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter ini files in the directory "
+        Es wurden keine ini-Dateien für Indenter gefunden. Suchpfad war "
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment.
+        Es wurde kein ausführbarer Formatierer mit dem Namen "%1" in dem Verzeichnis "%2" oder global über die Pathvariable gefunden.
+    
+    
+        
+        <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre>
+        <br><br><b>Ausgabe des Formatierers:</b><pre>
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter ini file header error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Interpreter needed
+        Interpreter benötigt
+    
+    
+        
+        To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings.
+        Um den gewählten Formatierer benutzen zu können, muss das Programm "%1" global aufrufbar sein. Sie sollten den Pfad des Programms der Pathvariablen hinzufügen.
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Zeigt den aktuell gewählten und alle verfügbaren Formatierer an.</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters.
+        Öffnet die Webseite mit dem Benutzerhandbuch des gewählten Formatierers, wo Sie weitere Informationen zu den möglichen Parametern erhalten.
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings.
+        Erzeugt ein Shell Skript mit dem sich der momentan gewählte Formatierer mit den momentanen Einstellungen zum Formatieren einer Datei aufrufen lässt.
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose indenter config file
+        Formatierer Konfigurationsdatei wählen
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        Alle Dateien
+    
+    
+        
+        Save indent config file
+        Formatierer Konfiguration speichern
+    
+    
+        
+        Shell Script
+        Shell Skript
+    
+    
+        
+        Save shell script
+        Shell Skript speichern
+    
+    
+        
+        Load Indenter Config File
+        Formatierer Konfiguration laden
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter.
+        Öffnet ein Dialogfenster zum Laden einer Konfigurationsdatei des momentan gewählten Formatierers.
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+O
+        Alt+O
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Indenter Config File
+        Formatierer Konfiguration speichern
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file.
+        Öffnet ein Dialogfenster zum Speichern der Konfigurationsdatei des momentan gewählten Formatierers.
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+S
+        Alt+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Create Indenter Call Shell Script
+        Formatierer Shell Skript erzeugen
+    
+    
+        
+        Reset indenter parameters
+        Parameter des Formatierers zurücksetzen
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Resets all indenter parameters to the default values.
+        Alle Parameter des Formatierers auf Standardwerte zurücksetzen.
+    
+    
+        
+        Really reset parameters?
+        Wirklich alle Parameter zurücksetzen?
+    
+    
+        
+        Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values?
+        Wollen Sie wirklich alle Parameter des Formatierers auf die Standardwerte zurücksetzen?
+    
+
+
+    MainWindow
+    
+        
+        
+        Error opening file
+        Fehler beim Dateiöffnen
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Cannot read the file 
+         Kann folgende Datei nicht lesen
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose source code file
+        Quellcodedatei wählen
+    
+    
+        
+        Save source code file
+        Quellcodedatei speichern
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Export source code file
+        Quellcode exportieren
+    
+    
+        
+        The source code has been modified.
+Do you want to save your changes?
+        Die Quellcodedatei wurde geändert.
+Möchten Sie die Änderungen speichern?
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Supported by indenter
+        Von Formatierer unterstützt
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        Alle Dateien
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF Document
+        PDF Dokument
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML Document
+        HTML Dokument
+    
+    
+        
+        Modified code
+        Geänderter Quellcode
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        Die momentan geöffnete Quellcodedatei erneut öffnen, unter Verwendung der Textkodierung 
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Set the syntax highlightning to 
+        Setzte Syntax-Hervorhebung für 
+    
+    
+        
+        File no longer exists
+        Datei existiert nicht mehr
+    
+    
+        
+        The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist.
+        Die Datei %1 in der Liste der zuletzt geöffneten Dateien existiert nicht mehr.
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        Die momentan geöffnete Quellcodedatei speichern, unter Verwendung der Textkodierung 
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Line %1, Column %2
+        Zeile %1, Spalte %2
+    
+
+
+    MainWindowUi
+    
+        
+        UniversalIndentGUI
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        File
+        Datei
+    
+    
+        
+        Export
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Recently Opened Files
+        Zuletzt geöffnete Dateien
+    
+    
+        
+        Reopen File with other Encoding
+        Datei mit anderer Kodierung erneut öffnen
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File As with other Encoding
+        Quellcodedatei mit anderer Kodierung speichern
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Settings
+        Einstellungen
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Syntax Highlighter
+        Setze Syntax Highlighter
+    
+    
+        
+        Help
+        Hilfe
+    
+    
+        
+        Main Toolbar
+        Hauptmenüleiste
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File
+        Quellcodedatei öffnen
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.
+        Öffnet ein Dialogfenster zur Auswahl der Quellcodedatei.
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+O
+        Ctrl+O
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File
+        Speichern des Quellcodes
+    
+    
+        
+        Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file.
+        Speichert den momentan sichtbaren Quellcode unter dem zuletzt gewählten Dateinamen.
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+S
+        Ctrl+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code.
+        Öffnet ein Dialogfenster zur Auswahl des Dateinamens unter dem der momentan sichtbare Quellcode gespeichert werden soll.
+    
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        Über UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI.
+        Zeigt Informationen über UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        Beenden
+    
+    
+        
+        Quits the UniversalIndentGUI.
+        Beendet UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Q
+        Ctrl+Q
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF
+        PDF
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as PDF document
+        Exportiert den momentan sichtbaren Quellcode als PDF Dokument
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML
+        HTML
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as HTML document
+        Exportiert den momentan sichtbaren Quellcode als HTML Dokument
+    
+    
+        
+        Parameter Tooltips
+        Parameter Tooltips
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        Zeigt Tooltips zu den Formatierer Einstellungen an, wenn aktiviert.
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        Echtzeit Formatieransicht
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        Strg+L
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        Syntax Hervorhebung
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code.
+        Aktiviert oder deaktiviert die Syntaxhervorhebung des Quellcodes.
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        Aktiviert oder deaktiviert die Syntaxhervorhebung des Quellcodes.
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        White Space Visible
+        Leerzeichen sichtbar
+    
+    
+        
+        Set white space visible
+        Stelle Leerzeichen dar
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        Aktiviert oder deaktiviert die Darstellung von Leerzeichen im Editor.
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto Open Last File
+        Letzte Datei automatisch öffnen
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto open last source file on startup
+        Bei Porgrammstart letzte Datei automatisch öffnen
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens last source code file on startup
+        Wenn aktiviert, dann wird die zuletzt geöffnete Datei bei Progrannstart automatisch geladen
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog
+        Öffnet das Einstellungsmenü
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc.
+        Öffnet das Einstellungsmenü, für Sprache usw.
+    
+    
+        
+        Check for update
+        Auf Update prüfen
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+        Prüft ob eine neue Version von UniversalIndentGUI zum Download verfügbar ist.
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear Recently Opened List
+        Liste zuletzt geöffneter Dateien leeren
+    
+    
+        
+        Show Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging information.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter Settings
+        Indenter Einstellungen
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Save Source File As...
+        Speichern unter...
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Shift+S
+        Strg+Shift+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        Strg+H
+    
+
+
+    SettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        Common
+        Allgemein
+    
+    
+        
+        Settings
+        Einstellungen
+    
+    
+        
+        Automatically open last file on startup
+        Letzte Datei automatisch öffnen
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable Parameter Tooltips
+        Parameter Tooltips aktivieren
+    
+    
+        
+        Editor
+        Editor
+    
+    
+        
+        Highlighter settings
+        Syntaxhervorhebung
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Font
+        Schriftart
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Color
+        Farbe
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one.
+        Zeigt alle für UniversalIndentGui zum Auswählen verfügbaren Übersetzungen an.
+    
+    
+        
+        Application language
+        Programmsprache
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time.
+        Wenn aktiviert, dann wird die zuletzt geöffnete Datei bei Progrannstart automatisch geladen.
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        Zeigt Tooltips zu den Formatierer Einstellungen an, wenn aktiviert.
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files.
+        Legt fest wieviele Einträge in der Liste der zuletzt geöffneten Dateien möglich sein sollen.
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        Aktiviert oder deaktiviert die Darstellung von Leerzeichen, Tbs usw. im Editor.
+    
+    
+        
+        Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.)
+        Leerzeichen, Tabs usw. darstellen
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character.
+        Legt fest wie viele Zeichen breit ein Tabulator dargestellt werden soll.
+    
+    
+        
+        Sets width in single spaces used for tabs
+        Legt die Breite eines Tabs fest
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab.
+        Legt fest wie viele Zeichen breit ein Tabulator dargestellt werden soll.
+    
+    
+        
+        Displayed width of tabs
+        Breite eines Tabs
+    
+    
+        
+        Network
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable proxy
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port number to connect to the before named proxy.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        User name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Password:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        Syntax Hervorhebung
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        Aktiviert oder deaktiviert die Syntaxhervorhebung des Quellcodes.
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable syntax highlighting
+        Syntaxhervorhebung aktivieren
+    
+    
+        
+        Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color.
+        Einstellungen für die verschiedenen Syntaxhervorhebungen, wie Schriftart und Farbe.
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the font for the current selected highlighter property.
+        Schriftart für die gewählte Syntaxeigenschaft festlegen.
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the color for the current selected highlighter property.
+        Farbe für die gewählte Syntaxeigenschaft festlegen.
+    
+    
+        
+        Number of files in recently opened list
+        Anzahl der Einträge in zuletzt geöffnet Liste
+    
+    
+        
+        Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day.
+        Prüft bei Programmstart ob eine neue Version von UniversalIndentGUI zum Download verfügbar ist, prüft aber nur einmal täglich.
+    
+    
+        
+        Check online for update on program start
+        Auf Update bei Programmstart prüfen
+    
+
+
+    TSLoggerDialog
+    
+        
+        Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Logged messages
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        ...
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Open folder containing log file.
+        
+    
+
+
+    ToolBarWidget
+    
+        
+        Form
+        Form
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Öffnet ein Dialogfenster zur Auswahl der Quellcodedatei.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Anhand dieser Datei werden die Auswirkungen des Formatierers dargestellt.</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File 
+        Quellcodedatei öffnen
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Schaltet die Voransicht für die Auswirkungen des Formatierers ein und aus.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Bedeutet es wird zwischen formatiertem und unformatiertem Code gewechselt. (Strg+L)</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        Echtzeit Formatieransicht
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        Strg+L
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Schaltet die Syntaxhervorhebung für den Quellcode ein und aus.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">(Benötigt noch Performanz Verbesserungen.) (Strg+H)</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlight
+        Syntax Hervorhebung
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        Strg-H
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Zeigt Informationen über UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        About
+        Info
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Beendet UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        Beenden
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiErrorMessage
+    
+        
+        Show this message again
+        Meldung immer wieder anzeigen
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiIndentServer
+    
+        
+        UiGUI Server
+        UiGUI Server
+    
+    
+        
+        Unable to start the server: %1.
+        Konnte Server nicht starten: %1.
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiSettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        English
+        Englisch
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        German
+        Deutsch
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Japanese
+        Japanisch
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Unknown language mnemonic 
+        Unbekanntes Sprachkürzel 
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Chinese (Taiwan)
+        Chinesisch (Taiwan)
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        French
+        Französisch
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Russian
+        Russisch
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Ukrainian
+        Ukrainisch
+    
+
+
+    UpdateCheckDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking for update...
+        Prüfe auf Update...
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking whether a newer version is available
+        Prüfe ob eine neuere Version verfügbar ist
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Update check error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Update available
+        Update verfügbar
+    
+    
+        
+        A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+Your version is %1. New version is %2.
+Do you want to go to the download website?
+        Eine neuere Version von UniversalIndentGUI ist verfügbar.
+Ihre Version ist %1. Die neue Version ist %2.
+Wollen Sie zur Download Website geleitet werden?
+    
+    
+        
+        No new update available
+        Kein Update verfügbar
+    
+    
+        
+        You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI.
+        Sie haben bereits die aktuellste Version von UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+
+
diff --git a/translations/universalindent_fr.ts b/translations/universalindent_fr.ts
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9285367
--- /dev/null
+++ b/translations/universalindent_fr.ts
@@ -0,0 +1,1119 @@
+
+
+
+
+    AboutDialog
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        À propos d'UniversalIdentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </span></p></body></html>
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">… est une surcouche graphique multiplateforme pour de nombreux outils de formatage, embellisseurs et indenteurs de code tels GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP, etc. La fonctionnalité principale en est une vue « temps réel » qui permet de juger immédiatement de l'impact du choix d'une option de formatage sur le code source.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"><br />Créé par : <a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p><p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Site du projet : <a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">License : UniversalIndentGui est diffusé sous licence GPL 2. Pour plus de détails, lire le fichier inclus LICENSE.GPL et visiter <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a>.</p><p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Crédits :</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+                  OK          
+        OK
+    
+
+
+    FindDialog
+    
+        
+        Find
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find what:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find options
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match case
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match whole word
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Search forward
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Use Regular Expressions
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find Next
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Close
+        
+    
+
+
+    IndentHandler
+    
+        
+        No indenter executable
+        Pas de fichier exécutable d'indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        wine not installed
+        Wine n'est pas installé
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter.
+        Il n'existe qu'une version win32 du fichier exécutable de l'indenteur et Wine ne semble pas installé. Prière d'installer Wine pour être en mesure de lancer le logiciel.
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Returned error message:</b> 
+        <b>Message d'erreur retourné :</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Reason could be:</b> 
+        <b>La raison peut en être :</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        Error calling Indenter
+        Erreur lors de l'appel de l'indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> 
+        <b>L'indenteur a renvoyé le code de retour suivant :</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indent console output was:</b> 
+        <b>La sortie console est :</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter returned error
+        L'indenteur a retourné l'erreur suivante
+    
+    
+        
+        No indenter ini files
+        Pas de fichier ini pour l'indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter ini files in the directory "
+        Il n'y a aucun fichier ini d'indenteur dans le répertoire "
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment.
+        Il n'y a aucun fichier exécutable d'indenteur de nom « %1 » dans le répertoire « %2 » ou dans l'environnement global.
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        <br><b>Callstring was:</b> 
+        <br><b>La valeur passée était :</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre>
+        <br><br><b>La sortie de l'indenteur était :</b><pre>
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter ini file header error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Interpreter needed
+        Interpréteur nécessaire
+    
+    
+        
+        To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings.
+        Pour utiliser l'indenteur chois, le programme « %1 » doit être disponible dans l'environnement global. Vous devriez l'ajouter dans votre PATH.
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Montre le nom de l'indenteur actuellement sélectionné et vous propose les autres indenteurs disponibles</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters.
+        Vous conduit au manuel en ligne de l'indenteur actuellement sélectionné, où vous pouvez obtenir plus d'aide sur les paramètres possibles.
+    
+    
+        
+        Load Indenter Config File
+        Charger un fichier de configuration d'indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter.
+        Ouvrir une boite de dialogue d'ouverture de fichier pour charger le fichier de configuration d'origine de l'indenteur.
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+O
+        Alt+O
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Indenter Config File
+        Enregistrer le fichier de configuration de l'indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file.
+        Ouvrir une boite de dialogue d'enregistrement de fichier pour enregistrer le fichier de configuration de l'indenteur.
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+S
+        Alt+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Create Indenter Call Shell Script
+        Créer un script shell d'appel de l'indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings.
+        Créé un script shell qui appelle l'indenteur actuellement sélectionné pour l'appliquer à un fichier passé en paramètre avec les réglages actuels.
+    
+    
+        
+        Reset indenter parameters
+        Réinitialiser les paramètres de l'indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Resets all indenter parameters to the default values.
+        Réinitialiser tous les paramètres de l'indenteur à leur valeur par défaut.
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose indenter config file
+        Sélectionner le fichier de configuration de l'indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        Tous les fichiers
+    
+    
+        
+        Save indent config file
+        Enregistrer le fichier de configuration de l'indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        Shell Script
+        Script shell
+    
+    
+        
+        Save shell script
+        Sauvegarder le script shell
+    
+    
+        
+        Really reset parameters?
+        Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir réinitialiser les paramètres de l'indenteur ?
+    
+    
+        
+        Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values?
+        Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir réinitialiser tous les paramètres de l'indenteur à leur valeur par défaut ?
+    
+
+
+    MainWindow
+    
+        
+        
+        Error opening file
+        Erreur à l'ouverture du fichier
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Cannot read the file 
+        Lecture du fichier impossible 
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Supported by indenter
+        Supporté par l'indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        Tous les fichiers
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose source code file
+        Sélectionner le fichier de code source
+    
+    
+        
+        Save source code file
+        Enregistrer le fichier de code source
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF Document
+        Document PDF
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Export source code file
+        Exporter le fichier de code source
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML Document
+        Document HTML
+    
+    
+        
+        Modified code
+        Code modifié
+    
+    
+        
+        The source code has been modified.
+Do you want to save your changes?
+        Le code source a été modifié.
+Souhaitez-vous enregistrer vos modifications ?
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        Réouvrir le fichier de code source en utilisant le schéma d'encodage du texte 
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Line %1, Column %2
+        Ligne %1, Colonne %2
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        Enregistrer le code source en cours d'édition en utilisant le schéma d'encodage du texte 
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Set the syntax highlightning to 
+        Régler la coloration syntaxique sur 
+    
+    
+        
+        File no longer exists
+        Le fichier n'existe plus
+    
+    
+        
+        The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist.
+        Le fichier %1 de la liste des fichiers récents n'existe plus.
+    
+
+
+    MainWindowUi
+    
+        
+        UniversalIndentGUI
+        UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter
+        Indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        File
+        Fichier
+    
+    
+        
+        Export
+        Export
+    
+    
+        
+        Recently Opened Files
+        Fichiers ouverts récemment
+    
+    
+        
+        Reopen File with other Encoding
+        Réouvrir le fichier avec un autre encodage
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File As with other Encoding
+        Enregistrer le fichier Sous… avec un autre encodage
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Settings
+        Préférences
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Syntax Highlighter
+        Choisir l'outil de coloration syntaxique
+    
+    
+        
+        Help
+        Aide
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter Settings
+        Réglages de l'indenteur
+    
+    
+        
+        Main Toolbar
+        Barre d'outils principale
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File
+        Ouvrir un fichier source
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.
+        Ouvrir une boite de dialogue pour choisir un fichier source.
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+O
+        Ctrl+O
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File
+        Enregistrer le fichier source
+    
+    
+        
+        Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file.
+        Enregistrer le code source en cours d'édition dans le dernier fichier ouvert ou sauvegardé.
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+S
+        Ctrl+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code.
+        Ouvrir une boite de dialogue d'enregistrement de fichier pour enregistrer le code source en cours d'édition.
+    
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        À propos d'UniversalIdentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI.
+        Informations à propos d'UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        Quitter
+    
+    
+        
+        Quits the UniversalIndentGUI.
+        Quitte le logiciel UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Q
+        Ctrl+Q
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF
+        PDF
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as PDF document
+        Exporte  le code source en cours d'édition en format PDF
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML
+        HTML
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as HTML document
+        Exporte le code source en cours d'édition en format HTML
+    
+    
+        
+        Parameter Tooltips
+        Bulle d'aide de paramètre
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        Si coché, les bulles d'aide apparaitront si le curseur de la souris s'immobilise sur un paramètre d'indenteur quelque temps.
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        Prévisualisation « temps réel » de l'indentation
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        Ctrl+L
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        Coloration syntaxique
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code.
+        (Dés-)active la coloration syntaxique du code.
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        L'activation met en valeur les mots-clefs du code source.
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        White Space Visible
+        Voir les espaces blancs
+    
+    
+        
+        Set white space visible
+        Rend les espaces blancs
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        (Dés-)active l'affichage des espaces blancs dans l'éditeur.
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto Open Last File
+        Réouverture automatique du dernier fichier
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto open last source file on startup
+        Rouvre automatiquement au démarrage du programme le dernier fichier ouvert
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens last source code file on startup
+        Si activé, rouvre automatiquement au démarrage du programme le dernier fichier ouvert
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog
+        Ouvrir la boite de dialogue des préférences
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc.
+        Ouvrir la boite de dialogue des préférences, pour choisir la langue de l'interface, etc.
+    
+    
+        
+        Check for update
+        Vérifier les mises à jour
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+        Recherche en ligne si une nouvelle version d'UniversalIndentGUI est disponible.
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear Recently Opened List
+        Vider la liste des fichiers récemment ouverts
+    
+    
+        
+        Show Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging information.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Save Source File As...
+        Enregistrer le fichier source Sous…
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Shift+S
+        Ctrl+Shift+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        Ctrl+H
+    
+
+
+    SettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        Settings
+        Préférences
+    
+    
+        
+        Common
+        Général
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one.
+        Affiche toutes les versions linguistiques d'UniversalIndentGui et vous permet d'en sélectionner une.
+    
+    
+        
+        Application language
+        Langue de l'application
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time.
+        Si cativé, ouvre le fichier de code source qui était ouvert la dernière fois.
+    
+    
+        
+        Automatically open last file on startup
+        Réouverture automatique du dernier fichier
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        Si coché, les bulles d'aide apparaitront si le curseur de la souris s'immobilise sur un paramètre d'indenteur quelque temps.
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable Parameter Tooltips
+        Activer les bulles d'aide sur les paramètres
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files.
+        Définit combien de noms de fichiers apparaissent dans la liste des fichiers récemment ouverts.
+    
+    
+        
+        Number of files in recently opened list
+        Nombre de fichiers dans la liste des fichiers récents
+    
+    
+        
+        Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day.
+        Recherche si une nouvelle version d'UniversalIndentGUI est disponible au démarrage du programme, mais une fois par jour seulement.
+    
+    
+        
+        Check online for update on program start
+        Rechercher si une nouvelle version est disponible au démarrage du programme
+    
+    
+        
+        Editor
+        Éditeur
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        (Dés-)active l'affichage des espaces blancs dans l'éditeur.
+    
+    
+        
+        Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.)
+        Afficher les espaces blancs (tabulations, espaces, etc.)
+    
+    
+        
+        Sets width in single spaces used for tabs
+        Régler la largeur en espaces simples pour les tabulations
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab.
+        Définit combien d'espaces blancs doivent être affichés pour une tabulation, dans l'éditeur.
+    
+    
+        
+        Displayed width of tabs
+        Affiche la largeur des tabulations
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character.
+        Définit combien d'espaces blancs doivent être affichés pour une tabulation, dans l'éditeur.
+    
+    
+        
+        Network
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable proxy
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port number to connect to the before named proxy.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        User name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Password:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        Coloration syntaxique
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        L'activation met en valeur les mots-clefs du code source.
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable syntax highlighting
+        Activer la coloration syntaxique
+    
+    
+        
+        Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color.
+        Vous permet de régler toutes les propriétés des outils de coloration syntaxique disponibles, comme la police de caractère et la couleur.
+    
+    
+        
+        Highlighter settings
+        Réglage de l'outil de coloration syntaxique
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the font for the current selected highlighter property.
+        Choisir la police de caractère comme propriété de l'outil de coloration syntaxique sélectionné.
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Font
+        Choisir la police
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the color for the current selected highlighter property.
+        Choisir la couleur comme propriété de l'outil de coloration syntaxique sélectionné.
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Color
+        Choisir la couleur
+    
+
+
+    TSLoggerDialog
+    
+        
+        Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Logged messages
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        ...
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Open folder containing log file.
+        
+    
+
+
+    ToolBarWidget
+    
+        
+        Form
+        Formulaire
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Ouvrir une boite de dialogue pour choisir un fichier source.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Ce fichier va être utilisé pour montrer les altérations apportées par l'outil d'indentation.</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File 
+        Ouvrir un fichier source
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">(Dés-)active la prévisualisation du code source reformaté.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">En d'autres termes, bascule entre code source formaté et non formaté.  (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        Prévisualisation « temps réel » de l'indentation
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        Ctrl+L
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">(Dés-)active la coloration syntaxique du code</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">source présenté ci-dessous. (nécessite encore des améliorations de performances) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlight
+        Coloration syntaxique
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        Ctrl+H
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Présente des informations à propos d'UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        About
+        À propos
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quitter UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        Quitter
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiErrorMessage
+    
+        
+        Show this message again
+        Afficher ce message à nouveau
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiIndentServer
+    
+        
+        UiGUI Server
+        Serveur UIGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Unable to start the server: %1.
+        Impossible de démarrer le serveur : %1.
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiSettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        English
+        Anglais
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        French
+        Français
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        German
+        Allemand
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Chinese (Taiwan)
+        Chinois (Taïwan)
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Japanese
+        Japonais
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Russian
+        Russe
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Ukrainian
+        Ukrainien
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Unknown language mnemonic 
+        Mnémonique de langue inconnue
+    
+
+
+    UpdateCheckDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking for update...
+        Rechercher les mises à jour…
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking whether a newer version is available
+        Rechercher si une nouvelle version est disponible
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Update check error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Update available
+        Mise à jour disponible 
+    
+    
+        
+        A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+Your version is %1. New version is %2.
+Do you want to go to the download website?
+        Une nouvelle version d'UniversalIndentGUI est disponible.
+Votre version est %1. La nouvelle version est %2.
+Voulez-vous allez sur le site de téléchargement ?
+    
+    
+        
+        No new update available
+        Aucune mise à jour disponible
+    
+    
+        
+        You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI.
+        Vous possédez déjà la dernière version d'UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+
+
diff --git a/translations/universalindent_ja.ts b/translations/universalindent_ja.ts
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a68da8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/translations/universalindent_ja.ts
@@ -0,0 +1,1095 @@
+
+
+
+
+    AboutDialog
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        UniversalIndentGUI について
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+                  OK          
+        
+    
+
+
+    FindDialog
+    
+        
+        Find
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find what:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find options
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match case
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match whole word
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Search forward
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Use Regular Expressions
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find Next
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Close
+        
+    
+
+
+    IndentHandler
+    
+        
+        No indenter executable
+        インデントツールの実行ファイルがありません
+    
+    
+        
+        wine not installed
+        wine がインストールされていません
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter.
+        インデントツールの実行ファイルは win32 形式のものしか存在しません。インデントツールを実行するために wine をインストールしてください。 
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Returned error message:</b> 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Reason could be:</b> 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Error calling Indenter
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indent console output was:</b> 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        <br><b>Callstring was:</b> 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        No indenter ini files
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter ini files in the directory "
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter returned error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter ini file header error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Interpreter needed
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose indenter config file
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save indent config file
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Shell Script
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save shell script
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Load Indenter Config File
+        インデントツールの設定ファイルを開く
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter.
+        インデントツールの設定ファイルの読み込みダイアログを開きます。
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+O
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Indenter Config File
+        インデントツールの設定ファイルを保存
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file.
+        現在のインデントツールの設定をファイルに保存するためのダイアログを開きます。
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+S
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Create Indenter Call Shell Script
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Reset indenter parameters
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Resets all indenter parameters to the default values.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Really reset parameters?
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values?
+        
+    
+
+
+    MainWindow
+    
+        
+        
+        Error opening file
+        ファイルの読み込みエラーが発生しました
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Cannot read the file 
+        次のファイルを開けませんでした。: 
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Supported by indenter
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose source code file
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save source code file
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF Document
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Export source code file
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML Document
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Modified code
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        The source code has been modified.
+Do you want to save your changes?
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Set the syntax highlightning to 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        File no longer exists
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Line %1, Column %2
+        
+    
+
+
+    MainWindowUi
+    
+        
+        UniversalIndentGUI
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter
+        インデントツール
+    
+    
+        
+        File
+        ファイル
+    
+    
+        
+        Export
+        エクスポート
+    
+    
+        
+        Recently Opened Files
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Reopen File with other Encoding
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File As with other Encoding
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Settings
+        設定
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Syntax Highlighter
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Help
+        ヘルプ
+    
+    
+        
+        Main Toolbar
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File
+        ソースファイルを開く
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.
+        ソースコードファイルを選択するためのダイアログを開きます
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+O
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File
+        ソースファイルを保存
+    
+    
+        
+        Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file.
+        現在開いているソースコードを最後に開いたファイルまたは保存したファイルに保存します。
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+S
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code.
+        現在開いているソースコードを保存するためのダイアログを開きます。
+    
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        UniversalIndentGUI について
+    
+    
+        
+        Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI.
+        UniversalIndentGUI についての情報を表示します。
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        終了
+    
+    
+        
+        Quits the UniversalIndentGUI.
+        UniversalIndentGUI を終了します。
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Q
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as PDF document
+        表示されているソースコードを PDF ファイルとして出力します。
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as HTML document
+        表示されているソースコードを HTML として出力します。
+    
+    
+        
+        Parameter Tooltips
+        パラメータ ツールチップ
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        チェックすると、インデントツールのパラメータの上にしばらくマウスカーソルを置くとツールチップを表示するようにします。
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        インデントの即時プレビュー
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        White Space Visible
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Set white space visible
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto Open Last File
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto open last source file on startup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens last source code file on startup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Check for update
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear Recently Opened List
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Show Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging information.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter Settings
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Save Source File As...
+        名前を付けてソースファイルを保存...
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Shift+S
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        
+    
+
+
+    SettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        Common
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Settings
+        設定
+    
+    
+        
+        Automatically open last file on startup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable Parameter Tooltips
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Editor
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Highlighter settings
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Font
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Color
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Application language
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        チェックすると、インデントツールのパラメータの上にしばらくマウスカーソルを置くとツールチップを表示するようにします。
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.)
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Sets width in single spaces used for tabs
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displayed width of tabs
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Network
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable proxy
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port number to connect to the before named proxy.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        User name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Password:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable syntax highlighting
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the font for the current selected highlighter property.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the color for the current selected highlighter property.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Number of files in recently opened list
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Check online for update on program start
+        
+    
+
+
+    TSLoggerDialog
+    
+        
+        Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Logged messages
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        ...
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Open folder containing log file.
+        
+    
+
+
+    ToolBarWidget
+    
+        
+        Form
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File 
+        ソースファイルを開く
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        インデントの即時プレビュー
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlight
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        About
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        終了
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiErrorMessage
+    
+        
+        Show this message again
+        
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiIndentServer
+    
+        
+        UiGUI Server
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Unable to start the server: %1.
+        
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiSettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        English
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        French
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        German
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Chinese (Taiwan)
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Japanese
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Russian
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Ukrainian
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Unknown language mnemonic 
+        
+    
+
+
+    UpdateCheckDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking for update...
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking whether a newer version is available
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Update check error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Update available
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+Your version is %1. New version is %2.
+Do you want to go to the download website?
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        No new update available
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI.
+        
+    
+
+
diff --git a/translations/universalindent_ru.ts b/translations/universalindent_ru.ts
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9c0e611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/translations/universalindent_ru.ts
@@ -0,0 +1,1132 @@
+
+
+
+
+    AboutDialog
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        О UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </span></p></body></html>
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:12pt;">Версия %1 ред.%2, %3 </p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">... кросс-платформенный совместимый ГИП для нескольких форматтеров, украсителей и отступаторов, как GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP, и так далее. Основной функцией является живой просмотр, чтобы сразу видеть, как выбранный вариант форматирования влияет на исходный код.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"><br />Написано: <a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Томасом Швайцером</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Страница проекта : <a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Лицензия: UniversalIndentGui выдается в рамках GPL 2. О деталях читайте присоединенный файл LICENSE.GPL Посетите <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a>.</p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Участники проекта:</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+                  OK          
+        (sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)OK(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)
+    
+
+
+    FindDialog
+    
+        
+        Find
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find what:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find options
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match case
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match whole word
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Search forward
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Use Regular Expressions
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find Next
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Close
+        
+    
+
+
+    IndentHandler
+    
+        
+        No indenter executable
+        Нет программы отступатора
+    
+    
+        
+        wine not installed
+        вино не установлено
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter.
+        Существует только win32-программа отступатора, а вино, кажется, не установлено. Пожалуйста, установите вино, чтобы запустить отступатор.
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Returned error message:</b> 
+        <b>Возвращенное сообщение об ошибке:</b>(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Reason could be:</b> 
+        <b>Причиной может быть:</b>(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        Error calling Indenter
+        Ошибка вызова отступатора
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> 
+        <b>Отступатор возвратился с кодом выхода:</b>(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indent console output was:</b> 
+        <b>Выходом консоли отступатора было:</b>(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        <br><b>Callstring was:</b> 
+        <br><b>Строкой вызова было:</b>(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        No indenter ini files
+        Отсутствуют ini-файлы отступатора
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter ini files in the directory "
+        Не существуют ini-файлы отступатора в папке "
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment.
+        Не существует программы отступатора под названием "%1" в папке "%2" и в глобальной среде.
+    
+    
+        
+        <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre>
+        <br><br><b>Выходом отступатора было:</b><pre>
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter returned error
+        Отступатор возвратил ошибку
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter ini file header error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Interpreter needed
+        Требуется интерпретатор
+    
+    
+        
+        To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings.
+        Для использования выбранного отступатора, программа "%1" должна быть доступна в глобальной среде. Добавьте пункт к настройкам пути.
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Показывает название текущего выбранного отступатора и позволяет выбрать другие доступные отступаторы</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters.
+        Ведет к онлайн-руководству текущего выбранного отступатора, где можна найти дальнейшую помощь по возможным параметрам.
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings.
+        Создать скрипт оболочки, вызывающий текущий выбранный отступатор для форматирования по параметрам данного файла с текущими настройками отступов.
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose indenter config file
+        Выбрать конфигурационный файл отступатора
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        Все файлы
+    
+    
+        
+        Save indent config file
+        Сохранить конфигурационный файл отступатора
+    
+    
+        
+        Shell Script
+        Скрипт оболочки
+    
+    
+        
+        Save shell script
+        Сохранить скрипт оболочки
+    
+    
+        
+        Load Indenter Config File
+        Загрузить конфигурационный файл отступатора
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter.
+        Открывает файловый диалог для загрузки начального конфигурационного файла отступатора.
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+O
+        Alt+O
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Indenter Config File
+        Сохранить конфигурационный файл отступатора
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file.
+        Открывает диалог для сохранения текущей конфигурации отступатора в файл.
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+S
+        Alt+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Create Indenter Call Shell Script
+        Создать скрипт оболочки вызова отступатора
+    
+    
+        
+        Reset indenter parameters
+        Скинуть параметры отступатора
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Resets all indenter parameters to the default values.
+        Скидывает все параметры отступатора на значения по умолчанию.
+    
+    
+        
+        Really reset parameters?
+        Действительно скинуть параметры?
+    
+    
+        
+        Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values?
+        Вы действительно хотите скинуть параметры отступатора на значения по умолчанию?
+    
+
+
+    MainWindow
+    
+        
+        
+        Error opening file
+        Ошибка открытия файла
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Cannot read the file 
+        Невозможно прочитать файл(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Supported by indenter
+        Поддерживается отступатором
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        Все файлы
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose source code file
+        Выбрать файл исходного кода
+    
+    
+        
+        Save source code file
+        Сохранить файл исходного кода
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF Document
+        Документ PDF
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Export source code file
+        Экспорт файла исходного кода
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML Document
+        Документ HTML
+    
+    
+        
+        Modified code
+        Измененный код
+    
+    
+        
+        The source code has been modified.
+Do you want to save your changes?
+        Исходный код изменен.
+Хотите сохранить изменения?
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        Повторно открыть текущий открытый файл исходного кода, используя схему кодирования текста(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Set the syntax highlightning to 
+        Задать подсветку синтаксиса на(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        File no longer exists
+        Файл больше не существует
+    
+    
+        
+        The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist.
+        Файл %1 из списка недавно открытых файлов больше не существует.
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        Сохранить текущий открытый файл исходного кода с использованием схемы кодирования текста(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Line %1, Column %2
+        Строка %1, колонка %2
+    
+
+
+    MainWindowUi
+    
+        
+        UniversalIndentGUI
+        UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter
+        Отступатор
+    
+    
+        
+        File
+        Файл
+    
+    
+        
+        Export
+        Экспорт
+    
+    
+        
+        Recently Opened Files
+        Недавно открытые файлы
+    
+    
+        
+        Reopen File with other Encoding
+        Повторно открывает файлы с другой кодировкой
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File As with other Encoding
+        Сохранить исходный файл с другой кодировкой как
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Settings
+        Настройки
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Syntax Highlighter
+        Задать подсветку синтаксиса
+    
+    
+        
+        Help
+        Помощь
+    
+    
+        
+        Main Toolbar
+        Главная панель
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File
+        Открыть исходный файл
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.
+        Открывает диалог выбора файла исходного кода.
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+O
+        Ctrl+O
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File
+        Сохранить исходный файл
+    
+    
+        
+        Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file.
+        Сохраняет текущий показанный исходный код в последний открытый или сохраненный исходный файл.
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+S
+        Ctrl+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code.
+        Открывает файловый диалог для сохранения текущего показанного исходного кода.
+    
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        О UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI.
+        Показывает информацию о UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        Выход
+    
+    
+        
+        Quits the UniversalIndentGUI.
+        Выходит из UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Q
+        Ctrl+Q
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF
+        PDF
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as PDF document
+        Экспорт текущего видимого исходного кода в документ PDF
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML
+        HTML
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as HTML document
+        Экспорт текущего видимого исходного кода в документ HTML
+    
+    
+        
+        Parameter Tooltips
+        Подсказки параметра
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        Если выбрано, будут появляться подсказки, если курсор мыши задерживается на некоторое время над параметром.
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        Живой просмотр отступа
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        Ctrl+L
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        Подсветка синтаксиса
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code.
+        Включает или отключает подсветку синтаксиса для исходного кода.
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        При включении подсвечиваются специальные ключевые слова исходного кода.
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        White Space Visible
+        Видимые пробелы
+    
+    
+        
+        Set white space visible
+        Задать видимые пробелы
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        Включает или выключает показ символов пробелов в редакторе.
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto Open Last File
+        Автооткрытие последнего файла
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto open last source file on startup
+        Автооткрытие последнего исходного файла при загрузке
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens last source code file on startup
+        Если выбрано, при загрузке открывается последний файл исходного кода
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog
+        Открывает диалог настроек
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc.
+        Открывает диалог настроек для установки языка, и т. д.
+    
+    
+        
+        Check for update
+        Проверить обновление
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+        Проверить в сети доступность новой версии UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear Recently Opened List
+        Очистить список недавно открытых
+    
+    
+        
+        Show Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging information.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter Settings
+        Настройки отступатора
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Save Source File As...
+        Сохранить исходный файл как...
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Shift+S
+        Ctrl+Shift+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        Ctrl+H
+    
+
+
+    SettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        Common
+        Общее
+    
+    
+        
+        Settings
+        Настройки
+    
+    
+        
+        Automatically open last file on startup
+        Автоматически открывать последний файл при загрузке
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable Parameter Tooltips
+        Включить подсказки параметра
+    
+    
+        
+        Editor
+        Редактор
+    
+    
+        
+        Highlighter settings
+        Настройки подсветки
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Font
+        Установить шрифт
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Color
+        Установить цвет
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one.
+        Показывает все доступные переводы для UniversalIndentGui и позволяет выбрать один из них.
+    
+    
+        
+        Application language
+        Язык программы
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time.
+        Если выбрано, при загрузке открывается файл исходного кода, открытый в последний раз.
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        Если выбрано, будут появляться подсказки, если курсор мыши задерживается на некоторое время над параметром.
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files.
+        Задает сколько файлов должно запоминаться в списке недавно открытых файлов.
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        Включает или выключает показ символов пробелов в редакторе.
+    
+    
+        
+        Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.)
+        Показывает символы пробелов (табуляторы, пробелы, и т. д.)
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character.
+        Определяет, сколько пробелов должно показываться в редакторе вместо одного символа табуляции.
+    
+    
+        
+        Sets width in single spaces used for tabs
+        Задает ширину в единичных пробелах, используемых вместо табуляторов
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab.
+        Определяет, сколько пробелов должно показываться в редакторе вместо одного табулятора.
+    
+    
+        
+        Displayed width of tabs
+        Показывает ширину табуляторов
+    
+    
+        
+        Network
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable proxy
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port number to connect to the before named proxy.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        User name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Password:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        Подсветка синтаксиса
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        При включении подсвечиваются специальные ключевые слова исходного кода.
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable syntax highlighting
+        Включает подсветку синтаксиса
+    
+    
+        
+        Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color.
+        Позволяет создавать настройки для всех свойств доступных подсветок синтаксиса, как шрифт и цвет.
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the font for the current selected highlighter property.
+        Задает шрифт для текущего выбранного свойства подсветки.
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the color for the current selected highlighter property.
+        Задает цвет для текущего выбранного свойства подсветки.
+    
+    
+        
+        Number of files in recently opened list
+        Количество файлов в списке недавно открытых
+    
+    
+        
+        Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day.
+        Проверяет существование новой версии UniversalIndentGUI при запуске программы, но только раз в день.
+    
+    
+        
+        Check online for update on program start
+        Проверяет в сети обновление при запуске программы
+    
+
+
+    TSLoggerDialog
+    
+        
+        Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Logged messages
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        ...
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Open folder containing log file.
+        
+    
+
+
+    ToolBarWidget
+    
+        
+        Form
+        Форма
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Открывает диалог выбора файла исходного кода.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Этот файл будет использоваться для показа изменений, сделанных инструментом отступа.</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File 
+        Открыть исходный файл
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Включает и выключает просмотр реформатированного исходного кода.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Другими словами, переключает между форматированным и неформатированным кодом. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        Живой просмотр отступа
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        Ctrl+L
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Включает и выключает подсветку исходного</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">кода, показанного ниже. (Все еще нужно доработать эффективность) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlight
+        Подсветка синтаксиса
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        Ctrl+H
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Показывает информацию о UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        About
+        О
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Выходит из UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        Выход
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiErrorMessage
+    
+        
+        Show this message again
+        Показать это сообщение снова
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiIndentServer
+    
+        
+        UiGUI Server
+        Сервер UiGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Unable to start the server: %1.
+        Невозможно запустить сервер: %1.
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiSettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        English
+        Английский
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        French
+        Французский
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        German
+        Немецкий
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Japanese
+        Японский
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Unknown language mnemonic 
+        Неизвестный мнемокод языка 
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Chinese (Taiwan)
+        Китайский (Тайвань)
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Russian
+        Русский
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Ukrainian
+        Украинский
+    
+
+
+    UpdateCheckDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking for update...
+        Проверка обновления...
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking whether a newer version is available
+        Проверка доступности новой версии
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Update check error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Update available
+        Обновление доступно
+    
+    
+        
+        A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+Your version is %1. New version is %2.
+Do you want to go to the download website?
+        Доступна новая версия UniversalIndentGUI.
+Ваша версия %1. Новая версия %2.
+Хотите перейти на веб-сайт загрузки?
+    
+    
+        
+        No new update available
+        Обновлений нет
+    
+    
+        
+        You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI.
+        У вас последняя версия UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+
+
diff --git a/translations/universalindent_uk.ts b/translations/universalindent_uk.ts
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e73fa44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/translations/universalindent_uk.ts
@@ -0,0 +1,1132 @@
+
+
+
+
+    AboutDialog
+    
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </span></p></body></html>
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:12pt;">Версія %1 ред.%2, %3 </p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">...  є крос-платформним сумісним ГІК для кількох форматорів, прикрашувачів та відступаторів, на зразок GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP, і так далі. Основною функцією є живий перегляд, щоб одразу бачити як обраний варіант форматування впливає на вхідний код.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"><br />Написав : <a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;"> Томас Швайцер</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Сторінка проекту : <a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Ліцензія: UniversalIndentGui видається в межах GPL 2. Щодо деталей читайте включений файл LICENSE.GPL Відвідайте <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a>.</p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Учасники проекту:</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+                  OK          
+        (sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)Добре(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        Про UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+
+
+    FindDialog
+    
+        
+        Find
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find what:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find options
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match case
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match whole word
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Search forward
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Use Regular Expressions
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find Next
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Close
+        
+    
+
+
+    IndentHandler
+    
+        
+        <b>Indent console output was:</b> 
+        <b>Виходом консолі відступача було: </b>(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> 
+        <b>Відступач повернувся з вихідним кодом:</b>(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Reason could be:</b> 
+        <b>Причиною могло б бути:</b>(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Returned error message:</b> 
+        <b>Повернене повідомлення про помилку:</b>(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        <br><b>Callstring was:</b> 
+        <br><b>Стрічкою виклику було:</b> (sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre>
+        <br><br><b>Виходом відступача було:</b><pre>
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter ini file header error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Показує поточні обрані назви відступачів і дозволяє обрати інші доступні відступачі</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings.
+        Створити скрипт оболонки, який викликає поточний обраний відступач для форматування по параметрам даного файлу з поточними налаштуваннями відступів.
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        Всі файли
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+O
+        Alt+O
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+S
+        Alt+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters.
+        Веде до онлайн-керівництва даного обраного відступача і де можна отримати подальшу допомогу стосовно можливих параметрів.
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose indenter config file
+        Обрати файл конфігурації відступача
+    
+    
+        
+        Create Indenter Call Shell Script
+        Створити скрипт оболонки виклику відступача
+    
+    
+        
+        Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values?
+        Чи справді хочете скинути параметри відступача на типові значення?
+    
+    
+        
+        Error calling Indenter
+        Помилка виклику відступача
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter returned error
+        Відступач повернув помилку
+    
+    
+        
+        Interpreter needed
+        Потрібен інтерпретатор
+    
+    
+        
+        Load Indenter Config File
+        Завантажити файл конфігурації відступача
+    
+    
+        
+        No indenter executable
+        Жодної програми відступача
+    
+    
+        
+        No indenter ini files
+        Жодних ini-файлів відступача
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file.
+        Відкриває діалог для збереження поточної конфігурації відступача у файл.
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter.
+        Відкриває файловий діалог для завантаження основного файлу конфігурації відступача.
+    
+    
+        
+        Really reset parameters?
+        Справді скинути параметри?
+    
+    
+        
+        Reset indenter parameters
+        Скинути параметри відступача
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Resets all indenter parameters to the default values.
+        Скинути усі параметри відступача на типові значення.
+    
+    
+        
+        Save indent config file
+        Зберегти файл конфігурації відступів
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Indenter Config File
+        Зберегти файл конфігурації відступача
+    
+    
+        
+        Save shell script
+        Зберегти скрипт оболонки
+    
+    
+        
+        Shell Script
+        Скрипт оболонки
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment.
+        Не існує програми відступача з назвою "%1" ні у теці "%2", ні у глобальному середовищі.
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter ini files in the directory "
+        Не існує ini-файлів відступача у теці "
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter.
+        Існує лише win32-програма відступача, а вино, здається, не встановлено. Будь ласка, встановіть вино, щоб запустити відступач.
+    
+    
+        
+        To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings.
+        Для використання обраного відступача, програма "%1" повинна бути доступна у глобальному середовищі. Потрібно додати пункт до налаштувань шляху.
+    
+    
+        
+        wine not installed
+        вино не встановлено
+    
+
+
+    MainWindow
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        Всі файли
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Cannot read the file 
+        Неможливо прочитати файл(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose source code file
+        Обрати файл коду джерела
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Error opening file
+        Помилка відкриття файла
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Export source code file
+        Експортувати файл коду джерела
+    
+    
+        
+        File no longer exists
+        Файл більше не існує
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML Document
+        Документ HTML
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Line %1, Column %2
+        Рядок %1, колонка %2
+    
+    
+        
+        Modified code
+        Змінений код
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF Document
+        Документ PDF
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        Відкрити поточний відкритий файл коду джерела використовуючи схему кодування тексту(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        Save source code file
+        Зберегти файл коду джерела
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        Зберегти поточний відкритий файл коду джерела використовуючи схему кодування тексту(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Set the syntax highlightning to 
+        Встановити підсвічування синтаксису на(sp)
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Supported by indenter
+        Підтримується відступачем
+    
+    
+        
+        The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist.
+        Файл %1 з переліку нещодавно відкритих файлів більше не існує.
+    
+    
+        
+        The source code has been modified.
+Do you want to save your changes?
+        Код джерела змінено.
+Хочете зберегти зміни?
+    
+
+
+    MainWindowUi
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        Про UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto Open Last File
+        Автовідкритття останнього файлу
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto open last source file on startup
+        Автовідкритття останнього файлу джерела при запуску
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        Включення підсвічує спеціальні ключові слова коду джерела.
+    
+    
+        
+        Check for update
+        Перевірити оновлення
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+        Перевіряє в мережі, чи доступна нова версія UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear Recently Opened List
+        Очистити перелік нещодавно відкритих файлів
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        Ctrl+L
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+O
+        Ctrl+O
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Q
+        Ctrl+Q
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+S
+        Ctrl+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        Включити або відключити показ символів пробілу у редакторі.
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code.
+        Включає або відключає підсвічування синтаксису для файла джерела.
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        Вихід
+    
+    
+        
+        Export
+        Експорт
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as HTML document
+        Експортує поточний код джерела у HTML-документ
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as PDF document
+        Експортує поточний код джерела у PDF-документ
+    
+    
+        
+        File
+        Файл
+    
+    
+        
+        Help
+        Допомога
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Save Source File As...
+        Зберегти файл джерела як...
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML
+        HTML
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        Якщо виділено, підказки з'являтимуться при наведенні і утриманні курсору миші над параметром відступача.
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens last source code file on startup
+        При виборі при запуску відкриватиметься останній файл коду джерела
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Show Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging information.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter
+        Відступач
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter Settings
+        Налаштування відступача
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        Живий перегляд відступів
+    
+    
+        
+        Main Toolbar
+        Головна панель
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File
+        Відкрити файл джерела
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.
+        Відкриває діалог для обирання файла коду джерела.
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code.
+        Відкриває файловий діалог для збереження поточного коду джерела.
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog
+        Відкриває діалог налаштувань
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc.
+        Відкриває діалог налаштувань, встановлення мови, і т.д.
+    
+    
+        
+        Parameter Tooltips
+        Підказки параметрів
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF
+        PDF
+    
+    
+        
+        Quits the UniversalIndentGUI.
+        Виходить з UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+    
+        
+        Recently Opened Files
+        Нещодавно відкриті файли
+    
+    
+        
+        Reopen File with other Encoding
+        Відкрити файл з іншим кодуванням
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File
+        Зберегти файл джерела
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File As with other Encoding
+        Зберегти вихідний файл з іншим кодуванням як
+    
+    
+        
+        Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file.
+        Зберігає поточний код джерела у останній відкрити або збережений файл джерела.
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Syntax Highlighter
+        Встановити підсвітку синтаксису
+    
+    
+        
+        Set white space visible
+        Зробити пробіл видимим
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Settings
+        Налаштування
+    
+    
+        
+        Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI.
+        Показує інформацію про UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        Підсвітка синтаксису
+    
+    
+        
+        UniversalIndentGUI
+        UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        White Space Visible
+        Пробіл видимий
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Shift+S
+        Ctrl+Shift+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        Ctrl+H
+    
+
+
+    SettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        Application language
+        Мова програми
+    
+    
+        
+        Automatically open last file on startup
+        Автоматично відкривати останній файл при запуску
+    
+    
+        
+        Network
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable proxy
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port number to connect to the before named proxy.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        User name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Password:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        Включення підсвічує спеціальні ключові слова коду джерела.
+    
+    
+        
+        Check online for update on program start
+        Перевіряти оновлення в мережі при запуску програми
+    
+    
+        
+        Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day.
+        Перевіряє існування нової версії UniversalIndentGUI при запуску програми, але лише один раз в день.
+    
+    
+        
+        Common
+        Загально
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character.
+        Визначає, скільки пробілів повинно показуватися у редакторі для одного символу табулятора.
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab.
+        Визначає, скільки пробілів повинно показуватися у редакторі для однієї табулятора.
+    
+    
+        
+        Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.)
+        Показує символи пробілів (табулятори, пробіли, і т. д.)
+    
+    
+        
+        Displayed width of tabs
+        Показана ширина табуляторів
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one.
+        Показує усі доступні переклади UniversalIndentGui і дозволяє обрати один.
+    
+    
+        
+        Editor
+        Редактор
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable Parameter Tooltips
+        Включити підказки параметрів
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable syntax highlighting
+        Включити підсвітку синтаксису
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        Включити або відключити показ символів пробілу у редакторі.
+    
+    
+        
+        Highlighter settings
+        Налаштування підсвічування
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        Якщо виділено, підказки з'являтимуться при наведенні і утриманні курсору миші над параметром відступача.
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time.
+        При виборі при запуску відкриватиметься останній відкритий файл коду джерела, відкритий минулого разу.
+    
+    
+        
+        Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color.
+        Дозволяє створювати налаштування для усіх властивостей доступних підсвіток синтаксису (шрифт, колір...).
+    
+    
+        
+        Number of files in recently opened list
+        Кількість файлів у переліку нещодавніх файлів
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Color
+        Встановити колір
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Font
+        Шрифт
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the color for the current selected highlighter property.
+        Встановити колір для поточної підсвіченої властивості підсвічувача.
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the font for the current selected highlighter property.
+        Встановити шрифт для поточної підсвіченої властивості підсвічувача.
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files.
+        Встановлює скільки файлів потрібно пам'ятати у переліку нещодавно відкритих файлів.
+    
+    
+        
+        Sets width in single spaces used for tabs
+        Встановлює ширину у одиничних пробілах, які використовуються для табуляторів
+    
+    
+        
+        Settings
+        Налаштування
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        Підсвітка синтаксису
+    
+
+
+    TSLoggerDialog
+    
+        
+        Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Logged messages
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        ...
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Open folder containing log file.
+        
+    
+
+
+    ToolBarWidget
+    
+        
+        Form
+        Форма
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Відкриває діалог обрання файлу коду джерела.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Цей файл використовуватиметься для показу змін інструментом відступача.</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File 
+        Відкрити файл джерела
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Включає і виключає перегляд переформатованого коду джерела.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Іншими словами, переключає між форматованим і неформатованим кодом. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        Живий перегляд відступів
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        Ctrl+L
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Включає і відключає підсвітку коду</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">джерела, показаного нижче. (Все ще потребує покращення роботи) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlight
+        Підсвітка синтаксису
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        Ctrl+H
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Показує інформацію про  UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        About
+        Про
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Виходить з UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        Вихід
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiErrorMessage
+    
+        
+        Show this message again
+        Показати знову це повідомлення
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiIndentServer
+    
+        
+        UiGUI Server
+        Сервер UiGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Unable to start the server: %1.
+        Неможливо запустити серверr: %1.
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiSettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        Chinese (Taiwan)
+        Китайська (Тайвань)
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        English
+        Англійська
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        French
+        Французька
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        German
+        Німецька
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Japanese
+        Японська
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Russian
+        Російська
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Ukrainian
+        Українська
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Unknown language mnemonic 
+        Невідомий мовний мнемокод 
+    
+
+
+    UpdateCheckDialog
+    
+        
+        A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+Your version is %1. New version is %2.
+Do you want to go to the download website?
+        Доступна новіша версія UniversalIndentGUI.
+Встановлена версія %1. Нова версія %2.
+Хочете перейти на веб-сайт завантаження?
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking for update...
+        Перевірка оновлення…...
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking whether a newer version is available
+        Перевірки доступності новішої версії
+    
+    
+        
+        No new update available
+        Жодних оновлень
+    
+    
+        
+        Update available
+        Доступне оновлення
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Update check error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI.
+        Вже встановлена остання версія UniversalIndentGUI.
+    
+
+
diff --git a/translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts b/translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9ba2a7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts
@@ -0,0 +1,1132 @@
+
+
+
+
+    AboutDialog
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        關於 UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        
+    
+    
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </span></p></body></html>
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">.</span></p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Credits:</span></p></body></html>
+        <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
+<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
+p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">這是一套跨平台、支援多種程式碼重整 / 美化 / 縮排工具的圖形化使用者介面，GreatCode、AStyle (Artistic Styler)、GNU Indent、BCPP 及其他工具皆在支援名單裡頭。本工具最大的特色在於可以讓你即時預覽原始程式碼重整之後的結果。</span></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"><br />開發者：<a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">專案首頁：<a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">授權協定：UniversalIndentGui 採用 GPL 2 授權。詳情請參閱附帶的 LICENSE.GPL 文件，或拜訪 <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a> 取得進一步的資訊。</p>
+<p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"></p>
+<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">致謝名單：</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+                  OK          
+        確定
+    
+
+
+    FindDialog
+    
+        
+        Find
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find what:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find options
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match case
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Match whole word
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Search forward
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Use Regular Expressions
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Find Next
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Close
+        
+    
+
+
+    IndentHandler
+    
+        
+        <b>Indent console output was:</b> 
+        <b>重整工具命令列輸出為：</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> 
+        <b>重整工具傳回的錯誤代碼：</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Reason could be:</b> 
+        <b>原因可能是：</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        <b>Returned error message:</b> 
+        <b>傳回的錯誤訊息：</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        Error calling Indenter
+        呼叫重整工具時發生錯誤
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter returned error
+        重整工具傳回錯誤
+    
+    
+        
+        No indenter executable
+        找不到重整工具
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter.
+        該重整工具只有 Win32 版本，而你似乎尚未安裝 wine。請安裝 wine 以便執行該重整工具。
+    
+    
+        
+        wine not installed
+        尚未安裝 wine
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        <br><b>Callstring was:</b> 
+        <br><b>呼叫方式是：</b> 
+    
+    
+        
+        No indenter ini files
+        找不到重整工具需要的 INI 檔
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter ini files in the directory "
+        本目錄下找不到重整工具所需的 INI 檔 "
+    
+    
+        
+        There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment.
+        找不到重整工具 "%1" 於目錄 "%2" 下及全域環境變數下。
+    
+    
+        
+        <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre>
+        <br><br><b>重整工具的輸出結果：</b><pre>
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter ini file header error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Interpreter needed
+        需要直譯器
+    
+    
+        
+        To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings.
+        要使用這個重整工具，你必須將程式 "%1" 加到全域的 Path 變數中。
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">顯示目前使用的重整工具名稱，並讓你選擇其他可用的重整工具</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters.
+        這會開啟當前重整工具的線上手冊，你將能找到更多關於可用參數的說明。
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings.
+        建立批次檔呼叫目前的重整工具。它會接受檔案路徑作為參數，接著呼叫重整工具並套用目前的重整設定，適合讓 IDE 作為外部工具呼叫。
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose indenter config file
+        選擇重整工具設定檔
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        所有檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        Save indent config file
+        儲存重整工具的設定
+    
+    
+        
+        Shell Script
+        批次檔
+    
+    
+        
+        Save shell script
+        儲存批次檔
+    
+    
+        
+        Load Indenter Config File
+        載入重整工具設定檔
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter.
+        載入目前重整工具的設定
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+O
+        Alt+O
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Indenter Config File
+        儲存重整工具設定檔
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file.
+        儲存目前重整工具的設定
+    
+    
+        
+        Alt+S
+        Alt+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Create Indenter Call Shell Script
+        建立重整工具批次檔
+    
+    
+        
+        Reset indenter parameters
+        恢復為預設值
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Resets all indenter parameters to the default values.
+        將所有重整參數設定恢復為預設值。
+    
+    
+        
+        Really reset parameters?
+        確定要恢復為預設值？
+    
+    
+        
+        Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values?
+        你真的要將參數恢復為預設值嗎？
+    
+
+
+    MainWindow
+    
+        
+        
+        All files
+        所有檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Cannot read the file 
+        無法讀取檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        Choose source code file
+        選擇檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Error opening file
+        開啟檔案時發生錯誤
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Export source code file
+        匯出檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML Document
+        HTML 文件
+    
+    
+        
+        Modified code
+        修改後的檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF Document
+        PDF 文件
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        重新開啟目前的檔案，編碼使用 
+    
+    
+        
+        Save source code file
+        儲存檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Supported by indenter
+        重整工具支援的檔案類型
+    
+    
+        
+        The source code has been modified.
+Do you want to save your changes?
+        程式碼已被修改。
+你要儲存嗎？
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Set the syntax highlightning to 
+        將語法高亮度方式設為 
+    
+    
+        
+        File no longer exists
+        檔案不存在
+    
+    
+        
+        The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist.
+        找不到檔案清單裡的「%1」
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme 
+        另存目前的檔案，編碼使用 
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Line %1, Column %2
+        列 %1，行 %2
+    
+
+
+    MainWindowUi
+    
+        
+        UniversalIndentGUI
+        UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter
+        重整工具
+    
+    
+        
+        File
+        檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        Export
+        匯出
+    
+    
+        
+        Recently Opened Files
+        最近開啟的檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        Reopen File with other Encoding
+        用別的編碼方式重新開啟
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File As with other Encoding
+        用別的編碼方式另存新檔
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Settings
+        設定
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Syntax Highlighter
+        選擇語法高亮度
+    
+    
+        
+        Help
+        說明
+    
+    
+        
+        Main Toolbar
+        主要工具列
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File
+        開啟檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.
+        選擇要處理的檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+O
+        Ctrl+O
+    
+    
+        
+        Save Source File
+        儲存
+    
+    
+        
+        Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file.
+        儲存目前顯示的程式碼
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+S
+        Ctrl+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code.
+        儲存目前顯示的程式碼到別的檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        About UniversalIndentGUI
+        關於 UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI.
+        顯示 UniversalIndentGUI 的相關資訊
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        離開
+    
+    
+        
+        Quits the UniversalIndentGUI.
+        離開本程式
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Q
+        Ctrl+Q
+    
+    
+        
+        PDF
+        PDF
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as PDF document
+        匯出目前顯示的程式碼到 PDF 文件
+    
+    
+        
+        HTML
+        HTML
+    
+    
+        
+        Export the currently visible source code as HTML document
+        匯出目前顯示的程式碼到 HTML 文件
+    
+    
+        
+        Parameter Tooltips
+        顯示參數的提示訊息
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        滑鼠移到重整工具的各項參數設定時，會顯示該參數的相關提示
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        即時預覽重整效果
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        Ctrl+L
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        語法高亮度
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code.
+        啟用或停用語法高亮度顯示
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        啟用之後，程式碼會比較容易閱讀
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        White Space Visible
+        顯示空白字元
+    
+    
+        
+        Set white space visible
+        顯示空白字元
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        是否在編輯視窗裡頭顯示空白字元
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto Open Last File
+        自動載入上次使用的檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        Auto open last source file on startup
+        啟動程式後，自動載入上次使用的檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens last source code file on startup
+        若你啟用這個選項，程式啟動後將會自動載入上次使用的檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog
+        開啟設定視窗
+    
+    
+        
+        Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc.
+        開啟設定視窗
+    
+    
+        
+        Check for update
+        檢查是否有更新檔
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+        上網檢查是否有新版的 UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear Recently Opened List
+        清空最近開啟的檔案清單
+    
+    
+        
+        Show Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging information.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Indenter Settings
+        重整工具設定
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        
+        Save Source File As...
+        另存新檔...
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+Shift+S
+        Ctrl+Shift+S
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        Ctrl+H
+    
+
+
+    SettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        Common
+        一般
+    
+    
+        
+        Settings
+        設定
+    
+    
+        
+        Automatically open last file on startup
+        啟動程式後，自動載入上次使用的檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable Parameter Tooltips
+        顯示參數的提示訊息
+    
+    
+        
+        Editor
+        編輯器
+    
+    
+        
+        Highlighter settings
+        高亮度設定
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Font
+        選擇字型
+    
+    
+        
+        Set Color
+        選擇顏色
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one.
+        顯示所有可用的翻譯，讓我自行挑選
+    
+    
+        
+        Application language
+        選擇語系
+    
+    
+        
+        If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time.
+        若你啟用這個選項，程式啟動後將會自動載入上次使用的檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while.
+        滑鼠移到重整工具的各項參數設定時，會顯示該參數的相關提示
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files.
+        設定在最近開啟的檔案清單裡要顯示幾筆檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor.
+        選擇是否在編輯視窗裡頭顯示空白字元
+    
+    
+        
+        Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.)
+        顯示空白字元 (Tab, 空白, 其他)
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character.
+        設定 Tab 要用幾個空白顯示
+    
+    
+        
+        Sets width in single spaces used for tabs
+        設定 Tab 相當於幾個空白的寬度
+    
+    
+        
+        Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab.
+        設定 Tab 要用幾個空白顯示
+    
+    
+        
+        Displayed width of tabs
+        Tab 的寬度
+    
+    
+        
+        Network
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable proxy
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Port number to connect to the before named proxy.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        User name:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Password:
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlighting
+        語法高亮度
+    
+    
+        
+        By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted.
+        啟用之後，程式碼會比較容易閱讀
+    
+    
+        
+        Enable syntax highlighting
+        啟用語法高亮度
+    
+    
+        
+        Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color.
+        讓你設定語法高亮度屬性，例如字型跟顏色
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the font for the current selected highlighter property.
+        設定字型
+    
+    
+        
+        Set the color for the current selected highlighter property.
+        設定顏色
+    
+    
+        
+        Number of files in recently opened list
+        最近開啟的檔案清單裡要顯示的檔案個數
+    
+    
+        
+        Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day.
+        程式啟動時自動檢查是否有新版本，一天只會檢查一次。
+    
+    
+        
+        Check online for update on program start
+        程式啟動時自動檢查更新
+    
+
+
+    TSLoggerDialog
+    
+        
+        Log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Logged messages
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Clear log
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        ...
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Open folder containing log file.
+        
+    
+
+
+    ToolBarWidget
+    
+        
+        Form
+        表單
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">選擇要重整的檔案</span></p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Open Source File 
+        開啟檔案
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">啟用或停用程式碼預覽功能。</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">換句話說，它將在重整過以及未重整的程式碼之間切換 (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Live Indent Preview
+        即時預覽重整效果
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+L
+        Ctrl+L
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">啟用或停用程式碼高亮度功能。效能尚待改進。(Ctrl+H)</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Syntax Highlight
+        語法高亮度
+    
+    
+        
+        Ctrl+H
+        Ctrl+H
+    
+    
+        
+        DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">顯示 UniversalIndentGUI 的相關資訊</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        About
+        關於
+    
+    
+        
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+        <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">離開 UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html>
+    
+    
+        
+        Exit
+        離開
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiErrorMessage
+    
+        
+        Show this message again
+        下次繼續顯示這個訊息
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiIndentServer
+    
+        
+        UiGUI Server
+        UiGUI 伺服器
+    
+    
+        
+        Unable to start the server: %1.
+        無法連到伺服器：%1。
+    
+
+
+    UiGuiSettingsDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        English
+        英文
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        German
+        德文
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Japanese
+        日文
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Unknown language mnemonic 
+        未知語言 
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Chinese (Taiwan)
+        中文（台灣）
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        French
+        法文
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Russian
+        俄文
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Ukrainian
+        烏克蘭文
+    
+
+
+    UpdateCheckDialog
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking for update...
+        正在檢查是否有更新檔
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Checking whether a newer version is available
+        正在檢查是否有新版本
+    
+    
+        
+        
+        Update check error
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content.
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1
+        
+    
+    
+        
+        Update available
+        找到新版本
+    
+    
+        
+        A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.
+Your version is %1. New version is %2.
+Do you want to go to the download website?
+        找到新版本
+你使用的版本是 %1，新版本是 %2
+你想要開啟下載頁面嗎？
+    
+    
+        
+        No new update available
+        沒有找到新版本
+    
+    
+        
+        You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI.
+        你使用的是最新版的 UniversalIndentGUI
+    
+
+
-- 
cgit v1.2.1